diff --git a/tde-i18n-af/messages/tdesdk/kbabel.po b/tde-i18n-af/messages/tdesdk/kbabel.po
index 9aa7e3827b4..c619c9d16a4 100644
--- a/tde-i18n-af/messages/tdesdk/kbabel.po
+++ b/tde-i18n-af/messages/tdesdk/kbabel.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kbabel VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 12:05-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-12-31 18:56+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-11-07 11:38+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: WEB-Translator What entries to translate Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a "
-"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option "
-"you choose. Wat inskrywings na vertaal Kies hier, vir wat inskrywings van die lêer Kbabel probeer na soek 'n "
-"vertaling. Het verander inskrywings word altyd gemerkte as fuzzy, nee geag wat "
-"opsie jy Kies. How messages get translated Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if "
-"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the "
-"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar "
-"message was found. Hoe boodskappe kry vertaalde Hier jy kan definieer as 'n boodskap kan slegs kry vertaalde heeltemal, as "
-"soortgelyk boodskappe word aanvaarbaar van as Kbabel is veronderstel na probeer "
-"vertaling die enkel woorde van 'n boodskap as nee vertaling van die volledige "
-"boodskap van soortgelyk boodskap was gevind. Mark changed entries as fuzzy When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
-"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel "
-"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only "
-"if you know what you are doing. Merk het verander inskrywings as fuzzy Wanneer 'n vertaling vir 'n boodskap is gevind, die inskrywing sal wees "
-"gemerkte fuzzy deur verstek. Hierdie is omdat die vertaling is net "
-"geraai deur Kbabel en jy moet altyd bevestig die resultate versigtig. "
-"Deaktiveer Hierdie opsie slegs as jy ken wat jy word doen. Initialize TDE-specific entries Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. "
-"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with "
-"identity settings. Inisialiseer TDE-specific inskrywings Inisialiseer \"Kommentaar=\" en \"Naam=\" inskrywings as 'n vertaling is nie "
-"gevind. Asook, \"Naam Van Vertalers\" en \"E-pos Van Vertalers\" is gevul met "
-"identiteit instellings. Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. "
-"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they "
-"are displayed in the list. The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
-"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog. Woordeboeke Kies hier, wat Woordeboeke het na wees gebruik word vir opspoor 'n "
-"vertaling. as jy kies meer as een woordeboek, hulle word gebruik word in die "
-"selfde volgorde as hulle word vertoon in die lys. When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
-"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel "
-"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only "
-"if you know what you are doing. Wanneer 'n vertaling vir 'n boodskap is gevind, die inskrywing sal wees "
-"gemerkte fuzzy deur verstek. Hierdie is omdat die vertaling is net "
-"geraai deur Kbabel en jy moet altyd bevestig die resultate versigtig. "
-"Deaktiveer Hierdie opsie slegs as jy ken wat jy word doen. Find text Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search "
-"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below. Soek teks Hier jy kan invoer die teks jy wil hê na soektog vir. As jy wil hê na "
-"soektog vir 'n gewone uitdrukking, aktiveer Gebruik gewone uitdrukking "
-"onder. Replace text Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. "
-"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you "
-"have searched for a regular expression. Vervang teks Hier jy kan invoer die teks jy wil hê die gevind teks na kry vervang met. "
-"die teks is gebruik word as is. Dit is nie moontlik na maak 'n terug verwysing, "
-"as jy het gesoekte vir 'n gewone uitdrukking. Where to search Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search. Waar na soektog Kies hier in wat dele van 'n katalogus inskrywing jy wil hê na soektog. Options Here you can finetune replacing:"
-""
-"
Opsies
" -"Hier jy kan fyn verstel vervang:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Opsies
" -"Hier jy kan fyn verstel die soektog:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Statusbalk
\n" +"Die Statusbalk vertoon informasie aangaande vordering van Die huidige " +"soek van vervang operasie. Die eerste nommer in Gevind: vertoon Die " +"nommer van lêers met 'n voorkoms van Die gesoekte teks nie nog vertoon in " +"Die Kbabel venster. Die tweede vertoon Die totaal nommer van lêers bevat Die " +"gesoekte teks Gevind sodat ver.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Log venster
\n" +"In hierdie venster die uitset van die uitgevoerde opdragte word vertoon." +"p>
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Dateer op Opskrif
\n" -"Bevestig hierdie knoppie, na Dateer op die Opskrif informasie van die lêer " -"elke tyd wanneer dit is gestoor.
\n" -"die Opskrif gewoonlik hou informasie aangaande die datum en tyd die lêer was " -"laaste\n" -"opgedateer, die laaste vertaler etc.
\n" -"Jy kan kies wat informasie Jy wil hê na Dateer op van die merkboksies " -"onder.\n" -"Velde, wat doen nie bestaan, word bygevoeg na die Opskrif.\n" -"As Jy wil hê na voeg deur aditionele Velde na die Opskrif Jy kan redigeer die " -"Opskrif eiehandig deur kies\n" -"redigeer->redigeer Opskrif in die redigeerder venster.
Katalogus Bestuurder
\n" +"Die Katalogus Bestuurder vlans saam twee gidse binnein een boom en " +"vertoon alle\n" +"Pos en Pot lêers in hierdie gidse. Hierdie weg jy kan maklik sien as 'n\n" +"nuwe werkvoorbeeld het al bygevoeg of verwyder. Asook sommige informasie " +"aangaande Die lêers\n" +"is vertoon.
Vir meer informasie sien seksie Die Katalogus " +"Bestuurder in Die aan-lyn hulp.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Velde na dateer op
\n" -"Kies wat Velde in die opskrif jy wil hê na het opgedateer wanneer stooring.\n" -"As 'n veld doen nie bestaan, dit is agteraaan bygevoeg na die opskrif.
\n" -"As jy wil hê na voeg deur ander informasie na die opskrif, jy het na " -"redigeer die opskrif eiehandig\n" -"deur kies redigeer->redigeer opskrif in die redigeerder venster.
\n" -"Deaktiveer dateer op opskrif boonste As jy moet nie wil hê na het die " -"opskrif\n" -"opgedateer wanneer stooring.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Enkodering
" -"Kies hoe na enkodeer karakters wanneer stooring na 'n lêer. As jy word " -"onseker wat Enkodering na gebruik, asseblief vra jou vertaling " -"koördineerder.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Hou die enkodering van die lêer
" -"as hierdie opsie is geaktiveer, lêers word altyd gestoor in die selfde " -"enkodering as hulle was lees in. lêers sonder om te karakterstel informasie in " -"die opskrif (e.g. Pot lêers) word gestoor in die enkodering stel boonste.
" -"Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Bevestig sintaks van lêer wanneer stooring
\n" -"Bevestig hierdie na automaties Bevestig sintaks van lêer met \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"wanneer stooring 'n lêer. Jy sal slegs kry 'n boodskap, as 'n fout " -"voorgekom.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identiteit
\n" -"Opvul in informasie aangaande jy en jou vertaling span.\n" -"Hierdie informasie is gebruik word wanneer besig met opdatering van die opskrif " -"van 'n lêer.
\n" -"jy kan soek die opsies as en wat velde in die opskrif moet wees opgedateer\n" -"op bladsy Stoor in Hierdie dialoog.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Nommer van enkel/meervoud vorms
\n" -"Nota: Hierdie opsie is Kde spesifieke na die oomblik. As jy word nie " -"vertaling 'n Kde aansoek, jy kan veilig ignoreer Hierdie opsie.
\n" -"Kies hier hoe veel enkel en meervoud vorms word gebruik word in jou taal. " -"Hierdie Nommer moet ooreenstem na die instellings van jou taal span. As jy word " -"werksaam met Kde >= 2.2 met ondersteun vir die taal jy word vertaling na, stel " -"Hierdie opsie na Automaties en Kbabel probeer na kry Hierdie informasie " -"automaties van Kde. Gebruik die Toets knoppie na Toets As dit kan soek " -"dit uit.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Merker vir sleutelbord versneller
" -"Definieer hier, wat karakter merk die volgende karakter as sleutelbord " -"versneller. vir voorbeeld in Qt dit is '&' en in Gtk dit is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Gewone uitdrukking vir konteks informasie
" -"Invoer 'n Gewone uitdrukking hier wat definieer wat is konteks informasie in " -"die boodskap en moet nie kry vertaalde.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Onthou geignoreer woorde
" -"Aktiveer hierdie, na laat Kbabel ignoreer die woorde, waar jy het gekies " -"ignoreer Alle in die spel bevestig dialoog, in elke spel bevestig.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Basis gidse
\n" -"Tipe in die gidse wat bevat alle jou Pos en Pot lêers.\n" -"die lêers en die gidse in hierdie gidse sal dan word wees saamgevlans binnein " -"een\n" -"boom.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Open lêers in nuwe venster
\n" -"As hierdie is geaktiveer alle lêers wat word geöpende van die Katalogus " -"Bestuurder word geöpende\n" -"in 'n nuwe venster.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Stop prosesse op weesïendig
\n" -"As jy bevestig hierdie, Kbabel probeer na Stop die prosesse, wat het nie " -"uitgegaan alreeds wanneer Kbabel uitgaan,\n" -"deur stuur 'n Stop sein na hulle.
\n" -"Nota: Dit is nie gewaarborg wat die prosesse sal wees doodgemaak.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Lêer Opsies
Hier jy kan fyn verstel waar na soek:" +"
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:247 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot find encoding: %1" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:253 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Basis gidse
\n" -"Tipe in die gidse wat bevat alle jou Pos en Pot lêers.\n" -"die lêers en die gidse in hierdie gidse sal dan word wees saamgevlans binnein " -"een\n" -"boom.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Basis gids vir diff lêers\n" -"
Hier jy kan definieer 'n gids, waar die lêers na diff met word gestoor in. " -"as die lêers word gestoor na die selfde plek onder hierdie gids as die " -"oorspronklike lêers onder hulle Basis gids, Kbabel kan automaties open die " -"korrek lêer na diff met.
" -"Nota wat hierdie opsie het nee effek as boodskappe van die databasis word " -"gebruik word vir diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automaties begin soektog
" -"As hierdie is geaktiveer, die soektog is Automaties beginne wanneer ook al " -"jy wissel na nog 'n inskrywing in die redigeerder. jy kan kies waar na soektog " -"met die gekombineerde boks Verstek Woordeboek.
" -"jy kan asook begin soek eiehandig deur kies 'n inskrywing in die opspring " -"kieslys wat verskyn òf wanneer te kliek Dictionaries->Find... " -"of te hou die Woordeboek knoppie in die nutsbalk gedruk vir 'n terwyl.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Verstek Woordeboek
\n" -"Kies hier waar na soektog as Verstek. Hierdie opset is gebruik word wanneer " -"soek is beginne automaties of wanneer gedruk die Woordeboek knoppie in die " -"nutsbalk.
" -"Jy kan konfigureer die ander woordeboeke deur deur te kies die verlangde " -"Woordeboek van Settings->konfigureer Woordeboek.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automaties herstel fuzzy status
\n" -"As hierdie is geaktiveer en jy word redigering 'n fuzzy inskrywing, die " -"fuzzy status is Automaties\n" -"herstel (hierdie beteken die string , fuzzy\n" -"is verwyder van die inskrywing's kommentaar).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Gebruik slim redigering
\n" -"Bevestig hierdie na maak te tik teks meer gemaklik en laat Kbabel neem " -"versigtigheid van sommige spesiaal karakters wat het na wees aangehaalde. Vir " -"voorbeeld te tik '\"' sal resultaat in '\\\"', gedruk Terug sal automaties voeg " -"by spasie na die einde van die lyn, gedruk Verskuiwende+Terug sal voeg by '\\n' " -"na die einde van die lyn.
\n" -"Nota wat hierdie is net 'n hulp en dit is nogsteeds moontlik na genereer " -"sintakties verkeerd teks.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Fout herkenning
" -"Hier jy kan stel hoe na vertoon wat 'n Fout voorgekom. Biep op Fout " -"maak biep en Verander teks kleur op Fout verander die kleur van die " -"vertaalde teks. As geen is geaktiveer, jy sal nogsteeds sien 'n boodskap in die " -"statusbalk.
Soek teks
Hier jy kan invoer die teks jy wil hê na " +"soektog vir. As jy wil hê na soektog vir 'n gewone uitdrukking, aktiveer " +"Gebruik gewone uitdrukking onder.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Vervang teks
Hier jy kan invoer die teks jy wil hê die " +"gevind teks na kry vervang met. die teks is gebruik word as is. Dit is nie " +"moontlik na maak 'n terug verwysing, as jy het gesoekte vir 'n gewone " +"uitdrukking.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"status Liggies
\n" -"Kies hier waar die status Liggies word vertoon en wat kleur hulle het.
" -"Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Waar na soektog
Kies hier in wat dele van 'n katalogus " +"inskrywing jy wil hê na soektog.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Opsies
Hier jy kan fyn verstel vervang:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Opsies
Hier jy kan fyn verstel die soektog:" +"
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Voorbeeld:"
-" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Dateer op Opskrif Bevestig hierdie knoppie, na Dateer op die Opskrif informasie van die "
+"lêer elke tyd wanneer dit is gestoor. die Opskrif gewoonlik hou informasie aangaande die datum en tyd die lêer "
+"was laaste\n"
+"opgedateer, die laaste vertaler etc. Jy kan kies wat informasie Jy wil hê na Dateer op van die merkboksies "
+"onder.\n"
+"Velde, wat doen nie bestaan, word bygevoeg na die Opskrif.\n"
+"As Jy wil hê na voeg deur aditionele Velde na die Opskrif Jy kan redigeer "
+"die Opskrif eiehandig deur kies\n"
+"redigeer->redigeer Opskrif in die redigeerder venster. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Velde na dateer op Kies wat Velde in die opskrif jy wil hê na het opgedateer wanneer "
+"stooring.\n"
+"As 'n veld doen nie bestaan, dit is agteraaan bygevoeg na die opskrif. As jy wil hê na voeg deur ander informasie na die opskrif, jy het na "
+"redigeer die opskrif eiehandig\n"
+"deur kies redigeer->redigeer opskrif in die redigeerder venster. Deaktiveer dateer op opskrif boonste As jy moet nie wil hê na het "
+"die opskrif\n"
+"opgedateer wanneer stooring. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Enkodering Kies hoe na enkodeer karakters wanneer "
+"stooring na 'n lêer. As jy word onseker wat Enkodering na gebruik, asseblief "
+"vra jou vertaling koördineerder. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Hou die enkodering van die lêer as hierdie opsie is "
+"geaktiveer, lêers word altyd gestoor in die selfde enkodering as hulle was "
+"lees in. lêers sonder om te karakterstel informasie in die opskrif (e.g. Pot "
+"lêers) word gestoor in die enkodering stel boonste. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Bevestig sintaks van lêer wanneer stooring Bevestig hierdie na automaties Bevestig sintaks van lêer met \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"wanneer stooring 'n lêer. Jy sal slegs kry 'n boodskap, as 'n fout voorgekom."
+" "
+" Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Skandeer Enkel Pos Lêer..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:314
+msgid ""
+" Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help. Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Identiteit Opvul in informasie aangaande jy en jou vertaling span.\n"
+"Hierdie informasie is gebruik word wanneer besig met opdatering van die "
+"opskrif van 'n lêer. jy kan soek die opsies as en wat velde in die opskrif moet wees "
+"opgedateer\n"
+"op bladsy Stoor in Hierdie dialoog. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. \n"
-"jy kan stel die minimum nommer van woorde van die navraag wat 'n sleutel moet "
-"het na wees ingesit in die goeie sleutels lys."
-" \n"
-"jy kan asook stel die minimum nommer van woorde van die sleutel wat die navraag "
-"moet het na voeg by die sleutel in die lys."
-" \n"
-"Hierdie twee nommers word die persentasie van die totaal nommer van woorde. As "
-"die resultaat van hierdie persentasie is minder as een, die masjien sal stel "
-"dit na een."
-" \n"
-"Laastens jy kan stel die maksimum nommer van inskrywings in die lys."
+" Nommer van enkel/meervoud vorms Nota: Hierdie opsie is Kde spesifieke na die oomblik. As jy word "
+"nie vertaling 'n Kde aansoek, jy kan veilig ignoreer Hierdie opsie. Kies hier hoe veel enkel en meervoud vorms word gebruik word in jou taal. "
+"Hierdie Nommer moet ooreenstem na die instellings van jou taal span. As jy "
+"word werksaam met Kde >= 2.2 met ondersteun vir die taal jy word vertaling "
+"na, stel Hierdie opsie na Automaties en Kbabel probeer na kry Hierdie "
+"informasie automaties van Kde. Gebruik die Toets knoppie na Toets As "
+"dit kan soek dit uit. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Merker vir sleutelbord versneller Definieer hier, wat "
+"karakter merk die volgende karakter as sleutelbord versneller. vir voorbeeld "
+"in Qt dit is '&' en in Gtk dit is '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Gewone uitdrukking vir konteks informasie Invoer 'n "
+"Gewone uitdrukking hier wat definieer wat is konteks informasie in die "
+"boodskap en moet nie kry vertaalde. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Onthou geignoreer woorde Aktiveer hierdie, na laat "
+"Kbabel ignoreer die woorde, waar jy het gekies ignoreer Alle in die "
+"spel bevestig dialoog, in elke spel bevestig. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-" Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. \n"
-"Die volgende veranderlikes sal wees vervang in Die gids soeklys as beskikbaar:\n"
-" Basis gidse Tipe in die gidse wat bevat alle jou Pos en Pot lêers.\n"
+"die lêers en die gidse in hierdie gidse sal dan word wees saamgevlans "
+"binnein een\n"
+"boom. Mark invalid as fuzzy"
-" \n"
-" If you select this option, all items,\n"
-"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n"
-"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n"
-"will be saved. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Open lêers in nuwe venster As hierdie is geaktiveer alle lêers wat word geöpende van die Katalogus "
+"Bestuurder word geöpende\n"
+"in 'n nuwe venster. Do not validate fuzzy"
-" \n"
-" If you select this option, all items\n"
-"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Stop prosesse op weesïendig As jy bevestig hierdie, Kbabel probeer na Stop die prosesse, wat het nie "
+"uitgegaan alreeds wanneer Kbabel uitgaan,\n"
+"deur stuur 'n Stop sein na hulle. Nota: Dit is nie gewaarborg wat die prosesse sal wees doodgemaak. Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command: Commands for files Insert here the commands you want to "
+"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in "
+"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu. The "
+"following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"As jy soektog vir My naam is Andrea en jy het geaktiveer "
-"een woord substitusie jy dalk mag asook soek frases hou van "
-"My naam is Joe van Jou naam is Andrea."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Gebruik een woord substitusie"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Max nommer van woorde in die navraag:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Gebruik twee woord substitusie"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Plaaslike karakters vir gewone uitdrukkings:"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"
Shown columns
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Wat inskrywings na vertaal
Kies hier, vir wat " +"inskrywings van die lêer Kbabel probeer na soek 'n vertaling. Het verander " +"inskrywings word altyd gemerkte as fuzzy, nee geag wat opsie jy Kies.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:801 +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Translate" +msgstr "Wat na Vertaal" + +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Use dictionary settings" +msgstr "Gebruik" + +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:121 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Fu&zzy translation (slow)" +msgstr "Toelaat fuzzy vertaling (stadige)" + +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:123 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Single word translation" +msgstr "Toelaat enkel woord vertaling" + +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:126 msgid "" -"The search string has not been found yet.\n" -"However, the string might be found in the files being searched at the moment.\n" -"Please try later." +"How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Hoe boodskappe kry vertaalde
Hier jy kan definieer as 'n " +"boodskap kan slegs kry vertaalde heeltemal, as soortgelyk boodskappe word " +"aanvaarbaar van as Kbabel is veronderstel na probeer vertaling die enkel " +"woorde van 'n boodskap as nee vertaling van die volledige boodskap van " +"soortgelyk boodskap was gevind.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Merk het verander inskrywings as fuzzy
Wanneer 'n " +"vertaling vir 'n boodskap is gevind, die inskrywing sal wees gemerkte " +"fuzzy deur verstek. Hierdie is omdat die vertaling is net geraai deur " +"Kbabel en jy moet altyd bevestig die resultate versigtig. Deaktiveer Hierdie " +"opsie slegs as jy ken wat jy word doen.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Inisialiseer TDE-specific inskrywings
Inisialiseer " +"\"Kommentaar=\" en \"Naam=\" inskrywings as 'n vertaling is nie gevind. " +"Asook, \"Naam Van Vertalers\" en \"E-pos Van Vertalers\" is gevul met " +"identiteit instellings.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Woordeboeke
Kies hier, wat Woordeboeke het na wees " +"gebruik word vir opspoor 'n vertaling. as jy kies meer as een woordeboek, " +"hulle word gebruik word in die selfde volgorde as hulle word vertoon in die " +"lys.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Wanneer 'n vertaling vir 'n boodskap is gevind, die inskrywing sal " +"wees gemerkte fuzzy deur verstek. Hierdie is omdat die vertaling is " +"net geraai deur Kbabel en jy moet altyd bevestig die resultate versigtig. " +"Deaktiveer Hierdie opsie slegs as jy ken wat jy word doen.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Asseblief redigeer die opskrif voor besig met opdatering van!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Asseblief redigeer die opskrif voor besig met opdatering van!
" + +#: kbabel/commentview.cpp:78 kbabel/headerwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Comment:" +msgstr "Kommentaar:" #: kbabel/commentview.cpp:88 msgid "" -"Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Kommentaar Redigeerder
\n" +"Kommentaar Redigeerder
\n" "Hierdie redigeer venster vertoon jy die kommentaar van die huidiglik vertoon " -"boodskap." -"\n" +"boodskap.
\n" "
die kommentaar gewoonlik bevat informasie aangaande waar die boodskap is " "gevind in die bron\n" "kode en status informasie aangaande Hierdie boodskap (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Leidrade van ander vertalers word asook party keer versamel in kommentaar.
\n" +"Leidrade van ander vertalers word asook party keer versamel in kommentaar." +"p>\n" "jy kan steek weg die Kommentaar Redigeerder deur deaktivering\n" "Options->Show kommentaar.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Pos Konteks
Hierdie venster vertoon die Konteks van die " +"huidige boodskap in die Pos lêer. Gewoonlik dit vertoon vier boodskappe in " +"voor van die huidige boodskap en vier na dit.
Jy kan steek weg die " +"nutsprogramme venster deur deaktivering Options->Show nutsprogramme." +"p>
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Asseblief redigeer die opskrif voor besig met opdatering van!
" -#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:204 kbabel/main.cpp:572 +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:172 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Helped keep KBabel up to date with the KDE API and gave a lot of other help." +"This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Asseblief redigeer die opskrif voor besig met opdatering van!
" -#: kbabel/main.cpp:574 -msgid "Implemented XML validation/highlighting plus other small fixes." -msgstr "Geimplementeer Xml bekragting/verligting plus ander klein reggemaak." +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:175 kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:635 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "Redigeer..." -#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:206 kbabel/main.cpp:576 -msgid "Various validation plugins." +#: kbabel/hidingmsgedit.cpp:76 +msgid "Context inserted by KBabel, do not translate:" msgstr "" -#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:209 kbabel/main.cpp:579 -msgid "Sponsored development of KBabel for a while." +#: kbabel/hidingmsgedit.cpp:182 +#, c-format +msgid "Plural %1" msgstr "" -#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:214 kbabel/main.cpp:581 -#, fuzzy -msgid "KBabel contains code from TQt" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:330 +msgid "" +"You have not run KBabel before. To allow KBabel to work correctly you must " +"enter some information in the preferences dialog first.\n" +"The minimum requirement is to fill out the Identity page.\n" +"Also check the encoding on the Save page, which is currently set to %1. You " +"may want to change this setting according to the settings of your language " +"team." msgstr "" -"Kbabel bevat kode van die volgende projekte:\n" -"Qt deur Trolltech en Gnu gettext" +"Jy het nie hardloop Kbabel voor. Na toelaat Kbabel Na werk korrek Jy moet " +"invoer sommige informasie in die voorkeure dialoog eerste.\n" +"die minimum vereisde is Na opvul uit die Identiteit bladsy.\n" +"Asook bevestig die enkodering op die Stoor bladsy, wat is huidiglik stel Na " +"%1. Jy dalk mag wil hê Na verander hierdie opset volgens Na die instellings " +"van jou taal span." -#: kbabel/main.cpp:583 -msgid "String distance algorithm implementation" -msgstr "" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:415 +msgid "Save Sp&ecial..." +msgstr "Stoor Spesiaal..." -#: kbabel/main.cpp:585 +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:417 +msgid "Set &Package..." +msgstr "Stel Paket..." + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:422 #, fuzzy -msgid "Error list for current entry, regexp data tool" -msgstr "huidige inskrywing" +msgid "&New View" +msgstr "Nuwe Item" -#: kbabel/main.cpp:587 -msgid "Word-by-word string difference algorithm implementation" -msgstr "" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:425 +msgid "New &Window" +msgstr "Nuwe Venster" -#: kbabel/gotodialog.cpp:41 kbabel/gotodialog.cpp:43 -msgid "Go to Entry" -msgstr "Gaan na Inskrywing" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:447 +msgid "Cop&y Msgid to Msgstr" +msgstr "Kopie Msgid na Msgstr" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:185 -msgid "" -"Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Soektog resultate
" -"Hierdie deel van die venster vertoon die resultate van soek in woordeboeke." -"
" -"
in die bo is vertoon die nommer van inskrywings gevind en waar die huidiglik " -"vertoon inskrywing is gevind. Gebruik die knoppies na die bodem na navigeer " -"deur die Soektog resultate.
" -"Soektog is òf beginne automaties wanneer omskakeling na nog 'n inskrywing in " -"die redigeerder venster of deur kies die verlangde woordeboek in " -"woordeboeke->Find....
" -"die gemeenskaplike opsies kan wees gekonfigureer in die voorkeure dialoog in " -"seksie Soektog en die opsies vir die ander woordeboeke kan wees het " -"verander met Settings->Configure woordeboek.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Oorspronklike String
\n" -"Hierdie deel van die venster vertoon die Oorspronklike boodskap\n" -"van die huidiglik vertoon inskrywing.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
status Liggies
\n" -"Hierdie Liggies vertoon die status van die huidiglik vertoon boodskap.\n" -"Jy kan verander hulle kleur in die voorkeure dialoog seksie\n" -"Redigeerder op bladsy Voorkoms
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Vertaling Redigeerder
\n" -"Hierdie Redigeerder vertoon en laat jy jy redigeer die Vertaling van die " -"huidiglik vertoon boodskap." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Statusbalk
\n" +"Die Statusbalk vertoon sommige informasie aangaande Die geöpende lêer,\n" +"hou van Die totaal nommer van inskrywings en Die nommer van fuzzy en " +"onvertaal\n" +"boodskappe. Asook Die indeks en Die status van Die huidiglik vertoon " +"inskrywing is vertoon.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Soektog resultate
Hierdie deel van die venster vertoon " +"die resultate van soek in woordeboeke.
in die bo is vertoon die nommer " +"van inskrywings gevind en waar die huidiglik vertoon inskrywing is gevind. " +"Gebruik die knoppies na die bodem na navigeer deur die Soektog resultate." +"p>
Soektog is òf beginne automaties wanneer omskakeling na nog 'n " +"inskrywing in die redigeerder venster of deur kies die verlangde woordeboek " +"in woordeboeke->Find....
die gemeenskaplike opsies kan wees " +"gekonfigureer in die voorkeure dialoog in seksie Soektog en die " +"opsies vir die ander woordeboeke kan wees het verander met Settings-" +">Configure woordeboek.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Oorspronklike String
\n" +"Hierdie deel van die venster vertoon die Oorspronklike boodskap\n" +"van die huidiglik vertoon inskrywing.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
status Liggies
\n" +"Hierdie Liggies vertoon die status van die huidiglik vertoon boodskap.\n" +"Jy kan verander hulle kleur in die voorkeure dialoog seksie\n" +"Redigeerder op bladsy Voorkoms
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Vertaling Redigeerder
\n" +"Hierdie Redigeerder vertoon en laat jy jy redigeer die Vertaling van die " +"huidiglik vertoon boodskap.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Statusbalk
\n" -"Die Statusbalk vertoon sommige informasie aangaande Die geöpende lêer,\n" -"hou van Die totaal nommer van inskrywings en Die nommer van fuzzy en onvertaal\n" -"boodskappe. Asook Die indeks en Die status van Die huidiglik vertoon inskrywing " -"is vertoon.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Pos Konteks
" -"Hierdie venster vertoon die Konteks van die huidige boodskap in die Pos " -"lêer. Gewoonlik dit vertoon vier boodskappe in voor van die huidige boodskap en " -"vier na dit.
" -"Jy kan steek weg die nutsprogramme venster deur deaktivering Options->" -"Show nutsprogramme.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
" -"Hier jy kan fine-tune soek binne in die Pos lêer. Vir voorbeeld as jy wil hê " -"na aan te bring 'n kas sensitief soektog, of as jy wil hê fuzzy boodskappe na " -"wees geignoreer.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Vergelyking Opsies
" -"Kies hier wat boodskappe jy wil hê na het behandel as 'n ooreenstemmende " -"boodskap.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
" -"'n boodskap ooreenstemmende inskrywings nog 'n as mees van sy 3-letter " -"groepe word versamel in die ander boodskap. e.g. 'abc123' ooreenstemmende " -"inskrywings 'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Ligging
" -"Konfigureer hier wat lêer is na wees gebruik word vir soek.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parameters
Hier jy kan fine-tune soek binne in die Pos " +"lêer. Vir voorbeeld as jy wil hê na aan te bring 'n kas sensitief soektog, " +"of as jy wil hê fuzzy boodskappe na wees geignoreer.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Vergelyking Opsies
Kies hier wat boodskappe jy wil hê na " +"het behandel as 'n ooreenstemmende boodskap.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
'n boodskap ooreenstemmende inskrywings " +"nog 'n as mees van sy 3-letter groepe word versamel in die ander boodskap. e." +"g. 'abc123' ooreenstemmende inskrywings 'abcx123c12'.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Ligging
Konfigureer hier wat lêer is na wees gebruik " +"word vir soek.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parameters
" -"Hier jy kan fine-tune soek binne in die Pos lêer. Vir voorbeeld as jy wil hê " -"na aan te bring 'n kas sensitief soektog, of as jy wil hê fuzzy boodskappe na " -"wees geignoreer.
Parameters
Hier jy kan fine-tune soek binne in die Pos " +"lêer. Vir voorbeeld as jy wil hê na aan te bring 'n kas sensitief soektog, " +"of as jy wil hê fuzzy boodskappe na wees geignoreer.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Basis gids vir diff lêers\n" +"
Hier jy kan definieer 'n gids, waar die lêers na diff met word gestoor " +"in. as die lêers word gestoor na die selfde plek onder hierdie gids as die " +"oorspronklike lêers onder hulle Basis gids, Kbabel kan automaties open die " +"korrek lêer na diff met.
Nota wat hierdie opsie het nee effek as " +"boodskappe van die databasis word gebruik word vir diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" -#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:53 -msgid "Total Messages" -msgstr "Totaal Boodskappe" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Basis gidse
\n" +"Tipe in die gidse wat bevat alle jou Pos en Pot lêers.\n" +"die lêers en die gidse in hierdie gidse sal dan word wees saamgevlans " +"binnein een\n" +"boom.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automaties herstel fuzzy status
\n" +"As hierdie is geaktiveer en jy word redigering 'n fuzzy inskrywing, die " +"fuzzy status is Automaties\n" +"herstel (hierdie beteken die string , fuzzy\n" +"is verwyder van die inskrywing's kommentaar).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Gebruik slim redigering
\n" +"Bevestig hierdie na maak te tik teks meer gemaklik en laat Kbabel neem " +"versigtigheid van sommige spesiaal karakters wat het na wees aangehaalde. " +"Vir voorbeeld te tik '\"' sal resultaat in '\\\"', gedruk Terug sal " +"automaties voeg by spasie na die einde van die lyn, gedruk Verskuiwende" +"+Terug sal voeg by '\\n' na die einde van die lyn.
\n" +"Nota wat hierdie is net 'n hulp en dit is nogsteeds moontlik na genereer " +"sintakties verkeerd teks.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Fout herkenning
Hier jy kan stel hoe na vertoon wat 'n " +"Fout voorgekom. Biep op Fout maak biep en Verander teks kleur op " +"Fout verander die kleur van die vertaalde teks. As geen is geaktiveer, " +"jy sal nogsteeds sien 'n boodskap in die statusbalk.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
status Liggies
\n" +"Kies hier waar die status Liggies word vertoon en wat kleur hulle het." +"p>
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Statusbalk
\n" -"Die Statusbalk vertoon informasie aangaande vordering van Die huidige soek " -"van vervang operasie. Die eerste nommer in Gevind: " -"vertoon Die nommer van lêers met 'n voorkoms van Die gesoekte teks nie nog " -"vertoon in Die Kbabel venster. Die tweede vertoon Die totaal nommer van lêers " -"bevat Die gesoekte teks Gevind sodat ver.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automaties begin soektog
As hierdie is geaktiveer, die " +"soektog is Automaties beginne wanneer ook al jy wissel na nog 'n inskrywing " +"in die redigeerder. jy kan kies waar na soektog met die gekombineerde boks " +"Verstek Woordeboek.
jy kan asook begin soek eiehandig deur kies " +"'n inskrywing in die opspring kieslys wat verskyn òf wanneer te kliek " +"Dictionaries->Find... of te hou die Woordeboek knoppie in die " +"nutsbalk gedruk vir 'n terwyl.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Verstek Woordeboek
\n" +"Kies hier waar na soektog as Verstek. Hierdie opset is gebruik word " +"wanneer soek is beginne automaties of wanneer gedruk die Woordeboek knoppie " +"in die nutsbalk.
Jy kan konfigureer die ander woordeboeke deur deur te " +"kies die verlangde Woordeboek van Settings->konfigureer Woordeboek." +"p>
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Lêer Opsies
" -"Hier jy kan fyn verstel waar na soek:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Voorbeeld: "
msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Skandeer Enkel Pos Lêer..."
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Boodskap Katalogusse"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Skandeer Gids..."
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Skandeer Gids && Sub-gidse..."
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Status: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Skandering lêer:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Inskrywings bygevoeg:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Statistieke in Gemerkte"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Totaal vordering:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Ongedaan maak"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Verwerking lêer:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Statistieke in Gemerkte"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Laaiïng van lêer:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Maak skoon"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Voer uit..."
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Statistieke in Gemerkte"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Herhaalde Stringe"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Goeie Sleutels"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"jy kan stel die minimum nommer van woorde van die navraag wat 'n sleutel "
+"moet het na wees ingesit in die goeie sleutels lys. \n"
+"jy kan asook stel die minimum nommer van woorde van die sleutel wat die "
+"navraag moet het na voeg by die sleutel in die lys. \n"
+"Hierdie twee nommers word die persentasie van die totaal nommer van woorde. "
+"As die resultaat van hierdie persentasie is minder as een, die masjien sal "
+"stel dit na een. \n"
+"Laastens jy kan stel die maksimum nommer van inskrywings in die lys."
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Minimum nommer van woorde van die sleutel asook in die navraag (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Lêers:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Naam"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Minimum nommer van navraag woorde in die sleutel (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Max lys lengte:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Fuzzy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Gereelde Woorde"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Onvertaal"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Gooi weg woorde meer gereelde as:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Totaal"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Laaste Hersiening"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Gereelde woorde word oorweeg as in elke sleutel"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Log Venster"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Algemeen"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "Maak skoon"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Databasis gids:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Log venster In hierdie venster die uitset van die uitgevoerde opdragte word vertoon. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Katalogus Bestuurder Die Katalogus Bestuurder vlans saam twee gidse binnein een boom en vertoon "
-"alle\n"
-"Pos en Pot lêers in hierdie gidse. Hierdie weg jy kan maklik sien as 'n\n"
-"nuwe werkvoorbeeld het al bygevoeg of verwyder. Asook sommige informasie "
-"aangaande Die lêers\n"
-"is vertoon. Vir meer informasie sien seksie Die Katalogus Bestuurder "
-"in Die aan-lyn hulp. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"As jy soektog vir My naam is Andrea en jy het geaktiveer een "
+"woord substitusie jy dalk mag asook soek frases hou van My naam is "
+"Joe van Jou naam is Andrea."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Alle boodskappe"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Gebruik een woord substitusie"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Automaties begin soektog"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Max nommer van woorde in die navraag:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "Kommentaar:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Gebruik twee woord substitusie"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "Status: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "Vertoon Diff"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Katalogus Informasie"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Plaaslike karakters vir gewone uitdrukkings:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Opdrag:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Databasis"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Die lêer %1 alreeds bestaan. Doen jy wil hê na oorskryf dit?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Databasis gids:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Outo voeg by inskrywing na databasis"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
+"Automaties voeg deur 'n inskrywing na die databasis as 'n nuwe vertaling is "
+"inkennis gestel deur iemand (dalk mag wees kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Kbabel kan nie wees beginne."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Outo bygevoeg inskrywing outeur:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Die volgende veranderlikes sal wees vervang in Die gids soeklys as " +"beskikbaar:\n" +"
Colors
\n" #~ "Define here which colors you want to be used in the Editor. \n" -#~ "Background color is used for highlighting the background of characters. \n" +#~ "Background color is used for highlighting the background of " +#~ "characters. \n" #~ "The other colors are used for syntax highlighting.
Kleure
Definieer hier wat Kleure jy wil hê na wees gebruik word in die Redigeerder. Agtergrond kleur is gebruik word vir verligting die Agtergrond van karakters. die ander Kleure word gebruik word vir sintaks verligting.
Kleure
Definieer hier wat Kleure jy wil hê na wees " +#~ "gebruik word in die Redigeerder. Agtergrond kleur is gebruik word " +#~ "vir verligting die Agtergrond van karakters. die ander Kleure word " +#~ "gebruik word vir sintaks verligting.
Appearance
These options let you configure the appearance for the message editor.
Check Highlight syntax to let KBabel display special characters, like \\\" and \\n, in different colors.
The three other options will help you to \"see\" whitespace characters. Mark whitespace with points draws a small point instead of a whitespace, Highlight background colors the background of the characters and Show surrounding quotes displays quotes at the beginning and end of each line.
Voorkoms
Hierdie opsies laat jy konfigureer die Voorkoms vir die boodskap redigeerder.
Bevestig Verlig sintaks na laat Kbabel vertoon spesiaal karakters, hou van \\\" en \\n, in ander kleure.
die drie ander opsies sal hulp jy na \"sien\" spasie karakters. Merk spasie met punte teken 'n klein punt in plaas van van 'n spasie, Verlig agtergrond kleure die agtergrond van die karakters en Vertoon omsluitende kwotasies vertoon kwotasies na die begin en einde van elke lyn.
Appearance
These options let you configure the " +#~ "appearance for the message editor.
Check Highlight syntax to " +#~ "let KBabel display special characters, like \\\" and \\n, in different " +#~ "colors.
The three other options will help you to \"see\" whitespace " +#~ "characters. Mark whitespace with points draws a small point " +#~ "instead of a whitespace, Highlight background colors the " +#~ "background of the characters and Show surrounding quotes displays " +#~ "quotes at the beginning and end of each line.
Voorkoms
Hierdie opsies laat jy konfigureer die " +#~ "Voorkoms vir die boodskap redigeerder.
Bevestig Verlig sintaks" +#~ "b> na laat Kbabel vertoon spesiaal karakters, hou van \\\" en \\n, in " +#~ "ander kleure.
die drie ander opsies sal hulp jy na \"sien\" spasie " +#~ "karakters. Merk spasie met punte teken 'n klein punt in plaas van " +#~ "van 'n spasie, Verlig agtergrond kleure die agtergrond van die " +#~ "karakters en Vertoon omsluitende kwotasies vertoon kwotasies na " +#~ "die begin en einde van elke lyn.
This is not a valid header!
\n" #~ "A valid header has the format:\n" -#~ "
optional comment\n" +#~ "
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
optional lines surrounded by \"\"
optional comment\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
optional lines surrounded by \"\"
Hierdie is nie 'n geldige opskrif!
\n" #~ "'n geldige opskrif het die formaat:\n" -#~ "
opsionele kommentaar\n" +#~ "
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
opsionele lyne omsluit deur \"\"
opsionele kommentaar\n" -#~ msgid "
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
opsionele lyne omsluit deur \"\"
Do you want to discard your changes or edit the header again?
Doen jy wil hê na gooi weg jou verander of redigeer die opskrif weer?
Do you want to discard your changes or edit the header again?
" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Doen jy wil hê na gooi weg jou verander of redigeer die opskrif weer?"
+#~ "p>"
#~ msgid "Ch&eck Arguments"
#~ msgstr "Bevestig Argumente"
@@ -6518,19 +6582,25 @@ msgstr "Gemerkte lêers"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This file contains gettext plural forms.\n"
-#~ "These were introduced by gettext 0.10.36 and are not yet really supported by KBabel.\n"
-#~ "You can only edit the singular form but the other forms will not be lost. You just have to edit them manually afterwards."
+#~ "These were introduced by gettext 0.10.36 and are not yet really supported "
+#~ "by KBabel.\n"
+#~ "You can only edit the singular form but the other forms will not be lost. "
+#~ "You just have to edit them manually afterwards."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Hierdie lêer bevat gettext meervoud vorms.\n"
-#~ "Hierdie was bekendgestel deur gettext 0.10.36 en word nie nog rerig ondersteunde deur Kbabel.\n"
-#~ "Jy kan slegs redigeer die enkel vorm maar die ander vorms sal nie wees verloor. Jy net het na redigeer hulle eiehandig agterna."
+#~ "Hierdie was bekendgestel deur gettext 0.10.36 en word nie nog rerig "
+#~ "ondersteunde deur Kbabel.\n"
+#~ "Jy kan slegs redigeer die enkel vorm maar die ander vorms sal nie wees "
+#~ "verloor. Jy net het na redigeer hulle eiehandig agterna."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "An error in the plural forms has been found!\n"
-#~ "(If there is no real error, please check the respective setting in the Identity tab of the preferences dialog.)"
+#~ "(If there is no real error, please check the respective setting in the "
+#~ "Identity tab of the preferences dialog.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "'n fout in die meervoud vorms het al gevind!\n"
-#~ "(As daar is nee egte fout, asseblief bevestig die respektiewe opset in die Identiteit oortjie van die voorkeure dialoog.)"
+#~ "(As daar is nee egte fout, asseblief bevestig die respektiewe opset in "
+#~ "die Identiteit oortjie van die voorkeure dialoog.)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "_: Title in Dialog: Check Arguments\n"
@@ -6565,7 +6635,8 @@ msgstr "Gemerkte lêers"
#~ "Please check the questionable entries by using Go->Next error"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sommige vertaalde konteks informasie het al gevind.\n"
-#~ "Asseblief bevestig die bevraagtekenbare inskrywings deur te gebruik Go->Next fout"
+#~ "Asseblief bevestig die bevraagtekenbare inskrywings deur te gebruik Go-"
+#~ ">Next fout"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "_: title in dialog: Check for Context Translation\n"
@@ -6582,12 +6653,15 @@ msgstr "Gemerkte lêers"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some faulty plural forms have been found.\n"
-#~ "(If there is no real error, please check the respective setting in the Identity tab of the preferences dialog.)\n"
+#~ "(If there is no real error, please check the respective setting in the "
+#~ "Identity tab of the preferences dialog.)\n"
#~ "Please check the questionable entries by using Go->Next error"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sommige foutiewe meervoud vorms het al gevind.\n"
-#~ "(As daar is nee egte fout, asseblief bevestig die respektiewe opset in die Identiteit oortjie van die voorkeure dialoog.)\n"
-#~ "asseblief bevestig die bevraagtekenbare inskrywings deur te gebruik Go->Next fout"
+#~ "(As daar is nee egte fout, asseblief bevestig die respektiewe opset in "
+#~ "die Identiteit oortjie van die voorkeure dialoog.)\n"
+#~ "asseblief bevestig die bevraagtekenbare inskrywings deur te gebruik Go-"
+#~ ">Next fout"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "_: title in dialog\n"
@@ -6600,11 +6674,15 @@ msgstr "Gemerkte lêers"
#~ msgstr "Bevestig Etiket"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This entry has gettext plural forms, which can not yet be edited with KBabel and must be edited manually later.\n"
-#~ "If you remove the fuzzy status of this entry, you might not find the fuzzy plural forms later."
+#~ "This entry has gettext plural forms, which can not yet be edited with "
+#~ "KBabel and must be edited manually later.\n"
+#~ "If you remove the fuzzy status of this entry, you might not find the "
+#~ "fuzzy plural forms later."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Hierdie inskrywing het gettext meervoud vorms, wat kan nie nog wees geredigeerde met Kbabel en moet wees geredigeerde eiehandig later.\n"
-#~ "As jy verwyder die fuzzy status van Hierdie inskrywing, jy dalk nie soek die fuzzy meervoud vorms later."
+#~ "Hierdie inskrywing het gettext meervoud vorms, wat kan nie nog wees "
+#~ "geredigeerde met Kbabel en moet wees geredigeerde eiehandig later.\n"
+#~ "As jy verwyder die fuzzy status van Hierdie inskrywing, jy dalk nie soek "
+#~ "die fuzzy meervoud vorms later."
#~ msgid "Unset Fuzzy Status"
#~ msgstr "Herstel Fuzzy Status"
@@ -6644,11 +6722,51 @@ msgstr "Gemerkte lêers"
#~ msgid "Search Options"
#~ msgstr "Soektog Opsies"
-#~ msgid " Search Options Here you can finetune replacing:
Soektog Opsies
Hier jy kan fyn verstel vervang:
Search Options
Here you can finetune replacing:" +#~ "
Soektog Opsies
Hier jy kan fyn verstel vervang:" +#~ "
Search Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Soektog Opsies
Hier jy kan fyn verstel die Soektog:
Search Options
Here you can finetune the search:" +#~ "
Soektog Opsies
Hier jy kan fyn verstel die Soektog:" +#~ "
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
ايا من المدخلات ستُترجم
" -"اختر هنا، ايا من مدخلات الملف سيُحاول مترجمك العثور على ترجمة لها. " -"المدخلات المعدلة دائماً معلمة كمبهم، بغض النظر عن الخيار الذي تختاره.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
كيف ستُترجم الرسائل
" -"يمكنك هنا تحديد إذا كانت الرسالة ستُترجم كلياً فقط، إذا كانت الرسائل " -"المشابهة مقبولة او إذا كان يُفترض بمترجمك محاولة ترجمة كلمات الفردية إذا لم " -"يُعثر على ترجمة لكل الرسالة أو رسالة شبيهة.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
علِّم المدخلات المغيّرة كمبهمة
" -"عند العثور على ترجمة لرسالة، سيعلّم المدخل مبهم " -"افتراضيا. هذا لأنها مجرّد ترجمة خمنها مترجمك ويجدر بك مراجعة النتائج جيّدا. " -"عطِّل هذا الخيار فقط إذا كنت تعرف ماذا تفعل.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
ابدأ مدخلات TDE الخاصة
" -"ابدأ مدخلات \"Comment=\" و \"Name=\" إذا لم يُعثر على ترجمة. أيضا ستُملأ " -"\"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" و \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" بإعدادات الهويّة.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"القواميس
" -"اختر هنا القاموس الذي سيُستخدم للعثور على الترجمة. إذا انتقيت أكثر من " -"قاموس، سيُستخدموا بنفس ترتيب عرضهم هنا.
" -"يسمح لك زر اضبط بضبط القاموس المنتقى مؤقتا. ستُسترجع الإعدادات " -"الأصليّة بعد غلق الحوار.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
عند العثور على ترجمة لِرسالة، سيُعلّم العنصر مبهم " -"افتراضيا. هذا لأنها مجرّد ترجمة خمنها مترجمك ويجدر بك مراجعة النتائج جيّدا. " -"عطِّل هذا الخيار فقط إذا كنت تعرف ماذا تفعل.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
اعثر على نص
" -"تستطيع إدخال النص الذي تريد البحث عته هنا إذا أردت البحث عن تعبير نمطي، فقم " -"بتمكين استعمل التعابير النمطيّة بأسفل.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
استبدل نصا
" -"يمكنك هنا ادخال النص الذي ترغب في استبدال النص المعثور عليه به. سيُستخدم " -"النص كماهو. من غير الممكن عمل مرجع خلفي، إذا كنت قد بحثت عن تعبير نمطي.
" -"Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
مكان البحث
" -"انتقِ أجزاء مدخلة الفهرس التي تريد البحث عنها هنا.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
خيارات
" -"هنا يمكنك الضبط الدقيق للإستبدال: " -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
خيارات
" -"هنا يمكنك الضبط الدقيق للبحث: " -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
شريط الحالة
\n" +"يُظهر شريط الحالة معلومات حول تقدم عملية البحث الإستبدال الحالية. أول رقم " +"فى وُجد: يظهر عدد الملفات المحتوية على النص المبحوث عنه والتي لم تعرض " +"في نافذة مترجمك حتى الآن. يُظهر الثاني العدد الكلى للملفات المحتوية على النص " +"الموجودة حتى الآن.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
حدِّث الترويسة
\n" -"اختر هذا الزر إذا رغبت في تحديث معلومات ترويسة الملف في كل مرّة يُحفظ " -"فيها.
\n" -"عادة ما تحتوي الترويسة عن معلومات حول تاريخ ووقت آخر تحديث، آخر مترجم " -"الخ.
\n" -"يمكنك اختيار المعلومات التي ترغب في تحديثها من مرعات الإختيار بأسفل.\n" -"ستُضاف الحقول غير الموجودة إلى الترويسة.\n" -"إذا أردت إضافة حقول أخرى للترويسة، يمكنك تحريرها يدوياً باختيار حرِّر -> " -"حرِّر الترويسة من نافذة المحرِّر.
نافذة السجل
\n" +"يتم عرض خرْج الأوامر التي يتم تنفيذها في هذه النافذة.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
الحقول التي يتم تحديثها
\n" -"اختر حقول الترويسة التي تريد تحديثها حين الحفظ.\n" -"إن لم يكن أحد الحقول موجودا، فستتم إضافته لآخر الترويسة.
\n" -"إذا أردت إضافة معلومات أخرى للترويسة فباستطاعتك تحرير الترويسة بشكل يدوي\n" -"عن طريق اختيار حرِّر->حرِّر الترويسة في نافذة المحرر.
أبطل حدث الترويسة باﻷعلى إن لم تكن تريد تحديث\n" -"الترويسة حين الحفظ.
" - -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:286 -msgid "" -"Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"ترميز
" -"اختر كيف تَرمّز المحارف عند حفظها الى ملف. إذا لم تكن متاكدا أي ترميز " -"تستخدم، اسأل منسق الترجمة.
" -"مدير الفهارس
\n" +"يدمج مدير الفهارس مجلدين إثنين الى شجرة واحدة ويقوم بإظهار جميع\n" +"ملفات PO و POT فى هذه المجلدات. بهذه الطريقة يمكنك أن تلاحظ بسهولة إزالة أو " +"إضافة قالب. وكذلك تُعرض بعض المعلومات عن الملفات.\n" +"
للمزيد من المعلومات راجع قسممدير الفهارس في المساعدة المحلّية." +"p>
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
ابقِ على ترميز الملف
" -"إذا كان هذا الخيار ممكنا، فستُحفظ الملفات دائما بنفس الترميز الذي تمت " -"قرائتهم به. الملفات بدون معلومات عن طقم المحارف في الترويسة (ملفات POT مثلا) " -"سيتم حفظها بمجموعة الترميز في اﻷعلى.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
تحقق من بنية الملف عند حفظه
\n" -"اختر هذا للتحقق من بنية الملف آليا باستخدام \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" -"أثناء حفظ الملف. ستحصل على رسالة فقط في حال حدوث خطأ.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
احفظ المدخلات المهجورة
\n" -"إذا فعِّل هذا الخيار، ستحفظ المخلات المهجورة التي وجدت في الملف عند فتحه\n" -"مره أخرى عند غلقه. تعلّم المدخلات المهجورة بواسطة #~ ويتم انشاؤها عندما لا يريد " -"msgmerge تلك الترجمة مرة أخرى.\n" -"إذا ظهر النص مرة أخرى، ستفعّل المخلات المهجورة ثانية.\n" -"العيب الرئيسي هو حجم الملف المحفوظ.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
تنسيق تاريخ المراجعة
" -"اختر التنسيق الذي سيحفظ به التاريخ والوقت في حقل PO-Revision-Date. " -"
يُنصح باستخدام التنسيق الإفتراضي لتجنّب إنشاء ملفات PO غير معياريّة.
" -"لمزيد من المعلومات راجع قسم حوار التفضيلات في ملفات المساعدة.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
الهوية
\n" -"املأ المعلومات عنك وعن فريق الترجمة لديك.\n" -"تُستعمل هذه المعلومات أثناء تحديث ترويسة الملف.
\n" -"باستطاعتك العثور على خيارات شرط التحديث وموقع الحقول في الترويسة التي يجب " -"تحديثها\n" -"في صفحة الحفظ في هذ الحوار.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
عدد صيغ المفرد/الجمع
\n" -"ملاحظة: هذا الخيار خاص بـ TDE. إذا لم تكن تترجم احد برامج TDE، تستطيع " -"تجاهل هذا الخيار بدون أي مشاكل.
\n" -"اختر هنا عدد صيغ المفرد و الجمع المستعملة في لغتك. يجب أن يكون هذا الرقم " -"مماثلا للخيار المحدد من فريق ترجمة لغتك.
" -"بدلا من هذا، يمكنك ضبط هذا الخيار ليكون آلياً " -"و سيحاول مترجمك الحصول على المعلومات آليا من TDE. استخدم زر اختبر " -"لتختبر إذا كان يستطيع العثور عليها.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
تطلب معاملات صيغ الجمع فى الترجمة
\n" -"ملاحظة: هذا الخيار خاص بـ TDE. إذا لم تكن تترجم احد برامج TDE، تستطيع " -"تجاهل هذا الخيار بدون أي مشاكل.
\n" -"إذا فعِّل هذا الخيار، سيحتاج تحقق الصلاحية لوجود المعامل %n في الرسالة.
" -"GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
ترويسة صيغة جمع GNU
\n" -"هنا يمكنك تعبئة مدخل الترويسة لصيغة جمع GNU. إذا تركت المدخل فارغاً ، المدخل " -"فى ملف الـPO لم يتم تغيره او اضافته.
\n" -"يمكن لمترجمك أن يحاول تحديد القيمة المقترحة بواسطة ادوات GNU gettext " -"للغة المحددة حالياً. فقط اضغط على زر ابحث.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
مميز مسرع لوحة المفاتيح
" -"عرف هنا، ماهو المحرف الذي يميز المحرف التالى كمسرع لوحة المفاتيح، مثال فى Qt " -" هى '&'و فى Gtk هى '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
تعبير نمطي لمعلومات السياق
" -"ادخل تعبير هنا نمطي يُعرِّف معلومات السياق فى الرسالة والتى يجب ألا " -"تترجم.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
تدقيق إملائي آني
" -"فعِّل هذا الخيار لتسمح لمترجمك بتدقيق النص إملاءيا بينما تكتبه. ستلوَّن " -"الكلمات الخطأ إملائيا بلون الأخطأ.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
تذكَّر الكلمات المُتجاهلة
" -"نشط هذه ، لتجعل مترجمك يتجاهل الكلمات، عندما اخترتتجاهل الكل" -"فى حوار التدقيق الإملائى، فى كل تدقيق إملائى.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
المجلدات الاساسية
\n" -"اكتب المجلدات التى تحتوى على كل ملفات PO و POT.\n" -"الملفات والمجلدات فى هذا المجلد ستُدمج فى شجرة\n" -"واحدة.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
افتح الملفات في نافذة جديدة
\n" -"إذا كان هذا ممكنا فإن كل الملفات المفتوحة من مدير الفهارس ستُفتح\n" -"في نافذة جديدة.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
اقتل العمليات عند الخروج
\n" -"إذا اخترت هذا، سيُحاول مترجمك قتل العمليات، التى لم تخرج بالفعل عند خروج " -"مترجمك،\n" -"بارسال اشارة قتل لها.
\n" -"ملاحظة: لا ضمان لكون العملية قد قُتِلت.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"أنشيء فهرس بمحتويات الملف
\n" -"إذا اخترت هذا، سيُنشيء مترجمك فهرساً لكل ملف PO لزيادة سرعة وظائف " -"البحث/الاستبدال.
\n" -"ملاحظة: سيُبطيء هذا نت تحديث معلومات المجلّد بشكل ملحوظ.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
شغِّل msgfmt قبل معالجة ملف
" -"إذا فعَّلت هذا، سيشغِّل مترجمك أداة msgfmt من Gettext قبل معالجة أي ملف.
" -"يُنصح بتفعيل هذا الخيار، حتى لو أدى لجعل المعالجة أبطأ. هذا الخيار مفعّل " -"افتراضياً." -"
" -"
يفيد تعطيل هذا مع الحواسيب البطيئة أو عندما ترغب في ترجة ملفات PO لا تدعمها " -"نسخة أدوات Gettext الموجودة حاليا على نظامك. عيب التعطيل يكمن في عدم وجود أي " -"تحقق من البنية يتم عبر شفرة المعالجة، لذا ستظهر ملفات PO غير السليمة كملفات " -"جيّدة، حتى لو كانت أدوات Gettext سترفض ملفات كهذه.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
أوامر للمجلدات
" -"قم هنا بادراج الأمر الذى تريد القيام بتنفيذه فى المجلدات من مدير الفهارس. " -"ستظهر الأوامر بعد ذلك فى القائمة الفرعيةالأوامر " -"فى قائمة سياق مديرى الفهارس.
" -"السلاسل النصية التالية سوفة تستبدل فى الامر :" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
أوامر للملفات
" -"ادخل هنا الأوامر التى تريد تنفيذها فى الملفات من مدير الفهارس. سوف تظهر " -"الأوامر فى القائمة الفرعية الأوامر فى قائمة سياق مدير الفهارس.
" -"السلاسل النصية التالية سوفة تستبدل فى الامر :" -"
خيارات الملف
يمكنك هنا الضبط الدقيق لأين يُبحث:" +"
Shown columns
\n" -"الأعمدة الظاهرة
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"مرحبا في معالج المشروع!\n" -"\n" -"سيُساعدك هذا المعالج على إعداد مشروع ترجمة جديد في مترجمك.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"باديء ذي بدأ، تحتاج إلى اختيار اسم للمشروع\n" -"وملف حيث ستُحفظ الإعدادات.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"يتعيّن أيضا أن تختار اللغة التي ستترجم إليها\n" -"و نوع مشروع الترجمة.\n" -"
" - -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
اسم ملف الإعداد"
-"
\n"
-"إسم ملف لِتخزين إعدادات\n"
-"المشروع.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"اللغة"
-"
\n"
-"اللغة المقصودة لهذا المشروع، بعبارة أخرى اللغة التي ستترجم إليها. يجب أن تتبع "
-"معايرر ISO 631 لتسمية اللغات.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
اسم المشروع"
-"
\n"
-"اسم المشروع هو تمييز للمشروع.\n"
-"يظهر في حوار الإعدادات\n"
-"وفي عنوان النافذة المفتوحة للمشروع.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"لاحظ: لا يمكن تغيير اسم المشروع بعد ذلك.\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"نوع المشروع\n" -"يسمح لك نوع المشروع بالضبط الدقيق للإعدادات لتناسب\n" -"مشروعا معينا من مشاريع الترجمة المعروفة جيدا.\n" -"على سبيل المثال، يضبط أدوات التحقق، و علامة المسرع وتنسيق الترويسة.\n" -"
\n" -"الأنواع المعروفة حاليا:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
ملفات الترجمة
\n" -"اكتب المجلد الذي يحتوي على ملفات PO و POT.\n" -"الملفات والمجلدات في هذه المجلدات ستُدمج معا بعد ذلك في شجرة واحدة.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
مصدر بحث الفرق
\n" -"هنا يمكنك اختيار المصدر ، الذى يجب ان يُستخدم لايجاد الفرق.
\n" -"يمكنك اختيار ملف، قاعدة بيانات الترجمة او نص الترجمة \"msgstr\" المقابلة.
" -"\n" -"إذا اخترت قاعدة بيانات الترجمة، تأخذ الرسائل من قاعدة \n" -"بيانات الترجمة. لتكن مفيدة عليك تمكينأدخل الخانة آليا لقاعدة البيانات " -"فى حوار\n" -" التفضيلات.
\n" -"الخيار الأخير مفيد لألئك الذين يستخدمون ملفات PO للمراجعة.
\n" -"يمكنك مؤقتاً الحصول على الإختلاف ما بين الرسائل من الملفات باختيار" -"أدوات ->اختلاف-> افتح ملف لعرض الإختلاففى النافذة الرئيسية لمترجمك.
" -"Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
المجلد الاساسى لملفات الإختلاف\n" -"
يُمكنك هنا تحديد المجلّدات التي تخزّن فيها الملفات التي سيجرى الإختلاف " -"عليها.\n" -"إذا كانت الملفات مخزنة في نفس المكان تحت هذا المجلّد بشكل\n" -"مماثل للملفات الأصلية تحت المجلّد الأساسي، فسيستطيع مترجمك\n" -"فتح الملف الصحيح لإجراء الإختلاف معه.
\n" -"لا حظ أن هذا الخيار لا يؤثر إذا استخدمت رسائل من قاعدة البيانات\n" -"للحصول على الإختلاف.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
ابدأ البحث آليا
" -"إذا كان فعِّل هذا، قسيبدأ البحث آليا عندما تنتقل الى مدخل اخر فى\n" -"المحرر. يمكنك تحديد اين يمكنك البحث مع مربع التحرير والسرد \n" -"القاموس الافتراضى.\n" -"
" -"كذلك يمكنك بداية البحث يدوياً باختيار مدخل فى القائمة المنسدلة التى تظهر \n" -"عند النقر على قواميس->ابحث... أو ابقِ زر القاموس فى شريط الأدوات مضغوطا " -"لفتره.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
القاموس الإفتراضى
\n" -"اختر هنا اين يُبحث افتراضياً :\n" -"تُستخدم هذه الإعدادات عندما يبدأ البحث آلياً.\n" -"أو عند ضغط زر القاموس في شريط الأدوات.
\n" -"يمكنك اعداد القواميس المختلفة باختيار القاموس القاموس الحالى منإعدادات->" -"اضبط القاموس.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
ا&لغِ تعيين حالة الإبهام آلياً
\n" -"إذا فعِّل هذا بينما تحرر مخلة مبهمة، ستتغير حالة الإبهام آليا\n" -"(يعني هذا أن اللفظة , fuzzy\n" -"ستُزال من تعليق المدخلة).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
استخدم التحرير الذكى
\n" -"اختر هذا لجعل كتابة النص اكثر راحة وترك مترجمك ليهتم ببعض المحارف الخاصة " -"التى تحتاج لعلامات اقتباس. كمثال، كتابة'\"' سوفه تنتج '\\\"'، ضغط على Return " -"سوفه يضيف تلقائياً فراغ ابيض فى نهاية السطر، اضغط على Shift+Return سوف يضيف " -"'\\n' فى نهاية السطر.
\n" -"مع ملاحظة ان هذه تلميحات فقط وانه مازال من الممكن توليد نص غير صحيح بنيويا." -""
+"نتيجة الترجمة:\n"
+"الخانات المحررة: %1\n"
+"الترجمات التامة: %2 (%3%)\n"
+"الترجمات التقريبية: %4 (%5%)\n"
+"لم يُعثر على شيء: %6 (%7%)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabel/editorpreferences.ui line 89
-#: rc.cpp:386
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Automatic Checks"
-msgstr "فحص آلي"
+#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:143 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:685
+msgid "Rough Translation Statistics"
+msgstr "إحصائيات الترجمة التقريبية"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabel/editorpreferences.ui line 97
-#: rc.cpp:389
-#, no-c-format
+#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:56
msgid ""
-" Error recognition Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n"
-"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n"
-" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n"
-"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n"
-" التعرف على الخطأ يمكنك هنا تعين كيف يُظهر الخطأ الذى حدث.\n"
-"اصدار صوت عند حدوث الخطأ اصدر صوت وغير لون النص عند حدوث الخطأ\n"
-"قم بتغير الون للنص الملون. إذا كان ليس هنالك واحد مفعل، انك مزلت ترى الرسالة فى "
+"تم التحقق.\n"
"\n"
-"شريط الحالة. Status LEDs Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have. الأضواء البراقة للحالة اختر من هنا موقع عرض الأضواء البراقة للحالة وكذلك ألوانها. Find text Here you can enter the text you want to search "
+"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular "
+"expression below. اعثر على نص تستطيع إدخال النص الذي تريد البحث عته هنا "
+"إذا أردت البحث عن تعبير نمطي، فقم بتمكين استعمل التعابير النمطيّة "
+"بأسفل. Replace text Here you can enter the text you want the "
+"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible "
+"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression."
+"p> استبدل نصا يمكنك هنا ادخال النص الذي ترغب في استبدال "
+"النص المعثور عليه به. سيُستخدم النص كماهو. من غير الممكن عمل مرجع خلفي، إذا "
+"كنت قد بحثت عن تعبير نمطي. Where to search Select here in which parts of a catalog "
+"entry you want to search. مكان البحث انتقِ أجزاء مدخلة الفهرس التي تريد البحث عنها "
+"هنا. Options Here you can finetune replacing: خيارات هنا يمكنك الضبط الدقيق للإستبدال:
"
+"p> "
+"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
خيارات
هنا يمكنك الضبط الدقيق للبحث:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. حدِّث الترويسة اختر هذا الزر إذا رغبت في تحديث معلومات ترويسة الملف في كل مرّة يُحفظ فيها."
+" عادة ما تحتوي الترويسة عن معلومات حول تاريخ ووقت آخر تحديث، آخر مترجم الخ."
+" يمكنك اختيار المعلومات التي ترغب في تحديثها من مرعات الإختيار بأسفل.\n"
+"ستُضاف الحقول غير الموجودة إلى الترويسة.\n"
+"إذا أردت إضافة حقول أخرى للترويسة، يمكنك تحريرها يدوياً باختيار حرِّر -> حرِّر "
+"الترويسة من نافذة المحرِّر. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. الحقول التي يتم تحديثها اختر حقول الترويسة التي تريد تحديثها حين الحفظ.\n"
+"إن لم يكن أحد الحقول موجودا، فستتم إضافته لآخر الترويسة. إذا أردت إضافة معلومات أخرى للترويسة فباستطاعتك تحرير الترويسة بشكل يدوي\n"
+"عن طريق اختيار حرِّر->حرِّر الترويسة في نافذة المحرر.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "السلسلة الحرفية للمشروع"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "استخدم تعويضا ذا كلمة واحدة"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "هوية المشروع:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "العدد الاقصى للكلمات فى الاستعلام:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&ترويسة"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "استخدم تعويضا ذا كلمتين"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "حدِّث حقوق نسخ الم&ترجم"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "حقوق نسخ مؤسسة البرمجيات الحرة"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "احذف حقوق النسخ إن كانت خالية"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "المحارف المحلية للتعابير النمطية:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "&حدِّث حقوق النسخ"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "مجلد قاعدة البيانات:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "لا &تغِّير"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "أضف مدخلة بشكل آلي لقاعدة البيانات"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "ح&قوق النسخ"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
+"
أبطل حدث الترويسة باﻷعلى إن لم تكن تريد تحديث\n" +"الترويسة حين الحفظ.
" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625 -#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092 -#, no-c-format +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:286 msgid "" -""
+" Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. "
+" ترميز اختر كيف تَرمّز المحارف عند حفظها الى ملف. إذا لم "
+"تكن متاكدا أي ترميز تستخدم، اسأل منسق الترجمة. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. ابقِ على ترميز الملف إذا كان هذا الخيار ممكنا، فستُحفظ "
+"الملفات دائما بنفس الترميز الذي تمت قرائتهم به. الملفات بدون معلومات عن طقم "
+"المحارف في الترويسة (ملفات POT مثلا) سيتم حفظها بمجموعة الترميز في اﻷعلى."
+"p> Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. تحقق من بنية الملف عند حفظه اختر هذا للتحقق من بنية الملف آليا باستخدام \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n"
+"أثناء حفظ الملف. ستحصل على رسالة فقط في حال حدوث خطأ. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. احفظ المدخلات المهجورة إذا فعِّل هذا الخيار، ستحفظ المخلات المهجورة التي وجدت في الملف عند فتحه\n"
+"مره أخرى عند غلقه. تعلّم المدخلات المهجورة بواسطة #~ ويتم انشاؤها عندما لا "
+"يريد msgmerge تلك الترجمة مرة أخرى.\n"
+"إذا ظهر النص مرة أخرى، ستفعّل المخلات المهجورة ثانية.\n"
+"العيب الرئيسي هو حجم الملف المحفوظ. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help. تنسيق تاريخ المراجعة اختر التنسيق الذي سيحفظ به التاريخ "
+"والوقت في حقل PO-Revision-Date. \n"
+"
\n"
+"
يُنصح باستخدام " +"التنسيق الإفتراضي لتجنّب إنشاء ملفات PO غير معياريّة.
لمزيد من " +"المعلومات راجع قسم حوار التفضيلات في ملفات المساعدة.
" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681 -#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Entries added:" -msgstr "مدخلات أضيفت:" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:412 +msgid "Project: %1" +msgstr "مشروع: %1" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722 -#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Total progress:" -msgstr "التقدم الكلّي:" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:419 +msgid "&Name:" +msgstr "الإ&سم:" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730 -#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Processing file:" -msgstr "معالجة الملف:" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:423 +msgid "Localized na&me:" +msgstr "الإسم ال&محلي:" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766 -#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Loading file:" -msgstr "تحميل الملف:" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:427 +msgid "E&mail:" +msgstr "ال&بريد اﻹلكتروني:" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779 -#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Export..." -msgstr "صدِّر..." +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:432 +msgid "&Full language name:" +msgstr "ا&سم اللغة الكامل:" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790 -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Statistics" -msgstr "إحصائيات" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:438 +msgid "Lan&guage code:" +msgstr "&رمز اللغة:" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798 -#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Repeated Strings" -msgstr "سلاسل نصية مكررة" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:444 +msgid "&Language mailing list:" +msgstr "&قائمة اللغة البريدية:" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808 -#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Good Keys" -msgstr "مفاتيح جيدة" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:449 +msgid "&Timezone:" +msgstr "ال&منطقة الزمنيّة:" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832 -#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134 -#, no-c-format +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:455 msgid "" -"\n" -"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be " -"inserted in the good keys list." -"
\n" -"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must " -"have to insert the key in the list." -"
\n" -"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the " -"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one." -"
\n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. \n"
-"يمكنك تعيين العدد الاقل من كلمات الاستعلام التى يجب ان يحتويها المفتاح ليتم "
-"إدراجه فى قائمة المفاتيح الجيدة."
-" \n"
-"كذلك يمكنك تعيين اقل عدد من الكلمات المفتاحية الذى يجب ان يتضمنها الاستعلام "
-"لادراج المفتاح الى القائمة."
-" \n"
-"هذين الرقمين هما نسبة من العدد الكلى للكلمات . إذا كان نتيجة هذه النسبة اقل من "
-"الواحد ، المحرك سوفه يعينه الى الواحد"
-" \n"
-"اخيراً يمكنك تعين اكبر قيمة ممكنة للمدخلات فى القائمة."
+" الهوية املأ المعلومات عنك وعن فريق الترجمة لديك.\n"
+"تُستعمل هذه المعلومات أثناء تحديث ترويسة الملف. باستطاعتك العثور على خيارات شرط التحديث وموقع الحقول في الترويسة التي يجب "
+"تحديثها\n"
+"في صفحة الحفظ في هذ الحوار. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. عدد صيغ المفرد/الجمع ملاحظة: هذا الخيار خاص بـ TDE. إذا لم تكن تترجم احد برامج TDE، "
+"تستطيع تجاهل هذا الخيار بدون أي مشاكل. اختر هنا عدد صيغ المفرد و الجمع المستعملة في لغتك. يجب أن يكون هذا الرقم "
+"مماثلا للخيار المحدد من فريق ترجمة لغتك. بدلا من هذا، يمكنك ضبط هذا "
+"الخيار ليكون آلياً و سيحاول مترجمك الحصول على المعلومات آليا من TDE. "
+"استخدم زر اختبر لتختبر إذا كان يستطيع العثور عليها. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. تطلب معاملات صيغ الجمع فى الترجمة ملاحظة: هذا الخيار خاص بـ TDE. إذا لم تكن تترجم احد برامج TDE، "
+"تستطيع تجاهل هذا الخيار بدون أي مشاكل. إذا فعِّل هذا الخيار، سيحتاج تحقق الصلاحية لوجود المعامل %n في الرسالة."
+"p> GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. ترويسة صيغة جمع GNU هنا يمكنك تعبئة مدخل الترويسة لصيغة جمع GNU. إذا تركت المدخل فارغاً ، "
+"المدخل فى ملف الـPO لم يتم تغيره او اضافته. يمكن لمترجمك أن يحاول تحديد القيمة المقترحة بواسطة ادوات GNU gettext "
+"للغة المحددة حالياً. فقط اضغط على زر ابحث. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. مميز مسرع لوحة المفاتيح عرف هنا، ماهو المحرف الذي يميز "
+"المحرف التالى كمسرع لوحة المفاتيح، مثال فى Qt هى '&'و فى Gtk هى '_'."
+"p> Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. تعبير نمطي لمعلومات السياق ادخل تعبير هنا نمطي يُعرِّف "
+"معلومات السياق فى الرسالة والتى يجب ألا تترجم. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. تدقيق إملائي آني فعِّل هذا الخيار لتسمح لمترجمك بتدقيق "
+"النص إملاءيا بينما تكتبه. ستلوَّن الكلمات الخطأ إملائيا بلون الأخطأ. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. تذكَّر الكلمات المُتجاهلة نشط هذه ، لتجعل مترجمك يتجاهل "
+"الكلمات، عندما اخترتتجاهل الكلفى حوار التدقيق الإملائى، فى كل تدقيق "
+"إملائى. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. المجلدات الاساسية اكتب المجلدات التى تحتوى على كل ملفات PO و POT.\n"
+"الملفات والمجلدات فى هذا المجلد ستُدمج فى شجرة\n"
+"واحدة. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. افتح الملفات في نافذة جديدة إذا كان هذا ممكنا فإن كل الملفات المفتوحة من مدير الفهارس ستُفتح\n"
+"في نافذة جديدة. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. اقتل العمليات عند الخروج إذا اخترت هذا، سيُحاول مترجمك قتل العمليات، التى لم تخرج بالفعل عند خروج "
+"مترجمك،\n"
+"بارسال اشارة قتل لها. ملاحظة: لا ضمان لكون العملية قد قُتِلت. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-" Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> أنشيء فهرس بمحتويات الملف إذا اخترت هذا، سيُنشيء مترجمك فهرساً لكل ملف PO لزيادة سرعة وظائف البحث/"
+"الاستبدال. ملاحظة: سيُبطيء هذا نت تحديث معلومات المجلّد بشكل ملحوظ. Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. شغِّل msgfmt قبل معالجة ملف إذا فعَّلت هذا، سيشغِّل مترجمك "
+"أداة msgfmt من Gettext قبل معالجة أي ملف. يُنصح بتفعيل هذا الخيار، حتى "
+"لو أدى لجعل المعالجة أبطأ. هذا الخيار مفعّل افتراضياً. يفيد تعطيل هذا مع "
+"الحواسيب البطيئة أو عندما ترغب في ترجة ملفات PO لا تدعمها نسخة أدوات Gettext "
+"الموجودة حاليا على نظامك. عيب التعطيل يكمن في عدم وجود أي تحقق من البنية يتم "
+"عبر شفرة المعالجة، لذا ستظهر ملفات PO غير السليمة كملفات جيّدة، حتى لو كانت "
+"أدوات Gettext سترفض ملفات كهذه. Mark invalid as fuzzy"
-" \n"
-" If you select this option, all items,\n"
-"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n"
-"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n"
-"will be saved. علِّم غير الصالح كمبهم"
-" \n"
-" إذا انتقيت هذا الخيار، كل العناصر\n"
-" - التي تراها هذه الأداة غير صحيحة - ستعلَّم\n"
-"كمبهمة وسيُحفظ الملف الناتج. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:\n"
-"
أوامر للمجلدات
قم هنا بادراج الأمر الذى تريد القيام " +"بتنفيذه فى المجلدات من مدير الفهارس. ستظهر الأوامر بعد ذلك فى القائمة " +"الفرعيةالأوامر فى قائمة سياق مديرى الفهارس.
السلاسل النصية " +"التالية سوفة تستبدل فى الامر :
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
لا تتحقق من المبهم" -"
\n" -"
إذا انتقيت هذا الخيار، كل العناصر\n" -"المعلّمة كمبهمة لن يتم التحقق منها على الإطلاق.
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
أوامر للملفات
ادخل هنا الأوامر التى تريد تنفيذها فى " +"الملفات من مدير الفهارس. سوف تظهر الأوامر فى القائمة الفرعية الأوامر " +"فى قائمة سياق مدير الفهارس.
السلاسل النصية التالية سوفة تستبدل فى " +"الامر :
Shown columns
\n" +"الأعمدة الظاهرة
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
ايا من المدخلات ستُترجم
اختر هنا، ايا من مدخلات الملف " +"سيُحاول مترجمك العثور على ترجمة لها. المدخلات المعدلة دائماً معلمة كمبهم، بغض " +"النظر عن الخيار الذي تختاره.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
كيف ستُترجم الرسائل
يمكنك هنا تحديد إذا كانت الرسالة " +"ستُترجم كلياً فقط، إذا كانت الرسائل المشابهة مقبولة او إذا كان يُفترض بمترجمك " +"محاولة ترجمة كلمات الفردية إذا لم يُعثر على ترجمة لكل الرسالة أو رسالة شبيهة." +"
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
علِّم المدخلات المغيّرة كمبهمة
عند العثور على ترجمة لرسالة، " +"سيعلّم المدخل مبهم افتراضيا. هذا لأنها مجرّد ترجمة خمنها مترجمك ويجدر " +"بك مراجعة النتائج جيّدا. عطِّل هذا الخيار فقط إذا كنت تعرف ماذا تفعل.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
ابدأ مدخلات TDE الخاصة
ابدأ مدخلات \"Comment=\" و " +"\"Name=\" إذا لم يُعثر على ترجمة. أيضا ستُملأ \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" و " +"\"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" بإعدادات الهويّة.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
القواميس
اختر هنا القاموس الذي سيُستخدم للعثور على " +"الترجمة. إذا انتقيت أكثر من قاموس، سيُستخدموا بنفس ترتيب عرضهم هنا.
" +"يسمح لك زر اضبط بضبط القاموس المنتقى مؤقتا. ستُسترجع الإعدادات " +"الأصليّة بعد غلق الحوار.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
عند العثور على ترجمة لِرسالة، سيُعلّم العنصر مبهم افتراضيا. هذا " +"لأنها مجرّد ترجمة خمنها مترجمك ويجدر بك مراجعة النتائج جيّدا. عطِّل هذا الخيار " +"فقط إذا كنت تعرف ماذا تفعل.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
مُنتقي المحارف
" -"تسمح لك هذه الأدوات بإدراج محرف خاص باستخدام النقر المزدوج.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
يُحدِّث هذا الزر الترويسة مستعملاً الإعدادات الحالية. ثم يحفظ تلك الترويسة " -"في ملف PO عند حفظِهِ.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
يسترجع هذا الزر كل التغييرات المعمولة حتى الآن.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
هذه ليست ترويسة صحيحة!
\n" -"الرجاء تحرير الترويسة قبل التحديث!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
هذه ليست ترويسة صحيحة!
\n" -"الرجاء تحرير الترويسة قبل التحديث.
مُنتقي المحارف
تسمح لك هذه الأدوات بإدراج محرف خاص " +"باستخدام النقر المزدوج.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
محرر التعليق
\n" -"تظهر لك نافذة التحرير هذه تعليقات الرسالة المعروضة حاليا." -"\n"
+" محرر التعليق \n"
" عادة ما تحوي التعليقات معلومات عن أين تقع الرسالة في الشفرة المصدرية\n"
"ومعلومات حالة هذه الرسالة (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
-"كما قد تجد في بعض اﻷوقات بعض التلميحات من المترجمين اﻵخرين في التعليقات. بإمكانك إخفاء محرر التعليق عن طريق إبطال\n"
"خيارات->أظهر التعليقات. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
سياق PO
تظهر هذه النافذة سياق الرسالة الحالية فى ملف PO. " +"عادةً تظهر اربعة رسائل امام الرسالة الحالية واربعة بعدها.
يمكنك اخفاء " +"نافذة الادوات بتعطيل خيارات->أظهر الأدوات.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
قائمة الأخطأ
تظهر هذه النافذة قائمة بالأخطأ التي وجدتها " +"أداة الصلاحية ليُمكنك معرفة سبب تعليم الرسالة الحالية بخطأ.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
يُحدِّث هذا الزر الترويسة مستعملاً الإعدادات الحالية. ثم يحفظ تلك " +"الترويسة في ملف PO عند حفظِهِ.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
يسترجع هذا الزر كل التغييرات المعمولة حتى الآن.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
هذه ليست ترويسة صحيحة!
\n" +"الرجاء تحرير الترويسة قبل التحديث!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
هذه ليست ترويسة صحيحة!
\n" +"الرجاء تحرير الترويسة قبل التحديث.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
نتائج البحث
" -"يُظهر هذا الجزء من النافذة نتائج البحث فى القواميس." -"
" -"
فى الاعلى يظهر عدد المدخلات الموجودة واين يوجد المدخل الظاهر الان. استخدم " -"الازرار فى الاسفل للتنقل من خلال نتائج البحث.
" -"البحث اما يبدأ تلقائياً عند الانتقال الى مدخل اخر فى نافذة المحرر او " -"باختيار القاموس المحدد فى قواميس->ابحث....
" -"الخيارات السائدة يمكن إعدادها فى حوار التفضيلات فى القسمبحث" -"والخيارات للقواميس المختلفة يمكن تغيرها مع إعدادات->اضبط القاموس.
" -"Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
السلسلة اﻷصلية
\n" -"يُظهر هذا الجزء من النافذة الرسالة اﻷصلية\n" -"للمدخل المعروضة حاليا.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
الأضواء البراقة للحالة
\n" -"تظهر هذه الأضواء البراقة حالة الرسالة المعروضة حاليا.\n" -"باستطاعتك تغيير ألوانها في مربع التفضيلات بقسم\n" -"المحرر في صفحة المظهر
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
محرر الترجمة
\n" -"يعرض هذا المحرر ويسمح لك بتحرير ترجمة الرسالة المعروضة حاليا." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
شريط الحالة
\n" +"يعرض شريط الحالة بعض المعلومات عن الملف المفتوح، مثل العدد الكلي للمدخلات " +"وعدد\n" +"الرسائل غير المؤكدة وغير المترجمة. وكذلك يتم عرض رقم وحالة المدخلة المعروضة " +"حاليا.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"نتائج البحث
يُظهر هذا الجزء من النافذة نتائج البحث فى " +"القواميس.
فى الاعلى يظهر عدد المدخلات الموجودة واين يوجد المدخل الظاهر " +"الان. استخدم الازرار فى الاسفل للتنقل من خلال نتائج البحث.
البحث اما " +"يبدأ تلقائياً عند الانتقال الى مدخل اخر فى نافذة المحرر او باختيار القاموس " +"المحدد فى قواميس->ابحث....
الخيارات السائدة يمكن إعدادها فى " +"حوار التفضيلات فى القسمبحثوالخيارات للقواميس المختلفة يمكن تغيرها مع " +"إعدادات->اضبط القاموس.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
السلسلة اﻷصلية
\n" +"يُظهر هذا الجزء من النافذة الرسالة اﻷصلية\n" +"للمدخل المعروضة حاليا.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
الأضواء البراقة للحالة
\n" +"تظهر هذه الأضواء البراقة حالة الرسالة المعروضة حاليا.\n" +"باستطاعتك تغيير ألوانها في مربع التفضيلات بقسم\n" +"المحرر في صفحة المظهر
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
محرر الترجمة
\n" +"يعرض هذا المحرر ويسمح لك بتحرير ترجمة الرسالة المعروضة حاليا.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
شريط الحالة
\n" -"يعرض شريط الحالة بعض المعلومات عن الملف المفتوح، مثل العدد الكلي للمدخلات " -"وعدد\n" -"الرسائل غير المؤكدة وغير المترجمة. وكذلك يتم عرض رقم وحالة المدخلة المعروضة " -"حاليا.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
قائمة الأخطأ
" -"تظهر هذه النافذة قائمة بالأخطأ التي وجدتها أداة الصلاحية ليُمكنك معرفة سبب " -"تعليم الرسالة الحالية بخطأ.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"سياق PO
" -"تظهر هذه النافذة سياق الرسالة الحالية فى ملف PO. عادةً تظهر اربعة رسائل امام " -"الرسالة الحالية واربعة بعدها.
" -"يمكنك اخفاء نافذة الادوات بتعطيل خيارات->أظهر الأدوات.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
هنالك ملفات قاعدة بيانات احتياطية من الاصدار السابق لمترجمك. ومع ذلك، "
+"إصدار اخر من الـمترجمك انشاء قاعدة بيانات جديدة. كنتيجة، تثبيت الـ مترجمك "
+"لديك يحتوى على اصدارين من ملفات قاعدة البيانات. الاصدار الجديد والقديم "
+"لايمكن دمجها. تحتاج لاختيار واحده منها.
إذا قمت باختيار الاصدار "
+"القديم، الجديد سوفة يتم ازالته. إذا اخترت الجديد، ملفات قاعدة البيانات "
+"القديمة سوفه تبقى وسوفه تحتاج الى ازالتها يدوياً. غير ذلك فإن هذه الرسالة "
+"سوفه تظهر مرة ثانيا ( الملفات القديمة فى $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/"
+"dbsearchengine/*,old(."
-#: kbabeldict/dictchooser.cpp:84
-msgid "Move &Up"
-msgstr "حرِّك للأ&على"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:185
+msgid "Old Database Found"
+msgstr "وُجِدت قاعدة بيانات قديمة"
-#: kbabeldict/dictchooser.cpp:87
-msgid "Move &Down"
-msgstr "حرِّك للأ&سفل"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:186
+msgid "Use &Old Database"
+msgstr "استخدام قاعدة البيانات ال&قديمة"
-#: kbabeldict/dictchooser.cpp:90
-msgid "Con&figure..."
-msgstr "ا&ضبط..."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:187
+msgid "Use &New Database"
+msgstr "استخدم قاعدة بيانات &جديدة"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp:562
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:258
msgid ""
-"The name you chose is already used.\n"
-"Please change the source name."
+"Database files not found.\n"
+"Do you want to create them now?"
msgstr ""
-"الاسم المحدد تم استخدامه مسبقاً.\n"
-"رجاء تغير اسم المصدر."
+"لم يُعثر على ملفات قاعدة البيانات:\n"
+"أتريد إنشائهم اﻵن؟"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp:563
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp:615
-msgid "Name is Not Unique"
-msgstr "الاسم غير فريد"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:258
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
+msgid "Create"
+msgstr "أنشيء"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:408
+msgid "Cannot open the database"
+msgstr "تعذر فتح قاعدة البيانات"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:431
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:640
+msgid "Another search has already been started"
+msgstr "لقد بُدِأ بحث آخر بالفعل"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:438
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:647
+msgid "Unable to search now: a PO file scan is in progress"
+msgstr "لايمكن البحث الان: يجري فحص ملف PO"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:445
+msgid "Unable to open the database"
+msgstr "تعذّر فتح قاعدة البيانات"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:451
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:658
+msgid "Database empty"
+msgstr "قاعدة البيانات فارغة"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:462
+msgid "No entry for this package in the database."
+msgstr "ليس هناك مدخلة لهذه الحزمة في قاعدة البيانات."
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:469
+msgid "Searching for %1 in database"
+msgstr "البحث عن %1 في قاعدة البيانات"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:548
+msgid "Looking for repetitions"
+msgstr "ابحث عن تكرارات"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:548
+msgid "Stop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:562
+msgid "Minimum Repetition"
+msgstr "الحد اﻷدنى للتكرار"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:564
+msgid "Insert the minimum number of repetitions for a string:"
+msgstr "أدخل العدد اﻷقل للتكرارات بالنسبة لنص"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:572
+msgid "Searching repeated string"
+msgstr "ابحث عن نصوص مكررة"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1240
+msgid "Select Folder to Scan Recursively"
+msgstr "اختر مجلد للفحص بتكرار"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1263
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1315
+#, c-format
+msgid "Scanning folder %1"
+msgstr "فحص المجلد %1"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1299
+msgid "Select Folder to Scan"
+msgstr "اختر مجلد للفحص"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1358
+msgid "Select PO File to Scan"
+msgstr "اختر ملف PO للفحص"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1372
+#, c-format
+msgid "Scanning file %1"
+msgstr "فحص الملف %1"
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1412
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:67
@@ -4737,14 +4153,50 @@ msgstr "الاسم غير فريد"
msgid "Translation Database"
msgstr "قاعدة بيانات الترجمة"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1608
+msgid "Searching words"
+msgstr "البحث عن كلمات"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1850
+msgid "Process output"
+msgstr "خرْج العملية"
+
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:69
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.cpp:70
msgid "A fast translation search engine based on databases"
msgstr "محرك بحث ترجمة سريع مبني على قواعد البيانات"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.cpp:72
-msgid "Copyright 2000-2003 by Andrea Rizzi"
-msgstr "حقوق النسخ 2000-2003 بواسطة Andrea Rizzi"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:71
+msgid "Copyright 2000-2001 by Andrea Rizzi"
+msgstr "حقوق النسخ 2000-2001 بواسطة Andrea Rizzi"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/preferenceswidget.cpp:102
+#, c-format
+msgid "Scanning file: %1"
+msgstr "فحص الملف: %1"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/preferenceswidget.cpp:107
+#, c-format
+msgid "Entries added: %1"
+msgstr "المدخلات المضافة: %1"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp:562
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp:614
+msgid ""
+"The name you chose is already used.\n"
+"Please change the source name."
+msgstr ""
+"الاسم المحدد تم استخدامه مسبقاً.\n"
+"رجاء تغير اسم المصدر."
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp:563
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp:615
+msgid "Name is Not Unique"
+msgstr "الاسم غير فريد"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.h:89
+msgid "DB SearchEngine II"
+msgstr ""
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:182
msgid "CHUNK BY CHUNK"
@@ -4754,13 +4206,11 @@ msgstr "قطعة بقطعة"
msgid ""
"
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
وسيطات
" -"هنا يمكنك تحسين البحث مع ملفات الـPO. مثال : كنت تريد ان تنجز بحث حساس فى " -"حالة الاحرف، او إذا كنت تريد رسائل غامضة لتجاهلها.
وسيطات
هنا يمكنك تحسين البحث مع ملفات الـPO. مثال : كنت " +"تريد ان تنجز بحث حساس فى حالة الاحرف، او إذا كنت تريد رسائل غامضة لتجاهلها." +"p>
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
خيارات المقارنة
" -"اختر هنا الرسالة التى التى قم بمعالجتها كرسالة مطابقة.
خيارات المقارنة
اختر هنا الرسالة التى التى قم بمعالجتها " +"كرسالة مطابقة.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
مطابقة 3 جرام
" -"رسالة تطابق الاخرى إذا كان معظمها مجموعات احرف 3 محتوية فى رسالة اخرى. مثال " -":'abc123 تطابق 'abcx123c12'.
مطابقة 3 جرام
رسالة تطابق الاخرى إذا كان معظمها مجموعات " +"احرف 3 محتوية فى رسالة اخرى. مثال :'abc123 تطابق 'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
موقع
" -"قم هنا بإعداد الملف المراد استخدامه للبحث.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
موقع
قم هنا بإعداد الملف المراد استخدامه للبحث.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"وسيطات
" -"هنا يمكنك عمب بحث جيد فى ملف الـPO . مثال، إذا كنت تريد انجاز بحث حساس " -"بحالة الاحرف.
وسيطات
هنا يمكنك عمب بحث جيد فى ملف الـPO . مثال، إذا " +"كنت تريد انجاز بحث حساس بحالة الاحرف.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
علِّم غير الصالح كمبهم
\n" +"
إذا انتقيت هذا الخيار، كل العناصر\n" +" - التي تراها هذه الأداة غير صحيحة - ستعلَّم\n" +"كمبهمة وسيُحفظ الملف الناتج.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
لا تتحقق من المبهم
\n" +"
إذا انتقيت هذا الخيار، كل العناصر\n" +"المعلّمة كمبهمة لن يتم التحقق منها على الإطلاق.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
هنالك ملفات قاعدة بيانات احتياطية من الاصدار السابق لمترجمك. ومع ذلك، "
-"إصدار اخر من الـمترجمك انشاء قاعدة بيانات جديدة. كنتيجة، تثبيت الـ مترجمك "
-"لديك يحتوى على اصدارين من ملفات قاعدة البيانات. الاصدار الجديد والقديم لايمكن "
-"دمجها. تحتاج لاختيار واحده منها."
-" Source for difference lookup Here you can select a source, which should be used\n"
+"for finding a difference. You can select file, translation database or\n"
+"corresponding msgstr. If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n"
+"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n"
+"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n"
+"preferences dialog. The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n"
+"for proofreading. You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n"
+"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n"
+"in KBabel's main window. مصدر بحث الفرق هنا يمكنك اختيار المصدر ، الذى يجب ان يُستخدم لايجاد الفرق. يمكنك اختيار ملف، قاعدة بيانات الترجمة او نص الترجمة \"msgstr\" المقابلة."
+" إذا اخترت قاعدة بيانات الترجمة، تأخذ الرسائل من قاعدة \n"
+"بيانات الترجمة. لتكن مفيدة عليك تمكينأدخل الخانة آليا لقاعدة البيانات "
+"فى حوار\n"
+" التفضيلات. الخيار الأخير مفيد لألئك الذين يستخدمون ملفات PO للمراجعة. يمكنك مؤقتاً الحصول على الإختلاف ما بين الرسائل من الملفات "
+"باختيارأدوات ->اختلاف-> افتح ملف لعرض الإختلاففى النافذة الرئيسية "
+"لمترجمك. Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n"
+"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n"
+"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n"
+"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n"
+"file to diff with. Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n"
+"the database are used for diffing. يُمكنك هنا تحديد المجلّدات التي تخزّن فيها الملفات التي سيجرى الإختلاف "
+"عليها.\n"
+"إذا كانت الملفات مخزنة في نفس المكان تحت هذا المجلّد بشكل\n"
+"مماثل للملفات الأصلية تحت المجلّد الأساسي، فسيستطيع مترجمك\n"
+"فتح الملف الصحيح لإجراء الإختلاف معه. لا حظ أن هذا الخيار لا يؤثر إذا استخدمت رسائل من قاعدة البيانات\n"
+"للحصول على الإختلاف.
"
-"
إذا قمت باختيار الاصدار القديم، الجديد سوفة يتم ازالته. إذا اخترت الجديد، "
-"ملفات قاعدة البيانات القديمة سوفه تبقى وسوفه تحتاج الى ازالتها يدوياً. غير ذلك "
-"فإن هذه الرسالة سوفه تظهر مرة ثانيا ( الملفات القديمة فى "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old(."
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:185
-msgid "Old Database Found"
-msgstr "وُجِدت قاعدة بيانات قديمة"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:40
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If the Catalog Manager should kill all running its gettext tools at exit"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:186
-msgid "Use &Old Database"
-msgstr "استخدام قاعدة البيانات ال&قديمة"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:48
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "List of files marked"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:187
-msgid "Use &New Database"
-msgstr "استخدم قاعدة بيانات &جديدة"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:51
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If the files should be open in new KBabel editor windows"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:258
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:55
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "The base directory for PO files (translations)"
+msgstr "قاموس للمترجمين"
+
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:59
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The base directory for POT files (templates to be translated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:63 common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:68
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:73 common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:78
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:83 common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:88
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:93 common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:98
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:201 common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:206
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:211 common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:216
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:221 common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:226
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:231 common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:236
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:272 common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:277
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:299 common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:304
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:309 common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:314
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:319 common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:324
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:329 common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:334
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:341 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:8 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:13
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:18 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:23 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:28
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:33 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:38 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:43
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:48 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:53 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:58
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:67 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:72 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:81
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:86 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:91 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:96
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:101 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:106 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:115
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:120 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:125 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:130
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:135 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:142 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:147
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:152 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:157 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:162
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:167 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:172 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:177
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:182 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:187 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:192
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:199 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:204 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:211
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:218 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:223 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:228
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:233 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:238 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:245
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:252 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:257 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:264
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:269 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:274 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:279
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:284 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:289 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:294
+#: kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:299
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"Database files not found.\n"
-"Do you want to create them now?"
+"\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
-"لم يُعثر على ملفات قاعدة البيانات:\n"
-"أتريد إنشائهم اﻵن؟"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:408
-msgid "Cannot open the database"
-msgstr "تعذر فتح قاعدة البيانات"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:105
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Email of the translator"
+msgstr "آخر مُ&ترجم"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:431
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:640
-msgid "Another search has already been started"
-msgstr "لقد بُدِأ بحث آخر بالفعل"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:109
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Name of the translator (non-localized)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:113
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Delay in minutes between autosaves. 0 disables autosave."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:117
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If the syntax should be checked before save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:121
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If the header should be automatically updated on save"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:438
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:647
-msgid "Unable to search now: a PO file scan is in progress"
-msgstr "لايمكن البحث الان: يجري فحص ملف PO"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:125
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If the plural argument is required to be a part of translation"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:445
-msgid "Unable to open the database"
-msgstr "تعذّر فتح قاعدة البيانات"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:129
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Custom date format used if DateFormat specifies that"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:451
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:658
-msgid "Database empty"
-msgstr "قاعدة البيانات فارغة"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:133
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Format of the dates stored"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:462
-msgid "No entry for this package in the database."
-msgstr "ليس هناك مدخلة لهذه الحزمة في قاعدة البيانات."
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:142
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Description of the translation"
+msgstr "ترجمة تقريبية"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:469
-msgid "Searching for %1 in database"
-msgstr "البحث عن %1 في قاعدة البيانات"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:146
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "The encoding of the file"
+msgstr "ا&بقِ على ترميز الملف"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:548
-msgid "Looking for repetitions"
-msgstr "ابحث عن تكرارات"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:155
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The way how to handle Free Software Foundation header"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:562
-msgid "Minimum Repetition"
-msgstr "الحد اﻷدنى للتكرار"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:165
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "English name of the language"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:564
-msgid "Insert the minimum number of repetitions for a string:"
-msgstr "أدخل العدد اﻷقل للتكرارات بالنسبة لنص"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:169
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "ISO 631 language code"
+msgstr "&رمز اللغة:"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:572
-msgid "Searching repeated string"
-msgstr "ابحث عن نصوص مكررة"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:173
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Localized name of the author"
+msgstr "الإسم ال&محلي:"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1240
-msgid "Select Folder to Scan Recursively"
-msgstr "اختر مجلد للفحص بتكرار"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:177
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mailing list for i18n of the langauge"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1263
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1315
-#, c-format
-msgid "Scanning folder %1"
-msgstr "فحص المجلد %1"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:181
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Number of plural forms for the language"
+msgstr "عدد صيغ الجمع/فردى الموجودة لرمز اللغة \"%1\" هى %2."
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1299
-msgid "Select Folder to Scan"
-msgstr "اختر مجلد للفحص"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:185
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Plural forms specification for GNU gettext"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1358
-msgid "Select PO File to Scan"
-msgstr "اختر ملف PO للفحص"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:189
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Macro-based string to fill Project GNU header"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1372
-#, c-format
-msgid "Scanning file %1"
-msgstr "فحص الملف %1"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:193
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If the obsolete translation entries should be saved"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1608
-msgid "Searching words"
-msgstr "البحث عن كلمات"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:197
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Timezone of the translation (needed for updating time stamps)"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1850
-msgid "Process output"
-msgstr "خرْج العملية"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:241
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If the saving should preserve the encoding of the file, if already defined\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/preferenceswidget.cpp:102
-#, c-format
-msgid "Scanning file: %1"
-msgstr "فحص الملف: %1"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:248
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Marker for accelerators"
+msgstr "&مميز مسرع لوحة المفاتيح:"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/preferenceswidget.cpp:107
-#, c-format
-msgid "Entries added: %1"
-msgstr "المدخلات المضافة: %1"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If the files should be compressed for mailing"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:201
-msgid "Total:"
-msgstr "الكلي:"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:256
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If even single file should be compressed for mailing"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:216
-msgid "Found in:"
-msgstr "وُجِد في:"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:260
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Regular expression for identifying a context information in original text"
+msgstr "&تعبير نمطي لمعلومات السياق:"
-#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:224
-msgid "Translator:"
-msgstr "المترجِم:"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:264
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "List of recent mailed archives"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:236
-msgid "Date:"
-msgstr "التاريخ:"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:268
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Regular expression for identifying a KDE plural form"
+msgstr "&تعبير نمطي لمعلومات السياق:"
-#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:244
-msgid "&More"
-msgstr "ال&مزيد"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:289
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Name of the project"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:287
-msgid "Score"
-msgstr "النتيجة"
+#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:293
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Version of the configuration file"
+msgstr "ملف لتحميل الإعدادات منه"
-#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:288
-msgid "Original"
-msgstr "الأصلي"
+#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:25
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Diff Source"
+msgstr "مصدر الاختلاف"
-#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:289
-msgid "Translation"
-msgstr "الترجمة"
+#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Base folder for diff files
\n"
+"المجلد الاساسى لملفات الإختلاف
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"مرحبا في معالج المشروع!\n" +"\n" +"سيُساعدك هذا المعالج على إعداد مشروع ترجمة جديد في مترجمك.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"باديء ذي بدأ، تحتاج إلى اختيار اسم للمشروع\n" +"وملف حيث ستُحفظ الإعدادات.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"يتعيّن أيضا أن تختار اللغة التي ستترجم إليها\n" +"و نوع مشروع الترجمة.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "المؤلفون:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
اسم ملف الإعداد
\n"
+"إسم ملف لِتخزين إعدادات\n"
+"المشروع.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"اللغة
\n"
+"اللغة المقصودة لهذا المشروع، بعبارة أخرى اللغة التي ستترجم إليها. يجب أن "
+"تتبع معايرر ISO 631 لتسمية اللغات.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
اسم المشروع
\n"
+"اسم المشروع هو تمييز للمشروع.\n"
+"يظهر في حوار الإعدادات\n"
+"وفي عنوان النافذة المفتوحة للمشروع.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"لاحظ: لا يمكن تغيير اسم المشروع بعد ذلك.\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"نوع المشروع\n" +"يسمح لك نوع المشروع بالضبط الدقيق للإعدادات لتناسب\n" +"مشروعا معينا من مشاريع الترجمة المعروفة جيدا.\n" +"على سبيل المثال، يضبط أدوات التحقق، و علامة المسرع وتنسيق الترويسة.\n" +"
\n" +"الأنواع المعروفة حاليا:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
ملفات الترجمة
\n" +"اكتب المجلد الذي يحتوي على ملفات PO و POT.\n" +"الملفات والمجلدات في هذه المجلدات ستُدمج معا بعد ذلك في شجرة واحدة.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
ا&لغِ تعيين حالة الإبهام آلياً
\n" +"إذا فعِّل هذا بينما تحرر مخلة مبهمة، ستتغير حالة الإبهام آليا\n" +"(يعني هذا أن اللفظة , fuzzy\n" +"ستُزال من تعليق المدخلة).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
استخدم التحرير الذكى
\n" +"اختر هذا لجعل كتابة النص اكثر راحة وترك مترجمك ليهتم ببعض المحارف الخاصة " +"التى تحتاج لعلامات اقتباس. كمثال، كتابة'\"' سوفه تنتج '\\\"'، ضغط على " +"Return سوفه يضيف تلقائياً فراغ ابيض فى نهاية السطر، اضغط على Shift+Return سوف " +"يضيف '\\n' فى نهاية السطر.
\n" +"مع ملاحظة ان هذه تلميحات فقط وانه مازال من الممكن توليد نص غير صحيح بنيويا." +""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:322
-msgid "Previous Marke&d"
-msgstr "المُ&علم السابق"
+#: kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:89
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic Checks"
+msgstr "فحص آلي"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:325
-msgid "Next &Marked"
-msgstr "ا&لمُعلم التالى"
+#: kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" Error recognition Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n"
+"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n"
+" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n"
+"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n"
+" التعرف على الخطأ يمكنك هنا تعين كيف يُظهر الخطأ الذى حدث.\n"
+"اصدار صوت عند حدوث الخطأ اصدر صوت وغير لون النص عند حدوث الخطأ\n"
+"قم بتغير الون للنص الملون. إذا كان ليس هنالك واحد مفعل، انك مزلت ترى الرسالة "
+"فى \n"
+"شريط الحالة. Status LEDs Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have."
+" الأضواء البراقة للحالة اختر من هنا موقع عرض الأضواء البراقة للحالة وكذلك ألوانها. Automatically start search If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n"
+"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n"
+"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n"
+" You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n"
+"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n"
+"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n"
+"in the toolbar pressed for a while. ابدأ البحث آليا إذا كان فعِّل هذا، قسيبدأ البحث آليا عندما "
+"تنتقل الى مدخل اخر فى\n"
+"المحرر. يمكنك تحديد اين يمكنك البحث مع مربع التحرير والسرد \n"
+"القاموس الافتراضى.\n"
+" كذلك يمكنك بداية البحث يدوياً باختيار مدخل فى القائمة المنسدلة التى "
+"تظهر \n"
+"عند النقر على قواميس->ابحث... أو ابقِ زر القاموس فى شريط الأدوات "
+"مضغوطا لفتره. Default Dictionary Choose here where to search as default. \n"
+"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n"
+"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar. You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n"
+"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n"
+" القاموس الإفتراضى اختر هنا اين يُبحث افتراضياً :\n"
+"تُستخدم هذه الإعدادات عندما يبدأ البحث آلياً.\n"
+"أو عند ضغط زر القاموس في شريط الأدوات. يمكنك اعداد القواميس المختلفة باختيار القاموس القاموس الحالى منإعدادات-"
+">اضبط القاموس.\n"
+" Statusbar The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or "
-"replace operation. The first number in Found: "
-"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet "
-"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files "
-"containing the searched text found so far. شريط الحالة يُظهر شريط الحالة معلومات حول تقدم عملية البحث الإستبدال الحالية. أول رقم فى "
-"وُجد: يظهر عدد الملفات المحتوية على النص المبحوث عنه والتي لم تعرض في "
-"نافذة مترجمك حتى الآن. يُظهر الثاني العدد الكلى للملفات المحتوية على النص "
-"الموجودة حتى الآن. File Options Here you can finetune where to find:"
-" خيارات الملف يمكنك هنا الضبط الدقيق لأين يُبحث:"
-" \n"
+"Example: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "احصل على معلومات الملفات التالية:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "افحص ملف PO مفرد..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "الرسائل ال&قديمة:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "افحص المجلد..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&رسالة السجلّ:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "افحص المجلد والمجلدات الفرعية..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "أضف الملفات آ&لياً عند الحاجة"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "فحص الملف:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "أ&رسل"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "مدخلات أضيفت:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "ا&ستعلم عن الحالة"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "التقدم الكلّي:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "ا&ستعلم عن الإختلاف"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "معالجة الملف:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "ا&حصل على المعلومات"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "تحميل الملف:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "خرْج الأمر:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "صدِّر..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "رسالة سجلّ الإرسال فارغة. أتريد المتابعة؟"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "سلاسل نصية مكررة"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "تعذّر فتح الملف المؤقّت للكتابة. اجهاض."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "مفاتيح جيدة"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "تعذّرت الكتابة في الملف المؤقّت. اجهاض."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"يمكنك تعيين العدد الاقل من كلمات الاستعلام التى يجب ان يحتويها المفتاح ليتم "
+"إدراجه فى قائمة المفاتيح الجيدة. \n"
+"كذلك يمكنك تعيين اقل عدد من الكلمات المفتاحية الذى يجب ان يتضمنها الاستعلام "
+"لادراج المفتاح الى القائمة. \n"
+"هذين الرقمين هما نسبة من العدد الكلى للكلمات . إذا كان نتيجة هذه النسبة اقل "
+"من الواحد ، المحرك سوفه يعينه الى الواحد \n"
+"اخيراً يمكنك تعين اكبر قيمة ممكنة للمدخلات فى القائمة."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "تعذّر بدأ العمليّة."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "اقل عدد من الكلمات للمفتاح كذلك فى الاستعلام (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ خرَج بالحالة %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ تمّ ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "اقل عدد من كلمات الاستعلام فى المفتاح (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "فهارس الرسائل"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "اقصى طول للقائمة:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "لا تحكّم نُسَخ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "كلمات متكررة"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "حالة الــ CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "استبعد الكلمات اﻷكثر تكرارا من:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "الحالة للمعلمات"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "عام"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "اعكس"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "مجلد DB:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "اعكس المعلَّم"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "تحديث آلي فى مترجمك"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "نظِّف"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "المدخلات جديدة"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "نظِّف المعلَّم"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "من مترجمك"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "لا مستودع"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "خوارزمية"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "الملفات:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "أقل حصيلة:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "الإسم"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "خوارزميات للاستخدام"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "ع"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "الحصيلة:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "مبهم"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "ارشيف الجمل المبهمة"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "غير مترجم"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "المُسْرد"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "المجموع"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "بالضبط"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "آخر مراجعة"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "جملة بجملة"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "نافذة السجل"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "حرفى رقمى"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "ا&مسح"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "كلمة بكلمة"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. نافذة السجل يتم عرض خرْج الأوامر التي يتم تنفيذها في هذه النافذة. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. مدير الفهارس يدمج مدير الفهارس مجلدين إثنين الى شجرة واحدة ويقوم بإظهار جميع\n"
-"ملفات PO و POT فى هذه المجلدات. بهذه الطريقة يمكنك أن تلاحظ بسهولة إزالة أو "
-"إضافة قالب. وكذلك تُعرض بعض المعلومات عن الملفات.\n"
-" للمزيد من المعلومات راجع قسممدير الفهارس في المساعدة المحلّية. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+""
-"
"
-"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "محدّث"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "استخدم تعويضا ذا كلمة واحدة"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "تعارض"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "العدد الاقصى للكلمات فى الاستعلام:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "خطأ في نسخة العمل"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "استخدم تعويضا ذا كلمتين"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "مجهول"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "هذا ليس مستودع SVN صحيح. أوامر SVN لايمكن تنفيذها."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ بدء الأمر ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "المحارف المحلية للتعابير النمطية:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "حوار SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "قاعدة البيانات"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "حدّث الملفات التالية:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "مجلد قاعدة البيانات:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "أرسل الملفات التالية:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "أضف مدخلة بشكل آلي لقاعدة البيانات"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "استعلم عن الحالة البعيدة للملفات التالية:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"أضف مدخلة بشكل آلي لقاعدة البيانات إذا تم إخطار ترجمة جديدة بواسطة أحد "
+"اﻷشخاص (قد يكون مترجمك)"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "استعلم عن الحالة المحلّية للملفات التالية:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "مؤلف المدخلة المضافة بشكل آلي:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "استعلم عن اختلافات الملفات التالية:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Vəziyyət paneli
\n" +"Vəziyyət paneli açılan fayl ilə əlaqədər bə'zi mə'lumatları göstərir,\n" +"məsələn cəmi giriş miqdarı və fuzzy və ya tərcüməsiz ismarıcların toplam\n" +"miqdarı. Ayrıca, o anda göstərilən girişin indeksi və vəziyyəti də " +"göstərilir.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Qeyd Pəncərəsi
\n" +"Bu pəncərədə işlenen komutların nəticələri gösterilmektedir.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button, to update the header information of the file every time " -"when it is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields, that do not exist, are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Kataloq İdarəçisi
\n" +"Kataloq İdarəçisi 2 cərgəni birləşdrirərək buradakı bütün PO \n" +"POT faylları nümayiş etdirir. Beləliklə yeni nümunə əlavə edildiyində \n" +"daha rahat xəbərdar olursunuz. Həm də burada fayllar haqqında \n" +"bə'zi mə'lumatlar ala bilərsiniz.
Ətraflı mə'lumat üçün Yardımçımızın " +"Kataloq İdarəçisi qisminə baxın.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you don't want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occured.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
For more information see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Number of singular/plural forms
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team. If you are " -"working with TDE >= 2.2 with support for the language you are translating to, " -"set this option to Automatic and KBabel tries to get this information " -"automatically from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it " -"out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in Qt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Base directories
\n" -"Type in the directories which contain all your PO- and POT-files.\n" -"The files and the directories in these directories will then be merged into " -"one\n" -"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It's not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for directories
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in directories from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259 +msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting." msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Base directories
\n" -"Type in the directories which contain all your PO- and POT-files.\n" -"The files and the directories in these directories will then be merged into " -"one\n" -"tree.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Use messages from Translation Database
" -"If this is checked, the messages to diff with are taken from the Translation " -"Database. To be useful you have to enable Auto add entry to database " -"in its preferences dialog.
" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file by choosing Tools->" -"Diff->Open file for diff in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Base directory for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a directory, where the files to diff with are stored in. " -"If the files are stored at the same place beneath this directory as the " -"original files beneath their base directory, KBabel can automatically open the " -"correct file to diff with.
" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from the database are used " -"for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automatically start search
" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started whenever you " -"switch to another entry in the editor. You can choose where to search with the " -"combo box Default Dictionary.
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in the popup menu " -"that appears either when clicking Dictionaries->Find ... " -"or keeping the dictionary button in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. This setting is used when searching " -"is started automatically or when pressing the dictionary button in the " -"toolbar.
" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting the desired " -"dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let KBabel take care of " -"some special characters that have to be quoted. For example typing '\"' will " -"result in '\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace at the end " -"of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add '\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a help and it's still possible to generate " -"syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Error recognition
" -"Here you can set how to show, that an error occured. Beep on error " -"beeps and Change text color on error changes the color of the translated " -"text. If none is activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.
" -"Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Example:"
-" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Update Header Check this button, to update the header information of the file every "
+"time when it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields, that do not exist, are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you don't want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. "
+" Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. "
+" Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occured. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Tək kəlmə substitisiyası işlət"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Sorğudakı maksimal kəlmə miqdarı"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Başlıq düzəlt ... "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "İki kəlmə substitisyası işlət"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Qaydalı ifadələr üçün yerli xarakterlər:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Databeyz cərgəsi:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Girişi databeyzə avtomatik qeyd et"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr "Yeni tərcümə varsa, girişi databeyzə avtomatik olaraq daxil et"
+"\n"
+"
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
For more " +"information see section The Preferences Dialog in the online help." +"p>
\n" -"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be " -"inserted in the good keys list." -"
\n" -"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must " -"have to insert the key in the list." -"
\n" -"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the " -"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one." -"
\n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two number are percentage of the total number of words. If the result of "
-"this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. "
+"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team. If you "
+"are working with TDE >= 2.2 with support for the language you are "
+"translating to, set this option to Automatic and KBabel tries to get "
+"this information automatically from TDE. Use the Test button to test "
+"if it can find it out. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in Qt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-"\n"
-"
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Base directories
\n" +"Type in the directories which contain all your PO- and POT-files.\n" +"The files and the directories in these directories will then be merged into " +"one\n" +"tree.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It's not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commands for directories
Insert here the commands you " +"want to execute in directories from the Catalog Manager. The commands are " +"then shown in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context " +"menu.
The following strings will be replaced in a command:" +"
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Shown columns
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Güncəlləmədən əvvəl başlıq düzəldin!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Güncəlləmədən əvvəl başlıq düzəldin!
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the current " +"message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find ....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Güncəlləmədən əvvəl başlıq düzəldin!
" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:172 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"_: Menu item\n" -"Open" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Güncəlləmədən əvvəl başlıq düzəldin!
" + +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:175 kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:635 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "&Başlıq düzəlt ... " + +#: kbabel/hidingmsgedit.cpp:76 +msgid "Context inserted by KBabel, do not translate:" msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 -msgid "Open Template" -msgstr "Nümunə Aç" +#: kbabel/hidingmsgedit.cpp:182 +#, c-format +msgid "Plural %1" +msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:330 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"KBabel Version %1\n" -"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" -" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Status LEDS
\n" -"These LEDS display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Vəziyyət paneli
\n" +"Vəziyyət paneli açılan fayl ilə əlaqədər bə'zi mə'lumatları göstərir,\n" +"məsələn cəmi giriş miqdarı və fuzzy və ya tərcüməsiz ismarıcların toplam\n" +"miqdarı. Ayrıca, o anda göstərilən girişin indeksi və vəziyyəti də " +"göstərilir.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find ....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" + +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 +msgid "" +"_: Menu item\n" +"Open" msgstr "" -"İmla yoxlaması müvəffəqiyyətlə qurtardı.\n" -"İmla səhvi tapılmadı." -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4362 -msgid "Spellcheck canceled" -msgstr "İmla yoxlama ləğv edildi" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 +msgid "Open Template" +msgstr "Nümunə Aç" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4391 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The spell checker program could not be started.\n" -"Please make sure you have the spell checker program properly configured and in " -"your PATH." +"KBabel Version %1\n" +"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" +" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Status LEDS
\n" +"These LEDS display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Vəziyyət paneli
\n" -"Vəziyyət paneli açılan fayl ilə əlaqədər bə'zi mə'lumatları göstərir,\n" -"məsələn cəmi giriş miqdarı və fuzzy və ya tərcüməsiz ismarıcların toplam\n" -"miqdarı. Ayrıca, o anda göstərilən girişin indeksi və vəziyyəti də " -"göstərilir.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the file. Normally " -"it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parametrlər
" -"Buurada po fayllarında təfsilatlı və yaxşılaşdırılmış axtarış seçənəklərini " -"tapacaqsınız.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Müqayisə Seçənəkləri
" -"Burada müqayisə etmək istədiyiniz ismarıcı yazın..
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Qram-uyğunluq
" -"Əgə ismarıclar arasında ən çox görünən hərf qruplarından 3 dənəsi uyğun " -"gəlirsə məntiqi daşıyır. Məs: 'abc123' ilə 'abcx123c12' uyğun gəlir.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Yer
" -"Axtarış üçün hansı faylların işlədiləcəyini quraşdırın.
" - -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:95 -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:147 -msgid "PO Auxiliary" -msgstr "İkincil PO" - -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:426 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Loading PO auxiliary" -msgstr "İkincil PO yüklənir" - -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:438 -#, fuzzy, c-format -msgid "" -"Error while trying to open file for PO Auxiliary module:\n" -"%1" -msgstr " %1 faylını açarkən xəta oldu" - -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:450 -msgid "Building index" -msgstr "İndeks qurulur" - -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:97 -msgid "A simple module for exact searching in a PO file" -msgstr "PO faylında axtarış aparmaq üçün sadə modul" -#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.cpp:95 -#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.cpp:175 -#, fuzzy -msgid "TMX Compendium" -msgstr "PO Kompendium" +#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp:83 +msgid "Search in module:" +msgstr "Modulda axtar" -#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.cpp:97 +#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp:106 #, fuzzy -msgid "A module for searching in a TMX file" -msgstr "Po faylında axtarış modulu" +msgid "&Start Search" +msgstr "&Axtarışı &dayandır" -#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:88 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parametrlər
" -"Buurada po fayllarında təfsilatlı və yaxşılaşdırılmış axtarış seçənəklərini " -"tapacaqsınız.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametrlər
Buurada po fayllarında təfsilatlı və " +"yaxşılaşdırılmış axtarış seçənəklərini tapacaqsınız.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Müqayisə Seçənəkləri
Burada müqayisə etmək istədiyiniz " +"ismarıcı yazın..
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Qram-uyğunluq
Əgə ismarıclar arasında ən çox görünən " +"hərf qruplarından 3 dənəsi uyğun gəlirsə məntiqi daşıyır. Məs: 'abc123' ilə " +"'abcx123c12' uyğun gəlir.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Yer
Axtarış üçün hansı faylların işlədiləcəyini quraşdırın."
+"p>"
-#: common/catalog.cpp:3128
-msgid "searching matching message"
-msgstr "uyğun gələn ismarıc axtarılır"
-
-#: common/catalog.cpp:3217
-msgid "preparing messages for diff"
-msgstr "ismarıc diff üçüm hazırlanır"
-
-#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:50
+#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.cpp:95
+#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.cpp:175
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Catalog Information"
-msgstr "Fayl mə'lumatları oxunur"
+msgid "TMX Compendium"
+msgstr "PO Kompendium"
-#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:53
+#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.cpp:97
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Total Messages"
-msgstr "İsmarıclar üçün Yazı növü"
+msgid "A module for searching in a TMX file"
+msgstr "Po faylında axtarış modulu"
-#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:54
+#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:88
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Fuzzy Messages"
-msgstr "Bü&tün İsmarıclar"
+msgid ""
+" Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search. Parametrlər Buurada po fayllarında təfsilatlı və "
+"yaxşılaşdırılmış axtarış seçənəklərini tapacaqsınız. Mark invalid as fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items,\n"
+"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n"
+"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n"
+"will be saved. Do not validate fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items\n"
+"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all. Statusbar The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or "
-"replace operation. The first number in Found: "
-"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet "
-"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files "
-"containing the searched text found so far. Vəziyyət paneli Vəziyyət paneli açılan fayl ilə əlaqədər bə'zi mə'lumatları göstərir,\n"
-"məsələn cəmi giriş miqdarı və fuzzy və ya tərcüməsiz ismarıcların toplam\n"
-"miqdarı. Ayrıca, o anda göstərilən girişin indeksi və vəziyyəti də "
-"göstərilir. Source for difference lookup Here you can select a source, which should be used\n"
+"for finding a difference. You can select file, translation database or\n"
+"corresponding msgstr. If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n"
+"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n"
+"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n"
+"preferences dialog. The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n"
+"for proofreading. You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n"
+"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n"
+"in KBabel's main window. Use messages from Translation Database If this is "
+"checked, the messages to diff with are taken from the Translation Database. "
+"To be useful you have to enable Auto add entry to database in its "
+"preferences dialog. You can temporarily diff with messages from a file "
+"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff in KBabel's main window."
+"p> Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n"
+"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n"
+"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n"
+"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n"
+"file to diff with. Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n"
+"the database are used for diffing. Here you can define a directory, where the files to diff with are stored "
+"in. If the files are stored at the same place beneath this directory as the "
+"original files beneath their base directory, KBabel can automatically open "
+"the correct file to diff with. Note that this option has no effect if "
+"messages from the database are used for diffing. \n"
+"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n"
+"project for KBabel.\n"
+" \n"
+"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n"
+"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n"
+" \n"
+"You should also choose a language to translate into\n"
+"and also a type of the translation project.\n"
+" Configuration File Name \n"
+"Language Project name \n"
+"Project Type\n"
+"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n"
+"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n"
+"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n"
+"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n"
+" Currently known types:\n"
+"Base folder for diff files
\n"
+"Base directory for diff files
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Base directories
\n" +"Type in the directories which contain all your PO- and POT-files.\n" +"The files and the directories in these directories will then be merged into " +"one\n" +"tree.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let KBabel take care " +"of some special characters that have to be quoted. For example typing '\"' " +"will result in '\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace at " +"the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add '\\n' at the end of the " +"line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a help and it's still possible to generate " +"syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Error recognition
Here you can set how to show, that an " +"error occured. Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error" +"b> changes the color of the translated text. If none is activated, you will " +"still see a message in the statusbar.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automatically start search
If this is activated, the " +"search is automatically started whenever you switch to another entry in the " +"editor. You can choose where to search with the combo box Default " +"Dictionary.
You can also start searching manually by choosing an " +"entry in the popup menu that appears either when clicking Dictionaries-" +">Find ... or keeping the dictionary button in the toolbar pressed for a " +"while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. This setting is used when " +"searching is started automatically or when pressing the dictionary button in " +"the toolbar.
You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting " +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Example: "
msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Tək .po faylını dara"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Cərgəni dara"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "İsmarıc Kataloqları"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Cərgələri və alt cərgələri dara"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Fayl daranır:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Vəziyyət:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Əlavə edilən girişlər:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Total gedişat"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Statistikalar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Fayl işlənir"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "&Çevir"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Fayl yüklənir"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Statistikalar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "İxrac et..."
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "&Təmizlə"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Bu kəlmə dəyişsin?"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Statistikalar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Yaxşı açarlar"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two number are percentage of the total number of words. If the result "
+"of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one. \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Sorğu və açardakı minimum kəlmə miqdarı (%)"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Ad"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Açardakl minimum sorğulanacaq kəlmə miqdarı (%)"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Fuzzy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Maksimal siyahı uzunluğu"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Tərcüməsiz"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Sıx işlədilən kəlmələr"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Cəmi"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Bundan daha sıx kəlmələri unut:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Son düzəliş"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Qeyd pəncərəsi"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "hər açarda görülən sıx kəlmələr"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Təmizlə"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "&Ümumi"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Qeyd Pəncərəsi Bu pəncərədə işlenen komutların nəticələri gösterilmektedir. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Kataloq İdarəçisi Kataloq İdarəçisi 2 cərgəni birləşdrirərək buradakı bütün PO \n"
-"POT faylları nümayiş etdirir. Beləliklə yeni nümunə əlavə edildiyində \n"
-"daha rahat xəbərdar olursunuz. Həm də burada fayllar haqqında \n"
-"bə'zi mə'lumatlar ala bilərsiniz. Ətraflı mə'lumat üçün Yardımçımızın Kataloq İdarəçisi "
-"qisminə baxın. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+" \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+" Colors Define here which colors you want to be used in the Editor. \n"
-#~ "Background color is used for highlighting the background of characters. \n"
+#~ "Background color is used for highlighting the background of "
+#~ "characters. \n"
#~ "The other colors are used for syntax highlighting. Colors Define here which colors you want to be used in the Editor. Background color is used for highlighting the background of characters. The other colors are used for syntax highlighting. Colors Define here which colors you want to be used "
+#~ "in the Editor. Background color is used for highlighting the "
+#~ "background of characters. The other colors are used for syntax "
+#~ "highlighting. Appearance These options let you configure the appearance for the message editor. Check Highlight syntax to let KBabel display special characters, like \\\" and \\n, in different colors. The three other options will help you to \"see\" whitespace characters. Mark whitespace with points draws a small point instead of a whitespace, Highlight background colors the background of the characters and Show surrounding quotes displays quotes at the beginning and end of each line. Appearance These options let you configure the appearance for the message editor. Check Highlight syntax to let KBabel display special characters, like \\\" and \\n, in different colors. The three other options will help you to \"see\" whitespace characters. Mark whitespace with points draws a small point instead of a whitespace, Highlight background colors the background of the characters and Show surrounding quotes displays quotes at the beginning and end of each line. Appearance These options let you configure the "
+#~ "appearance for the message editor. Check Highlight syntax to "
+#~ "let KBabel display special characters, like \\\" and \\n, in different "
+#~ "colors. The three other options will help you to \"see\" whitespace "
+#~ "characters. Mark whitespace with points draws a small point "
+#~ "instead of a whitespace, Highlight background colors the "
+#~ "background of the characters and Show surrounding quotes displays "
+#~ "quotes at the beginning and end of each line. Appearance These options let you configure the "
+#~ "appearance for the message editor. Check Highlight syntax to "
+#~ "let KBabel display special characters, like \\\" and \\n, in different "
+#~ "colors. The three other options will help you to \"see\" whitespace "
+#~ "characters. Mark whitespace with points draws a small point "
+#~ "instead of a whitespace, Highlight background colors the "
+#~ "background of the characters and Show surrounding quotes displays "
+#~ "quotes at the beginning and end of each line. This is not a valid header! A valid header has the format:\n"
-#~ " Bu hökmlü bir başlıq deyildir! Hökmlü başlıqda bunlar vardır:\n"
-#~ "
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "Bü&tün İsmarıclar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Tək kəlmə substitisiyası işlət"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Bü&tün İsmarıclar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Sorğudakı maksimal kəlmə miqdarı"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Axtarışı &avtomatik başlat"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "İki kəlmə substitisyası işlət"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Şərhlər:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "Vəziyyət:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "Müqayisə G&östər"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Qaydalı ifadələr üçün yerli xarakterlər:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Fayl mə'lumatları oxunur"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Databeyz"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "&Əmr"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Databeyz cərgəsi:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr ""
-"%1 faylı mövcuddur.\n"
-"Üstünə yazmaq istəyərsiniz?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Girişi databeyzə avtomatik qeyd et"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr "Yeni tərcümə varsa, girişi databeyzə avtomatik olaraq daxil et"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Avtomatik əlavə müəllifi:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
optional comment
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
optional lines surrounded by \"\"optional comment
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
optional lines surrounded by \"\"opsiyonal qeydlər
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
opsiyonal sətirləri əhatə edən \"\"opsiyonal qeydlər
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
opsiyonal sətirləri əhatə edən \"\"
Do you want to discard your changes or edit the header again?
" -#~ msgstr "Dəyişiklikləri ləğv etmək, yoxsa başlığı yenidən düzəltmək istəyirsiniz?
" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you want to discard your changes or edit the header again?
" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dəyişiklikləri ləğv etmək, yoxsa başlığı yenidən düzəltmək " +#~ "istəyirsiniz?
" #~ msgid "Ch&eck Arguments" #~ msgstr "Ar&qumentləri Yoxla" @@ -6613,7 +6676,8 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "An error in the plural forms has been found!\n" -#~ "(If there is no real error, please check the respective setting in the Identity tab of the preferences dialog.)" +#~ "(If there is no real error, please check the respective setting in the " +#~ "Identity tab of the preferences dialog.)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Faylda sintaksis xətaları var və düzəltmək üçün\n" #~ "cəhd edildi\n" @@ -6673,7 +6737,8 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Some faulty plural forms have been found.\n" -#~ "(If there is no real error, please check the respective setting in the Identity tab of the preferences dialog.)\n" +#~ "(If there is no real error, please check the respective setting in the " +#~ "Identity tab of the preferences dialog.)\n" #~ "Please check the questionable entries by using Go->Next error" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Faylda sintaksis xətaları var və düzəltmək üçün\n" @@ -6718,8 +6783,32 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "&Sintaksisi yoxla" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Automatic checks
Activate here the things you want to have checked while editing.
Automatic checks
Activate here the things, you want to have checked while editing.
Automatic checks
Activate here the things you want to " +#~ "have checked while editing.
Automatic checks
Activate here the things, you want " +#~ "to have checked while editing.
Search Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Search Options
Here you can finetune replacing:" +#~ "
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:" +#~ "
Search Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Search Options
Here you can finetune the search:" +#~ "
Options
Here you can finetune the search:" +#~ "
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:" +#~ "
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:" +#~ "
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:" +#~ "
Options
Here you can finetune the search:" +#~ "
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Выбар запісаў для перакладу
" -"У дадзеным полі вы можаце вылучыць тыя запісы, для якіх будзе ажыццёўленая " -"спроба пошуку перакладу. Змененыя запісы будуць адзначаныя як чарнавыя " -"незалежна ад таго, які параметр вы вылучыце
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Метад перакладу паведамленняў
" -"У дадзеным дыялогу вы можаце вылучыць метад перакладу паведамленняў - " -"перакладаць толькі тыя паведамленні, якія паддаюцца поўнаму перакладу або " -"перакладаць асобныя словы, у выпадку адсутнасці магчымасці поўнага перакладу " -"паведамлення.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Адзначыць змененыя запісы як чарнавыя
" -"Пры аўтаматычным перакладзе паведамленне будзе адзначана сцягам " -"чарнавы па змаўчанні. Справа ў тым, што KBabel толькі здагадваецца пра " -"дакладнасць перакладу, і перакладчыкк павінен праверыць усе аўтаматычна " -"перакладзеныя паведамленні ўручную. Адключайце гэты рэжым толькі ў выпадку " -"поўнай упэўненасці ў тым, что вы робіце.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Перавесці службовыя запісы TDE
" -"Уключыць аўтазапаўненне запісаў выгляду \"Comment=\" і \"Name=\", калі " -"пераклад немагчыма знайсці. Таксама будуць запоўненыя палі \"NAME OF " -"TRANSLATORS\" і \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" з выкарыстаннем параметраў вашага " -"профіля.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Слоўнікі
" -"У дадзеным дыялогу вы можаце вылучыць слоўнікі, выкарыстоўваныя пры пошуку " -"перакладу. У выпадку выбару больш за аднаго слоўніка яны будуць скарыстаныя ў " -"той жа чарзе, як і ў спісе слоўнікаў.
" -"Кнопка Налада дазваляе змяніць налады толькі часова, да зачынення " -"дадзенага дыялогу.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Пры аўтаматычным перакладзе паведамленне будзе адзначана сцягам " -"чарнавы па змаўчанні. Справа ў тым, што KBabel можа толькі здагадвацца пра " -"дакладнасць перакладу, і перакладчык павінен праверыць усё аўтаматычна " -"перакладзеныя паведамленні ўручную. Адключайце гэты рэжым толькі ў выпадку " -"поўнай упэўненасці ў тым, навошта вам гэта трэба.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Пошук тэксту
" -"Тут вы можаце ўвесці тэкст для пошуку. Калі вы жадаеце знайсці рэгулярны " -"выраз, адзначце Выкарыстаць рэгулярны выраз ніжэй.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Замяніць тэкст
" -"Увядзіце тэкст, які будзе замяняць знойдзены тэкст. Тэкст будзе скарыстаны ў " -"такім жа выглядзе, як вы ўвядзеце. Улічыце, што адмена змен будзе немагчымая " -"пры пошуку рэгулярных выразаў.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Дзе шукаць
" -"Вылучыце, у якіх частках запісу каталога неабходна вырабіць пошук.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Параметры
" -"У дадзеным акне наладжваюцца параметры замены:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Параметры
" -"У дадзеным акне наладжваюцца параметры пошуку:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Радок стану
\n" +"У радку стану адлюстроўваецца інфармацыя аб працэсе бягучай аперацыі " +"пошуку або замены. Першы лік у поле Знойдзена: паказвае лік файлаў, " +"якія змяшчаюць запытаны радок, але не паказваемых у акне KBabel. Другі лік " +"утрымоўвае агульную колькасць файлаў, якія змяшчаюць запытаны радок.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Аднавіць загаловак пры захаванні
\n" -"Уключыце гэты пункт для аднаўлення загалоўка файла пры кожным захаванні.
" -"\n" -"Звычайна ў загалоўку ўтрымоўваюцца звесткі аб даце і часу апошняга " -"аднаўлення файла,\n" -"імя апошняга перакладчыка і т.д..
\n" -"Вы можаце вылучыць, якую інфармацыю аднаўляць, адзначыўшы адпаведныя\n" -"пераключальнікі, размешчаныя ніжэй.\n" -"Неіснуючыя да захавання палі будуць дададзеныя ў загаловак.\n" -"Калі вы жадаеце дадаць дадатковыя палі ў загаловак, можаце адрэдагаваць " -"загаловак уручную, вылучыўшы\n" -"Праўка->Загаловак у акне рэдактара
Акно паведамленняў
\n" +"У дадзеным акне адлюстроўваецца інфармацыя аб працэсе выканання " +"запушчаных каманд.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Палі для аднаўлення
\n" -"Тут вы можаце вылучыць палі загалоўка, якія аднаўляюцца пры захаванні.\n" -"Неіснуючае поле будзе аўтаматычна дададзена да загалоўка.
\n" -"Калі вы жадаеце дадаць дадатковую інфармацыю да загалоўка, можаце " -"адрэдагаваць загаловак уручную,\n" -"вылучыўшы Праўка->Рэдагаваць загаловак у акне рэдактара.
\n" -"Выключыце пераключальнік Аднавіць загаловак пры захаванні" -", калі вы не жадаеце аднаўленні загалоўка пры захаванні.
Мэнэджэр каталогаў
\n" +"Мэнэджэр каталогаў вырабляе аб'яднанне двух каталогаў у адно дрэва\n" +"і паказвае ўсе файлы перакладу і шаблоны, размешчаныя ў гэтых каталогах.\n" +"Дзякуючы гэтаму вам лягчэй выявіць даданне або выдаленне шаблонаў. Таксама " +"паказваецца некаторая інфармацыя аб файлах.\n" +"
Для падрабязнасцяў гл. падзел Мэнэджэр каталогаў у кіраўніцтве." +"
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Кадыроўка
" -"Тут вы можаце вылучыць кадыроўку, у якой варта захоўваць файл. Калі вы не " -"ўпэўнены ў тым, якую кадыроўку выкарыстаць, удакладніце ў каардынатара вашай " -"каманды перакладу.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Захоўваць кадыроўку файла
" -"Пры ўключэнні гэтай опцыі файл будзе захаваны ў зыходнай кадыроўцы. Файлы " -"без указання кадыроўкі (напрыклад шаблоны), будуць захаваныя ў кадыроўцы, " -"паказанай вышэй.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Правяраць сінтаксіс файла пры захаванні
\n" -"Усталёўка гэтага параметру ўключае аўтаматычную праверку файла з камандай " -"\"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" -"пры захаванні. Пры ўзнікненні памылкі вы атрымаеце адпаведнае паведамленне.
" -"Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Захоўваць састарэлыя запісы
\n" -"Уключэнне дадзенага параметру дазваляе захоўваць значэнні, адзначаныя як " -"састарэлыя ў адчыненым файле.\n" -"Састарэлыя значэнні адзначаны знакам #~ і ствараюцца\n" -"у тым выпадку, калі значэнні больш не патрабуюць перакладу.\n" -"Калі тэкст значэння з'явіцца ізноў, састарэлыя значэнні будуць паўторна " -"скарыстаныя для перакладу.\n" -"Вырашальным момантам у дадзеным выпадку з'яўляецца памер які захоўваецца " -"файла.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Фармат даты аднаўлення
" -"Выбар фармату даты для захавання ў поле загалоўка\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: " -"
Мы рэкамендуем пакінуць фармат даты па змаўчанні, бо ў адваротным выпадку " -"файлы .po будуць мець нестандартны фармат.
" -"Падрабязней аб гэтым глядзіце ў падзеле Дыялог налады " -"у online-help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Профіль
\n" -"Запоўніце тут інфармацыю аб вас і вашай камандзе перакладу.\n" -"Гэтая інфармацыя будзе скарыстаная пры абнаўленні загалоўка файла.
\n" -"Вы можаце знайсці параметры запаўнення палёў загалоўка\n" -"на старонцы Захаванне у гэтым дыялогу.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Колькасць множных форм
" -"Нататка: гэты параметр працуе толькі для TDE. Калі вы перакладаеце не " -"праграма TDE, то можаце ігнараваць гэты параметр.
" -"Вылучыце, колькі адзіночных і множных форм выкарыстоўваецца ў вашай мове. " -"Для беларускай мовы гэты параметр павінен быць роўны 3.
" -"Калі вы вылучыце значэнне Аўтаматычна, KBabel можа вызначыць гэтую " -"інфармацыю з налад TDE. Выкарыстайце кнопку Праверка " -"для паказу колькасці множных форм для бягучай мовы.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Патрабаваць аргументы множных форм у перакладзе
\n" -"Нататка: гэты параметр працуе толькі для TDE. Калі вы перакладаеце не " -"TDE-праграму, то можаце прапусціць гэты параметр.
\n" -"Калі гэтая опцыя ўключана, пры праверцы будзе правярацца наяўнасць " -"аргументу %n у паведамленні.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Загаловак множных форм ад GNU:
\n" -"Тут вы можаце запоўніць запіс для множных форм GNU. Калі вы пакінеце гэта " -"поле пустым, запіс у PO-файле не будзе зменены або дададзены.
\n" -"KBabel можа аўтаматычна паспрабаваць вызначыць значэнне, прапанаванае GNU " -"gettext для бягучай мовы - націсніце кнопку Пошук.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Маркер для клавіятурнага акселератара
" -"Тут вы можаце прызначыць знак для пазначэння акселератара клавіятуры. Да " -"прыкладу ў Qt - гэта знак 'amp;', а ў Gtk гэта - '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Рэгулярны выраз для кантэкстнай інфармацыі
" -"Увядзіце рэгулярны выраз, які пазначае кантэкстную інфармацыю ў " -"паведамленні, і якая не павінна быць перакладзеная
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Праверка арфаграфіі на лету
" -"Правяраць тэкст, які вы ўводзіце, на арфаграфічныя памылкі " -"\"on-the-fly\".
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Запамінаць ігнаруемыя словы
" -"Уключэнне гэтага параметру дазваляе KBabel ігнараваць словы, вылучаныя вамі " -"націскам кнопкі Ігнараваць усё у дыялогу праверкі арфаграфіі, штораз пры " -"праверцы арфаграфіі.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Базавыя каталогі
\n" -"Занясіце ў гэты спіс каталогі, у якіх размешчаныя файлы перакладу і іх " -"шаблоны.\n" -"Файлы і каталогі, размешчаныя ў гэтых каталогах, будуць аб'яднаныя ў адно " -"дрэва.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Адчыняць файлы ў новым акне
\n" -"Пры ўключэнні дадзенага параметру ўсе файлы, якія адчыняюцца ў Мэнэджэру " -"каталогаў,\n" -"будуць адчыненыя ў новым акне.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Забіваць працэсы пры выхадзе
\n" -"Пры ўключэнні дадзенага параметру KBabel паспрабуе забіць усе працэсы, " -"пакінутыя\n" -"пасля выхаду з праграмы, пасылаючы ім SIGKILL.
\n" -"Нататка: гэта не гарантуе завяршэнні ўсіх працэсаў KBabel.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Стварыць індэкс змесціва файла
\n" -"Пры ўключэнні дадзенага параметру KBabel будзе ствараць індэкс для кожнага " -"файла перакладу, што дазволіць паскорыць працэс пошуку/замены ў файлах.
\n" -"Нататка: гэта можа значна запаволіць працэс аднаўлення інфармацыі аб " -"файлах.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Запускаць msgfmt перад апрацоўкай файла
" -"Гэты параметр рэкамендуецца пакінуць уключаным, нават калі гэта ўплывае на " -"хуткасць.
" -"Адключэнне гэтага параметру можа пацягнуць за сабою пропуск сінтаксічных " -"памылак у файлах, аднак карысна калі ў вас вельмі павольны кампутар або вы " -"жадаеце перакладаць файлы PO, не падтрымліваемыя бягучай версіяй gettext.
" -"Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Загады для каталогаў
" -"Дадайце ў дадзены спіс загады, якія вы жадаеце выконваць у каталогах у " -"Мэнэджэру каталогаў. Загады будуць паказаны ў падменю Загады " -"у кантэкстным меню Мэнэджэра каталогаў.
" -"Дадзеныя радкі будуць заменены ў загадзе:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Загады для файлаў
" -"Дадайце ў дадзены спіс загады, якія вы жадаеце выконваць для файлаў у " -"Мэнэджэру каталогаў. Загады будуць паказаны ў падменю Загады " -"кантэкстнага меню Мэнэджэра каталогаў.
" -"Дадзеныя радкі будуць заменены на адпаведныя значэнні:" -"
Параметры файлаў
Тут вы можаце вырабіць тонкую наладу " +"пошуку ў файлах:
Shown columns
\n" -"Якія адлюстроўваюцца слупкі
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Сардэчна запрашаем у майстар праектаў!\n" -"\n" -"Ён дапаможа вам наладзіць новы праект перакладу для KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Першым чынам, вылучыце яго імя і файл, дзе захоўваць яго налады.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Таксама, вылучыце мову, на якую будзеце перакладаць, і тып праекту.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" +msgstr "Лакаль ( %1 )" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124 +msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary" +msgstr "Аўта&матычна дадаваць файлы пры неабходнасці" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:141 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "Абнавіць" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "&Выкласці" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139 +msgid "&Get Status" +msgstr "С&тан" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142 +msgid "&Get Diff" +msgstr "Ат&рымаць адрозненні" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:157 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:152 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:83 +msgid "C&ancel" +msgstr "Адм&ена" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160 +msgid "Command output:" +msgstr "Выснова каманды:" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233 +msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "Каментар да змен пусты. Працягнуць?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:247 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot find encoding: %1" +msgstr "Не атрымалася знайсці кадыроўку: %1" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:253 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Імя канфігурацыйнага файла"
-"
\n"
-"Імя канфігурацыйнага файла праекту.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Мова"
-"
\n"
-"Код мовы вызначаецца стандартам ISO 631.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Назва праекту"
-"
\n"
-"Выкарыстоўваецца ў дыялогу налад і ў загалоўках вокнаў, адчыненых у яго "
-"рамках.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Нататка: Яго нельга будзе змяніць потым.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Тып праекту\n" -"Тут вы можаце паказаць тып праекту. Ад гэтага залежаць такія налады як адзнака " -"акселератара, фарматаванне загалоўка, праверачныя сродкі.\n" -"
\n" -"Падтрымоўваемыя тыпы:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Файлы перакладу
\n" -"Занясіце ў гэты спіс каталогі, у якіх размешчаныя файлы перакладу і іх " -"шаблоны.\n" -"Файлы і каталогі, размешчаныя ў гэтых каталогах, будуць аб'яднаны ў адно " -"дрэва.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Крыніца для пошуку адрозненняў
" -"Вы можаце вылучыць файл, базу перакладу або проста асобны радок (msgstr).
" -"Калі вы вылучыце базу дадзеных перакладу, карысна таксама будзе ўключыць " -"параметр Аўтададнне запісаў у базу дадзеных у наладах базы дадзеных.
" -"Гэта можа быць карысная для тых, хто займаецца чытаннем PO-файлаў для " -"праверкі.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Асноўны каталог для файлаў адрозненняў\n" -"
Тут вы можаце паказаць каталог, у якім будуць захоўвацца файлы адрозненняў. " -"Калі файлы захаваныя ў тым жа месцы ніжэй гэтага каталога, таксама як " -"арыгінальныя файлы ніжэй іх асноўнага каталога, KBabel можа аўтаматычна адкрыць " -"карэктны файл для параўнання.
" -"Нататка: дадзены параметр несапраўдны, калі паведамленні для параўнання " -"бяруцца з базы дадзеных перакладу.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Аўтаматычна пачынаць пошук
\n" -"Пошук будзе вырабляцца пры кожным пераходзе ў іншы \n" -"запіс у рэдактары. Вы можаце вылучыць, дзе шукаць, у \n" -"выпадальным спісе Слоўнік па змаўчанні.
\n" -"Таксама вы можаце запусціць пошук уручную, вылучыўшы \n" -"значэнне ў выпадальным меню, які з'яўляецца пры націску \n" -"Слоўнікі->Пошук... або ўтрымліваючы націснутай кнопку на панэлі " -"прылад.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Слоўнік па змаўчанні
\n" -"Тут вы можаце вылучыць, дзе шукаць па змаўчанні. Дадзены параметр \n" -"выкарыстоўваецца пры аўтаматычным пошуку або пры запуску слоўніка з \n" -"панэлі прылад.
" -"Вы можаце наладзіць розныя слоўнікі, вылучыўшы \n" -"жаданы слоўнік у дыялогу Налада->Наладзіць слоўнік.
Пошук тэксту
Тут вы можаце ўвесці тэкст для пошуку. Калі " +"вы жадаеце знайсці рэгулярны выраз, адзначце Выкарыстаць рэгулярны выраз" +"b> ніжэй.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Замяніць тэкст
Увядзіце тэкст, які будзе замяняць " +"знойдзены тэкст. Тэкст будзе скарыстаны ў такім жа выглядзе, як вы ўвядзеце. " +"Улічыце, што адмена змен будзе немагчымая пры пошуку рэгулярных выразаў." +"p>
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Дзе шукаць
Вылучыце, у якіх частках запісу каталога " +"неабходна вырабіць пошук.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Адключаць стан чарнавых паведамленняў
\n" -"Уключэнне гэтага параметру ўсталёўвае аўтаматычнае выдаленне сцяга " -"\"чарнавы\" пры рэдагаванні чарнавога паведамлення\n" -"(г.зн. радок , fuzzy\n" -"будзе выдаленая з каментара да паведамлення).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Выкарыстаць інтэлектуальнае рэдагаванне
\\n\n" -"Уключыце гэта каб зрабіць набор тэксту зручнейшым (т.е. якія патрабуюць " -"меншая колькасць націскаў на клавішы). Напрыклад, увод '\\\"' прывядзе да " -"атрымання '\\\\\\\"', націск Enter аўтаматычна дадасць прабел у канцы радка " -"(т.к. пераклад радка патрэбен толькі для вас і на канчатковым выніку не " -"адлюструецца), націск Shift+Enter дадасць '\\\\n' у канцы радка.
\n" -"Звернеце ўвагу, што пасля ўстаўкі правільнай паслядоўнасці знакаў яе можна " -"змяніць і атрымаць сінтаксічна няслушны тэкст.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Параметры
У дадзеным акне наладжваюцца параметры замены:" +"
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Выяўленне памылак
" -"Тут вы можаце \n" -"наладзіць дзеянне пры выяўленні памылкі. Сігнал пры памылцы \n" -"паведамляе вас гукам, а Змяніць колер тэксту пры памылцы \n" -"змяняе колер перакладзенага тэксту. Калі ні адзін з гэтых параметраў \n" -"не ўключаны, вы па-ранейшаму будзеце бачыць паведамленне аб памылцы ў радку " -"стану.
Параметры
У дадзеным акне наладжваюцца параметры пошуку:" +"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Індыкатары статуту
\n" -"Тут вы можаце вылучыць размяшчэнне індыкатараў статуту паведамлення і іх " -"колер.
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Аднавіць загаловак пры захаванні
\n" +"Уключыце гэты пункт для аднаўлення загалоўка файла пры кожным захаванні." +"p>\n" +"
Звычайна ў загалоўку ўтрымоўваюцца звесткі аб даце і часу апошняга " +"аднаўлення файла,\n" +"імя апошняга перакладчыка і т.д..
\n" +"Вы можаце вылучыць, якую інфармацыю аднаўляць, адзначыўшы адпаведныя\n" +"пераключальнікі, размешчаныя ніжэй.\n" +"Неіснуючыя да захавання палі будуць дададзеныя ў загаловак.\n" +"Калі вы жадаеце дадаць дадатковыя палі ў загаловак, можаце адрэдагаваць " +"загаловак уручную, вылучыўшы\n" +"Праўка->Загаловак у акне рэдактара
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Палі для аднаўлення
\n" +"Тут вы можаце вылучыць палі загалоўка, якія аднаўляюцца пры захаванні.\n" +"Неіснуючае поле будзе аўтаматычна дададзена да загалоўка.
\n" +"Калі вы жадаеце дадаць дадатковую інфармацыю да загалоўка, можаце " +"адрэдагаваць загаловак уручную,\n" +"вылучыўшы Праўка->Рэдагаваць загаловак у акне рэдактара.
\n" +"Выключыце пераключальнік Аднавіць загаловак пры захаванні, калі вы " +"не жадаеце аднаўленні загалоўка пры захаванні.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Кадыроўка
Тут вы можаце вылучыць кадыроўку, у якой варта " +"захоўваць файл. Калі вы не ўпэўнены ў тым, якую кадыроўку выкарыстаць, " +"удакладніце ў каардынатара вашай каманды перакладу.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Захоўваць кадыроўку файла
Пры ўключэнні гэтай опцыі файл " +"будзе захаваны ў зыходнай кадыроўцы. Файлы без указання кадыроўкі (напрыклад " +"шаблоны), будуць захаваныя ў кадыроўцы, паказанай вышэй.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Выдаліць прабелы ў пачатку і ў канцы паведамлення.\n" -"Таксама будуць выдаленыя групы з некалькіх прабелаў." - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 142 -#: rc.cpp:672 rc.cpp:1003 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Remove context comment" -msgstr "Выдаліць кантэкстны каментар" - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 148 -#: rc.cpp:675 rc.cpp:1006 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Remove, if exists, the _:comment" -msgstr "Выдаліць каментар \"_:\"" - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 170 -#: rc.cpp:678 rc.cpp:1009 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Character to be ignored:" -msgstr "Ігнараваць знак:" - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 212 -#: rc.cpp:681 rc.cpp:1012 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Search" -msgstr "Пошук" - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 229 -#: rc.cpp:684 rc.cpp:1015 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Matching Method" -msgstr "Метад параўнання" - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 280 -#: rc.cpp:687 rc.cpp:1018 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Query is contained" -msgstr "Утрымоўвае шуканы радок" +"Правяраць сінтаксіс файла пры захаванні
\n" +"Усталёўка гэтага параметру ўключае аўтаматычную праверку файла з камандай " +"\"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" +"пры захаванні. Пры ўзнікненні памылкі вы атрымаеце адпаведнае паведамленне." +"p>
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Захоўваць састарэлыя запісы
\n" +"Уключэнне дадзенага параметру дазваляе захоўваць значэнні, адзначаныя як " +"састарэлыя ў адчыненым файле.\n" +"Састарэлыя значэнні адзначаны знакам #~ і ствараюцца\n" +"у тым выпадку, калі значэнні больш не патрабуюць перакладу.\n" +"Калі тэкст значэння з'явіцца ізноў, састарэлыя значэнні будуць паўторна " +"скарыстаныя для перакладу.\n" +"Вырашальным момантам у дадзеным выпадку з'яўляецца памер які захоўваецца " +"файла.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Фармат даты аднаўлення
Выбар фармату даты для захавання " +"ў поле загалоўка\n" +"PO-Revision-Date:
Мы рэкамендуем пакінуць фармат даты па змаўчанні, бо ў адваротным " +"выпадку файлы .po будуць мець нестандартны фармат.
Падрабязней аб " +"гэтым глядзіце ў падзеле Дыялог налады у online-help.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. \n"
-"Напрыклад:"
-" Профіль Запоўніце тут інфармацыю аб вас і вашай камандзе перакладу.\n"
+"Гэтая інфармацыя будзе скарыстаная пры абнаўленні загалоўка файла. Вы можаце знайсці параметры запаўнення палёў загалоўка\n"
+"на старонцы Захаванне у гэтым дыялогу. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Колькасць множных форм Нататка: гэты параметр "
+"працуе толькі для TDE. Калі вы перакладаеце не праграма TDE, то можаце "
+"ігнараваць гэты параметр. Вылучыце, колькі адзіночных і множных форм "
+"выкарыстоўваецца ў вашай мове. Для беларускай мовы гэты параметр павінен "
+"быць роўны 3. Калі вы вылучыце значэнне Аўтаматычна, KBabel "
+"можа вызначыць гэтую інфармацыю з налад TDE. Выкарыстайце кнопку "
+"Праверка для паказу колькасці множных форм для бягучай мовы. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Патрабаваць аргументы множных форм у перакладзе Нататка: гэты параметр працуе толькі для TDE. Калі вы перакладаеце "
+"не TDE-праграму, то можаце прапусціць гэты параметр. Калі гэтая опцыя ўключана, пры праверцы будзе правярацца наяўнасць "
+"аргументу %n у паведамленні. "
+" GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Дадаць адзін файл перакладу"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Дадаць каталог"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Дадаць каталог рэкурсіўна"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Сканаванне файла:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Дададзена запісаў:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Выканана ўсяго:"
+" Загаловак множных форм ад GNU: Тут вы можаце запоўніць запіс для множных форм GNU. Калі вы пакінеце гэта "
+"поле пустым, запіс у PO-файле не будзе зменены або дададзены. KBabel можа аўтаматычна паспрабаваць вызначыць значэнне, прапанаванае GNU "
+"gettext для бягучай мовы - націсніце кнопку Пошук. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Маркер для клавіятурнага акселератара Тут вы можаце "
+"прызначыць знак для пазначэння акселератара клавіятуры. Да прыкладу ў Qt - "
+"гэта знак 'amp;', а ў Gtk гэта - '_'. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. \n"
-"Вы можаце паказаць мінімальную колькасць запытаных слоў, якія павінны "
-"прысутнічаць у ключы, даданым у спіс добрых ключоў."
-" \n"
-"Таксама вы можаце паказаць мінімальную колькасць запытаных ключавых слоў, якія "
-"павінны прысутнічаць у запыце пры даданні ключа ў спіс."
-" \n"
-"Дадзеныя лікі ўсталёўваюцца ў адсоткавых суадносінах ад агульнай колькасці "
-"слоў. Калі вынік адсоткавых суадносін менш адзінкі, сістэма пошуку ўсталюе "
-"гэтыя значэнні роўнымі адзінцы."
-" \n"
-"Нарэшце, вы можаце ўсталяваць максімальную колькасць запісаў у спісе."
+" Рэгулярны выраз для кантэкстнай інфармацыі Увядзіце "
+"рэгулярны выраз, які пазначае кантэкстную інфармацыю ў паведамленні, і якая "
+"не павінна быць перакладзеная On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Праверка арфаграфіі на лету Правяраць тэкст, які вы "
+"ўводзіце, на арфаграфічныя памылкі \"on-the-fly\". Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Запамінаць ігнаруемыя словы Уключэнне гэтага параметру "
+"дазваляе KBabel ігнараваць словы, вылучаныя вамі націскам кнопкі "
+"Ігнараваць усё у дыялогу праверкі арфаграфіі, штораз пры праверцы "
+"арфаграфіі. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Базавыя каталогі Занясіце ў гэты спіс каталогі, у якіх размешчаныя файлы перакладу і іх "
+"шаблоны.\n"
+"Файлы і каталогі, размешчаныя ў гэтых каталогах, будуць аб'яднаныя ў адно "
+"дрэва. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Адчыняць файлы ў новым акне Пры ўключэнні дадзенага параметру ўсе файлы, якія адчыняюцца ў Мэнэджэру "
+"каталогаў,\n"
+"будуць адчыненыя ў новым акне. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Забіваць працэсы пры выхадзе Пры ўключэнні дадзенага параметру KBabel паспрабуе забіць усе працэсы, "
+"пакінутыя\n"
+"пасля выхаду з праграмы, пасылаючы ім SIGKILL. Нататка: гэта не гарантуе завяршэнні ўсіх працэсаў KBabel. Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> Стварыць індэкс змесціва файла Пры ўключэнні дадзенага параметру KBabel будзе ствараць індэкс для "
+"кожнага файла перакладу, што дазволіць паскорыць працэс пошуку/замены ў "
+"файлах. Нататка: гэта можа значна запаволіць працэс аднаўлення інфармацыі аб "
+"файлах. Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Запускаць msgfmt перад апрацоўкай файла Гэты параметр "
+"рэкамендуецца пакінуць уключаным, нават калі гэта ўплывае на хуткасць."
+"p> Адключэнне гэтага параметру можа пацягнуць за сабою пропуск "
+"сінтаксічных памылак у файлах, аднак карысна калі ў вас вельмі павольны "
+"кампутар або вы жадаеце перакладаць файлы PO, не падтрымліваемыя бягучай "
+"версіяй gettext. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+"
\n"
-"Калі вы будзеце шукаць словазлучэнне My name is Andrea і актывуеце "
-"аднаслоўную падстанову, то вы таксама можаце знойдзеце словазлучэнні "
-"My name is Joe і His name is Andrea."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Аднаслоўная падстанова"
+"
Загады для каталогаў
Дадайце ў дадзены спіс загады, якія " +"вы жадаеце выконваць у каталогах у Мэнэджэру каталогаў. Загады будуць " +"паказаны ў падменю Загады у кантэкстным меню Мэнэджэра каталогаў." +"p>
Дадзеныя радкі будуць заменены ў загадзе:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Загады для файлаў
Дадайце ў дадзены спіс загады, якія вы " +"жадаеце выконваць для файлаў у Мэнэджэру каталогаў. Загады будуць паказаны ў " +"падменю Загады кантэкстнага меню Мэнэджэра каталогаў.
Дадзеныя " +"радкі будуць заменены на адпаведныя значэнні:
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Shown columns
\n" +"\n" -"Дадзеныя шаблоны будуць замененыя на значэнні шляхоў (калі яны даступныя):\n" -"
" -"n-ный каталог з шляху да бягучага файла (справа налева, пачынальна з " -"імя файла).
Якія адлюстроўваюцца слупкі
\n" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Адзначыць памылковыя запісы як чарнавыя" -"
\n" -"
Гэта прадухіліць збоі ў перакладзенай праграме, калі вы забудзеце іх " -"выправіць.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Не правяраць чарнавыя" -"
\n" -"
Не правяраць паведамленні, адзначаныя як чарнавыя.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Выбар запісаў для перакладу
У дадзеным полі вы можаце " +"вылучыць тыя запісы, для якіх будзе ажыццёўленая спроба пошуку перакладу. " +"Змененыя запісы будуць адзначаныя як чарнавыя незалежна ад таго, які " +"параметр вы вылучыце
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Метад перакладу паведамленняў
У дадзеным дыялогу вы " +"можаце вылучыць метад перакладу паведамленняў - перакладаць толькі тыя " +"паведамленні, якія паддаюцца поўнаму перакладу або перакладаць асобныя " +"словы, у выпадку адсутнасці магчымасці поўнага перакладу паведамлення.
" +"qt>" + +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:136 +msgid "&Mark changed entries as fuzzy" +msgstr "Адзнач&ыць змененыя запісы як чарнавыя" -#: _translatorinfo.cpp:3 kbabeldict/main.cpp:122 +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:139 msgid "" -"_: EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\n" -"Your emails" -msgstr "serzh.by@gmail.com, dimitriy.t@tut.by" +"Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Адзначыць змененыя запісы як чарнавыя
Пры аўтаматычным " +"перакладзе паведамленне будзе адзначана сцягам чарнавы па змаўчанні. " +"Справа ў тым, што KBabel толькі здагадваецца пра дакладнасць перакладу, і " +"перакладчыкк павінен праверыць усе аўтаматычна перакладзеныя паведамленні " +"ўручную. Адключайце гэты рэжым толькі ў выпадку поўнай упэўненасці ў тым, " +"что вы робіце.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Перавесці службовыя запісы TDE
Уключыць аўтазапаўненне " +"запісаў выгляду \"Comment=\" і \"Name=\", калі пераклад немагчыма знайсці. " +"Таксама будуць запоўненыя палі \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" і \"EMAIL OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" з выкарыстаннем параметраў вашага профіля.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Слоўнікі
У дадзеным дыялогу вы можаце вылучыць слоўнікі, " +"выкарыстоўваныя пры пошуку перакладу. У выпадку выбару больш за аднаго " +"слоўніка яны будуць скарыстаныя ў той жа чарзе, як і ў спісе слоўнікаў.
" +"Кнопка Налада дазваляе змяніць налады толькі часова, да зачынення " +"дадзенага дыялогу.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Пры аўтаматычным перакладзе паведамленне будзе адзначана сцягам " +"чарнавы па змаўчанні. Справа ў тым, што KBabel можа толькі " +"здагадвацца пра дакладнасць перакладу, і перакладчык павінен праверыць усё " +"аўтаматычна перакладзеныя паведамленні ўручную. Адключайце гэты рэжым толькі " +"ў выпадку поўнай упэўненасці ў тым, навошта вам гэта трэба.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Выбар знакаў
" -"З дапамогай гэтай прылады вы можаце ўставіць адмысловыя знакі, выкарыстаючы " -"падвойная пстрычка.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Аднавіць загаловак з бягучымі параметрамі.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Адмяніць усе змены.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Недапушчальны загаловак!
\n" -"Выправіце загаловак перад аднаўленнем!
Выбар знакаў
З дапамогай гэтай прылады вы можаце " +"ўставіць адмысловыя знакі, выкарыстаючы падвойная пстрычка.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Недапушчальны загаловак!
\n" -"Выправіце загаловак перад аднаўленнем!
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Рэдактар каментараў
\n" -"У дадзеным акне адлюстроўваюцца каментары да бягучага паведамлення." -"\n"
+" Рэдактар каментараў \n"
" У гэтых каментарах звычайна паказваецца інфармацыя аб месцазнаходжанні "
"паведамлення ў зыходным кодзе пакета\n"
"і інфармацыя аб стане паведамлення (чарнавое, у з-фармаце).\n"
@@ -3359,552 +2615,376 @@ msgstr ""
" Вы можаце схаваць акно рэдактара каментараў у дыялогу канфігурацыі:\n"
"Параметры->Паказваць каментары PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Кантэкст перакладу
У дадзеным акне адлюстроўваецца " +"кантэкст бягучага паведамлення ў файле перакладу. У нармалёвым рэжыме " +"адлюстроўваюцца чатыры папярэдніх паведамленні і чатыры наступных.
Вы " +"можаце схаваць дадзенае акно ў пункце Налады -> Паказаць прылады." +"p>
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Спіс памылак
У гэтым акне паказваюцца памылкі, " +"знойдзеныя сродкамі праверкі. Гэта дазваляе хутка ўбачыць чаму дадзенае " +"паведамленне адзначана як памылковае.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Аднавіць загаловак з бягучымі параметрамі.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Адмяніць усе змены.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Недапушчальны загаловак!
\n" +"Выправіце загаловак перад аднаўленнем!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Недапушчальны загаловак!
\n" +"Выправіце загаловак перад аднаўленнем!
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Вынікі пошуку
" -"У дадзеным акне адлюстроўваюцца вынікі пошуку ў слоўніках." -"
" -"
У верхняй частцы акна адлюстравана колькасць і месцазнаходжанне знойдзеных " -"значэнняў. Выкарыстайце кнопкі, размешчаныя ўнізе акна, для навігацыі па " -"выніках пошуку
" -"Пошук запускаецца аўтаматычна пры пераходзе да іншага значэння ў акне " -"рэдактара або пры выбары жаданага слоўніка ў Слоўнікі -> Пошук.....
" -"Вы можаце вызначыць асноўныя параметры пошуку ў секцыі Пошук " -"у дыялогу канфігурацыі, а таксама змяніць налады для кожнага слоўніка ў пункце " -"Параметры->Наладзіць слоўнік.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Арыгінальны радок (msgid)
\n" -"У дадзенай частцы акна адлюстроўваецца\n" -"зыходны тэкст бягучага запісу
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Індыкатары стану
\n" -"Дадзеныя індыкатары адлюстроўваюць стан бягучага паведамлення.\n" -"Вы можаце змяніць колер адлюстравання на ўкладцы Знешні выгляд\n" -"старонкі акна налад Рэдактар
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Рэдактар перакладу
\n" -"У дадзеным рэдактары вы можаце адрэдагаваць пераклад бягучага паведамлення" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Радок стану
\n" +"У радку стану адлюстроўваецца інфармацыя аб адчыненым файле, \n" +"у тым ліку: поўная колькасць запісаў, колькасць неперакладзеных і чарнавых\n" +"паведамленняў... Таксама адлюстроўваецца парадкавы нумар і стан бягучага " +"запісу.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Адбылася памылка пры сінхранізацыі працэсу праверкі арфаграфіі і KBabel.\n" -"Праверце ўсталёўкі для вашай мовы для праверкі арфаграфіі.\n" -"Калі вашы ўсталёўкі дакладныя і дадзеная праблема паўтараецца на іншым " -"кампутары з ідэнтычнай вашай версіі KBabel, адпраўце паведамленне аб памылцы " -"(вашы налады праверкі арфаграфіі, які файл вы правяралі і што трэба зрабіць для " -"паўтарэння гэтай праблемы), выкарыстаючы пункт меню Даведка->" -"Паведаміць аб памылцы..." +"Вынікі пошуку
У дадзеным акне адлюстроўваюцца вынікі " +"пошуку ў слоўніках.
У верхняй частцы акна адлюстравана колькасць і " +"месцазнаходжанне знойдзеных значэнняў. Выкарыстайце кнопкі, размешчаныя " +"ўнізе акна, для навігацыі па выніках пошуку
Пошук запускаецца " +"аўтаматычна пры пераходзе да іншага значэння ў акне рэдактара або пры выбары " +"жаданага слоўніка ў Слоўнікі -> Пошук.....
Вы можаце " +"вызначыць асноўныя параметры пошуку ў секцыі Пошук у дыялогу " +"канфігурацыі, а таксама змяніць налады для кожнага слоўніка ў пункце " +"Параметры->Наладзіць слоўнік.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Арыгінальны радок (msgid)
\n" +"У дадзенай частцы акна адлюстроўваецца\n" +"зыходны тэкст бягучага запісу
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Індыкатары стану
\n" +"Дадзеныя індыкатары адлюстроўваюць стан бягучага паведамлення.\n" +"Вы можаце змяніць колер адлюстравання на ўкладцы Знешні выгляд\n" +"старонкі акна налад Рэдактар
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Рэдактар перакладу
\n" +"У дадзеным рэдактары вы можаце адрэдагаваць пераклад бягучага " +"паведамлення
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Радок стану
\n" -"У радку стану адлюстроўваецца інфармацыя аб адчыненым файле, \n" -"у тым ліку: поўная колькасць запісаў, колькасць неперакладзеных і чарнавых\n" -"паведамленняў... Таксама адлюстроўваецца парадкавы нумар і стан бягучага " -"запісу.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Спіс памылак
" -"У гэтым акне паказваюцца памылкі, знойдзеныя сродкамі праверкі. Гэта " -"дазваляе хутка ўбачыць чаму дадзенае паведамленне адзначана як памылковае.
" -"PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Кантэкст перакладу
" -"У дадзеным акне адлюстроўваецца кантэкст бягучага паведамлення ў файле " -"перакладу. У нармалёвым рэжыме адлюстроўваюцца чатыры папярэдніх паведамленні і " -"чатыры наступных.
" -"Вы можаце схаваць дадзенае акно ў пункце Налады -> Паказаць прылады" -".
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Выяўленыя рэзервовыя копіі баз дадзеных перакладаў мінулых версій KBabel. "
+"Аднак іншая версія KBabel (хутчэй за ўсё з TDE 3.1.1 або 3.1.2) стварыла "
+"новую базу дадзеных. Нажаль, гэтыя дзьве базы дадзеных нельга аб'яднаць і "
+"вам трэба вылучыць адну з іх.
Калі вы вылучыце старую версію, "
+"новая будзе выдалена, калі наадварот - вам трэба будзе выдаліць старую базу "
+"дадзеных уручную. Інакш гэтае паведамленне будзе адлюстравана зноў. (старыя "
+"файлы знаходзяцца ў каталогу $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,"
+"old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Параметры
" -"Тут вы можаце наладзіць параметры пошуку ў файле перакладу, такія як пошук з " -"улікам рэгістру або ігнараванне чарнавых паведамленняў
Параметры
Тут вы можаце наладзіць параметры пошуку ў " +"файле перакладу, такія як пошук з улікам рэгістру або ігнараванне чарнавых " +"паведамленняў
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Параметры параўнання
" -"Выберыце, якія паведамленні павіны быць улічаны як супадаючыя
Параметры параўнання
Выберыце, якія паведамленні павіны " +"быць улічаны як супадаючыя
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Супадзенне 3-х частак
" -"Паведамленне супадае з іншым пры супадзенні 3-х частак тэксту, якія " -"змяшчаюцца ў іншым паведамленні, напрыклад 'abc123' супадае з 'abcx123c12'.
" -"Супадзенне 3-х частак
Паведамленне супадае з іншым пры " +"супадзенні 3-х частак тэксту, якія змяшчаюцца ў іншым паведамленні, " +"напрыклад 'abc123' супадае з 'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Размяшчэнне
" -"Выбар файла, які будзе выкарыстаны пры пошуку
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Размяшчэнне
Выбар файла, які будзе выкарыстаны пры " +"пошуку
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Параметры
" -"Тут вы можаце наладзіць параметры пошуку ў файле перакладу, такія як пошук з " -"улікам рэгістра або ігнараванне чарнавых паведамленняў.
Параметры
Тут вы можаце наладзіць параметры пошуку ў " +"файле перакладу, такія як пошук з улікам рэгістра або ігнараванне чарнавых " +"паведамленняў.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Адзначыць памылковыя запісы як чарнавыя
\n" +"
Гэта прадухіліць збоі ў перакладзенай праграме, калі вы забудзеце іх " +"выправіць.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Не правяраць чарнавыя
\n" +"
Не правяраць паведамленні, адзначаныя як чарнавыя.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Выяўленыя рэзервовыя копіі баз дадзеных перакладаў мінулых версій KBabel. "
-"Аднак іншая версія KBabel (хутчэй за ўсё з TDE 3.1.1 або 3.1.2) стварыла новую "
-"базу дадзеных. Нажаль, гэтыя дзьве базы дадзеных нельга аб'яднаць і вам трэба "
-"вылучыць адну з іх. "
-"
"
-"
Калі вы вылучыце старую версію, новая будзе выдалена, калі наадварот - вам "
-"трэба будзе выдаліць старую базу дадзеных уручную. Інакш гэтае паведамленне "
-"будзе адлюстравана зноў. (старыя файлы знаходзяцца ў каталогу "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Крыніца для пошуку адрозненняў
Вы можаце вылучыць файл, " +"базу перакладу або проста асобны радок (msgstr).
Калі вы вылучыце базу " +"дадзеных перакладу, карысна таксама будзе ўключыць параметр Аўтададнне " +"запісаў у базу дадзеных у наладах базы дадзеных.
Гэта можа быць " +"карысная для тых, хто займаецца чытаннем PO-файлаў для праверкі.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Асноўны каталог для файлаў адрозненняў\n" +"
Тут вы можаце паказаць каталог, у якім будуць захоўвацца файлы " +"адрозненняў. Калі файлы захаваныя ў тым жа месцы ніжэй гэтага каталога, " +"таксама як арыгінальныя файлы ніжэй іх асноўнага каталога, KBabel можа " +"аўтаматычна адкрыць карэктны файл для параўнання.
Нататка: дадзены " +"параметр несапраўдны, калі паведамленні для параўнання бяруцца з базы " +"дадзеных перакладу.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Сардэчна запрашаем у майстар праектаў!\n" +"\n" +"Ён дапаможа вам наладзіць новы праект перакладу для KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Першым чынам, вылучыце яго імя і файл, дзе захоўваць яго налады.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Таксама, вылучыце мову, на якую будзеце перакладаць, і тып праекту.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "Аўтары:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Імя канфігурацыйнага файла
\n"
+"Імя канфігурацыйнага файла праекту.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Мова
\n"
+"Код мовы вызначаецца стандартам ISO 631.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Назва праекту
\n"
+"Выкарыстоўваецца ў дыялогу налад і ў загалоўках вокнаў, адчыненых у яго "
+"рамках.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Нататка: Яго нельга будзе змяніць потым.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Тып праекту\n" +"Тут вы можаце паказаць тып праекту. Ад гэтага залежаць такія налады як " +"адзнака акселератара, фарматаванне загалоўка, праверачныя сродкі.\n" +"
\n" +"Падтрымоўваемыя тыпы:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Файлы перакладу
\n" +"Занясіце ў гэты спіс каталогі, у якіх размешчаныя файлы перакладу і іх " +"шаблоны.\n" +"Файлы і каталогі, размешчаныя ў гэтых каталогах, будуць аб'яднаны ў адно " +"дрэва.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Адключаць стан чарнавых паведамленняў
\n" +"Уключэнне гэтага параметру ўсталёўвае аўтаматычнае выдаленне сцяга " +"\"чарнавы\" пры рэдагаванні чарнавога паведамлення\n" +"(г.зн. радок , fuzzy\n" +"будзе выдаленая з каментара да паведамлення).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Выкарыстаць інтэлектуальнае рэдагаванне
\\n\n" +"Уключыце гэта каб зрабіць набор тэксту зручнейшым (т.е. якія патрабуюць " +"меншая колькасць націскаў на клавішы). Напрыклад, увод '\\\"' прывядзе да " +"атрымання '\\\\\\\"', націск Enter аўтаматычна дадасць прабел у канцы радка " +"(т.к. пераклад радка патрэбен толькі для вас і на канчатковым выніку не " +"адлюструецца), націск Shift+Enter дадасць '\\\\n' у канцы радка.
\n" +"Звернеце ўвагу, што пасля ўстаўкі правільнай паслядоўнасці знакаў яе " +"можна змяніць і атрымаць сінтаксічна няслушны тэкст.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Выяўленне памылак
Тут вы можаце \n" +"наладзіць дзеянне пры выяўленні памылкі. Сігнал пры памылцы \n" +"паведамляе вас гукам, а Змяніць колер тэксту пры памылцы \n" +"змяняе колер перакладзенага тэксту. Калі ні адзін з гэтых параметраў \n" +"не ўключаны, вы па-ранейшаму будзеце бачыць паведамленне аб памылцы ў радку " +"стану.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Індыкатары статуту
\n" +"Тут вы можаце вылучыць размяшчэнне індыкатараў статуту паведамлення і іх " +"колер.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Аўтаматычна пачынаць пошук
\n" +"Пошук будзе вырабляцца пры кожным пераходзе ў іншы \n" +"запіс у рэдактары. Вы можаце вылучыць, дзе шукаць, у \n" +"выпадальным спісе Слоўнік па змаўчанні.
\n" +"Таксама вы можаце запусціць пошук уручную, вылучыўшы \n" +"значэнне ў выпадальным меню, які з'яўляецца пры націску \n" +"Слоўнікі->Пошук... або ўтрымліваючы націснутай кнопку на панэлі " +"прылад.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Слоўнік па змаўчанні
\n" +"Тут вы можаце вылучыць, дзе шукаць па змаўчанні. Дадзены параметр \n" +"выкарыстоўваецца пры аўтаматычным пошуку або пры запуску слоўніка з \n" +"панэлі прылад.
Вы можаце наладзіць розныя слоўнікі, вылучыўшы \n" +"жаданы слоўнік у дыялогу Налада->Наладзіць слоўнік.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Радок стану
\n" -"У радку стану адлюстроўваецца інфармацыя аб працэсе бягучай аперацыі пошуку " -"або замены. Першы лік у поле Знойдзена: паказвае лік файлаў, якія " -"змяшчаюць запытаны радок, але не паказваемых у акне KBabel. Другі лік " -"утрымоўвае агульную колькасць файлаў, якія змяшчаюць запытаны радок.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Параметры файлаў
" -"Тут вы можаце вырабіць тонкую наладу пошуку ў файлах:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Напрыклад: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Атрымаць аддалены стан наступных файлаў:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Дадаць адзін файл перакладу..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Атрымаць лакальны стан наступных файлаў:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Дадаць каталог..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Атрымаць латку для наступных файлаў:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Дадаць каталог рэкурсіўна..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Атрымаць звесткі для наступных файлаў:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Сканаванне файла:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Старыя паведамленні:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Дададзена запісаў:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Часопіс:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Выканана ўсяго:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Аўта&матычна дадаваць файлы пры неабходнасці"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Апрацоўваецца файл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Выкласці"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Загружаецца файл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "С&тан"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Экспарт..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "Ат&рымаць адрозненні"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Паўтораныя радкі"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Звесткі"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Добрыя ключы"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Выснова каманды:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Вы можаце паказаць мінімальную колькасць запытаных слоў, якія павінны "
+"прысутнічаць у ключы, даданым у спіс добрых ключоў. \n"
+"Таксама вы можаце паказаць мінімальную колькасць запытаных ключавых слоў, "
+"якія павінны прысутнічаць у запыце пры даданні ключа ў спіс. \n"
+"Дадзеныя лікі ўсталёўваюцца ў адсоткавых суадносінах ад агульнай колькасці "
+"слоў. Калі вынік адсоткавых суадносін менш адзінкі, сістэма пошуку ўсталюе "
+"гэтыя значэнні роўнымі адзінцы. \n"
+"Нарэшце, вы можаце ўсталяваць максімальную колькасць запісаў у спісе."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Каментар да змен пусты. Працягнуць?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Мінімальная колькасць ключавых слоў, якія прысутнічаюць у запыце (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Не атрымалася адкрыць часовы файл на запіс. Супын."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Не атрымалася запісаць дадзеныя ў часовы файл. Супын."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Мінімальная колькасць запытаных слоў у ключы (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Не атрымалася запусціць працэс."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Максімальная даўжыня спісу:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Статут выхаду - %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Частыя словы"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Гатова ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Не ўлічваць словы, сустракаемыя часцей:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Каталогі паведамленняў"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Без кантролю версій"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Улічваць частыя словы як складнікі любога ключа"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Стан CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Агульныя"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Дазволена"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Каталог базы дадзеных:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Дазволена для адзначаных"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Аўтаматычнае абнаўленне ў kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Звярнуць"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Новыя запісы"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Звярнуць адзначаныя"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "З kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Ачысціць"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Алгарытм"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Ачысціць адзначаныя"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Мінімальныя балы:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Няма сховішча"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Выкарыстаць алгарытмы"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Файлы:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Балы:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Імя"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Архіў чарнавых запісаў"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Гласар"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Чарнавыя"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Дакладна "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Неперакладзеныя"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Сказ за сказам"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Усяго"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Алфавітна-лічбавы"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Апошняе аднаўленне"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Слова за словам"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Акно паведамленняў"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Дынамічны слоўнік"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "А&чысціць"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
+msgstr "Пераважная колькасць варыянтаў:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Акно паведамленняў У дадзеным акне адлюстроўваецца інфармацыя аб працэсе выканання запушчаных "
-"каманд. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Мэнэджэр каталогаў Мэнэджэр каталогаў вырабляе аб'яднанне двух каталогаў у адно дрэва\n"
-"і паказвае ўсе файлы перакладу і шаблоны, размешчаныя ў гэтых каталогах.\n"
-"Дзякуючы гэтаму вам лягчэй выявіць даданне або выдаленне шаблонаў. Таксама "
-"паказваецца некаторая інфармацыя аб файлах.\n"
-" Для падрабязнасцяў гл. падзел Мэнэджэр каталогаў у кіраўніцтве. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Калі вы будзеце шукаць словазлучэнне My name is Andrea і актывуеце "
+"аднаслоўную падстанову, то вы таксама можаце знойдзеце "
+"словазлучэнні My name is Joe і His name is Andrea."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Няма сховішча SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Аднаслоўная падстанова"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Не ў SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Калі слоў у запыце не больш:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Дададзены"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Двухслоўная падстанова"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Выдалены"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Зменены"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "ОК"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Лакальныя знакі для рэгулярных выразаў:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Канфлікт"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "База дадзеных"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Памылка ў працоўнай копіі"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Каталог базы дадзеных:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Невяд."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Аўтададанне запісаў у базу дадзеных"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Зададзена недапушчальнае сховішча SVN. Немагчыма выканаць каманды SVN."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Запуск каманды ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Дыялог SVN"
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr "Аўтаматычна дадаваць запіс у базу дадзеных пры змене перакладу."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Абнавіць наступныя файлы:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Аўтар аўтаматычна даданых запісаў:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Выкласці на сервер файлы:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Дадзеныя шаблоны будуць замененыя на значэнні шляхоў (калі яны даступныя):\n" +"
n" +"quote>-ный каталог з шляху да бягучага файла (справа налева, пачынальна з " +"імя файла).
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Кои низове да се превеждат
" -"Изберете тук на кои записи в файла да се опита да намери превод KBabel. " -"Променените низове винаги се маркират като неясни, независимо коя опция " -"изберете.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Как да бъдат превеждани съобщенията
" -"Тук можете да определите дали дадено съобщение да бъде преведено изцяло, ако " -"са приемливи подобни съобщения или ако трябва KBabel да превежда дума по дума, " -"ако не бъде открито цяло съобщение.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Отбелязване на променените записи като неясни
" -"Когато бъде намерен превод на съобщение, по подразбиране то ще бъде " -"отбелязано като неясно. Така е, защото KBabel просто отгатва превода и " -"трябва да проверява внимателно резултатите. Изключете опцията само ако знаете " -"какво правите.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Инициализиране на специфичните низове в TDE
" -"Инициализира \"Comment=\" и \"Name=\" ако няма превод. Също така, в \"NAME " -"OF TRANSLATORS\" и \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" се попълват личните данни на " -"преводача.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Речници
" -"Тук изберете кои речници да бъдат използвани за намиране на преводи. Ако " -"изберете повече от един речник, ще бъдат използвани в реда в който са показани " -"в списъка.
" -"Бутонът Настройване позволява временното настройване на избрания " -"речник. Оригиналните настройки ще бъдат след като прозорецът бъде затворен.
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Когато бъде намерен превод на съобщение, по подразбиране то ще бъде " -"отбелязано като неясно. Така е, защото KBabel просто отгатва превода и " -"трябва да проверява внимателно резултатите. Изключете опцията само ако знаете " -"какво правите.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Търсене на текст
" -"Тук можете да въведете текста, който искате да търсите. Ако искате да " -"търсите регулярен израз, включете Използване на регулярен израз " -"по-долу.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Замяна на текст
" -"Тук въведете текста, който искате да замените. Той се използва така както си " -"е. Не е възможно да търсите на обратно ако търсите регулярен израз.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Къде да се търси
" -"Изберете в кои части на низа искате да търсите.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Опции
" -"Тук можете да настроите търсенето:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Опции
" -"Тук можете да настроите търсенето:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Лента за състоянието
\n" +"Лентата за състоянието показва информация за процеса на търсене и замяна. " +"Първата цифра в Намерени: показва броят на файлове с търсения текст, " +"но които още не са се показали в прозореца на KBabel. Втората показва общият " +"брой намерени до този момент файлове, съдържащи търсения текст.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Обновяване на заглавната част
\n" -"Включете тук ако искате при всеки запис информацията в заглавната част да " -"бъде обновявана.
\n" -"Заглавната част обикновено съдържа информация за датата и часа на " -"последното\n" -"обновяване, последния преводач и т.н.
\n" -"Можете да избирате коя информация да обновите от полето долу.\n" -"Несъществуващите полета се добавят към заглавната част.\n" -"Ако искате да добавите допълнителни полета, можете да редактирате ръчно от\n" -"Редактиране->Редактиране на заглавната част.
Прозорец за логовете
\n" +"В този прозорец се показват резултатите от изпълнените команди.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Обновявани полета
\n" -"Изберете кои полета от заглавната част искате да бъдат обновени при запис.\n" -"Ако няма такова поле, то ще бъде добавено.
\n" -"Ако искате да добавите друга информация към заглавната част, трябва да\n" -"редактирате ръчно от Редактиране->Редактиране на заглавната част.
\n" -"Изключете Обновяване на заглавната част ако не искате заглавната " -"част\n" -"да бъде обновявана при всеки запис.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Кодова таблица
" -"Изберете кодовата таблица при запис на файл. Ако не сте сигурни, попитайте " -"координатора на превода.
" -"Управление на каталог
\n" +"Управлението на каталог обединява две директории в едно дърво и\n" +"показва всички PO и POT файлове в тези директории. По този начин\n" +"можете лесно да видите дали има добавен или премахнат шаблон.\n" +"Също така показва се и и информация за файловете.
За повече " +"информация вижте раздела The Catalog Manager в помощта в Интернет." +"p>
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Запазване кодовата таблица на файла
" -"Ако е включена тази отметка, файловете винаги ще бъдат съхранявани със " -"същата кодова таблица. Файлове без информация за кодовата таблица (например " -"POT) ще бъдат съхранени със посочената горе кодова таблица.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Проверка на синтаксиса при запис
\n" -"Включете тази отметка, ако искате синтаксиса да бъде проверяван автоматично " -"с \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" -"при запис. Ще се появи съобщение само ако има някаква грешка.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Съхранение на старите записи
\n" -"Ако е включена тази отметка, намерените при отварянето стари записи\n" -"ще бъдат съхранени. Те ще бъдат маркирани с #~ и се създават когато\n" -"сливането на съобщения вече не се нуждае от превод.\n" -"Ако текстът се появи отново, старите записи ще се активират.\n" -"Единственото неудобство тук е размера на файла.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Формат на датата на промяна
" -"Изберете форматът за време на полето PO-Revision-Date:" -"
Препоръчва се да използвате формат по подразбиране с целя избягване на " -"нестандартни PO файлове.
" -"За повече информация вижте раздела Настройки в помощта.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Самоличност
\n" -"Попълнете информацията за себе си и вашият отбор.\n" -"Тази информация се използва при обновяване на заглавната\n" -"част на файл.
\n" -"Можете да намерите опциите какво точно да се попълва\n" -"в заглавната част на страница Запис.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Брой единични/множествени форми
" -"Забележка: Тази опция е специфична за TDE. Ако не превеждате TDE " -"приложение, можете спокойно да игнорирате тази опция.
" -"Тук посочете колко единични и множествени форми се използват в езика ви. " -"Броят трябва да съответства на настройките на отбора.
" -"Иначе можете да включите тази опция на Автоматично " -"и KBabel ще се опита автоматично да вземе тази информация от TDE. Използвайте " -"бутона Тест за да пробвате да откриете това.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Задължителни аргументи за множествени форми в превода
\n" -"Забележка: За момента това е само опция за TDE. Ако не превеждате " -"програма за TDE, можете спокойно да я игнорирате.
\n" -"Ако е включена тази отметка, при проверка на валидността ще трябва в " -"съобщението да има аргумент %n.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Заглавна част на GNU с мн. форми
\n" -"Тук можете да въведете заглавната част на GNU с мн. форми; ако го оставите " -"празно, записът в PO файла няма да бъде променен или добавен.
\n" -"KBabel може автоматично да се опита да определи стойността от инструментите " -"GNU gettext за езика; просто натиснете бутона Търсене.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Маркер на клавиатурния ускорител
" -"Тук задайте кой символ да бъде клавиатурен ускорител. Например в QT това е " -"\"&\", а в GTK - \"_\".
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Регулярен израз за контекстна информация
" -"Тук въведете регулярен израз, определящ каква е контекстната информация в " -"съобщението (която не трябва да се превежда).
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Бърза проверка на правописа
" -"Включете това ако искате KBabel да проверява правописа докато пишете. " -"Сгрешените думи ще бъдат оцветени.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Запомняне на игнорираните думи
" -"Включете тази отметка ако искате KBabel да игнорира думите, когато натиснете " -"Игнориране на всички при проверката на правописа.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Основни директории
\n" -"Въведете директориите, съдържащи PO и POT файловете.\n" -"Файловете и поддиректориите там ще бъдат обединени в едно дърво.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Отваряне на файловете в нов прозорец
\n" -"Ако е включена тази отметка, всички файлове от \"Управление на каталога\"\n" -"ще бъдат отваряни в нов прозорец.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Убиване на процеса при изход
\n" -"Ако включите тази отметка, KBabel ще се опита да убие процесите, които още " -"са\n" -" активни при излизане от програмата.
\n" -"ЗАБЕЛЕЖКА: Няма гаранция, че процесите ще бъдат убити.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Създаване на индекс за съдържанието на файла
\n" -"Ако включите тази отметка, KBabel ще създаде индекс за всеки PO файл, за да " -"се ускори функцията търсене/замяна.
\n" -"ЗАБЕЛЕЖКА: Това значително ще забави обновяването на информацията.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Изпълнение на msgfmt преди обработка на файл
" -"Ако включите тази отметка, KBabel ще изпълни msgfmt преди обработката на " -"файла.
" -"Това се препоръчва въпреки, че така процесът ще стане по-бавен. Опцията е " -"включена по подразбиране.
" -"Изключването и може да е добре при бавни компютри и когато искате да " -"превеждате PO файлове, които не се поддържат от текущата версия на Gettext " -"tools на компютъра ви. Пречката да бъде изключена е, че проверката на " -"синтаксиса трудно се прави от кода, така че невалидните PO файлове може да се " -"покажат като валидни, дори когато Gettext би ги отхвърлил.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Команди за директории
" -"Тук въведете командите, които искате да изпълните в директориите на " -"\"Управление на каталог\". Командите често се показват в подменюто " -"Команди в контекстното меню.
" -"Следните низове ще бъдат заместени в командата:" -"
Файлови опции
Тук можете да настроите търсенето:" +"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Команди за файлове
" -"Тук въведете командите, които искате да изпълните за файловете от " -"\"Управление на каталога\". Командите ще бъдат показвани в подменюто " -"Команди в контекстното меню.
" -"В командата ще бъдат заместени следните низове:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Показвани колони
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Добре дошли в помощника за проекти!\n" -"\n" -"Помощникът ще ви помогне да настроите\n" -"нов проект за превод с KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Преди всичко трябва да изберете има на проекта\n" -"и файла, където да се съхраняват настройките.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Трябва също така да изберете езика на който се превежда\n" -"и типа на проекта.\n" -"
" - -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Име на конфигурационния файл"
-"
\n"
-"Името на на файла за запис, където да се съхрани\n"
-"конфигурационният файл на проекта.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Език"
-"
\n"
-"Крайният език на проекта, т.е. езикът на който се превежда.\n"
-"Трябва да следва стандарта за именуване ISO 631.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Име на проект"
-"
\n"
-"Името на проекта го идентифицира пред вас.\n"
-"Показва се в прозореца за настройване на проект,\n"
-"както и в заглавията на отворените прозорци.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Забележка: Името на проекта не може да бъде променено по-късно.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Тип проект\n" -"Типът на проекта ви позволява да направите настройки\n" -"за определени добре известни проекти за превод.\n" -"Напр. настройва инструментите за валидност,\n" -"ускорител и форматирането на заглавната част.\n" -"
\n" -"Текущо известни типове:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Превеждани файлове
\n" -"Въведете директориите, съдържащи PO и POT файловете.\n" -"Файловете и поддиректориите там ще бъдат обединени в едно дърво.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Източник за търсене на разлики
\n" -"Тук можете да посочите източник, който да бъде\n" -"използван за търсене на разлики.
\n" -"Можете да изберете файл, БД с преводи\n" -"или съответен msgstr.
\n" -"БД с преводи - съобщенията се\n" -"вземат от БД с преводите; за да работи нормално\n" -"трябва да включите Автодобавяне на запис към БД\n" -"в съответния прозорец с настройките.
\n" -"Последната опция е полезна за използващите PO файлове\n" -"за проверка.
\n" -"Можете временно да търсите разлики с файл от\n" -"Инструменти->Разлики->Отваряне на файл за показване на разликите\n" -"от менюто на KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Основна директория за diff файлове\n" -"
Тук можете да зададете коя директория да бъдат\n" -"съхранявани файловете с разликите. Ако се съхраняват в\n" -"същата директория, KBabel може автоматично да отвори\n" -"правилният файл за сравнение на разликите.
\n" -"Имайте предвид, че тази опция не важи ако\n" -"съобщения от БД се използват за намиране на разлика.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Автоматично търсене
\n" -"Ако е включена тази отметка, търсенето ще започва автоматично\n" -"при отиване на следващ на друг запис в редактора. Можете да\n" -"изберете откъде да започнете от полето Речник по подразбиране.\n" -"
" -"Можете също така да търсите ръчно като изберете запис\n" -"от падащото меню, появяващо се при щракване върху\n" -"Речници->Търсене... или при задържане натиснат\n" -"бутона на речника.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Речник по подразбиране
\n" -"Тук изберете къде да се търси по подразбиране.\n" -"Тази настройка се използва при автоматично търсене\n" -"или когато бутонът на речника е натиснат.
\n" -"Можете да настроите различните речници като\n" -"изберете желания речник от Настройки->Настройване на речник.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Автоматично премахване на състояние \"неясен\"
\n" -"Ако е включена тази опция и редактирате неясен низ\n" -"състоянието му автоматично се премахва\n" -" (това означава, че низът , неясен се\n" -"премахва от коментара на записа.
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Интелигентно редактиране
\n" -"Ако включите тази отметка ако искате писането на текст\n" -"да е по-лесно и оставете на KBabel символите за цитат.\n" -"Например ако напишете \\\" това ще даде \\\\\\\";\n" -"ако натиснете Return в края на реда автоматично ще бъде\n" -"добавен интервал; Shift+Return ще добави \\\\n в края на реда.
\n" -"Това е само подсказка: все пак е възможно да\n" -"създадете синтактично неверен текст.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Разпознаване на грешки
\n" -"Тук можете да настроите как да се показва възникнала грешка.\n" -"Опции: Звук при грешка и Смяна цвета на текста при грешка\n" -"Ако не е включено нито едно от двете все още ще виждате\n" -"съобщение в лентата за състоянието.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"LED на статус
\n" -"Изберете къде да се показват LED и какъв цвят да са.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Търсене на текст
Тук можете да въведете текста, който " +"искате да търсите. Ако искате да търсите регулярен израз, включете " +"Използване на регулярен израз по-долу.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Замяна на текст
Тук въведете текста, който искате да " +"замените. Той се използва така както си е. Не е възможно да търсите на " +"обратно ако търсите регулярен израз.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Къде да се търси
Изберете в кои части на низа искате да " +"търсите.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Опции
Тук можете да настроите търсенето:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Опции
Тук можете да настроите търсенето:" +"
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Пример:"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+"_: Short for minutes\n"
+" min"
+msgstr " мин"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Сканиране на единичен PO файл"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:184
+msgid "No autosave"
+msgstr "Без авто запис"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:188 kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:29
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Сканиране на директория"
+msgid "&General"
+msgstr "&Основни"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Сканиране на директория и поддиректории"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:195
+msgid "Fields to Update"
+msgstr "Полета за обновяване"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Сканиране на файл:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199
+msgid "Re&vision-Date"
+msgstr "Дата на &последен преглед"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Добавени записи:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200
+msgid "Last-&Translator"
+msgstr "Последен превод&ач"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Език"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Общо състояние:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "&Набор от символи"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Обработка на файл:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "&Кодова таблица"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Зареждане на файл:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "&Проект"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Експортиране..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "Формат на дата на последен преглед"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Статистика"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "Формат на &дата по подразбиране"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "Повтарящи се низове"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "Локален формат на да&та"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "Добри ключове"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "Потре&бителски формат на дата:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"Можете да задавате минимален брой думи ,за може ключът да бъде включен в "
-"списъка с добри ключове."
-" \n"
-"Тези две числа са процентът на общия брой думи. Ако резултатът е по-малко от "
-"едно, тогава автоматично ще бъде установено едно."
-" \n"
-"Можете да задавате и максимален брой записи."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Низ на проект"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Минимално думи в ключа, който се съдържа в търсения текст (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "ИД на проект:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Заглавна част"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Минимално думи в ключа (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Обновяване на &авторското право на преводача"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Макс. дължина на списък:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Авторско право на Free Software Foundation"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "Често срещани думи"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "&Премахване на авторското право ако е празно"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 962
-#: rc.cpp:828 rc.cpp:1159
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
-msgstr "Изчистване на думи по-чести от:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "&Обновяване на авторското право"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 970
-#: rc.cpp:831 rc.cpp:1162
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "/10000"
-msgstr "/10000"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&Без промяна"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 987
-#: rc.cpp:834 rc.cpp:1165
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
-msgstr "Често срещаните думи да се смятат като във всеки ключ"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "&Авторско право"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 16
-#: rc.cpp:837
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Edit Source"
-msgstr "Редактиране на източник"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+msgid ""
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Обновяване на заглавната част Включете тук ако искате при всеки запис информацията в заглавната част да "
+"бъде обновявана. Заглавната част обикновено съдържа информация за датата и часа на "
+"последното\n"
+"обновяване, последния преводач и т.н. Можете да избирате коя информация да обновите от полето долу.\n"
+"Несъществуващите полета се добавят към заглавната част.\n"
+"Ако искате да добавите допълнителни полета, можете да редактирате ръчно от\n"
+"Редактиране->Редактиране на заглавната част. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Обновявани полета Изберете кои полета от заглавната част искате да бъдат обновени при "
+"запис.\n"
+"Ако няма такова поле, то ще бъде добавено. Ако искате да добавите друга информация към заглавната част, трябва да\n"
+"редактирате ръчно от Редактиране->Редактиране на заглавната част."
+"p>\n"
+" Изключете Обновяване на заглавната част ако не искате заглавната "
+"част\n"
+"да бъде обновявана при всеки запис. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Кодова таблица Изберете кодовата таблица при запис на "
+"файл. Ако не сте сигурни, попитайте координатора на превода. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Запазване кодовата таблица на файла Ако е включена тази "
+"отметка, файловете винаги ще бъдат съхранявани със същата кодова таблица. "
+"Файлове без информация за кодовата таблица (например POT) ще бъдат съхранени "
+"със посочената горе кодова таблица. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Проверка на синтаксиса при запис Включете тази отметка, ако искате синтаксиса да бъде проверяван "
+"автоматично с \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n"
+"при запис. Ще се появи съобщение само ако има някаква грешка. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Съхранение на старите записи Ако е включена тази отметка, намерените при отварянето стари записи\n"
+"ще бъдат съхранени. Те ще бъдат маркирани с #~ и се създават когато\n"
+"сливането на съобщения вече не се нуждае от превод.\n"
+"Ако текстът се появи отново, старите записи ще се активират.\n"
+"Единственото неудобство тук е размера на файла. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Ако търсите Казвам се Пенчо и сте включили опцията "
-"замяна на една дума, може да намерите и фрази като Казвам се Иван "
-"или Казвам се Петър."
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Diff"
+msgstr "Разлики"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Замяна на една дума"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:127
+msgid "Searching for Differences"
+msgstr "Търсене на разлики"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Максимално думи:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:138
+msgid "&Update header when saving"
+msgstr "Об&новяване на заглавната част при запис"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Замяна на две думи"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:139
+msgid "Update &description comment when saving"
+msgstr "Обновя&ване на коментара с описанието при запис"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:140
+msgid "Chec&k syntax of file when saving"
+msgstr "Проверка на син&таксиса на файла при запис"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:141
+msgid "Save &obsolete entries"
+msgstr "Съхранение на &остарелите низове"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Локални символи за регулярни изрази:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:143
+msgid "De&scription"
+msgstr "&Описание"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Директория за БД:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:149
+msgid "Encoding"
+msgstr "Кодова таблица"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Автоматично добавяне на запис към БД"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:155
+msgid "Default:"
+msgstr "По подразбиране:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr ""
-"Автоматично добавяне на запис към БД ако има нов превод от някой (вероятно "
-"KBabel)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:161
+msgid "(default)"
+msgstr "(по подразбиране)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "Автор на записите:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:175
+msgid "Kee&p the encoding of the file"
+msgstr "Запазване &кодирането на файла"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:178
+msgid "Automatic Saving"
+msgstr "Автоматичен запис"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:183
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"
Формат на датата на промяна
Изберете форматът за време " +"на полето PO-Revision-Date:
Препоръчва се да използвате формат по подразбиране с целя избягване на " +"нестандартни PO файлове.
За повече информация вижте раздела " +"Настройки в помощта.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Самоличност
\n" +"Попълнете информацията за себе си и вашият отбор.\n" +"Тази информация се използва при обновяване на заглавната\n" +"част на файл.
\n" +"Можете да намерите опциите какво точно да се попълва\n" +"в заглавната част на страница Запис.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Брой единични/множествени форми
Забележка: Тази " +"опция е специфична за TDE. Ако не превеждате TDE приложение, можете спокойно " +"да игнорирате тази опция.
Тук посочете колко единични и множествени " +"форми се използват в езика ви. Броят трябва да съответства на настройките на " +"отбора.
Иначе можете да включите тази опция на Автоматично и " +"KBabel ще се опита автоматично да вземе тази информация от TDE. Използвайте " +"бутона Тест за да пробвате да откриете това.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Задължителни аргументи за множествени форми в превода
\n" +"Забележка: За момента това е само опция за TDE. Ако не превеждате " +"програма за TDE, можете спокойно да я игнорирате.
\n" +"Ако е включена тази отметка, при проверка на валидността ще трябва в " +"съобщението да има аргумент %n.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Заглавна част на GNU с мн. форми
\n" +"Тук можете да въведете заглавната част на GNU с мн. форми; ако го " +"оставите празно, записът в PO файла няма да бъде променен или добавен.
\n" +"KBabel може автоматично да се опита да определи стойността от " +"инструментите GNU gettext за езика; просто натиснете бутона Търсене." +"p>
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
\n" -"Следните (ако има такива) ще бъдат заменени в пътя:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Маркиране на невалидните като неясни" -"
\n" -"
Ако включите тази опция всички низове, които идентифицират\n" -"инструмента като невалиден, ще бъдат маркирани като неясни\n" -"и полученият файл ще бъде записан.
Маркер на клавиатурния ускорител
Тук задайте кой символ " +"да бъде клавиатурен ускорител. Например в QT това е \"&\", а в GTK - \"_" +"\".
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Без валидност за неясните" -"
\n" -"
Ако включите тази опция всички маркирани като\n" -"неясни низове няма въобще да бъдат проверени за валидност.
Регулярен израз за контекстна информация
Тук въведете " +"регулярен израз, определящ каква е контекстната информация в съобщението " +"(която не трябва да се превежда).
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Бърза проверка на правописа
Включете това ако искате " +"KBabel да проверява правописа докато пишете. Сгрешените думи ще бъдат " +"оцветени.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Запомняне на игнорираните думи
Включете тази отметка ако " +"искате KBabel да игнорира думите, когато натиснете Игнориране на всички" +"i> при проверката на правописа.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Основни директории
\n" +"Въведете директориите, съдържащи PO и POT файловете.\n" +"Файловете и поддиректориите там ще бъдат обединени в едно дърво.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Отваряне на файловете в нов прозорец
\n" +"Ако е включена тази отметка, всички файлове от \"Управление на каталога" +"\"\n" +"ще бъдат отваряни в нов прозорец.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Убиване на процеса при изход
\n" +"Ако включите тази отметка, KBabel ще се опита да убие процесите, които " +"още са\n" +" активни при излизане от програмата.
\n" +"ЗАБЕЛЕЖКА: Няма гаранция, че процесите ще бъдат убити.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Създаване на индекс за съдържанието на файла
\n" +"Ако включите тази отметка, KBabel ще създаде индекс за всеки PO файл, за " +"да се ускори функцията търсене/замяна.
\n" +"ЗАБЕЛЕЖКА: Това значително ще забави обновяването на информацията.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1213 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1330 -#: kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:738 -#, c-format +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:945 +msgid "Run &msgfmt before processing a file" +msgstr "Изпълнение на &msgfmt преди обработка на файл" + +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:947 msgid "" -"You have not specified a valid file:\n" -" %1" -msgstr "" -"Не сте посочили валиден файл:\n" -" %1" +"Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Изпълнение на msgfmt преди обработка на файл
Ако " +"включите тази отметка, KBabel ще изпълни msgfmt преди обработката на файла." +"p>
Това се препоръчва въпреки, че така процесът ще стане по-бавен. Опцията " +"е включена по подразбиране.
Изключването и може да е добре при бавни " +"компютри и когато искате да превеждате PO файлове, които не се поддържат от " +"текущата версия на Gettext tools на компютъра ви. Пречката да бъде изключена " +"е, че проверката на синтаксиса трудно се прави от кода, така че невалидните " +"PO файлове може да се покажат като валидни, дори когато Gettext би ги " +"отхвърлил.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Команди за директории
Тук въведете командите, които " +"искате да изпълните в директориите на \"Управление на каталог\". Командите " +"често се показват в подменюто Команди в контекстното меню." +"p>
Следните низове ще бъдат заместени в командата:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Команди за файлове
Тук въведете командите, които искате " +"да изпълните за файловете от \"Управление на каталога\". Командите ще бъдат " +"показвани в подменюто Команди в контекстното меню.
В командата " +"ще бъдат заместени следните низове:
Shown columns
\n" +"Показвани колони
\n" +"Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Избор на символ
" -"Инструментът ви позволява да вмъквате специални символи чрез двойно " -"щракване.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Този бутон обновява заглавната част с текущите настройки. Получената " -"заглавна част ще бъде записана в PO файла.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Този бутон ще отмени всички промени направени досега.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Няма валидна заглавна част.
\n" -"Моля, редактирайте заглавната част преди обновяване!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Няма валидна заглавна част.
\n" -"Моля, редактирайте заглавната част преди обновяване!
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Редактор на коментари
\n" -"Този прозорец показва коментарите на показваното съобщение." -"\n" -"
Обикновено коментарите съдържат информация за положението\n" -"на съобщението в кода и състоянието (неясен, c-format).\n" -"Понякога там има и бележки от други преводачи.
\n" -"Можете да скриете редактора като го изключите от\n" -"Опции->Показване на коментари.
Кои низове да се превеждат
Изберете тук на кои записи в " +"файла да се опита да намери превод KBabel. Променените низове винаги се " +"маркират като неясни, независимо коя опция изберете.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Как да бъдат превеждани съобщенията
Тук можете да " +"определите дали дадено съобщение да бъде преведено изцяло, ако са приемливи " +"подобни съобщения или ако трябва KBabel да превежда дума по дума, ако не " +"бъде открито цяло съобщение.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Отбелязване на променените записи като неясни
Когато " +"бъде намерен превод на съобщение, по подразбиране то ще бъде отбелязано като " +"неясно. Така е, защото KBabel просто отгатва превода и трябва да " +"проверява внимателно резултатите. Изключете опцията само ако знаете какво " +"правите.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Инициализиране на специфичните низове в TDE
Инициализира " +"\"Comment=\" и \"Name=\" ако няма превод. Също така, в \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS" +"\" и \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" се попълват личните данни на преводача.
" +"qt>" -#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:190 kbabel/main.cpp:551 kbabeldict/main.cpp:118 -msgid "Original author" -msgstr "Original author" +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:158 +msgid "Dictionaries" +msgstr "Речници" -#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:202 kbabel/main.cpp:553 -msgid "Wrote diff algorithm, fixed KSpell and gave a lot of useful hints." -msgstr "Wrote diff algorithm, fixed KSpell and gave a lot of useful hints." +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:177 +msgid "" +"Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Речници
Тук изберете кои речници да бъдат използвани за " +"намиране на преводи. Ако изберете повече от един речник, ще бъдат използвани " +"в реда в който са показани в списъка.
Бутонът Настройване " +"позволява временното настройване на избрания речник. Оригиналните настройки " +"ще бъдат след като прозорецът бъде затворен.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Когато бъде намерен превод на съобщение, по подразбиране то ще бъде " +"отбелязано като неясно. Така е, защото KBabel просто отгатва превода " +"и трябва да проверява внимателно резултатите. Изключете опцията само ако " +"знаете какво правите.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Резултат от търсенето
" -"Тази част от прозореца показва резултата от търсенето в речниците." -"
" -"
В горния край се показва броят низове и къде са намерени. Използвайте " -"бутоните в долния край за навигация сред резултатите от търсенето.
" -"Търсенето почва или автоматично или при превключване към друг низ, или чрез " -"избиране на желания речник в Речници->Търсене на....
" -"Обичайните опции могат да бъдат настроени в прозореца с настройките в " -"раздела Търсене, а опциите за различните речници могат да бъдат " -"променени в Настройки->Настройване на речник.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Избор на символ
Инструментът ви позволява да вмъквате " +"специални символи чрез двойно щракване.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Редактор на коментари
\n" +"Този прозорец показва коментарите на показваното съобщение.\n" +"
Обикновено коментарите съдържат информация за положението\n" +"на съобщението в кода и състоянието (неясен, c-format).\n" +"Понякога там има и бележки от други преводачи.
\n" +"Можете да скриете редактора като го изключите от\n" +"Опции->Показване на коментари.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Оригинален низ
\n" -"Тази част от прозореца показва оригиналното съобщение\n" -"на текущия низ.
PO контекст
Този прозорец показва контекстна информация " +"за текущото съобщение в PO файла. Обикновено има четири съобщения пред " +"текущото и още толкова след.
Можете да скриете прозореца с " +"инструментите от Опции->Показване на инструменти.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
LED на статус
\n" -"Тези LED показват статуса на текущото съобщение.\n" -"Можете да променяте цвета им от раздела с настройките\n" -"Редактор на страница Изглед
Списък с грешки
Този прозорец показва списъка с грешки, " +"намерени при проверката на валидността, така че ще знаете защо текущото " +"съобщение е маркирано като сгрешено.
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Редактор на превод
\n" -"Този редактор показва и ви позволява да редактирате превода на текущия низ." -"
Този бутон обновява заглавната част с текущите настройки. Получената " +"заглавна част ще бъде записана в PO файла.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Този бутон ще отмени всички промени направени досега.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Няма валидна заглавна част.
\n" +"Моля, редактирайте заглавната част преди обновяване!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Няма валидна заглавна част.
\n" +"Моля, редактирайте заглавната част преди обновяване!
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Лента с инструменти
\n" +"Лентата с инструменти показва информация за отворения файл,\n" +"такава като общият брой низове и броя на неясните и непреведените\n" +"съобщения, а също така индексът и състоянието на текущия низ.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Резултат от търсенето
Тази част от прозореца показва " +"резултата от търсенето в речниците.
В горния край се показва броят " +"низове и къде са намерени. Използвайте бутоните в долния край за навигация " +"сред резултатите от търсенето.
Търсенето почва или автоматично или при " +"превключване към друг низ, или чрез избиране на желания речник в Речници-" +">Търсене на....
Обичайните опции могат да бъдат настроени в " +"прозореца с настройките в раздела Търсене, а опциите за различните " +"речници могат да бъдат променени в Настройки->Настройване на речник." +"p>
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Оригинален низ
\n" +"Тази част от прозореца показва оригиналното съобщение\n" +"на текущия низ.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
LED на статус
\n" +"Тези LED показват статуса на текущото съобщение.\n" +"Можете да променяте цвета им от раздела с настройките\n" +"Редактор на страница Изглед
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Редактор на превод
\n" +"Този редактор показва и ви позволява да редактирате превода на текущия " +"низ.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Лента с инструменти
\n" -"Лентата с инструменти показва информация за отворения файл,\n" -"такава като общият брой низове и броя на неясните и непреведените\n" -"съобщения, а също така индексът и състоянието на текущия низ.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Списък с грешки
" -"Този прозорец показва списъка с грешки, намерени при проверката на " -"валидността, така че ще знаете защо текущото съобщение е маркирано като " -"сгрешено.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO контекст
" -"Този прозорец показва контекстна информация за текущото съобщение в PO " -"файла. Обикновено има четири съобщения пред текущото и още толкова след.
" -"Можете да скриете прозореца с инструментите от Опции->" -"Показване на инструменти.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Има файлове от копия на БД от предишни версии на KBabel. Обаче друга "
+"версия на програмата (вероятно от TDE 3.1.1 или 3.1.2) е създала нова БД. В "
+"резултат сега има две версии на файловете от БД. За съжаление старата и "
+"новата версия не могат да бъдат смесени. Трябва да изберете една от тях.
Ако изберете старата версия, тогава новата ще бъде премахната. Ако "
+"изберете новата, файловете от старата БД ще останат сами и ще трябва да ги "
+"премахнете ръчно. Иначе съобщенията пак ще се показват (в старите файлове те "
+"са в $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Параметри
" -"Тук можете да настроите търсенето в PO файловете. Например ако искате да " -"търсите с чувствителен регистър или ако искате да игнорирате неясните " -"съобщения.
Параметри
Тук можете да настроите търсенето в PO " +"файловете. Например ако искате да търсите с чувствителен регистър или ако " +"искате да игнорирате неясните съобщения.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Опции за сравняване
" -"Тук изберете кои съобщения искате да бъдат третирани като съвпадащи.
Опции за сравняване
Тук изберете кои съобщения искате да " +"бъдат третирани като съвпадащи.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3 буквено съвпадение
" -"Едно съобщение съвпада с друго ако повечето от 3-буквените му групи се " -"съдържат и в другото. Например \"абв123\" ще съвпада с \"абвх123в12\".
3 буквено съвпадение
Едно съобщение съвпада с друго ако " +"повечето от 3-буквените му групи се съдържат и в другото. Например " +"\"абв123\" ще съвпада с \"абвх123в12\".
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Местоположение
" -"Тук настройте кой файл да бъде използван при търсенето.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Местоположение
Тук настройте кой файл да бъде използван " +"при търсенето.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Параметри
" -"Тук можете да рафинирате търсенето на PO файлове. Например, ако искате да се " -"отчита разликата за малка и голяма буква.
Параметри
Тук можете да рафинирате търсенето на PO " +"файлове. Например, ако искате да се отчита разликата за малка и голяма буква." +"
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Маркиране на невалидните като неясни
\n" +"
Ако включите тази опция всички низове, които идентифицират\n" +"инструмента като невалиден, ще бъдат маркирани като неясни\n" +"и полученият файл ще бъде записан.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Без валидност за неясните
\n" +"
Ако включите тази опция всички маркирани като\n" +"неясни низове няма въобще да бъдат проверени за валидност.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Има файлове от копия на БД от предишни версии на KBabel. Обаче друга версия "
-"на програмата (вероятно от TDE 3.1.1 или 3.1.2) е създала нова БД. В резултат "
-"сега има две версии на файловете от БД. За съжаление старата и новата версия не "
-"могат да бъдат смесени. Трябва да изберете една от тях."
-"
"
-"
Ако изберете старата версия, тогава новата ще бъде премахната. Ако "
-"изберете новата, файловете от старата БД ще останат сами и ще трябва да ги "
-"премахнете ръчно. Иначе съобщенията пак ще се показват (в старите файлове те са "
-"в $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Източник за търсене на разлики
\n" +"Тук можете да посочите източник, който да бъде\n" +"използван за търсене на разлики.
\n" +"Можете да изберете файл, БД с преводи\n" +"или съответен msgstr.
\n" +"БД с преводи - съобщенията се\n" +"вземат от БД с преводите; за да работи нормално\n" +"трябва да включите Автодобавяне на запис към БД\n" +"в съответния прозорец с настройките.
\n" +"Последната опция е полезна за използващите PO файлове\n" +"за проверка.
\n" +"Можете временно да търсите разлики с файл от\n" +"Инструменти->Разлики->Отваряне на файл за показване на разликите\n" +"от менюто на KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Основна директория за diff файлове\n" +"
Тук можете да зададете коя директория да бъдат\n" +"съхранявани файловете с разликите. Ако се съхраняват в\n" +"същата директория, KBabel може автоматично да отвори\n" +"правилният файл за сравнение на разликите.
\n" +"Имайте предвид, че тази опция не важи ако\n" +"съобщения от БД се използват за намиране на разлика.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Добре дошли в помощника за проекти!\n" +"\n" +"Помощникът ще ви помогне да настроите\n" +"нов проект за превод с KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Преди всичко трябва да изберете има на проекта\n" +"и файла, където да се съхраняват настройките.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Трябва също така да изберете езика на който се превежда\n" +"и типа на проекта.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1302 -msgid "No information available." -msgstr "Няма налична информация." +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Име на конфигурационния файл
\n"
+"Името на на файла за запис, където да се съхрани\n"
+"конфигурационният файл на проекта.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Език
\n"
+"Крайният език на проекта, т.е. езикът на който се превежда.\n"
+"Трябва да следва стандарта за именуване ISO 631.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Име на проект
\n"
+"Името на проекта го идентифицира пред вас.\n"
+"Показва се в прозореца за настройване на проект,\n"
+"както и в заглавията на отворените прозорци.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Забележка: Името на проекта не може да бъде променено по-късно.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Тип проект\n" +"Типът на проекта ви позволява да направите настройки\n" +"за определени добре известни проекти за превод.\n" +"Напр. настройва инструментите за валидност,\n" +"ускорител и форматирането на заглавната част.\n" +"
\n" +"Текущо известни типове:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Превеждани файлове
\n" +"Въведете директориите, съдържащи PO и POT файловете.\n" +"Файловете и поддиректориите там ще бъдат обединени в едно дърво.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Автоматично премахване на състояние \"неясен\"
\n" +"Ако е включена тази опция и редактирате неясен низ\n" +"състоянието му автоматично се премахва\n" +" (това означава, че низът , неясен се\n" +"премахва от коментара на записа.
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Интелигентно редактиране
\n" +"Ако включите тази отметка ако искате писането на текст\n" +"да е по-лесно и оставете на KBabel символите за цитат.\n" +"Например ако напишете \\\" това ще даде \\\\\\\";\n" +"ако натиснете Return в края на реда автоматично ще бъде\n" +"добавен интервал; Shift+Return ще добави \\\\n в края на реда.
\n" +"Това е само подсказка: все пак е възможно да\n" +"създадете синтактично неверен текст.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Разпознаване на грешки
\n" +"Тук можете да настроите как да се показва възникнала грешка.\n" +"Опции: Звук при грешка и Смяна цвета на текста при грешка\n" +"Ако не е включено нито едно от двете все още ще виждате\n" +"съобщение в лентата за състоянието.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
LED на статус
\n" +"Изберете къде да се показват LED и какъв цвят да са.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Автоматично търсене
\n" +"Ако е включена тази отметка, търсенето ще започва автоматично\n" +"при отиване на следващ на друг запис в редактора. Можете да\n" +"изберете откъде да започнете от полето Речник по подразбиране.\n" +"
Можете също така да търсите ръчно като изберете запис\n" +"от падащото меню, появяващо се при щракване върху\n" +"Речници->Търсене... или при задържане натиснат\n" +"бутона на речника.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Речник по подразбиране
\n" +"Тук изберете къде да се търси по подразбиране.\n" +"Тази настройка се използва при автоматично търсене\n" +"или когато бутонът на речника е натиснат.
\n" +"Можете да настроите различните речници като\n" +"изберете желания речник от Настройки->Настройване на речник.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Лента за състоянието
\n" -"Лентата за състоянието показва информация за процеса на търсене и замяна. " -"Първата цифра в Намерени: показва броят на файлове с търсения текст, но " -"които още не са се показали в прозореца на KBabel. Втората показва общият брой " -"намерени до този момент файлове, съдържащи търсения текст.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Файлови опции
" -"Тук можете да настроите търсенето:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Пример: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Намиране на статус"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Сканиране на единичен PO файл..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "На&миране на разликите"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Сканиране на директория..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Намиране на информация"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Сканиране на директория и поддиректории..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Изходни данни на команда:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Сканиране на файл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Изпращаното съобщение е празно. Искате ли да продължите?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Добавени записи:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Временната директория не може да бъде отворена за запис. Прекъсване."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Общо състояние:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Невъзможен запис във временен файл. Прекъсване."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Обработка на файл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Процесът не може да бъде стартиран."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Зареждане на файл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Изход със статус %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Експортиране..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Готово ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Повтарящи се низове"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Каталози със съобщения"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Добри ключове"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Няма контрол на версията"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Можете да задавате минимален брой думи ,за може ключът да бъде включен в "
+"списъка с добри ключове. \n"
+"Тези две числа са процентът на общия брой думи. Ако резултатът е по-малко от "
+"едно, тогава автоматично ще бъде установено едно. \n"
+"Можете да задавате и максимален брой записи."
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN статус"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Минимално думи в ключа, който се съдържа в търсения текст (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Разрешен"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Разрешен за маркираните"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Минимално думи в ключа (%):"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Макс. дължина на списък:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Често срещани думи"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Изчистване на думи по-чести от:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Връщане"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Често срещаните думи да се смятат като във всеки ключ"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Връщане на маркираните"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Общи"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Изчистване"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Директория на БД:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Изчистване за маркираните"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Автоматично обновяване в kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Няма хранилище"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Нови записи"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Файлове:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "От kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Име"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Алгоритъм"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Минимум точки:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Неясен"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Алгоритми за използване"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Непреведен"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Резултат:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Общо"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Архив с неясни изречения"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Последен преглед"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Кратък речник на редки думи"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Прозорец за логовете"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Точен "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Изчистване"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Изречение по изречение"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Прозорец за логовете В този прозорец се показват резултатите от изпълнените команди. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Управление на каталог Управлението на каталог обединява две директории в едно дърво и\n"
-"показва всички PO и POT файлове в тези директории. По този начин\n"
-"можете лесно да видите дали има добавен или премахнат шаблон.\n"
-"Също така показва се и и информация за файловете. За повече информация вижте раздела The Catalog Manager "
-"в помощта в Интернет. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
msgstr ""
-"Това не е валидно SVN хранилище. SVN командите не могат да бъдат изпълнени."
+"
\n"
+"Ако търсите Казвам се Пенчо и сте включили опцията замяна на "
+"една дума, може да намерите и фрази като Казвам се Иван или "
+"Казвам се Петър."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Започване на команда ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Замяна на една дума"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN диалогов прозорец"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Максимално думи:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Обновяване на следните файлове:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Замяна на две думи"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Изпращане на следните файлове:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Отдалечен статус за следните файлове:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Локален статус за слените файлове:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Локални символи за регулярни изрази:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Намиране на разликите за следните файлове:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "БД"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Информация за следните файлове:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Директория за БД:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Стари съобщения:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Автоматично добавяне на запис към БД"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Журнално съобщение:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Автоматично добавяне на запис към БД ако има нов превод от някой (вероятно "
+"KBabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "&Автоматично добавяне на файлове, ако е необходимо"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Автор на записите:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Изпращане"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Следните (ако има такива) ще бъдат заменени в пътя:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Bannoù gwellet
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96 +msgid "Locally added" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99 +msgid "Locally removed" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102 +msgid "Locally modified" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105 +msgid "Up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108 +msgid "Conflict" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Dianav" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:189 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:228 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/kbabelui.rc line 113 -#: rc.cpp:470 rc.cpp:1216 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Navigationbar" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:306 +msgid "" +"Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Shown columns
\n" +"Bannoù gwellet
\n" +"\n"
-"Example:"
-" What entries to translate Choose here, for which entries "
+"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always "
+"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose. How messages get translated Here you can define if a "
+"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are "
+"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a "
+"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was "
+"found. "
+" Mark changed entries as fuzzy When a translation for a "
+"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is "
+"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always "
+"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what "
+"you are doing. Initialize TDE-specific entries Initialize \"Comment=\" "
+"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF "
+"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings."
+" Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be "
+"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they "
+"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list. The "
+"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
+"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog."
+" When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
+"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by "
+"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this "
+"option only if you know what you are doing. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"punctuation"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:58
+msgid "Error loading data (%1)"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:118
+msgid "File not found"
+msgstr "N'eo ket kavet ar restr"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:123
+msgid "The file is not a XML"
+msgstr "N'eo ket XML ar restr"
+
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:147
+msgid "Expected tag 'item'"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:153
+msgid "First child of 'item' is not a node"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:159
+msgid "Expected tag 'name'"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 962
-#: rc.cpp:828 rc.cpp:1159
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:167
+msgid "Expected tag 'exp'"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 970
-#: rc.cpp:831 rc.cpp:1162
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "/10000"
-msgstr "/10000"
+#: datatools/whitespace/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"whitespace only translation"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 987
-#: rc.cpp:834 rc.cpp:1165
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+#: datatools/xml/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"XML tags"
+msgstr "Liketennoù XML"
+
+#: filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp:74
+msgid "saving file"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 16
-#: rc.cpp:837
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Edit Source"
-msgstr "Aozañ an tarzh"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp:83
+msgid "loading file"
+msgstr "emaon o kargañ ar restr"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 60
-#: rc.cpp:846
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Additional Informations"
-msgstr "Titouroù ouzhpenn"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:64 kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp:52
+msgid "Table:"
+msgstr "Taolenn :"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 75
-#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:713 rc.cpp:849
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Status: "
-msgstr "Stad : "
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:84
+msgid ""
+" Character Selector This tool allows to insert special "
+"characters using double click. Comment Editor \n"
+" The comments normally contain information about where the message is "
+"found in the source\n"
+"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
+"Options->Show Comments. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:82 kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp:111
+msgid "S&top"
+msgstr "Paoue&z"
+
+#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:96
+msgid "What to Translate"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
+#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:102
+msgid "U&ntranslated entries"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:103
+msgid "&Fuzzy entries"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
+#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:104
+msgid "T&ranslated entries"
+msgstr "Bouetaduroù t&roet"
+
+#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:108
+msgid ""
+"
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" #: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 @@ -3025,18 +2827,15 @@ msgstr "" #: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:343 msgid "" -"Original String
\n" +"Original String
\n" "This part of the window shows the original message\n" "of the currently displayed entry.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Status LEDs
\n" "These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" "You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" "Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" +"Translation Editor
\n" "This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:450 -msgid "Building index" -msgstr "O sevel ar meneger" +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80 +msgid "Loading TMX compendium" +msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:97 -msgid "A simple module for exact searching in a PO file" +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:92 +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:102 +msgid "Cannot open the file." +msgstr "N'hellan ket digeriñ ar restr." + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:96 +msgid "Cannot parse XML data." +msgstr "N'hellan ket lenn ar roadoù XML." + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:111 +msgid "Unsupported format." +msgstr "Furmd anskoraet." + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:117 +msgid "" +"Error while trying to read file for TMX Compendium module:\n" +"%1\n" +"Reason: %2" msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.cpp:95 -#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.cpp:175 -msgid "TMX Compendium" +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:229 +msgid "Empty database." +msgstr "Stlennvon goullo." + +#: kbabeldict/searchengine.h:339 +msgid "not implemented" msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.cpp:97 -msgid "A module for searching in a TMX file" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:11 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:29 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Go" +msgstr "&Mont" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:30 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Markings" msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:88 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:43 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:50 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Project" +msgstr "&Raktres" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:49 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:57 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Tools" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:60 catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:165 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:202 +#, no-c-format +msgid "CVS" +msgstr "CVS" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:112 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:87 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Settings" +msgstr "Dibarzhoù :" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:117 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:95 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:122 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:100 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Main" +msgstr "Kentañ" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:128 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:113 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Navigationbar" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "To be set dynamically:" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:62 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Include templates" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:70 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &wildcards" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:59 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Overall:" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:80 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Current file:" +msgstr "Restr red :" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:88 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Validation:" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:96 commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:94 +#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:473 +#, no-c-format +msgid "New Item" +msgstr "Tra nevez" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:32 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Mark invalid as &fuzzy" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:35 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" + +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
\n"
+"Example: File Options Here you can finetune where to find:"
-" "
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Prenestr SVN"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Bremañaat ar restroù-se :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Tapout ar stad a-bell evit ar restroù a-heul :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Emaon o tielfennañ ar restr :"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Tapout ar stad lec'hel evit ar restroù a-heul :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Bouetaduroù ouzhpennet :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Araogenn hollek :"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Tapout an titouroù evit ar restroù a-heul :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "O treterez ar restr :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "Kemennadoù &kozh :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Emaon o kargañ ar restr :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Ezporzh ..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Tapout an titouroù"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Disoc'het ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Katalogoù c'hemennadoù"
-
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Pennañ"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Stad CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Renkell DB :"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Bouetaduroù nevez"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Lemel"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Eus kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritm"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritm da implij"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "N'eus ket bet daveiñ ebet"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Merk :"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Restroù :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Anv"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Geriaoueg"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Pizh "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "N'eo ket troet"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Hollek"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Ger-a-ger"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Geriouaeg buhezek"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Goullonderiñ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:356
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Output"
+msgstr "Ezkas"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.cpp:56
-msgid "Ask before ne&xt file"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.cpp:57
-msgid "Save &without asking"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.cpp:59
-msgid ""
-""
-"
\n"
+"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483 +msgid "[ Starting command ]" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. "
+" Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-"
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+"\n"
+"
\n"
-"
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Shown columns
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Molim promijenite zaglavlje prije update-a!
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Molim promijenite zaglavlje prije update-a!
" +msgid "Messages:" +msgstr "&Sve poruke" -#: kbabel/commentview.cpp:88 +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:744 msgid "" -"Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Molim promijenite zaglavlje prije update-a!
" -#. i18n: translators: Dock window caption -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:507 +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "Tag List" -msgstr "Tagovi" - -#. i18n: translators: Dock tab caption -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:509 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Tagovi" - -#. i18n: translators: Dock window caption -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:520 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Source Context" -msgstr "Izvor" - -#. i18n: translators: Dock tab caption -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:522 -msgid "Source" -msgstr "Izvor" - -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:532 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Translation List" -msgstr "Prijevod" - -#. i18n: translators: Dock window caption -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:542 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Error List" -msgstr "Greška u %1" - -#. i18n: translators: Dock tab caption -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:544 -msgid "Errors" -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Molim promijenite zaglavlje prije update-a!
" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1072 -msgid " [readonly]" -msgstr " [samo za čitanje]" +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:175 kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:635 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "&Izmijeni..." -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1174 -msgid "" -"There was an error while reading the file header. Please check the header." +#: kbabel/hidingmsgedit.cpp:76 +msgid "Context inserted by KBabel, do not translate:" msgstr "" -"Došlo je do greške prilikom čitanja zaglavlja datoteke. Molim proverite " -"zaglavlje." -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1189 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1311 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Error while reading the file:\n" -" %1\n" -"No entry found." +#: kbabel/hidingmsgedit.cpp:182 +#, c-format +msgid "Plural %1" msgstr "" -"Greška pri pokušaju otvaranja datoteke:\n" -" %1" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1196 +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:330 msgid "" -"The file contained syntax errors and an attempt has been made to recover it.\n" -"Please check the questionable entries by using Go->Next error" +"You have not run KBabel before. To allow KBabel to work correctly you must " +"enter some information in the preferences dialog first.\n" +"The minimum requirement is to fill out the Identity page.\n" +"Also check the encoding on the Save page, which is currently set to %1. You " +"may want to change this setting according to the settings of your language " +"team." msgstr "" +"Niste pokretali KBabel prije. Da bi KBabel ispravno radio morate unijeti " +"određene informacije u dijalog sa postavkama.\n" +"Minimalni zahtjevi su da popunite stranicu Identitet.\n" +"Također, provjerite kodiranje na stranici Izmjene, koje je trenutno podešeno " +"na %1. U ova polja unosite postavke za jezik vašeg tima." -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1262 -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost if the file is reverted to its last saved state." +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:415 +msgid "Save Sp&ecial..." msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1264 -msgid "&Revert" -msgstr "Pov&rati" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:417 +msgid "Set &Package..." +msgstr "Podesi &paket..." -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1297 -#, fuzzy, c-format -msgid "" -"There was an error while reading the file header of file:\n" -" %1" -msgstr "" -"Došlo je do greške prilikom čitanja zaglavlja datoteke. Molim proverite " -"zaglavlje." +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:422 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&New View" +msgstr "Novi &prozor" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1319 -#, c-format -msgid "" -"Minor syntax errors were found while reading file:\n" -" %1" -msgstr "" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:425 +msgid "New &Window" +msgstr "Novi &prozor" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1388 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1476 -msgid "" -"You do not have permission to write to file:\n" -"%1\n" -"Do you want to save to another file or cancel?" -msgstr "" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:447 +msgid "Cop&y Msgid to Msgstr" +msgstr "&Kopiraj msgid u msgstr" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1396 -#, c-format -msgid "" -"KBabel cannot find a corresponding plugin for the MIME type of file:\n" -" %1" -msgstr "" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:449 +msgid "Copy Searc&h Result to Msgstr" +msgstr "Kopiraj &rezultat pretrage u msgstr" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1402 -#, c-format -msgid "" -"The export plugin cannot handle this type of file:\n" -" %1" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:452 +msgid "Copy Msgstr to Other &Plurals" msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1408 -msgid "" -"KBabel has not finished the last operation yet.\n" -"Please wait." -msgstr "" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:454 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copy Selected Character to Msgstr" +msgstr "Kopiraj &rezultat pretrage u msgstr" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1417 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1499 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while trying to write to file:\n" -"%1\n" -"Do you want to save to another file or cancel?" -msgstr "" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:457 +msgid "To&ggle Fuzzy Status" +msgstr "Isključi &fuzzy status" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:519 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1451 -msgid "The file %1 already exists. Do you want to overwrite it?" -msgstr "Datoteka %1 već postoji. Da li želite da pišem preko nje?" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:459 +msgid "&Edit Header..." +msgstr "Izmijeni &zaglavlje..." -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:520 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1452 -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1521 -msgid "&Overwrite" -msgstr "&Prepiši" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:462 +msgid "&Insert Next Tag" +msgstr "&Umetni slijedeći tag" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1482 -msgid "" -"You have specified a folder:\n" -"%1\n" -"Do you want to save to another file or cancel?" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:467 +msgid "Insert Next Tag From Msgid P&osition" msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1494 -#, c-format -msgid "" -"The export plugin cannot handle this type of the file:\n" -" %1" -msgstr "" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:472 +msgid "Inser&t Tag" +msgstr "&Umetni tag" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1520 -msgid "" -"The file %1 already exists.\n" -"Do you want to overwrite it?" -msgstr "" -"Datoteka %1 već postoji.\n" -"Da li želite da pišem preko nje?" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:479 +msgid "Show Tags Menu" +msgstr "Prikaži meni sa tagovima" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1590 -msgid "Special Save Settings" -msgstr "" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:486 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Move to Next Tag" +msgstr "&Umetni slijedeći tag" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1638 -msgid "" -"The file is syntactically correct.\n" -"\n" -"Output of \"msgfmt --statistics\":\n" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:490 +msgid "Move to Previous Tag" msgstr "" -"Datoteka je sintaksno ispravana.\n" -"\n" -"Izveštaj komande \"msgfmt --statistics\":\n" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:845 -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:934 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1649 -msgid "You can use gettext tools only for checking PO files." -msgstr "" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:494 +msgid "Insert Next Argument" +msgstr "Umetni slijedeći argument" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1658 +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:499 +msgid "Inser&t Argument" +msgstr "Ume&tni argument" + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:506 +msgid "Show Arguments Menu" +msgstr "Prikaži meni sa argumentima" + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:514 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"msgfmt detected a syntax error.\n" -msgstr "" -"msgfmt je pronašao sintaksne greške!\n" -"\n" -"Izveštaj komande \"msgfmt --statistics\":\n" +msgid "&Previous" +msgstr "< &Prethodna" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1659 +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:517 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"msgfmt detected a header syntax error.\n" -msgstr "" -"msgfmt je pronašao sintaksne greške!\n" -"\n" -"Izveštaj komande \"msgfmt --statistics\":\n" +msgid "&Next" +msgstr "&Slijedeća >" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1663 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1703 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Do you want to continue or cancel and edit the file again?" -msgstr "" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:523 +msgid "&First Entry" +msgstr "&Prva linija" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1665 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1682 -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1685 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Output of \"msgfmt --statistics\":\n" -msgstr "" -"Datoteka sadrži sintaksne greške!\n" -"Izveštaj naredbe \"msgfmt --statistics\":" +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:526 +msgid "&Last Entry" +msgstr "Poslje&dnja linija" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1680 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1688 -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1718 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1723 -msgid "Please edit the file again." +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:552 +msgid "&Back in History" msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1698 -msgid "" -"While trying to check syntax with msgfmt an error occurred.\n" -"Please make sure that you have installed\n" -"the GNU gettext package properly." +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:554 +msgid "For&ward in History" msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1770 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1787 -msgid "" -"_: Title in Dialog: Perform all checks\n" -"Perform All Checks" -msgstr "Uradi sve promjene" - -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:942 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1803 -msgid "" -"The document contains unsaved changes.\n" -"Do you want to save your changes or discard them?" -msgstr "" -"Ova datoteka sadrži izmjene koje nisu snimljenje.\n" -"Da li želite da snimite izmjene ili da ih odbacite?" - -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2036 -#, c-format -msgid "" -"_n:Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -#: kbabel/hidingmsgedit.cpp:182 -#, c-format -msgid "Plural %1" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 +msgid "" +"_: Menu item\n" +"Open" msgstr "" -#: datatools/pluralforms/main.cc:59 -msgid "" -"_: what check found errors\n" -"plural forms" -msgstr "obliku množine" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 +msgid "Open Template" +msgstr "Otvori šablon" -#: datatools/punctuation/main.cc:58 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"_: what check found errors\n" -"punctuation" -msgstr "tagovi" +"KBabel Version %1\n" +"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" +" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parametri
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Lokacija
" -"Podesite ovdje koja se datoteka treba koristiti za pretragu.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parametri
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametri
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Lokacija
Podesite ovdje koja se datoteka treba koristiti " +"za pretragu.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Parametri
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" + +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: "
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Obradi jednu PO datoteku..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Obradi direktorijum"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Paketi"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Obradi direktorijum i poddirektorijume"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Obrađujem datoteku:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Status: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Dodato poruka:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Ukupni napredak"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Ukloni markere"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Analiziram datoteku:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Pov&rati"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Učitavam datoteku:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Slijedeća &greška"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Izvezi..."
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Izb&riši"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Ponovljene poruke"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Dobri rezultati"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Najmanji broj istih reči u rezultatu i upitu (%)"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Naziv"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Najmanji broj reči upita u rezultatu (%)"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Fuzzy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Maksimalna veličina liste"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Neprevedeno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Često upotrebljavane reči"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Ukupno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Odbaci reči koje se javljaju češće od:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Posljednja izmjena"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "Izb&riši"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "&Općenito"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Sve poruke"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Sve poruke"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Najmanji broj reči upita u rezultatu (%)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "&Automatski izvrši pretragu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Komentar:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "Status: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "Pri&kaži diff"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Prikupljam informacije o datotekama"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Baza podataka"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Na&redba:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Direktorijum baze podataka:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Datoteka %1 već postoji. Da li želite da pišem preko nje?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Automatski ažuriraj podatke u bazi"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Autor automatski unetih izmena:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
This is not a valid header!
\n" #~ "A valid header has the format:\n" -#~ "
optional comment\n" +#~ "
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
optional lines surrounded by \"\"
optional comment\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
optional lines surrounded by \"\"
Ovo nije ispravno zaglavlje!
\n" #~ "Ispravno zaglavlje ima format:\n" -#~ "
opcionalni komentar\n" +#~ "
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
opcionalne linije u navodnicima \"\"
opcionalni komentar\n" -#~ msgid "
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
opcionalne linije u navodnicima \"\"
Do you want to discard your changes or edit the header again?
Da li želite da zaboravim promjene ili želite promijeniti zaglavlje ponovo?
Do you want to discard your changes or edit the header again?
Da li želite da zaboravim promjene ili želite promijeniti zaglavlje " +#~ "ponovo?
" #~ msgid "Ch&eck Arguments" #~ msgstr "Provjeri &argumente" @@ -6019,9 +6144,6 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "PWidget" #~ msgstr "DBSEPrefWidget" -#~ msgid "About..." -#~ msgstr "O programu..." - #~ msgid "Go To Entry:" #~ msgstr "Ido do poruke:" diff --git a/tde-i18n-ca/messages/tdesdk/kbabel.po b/tde-i18n-ca/messages/tdesdk/kbabel.po index 17ad9e2c2f7..1f4b77cd377 100644 --- a/tde-i18n-ca/messages/tdesdk/kbabel.po +++ b/tde-i18n-ca/messages/tdesdk/kbabel.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kbabel\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 12:05-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-12-31 18:56+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-11 22:46+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Antoni Bella PérezWhat entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Quines entrades s'han de traduir
" -"Escolliu aquí per a quines entrades del fitxer el KBabel ha de cercar " -"traducció. Les entrades canviades sempre es marcaran com a inexactes, no " -"importa l'opció que escolliu.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Com es tradueixen els missatges
" -"Aquí podeu definir si un missatge pot traduir-se completament, si missatges " -"similars són acceptables o si KBabel pot intentar traduir paraules soltes d'un " -"missatge si no hi ha traducció del missatge complet o si troba un missatge " -"semblant.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Marca entrades canviades com a inexactes
" -"Quan es troba la traducció d'una paraula, l'entrada serà marcada com a " -"inexacta. Això és perquè la traducció es endevinada pel KBabel i sempre " -"tindríeu que revisar-la amb cura. Desactiveu aquesta opció tan sols si sabeu el " -"que esteu fent.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Inicialitza les entrades específiques de TDE
" -"Inicialitza les entrades \"Comment=\" -comentari- i \"Name=\" -nom- si no es " -"troba una traducció. També s'omplen \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" -nom dels " -"traductors- i \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" -correu-e dels traductors- amb " -"l'arranjament de la identitat.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Diccionaris
" -"Escolliu aquí quins diccionaris usar al cercar una traducció. Si seleccioneu " -"més d'un diccionari, seran emprats en el mateix ordre en el que es mostren a la " -"llista.
" -"El botó Configura us permet configurar temporalment el diccionari " -"seleccionat. Les opcions originals seran restaurades després de tancar el " -"diàleg
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Quan es troba una traducció per a un missatge, per omissió, aquesta entrada " -"és marcada com a inexacta. Això és deu a que la traducció ha estat " -"endevinada pel KBabel i haureu de comprovar els resultats amb cura. Desactiveu " -"aquesta opció tan sols si sabeu el que esteu fent.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Text a cercar
" -"Aquí podeu introduir el text a cercar. Si desitgeu cercar amb una expressió " -"regular, habiliteu Usa expressions regulars a sota.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Text a substituir
" -"Aquí podeu introduir el text que desitgeu emprar per a substituir al cercat. " -"El text és usat tal qual. No és possible fer una referència endarrere si " -"estàveu cercant amb una expressió regular.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
A on cercar
" -"Seleccioneu aquí en quines parts de les entrades d'un catàleg desitgeu " -"cercar.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Opcions
" -"Aquí podeu fer l'afinament de la substitució:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Opcions
" -"Aquí podeu fer l'afinament de la recerca:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Barra d'estat
\n" +"La barra d'estat mostra informació a sobre de la progressió del procés de " +"recerca o sobreescriptura. El primer número a Trobat: mostra el " +"nombre de fitxers en els que apareix el text cercat i que no són mostrats a " +"la finestra del KBabel. El segon mostra el nombre total de fitxers que " +"contenen el text trobat.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Actualitza la capçalera
\n" -"Seleccioneu aquest botó per a actualitzar la informació de la capçalera del " -"fitxer cada vegada que es desa.
\n" -"Normalment la capçalera manté informació a sobre de la data i hora en la que " -"el fitxer\n" -"fou modificat per última vegada, últim traductor, etc.
\n" -"Podeu escollir quina informació desitgeu actualitzar des de les caixes de " -"selecció de la part inferior.\n" -"Els camps que no existeixen són afegits a la capçalera.\n" -"Si desitgeu afegir camps addicionals a la capçalera haureu d'editar la " -"capçalera manualment des de\n" -"Edita->Edita capçalera... a la finestra d'edició.
Finestra de bitàcola
\n" +"La sortida dels comandaments executats es mostra en aquesta finestra." +"p>
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Camps a actualitzar
\n" -"Escolliu quins camps de la capçalera desitgeu que siguin actualitzats en " -"desar.\n" -"Si un camp no existeix serà afegit a la capçalera.
\n" -"Si desitgeu afegir d'altra informació a la capçalera, haureu d'editar-la " -"manualment\n" -"seleccionant Edita->Edita capçalera a la finestra de l'editor.
\n" -"Desactiveu Actualitza la capçalera si no desitgeu que la capçalera " -"sigui actualitzada\n" -"automàticament quan s'estigui desant el fitxer.
Gestor de catàlegs
\n" +"El Gestor de catàlegs fusiona dos carpetes en un arbre i mostra tots\n" +"els fitxers PO i POT. D'aquesta manera es pot veure fàcilment si una nova\n" +"plantilla ha estat afegida o eliminada. També es mostra alguna informació\n" +"sobre d'aquests fitxers.
Per a més informació veure la secció El " +"Gestor de catàlegs a l'ajuda en línia.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Codificació
" -"Escolliu com codificar els caràcters quan es desi a un fitxer. Si no esteu " -"segur de quina codificació emprar, pregunteu al vostre coordinador de les " -"traduccions.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Mantenir la codificació del fitxer
" -"Si s'activa aquesta opció, els fitxers es desaran amb la mateixa codificació " -"amb la que foren llegits. Els fitxers sense informació a la capçalera (p.ex. " -"fitxers POT) seran desats amb la codificació establerta a dalt.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Comprova la sintaxi del fitxer en desar-lo
\n" -"Seleccioneu aquesta opció per a comprovar automàticament la sintaxi del " -"fitxer amb \"msgfmt --statistics\" en desar-lo\n" -"Tan sols obtindreu un missatge si es produeix algun error.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Desa entrades obsoletes
\n" -"Si l'opció està activada, quan es desi el fitxer es desaran les entrades\n" -"obsoletes. Les entrades obsoletes es marquen amb #~ i són creades\n" -"quan el programa msgmerge no necessita més traduccions. Si el text\n" -"apareix novament, les entrades obsoletes tornen a ser activades.\n" -"El principal inconvenient és la mida del fitxer desat.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Format de la data de revisió
" -"Escolliu el format de la data i hora en el camp de la capçalera.\n" -"PO-Revision-Date és desat com a: " -"
Per a més informació, consulteu la secció The Preferences Dialog " -"de l'ajuda en línia.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identitat
\n" -"Introduïu informació a sobre vostre i de l'equip de traducció.\n" -"Aquesta informació serà emprada en actualitzar la capçalera d'un fitxer.
\n" -"Trobareu les opcions i quins camps de la capçalera hauran de ser\n" -"actualitzats a la pàgina Desat d'aquest diàleg.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Nombre de formes singular/plural
\n" -"Nota: Aquesta opció és específica del TDE. Sinó esteu traduint una " -"aplicació del TDE, podeu ignorar aquesta opció amb tota seguretat.
\n" -"Escolliu quantes formes singular i plural s'usen a la vostra llengua. Aquest " -"nombre s'haurà de correspondre amb la configuració del vostre equip.
" -"De mode alternatiu, podeu establir aquesta opció a Automàtic " -"i el KBabel mirarà d'obtenir aquesta informació automàticament des del TDE. " -"Useu el botó Prova per a mirar de trobar-lo.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Es requereixen arguments de forma plural en la traducció
\n" -"Nota: Aquesta opció de moment tan sols és per a TDE. Si no esteu " -"traduint una aplicació TDE, podeu ignorar-la sense problemes.
\n" -"Si habiliteu aquesta opció, la comprovació de validació requerirà que " -"l'argument %n estigui present en el missatge.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Capçalera de forma plural de GNU
\n" -"Aquí podeu omplir una entrada de capçalera per a manejar les formes plurals " -"de GNU. Si la deixeu buida, l'entrada en el fitxer PO no serà canviada o " -"afegida
\n" -"KBabel pot intentar determinar automàticament els valors suggerits per " -"l'eina gettext de GNU per a l'idioma definit actualment. Simplement premeu el " -"botó Cerca.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Marca per als acceleradors de teclat
" -"Definiu aquí, quin caràcters marquen que el següent caràcter és un " -"accelerador de teclat. Per exemple a Qt és \"&\" i a Gtk és \"_\".
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Expressió regular per a la informació de context
" -"Introduïu una expressió regular que defineixi què és informació de context " -"en un missatge i no ha de traduir-se.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Comprovació ortogràfica al vol
" -"Activar això permet al KBabel comprovar l'ortografia mentre escriviu. Les " -"paraules incorrectes seran colorejades amb el color d'error.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Recorda paraules ignorades
" -"Activeu aquesta opció, per a deixar al KBabel ignorar les paraules " -"escollides Ignora-ho tot en el diàleg comprovació ortogràfica.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Carpetes base
\n" -"Entreu les carpetes que contenen els vostres fitxers PO i POT.\n" -"Els fitxers i carpetes en aquestes carpetes seran fusionats en un\n" -"sol arbre.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Obre fitxers en una nova finestra
\n" -"Si això està activat, tots els fitxers oberts des del Gestor de catàlegs\n" -"seran oberts en una nova finestra.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Mata processos en sortir
\n" -"Si està marcat, KBabel intentarà matar els processos que no hagin\n" -"finalitzat quan KBabel finalitza, enviant-los la senyal KILL.
\n" -"NOTA: No es garanteix que els processos finalitzin.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Crea índex per al contingut del fitxer
\n" -"Si això està activat, KBabel crearà un índex per a cada fitxer PO per a\n" -"accelerar les funcions de recerca/substitució.
\n" -"NOTA: Això ralentitzarà considerablement l'actualització de la informació " -"del fitxer.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Executa msgfmt abans de processar un fitxer
" -"Si habiliteu aquesta opció, KBabel executarà l'eina msgfmt de Gettext abans " -"de processar un fitxer.
" -"Es recomana marcar aquesta opció, fins i tot encara torni més lent el " -"processament. Per omissió aquesta opció estarà marcada.
" -"És útil deshabilitar-la en ordinadors lents i quan voleu traduïr fitxers PO " -"que no estan suportats per la versió actual de les eines de Gettext que teniu " -"al vostre sistema. Com a contrapartida, en deshabilitar aquesta opció el codi " -"de processament no realitzarà gairabé cap comprovació de sintaxi, pel que " -"alguns fitxers PO no vàlids poden ser considerats com a bons, fins i tot encara " -"que les eines de Gettext els refusin.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Comandaments per a les carpetes
" -"Inseriu aquí els comandaments que desitgeu executar sobre les carpetes des " -"del Gestor de catàlegs. Els comandaments es mostraran en el submenú " -"Comandaments del menú de context del Gestor de catàlegs.
" -"Les següents cadenes seran substituïdes en un comandament:" -"
Opcions de fitxer
Aquí podeu afinar a on cercar:" +"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Comandaments per als fitxers
" -"Inseriu aquí els comandaments que desitgeu executar sobre els fitxers des " -"del Gestor de catàlegs. Els comandaments es mostren en el submenú " -"Comandaments del menú de context del Gestor de catàlegs.
" -"Les següents cadenes seran substituïdes en un comandament:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Mostra columnes
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +"The commit log message cannot be encoded in the selected encoding: %1.\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"El missatge de registre de publicació no es pot codificar en la codificació " +"seleccionada: %1.\n" +"Voleu continuar?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247 +msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el fitxer temporal per a escriptura. S'avorta." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259 +msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut escriure al fitxer temporal. S'avorta." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483 +msgid "[ Starting command ]" +msgstr "[ Inici del comandament ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301 +msgid "The process could not be started." +msgstr "El procés no s'ha pogut iniciar." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330 +msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]" +msgstr "[ Sortida amb l'estatus %1 ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332 +msgid "[ Finished ]" +msgstr "[ Finalitzat ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:358 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:337 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:642 +msgid "&Show Diff" +msgstr "Mo&stra diff" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:360 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Close" +msgstr "&Tanca" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:401 +msgid "" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Last choice ( %1 )" +msgstr "Última elecció ( %1 )" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:88 +msgid "No CVS repository" +msgstr "No en el repositori de CVS" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:91 +msgid "Not in CVS" +msgstr "No és al CVS" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96 +msgid "Locally added" +msgstr "Afegit localment" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99 +msgid "Locally removed" +msgstr "Eliminat localment" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102 +msgid "Locally modified" +msgstr "Modificat localment" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105 +msgid "Up-to-date" +msgstr "Actualitzat" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108 +msgid "Conflict" +msgstr "En conflicte" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Desconegut" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:189 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:228 +msgid "" +"This is not a valid CVS repository. The CVS commands cannot be executed." +msgstr "" +"Aquest no és un repositori vàlid de CVS. No s'hi poden executar els " +"comandaments de CVS." + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65 +msgid "SVN Dialog" +msgstr "Diàleg del SVN" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80 +msgid "Get remote status for the following files:" +msgstr "Obté l'estatus remot per als següents fitxers:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83 +msgid "Get local status for the following files:" +msgstr "Obté l'estatus local per als següents fitxers:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89 +msgid "Get information for the following files:" +msgstr "Obté la informació per als següents fitxers:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145 +msgid "&Get Information" +msgstr "O&bté informació" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90 +msgid "No SVN repository" +msgstr "No és al repositori de SVN" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93 +msgid "Not in SVN" +msgstr "No és al SVN" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111 +msgid "Error in Working Copy" +msgstr "Error en la còpia de treball" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288 +msgid "" +"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed." +msgstr "" +"Aquest no és un repositori vàlid de SVN. No s'hi poden executar els " +"comandaments de SVN." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:178 kbabel/main.cpp:539 +msgid "File to load configuration from" +msgstr "Fitxer des del que carregar la configuració" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:186 +msgid "KBabel - Catalog Manager" +msgstr "KBabel - Gestor de catàlegs" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:187 +msgid "An advanced catalog manager for KBabel" +msgstr "Un gestor de catàlegs avançat per a KBabel" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:188 kbabel/main.cpp:549 +msgid "(c) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006 The KBabel developers" +msgstr "" +"(c) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006 Els desenvolupadors de KBabel" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:190 kbabel/main.cpp:551 kbabeldict/main.cpp:118 +msgid "Original author" +msgstr "Autor original" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:191 kbabel/main.cpp:558 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Current maintainer, porting to KDE3/Qt3." +msgstr "Desenvolupador actual, portant a TDE3/Qt3." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:193 kbabel/main.cpp:564 kbabeldict/main.cpp:119 +msgid "Current maintainer" +msgstr "Actual mantenidor" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:195 kbabel/main.cpp:566 +msgid "" +"Wrote documentation and sent many bug reports and suggestions for " +"improvements." +msgstr "" +"Ha escrit la documentació i ha enviat molts informes d'error i suggeriments " +"per a millores." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:198 kbabel/main.cpp:569 +msgid "" +"Gave many suggestions for the GUI and the behavior of KBabel. He also " +"contributed the beautiful splash screen." +msgstr "" +"Ha donat molts suggeriments per a l'interfície i el comportament de KBabel. " +"També ha contribuït en la bonica finestra d'inici." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:202 kbabel/main.cpp:553 +msgid "Wrote diff algorithm, fixed KSpell and gave a lot of useful hints." +msgstr "" +"Escrigué l'algoritme diff, arreglà KSpell i va donar molts consells útils." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:204 kbabel/main.cpp:572 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Helped keep KBabel up to date with the KDE API and gave a lot of other help." +msgstr "" +"Ha ajudat a mantenir KBabel actualitzat a l'API del TDE i molta més ajuda." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:206 kbabel/main.cpp:576 +msgid "Various validation plugins." +msgstr "Diversos connectors de validació." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:209 kbabel/main.cpp:579 +msgid "Sponsored development of KBabel for a while." +msgstr "Patrocinà el desenvolupament del KBabel durant un temps." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:211 +msgid "Support for making diffs and some minor improvements." +msgstr "Suport per crear diffs i algunes millores menors." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:214 kbabel/main.cpp:581 +#, fuzzy +msgid "KBabel contains code from TQt" +msgstr "KBabel conté codi de Qt" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:216 +msgid "KBabel contains code from GNU gettext" +msgstr "KBabel conté codi del gettext de GNU" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:113 +msgid "Ma&rk files which match the following pattern:" +msgstr "Ma&rca fitxers que coincideixin amb el següent patró:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:114 +msgid "&Mark Files" +msgstr "&Marca fitxers" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:116 +msgid "Unma&rk files which match the following pattern:" +msgstr "&Desmarca els fitxers que coincideixin amb el següent patró:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:117 +msgid "Un&mark Files" +msgstr "&Desmarca fitxers" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56 +msgid "Files:" +msgstr "Fitxers:" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:84 +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:96 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1182 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1304 kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:724 +msgid "" +"Error while trying to read file:\n" +" %1\n" +"Maybe it is not a valid PO file." +msgstr "" +"Error mentre s'intentava llegir el fitxer:\n" +" %1\n" +"Potser no és un fitxer PO vàlid." + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:129 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:671 +msgid "" +"Result of the translation:\n" +"Edited entries: %1\n" +"Exact translations: %2 (%3%)\n" +"Approximate translations: %4 (%5%)\n" +"Nothing found: %6 (%7%)" +msgstr "" +"Resultats de la traducció:\n" +"Entrades editades: %1\n" +"Traduccions exactes: %2 (%3%)\n" +"Traduccions no exactes: %4 (%5%)\n" +"Res trobat: %6 (%7%)" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:143 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:685 +msgid "Rough Translation Statistics" +msgstr "Estadístiques de la traducció embastada" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:56 +msgid "" +"_: Caption of dialog\n" +"Validation" +msgstr "Validació" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:73 +msgid "&Ignore" +msgstr "&Ignora" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:186 +msgid "" +"Validation done.\n" +"\n" +"Checked files: %1\n" +"Number of errors: %2\n" +"Number of ignored errors: %3" +msgstr "" +"Validació realitzada.\n" +"\n" +"Fitxers comprovats: %1\n" +"Nombre d'errors: %2\n" +"Nombre d'errors ignorats: %3" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:190 +msgid "Validation Done" +msgstr "Validació realitzada" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:592 +msgid "" +"Free Software Foundation Copyright does not contain any year. It will not be " +"updated." +msgstr "" +"El copyright de la Free Software Foundation no conté cap any. No " +"s'actualitzarà." + +#: common/catalog.cpp:1237 +msgid "validating file" +msgstr "validant el fitxer" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:1276 +msgid "applying tool" +msgstr "aplicant l'eina" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:3128 +msgid "searching matching message" +msgstr "cercant el missatge coincident" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:3217 +msgid "preparing messages for diff" +msgstr "preparant missatges per a diff" + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:106 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while trying to download file %1." +msgstr "Error mentre s'intentava descarregar el fitxer %1." + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:144 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:145 +msgid "Enter the name of the archive without file extension" +msgstr "Entreu el nom de l'arxiu sense l'extensió de fitxer" + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:178 +msgid "Error while trying to create archive file." +msgstr "Error mentre s'intentava crear el fitxer arxiu." + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:193 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while trying to read file %1." +msgstr "Error mentre s'intentava llegir el fitxer %1." + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:208 +msgid "Error while trying to copy file %1 into archive." +msgstr "Error mentre s'intentava copiar el fitxer %1 a l'arxiu." + +#: common/kbproject.cpp:53 +msgid "unnamed" +msgstr "sense nom" + +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:51 +msgid "Command &Label:" +msgstr "E&tiqueta de comandament:" + +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:52 +msgid "Co&mmand:" +msgstr "Co&mandament:" + +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:66 +msgid "&Add" +msgstr "&Afegeix" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:4 catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:78 +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:70 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:10 +#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp:91 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "&Edita..." + +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:74 +msgid "&Remove" msgstr "" -"Benvingut a l'assistent de projecte!\n" -"\n" -"L'assistent us ajudarà a configurar un nou projecte\n" -"de traducció a KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Abans de res, heu d'escollir el nom del projecte\n" -"i el fitxer on es desarà la configuració.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"També heu d'escollir una llengua a la qual traduir\n" -"i el tipus de projecte de traducció.\n" -"
" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: commonui/context.cpp:97 +msgid "Corresponding source file not found" +msgstr "No s'ha trobat el fitxer font corresponent" + +#: commonui/context.cpp:265 commonui/context.cpp:275 commonui/context.cpp:285 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Nom del fitxer de configuració"
-"
\n"
-"El nom del fitxer on desar la configuració del projecte.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
\n"
-"Llengua"
-"
\n"
-"La llengua destí del projecte, és a dir la llengua\n"
-"a la qual traduir. Ha de seguir l'estàndard de noms ISO 631.
Text a cercar
Aquí podeu introduir el text a cercar. Si " +"desitgeu cercar amb una expressió regular, habiliteu Usa expressions " +"regulars a sota.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Nom del projecte"
-"
\n"
-"El nom del projecte com a identificador del projecte per vostè.\n"
-"Es mostra al diàleg de configuració del projecte\n"
-"i com a títol de les finestres del projecte.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Nota: El nom del projecte no es pot canviar més endavant.\n"
-"
Text a substituir
Aquí podeu introduir el text que " +"desitgeu emprar per a substituir al cercat. El text és usat tal qual. No és " +"possible fer una referència endarrere si estàveu cercant amb una expressió " +"regular.
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
\n" -"Tipus de projecte\n" -"El tipus de projecte permet ajustar algunes opcions\n" -"per un tipus particular de projecte de traducció.\n" -"Per exemple, estableix les eines de validació,\n" -"un marcador d'acceleradors i un format de la capçalera.\n" -"
\n" -"Tipus actuals:\n" -"
A on cercar
Seleccioneu aquí en quines parts de les " +"entrades d'un catàleg desitgeu cercar.
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Fitxers de traduccions
\n" -"Entreu les carpetes que contenen els vostres fitxers PO i POT.\n" -"Els fitxers i carpetes en aquestes carpetes seran fusionats en un arbre.
" -"Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Opcions
Aquí podeu fer l'afinament de la substitució:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Opcions
Aquí podeu fer l'afinament de la recerca:" +"
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Font per a la recerca de diferències
\n" -"Aquí podeu seleccionar una font, la qual es podrà usar per a trobar\n" -"una diferència.
\n" -"Podeu seleccionar un fitxer, una base de dades de traduccions o el\n" -"corresponent msgstr.
\n" -"Si escolliu una base de dades de traduccions, els missatges amb el\n" -"que fer diff es prendran de la base de dades de traduccions. Pot ser\n" -"d'utilitat l'habilitar Autoincloure entrada a la base de dades\n" -"en el diàleg de preferències.
\n" -"L'última opció és d'utilitat per als que emprin fitxers PO per a\n" -"correccions.
\n" -"Podeu usar temporalment les diferències amb els missatges d'un\n" -"fitxer escollint Eines->Diff->Obre fitxer per a diff\n" -"a la finestra principal de KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Carpeta base de fitxers diff\n" -"
Aquí podeu definir una carpeta, a on els fitxers diff\n" -"s'emmagatzemen. Si els fitxers són desats al mateix lloc\n" -"sota aquesta carpeta com els fitxers originals, KBabel obrirà\n" -"el fitxer correcte automàticament que tinga que usar amb diff.
\n" -"Tingueu en compte que aquesta opció no té efecte si els\n" -"missatges de la base de dades s'usen per a diferenciar.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Comença la recerca automàticament
\n" -"Si s'activa això, la recerca s'activarà automàticament \n" -"quan canvieu a una altra entrada en l'editor. Podeu escollir \n" -"a on cercar en el menú. Diccionari per omissió.\n" -"
" -"També podeu començar a cercar manualment escollint \n" -"una entrada en el menú emergent que apareix al prémer a \n" -"Diccionaris->Cerca... o mantenint premut el botó de \n" -"diccionari de la barra d'eines una estona.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Diccionari per omissió
\n" -"Escolliu aquí a on desitgeu cercar per omissió. \n" -"Aquesta opció s'usa quan es cerca automàticament \n" -"o en prémer el botó de diccionari de la barra d'eines.
\n" -"Podeu configurar diferents diccionaris des de \n" -"Arranjament->Configura diccionari.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Desmarca automàticament l'estatus d'inexacta
\n" -"Si està activat i esteu editant una entrada inexacta, l'estat d'inexacta\n" -"serà tret automàticament (això significa que l'entrada , fuzzy\n" -"serà esborrada del comentari de l'entrada).
Actualitza la capçalera
\n" +"Seleccioneu aquest botó per a actualitzar la informació de la capçalera " +"del fitxer cada vegada que es desa.
\n" +"Normalment la capçalera manté informació a sobre de la data i hora en la " +"que el fitxer\n" +"fou modificat per última vegada, últim traductor, etc.
\n" +"Podeu escollir quina informació desitgeu actualitzar des de les caixes de " +"selecció de la part inferior.\n" +"Els camps que no existeixen són afegits a la capçalera.\n" +"Si desitgeu afegir camps addicionals a la capçalera haureu d'editar la " +"capçalera manualment des de\n" +"Edita->Edita capçalera... a la finestra d'edició.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Camps a actualitzar
\n" +"Escolliu quins camps de la capçalera desitgeu que siguin actualitzats en " +"desar.\n" +"Si un camp no existeix serà afegit a la capçalera.
\n" +"Si desitgeu afegir d'altra informació a la capçalera, haureu d'editar-la " +"manualment\n" +"seleccionant Edita->Edita capçalera a la finestra de l'editor.
\n" +"Desactiveu Actualitza la capçalera si no desitgeu que la capçalera " +"sigui actualitzada\n" +"automàticament quan s'estigui desant el fitxer.
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Usa edició intel·ligent
\n" -"Marqueu això per escriure d'una forma més còmoda i permetre\n" -"que KBabel tingui en compte alguns caràcters especials que\n" -"s'hagin de posar entre cometes. Per exemple a l'escriure '\\\"'\n" -"sortirà '\\\\\\\"', prement la tecla Intro afegireu automàticament\n" -"un espai en blanc al final de la línia, prement Maj+Intro afegireu\n" -"'\\\\n' al final de la línia.
\\n\n" -"Tingueu present que això és merament un consell i és possible\n" -"que es generi un text sintàcticament incorrecte.
Codificació
Escolliu com codificar els caràcters quan es " +"desi a un fitxer. Si no esteu segur de quina codificació emprar, pregunteu " +"al vostre coordinador de les traduccions.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Mantenir la codificació del fitxer
Si s'activa aquesta " +"opció, els fitxers es desaran amb la mateixa codificació amb la que foren " +"llegits. Els fitxers sense informació a la capçalera (p.ex. fitxers POT) " +"seran desats amb la codificació establerta a dalt.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Reconeixement d'errors
\n" -"Aquí podreu configurar com mostrar que hi ha hagut un error. \n" -"Pita amb els errors pita i Canvia el color del text amb error\n" -"canvia el color del text traduït. Sinó s'activa cap, veureu un missatge a la " -"barra d'estat.\n" -"
Comprova la sintaxi del fitxer en desar-lo
\n" +"Seleccioneu aquesta opció per a comprovar automàticament la sintaxi del " +"fitxer amb \"msgfmt --statistics\" en desar-lo\n" +"Tan sols obtindreu un missatge si es produeix algun error.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Desa entrades obsoletes
\n" +"Si l'opció està activada, quan es desi el fitxer es desaran les entrades\n" +"obsoletes. Les entrades obsoletes es marquen amb #~ i són creades\n" +"quan el programa msgmerge no necessita més traduccions. Si el text\n" +"apareix novament, les entrades obsoletes tornen a ser activades.\n" +"El principal inconvenient és la mida del fitxer desat.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Format de la data de revisió
Escolliu el format de la " +"data i hora en el camp de la capçalera.\n" +"PO-Revision-Date és desat com a:
Per a més informació, consulteu la secció The Preferences " +"Dialog de l'ajuda en línia.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Els LED d'estat
\n" -"Seleccioneu a on es van a mostrar els LED d'estat i els colors que tindran " -"aquests.
Identitat
\n" +"Introduïu informació a sobre vostre i de l'equip de traducció.\n" +"Aquesta informació serà emprada en actualitzar la capçalera d'un fitxer." +"p>\n" +"
Trobareu les opcions i quins camps de la capçalera hauran de ser\n" +"actualitzats a la pàgina Desat d'aquest diàleg.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Nombre de formes singular/plural
\n" +"Nota: Aquesta opció és específica del TDE. Sinó esteu traduint una " +"aplicació del TDE, podeu ignorar aquesta opció amb tota seguretat.
\n" +"Escolliu quantes formes singular i plural s'usen a la vostra llengua. " +"Aquest nombre s'haurà de correspondre amb la configuració del vostre equip." +"p>
De mode alternatiu, podeu establir aquesta opció a Automàtic i " +"el KBabel mirarà d'obtenir aquesta informació automàticament des del TDE. " +"Useu el botó Prova per a mirar de trobar-lo.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Es requereixen arguments de forma plural en la traducció
\n" +"Nota: Aquesta opció de moment tan sols és per a TDE. Si no esteu " +"traduint una aplicació TDE, podeu ignorar-la sense problemes.
\n" +"Si habiliteu aquesta opció, la comprovació de validació requerirà que " +"l'argument %n estigui present en el missatge.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Capçalera de forma plural de GNU
\n" +"Aquí podeu omplir una entrada de capçalera per a manejar les formes " +"plurals de GNU. Si la deixeu buida, l'entrada en el fitxer PO no serà " +"canviada o afegida
\n" +"KBabel pot intentar determinar automàticament els valors suggerits per " +"l'eina gettext de GNU per a l'idioma definit actualment. Simplement premeu " +"el botó Cerca.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Marca per als acceleradors de teclat
Definiu aquí, quin " +"caràcters marquen que el següent caràcter és un accelerador de teclat. Per " +"exemple a Qt és \"&\" i a Gtk és \"_\".
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Expressió regular per a la informació de context" +"p>
Introduïu una expressió regular que defineixi què és informació de " +"context en un missatge i no ha de traduir-se.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Comprovació ortogràfica al vol
Activar això permet al " +"KBabel comprovar l'ortografia mentre escriviu. Les paraules incorrectes " +"seran colorejades amb el color d'error.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Recorda paraules ignorades
Activeu aquesta opció, per a " +"deixar al KBabel ignorar les paraules escollides Ignora-ho tot en el " +"diàleg comprovació ortogràfica.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Carpetes base
\n" +"Entreu les carpetes que contenen els vostres fitxers PO i POT.\n" +"Els fitxers i carpetes en aquestes carpetes seran fusionats en un\n" +"sol arbre.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Obre fitxers en una nova finestra
\n" +"Si això està activat, tots els fitxers oberts des del Gestor de catàlegs\n" +"seran oberts en una nova finestra.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Mata processos en sortir
\n" +"Si està marcat, KBabel intentarà matar els processos que no hagin\n" +"finalitzat quan KBabel finalitza, enviant-los la senyal KILL.
\n" +"NOTA: No es garanteix que els processos finalitzin.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Crea índex per al contingut del fitxer
\n" +"Si això està activat, KBabel crearà un índex per a cada fitxer PO per a\n" +"accelerar les funcions de recerca/substitució.
\n" +"NOTA: Això ralentitzarà considerablement l'actualització de la informació " +"del fitxer.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Executa msgfmt abans de processar un fitxer
Si habiliteu " +"aquesta opció, KBabel executarà l'eina msgfmt de Gettext abans de processar " +"un fitxer.
Es recomana marcar aquesta opció, fins i tot encara torni " +"més lent el processament. Per omissió aquesta opció estarà marcada.
És " +"útil deshabilitar-la en ordinadors lents i quan voleu traduïr fitxers PO que " +"no estan suportats per la versió actual de les eines de Gettext que teniu al " +"vostre sistema. Com a contrapartida, en deshabilitar aquesta opció el codi " +"de processament no realitzarà gairabé cap comprovació de sintaxi, pel que " +"alguns fitxers PO no vàlids poden ser considerats com a bons, fins i tot " +"encara que les eines de Gettext els refusin.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Comandaments per a les carpetes
Inseriu aquí els " +"comandaments que desitgeu executar sobre les carpetes des del Gestor de " +"catàlegs. Els comandaments es mostraran en el submenú Comandaments " +"del menú de context del Gestor de catàlegs.
Les següents cadenes seran " +"substituïdes en un comandament:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Comandaments per als fitxers
Inseriu aquí els " +"comandaments que desitgeu executar sobre els fitxers des del Gestor de " +"catàlegs. Els comandaments es mostren en el submenú Comandaments del " +"menú de context del Gestor de catàlegs.
Les següents cadenes seran " +"substituïdes en un comandament:
Shown columns
\n" +"Mostra columnes
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Quines entrades s'han de traduir
Escolliu aquí per a " +"quines entrades del fitxer el KBabel ha de cercar traducció. Les entrades " +"canviades sempre es marcaran com a inexactes, no importa l'opció que " +"escolliu.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Com es tradueixen els missatges
Aquí podeu definir si un " +"missatge pot traduir-se completament, si missatges similars són acceptables " +"o si KBabel pot intentar traduir paraules soltes d'un missatge si no hi ha " +"traducció del missatge complet o si troba un missatge semblant.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Exemple:"
-" Mark changed entries as fuzzy When a translation for a "
+"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is "
+"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always "
+"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what "
+"you are doing. Marca entrades canviades com a inexactes Quan es troba "
+"la traducció d'una paraula, l'entrada serà marcada com a inexacta. "
+"Això és perquè la traducció es endevinada pel KBabel i sempre tindríeu que "
+"revisar-la amb cura. Desactiveu aquesta opció tan sols si sabeu el que esteu "
+"fent. Initialize TDE-specific entries Initialize \"Comment=\" "
+"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF "
+"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings."
+" Inicialitza les entrades específiques de TDE Inicialitza "
+"les entrades \"Comment=\" -comentari- i \"Name=\" -nom- si no es troba una "
+"traducció. També s'omplen \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" -nom dels traductors- i "
+"\"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" -correu-e dels traductors- amb l'arranjament de la "
+"identitat. Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be "
+"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they "
+"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list. The "
+"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
+"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog."
+" Diccionaris Escolliu aquí quins diccionaris usar al "
+"cercar una traducció. Si seleccioneu més d'un diccionari, seran emprats en "
+"el mateix ordre en el que es mostren a la llista. El botó "
+"Configura us permet configurar temporalment el diccionari "
+"seleccionat. Les opcions originals seran restaurades després de tancar el "
+"diàleg When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
+"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by "
+"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this "
+"option only if you know what you are doing. Quan es troba una traducció per a un missatge, per omissió, aquesta "
+"entrada és marcada com a inexacta. Això és deu a que la traducció ha "
+"estat endevinada pel KBabel i haureu de comprovar els resultats amb cura. "
+"Desactiveu aquesta opció tan sols si sabeu el que esteu fent. "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"context info"
+msgstr "info de context"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Escaneja un sol fitxer PO"
+#: datatools/equations/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"equations"
+msgstr "equacions"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Escaneja carpeta"
+#: datatools/length/main.cc:61 datatools/regexp/main.cc:55
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"translation has inconsistent length"
+msgstr "traducció amb grandària inconsistent"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Escaneja carpeta i subcarpetes"
+#: datatools/not-translated/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"English text in translation"
+msgstr "Text en anglès a la traducció"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Fitxer escanejat:"
+#: datatools/pluralforms/main.cc:59
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"plural forms"
+msgstr "formes plurals"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Entrades afegides:"
+#: datatools/punctuation/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"punctuation"
+msgstr "puntuació"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Progrés total:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:58
+msgid "Error loading data (%1)"
+msgstr "Error en la càrrega de dades (%1)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Es processa el fitxer:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:118
+msgid "File not found"
+msgstr "Fitxers no trobat"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Es carrega el fitxer:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:123
+msgid "The file is not a XML"
+msgstr "El fitxer no és XML"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Exporta..."
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:147
+msgid "Expected tag 'item'"
+msgstr "S'esperava l'etiqueta 'item'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Estadístiques"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:153
+msgid "First child of 'item' is not a node"
+msgstr "El primer fill de 'item' no és un node"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "Cadenes repetides"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:159
+msgid "Expected tag 'name'"
+msgstr "S'esperava l'etiqueta 'name'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "Claus bones"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:167
+msgid "Expected tag 'exp'"
+msgstr "S'esperava l'etiqueta 'exp'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
+#: datatools/whitespace/main.cc:60
msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"Podeu establir el mínim nombre de paraules de la consulta que desitgeu que "
-"siguin incloses a la llista de claus bones."
-" \n"
-"També podeu establir el mínim nombre de paraules de la clau que la consulta "
-"haurà d'inserir a la llista."
-" \n"
-"Aquests dos números són el percentatge del nombre total de paraules. Si el "
-"resultat d'aquest percentatge és menor que un, l'enginy l'establirà a un."
-" \n"
-"Finalment podeu establir el nombre màxim d'entrades a la llista."
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"whitespace only translation"
+msgstr "traducció amb sols espais en blanc"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Nombre mínim de paraules de la clau també a la recerca (%):"
+#: datatools/xml/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"XML tags"
+msgstr "etiquetes XML"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp:74
+msgid "saving file"
+msgstr "S'està desant el fitxer"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Nombre mínim de paraules cercades a la clau (%):"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp:83
+msgid "loading file"
+msgstr "S'està carregant el fitxer"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Màx. llargària de la llista:"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:64 kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp:52
+msgid "Table:"
+msgstr "Taula:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "Paraules freqüents"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:84
+msgid ""
+" Character Selector This tool allows to insert special "
+"characters using double click. Selector de caràcters Aquesta eina permet inserir "
+"caràcters especials usant el doble clic. Comment Editor \n"
+" The comments normally contain information about where the message is "
+"found in the source\n"
+"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
+"Options->Show Comments. Editor de comentaris \n"
+" Normalment conté informació d'on s'usa el missatge al codi font\n"
+"i informació d'estat del missatge (inexacta, format-c).\n"
+"A vegades també inclou consells per a d'altres traductors. Podeu ocultar l'editor de comentaris desactivant l'opció\n"
+"Arranjament->Mostra comentaris. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Si cerqueu El meu nom és Andrea i heu activat la "
-"substitució d'una o dos paraules també trobareu frases com "
-"El meu nom és Jordi o El vostre nom és Alba."
+"
Context PO
Aquesta finestra mostra el context del " +"missatge actual en el fitxer PO. Normalment mostra quatre missatges davant " +"del missatge actual i quatre darrera.
Podeu ocultar la finestra " +"d'eines desactivant Arranjament->Mostra eines.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Listat d'errors
Aquesta finestra mostra la llista dels " +"errors trobats per les eines de validació per a que pogueu conèixer perquè " +"ha estat marcat amb un error el missatge actual.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Aquest botó actualitza la capçalera usant l'arranjament actual. La " +"capçalera resultant és la que s'escriu en el fitxer PO al desar.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Aquest botó desfarà tots els canvis fets fins ara.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Aquesta no és una capçalera vàlida.
\n" +"Si us plau, editeu la capçalera abans d'actualitzar!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Aquesta no és una capçalera vàlida.
\n" +"Si us plau, editeu la capçalera abans d'actualitzar.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
\n" -"Les següents variables seran substituïdes en la ruta si estan disponibles:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Marca entrades no vàlides com a inexactes" -"
\n" -"
Si seleccioneu aquesta opció, tots els ítems,\n" -"els quals an identificat l'eina com a no vàlids,\n" -"seran marcats com a inexactes i es desarà\n" -"el fitxer resultant.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
No validar les inexactes" -"
\n" -"
Si seleccioneu aquesta opció, tots els ítems\n" -"marcats com a inexactes no seran validats.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Selector de caràcters
" -"Aquesta eina permet inserir caràcters especials usant el doble clic.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Aquest botó actualitza la capçalera usant l'arranjament actual. La capçalera " -"resultant és la que s'escriu en el fitxer PO al desar.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Aquest botó desfarà tots els canvis fets fins ara.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Aquesta no és una capçalera vàlida.
\n" -"Si us plau, editeu la capçalera abans d'actualitzar!
Barra d'estat
\n" +"La barra d'estat mostra informació a sobre del fitxer obert, així com\n" +"el nombre total d'entrades, nombre de missatges a traduir o inexactes.\n" +"També mostra l'índex i l'estat de l'entrada que s'està mostrant.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Aquesta no és una capçalera vàlida.
\n" -"Si us plau, editeu la capçalera abans d'actualitzar.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Editor de comentaris
\n" -"Aquesta finestra d'edició mostra el comentari del missatge en curs." -"\n" -"
Normalment conté informació d'on s'usa el missatge al codi font\n" -"i informació d'estat del missatge (inexacta, format-c).\n" -"A vegades també inclou consells per a d'altres traductors.
\n" -"Podeu ocultar l'editor de comentaris desactivant l'opció\n" -"Arranjament->Mostra comentaris.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Resultats de la recerca
" -"Aquesta part de la finestra mostra els resultats de la recerca en els " -"diccionaris." -"
" -"
A la part superior es mostra el nombre de coincidències i a on s'ha trobat " -"cadascuna. Useu els botons de la part inferior per a navegar en els " -"resultats.
" -"La recerca s'inicia automàticament a la finestra de l'editor o seleccionant " -"el diccionari escollit en Diccionaris->Cerca....
" -"Les opcions comuns poden configurar-se al diàleg de preferències a la secció " -"Recerca i les opcions dels diferents diccionaris es poden canviar amb " -"Arranjament->Configura diccionari.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Resultats de la recerca
Aquesta part de la finestra " +"mostra els resultats de la recerca en els diccionaris.
A la part " +"superior es mostra el nombre de coincidències i a on s'ha trobat cadascuna. " +"Useu els botons de la part inferior per a navegar en els resultats.
La " +"recerca s'inicia automàticament a la finestra de l'editor o seleccionant el " +"diccionari escollit en Diccionaris->Cerca....
Les opcions " +"comuns poden configurar-se al diàleg de preferències a la secció Recerca" +"b> i les opcions dels diferents diccionaris es poden canviar amb " +"Arranjament->Configura diccionari.
Original String
\n" +"Original String
\n" "This part of the window shows the original message\n" "of the currently displayed entry.
Cadena original
\n" +"Cadena original
\n" "Aquesta part de la finestra mostra el missatge original\n" "de l'entrada que s'està mostrant.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Status LEDs
\n" "These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" "You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" "Editor on page Appearance
Els LED d'estat
\n" +"Els LED d'estat
\n" "Aquests LED mostren l'estat del missatge actual.\n" "Podeu canviar els seus colors en el diàleg de preferències\n" "a la secció Edició a la pàgina Aparença.
Translation Editor
\n" +"Translation Editor
\n" "This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Editor de traduccions
\n" -"Aquest editor us mostra i permet modificar la traducció del missatge actual." -"
Editor de traduccions
\n" +"Aquest editor us mostra i permet modificar la traducció del missatge " +"actual.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Barra d'estat
\n" -"La barra d'estat mostra informació a sobre del fitxer obert, així com\n" -"el nombre total d'entrades, nombre de missatges a traduir o inexactes.\n" -"També mostra l'índex i l'estat de l'entrada que s'està mostrant.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Listat d'errors
" -"Aquesta finestra mostra la llista dels errors trobats per les eines de " -"validació per a que pogueu conèixer perquè ha estat marcat amb un error el " -"missatge actual.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Context PO
" -"Aquesta finestra mostra el context del missatge actual en el fitxer PO. " -"Normalment mostra quatre missatges davant del missatge actual i quatre " -"darrera.
" -"Podeu ocultar la finestra d'eines desactivant Arranjament->" -"Mostra eines.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Hi ha còpies de seguretat de bases de dades d'una versió antiga de "
+"KBabel. Tot i que, una altra versió de KBabel (probablement de TDE 3.1.1 o "
+"3.1.2) ha creat una nova base de dades. Com a resultat, el KBabel conté dos "
+"versions de fitxer de base de dades. Malauradament, la versió antiga i la "
+"nova no poden fusionar-se. Haureu d'escollir-ne una.
Si escolliu la "
+"versió antiga, la nova serà eliminada. Si escolliu la nova, l'antiga es "
+"deixarà intacta i haureu d'eliminar-la manualment. Pel demés aquest missatge "
+"es mostrarà altra vegada (els fitxers antics estan en $TDEHOME/share/apps/"
+"kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*.old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Paràmetres
" -"Aquí podreu fer un ajust per a la recerca en el fitxer PO. Per exemple, si " -"desitgeu fer-la sensible a majúscules o que els missatges inexactes siguin " -"ignorats.
Paràmetres
Aquí podreu fer un ajust per a la recerca en " +"el fitxer PO. Per exemple, si desitgeu fer-la sensible a majúscules o que " +"els missatges inexactes siguin ignorats.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Opcions de comparació
" -"Escolliu aquí quins missatges desitgeu que siguin tractats com a un missatge " -"a comparar.
Opcions de comparació
Escolliu aquí quins missatges " +"desitgeu que siguin tractats com a un missatge a comparar.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-lletres-coincidents
" -"Un missatge coincideix amb un altre si la majoria dels grups de 3 lletres " -"estan continguts a l'altre missatge. P.ex. \"abc123\" coincideix amb " -"\"abcx123c12\".
3-lletres-coincidents
Un missatge coincideix amb un " +"altre si la majoria dels grups de 3 lletres estan continguts a l'altre " +"missatge. P.ex. \"abc123\" coincideix amb \"abcx123c12\".
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Localització
" -"Configureu aquí quin fitxer haurà d'usar-se per a cercar
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Localització
Configureu aquí quin fitxer haurà d'usar-se " +"per a cercar
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Paràmetres
" -"Aquí podreu fer un ajust per a la recerca en el fitxer PO. Per exemple, si " -"desitgeu fer una recerca sensible a majúscules.
Paràmetres
Aquí podreu fer un ajust per a la recerca en " +"el fitxer PO. Per exemple, si desitgeu fer una recerca sensible a majúscules." +"
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Marca entrades no vàlides com a inexactes
\n" +"
Si seleccioneu aquesta opció, tots els ítems,\n" +"els quals an identificat l'eina com a no vàlids,\n" +"seran marcats com a inexactes i es desarà\n" +"el fitxer resultant.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
No validar les inexactes
\n" +"
Si seleccioneu aquesta opció, tots els ítems\n" +"marcats com a inexactes no seran validats.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Hi ha còpies de seguretat de bases de dades d'una versió antiga de KBabel. "
-"Tot i que, una altra versió de KBabel (probablement de TDE 3.1.1 o 3.1.2) ha "
-"creat una nova base de dades. Com a resultat, el KBabel conté dos versions de "
-"fitxer de base de dades. Malauradament, la versió antiga i la nova no poden "
-"fusionar-se. Haureu d'escollir-ne una."
-"
"
-"
Si escolliu la versió antiga, la nova serà eliminada. Si escolliu la nova, "
-"l'antiga es deixarà intacta i haureu d'eliminar-la manualment. Pel demés aquest "
-"missatge es mostrarà altra vegada (els fitxers antics estan en "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*.old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Font per a la recerca de diferències
\n" +"Aquí podeu seleccionar una font, la qual es podrà usar per a trobar\n" +"una diferència.
\n" +"Podeu seleccionar un fitxer, una base de dades de traduccions o el\n" +"corresponent msgstr.
\n" +"Si escolliu una base de dades de traduccions, els missatges amb el\n" +"que fer diff es prendran de la base de dades de traduccions. Pot ser\n" +"d'utilitat l'habilitar Autoincloure entrada a la base de dades\n" +"en el diàleg de preferències.
\n" +"L'última opció és d'utilitat per als que emprin fitxers PO per a\n" +"correccions.
\n" +"Podeu usar temporalment les diferències amb els missatges d'un\n" +"fitxer escollint Eines->Diff->Obre fitxer per a diff\n" +"a la finestra principal de KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Carpeta base de fitxers diff\n" +"
Aquí podeu definir una carpeta, a on els fitxers diff\n" +"s'emmagatzemen. Si els fitxers són desats al mateix lloc\n" +"sota aquesta carpeta com els fitxers originals, KBabel obrirà\n" +"el fitxer correcte automàticament que tinga que usar amb diff.
\n" +"Tingueu en compte que aquesta opció no té efecte si els\n" +"missatges de la base de dades s'usen per a diferenciar.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Benvingut a l'assistent de projecte!\n" +"\n" +"L'assistent us ajudarà a configurar un nou projecte\n" +"de traducció a KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Abans de res, heu d'escollir el nom del projecte\n" +"i el fitxer on es desarà la configuració.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"També heu d'escollir una llengua a la qual traduir\n" +"i el tipus de projecte de traducció.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1505 -#, c-format -msgid "Configure Dictionary %1" -msgstr "Configura diccionari %1" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Nom del fitxer de configuració
\n"
+"El nom del fitxer on desar la configuració del projecte.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Llengua
\n"
+"La llengua destí del projecte, és a dir la llengua\n"
+"a la qual traduir. Ha de seguir l'estàndard de noms ISO 631.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Nom del projecte
\n"
+"El nom del projecte com a identificador del projecte per vostè.\n"
+"Es mostra al diàleg de configuració del projecte\n"
+"i com a títol de les finestres del projecte.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Nota: El nom del projecte no es pot canviar més endavant.\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Tipus de projecte\n" +"El tipus de projecte permet ajustar algunes opcions\n" +"per un tipus particular de projecte de traducció.\n" +"Per exemple, estableix les eines de validació,\n" +"un marcador d'acceleradors i un format de la capçalera.\n" +"
\n" +"Tipus actuals:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Fitxers de traduccions
\n" +"Entreu les carpetes que contenen els vostres fitxers PO i POT.\n" +"Els fitxers i carpetes en aquestes carpetes seran fusionats en un arbre." +"p>
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Desmarca automàticament l'estatus d'inexacta
\n" +"Si està activat i esteu editant una entrada inexacta, l'estat d'inexacta\n" +"serà tret automàticament (això significa que l'entrada , fuzzy\n" +"serà esborrada del comentari de l'entrada).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Usa edició intel·ligent
\n" +"Marqueu això per escriure d'una forma més còmoda i permetre\n" +"que KBabel tingui en compte alguns caràcters especials que\n" +"s'hagin de posar entre cometes. Per exemple a l'escriure '\\\"'\n" +"sortirà '\\\\\\\"', prement la tecla Intro afegireu automàticament\n" +"un espai en blanc al final de la línia, prement Maj+Intro afegireu\n" +"'\\\\n' al final de la línia.
\\n\n" +"Tingueu present que això és merament un consell i és possible\n" +"que es generi un text sintàcticament incorrecte.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Reconeixement d'errors
\n" +"Aquí podreu configurar com mostrar que hi ha hagut un error. \n" +"Pita amb els errors pita i Canvia el color del text amb error\n" +"canvia el color del text traduït. Sinó s'activa cap, veureu un missatge a la " +"barra d'estat.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Els LED d'estat
\n" +"Seleccioneu a on es van a mostrar els LED d'estat i els colors que " +"tindran aquests.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Comença la recerca automàticament
\n" +"Si s'activa això, la recerca s'activarà automàticament \n" +"quan canvieu a una altra entrada en l'editor. Podeu escollir \n" +"a on cercar en el menú. Diccionari per omissió.\n" +"
També podeu començar a cercar manualment escollint \n" +"una entrada en el menú emergent que apareix al prémer a \n" +"Diccionaris->Cerca... o mantenint premut el botó de \n" +"diccionari de la barra d'eines una estona.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Diccionari per omissió
\n" +"Escolliu aquí a on desitgeu cercar per omissió. \n" +"Aquesta opció s'usa quan es cerca automàticament \n" +"o en prémer el botó de diccionari de la barra d'eines.
\n" +"Podeu configurar diferents diccionaris des de \n" +"Arranjament->Configura diccionari.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Barra d'estat
\n" -"La barra d'estat mostra informació a sobre de la progressió del procés de " -"recerca o sobreescriptura. El primer número a Trobat: " -"mostra el nombre de fitxers en els que apareix el text cercat i que no són " -"mostrats a la finestra del KBabel. El segon mostra el nombre total de fitxers " -"que contenen el text trobat.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Opcions de fitxer
" -"Aquí podeu afinar a on cercar:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Exemple: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obté l'estatus remot per als següents fitxers:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Escaneja un sol fitxer PO..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obté l'estatus local per als següents fitxers:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Escaneja carpeta..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obté les diferències per als següents fitxers:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Escaneja carpeta i subcarpetes..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obté la informació per als següents fitxers:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Fitxer escanejat:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Missatges antics:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Entrades afegides:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Missatges de la bitàcola:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Progrés total:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Afegeix auto&màticament fitxers si és necessari"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Es processa el fitxer:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Publica"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Es carrega el fitxer:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Obté l'estatus"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Exporta..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Obté el diff"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Cadenes repetides"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "O&bté informació"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Claus bones"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Sortida del comandament:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Podeu establir el mínim nombre de paraules de la consulta que desitgeu que "
+"siguin incloses a la llista de claus bones. \n"
+"També podeu establir el mínim nombre de paraules de la clau que la consulta "
+"haurà d'inserir a la llista. \n"
+"Aquests dos números són el percentatge del nombre total de paraules. Si el "
+"resultat d'aquest percentatge és menor que un, l'enginy l'establirà a un."
+" \n"
+"Finalment podeu establir el nombre màxim d'entrades a la llista."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "El missatge del registre de publicació és buit. Voleu continuar?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Nombre mínim de paraules de la clau també a la recerca (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir el fitxer temporal per a escriptura. S'avorta."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "No s'ha pogut escriure al fitxer temporal. S'avorta."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Nombre mínim de paraules cercades a la clau (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "El procés no s'ha pogut iniciar."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Màx. llargària de la llista:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Sortida amb l'estatus %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Paraules freqüents"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Finalitzat ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Descarta paraules més freqüents que:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Catàlegs de missatges"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "No hi ha versió de control"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Les paraules freqüents es consideren com a totes les claus"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Estatus del CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "General"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Resoldre"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Carpeta de la BD:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Resoldre per als marcats"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Actualització automàtica en kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Reverteix"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Entrades noves"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Reverteix per als marcats"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Des de kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Neteja"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritme"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Neteja per als marcats"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Puntuació mínima:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "No en el repositori"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmes a usar"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Fitxers:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Puntuació:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nom"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Arxiu d'entrades inexactes"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glossari"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Inexacta"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Exacta "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Sense traduir"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Sentència per sentència"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Total"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumèrica"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Última revisió"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Paraula per paraula"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Finestra de bitàcola"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Diccionari dinàmic"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Neteja"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
+msgstr "Nombre preferit de resultats:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Finestra de bitàcola La sortida dels comandaments executats es mostra en aquesta finestra. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Gestor de catàlegs El Gestor de catàlegs fusiona dos carpetes en un arbre i mostra tots\n"
-"els fitxers PO i POT. D'aquesta manera es pot veure fàcilment si una nova\n"
-"plantilla ha estat afegida o eliminada. També es mostra alguna informació\n"
-"sobre d'aquests fitxers. Per a més informació veure la secció El Gestor de catàlegs "
-"a l'ajuda en línia. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Si cerqueu El meu nom és Andrea i heu activat la substitució "
+"d'una o dos paraules també trobareu frases com El meu nom és Jordi"
+"em> o El vostre nom és Alba."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "No és al repositori de SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Usa una paraula de substitució"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "No és al SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Màxim nombre de paraules a la consulta:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Afegit localment"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Usa substitució de dos paraules"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Eliminat localment"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Modificat localment"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Actualitzat"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Caràcters locals per a expressions regulars:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "En conflicte"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Base de dades"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Error en la còpia de treball"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Carpeta de la BD:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Desconegut"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Autoincloure entrada a la base de dades"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-"Aquest no és un repositori vàlid de SVN. No s'hi poden executar els "
-"comandaments de SVN."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Inici del comandament ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Diàleg del SVN"
+"Afegeix automàticament una entrada a la base de dades si algú notifica una "
+"nova traducció (el kbabel pot)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Actualitza els següents fitxers:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Afegeix automàticament entrada de l'autor:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Publica els següents fitxers:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Les següents variables seran substituïdes en la ruta si estan disponibles:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Co přeložit
" -"Zde vyberte, pro jaké položky souboru se má KBabel pokusit najít překlad. " -"Změněné položky jsou vždy označeny jako fuzzy, bez ohledu na to, kterou volbu " -"vyberete.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Jak se mají zprávy přeložit
" -"Zde si můžete nastavit, jestli se má přeložit pouze celá zpráva nebo jestli " -"KBabel může překládat jednotlivá slova zprávy, pokud nebyl nalezen překlad celé " -"zprávy.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Označit změněné položky jako fuzzy
" -"Když je nalezen překlad zprávy, tak bude položka standardně označena jako " -"fuzzy. Je to z toho důvodu, že překlad je pouze odhad KBabelu a vy byste " -"výsledky měli vždy pečlivě překontrolovat. Nevypínejte tuto volbu, pokud si " -"nejste jisti, co děláte.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Inicializovat položky specifické pro TDE
" -"Inicializovat položky \"Comment=\" a \"Name=\", pokud není nalezen překlad. " -"Dále jsou vyplněny položky \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" a \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" " -"hodnotami vaší identity.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Slovníky
" -"Zde zvolte, které slovníky mají být použity pro hledání překladu. Když " -"vyberete více než jeden slovník, tak budou použity ve stejném pořadí, v jakém " -"jsou zobrazeny v seznamu.
" -"Tlačítko Nastavit vám umožňuje dočasně nastavit právě zvolený " -"slovník. Původní nastavení budou obnovena po uzavření dialogu.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Pokud je nalezen překlad zprávy, bude položka označena jako fuzzy " -"To je provedeno pro to, protože KBabel pouze odhaduje překlad a je nutné vždy\n" -"výsledek zkontrolovat. Deaktivujte tuto volbu pouze tehdy, pokud přesně víte, " -"co děláte.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Najít text
" -"Zde můžete zadat text, který chcete najít. Chcete-li hledat podle " -"regulárního výrazu, zaškrtněte Použít regulární výraz níže.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Nahradit text
" -"Zde můžete zadat text, kterým chcete nahradit nalezený text. Text bude " -"použit tak, jak je. Při použití vyhledávání regulárního výrazu není možnost " -"zpětného odkazu.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Kde hledat
" -"Zde vyberte, v kterých částech záznamu katalogu chcete hledat.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Nastavení
" -"Zde si můžete doladit nahrazování:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Nastavení
" -"Zde si můžete doladit vyhledávání:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Stavová lišta
\n" +"Stavová lišta zobrazuje některé informace o otevřeném souboru, jako např. " +"celkový počet položek, počet fuzzy a nepřeložených zpráv. Taktéž je " +"zobrazeno pořadí a stav právě editované položky.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Aktualizovat hlavičku
\n" -"Zaškrtněte toto pole pro aktualizaci informací hlavičky souboru vždy, kdy se " -"ukládá.
\n" -"Hlavička obvykle obsahuje informace o datu a času, kdy byl soubor naposledy\n" -"aktualizován, posledního překladatele, apod.
\n" -"Můžete si vybrat, které informace chcete aktualizovat v zaškrtávacích polích " -"dole.\n" -"Pole, která neexistují, budou do hlavičky přidány.\n" -"Jestliže chcete přidat dodatečné pole do hlavičky, můžete editovat hlavičku " -"ručně výběrem\n" -"Úpravy->Upravit hlavičku v editačním okně.
Okno se záznamem
\n" +"V tomto okně je zobrazen výstup z vykonaných příkazů.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Aktualizovat pole
\n" -"Vyberte si, která pole hlavičky chcete aktualizovat při uložení.\n" -"Jestliže pole neexistuje, je k hlavičce připojeno.
\n" -"Chcete-li do hlavičky přidat další informace, musíte ji upravit ručně\n" -"pomocí Úpravy->Upravit hlavičku v editačním okně.\n" -"Deaktivujte Aktualizovat hlavičku, nechcete-li ji\n" -"aktualizovat při ukládání.Správce katalogů
\n" +"Správce katalogů slučuje dvě složky do jednoho stromu a zobrazuje\n" +"všechny PO a POT soubory v těchto složkách. Takto můžete lehce vidět,\n" +"zda byla přidána nová šablona nebo odstraněna. Také jsou zde zobrazeny\n" +"některé další informace.
Pro více informací se podívejte do oddílu " +"Správce katalogů v online nápovědě.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Kódování
" -"Zvolte si, jak chcete kódovat znaky při ukládání do souboru. Jestliže si " -"nejste jisti kódováním, zeptejte se prosím svého koordinátora překladů.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Zachovat kódování souboru
" -"Když je tato volba zapnuta, tak jsou vždy soubory uloženy ve stejném " -"kódování, v jakém byly načteny. Soubory bez informace o kódování v hlavičce " -"(např. POT soubory) jsou uloženy ve výše nastaveném kódování.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Zkontrolovat syntaxi souboru při uložení
\n" -"Zaškrtněte, chcete-li automaticky zkontrolovat syntaxi souboru pomocí " -"\"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" -"při ukládání souboru. Pokud se vyskytne chyba, obdržíte zprávu.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Uložit zastaralé položky
\n" -"Pokud je tato volba zvolena, budou zpět uloženy také zastaralé položky,\n" -"které byly nalezeny při načtení souboru. Zastaralé položky jsou\n" -"označeny #~ a jsou vytvořeny příkazem msgmerge jako už nepotřebné \n" -"v překladu. Pokud se text znovu objeví v překladu, bude opět použit.\n" -"Hlavní nevýhodou je zvětšení velikosti uloženého souboru.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Formát data revize
" -"Vyberte, v jakém formátu data a času má být uloženo pole\n" -"PO-Revision-Date v hlavičce: " -"
Pro více informací se podívejte do oddílu Dialog nastavení " -"na online nápovědu.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identita
\n" -"Vložte informace o vás a vašem překladatelském týmu.\n" -"Tyto informace jsou použity při aktualizování hlavičky souboru.
\n" -"Nastavení jestli a které pole budou aktualizována můžete najít\n" -"na straně Uložit tohoto dialogu.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Počet jednoduchých/množných forem
\n" -"Poznámka: Tato volba je specifická pro TDE. Pokud nepřekládáte " -"aplikaci pro TDE, můžete klidně tuto volbu ignorovat.
\n" -"Nyní si vyberte, kolik forem jednotného a množného čísla se používá ve vašem " -"jazyku. Tato volba by měla odpovídat nastavením celého překladatelského týmu. " -"Lze nastavit také volbu Automaticky a KBabel se pokusí získat tyto " -"informace automaticky z TDE. Tlačítkem Test lze otestovat výsledek " -"tohoto kroku.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Znak klávesových zkratek
" -"Zde si nadefinujte, který znak označuje následující znak jako klávesovou " -"zkratku. Například v Qt to je '&' a v Gtk to je '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Regulární výraz pro kontextovou informaci
" -"Zde vložte regulární výraz, který definuje, co je místní informace ve " -"zprávě, a nesmí být přeložen.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Zapamatovat ignorovaná slova
" -"Aktivací této volby umožníte KBabelu ignorovat slova, při kterých jste " -"zvolili Ignorovat vše v dialogu kontroly pravopisu, při každé kontrole " -"pravopisu.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Základní složky
\n" -"Vložte složky, které obsahují všechny vaše PO a POT soubory.\n" -"Soubory a podsložky budou následovně sloučeny do jednoho stromu.\n" -"
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Otevírat soubory v novém okně
\n" -"Je-li aktivováno, všechny soubory, které jsou otevřeny ze\n" -"Správce katalogů, se otevřou v novém okně.Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Zabít procesy při ukončení
\n" -"Jestliže toto zaškrtnete, tak se KBabel pokusí zabít procesy, které nebudou " -"ukončeny před ukončením KBabelu tak,\n" -"že jim pošle signál 'kill'.
\n" -"Upozornění: Není zaručeno, že procesy budou zabity.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Vytvořit index pro obsah souboru
\n" -"Pokud tuto volbu zvolíte, KBabel vytvoří ke každému PO souboru index pro " -"zrychlení funkce vyhledávání/nahrazování.
\n" -"Poznámka: To ale způsobí zpomalení aktualizace celého souboru.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Příkazy pro složky
" -"Zde vložte příkazy, které chcete vykonat ve složkách ze Správce katalogů. " -"Příkazy jsou pak zobrazeny v podmenu Příkazy v místní nabídce Správce " -"katalogů.
" -"Následující řetězce budou v příkazu nahrazeny:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Příkazy pro soubory
" -"Zde vložte příkazy, které chcete vykonat se soubory ze Správce katalogů. " -"Příkazy jsou pak zobrazeny v podmenu Příkazy v místní nabídce Správce " -"katalogů.
" -"Následující řetězce budou v příkazu nahrazeny:" -"
Možnosti souborů
Zde si můžete doladit kde se má hledat:" +"
Shown columns
\n" -"Zobrazené sloupce
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Vítejte v průvodci projektem!\n" -"\n" -"Tento průvodce vám pomůže nastavit nový překladový projekt pro KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Nejprve musíte zvolit název projektu a soubor, kam bude uložena konfigurace.\n" -"
\n" -"Taktéž je třeba si zvolit jazyk, do kterého budete překládat a typ " -"projektu.
" - -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Název souboru s nastavením"
-"
\n"
-"Zadejte název souboru, do kterého uložit nastavení projektu.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Jazyk"
-"
\n"
-"Cílový jazyk projektu, tj. jazyk, do kterého překládáte.\n"
-"Měl by odpovídat standardu pro pojmenování jazyků ISO 631.\n"
-"
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Název projektu"
-"
\n"
-"Název projektu je vaší vlastní identifikací projektu. Je zobrazováno v dialogu "
-"nastavení projektu, stejně jako v titulku oken.\n"
-"
"
-"
\n"
-"
Poznámka: název projektu nelze později změnit.
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Typ projektu\n" -"Typ projektu umožňuje vyladit nastavení pro daný typ projektu; mimo jiné " -"validovací nástroje, značky pro klávesové zkratky nebo formátování hlavičky.\n" -"
\n" -"Známé typy:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Překladové soubory
\n" -"Vložte složky, které obsahují všechny vaše PO a POT soubory.\n" -"Soubory a podsložky budou následovně sloučeny do jednoho stromu.\n" -"
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Použít řetězce z databáze překladů
" -"Pokud je tato volba zvolena, zprávy pro rozdíly jsou brány z databáze " -"překladů. Je to užitečné v případě, že je zvoleno " -"Automaticky přidat položku do databáze v nastavovacím dialogu.
" -"Můžete také dočasně provést diff ze souboru vybráním volby Nástroje->" -"Diff->Otevřít soubor pro diff v hlavním okně KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Základní složka 'diff' souborů\n" -"
Zde můžete zadat složku, kde budou uloženy soubory 'diff'. Pokud jsou tyto " -"soubory na tom samém místě jako originální soubory, KBabel může automaticky " -"otevřít s daným souborem příslušný diff soubor.
" -"Poznámka: Tato volba nebude účinná, jestliže zprávy z databáze jsou použity " -"pro rozdíly.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automaticky zahájit hledání
" -"Když je toto zapnuto, tak se zahájí hledání vždy, když se přepnete na další " -"položku v editoru. Můžete zvolit kde hledat v oddílu Výchozí hledání.
" -"Hledání také můžete zahájit ručně zvolením položky v místní nabídce, která " -"se zobrazí Slovníky->Najít... nebo držením stisknutého tlačítka \"Hledat " -"překlady\" v nástrojové liště.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Výchozí slovník
\n" -"Zde vyberte, kde má být provedeno výchozí hledání. Toto nastavení je " -"použito, jestliže je hledání zahájeno automaticky nebo stiskem tlačítka Hledat " -"v nástrojové liště.
" -"Můžete si zvolit různé slovníky v Nastavení->Nastavit slovník.
" -"Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automaticky odstranit fuzzy status
\n" -"Je-li toto zaškrtnuto a editujete fuzzy položku, fuzzy status je\n" -"automaticky odstraněn (tzn. řetězec fuzzy je odstraněn\n" -"z komentáře položky).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Použít chytré úpravy
\n" -"Pokud chcete psát s větším komfortem a nechat KBabel, aby se staral o to, " -"jak mají být speciální znaky ošetřeny. Například pokud napíšete '\"', tak " -"výsledek bude '\\\"', stisknutím Return bude automaticky na konec řádku přidána " -"mezera, stisknutí Shift+Return přidá na konec řádku '\\n'.
\n" -"Poznámka: toto je pouze pomůcka a je tedy možné i takto generovat " -"syntakticky nekorektní text.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Zjištění chyby
" -"Zde si můžete nastavit upozornění na výskyt chyby. Pípnout při chybě " -"pípne a Změnit barvu textu při chybě změní barvu přeloženého textu. " -"Jestliže není nic aktivováno, tak budete stále vidět zprávu v stavové liště.
" -"Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Stavové diody
\n" -"Zde si vyberte, kde budou stavové diody zobrazovány a jakou budou mít " -"barvu.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Najít text
Zde můžete zadat text, který chcete najít. " +"Chcete-li hledat podle regulárního výrazu, zaškrtněte Použít regulární " +"výraz níže.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Nahradit text
Zde můžete zadat text, kterým chcete " +"nahradit nalezený text. Text bude použit tak, jak je. Při použití " +"vyhledávání regulárního výrazu není možnost zpětného odkazu.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Kde hledat
Zde vyberte, v kterých částech záznamu " +"katalogu chcete hledat.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Nastavení
Zde si můžete doladit nahrazování:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Nastavení
Zde si můžete doladit vyhledávání:" +"
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Příklad:"
-" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Aktualizovat hlavičku Zaškrtněte toto pole pro aktualizaci informací hlavičky souboru vždy, kdy "
+"se ukládá. Hlavička obvykle obsahuje informace o datu a času, kdy byl soubor "
+"naposledy\n"
+"aktualizován, posledního překladatele, apod. Můžete si vybrat, které informace chcete aktualizovat v zaškrtávacích "
+"polích dole.\n"
+"Pole, která neexistují, budou do hlavičky přidány.\n"
+"Jestliže chcete přidat dodatečné pole do hlavičky, můžete editovat hlavičku "
+"ručně výběrem\n"
+"Úpravy->Upravit hlavičku v editačním okně. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Aktualizovat pole Vyberte si, která pole hlavičky chcete aktualizovat při uložení.\n"
+"Jestliže pole neexistuje, je k hlavičce připojeno.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Pokud hledáte Moje jméno je Karel a máte aktivováno "
-"náhrada jednoho slova, tak budou také nalezeny fráze jako "
-"Moje jméno je Pepa nebo Jeho jméno je Karel."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Název projektu"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Použít jednoslovní nahrazení"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "ID projektu:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Maximální počet slov při dotazu:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Hlavička"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Použít dvouslovní nahrazení"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Ak&tualizovat copyright překladatele"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "Odeb&rat copyright pokud je prázdný"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Lokální znaky pro regulární výrazy:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "Akt&ualizovat copyright"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Adresář s databází:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&Neměnit"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Automaticky přidat položku do databáze"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "Cop&yright"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
+"
"
+" Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. "
+" Kódování Zvolte si, jak chcete kódovat znaky při "
+"ukládání do souboru. Jestliže si nejste jisti kódováním, zeptejte se prosím "
+"svého koordinátora překladů. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Zachovat kódování souboru Když je tato volba zapnuta, "
+"tak jsou vždy soubory uloženy ve stejném kódování, v jakém byly načteny. "
+"Soubory bez informace o kódování v hlavičce (např. POT soubory) jsou uloženy "
+"ve výše nastaveném kódování. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Zkontrolovat syntaxi souboru při uložení Zaškrtněte, chcete-li automaticky zkontrolovat syntaxi souboru pomocí "
+"\"msgfmt --statistics\"\n"
+"při ukládání souboru. Pokud se vyskytne chyba, obdržíte zprávu. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Uložit zastaralé položky Pokud je tato volba zvolena, budou zpět uloženy také zastaralé položky,\n"
+"které byly nalezeny při načtení souboru. Zastaralé položky jsou\n"
+"označeny #~ a jsou vytvořeny příkazem msgmerge jako už nepotřebné \n"
+"v překladu. Pokud se text znovu objeví v překladu, bude opět použit.\n"
+"Hlavní nevýhodou je zvětšení velikosti uloženého souboru. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.\n"
+"
Formát data revize
Vyberte, v jakém formátu data a času " +"má být uloženo pole\n" +"PO-Revision-Date v hlavičce:
Pro " +"více informací se podívejte do oddílu Dialog nastavení na online " +"nápovědu.
\n" -"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be " -"inserted in the good keys list." -"
\n" -"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must " -"have to insert the key in the list." -"
\n" -"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the " -"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one." -"
\n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. \n"
-"Nastavte zde minimální počet slov v dotazu, která musí klíč obsahovat, aby se "
-"dostal do seznamu vhodných klíčů."
-" \n"
-"Také lze nastavit minimální počet slov klíče, kterou musí mít dotaz, aby se "
-"dostal klíč na seznam."
-" \n"
-"Tyto dvě čísla jsou procenta z celkového počtu slov. Pokud je procento menší "
-"než jedna, bude automaticky nastaveno na jedna."
-" \n"
-"Nakonec lze zde také zadat maximální počet položek v seznamu."
+" Identita Vložte informace o vás a vašem překladatelském týmu.\n"
+"Tyto informace jsou použity při aktualizování hlavičky souboru. Nastavení jestli a které pole budou aktualizována můžete najít\n"
+"na straně Uložit tohoto dialogu. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Počet jednoduchých/množných forem Poznámka: Tato volba je specifická pro TDE. Pokud nepřekládáte "
+"aplikaci pro TDE, můžete klidně tuto volbu ignorovat. Nyní si vyberte, kolik forem jednotného a množného čísla se používá ve "
+"vašem jazyku. Tato volba by měla odpovídat nastavením celého "
+"překladatelského týmu. Lze nastavit také volbu Automaticky a KBabel "
+"se pokusí získat tyto informace automaticky z TDE. Tlačítkem Test lze "
+"otestovat výsledek tohoto kroku. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Znak klávesových zkratek Zde si nadefinujte, který znak "
+"označuje následující znak jako klávesovou zkratku. Například v Qt to je "
+"'&' a v Gtk to je '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Regulární výraz pro kontextovou informaci Zde vložte "
+"regulární výraz, který definuje, co je místní informace ve zprávě, a nesmí "
+"být přeložen. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Zapamatovat ignorovaná slova Aktivací této volby "
+"umožníte KBabelu ignorovat slova, při kterých jste zvolili Ignorovat vše"
+"i> v dialogu kontroly pravopisu, při každé kontrole pravopisu. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Základní složky Vložte složky, které obsahují všechny vaše PO a POT soubory.\n"
+"Soubory a podsložky budou následovně sloučeny do jednoho stromu.\n"
+" Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Otevírat soubory v novém okně
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Zabít procesy při ukončení
\n" +"Jestliže toto zaškrtnete, tak se KBabel pokusí zabít procesy, které " +"nebudou ukončeny před ukončením KBabelu tak,\n" +"že jim pošle signál 'kill'.
\n" +"Upozornění: Není zaručeno, že procesy budou zabity.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
\n" -"Pokud je zadána cesta, budou nahrazeny následující proměnné:\n" -"
Vytvořit index pro obsah souboru
\n" +"Pokud tuto volbu zvolíte, KBabel vytvoří ke každému PO souboru index pro " +"zrychlení funkce vyhledávání/nahrazování.
\n" +"Poznámka: To ale způsobí zpomalení aktualizace celého souboru.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Příkazy pro složky
Zde vložte příkazy, které chcete " +"vykonat ve složkách ze Správce katalogů. Příkazy jsou pak zobrazeny v " +"podmenu Příkazy v místní nabídce Správce katalogů.
Následující " +"řetězce budou v příkazu nahrazeny:
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Příkazy pro soubory
Zde vložte příkazy, které chcete " +"vykonat se soubory ze Správce katalogů. Příkazy jsou pak zobrazeny v podmenu " +"Příkazy v místní nabídce Správce katalogů.
Následující řetězce " +"budou v příkazu nahrazeny:
Shown columns
\n" +"Zobrazené sloupce
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Co přeložit
Zde vyberte, pro jaké položky souboru se má " +"KBabel pokusit najít překlad. Změněné položky jsou vždy označeny jako fuzzy, " +"bez ohledu na to, kterou volbu vyberete.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Jak se mají zprávy přeložit
Zde si můžete nastavit, " +"jestli se má přeložit pouze celá zpráva nebo jestli KBabel může překládat " +"jednotlivá slova zprávy, pokud nebyl nalezen překlad celé zprávy.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Označit změněné položky jako fuzzy
Když je nalezen " +"překlad zprávy, tak bude položka standardně označena jako fuzzy. Je " +"to z toho důvodu, že překlad je pouze odhad KBabelu a vy byste výsledky měli " +"vždy pečlivě překontrolovat. Nevypínejte tuto volbu, pokud si nejste jisti, " +"co děláte.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Inicializovat položky specifické pro TDE
Inicializovat " +"položky \"Comment=\" a \"Name=\", pokud není nalezen překlad. Dále jsou " +"vyplněny položky \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" a \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" " +"hodnotami vaší identity.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Slovníky
Zde zvolte, které slovníky mají být použity pro " +"hledání překladu. Když vyberete více než jeden slovník, tak budou použity ve " +"stejném pořadí, v jakém jsou zobrazeny v seznamu.
Tlačítko " +"Nastavit vám umožňuje dočasně nastavit právě zvolený slovník. Původní " +"nastavení budou obnovena po uzavření dialogu.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Pokud je nalezen překlad zprávy, bude položka označena jako " +"fuzzy To je provedeno pro to, protože KBabel pouze odhaduje překlad a " +"je nutné vždy\n" +"výsledek zkontrolovat. Deaktivujte tuto volbu pouze tehdy, pokud přesně " +"víte, co děláte.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Výběr znaků
" -"Tento nástroj vám umožňuje vkládat speciální znaky pomocí dvojitého " -"kliknutí.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Toto tlačítko vrátí všechny dosud provedené změny.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Toto není platná hlavička.
\n" -"Prosím upravte hlavičku před aktualizací!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Toto není platná hlavička.
\n" -"Prosím upravte hlavičku před aktualizací.
Výběr znaků
Tento nástroj vám umožňuje vkládat " +"speciální znaky pomocí dvojitého kliknutí.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Editor komentářů
\n" +"Editor komentářů
\n" "Toto editační okno zobrazuje komentář právě zobrazované zprávy.
\n" "Komentáře obvykle obsahují informace, kde se daná zpráva nachází ve " "zdrojovém kódu\n" @@ -3296,546 +2574,371 @@ msgstr "" "
Editor komentářů můžete skrýt deaktivací\n" "položky Nastavení->Zobrazovat komentáře.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Kontext PO souboru
Toto okno zobrazuje kontext pro " +"aktuální zprávu v souboru. Normálně jsou zde zobrazeny čtyři předchozí a " +"čtyři následující zprávy aktuální zprávy.
Toto okno lze skrýt " +"deaktivací volby Nastavení->Zobrazovat nástroje.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Toto tlačítko vrátí všechny dosud provedené změny.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Toto není platná hlavička.
\n" +"Prosím upravte hlavičku před aktualizací!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Toto není platná hlavička.
\n" +"Prosím upravte hlavičku před aktualizací.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Výsledky hledání
" -"Tahle část okna zobrazuje výsledky hledání ve slovnících.
" -"" -"
Nahoře je zobrazen počet nalezených položek a kde byla momentálně " -"zobrazovaná položka nalezena. Používejte tlačítka dole pro pohyb ve výsledcích " -"hledání.
" -"Hledání je buď spuštěno automaticky při přechodu na další položku v " -"editačním okně nebo výběrem požadovaného slovníku v Slovníky->Najít ..." -".
" -"Společné nastavení může být provedeno v dialogu nastavení v oddílu " -"Hledání a volby pro jednotlivé slovníky můžou být měněny pomocí " -"Nastavení->Nastavit slovník.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Původní řetězec
\n" -"Tato část okna zobrazuje původní zprávu\n" -"právě zobrazovaného záznamu.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Stavové diody
\n" -"Tyto diody zobrazují stav právě zobrazované zprávy.\n" -"Jejich barvu můžete změnit v dialogu nastavení v sekci\n" -"Editor na záložce Vzhled.
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Editor překladů
\n" -"Tento editor zobrazuje a umožňuje úpravu překladu právě zobrazované " -"zprávy.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Stavová lišta
\n" +"Stavová lišta zobrazuje některé informace o otevřeném souboru,\n" +"jako např. celkový počet položek, počet fuzzy a nepřeložených zpráv.\n" +"Taktéž je zobrazeno pořadí a stav právě editované položky.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Výsledky hledání
Tahle část okna zobrazuje výsledky " +"hledání ve slovnících.
Nahoře je zobrazen počet nalezených položek " +"a kde byla momentálně zobrazovaná položka nalezena. Používejte tlačítka dole " +"pro pohyb ve výsledcích hledání.
Hledání je buď spuštěno automaticky " +"při přechodu na další položku v editačním okně nebo výběrem požadovaného " +"slovníku v Slovníky->Najít ....
Společné nastavení může být " +"provedeno v dialogu nastavení v oddílu Hledání a volby pro jednotlivé " +"slovníky můžou být měněny pomocí Nastavení->Nastavit slovník.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Původní řetězec
\n" +"Tato část okna zobrazuje původní zprávu\n" +"právě zobrazovaného záznamu.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Stavové diody
\n" +"Tyto diody zobrazují stav právě zobrazované zprávy.\n" +"Jejich barvu můžete změnit v dialogu nastavení v sekci\n" +"Editor na záložce Vzhled.
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Editor překladů
\n" +"Tento editor zobrazuje a umožňuje úpravu překladu právě zobrazované " +"zprávy.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Stavová lišta
\n" -"Stavová lišta zobrazuje některé informace o otevřeném souboru,\n" -"jako např. celkový počet položek, počet fuzzy a nepřeložených zpráv.\n" -"Taktéž je zobrazeno pořadí a stav právě editované položky.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Kontext PO souboru
" -"Toto okno zobrazuje kontext pro aktuální zprávu v souboru. Normálně jsou zde " -"zobrazeny čtyři předchozí a čtyři následující zprávy aktuální zprávy.
" -"Toto okno lze skrýt deaktivací volby Nastavení->Zobrazovat nástroje" -".
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametry
" -"Zde si můžete doladit hledání v PO souboru. Například když chcete hledat s " -"rozlišováním velikosti písmen nebo jestli mají být ignorovány fuzzy hlášky.
" -"Parametry
Zde si můžete doladit hledání v PO souboru. " +"Například když chcete hledat s rozlišováním velikosti písmen nebo jestli " +"mají být ignorovány fuzzy hlášky.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Nastavení porovnávání
" -"Zde si vyberte, jaké zprávy mají být považovány za shodující se se " -"zprávou.
" +"Nastavení porovnávání
Zde si vyberte, jaké zprávy mají " +"být považovány za shodující se se zprávou.
" #: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:104 #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:102 msgid "" -"3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Shoda na 3 znacích
" -"Zpráva, která se shoduje s jinou ve skupině více než 3 znaků. Např. 'abc123' " -"se shoduje s 'abcx123c12'.
Shoda na 3 znacích
Zpráva, která se shoduje s jinou ve " +"skupině více než 3 znaků. Např. 'abc123' se shoduje s 'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Umístění
" -"Zde nastavte, který soubor má být použit při hledání.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Umístění
Zde nastavte, který soubor má být použit při " +"hledání.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parametry
" -"Zde si můžete doladit hledání v PO souboru. Například když chcete hledat s " -"rozlišováním velikosti písmen nebo jestli mají být ignorovány fuzzy hlášky.
" -"Parametry
Zde si můžete doladit hledání v PO souboru. " +"Například když chcete hledat s rozlišováním velikosti písmen nebo jestli " +"mají být ignorovány fuzzy hlášky.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Použít řetězce z databáze překladů
Pokud je tato volba " +"zvolena, zprávy pro rozdíly jsou brány z databáze překladů. Je to užitečné v " +"případě, že je zvoleno Automaticky přidat položku do databáze v " +"nastavovacím dialogu.
Můžete také dočasně provést diff ze souboru " +"vybráním volby Nástroje->Diff->Otevřít soubor pro diff v hlavním okně " +"KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Základní složka 'diff' souborů\n" +"
Zde můžete zadat složku, kde budou uloženy soubory 'diff'. Pokud jsou " +"tyto soubory na tom samém místě jako originální soubory, KBabel může " +"automaticky otevřít s daným souborem příslušný diff soubor.
Poznámka: " +"Tato volba nebude účinná, jestliže zprávy z databáze jsou použity pro " +"rozdíly.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Vítejte v průvodci projektem!\n" +"\n" +"Tento průvodce vám pomůže nastavit nový překladový projekt pro KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Nejprve musíte zvolit název projektu a soubor, kam bude uložena " +"konfigurace.\n" +"
\n" +"Taktéž je třeba si zvolit jazyk, do kterého budete překládat a typ " +"projektu.
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:288 -msgid "Original" -msgstr "Originál" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Název souboru s nastavením
\n"
+"Zadejte název souboru, do kterého uložit nastavení projektu.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Jazyk
\n"
+"Cílový jazyk projektu, tj. jazyk, do kterého překládáte.\n"
+"Měl by odpovídat standardu pro pojmenování jazyků ISO 631.\n"
+"
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Název projektu
\n"
+"Název projektu je vaší vlastní identifikací projektu. Je zobrazováno v "
+"dialogu nastavení projektu, stejně jako v titulku oken.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
Poznámka: název projektu nelze později změnit.
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Typ projektu\n" +"Typ projektu umožňuje vyladit nastavení pro daný typ projektu; mimo jiné " +"validovací nástroje, značky pro klávesové zkratky nebo formátování " +"hlavičky.\n" +"
\n" +"Známé typy:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Překladové soubory
\n" +"Vložte složky, které obsahují všechny vaše PO a POT soubory.\n" +"Soubory a podsložky budou následovně sloučeny do jednoho stromu.\n" +"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automaticky odstranit fuzzy status
\n" +"Je-li toto zaškrtnuto a editujete fuzzy položku, fuzzy status je\n" +"automaticky odstraněn (tzn. řetězec fuzzy je odstraněn\n" +"z komentáře položky).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Použít chytré úpravy
\n" +"Pokud chcete psát s větším komfortem a nechat KBabel, aby se staral o to, " +"jak mají být speciální znaky ošetřeny. Například pokud napíšete '\"', tak " +"výsledek bude '\\\"', stisknutím Return bude automaticky na konec řádku " +"přidána mezera, stisknutí Shift+Return přidá na konec řádku '\\n'.
\n" +"Poznámka: toto je pouze pomůcka a je tedy možné i takto generovat " +"syntakticky nekorektní text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Zjištění chyby
Zde si můžete nastavit upozornění na " +"výskyt chyby. Pípnout při chybě pípne a Změnit barvu textu při " +"chybě změní barvu přeloženého textu. Jestliže není nic aktivováno, tak " +"budete stále vidět zprávu v stavové liště.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Stavové diody
\n" +"Zde si vyberte, kde budou stavové diody zobrazovány a jakou budou mít " +"barvu.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automaticky zahájit hledání
Když je toto zapnuto, tak " +"se zahájí hledání vždy, když se přepnete na další položku v editoru. Můžete " +"zvolit kde hledat v oddílu Výchozí hledání.
Hledání také " +"můžete zahájit ručně zvolením položky v místní nabídce, která se zobrazí " +"Slovníky->Najít... nebo držením stisknutého tlačítka \"Hledat překlady" +"\" v nástrojové liště.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Výchozí slovník
\n" +"Zde vyberte, kde má být provedeno výchozí hledání. Toto nastavení je " +"použito, jestliže je hledání zahájeno automaticky nebo stiskem tlačítka " +"Hledat v nástrojové liště.
Můžete si zvolit různé slovníky v " +"Nastavení->Nastavit slovník.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Stavová lišta
\n" -"Stavová lišta zobrazuje některé informace o otevřeném souboru, jako např. " -"celkový počet položek, počet fuzzy a nepřeložených zpráv. Taktéž je zobrazeno " -"pořadí a stav právě editované položky.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Možnosti souborů
" -"Zde si můžete doladit kde se má hledat:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Příklad: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Získat vzdálený stav těchto souborů:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Prohledat jeden PO soubor..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Získat místní stav těchto souborů:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Prohledat složku..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Získat rozdíl těchto souborů:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Prohledat složku a níže..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Získat informace o těchto souborech:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Prohledávám soubor:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "Staré z&právy:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Přidané položky:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Zpráva se zázna&mem:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Celkový průběh:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Auto&maticky přidat soubory, je-li třeba"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Zpracovávám soubor:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "O&deslat"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Nahrávám soubor:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "Získat &stav"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Exportovat..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "Získat roz&díl"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Opakované řetězce"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Zís&kat informace"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Dobré klíče"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Výstup příkazu:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Nastavte zde minimální počet slov v dotazu, která musí klíč obsahovat, aby "
+"se dostal do seznamu vhodných klíčů. \n"
+"Také lze nastavit minimální počet slov klíče, kterou musí mít dotaz, aby se "
+"dostal klíč na seznam. \n"
+"Tyto dvě čísla jsou procenta z celkového počtu slov. Pokud je procento menší "
+"než jedna, bude automaticky nastaveno na jedna. \n"
+"Nakonec lze zde také zadat maximální počet položek v seznamu."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Zpráva se záznamem je prázdná. Přejete si pokračovat?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Minimální počet slov klíče a také při dotazu (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Nelze otevřít dočasný soubor pro zápis. Přerušuji."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Nelze zapisovat do dočasného souboru. Přerušuji."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Minimální počet slov při dotazu v klíči (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Nelze spustit proces."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Maximální délka seznamu:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Ukončeno se stavem %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Častá slova"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Hotovo ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Zrušit slova častější než:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Katalogy zpráv"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Žádná správa verzí"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Častá slova jsou brána v úvahu v každém klíči"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN stav"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Obecné"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Vyřešeno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Adresář s databází:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Stav označených"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Automatická aktualizace v KBabelu"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Vrátit"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nové položky"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Vrátit označené"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Z KBabelu"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Vyčistit"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritmus"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Vyčistit označené"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Minimální skóre:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Není repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Použít algoritmy"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Soubory:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Skóre:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Název"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Archív fuzzy vět"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glosář"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Fuzzy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Přesné "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Nepřeloženo"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Věta za větou"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Celkem"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumericky"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Poslední revize"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Slovo za slovem"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Okno se záznamem"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Dynamický slovník"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "Vyči&stit"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
+msgstr "Preferovaný počet výsledků:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Okno se záznamem V tomto okně je zobrazen výstup z vykonaných příkazů. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Správce katalogů Správce katalogů slučuje dvě složky do jednoho stromu a zobrazuje\n"
-"všechny PO a POT soubory v těchto složkách. Takto můžete lehce vidět,\n"
-"zda byla přidána nová šablona nebo odstraněna. Také jsou zde zobrazeny\n"
-"některé další informace. Pro více informací se podívejte do oddílu Správce katalogů "
-"v online nápovědě. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Pokud hledáte Moje jméno je Karel a máte aktivováno náhrada "
+"jednoho slova, tak budou také nalezeny fráze jako Moje jméno je "
+"Pepa nebo Jeho jméno je Karel."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Není SVN repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Použít jednoslovní nahrazení"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Není v SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Maximální počet slov při dotazu:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Místně přidaný"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Použít dvouslovní nahrazení"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Místně odstraněný"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Místně změněný"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Aktuální"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Lokální znaky pro regulární výrazy:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Konflikt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Databáze"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Chyba v pracovní kopii"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Adresář s databází:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Neznámý"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Automaticky přidat položku do databáze"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Toto není platná SVN repository. Nelze spustit SVN příkazy."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Spouštím příkaz ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN dialog"
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Automaticky přidat položku do databáze, jestliže je někým oznámen nový "
+"překlad (například kbabelem)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Aktualizovat tyto soubory:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Automaticky přidaná položka autor:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Odeslat tyto soubory:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Pokud je zadána cesta, budou nahrazeny následující proměnné:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483 +msgid "[ Starting command ]" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+"\n"
+"
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
"
-msgstr ""
+"_: automatic choose number of plural forms\n"
+"Automatic"
+msgstr "Awtomatig"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr ""
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:481
+msgid "Te&st"
+msgstr "Pr&ofi"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:486
+msgid ""
+" Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+"It was not possible to determine GNU header for plural forms. Maybe your GNU "
+"gettext tools are too old or they do not contain a suggested value for your "
+"language."
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:677
+msgid "&Marker for keyboard accelerator:"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:682
+msgid ""
+" Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Shown columns
\n" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4300 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4326 -#, c-format +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 msgid "" -"_n: Spellcheck: %n word replaced\n" -"Spellcheck: %n words replaced" +"_: Menu item\n" +"Open" +msgstr "Agor" + +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 +msgid "Open Template" msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4305 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 msgid "" -"Spellcheck successfully finished.\n" -"No misspelled words have been found." +"KBabel Version %1\n" +"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" +" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80 @@ -4295,1188 +3906,1718 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Empty database." msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:71 -msgid "Copyright 2000-2001 by Andrea Rizzi" +#: kbabeldict/searchengine.h:339 +msgid "not implemented" msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:84 -msgid "No error" -msgstr "Dim gwall" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:11 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:29 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Go" +msgstr "&Ewch" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:125 -msgid "" -"Database folder does not exist:\n" -"%1\n" -"Do you want to create it now?" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:30 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Markings" msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:127 -msgid "Create Folder" -msgstr "Creu Plygell" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:43 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:50 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Project" +msgstr "&Cywaith" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:146 -#, c-format -msgid "It was not possible to create folder %1" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:49 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:57 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Tools" msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:176 -msgid "" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" + +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: "
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Cyflwyno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Gwybodaeth Catalog"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Cyfanswm cynnydd :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Mae'r ffeil %1 mewn bod yn barod. Ydych am ysgrifennu drosto?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Llwytho ffeil:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Allforio..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Catalogau Negesau"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Cyflwr"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Dychwelyd"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "&Gwaredu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Cyffredinol"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Ffeiliau:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Enw"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Niwlaidd"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Cyfanswm"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Sgôr :"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Ffenestr Gofnodion"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Geirfa"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Gwaredu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Union "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Anhysbys"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Cronfa ddata"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Hvilke indgange skal oversættes
" -"Vælg her for hvilke indgange i filen KBabel skal forsøge at finde en " -"oversættelse. Ændrede indgange markeres altid som fuzzy, ligegyldigt hvilken " -"indstilling du vælger.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Hvordan beskeder bliver oversat
" -"Her kan man definere om en besked kun skal oversættes fuldstændigt, om " -"lignende beskeder er acceptable,eller om KBabel skal prøve at oversætte enkelte " -"ord i en besked hvis en oversættelse af hele beskeden ikke kan findes.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Markér ændrede indgange som fuzzy
" -"Når en oversættelse af en besked blev fundet markeres denne indgang som " -"fuzzy som standard. Dette er, fordi oversættelsen blot gættes af KBabel og " -"du altid bør tjekke resultatet omhyggeligt. Deaktivér kun denne indstilling " -"hvis du ved hvad du foretagerdig.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Initialisér TDE-specifikke indgange
" -"Initialisér \"Comment=\" og \"Name=\" indgange hvis en oversættelse ikke " -"findes. \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" og \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" udfyldes også med " -"identitetsindstillingerne.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Ordbøger
" -"Her vælges hvilke ordbøger der bruges for at finde en oversættelse. Hvis du " -"vælger mere end én, så bruges de i den rækkefølge de vises på listen.
" -"Indstil-knappen tillader dig at indstille den valgte ordbog " -"midlertidigt. Den oprindelige opsætning vil blive genoprettet efter at dialogen " -"er lukket.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Når en oversættelse for en besked bliver fundet, markeres den som " -"fuzzy som standard. Det er fordi oversættelse blot er gættet af KBabel og " -"du altid bør tjekke resultatet omhyggeligt. Deaktivér kun denne indstilling " -"hvis du ved hvad du foretager dig.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Find tekst
" -"Her kan du indtaste den tekst, som du vil søge efter. Hvis du vil søge efter " -"et regulært udtryk (regular expression), aktivér Anvend 'regulært udtryk' " -"nedenfor.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Erstat tekst
" -"Her kan du indtaste den tekst, du vil have den fundne tekst erstattet med. " -"Teksten bruges som den er. Det er ikke muligt at lave en reference tilbage, " -"hvis du har søgt efter et 'regulært udtryk'.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Hvor der søges
" -"Her indstiller man i hvilke dele af en katalogindgang, du ønsker at søge.
" -"Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Indstillinger
" -"Her kan du finpudse din erstatning:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Indstillinger
" -"Her kan du finpudse din søgning:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Statuslinje
\n" +"Statuslinjen giver information om fremgangen for denne 'find eller " +"erstat'-operation. Første tal i Fundet: viser antal filer med en " +"forekomst af den søgte tekst som ikke er vist endnu i KBabel-vinduet. Det " +"andet viser det totale antal af filer med den søgte tekst, der er fundet " +"indtil videre.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Opdatér hoved
\n" -"Afmærk denne knap for at opdatere filens hoved-informationer hver gang den " -"gemmes.
\n" -"Hovedet indeholder normalt informationer om filens tid og dato for seneste\n" -"ændringer, seneste oversætter, osv.
\n" -"Du kan vælge hvilke informationer, du vil have opdateret ud fra " -"afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n" -"Felter, som ikke eksisterer, tilføjes hovedet.\n" -"Hvis du vil tilføje ekstra felter til hovedet, kan du manuelt redigere i den\n" -"ved at vælge Redigér -> Rediger hoved i redigeringsvinduet.
Log vindue
\n" +"I dette vindue vises uddata fra de udførte kommandoer.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Felter at opdatere
\n" -"Vælg hvilke felter i hovedet, du vil have opdateret, når der gemmes.\n" -"Hvis et felt ikke eksisterer, tilføjes det hovedet.
\n" -"Hvis du vil tilføje ekstra information i hovedet, kan du manuelt redigere i " -"den\n" -"ved at vælge Redigér -> Redigér hoved i redigeringsvinduet.
\n" -"Deaktivér Opdatér hoved ovenfor, hvis du ikke vil have hovedet\n" -"opdateret, når der gemmes.
Katalog håndtering
\n" +"Katalog håndteringen slår to mapper sammen i et træ og viser alle\n" +"PO- og POT-filer i disse mapper. På den måde kan du nemt se om en\n" +"skabelon er blevet tilføjet eller fjernet. Der vises også nogen information\n" +"om disse filer.
Hvis du vil vide mere se afsnit Katalog håndtering" +"b> i hjælpen på nettet.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Kodning/b>
" -"Vælg hvordan tegn skal kodes, når der gemmes til en fil. Hvis du er usikker " -"på hvilken indkodning der skal bruges, så spørg dinoversættelseskoordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Behold indkodningen af filen
" -"Hvis denne indstilling er aktiveret, så vil filer altid blive gemt i den " -"samme indkodning som de blev læst. Filer uden tegnsæt information i hovedet (f. " -"eks. pot-filer) gemmes i indkodningen sat ovenfor.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Undersøg filens syntaks, når der gemmes
\n" -"Afmærk denne for automatisk at undersøge filens syntaks med \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\",\n" -"når der gemmes. Der fremkommer kun en besked, hvis en fejl opstår.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Gem forældede indgange
\n" -"Hvis dette er aktiveret, vil forældede indgange fundet da filen blev åbnet\n" -"blive gemt i filen igen. Forældede indgange er markerede med #~ og\n" -"de opstår når msgmerge ikke længere har brug for oversættelsen.\n" -"Hvis teksten dukker op igen, vil de forældede indgange blive aktiverede igen.\n" -"Hoverproblemet her er størrelsen af den gemte fil.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Format af Revision-Date
" -"Vælg i hvilket format datoen og tiden i hovedfeltet skal være\n" -"PO-Revision-Date gemmes " -"
Det anbefales at du bruger standardformatet for at undgå at lave " -"ikke-standard PO filer.
" -"Hvis du vil vide mere se afsnittet Indstillingsdialogen " -"i net-hjælpen.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identitet
\n" -"Udfyld informationerne om dig og dit oversætterhold.\n" -"Denne information bruges, når en fils hoved opdateres.
\n" -"Du finder indstillingerne for hvilke hvilke felter i hovedet, der bør " -"opdateres,\n" -"på Gem-siden i denne dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Antal ental/flertalsformer
\n" -"Note: Denne indstilling er TDE specifik for øjeblikket. Hvis du ikke " -"oversætter et TDE program, kan du lige så godt ignorere denne indstilling.
\n" -"Vælg her hvor mange flertalsformer der bruges i dit sprog. Dette tal skal " -"svare til dit sprogholds opsætning.
" -"Alternativt kan du sætte denne indstilling til Automatisk " -"så vil KBabel prøve at få denne information automatisk fra TDE. Brug Test " -"knappen for at teste om den kan finde ud af det.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Kræv flertalsform-argumenter i oversættelse
\n" -"Bemærk: Dette tilvalg er TDE-specifikt for øjeblikket. Hvis du ikke " -"oversætteler et TDE-program, kan du ignorere dette tilvalg.
\n" -"Hvis dette er aktiveret, vil et efterprøvningstjek kræve at de %n argumenter " -"er tilstede i beskeden.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU-hoved for flertalsform
\n" -"Her kan du udfylde hovedindgangen for GNU's håndtering af flertalsformer. " -"Hvis du efterlader indgangen tom, vil indgangen i PO-filen ikke blive ændret " -"eller tilføjet.
\n" -"KBabel kan automatisk prøve at bestemme den værdi som GNU's " -"gettext-værktøjer foreslår for det sprog der er sat. Tryk blot på Slå op" -"-knappen.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Markering for tastaturgenvej
" -"Definér her, hvilket tegn der bruges, for at angive det næste tegn som en " -"tastaturgenvej. For eksempel i Qt er det '&' og i Gtk er det '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Regulært udtryk for sammenhængs information
" -"Indtast et regulært udtryk her, der definerer, hvad der er sammenhængs " -"information, som ikkeskal oversættes.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Stavekontrol mens du skriver
" -"Aktivér dette for at få KBabel's stavekontrol til at tjekke mens du skriver. " -"Forkert stavede ord vil blive farvet med fejlfarven.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Husk ignorerede ord
" -"Aktivér dette for at lade KBabel ignorere de ord, hvor du har valgt " -"Ignorér alt i stavekontrol dialog, i hver stavekontrol.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Rod-mapper
\n" -"Indtast de mapper, som indeholder alle dine PO- og POT-filer.\n" -"Filerne og mapperne i disse rod-mapper vil så blive sammensat til\n" -"et træ.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Åbn filer i nyt vindue
\n" -"Hvis dette er aktiveret, vil alle filer, som åbnes via Kataloghåndtering,\n" -"blive åbnet i et nyt vindue.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Afliv processer ved nedlukning
\n" -"Hvis dette vælges, vil KBabel ved nedlukning forsøge at aflive de processer " -"som ikke er færdige når KBabel afsluttes,\n" -"ved at sende et 'kill signal' til disse processer.
\n" -"BEMÆRK: Det er ikke garanteret, at processerne bliver aflivet.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Opret indeks for filindhold
\n" -"hvis du afkrydser dette vil KBabel oprette et indeks for hver PO-fil, for at " -"gøre find/erstat funktionerne hurtigere.
\n" -"BEMÆRK: Dette vil få din opdatering af filinformationen til at gå betydeligt " -"langsommere.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Kør msgfmt før en fil behandles
" -"Hvis du aktiverer dette, vil KBabel køre Gettext's msgfmt-værktøj før en fil " -"behandles.
" -"Det anbefales at aktivere denne indstilling, selvom det gør behandlingen " -"langsommere. Som standard er denne indstilling slået til.
" -"Deaktivering er nyttigt for langsomme computere og hvis du ønsker at " -"oversætte PO-filer der ikke er understøttet af den gældende udgave af " -"Gettext-værktøjer der er på dit system. Det negative herved er at der ikke " -"udføres noget tjek af syntaks af behandlingskoden, så ugyldige PO-filer kan " -"blive vist som værende i orden, selvom Gettext-værktøjer ville afslå sådanne " -"filer.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Kommandoer for mapper
" -"Indsæt de kommandoer du ønsker at udføre i mapperne fra kataloghåndteringen " -"her. Kommandoerne vises så i undermenuenKommandoer " -"i kataloghåndteringens sammenhængs menu.
" -"Følgende strenge vil blive erstattede i en kommando:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Kommandoer for filer
" -"Indsæt de kommandoer du ønsker at udføre på filer fra kataloghåndteringen " -"her. Kommandoerne vises så i undermenuenKommandoer " -"i kataloghåndteringens sammenhængs menu.
" -"Følgende strenge vil blive erstattede i en kommando:" -"
Fil-indstillinger
Her kan du finindstille hvor der skal " +"findes:
Shown columns
\n" -"Viste søjler
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Velkommen til projektguiden.\n" -"\n" -"Guiden hjælper dig med at indstille et nyt oversættelsesprojekt\n" -"i KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Først og fremmest skal du angive projektnavnet\n" -"og filen hvori konfigurationen skal gemmes.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Du skal også vælge et sprog at oversætte til\n" -"og typen for oversættelsesprojektet.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" +msgstr "Lokal ( %1 )" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124 +msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary" +msgstr "Tilføj filer auto&matisk om nødvendigt" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:141 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "Opdatér" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "&Indsend" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139 +msgid "&Get Status" +msgstr "&Hent status" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142 +msgid "&Get Diff" +msgstr "&Hent diff" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:157 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:152 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:83 +msgid "C&ancel" +msgstr "&Annullér" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160 +msgid "Command output:" +msgstr "Uddata:" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233 +msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "Logmeddelelsen for arkivering er tom. Vil du fortsætte?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:247 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot find encoding: %1" +msgstr "Kan ikke finde tegnsæt: %1" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:253 +msgid "" +"The commit log message cannot be encoded in the selected encoding: %1.\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"Logmeddelelsen for arkivering kan ikke kodes med det valgte tegnsæt: %1.\n" +"Vil du fortsætte?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247 +msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting." +msgstr "Kan ikke åbne midlertidig fil til skrivning. Afbryder." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259 +msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting." +msgstr "Kan ikke skrive til midlertidig fil. Afbryder." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483 +msgid "[ Starting command ]" +msgstr "[ Startende kommando ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301 +msgid "The process could not be started." +msgstr "Processen kunne ikke starte." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330 +msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]" +msgstr "[ Afsluttede med status %1 ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332 +msgid "[ Finished ]" +msgstr "[ Færdig ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:358 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:337 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:642 +msgid "&Show Diff" +msgstr "&Vis Diff" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:360 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Close" +msgstr "&Luk" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:401 +msgid "" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Last choice ( %1 )" +msgstr "Seneste valg (%1)" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:88 +msgid "No CVS repository" +msgstr "Intet CVS-lager" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:91 +msgid "Not in CVS" +msgstr "Ikke i CVS" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96 +msgid "Locally added" +msgstr "Tilføjet lokalt" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99 +msgid "Locally removed" +msgstr "Fjernet lokalt" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102 +msgid "Locally modified" +msgstr "Ændret lokalt" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105 +msgid "Up-to-date" +msgstr "Opdateret" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108 +msgid "Conflict" +msgstr "Konflikt" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Ukendt" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:189 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:228 +msgid "" +"This is not a valid CVS repository. The CVS commands cannot be executed." +msgstr "Dette er ikke et gyldigt CVS-lager. CVS-kommandoerne kan ikke udføres." + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65 +msgid "SVN Dialog" +msgstr "SVN-Dialog" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80 +msgid "Get remote status for the following files:" +msgstr "Hent fjernstatus for følgende filer:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83 +msgid "Get local status for the following files:" +msgstr "Hent lokalstatus for følgende filer:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89 +msgid "Get information for the following files:" +msgstr "Hent information for følgende filer:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145 +msgid "&Get Information" +msgstr "&Hent information" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90 +msgid "No SVN repository" +msgstr "Intet SVN-lager" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93 +msgid "Not in SVN" +msgstr "Ikke i SVN" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111 +msgid "Error in Working Copy" +msgstr "Fejl i arbejdskopi" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288 +msgid "" +"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed." +msgstr "Dette er ikke et gyldigt SVN-lager. SVN-kommandoerne kan ikke udføres." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:178 kbabel/main.cpp:539 +msgid "File to load configuration from" +msgstr "Fil at indlæse indstilling fra" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:186 +msgid "KBabel - Catalog Manager" +msgstr "KBabel - Kataloghåndtering" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:187 +msgid "An advanced catalog manager for KBabel" +msgstr "En avanceret kataloghåndtering for KBabel" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:188 kbabel/main.cpp:549 +msgid "(c) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006 The KBabel developers" +msgstr "(c) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006 KBabel-udviklerne" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:190 kbabel/main.cpp:551 kbabeldict/main.cpp:118 +msgid "Original author" +msgstr "Oprindelig forfatter" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:191 kbabel/main.cpp:558 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Current maintainer, porting to KDE3/Qt3." +msgstr "Nuværende vedligeholder, overførsel til TDE3/Qt3." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:193 kbabel/main.cpp:564 kbabeldict/main.cpp:119 +msgid "Current maintainer" +msgstr "Nuværende vedligeholder" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:195 kbabel/main.cpp:566 +msgid "" +"Wrote documentation and sent many bug reports and suggestions for " +"improvements." +msgstr "" +"Skrev manual og indsendte mange fejlrapporteringer og forslag til " +"forbedringer." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:198 kbabel/main.cpp:569 +msgid "" +"Gave many suggestions for the GUI and the behavior of KBabel. He also " +"contributed the beautiful splash screen." +msgstr "" +"Bidrog med mange forslag angående KBabels GUI og opførsel. Han bidrog også " +"med det smukke opstartbillede." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:202 kbabel/main.cpp:553 +msgid "Wrote diff algorithm, fixed KSpell and gave a lot of useful hints." +msgstr "Skrev diff algoritme, ordnede KSpell og gav masser af nyttige vink." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:204 kbabel/main.cpp:572 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Helped keep KBabel up to date with the KDE API and gave a lot of other help." +msgstr "" +"Hjalp med at holde KBabel opdateret med TDE's API og en masse anden hjælp." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:206 kbabel/main.cpp:576 +msgid "Various validation plugins." +msgstr "Forskellige efterprøvning-plugin." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:209 kbabel/main.cpp:579 +msgid "Sponsored development of KBabel for a while." +msgstr "Sponsorer for KBabel's udvikling." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:211 +msgid "Support for making diffs and some minor improvements." +msgstr "Understøttelse for diff og mindre forbedringer." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:214 kbabel/main.cpp:581 +#, fuzzy +msgid "KBabel contains code from TQt" +msgstr "KBabel indeholder kode fra Qt" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:216 +msgid "KBabel contains code from GNU gettext" +msgstr "KBabel indeholder kode fra GNU gettext" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:113 +msgid "Ma&rk files which match the following pattern:" +msgstr "Ma&rkér filer der matcher følgende mønster:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:114 +msgid "&Mark Files" +msgstr "&Markér filer" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:116 +msgid "Unma&rk files which match the following pattern:" +msgstr "Fjern &mærker fra filer der matcher følgende mønster:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:117 +msgid "Un&mark Files" +msgstr "Ikke &markerede filer" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56 +msgid "Files:" +msgstr "Filer:" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:84 +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:96 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1182 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1304 kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:724 +msgid "" +"Error while trying to read file:\n" +" %1\n" +"Maybe it is not a valid PO file." +msgstr "" +"Fejl ved forsøg på at læse fil \n" +"%1\n" +"Måske er det ikke en gyldig PO-fil." + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:129 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:671 +msgid "" +"Result of the translation:\n" +"Edited entries: %1\n" +"Exact translations: %2 (%3%)\n" +"Approximate translations: %4 (%5%)\n" +"Nothing found: %6 (%7%)" +msgstr "" +"Resultat af oversættelsen:\n" +"Redigerede indgange: %1\n" +"Nøjagtige oversættelser: %2 (%3%)\n" +"Unøjagtige oversættelser: %4 (%5%)\n" +"Intet fundet: %6 (%7%)" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:143 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:685 +msgid "Rough Translation Statistics" +msgstr "Statistik for grov oversættelse" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:56 +msgid "" +"_: Caption of dialog\n" +"Validation" +msgstr "Efterprøvning" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:73 +msgid "&Ignore" +msgstr "&Ignorér" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:186 +msgid "" +"Validation done.\n" +"\n" +"Checked files: %1\n" +"Number of errors: %2\n" +"Number of ignored errors: %3" +msgstr "" +"Efterprøvning færdig.\n" +"\n" +"Tjekkede filer: %1\n" +"Antal fejl: %2\n" +"Antal ignorerede fejl: %3" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:190 +msgid "Validation Done" +msgstr "Efterprøvning færdig" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:592 +msgid "" +"Free Software Foundation Copyright does not contain any year. It will not be " +"updated." +msgstr "" +"Free Software Foundation ophavsret indeholder ikke et år. Den vil ikke blive " +"opdateret." + +#: common/catalog.cpp:1237 +msgid "validating file" +msgstr "efterprøver fil" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:1276 +msgid "applying tool" +msgstr "anvender værktøj" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:3128 +msgid "searching matching message" +msgstr "Søger efter besked" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:3217 +msgid "preparing messages for diff" +msgstr "Forbereder beskeder for diff" + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:106 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while trying to download file %1." +msgstr "Fejl ved forsøg på at hente fil %1." + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:144 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:145 +msgid "Enter the name of the archive without file extension" +msgstr "Indtast navnet på arkivet uden fil-endelse" + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:178 +msgid "Error while trying to create archive file." +msgstr "Fejl ved forsøg på at oprette arkivfil." + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:193 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while trying to read file %1." +msgstr "Fejl ved forsøg på at læse fil %1." -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Konfigurationsfilnavn"
-"
\n"
-"Navnet på filen hvori projektkonfigurationen skal\n"
-"gemmes.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Sprog"
-"
\n"
-"Projektets målsprog, dvs. sproget der oversættes til.\n"
-"Det skal følge ISO 631 sprognavngivningsstandarden.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Projektnavn"
-"
\n"
-"Projektnavnet er en identifikation af projektet for dig.\n"
-"Det vises i projektkonfigurationsdialogen såvel som i\n"
-"vinduestitlen af de vinduer hvori projektet er åbnet.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"NB: Projektnavnet kan ikke ændres senere.<\n"
-"
Find tekst
Her kan du indtaste den tekst, som du vil " +"søge efter. Hvis du vil søge efter et regulært udtryk (regular expression), " +"aktivér Anvend 'regulært udtryk' nedenfor.
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
\n" -"Projekttype\n" -"Projekttypen tillader dig at finindstille opsætningen til\n" -"bestemte typer af velkendte oversættelsesprojekter.\n" -"For eksempel opsættes der valideringsværktøjer,\n" -"en accelerationsmarkør og formatering af teksthoved.\n" -"
\n" -"Aktuelt kendte typer:\n" -"
Erstat tekst
Her kan du indtaste den tekst, du vil have " +"den fundne tekst erstattet med. Teksten bruges som den er. Det er ikke " +"muligt at lave en reference tilbage, hvis du har søgt efter et 'regulært " +"udtryk'.
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Oversættelsesfiler
\n" -"Indtast de mapper, som indeholder alle dine PO- og POT-filer.\n" -"Filerne og mapperne i disse rod-mapper vil så blive sammensat til et træ.
" -"Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Hvor der søges
Her indstiller man i hvilke dele af en " +"katalogindgang, du ønsker at søge.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Kilde til opslag af forskelle
\n" -"Her kan du vælge en kilde, som skal bruges til at finde en forskel.
\n" -"Du kan vælge mellem fil, oversættelsesdatabase eller tilsvarende\n" -"msgstr.
\n" -"Hvis du vælger oversættelsesdatabase, vil de beskeder der bruges af\n" -"diff-programmet blive taget fra oversættelsesdatabasen. For at dette skal\n" -"virke må du aktivere Auto-tilføj indgang til database i\n" -"indstillingsdialogen.
\n" -"Det sidste tilvalg er nyttigt for dem der bruger PO-filer til\n" -"korrekturlæsning.
\n" -"Du kan bruge diff-programmet midlertidigt med beskeder fra en fil ved at\n" -"vælge Værktøjer->Diff->Åbn fil til diff i KBabel's hovedvindue.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Indstillinger
Her kan du finpudse din erstatning:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Basismappe for diff filer\n" -"
Her kan du definere en mappe, hvor filerne du vil bruge\n" -"diff-programmet med er gemt. Hvis filerne er gemt det samme\n" -"sted under denne mappe, som de oprindelige filer under deres\n" -"basismappe, kan KBabel automatisk åbne den rigtige fil at diffe med.
\n" -"Bemærk at denne indstilling ingen virkning har hvis beskeder fra\n" -"databasen bruges til at diffe.
Indstillinger
Her kan du finpudse din søgning:" +"
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Start søgning automatisk
\n" -"Hvis dette er aktiveret, starter søgning automatisk, når du\n" -"skifter til en anden beskedforekomst i redigeringen. Du kan vælge,\n" -"hvor der skal søges, i feltet Standardordbog.\n" -"
" -"Du kan også starte søgning manuelt ved at vælge en indgang i pop-op\n" -"menuen, som dukker op, når du klikker på Ordbøger -> Find...\n" -"eller ved at holde ordbogsknappen i værktøjslinjen nede et lille stykke\n" -"tid.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Standardordbog
\n" -"Vælg her hvilken søgning du vil bruge standard. Denne indstilling\n" -"bruges når søgningen begyndes automatisk eller når du trykker på\n" -"ordbogsknappen i værktøjslinjen.
\n" -"Man kan indstille de forskellige ordbøger ved at vælge den ønskede\n" -"ordbog i Opsætning->Indstil ordbog.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automatisk fjernelse af fuzzy status
\n" -"Hvis denne indstilling er aktiveret og du redigerer en fuzzy streng, fjernes " -"fuzzy status automatisk\n" -"(dvs. strengen , fuzzy\n" -"fjernes fra strengens kommentar).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Brug smart redigering
\n" -"Aktivér denne for at gøre indtastningen mere bekvem og lad \n" -"KBabel overtage kontrollen med nogle specielle tegn som skal \n" -"sættes i anførselstegn. For eksempel, skriver du '\\\"' resulterer det i \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', at trykke retur tilføjer automatisk mellemrum \n" -"i slutningen af en linje, at trykke Shift+Retur tilføjer \n" -"'\\\\n' i slutningen af linjen.
\n" -"Læg mærke til at dette blot er et vink: det er stadig \n" -"muligt at generere syntaktisk forkert tekst.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Fejl genkendelse
\n" -"Her kan du sætte hvordan du vil vise at der var en fejl.\n" -"Bip ved fejl bipper og Ændr tekstfarve ved fejl\n" -"ændrer farven på den oversatte tekst. Hvis intet er aktiveret\n" -"vil du se en besked i statuslinjen.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Status-dioder
\n" -"Vælg her hvor status-dioderne skal vises, og hvilke farver de skal have.
" -"Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Opdatér hoved
\n" +"Afmærk denne knap for at opdatere filens hoved-informationer hver gang " +"den gemmes.
\n" +"Hovedet indeholder normalt informationer om filens tid og dato for " +"seneste\n" +"ændringer, seneste oversætter, osv.
\n" +"Du kan vælge hvilke informationer, du vil have opdateret ud fra " +"afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n" +"Felter, som ikke eksisterer, tilføjes hovedet.\n" +"Hvis du vil tilføje ekstra felter til hovedet, kan du manuelt redigere i " +"den\n" +"ved at vælge Redigér -> Rediger hoved i redigeringsvinduet.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Felter at opdatere
\n" +"Vælg hvilke felter i hovedet, du vil have opdateret, når der gemmes.\n" +"Hvis et felt ikke eksisterer, tilføjes det hovedet.
\n" +"Hvis du vil tilføje ekstra information i hovedet, kan du manuelt redigere " +"i den\n" +"ved at vælge Redigér -> Redigér hoved i redigeringsvinduet.
\n" +"Deaktivér Opdatér hoved ovenfor, hvis du ikke vil have hovedet\n" +"opdateret, når der gemmes.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Kodning/b>
Vælg hvordan tegn skal kodes, når der gemmes til " +"en fil. Hvis du er usikker på hvilken indkodning der skal bruges, så spørg " +"dinoversættelseskoordinator.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Behold indkodningen af filen
Hvis denne indstilling er " +"aktiveret, så vil filer altid blive gemt i den samme indkodning som de blev " +"læst. Filer uden tegnsæt information i hovedet (f. eks. pot-filer) gemmes i " +"indkodningen sat ovenfor.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Undersøg filens syntaks, når der gemmes
\n" +"Afmærk denne for automatisk at undersøge filens syntaks med \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\",\n" +"når der gemmes. Der fremkommer kun en besked, hvis en fejl opstår.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Gem forældede indgange
\n" +"Hvis dette er aktiveret, vil forældede indgange fundet da filen blev " +"åbnet\n" +"blive gemt i filen igen. Forældede indgange er markerede med #~ og\n" +"de opstår når msgmerge ikke længere har brug for oversættelsen.\n" +"Hvis teksten dukker op igen, vil de forældede indgange blive aktiverede " +"igen.\n" +"Hoverproblemet her er størrelsen af den gemte fil.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Format af Revision-Date
Vælg i hvilket format datoen og " +"tiden i hovedfeltet skal være\n" +"PO-Revision-Date gemmes
Det anbefales at du bruger standardformatet for at undgå at lave ikke-" +"standard PO filer.
Hvis du vil vide mere se afsnittet " +"Indstillingsdialogen i net-hjælpen.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Identitet
\n" +"Udfyld informationerne om dig og dit oversætterhold.\n" +"Denne information bruges, når en fils hoved opdateres.
\n" +"Du finder indstillingerne for hvilke hvilke felter i hovedet, der bør " +"opdateres,\n" +"på Gem-siden i denne dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Antal ental/flertalsformer
\n" +"Note: Denne indstilling er TDE specifik for øjeblikket. Hvis du " +"ikke oversætter et TDE program, kan du lige så godt ignorere denne " +"indstilling.
\n" +"Vælg her hvor mange flertalsformer der bruges i dit sprog. Dette tal skal " +"svare til dit sprogholds opsætning.
Alternativt kan du sætte denne " +"indstilling til Automatisk så vil KBabel prøve at få denne " +"information automatisk fra TDE. Brug Test knappen for at teste om den " +"kan finde ud af det.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Kræv flertalsform-argumenter i oversættelse
\n" +"Bemærk: Dette tilvalg er TDE-specifikt for øjeblikket. Hvis du " +"ikke oversætteler et TDE-program, kan du ignorere dette tilvalg.
\n" +"Hvis dette er aktiveret, vil et efterprøvningstjek kræve at de %n " +"argumenter er tilstede i beskeden.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
GNU-hoved for flertalsform
\n" +"Her kan du udfylde hovedindgangen for GNU's håndtering af flertalsformer. " +"Hvis du efterlader indgangen tom, vil indgangen i PO-filen ikke blive ændret " +"eller tilføjet.
\n" +"KBabel kan automatisk prøve at bestemme den værdi som GNU's gettext-" +"værktøjer foreslår for det sprog der er sat. Tryk blot på Slå op-" +"knappen.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Markering for tastaturgenvej
Definér her, hvilket tegn " +"der bruges, for at angive det næste tegn som en tastaturgenvej. For eksempel " +"i Qt er det '&' og i Gtk er det '_'.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Regulært udtryk for sammenhængs information
Indtast et " +"regulært udtryk her, der definerer, hvad der er sammenhængs information, som " +"ikkeskal oversættes.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Stavekontrol mens du skriver
Aktivér dette for at få " +"KBabel's stavekontrol til at tjekke mens du skriver. Forkert stavede ord vil " +"blive farvet med fejlfarven.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Husk ignorerede ord
Aktivér dette for at lade KBabel " +"ignorere de ord, hvor du har valgt Ignorér alt i stavekontrol " +"dialog, i hver stavekontrol.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Rod-mapper
\n" +"Indtast de mapper, som indeholder alle dine PO- og POT-filer.\n" +"Filerne og mapperne i disse rod-mapper vil så blive sammensat til\n" +"et træ.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Åbn filer i nyt vindue
\n" +"Hvis dette er aktiveret, vil alle filer, som åbnes via " +"Kataloghåndtering,\n" +"blive åbnet i et nyt vindue.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Afliv processer ved nedlukning
\n" +"Hvis dette vælges, vil KBabel ved nedlukning forsøge at aflive de " +"processer som ikke er færdige når KBabel afsluttes,\n" +"ved at sende et 'kill signal' til disse processer.
\n" +"BEMÆRK: Det er ikke garanteret, at processerne bliver aflivet.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Opret indeks for filindhold
\n" +"hvis du afkrydser dette vil KBabel oprette et indeks for hver PO-fil, for " +"at gøre find/erstat funktionerne hurtigere.
\n" +"BEMÆRK: Dette vil få din opdatering af filinformationen til at gå " +"betydeligt langsommere.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Kør msgfmt før en fil behandles
Hvis du aktiverer dette, " +"vil KBabel køre Gettext's msgfmt-værktøj før en fil behandles.
Det " +"anbefales at aktivere denne indstilling, selvom det gør behandlingen " +"langsommere. Som standard er denne indstilling slået til.
Deaktivering " +"er nyttigt for langsomme computere og hvis du ønsker at oversætte PO-filer " +"der ikke er understøttet af den gældende udgave af Gettext-værktøjer der er " +"på dit system. Det negative herved er at der ikke udføres noget tjek af " +"syntaks af behandlingskoden, så ugyldige PO-filer kan blive vist som værende " +"i orden, selvom Gettext-værktøjer ville afslå sådanne filer.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Kommandoer for mapper
Indsæt de kommandoer du ønsker at " +"udføre i mapperne fra kataloghåndteringen her. Kommandoerne vises så i " +"undermenuenKommandoer i kataloghåndteringens sammenhængs menu." +"p>
Følgende strenge vil blive erstattede i en kommando:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Kommandoer for filer
Indsæt de kommandoer du ønsker at " +"udføre på filer fra kataloghåndteringen her. Kommandoerne vises så i " +"undermenuenKommandoer i kataloghåndteringens sammenhængs menu." +"p>
Følgende strenge vil blive erstattede i en kommando:
Shown columns
\n" +"Viste søjler
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Hvilke indgange skal oversættes
Vælg her for hvilke " +"indgange i filen KBabel skal forsøge at finde en oversættelse. Ændrede " +"indgange markeres altid som fuzzy, ligegyldigt hvilken indstilling du vælger." +"
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Hvordan beskeder bliver oversat
Her kan man definere om " +"en besked kun skal oversættes fuldstændigt, om lignende beskeder er " +"acceptable,eller om KBabel skal prøve at oversætte enkelte ord i en besked " +"hvis en oversættelse af hele beskeden ikke kan findes.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Eksempel:"
-" Mark changed entries as fuzzy When a translation for a "
+"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is "
+"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always "
+"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what "
+"you are doing. Markér ændrede indgange som fuzzy Når en oversættelse af "
+"en besked blev fundet markeres denne indgang som fuzzy som standard. "
+"Dette er, fordi oversættelsen blot gættes af KBabel og du altid bør tjekke "
+"resultatet omhyggeligt. Deaktivér kun denne indstilling hvis du ved hvad du "
+"foretagerdig. Initialize TDE-specific entries Initialize \"Comment=\" "
+"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF "
+"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings."
+" Initialisér TDE-specifikke indgange Initialisér "
+"\"Comment=\" og \"Name=\" indgange hvis en oversættelse ikke findes. \"NAME "
+"OF TRANSLATORS\" og \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" udfyldes også med "
+"identitetsindstillingerne. Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be "
+"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they "
+"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list. The "
+"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
+"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog."
+" Ordbøger Her vælges hvilke ordbøger der bruges for at "
+"finde en oversættelse. Hvis du vælger mere end én, så bruges de i den "
+"rækkefølge de vises på listen. Indstil-knappen tillader dig at "
+"indstille den valgte ordbog midlertidigt. Den oprindelige opsætning vil "
+"blive genoprettet efter at dialogen er lukket. When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
+"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by "
+"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this "
+"option only if you know what you are doing. Når en oversættelse for en besked bliver fundet, markeres den som "
+"fuzzy som standard. Det er fordi oversættelse blot er gættet af "
+"KBabel og du altid bør tjekke resultatet omhyggeligt. Deaktivér kun denne "
+"indstilling hvis du ved hvad du foretager dig. "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"context info"
+msgstr "sammenhængs-info"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Skan enkel PO-fil"
+#: datatools/equations/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"equations"
+msgstr "ligninger"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Skan alle mapper"
+#: datatools/length/main.cc:61 datatools/regexp/main.cc:55
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"translation has inconsistent length"
+msgstr "oversættelse har ikke konsistent længde"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Skan mappe && undermapper"
+#: datatools/not-translated/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"English text in translation"
+msgstr "Engelsk tekst i oversættelse"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Skanner fil:"
+#: datatools/pluralforms/main.cc:59
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"plural forms"
+msgstr "flertalsformer"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Indgange tilføjet:"
+#: datatools/punctuation/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"punctuation"
+msgstr "punktuering"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Fremgang i alt:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:58
+msgid "Error loading data (%1)"
+msgstr "Fejl ved indlæsning af data (%1)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Behandler fil:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:118
+msgid "File not found"
+msgstr "Fil ikke fundet"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Indlæser fil:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:123
+msgid "The file is not a XML"
+msgstr "Filen er ikke XML"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Eksportér..."
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:147
+msgid "Expected tag 'item'"
+msgstr "Forventede mærket 'item'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Statistikker"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:153
+msgid "First child of 'item' is not a node"
+msgstr "Første underliggende objekt til 'item' er ikke en knude"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "Gentagne strenge"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:159
+msgid "Expected tag 'name'"
+msgstr "Forventede mærket 'name'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "Gode nøgler"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:167
+msgid "Expected tag 'exp'"
+msgstr "Forventede mærket 'exp'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
+#: datatools/whitespace/main.cc:60
msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"Man kan indstille det minimale antal ord i forespørgslen som en nøgle skal have "
-"for at blive indsat i den "
-" \n"
-"Man kan også indstille det minimale antal ord i nøglen som forespørgslen "
-"skalhave for at blive for at indsætte nøglen i i den."
-" \n"
-"Disse to tal er procenten af det fuldstændige antal ord. Hvis resultatet af "
-"denneprocent er mindre end én vil maskinen sætte den til én."
-" \n"
-"Endelig kan man indstille det maksimale antal indgange i listen."
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"whitespace only translation"
+msgstr "oversættelse af kun blanke tegn"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Minimalt antal ord i nøglen der også er i forespørgselen (%):"
+#: datatools/xml/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"XML tags"
+msgstr "XML-mærker"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp:74
+msgid "saving file"
+msgstr "Gemmer fil"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Minimalt antal forespørgselsord i nøglen (%):"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp:83
+msgid "loading file"
+msgstr "Indlæser fil"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Maksimal listelængde:"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:64 kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp:52
+msgid "Table:"
+msgstr "Tabel:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "Hyppige ord"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:84
+msgid ""
+" Character Selector This tool allows to insert special "
+"characters using double click. Tegnvælger Dette værktøj hjælper med at indsætte "
+"specielle tegn ved brug af dobbeltklik. Comment Editor \n"
+" The comments normally contain information about where the message is "
+"found in the source\n"
+"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
+"Options->Show Comments. Kommentar-editor \n"
+" Kommentarerne indeholder normalt information om, hvor beskeden kan findes "
+"i kildekoden\n"
+"samt statusinformation for denne besked (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Nogle gange er vink fra andre oversættere også indeholdt i kommentarerne."
+"p>\n"
+" Du kan skjule Kommentar-editoren ved at deaktivere\n"
+"Indstillinger -> Vis kommentarer. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Hvis du søger efter Mit navn er Erik og du har aktiveret "
-"ét ordssubstitutionvil du også finde sætninger såsom "
-"Mit navn er Matthias eller Dit navn er Erik."
+"
PO-Sammenhæng
Dette vindue viser sammenhængen for denne " +"besked i PO-filen Normalt viser den fire beskeder før denne besked, og fire " +"efter den.
Du kan skjule værktøjsvinduet ved at deaktivere " +"Indstillinger -> Vis værktøj.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Fejlliste
Dette vindue viser listen af fejl fundet af " +"valideringsværktøjer så du kan vide hvorfor nuværende besked er blevet " +"markeret med en fejl.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Denne knap opdaterer hoveddelen ved brug af de nuværende " +"indstillinger. Den resulterende hoveddel er den der vil blive skrevet i PO-" +"filen når der gemmes.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Denne knap nulstiller alle ændringer der er lavet indtil videre.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 207 -#: rc.cpp:873 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Type:" -msgstr "Type:" +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:111 +#, c-format +msgid "Header Editor for %1" +msgstr "Hoved-editor til %1" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 215 -#: rc.cpp:876 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setup Filter..." -msgstr "Opsætning af filter..." +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:136 +msgid "" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Dette er ikke et gyldigt hoved.
\n" +"Vær venlig at redigere i hovedet, før du opdaterer!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Dette er ikke et gyldigt hoved.
\n" +"Vær venlig at redigere i hovedet, før du opdaterer!
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
\n" -"Følgende variabler udskiftes i stien hvis den er til rådighed:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Markér ugyldige som fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
Hvis du vælger dette vil alle punkter,\n" -"som identificeres af værktøjet som ugyldige, blive\n" -"markeret som fuzzy og den resulterende fil\n" -"vil blive gemt.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Efterprøv ikke fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
Hvis du vælger dette vil alle punkter\n" -"der er markerede som fuzzy slet ikke blive efterprøvet.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Tegnvælger
" -"Dette værktøj hjælper med at indsætte specielle tegn ved brug af " -"dobbeltklik.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Denne knap opdaterer hoveddelen ved brug af de nuværende indstillinger. Den " -"resulterende hoveddel er den der vil blive skrevet i PO-filen når der " -"gemmes.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Denne knap nulstiller alle ændringer der er lavet indtil videre.
Statusbar
\n" +"Statusbaren viser informationer om den åbnede fil,\n" +"såsom det fuldstændige antal beskedforekomster samt antal 'fuzzy' og " +"uoversatte.\n" +"beskedforekomster. Indeks og status for den viste beskedforekomst bliver " +"ligeledes vist.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Dette er ikke et gyldigt hoved.
\n" -"Vær venlig at redigere i hovedet, før du opdaterer!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Dette er ikke et gyldigt hoved.
\n" -"Vær venlig at redigere i hovedet, før du opdaterer!
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Kommentar-editor
\n" -"Dette redigeringsvindue viser dig kommentaren for den viste besked." -"\n" -"
Kommentarerne indeholder normalt information om, hvor beskeden kan findes i " -"kildekoden\n" -"samt statusinformation for denne besked (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Nogle gange er vink fra andre oversættere også indeholdt i kommentarerne.
\n" -"Du kan skjule Kommentar-editoren ved at deaktivere\n" -"Indstillinger -> Vis kommentarer.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Søgeresultater
" -"Denne del af vinduet viser resultaterne af søgning i ordbøgerne." -"
" -"
Foroven er antal fundne forekomster vist, samt hvor den netop nu fremviste " -"beskedforekomst er fundet. Gør brug af knapperne nær bunden til at navigere " -"rundt i søgeresultaterne.
" -"Søgningen startes enten automatisk, når du skifter til en anden " -"beskedforekomst i redigeringsvinduet, eller du kan vælge den ønskede ordbog i " -"Ordbøger -> Find....
" -"Alle hyppige indstillinger kan indstilles i indstillingsdialogen i afsnittet " -"Søgning og indstillinger for de forskellige ordbøger kan ændres med " -"Opsætning->Indstil ordbog.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Søgeresultater
Denne del af vinduet viser resultaterne " +"af søgning i ordbøgerne.
Foroven er antal fundne forekomster vist, samt " +"hvor den netop nu fremviste beskedforekomst er fundet. Gør brug af knapperne " +"nær bunden til at navigere rundt i søgeresultaterne.
Søgningen startes " +"enten automatisk, når du skifter til en anden beskedforekomst i " +"redigeringsvinduet, eller du kan vælge den ønskede ordbog i Ordbøger -> " +"Find....
Alle hyppige indstillinger kan indstilles i " +"indstillingsdialogen i afsnittet Søgning og indstillinger for de " +"forskellige ordbøger kan ændres med Opsætning->Indstil ordbog.
" +"qt>" #: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 msgid "" @@ -3571,7 +3180,8 @@ msgstr "" " Dwayne BaileyOriginal String
\n" +"Original String
\n" "This part of the window shows the original message\n" "of the currently displayed entry.
Original streng
\n" +"Original streng
\n" "Denne del af vinduet viser den originale besked\n" "fra den viste beskedforekomst.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Status LEDs
\n" "These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" "You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" "Editor on page Appearance
Status-dioder
\n" +"Status-dioder
\n" "Disse to dioder viser status for den nu fremviste besked.\n" "Du kan ændre deres farve i indstillings-dialogens afsnittet\n" "Editor på side Udseende.
Translation Editor
\n" +"Translation Editor
\n" "This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Oversættelses-redigering
\n" +"Oversættelses-redigering
\n" "Denne tekstbehandler viser dig og lader dig redigere oversættelsen af den " -"viste besked." -"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Statusbar
\n" -"Statusbaren viser informationer om den åbnede fil,\n" -"såsom det fuldstændige antal beskedforekomster samt antal 'fuzzy' og " -"uoversatte.\n" -"beskedforekomster. Indeks og status for den viste beskedforekomst bliver " -"ligeledes vist.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Fejlliste
" -"Dette vindue viser listen af fejl fundet af valideringsværktøjer så du kan " -"vide hvorfor nuværende besked er blevet markeret med en fejl.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO-Sammenhæng
" -"Dette vindue viser sammenhængen for denne besked i PO-filen Normalt viser " -"den fire beskeder før denne besked, og fire efter den.
" -"Du kan skjule værktøjsvinduet ved at deaktivere Indstillinger -> " -"Vis værktøj.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Der er sikkerhedskopierede databasefiler fra tidligere udgaver af KBabel. "
+"En anden udgave af KBabel (formodentlig fra TDE 3.1.1 eller 3.1.2) lavede en "
+"ny database. Derfor indeholder din KBabel-installation to udgaver af "
+"databasefiler. Den gamle og den nye kan desværre ikke flettes sammen. Du "
+"bliver nødt til at vælge en af dem.
Hvis du vælger den gamle "
+"udgave, vil den nye blive fjernet. Hvis du vælger den nye udgave, vil de "
+"gamle databasefiler forblive der, og du må fjerne dem manuelt. Ellers vil "
+"denne besked blive vist igen (de gamle filer er i $TDEHOME/share/apps/"
+"kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametre
" -"Her kan man finindstille søgning i PO-filen. For eksempel om du ønsker " -"søgning skal være versalfølsom eller om fuzzy beskeder skal ignoreres.
Parametre
Her kan man finindstille søgning i PO-filen. " +"For eksempel om du ønsker søgning skal være versalfølsom eller om fuzzy " +"beskeder skal ignoreres.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Sammenligningsindstillinger
" -"Her vælger man hvilke beskeder, man ønsker at få behandlet som en " -"tilpasning.
Sammenligningsindstillinger
Her vælger man hvilke " +"beskeder, man ønsker at få behandlet som en tilpasning.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-tilpasning
" -"En besked passer med en anden hvis de fleste af dens 3-bogstavs grupper er " -"indeholdt i den anden besked. F. eks. 'abc123' passer med 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-tilpasning
En besked passer med en anden hvis de " +"fleste af dens 3-bogstavs grupper er indeholdt i den anden besked. F. eks. " +"'abc123' passer med 'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Sted
" -"Her indstiller man hvilken fil der skal bruges i søgningen.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Sted
Her indstiller man hvilken fil der skal bruges i " +"søgningen.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parametre
" -"Her kan man finindstille søgning i PO-filen. For eksempel om du ønsker " -"søgning skal være versalfølsom.
Parametre
Her kan man finindstille søgning i PO-filen. " +"For eksempel om du ønsker søgning skal være versalfølsom.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Markér ugyldige som fuzzy
\n" +"
Hvis du vælger dette vil alle punkter,\n" +"som identificeres af værktøjet som ugyldige, blive\n" +"markeret som fuzzy og den resulterende fil\n" +"vil blive gemt.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Efterprøv ikke fuzzy
\n" +"
Hvis du vælger dette vil alle punkter\n" +"der er markerede som fuzzy slet ikke blive efterprøvet.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Der er sikkerhedskopierede databasefiler fra tidligere udgaver af KBabel. En "
-"anden udgave af KBabel (formodentlig fra TDE 3.1.1 eller 3.1.2) lavede en ny "
-"database. Derfor indeholder din KBabel-installation to udgaver af "
-"databasefiler. Den gamle og den nye kan desværre ikke flettes sammen. Du bliver "
-"nødt til at vælge en af dem."
-"
"
-"
Hvis du vælger den gamle udgave, vil den nye blive fjernet. Hvis du vælger "
-"den nye udgave, vil de gamle databasefiler forblive der, og du må fjerne dem "
-"manuelt. Ellers vil denne besked blive vist igen (de gamle filer er i "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Kilde til opslag af forskelle
\n" +"Her kan du vælge en kilde, som skal bruges til at finde en forskel.
\n" +"Du kan vælge mellem fil, oversættelsesdatabase eller tilsvarende\n" +"msgstr.
\n" +"Hvis du vælger oversættelsesdatabase, vil de beskeder der bruges af\n" +"diff-programmet blive taget fra oversættelsesdatabasen. For at dette skal\n" +"virke må du aktivere Auto-tilføj indgang til database i\n" +"indstillingsdialogen.
\n" +"Det sidste tilvalg er nyttigt for dem der bruger PO-filer til\n" +"korrekturlæsning.
\n" +"Du kan bruge diff-programmet midlertidigt med beskeder fra en fil ved at\n" +"vælge Værktøjer->Diff->Åbn fil til diff i KBabel's hovedvindue.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:290 -msgid "Location" -msgstr "Sted" +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:52 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &file" +msgstr "Brug &fil" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:313 -msgid "< &Previous" -msgstr "< &Forrige" +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:60 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use messages from &translation database" +msgstr "Brug beskeder fra &oversættelsesdatabase" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:318 -msgid "&Next >" -msgstr "&Næste>" +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:68 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &msgstr from the same file" +msgstr "Brug &msgstr fra samme fil" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:957 kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1015 -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1027 kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1128 -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1190 kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1449 -msgid "Edit File" -msgstr "Redigér fil" +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:86 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Base folder for diff files:" +msgstr "Diff-filernes rod-mappe:" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1010 kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1185 -#, c-format -msgid "Edit File %1" -msgstr "Redigér fil %1" +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:97 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Basismappe for diff filer\n" +"
Her kan du definere en mappe, hvor filerne du vil bruge\n" +"diff-programmet med er gemt. Hvis filerne er gemt det samme\n" +"sted under denne mappe, som de oprindelige filer under deres\n" +"basismappe, kan KBabel automatisk åbne den rigtige fil at diffe med.
\n" +"Bemærk at denne indstilling ingen virkning har hvis beskeder fra\n" +"databasen bruges til at diffe.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Velkommen til projektguiden.\n" +"\n" +"Guiden hjælper dig med at indstille et nyt oversættelsesprojekt\n" +"i KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Først og fremmest skal du angive projektnavnet\n" +"og filen hvori konfigurationen skal gemmes.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Du skal også vælge et sprog at oversætte til\n" +"og typen for oversættelsesprojektet.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "Forfattere:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Konfigurationsfilnavn
\n"
+"Navnet på filen hvori projektkonfigurationen skal\n"
+"gemmes.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Sprog
\n"
+"Projektets målsprog, dvs. sproget der oversættes til.\n"
+"Det skal følge ISO 631 sprognavngivningsstandarden.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Projektnavn
\n"
+"Projektnavnet er en identifikation af projektet for dig.\n"
+"Det vises i projektkonfigurationsdialogen såvel som i\n"
+"vinduestitlen af de vinduer hvori projektet er åbnet.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"NB: Projektnavnet kan ikke ændres senere.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Projekttype\n" +"Projekttypen tillader dig at finindstille opsætningen til\n" +"bestemte typer af velkendte oversættelsesprojekter.\n" +"For eksempel opsættes der valideringsværktøjer,\n" +"en accelerationsmarkør og formatering af teksthoved.\n" +"
\n" +"Aktuelt kendte typer:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Oversættelsesfiler
\n" +"Indtast de mapper, som indeholder alle dine PO- og POT-filer.\n" +"Filerne og mapperne i disse rod-mapper vil så blive sammensat til et træ." +"p>
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automatisk fjernelse af fuzzy status
\n" +"Hvis denne indstilling er aktiveret og du redigerer en fuzzy streng, " +"fjernes fuzzy status automatisk\n" +"(dvs. strengen , fuzzy\n" +"fjernes fra strengens kommentar).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Brug smart redigering
\n" +"Aktivér denne for at gøre indtastningen mere bekvem og lad \n" +"KBabel overtage kontrollen med nogle specielle tegn som skal \n" +"sættes i anførselstegn. For eksempel, skriver du '\\\"' resulterer det i \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', at trykke retur tilføjer automatisk mellemrum \n" +"i slutningen af en linje, at trykke Shift+Retur tilføjer \n" +"'\\\\n' i slutningen af linjen.
\n" +"Læg mærke til at dette blot er et vink: det er stadig \n" +"muligt at generere syntaktisk forkert tekst.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Fejl genkendelse
\n" +"Her kan du sætte hvordan du vil vise at der var en fejl.\n" +"Bip ved fejl bipper og Ændr tekstfarve ved fejl\n" +"ændrer farven på den oversatte tekst. Hvis intet er aktiveret\n" +"vil du se en besked i statuslinjen.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Status-dioder
\n" +"Vælg her hvor status-dioderne skal vises, og hvilke farver de skal have." +"p>
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Start søgning automatisk
\n" +"Hvis dette er aktiveret, starter søgning automatisk, når du\n" +"skifter til en anden beskedforekomst i redigeringen. Du kan vælge,\n" +"hvor der skal søges, i feltet Standardordbog.\n" +"
Du kan også starte søgning manuelt ved at vælge en indgang i pop-op\n" +"menuen, som dukker op, når du klikker på Ordbøger -> Find...\n" +"eller ved at holde ordbogsknappen i værktøjslinjen nede et lille stykke\n" +"tid.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Standardordbog
\n" +"Vælg her hvilken søgning du vil bruge standard. Denne indstilling\n" +"bruges når søgningen begyndes automatisk eller når du trykker på\n" +"ordbogsknappen i værktøjslinjen.
\n" +"Man kan indstille de forskellige ordbøger ved at vælge den ønskede\n" +"ordbog i Opsætning->Indstil ordbog.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Statuslinje
\n" -"Statuslinjen giver information om fremgangen for denne 'find eller " -"erstat'-operation. Første tal i Fundet: viser antal filer med en " -"forekomst af den søgte tekst som ikke er vist endnu i KBabel-vinduet. Det " -"andet viser det totale antal af filer med den søgte tekst, der er fundet indtil " -"videre.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Fil-indstillinger
" -"Her kan du finindstille hvor der skal findes:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Eksempel: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Hent information for følgende filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Skan enkel PO-fil..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Gamle beskeder:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Skan mappe..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Log-besked:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Skan mappe && undermapper..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Tilføj filer auto&matisk om nødvendigt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Skanner fil:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Indsend"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Indgange tilføjet:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Hent status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Fremgang i alt:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Hent diff"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Behandler fil:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Hent information"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Indlæser fil:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Uddata:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Eksportér..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Logmeddelelsen for arkivering er tom. Vil du fortsætte?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Gentagne strenge"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Kan ikke åbne midlertidig fil til skrivning. Afbryder."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Gode nøgler"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Kan ikke skrive til midlertidig fil. Afbryder."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Man kan indstille det minimale antal ord i forespørgslen som en nøgle skal "
+"have for at blive indsat i den \n"
+"Man kan også indstille det minimale antal ord i nøglen som forespørgslen "
+"skalhave for at blive for at indsætte nøglen i i den. \n"
+"Disse to tal er procenten af det fuldstændige antal ord. Hvis resultatet af "
+"denneprocent er mindre end én vil maskinen sætte den til én. \n"
+"Endelig kan man indstille det maksimale antal indgange i listen."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Processen kunne ikke starte."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Minimalt antal ord i nøglen der også er i forespørgselen (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Afsluttede med status %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Færdig ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Minimalt antal forespørgselsord i nøglen (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Beskedkataloger"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Maksimal listelængde:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Ingen versionskontrol"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Hyppige ord"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN-Status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Kassér ord der er hyppigere end:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Løst"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Løst for markerede"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Hyppige ord betragtes som med i hver nøgle"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Vend tilbage"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Generelt"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Ven tilbage for markerede"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "DB-mappe:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Ryd op"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Opdatér automatisk i kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Ryd op for markerede"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nye indgange"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Intet lager"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Fra kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritme"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Navn"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Minimum scoring:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmer der skal bruges"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Fuzzy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Stilling:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Uoversat"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Arkiv med &fuzzy-strenge"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "I alt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Ordforklaring"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Seneste revision"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Nøjagtig"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Log-vindue"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Sætning efter sætning"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "R&yd"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumerisk"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Log vindue I dette vindue vises uddata fra de udførte kommandoer. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Katalog håndtering Katalog håndteringen slår to mapper sammen i et træ og viser alle\n"
-"PO- og POT-filer i disse mapper. På den måde kan du nemt se om en\n"
-"skabelon er blevet tilføjet eller fjernet. Der vises også nogen information\n"
-"om disse filer. Hvis du vil vide mere se afsnit Katalog håndtering "
-"i hjælpen på nettet. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Hvis du søger efter Mit navn er Erik og du har aktiveret ét "
+"ordssubstitutionvil du også finde sætninger såsom Mit navn er "
+"Matthias eller Dit navn er Erik."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Opdateret"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Brug et ords substitution"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Konflikt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Maks antal ord i forespørgsel:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Fejl i arbejdskopi"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Brug to ords substitution"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Ukendt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Dette er ikke et gyldigt SVN-lager. SVN-kommandoerne kan ikke udføres."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Startende kommando ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Lokale tegn i regulære udtryk:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN-Dialog"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Database"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Opdatér følgende filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Databasemappe:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Indsend følgende filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Auto tilføj indgang til database"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Hent fjernstatus for følgende filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Tilføjer automatisk en indgang til databasen, hvis en ny oversættelse "
+"bemærkes af nogen (kan være kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Hent lokalstatus for følgende filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Autotilføjet indgang forfatter:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Hent diff for følgende filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Følgende variabler udskiftes i stien hvis den er til rådighed:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Welche Einträge übersetzt werden sollen
" -"Wählen Sie hier aus, für welche Einträge KBabel versuchen soll, eine " -"Übersetzung zu finden. Veränderte Einträge werden immer als fraglich " -"markiert, egal welche Einstellung Sie wählen.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Wie Texte übersetzt werden
" -"Hier können Sie festlegen, ob ein Text nur komplett übersetzt werden soll, " -"ob ähnliche Übersetzungen akzeptabel sind oder ob KBabel versuchen soll, " -"einzelne Wörter des Textes zu übersetzen, wenn es keine Übersetzung für den " -"kompletten oder ähnlichen Text gibt.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Veränderte Einträge als fraglich markieren
" -"Wurde eine Übersetzung für einen Eintrag gefunden, wird dieser standardmäßig " -"als fraglich markiert. Dies geschieht, weil die von KBabel gefundene " -"Übersetzung nur als Vermutung gelten kann und Sie das Resultat genau prüfen " -"sollten. Deaktivieren Sie diese Option nur, wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun.
" -"Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
TDE-spezifische Einträge initialisieren
" -"Initialisiert \"Comment=\"- und \"Name=\"-Einträge, wenn keine Übersetzung " -"gefunden wurde. Desweiteren werden \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" und \"EMAIL OF " -"TRANSLATORS\" mit den Angaben aus den Einstellungen für die Identität " -"gefüllt.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Wörterbücher
" -"Wählen Sie hier aus, welche Wörterbücher für das Suchen einer Übersetzung " -"benutzt werden sollen. Wenn Sie mehr als ein Wörterbuch auswählen, werden " -"diesein der in der Liste angezeigten Reihenfolge benutzt.
" -"Der Knopf Einstellungen erlaubt das temporäre Umstellen von " -"markierten Wörterbüchern. Die ursprünglichen Einstellungen werden nach dem " -"Schließen des Dialoges wiederhergestellt.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Wurde eine Übersetzung für einen Eintrag gefunden, wird dieser standardmäßig " -"als fraglich markiert. Dies geschieht, weil die Übersetzung durch KBabel " -"nur als Vermutung gelten kann und Sie das Resultat genau prüfen sollten. " -"Deaktivieren Sie diese Option nur, wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Text suchen
" -"Hier können Sie den Text eingeben, nach dem Sie suchen wollen. Falls Sie " -"nach einem regulären Ausdruck suchen wollen, aktivieren Sie " -"Regulären Ausdruck benutzen weiter unten.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Text ersetzen
" -"Hier können Sie den Text eingeben, mit dem Sie den Suchbegriff ersetzen " -"wollen. Der Text wird genau so übernommen. Es ist nicht möglich, eine Referenz " -"auf den gesuchten Text zu machen, auch wenn Sie nach einem regulären Ausdruck " -"gesucht haben.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Wo soll gesucht werden
" -"Wählen Sie hier, in welchen Teilen eines Eintrags gesucht werden soll.
" -"Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Einstellungen
" -"Hier können Sie Feineinstellungen zum Ersetzen vornehmen:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Einstellungen
" -"Hier können Sie Feineinstellungen zum Suchen vornehmen:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Statusleiste
\n" +"Die Statusleiste zeigt den Fortschritt des Suchens oder Ersetzens an.\n" +"Die erste Zahl in Gefunden: gibt an, in wievielen Dateien der " +"Suchbegriff\n" +"vorkommt, die noch nicht im Fenster von KBabel angezeigt worden sind.\n" +"Die zweite gibt an, in wievielen Dateien insgesamt der gesuchte Text\n" +"bislang vorgekommen ist.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Vorspann beim Speichern aktualisieren
\n" -"Markieren Sie diese Einstellung, um den Vorspann der Datei bei jedem " -"Speichern zu aktualisieren.
\n" -"Der Vorspann enthält normalerweise Informationen über den Zeitpunkt der " -"letzten Änderung, den letzten Übersetzer usw.
\n" -"Sie können auswählen, welche Informationen aktualisiert werden sollen,\n" -"indem Sie die entsprechenden Ankreuzfelder markieren.\n" -"Felder, die noch nicht existieren, werden dem Vorspann hinzugefügt.\n" -"Wollen Sie dem Vorspann weitere Felder hinzufügen, können Sie\n" -"diesen manuell bearbeiten, indem Sie Bearbeiten -> " -"Vorspann bearbeiten ... im Editorfenster auswählen.
Protokollfenster
\n" +"In diesem Fenster werden die Ausgaben der ausgeführten Befehle angezeigt." +"
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Zu aktualisierende Felder
\n" -"Wählen Sie aus, welche Felder im Vorspann beim Speichern aktualisiert werden " -"sollen.\n" -"Felder, die noch nicht existieren, werden dem Vorspann hinzugefügt.
\n" -"Wollen Sie dem Vorspann weitere Felder hinzufügen, können Sie\n" -"diesen manuell bearbeiten, indem Sie Bearbeiten -> " -"Vorspann bearbeiten ... im Editorfenster auswählen.
" -"Möchte Sie den Vorspann beim Speichern nicht automatisch aktualisieren, " -"deaktivieren Sie die Option Vorspann beim Speichern aktualisieren.
" -"Katalogmanager
\n" +"Der Katalogmanager führt zwei Ordner in einer Baumansicht\n" +"zusammen und zeigt alle PO- und POT-Dateien in diesen Ordnern an. Auf diese\n" +"Weise können Sie schnell erkennen, ob eine Vorlage neu hinzugekommen oder " +"gelöscht worden ist. Außerdem werden einige Informationen über die Dateien " +"angezeigt.
Lesen Sie den Abschnitt Der Katalogmanager in der " +"Dokumentation, wenn Sie mehr zu diesem Thema erfahren möchten.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Kodierung
" -"Wählen Sie hier, wie Zeichen beim Speichern in eine Datei kodiert werden " -"sollen. Wenn Sie unsicher sind, fragen Sie bitte den Koordinator Ihres " -"Übersetzungsteams.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Kodierung der Datei beibehalten
" -"Ist diese Einstellung markiert, werden Dateien immer in der Kodierung " -"gespeichert, mit der sie eingelesen wurden. Dateien, die keine Informationen " -"über den verwendeten Zeichensatz im Vorspann enthalten (z. B. POT-Dateien), " -"werden in der oben festgelegten Kodierung abgespeichert.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Syntax beim Speichern prüfen
\n" -"Kreuzen Sie dieses Feld an, wenn Sie beim Speichern einer Datei diese\n" -"automatisch mit \"msgfmt --statistics\" prüfen wollen.\n" -"Werden hierbei Fehler entdeckt, erhalten Sie eine entsprechende Meldung.
" -"Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Veraltete Einträge speichern
\n" -"Ist diese Einstellung markiert, werden veraltete Einträge, die beim Öffnen " -"der Datei gefunden wurden, wieder zurückgespeichert.\n" -"Veraltete Einträge sind mit #~ markiert und werden\n" -"erzeugt, wenn msgmerge diese Übersetzung nicht mehr benötigt.\n" -"Erscheint der Text wieder, werden die veralteten Einträge wieder aktiviert.\n" -"Der Hauptnachteil ist die Größe der gespeicherten Datei.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Format des Bearbeitungsdatums
" -"Wählen Sie hier aus, in welchem Format das Datum und die Zeit im " -"Vorspannfeld\n" -"PO-Revision-Date gespeichert werden: " -"
Um nicht standardisierten PO-Dateien vorzubeugen, wird empfohlen, das " -"Standardformat zu verwenden." -"
Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Einstellungen " -"im Handbuch.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identität
\n" -"Geben Sie hier Informationen über sich und das Übersetzungsteam ein.\n" -"Diese Informationen werden beim Aktualisieren des Vorspanns einer Datei " -"benutzt.
\n" -"Sie finden die Einstellungsmöglichkeiten, welche Felder des Vorspanns " -"aktualisiert werden sollen\n" -"auf der Seite Speichern in diesem Dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Anzahl der Singular-/Pluralformen
\n" -"Beachten Sie: Diese Option ist TDE-spezifisch. Wenn Sie kein " -"TDE-Programm übersetzen, können Sie diese Option ignorieren.
\n" -"Wählen Sie hier, wieviele Singular- und Pluralformen in Ihrer Sprache " -"benutzt werden. Diese Zahl muss mit den Einstellungen Ihres Sprachenteams " -"übereinstimmen. Alternativ können Sie die Anzahl auf Automatisch " -"einstellen, und KBabel wird diese Information automatisch von TDE beziehen. " -"Benutzen Sie den Knopf Test, um die Funktion zu prüfen.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Pluralform-Argument in der Übersetzung verlangen
\n" -"Anmerkung:Diese Einstellung ist derzeit TDE-spezifisch. Wenn Sie " -"keine TDE-Anwendungen übersetzen, können Sie diese Einstellung getrost " -"ignorieren.
\n" -"Ist diese Funktion eingeschaltet, verlangt die Prüfung das Argument %n in " -"der Nachricht.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU-Vorspann der Pluralformen
\n" -"Hier können Sie ein Vorspannfeld für die Behandlung von GNU-Pluralformen " -"eingeben. Lassen Sie den Eintrag leer, damit der Eintrag in der .po-Datei weder " -"hinzugefügt noch geändert wird.
\n" -"KBabel kann versuchen, den von den GNU-gettext-Werkzeugen vorgeschlagenen " -"Wert für die derzeit ausgewählte Sprache zu bestimmen. Betätigen Sie hierzu den " -"Knopf Nachschlagen.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Markierung für Tastenkürzel
" -"Definieren Sie hier, welches Zeichen das darauffolgende Zeichen als " -"Tastenkürzel markiert. Qt verwendet \"&\", Gtk \"_\".
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Regulärer Ausdruck für Kontextinformation
" -"Geben Sie hier einen regulären Ausdruck ein, der definiert, was in einem " -"Text die Kontextinformation ist und nicht übersetzt werden darf.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Direkte Rechtschreibprüfung
" -"Ist diese Einstellung aktiv, markiert KBabel falsch geschriebene Wörter " -"bereits bei der Eingabe.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Ignorierte Wörter merken
" -"Markieren Sie diese Einstellung, damit KBabel die Ausdrücke dauerhaft " -"ignoriert, bei denen Sie im Dialog der Rechtschreibprüfung " -"Alle Ignorieren gewählt haben.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Basisordner
\n" -"Geben Sie hier die Ordner an, die Ihre PO- und POT-Dateien enthalten.\n" -"Die Dateien und die Unterordner in diesen Ordnern werden dann\n" -"in einer Baumansicht zusammengeführt.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Dateien in neuem Fenster öffnen
\n" -"Ist diese Einstellung markiert, werden alle Dateien, die über den " -"Katalogmanager\n" -"geöffnet werden, in einem neuen Fenster geöffnet.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Prozesse beim Beenden abbrechen
\n" -"Ist diese Einstellung aktiv, versucht KBabel die Prozesse, die beim Beenden " -"von KBabel noch aktiv sind, abzubrechen, indem es ein\n" -"\"Kill\"-Signal an diese sendet.
\n" -"Beachten Sie: Es ist nicht garantiert, dass die Prozesse hierdurch " -"tatsächlich beendet werden.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Index für Datei-Inhalte erstellen
\n" -"Ist diese Einstellung markiert, erzeugt KBabel einen Index für jede PO-Datei " -"zur Beschleunigung der Suchen/Ersetzen-Funktion.
\n" -"Beachten Sie: Diese Einstellung verlangsamt das Einlesen der " -"Dateiinformationen erheblich.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Vor Verarbeitung einer Datei msgfmt ausführen
" -"Wenn diese Einstellung aktiv ist, führt KBabel das zu Gettext gehörende " -"Programm msgfmt aus, bevor die Datei bearbeitet wird.
" -"Es wird empfohlen, diese Einstellung zu aktivieren, auch wenn dadurch die " -"Verarbeitungsgeschwindigkeit etwas sinkt. In der Voreinstellung ist die " -"Einstellung aktiv.
" -"Das Deaktivieren der Einstellung kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie einen "
-"langsamen Rechner besitzen oder wenn Sie PO-Dateien bearbeiten müssen, die von "
-"Ihrer aktuellen Gettext-Version nicht unterstützt werden. Der Nachteil ist "
-"aber, dass kaum Syntaxprüfungen durchgeführt werden, sodass ungültige "
-"PO-Dateien als gültig angezeigt werden könnten, obwohl Gettext die Dateien "
-"normalerweise als ungültig zurückweisen würde."
+#: catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.cpp:50
+msgid "File Options"
+msgstr "Datei-Optionen"
-#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:988
-msgid "Commands for Folders"
-msgstr "Befehle für Ordner"
+#: catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.cpp:53
+msgid "&In all files"
+msgstr "In &allen Dateien"
-#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:993
-msgid ""
-"Replaceables:\n"
-"@PACKAGE@, @PODIR@, @POTDIR@\n"
-"@POFILES@, @MARKEDPOFILES@"
-msgstr ""
-"Ersetzungen:\n"
-"@PACKAGE@, @POFILE@,@POTFILE@,\n"
-"@PODIR@, @POTDIR@"
+#: catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.cpp:54
+msgid "&Marked files"
+msgstr "In &markierten Dateien"
-#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:998
-msgid ""
-" Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog "
-"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands "
-"in the Catalog Manager's context menu. The following strings will be replaced in a command:"
-""
-"
Befehle für Ordner
" -"Geben Sie hier Befehle ein, die Sie vom Katalogmanager aus in Ordnern " -"ausführen lassen wollen. Diese Befehle werden dann im Untermenü Befehle " -"im Kontextmenü des Katalogmanagers angezeigt.
" -"Die folgenden Texte werden in einem Befehl ersetzt:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Befehle für Dateien
" -"Geben Sie hier Befehle ein, die Sie vom Katalogmanager aus auf Dateien " -"anwenden lassen wollen. Diese Befehle werden dann im UntermenüBefehle " -"im Kontextmenü des Katalogmanagers angezeigt.
" -"Die folgenden Texte werden in einem Befehl ersetzt:" -"
Datei-Optionen
Hier können Sie einstellen, wo gesucht " +"werden soll:
Shown columns
\n" -"Angezeigte Spalten
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Willkommen beim Projekt-Assistenten!\n" -"\n" -"Der Assistent hilft Ihnen dabei ein neues Übersetzungsprojekt für KBabel " -"aufzusetzen.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Zunächst müssen Sie einen Namen für das Projekt und\n" -"die Datei auswählen, in der das Projekt gespeichert werden soll.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Außerdem sollten Sie die Sprache auswählen, in die übersetzt werden.\n" -"soll und die Art des Übersetzungsprojekts.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:114 +msgid "E&ncoding:" +msgstr "&Kodierung" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:121 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Dateiname der Konfiguration"
-"
\n"
-"Der Name der Datei, in die die Einstellungen des.\n"
-"Projekts gespeichert werden.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Sprache"
-"
\n"
-"Die Zielsprache des Projektes, z. B. die Sprache, in die übersetzt\n"
-"werden soll. Die Sprache sollte nach dem Standard ISO 631\n"
-"benannt werden.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Projektname"
-"
\n"
-"Der Projektname dient als Erkennungsmerkmal des\n"
-"Projektes für Sie. Er wird im Dialog Projekteinstellungen angezeigt\n"
-"und in den Titelzeilen der offenen Fenster des Projektes.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Beachten Sie: Der Projektname kann später nicht mehr geändert werden.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Projektart\n" -"Der Projekttyp ermöglicht weitere Einstellungen, die\n" -"für bestimmte vorkommende Projektarten gelten.\n" -"Hierüber werden beispielsweise die Validierungswerkzeuge,\n" -"die Erkennung von Kurztasten und die Formatierung des Vorspanns gesetzt.\n" -"
\n" -"Derzeit bekannte Arten:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Basisordner
\n" -"Geben Sie hier die Ordner an, die Ihre PO- und POT-Dateien enthalten.\n" -"Die Dateien und die Unterordner in diesen Ordnern werden dann\n" -"in einer Baumansicht zusammengeführt.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Quelle für Darstellung der Unterschiede
\n" -"Wählen Sie eine Quelle, die zum Vergleichen benutzt wird.
\n" -"Sie können eine Datei, eine Übersetzungsdatenbank oder einen entsprechenden " -"msgstr wählen.
\n" -"Wenn Sie die Übersetzungsdatenbank wählen, müssen Sie " -"Einträge automatisch der Datenbank hinzufügen unter Einstellung aktivieren, " -"damit die Einträge brauchbar sind.
\n" -"Die letzte Option ist für Korrekturleser, die PO-Dateien benutzen, " -"hilfreich
\n" -"Um bei Bedarf mit einer Datei zu vergleichen, können Sie Extras->Diff->" -"Datei für Vergleich öffnen im Hauptfenster wählen
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Basisordner für Diff-Dateien\n" -"
Hier können Sie einen Ordner festlegen, in dem die Dateien zum Anzeigen von " -"Unterschieden gespeichert sind. Wenn die Dateien in diesem Ordner die gleiche " -"Ordnerstruktur aufweisen wie die Originaldateien im Basisordner, ist KBabel in " -"der Lage automatisch die richtige Datei zu öffnen.
" -"Beachten Sie, dass diese Einstellung keine Auswirkung hat, wenn Einträge aus " -"der Übersetzungsdatenbank zum Anzeigen von Veränderungen benutzt werden.
" -"Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Suche automatisch starten
\n" -"Ist diese Einstellung markiert, wird die Suche automatisch gestartet,\n" -"sobald Sie im Editor zu einem anderen Eintrag wechseln. Sie können \n" -"mit dem Auswahlfeld Standard-Wörterbuch festlegen, wo gesucht wird.\n" -"
" -"Sie können die Suche auch manuell starten, indem Sie einen\n" -"Eintrag aus dem Kontextmenü auswählen, das erscheint, wenn Sie \n" -"Wörterbücher->Text suchen ... aufrufen oder den Knopf\n" -"in der Werkzeugleiste gedrückt halten.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Standard-Wörterbuch
\n" -"Geben Sie hier das Wörterbuch ein, in dem standardmäßig gesucht werden " -"soll.\n" -"Diese Einstellung wirkt sich auf die automatische und die über die " -"Werkzeugleiste gestartete Suche aus.
\n" -"Die Wörterbücher können unter Einstellungen->Wörterbuch einrichten ... " -"eingestellt werden
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Status \"fraglich\" automatisch löschen
\n" -"Ist diese Einstellung markiert und Sie verändern einen fraglichen Eintrag, " -"wird der Status \"fraglich\" automatisch zurückgesetzt.\n" -"(Dies bedeutet, der Text , fuzzy wird aus dem Kommentar des Eintrags " -"gelöscht.)
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Intelligentes Bearbeiten benutzen
\n" -"Aktivieren Sie diese Einstellung, um die Texteingabe komfortabler zu " -"gestalten. KBabel berücksichtigt dann einige spezielle Zeichen, die maskiert " -"werden müssen. Beispielsweise erzeugt das Tippen von '\"' '\\\"'. Die " -"Eingabetaste hängt automatisch ein Leerzeichen an das Zeilenende, und " -"Umschalt+Eingabe fügt automatisch '\\n' am Ende der Zeile ein.
\n" -"Beachten Sie, dass dies nur eine Hilfe ist und es trotzdem möglich bleibt, " -"syntaktisch fehlerhaften Text einzugeben.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Fehlerbenachrichtigung
" -"Hier können Sie festlegen, auf welche Weise angezeigt werden soll, ob ein " -"Fehler aufgetreten ist. Bei Fehler Signalton ausgeben " -"gibt einen Signalton aus, Bei Fehler Textfarbe ändern " -"ändert die Farbe des übersetzten Textes. Ist keine dieser Einstellungen " -"markiert, können Sie immer noch eine Meldung in der Statusleiste sehen.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Statusleuchtanzeigen\"
\n" -"Wählen Sie hier die Farbe der \"Signallämpchen\" für den Status des " -"jeweiligen Eintrags aus und wo diese angezeigt werden sollen.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Text suchen
Hier können Sie den Text eingeben, nach dem " +"Sie suchen wollen. Falls Sie nach einem regulären Ausdruck suchen wollen, " +"aktivieren Sie Regulären Ausdruck benutzen weiter unten.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Text ersetzen
Hier können Sie den Text eingeben, mit dem " +"Sie den Suchbegriff ersetzen wollen. Der Text wird genau so übernommen. Es " +"ist nicht möglich, eine Referenz auf den gesuchten Text zu machen, auch wenn " +"Sie nach einem regulären Ausdruck gesucht haben.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Wo soll gesucht werden
Wählen Sie hier, in welchen " +"Teilen eines Eintrags gesucht werden soll.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Einstellungen
Hier können Sie Feineinstellungen zum " +"Ersetzen vornehmen:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Einstellungen
Hier können Sie Feineinstellungen zum " +"Suchen vornehmen:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Beispiel:"
-" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Vorspann beim Speichern aktualisieren Markieren Sie diese Einstellung, um den Vorspann der Datei bei jedem "
+"Speichern zu aktualisieren. Der Vorspann enthält normalerweise Informationen über den Zeitpunkt der "
+"letzten Änderung, den letzten Übersetzer usw. Sie können auswählen, welche Informationen aktualisiert werden sollen,\n"
+"indem Sie die entsprechenden Ankreuzfelder markieren.\n"
+"Felder, die noch nicht existieren, werden dem Vorspann hinzugefügt.\n"
+"Wollen Sie dem Vorspann weitere Felder hinzufügen, können Sie\n"
+"diesen manuell bearbeiten, indem Sie Bearbeiten -> Vorspann bearbeiten ..."
+" im Editorfenster auswählen. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Zu aktualisierende Felder Wählen Sie aus, welche Felder im Vorspann beim Speichern aktualisiert "
+"werden sollen.\n"
+"Felder, die noch nicht existieren, werden dem Vorspann hinzugefügt. Wollen Sie dem Vorspann weitere Felder hinzufügen, können Sie\n"
+"diesen manuell bearbeiten, indem Sie Bearbeiten -> Vorspann bearbeiten ..."
+" im Editorfenster auswählen. Möchte Sie den Vorspann beim "
+"Speichern nicht automatisch aktualisieren, deaktivieren Sie die Option "
+"Vorspann beim Speichern aktualisieren. "
+" Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. "
+" Kodierung Wählen Sie hier, wie Zeichen beim Speichern in "
+"eine Datei kodiert werden sollen. Wenn Sie unsicher sind, fragen Sie bitte "
+"den Koordinator Ihres Übersetzungsteams. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Kodierung der Datei beibehalten Ist diese Einstellung "
+"markiert, werden Dateien immer in der Kodierung gespeichert, mit der sie "
+"eingelesen wurden. Dateien, die keine Informationen über den verwendeten "
+"Zeichensatz im Vorspann enthalten (z. B. POT-Dateien), werden in der oben "
+"festgelegten Kodierung abgespeichert. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Syntax beim Speichern prüfen Kreuzen Sie dieses Feld an, wenn Sie beim Speichern einer Datei diese\n"
+"automatisch mit \"msgfmt --statistics\" prüfen wollen.\n"
+"Werden hierbei Fehler entdeckt, erhalten Sie eine entsprechende Meldung."
+"p> Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Veraltete Einträge speichern Ist diese Einstellung markiert, werden veraltete Einträge, die beim "
+"Öffnen der Datei gefunden wurden, wieder zurückgespeichert.\n"
+"Veraltete Einträge sind mit #~ markiert und werden\n"
+"erzeugt, wenn msgmerge diese Übersetzung nicht mehr benötigt.\n"
+"Erscheint der Text wieder, werden die veralteten Einträge wieder aktiviert.\n"
+"Der Hauptnachteil ist die Größe der gespeicherten Datei. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Wenn Sie nach Mein Name ist Konqy suchen und die "
-"Einzelwort-Ersetzung aktiviert haben, werden auch Texte wie "
-"Mein Name ist Kandalf oder Dein Name ist Konqy angezeigt."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "&Projekt"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Einzelwort-Ersetzung benutzen"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "Format des Bearbeitungsdatums"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Maximale Anzahl Wörter pro Anfrage:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "S&tandard-Datumsformat"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Zweiwort-Ersetzung benutzen"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "Lokales &Datumsformat"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "Be&nutzerdefiniert:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Projektbezeichnung"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Lokale Zeichen für reguläre Ausdrücke:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "Projekt-ID:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Datenbankordner:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "Vors&pann"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Einträge automatisch der Datenbank hinzufügen"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Copyright &der Übersetzung aktualisieren"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Copyright der \"Free Software Foundation\""
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "Co&pyright entfernen, wenn leer"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "Co&pyright aktualisieren"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&Nicht aktualisieren"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "&Copyright"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
Format des Bearbeitungsdatums
Wählen Sie hier aus, in " +"welchem Format das Datum und die Zeit im Vorspannfeld\n" +"PO-Revision-Date gespeichert werden:
Um nicht standardisierten PO-Dateien vorzubeugen, wird empfohlen, " +"das Standardformat zu verwenden.
Weitere Informationen finden Sie im " +"Abschnitt Einstellungen im Handbuch.
\n" -"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be " -"inserted in the good keys list." -"
\n" -"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must " -"have to insert the key in the list." -"
\n" -"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the " -"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one." -"
\n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. \n"
-"Sie können die Mindestanzahl von Wörtern in einer Suchanfrage festlegen, die "
-"ein Text in der Datenbank (Schlüssel) haben muss, um in die "
-"Vorsortierten Einträge aufgenommen zu werden."
-" \n"
-"Oder Sie können auch die Mindestanzahl von Wörtern des Datenbank-Schlüssels "
-"festlegen, die im Suchtext enthalten sein müssen."
-" \n"
-"Diese Zahlen sind als Prozentanteil der jeweiligen Gesamtanzahl der Wörter "
-"anzugeben."
-" \n"
-"Schließlich können Sie auch die Höchstzahl von Einträgen in der vorsortierten "
-"Liste bestimmen."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Mindestanzahl Wörter des Schlüssels auch im Suchtext (%):"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+" Identität Geben Sie hier Informationen über sich und das Übersetzungsteam ein.\n"
+"Diese Informationen werden beim Aktualisieren des Vorspanns einer Datei "
+"benutzt. Sie finden die Einstellungsmöglichkeiten, welche Felder des Vorspanns "
+"aktualisiert werden sollen\n"
+"auf der Seite Speichern in diesem Dialog. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Anzahl der Singular-/Pluralformen Beachten Sie: Diese Option ist TDE-spezifisch. Wenn Sie kein TDE-"
+"Programm übersetzen, können Sie diese Option ignorieren. Wählen Sie hier, wieviele Singular- und Pluralformen in Ihrer Sprache "
+"benutzt werden. Diese Zahl muss mit den Einstellungen Ihres Sprachenteams "
+"übereinstimmen. Alternativ können Sie die Anzahl auf Automatisch "
+"einstellen, und KBabel wird diese Information automatisch von TDE beziehen. "
+"Benutzen Sie den Knopf Test, um die Funktion zu prüfen. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Pluralform-Argument in der Übersetzung verlangen Anmerkung:Diese Einstellung ist derzeit TDE-spezifisch. Wenn Sie "
+"keine TDE-Anwendungen übersetzen, können Sie diese Einstellung getrost "
+"ignorieren. Ist diese Funktion eingeschaltet, verlangt die Prüfung das Argument %n in "
+"der Nachricht. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. GNU-Vorspann der Pluralformen Hier können Sie ein Vorspannfeld für die Behandlung von GNU-Pluralformen "
+"eingeben. Lassen Sie den Eintrag leer, damit der Eintrag in der .po-Datei "
+"weder hinzugefügt noch geändert wird. KBabel kann versuchen, den von den GNU-gettext-Werkzeugen vorgeschlagenen "
+"Wert für die derzeit ausgewählte Sprache zu bestimmen. Betätigen Sie hierzu "
+"den Knopf Nachschlagen. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Markierung für Tastenkürzel Definieren Sie hier, welches "
+"Zeichen das darauffolgende Zeichen als Tastenkürzel markiert. Qt verwendet "
+"\"&\", Gtk \"_\". Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Regulärer Ausdruck für Kontextinformation Geben Sie hier "
+"einen regulären Ausdruck ein, der definiert, was in einem Text die "
+"Kontextinformation ist und nicht übersetzt werden darf. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Direkte Rechtschreibprüfung Ist diese Einstellung aktiv, "
+"markiert KBabel falsch geschriebene Wörter bereits bei der Eingabe. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Ignorierte Wörter merken Markieren Sie diese "
+"Einstellung, damit KBabel die Ausdrücke dauerhaft ignoriert, bei denen Sie "
+"im Dialog der Rechtschreibprüfung Alle Ignorieren gewählt haben. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Basisordner Geben Sie hier die Ordner an, die Ihre PO- und POT-Dateien enthalten.\n"
+"Die Dateien und die Unterordner in diesen Ordnern werden dann\n"
+"in einer Baumansicht zusammengeführt. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Dateien in neuem Fenster öffnen Ist diese Einstellung markiert, werden alle Dateien, die über den "
+"Katalogmanager\n"
+"geöffnet werden, in einem neuen Fenster geöffnet. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-"\n"
-"
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
\n" -"Die folgenden Variablen werden, falls vorhanden, im Pfad ersetzt:\n" -"
Prozesse beim Beenden abbrechen
\n" +"Ist diese Einstellung aktiv, versucht KBabel die Prozesse, die beim " +"Beenden von KBabel noch aktiv sind, abzubrechen, indem es ein\n" +"\"Kill\"-Signal an diese sendet.
\n" +"Beachten Sie: Es ist nicht garantiert, dass die Prozesse hierdurch " +"tatsächlich beendet werden.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Index für Datei-Inhalte erstellen
\n" +"Ist diese Einstellung markiert, erzeugt KBabel einen Index für jede PO-" +"Datei zur Beschleunigung der Suchen/Ersetzen-Funktion.
\n" +"Beachten Sie: Diese Einstellung verlangsamt das Einlesen der " +"Dateiinformationen erheblich.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Vor Verarbeitung einer Datei msgfmt ausführen
Wenn diese " +"Einstellung aktiv ist, führt KBabel das zu Gettext gehörende Programm msgfmt " +"aus, bevor die Datei bearbeitet wird.
Es wird empfohlen, diese " +"Einstellung zu aktivieren, auch wenn dadurch die " +"Verarbeitungsgeschwindigkeit etwas sinkt. In der Voreinstellung ist die " +"Einstellung aktiv.
Das Deaktivieren der Einstellung kann nützlich "
+"sein, wenn Sie einen langsamen Rechner besitzen oder wenn Sie PO-Dateien "
+"bearbeiten müssen, die von Ihrer aktuellen Gettext-Version nicht unterstützt "
+"werden. Der Nachteil ist aber, dass kaum Syntaxprüfungen durchgeführt "
+"werden, sodass ungültige PO-Dateien als gültig angezeigt werden könnten, "
+"obwohl Gettext die Dateien normalerweise als ungültig zurückweisen würde."
-#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui line 39
-#: rc.cpp:1171
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:988
+msgid "Commands for Folders"
+msgstr "Befehle für Ordner"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:993
msgid ""
-" Mark invalid as fuzzy"
-" \n"
-" If you select this option, all items,\n"
-"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n"
-"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n"
-"will be saved. Ungültige Einträge als fraglich markieren. Wählen Sie diese Einstellung, werden alle Einträge, die als ungültig "
-"erkannt\n"
-" werden, auf den Status \"fraglich\" gesetzt, und die resultierende Datei wird "
-"gespeichert. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Befehle für Ordner
Geben Sie hier Befehle ein, die Sie " +"vom Katalogmanager aus in Ordnern ausführen lassen wollen. Diese Befehle " +"werden dann im Untermenü Befehle im Kontextmenü des Katalogmanagers " +"angezeigt.
Die folgenden Texte werden in einem Befehl ersetzt:" +"
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Fragliche Einträge nicht prüfen.
\n" -"Ist diese Einstellung aktiv, werden Einträge mit\n" -"dem Status \"fraglich\" nicht geprüft.
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Befehle für Dateien
Geben Sie hier Befehle ein, die Sie " +"vom Katalogmanager aus auf Dateien anwenden lassen wollen. Diese Befehle " +"werden dann im UntermenüBefehle im Kontextmenü des Katalogmanagers " +"angezeigt.
Die folgenden Texte werden in einem Befehl ersetzt:" +"
Shown columns
\n" +"Angezeigte Spalten
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Welche Einträge übersetzt werden sollen
Wählen Sie hier " +"aus, für welche Einträge KBabel versuchen soll, eine Übersetzung zu finden. " +"Veränderte Einträge werden immer als fraglich markiert, egal welche " +"Einstellung Sie wählen.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Wie Texte übersetzt werden
Hier können Sie festlegen, ob " +"ein Text nur komplett übersetzt werden soll, ob ähnliche Übersetzungen " +"akzeptabel sind oder ob KBabel versuchen soll, einzelne Wörter des Textes zu " +"übersetzen, wenn es keine Übersetzung für den kompletten oder ähnlichen Text " +"gibt.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Veränderte Einträge als fraglich markieren
Wurde eine " +"Übersetzung für einen Eintrag gefunden, wird dieser standardmäßig als " +"fraglich markiert. Dies geschieht, weil die von KBabel gefundene " +"Übersetzung nur als Vermutung gelten kann und Sie das Resultat genau prüfen " +"sollten. Deaktivieren Sie diese Option nur, wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun." +"p>
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
TDE-spezifische Einträge initialisieren
Initialisiert " +"\"Comment=\"- und \"Name=\"-Einträge, wenn keine Übersetzung gefunden wurde. " +"Desweiteren werden \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" und \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" mit " +"den Angaben aus den Einstellungen für die Identität gefüllt.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Wörterbücher
Wählen Sie hier aus, welche Wörterbücher " +"für das Suchen einer Übersetzung benutzt werden sollen. Wenn Sie mehr als " +"ein Wörterbuch auswählen, werden diesein der in der Liste angezeigten " +"Reihenfolge benutzt.
Der Knopf Einstellungen erlaubt das " +"temporäre Umstellen von markierten Wörterbüchern. Die ursprünglichen " +"Einstellungen werden nach dem Schließen des Dialoges wiederhergestellt.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:1024 -msgid "Word Count" -msgstr "Wortanzahl" - -#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:64 kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp:52 -msgid "Table:" -msgstr "Tabelle:" +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:186 +msgid "Messages:" +msgstr "Einträge:" -#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:84 +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:744 msgid "" -"Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Zeichenauswahl
" -"Mit diesem Werkzeug können Sie per Doppelklick Sonderzeichen einfügen.
" -"Wurde eine Übersetzung für einen Eintrag gefunden, wird dieser " +"standardmäßig als fraglich markiert. Dies geschieht, weil die " +"Übersetzung durch KBabel nur als Vermutung gelten kann und Sie das Resultat " +"genau prüfen sollten. Deaktivieren Sie diese Option nur, wenn Sie wissen, " +"was Sie tun.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Dieser Knopf aktualisiert den Vorspann mit den aktuellen Einstellungen. Das " -"Ergebnis ist der Vorspann, der beim Speichern in die PO Datei geschrieben " -"würde.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Dieser Knopf wiederruft alle bisher durchgeführten Änderungen.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Ungültiger Vorspann
\n" -"Bitte bearbeiten Sie den Vorspann vor dem Aktualisieren.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Ungültiger Vorspann
\n" -"Bitte bearbeiten Sie den Vorspann vor dem Aktualisieren.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Kommentar-Editor
\n" -"Dieses Editorfenster zeigt Ihnen den Kommentar des aktuellen Eintrags an.
" -"\n" -"Der Kommentar enthält normalerweise Informationen, wo der Text im Quellcode " -"steht,\n" -"sowie Statusinformationen zu diesem Text (fraglich, C-Format).\n" -"Manchmal sind auch Hinweise von anderen Übersetzern in Kommentaren " -"enthalten.
\n" -"Sie können den Kommentar-Editor ausblenden, in dem Sie die Option\n" -"Kommentare anzeigen in den Einstellungen deaktivieren.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Zeichenauswahl
Mit diesem Werkzeug können Sie per " +"Doppelklick Sonderzeichen einfügen.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Kommentar-Editor
\n" +"Dieses Editorfenster zeigt Ihnen den Kommentar des aktuellen Eintrags an." +"
\n" +"Der Kommentar enthält normalerweise Informationen, wo der Text im " +"Quellcode steht,\n" +"sowie Statusinformationen zu diesem Text (fraglich, C-Format).\n" +"Manchmal sind auch Hinweise von anderen Übersetzern in Kommentaren enthalten." +"
\n" +"Sie können den Kommentar-Editor ausblenden, in dem Sie die Option\n" +"Kommentare anzeigen in den Einstellungen deaktivieren.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
PO-Kontext
Dieses Fenster zeigt den Kontext des gerade " +"angezeigten Eintrags in der PO-Datei. Normalerweise werden je vier Einträge " +"vor und nach dem aktuellen Eintrag angezeigt.
Sie können dieses " +"Fenster ausblenden, indem Sie die Option Werkzeuge anzeigen in den " +"Einstellungen deaktivieren.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Suchergebnisse
" -"Dieser Teil des Fensters zeigt die Suchergebnisse an.
" -"Ganz oben steht die Anzahl der gefundenen Einträge und wo der gerade " -"angezeigte Eintrag steht. Benutzen Sie die Knöpfe am unteren Ende, um die " -"Suchergebnisse anzusehen.
" -"Die Suche wird entweder automatisch gestartet, wenn Sie im " -"Bearbeitungsfenster zu einem anderen Eintrag wechseln, oder indem Sie das " -"gewünschte Wörterbuch in Wörterbücher -> Text suchen ... auswählen.
" -"Allgemeine Einstellungen können im Abschnitt Suche " -"der Einstellungen geändert werden, die wörterbuch-spezifischen über " -"Einstellungen -> Wörterbuch.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Originaltext
\n" -"Dieser Teil des Fensters zeigt den Originaltext\n" -"des aktuellen Eintrags.
Fehlerliste
Dieses Fenster zeigt die Liste der Fehler, " +"die von den Prüfungswerkzeugen gefunden wurden, so dass Sie nachsehen " +"können, warum der aktuelle Eintrag als fehlerhaft markiert wurde.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Dieser Knopf aktualisiert den Vorspann mit den aktuellen " +"Einstellungen. Das Ergebnis ist der Vorspann, der beim Speichern in die PO " +"Datei geschrieben würde.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Dieser Knopf wiederruft alle bisher durchgeführten Änderungen.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:725 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:428 -msgid "faulty" -msgstr "fehlerhaft" +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:111 +#, c-format +msgid "Header Editor for %1" +msgstr "Vorspanneditor für %1" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:437 +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:136 msgid "" -"Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Statusleuchtanzeige
\n" -"Diese \"Signallämpchen\" zeigen den Status des aktuellen Eintrags an.\n" -"Sie können deren Farbe auf der Seite Erscheinungsbild im Abschnitt\n" -"Editor der Einstellungen ändern.
Ungültiger Vorspann
\n" +"Bitte bearbeiten Sie den Vorspann vor dem Aktualisieren.
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Übersetzter Text
\n" -"In diesem Editorfenster können Sie die Übersetzung des aktuellen Eintrags " -"erfassen und bearbeiten.
Ungültiger Vorspann
\n" +"Bitte bearbeiten Sie den Vorspann vor dem Aktualisieren.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Statusleiste
\n" +"Die Statusleiste zeigt Informationen über die geöffnete Datei an.\n" +"Darunter die Anzahl der Einträge sowie die Anzahl der nicht übersetzten oder " +"fraglichen Einträge. Darüberhinaus wird die Position sowie der Status des " +"derzeit angezeigten Eintrags angezeigt.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Suchergebnisse
Dieser Teil des Fensters zeigt die " +"Suchergebnisse an.
Ganz oben steht die Anzahl der gefundenen Einträge " +"und wo der gerade angezeigte Eintrag steht. Benutzen Sie die Knöpfe am " +"unteren Ende, um die Suchergebnisse anzusehen.
Die Suche wird entweder " +"automatisch gestartet, wenn Sie im Bearbeitungsfenster zu einem anderen " +"Eintrag wechseln, oder indem Sie das gewünschte Wörterbuch in " +"Wörterbücher -> Text suchen ... auswählen.
Allgemeine " +"Einstellungen können im Abschnitt Suche der Einstellungen geändert " +"werden, die wörterbuch-spezifischen über Einstellungen -> Wörterbuch." +"b>
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Originaltext
\n" +"Dieser Teil des Fensters zeigt den Originaltext\n" +"des aktuellen Eintrags.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Statusleuchtanzeige
\n" +"Diese \"Signallämpchen\" zeigen den Status des aktuellen Eintrags an.\n" +"Sie können deren Farbe auf der Seite Erscheinungsbild im Abschnitt\n" +"Editor der Einstellungen ändern.
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Übersetzter Text
\n" +"In diesem Editorfenster können Sie die Übersetzung des aktuellen Eintrags " +"erfassen und bearbeiten.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Statusleiste
\n" -"Die Statusleiste zeigt Informationen über die geöffnete Datei an.\n" -"Darunter die Anzahl der Einträge sowie die Anzahl der nicht übersetzten oder " -"fraglichen Einträge. Darüberhinaus wird die Position sowie der Status des " -"derzeit angezeigten Eintrags angezeigt.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Fehlerliste
" -"Dieses Fenster zeigt die Liste der Fehler, die von den Prüfungswerkzeugen " -"gefunden wurden, so dass Sie nachsehen können, warum der aktuelle Eintrag als " -"fehlerhaft markiert wurde.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO-Kontext
" -"Dieses Fenster zeigt den Kontext des gerade angezeigten Eintrags in der " -"PO-Datei. Normalerweise werden je vier Einträge vor und nach dem aktuellen " -"Eintrag angezeigt.
" -"Sie können dieses Fenster ausblenden, indem Sie die Option " -"Werkzeuge anzeigen in den Einstellungen deaktivieren.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Es gibt Sicherheitskopien der Datenbank, die von älteren Babel-Versionen "
+"stammen. Eine andere Version von KBabel (wahrscheinlich von TDE 3.1.1 oder "
+"TDE 3.1.2) hat eine neue Datenbank angelegt. Darum liegen nun zwei Versionen "
+"der Datenbankdatei vor. Es ist leider nicht möglich die beiden Versionen "
+"zusammenzuführen. Sie müssen sich für eine Datenbank entscheiden.
Wenn Sie sich für die alte Version entscheiden, wird die neue gelöscht. "
+"Wenn Sie die neue Datenbank auswählen, bleiben die alten Datenbankdateien "
+"erhalten und Sie müssen diese manuell entfernen. Andernfalls erscheint diese "
+"Meldung erneut. Die alten Dateien finden Sie unter $TDEHOME/share/apps/"
+"kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parameter
" -"Hier können Parameter für die Suche in der PO-Datei eingestellt werden. " -"Beispielsweise, ob Groß/Kleinschreibung beachtet wird oder ob fragliche " -"Einträge ignoriert werden sollen.
Parameter
Hier können Parameter für die Suche in der PO-" +"Datei eingestellt werden. Beispielsweise, ob Groß/Kleinschreibung beachtet " +"wird oder ob fragliche Einträge ignoriert werden sollen.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Vergleichsmöglichkeiten
" -"Wählen Sie hier, in welchen Fällen Nachrichten als übereinstimmend gewertet " -"werden sollen.
Vergleichsmöglichkeiten
Wählen Sie hier, in welchen " +"Fällen Nachrichten als übereinstimmend gewertet werden sollen.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-Übereinstimmung
" -"Ein Eintrag stimmt mit einem anderen überein, wenn die meisten seiner " -"Gruppen aus 3 Buchstaben in dem anderen enthalten sind. Beispielsweise stimmt " -"'abc123' mit 'abcx123c12' überein.
3-Gram-Übereinstimmung
Ein Eintrag stimmt mit einem " +"anderen überein, wenn die meisten seiner Gruppen aus 3 Buchstaben in dem " +"anderen enthalten sind. Beispielsweise stimmt 'abc123' mit 'abcx123c12' " +"überein.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Wo soll gesucht werden
" -"Wählen Sie hier, in welchen Teilen eines Eintrags gesucht werden soll.
" -"Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Wo soll gesucht werden
Wählen Sie hier, in welchen " +"Teilen eines Eintrags gesucht werden soll.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parameter
" -"Hier können Parameter für die Suche in der PO-Datei eingestellt werden. " -"Beispielsweise, ob Groß/Kleinschreibung beachtet werden soll.
Parameter
Hier können Parameter für die Suche in der PO-" +"Datei eingestellt werden. Beispielsweise, ob Groß/Kleinschreibung beachtet " +"werden soll.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Ungültige Einträge als fraglich markieren.
\n" +"Wählen Sie diese Einstellung, werden alle Einträge, die als ungültig " +"erkannt\n" +" werden, auf den Status \"fraglich\" gesetzt, und die resultierende Datei " +"wird gespeichert.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Fragliche Einträge nicht prüfen.
\n" +"Ist diese Einstellung aktiv, werden Einträge mit\n" +"dem Status \"fraglich\" nicht geprüft.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Es gibt Sicherheitskopien der Datenbank, die von älteren Babel-Versionen "
-"stammen. Eine andere Version von KBabel (wahrscheinlich von TDE 3.1.1 oder TDE "
-"3.1.2) hat eine neue Datenbank angelegt. Darum liegen nun zwei Versionen der "
-"Datenbankdatei vor. Es ist leider nicht möglich die beiden Versionen "
-"zusammenzuführen. Sie müssen sich für eine Datenbank entscheiden."
-"
"
-"
Wenn Sie sich für die alte Version entscheiden, wird die neue gelöscht. "
-"Wenn Sie die neue Datenbank auswählen, bleiben die alten Datenbankdateien "
-"erhalten und Sie müssen diese manuell entfernen. Andernfalls erscheint diese "
-"Meldung erneut. Die alten Dateien finden Sie unter "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Quelle für Darstellung der Unterschiede
\n" +"Wählen Sie eine Quelle, die zum Vergleichen benutzt wird.
\n" +"Sie können eine Datei, eine Übersetzungsdatenbank oder einen " +"entsprechenden msgstr wählen.
\n" +"Wenn Sie die Übersetzungsdatenbank wählen, müssen Sie Einträge " +"automatisch der Datenbank hinzufügen unter Einstellung aktivieren, damit " +"die Einträge brauchbar sind.
\n" +"Die letzte Option ist für Korrekturleser, die PO-Dateien benutzen, " +"hilfreich
\n" +"Um bei Bedarf mit einer Datei zu vergleichen, können Sie Extras->Diff-" +">Datei für Vergleich öffnen im Hauptfenster wählen
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Basisordner für Diff-Dateien\n" +"
Hier können Sie einen Ordner festlegen, in dem die Dateien zum Anzeigen " +"von Unterschieden gespeichert sind. Wenn die Dateien in diesem Ordner die " +"gleiche Ordnerstruktur aufweisen wie die Originaldateien im Basisordner, ist " +"KBabel in der Lage automatisch die richtige Datei zu öffnen.
Beachten " +"Sie, dass diese Einstellung keine Auswirkung hat, wenn Einträge aus der " +"Übersetzungsdatenbank zum Anzeigen von Veränderungen benutzt werden.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Willkommen beim Projekt-Assistenten!\n" +"\n" +"Der Assistent hilft Ihnen dabei ein neues Übersetzungsprojekt für KBabel " +"aufzusetzen.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Zunächst müssen Sie einen Namen für das Projekt und\n" +"die Datei auswählen, in der das Projekt gespeichert werden soll.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Außerdem sollten Sie die Sprache auswählen, in die übersetzt werden.\n" +"soll und die Art des Übersetzungsprojekts.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:288 -msgid "Original" -msgstr "Original" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Dateiname der Konfiguration
\n"
+"Der Name der Datei, in die die Einstellungen des.\n"
+"Projekts gespeichert werden.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Sprache
\n"
+"Die Zielsprache des Projektes, z. B. die Sprache, in die übersetzt\n"
+"werden soll. Die Sprache sollte nach dem Standard ISO 631\n"
+"benannt werden.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Projektname
\n"
+"Der Projektname dient als Erkennungsmerkmal des\n"
+"Projektes für Sie. Er wird im Dialog Projekteinstellungen angezeigt\n"
+"und in den Titelzeilen der offenen Fenster des Projektes.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Beachten Sie: Der Projektname kann später nicht mehr geändert werden."
+"<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Projektart\n" +"Der Projekttyp ermöglicht weitere Einstellungen, die\n" +"für bestimmte vorkommende Projektarten gelten.\n" +"Hierüber werden beispielsweise die Validierungswerkzeuge,\n" +"die Erkennung von Kurztasten und die Formatierung des Vorspanns gesetzt.\n" +"
\n" +"Derzeit bekannte Arten:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Basisordner
\n" +"Geben Sie hier die Ordner an, die Ihre PO- und POT-Dateien enthalten.\n" +"Die Dateien und die Unterordner in diesen Ordnern werden dann\n" +"in einer Baumansicht zusammengeführt.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Status \"fraglich\" automatisch löschen
\n" +"Ist diese Einstellung markiert und Sie verändern einen fraglichen " +"Eintrag, wird der Status \"fraglich\" automatisch zurückgesetzt.\n" +"(Dies bedeutet, der Text , fuzzy wird aus dem Kommentar des Eintrags " +"gelöscht.)
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Intelligentes Bearbeiten benutzen
\n" +"Aktivieren Sie diese Einstellung, um die Texteingabe komfortabler zu " +"gestalten. KBabel berücksichtigt dann einige spezielle Zeichen, die maskiert " +"werden müssen. Beispielsweise erzeugt das Tippen von '\"' '\\\"'. Die " +"Eingabetaste hängt automatisch ein Leerzeichen an das Zeilenende, und " +"Umschalt+Eingabe fügt automatisch '\\n' am Ende der Zeile ein.
\n" +"Beachten Sie, dass dies nur eine Hilfe ist und es trotzdem möglich " +"bleibt, syntaktisch fehlerhaften Text einzugeben.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Fehlerbenachrichtigung
Hier können Sie festlegen, auf " +"welche Weise angezeigt werden soll, ob ein Fehler aufgetreten ist. Bei " +"Fehler Signalton ausgeben gibt einen Signalton aus, Bei Fehler " +"Textfarbe ändern ändert die Farbe des übersetzten Textes. Ist keine " +"dieser Einstellungen markiert, können Sie immer noch eine Meldung in der " +"Statusleiste sehen.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Statusleuchtanzeigen\"
\n" +"Wählen Sie hier die Farbe der \"Signallämpchen\" für den Status des " +"jeweiligen Eintrags aus und wo diese angezeigt werden sollen.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Suche automatisch starten
\n" +"Ist diese Einstellung markiert, wird die Suche automatisch gestartet,\n" +"sobald Sie im Editor zu einem anderen Eintrag wechseln. Sie können \n" +"mit dem Auswahlfeld Standard-Wörterbuch festlegen, wo gesucht wird.\n" +"
Sie können die Suche auch manuell starten, indem Sie einen\n" +"Eintrag aus dem Kontextmenü auswählen, das erscheint, wenn Sie \n" +"Wörterbücher->Text suchen ... aufrufen oder den Knopf\n" +"in der Werkzeugleiste gedrückt halten.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Standard-Wörterbuch
\n" +"Geben Sie hier das Wörterbuch ein, in dem standardmäßig gesucht werden " +"soll.\n" +"Diese Einstellung wirkt sich auf die automatische und die über die " +"Werkzeugleiste gestartete Suche aus.
\n" +"Die Wörterbücher können unter Einstellungen->Wörterbuch einrichten ..." +" eingestellt werden
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Statusleiste
\n" -"Die Statusleiste zeigt den Fortschritt des Suchens oder Ersetzens an.\n" -"Die erste Zahl in Gefunden: gibt an, in wievielen Dateien der " -"Suchbegriff\n" -"vorkommt, die noch nicht im Fenster von KBabel angezeigt worden sind.\n" -"Die zweite gibt an, in wievielen Dateien insgesamt der gesuchte Text\n" -"bislang vorgekommen ist.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Datei-Optionen
" -"Hier können Sie einstellen, wo gesucht werden soll:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Beispiel: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Informationen für die folgenden Dateien abfragen:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Einzeldatei einlesen ..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Alte Einträge:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Ordner einlesen ..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Protokollnachricht:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Ordner samt Unterordnern einlesen ..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "&Dateien bei Bedarf automatisch hinzufügen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Datei wird eingelesen:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Einspielen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Eingefügte Einträge:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "Status &abfragen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Gesamtfortschritt:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Unterschiede anzeigen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Datei wird verarbeitet:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Informationen abfragen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Datei wird geladen:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Befehlsausgabe:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Export ..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Der Kommentar für das Einspielen ist leer. Möchten Sie fortfahren?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Wiederholte Texte"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
-"Die temporäre Datei kann nicht zum Schreiben geöffnet werden. Vorgang wird "
-"abgebrochen."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Vorsortierte Einträge"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
-"In die temporäre Datei kann nicht geschrieben werden. Vorgang wird abgebrochen."
+" \n"
+"Sie können die Mindestanzahl von Wörtern in einer Suchanfrage festlegen, die "
+"ein Text in der Datenbank (Schlüssel) haben muss, um in die "
+"Vorsortierten Einträge aufgenommen zu werden. \n"
+"Oder Sie können auch die Mindestanzahl von Wörtern des Datenbank-Schlüssels "
+"festlegen, die im Suchtext enthalten sein müssen. \n"
+"Diese Zahlen sind als Prozentanteil der jeweiligen Gesamtanzahl der Wörter "
+"anzugeben. \n"
+"Schließlich können Sie auch die Höchstzahl von Einträgen in der "
+"vorsortierten Liste bestimmen."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Der Prozess kann nicht gestartet werden."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Mindestanzahl Wörter des Schlüssels auch im Suchtext (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Ausgeführt mit Status %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Fertig ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Mindestanzahl Wörter des Suchtextes im Schlüssel (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Nachrichtenkataloge"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Höchstzahl von Einträgen:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Keine Versionsverwaltung"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Häufige Wörter"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "RCS-Status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Wörter übergehen, die häufiger sind als:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Konflikt beseitigt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Setze Status \"Konflikt beseitigt\" für markierte"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Häufige Wörter bei der Bewertung ignorieren"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Lokale Änderungen verwerfen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Allgemein"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Lokale Änderungen verwerfen für markierte"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Datenbankordner:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Aufräumen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Automatisch in KBabel aktualisieren"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Aufräumen für markierte"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Neue Einträge"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Kein CVS-Archiv"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Aus KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Dateien:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algorithmus"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Name"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Mindestbewertung:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Zu benutzende Algorithmen"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Fraglich"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Bewertung:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Nicht übersetzt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Fragliche Einträge"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Gesamt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glossar"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Zuletzt bearbeitet"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Exakt "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Protokollfenster"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Satz für Satz"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Löschen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alphanumerisch"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Protokollfenster In diesem Fenster werden die Ausgaben der ausgeführten Befehle angezeigt. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Katalogmanager Der Katalogmanager führt zwei Ordner in einer Baumansicht\n"
-"zusammen und zeigt alle PO- und POT-Dateien in diesen Ordnern an. Auf diese\n"
-"Weise können Sie schnell erkennen, ob eine Vorlage neu hinzugekommen oder "
-"gelöscht worden ist. Außerdem werden einige Informationen über die Dateien "
-"angezeigt. Lesen Sie den Abschnitt Der Katalogmanager "
-"in der Dokumentation, wenn Sie mehr zu diesem Thema erfahren möchten. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Wenn Sie nach Mein Name ist Konqy suchen und die Einzelwort-"
+"Ersetzung aktiviert haben, werden auch Texte wie Mein Name ist "
+"Kandalf oder Dein Name ist Konqy angezeigt."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Kein SVN-Archiv"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Einzelwort-Ersetzung benutzen"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Nicht in SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Maximale Anzahl Wörter pro Anfrage:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Lokal hinzugefügt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Zweiwort-Ersetzung benutzen"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Lokal entfernt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Lokal geändert"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Aktuell"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Lokale Zeichen für reguläre Ausdrücke:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Konflikt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Datenbank"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Fehler in der Arbeitskopie"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Datenbankordner:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Unbekannt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Einträge automatisch der Datenbank hinzufügen"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-"Dies ist kein gültiges SVN-Archiv. Die SVN-Befehle können nicht ausgeführt "
-"werden."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Befehl wird ausgeführt ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN-Dialog"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Aktualisieren der folgenden Dateien:"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Einspielen der folgenden Dateien:"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Status (auf dem Server) der folgenden Dateien abfragen:"
+"Einträge automatisch der Datenbank hinzufügen, wenn eine neue Übersetzung "
+"hinzugekommen ist (beispielsweise in KBabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Status (lokal) der folgenden Dateien abfragen:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Autor für automatisch hinzugefügte Einträge:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Unterschiede der folgenden Dateien abfragen:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Die folgenden Variablen werden, falls vorhanden, im Pfad ersetzt:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Ποιες καταχωρήσεις να μεταφραστούν
" -"Επιλέξτε εδώ τις καταχωρήσεις του αρχείου όπου το KBabel θα προσπαθήσει να " -"βρει μια μετάφραση. Οι τροποποιημένες καταχωρήσεις πάντα σημαδεύονται ως " -"ασαφείς, χωρίς να έχει σημασία τις επιλογή θα διαλέξετε.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Πώς μεταφράζονται τα μηνύματα
" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε αν ένα μήνυμα μπορεί να μεταφραστεί ολόκληρο, αν " -"παρόμοια μηνύματα είναι αποδεκτά ή αν το KBabel θα προσπαθήσει να μεταφράσει " -"λέξη προς λέξη αν δεν υπάρχει διαθέσιμη πλήρης μετάφραση του μηνύματος ή " -"παρόμοιων μηνυμάτων.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Σήμανση τροποποιημένων καταχωρήσεων ως ασαφείς
" -"Όταν μια μετάφραση ενός μηνύματος βρεθεί, η καταχώρηση είναι προκαθορισμένη " -"να σημαδευτεί ως ασαφής. Αυτό γίνεται γιατί απλά το KBabel μάντεψε τη " -"μετάφραση και θα πρέπει πάντα να ελέγχετε τα αποτελέσματα προσεκτικά. " -"Απενεργοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή μόνο αν ξέρετε τι κάνετε.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Αρχικοποίηση καταχωρήσεων σχετικές με το TDE
" -"Αρχικοποίηση των καταχωρήσεων \"Comment=\" και \"Name=\" αν δε βρεθεί " -"μετάφραση. Επίσης, τα \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" και \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" " -"συμπληρώνονται με τις ρυθμίσεις ταυτότητας.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Λεξικά
" -"Επιλέξτε εδώ, τα λεξικά που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν για την εύρεση μιας " -"μετάφρασης. Αν επιλέξετε παραπάνω από ένα, θα χρησιμοποιηθούν με την ίδια σειρά " -"που εμφανίζονται στη λίστα.
" -"Το κουμπί Ρύθμιση σας επιτρέπει να ρυθμίσετε προσωρινά το επιλεγμένο " -"λεξικό. Οι αρχικές ρυθμίσεις θα επανέλθουν μετά το κλείσιμο του διαλόγου.
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Όταν βρεθεί μετάφραση για ένα μήνυμα, η καταχώρηση θα σημαδευτεί ως " -"ασαφής προκαθορισμένα. Αυτό γίνεται γιατί απλά το KBabel μάντεψε τη " -"μετάφραση και θα πρέπει πάντα να ελέγχετε τα αποτελέσματα προσεκτικά. " -"Απενεργοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή μόνο αν ξέρετε τι κάνετε.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Αναζήτηση κειμένου
" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να εισάγετε το κείμενο που θέλετε να αναζητήσετε. Αν θέλετε να " -"αναζητήσετε μια κανονική έκφραση, ενεργοποιήστε την επιλογή " -"Χρήση κανονικής έκφρασης παρακάτω.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Αντικατάσταση κειμένου
" -"Εδώ μπορείτε ένα εισάγετε το κείμενο με το οποίο θέλετε να αντικαταστήσετε " -"το κείμενο που αναζητήθηκε. Το κείμενο χρησιμοποιείται όπως είναι, δεν είναι " -"δυνατή η χρήση προς τα πίσω αναφορών, αν κάνατε αναζήτηση με μια κανονική " -"έκφραση.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Που να γίνει η αναζήτηση
" -"Επιλέξτε εδώ τα τμήματα της καταχώρησης καταλόγου που θέλετε να γίνει σε " -"αυτά αναζήτηση.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Επιλογές
" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τις αντικαταστάσεις:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Επιλογές
" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τις αντικαταστάσεις:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Γραμμή κατάστασης
\n" +"Η γραμμή κατάστασης εμφανίζει πληροφορίες σχετικά με την πρόοδο της " +"τρέχουσας λειτουργίας αναζήτησης ή αντικατάστασης. Ό πρώτος αριθμός " +"Βρέθηκαν: εμφανίζει το πλήθος των αρχείων που βρέθηκε το αναζητούμενο " +"κείμενο που δεν εμφανίζονται ακόμη στο παράθυρο του KBabel. Ο δεύτερος " +"αριθμός δηλώνει το συνολικό αριθμό των αρχείων που περιέχουν το αναζητούμενο " +"κείμενο μέχρι τη στιγμή αυτή.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Ενημέρωση επικεφαλίδας
\n" -"Πατήστε αυτό το κουμπί για ενημέρωση των πληροφοριών της επικεφαλίδας κάθε " -"φορά που αποθηκεύεται το αρχείο.
\n" -"Η επικεφαλίδα κανονικά διατηρεί πληροφορίες σχετικά με την ημερομηνία και " -"ώρα της\n" -" τελευταίας ενημέρωσης, τον τελευταίο μεταφραστή και άλλα.
\n" -"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τις πληροφορίες που θέλετε να ενημερωθούν στα παρακάτω " -"κουτιά επιλογής.\n" -"Τα πεδία που δεν υπάρχουν προσθέτονται στην επικεφαλίδα.\n" -"Αν επιθυμείτε την προσθήκη επιπλέον πεδίων, μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε " -"χειροκίνητα την επικεφαλίδα επιλέγοντας\n" -"Επεξεργασία->Επεξεργασία επικεφαλίδας στο παράθυρο του επεξεργαστή.
" -"Παράθυρο καταγραφής
\n" +"Σε αυτό το παράθυρο εμφανίζεται η έξοδος των εντολών που εκτελούνται." +"p>
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Πεδία για ενημέρωση
\n" -"Επιλέξτε τα πεδία της επικεφαλίδας που επιθυμείτε να ενημερωθούν κατά την " -"αποθήκευση.\n" -"Αν ένα πεδίο δεν υπάρχει, θα προστεθεί στην επικεφαλίδα
\n" -"Αν θέλετε να προσθέσετε άλλες πληροφορίες στην επικεφαλίδα, πρέπει να την " -"επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα\n" -"επιλέγοντας Επεξεργασία->Επεξεργασία επικεφαλίδας " -"στο παράθυρο του επεξεργαστή.
\n" -"Απενεργοποιήστε την Ενημέρωση επικεφαλίδας " -"πιο πάνω αν δεν επιθυμείτε την ενημέρωση της επικεφαλίδας\n" -"κατά την αποθήκευση.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Κωδικοποίηση
" -"Επιλογή της μεθόδου κωδικοποίησης των χαρακτήρων κατά την αποθήκευση ενός " -"αρχείου. Αν δεν είστε σίγουροι για την κωδικοποίηση που θα χρησιμοποιήσετε, " -"παρακαλώ ρωτήστε τον συντονιστή της ομάδας εξελληνισμού.
" -"Διαχειριστής καταλόγου
\n" +"Ο διαχειριστής καταλόγου συγχωνεύει δύο φακέλους σε ένα δέντρο και " +"εμφανίζει όλα\n" +"τα αρχεία PO και POT σε αυτούς τους φακέλους. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο μπορείτε " +"εύκολα να δείτε αν\n" +"ένα πρότυπο έχει προστεθεί ή αφαιρεθεί. Ακόμη εμφανίζονται κάποιες " +"πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα αρχεία.\n" +"
Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες δείτε το τμήμα του διαχειριστή " +"καταλόγου στη βοήθεια.
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Διατήρηση κωδικοποίησης αρχείου
" -"Αν ενεργοποιηθεί αυτή η επιλογή, τα αρχεία αποθηκεύονται πάντα με την ίδια " -"κωδικοποίηση την οποία είχαν. Αρχεία χωρίς πληροφορίες κωδικοποίησης στην " -"επικεφαλίδα τους (π.χ. αρχεία POT) αποθηκεύονται με την κωδικοποίηση που " -"ορίστηκε πιο πάνω.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Έλεγχος σύνταξης του αρχείου κατά την αποθήκευση
\n" -"Ενεργοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή για τον αυτόματο έλεγχο της σύνταξης του " -"αρχείου με την \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" -"κατά την αποθήκευση ενός αρχείου. Θα λάβετε απλά ένα μήνυμα, αν υπάρξει " -"σφάλμα.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Αποθήκευση ξεπερασμένων καταχωρήσεων
\n" -"Αν ενεργοποιηθεί αυτή η επιλογή, οι ξεπερασμένες καταχωρήσεις που θα βρεθούν " -"κατά το άνοιγμα του αρχείου\n" -" θα αποθηκευτούν ξανά στο αρχείο. Οι ξεπερασμένες καταχωρήσεις σημαδεύονται με " -"το #~ και \n" -"δημιουργούνται όταν η msgmerge δε χρειάζεται πια τη συγκεκριμένη μετάφραση.\n" -"Αν το κείμενο εμφανιστεί ξανά, οι ξεπερασμένες καταχωρήσεις θα ενεργοποιηθούν " -"ξανά.\n" -"Το κύριο πρόβλημα που θα εμφανιστεί είναι το μέγεθος του αποθηκευμένου " -"αρχείου.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Μορφή της ημερομηνίας αναθεώρησης
" -"Επιλογή της μορφής της ημερομηνίας και ώρα του πεδίου επικεφαλίδας\n" -"PO-Revision-Date που αποθηκεύεται: " -"
Προτείνεται να χρησιμοποιηθεί η προκαθορισμένη μορφή για να αποφευχθεί η " -"δημιουργία μη τυπικών αρχείων PO.
" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε το τμήμα Ο διάλογος προτιμήσεων " -"στη βοήθεια.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Ταυτότητα
\n" -"Συμπληρώστε πληροφορίες σχετικά με σας και με την ομάδα σας μετάφρασης.\n" -"Αυτές οι πληροφορίες χρησιμοποιούνται κατά την ενημέρωση της επικεφαλίδας ενός " -"αρχείου.
\n" -"Μπορείτε να βρείτε τις επιλογές για την ενημέρωση των πεδίων της " -"επικεφαλίδας στη σελίδα Αποθήκευση σε αυτόν το διάλογο.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Αριθμός μορφών ενικού/πληθυντικού
\n" -"Σημείωση: Αυτή η επιλογή απευθύνεται για την ώρα ειδικά στο TDE. Αν " -"δε μεταφράζετε μια εφαρμογή TDE, μπορείτε με ασφάλεια να αγνοήσετε αυτή την " -"επιλογή.
\n" -"Επιλέξτε εδώ πόσες μορφές ενικού και πληθυντικού χρησιμοποιούνται στη γλώσσα " -"σας. Αυτός ο αριθμός πρέπει να συμφωνεί με τις ρυθμίσεις της ομάδας σας " -"μετάφρασης. Εναλλακτικά μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την επιλογή Αυτόματα " -"και το KBabel θα προσπαθήσει να ανακτήσει αυτή την πληροφορία αυτόματα από το " -"TDE. Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Έλεγχος για να ελέγξετε αν μπορεί να " -"εντοπίσει τον αριθμό.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Απαίτηση παραμέτρων μορφής πληθυντικού στη μετάφραση
\n" -"Σημείωση: Αυτή η επιλογή απευθύνεται για την ώρα ειδικά στο TDE. Αν " -"δε μεταφράζετε μια εφαρμογή TDE, μπορείτε με ασφάλεια να αγνοήσετε αυτή την " -"επιλογή.
\n" -"Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι ενεργοποιημένη, ο έλεγχος εγκυρότητας θα απαιτήσει " -"την παράμετρο %n να είναι παρούσα στο μήνυμα.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Επικεφαλίδα μορφής πληθυντικού GNU
\n" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να συμπληρώσετε μια καταχώρηση επικεφαλίδας για τον χειρισμό " -"της μορφής πληθυντικού GNU; αν την αφήσετε κενή, η καταχώρηση στο αρχείο PO δε " -"θα τροποποιηθεί ή προστεθεί.
\n" -"Το KBabel μπορεί αυτόματα να προσπαθήσει να καθορίσει την τιμή που " -"προτείνεται από το GNU gettext για την τρέχουσα γλώσσα, απλά πατήστε το κουμπί " -"Αναζήτηση.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Δείκτης για πλήκτρο συντόμευσης πληκτρολογίου
" -"Ορίστε εδώ, των χαρακτήρα που σημειώνει τον επόμενο χαρακτήρα ως συντόμευση " -"πληκτρολογίου. Για παράδειγμα στο Qt είναι το '&' και στο Gtk είναι το " -"'_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Κανονική έκφραση για σχετικές πληροφορίες
" -"Εισάγετε μια κανονική έκφραση εδώ η οποία θα ορίζει τι είναι σχετική " -"πληροφορία μέσα στον κορμό του μηνύματος και δεν πρέπει να μεταφραστεί.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Ορθογραφικός έλεγχος κατά την πληκτρολόγηση
" -"Ενεργοποιήστε αυτό για να ορίσετε στο KBabel να κάνει ορθογραφικό έλεγχο του " -"κειμένου καθώς πληκτρολογείτε. Οι εσφαλμένες λέξεις θα χρωματίζονται με το " -"χρώμα σφαλμάτων.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Αποθήκευση λέξεων που παραβλέφθηκαν
" -"Ενεργοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή, για να ορίσετε στο KBabel να αγνοήσει τις " -"λέξεις, εκεί που επιλέξατε Παράβλεψη όλων στο διάλογο ορθογραφικού " -"ελέγχου, σε κάθε έλεγχο.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Βασικοί φάκελοι
\n" -"Πληκτρολογήστε τους φακέλους που περιέχουν όλα τα αρχεία PO και POT σας.\n" -"Τα αρχεία και οι φάκελοι σε αυτούς τους φακέλους, θα συγχωνευτούν σε ένα\n" -"δέντρο.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Άνοιγμα αρχείων σε νέο παράθυρο
\n" -"Αν αυτό είναι ενεργοποιημένο όλα τα ενεργοποιημένα αρχεία θα ανοιχτούν από " -"το διαχειριστή καταλόγου \n" -"σε ένα νέο παράθυρο.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Τερματισμός διεργασιών στην έξοδο
\n" -"Αν το ενεργοποιήσετε, το KBabel προσπαθεί να τερματίσει τις διαδικασίες που " -"δε τερμάτισαν μετά την έξοδο από το KBabel,\n" -"στέλνοντας τους ένα σήμα kill.
\n" -"Σημείωση: Δεν είναι σίγουρο ότι οι διεργασίες θα τερματίσουν.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Δημιουργία ευρετηρίου για τα περιεχόμενα αρχείου
\n" -"Αν ενεργοποιήσετε αυτό, το KBabel θα δημιουργήσει ένα ευρετήριο για κάθε " -"αρχείο PO για την επιτάχυνση των λειτουργιών αναζήτησης/αντικατάστασης.
\n" -"Σημείωση: Αυτό θα καθυστερεί σημαντικά την ενημέρωση των πληροφοριών του " -"αρχείου.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Εκτέλεση του msgfmt πριν την επεξεργασία ενός αρχείου
" -"Αν το ενεργοποιήσετε, το KBabel θα εκτελεί το εργαλείο msgfmt του Gettext " -"πριν την επεξεργασία ενός αρχείου.
" -"Συστήνεται η ενεργοποίησή του, ακόμα κι αν καθυστερεί την επεξεργασία. Η " -"επιλογή είναι εξ ορισμού ενεργοποιημένη.
" -"Η απενεργοποίησή του είναι χρήσιμη σε αργούς υπολογιστές ή αν τα αρχεία PO " -"που θέλετε να μεταφράσετε δεν υποστηρίζονται από την εγκατεστημένη έκδοση του " -"Gettext. Το πρόβλημα, όταν η επιλογή είναι απενεργοποιημένη, είναι ότι δε θα " -"γίνεται κανένας έλεγχος από τον κώδικα επεξεργασίας, και έτσι μη έγκυρα αρχεία " -"PO θα εμφανίζονται ως έγκυρα, ακόμα κι αν αυτά θα απορρίπτονταν από τα εργαλεία " -"του Gettext.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Εντολές για φακέλους
" -"Εισάγετε εδώ τις εντολές που θέλετε να εκτελέσετε σε φακέλους του " -"διαχειριστή καταλόγου. Οι εντολές εμφανίζονται στο υπομενού Εντολές " -"στο σχετικό μενού του διαχειριστή καταλόγου.
" -"Οι παρακάτω συμβολοσειρές θα αντικατασταθούν σε μια εντολή:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Εντολές για αρχεία
" -"Εισάγετε εδώ τις εντολές που θέλετε να εκτελέσετε σε αρχεία του διαχειριστή " -"καταλόγου. Οι εντολές εμφανίζονται στο υπομενού Εντολές " -"στο σχετικό μενού του διαχειριστή καταλόγου.
" -"Οι παρακάτω συμβολοσειρές θα αντικατασταθούν σε μια εντολή:" -"
Επιλογές αρχείων
Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε την αναζήτηση:" +"
Shown columns
\n" -"Εμφανιζόμενες στήλες
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Καλώς ήρθατε στο μάγο έργου!\n" -"\n" -"Αυτός ο μάγος θα σας βοηθήσει να ρυθμίσετε ένα νέο έργο μετάφρασης\n" -"για το KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Πρώτα από όλα, πρέπει να επιλέξετε ένα όνομα έργου\n" -"και το αρχείο, όπου θα αποθηκευτούν οι ρυθμίσεις.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Πρέπει επίσης να επιλέξετε μια γλώσσα για μετάφραση σε αυτήν\n" -"και επίσης να εισάγετε έναν τύπο για το έργο μετάφρασης.\n" -"
" - -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Όνομα αρχείου ρύθμισης"
-"
\n"
-"Το όνομα του αρχείου όπου θα αποθηκευτούν οι ρυθμίσεις\n"
-"του έργου.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Γλώσσα"
-"
\n"
-"Η γλώσσα προορισμού του έργου, δηλαδή η γλώσσα στην οποία\n"
-"θα γίνει μετάφραση. Θα πρέπει να ακολουθεί το πρότυπο ονομασιών γλωσσών ISO "
-"631.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Όνομα έργου"
-"
\n"
-"Το όνομα έργου είναι μια ταυτότητα για ένα έργο για\n"
-"σας. Εμφανίζεται στο διάλογο ρύθμισης του έργου\n"
-"όπως επίσης και στον τίτλο των παραθύρων του έργου.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Σημείωση: Το όνομα του έργου δε μπορεί να αλλαχθεί μετά.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Τύπος έργου\n" -"Ο τύπος έργου επιτρέπει τη συσχέτιση των ρυθμίσεων με \n" -"το συγκεκριμένο τύπο γνωστών έργων μετάφρασης.\n" -"Για παράδειγμα, ορίζει τα εργαλεία ελέγχου εγκυρότητας,\n" -"το δείκτη συντομεύσεων πληκτρολογίου και τη μορφή επικεφαλίδας.\n" -"
\n" -"Τρέχοντες γνωστοί τύποι:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Αρχεία μετάφρασης
\n" -"Πληκτρολογήστε τους φακέλους που περιέχουν όλα τα αρχεία PO και POT σας.\n" -"Τα αρχεία και οι φάκελοι σε αυτούς τους φακέλους, θα συγχωνευτούν σε ένα\n" -"δέντρο.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Πηγή για αναζήτηση διαφορών
\n" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την πηγή, η οποία θα χρησιμοποιηθεί\n" -"για την εύρεση μιας διαφοράς.
\n" -"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε αρχείο, βάση δεδομένων μετάφρασης ή\n" -"αντίστοιχο msgstr.
\n" -"Αν επιλέξετε τη βάση δεδομένων, για να είναι τα μηνύματα διαφορών που\n" -"θα ληφθούν από τη βάση δεδομένων χρήσιμα, θα πρέπει\n" -"να ενεργοποιήσετε την Αυτόματη προσθήκη καταχώρησης στη βάση δεδομένων " -"στο\n" -"διάλογο προτιμήσεων.
\n" -"Η τελευταία επιλογή είναι χρήσιμη για αυτούς που χρησιμοποιούν αρχεία PO\n" -"για επαλήθευση.
\n" -"Μπορείτε προσωρινά να βρείτε διαφορές με τα μηνύματα ενός αρχείου\n" -"επιλέγοντας Εργαλεία->Διαφορές->Άνοιγμα αρχείου για διαφορές\n" -"στο κύριο παράθυρο του KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Βασικός φάκελος για αρχεία διαφορών\n" -"
Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε ένα φάκελο στον οποίο είναι αποθηκευμένα\n" -"τα αρχεία διαφορών. Αν τα αρχεία είναι αποθηκευμένα στο ίδιο μέρος\n" -"κάτω από αυτόν το φάκελο με τα αρχικά αρχεία και τον βασικό τους φάκελο,\n" -"το KBabel μπορεί αυτόματα να ανοίξει το σωστό \n" -"αρχείο για την εύρεση διαφορών με αυτό.
\n" -"Σημειώστε ότι αυτή η επιλογή δεν έχει αποτέλεσμα αν χρησιμοποιούνται\n" -"τα μηνύματα μιας βάσης δεδομένων για διαφορές.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Αυτόματη εκκίνηση αναζήτησης
\n" -"Αν ενεργοποιηθεί αυτό, η αναζήτηση εκκινεί αυτόματα \n" -"κάθε φορά που θα μεταβείτε σε άλλη καταχώρηση στον επεξεργαστή. Μπορείτε \n" -"να επιλέξετε τη πηγή της αναζήτησης στο πλαίσιο συνδυασμών " -"Προκαθορισμένο λεξικό.\n" -"
" -"Μπορείτε επίσης να ξεκινήσετε μια αναζήτηση χειροκίνητα επιλέγοντας μια " -"καταχώρηση \n" -"στο αναδυόμενο μενού που εμφανίζεται κάνοντας κλικ στο \n" -"Λεξικά->Αναζήτηση... ή κρατώντας πατημένο το κουμπί λεξικού \n" -"στη γραμμή εργαλείων για λίγο.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Προκαθορισμένο λεξικό
\n" -"Επιλέξτε εδώ την προκαθορισμένη πηγή για αναζητήσεις. \n" -"Αυτή η ρύθμιση χρησιμοποιείται όταν εκκινείται αναζήτηση αυτόματα \n" -"ή πατώντας το κουμπί λεξικού στη γραμμή εργαλείων.
\n" -"Μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε διαφορετικά λεξικά επιλέγοντας \n" -"το επιθυμητό λεξικό από τις Ρυθμίσεις->Ρύθμιση λεξικού.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Αυτόματη αναίρεση ορισμού ασαφούς κατάστασης
\n" -"Αν ενεργοποιηθεί αυτή η επιλογή και επεξεργάζεστε μια ασαφή καταχώρηση, η " -"ασαφής κατάσταση αυτόματα\n" -"αναιρείται (αυτό σημαίνει ότι η συμβολοσειρά , fuzzy\n" -"αφαιρείται από το σχόλιο της καταχώρησης).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Χρήση έξυπνης επεξεργασίας
\n" -"Επιλέξτε αυτό για την πιο άνετη πληκτρολόγηση κειμένου και να δηλώσετε \n" -"στο KBabel να συμπληρώνει κάποιους ειδικούς χαρακτήρες που πρέπει να μπουν \n" -"σε εισαγωγικά. Για παράδειγμα πληκτρολογώντας '\\\"' θα έχει σαν αποτέλεσμα \n" -"το '\\\\\\\"', πατώντας το Enter αυτόματα θα προστεθεί κενό \n" -"στο τέλος της γραμμής, πατώντας Shift+Enter θα προστεθεί το \n" -"'\\\\n' στο τέλος της γραμμής.
\n" -"Σημειώστε ότι αυτό είναι απλά μια βοήθεια: είναι δυνατό να προκαλέσει " -"συντακτικά λάθη στο κείμενο.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Αναγνώριση σφάλματος
\n" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε τη μέθοδο εμφάνισης ενός σφάλματος. \n" -"Ο προειδοποιητικός ήχος σε σφάλμα ηχεί και η " -"αλλαγή χρώματος κειμένου σε σφάλμα\n" -" τροποποιεί το χρώμα του μεταφρασμένου κειμένου. Αν δεν ενεργοποιηθεί " -"κανένα \n" -"θα εξακολουθείτε να βλέπετε ένα μήνυμα στη γραμμή κατάστασης.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Φωτάκια κατάστασης
\n" -"Επιλέξτε εδώ το πού θα εμφανίζονται τα φωτάκια κατάστασης και τι χρώμα θα " -"έχουν.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Αναζήτηση κειμένου
Εδώ μπορείτε να εισάγετε το κείμενο " +"που θέλετε να αναζητήσετε. Αν θέλετε να αναζητήσετε μια κανονική έκφραση, " +"ενεργοποιήστε την επιλογή Χρήση κανονικής έκφρασης παρακάτω.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Αντικατάσταση κειμένου
Εδώ μπορείτε ένα εισάγετε το " +"κείμενο με το οποίο θέλετε να αντικαταστήσετε το κείμενο που αναζητήθηκε. Το " +"κείμενο χρησιμοποιείται όπως είναι, δεν είναι δυνατή η χρήση προς τα πίσω " +"αναφορών, αν κάνατε αναζήτηση με μια κανονική έκφραση.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Που να γίνει η αναζήτηση
Επιλέξτε εδώ τα τμήματα της " +"καταχώρησης καταλόγου που θέλετε να γίνει σε αυτά αναζήτηση.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Επιλογές
Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τις αντικαταστάσεις:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Επιλογές
Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τις αντικαταστάσεις:" +"
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Παράδειγμα:"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Folder Commands"
+msgstr "Εντολές φακέλων"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Σάρωση ενός αρχείου PO"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:108
+msgid "User-Defined Commands for Folder Items"
+msgstr "Εντολές ορισμένες από το χρήστη για αντικείμενα φακέλου"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Σάρωση φακέλου"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:113
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"File Commands"
+msgstr "Εντολές αρχείων"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Σάρωση φακέλου && υποφακέλων"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:115
+msgid "User-Defined Commands for File Items"
+msgstr "Εντολές ορισμένες από το χρήστη για αντικείμενα αρχείου"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Σάρωση αρχείου:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:120
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Catalog Manager"
+msgstr "Διαχειριστής καταλόγων"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Καταχωρήσεις που προστέθηκαν:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:122
+msgid "Catalog Manager View Settings"
+msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις προβολής του Διαχειριστή καταλόγου"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Συνολική πρόοδος:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:125 kbabel/kbabelpref.cpp:85
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Diff"
+msgstr "Διαφορές"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Ανάλυση αρχείου:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:127
+msgid "Searching for Differences"
+msgstr "Αναζήτηση διαφορών"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Φόρτωση αρχείου:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:138
+msgid "&Update header when saving"
+msgstr "&Ενημέρωση επικεφαλίδας κατά την αποθήκευση"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Εξαγωγή..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:139
+msgid "Update &description comment when saving"
+msgstr "Ενημέρωση σχολίου &περιγραφής κατά την αποθήκευση"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Στατιστικά"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:140
+msgid "Chec&k syntax of file when saving"
+msgstr "Έ&λεγχος της σύνταξης του αρχείου κατά την αποθήκευση"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "Επαναλαμβανόμενες συμβολοσειρές"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:141
+msgid "Save &obsolete entries"
+msgstr "Αποθήκευση &ξεπερασμένων καταχωρήσεων"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "Καλά κλειδιά"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:143
+msgid "De&scription"
+msgstr "&Περιγραφή"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:149
+msgid "Encoding"
+msgstr "Κωδικοποίηση"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:155
+msgid "Default:"
+msgstr "Προκαθορισμένο:"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:161
+msgid "(default)"
+msgstr "(προκαθορισμένο)"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:175
+msgid "Kee&p the encoding of the file"
+msgstr "&Διατήρηση κωδικοποίησης αρχείου"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:178
+msgid "Automatic Saving"
+msgstr "Αυτόματη αποθήκευση"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:183
msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"Μπορείτε να ορίσετε τον ελάχιστο αριθμό λέξεων της ερώτησης που πρέπει να "
-"περιέχει το κλειδί για να προστεθεί στη λίστα καλών κλειδιών."
-" \n"
-"Μπορείτε επίσης να ορίσετε τον ελάχιστο αριθμό λέξεων του κλειδιού που πρέπει "
-"να περιέχει η ερώτηση για να προστεθεί το κλειδί στη λίστα."
-" \n"
-"Αυτοί οι δύο αριθμοί είναι ποσοστό του συνολικού αριθμού των λέξεων. Αν το "
-"αποτέλεσμα αυτού του ποσοστού είναι μικρότερο από ένα, η μηχανή θα το ορίσει "
-"ένα."
-" \n"
-"Τέλος μπορείτε να ορίσετε το μέγιστο αριθμό των καταχωρήσεων της λίστας."
+"_: Short for minutes\n"
+" min"
+msgstr " λεπτά"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Ελάχιστος αριθμός λέξεων του κλειδιού επίσης στο ερώτημα (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:184
+msgid "No autosave"
+msgstr "Όχι αυτόματη αποθήκευση"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:188 kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:29
#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+msgid "&General"
+msgstr "&Γενικά"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Ελάχιστος αριθμός λέξεων ερώτησης στο κλειδί (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:195
+msgid "Fields to Update"
+msgstr "Πεδία για ενημέρωση"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Μέγιστο μήκος λίστας:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199
+msgid "Re&vision-Date"
+msgstr "Ημερομηνία &αναθεώρησης"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "Συχνές λέξεις"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200
+msgid "Last-&Translator"
+msgstr "Τελευταίος &μεταφραστής"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 962
-#: rc.cpp:828 rc.cpp:1159
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
-msgstr "Απόρριψη λέξεων πιο συχνών από:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Γλώσσα"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 970
-#: rc.cpp:831 rc.cpp:1162
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "/10000"
-msgstr "/10000"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "&Σύνολο χαρακτήρων"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 987
-#: rc.cpp:834 rc.cpp:1165
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
-msgstr "Οι συχνές λέξεις θεωρούνται ότι υπάρχουν σε κάθε κλειδί"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "&Κωδικοποίηση"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 16
-#: rc.cpp:837
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Edit Source"
-msgstr "Επεξεργασία πηγής"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "Έργ&ο"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 60
-#: rc.cpp:846
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Additional Informations"
-msgstr "Πρόσθετες πληροφορίες"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "Μορφή της ημερομηνίας αναθεώρησης"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 75
-#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:713 rc.cpp:849
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Status: "
-msgstr "Κατάσταση: "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "&Προκαθορισμένη μορφή ημερομηνίας"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 133
-#: rc.cpp:852
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Project name:"
-msgstr "Όνομα έργου:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "&Τοπική μορφή ημερομηνίας"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 149
-#: rc.cpp:855
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Project keywords:"
-msgstr "Λέξεις κλειδιά έργου:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "&Προσαρμοσμένη μορφή ημερομηνίας:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 158
-#: rc.cpp:858
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "General Info"
-msgstr "Γενικές πληροφορίες"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Συμβολοσειρά έργου"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 172
-#: rc.cpp:861
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Single File"
-msgstr "Ένα αρχείο"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "Ταυτότητα έργου:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 177
-#: rc.cpp:864
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Single Folder"
-msgstr "Ένας φάκελος"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Επικεφαλίδα"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 182
-#: rc.cpp:867
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Recursive Folder"
-msgstr "Φάκελος αναδρομικά"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Ενημέρωση πνευματικών δικαιωμάτων &μεταφραστή"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 194
-#: rc.cpp:870
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Source name:"
-msgstr "Όνομα πηγής:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Πνευματικά δικαιώματα Free Software Foundation"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 207
-#: rc.cpp:873
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Type:"
-msgstr "Τύπος:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "&Αφαίρεση πνευματικών δικαιωμάτων αν είναι κενό"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 215
-#: rc.cpp:876
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Setup Filter..."
-msgstr "Ρύθμιση φίλτρου..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "&Ενημέρωση πνευματικών δικαιωμάτων"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 223
-#: rc.cpp:879
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Location:"
-msgstr "Τοποθεσία:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&Χωρίς αλλαγή"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 231
-#: rc.cpp:882
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use filter"
-msgstr "Χρήση φίλτρου"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "&Πνευματικά δικαιώματα"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 40
-#: rc.cpp:885 rc.cpp:933
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&Path to Compendium File"
-msgstr "&Διαδρομή για το αρχείο επιτομής"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+msgid ""
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Ενημέρωση επικεφαλίδας Πατήστε αυτό το κουμπί για ενημέρωση των πληροφοριών της επικεφαλίδας "
+"κάθε φορά που αποθηκεύεται το αρχείο. Η επικεφαλίδα κανονικά διατηρεί πληροφορίες σχετικά με την ημερομηνία και "
+"ώρα της\n"
+" τελευταίας ενημέρωσης, τον τελευταίο μεταφραστή και άλλα. Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τις πληροφορίες που θέλετε να ενημερωθούν στα "
+"παρακάτω κουτιά επιλογής.\n"
+"Τα πεδία που δεν υπάρχουν προσθέτονται στην επικεφαλίδα.\n"
+"Αν επιθυμείτε την προσθήκη επιπλέον πεδίων, μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε "
+"χειροκίνητα την επικεφαλίδα επιλέγοντας\n"
+"Επεξεργασία->Επεξεργασία επικεφαλίδας στο παράθυρο του επεξεργαστή."
+"p> Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Πεδία για ενημέρωση Επιλέξτε τα πεδία της επικεφαλίδας που επιθυμείτε να ενημερωθούν κατά την "
+"αποθήκευση.\n"
+"Αν ένα πεδίο δεν υπάρχει, θα προστεθεί στην επικεφαλίδα Αν θέλετε να προσθέσετε άλλες πληροφορίες στην επικεφαλίδα, πρέπει να την "
+"επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα\n"
+"επιλέγοντας Επεξεργασία->Επεξεργασία επικεφαλίδας στο παράθυρο του "
+"επεξεργαστή. Απενεργοποιήστε την Ενημέρωση επικεφαλίδας πιο πάνω αν δεν "
+"επιθυμείτε την ενημέρωση της επικεφαλίδας\n"
+"κατά την αποθήκευση. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Κωδικοποίηση Επιλογή της μεθόδου κωδικοποίησης των "
+"χαρακτήρων κατά την αποθήκευση ενός αρχείου. Αν δεν είστε σίγουροι για την "
+"κωδικοποίηση που θα χρησιμοποιήσετε, παρακαλώ ρωτήστε τον συντονιστή της "
+"ομάδας εξελληνισμού. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Διατήρηση κωδικοποίησης αρχείου Αν ενεργοποιηθεί αυτή η "
+"επιλογή, τα αρχεία αποθηκεύονται πάντα με την ίδια κωδικοποίηση την οποία "
+"είχαν. Αρχεία χωρίς πληροφορίες κωδικοποίησης στην επικεφαλίδα τους (π.χ. "
+"αρχεία POT) αποθηκεύονται με την κωδικοποίηση που ορίστηκε πιο πάνω. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Έλεγχος σύνταξης του αρχείου κατά την αποθήκευση Ενεργοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή για τον αυτόματο έλεγχο της σύνταξης του "
+"αρχείου με την \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n"
+"κατά την αποθήκευση ενός αρχείου. Θα λάβετε απλά ένα μήνυμα, αν υπάρξει "
+"σφάλμα. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Αποθήκευση ξεπερασμένων καταχωρήσεων Αν ενεργοποιηθεί αυτή η επιλογή, οι ξεπερασμένες καταχωρήσεις που θα "
+"βρεθούν κατά το άνοιγμα του αρχείου\n"
+" θα αποθηκευτούν ξανά στο αρχείο. Οι ξεπερασμένες καταχωρήσεις σημαδεύονται "
+"με το #~ και \n"
+"δημιουργούνται όταν η msgmerge δε χρειάζεται πια τη συγκεκριμένη μετάφραση.\n"
+"Αν το κείμενο εμφανιστεί ξανά, οι ξεπερασμένες καταχωρήσεις θα "
+"ενεργοποιηθούν ξανά.\n"
+"Το κύριο πρόβλημα που θα εμφανιστεί είναι το μέγεθος του αποθηκευμένου "
+"αρχείου. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Αν αναζητήσετε το Το όνομά μου είναι Ανδρέας "
-"και έχετε ενεργοποιήσει την αντικατάσταση μιας λέξης "
-"μπορείτε επίσης να βρείτε και φράσεις όπως Το όνομά μου είναι Ζωή "
-"ή Το όνομά σας είναι Ανδρέας."
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Identity"
+msgstr "Ταυτότητα"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Χρήση αντικατάστασης μιας λέξης"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:72
+msgid "Information About You and Translation Team"
+msgstr "Πληροφορίες για εσάς και την ομάδα μεταφράσεων"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Μέγιστος αριθμός λέξεων στο ερώτημα:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:76 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1595
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Save"
+msgstr "Αποθήκευση"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Χρήση αντικατάστασης δύο λέξεων"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:78 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1597
+msgid "Options for File Saving"
+msgstr "Επιλογές για την αποθήκευση αρχείου"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:82
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Spelling"
+msgstr "Ορθογραφικός έλεγχος"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:84
+msgid "Options for Spell Checking"
+msgstr "Επιλογές για τον ορθογραφικό έλεγχο"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Τοπικοί χαρακτήρες για κανονικές εκφράσεις:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:89
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Source"
+msgstr "Πηγαίος κώδικας"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Φάκελος βάσης δεδομένων:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:91
+msgid "Options for Showing Source Context"
+msgstr "Επιλογές για την εμφάνιση σχετικού πηγαίου κώδικα"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Αυτόματη προσθήκη καταχώρησης στη βάση δεδομένων"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:96
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Miscellaneous"
+msgstr "Διάφορα"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:98
+msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
+msgstr "Διάφορες ρυθμίσεις"
+
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:101
msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr ""
-"Αυτόματη προσθήκη μιας καταχώρησης στη βάση δεδομένων αν μια νέα μετάφραση "
-"εισαχθεί από κάποιον (ίσως από το Kbabel)"
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Folders"
+msgstr "Φάκελοι"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "Καταχώρηση συγγραφέα που προστέθηκε αυτόματα:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:103
+msgid "Paths to Message Catalogs & Catalog Templates"
+msgstr "Διαδρομές για τους καταλόγους μηνυμάτων & τους καταλόγους προτύπων"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:106
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"
Μορφή της ημερομηνίας αναθεώρησης
Επιλογή της μορφής της " +"ημερομηνίας και ώρα του πεδίου επικεφαλίδας\n" +"PO-Revision-Date που αποθηκεύεται:
Προτείνεται να χρησιμοποιηθεί η προκαθορισμένη μορφή για να " +"αποφευχθεί η δημιουργία μη τυπικών αρχείων PO.
Για περισσότερες " +"πληροφορίες, δείτε το τμήμα Ο διάλογος προτιμήσεων στη βοήθεια.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 196 -#: rc.cpp:909 rc.cpp:954 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Co&ntained in searched text" -msgstr "&Περιέχεται στο προς αναζήτηση κείμενο" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:412 +msgid "Project: %1" +msgstr "Έργο: %1" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 207 -#: rc.cpp:912 rc.cpp:957 -#, no-c-format -msgid "&Similar to searched text" -msgstr "Είναι &παρόμοιο με το προς αναζήτηση κείμενο" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:419 +msgid "&Name:" +msgstr "Ό&νομα:" + +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:423 +msgid "Localized na&me:" +msgstr "Ό&νομα στην τοπική γλώσσα:" + +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:427 +msgid "E&mail:" +msgstr "E&mail:" + +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:432 +msgid "&Full language name:" +msgstr "&Πλήρες όνομα γλώσσας:" + +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:438 +msgid "Lan&guage code:" +msgstr "Κωδικός &γλώσσας:" + +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:444 +msgid "&Language mailing list:" +msgstr "Ταχυδρομική λίστα &γλώσσας:" + +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:449 +msgid "&Timezone:" +msgstr "&Ωρολογιακή ζώνη:" + +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:455 +msgid "" +"Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Ταυτότητα
\n" +"Συμπληρώστε πληροφορίες σχετικά με σας και με την ομάδα σας μετάφρασης.\n" +"Αυτές οι πληροφορίες χρησιμοποιούνται κατά την ενημέρωση της επικεφαλίδας " +"ενός αρχείου.
\n" +"Μπορείτε να βρείτε τις επιλογές για την ενημέρωση των πεδίων της " +"επικεφαλίδας στη σελίδα Αποθήκευση σε αυτόν το διάλογο.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
\n" -"Οι παρακάτω μεταβλητές θα αντικατασταθούν στη διαδρομή, αν είναι διαθέσιμες:\n" -"
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Αριθμός μορφών ενικού/πληθυντικού
\n" +"Σημείωση: Αυτή η επιλογή απευθύνεται για την ώρα ειδικά στο TDE. " +"Αν δε μεταφράζετε μια εφαρμογή TDE, μπορείτε με ασφάλεια να αγνοήσετε αυτή " +"την επιλογή.
\n" +"Επιλέξτε εδώ πόσες μορφές ενικού και πληθυντικού χρησιμοποιούνται στη " +"γλώσσα σας. Αυτός ο αριθμός πρέπει να συμφωνεί με τις ρυθμίσεις της ομάδας " +"σας μετάφρασης. Εναλλακτικά μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την επιλογή " +"Αυτόματα και το KBabel θα προσπαθήσει να ανακτήσει αυτή την " +"πληροφορία αυτόματα από το TDE. Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Έλεγχος για " +"να ελέγξετε αν μπορεί να εντοπίσει τον αριθμό.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Απαίτηση παραμέτρων μορφής πληθυντικού στη μετάφραση
\n" +"Σημείωση: Αυτή η επιλογή απευθύνεται για την ώρα ειδικά στο TDE. " +"Αν δε μεταφράζετε μια εφαρμογή TDE, μπορείτε με ασφάλεια να αγνοήσετε αυτή " +"την επιλογή.
\n" +"Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι ενεργοποιημένη, ο έλεγχος εγκυρότητας θα " +"απαιτήσει την παράμετρο %n να είναι παρούσα στο μήνυμα.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Σήμανση άκυρων ως ασαφή" -"
\n" -"
Αν ενεργοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή, όλα τα αντικείμενα,\n" -"τα οποία αναγνωρίζονται από το εργαλείο ως άκυρα, θα\n" -"σημαδευτούν ως ασαφή και το αρχείο που θα παραχθεί\n" -"θα αποθηκευτεί.
Επικεφαλίδα μορφής πληθυντικού GNU
\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να συμπληρώσετε μια καταχώρηση επικεφαλίδας για τον χειρισμό " +"της μορφής πληθυντικού GNU; αν την αφήσετε κενή, η καταχώρηση στο αρχείο PO " +"δε θα τροποποιηθεί ή προστεθεί.
\n" +"Το KBabel μπορεί αυτόματα να προσπαθήσει να καθορίσει την τιμή που " +"προτείνεται από το GNU gettext για την τρέχουσα γλώσσα, απλά πατήστε το " +"κουμπί Αναζήτηση.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Μη έλεγχος εγκυρότητας ασαφών" -"
\n" -"
Αν ενεργοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή, όλα τα αντικείμενα\n" -"που είναι σημαδεμένα ως ασαφή δε θα ελεγχθούν για την εγκυρότητά τους.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Δείκτης για πλήκτρο συντόμευσης πληκτρολογίου
Ορίστε " +"εδώ, των χαρακτήρα που σημειώνει τον επόμενο χαρακτήρα ως συντόμευση " +"πληκτρολογίου. Για παράδειγμα στο Qt είναι το '&' και στο Gtk είναι το " +"'_'.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Κανονική έκφραση για σχετικές πληροφορίες
Εισάγετε μια " +"κανονική έκφραση εδώ η οποία θα ορίζει τι είναι σχετική πληροφορία μέσα στον " +"κορμό του μηνύματος και δεν πρέπει να μεταφραστεί.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Ορθογραφικός έλεγχος κατά την πληκτρολόγηση" +"p>
Ενεργοποιήστε αυτό για να ορίσετε στο KBabel να κάνει ορθογραφικό " +"έλεγχο του κειμένου καθώς πληκτρολογείτε. Οι εσφαλμένες λέξεις θα " +"χρωματίζονται με το χρώμα σφαλμάτων.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Αποθήκευση λέξεων που παραβλέφθηκαν
Ενεργοποιήστε αυτή " +"την επιλογή, για να ορίσετε στο KBabel να αγνοήσει τις λέξεις, εκεί που " +"επιλέξατε Παράβλεψη όλων στο διάλογο ορθογραφικού ελέγχου, σε κάθε " +"έλεγχο.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Βασικοί φάκελοι
\n" +"Πληκτρολογήστε τους φακέλους που περιέχουν όλα τα αρχεία PO και POT σας.\n" +"Τα αρχεία και οι φάκελοι σε αυτούς τους φακέλους, θα συγχωνευτούν σε ένα\n" +"δέντρο.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Άνοιγμα αρχείων σε νέο παράθυρο
\n" +"Αν αυτό είναι ενεργοποιημένο όλα τα ενεργοποιημένα αρχεία θα ανοιχτούν " +"από το διαχειριστή καταλόγου \n" +"σε ένα νέο παράθυρο.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Τερματισμός διεργασιών στην έξοδο
\n" +"Αν το ενεργοποιήσετε, το KBabel προσπαθεί να τερματίσει τις διαδικασίες " +"που δε τερμάτισαν μετά την έξοδο από το KBabel,\n" +"στέλνοντας τους ένα σήμα kill.
\n" +"Σημείωση: Δεν είναι σίγουρο ότι οι διεργασίες θα τερματίσουν.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Δημιουργία ευρετηρίου για τα περιεχόμενα αρχείου
\n" +"Αν ενεργοποιήσετε αυτό, το KBabel θα δημιουργήσει ένα ευρετήριο για κάθε " +"αρχείο PO για την επιτάχυνση των λειτουργιών αναζήτησης/αντικατάστασης.
\n" +"Σημείωση: Αυτό θα καθυστερεί σημαντικά την ενημέρωση των πληροφοριών του " +"αρχείου.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Εκτέλεση του msgfmt πριν την επεξεργασία ενός αρχείου
Αν " +"το ενεργοποιήσετε, το KBabel θα εκτελεί το εργαλείο msgfmt του Gettext πριν " +"την επεξεργασία ενός αρχείου.
Συστήνεται η ενεργοποίησή του, ακόμα κι " +"αν καθυστερεί την επεξεργασία. Η επιλογή είναι εξ ορισμού ενεργοποιημένη." +"p>
Η απενεργοποίησή του είναι χρήσιμη σε αργούς υπολογιστές ή αν τα αρχεία " +"PO που θέλετε να μεταφράσετε δεν υποστηρίζονται από την εγκατεστημένη έκδοση " +"του Gettext. Το πρόβλημα, όταν η επιλογή είναι απενεργοποιημένη, είναι ότι " +"δε θα γίνεται κανένας έλεγχος από τον κώδικα επεξεργασίας, και έτσι μη " +"έγκυρα αρχεία PO θα εμφανίζονται ως έγκυρα, ακόμα κι αν αυτά θα " +"απορρίπτονταν από τα εργαλεία του Gettext.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Εντολές για φακέλους
Εισάγετε εδώ τις εντολές που θέλετε " +"να εκτελέσετε σε φακέλους του διαχειριστή καταλόγου. Οι εντολές εμφανίζονται " +"στο υπομενού Εντολές στο σχετικό μενού του διαχειριστή καταλόγου." +"p>
Οι παρακάτω συμβολοσειρές θα αντικατασταθούν σε μια εντολή:" +"
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Εντολές για αρχεία
Εισάγετε εδώ τις εντολές που θέλετε " +"να εκτελέσετε σε αρχεία του διαχειριστή καταλόγου. Οι εντολές εμφανίζονται " +"στο υπομενού Εντολές στο σχετικό μενού του διαχειριστή καταλόγου." +"p>
Οι παρακάτω συμβολοσειρές θα αντικατασταθούν σε μια εντολή:" +"
Shown columns
\n" +"Εμφανιζόμενες στήλες
\n" +"Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Επιλογή χαρακτήρα
" -"Αυτό το εργαλείο επιτρέπει την εισαγωγή ειδικών χαρακτήρων χρησιμοποιώντας " -"το διπλό κλικ.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Αυτό το κουμπί ενημερώνει την επικεφαλίδα χρησιμοποιώντας τις τρέχουσες " -"ρυθμίσεις. Η επικεφαλίδα που προκύπτει είναι αυτή που θα γραφτεί στο αρχείο PO " -"κατά την αποθήκευση.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Αυτό το κουμπί θα αναιρέσει όλες τις τροποποιήσεις που έγιναν μέχρι τώρα.
" -"This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Αυτή δεν είναι μια έγκυρη επικεφαλίδα.
\n" -"Παρακαλώ επεξεργαστείτε την επικεφαλίδα πριν την ενημέρωση!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Αυτή δεν είναι μια έγκυρη επικεφαλίδα.
\n" -"Παρακαλώ επεξεργαστείτε την επικεφαλίδα πριν την ενημέρωση.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Επεξεργαστής σχολίων
\n" -"Αυτό το παράθυρο επεξεργασίας σας εμφανίζει τα σχόλια του τρέχοντος μηνύματος." -"\n" -"
Τα σχόλια κανονικά περιέχουν πληροφορίες για το που βρίσκεται το μήνυμα στον " -"πηγαίο\n" -"κώδικα και πληροφορίες κατάστασης γι' αυτό το μήνυμα (ασαφές, c-format).\n" -"Συμβουλές από άλλους μεταφραστές περιέχονται μερικές φορές στα σχόλια.
\n" -"Μπορείτε να αποκρύψετε τον επεξεργαστή σχολίων απενεργοποιώντας το\n" -"Επιλογές->Εμφάνιση σχολίων.
Ποιες καταχωρήσεις να μεταφραστούν
Επιλέξτε εδώ τις " +"καταχωρήσεις του αρχείου όπου το KBabel θα προσπαθήσει να βρει μια " +"μετάφραση. Οι τροποποιημένες καταχωρήσεις πάντα σημαδεύονται ως ασαφείς, " +"χωρίς να έχει σημασία τις επιλογή θα διαλέξετε.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Πώς μεταφράζονται τα μηνύματα
Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε αν " +"ένα μήνυμα μπορεί να μεταφραστεί ολόκληρο, αν παρόμοια μηνύματα είναι " +"αποδεκτά ή αν το KBabel θα προσπαθήσει να μεταφράσει λέξη προς λέξη αν δεν " +"υπάρχει διαθέσιμη πλήρης μετάφραση του μηνύματος ή παρόμοιων μηνυμάτων.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabel/main.cpp:548 -msgid "An advanced PO file editor" -msgstr "Ένας προχωρημένος επεξεργαστής αρχείων PO" +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:136 +msgid "&Mark changed entries as fuzzy" +msgstr "&Σήμανση τροποποιημένων καταχωρήσεων ως ασαφείς" -#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:188 kbabel/main.cpp:549 -msgid "(c) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006 The KBabel developers" +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:139 +msgid "" +"Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Σήμανση τροποποιημένων καταχωρήσεων ως ασαφείς
Όταν μια " +"μετάφραση ενός μηνύματος βρεθεί, η καταχώρηση είναι προκαθορισμένη να " +"σημαδευτεί ως ασαφής. Αυτό γίνεται γιατί απλά το KBabel μάντεψε τη " +"μετάφραση και θα πρέπει πάντα να ελέγχετε τα αποτελέσματα προσεκτικά. " +"Απενεργοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή μόνο αν ξέρετε τι κάνετε.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Αρχικοποίηση καταχωρήσεων σχετικές με το TDE" +"p>
Αρχικοποίηση των καταχωρήσεων \"Comment=\" και \"Name=\" αν δε βρεθεί " +"μετάφραση. Επίσης, τα \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" και \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" " +"συμπληρώνονται με τις ρυθμίσεις ταυτότητας.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Λεξικά
Επιλέξτε εδώ, τα λεξικά που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν " +"για την εύρεση μιας μετάφρασης. Αν επιλέξετε παραπάνω από ένα, θα " +"χρησιμοποιηθούν με την ίδια σειρά που εμφανίζονται στη λίστα.
Το " +"κουμπί Ρύθμιση σας επιτρέπει να ρυθμίσετε προσωρινά το επιλεγμένο " +"λεξικό. Οι αρχικές ρυθμίσεις θα επανέλθουν μετά το κλείσιμο του διαλόγου." +"p>
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Όταν βρεθεί μετάφραση για ένα μήνυμα, η καταχώρηση θα σημαδευτεί ως " +"ασαφής προκαθορισμένα. Αυτό γίνεται γιατί απλά το KBabel μάντεψε τη " +"μετάφραση και θα πρέπει πάντα να ελέγχετε τα αποτελέσματα προσεκτικά. " +"Απενεργοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή μόνο αν ξέρετε τι κάνετε.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Αποτελέσματα αναζήτησης
" -"Αυτό το τμήμα του παραθύρου εμφανίζει τα αποτελέσματα της αναζήτησης στα " -"λεξικά." -"
" -"
Στην κορυφή εμφανίζεται ο αριθμός των καταχωρήσεων που βρέθηκαν και πού " -"βρίσκεται η τρέχουσα καταχώρηση. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα κουμπιά στο κάτω μέρος για " -"να πλοηγηθείτε μέσα στα αποτελέσματα της αναζήτησης.
" -"Η αναζήτηση είτε ξεκινάει αυτόματα όταν αλλάζετε σε μια άλλη καταχώρηση στο " -"παράθυρο επεξεργασίας είτε επιλέγοντας το επιθυμητό λεξικό στο Λεξικά->" -"Εύρεση ....
" -"Οι κοινές επιλογές μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν στο διάλογο προτιμήσεων στο τμήμα " -"Αναζήτηση και οι επιλογές για τα διαφορετικά λεξικά μπορεί να αλλάξουν " -"με το Ρυθμίσεις->Ρύθμιση λεξικού.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Επιλογή χαρακτήρα
Αυτό το εργαλείο επιτρέπει την " +"εισαγωγή ειδικών χαρακτήρων χρησιμοποιώντας το διπλό κλικ.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Επεξεργαστής σχολίων
\n" +"Αυτό το παράθυρο επεξεργασίας σας εμφανίζει τα σχόλια του τρέχοντος " +"μηνύματος.\n" +"
Τα σχόλια κανονικά περιέχουν πληροφορίες για το που βρίσκεται το μήνυμα " +"στον πηγαίο\n" +"κώδικα και πληροφορίες κατάστασης γι' αυτό το μήνυμα (ασαφές, c-format).\n" +"Συμβουλές από άλλους μεταφραστές περιέχονται μερικές φορές στα σχόλια.
\n" +"Μπορείτε να αποκρύψετε τον επεξεργαστή σχολίων απενεργοποιώντας το\n" +"Επιλογές->Εμφάνιση σχολίων.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Αρχική συμβολοσειρά
\n" -"Αυτό το κομμάτι του παραθύρου εμφανίζει το αρχικό μήνυμα\n" -"της τρέχουσας εμφανιζόμενης καταχώρισης.
Σχετικά μηνύματα PO
Αυτό το παράθυρο εμφανίζει τα " +"σχετικά, με το τρέχον μήνυμα, μηνύματα στο αρχείο PO. Κανονικά εμφανίζει " +"τέσσερα μηνύματα πριν το τρέχον μήνυμα και τέσσερα μετά από αυτό." +"p>
Μπορείτε να αποκρύψετε το παράθυρο εργαλείων απενεργοποιώντας το " +"Επιλογές->Εμφάνιση εργαλείων.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Φωτάκια κατάστασης
\n" -"Αυτά τα φωτάκια εμφανίζουν την κατάσταση του τρέχοντος μηνύματος.\n" -"Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το χρώμα τους στο διάλογο προτιμήσεων, στο τμήμα\n" -"Επεξεργασία στη σελίδα Εμφάνιση
Λίστα σφαλμάτων
Αυτό το παράθυρο εμφανίζει τη λίστα των " +"σφαλμάτων που βρέθηκαν από τα εργαλεία ελέγχου εγκυρότητας έτσι ώστε να " +"γνωρίζετε γιατί το τρέχον μήνυμα έχει σημαδευτεί με κάποιο σφάλμα.
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Επεξεργαστής μετάφρασης
\n" -"Αυτός ο επεξεργαστής εμφανίζει και σας επιτρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε τη " -"μετάφραση του τρέχοντος μηνύματος." -"
Αυτό το κουμπί ενημερώνει την επικεφαλίδα χρησιμοποιώντας τις " +"τρέχουσες ρυθμίσεις. Η επικεφαλίδα που προκύπτει είναι αυτή που θα γραφτεί " +"στο αρχείο PO κατά την αποθήκευση.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Αυτό το κουμπί θα αναιρέσει όλες τις τροποποιήσεις που έγιναν μέχρι " +"τώρα.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Αυτή δεν είναι μια έγκυρη επικεφαλίδα.
\n" +"Παρακαλώ επεξεργαστείτε την επικεφαλίδα πριν την ενημέρωση!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Αυτή δεν είναι μια έγκυρη επικεφαλίδα.
\n" +"Παρακαλώ επεξεργαστείτε την επικεφαλίδα πριν την ενημέρωση.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Γραμμή κατάστασης
\n" +"Η γραμμή κατάστασης εμφανίζει μερικές πληροφορίες για το ανοιγμένο " +"αρχείο,\n" +"όπως ο συνολικός αριθμός των καταχωρήσεων και ο αριθμός των ασαφών και \n" +"αμετάφραστων μηνυμάτων. Επίσης εμφανίζονται ο δείκτης και η κατάσταση της " +"τρέχουσας καταχώρησης.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Αποτελέσματα αναζήτησης
Αυτό το τμήμα του παραθύρου " +"εμφανίζει τα αποτελέσματα της αναζήτησης στα λεξικά.
Στην κορυφή " +"εμφανίζεται ο αριθμός των καταχωρήσεων που βρέθηκαν και πού βρίσκεται η " +"τρέχουσα καταχώρηση. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα κουμπιά στο κάτω μέρος για να " +"πλοηγηθείτε μέσα στα αποτελέσματα της αναζήτησης.
Η αναζήτηση είτε " +"ξεκινάει αυτόματα όταν αλλάζετε σε μια άλλη καταχώρηση στο παράθυρο " +"επεξεργασίας είτε επιλέγοντας το επιθυμητό λεξικό στο Λεξικά->Εύρεση ..." +"b>.
Οι κοινές επιλογές μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν στο διάλογο προτιμήσεων " +"στο τμήμα Αναζήτηση και οι επιλογές για τα διαφορετικά λεξικά μπορεί " +"να αλλάξουν με το Ρυθμίσεις->Ρύθμιση λεξικού.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Αρχική συμβολοσειρά
\n" +"Αυτό το κομμάτι του παραθύρου εμφανίζει το αρχικό μήνυμα\n" +"της τρέχουσας εμφανιζόμενης καταχώρισης.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Φωτάκια κατάστασης
\n" +"Αυτά τα φωτάκια εμφανίζουν την κατάσταση του τρέχοντος μηνύματος.\n" +"Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το χρώμα τους στο διάλογο προτιμήσεων, στο τμήμα\n" +"Επεξεργασία στη σελίδα Εμφάνιση
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Επεξεργαστής μετάφρασης
\n" +"Αυτός ο επεξεργαστής εμφανίζει και σας επιτρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε τη " +"μετάφραση του τρέχοντος μηνύματος.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Γραμμή κατάστασης
\n" -"Η γραμμή κατάστασης εμφανίζει μερικές πληροφορίες για το ανοιγμένο αρχείο,\n" -"όπως ο συνολικός αριθμός των καταχωρήσεων και ο αριθμός των ασαφών και \n" -"αμετάφραστων μηνυμάτων. Επίσης εμφανίζονται ο δείκτης και η κατάσταση της " -"τρέχουσας καταχώρησης.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Λίστα σφαλμάτων
" -"Αυτό το παράθυρο εμφανίζει τη λίστα των σφαλμάτων που βρέθηκαν από τα " -"εργαλεία ελέγχου εγκυρότητας έτσι ώστε να γνωρίζετε γιατί το τρέχον μήνυμα έχει " -"σημαδευτεί με κάποιο σφάλμα.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Σχετικά μηνύματα PO
" -"Αυτό το παράθυρο εμφανίζει τα σχετικά, με το τρέχον μήνυμα, μηνύματα στο " -"αρχείο PO. Κανονικά εμφανίζει τέσσερα μηνύματα πριν το τρέχον μήνυμα και " -"τέσσερα μετά από αυτό.
" -"Μπορείτε να αποκρύψετε το παράθυρο εργαλείων απενεργοποιώντας το " -"Επιλογές->Εμφάνιση εργαλείων.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Υπάρχουν αρχεία αντιγράφων βάσης δεδομένων από παλαιότερες εκδόσεις του "
+"KBabel. Ταυτόχρονα μια άλλη έκδοση του KBabel (πιθανότατα από το TDE 3.1.1 ή "
+"3.1.2) δημιούργησε μια νέα βάση δεδομένων. Σαν αποτέλεσμα, η εγκατάστασή σας "
+"του KBabel περιέχει δύο εκδόσεις αρχείων βάσης δεδομένων. Δυστυχώς, η παλιά "
+"και η νέα έκδοση δε μπορούν να συγχωνευτούν. Πρέπει να επιλέξετε ένα από "
+"αυτά.
Αν επιλέξετε την παλιά έκδοση, η νέα θα αφαιρεθεί. Αν "
+"επιλέξετε τη νέα έκδοση, τα παλιά αρχεία βάσης δεδομένων θα παραμείνουν και "
+"θα πρέπει να τα αφαιρέσετε χειροκίνητα. Σε άλλη περίπτωση αυτό το μήνυμα θα "
+"εμφανιστεί ξανά (τα παλιά αρχεία βρίσκονται στο $TDEHOME/share/apps/"
+"kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*, παλιά).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Παράμετροι
" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να καθορίσετε λεπτομερώς την αναζήτηση στο αρχείο PO. Για " -"παράδειγμα αν θέλετε να κάνετε αναζήτηση με διάκριση πεζών/κεφαλαίων ή αν " -"θέλετε τα ασαφή μηνύματα να παραβλεφθούν.
Παράμετροι
Εδώ μπορείτε να καθορίσετε λεπτομερώς την " +"αναζήτηση στο αρχείο PO. Για παράδειγμα αν θέλετε να κάνετε αναζήτηση με " +"διάκριση πεζών/κεφαλαίων ή αν θέλετε τα ασαφή μηνύματα να παραβλεφθούν.
" +"qt>" #: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:96 #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:94 msgid "" -"Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Επιλογές σύγκρισης
" -"Επιλέξτε εδώ πια μηνύματα θέλετε να θεωρηθούν σαν μηνύματα που " -"ταιριάζουν.
Επιλογές σύγκρισης
Επιλέξτε εδώ πια μηνύματα θέλετε να " +"θεωρηθούν σαν μηνύματα που ταιριάζουν.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Ταίριασμα 3 γραμμάτων
" -"Ένα μήνυμα ταιριάζει με ένα άλλο αν οι περισσότερες από τις ομάδες 3 " -"γραμμάτων του περιέχονται στο άλλο μήνυμα. π.χ. το 'αβγ123' ταιριάζει με το " -"'αβγχ123γ12'.
Ταίριασμα 3 γραμμάτων
Ένα μήνυμα ταιριάζει με ένα άλλο " +"αν οι περισσότερες από τις ομάδες 3 γραμμάτων του περιέχονται στο άλλο " +"μήνυμα. π.χ. το 'αβγ123' ταιριάζει με το 'αβγχ123γ12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Τοποθεσία
" -"Ρυθμίστε εδώ ποιο αρχείο πρόκειται να χρησιμοποιηθεί για αναζήτηση.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Τοποθεσία
Ρυθμίστε εδώ ποιο αρχείο πρόκειται να " +"χρησιμοποιηθεί για αναζήτηση.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Παράμετροι
" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να καθορίσετε λεπτομερώς την αναζήτηση στο αρχείο PO. Για " -"παράδειγμα, αν θέλετε να κάνετε αναζήτηση με διάκριση πεζών/κεφαλαίων.
Παράμετροι
Εδώ μπορείτε να καθορίσετε λεπτομερώς την " +"αναζήτηση στο αρχείο PO. Για παράδειγμα, αν θέλετε να κάνετε αναζήτηση με " +"διάκριση πεζών/κεφαλαίων.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Σήμανση άκυρων ως ασαφή
\n" +"
Αν ενεργοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή, όλα τα αντικείμενα,\n" +"τα οποία αναγνωρίζονται από το εργαλείο ως άκυρα, θα\n" +"σημαδευτούν ως ασαφή και το αρχείο που θα παραχθεί\n" +"θα αποθηκευτεί.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Μη έλεγχος εγκυρότητας ασαφών
\n" +"
Αν ενεργοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή, όλα τα αντικείμενα\n" +"που είναι σημαδεμένα ως ασαφή δε θα ελεγχθούν για την εγκυρότητά τους.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:176 -#, fuzzy +#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:11 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If the validation tools should ignore fuzzy translations" +msgstr "" + +#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:15 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If the validation tools should mark error entries as fuzzy" +msgstr "" + +#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:20 +#, no-c-format +msgid "List of command names for directories" +msgstr "" + +#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:24 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "List of commands for directories" +msgstr "Εντολές για φακέλους" + +#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:28 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "List of command names for files" +msgstr "Εντολές για αρχεία" + +#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:32 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "List of commands for files" +msgstr "Εντολές για αρχεία" + +#: common/kbprojectsettings.kcfg:36 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Υπάρχουν αρχεία αντιγράφων βάσης δεδομένων από παλαιότερες εκδόσεις του "
-"KBabel. Ταυτόχρονα μια άλλη έκδοση του KBabel (πιθανότατα από το TDE 3.1.1 ή "
-"3.1.2) δημιούργησε μια νέα βάση δεδομένων. Σαν αποτέλεσμα, η εγκατάστασή σας "
-"του KBabel περιέχει δύο εκδόσεις αρχείων βάσης δεδομένων. Δυστυχώς, η παλιά και "
-"η νέα έκδοση δε μπορούν να συγχωνευτούν. Πρέπει να επιλέξετε ένα από αυτά."
-"
"
-"
Αν επιλέξετε την παλιά έκδοση, η νέα θα αφαιρεθεί. Αν επιλέξετε τη νέα "
-"έκδοση, τα παλιά αρχεία βάσης δεδομένων θα παραμείνουν και θα πρέπει να τα "
-"αφαιρέσετε χειροκίνητα. Σε άλλη περίπτωση αυτό το μήνυμα θα εμφανιστεί ξανά (τα "
-"παλιά αρχεία βρίσκονται στο $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*, "
-"παλιά).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Πηγή για αναζήτηση διαφορών
\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την πηγή, η οποία θα χρησιμοποιηθεί\n" +"για την εύρεση μιας διαφοράς.
\n" +"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε αρχείο, βάση δεδομένων μετάφρασης ή\n" +"αντίστοιχο msgstr.
\n" +"Αν επιλέξετε τη βάση δεδομένων, για να είναι τα μηνύματα διαφορών που\n" +"θα ληφθούν από τη βάση δεδομένων χρήσιμα, θα πρέπει\n" +"να ενεργοποιήσετε την Αυτόματη προσθήκη καταχώρησης στη βάση δεδομένων" +"i> στο\n" +"διάλογο προτιμήσεων.
\n" +"Η τελευταία επιλογή είναι χρήσιμη για αυτούς που χρησιμοποιούν αρχεία PO\n" +"για επαλήθευση.
\n" +"Μπορείτε προσωρινά να βρείτε διαφορές με τα μηνύματα ενός αρχείου\n" +"επιλέγοντας Εργαλεία->Διαφορές->Άνοιγμα αρχείου για διαφορές\n" +"στο κύριο παράθυρο του KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Βασικός φάκελος για αρχεία διαφορών\n" +"
Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε ένα φάκελο στον οποίο είναι αποθηκευμένα\n" +"τα αρχεία διαφορών. Αν τα αρχεία είναι αποθηκευμένα στο ίδιο μέρος\n" +"κάτω από αυτόν το φάκελο με τα αρχικά αρχεία και τον βασικό τους φάκελο,\n" +"το KBabel μπορεί αυτόματα να ανοίξει το σωστό \n" +"αρχείο για την εύρεση διαφορών με αυτό.
\n" +"Σημειώστε ότι αυτή η επιλογή δεν έχει αποτέλεσμα αν χρησιμοποιούνται\n" +"τα μηνύματα μιας βάσης δεδομένων για διαφορές.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Καλώς ήρθατε στο μάγο έργου!\n" +"\n" +"Αυτός ο μάγος θα σας βοηθήσει να ρυθμίσετε ένα νέο έργο μετάφρασης\n" +"για το KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Πρώτα από όλα, πρέπει να επιλέξετε ένα όνομα έργου\n" +"και το αρχείο, όπου θα αποθηκευτούν οι ρυθμίσεις.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Πρέπει επίσης να επιλέξετε μια γλώσσα για μετάφραση σε αυτήν\n" +"και επίσης να εισάγετε έναν τύπο για το έργο μετάφρασης.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "Συγγραφείς:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Όνομα αρχείου ρύθμισης
\n"
+"Το όνομα του αρχείου όπου θα αποθηκευτούν οι ρυθμίσεις\n"
+"του έργου.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Γλώσσα
\n"
+"Η γλώσσα προορισμού του έργου, δηλαδή η γλώσσα στην οποία\n"
+"θα γίνει μετάφραση. Θα πρέπει να ακολουθεί το πρότυπο ονομασιών γλωσσών ISO "
+"631.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Όνομα έργου
\n"
+"Το όνομα έργου είναι μια ταυτότητα για ένα έργο για\n"
+"σας. Εμφανίζεται στο διάλογο ρύθμισης του έργου\n"
+"όπως επίσης και στον τίτλο των παραθύρων του έργου.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Σημείωση: Το όνομα του έργου δε μπορεί να αλλαχθεί μετά.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Τύπος έργου\n" +"Ο τύπος έργου επιτρέπει τη συσχέτιση των ρυθμίσεων με \n" +"το συγκεκριμένο τύπο γνωστών έργων μετάφρασης.\n" +"Για παράδειγμα, ορίζει τα εργαλεία ελέγχου εγκυρότητας,\n" +"το δείκτη συντομεύσεων πληκτρολογίου και τη μορφή επικεφαλίδας.\n" +"
\n" +"Τρέχοντες γνωστοί τύποι:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Αρχεία μετάφρασης
\n" +"Πληκτρολογήστε τους φακέλους που περιέχουν όλα τα αρχεία PO και POT σας.\n" +"Τα αρχεία και οι φάκελοι σε αυτούς τους φακέλους, θα συγχωνευτούν σε ένα\n" +"δέντρο.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Αυτόματη αναίρεση ορισμού ασαφούς κατάστασης
\n" +"Αν ενεργοποιηθεί αυτή η επιλογή και επεξεργάζεστε μια ασαφή καταχώρηση, η " +"ασαφής κατάσταση αυτόματα\n" +"αναιρείται (αυτό σημαίνει ότι η συμβολοσειρά , fuzzy\n" +"αφαιρείται από το σχόλιο της καταχώρησης).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Χρήση έξυπνης επεξεργασίας
\n" +"Επιλέξτε αυτό για την πιο άνετη πληκτρολόγηση κειμένου και να δηλώσετε \n" +"στο KBabel να συμπληρώνει κάποιους ειδικούς χαρακτήρες που πρέπει να μπουν \n" +"σε εισαγωγικά. Για παράδειγμα πληκτρολογώντας '\\\"' θα έχει σαν " +"αποτέλεσμα \n" +"το '\\\\\\\"', πατώντας το Enter αυτόματα θα προστεθεί κενό \n" +"στο τέλος της γραμμής, πατώντας Shift+Enter θα προστεθεί το \n" +"'\\\\n' στο τέλος της γραμμής.
\n" +"Σημειώστε ότι αυτό είναι απλά μια βοήθεια: είναι δυνατό να προκαλέσει " +"συντακτικά λάθη στο κείμενο.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Αναγνώριση σφάλματος
\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε τη μέθοδο εμφάνισης ενός σφάλματος. \n" +"Ο προειδοποιητικός ήχος σε σφάλμα ηχεί και η αλλαγή χρώματος " +"κειμένου σε σφάλμα\n" +" τροποποιεί το χρώμα του μεταφρασμένου κειμένου. Αν δεν ενεργοποιηθεί " +"κανένα \n" +"θα εξακολουθείτε να βλέπετε ένα μήνυμα στη γραμμή κατάστασης.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Φωτάκια κατάστασης
\n" +"Επιλέξτε εδώ το πού θα εμφανίζονται τα φωτάκια κατάστασης και τι χρώμα θα " +"έχουν.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Αυτόματη εκκίνηση αναζήτησης
\n" +"Αν ενεργοποιηθεί αυτό, η αναζήτηση εκκινεί αυτόματα \n" +"κάθε φορά που θα μεταβείτε σε άλλη καταχώρηση στον επεξεργαστή. Μπορείτε \n" +"να επιλέξετε τη πηγή της αναζήτησης στο πλαίσιο συνδυασμών Προκαθορισμένο " +"λεξικό.\n" +"
Μπορείτε επίσης να ξεκινήσετε μια αναζήτηση χειροκίνητα επιλέγοντας " +"μια καταχώρηση \n" +"στο αναδυόμενο μενού που εμφανίζεται κάνοντας κλικ στο \n" +"Λεξικά->Αναζήτηση... ή κρατώντας πατημένο το κουμπί λεξικού \n" +"στη γραμμή εργαλείων για λίγο.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Προκαθορισμένο λεξικό
\n" +"Επιλέξτε εδώ την προκαθορισμένη πηγή για αναζητήσεις. \n" +"Αυτή η ρύθμιση χρησιμοποιείται όταν εκκινείται αναζήτηση αυτόματα \n" +"ή πατώντας το κουμπί λεξικού στη γραμμή εργαλείων.
\n" +"Μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε διαφορετικά λεξικά επιλέγοντας \n" +"το επιθυμητό λεξικό από τις Ρυθμίσεις->Ρύθμιση λεξικού.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Γραμμή κατάστασης
\n" -"Η γραμμή κατάστασης εμφανίζει πληροφορίες σχετικά με την πρόοδο της " -"τρέχουσας λειτουργίας αναζήτησης ή αντικατάστασης. Ό πρώτος αριθμός " -"Βρέθηκαν: εμφανίζει το πλήθος των αρχείων που βρέθηκε το αναζητούμενο " -"κείμενο που δεν εμφανίζονται ακόμη στο παράθυρο του KBabel. Ο δεύτερος αριθμός " -"δηλώνει το συνολικό αριθμό των αρχείων που περιέχουν το αναζητούμενο κείμενο " -"μέχρι τη στιγμή αυτή.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Επιλογές αρχείων
" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε την αναζήτηση:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Παράδειγμα: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Ενημέρωση των παρακάτω αρχείων:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Σάρωση ενός αρχείου PO..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Καταχώρηση των παρακάτω αρχείων:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Σάρωση φακέλου..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Λήψη απομακρυσμένης κατάστασης για τα παρακάτω αρχεία:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Σάρωση φακέλου && υποφακέλων..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Λήψη τοπικής κατάστασης για τα παρακάτω αρχεία:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Σάρωση αρχείου:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Λήψη διαφορών για τα παρακάτω αρχεία:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Καταχωρήσεις που προστέθηκαν:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Λήψη πληροφοριών για τα παρακάτω αρχεία:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Συνολική πρόοδος:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Παλιά μηνύματα:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Ανάλυση αρχείου:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Μήνυμα καταγραφής:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Φόρτωση αρχείου:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "&Αυτόματη προσθήκη αρχείων αν είναι απαραίτητο"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Εξαγωγή..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Καταχώρηση"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Επαναλαμβανόμενες συμβολοσειρές"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Λήψη κατάστασης"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Καλά κλειδιά"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Λήψη διαφορών"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Μπορείτε να ορίσετε τον ελάχιστο αριθμό λέξεων της ερώτησης που πρέπει να "
+"περιέχει το κλειδί για να προστεθεί στη λίστα καλών κλειδιών. \n"
+"Μπορείτε επίσης να ορίσετε τον ελάχιστο αριθμό λέξεων του κλειδιού που "
+"πρέπει να περιέχει η ερώτηση για να προστεθεί το κλειδί στη λίστα. \n"
+"Αυτοί οι δύο αριθμοί είναι ποσοστό του συνολικού αριθμού των λέξεων. Αν το "
+"αποτέλεσμα αυτού του ποσοστού είναι μικρότερο από ένα, η μηχανή θα το ορίσει "
+"ένα. \n"
+"Τέλος μπορείτε να ορίσετε το μέγιστο αριθμό των καταχωρήσεων της λίστας."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Λήψη πληροφοριών"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Ελάχιστος αριθμός λέξεων του κλειδιού επίσης στο ερώτημα (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Έξοδος εντολής:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Το μήνυμα καταγραφής καταχώρησης είναι κενό. Επιθυμείτε τη συνέχεια;"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Ελάχιστος αριθμός λέξεων ερώτησης στο κλειδί (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Αδυναμία ανοίγματος προσωρινού αρχείου για εγγραφή. Εγκατάλειψη."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Μέγιστο μήκος λίστας:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Αδυναμία εγγραφής στο προσωρινό αρχείο. Εγκατάλειψη."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Συχνές λέξεις"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Η διεργασία δε μπόρεσε να εκκινήσει."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Απόρριψη λέξεων πιο συχνών από:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Έξοδος με κατάσταση %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Τελείωσε ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Οι συχνές λέξεις θεωρούνται ότι υπάρχουν σε κάθε κλειδί"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Κατάλογοι μηνυμάτων"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Γενικά"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Χωρίς έλεγχο εκδόσεων"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Φάκελος βάσης δεδ.:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Αυτόματη ενημέρωση στο kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Κατάσταση CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Νέες καταχωρήσεις"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Επίλυση"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Από το kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Επίλυση για τα σημαδεμένα"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Αλγόριθμος"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Επαναφορά"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Ελάχιστος βαθμός:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Επαναφορά για τα σημαδεμένα"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Αλγόριθμοι για χρήση"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Καθαρισμός"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Βαθμός:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Καθαρισμός για τα σημαδεμένα"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Αρχείο αποθήκευσης ασαφών προτάσεων"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Χωρίς χώρο αποθήκευσης"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Γλωσσάρι"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Αρχεία:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Ακριβής"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Όνομα"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Πρόταση με πρόταση"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "Σ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Αλφαριθμητικό"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Ασαφή"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Λέξη προς λέξη"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Αμετάφραστα"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Δυναμικό λεξικό"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Συνολικά"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
+msgstr "Προτιμώμενος αριθμός αποτελεσμάτων:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Τελευταία αναθεώρηση"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:356
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Output"
+msgstr "Έξοδος"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Παράθυρο καταγραφής"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:367
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Output Processing"
+msgstr "Ανάλυση εξόδου"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "Κ&αθαρισμός"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:395
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "First capital letter match"
+msgstr "Ταίριασμα πρώτου κεφαλαίου γράμματος"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Παράθυρο καταγραφής Σε αυτό το παράθυρο εμφανίζεται η έξοδος των εντολών που εκτελούνται. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Διαχειριστής καταλόγου Ο διαχειριστής καταλόγου συγχωνεύει δύο φακέλους σε ένα δέντρο και εμφανίζει "
-"όλα\n"
-"τα αρχεία PO και POT σε αυτούς τους φακέλους. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο μπορείτε "
-"εύκολα να δείτε αν\n"
-"ένα πρότυπο έχει προστεθεί ή αφαιρεθεί. Ακόμη εμφανίζονται κάποιες πληροφορίες "
-"σχετικά με τα αρχεία.\n"
-" Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες δείτε το τμήμα του διαχειριστή καταλόγου "
-"στη βοήθεια. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Αν αναζητήσετε το Το όνομά μου είναι Ανδρέας και έχετε "
+"ενεργοποιήσει την αντικατάσταση μιας λέξης μπορείτε επίσης να "
+"βρείτε και φράσεις όπως Το όνομά μου είναι Ζωή ή Το όνομά σας "
+"είναι Ανδρέας."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Χωρίς χώρο αποθήκευσης SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Χρήση αντικατάστασης μιας λέξης"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Όχι στο SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Μέγιστος αριθμός λέξεων στο ερώτημα:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Προστέθηκε τοπικά"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Χρήση αντικατάστασης δύο λέξεων"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Αφαιρέθηκε τοπικά"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Τροποποιήθηκε τοπικά"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Ενημερωμένο"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Τοπικοί χαρακτήρες για κανονικές εκφράσεις:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Σύγκρουση"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Βάση δεδομένων"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Σφάλμα στο αντίγραφο εργασίας"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Φάκελος βάσης δεδομένων:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Άγνωστο"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Αυτόματη προσθήκη καταχώρησης στη βάση δεδομένων"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-"Αυτός δεν είναι ένας έγκυρος χώρος αποθήκευσης SVN. Οι εντολές SVN δε θα "
-"εκτελεστούν."
+"Αυτόματη προσθήκη μιας καταχώρησης στη βάση δεδομένων αν μια νέα μετάφραση "
+"εισαχθεί από κάποιον (ίσως από το Kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Εκκίνηση εντολής ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Καταχώρηση συγγραφέα που προστέθηκε αυτόματα:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Διάλογος SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Οι παρακάτω μεταβλητές θα αντικατασταθούν στη διαδρομή, αν είναι " +"διαθέσιμες:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Initialise TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialise \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the " -"dialogue.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalogue entry you want to search.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Update Header
\n" -"Tick this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the tickboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Catalogue Manager
\n" +"The Catalogue Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"new template has been added or removed. Also some information about the " +"files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalogue " +"Manager in the online help.
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Tick this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialogue " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialogue.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in Qt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Misspelled " -"words will be coloured by the error colour.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialogue, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalogue Manager " -"are opened\n" -"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you tick this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalogue " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalogue Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalogue " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalogue Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Shown columns
\n" -"Shown columns
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Welcome to Project Wizard!\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" +msgstr "Locale (%1)" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124 +msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary" +msgstr "Auto&matically add files if necessary" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:141 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "Update" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "&Commit" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139 +msgid "&Get Status" +msgstr "&Get Status" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142 +msgid "&Get Diff" +msgstr "&Get Diff" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:157 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:152 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:83 +msgid "C&ancel" +msgstr "C&ancel" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160 +msgid "Command output:" +msgstr "Command output:" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233 +msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:247 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot find encoding: %1" +msgstr "Cannot find encoding: %1" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:253 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialogue\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a " +"catalogue entry you want to search.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text colour on error\n" -" changes the colour of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what colour they " -"have.
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Update Header
\n" +"Tick this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the tickboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Tick this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --statistics" +"\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 134 -#: rc.cpp:668 rc.cpp:999 -#, no-c-format +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:306 msgid "" -"Remove white spaces at the beginning and at the end of the phrase.\n" -"It also substitutes groups of more than one space character with only one space " -"character." +"Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences " +"Dialogue in the online help.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Example:"
-" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialogue. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. "
+" GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Scan Single PO File"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Scan Folder"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Scanning file:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Entries added:"
+" GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in Qt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Misspelled words will be coloured by the "
+"error colour. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialogue, in every spell check. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalogue Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> Create index for file contents If you tick this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Use one word substitution"
+"
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalogue Manager. The commands are then " +"shown in the submenu Commands in the Catalogue Manager's context menu." +"
The following strings will be replaced in a command:" +"
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalogue Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalogue Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Shown columns
\n" +"\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Shown columns
\n" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Initialise TDE-specific entries
Initialise \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the " +"dialogue.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialogue in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed " -"with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their colour in the preferences dialogue section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Status bar
\n" +"The status bar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialogue in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" + +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 +msgid "" +"_: Menu item\n" +"Open" +msgstr "Open" + +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 +msgid "Open Template" +msgstr "Open Template" + +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 +msgid "" +"KBabel Version %1\n" +"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" +" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their colour in the preferences dialogue section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Status bar
\n" -"The status bar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from TDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80 msgid "Loading TMX compendium" @@ -5023,1295 +4429,1912 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Empty database." msgstr "Empty database." -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:71 -msgid "Copyright 2000-2001 by Andrea Rizzi" -msgstr "Copyright 2000-2001 by Andrea Rizzi" +#: kbabeldict/searchengine.h:339 +msgid "not implemented" +msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:84 -msgid "No error" -msgstr "No error" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:11 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:29 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Go" +msgstr "&Go" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:125 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:30 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Markings" +msgstr "&Markings" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:43 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:50 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Project" +msgstr "&Project" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:49 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:57 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Tools" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:60 catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:165 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:202 +#, no-c-format +msgid "CVS" +msgstr "CVS" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:112 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:87 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Settings" +msgstr "Settings:" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:117 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:95 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:122 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:100 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Main" +msgstr "Main" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:128 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:113 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Navigationbar" +msgstr "Navigation bar" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "To be set dynamically:" +msgstr "To be set dynamically:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:62 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Include templates" +msgstr "&Include templates" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:70 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &wildcards" +msgstr "Use &wildcards" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:59 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Overall:" +msgstr "Overall:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:80 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Current file:" +msgstr "Current file:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:88 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Validation:" +msgstr "Validation:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:96 commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:94 +#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:473 +#, no-c-format +msgid "New Item" +msgstr "New Item" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:32 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Mark invalid as &fuzzy" +msgstr "Mark invalid as &fuzzy" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:35 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"Database folder does not exist:\n" -"%1\n" -"Do you want to create it now?" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from TDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Welcome to Project Wizard!\n" +"\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1505 -#, c-format -msgid "Configure Dictionary %1" -msgstr "Configure Dictionary %1" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialogue\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text colour on error\n" +" changes the colour of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what colour they have." +"
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Example: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Update the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Scan Single PO File..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Commit the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Scan Folder..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Get remote status for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Get local status for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Scanning file:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Get diff for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Entries added:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Get information for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Total progress:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Old messages:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Processing file:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Log message:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Loading file:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Export..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Commit"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Repeated Strings"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Get Status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Good Keys"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Get Diff"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Get Information"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Command output:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Max list length:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Frequent Words"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "The process could not be started."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Discard words more frequent than:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Finished ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Message Catalogues"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "General"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "No version control"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "DB folder:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Automatic update in kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN Status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "New Entries"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Resolved"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "From kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Resolved for Marked"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algorithm"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Revert"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Minimum score:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Revert for Marked"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algorithms to Use"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Cleanup"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Score:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Cleanup for Marked"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Fuzzy sentence archive"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "No repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glossary"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Exact "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Name"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Sentence by sentence"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alphanumeric"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Fuzzy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Word by word"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Untranslated"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Dynamic dictionary"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Total"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
+msgstr "Preferred number of results:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Last Revision"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:356
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Output"
+msgstr "Output"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Log Window"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:367
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Output Processing"
+msgstr "Output Processing"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "C&lear"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:395
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "First capital letter match"
+msgstr "First capital letter match"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Catalogue Manager The Catalogue Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"new template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalogue Manager "
-"in the online help. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "No SVN repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Use one word substitution"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Not in SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Max number of words in the query:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Locally added"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Use two word substitution"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Locally removed"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Locally modified"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Up-to-date"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Conflict"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Database"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Error in Working Copy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Database folder:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Unknown"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Auto add entry to database"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be KBabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Starting command ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Auto added entry author:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN Dialogue"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Last choice ( %1 )" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. "
+" Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Datumbaza dosierujo:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" -"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be " -"inserted in the good keys list." -"
\n" -"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must " -"have to insert the key in the list." -"
\n" -"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the " -"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one." -"
\n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-"\n"
-"
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Shown columns
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4397 -msgid "The spell checker program seems to have crashed." +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 +msgid "" +"_: Menu item\n" +"Open" msgstr "" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:940 -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1024 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4433 -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp:239 -msgid "Searching" -msgstr "Serĉante" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 +msgid "Open Template" +msgstr "Malfermu ŝablonon" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:129 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:132 -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:150 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1754 -#, c-format +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 msgid "" -"Cannot open project file\n" -"%1" +"KBabel Version %1\n" +"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" +" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80 @@ -4309,1206 +3930,1716 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Empty database." msgstr "Malplena datumbazo." -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:71 -msgid "Copyright 2000-2001 by Andrea Rizzi" -msgstr "Kopirajto 2000-2001 ĉe Andrea Rizzi" +#: kbabeldict/searchengine.h:339 +msgid "not implemented" +msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:84 -msgid "No error" -msgstr "neniu eraro" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:11 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:29 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Go" +msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:125 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:30 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Markings" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:43 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:50 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Project" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:49 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:57 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Tools" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:60 catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:165 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:202 +#, no-c-format +msgid "CVS" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:112 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:87 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Settings" +msgstr "Agordo:" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:117 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:95 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:122 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:100 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Main" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:128 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:113 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Navigationbar" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "To be set dynamically:" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:62 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Include templates" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:70 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &wildcards" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:59 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Overall:" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:80 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Current file:" +msgstr "Aktuala dosiero:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:88 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Validation:" +msgstr "Validigo:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:96 commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:94 +#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:473 +#, no-c-format +msgid "New Item" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:32 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Mark invalid as &fuzzy" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:35 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"Database folder does not exist:\n" -"%1\n" -"Do you want to create it now?" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "Aŭtoroj:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: "
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Traserĉi dosierujon..."
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Enmeti"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Traserĉante dosieron:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Akiri Staton"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Aldonitaj eroj:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Akiri Diff"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Totala progreso:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Akiri Informojn"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Prilaborante dosieron:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Ŝarĝante dosieron:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Komandoeligo:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Eksporti..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN-Stato"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Foĵetu vortojn pli oftajn ol:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Malfari"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Ĝenerala"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "DB-dosierujo:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Forviŝi"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Aŭtomata ĝisdatigo en kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Novaj Eroj"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "De kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritmo"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nomo"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Minimumaj poentoj:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmoj Uzendaj:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Poentoj:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Netradukita"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Arkivo de Svagaj Frazoj"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Sumo"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glosaro"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Lasta Revizio"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Ekzakta "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Protokolfenestro"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Frazo posr frazo"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "For&viŝu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Litercifera"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Datumbazo"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Datumbaza dosierujo:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Qué entradas hay que traducir
" -"Elija aquí para qué entradas del archivodebe KBabel buscar traducción. Las " -"entradas cambiadas se marcarán siempre como dudosas, no importa la opción que " -"elija.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Cómo se traducen los mensajes
" -"Aquí puede definir si un mensaje solo se traduce entero, si mensajes " -"similares son aceptables o si KBabel puede intentar traducir palabras sueltas " -"de un mensaje si no hay un mensaje traducido completo ni se encuentran mensajes " -"similares.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Marcar las entradas cambiadas como dudosas
" -"Cuando se encuentra la traducción de un mensaje, la entrada será marcada " -"comodudosa de manera predeterminada. Esto se debe a que la traducción es " -"adivinada por KBabel y debería ser siempre revisada con cuidado. Desactive esta " -"opción solo si sabe que está haciendo.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Inicializar entradas específicas de TDE
" -"Inicializar las entradas «Comment=» (comentario) y «Name=» (nombre) si una " -"traducción no se encuentra. También, «NAME OF TRANSLATORS» (nombre de los " -"traductores) y «EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS» (email de los traductores) se rellenan " -"con las preferencias de identidad.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Diccionarios
" -"Seleccione aquí qué diccionarios usar para buscar una traducción. Si " -"selecciona más de un diccionario, serán usados en el mismo orden en el que se " -"muestran en la lista.
" -"El botón Configurar le permitirá configurar temporalmente el " -"diccionario seleccionado. Las preferencias originales serán restauradas al " -"salir del diálogo.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Cuando se encuentra una traducción de un mensaje, la entrada se marcará " -"comodudosa por omisión. Esto es porque la traducción ha sido adivinada " -"por KBabel y debe comprobar los resultados cuidadosamente. Desactive esta " -"opción solo si sabe lo que está haciendo.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Buscar texto
" -"Aquí puede introducir el texto a buscar Si quiere buscar con una expresión " -"regular, habilite Uso de expresiones regulares abajo.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Sustituir texto
" -"Aquí puede introducir el texto que quiere que sea usado para sustituir al " -"buscado. El texto es usado tal cual. No es posible hacer una referencia atrás " -"si estaba buscando con una expresiónregular.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Dónde buscar
" -"Seleccione aquí en qué partes de las entradas de un catálogo quiere " -"buscar.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Opciones
" -"Aquí puede afinar las opciones de reemplazo:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Opciones
" -"Aquí puede hacer un ajuste fino de la búsqueda:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Barra de estado
\n" +"La barra de estado muestra información sobre la progresión del proceso de " +"búsqueda o sobrescritura. El primer número en Encontrado: muestra el " +"número de archivos en los que aparece el texto buscado y que no son " +"mostrados en la ventana de KBabel. El segundo muestra el número total de " +"archivos que contienen el texto encontrado.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Actualizar cabecera
\n" -"Compruebe este botón para actualizar la información de cabecera del archivo " -"cada vez que se guarde
\n" -"La cabecera normalmente mantiene información sobre la fecha y hora de la " -"última actualización, el último traductor etc...
\n" -"Puede elegir que información quiere actualizar desde las cajas de " -"comprobación debajo.\n" -"Los campos que no existan se añadirán a la cabecera.\n" -"Si quiere añadir campos adicionales a la cabecera, puede editar la cabecera " -"manualmente con tan sólo elegir\n" -"Editar->Editar cabecera en la ventana del editor
Ventana de registro
\n" +"La salida de las órdenes ejecutadas se muestra en esta ventana.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Campos a actualizar
\n" -"Elija que campos en la cabecera desea que sean actualizados al guardar.\n" -"Si un campo no existe será añadido a la cabecera.
\n" -"Si desea añadir otra información a la cabecera, debe editarla manualmente\n" -"seleccionando Editar->Editar cabecera en la ventana del editor.
\n" -"Desactivar Actualizar cabecera si no desea que la cabecera se " -"actualice\n" -"automáticamente cuando guarde.
Gestor de catálogos
\n" +"El Gestor de catálogos mezcla dos carpetas en un árbol y muestra todos\n" +"los archivos PO y POT en dichas carpetas. De esta forma se puede ver\n" +"fácilmente si una nueva plantilla ha sido añadida o eliminada. También se\n" +"muestra alguna información sobre estos archivos.
Para más información, " +"vea la sección El Gestor de catálogos en la ayuda en línea.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Codificación
" -"Elija cómo codificar los caracteres cuando guarde el archivo. Si no está " -"seguro de qué codificación usar, pregunte a su coordinador de traducciones.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Mantener la codificación del archivo
" -"Si se activa esta opción, los archivos se guardarán con la misma " -"codificación con la que fueron leídos. Los archivos sin información en la " -"cabecera (p. ej., archivos POT) se guardarán con la codificación seleccionada " -"más arriba.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Comprobar la sintaxis del archivo al guardarlo
\n" -"Seleccione esta opción para comprobar la sintaxis del archivo " -"automáticamente con «msgfmt --statistics» al guardarlo\n" -"Solo obtendrá un mensaje si se produce algún error.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Guardar entradas obsoletas
\n" -"Si la opción es activada, cuando se abre el archivo se guardan las entradas\n" -"obsoletas encontradas. Las entradas obsoletas se señalan con #~ y son\n" -"creadas cuando el programa «msgmerge» no necesita más traducciones.\n" -"Si el texto aparece de nuevo, las entradas obsoletas vuelven a ser activadas.\n" -"El inconveniente principal es el tamaño del archivo guardado.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Formato de la fecha de revisión
" -"Elija el formato en que se guardará la fecha y hora del\n" -"campo de cabecera PO-Revision-Date:" -"
Se recomienda que utilice el formato predeterminado para evitar la creación " -"de archivos PO no estándares.
" -"Para más información, vea la sección Diálogo de preferencias" -"en la ayuda en línea
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identidad
\n" -"Introduzca información sobre usted y su equipo de traducción.\n" -"Esta información es usada al actualizar la cabecera de un archivo.
\n" -"Encontrará las opciones y que campos en la cabecera deben ser actualizados\n" -"en la página Guardar de este diálogo.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Número de formas singular/plural
" -"Nota: Esta opción es específica de TDE. Si no está traduciendo una " -"aplicación de TDE, puede ignorar esta opción con total seguridad.
" -"Elija cuantas formas de singular y plural se usan en su idioma. Este número " -"deberá corresponder con las preferencias del idioma de su equipo.
" -"De forma alternativa, puede poner esta opción en Automático " -"para que KBabel trate de obtener esta información automáticamente de TDE. Use " -"el botón Prueba para comprobar que puede encontrarlo.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Requiere argumentos de formas plurales en la traducción
\n" -"NotaEsta opción sólo es para TDE por el momento. Si no está " -"traduciendo una aplicación TDE, puede ignorarlo sin problemas.
\n" -"Si se activa este opción, la comprobación de validez requerirá que el " -"argumento %n esté presente en el mensaje
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Cabecera de forma plural de GNU
\n" -"Aquí podrá rellenar una entrada de cabecera para el manejo de las formas " -"plurales de GNU. Si deja la entrada vacía, la entrada en el archivo PO no se " -"cambiará ni será añadida
\n" -"KBabel puede tratar de determinar automáticamente los valores sugeridos por " -"la herramienta gettex de GNU para el idioma definido actualmente. Sólo pulse el " -"botón Buscar.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Marcador para acelerador de teclado
" -"Defina aquí qué carácter marca que el siguiente carácter es un acelerador de " -"teclado. Por ejemplo, en Qt es «&» y en Gtk es «_».
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Expresión regular de información de contexto
" -"Introduzca una expresión regular que defina que es información de contexto " -"en un mensaje y no debe de ser traducida.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Correción ortográfica instantánea
" -"Active esto para dejar que KBabel corrija ortográficamente el texto que " -"escriba. Las palabras incorrectas serán coloreadas con el color de error.
" -"Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Recordar palabras ignoradas
" -"Active esta opción, para dejar a KBabel ignorar las palabras donde eligió " -"Ignorar todas en el menú de comprobación de ortografía.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Carpetas base
\n" -"Introduzca las carpetas que contienen sus archivos PO y POT.\n" -"Los archivos y carpetas de estas carpetas serán fundidos en un\n" -"sólo árbol.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Abrir archivos en una ventana nueva
\n" -"Si esta activada, todos los archivos abiertos desde el Gestor de catálogos " -"lo son en \n" -"una nueva ventana.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Matar procesos al finalizar
\n" -"Si activa esto, KBabel intentará matar los procesos que no hayan terminado " -"cuando KBabel termina,\n" -"enviándoles la señal «KILL».
\n" -"NOTA: No se garantiza que los procesos terminen.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Crear índice para el contenido del archivo
\n" -"Si activa esto, KBabel creará un índice por cada archivo PO para acelerar " -"las funciones de búsqueda/reemplazo
n " -"NOTA: Esto ralentizará considerablemente la actualización de la información " -"de archivo.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Ejecutar msgfmt antes de procesar un archivo
" -"Si marca esta opción, KBabel ejecutará la herramienta msgfmt de Gettext " -"antes de procesar un archivo.
" -"Se recomienda marcar esta opción, incluso aunque haga que el procesamiento " -"sea más lento. Esta opción estará marcada de forma predeterminada.
" -"Es útil no seleccionar esta opción en equipos lentos y cuando desea traducir " -"archivos PO que no están soportados por la versión de las herramientas de " -"Gettext instaladas en su sistema. Como contrapartida, si no marca esta opción, " -"el código de procesamiento no realizará apenas ninguna comprobación sintáctica, " -"por lo que algunos archivos PO no válidos pueden ser considerados como buenos, " -"incluso aunque las herramientas de Gettext rechacen dichos archivos.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Órdenes para carpetas
" -"Introduzca aquí las órdenes que quiera ejecutar en las carpetas del Gestor " -"de catálogos. Las órdenes se muestran en el submenú Órdenes " -"en el menú contextual del Gestor de Catálogo.
" -"Se reemplazarán las siguientes cadenas en una orden:" -"
Opciones de archivo
Aquí puede ajustar dónde buscar:" +"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Órdenes para archivos
" -"Introduzca aquí las órdenes que quiera ejecutar sobre los archivos desde el " -"Gestor de catálogos. Las órdenes se mostrarán en el submenú Órdenes " -"en el menú contextual del Gestor de catátogos
" -"Se reemplazarán las siguientes cadenas en una orden:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Mostrar columnas
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Bienvenido al asistente de proyecto\n" -"\n" -"El asistente le ayudará a configurar un nuevo proyecto de\n" -"traducción para KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Antes de nada, necesitará elegir un nombre para el proyecto\n" -"y el archivo donde se guardará la configuración.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Además debe elegir un idioma al que traducir\n" -"y también un tipo de proyecto de traducción.\n" -"
" - -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Nombre del archivo de configuración"
-"
\n"
-"El nombre del archivo en donde se guardará la configuración del\n"
-"proyecto.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Idioma"
-"
\n"
-"El idioma objetivo del proyecto, esto es, el idioma\n"
-"al que se traduce. Debe seguir la norma ISO 631 para indicar el nombre del \n"
-"idioma.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Nombre del proyecto"
-"
\n"
-"El nombre del proyecto es una identificación de un proyecto para\n"
-"usted. Se mostrará en el diálogo de identificación del proyecto\n"
-"al igual que en el título de la ventana abierta para el proyecto.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Nota: El nombre del proyecto no se podrá cambiar a posteriori.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Tipo de proyecto\n" -"El tipo de proyecto le permite afinar las preferencias para un \n" -"tipo particular de proyecto de traducción bien conocido.\n" -"Por ejemplo, ajustar las herramientas de validación,\n" -"los marcadores de aceleración y el formateo de las cabeceras.\n" -"
\n" -"Tipos actualmente reconocidos:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Archivos de traducción
\n" -"Introduzca las carpetas que contienen sus archivos PO y POT.\n" -"Los archivos y carpetas de estas carpetas serán fundidos en un\n" -"sólo árbol.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Fuente para búsqueda de diferencias
\n" -"Aquí puede seleccionar una fuente, la cual puede ser usada para \n" -"encontrar una diferencia
\n" -"Puede seleccionar un archivo, una base de datos de traducciones o el \n" -"correspondiente msgstr
\n" -"Si elige una base de datos de traducciones, los mensajes para hacer diff \n" -"con ellos se tomarán de la base de datos de traducciones. Puede ser de \n" -"utilidad activar Auto añadir entradas a base de datos en el \n" -"diálogo de preferencias
\n" -"La última opción es útil para aquellos que usen archivos PO para \n" -"correcciones
\n" -"Temporalmente puede hacer diff con mensajes desde un archivo desde \n" -"Herramientas->Diff->Abrir archivo para diff en la ventana principal \n" -" de KBabel
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Carpeta base para archivos diff\n" -"
Aquí puede definir una carpeta en la cual los archivos con los que hacer \n" -"diff son almacenados. Si los archivos son almacenados en el mismo lugar bajo \n" -"esta carpeta como los archivos originales bajo su carpeta base, KBabel puede \n" -"automáticamente abrir el archivo correcto para hacer diff con él. \n" -"
\n" -"Dése cuenta que esta opción no tiene efecto si los mensajes de la base de " -"datos son usados para diff
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Comenzar búsqueda automáticamente
\n" -"Si ésto se activa la búsqueda se activa automáticamente \n" -"cuando cambia a otra entrada en el editor. Puede elegir dónde \n" -"buscar con el menú.desplegableDiccionario predeterminado.\n" -"
" -"También puede comenzar a buscar de forma manual eligiendo\n" -"una entrada en el menú emergente que aparece al pulsar en \n" -" Diccionarios->Buscar... o manteniendo pulsado el botón de \n" -"diccionario en la barra de herramientas un rato.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Diccionario predeterminado
\n" -"Elija aquí donde quiere buscar por omisión. \n" -"Esta preferencia se usa cuando se busca automáticamente\n" -"o al pulsar el botón de diccionario en la barra de herramientas.
\n" -"Puede configurar diferentes diccionarios seleccionándolo en \n" -"Preferencias->Configurar diccionario.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Quitar automáticamente el estado de dudoso
\n" -"Si está activado y está editando una entrada dudosa, el estado de dudoso se " -"quita automáticamente\n" -"(ésto significa que la entrada , fuzzy\n" -"se quita automáticamente del comentario).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Usar edición inteligente
\n" -"Habilite esto para escribir de una forma más comoda y dejar que KBabel \n" -"tenga en cuenta algunos caracteres especiales que tengan que ser \n" -"entrecomillados. Por ejemplo, al escribir «\\\"» obtendrá «\\\\\\\"», pulsando " -"la \n" -"tecla «Intro» añadirá automáticamente un espacio en blanco al final de la \n" -"línea, pulsando May+Intro añadirá «\\\\n» al final de la línea.
\\n\n" -"Tenga en cuenta que esto es solamente un consejo y que es posible\n" -"que genere un texto sintácticamente incorrecto.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Reconocimiento de errores
\n" -"Aquí puede configurar como mostrar el error cuando ocurra. \n" -"Pitar en error pita y Cambia el color del texto con error\n" -" cambia el color del texto traducido. Si no se activa\n" -" ninguno, verá un mensaje en la barra de estado.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"LED de estado
\n" -"Seleccione donde se van a mostrar los LED de estado y los colores que van a " -"tener.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Buscar texto
Aquí puede introducir el texto a buscar Si " +"quiere buscar con una expresión regular, habilite Uso de expresiones " +"regulares abajo.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Sustituir texto
Aquí puede introducir el texto que " +"quiere que sea usado para sustituir al buscado. El texto es usado tal cual. " +"No es posible hacer una referencia atrás si estaba buscando con una " +"expresiónregular.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Dónde buscar
Seleccione aquí en qué partes de las " +"entradas de un catálogo quiere buscar.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Opciones
Aquí puede afinar las opciones de reemplazo:" +"
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Ejemplo:"
-" Options Here you can finetune the search:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Si busca Mi nombre es Andrea y ha activado "
-"sustitución de una palabra también encontrará frases como "
-"Mi nombre es Joe o Su nombre es Andrea."
+"
Opciones
Aquí puede hacer un ajuste fino de la búsqueda:" +"
"
-msgstr ""
-" "
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Miscellaneous"
+msgstr "Varias"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Explorar en un solo archivo PO"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:98
+msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
+msgstr "Preferencias varias"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Explorar carpeta"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:101
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Folders"
+msgstr "Carpetas"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Explorar carpeta y subcarpetas"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:103
+msgid "Paths to Message Catalogs & Catalog Templates"
+msgstr "Rutas a los catálogos de mensajes y plantillas de catálogos"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Explorando archivo:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:106
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Folder Commands"
+msgstr "Órdenes para carpetas"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Entradas añadidas:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:108
+msgid "User-Defined Commands for Folder Items"
+msgstr "Órdenes definidas por el usuario para elementos de la carpeta"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Progreso total:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:113
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"File Commands"
+msgstr "Órdenes para archivos"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Procesando archivo:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:115
+msgid "User-Defined Commands for File Items"
+msgstr "Órdenes definidas por el usuario para elementos de archivo"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Cargando archivo:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:120
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Catalog Manager"
+msgstr "Gestor de catálogos"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Exportar..."
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:122
+msgid "Catalog Manager View Settings"
+msgstr "Preferencias de la vista del «Gestor de catálogos»"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Estadísticas"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:125 kbabel/kbabelpref.cpp:85
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Diff"
+msgstr "Diff"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "Cadenas repetidas"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:127
+msgid "Searching for Differences"
+msgstr "Búsqueda de diferencias"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "Claves buenas"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:138
+msgid "&Update header when saving"
+msgstr "Act&ualizar cabecera al guardar"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"Puede fijar el mínimo número de palabras de la consulta que quiere que sean "
-"incluidas en la lista de claves buenas."
-" \n"
-"También puede fijar el mínimo número de palabras de la clave que la consulta "
-"deberá insertar en la lista."
-" \n"
-"Estos dos números son el porcentaje del número total de palabras. Si el "
-"resultado de este porcentaje es menor de uno el motor lo pondrá a uno."
-" \n"
-"Finalmente, puede fijar el número máximo de entradas de la lista."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:139
+msgid "Update &description comment when saving"
+msgstr "Actualizar comentario de &descripción al guardar"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Número mínimo de palabras de la clave también en la búsqueda (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:140
+msgid "Chec&k syntax of file when saving"
+msgstr "&Comprobar la sintaxis del archivo al guardar"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:141
+msgid "Save &obsolete entries"
+msgstr "Guardar entradas &obsoletas"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Número mínimo de palabras buscadas en la clave (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:143
+msgid "De&scription"
+msgstr "De&scripción"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Long máx de lista:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:149
+msgid "Encoding"
+msgstr "Codificación"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:155
+msgid "Default:"
+msgstr "Predeterminada:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "Palabras frecuentes"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:161
+msgid "(default)"
+msgstr "(predeterminada)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 962
-#: rc.cpp:828 rc.cpp:1159
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
-msgstr "Descartar palabras más frecuentes que:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:175
+msgid "Kee&p the encoding of the file"
+msgstr "Mantene&r la codificación del archivo"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 970
-#: rc.cpp:831 rc.cpp:1162
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "/10000"
-msgstr "/10000"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:178
+msgid "Automatic Saving"
+msgstr "Guardar automáticamente"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 987
-#: rc.cpp:834 rc.cpp:1165
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
-msgstr "Palabras frecuentes se consideran como en todas las claves"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:183
+msgid ""
+"_: Short for minutes\n"
+" min"
+msgstr " min"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 16
-#: rc.cpp:837
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Edit Source"
-msgstr "Editar fuente"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:184
+msgid "No autosave"
+msgstr "No guardar automáticamente"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 60
-#: rc.cpp:846
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:188 kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:29
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Additional Informations"
-msgstr "Informaciones adicionales"
+msgid "&General"
+msgstr "&General"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 75
-#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:713 rc.cpp:849
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Status: "
-msgstr "Estado: "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:195
+msgid "Fields to Update"
+msgstr "Campos a actualizar"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 133
-#: rc.cpp:852
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Project name:"
-msgstr "Nombre del proyecto:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199
+msgid "Re&vision-Date"
+msgstr "Fecha de &revisión"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 149
-#: rc.cpp:855
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Project keywords:"
-msgstr "Palabras clave del proyecto:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200
+msgid "Last-&Translator"
+msgstr "Último &traductor"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 158
-#: rc.cpp:858
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "General Info"
-msgstr "Información general"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Idioma"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 172
-#: rc.cpp:861
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Single File"
-msgstr "Archivo único"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "Juego de &caracteres"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 177
-#: rc.cpp:864
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Single Folder"
-msgstr "Carpeta única"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "Codi&ficación"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 182
-#: rc.cpp:867
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Recursive Folder"
-msgstr "Carpeta recursiva"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "Pro&yecto"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 194
-#: rc.cpp:870
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Source name:"
-msgstr "Nombre de fuente:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "Formato de fecha de revisión"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 207
-#: rc.cpp:873
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Type:"
-msgstr "Tipo:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "Formato de fecha predetermina&do"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 215
-#: rc.cpp:876
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Setup Filter..."
-msgstr "Configurar filtro..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "Formato de fecha l&ocal"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 223
-#: rc.cpp:879
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Location:"
-msgstr "Localización:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "For&mato de fecha personalizado:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 231
-#: rc.cpp:882
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use filter"
-msgstr "Usar filtro"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Cadena de proyecto"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 40
-#: rc.cpp:885 rc.cpp:933
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&Path to Compendium File"
-msgstr "&Ruta al archivo de compendio"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "Id. del proyecto:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 102
-#: rc.cpp:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Ignore &fuzzy strings"
-msgstr "Ignorar cadenas &dudosas"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "Ca&becera"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 113
-#: rc.cpp:894 rc.cpp:939
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Onl&y whole words"
-msgstr "S&olo palabras completas"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Actualizar copyright del &traductor"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 124
-#: rc.cpp:897 rc.cpp:942
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Case sensiti&ve"
-msgstr "Distinguir m&ayúsculas"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Copyright Free Software Foundation"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 148
-#: rc.cpp:900 rc.cpp:945
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "A text matches if:"
-msgstr "Un texto coincide si:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "&Borrar copyright si está vacío"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 174
-#: rc.cpp:903 rc.cpp:948
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "E&qual to searched text"
-msgstr "Es &igual al texto buscado"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "&Actualizar copyright"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 185
-#: rc.cpp:906 rc.cpp:951
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Contains a &word of searched text"
-msgstr "&Contiene una palabra del texto buscado"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&No cambiar"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 196
-#: rc.cpp:909 rc.cpp:954
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Co&ntained in searched text"
-msgstr "Está co&ntenido en el texto buscado"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "Cop&yright"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 207
-#: rc.cpp:912 rc.cpp:957
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&Similar to searched text"
-msgstr "Es &similar al texto buscado"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+msgid ""
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Actualizar cabecera Compruebe este botón para actualizar la información de cabecera del "
+"archivo cada vez que se guarde La cabecera normalmente mantiene información sobre la fecha y hora de la "
+"última actualización, el último traductor etc... Puede elegir que información quiere actualizar desde las cajas de "
+"comprobación debajo.\n"
+"Los campos que no existan se añadirán a la cabecera.\n"
+"Si quiere añadir campos adicionales a la cabecera, puede editar la cabecera "
+"manualmente con tan sólo elegir\n"
+"Editar->Editar cabecera en la ventana del editor Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Campos a actualizar Elija que campos en la cabecera desea que sean actualizados al guardar.\n"
+"Si un campo no existe será añadido a la cabecera. Si desea añadir otra información a la cabecera, debe editarla "
+"manualmente\n"
+"seleccionando Editar->Editar cabecera en la ventana del editor. Desactivar Actualizar cabecera si no desea que la cabecera se "
+"actualice\n"
+"automáticamente cuando guarde. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Codificación Elija cómo codificar los caracteres cuando "
+"guarde el archivo. Si no está seguro de qué codificación usar, pregunte a su "
+"coordinador de traducciones. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Mantener la codificación del archivo Si se activa esta "
+"opción, los archivos se guardarán con la misma codificación con la que "
+"fueron leídos. Los archivos sin información en la cabecera (p. ej., archivos "
+"POT) se guardarán con la codificación seleccionada más arriba. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-"\n"
-"
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Las siguientes variables serán reemplazadas en la ruta si está disponible:\n" -"
Comprobar la sintaxis del archivo al guardarlo
\n" +"Seleccione esta opción para comprobar la sintaxis del archivo " +"automáticamente con «msgfmt --statistics» al guardarlo\n" +"Solo obtendrá un mensaje si se produce algún error.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Guardar entradas obsoletas
\n" +"Si la opción es activada, cuando se abre el archivo se guardan las " +"entradas\n" +"obsoletas encontradas. Las entradas obsoletas se señalan con #~ y son\n" +"creadas cuando el programa «msgmerge» no necesita más traducciones.\n" +"Si el texto aparece de nuevo, las entradas obsoletas vuelven a ser " +"activadas.\n" +"El inconveniente principal es el tamaño del archivo guardado.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Formato de la fecha de revisión
Elija el formato en que " +"se guardará la fecha y hora del\n" +"campo de cabecera PO-Revision-Date:
Se recomienda que utilice el formato predeterminado para evitar la " +"creación de archivos PO no estándares.
Para más información, vea la " +"sección Diálogo de preferenciasen la ayuda en línea
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Marcar no válidas como dudosas" -"
\n" -"
Si selecciona esta opción, todos los elementos,\n" -"los cuales la herramienta identifique como no válido,\n" -"serán marcados como dudosos y guardándose el\n" -"archivo resultante.
Identidad
\n" +"Introduzca información sobre usted y su equipo de traducción.\n" +"Esta información es usada al actualizar la cabecera de un archivo.
\n" +"Encontrará las opciones y que campos en la cabecera deben ser " +"actualizados\n" +"en la página Guardar de este diálogo.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
No validar dudosos" -"
\n" -"
Si selecciona esta opción, todos los elementos\n" -"marcados como dudosos, no se validarán totalmente.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Número de formas singular/plural
Nota: Esta " +"opción es específica de TDE. Si no está traduciendo una aplicación de TDE, " +"puede ignorar esta opción con total seguridad.
Elija cuantas formas de " +"singular y plural se usan en su idioma. Este número deberá corresponder con " +"las preferencias del idioma de su equipo.
De forma alternativa, puede " +"poner esta opción en Automático para que KBabel trate de obtener esta " +"información automáticamente de TDE. Use el botón Prueba para " +"comprobar que puede encontrarlo.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Requiere argumentos de formas plurales en la traducción
\n" +"NotaEsta opción sólo es para TDE por el momento. Si no está " +"traduciendo una aplicación TDE, puede ignorarlo sin problemas.
\n" +"Si se activa este opción, la comprobación de validez requerirá que el " +"argumento %n esté presente en el mensaje
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Cabecera de forma plural de GNU
\n" +"Aquí podrá rellenar una entrada de cabecera para el manejo de las formas " +"plurales de GNU. Si deja la entrada vacía, la entrada en el archivo PO no se " +"cambiará ni será añadida
\n" +"KBabel puede tratar de determinar automáticamente los valores sugeridos " +"por la herramienta gettex de GNU para el idioma definido actualmente. Sólo " +"pulse el botón Buscar.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Marcador para acelerador de teclado
Defina aquí qué " +"carácter marca que el siguiente carácter es un acelerador de teclado. Por " +"ejemplo, en Qt es «&» y en Gtk es «_».
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Expresión regular de información de contexto
Introduzca " +"una expresión regular que defina que es información de contexto en un " +"mensaje y no debe de ser traducida.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Correción ortográfica instantánea
Active esto para " +"dejar que KBabel corrija ortográficamente el texto que escriba. Las palabras " +"incorrectas serán coloreadas con el color de error.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Recordar palabras ignoradas
Active esta opción, para " +"dejar a KBabel ignorar las palabras donde eligió Ignorar todas en el " +"menú de comprobación de ortografía.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Carpetas base
\n" +"Introduzca las carpetas que contienen sus archivos PO y POT.\n" +"Los archivos y carpetas de estas carpetas serán fundidos en un\n" +"sólo árbol.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Abrir archivos en una ventana nueva
\n" +"Si esta activada, todos los archivos abiertos desde el Gestor de " +"catálogos lo son en \n" +"una nueva ventana.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Matar procesos al finalizar
\n" +"Si activa esto, KBabel intentará matar los procesos que no hayan " +"terminado cuando KBabel termina,\n" +"enviándoles la señal «KILL».
\n" +"NOTA: No se garantiza que los procesos terminen.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Crear índice para el contenido del archivo
\n" +"Si activa esto, KBabel creará un índice por cada archivo PO para acelerar " +"las funciones de búsqueda/reemplazo
nNOTA: Esto ralentizará " +"considerablemente la actualización de la información de archivo.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Ejecutar msgfmt antes de procesar un archivo
Si marca " +"esta opción, KBabel ejecutará la herramienta msgfmt de Gettext antes de " +"procesar un archivo.
Se recomienda marcar esta opción, incluso aunque " +"haga que el procesamiento sea más lento. Esta opción estará marcada de forma " +"predeterminada.
Es útil no seleccionar esta opción en equipos lentos y " +"cuando desea traducir archivos PO que no están soportados por la versión de " +"las herramientas de Gettext instaladas en su sistema. Como contrapartida, si " +"no marca esta opción, el código de procesamiento no realizará apenas ninguna " +"comprobación sintáctica, por lo que algunos archivos PO no válidos pueden " +"ser considerados como buenos, incluso aunque las herramientas de Gettext " +"rechacen dichos archivos.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Órdenes para carpetas
Introduzca aquí las órdenes que " +"quiera ejecutar en las carpetas del Gestor de catálogos. Las órdenes se " +"muestran en el submenú Órdenes en el menú contextual del Gestor de " +"Catálogo.
Se reemplazarán las siguientes cadenas en una orden:" +"
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Órdenes para archivos
Introduzca aquí las órdenes que " +"quiera ejecutar sobre los archivos desde el Gestor de catálogos. Las órdenes " +"se mostrarán en el submenú Órdenes en el menú contextual del Gestor " +"de catátogos
Se reemplazarán las siguientes cadenas en una orden:" +"
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Selector de caracteres
" -"Esta herramienta le permite insertar caracteres especiales con una doble " -"pulsación
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Shown columns
\n" +"Este botón actualiza la cabecera usando las preferencias actuales. La " -"cabecera resultante es la que se escribe en el archivo PO al guardarlo.
Mostrar columnas
\n" +"This button will revert all changes made so far.
Este botón deshace todos los cambios realizados.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Esto no es una cabecera válida.
\n" -"Edite la cabecera antes de actualizarla.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Esto no es una cabecera válida.
\n" -"Edite la cabecera antes de actualizarla.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Editor de comentarios
\n" -"Esta ventana de edición muestra el comentario del mensaje en curso." -"\n" -"
Normalmente contiene información de donde se usa el mensaje en el código " -"fuente\n" -"e información de estado del mensaje (dudoso, c-format).\n" -"A veces también incluye consejos para otros traductores.
\n" -"Puede ocultar el editor de comentarios desactivando la opción\n" -"Opciones->Mostrar comentarios.
Qué entradas hay que traducir
Elija aquí para qué " +"entradas del archivodebe KBabel buscar traducción. Las entradas cambiadas se " +"marcarán siempre como dudosas, no importa la opción que elija.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Cómo se traducen los mensajes
Aquí puede definir si un " +"mensaje solo se traduce entero, si mensajes similares son aceptables o si " +"KBabel puede intentar traducir palabras sueltas de un mensaje si no hay un " +"mensaje traducido completo ni se encuentran mensajes similares.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Marcar las entradas cambiadas como dudosas
Cuando se " +"encuentra la traducción de un mensaje, la entrada será marcada " +"comodudosa de manera predeterminada. Esto se debe a que la traducción " +"es adivinada por KBabel y debería ser siempre revisada con cuidado. " +"Desactive esta opción solo si sabe que está haciendo.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Inicializar entradas específicas de TDE
Inicializar las " +"entradas «Comment=» (comentario) y «Name=» (nombre) si una traducción no se " +"encuentra. También, «NAME OF TRANSLATORS» (nombre de los traductores) y " +"«EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS» (email de los traductores) se rellenan con las " +"preferencias de identidad.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Diccionarios
Seleccione aquí qué diccionarios usar para " +"buscar una traducción. Si selecciona más de un diccionario, serán usados en " +"el mismo orden en el que se muestran en la lista.
El botón " +"Configurar le permitirá configurar temporalmente el diccionario " +"seleccionado. Las preferencias originales serán restauradas al salir del " +"diálogo.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Cuando se encuentra una traducción de un mensaje, la entrada se " +"marcará comodudosa por omisión. Esto es porque la traducción ha sido " +"adivinada por KBabel y debe comprobar los resultados cuidadosamente. " +"Desactive esta opción solo si sabe lo que está haciendo.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Resultados de la búsqueda
" -"Esta parte de la ventana muestra los resultados de la búsqueda en los " -"diccionarios." -"
" -"
En la parte superior se muestra el número de coincidencias y dónde se ha " -"encontrado cada una. Use los botones en la parte inferior para navegar en los " -"resultados.
" -"La búsqueda se inicia automáticamente en la ventana del editor o " -"seleccionando el diccionario elegido en Diccionarios->Buscar....
" -"Las opciones comunes pueden configurase en las preferencias de la sección " -"Buscar y las opciones de los diferentes diccionarios pueden cambiarse con " -"Configuración->Configurar diccionario.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Selector de caracteres
Esta herramienta le permite " +"insertar caracteres especiales con una doble pulsación
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Editor de comentarios
\n" +"Esta ventana de edición muestra el comentario del mensaje en curso.\n" +"
Normalmente contiene información de donde se usa el mensaje en el código " +"fuente\n" +"e información de estado del mensaje (dudoso, c-format).\n" +"A veces también incluye consejos para otros traductores.
\n" +"Puede ocultar el editor de comentarios desactivando la opción\n" +"Opciones->Mostrar comentarios.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Contexto PO
Esta ventana muestra el contexto del mensaje " +"actual en el archivo PO. Normalmente muestra cuatro mensajes delante del " +"mensaje actual y cuatro detrás.
Puede ocultar la ventana de " +"herramientas desactivando Opciones->Mostrar herramientas.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Cadena original
\n" -"Esta parte de la ventana muestra el mensaje original\n" -"de la entrada que está siendo mostrada.
Lista de errores
Esta ventana muestra la lista de " +"errores encontrados por las herramientas de validación para que pueda saber " +"por qué ha sido marcado con un error el mensaje actual.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Este botón actualiza la cabecera usando las preferencias actuales. La " +"cabecera resultante es la que se escribe en el archivo PO al guardarlo.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:717 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:410 -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:207 -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:278 -msgid "fuzzy" -msgstr "dudoso" +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:65 +msgid "&Reset" +msgstr "&Reiniciar" -#: kbabel/contextview.cpp:125 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:721 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:419 -msgid "untranslated" -msgstr "sin traducir" +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:66 +msgid "This button will revert all changes made so far.
Este botón deshace todos los cambios realizados.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
LED de estado
\n" -"Estos LED muestran el estado del mensaje actual.\n" -"Puede cambiar sus colores en la sección Editor del\n" -"diálogo de preferencias, en la página Apariencia.
Esto no es una cabecera válida.
\n" +"Edite la cabecera antes de actualizarla.
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Editor de traducciones
\n" -"Este editor muestra y permite modificar la traducción de mensaje que se está " -"mostrando actualmente.
Esto no es una cabecera válida.
\n" +"Edite la cabecera antes de actualizarla.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Barra de estado
\n" +"La barra de estado muestra información sobre al archivo abierto,\n" +"como número total de entradas, número de mensajes por traducir o dudosos\n" +"También se muestra el índice y el estado de la entrada que se está mostrando " +"actualmente.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Resultados de la búsqueda
Esta parte de la ventana " +"muestra los resultados de la búsqueda en los diccionarios.
En la parte " +"superior se muestra el número de coincidencias y dónde se ha encontrado cada " +"una. Use los botones en la parte inferior para navegar en los resultados." +"p>
La búsqueda se inicia automáticamente en la ventana del editor o " +"seleccionando el diccionario elegido en Diccionarios->Buscar...." +"p>
Las opciones comunes pueden configurase en las preferencias de la " +"sección Buscar y las opciones de los diferentes diccionarios pueden " +"cambiarse con Configuración->Configurar diccionario.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Cadena original
\n" +"Esta parte de la ventana muestra el mensaje original\n" +"de la entrada que está siendo mostrada.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
LED de estado
\n" +"Estos LED muestran el estado del mensaje actual.\n" +"Puede cambiar sus colores en la sección Editor del\n" +"diálogo de preferencias, en la página Apariencia.
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Editor de traducciones
\n" +"Este editor muestra y permite modificar la traducción de mensaje que se " +"está mostrando actualmente.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Barra de estado
\n" -"La barra de estado muestra información sobre al archivo abierto,\n" -"como número total de entradas, número de mensajes por traducir o dudosos\n" -"También se muestra el índice y el estado de la entrada que se está mostrando " -"actualmente.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Lista de errores
" -"Esta ventana muestra la lista de errores encontrados por las herramientas de " -"validación para que pueda saber por qué ha sido marcado con un error el mensaje " -"actual.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Contexto PO
" -"Esta ventana muestra el contexto del mensaje actual en el archivo PO. " -"Normalmente muestra cuatro mensajes delante del mensaje actual y cuatro " -"detrás.
" -"Puede ocultar la ventana de herramientas desactivando Opciones->" -"Mostrar herramientas.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Hay copias de respaldo de bases de datos de su antigua versión de KBabel. "
+"Sin embargo, otra versión de KBabel (probablemente de TDE 3.1.1 o 3.1.2) "
+"creó una nueva base de datos. Como resultado de ello, KBabel contiene dos "
+"versiones de archivos de bases de datos. Desafortunadamente, la antigua y la "
+"nueva versión no pueden ser fusionadas. Tendrá que elegir una de ellas.
Si elige la antigua versión, la nueva será eliminada. Si elige la "
+"nueva, la antigua se dejará intacta y tendrá que eliminarla a mano. En caso "
+"contrario este mensaje se mostrará de nuevo (los archivos antiguos están en "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*.old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parámetros
" -"Aquí podrá hacer un ajuste fino en la búsqueda en el archivo PO. Por " -"ejemplo, si quiere hacer una búsqueda sensible a mayúsculas o si quiere que los " -"mensajes dudosos sean ignorados.
Parámetros
Aquí podrá hacer un ajuste fino en la " +"búsqueda en el archivo PO. Por ejemplo, si quiere hacer una búsqueda " +"sensible a mayúsculas o si quiere que los mensajes dudosos sean ignorados." +"p>
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Opciones de comparación
\n" -"Elija aquí qué mensajes desea que sean tratados como un mensaje patrón
" -"Opciones de comparación
\n" +"Elija aquí qué mensajes desea que sean tratados como un mensaje patrón" +"p>
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Coincidencia de 3 letras
" -"Un mensaje coincide con otro si la mayoría de los grupos de 3 letras están " -"contenidos en el otro mensaje. Por ejemplo, «abc123» coincide con " -"«bcx123c12».
Coincidencia de 3 letras
Un mensaje coincide con otro si " +"la mayoría de los grupos de 3 letras están contenidos en el otro mensaje. " +"Por ejemplo, «abc123» coincide con «bcx123c12».
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Posiciones
" -"Configure aquí qué archivos deberían ser usados para buscar
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Posiciones
Configure aquí qué archivos deberían ser " +"usados para buscar
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parámetros
" -"Aquí podrá hacer un ajuste fino en la búsqueda en el archivo PO. Por " -"ejemplo, si quiere hacer una búsqueda sensible a mayúsculas
Parámetros
Aquí podrá hacer un ajuste fino en la " +"búsqueda en el archivo PO. Por ejemplo, si quiere hacer una búsqueda " +"sensible a mayúsculas
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Marcar no válidas como dudosas
\n" +"
Si selecciona esta opción, todos los elementos,\n" +"los cuales la herramienta identifique como no válido,\n" +"serán marcados como dudosos y guardándose el\n" +"archivo resultante.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
No validar dudosos
\n" +"
Si selecciona esta opción, todos los elementos\n" +"marcados como dudosos, no se validarán totalmente.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Hay copias de respaldo de bases de datos de su antigua versión de KBabel. "
-"Sin embargo, otra versión de KBabel (probablemente de TDE 3.1.1 o 3.1.2) creó "
-"una nueva base de datos. Como resultado de ello, KBabel contiene dos versiones "
-"de archivos de bases de datos. Desafortunadamente, la antigua y la nueva "
-"versión no pueden ser fusionadas. Tendrá que elegir una de ellas. "
-"
"
-"
Si elige la antigua versión, la nueva será eliminada. Si elige la nueva, "
-"la antigua se dejará intacta y tendrá que eliminarla a mano. En caso contrario "
-"este mensaje se mostrará de nuevo (los archivos antiguos están en "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*.old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Fuente para búsqueda de diferencias
\n" +"Aquí puede seleccionar una fuente, la cual puede ser usada para \n" +"encontrar una diferencia
\n" +"Puede seleccionar un archivo, una base de datos de traducciones o el \n" +"correspondiente msgstr
\n" +"Si elige una base de datos de traducciones, los mensajes para hacer " +"diff \n" +"con ellos se tomarán de la base de datos de traducciones. Puede ser de \n" +"utilidad activar Auto añadir entradas a base de datos en el \n" +"diálogo de preferencias
\n" +"La última opción es útil para aquellos que usen archivos PO para \n" +"correcciones
\n" +"Temporalmente puede hacer diff con mensajes desde un archivo desde \n" +"Herramientas->Diff->Abrir archivo para diff en la ventana principal \n" +" de KBabel
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Carpeta base para archivos diff\n" +"
Aquí puede definir una carpeta en la cual los archivos con los que " +"hacer \n" +"diff son almacenados. Si los archivos son almacenados en el mismo lugar " +"bajo \n" +"esta carpeta como los archivos originales bajo su carpeta base, KBabel " +"puede \n" +"automáticamente abrir el archivo correcto para hacer diff con él. \n" +"
\n" +"Dése cuenta que esta opción no tiene efecto si los mensajes de la base de " +"datos son usados para diff
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Bienvenido al asistente de proyecto\n" +"\n" +"El asistente le ayudará a configurar un nuevo proyecto de\n" +"traducción para KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Antes de nada, necesitará elegir un nombre para el proyecto\n" +"y el archivo donde se guardará la configuración.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Además debe elegir un idioma al que traducir\n" +"y también un tipo de proyecto de traducción.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:288 -msgid "Original" -msgstr "Original" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Nombre del archivo de configuración
\n"
+"El nombre del archivo en donde se guardará la configuración del\n"
+"proyecto.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Idioma
\n"
+"El idioma objetivo del proyecto, esto es, el idioma\n"
+"al que se traduce. Debe seguir la norma ISO 631 para indicar el nombre del \n"
+"idioma.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Nombre del proyecto
\n"
+"El nombre del proyecto es una identificación de un proyecto para\n"
+"usted. Se mostrará en el diálogo de identificación del proyecto\n"
+"al igual que en el título de la ventana abierta para el proyecto.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Nota: El nombre del proyecto no se podrá cambiar a posteriori.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Tipo de proyecto\n" +"El tipo de proyecto le permite afinar las preferencias para un \n" +"tipo particular de proyecto de traducción bien conocido.\n" +"Por ejemplo, ajustar las herramientas de validación,\n" +"los marcadores de aceleración y el formateo de las cabeceras.\n" +"
\n" +"Tipos actualmente reconocidos:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Archivos de traducción
\n" +"Introduzca las carpetas que contienen sus archivos PO y POT.\n" +"Los archivos y carpetas de estas carpetas serán fundidos en un\n" +"sólo árbol.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Quitar automáticamente el estado de dudoso
\n" +"Si está activado y está editando una entrada dudosa, el estado de dudoso " +"se quita automáticamente\n" +"(ésto significa que la entrada , fuzzy\n" +"se quita automáticamente del comentario).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Usar edición inteligente
\n" +"Habilite esto para escribir de una forma más comoda y dejar que KBabel \n" +"tenga en cuenta algunos caracteres especiales que tengan que ser \n" +"entrecomillados. Por ejemplo, al escribir «\\\"» obtendrá «\\\\\\\"», " +"pulsando la \n" +"tecla «Intro» añadirá automáticamente un espacio en blanco al final de la \n" +"línea, pulsando May+Intro añadirá «\\\\n» al final de la línea.
\\n\n" +"Tenga en cuenta que esto es solamente un consejo y que es posible\n" +"que genere un texto sintácticamente incorrecto.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Reconocimiento de errores
\n" +"Aquí puede configurar como mostrar el error cuando ocurra. \n" +"Pitar en error pita y Cambia el color del texto con error\n" +" cambia el color del texto traducido. Si no se activa\n" +" ninguno, verá un mensaje en la barra de estado.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
LED de estado
\n" +"Seleccione donde se van a mostrar los LED de estado y los colores que van " +"a tener.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Comenzar búsqueda automáticamente
\n" +"Si ésto se activa la búsqueda se activa automáticamente \n" +"cuando cambia a otra entrada en el editor. Puede elegir dónde \n" +"buscar con el menú.desplegableDiccionario predeterminado.\n" +"
También puede comenzar a buscar de forma manual eligiendo\n" +"una entrada en el menú emergente que aparece al pulsar en \n" +" Diccionarios->Buscar... o manteniendo pulsado el botón de \n" +"diccionario en la barra de herramientas un rato.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Diccionario predeterminado
\n" +"Elija aquí donde quiere buscar por omisión. \n" +"Esta preferencia se usa cuando se busca automáticamente\n" +"o al pulsar el botón de diccionario en la barra de herramientas.
\n" +"Puede configurar diferentes diccionarios seleccionándolo en \n" +"Preferencias->Configurar diccionario.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Barra de estado
\n" -"La barra de estado muestra información sobre la progresión del proceso de " -"búsqueda o sobrescritura. El primer número en Encontrado: " -"muestra el número de archivos en los que aparece el texto buscado y que no son " -"mostrados en la ventana de KBabel. El segundo muestra el número total de " -"archivos que contienen el texto encontrado.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Opciones de archivo
" -"Aquí puede ajustar dónde buscar:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Ejemplo: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obtener el estado local de los siguientes archivos:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Explorar en un solo archivo PO..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obtener la diferencia de los siguientes archivos:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Explorar carpeta..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obtener información de los siguientes archivos:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Explorar carpeta y subcarpetas..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "Mensajes &antiguos:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Explorando archivo:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Mensajes de &log:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Entradas añadidas:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Añadir archivos auto&máticamente si fuera necesario"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Progreso total:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Entregar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Procesando archivo:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Obtener estado "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Cargando archivo:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Obtener diff"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Exportar..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Obtener información"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Cadenas repetidas"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Salida de la orden:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Claves buenas"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "El mensaje de registro del envío está vacío. ¿Desea continuar?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Puede fijar el mínimo número de palabras de la consulta que quiere que sean "
+"incluidas en la lista de claves buenas. \n"
+"También puede fijar el mínimo número de palabras de la clave que la consulta "
+"deberá insertar en la lista. \n"
+"Estos dos números son el porcentaje del número total de palabras. Si el "
+"resultado de este porcentaje es menor de uno el motor lo pondrá a uno. \n"
+"Finalmente, puede fijar el número máximo de entradas de la lista."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "No se puede abrir el archivo temporal para escritura. Abandonando."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Número mínimo de palabras de la clave también en la búsqueda (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "No se puede escribir en el archivo temporal. Abandonando."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "No se ha podido iniciar el proceso."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Número mínimo de palabras buscadas en la clave (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Finalizado con estado %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Long máx de lista:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Finalizado ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Palabras frecuentes"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Catálogos de mensajes"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Descartar palabras más frecuentes que:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Sin control de versión"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Estado de CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Palabras frecuentes se consideran como en todas las claves"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Resolver"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "General"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Resolver los marcados"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Carpeta de base de datos:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Revertir"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Actualización automática en kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Revertir los marcados"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nuevas entradas"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Limpiar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Desde kabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Limpiar los marcados"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritmo"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Sin repositorio"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Puntuación mínima:"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Archivos:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmo a usar"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nombre"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Puntuación:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Archivo de entradas dudosas"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Dudoso"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glosario"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Sin traducir"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Exacto "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Total"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Sentencia a sentencia"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Última revisión"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumérico"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Ventana de registro"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Palabra a palabra"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Limpiar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Diccionario dinámico"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Ventana de registro La salida de las órdenes ejecutadas se muestra en esta ventana. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Gestor de catálogos El Gestor de catálogos mezcla dos carpetas en un árbol y muestra todos\n"
-"los archivos PO y POT en dichas carpetas. De esta forma se puede ver\n"
-"fácilmente si una nueva plantilla ha sido añadida o eliminada. También se\n"
-"muestra alguna información sobre estos archivos. Para más información, vea la sección El Gestor de catálogos "
-"en la ayuda en línea. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Si busca Mi nombre es Andrea y ha activado sustitución de una "
+"palabra también encontrará frases como Mi nombre es Joe o "
+"Su nombre es Andrea."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Sin repositorio SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Usar sustitución de una palabra"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "No en el SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Máximo número de palabras en la consulta:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Añadido localmente"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Usar sustitución de dos palabras"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Eliminado localmente"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Modificado localmente"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Actualizado"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Caracteres locales para expresiones regulares:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Conflicto"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Base de datos"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Error en la copia de trabajo"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Carpeta de base de datos:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Desconocido"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Auto incluir entrada a la base de datos"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-"Esto no es un repositorio SVN válido. No será posible ejecutar órdenes SVN."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Iniciando orden ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Diálogo SVN"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Actualizar los siguientes archivos:"
+"Añadir automáticamente una entrada a la base de datos si alguien notifica "
+"una nueva traducción (puede ser kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Entregar los siguientes archivos:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Autor de la entrada añadido automáticamente:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obtener el estado remoto de los siguientes archivos:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Las siguientes variables serán reemplazadas en la ruta si está disponible:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Tõlgitakse
" -"Vali siit, millistele kirjetele KBabel tõlkeid otsima peaks. Muudetud kirjed " -"seatakse alati kahtlasteks hoolimata sellest, millise valiku sa teed.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Kuidas tõlkida teateid
" -"Siin saad määrata, kas KBabel peab suutma teate täielikult ära tõlkida või " -"tohib ka üksikuid sõnu tõlkida, kui täielikku tõlget ei leitud.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Muudetud kirjed märgistatakse kahtlasteks
" -"Automaatselt tõlgitud teated märgitakse vaikimisi kahtlaseks " -"seepärast, et sellised tõlked peaks alati hoolikalt üle kontrollima. Loobu " -"sellest valikust vaid siis, kui sa tead, mida teed.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Initsialiseeritakse TDE-spetsiifilised kirjed
" -"Loob \"Comment=\" ja \"Name=\" kirjed, kui ka tõlget ei leita. Samuti " -"täidetakse \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" ja \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" identiteedi " -"põhjal tuvastatavate kirjetega.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Sõnaraamatud
" -"Vali siit otsingul vaikimisi kasutatav sõnaraamat. Kui valid rohkem kui ühe " -"sõnaraamatu, siis kasutatakse neid täpselt samas järjekorras, nagu nad selles " -"nimekirjas on.
" -"Nupp Seadista võimaldab ajutiselt seadistada valitud sõnaraamatut. " -"Selle algsed seadistused taastatakse pärast dialoogi sulgemist.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Automaatselt tõlgitud teated märgitakse vaikimisi kahtlaseks " -"seepärast, et sellised tõlked peaks alati hoolikalt üle kontrollima. Loobu " -"sellest valikust vaid siis, kui sa tead, mida teed.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Teksti otsimine
" -"Sisesta siia tekst, mida soovid otsida. Kui soovid otsida " -"regulaaravaldisega, siis pead märgistama allpool oleva valiku " -"Regulaaravaldised.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Teksti asendamine
" -"Siia saad sisestada teksti, millega leitud teksti asendama peaks. Teksti " -"kasutakse nii, nagu ta on.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Kust otsida
" -"Siin saab valida, millistest kirje osadest otsitakse
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Valikud
" -"Siin saab seadistada asendamist:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Valikud
" -"Siin saab seadistada otsingut:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Olekuriba
\n" +"Olekuriba kajastab hetkel toimuva otsingu või asendamise progressi. " +"Leitud välja esimene number näitab otsitavat stringi sisaldavate, " +"kuid KBabeli aknas mitte veel näidatud failide arvu. Teine number näitab " +"siiani leitud stringi sisaldavate failide koguarvu.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Päise uuendamine
\n" -"Märgista, kui soovid, et igal salvestamisel uuendataks andmed faili " -"päises.
\n" -"Faili päis sisaldab tavaliselt viimase muudatuse kuupäeva ja kellaaega, " -"infot viimase muutja kohta jne.
\n" -"Sa saad valida, millist informatsiooni soovid uuendada, märgistades soovitud " -"väärtused. Väljad, mida varem päises polnud, lisatakse juurde.\n" -"Kui soovid lisada enda poolt mõningaid lisavälju päisele, siis muuda päist " -"käsitsi, valides menüüst Redigeerimine->Muuda päist...
Logiaken
\n" +"Siin aknas näidatakse täidetud käskude väljundit.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Uuendatavad väljad
\n" -"Vali päise väljad, mida soovid salvestamisel uuendada.\n" -"Väljad, mida varem päises polnud, lisatakse.
\n" -"Kui soovid lisada enda poolt mõningaid lisavälju päisele, siis pead\n" -"muutma päist käsitsi, valides menüüst Redigeerimine->Muuda päist...
\n" -"Eemalda märgistus Salvestamisel uuendatakse päist eest, kui\n" -"soovid, et päist salvestamisel ei uuendataks.
Kataloogihaldur
\n" +"Kataloogihaldur ühendab kaks kataloogi ühte puusse ja näitab kõiki\n" +"nendes kataloogides asuvaid PO- ja POT-faile. Sellisel moel märkad\n" +"kergesti, kui mõni fail lisatakse või eemaldatakse. Samuti kuvatakse\n" +"failide kohta pisut infot.
Täpsema info saamiseks loe KBabeli " +"käsiraamatu peatükki Kataloogihaldur.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Kodeering
" -"Vali teksti faili salvestamisel kasutatav kodeering. Kui sa pole kindel, " -"millist kodeeringut kasutada, siis küsi oma tõlkemeeskonna koordinaatorilt.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Algne kooditabel jäetakse alles
" -"Seda valikut aktiveerides salvestatakse failid alati selles kodeeringus, " -"milles nad sisse loeti. Ilma kodeeringuinfota failid (so POT-failid) " -"salvestatakse ülal seatud kodeeringus.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Salvestamisel kontrollitakse süntaksit
\n" -"Selle märkimine sunnib automaatselt faili salvestamisel kontrollima\n" -"seda käsuga \"msgfmt --statistics\". Teate saab ainult vea korral.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Salvestatakse ka vanad kirjed
\n" -"Kui see on märgitud, salvestatakse iganenud kirjed, mis faili avamisel\n" -"leitakse, uuesti faili salvestamisel. Iganenud kirjed on tähistatud märgiga #~\n" -"ja need luuakse siis, kui msgmerge enam tõlget ei vaja.\n" -"Kui vastav tekst uuesti tekib, aktiveeritakse iganenud kirje taas.\n" -"Iganenud kirjete säilitamine võib aga faili väga suureks muuta.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Muutmise kuupäeva vorming
" -"Vali, millises vormingus soovid salvestada faili päise PO muutmise aja " -"välja: " -"
Soovitatav on kasutada vaikimisi vormingut, sest nii saab vältida " -"mittestandardsete PO-failide teket.
" -"Täpsema info saamiseks vaata käsiraamatust peatükki " -"Seadistuste dialoog.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Isikuandmed
\n" -"Täida lahtrid andmetega enda ja oma tõlkemeeskonna kohta. Seda infot " -"kasutatakse faili päiste uuendamisel.
" -"Milliseid ja kas üldse päise välju uuendatakse, saab seadistada dialoogi " -"kaardil Salvestamine.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Mitmuse vormide arv
\n" -"Pane tähele: need seadistused on hetkel TDE-spetsiifilised. Kui sa ei " -"tõlgi TDE rakendust, siis võid neid valikuid rahulikult ignoreerida.
\n" -"Sisesta siia oma keeles kasutatavate mitmuse vormide arv. See peab vastama " -"ka sinu tõlkemeeskonna poolt kokku lepitud arvule.
" -"Teine võimalus on kasutada valikut Automaatne" -", mille puhul KBabel küsib seda infot otse TDE käest. Nupuga Test " -"saab kontrollida, kas see õnnestub.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Mitmuse vormide argumentide nõudmine tõlkes
\n" -"Pane tähele: See valik on hetkel TDE-spetsiifiline. Kui sa ei tõlgi " -"TDE rakendust, siis võid seda valikut rahulikult ignoreerida.
\n" -"Kui see on lubatud, nõuab sobivuse kontroll, et teates oleks olemas argument " -"%n.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU mitmusevormide päis
\n" -"Siin saab anda päisekirje GNU mitmusevormide käsitlemise jaoks. Kui jätad " -"selle tühjaks, ei muudeta ega lisata kirjet PO-failis.
\n" -"KBabel võib automaatselt selle väärtuse määrata vastavalt sellele, mida " -"pakub GNU gettext parajasti valitud keelele. Selleks klõpsa nupule Otsi" -".
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Kiirklahvi märgistaja
" -"Siin saab määrata, milline märk muudab järgneva märgi kiirklahviks. Näiteks " -"Qt-s on see '&' ja Gtk-s '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Kontekstiinfo regulaaravaldis
" -"Sisesta siia kontekstiinfot kirjeldav regulaaravaldis selleks, et seda ära " -"ei tõlgitaks.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Õigekirja kontrollimine lennult
" -"Märkimisel kontrollib KBabel õigekirja kohe kirjutamise ajal. Valesti " -"kirjutatud sõnad märgitakse veavärvi.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Ignoreeritud sõnad jäetakse meelde
" -"Märgista, kui soovid, et KBabel jätaks igal õigekirja kontrollil meelde sinu " -"poolt valitud ignoreeritud sõnad.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Algkataloogid
\n" -"Sisesta siia oma PO- ja POT-faile sisaldavad kataloogid.\n" -"Nendes kataloogides asuvad failid ja alamkataloogid ühendatakse ühte puusse.
" -"Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Fail avatakse uues aknas
\n" -"Selle valiku märgistamisel avatakse kõik kataloogihalduris avatud failid " -"uues aknas.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Väljumisel tapetakse protsessid
\n" -"Selle valiku märgistamise korral proovib KBabel tappa väljudes kõik oma " -"alamprotsessid, saates neile tapmissignaali.
\n" -"MÄRKUS: KBabeli protsesside tegelikku hävingut ei garanteerita.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Luuakse faili sisu indeks
\n" -"Märgistades tekitab KBabel iga PO-faili jaoks indeksifaili, mis kiirendab " -"otsinguid ja asendamisi.
\n" -"MÄRKUS: Indeksifail aeglustab oluliselt failiinfo värskendamist.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Enne faili töötlemist käivitatakse programm msgfmt
" -"Märgistamisel käivitab KBabel enne faili töötlemist Gettexti tööriista " -"msgfmt.
" -"Soovitatav on see sisse lülitada, kuigi see muudab töötlemise veidi " -"aeglasemaks. Vaikimisi ongi see sisse lülitatud.
" -"Väljalülitamine on mõttekas aeglastes arvutites ja siis, kui soovid tõlkida " -"PO-faile, mida ei toeta sinu süsteemi parajasti paigaldatud Gettexti " -"tööriistade versioon. Väljalülitamise miinuseks on asjaolu, et failide " -"töötlemisel ei kontrollita sel juhul peaaegu üldse süntaksit, mistõttu isegi " -"vigased PO-failid võivad paista korrektsena.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Kataloogide käsud
" -"Sisesta siia käsud, mida soovid täita kataloogihaldurist. Käskude nimekirja " -"saab kataloogihalduri alammenüüst Käsud.
" -"Järgnevad stringid asendatakse käsus tegelike väärtustega:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Failide käsud
" -"Sisesta siia käsud, mida soovid täita kataloogihaldurist. Käskude nimekirja " -"saab näha kataloogihalduri alammenüüst Käsud.
" -"Järgnevad stringid asendatakse tegelike väärtustega:" -"
Faili valikud
Siin saab seada otsimise valikuid:" +"
Shown columns
\n" -"Näidatavad veerud
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Tere tulemast kasutama projektinõustajat!\n" -"\n" -"See nõustaja aitab sul luua KBabelis uue tõlkeprojekti.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Kõigepealt tuleb valida projekti nimi ja fail,\n" -"millesse salvestada projekti seadistused.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Samuti tuleb valida keel, millesse tõlgid,\n" -"ning tõlkeprojekti tüüp.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" +msgstr "Lokaat (%1)" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Konfiguratsioonifaili nimi"
-"
\n"
-"Faili nimi, kuhu salvestatakse projektis seadistused.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Keel"
-"
\n"
-"Projekti sihtkeel, s.t. keel, millesse tõlgitakse.\n"
-"See peab vastama ISO-631 keelenimetuste standardile.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Projekti nimi"
-"
\n"
-"Projekti nimi on mõeldud selle üheseks tuvastamiseks.\n"
-"Seda näidatakse nii projekti seadistustedialoogis \n"
-"kui ka projekti avatud failide akende tiitliribal.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Märkus: Projekti nime ei saa hiljem muuta.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Projekti tüüp\n" -"Projekti tüüpi määrates saab seadistusi täpselt häälestada\n" -"mõningate tuntud tõlkeprojektide tüübi vajadustele.\n" -"See määrab näiteks kontrollimisvahendid, \n" -"kiirklahvitähise ja päise vormingu.\n" -"
\n" -"Praegu tunnustatud tüübid:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Tõlkefailid
\n" -"Sisesta siia oma PO- ja POT-faile sisaldavad kataloogid.\n" -"Nendes kataloogides asuvad failid ja alamkataloogid ühendatakse ühte puusse.
" -"Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Võrdlemise allikas
" -"Siin saab valida allika, mida kasutatakse erinevuste otsimisel.
" -"Valida võib faili, tõlgete andmebaasi või vastava msgstr.
" -"Kui valid tõlgete andmebaasi, valitakse võrreldavad kirjed tõlgete " -"andmebaasist. Et sellest mingit kasu oleks, pead märgistama ka valiku " -"Automaatne kirjete lisamine andmebaasi.
" -"Viimane võimalus on kasulik neile, kes tarvitavad PO-faile korrektuuri " -"lugemiseks.
" -"Ajutiselt saab kirjeid võrrelda ka failis leiduvatega, valides menüüst " -"Tööriistad->Võrdlemine->Ava fail võrdluseks.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Võrdlusfailide kataloog\n" -"
Vali siit kataloog, kuhu on salvestatud võrdlusfailid. Kui fail " -"salvestatakse samasse kohta selle kataloogi suhtes, kus paikneb algne fail tema " -"algkataloogi suhtes, siis oskab KBabel avada automaatselt võrdlemiseks õige " -"faili.
" -"Märkus: Sellel valikul pole mõtet, kui võrdluseks kasutatakse andmebaasi.
" -"Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automaatne otsimine
" -"Märgistamise korral käivitatakse ühelt kirjelt teisele liikumisel otsing " -"automaatselt. Otsimiseks kasutatavat sõnaraamatut saab määrata valikust " -"Vaikimisi sõnaraamat.
" -"Otsida saab ka käsitsi, valides sõnaraamatu menüüvalikust Sõnaraamatud->" -"Otsi... või hoides tööriistariba sõnaraamatu nuppu natuke aega all.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Vaikimisi sõnaraamat
\n" -"Vali siit, millisest sõnaraamatust soovid vaikimisi otsida. Seda valikut " -"kasutatakse automaatse otsingu käivitamisel või tööriistaribal asuva " -"sõnaraamatunupu pressimisel.
" -"Kasutada saab mitut erinevat sõnaraamatut, valides sobiva menüüvalikust " -"Seadistused->Sõnaraamatute seadistamine.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Kahtlase oleku automaatne eemaldamine
\n" -"Kui see on valitud ja sa muudad kahtlast tõlget,\n" -"siis muudetakse olek automaatselt normaalseks\n" -"(mis tegelikult tähendab, et string , fuzzy\n" -" eemaldatakse kirje kommentaaridest).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Tark redigeerimine
\n" -"Märgista, kui soovid teksti sisestamist mugavamaks teha\n" -"ja lasta KBabelil hoolt kanda erimärkide korrektse sisestamise eest.\n" -"Näiteks sisestades '\\\"' muudetakse see automaatselt '\\\\\\\"'-ks.\n" -"Vajutades klahvi Return, lisatakse rea lõppu automaatselt tühik,\n" -"vajutades Shift+Return lisatakse rea lõppu '\\\\n'
\n" -"Samas ära unusta, et see valik aitab küll pisut sinu tööd,\n" -"kuid vigase teksti sisestamist ei väldi.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Vea tuvastamine
\n" -"Siin saab seadistada tekkinud veast teatamist.\n" -"Piiks vea korral piiksub ja Vea korral muudetakse\n" -"teksti värvi muudab tõlgitud teksti värvi. Kui kumbki\n" -"pole aktiveeritud, siis näed ikkagi vastavat teadet olekuribal.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Olekutulede asukoht
" -"Siin saab valida olekutulede asukohta ja värvi.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Teksti otsimine
Sisesta siia tekst, mida soovid otsida. " +"Kui soovid otsida regulaaravaldisega, siis pead märgistama allpool oleva " +"valiku Regulaaravaldised.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Teksti asendamine
Siia saad sisestada teksti, millega " +"leitud teksti asendama peaks. Teksti kasutakse nii, nagu ta on.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Kust otsida
Siin saab valida, millistest kirje osadest " +"otsitakse
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Valikud
Siin saab seadistada asendamist:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Valikud
Siin saab seadistada otsingut:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Näide:"
-" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Päise uuendamine Märgista, kui soovid, et igal salvestamisel uuendataks andmed faili "
+"päises. Faili päis sisaldab tavaliselt viimase muudatuse kuupäeva ja kellaaega, "
+"infot viimase muutja kohta jne. Sa saad valida, millist informatsiooni soovid uuendada, märgistades "
+"soovitud väärtused. Väljad, mida varem päises polnud, lisatakse juurde.\n"
+"Kui soovid lisada enda poolt mõningaid lisavälju päisele, siis muuda päist "
+"käsitsi, valides menüüst Redigeerimine->Muuda päist... Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Uuendatavad väljad Vali päise väljad, mida soovid salvestamisel uuendada.\n"
+"Väljad, mida varem päises polnud, lisatakse. Kui soovid lisada enda poolt mõningaid lisavälju päisele, siis pead\n"
+"muutma päist käsitsi, valides menüüst Redigeerimine->Muuda päist..."
+"p>\n"
+" Eemalda märgistus Salvestamisel uuendatakse päist eest, kui\n"
+"soovid, et päist salvestamisel ei uuendataks. "
+" Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. "
+" Kodeering Vali teksti faili salvestamisel kasutatav "
+"kodeering. Kui sa pole kindel, millist kodeeringut kasutada, siis küsi oma "
+"tõlkemeeskonna koordinaatorilt. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Algne kooditabel jäetakse alles Seda valikut "
+"aktiveerides salvestatakse failid alati selles kodeeringus, milles nad sisse "
+"loeti. Ilma kodeeringuinfota failid (so POT-failid) salvestatakse ülal "
+"seatud kodeeringus. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Salvestamisel kontrollitakse süntaksit Selle märkimine sunnib automaatselt faili salvestamisel kontrollima\n"
+"seda käsuga \"msgfmt --statistics\". Teate saab ainult vea korral. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Salvestatakse ka vanad kirjed Kui see on märgitud, salvestatakse iganenud kirjed, mis faili avamisel\n"
+"leitakse, uuesti faili salvestamisel. Iganenud kirjed on tähistatud märgiga "
+"#~\n"
+"ja need luuakse siis, kui msgmerge enam tõlget ei vaja.\n"
+"Kui vastav tekst uuesti tekib, aktiveeritakse iganenud kirje taas.\n"
+"Iganenud kirjete säilitamine võib aga faili väga suureks muuta. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Otsides fraasi Minu nimi on Andres ja aktiveerides "
-"ühe sõna asendamine, leitakse vastuseks ka fraasid "
-"Minu nimi on Jüri ja Sinu nimi on Andres."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Ühe sõna asendus"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "Projekti ID:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Maksimaalne sõnade arv päringus:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Päis"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Kahe sõna asendus"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Uuendatakse &tõlkija autoriõigust"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Free Software Foundation'i autoriõigus"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "Kui auto&riõigus on tühi, siis eemaldatakse"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Tavalised märgid regulaaravaldises:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "&Uuendatakse autoriõigust"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Andmebaasi kataloog:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "Ei &muudeta"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Kirjed lisatakse automaatselt andmebaasi"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "A&utoriõigus"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
+"
\n"
+"
Muutmise kuupäeva vorming
Vali, millises vormingus " +"soovid salvestada faili päise PO muutmise aja välja:
Soovitatav on kasutada vaikimisi vormingut, sest nii saab vältida " +"mittestandardsete PO-failide teket.
Täpsema info saamiseks vaata " +"käsiraamatust peatükki Seadistuste dialoog.
\n" -"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be " -"inserted in the good keys list." -"
\n" -"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must " -"have to insert the key in the list." -"
\n" -"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the " -"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one." -"
\n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Seadistada saab minimaalset päringu sõnade arvu, mida kirje peab sisaldama, "
-"et teda heade kirjete nimekirja arvataks. Samuti saab seadistada ka kirje minimaalset sõnade arvu, mida päringu string "
-"peab sisaldama, et kirjet heade kirjete nimekirja arvataks. Kaks numbrit on sõnade koguarvu protsendid. Kui protsent on väiksem kui üks, "
-"siis seab mootor selle ise üheks. Lõpuks saab ka ise maksimaalset kirjete arvu seada."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Minimaalne kirje sõnade arv, mis ka päringus esineb (%):"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+" Isikuandmed Täida lahtrid andmetega enda ja oma tõlkemeeskonna kohta. Seda infot "
+"kasutatakse faili päiste uuendamisel. Milliseid ja kas üldse päise "
+"välju uuendatakse, saab seadistada dialoogi kaardil Salvestamine."
+"p> Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Mitmuse vormide arv Pane tähele: need seadistused on hetkel TDE-spetsiifilised. Kui sa "
+"ei tõlgi TDE rakendust, siis võid neid valikuid rahulikult ignoreerida. Sisesta siia oma keeles kasutatavate mitmuse vormide arv. See peab "
+"vastama ka sinu tõlkemeeskonna poolt kokku lepitud arvule. Teine "
+"võimalus on kasutada valikut Automaatne, mille puhul KBabel küsib "
+"seda infot otse TDE käest. Nupuga Test saab kontrollida, kas see "
+"õnnestub. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Mitmuse vormide argumentide nõudmine tõlkes Pane tähele: See valik on hetkel TDE-spetsiifiline. Kui sa ei "
+"tõlgi TDE rakendust, siis võid seda valikut rahulikult ignoreerida. Kui see on lubatud, nõuab sobivuse kontroll, et teates oleks olemas "
+"argument %n. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. GNU mitmusevormide päis Siin saab anda päisekirje GNU mitmusevormide käsitlemise jaoks. Kui jätad "
+"selle tühjaks, ei muudeta ega lisata kirjet PO-failis. KBabel võib automaatselt selle väärtuse määrata vastavalt sellele, mida "
+"pakub GNU gettext parajasti valitud keelele. Selleks klõpsa nupule Otsi"
+"b>. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Kiirklahvi märgistaja Siin saab määrata, milline märk "
+"muudab järgneva märgi kiirklahviks. Näiteks Qt-s on see '&' ja Gtk-s '_'."
+" Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Kontekstiinfo regulaaravaldis Sisesta siia "
+"kontekstiinfot kirjeldav regulaaravaldis selleks, et seda ära ei tõlgitaks. "
+" On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Õigekirja kontrollimine lennult Märkimisel kontrollib "
+"KBabel õigekirja kohe kirjutamise ajal. Valesti kirjutatud sõnad märgitakse "
+"veavärvi. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Ignoreeritud sõnad jäetakse meelde Märgista, kui soovid, "
+"et KBabel jätaks igal õigekirja kontrollil meelde sinu poolt valitud "
+"ignoreeritud sõnad. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Algkataloogid Sisesta siia oma PO- ja POT-faile sisaldavad kataloogid.\n"
+"Nendes kataloogides asuvad failid ja alamkataloogid ühendatakse ühte puusse."
+" Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Fail avatakse uues aknas Selle valiku märgistamisel avatakse kõik kataloogihalduris avatud failid "
+"uues aknas. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-"\n"
-"
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
\n" -"Järgnevad stringid asendatakse rajal tegelike väärtustega:\n" -"
Väljumisel tapetakse protsessid
\n" +"Selle valiku märgistamise korral proovib KBabel tappa väljudes kõik oma " +"alamprotsessid, saates neile tapmissignaali.
\n" +"MÄRKUS: KBabeli protsesside tegelikku hävingut ei garanteerita.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Luuakse faili sisu indeks
\n" +"Märgistades tekitab KBabel iga PO-faili jaoks indeksifaili, mis kiirendab " +"otsinguid ja asendamisi.
\n" +"MÄRKUS: Indeksifail aeglustab oluliselt failiinfo värskendamist.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Enne faili töötlemist käivitatakse programm msgfmt" +"p>
Märgistamisel käivitab KBabel enne faili töötlemist Gettexti tööriista " +"msgfmt.
Soovitatav on see sisse lülitada, kuigi see muudab töötlemise " +"veidi aeglasemaks. Vaikimisi ongi see sisse lülitatud.
Väljalülitamine " +"on mõttekas aeglastes arvutites ja siis, kui soovid tõlkida PO-faile, mida " +"ei toeta sinu süsteemi parajasti paigaldatud Gettexti tööriistade versioon. " +"Väljalülitamise miinuseks on asjaolu, et failide töötlemisel ei kontrollita " +"sel juhul peaaegu üldse süntaksit, mistõttu isegi vigased PO-failid võivad " +"paista korrektsena.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Vigased kirjed märgitakse kahtlasteks" -"
\n" -"
Selle valimisel märgitakse kõik teated,\n" -"mida tööriistad vigaseks peavad, kahtlaseks\n" -"ning salvestatakse nii tekkiv fail.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Kataloogide käsud
Sisesta siia käsud, mida soovid täita " +"kataloogihaldurist. Käskude nimekirja saab kataloogihalduri alammenüüst " +"Käsud.
Järgnevad stringid asendatakse käsus tegelike " +"väärtustega:
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Kahtlaseid ei kontrollita" -"
\n" -"
Selle valimisel ei kontrollita üldse teateid,\n" -"mis on märgitud kahtlaseks.
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Failide käsud
Sisesta siia käsud, mida soovid täita " +"kataloogihaldurist. Käskude nimekirja saab näha kataloogihalduri alammenüüst " +"Käsud.
Järgnevad stringid asendatakse tegelike väärtustega:" +"
Shown columns
\n" +"Näidatavad veerud
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Tõlgitakse
Vali siit, millistele kirjetele KBabel " +"tõlkeid otsima peaks. Muudetud kirjed seatakse alati kahtlasteks hoolimata " +"sellest, millise valiku sa teed.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Kuidas tõlkida teateid
Siin saad määrata, kas KBabel " +"peab suutma teate täielikult ära tõlkida või tohib ka üksikuid sõnu tõlkida, " +"kui täielikku tõlget ei leitud.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Muudetud kirjed märgistatakse kahtlasteks
Automaatselt " +"tõlgitud teated märgitakse vaikimisi kahtlaseks seepärast, et " +"sellised tõlked peaks alati hoolikalt üle kontrollima. Loobu sellest " +"valikust vaid siis, kui sa tead, mida teed.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Initsialiseeritakse TDE-spetsiifilised kirjed
Loob " +"\"Comment=\" ja \"Name=\" kirjed, kui ka tõlget ei leita. Samuti täidetakse " +"\"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" ja \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" identiteedi põhjal " +"tuvastatavate kirjetega.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Sõnaraamatud
Vali siit otsingul vaikimisi kasutatav " +"sõnaraamat. Kui valid rohkem kui ühe sõnaraamatu, siis kasutatakse neid " +"täpselt samas järjekorras, nagu nad selles nimekirjas on.
Nupp " +"Seadista võimaldab ajutiselt seadistada valitud sõnaraamatut. Selle " +"algsed seadistused taastatakse pärast dialoogi sulgemist.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Automaatselt tõlgitud teated märgitakse vaikimisi kahtlaseks " +"seepärast, et sellised tõlked peaks alati hoolikalt üle kontrollima. Loobu " +"sellest valikust vaid siis, kui sa tead, mida teed.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Sümbolite valija
" -"See tööriist võimaldab pelgalt topeltklõpsuga sisestada erisümboleid.
" -"This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
See nupp uuendab päist aktiivsetele seadistustele vastavaks. Tulemuseks olev " -"päis kirjutatakse salvestamisel PO-faili.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
See nupp tühistab kõik seni tehtud muudatused.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
See ei ole korralik päis!
\n" -"Palun muuda päist enne uuendamist!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
See ei ole korralik päis!
\n" -"Palun muuda päist enne uuendamist!
Sümbolite valija
See tööriist võimaldab pelgalt " +"topeltklõpsuga sisestada erisümboleid.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Kommentaaride redaktor
\n" +"Kommentaaride redaktor
\n" "See akna osa näitab hetkel näidatava teate kommentaare.
" "Kommentaarid sisaldavad tavaliselt informatsiooni teate esinemise kohta " "lähtekoodis ja oleku kohta (kahtlane, c-formaadis).\n" @@ -3335,548 +2584,377 @@ msgstr "" "
Kommentaaride redaktorit saab peita, kui tühistada menüüvalik \n" "Seadistused->Kommentaaride näitamine.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
PO kontekst
See akna osa näitab hetkel näidatava teate " +"konteksti tõlkefailis. Tavaliselt näitab see nelja eelnevat ja nelja " +"järgnevat teadet.
Tööriistu saab peita, kui tühistada menüüvalik\n" +"Seadistused->Tööriistade näitamine.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Vigade nimekiri
See aken näitab kontrollimistööriistade " +"leitud vigade nimekirja, mis võimaldab saada selgust, miks käesolev kirje on " +"märgitud vigaseks.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
See nupp uuendab päist aktiivsetele seadistustele vastavaks. " +"Tulemuseks olev päis kirjutatakse salvestamisel PO-faili.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
See nupp tühistab kõik seni tehtud muudatused.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
See ei ole korralik päis!
\n" +"Palun muuda päist enne uuendamist!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
See ei ole korralik päis!
\n" +"Palun muuda päist enne uuendamist!
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Otsingu tulemused
" -"See akna osa näitab sõnaraamatutes tehtud otsingu tulemusi.
" -"Ülevalpool näidatakse leitud kirjete arvu. Tulemuste seas liikumiseks kasuta " -"allpool asuvaid nuppe.
" -"Otsingut alustatakse kas automaatselt, liikudes redigeerimisaknas järgmisele " -"kirjele, või valides menüüst Sõnaraamatud->Otsi....
" -"Otsingute ühiseid seadistusi saab seada seadistustedialoogis sektsioonis " -"Otsing. Erinevate sõnaraamatute täpsemaid seadistusi seatakse menüüvalikust " -"Seadistused->Sõnaraamatute seadistamine.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Algne string
\n" -"See akna osa näitab hetkel näidatava teate algset väärtust.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Olekutuled
\n" -"Olekutuled näitavad hetkel kuvatava teate olekut.\n" -"Nende värvi saab muuta eelistuste dialoogis redaktori\n" -"sektsioonis välimuse kaardil.
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Tõlkeredaktor
\n" -"Tõlkeredaktor näitab aktiivse teate tõlget ning võimaldab seda ka muuta.
" -"Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Olekuriba
\n" +"Olekuriba näitab avatud faili kohta igasugust informatsiooni, \n" +"nagu näiteks kirjete koguarv ja tõlkimata või kahtlaste teadete arv.\n" +"Samuti näidatakse aktiivse kirje järjekorranumbrit ja olekut.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Otsingu tulemused
See akna osa näitab sõnaraamatutes " +"tehtud otsingu tulemusi.
Ülevalpool näidatakse leitud kirjete arvu. " +"Tulemuste seas liikumiseks kasuta allpool asuvaid nuppe.
Otsingut " +"alustatakse kas automaatselt, liikudes redigeerimisaknas järgmisele kirjele, " +"või valides menüüst Sõnaraamatud->Otsi....
Otsingute ühiseid " +"seadistusi saab seada seadistustedialoogis sektsioonis Otsing. " +"Erinevate sõnaraamatute täpsemaid seadistusi seatakse menüüvalikust " +"Seadistused->Sõnaraamatute seadistamine.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Algne string
\n" +"See akna osa näitab hetkel näidatava teate algset väärtust.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Olekutuled
\n" +"Olekutuled näitavad hetkel kuvatava teate olekut.\n" +"Nende värvi saab muuta eelistuste dialoogis redaktori\n" +"sektsioonis välimuse kaardil.
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Tõlkeredaktor
\n" +"Tõlkeredaktor näitab aktiivse teate tõlget ning võimaldab seda ka muuta." +"p>
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Olekuriba
\n" -"Olekuriba näitab avatud faili kohta igasugust informatsiooni, \n" -"nagu näiteks kirjete koguarv ja tõlkimata või kahtlaste teadete arv.\n" -"Samuti näidatakse aktiivse kirje järjekorranumbrit ja olekut.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Vigade nimekiri
" -"See aken näitab kontrollimistööriistade leitud vigade nimekirja, mis " -"võimaldab saada selgust, miks käesolev kirje on märgitud vigaseks.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO kontekst
" -"See akna osa näitab hetkel näidatava teate konteksti tõlkefailis. Tavaliselt " -"näitab see nelja eelnevat ja nelja järgnevat teadet.
" -"Tööriistu saab peita, kui tühistada menüüvalik\n" -"Seadistused->Tööriistade näitamine.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
KBabeli varasemast versioonist on olemas andmebaasi failide varukoopiad. "
+"Kuid KBabeli mingi versioon (tõenäoliselt TDE 3.1.1 või 3.1.2 oma) on loonud "
+"uue andmebaasi. Nüüd on siis KBabelil korraga kaks andmebaasi failide "
+"varianti. Õnnetuseks ei ole võimalik vana ja uut versiooni ühendada, vaid "
+"neist tuleb üks välja valida.
Kui valid vana versiooni, "
+"eemaldatakse uus. Kui valid uue, jäetakse vana andmebaasi failid puutumata "
+"ja sul tuleb need käsitsi eemaldada, sest muidu näed seda teadet ikka ja "
+"jälle uuesti (vanad failid leiab $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/"
+"dbsearchengine/*.old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parameetrid
" -"Siin saab seadistada PO-failidest otsimist. Näiteks, kui soovid otsida " -"tõstutundlikult või ignoreerida kahtlasi tõlkeid.
Parameetrid
Siin saab seadistada PO-failidest otsimist. " +"Näiteks, kui soovid otsida tõstutundlikult või ignoreerida kahtlasi tõlkeid." +"
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Võrdlemise valikud
" -"Vali siit, milliseid teateid sa soovid näha sobivatena.
Võrdlemise valikud
Vali siit, milliseid teateid sa " +"soovid näha sobivatena.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Kolmetäheline sobimine
" -"Kirje sobib, kui enamus otsitava stringi kolmetähelisi gruppe sisalduvad ka " -"teises kirjes. Näiteks 'abcx123c12' sobib otsingu 'abc123' tulemuseks.
Kolmetäheline sobimine
Kirje sobib, kui enamus otsitava " +"stringi kolmetähelisi gruppe sisalduvad ka teises kirjes. Näiteks " +"'abcx123c12' sobib otsingu 'abc123' tulemuseks.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Asukoht
" -"Siin saab seadistada otsingul kasutatavat faili.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Asukoht
Siin saab seadistada otsingul kasutatavat faili." +"
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parameetrid
" -"Siin saab seadistada PO-failidest otsimist. Näiteks, kui soovid otsida " -"tõstutundlikult.
Parameetrid
Siin saab seadistada PO-failidest otsimist. " +"Näiteks, kui soovid otsida tõstutundlikult.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Vigased kirjed märgitakse kahtlasteks
\n" +"
Selle valimisel märgitakse kõik teated,\n" +"mida tööriistad vigaseks peavad, kahtlaseks\n" +"ning salvestatakse nii tekkiv fail.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Kahtlaseid ei kontrollita
\n" +"
Selle valimisel ei kontrollita üldse teateid,\n" +"mis on märgitud kahtlaseks.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
KBabeli varasemast versioonist on olemas andmebaasi failide varukoopiad. "
-"Kuid KBabeli mingi versioon (tõenäoliselt TDE 3.1.1 või 3.1.2 oma) on loonud "
-"uue andmebaasi. Nüüd on siis KBabelil korraga kaks andmebaasi failide varianti. "
-"Õnnetuseks ei ole võimalik vana ja uut versiooni ühendada, vaid neist tuleb üks "
-"välja valida."
-"
"
-"
Kui valid vana versiooni, eemaldatakse uus. Kui valid uue, jäetakse vana "
-"andmebaasi failid puutumata ja sul tuleb need käsitsi eemaldada, sest muidu "
-"näed seda teadet ikka ja jälle uuesti (vanad failid leiab "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*.old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Võrdlemise allikas
Siin saab valida allika, mida " +"kasutatakse erinevuste otsimisel.
Valida võib faili, tõlgete " +"andmebaasi või vastava msgstr.
Kui valid tõlgete andmebaasi, valitakse " +"võrreldavad kirjed tõlgete andmebaasist. Et sellest mingit kasu oleks, pead " +"märgistama ka valiku Automaatne kirjete lisamine andmebaasi." +"p>
Viimane võimalus on kasulik neile, kes tarvitavad PO-faile korrektuuri " +"lugemiseks.
Ajutiselt saab kirjeid võrrelda ka failis leiduvatega, " +"valides menüüst Tööriistad->Võrdlemine->Ava fail võrdluseks.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Võrdlusfailide kataloog\n" +"
Vali siit kataloog, kuhu on salvestatud võrdlusfailid. Kui fail " +"salvestatakse samasse kohta selle kataloogi suhtes, kus paikneb algne fail " +"tema algkataloogi suhtes, siis oskab KBabel avada automaatselt võrdlemiseks " +"õige faili.
Märkus: Sellel valikul pole mõtet, kui võrdluseks " +"kasutatakse andmebaasi.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Tere tulemast kasutama projektinõustajat!\n" +"\n" +"See nõustaja aitab sul luua KBabelis uue tõlkeprojekti.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Kõigepealt tuleb valida projekti nimi ja fail,\n" +"millesse salvestada projekti seadistused.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Samuti tuleb valida keel, millesse tõlgid,\n" +"ning tõlkeprojekti tüüp.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "Autorid:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Konfiguratsioonifaili nimi
\n"
+"Faili nimi, kuhu salvestatakse projektis seadistused.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Keel
\n"
+"Projekti sihtkeel, s.t. keel, millesse tõlgitakse.\n"
+"See peab vastama ISO-631 keelenimetuste standardile.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Projekti nimi
\n"
+"Projekti nimi on mõeldud selle üheseks tuvastamiseks.\n"
+"Seda näidatakse nii projekti seadistustedialoogis \n"
+"kui ka projekti avatud failide akende tiitliribal.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Märkus: Projekti nime ei saa hiljem muuta.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Projekti tüüp\n" +"Projekti tüüpi määrates saab seadistusi täpselt häälestada\n" +"mõningate tuntud tõlkeprojektide tüübi vajadustele.\n" +"See määrab näiteks kontrollimisvahendid, \n" +"kiirklahvitähise ja päise vormingu.\n" +"
\n" +"Praegu tunnustatud tüübid:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Tõlkefailid
\n" +"Sisesta siia oma PO- ja POT-faile sisaldavad kataloogid.\n" +"Nendes kataloogides asuvad failid ja alamkataloogid ühendatakse ühte puusse." +"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Kahtlase oleku automaatne eemaldamine
\n" +"Kui see on valitud ja sa muudad kahtlast tõlget,\n" +"siis muudetakse olek automaatselt normaalseks\n" +"(mis tegelikult tähendab, et string , fuzzy\n" +" eemaldatakse kirje kommentaaridest).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Tark redigeerimine
\n" +"Märgista, kui soovid teksti sisestamist mugavamaks teha\n" +"ja lasta KBabelil hoolt kanda erimärkide korrektse sisestamise eest.\n" +"Näiteks sisestades '\\\"' muudetakse see automaatselt '\\\\\\\"'-ks.\n" +"Vajutades klahvi Return, lisatakse rea lõppu automaatselt tühik,\n" +"vajutades Shift+Return lisatakse rea lõppu '\\\\n'
\n" +"Samas ära unusta, et see valik aitab küll pisut sinu tööd,\n" +"kuid vigase teksti sisestamist ei väldi.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Vea tuvastamine
\n" +"Siin saab seadistada tekkinud veast teatamist.\n" +"Piiks vea korral piiksub ja Vea korral muudetakse\n" +"teksti värvi muudab tõlgitud teksti värvi. Kui kumbki\n" +"pole aktiveeritud, siis näed ikkagi vastavat teadet olekuribal.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Olekutulede asukoht
Siin saab valida olekutulede " +"asukohta ja värvi.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automaatne otsimine
Märgistamise korral käivitatakse " +"ühelt kirjelt teisele liikumisel otsing automaatselt. Otsimiseks kasutatavat " +"sõnaraamatut saab määrata valikust Vaikimisi sõnaraamat.
Otsida " +"saab ka käsitsi, valides sõnaraamatu menüüvalikust Sõnaraamatud->Otsi..." +"b> või hoides tööriistariba sõnaraamatu nuppu natuke aega all.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Vaikimisi sõnaraamat
\n" +"Vali siit, millisest sõnaraamatust soovid vaikimisi otsida. Seda valikut " +"kasutatakse automaatse otsingu käivitamisel või tööriistaribal asuva " +"sõnaraamatunupu pressimisel.
Kasutada saab mitut erinevat " +"sõnaraamatut, valides sobiva menüüvalikust Seadistused->Sõnaraamatute " +"seadistamine.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Olekuriba
\n" -"Olekuriba kajastab hetkel toimuva otsingu või asendamise progressi. " -"Leitud välja esimene number näitab otsitavat stringi sisaldavate, kuid " -"KBabeli aknas mitte veel näidatud failide arvu. Teine number näitab siiani " -"leitud stringi sisaldavate failide koguarvu.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Faili valikud
" -"Siin saab seada otsimise valikuid:" -"
\n"
+"Example: Näide: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Hangi järgmiste failide olek (lokaalne):"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Skaneeri üht PO-faili..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Hangi järgmiste failide võrdlus:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Skaneeri kataloogi..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Hangi järgmiste failide info:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Skaneeri kataloogi ja selle alamkatalooge..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Vanad teated:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Faili skaneerimine:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Logiteade:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Lisatud kirjeid:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Vajadusel &failide automaatne lisamine"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Üldine edenemine:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "Ka&nna sisse"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Faili töötlemine:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Hangi olek"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Faili laadimine:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Hangi võrdlus"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Ekspordi..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Han&gi info"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Korduvad stringid"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Käsu väljund:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Head kirjed"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Sissekande logiteade on tühi. Soovid sa jätkata?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" Seadistada saab minimaalset päringu sõnade arvu, mida kirje "
+"peab sisaldama, et teda heade kirjete nimekirja arvataks. Samuti saab seadistada ka kirje minimaalset sõnade arvu, mida päringu "
+"string peab sisaldama, et kirjet heade kirjete nimekirja arvataks."
+"p> Kaks numbrit on sõnade koguarvu protsendid. Kui protsent on väiksem "
+"kui üks, siis seab mootor selle ise üheks. Lõpuks saab ka ise "
+"maksimaalset kirjete arvu seada."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Ajutist faili pole võimalik kirjutamiseks avada. Katkestamine."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Minimaalne kirje sõnade arv, mis ka päringus esineb (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Ajutise faili kirjutamine ebaõnnestus. Katkestamine."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Protsessi ei saa käivitada."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Minimaalne arv päringu sõnu kirjes (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Lõpetatud staatusega %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Maksimaalne nimekirja pikkus:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Lõpetatud ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Tihedasti kasutatavad sõnad"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Teadete kataloogid"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Loobutakse sõnadest, mida esineb enam kui:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Versioonikontroll puudub"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN olek"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Tihedasti kasutatavaid sõnu käsitletakse igas kirjes esinevatena"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Lahendatud"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Üldine"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Märgitud lahendatud"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Andmebaasi kataloog:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Taastatud"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Automaatne uuendamine KBabelis"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Märgitud taastatud"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Uued kirjed"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Puhastatud"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "KBabelist"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Märgitud puhastatud"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritm"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Hoidlat pole"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Minimaalne täpsus:"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Failid:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Kasutatavad algoritmid"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nimi"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Täpsus:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Kahtlaste lausete arhiiv"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Kahtlaseid"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Sõnastik"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Tõlkimata"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Täpselt "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Kokku"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Lause lauselt"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Viimane muutmine"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Numbrite ja tähtedega"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Logiaken"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Sõna sõnalt"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Puhasta"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Dünaamiline sõnaraamat"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Logiaken Siin aknas näidatakse täidetud käskude väljundit. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Kataloogihaldur Kataloogihaldur ühendab kaks kataloogi ühte puusse ja näitab kõiki\n"
-"nendes kataloogides asuvaid PO- ja POT-faile. Sellisel moel märkad\n"
-"kergesti, kui mõni fail lisatakse või eemaldatakse. Samuti kuvatakse\n"
-"failide kohta pisut infot. Täpsema info saamiseks loe KBabeli käsiraamatu peatükki "
-"Kataloogihaldur. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Otsides fraasi Minu nimi on Andres ja aktiveerides ühe sõna "
+"asendamine, leitakse vastuseks ka fraasid Minu nimi on Jüri ja "
+"Sinu nimi on Andres."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Kohalikult eemaldatud"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Ühe sõna asendus"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Kohalikult muudetud"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Maksimaalne sõnade arv päringus:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Värske"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Kahe sõna asendus"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Konflikt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Töökoopia viga"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Tundmatu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Tavalised märgid regulaaravaldises:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "See ei ole sobiv SVN hoidla. SVN käske ei saa teostada."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Andmebaas"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Käsu käivitamine ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Andmebaasi kataloog:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN-i dialoog"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Kirjed lisatakse automaatselt andmebaasi"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Uuenda järgnevaid faile:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Kirje lisatakse automaatselt andmebaasi, kui keegi (nt. KBabel) märkab uut "
+"tõlget"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Kanna sisse järgmised failid:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Automaatselt lisatud kirje autor:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Hangi järgmiste failide olek (serveris):"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Järgnevad stringid asendatakse rajal tegelike väärtustega:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Zer sarrera itzuli
" -"Aukeratu hemen, fitxategiaren zein sarrera ari den Kbabel bilatzen itzulpen " -"bat aurkitzeko. Aldatutako sarrerak beti markatzen dira zalantzazko gisa, egin " -"duzun aukera edozein izanik ere.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Mezuak itzultzen diren modua
" -"Hemen ondokoak definitu ditzakezu: mezu bat osorik itzuli bakarrik, antzeko " -"mezuak onartu, edo KBabel mezu baten banakako hitzak itzultzen saiatzea, mezu " -"osoaren edo antzeko mezuaren itzulpenik aurkitu ez bada.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Markatu aldatutako sarrerak zalantzazko gisa
" -"Mezu baterako itzulpena aurkitzen denean, sarrera zalantzazko " -"(edo fuzzy) markatuko da besterik gabe. Hori KBabel-ek itzulpena " -"igarri bakarrik egin duelako da eta beraz emaitzak arretaz begiratu beharko " -"dituzu beti. Desaktibatu aukera hori zer egiten ari zaren dakizunean " -"bakarrik.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Hasieratu TDE-berariazko sarrerak
" -"Hasieratu \"Oharra=\" eta \"Izena=\" sarrerak itzulpen bat aurkitzen ez " -"denean. Horrez gain, \"ITZULTZAILEEN IZENA\" eta \"ITZULTZAILEEN POSTA " -"ELEKTRONIKOA\" identitate-ezarpenekin betetzen da.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Hiztegiak
" -"Aukeratu hemen, zein hiztegi erabili behar diren itzulpen bat aurkitzeko. " -"Hiztegi bat baino gehiago aukeratzen baduzu, zerrendan agertzen diren ordena " -"berean erabiliko dira.
" -"Konfiguratu botoiak hautatutako hiztegia aldi baterako konfiguratzeko " -"aukera ematen dizu. Jatorrizko ezarpenak berreskuratuko dira " -"elkarrizketa-koadroa ixtean.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Mezu baterako itzulpena aurkitzen denean, sarrera zalantzazkoa " -"(edo fuzzy) markatuko da besterik gabe. Hori KBabel-ek itzulpena " -"igarri bakarrik egin duelako da eta beraz emaitzak arretaz begiratu beharko " -"dituzu beti. Desaktibatu aukera hori zer egiten ari zaren dakizunean " -"bakarrik.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Aurkitu testua
" -"Bilatu nahi duzun testua sar dezakezu hemen. Adierazpen erregularra bat " -"bilatu nahi baduzu, gaitu Erabili adierazpen erregularra behean.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Ordeztu testua
" -"Aurkitutako testuarekin ordeztu nahi duzun testua sar dezakezu hemen. Testua "
-"den bezala erabiltzen da. Ezin da aurreko erreferentziarik egin espresio "
-"erregularra bat bilatu baduzu."
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:365
+msgid "&Rough Translation"
+msgstr "&Itzulpen-Zirriborroa"
-#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:101
-msgid "Find"
-msgstr "Aurkitu"
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:368
+msgid "Rough Translation in M&arked"
+msgstr "Itzulpen-Zirriborroa &Markatutakoetan"
-#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:102
-msgid "&Find"
-msgstr "&Aurkitu"
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:371
+msgid "Mai&l"
+msgstr "&Posta"
-#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:108
-msgid "Where to Search"
-msgstr "Non bilatu"
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:374
+msgid "Mail Mar&ked"
+msgstr "Posta &markatua"
-#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:112
-msgid "&Msgid"
-msgstr "&Msgid"
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:378
+msgid "&Pack"
+msgstr "&Paketatu"
-#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:113
-msgid "M&sgstr"
-msgstr "M&sgstr"
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:380
+msgid "Pack &Marked"
+msgstr "Paketatu &markatuak"
-#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:114
-msgid "Comm&ent"
-msgstr "O&harra"
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:399 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:765
+msgid "&Validation"
+msgstr "&Balidazioa"
-#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:116
-msgid ""
-" Where to search Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search. Non bilatu Aukeratu hemen katalogo-sarrera baten zein zatitan bilatu nahi duzun. Options Here you can finetune replacing:"
-""
-"
Aukerak
" -"Hemen ordezpena doitu dezakezu:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Aukerak
" -"Hemen bilaketa doitu dezakezu:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Egoera-barra
\n" +"Egoera-barrak bilatu edo ordezteko uneko eragiketaren aurrerapenari " +"buruzko informazioa erakusten du. Bilatu:-ko lehenengo zenbakiak " +"Kbabel-en leihoan oraindik agertzen ez den testu bilatua biltzen duten " +"fitxategien kopurua erakusten du. Bigarrenak aurkitutako testu bilatua " +"biltzen duten fitxategien guztizko kopurua erakusten du.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Eguneratu goiburukoa
\n" -"Sakatu botoi hau, fitxategiaren goiburukoaren informazioa gordetzen den " -"bakoitzean eguneratzeko.
\n" -"Normalean goiburukoak fitxategia azken aldiz eguneratu zeneko datari eta " -"orduari, \n" -"azken itzultzaileari eta abarri buruzko informazioa gordetzen du.
\n" -"Beheko kontrol-laukietatik eguneratu nahi duzun informazioa aukeratu " -"dezakezu.\n" -"Existitzen ez diren eremuak goiburukoan gehitzen dira.\n" -"Goiburukoan eremu gehiago gehitu nahi badituzu goiburukoa eskuz editatu " -"dezakezu editorearen leihoan\n" -"Editatu->Editatu goiburukoa aukeratuz.
Log leihoa
\n" +"Leiho honetan exekutatutako aginduen irteera erakusten da.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Eguneratzeko eremuak
\n" -"Aukeratu zeintzuk diren gordetzean goiburukoan eguneratzea nahi dituzun " -"eremuak.\n" -"Eremuren existitzen ez bada, goiburukoari eransten zaio.
\n" -"Goiburukoan bestelako informaziorik gehitu nahi baduzu, goiburukoa eskuz " -"editatu beharko duzu\n" -"editorearen leihoan Editatu->Editatu goiburukoa aukeratuz.
\n" -"Desaktibatu goiko Eguneratu goiburukoa gordetzean goiburukoa " -"eguneratzea\n" -"nahi ez baduzu.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Kodeketa
" -"Aukeratu nola kodetu karaktereak fitxategi batean gordetzean. Zer kodeketa " -"erabili ziur ez bazaude, mesedez galdetu itzulpen-koordinatzaileari.
" -"Katalogo-kudeatzailea
\n" +"Katalogo-kudetzaileak bi direktorio zuhaitz batean bateratzen ditu eta PO " +"eta\n" +"POT fitxategi guztiak erakusten ditu direktorio horietan. Horrela erraz " +"ikus\n" +"dezakezu eredu berriren bat gehitu edo kendu bada. Gainera, fitxategiei " +"buruzko\n" +"informazioa agertzen da.
Informazio gehiagorako ikus Katalogo-" +"kudeatzailea sekzioa online laguntzan.
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Mantendu fitxategiaren kodeketa
" -"Aukera hau aktibatuz gero, fitxategiak irakurri zireneko kodeketa berean " -"gordetzen dira beti. Goiburukoan karaktere-multzoari buruzko informaziorik ez " -"duten fitxategiak (adib. POT fitxategiak) goian ezarritako kodeketan gordetzen " -"dira.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Gordetzean egiaztatu fitxategiaren sintaxia
\n" -"Egiaztatu hori fitxategi bat gordetzean \"msgfmt --statistics\" dituen " -"fitxategiaren\n" -"sintaxia automatikoki egiaztatzeko. Mezu bakar bat jasoko duzu, akatsik egonez " -"gero.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Gorde sarrera zaharkituak
\n" -"Aukera hau aktibatuz gero, fitxategia irekita zegoenean aurkitutako sarrera " -"zaharkituak\n" -"fitxategian gordeko dira berriro. Sarrera zaharkituak #~ batez markatuta \n" -"daude eta msgmerge-ek itzulpena berriro behar ez duenean sortzen dira.\n" -"Testua berriro agertzen bada, sarrera zaharkituak berriro aktibatuko dira.\n" -"Gordetako fitxategiaren tamaina da desabantailarik handiena.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Berrikuspen-dataren formatua
" -"Aukeratu PO-Berrikuspen-data goiburukoaren eremuaren data eta denbora " -"\n" -"zein formatutan gorde: " -"
Gomendagarria da formatu lehenetsia erabiltzea PO fitxategi ez estandarrak " -"sortzea ekiditzkeo
" -"Informazio gehiagorako, ikus Hobespenen elkarrizketa-koadroa " -"sekzioa on-line laguntzan.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identitatea
\n" -"Bete zuri eta zure itzulpen-taldeari buruzko informazioa.\n" -"Informazio hori fitxategi baten goiburukoa eguneratzean erabiltzen da.
\n" -"Aukera ondoko aukerak aurkituko dituzu: elkarrizketa honetako Gorde " -"orrian\n" -"goiburuko eremuak eguneratu beharko diren eta zeintzuk izango diren.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Singular/plural formen kopurua
\n" -"Oharra: Une honetan aukera hau TDErena da beraz. TDEren aplikaziorik " -"itzultzen ari ez bazara aukera honi ez ikusia egin diezaiokezu arriskurik " -"gabe.
\n" -"Aukeratu hemen zenbat singular eta plural forma erabiltzen diren zure " -"hizkuntzan. Kopuruak zure hizkuntza-taldearen ezarpenekin bat etorri behar du. " -"
" -"Nahi izanez gero ezarri Automatikoa aukera eta KBabel informazio hori " -"TDEtik automatikoki lortzen saiatuko da. Erabili Probatu " -"botoia aurkitu ahal izango duen probatzeko.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Itzulpenetan plural formen argumentuak eskatu
\n" -"Oharra: Hau TDE-ren aukera espezifikoa da oraingoz. TDE aplikazio bat " -"itzultzen ez bazaude, aukera hau lasai ez ikusi egin dezakezu.
\n" -"Aukera gaituta badago, mezuak %n argumentu dituen egiaztatuko du.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU plural forma goiburukoa
\n" -"Hemen GNU plural forma maneiatzeko goiburukoaren sarrera bete " -"dezakezu;sarrera hutsik uzten baduzu, PO fitxategiko sarrera ez aldatu edo " -"gehituko.
\n" -"KBabel-ek automatikoki GNU gettext tresnek uneko hizkuntzarako iradokitako " -"balioa automatikoki erabakiko dezake; Bilatu botoia sakatu besterik ez " -"duzu.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Teklatuaren azeleratzailerako markatzailea
" -"Definitu hemen zein karakterek markatzen duen ondoko karakterea teklatuaren " -"azeleratzaile gisa. Adibidez, Qt-n '&' da eta Gtk-n '_' da.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Testuinguruaren informaziorako adierazpen erregularra
" -"Sartu hemen adierazpen erregularra bat, mezuan testuinguruaren informazioa " -"zer den definitzen duena eta itzuli behar ez dena.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Ortografia momentuan egiaztatu
" -"Aktibatu aukera hau KBabel-ek testua idazten ari zaren momentuan " -"egiaztatzeko. Gaizki idatzitako hitza errore-kolorearekin azalduko da.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Gogoratu ez ikusitako hitzak
" -"Aktibatu hori, Kbabel-i hitzak ezikusten uzteko, aukeratu duzun lekuan " -"Ez ikusia guztiei egiaztapen ortografikoaren elkarrizketan, ortografia " -"egiaztatzen duzun guztietan.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Oinarri-direktorioak
\n" -"Idatzi zure PO eta POT fitxategi guztiak bilduko dituzten direktorioak.\n" -"Direktorio horietako fitxategiak eta direktorioak zuhaitz batean bateratuko " -"dira.\n" -"
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Ireki fitxategiak leiho berrian
\n" -"Hori aktibatuz gero katalogo-kudeatzailetik irekita dauden fitxategi " -"guztiak\n" -"leiho berri batean irekitzen dira.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Gelditu prozesuak irtetean
\n" -"Hori egiaztatuz gero, Kbabel prozesuak gelditzen saiatzen da, alegia " -"Kbabel-etik irtetean oraindik irten gabeak,\n" -"haiei gelditu-seinalea bidaliz.
\n" -"OHARRA: Ez da bermatzen prozesuak geldituko direnik.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Sortu indizea fitxategiaren testuinguruetarako
\n" -"Hori egiaztatuz gero, Kbabel-ek indize bat sortuko du PO fitxategi " -"bakoitzerako bilatu/ordeztu funtzioak bizkortzeko.
\n" -"OHARRA: Horrek nabarmen motelduko du fitxategiko informazioaren " -"eguneratzea. p>
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Exekutatu msgfmt fitxategi bat prozesatu baino lehen
" -"Hau hautatzen baduzu, KBabel-ek Gettext-en msgfmt tresna exekutatuko du " -"fitxategi bat prozesatu baino lehen.
" -"Gomendagarria da ezarpen hau aktibatzea prozesaketa mantsotzen badu ere. " -"Lehenespenez aktibatuta dago.
" -"Desautatzea, ordenagailu zaharragoetan eta uneko Gettext bertsioak onartzen " -"ez dituen fitxategiak itzultzen dituzunean erabilgarria da, baina ez duzu " -"sintaxi egiaztapenik izango eta PO fitxategiak ongi daudela ematen badu ere, " -"agian Gettext tresnak ukatu egingo ditu.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Direktorioetarako aginduak
" -"Txertatu hemen katalogo-kudeatzailetik direktorioetan exekutatu nahi dituzun " -"aginduak. Aginduak Aginduak azpimenuan agertuko dira orduan, " -"katalogo-kudeatzailearen testuinguru-menuan.
" -"Ondoko kateak agindu batean ordeztuko da:" -"
Fitxategiaren aukerak
Non bilatu doitu dezakezu hemen:" +"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Fitxategietarako direktorioak
" -"Txertatu hemen katalogo-kudeatzailetik fitxategietan exekutatu nahi dituzun " -"aginduak. Aginduak Aginduak azpimenuan agertuko dira ondoren, " -"katalogo-kudeatzailearen testuinguru-menuan.
" -"Ondoko katea agindu batean ordeztuko da:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"erakutsi zutabeak
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +"The commit log message cannot be encoded in the selected encoding: %1.\n" +"Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -"font size=\"+1\">Ongi etorri proiektuaren morroira!\n" -"\n" -"Morroiak itzulpen proiektu berri bat ezartzen lagunduko dizu.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Lehenik, proiektuaren izena eta konfigurazioa gordeko den fitxategia hautatu " -"behar duzu.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Itzulpenaren helburu-hizkuntza eta itzulpenaren proiektu-mota ere hautatu behar " -"dituzu.\n" -"
" +"Entregatzeeen egunkariaren mezua ez da hautatutako kodeketa erabiliz kodetu: " +"%1.\n" +"Jarraitu nahi duzu?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247 +msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting." +msgstr "Ezin da behin-behineko fitxategia idazteke ireki. Abortatzen." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259 +msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting." +msgstr "Ezin da behin-behineko fitxategia idatzi. Abortatzen." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483 +msgid "[ Starting command ]" +msgstr "[ Agindua abiarazten ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301 +msgid "The process could not be started." +msgstr "Ezin da prozesua abiatu." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330 +msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]" +msgstr "[ %1 egoerarekin irten da ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332 +msgid "[ Finished ]" +msgstr "[ Amaituta ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:358 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:337 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:642 +msgid "&Show Diff" +msgstr "&Erakutsi desberdintasunak." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:360 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Close" +msgstr "It&xi" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:401 +msgid "" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Last choice ( %1 )" +msgstr "Azken aukera ( %1 )" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:88 +msgid "No CVS repository" +msgstr "CVS biltegirik ez" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:91 +msgid "Not in CVS" +msgstr "Ez dago CVS-n" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96 +msgid "Locally added" +msgstr "Lokalki gehitu da" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99 +msgid "Locally removed" +msgstr "Lokalki kendu da" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102 +msgid "Locally modified" +msgstr "Lokalki aldatu da" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105 +msgid "Up-to-date" +msgstr "Eguneratuta" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108 +msgid "Conflict" +msgstr "Gatazka" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Ezezaguna" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:189 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:228 +msgid "" +"This is not a valid CVS repository. The CVS commands cannot be executed." +msgstr "Hau ez da baliozko CVS biltegi bat. CVS aginduak ezin dira exekutatu." + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65 +msgid "SVN Dialog" +msgstr "SVN elkarrizketa-koadroa" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80 +msgid "Get remote status for the following files:" +msgstr "Eskuratu ondorengo fitxategien urruneko egoera:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83 +msgid "Get local status for the following files:" +msgstr "Eskuratu ondorengo fitxategien egoera lokala:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89 +msgid "Get information for the following files:" +msgstr "Eskuratu ondorengo fitxategien informazioa:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145 +msgid "&Get Information" +msgstr "&Eskuratu informazioa" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90 +msgid "No SVN repository" +msgstr "SVN biltegirik ez" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93 +msgid "Not in SVN" +msgstr "Ez dago SVN-n" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111 +msgid "Error in Working Copy" +msgstr "Errorea laneko kopian" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288 +msgid "" +"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed." +msgstr "Hau ez da baliozko SVN biltegi bat. SVN aginduak ezin dira exekutatu." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:178 kbabel/main.cpp:539 +msgid "File to load configuration from" +msgstr "Konfigurazioa kargatzeko fitxategia hemendik" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:186 +msgid "KBabel - Catalog Manager" +msgstr "KBabel - Katalogo-kudeatzailea" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:187 +msgid "An advanced catalog manager for KBabel" +msgstr "Kbabe-erako katalogo-kudeatzaile aurreratua" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:188 kbabel/main.cpp:549 +msgid "(c) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006 The KBabel developers" +msgstr "(c) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006 KBabel garatzaileak" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:190 kbabel/main.cpp:551 kbabeldict/main.cpp:118 +msgid "Original author" +msgstr "Jatorrizko egilea" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:191 kbabel/main.cpp:558 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Current maintainer, porting to KDE3/Qt3." +msgstr "Uneko mantentzailea, TDE3/Qt3ra sartzen." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:193 kbabel/main.cpp:564 kbabeldict/main.cpp:119 +msgid "Current maintainer" +msgstr "Uneko mantentzailea" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:195 kbabel/main.cpp:566 +msgid "" +"Wrote documentation and sent many bug reports and suggestions for " +"improvements." +msgstr "" +"Dokumentazioa idatzi eta programazio-erroreei buruzko txosten ugari eta " +"hobekuntzarako iradokizunak bidali zituen." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:198 kbabel/main.cpp:569 +msgid "" +"Gave many suggestions for the GUI and the behavior of KBabel. He also " +"contributed the beautiful splash screen." +msgstr "" +"Iradokizun ugari eman zituen GUIrako eta KBabel-en portaerarako. Gainera, " +"sarrera-pantaila ederra sortzen lagundu zuen." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:202 kbabel/main.cpp:553 +msgid "Wrote diff algorithm, fixed KSpell and gave a lot of useful hints." +msgstr "" +"Desberdintasun algoritmoa. idatzi, KSpeel finkatu eta ideia baliagarri ugari " +"eman zituzten." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:204 kbabel/main.cpp:572 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Helped keep KBabel up to date with the KDE API and gave a lot of other help." +msgstr "" +"TDE APIrekin KBabel eguneratuta mantentzen lagundu zuen eta laguntza handia " +"izan zen beste hainbatetan ere." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:206 kbabel/main.cpp:576 +msgid "Various validation plugins." +msgstr "Zenbait balidazio plugin" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:209 kbabel/main.cpp:579 +msgid "Sponsored development of KBabel for a while." +msgstr "Aldi baterako KBabel-en garapena sustatu zuen." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:211 +msgid "Support for making diffs and some minor improvements." +msgstr "Desberdintasunak egiteko euskarria eta zenbait hobekuntza txiki." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:214 kbabel/main.cpp:581 +#, fuzzy +msgid "KBabel contains code from TQt" +msgstr "KBabel-ek Qt-ren kodea erabiltzen du" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:216 +msgid "KBabel contains code from GNU gettext" +msgstr "KBabel-ek GNU gettext-en kodea erabiltzen du" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:113 +msgid "Ma&rk files which match the following pattern:" +msgstr "Ma&rkatu ondorengo eredua parekatzen duten fitxategiak:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:114 +msgid "&Mark Files" +msgstr "&Markatu fitxategiak" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:116 +msgid "Unma&rk files which match the following pattern:" +msgstr "Desmarkatu ondorengo ereduarekin bat egiten duten fitxategiak:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:117 +msgid "Un&mark Files" +msgstr "Des&markatu fitxategiak" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56 +msgid "Files:" +msgstr "Fitxategiak:" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:84 +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:96 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1182 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1304 kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:724 +msgid "" +"Error while trying to read file:\n" +" %1\n" +"Maybe it is not a valid PO file." +msgstr "" +"Errorea ondoko fitxategia irakurtzen saiatzean:\n" +" %1\n" +"Baliteke ez izatea baliozko PO fitxategia." + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:129 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:671 +msgid "" +"Result of the translation:\n" +"Edited entries: %1\n" +"Exact translations: %2 (%3%)\n" +"Approximate translations: %4 (%5%)\n" +"Nothing found: %6 (%7%)" +msgstr "" +"Itzulpenaren emaitza:\n" +"Editatutako sarrerak: %1\n" +"Itzulpen zehatzak: %2 (%3%)\n" +"Itzulpen hurbilduak: %4 (%5%)\n" +"Ez da ezer aurkitu: %6 (%7%)" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:143 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:685 +msgid "Rough Translation Statistics" +msgstr "Itzulpen-zirriborroaren estatistikak" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:56 +msgid "" +"_: Caption of dialog\n" +"Validation" +msgstr "Balidazioa" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:73 +msgid "&Ignore" +msgstr "&Ez ikusia egin" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:186 +msgid "" +"Validation done.\n" +"\n" +"Checked files: %1\n" +"Number of errors: %2\n" +"Number of ignored errors: %3" +msgstr "" +"Balidazioa amaitu da.\n" +"\n" +"Egiaztatutako fitxategiak: %1\n" +"Errore kopurua: %2\n" +"Ez ikusitako erroreak: %3" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:190 +msgid "Validation Done" +msgstr "Balidazioa amaitu da" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:592 +msgid "" +"Free Software Foundation Copyright does not contain any year. It will not be " +"updated." +msgstr "" +"Free Sofware Foundation Copyright-ak ez du urterik adierazten. Ez da " +"eguneratuko." + +#: common/catalog.cpp:1237 +msgid "validating file" +msgstr "fitxategia egiaztatzen" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:1276 +msgid "applying tool" +msgstr "tresnak aplikatzen" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:3128 +msgid "searching matching message" +msgstr "mezu parekatua bilatzen" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:3217 +msgid "preparing messages for diff" +msgstr "mezuak parekatzeko prestatzen" + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:106 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while trying to download file %1." +msgstr "Errorea %1 fitxategia deskargatzen saiatzean." + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:144 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:145 +msgid "Enter the name of the archive without file extension" +msgstr "Sartu artxiboaren izena fitxategi-luzapenik gabe" + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:178 +msgid "Error while trying to create archive file." +msgstr "Errorea artxiboaren fitxategia sortzen saiatzean." + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:193 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while trying to read file %1." +msgstr "Errorea %1 fitxategia irakurtzen saiatzean." + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:208 +msgid "Error while trying to copy file %1 into archive." +msgstr "Errorea %1 fitxategia artxiboan kopiatzen saiatzean." + +#: common/kbproject.cpp:53 +msgid "unnamed" +msgstr "izengabea" + +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:51 +msgid "Command &Label:" +msgstr "&Aginduaren etiketa:" + +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:52 +msgid "Co&mmand:" +msgstr "&Agindua:" + +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:66 +msgid "&Add" +msgstr "&Gehitu" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:4 catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:78 +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:70 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:10 +#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp:91 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "&Editatu..." + +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:74 +msgid "&Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: commonui/context.cpp:97 +msgid "Corresponding source file not found" +msgstr "Ez da aurkitu dagokion jatorrizko fitxategia" + +#: commonui/context.cpp:265 commonui/context.cpp:275 commonui/context.cpp:285 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Konfigurzaio fitxategiaren izena"
-"
\n"
-"Proiektuaren konfigurazioa gordeko duen fitxategiaren izena.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
\n"
-"Hizkuntza"
-"
\n"
-"Proiektuaren helburu-hizkuntza, zein hizkuntzara \n"
-" itzuliko duzun. ISO 631 hizkuntza izendaketa jarraitu\n"
-" beharko luke.
Aurkitu testua
Bilatu nahi duzun testua sar dezakezu " +"hemen. Adierazpen erregularra bat bilatu nahi baduzu, gaitu Erabili " +"adierazpen erregularra behean.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Proiectuaren izena"
-"
\n"
-"Proiektuaren izena zuretzako proiektuaren identifikazio\n"
-" da. Proiektuaren konfigurazio elkarrizketa-koadroan\n"
-"eta proiektuarentzat irekitako lehioaren izenburuan\n"
-"azalduko da.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Oharra: Proiektuaren izena ezin da geroago aldatu.<\n"
-"
Ordeztu testua
Aurkitutako testuarekin ordeztu nahi "
+"duzun testua sar dezakezu hemen. Testua den bezala erabiltzen da. Ezin da "
+"aurreko erreferentziarik egin espresio erregularra bat bilatu baduzu."
-#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 135
-#: rc.cpp:75
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Project &type:"
-msgstr "Proiektu &mota:"
+#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:101
+msgid "Find"
+msgstr "Aurkitu"
-#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 158
-#: rc.cpp:78 rc.cpp:130
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:102
+msgid "&Find"
+msgstr "&Aurkitu"
+
+#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:108
+msgid "Where to Search"
+msgstr "Non bilatu"
+
+#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:112
+msgid "&Msgid"
+msgstr "&Msgid"
+
+#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:113
+msgid "M&sgstr"
+msgstr "M&sgstr"
+
+#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:114
+msgid "Comm&ent"
+msgstr "O&harra"
+
+#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:116
msgid ""
-" \n"
-"Project Type\n"
-"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n"
-"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n"
-"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n"
-"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n"
-" Currently known types:\n"
-"\n"
-"
\n"
-"
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
\n" -"Proiektu mota\n" -"Proiektu motak itzulpen proiektu ezagun moten ezarpenak doitzeko aukera ematen " -"dizu.\n" -"Adibidez, balidazio tresnak eta azelerazio markatzaileak ezartzen, eta " -"goiburuak formateatzen ditu.\n" -"
\n" -"Uneko mota ezagunak:\n" -"
Non bilatu
Aukeratu hemen katalogo-sarrera baten zein " +"zatitan bilatu nahi duzun.
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Itzulpen fitxategiak
\n" -"Sartu zure PO eta POT fitxategi guztiak dituzten direktorioak.\n" -"Direktorio hauetako fitxategi eta direktorioak zuhaitz bakar batean bateratuko " -"dira.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Aukerak
Hemen ordezpena doitu dezakezu:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Aukerak
Hemen bilaketa doitu dezakezu:" +"
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Desberdintasunak bilatzeko iturburua
" -"Hemen iturburu bat hauta dezakezu, ezberdintasunak bilatzeko erabiliko " -"dena.
\n" -"Fitxategi bat, itzulpen datu-base bat edo dagokion msgstr bat hauta " -"dezakezu.
\n" -"Itzulpen datu-base bat hautatzen baduzu, parekatzeko mezuak\n" -"Itzulpen Datu-basetik hartuko dira; erabilgarriak izateko,\n" -"Auto gehitu sarrera datu-basera aukera gaitu\n" -" beharko duzu bere hobespen elkarrizketa-koadroan.
\n" -"Azken aukera, proffreading-erako PO fitxategiak\n" -" erabiltzen dituztenentzat da erabilgarria.
\n" -"Behin behinekoz, fitxategi bateko mezuekin \n" -" ezberdintasunak konpara ditzakezu KBabel-en lehio \n" -" nagusian Tresnak->Konparatu->Ireki fitxategia \n" -" konparatzeko aukera erabiliz.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Oinarri-direktorioa fitxategiak parekatzeko\n" -"
Hemen direktorio bat definitu dezakezu, parekatu\n" -" beharreko fitxategiak biltegiratuko diren lekua, alegia.\n" -"Fitxategiak direktorio honen azpian jatorrizko fitxategiak\n" -"duten autolakuntza bera erabiliz biltegiratuta badaude, Kbabel-ek automatikoki " -"parekatu behar den fitxategi\n" -" zuzena ireki dezake.
\n" -"Kontuan hartu aukera honek ez duela ondoriorik datu-baseko\n" -"mezuak parekatzeko erabiltzen badira.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Hasi automatikoki bilatzen
" -"Hori aktibatzen bada, bilaketa automatikoki hasten da editorean beste " -"sarrera batera aldatzen zaren bakoitzean. Non bilatu nahi duzun zehazteko, " -"erabili ezazu Hiztegia lehenetsia konbinazio-koadroa.
" -"Eskuz ere bilatu dezakezu, eta horretarako, Hiztegiak->Aurkitu... " -"erabiliz edo hiztegiaren botoia tresna-barran une batez sakatuta mantentzen " -"duzunean agertzen den laster-lehio menuan sarrera bat hauta ezazu.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Hiztegia lehenetsi
\n" -"Aukeratu hemen lehenetsi gisa non bilatu. Ezarpen hau bilaketa automatikoki " -"hasten denean edo tresna-barran hiztegiaren botoia sakatzean erabiltzen da.
" -"Hiztegi desberdinak konfiguratu ditzakezu nahi duzun hiztegia hemen " -"aukeratuz: Ezarpenak->Konfiguratu hiztegia.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Kendu automatikoki zalantzazko egoera
\n" -"Hau aktibatzen bada eta zalantzazko sarrera bat editatzen ari bazara, " -"zalantzazko egoera automatikoki\n" -"kenduko da (horrek esan nahi du fuzzy katea\n" -"sarreraren oharretik kenduko dela).
Eguneratu goiburukoa
\n" +"Sakatu botoi hau, fitxategiaren goiburukoaren informazioa gordetzen den " +"bakoitzean eguneratzeko.
\n" +"Normalean goiburukoak fitxategia azken aldiz eguneratu zeneko datari eta " +"orduari, \n" +"azken itzultzaileari eta abarri buruzko informazioa gordetzen du.
\n" +"Beheko kontrol-laukietatik eguneratu nahi duzun informazioa aukeratu " +"dezakezu.\n" +"Existitzen ez diren eremuak goiburukoan gehitzen dira.\n" +"Goiburukoan eremu gehiago gehitu nahi badituzu goiburukoa eskuz editatu " +"dezakezu editorearen leihoan\n" +"Editatu->Editatu goiburukoa aukeratuz.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Eguneratzeko eremuak
\n" +"Aukeratu zeintzuk diren gordetzean goiburukoan eguneratzea nahi dituzun " +"eremuak.\n" +"Eremuren existitzen ez bada, goiburukoari eransten zaio.
\n" +"Goiburukoan bestelako informaziorik gehitu nahi baduzu, goiburukoa eskuz " +"editatu beharko duzu\n" +"editorearen leihoan Editatu->Editatu goiburukoa aukeratuz.
\n" +"Desaktibatu goiko Eguneratu goiburukoa gordetzean goiburukoa " +"eguneratzea\n" +"nahi ez baduzu.
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Erabili edizio argia
\n" -"Gaitu aukera hau testua erosoago sartzeko eta karaktere \n" -"berezi batzuen ardura KBabel-en esku uzteko. \n" -"Adibidez, '\\\"' sartuz, emaitza '\\\\\\\"' izango da,\n" -" Return sakatuz, automatikoki espazioa gehituko da lerro bukaeran\n" -"Shift+Return sakatuz '\\\\n' gehituko da lerro bukaeran
\n" -"Kontuan izan hau laguntza bat besterik ez dela eta\n" -" sintaxiari dagokionez zuzena ez den testua sortu daitekeela.
Kodeketa
Aukeratu nola kodetu karaktereak fitxategi " +"batean gordetzean. Zer kodeketa erabili ziur ez bazaude, mesedez galdetu " +"itzulpen-koordinatzaileari.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Mantendu fitxategiaren kodeketa
Aukera hau aktibatuz " +"gero, fitxategiak irakurri zireneko kodeketa berean gordetzen dira beti. " +"Goiburukoan karaktere-multzoari buruzko informaziorik ez duten fitxategiak " +"(adib. POT fitxategiak) goian ezarritako kodeketan gordetzen dira.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Erroreak antzematea
" -"Hemen gertatu den errore bat nola erakutsiko den ezar dezakezu.\n" -"Bip egin errorean aukerak bip egiten du eta\n" -"Aldatu testuaren kolorea errorean aukerakitzulitakO\n" -"testuaren kolorea aldatzen du. Horietako bataktibatuta ez badago\n" -"ere, mezu bat ikusiko duzu egoera-barran.
Gordetzean egiaztatu fitxategiaren sintaxia
\n" +"Egiaztatu hori fitxategi bat gordetzean \"msgfmt --statistics\" dituen " +"fitxategiaren\n" +"sintaxia automatikoki egiaztatzeko. Mezu bakar bat jasoko duzu, akatsik " +"egonez gero.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Gorde sarrera zaharkituak
\n" +"Aukera hau aktibatuz gero, fitxategia irekita zegoenean aurkitutako " +"sarrera zaharkituak\n" +"fitxategian gordeko dira berriro. Sarrera zaharkituak #~ batez markatuta \n" +"daude eta msgmerge-ek itzulpena berriro behar ez duenean sortzen dira.\n" +"Testua berriro agertzen bada, sarrera zaharkituak berriro aktibatuko dira.\n" +"Gordetako fitxategiaren tamaina da desabantailarik handiena.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Berrikuspen-dataren formatua
Aukeratu PO-Berrikuspen-" +"data goiburukoaren eremuaren data eta denbora \n" +"zein formatutan gorde:
Gomendagarria da formatu lehenetsia erabiltzea PO fitxategi ez " +"estandarrak sortzea ekiditzkeo
Informazio gehiagorako, ikus " +"Hobespenen elkarrizketa-koadroa sekzioa on-line laguntzan.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Egoeraren LEDak
\n" -"Aukeratu hemen egoeraren LEDak non erakusten diren eta zein kolore duten.
" -"Identitatea
\n" +"Bete zuri eta zure itzulpen-taldeari buruzko informazioa.\n" +"Informazio hori fitxategi baten goiburukoa eguneratzean erabiltzen da.
\n" +"Aukera ondoko aukerak aurkituko dituzu: elkarrizketa honetako Gorde" +"b> orrian\n" +"goiburuko eremuak eguneratu beharko diren eta zeintzuk izango diren.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Singular/plural formen kopurua
\n" +"Oharra: Une honetan aukera hau TDErena da beraz. TDEren " +"aplikaziorik itzultzen ari ez bazara aukera honi ez ikusia egin diezaiokezu " +"arriskurik gabe.
\n" +"Aukeratu hemen zenbat singular eta plural forma erabiltzen diren zure " +"hizkuntzan. Kopuruak zure hizkuntza-taldearen ezarpenekin bat etorri behar " +"du.
Nahi izanez gero ezarri Automatikoa aukera eta KBabel " +"informazio hori TDEtik automatikoki lortzen saiatuko da. Erabili Probatu" +"i> botoia aurkitu ahal izango duen probatzeko.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Itzulpenetan plural formen argumentuak eskatu
\n" +"Oharra: Hau TDE-ren aukera espezifikoa da oraingoz. TDE aplikazio " +"bat itzultzen ez bazaude, aukera hau lasai ez ikusi egin dezakezu.
\n" +"Aukera gaituta badago, mezuak %n argumentu dituen egiaztatuko du.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
GNU plural forma goiburukoa
\n" +"Hemen GNU plural forma maneiatzeko goiburukoaren sarrera bete dezakezu;" +"sarrera hutsik uzten baduzu, PO fitxategiko sarrera ez aldatu edo gehituko." +"p>\n" +"
KBabel-ek automatikoki GNU gettext tresnek uneko hizkuntzarako " +"iradokitako balioa automatikoki erabakiko dezake; Bilatu botoia " +"sakatu besterik ez duzu.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Teklatuaren azeleratzailerako markatzailea
Definitu " +"hemen zein karakterek markatzen duen ondoko karakterea teklatuaren " +"azeleratzaile gisa. Adibidez, Qt-n '&' da eta Gtk-n '_' da.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Testuinguruaren informaziorako adierazpen erregularra" +"p>
Sartu hemen adierazpen erregularra bat, mezuan testuinguruaren " +"informazioa zer den definitzen duena eta itzuli behar ez dena.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Ortografia momentuan egiaztatu
Aktibatu aukera hau " +"KBabel-ek testua idazten ari zaren momentuan egiaztatzeko. Gaizki idatzitako " +"hitza errore-kolorearekin azalduko da.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Gogoratu ez ikusitako hitzak
Aktibatu hori, Kbabel-i " +"hitzak ezikusten uzteko, aukeratu duzun lekuan Ez ikusia guztiei " +"egiaztapen ortografikoaren elkarrizketan, ortografia egiaztatzen duzun " +"guztietan.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Oinarri-direktorioak
\n" +"Idatzi zure PO eta POT fitxategi guztiak bilduko dituzten direktorioak.\n" +"Direktorio horietako fitxategiak eta direktorioak zuhaitz batean bateratuko " +"dira.\n" +"
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Ireki fitxategiak leiho berrian
\n" +"Hori aktibatuz gero katalogo-kudeatzailetik irekita dauden fitxategi " +"guztiak\n" +"leiho berri batean irekitzen dira.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Gelditu prozesuak irtetean
\n" +"Hori egiaztatuz gero, Kbabel prozesuak gelditzen saiatzen da, alegia " +"Kbabel-etik irtetean oraindik irten gabeak,\n" +"haiei gelditu-seinalea bidaliz.
\n" +"OHARRA: Ez da bermatzen prozesuak geldituko direnik.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Sortu indizea fitxategiaren testuinguruetarako
\n" +"Hori egiaztatuz gero, Kbabel-ek indize bat sortuko du PO fitxategi " +"bakoitzerako bilatu/ordeztu funtzioak bizkortzeko.
\n" +"OHARRA: Horrek nabarmen motelduko du fitxategiko informazioaren " +"eguneratzea. p>
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Exekutatu msgfmt fitxategi bat prozesatu baino lehen
Hau " +"hautatzen baduzu, KBabel-ek Gettext-en msgfmt tresna exekutatuko du " +"fitxategi bat prozesatu baino lehen.
Gomendagarria da ezarpen hau " +"aktibatzea prozesaketa mantsotzen badu ere. Lehenespenez aktibatuta dago." +"p>
Desautatzea, ordenagailu zaharragoetan eta uneko Gettext bertsioak " +"onartzen ez dituen fitxategiak itzultzen dituzunean erabilgarria da, baina " +"ez duzu sintaxi egiaztapenik izango eta PO fitxategiak ongi daudela ematen " +"badu ere, agian Gettext tresnak ukatu egingo ditu.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Direktorioetarako aginduak
Txertatu hemen katalogo-" +"kudeatzailetik direktorioetan exekutatu nahi dituzun aginduak. Aginduak " +"Aginduak azpimenuan agertuko dira orduan, katalogo-kudeatzailearen " +"testuinguru-menuan.
Ondoko kateak agindu batean ordeztuko da:" +"
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Fitxategietarako direktorioak
Txertatu hemen katalogo-" +"kudeatzailetik fitxategietan exekutatu nahi dituzun aginduak. Aginduak " +"Aginduak azpimenuan agertuko dira ondoren, katalogo-kudeatzailearen " +"testuinguru-menuan.
Ondoko katea agindu batean ordeztuko da:" +"
Shown columns
\n" +"erakutsi zutabeak
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Zer sarrera itzuli
Aukeratu hemen, fitxategiaren zein " +"sarrera ari den Kbabel bilatzen itzulpen bat aurkitzeko. Aldatutako sarrerak " +"beti markatzen dira zalantzazko gisa, egin duzun aukera edozein izanik ere." +"p>
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Mezuak itzultzen diren modua
Hemen ondokoak definitu " +"ditzakezu: mezu bat osorik itzuli bakarrik, antzeko mezuak onartu, edo " +"KBabel mezu baten banakako hitzak itzultzen saiatzea, mezu osoaren edo " +"antzeko mezuaren itzulpenik aurkitu ez bada.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Adibidea:"
-" Mark changed entries as fuzzy When a translation for a "
+"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is "
+"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always "
+"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what "
+"you are doing. Markatu aldatutako sarrerak zalantzazko gisa Mezu "
+"baterako itzulpena aurkitzen denean, sarrera zalantzazko (edo "
+"fuzzy) markatuko da besterik gabe. Hori KBabel-ek itzulpena "
+"igarri bakarrik egin duelako da eta beraz emaitzak arretaz begiratu beharko "
+"dituzu beti. Desaktibatu aukera hori zer egiten ari zaren dakizunean "
+"bakarrik. Initialize TDE-specific entries Initialize \"Comment=\" "
+"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF "
+"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings."
+" Hasieratu TDE-berariazko sarrerak Hasieratu \"Oharra=\" "
+"eta \"Izena=\" sarrerak itzulpen bat aurkitzen ez denean. Horrez gain, "
+"\"ITZULTZAILEEN IZENA\" eta \"ITZULTZAILEEN POSTA ELEKTRONIKOA\" identitate-"
+"ezarpenekin betetzen da. Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be "
+"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they "
+"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list. The "
+"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
+"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog."
+" Hiztegiak Aukeratu hemen, zein hiztegi erabili behar "
+"diren itzulpen bat aurkitzeko. Hiztegi bat baino gehiago aukeratzen baduzu, "
+"zerrendan agertzen diren ordena berean erabiliko dira. Konfiguratu botoiak hautatutako hiztegia aldi baterako "
+"konfiguratzeko aukera ematen dizu. Jatorrizko ezarpenak berreskuratuko dira "
+"elkarrizketa-koadroa ixtean. When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
+"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by "
+"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this "
+"option only if you know what you are doing. Mezu baterako itzulpena aurkitzen denean, sarrera zalantzazkoa "
+"(edo fuzzy) markatuko da besterik gabe. Hori KBabel-ek "
+"itzulpena igarri bakarrik egin duelako da eta beraz emaitzak arretaz "
+"begiratu beharko dituzu beti. Desaktibatu aukera hori zer egiten ari zaren "
+"dakizunean bakarrik. "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"context info"
+msgstr "testuinguru informazioa"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Eskaneatu PO fitxategi bakar bat"
+#: datatools/equations/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"equations"
+msgstr "ekuazioak"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Eskaneatu direktorioa"
+#: datatools/length/main.cc:61 datatools/regexp/main.cc:55
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"translation has inconsistent length"
+msgstr "itzulpenak sendotasunik gabeko luzera du"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Eskaneatu direktorioa eta azpidirektorioak"
+#: datatools/not-translated/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"English text in translation"
+msgstr "ingeles testua itzulpenean"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Eskaneatzen ari den fitxategia:"
+#: datatools/pluralforms/main.cc:59
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"plural forms"
+msgstr "pluraleko formak"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Gehitutako sarrerak:"
+#: datatools/punctuation/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"punctuation"
+msgstr "puntuazioa"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Aurrerapena guztira:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:58
+msgid "Error loading data (%1)"
+msgstr "Errorea datuak kargatzean (%1)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Prozesatzen ari den fitxategia:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:118
+msgid "File not found"
+msgstr "Ez da fitxategia aurkitu"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Kargatzen ari den fitxategia:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:123
+msgid "The file is not a XML"
+msgstr "Fitxategia ez da XML bat"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Esportatu..."
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:147
+msgid "Expected tag 'item'"
+msgstr "\"item\"etiketa espero zen"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Estatistikak"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:153
+msgid "First child of 'item' is not a node"
+msgstr "\"item\" lehen semea ez da nodo bat"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "Errepikatutako kateak"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:159
+msgid "Expected tag 'name'"
+msgstr "\"name\" etiketa espero zen"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "Gako onak"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:167
+msgid "Expected tag 'exp'"
+msgstr "\"exp\" etiketa espero zen"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
+#: datatools/whitespace/main.cc:60
msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"Gako onen zerrendan txertatzeko gako batek izan behar duen "
-"galdeketaren gutxieneko hitz-kopurua ezar dezakezu."
-" \n"
-"Horrez gain, galdeketak izan behar duen gakoaren gutxieneko hitz-kopurua ezar "
-"dezakezu gakoa zerrendan txertatzeko."
-" \n"
-"Bi zenbaki horiek hitzen guztizko kopuruaren portzentajea dira. Portzentaje "
-"horren emaitza bat baino txikiagoa bada, tresnak batean ezarriko du."
-" \n"
-"Azkenik zerrendako sarreren gehienezko kopurua ezar dezakezu."
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"whitespace only translation"
+msgstr "zuriuneen itzulpena bakarrik"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Gakoaren gutxieneko hitz-kopurua, galdeketan ere dagoena (%):"
+#: datatools/xml/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"XML tags"
+msgstr "XML etiketak"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp:74
+msgid "saving file"
+msgstr "fitxategia gordetzen"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "(%) gakoan dauden galdeketa-hitzen gutxienezko kopurua:"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp:83
+msgid "loading file"
+msgstr "fitxategia kargatzen"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Zerrendaren gehienezko luzera:"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:64 kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp:52
+msgid "Table:"
+msgstr "Taula:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "Maiz agertzen diren hitzak"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:84
+msgid ""
+" Character Selector This tool allows to insert special "
+"characters using double click. Karaktere hautatzailea Tresna honek klik bikoitza "
+"erabiliz karaktere bereziak txertatzeko aukera ematen du. Comment Editor \n"
+" The comments normally contain information about where the message is "
+"found in the source\n"
+"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
+"Options->Show Comments. Ohar-editorea \n"
+" Oharrek normalean mezua jatorrizko kodearen zein lekutan dagoen jakiteko "
+"informazioa biltzen dute\n"
+"baita mezu horri buruzko egoera ezagutzeko ere (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Oharretan beste itzultzaile batzuen ideiak agertu ohi dira ere bai. Ohar-editorea ezkutatu dezakezu ondokoa desaktibatuz\n"
+"Aukerak->Erakutsi oharrak. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Andrea izena dut esaldia bilatzen baduzu eta hitz-ordezpen bat "
-"aktibatu baduzu ondokoa bezalako esaldiak aurki ditzakezu: "
-"Joe izena dut edo Andrea izena duzu."
+"
PO testuingurua
Leiho honek PO fitxategiko uneko " +"mezuaren testuingurua erakusten du. Normalean lau mezu erakusten ditu uneko " +"mezuaren aurrean eta lau atzetik.
Tresnen leihoa ezkutatu dezakezu " +"Aukerak->Erakutsi tresnak desaktibatuz.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Errore zerrenda
Lehio honek balidazio-tresnek " +"aurkitutako errore-zerrenda erakusten du, uneko mezu errore batekin zergatik " +"markatu den jakin dezazun.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Botoi honek goiburukoa uneko ezarpenak erabiliz eguneratzen du. " +"Izenburu berria PO fitxategia gordetzerakoan idatziko litzatekeena da.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 177 -#: rc.cpp:864 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Single Folder" -msgstr "Direktorio bakar bat" +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:65 +msgid "&Reset" +msgstr "&Berrezarri" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 182 -#: rc.cpp:867 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Recursive Folder" -msgstr "Direktorio errekurtsiboa" +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:66 +msgid "This button will revert all changes made so far.
Botoi honek egindako aldaketa guztiak lehengora itzuliko ditu.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 194 -#: rc.cpp:870 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Source name:" -msgstr "Iturburua izena:" +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:111 +#, c-format +msgid "Header Editor for %1" +msgstr "Goiburuko editorea %1(-e)rako" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 207 -#: rc.cpp:873 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Type:" -msgstr "Mota:" +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:136 +msgid "" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Hau ez da baliozko goiburukoa
\n" +"Editatu goiburukoa eguneratu baino lehen.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Hau ez da baliozko goiburukoa
\n" +"Editatu goiburukoa eguneratu baino lehen.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
\n" -"Ondoko aldagaiak bidea-izenean ordeztuko dira erabilgarri badaude:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Markatu baliogabekoa zalantzazko bezala" -"
\n" -"
Aukera hau hautatzen baduzu, tresnak baliogabe\n" -" bezala kontsideratzen dituen elementu guztiak\n" -" zalantzazko bezala markatuko ditu eta aldatutako\n" -" fitxategia gorde egingo da.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Ez egiaztatu zalantzazkoak" -"
\n" -"
Aukera hau hautatzen baduzu, zalantzazko bezala\n" -" markatuko elementu ez dira egiaztatuko.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Karaktere hautatzailea
" -"Tresna honek klik bikoitza erabiliz karaktere bereziak txertatzeko aukera " -"ematen du.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Botoi honek goiburukoa uneko ezarpenak erabiliz eguneratzen du. Izenburu " -"berria PO fitxategia gordetzerakoan idatziko litzatekeena da.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Botoi honek egindako aldaketa guztiak lehengora itzuliko ditu.
Egoera-barra
\n" +"Egoera-barrak fitxategi irekiari buruzko informazioa bistaratzen du,\n" +"adib. sarrera guztien kopurua eta zalantzazko mezuen eta itzuli gabeen " +"kopurua.\n" +"Gainera unean bistaratutako sarreraren indizea eta egoera agertzen dira." +"p>
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Hau ez da baliozko goiburukoa
\n" -"Editatu goiburukoa eguneratu baino lehen.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Hau ez da baliozko goiburukoa
\n" -"Editatu goiburukoa eguneratu baino lehen.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Ohar-editorea
\n" -"Edizio-leiho honek unean bistaratutako mezuaren oharrak erakusten dizkizu." -"\n" -"
Oharrek normalean mezua jatorrizko kodearen zein lekutan dagoen jakiteko " -"informazioa biltzen dute\n" -"baita mezu horri buruzko egoera ezagutzeko ere (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Oharretan beste itzultzaile batzuen ideiak agertu ohi dira ere bai.
\n" -"Ohar-editorea ezkutatu dezakezu ondokoa desaktibatuz\n" -"Aukerak->Erakutsi oharrak.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Bilaketaren emaitzak
" -"Leihoaren parte honek hiztegietan egindako bilaketaren emaitzak erakusten " -"ditu." -"
" -"
Goian aurkitutako sarreren kopurua eta unean bistaratutako sarrera non " -"aurkitu den agertzen da. Erabili beheko botoiak bilaketaren emaitzetan zehar " -"nabigatzeko.
" -"Bilaketa automatikoki abiarazten da editorearen leihoan beste sarrera batera " -"aldatzean edo aurkitu nahi den hiztegia hemen aukeratzean: Hiztegiak->" -"Aurkitu....
" -"Aukera komunak hobespenen elkarrizketan, Bilatu " -"sekzioan konfiguratu daitezke eta hiztegi desberdinetarako aukerak honela alda " -"daitezke:Ezarpenak->Konfiguratu hiztegia.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Bilaketaren emaitzak
Leihoaren parte honek hiztegietan " +"egindako bilaketaren emaitzak erakusten ditu.
Goian aurkitutako " +"sarreren kopurua eta unean bistaratutako sarrera non aurkitu den agertzen " +"da. Erabili beheko botoiak bilaketaren emaitzetan zehar nabigatzeko." +"p>
Bilaketa automatikoki abiarazten da editorearen leihoan beste sarrera " +"batera aldatzean edo aurkitu nahi den hiztegia hemen aukeratzean: " +"Hiztegiak->Aurkitu....
Aukera komunak hobespenen elkarrizketan, " +"Bilatu sekzioan konfiguratu daitezke eta hiztegi desberdinetarako " +"aukerak honela alda daitezke:Ezarpenak->Konfiguratu hiztegia.
Original String
\n" +"Original String
\n" "This part of the window shows the original message\n" "of the currently displayed entry.
Jatorrizko katea
\n" +"Jatorrizko katea
\n" "Leihoaren parte honek unean bistaratuta dagoen sarreraren\n" "jatorrizko mezua erakusten du.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Status LEDs
\n" "These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" "You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" "Editor on page Appearance
Egoeraren LEDak
\n" +"Egoeraren LEDak
\n" "LED hauek unean bistaratutako mezuaren egoera erakusten dute.\n" "Kolorez alda ditzakezu hobespenen elkarrizketan,\n" "Editorea sekzioan Itxura orrian.
Translation Editor
\n" +"Translation Editor
\n" "This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Itzulpen-editorea
\n" +"Itzulpen-editorea
\n" "Editore honek unean bistaratutako mezuaren itzulpena erakusten du eta " -"editatzen uzten dizu." -"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Egoera-barra
\n" -"Egoera-barrak fitxategi irekiari buruzko informazioa bistaratzen du,\n" -"adib. sarrera guztien kopurua eta zalantzazko mezuen eta itzuli gabeen " -"kopurua.\n" -"Gainera unean bistaratutako sarreraren indizea eta egoera agertzen dira.
" -"Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Errore zerrenda
" -"Lehio honek balidazio-tresnek aurkitutako errore-zerrenda erakusten du, " -"uneko mezu errore batekin zergatik markatu den jakin dezazun.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO testuingurua
" -"Leiho honek PO fitxategiko uneko mezuaren testuingurua erakusten du. " -"Normalean lau mezu erakusten ditu uneko mezuaren aurrean eta lau atzetik.
" -"Tresnen leihoa ezkutatu dezakezu Aukerak->Erakutsi tresnak " -"desaktibatuz.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Aurreko KBabel-en bertsioko babeskopia datu-base fitxategiak daude. Hala "
+"ere, KBabel-en beste bertsio batek (seguruenik TDE 3.1.1 edo 3.1.2-koa) datu-"
+"base berri bat sortu du. Ondorioz, zure KBabel instalazioak datu-base "
+"fitxategien bi bertsio ditu. Tamalez, bertsio berri eta zaharra ezin dira "
+"bateratu. Bietako bat hautatu behar duzu.
Bertsio zaharra hautatzen "
+"baduzu, bertsio berria kenduko da. Bertsio berria hautatzen baduzu, datu-"
+"base fitxategi zaharrak utzi egingo dira eta eskuz ezabatu beharko dituzu. "
+"Bestela, mezu hau berriro bistaratuko da (fitxategi zaharrak hemen daude: "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametroak
" -"Hemen bilaketa doitu dezakezu PO fitxategiaren barruan. Adibidez, " -"maiuskula/minuskula bilaketari ekin nahi badiozu, edo zalantzazko mezuei ez " -"ikusia egitea nahi baduzu.
Parametroak
Hemen bilaketa doitu dezakezu PO " +"fitxategiaren barruan. Adibidez, maiuskula/minuskula bilaketari ekin nahi " +"badiozu, edo zalantzazko mezuei ez ikusia egitea nahi baduzu.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Konparatzeko aukerak
" -"Aukeratu hemen zein den mezu parekatu gisa hartzea nahi dituzun mezuak.
" -"Konparatzeko aukerak
Aukeratu hemen zein den mezu " +"parekatu gisa hartzea nahi dituzun mezuak.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gramatika parekatzea
" -"Mezu bat beste batekin parekatzen da baldin eta dagozkion 3 letrako taldeak "
-"beste mezuan agertzen badira adib. 'abc123' ondokoarekin parekatzen da: "
+" 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its "
+"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches "
"'abcx123c12'. 3-Gramatika parekatzea Mezu bat beste batekin parekatzen "
+"da baldin eta dagozkion 3 letrako taldeak beste mezuan agertzen badira adib. "
+"'abc123' ondokoarekin parekatzen da: 'abcx123c12'. Location Configure here which file is to be used for searching. Kokapena Konfiguratu hemen zein den bilaketarako erabiliko den fitxategia. Location Configure here which file is to be used for "
+"searching. Kokapena Konfiguratu hemen zein den bilaketarako "
+"erabiliko den fitxategia. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you "
-"want to perform a case sensitive search. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search. Parametroak Hemen PO fitxategiaren barneko bilaketa doitu dezakezu. Adibidez "
-"maiuskula/minuskula bilaketari ekin nahi badiozu. Parametroak Hemen PO fitxategiaren barneko bilaketa "
+"doitu dezakezu. Adibidez maiuskula/minuskula bilaketari ekin nahi badiozu."
+"p> Mark invalid as fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items,\n"
+"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n"
+"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n"
+"will be saved. Markatu baliogabekoa zalantzazko bezala \n"
+" Aukera hau hautatzen baduzu, tresnak baliogabe\n"
+" bezala kontsideratzen dituen elementu guztiak\n"
+" zalantzazko bezala markatuko ditu eta aldatutako\n"
+" fitxategia gorde egingo da. Do not validate fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items\n"
+"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all. Ez egiaztatu zalantzazkoak \n"
+" Aukera hau hautatzen baduzu, zalantzazko bezala\n"
+" markatuko elementu ez dira egiaztatuko. There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-" Aurreko KBabel-en bertsioko babeskopia datu-base fitxategiak daude. Hala "
-"ere, KBabel-en beste bertsio batek (seguruenik TDE 3.1.1 edo 3.1.2-koa) "
-"datu-base berri bat sortu du. Ondorioz, zure KBabel instalazioak datu-base "
-"fitxategien bi bertsio ditu. Tamalez, bertsio berri eta zaharra ezin dira "
-"bateratu. Bietako bat hautatu behar duzu."
-" Source for difference lookup Here you can select a source, which should be used\n"
+"for finding a difference. You can select file, translation database or\n"
+"corresponding msgstr. If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n"
+"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n"
+"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n"
+"preferences dialog. The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n"
+"for proofreading. You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n"
+"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n"
+"in KBabel's main window. Desberdintasunak bilatzeko iturburua Hemen iturburu bat "
+"hauta dezakezu, ezberdintasunak bilatzeko erabiliko dena. Fitxategi bat, itzulpen datu-base bat edo dagokion msgstr bat hauta "
+"dezakezu. Itzulpen datu-base bat hautatzen baduzu, parekatzeko mezuak\n"
+"Itzulpen Datu-basetik hartuko dira; erabilgarriak izateko,\n"
+"Auto gehitu sarrera datu-basera aukera gaitu\n"
+" beharko duzu bere hobespen elkarrizketa-koadroan. Azken aukera, proffreading-erako PO fitxategiak\n"
+" erabiltzen dituztenentzat da erabilgarria. Behin behinekoz, fitxategi bateko mezuekin \n"
+" ezberdintasunak konpara ditzakezu KBabel-en lehio \n"
+" nagusian Tresnak->Konparatu->Ireki fitxategia \n"
+" konparatzeko aukera erabiliz. Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n"
+"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n"
+"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n"
+"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n"
+"file to diff with. Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n"
+"the database are used for diffing. Hemen direktorio bat definitu dezakezu, parekatu\n"
+" beharreko fitxategiak biltegiratuko diren lekua, alegia.\n"
+"Fitxategiak direktorio honen azpian jatorrizko fitxategiak\n"
+"duten autolakuntza bera erabiliz biltegiratuta badaude, Kbabel-ek "
+"automatikoki parekatu behar den fitxategi\n"
+" zuzena ireki dezake. Kontuan hartu aukera honek ez duela ondoriorik datu-baseko\n"
+"mezuak parekatzeko erabiltzen badira. \n"
+"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n"
+"project for KBabel.\n"
+" \n"
+"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n"
+"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n"
+" \n"
+"You should also choose a language to translate into\n"
+"and also a type of the translation project.\n"
+" \n"
+"Morroiak itzulpen proiektu berri bat ezartzen lagunduko dizu.\n"
+" \n"
+"Lehenik, proiektuaren izena eta konfigurazioa gordeko den fitxategia hautatu "
+"behar duzu.\n"
+" \n"
+"Itzulpenaren helburu-hizkuntza eta itzulpenaren proiektu-mota ere hautatu "
+"behar dituzu.\n"
+" Configuration File Name Konfigurzaio fitxategiaren izena \n"
+"Language \n"
+"Hizkuntza Project name Proiectuaren izena \n"
+"Project Type\n"
+"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n"
+"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n"
+"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n"
+"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n"
+" Currently known types:\n"
+"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
"
-"
Bertsio zaharra hautatzen baduzu, bertsio berria kenduko da. Bertsio "
-"berria hautatzen baduzu, datu-base fitxategi zaharrak utzi egingo dira eta "
-"eskuz ezabatu beharko dituzu. Bestela, mezu hau berriro bistaratuko da "
-"(fitxategi zaharrak hemen daude: "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).Base folder for diff files
\n"
+"Oinarri-direktorioa fitxategiak parekatzeko
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Proiektuaren konfigurazioa gordeko duen fitxategiaren izena.
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Proiektuaren helburu-hizkuntza, zein hizkuntzara \n"
+" itzuliko duzun. ISO 631 hizkuntza izendaketa jarraitu\n"
+" beharko luke.
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n"
+"Proiektuaren izena zuretzako proiektuaren identifikazio\n"
+" da. Proiektuaren konfigurazio elkarrizketa-koadroan\n"
+"eta proiektuarentzat irekitako lehioaren izenburuan\n"
+"azalduko da.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Oharra: Proiektuaren izena ezin da geroago aldatu.<\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n" +"Proiektu mota\n" +"Proiektu motak itzulpen proiektu ezagun moten ezarpenak doitzeko aukera " +"ematen dizu.\n" +"Adibidez, balidazio tresnak eta azelerazio markatzaileak ezartzen, eta " +"goiburuak formateatzen ditu.\n" +"
\n" +"Uneko mota ezagunak:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Itzulpen fitxategiak
\n" +"Sartu zure PO eta POT fitxategi guztiak dituzten direktorioak.\n" +"Direktorio hauetako fitxategi eta direktorioak zuhaitz bakar batean " +"bateratuko dira.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Kendu automatikoki zalantzazko egoera
\n" +"Hau aktibatzen bada eta zalantzazko sarrera bat editatzen ari bazara, " +"zalantzazko egoera automatikoki\n" +"kenduko da (horrek esan nahi du fuzzy katea\n" +"sarreraren oharretik kenduko dela).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Erabili edizio argia
\n" +"Gaitu aukera hau testua erosoago sartzeko eta karaktere \n" +"berezi batzuen ardura KBabel-en esku uzteko. \n" +"Adibidez, '\\\"' sartuz, emaitza '\\\\\\\"' izango da,\n" +" Return sakatuz, automatikoki espazioa gehituko da lerro bukaeran\n" +"Shift+Return sakatuz '\\\\n' gehituko da lerro bukaeran
\n" +"Kontuan izan hau laguntza bat besterik ez dela eta\n" +" sintaxiari dagokionez zuzena ez den testua sortu daitekeela.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Erroreak antzematea
Hemen gertatu den errore bat nola " +"erakutsiko den ezar dezakezu.\n" +"Bip egin errorean aukerak bip egiten du eta\n" +"Aldatu testuaren kolorea errorean aukerakitzulitakO\n" +"testuaren kolorea aldatzen du. Horietako bataktibatuta ez badago\n" +"ere, mezu bat ikusiko duzu egoera-barran.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Egoeraren LEDak
\n" +"Aukeratu hemen egoeraren LEDak non erakusten diren eta zein kolore duten." +"
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Hasi automatikoki bilatzen
Hori aktibatzen bada, " +"bilaketa automatikoki hasten da editorean beste sarrera batera aldatzen " +"zaren bakoitzean. Non bilatu nahi duzun zehazteko, erabili ezazu Hiztegia " +"lehenetsia konbinazio-koadroa.
Eskuz ere bilatu dezakezu, eta " +"horretarako, Hiztegiak->Aurkitu... erabiliz edo hiztegiaren botoia " +"tresna-barran une batez sakatuta mantentzen duzunean agertzen den laster-" +"lehio menuan sarrera bat hauta ezazu.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Hiztegia lehenetsi
\n" +"Aukeratu hemen lehenetsi gisa non bilatu. Ezarpen hau bilaketa " +"automatikoki hasten denean edo tresna-barran hiztegiaren botoia sakatzean " +"erabiltzen da.
Hiztegi desberdinak konfiguratu ditzakezu nahi duzun " +"hiztegia hemen aukeratuz: Ezarpenak->Konfiguratu hiztegia.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Egoera-barra
\n" -"Egoera-barrak bilatu edo ordezteko uneko eragiketaren aurrerapenari buruzko " -"informazioa erakusten du. Bilatu:-ko lehenengo zenbakiak Kbabel-en " -"leihoan oraindik agertzen ez den testu bilatua biltzen duten fitxategien " -"kopurua erakusten du. Bigarrenak aurkitutako testu bilatua biltzen duten " -"fitxategien guztizko kopurua erakusten du.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Fitxategiaren aukerak
" -"Non bilatu doitu dezakezu hemen:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Adibidea: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Eskuratu ondorengo fitxategien urruneko egoera:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Eskaneatu PO fitxategi bakar bat..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Eskuratu ondorengo fitxategien egoera lokala:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Eskaneatu direktorioa..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Eskuratu ondorengo fitxategien desberdintasunak:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Eskaneatu direktorioa eta azpidirektorioak..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Eskuratu ondorengo fitxategien informazioa:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Eskaneatzen ari den fitxategia:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "Mezu za&harrak:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Gehitutako sarrerak:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Egunkari mezua:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Aurrerapena guztira:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Gehitu fitxategiak a&utomatikoki beharrezkoa bada"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Prozesatzen ari den fitxategia:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "Aldaketak &egin"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Kargatzen ari den fitxategia:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "E&goera eskuratu:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Esportatu..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Eskuratu desberdintasunak"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Errepikatutako kateak"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Eskuratu informazioa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Gako onak"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Aginduaren irteera:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Gako onen zerrendan txertatzeko gako batek izan behar duen "
+"galdeketaren gutxieneko hitz-kopurua ezar dezakezu. \n"
+"Horrez gain, galdeketak izan behar duen gakoaren gutxieneko hitz-kopurua "
+"ezar dezakezu gakoa zerrendan txertatzeko. \n"
+"Bi zenbaki horiek hitzen guztizko kopuruaren portzentajea dira. Portzentaje "
+"horren emaitza bat baino txikiagoa bada, tresnak batean ezarriko du. \n"
+"Azkenik zerrendako sarreren gehienezko kopurua ezar dezakezu."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Entregatzeen egunkaria hutsik dago. Jarraitu nahi duzu?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Gakoaren gutxieneko hitz-kopurua, galdeketan ere dagoena (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Ezin da behin-behineko fitxategia idazteke ireki. Abortatzen."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Ezin da behin-behineko fitxategia idatzi. Abortatzen."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "(%) gakoan dauden galdeketa-hitzen gutxienezko kopurua:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Ezin da prozesua abiatu."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Zerrendaren gehienezko luzera:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ %1 egoerarekin irten da ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Maiz agertzen diren hitzak"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Amaituta ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Baztertu ondoko maiztasuna gainditzen duten hitzak:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Mezuen katalogoa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Bertsio-kontrolik ez"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Maiz agertzen diren hitzak gako guztietan baleude bezala hartzen dira"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN Egoera"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Orokorra"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Konponduta"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "DB direktorioa:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Konponduta markatutakoentzat"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Eguneratze automatikoa kbabel-en"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Leheneratu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Sarrera berriak"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Leheneratu markatutakoak"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "kabel-etik"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Garbitu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritmoa"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Garbitu markatutakoak"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Puntuazio minimoa:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Biltegirik ez"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Erabiltzeko algoritmoa"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Fitxategiak:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Puntuazioa:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Izena"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "&Zalantzazko sarreren artxiboa"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glosarioa"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Zalantzazkoa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Zehatza "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Itzuli gabe"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Esaldiz esaldi"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Guztira"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumerikoa"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Azken berrikuspena"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Hitzez hitz"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Log leihoa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Hiztegi dinamikoa"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Garbitu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
+msgstr "Emaitza kopurua gogokoena:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Log leihoa Leiho honetan exekutatutako aginduen irteera erakusten da. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Katalogo-kudeatzailea Katalogo-kudetzaileak bi direktorio zuhaitz batean bateratzen ditu eta PO "
-"eta\n"
-"POT fitxategi guztiak erakusten ditu direktorio horietan. Horrela erraz ikus\n"
-"dezakezu eredu berriren bat gehitu edo kendu bada. Gainera, fitxategiei "
-"buruzko\n"
-"informazioa agertzen da. Informazio gehiagorako ikus Katalogo-kudeatzailea "
-"sekzioa online laguntzan. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Andrea izena dut esaldia bilatzen baduzu eta hitz-ordezpen bat"
+"em> aktibatu baduzu ondokoa bezalako esaldiak aurki ditzakezu: Joe izena "
+"dut edo Andrea izena duzu."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "SVN biltegirik ez"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Erabili hitz-ordezpen bat"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Ez dago SVN-n"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Gehienezko hitz-kopurua galdeketan:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Lokalki gehitu da"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Erabili hitz-ordezpen bi"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Lokalki kendu da"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Lokalki aldatu da"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Eguneratuta"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Karaktere lokalak adierazpen erregularretarako:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Gatazka"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Datu-basea"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Errorea laneko kopian"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Datu-basearen direktorioa:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Ezezaguna"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Autogehitu datu-baserako sarrera"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Hau ez da baliozko SVN biltegi bat. SVN aginduak ezin dira exekutatu."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Agindua abiarazten ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN elkarrizketa-koadroa"
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Automatikoki gehitu sarrera bat datu-basean norbaitek (kbabel izan daiteke) "
+"itzulpen berri batez ohartarazten badizu"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Eguneratu ondorengo fitxategiak:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Autogehitutako sarreraren egilea:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Aldaketak egin ondorengo fitxategietan:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Ondoko aldagaiak bidea-izenean ordeztuko dira erabilgarri badaude:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
چه مدخلهایی ترجمه شود
" -"مدخلهای پروندهای که KBabel سعی در یافتن ترجمه میکند را در اینجا انتخاب " -"کنید. مدخلهای تغییریافته همیشه به عنوان مبهم نشاندار میشوند، مهم نیست کدام " -"گزینه را انتخاب کنید.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
پیامها چگونه ترجمه شوند؟
" -"در اینجا میتوانید تعریف کنید، که پیام فقط بتواند کاملًا ترجمه شود، پیامهای " -"مشابه قابل قبول هستند، یا KBabel برای ترجمۀ واژههای تکی، یک پیام در نظر گرفته " -"میشود، یا ترجمۀ پیام کامل یا پیام مشابه یافت نشد.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
نشاندار کردن مدخلهای تغییریافته به عنوان مبهم
" -"وقتی ترجمهای برای پیامی یافت میشود، مدخل به طور پیشفرض مبهم" -"نشاندار میشود. به این دلیل که ترجمه فقط توسط KBabel حدس زده میشود، و همواره " -"باید نتایج را با دقت بررسی کنید. فقط در صورتی که میدانید چه کار میکنید، این " -"گزینه را غیرفعال سازید.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
مقدار دهی اولیۀ مدخلهای مشخص TDE
" -"اگر ترجمهای یافت نمیشود، مدخلهای »=Comment« و »=Name« را مقدار اولیه " -"بدهید. همچنین، »NAME OF TRANSLATORS« و »EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS« با تنظیمات هویت " -"پر میشوند.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"واژهنامهها
" -"واژهنامههایی که باید برای یافتن یک ترجمه استفاده شوند را در اینجا انتخاب " -"کنید. اگر بیش از یک واژهنامه را برگزینید، همه به یک منظور استفاده میشوند، " -"همان طور که در فهرست نمایش داده میشوند.
" -"دکمۀ پیکربندی اجازۀ پیکربندی موقت واژهنامۀ برگزیده را به شما میدهد. " -"تنظیمات اصلی پس از بستن محاوره بازنشانی میشود.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
وقتی ترجمهای برای یک پیام یافت میشود، مدخل به طور پیشفرض مبهم " -"نشاندار میشود. به این دلیل که ترجمه فقط توسط KBabel حدس زده شده، و باید همیشه " -"نتایج را با دقت بررسی کنید. فقط در صورتی این گزینه را غیرفعال کنید، که بدانید " -"چه کار میکنید.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
یافتن بعدی
" -"در اینجا میتوانید متنی که میخواهید جستجو کنید را وارد نمایید. اگر " -"میخواهید یک عبارت منظم را جستجو کنید، استفاده از عبارت منظم " -"را در زیر فعال سازید.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
جایگزینی متن
" -"متنی که میخواهید متن یافتشده با آن جایگزین شود را در اینجا میتوانید وارد " -"کنید. متن همانطور که هست استفاده میشود. اگر عبارت منظمی را جستجو کرده باشید، " -"ارجاع به عقب ممکن نیست.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
کجا جستجو شود
" -"اجزایی از مدخل فهرستی را که میخواهید جستجو کنید، اینجا برگزینید.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
گزینهها
" -"در اینجا میتوانید جایگزینی را به دقت تنظیم کنید:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
گزینهها
" -"در اینجا میتوانید جستجو را به دقت تنظیم کنید:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
میله وضعیت
\n" +"میله وضعیت اطلاعاتی دربارۀ پیشرفت عمل یافتن یا جایگزینی جاری را نمایش " +"میدهد. اولین عدد دریافت شده: تعداد پروندهها را، توسط رخداد متن " +"جستجوشده، که تاکنون در پنجرۀ KBabel نمایش دادهنشده است را نشان میدهد. دومین " +"عدد، تعداد کل پروندههای شامل متن جستجوشدۀ یافتشدۀ بعدی را نمایش میدهد.
" +"qt>" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:195 -msgid "Fields to Update" -msgstr "بهروزرسانی حوزهها" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:663 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:696 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:727 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:757 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:787 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:807 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:827 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Cannot send a message to KBabel.\n" +"Please check your TDE installation." +msgstr "" +"نمیتوان پیامی را به KBabel ارسال کرد.\n" +"لطفاً، نصب TDE خود را بررسی کنید." -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199 -msgid "Re&vision-Date" -msgstr "تاریخ &بازبینی" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:858 +msgid "" +"Unable to use TDELauncher to start KBabel.\n" +"You should check the installation of TDE.\n" +"Please start KBabel manually." +msgstr "" +"قادر نیست ازTDELauncher برای آغاز KBabel استفاده کند.\n" +"باید نصب TDE خود را بررسی کنید.\n" +"لطفاً، KBabel را به صورت دستی آغاز کنید." -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200 -msgid "Last-&Translator" -msgstr "آخرین &مترجم" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:893 +msgid "Found: 0/0" +msgstr "یافتشده: ۰/۰" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201 -msgid "&Language" -msgstr "&زبان" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:915 +msgid "Found: %1/%2" +msgstr "یافتشده: %1/%2" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202 -msgid "Char&set" -msgstr "&نویسهگان" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:940 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1024 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4433 kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp:239 +msgid "Searching" +msgstr "جستجو" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203 -msgid "&Encoding" -msgstr "&کدبندی" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:986 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1073 +msgid "DCOP communication with KBabel failed." +msgstr "خرابی ارتباط DCOP با KBabel" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204 -msgid "Pro&ject" -msgstr "&پروژه" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:986 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1073 +msgid "DCOP Communication Error" +msgstr "خطای ارتباط DCOP" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206 -msgid "Format of Revision-Date" -msgstr "قالب تاریخ بازبینی" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1001 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1087 +msgid "KBabel cannot be started." +msgstr "KBabel نمیتواند آغاز شود." -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211 -msgid "De&fault date format" -msgstr "قالب تاریخ &پیشفرض" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1001 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1087 +msgid "Cannot Start KBabel" +msgstr "نمیتوان KBabel را آغاز کرد" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213 -msgid "Local date fo&rmat" -msgstr "&قالب تاریخ محلی" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1008 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1094 +msgid "Search string not found!" +msgstr "رشتۀ جستجو یافت نشد!" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215 -msgid "Custo&m date format:" -msgstr "قالب تاریخ &سفارشی:" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1235 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot open project file %1" +msgstr "نمیتوان پروندۀ پروژۀ %1 را باز کرد" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225 -msgid "Project String" -msgstr "رشتۀ پروژه" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "نام" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231 -msgid "Project-Id:" -msgstr "شناسۀ پروژه:" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90 +msgid "M" +msgstr "نشان" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239 -msgid "&Header" -msgstr "&سرآیند" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91 +msgid "Fuzzy" +msgstr "مبهم" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249 -msgid "Update &translator copyright" -msgstr "بهروزرسانی حق رونوشت &مترجم" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92 +msgid "Untranslated" +msgstr "ترجمهنشده" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253 -msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright" -msgstr "حق رونوشت بنیاد نرمافزار آزاد" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "کل" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257 -msgid "&Remove copyright if empty" -msgstr "&حذف رونوشت در صورت خالی بودن" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5 +msgid "CVS/SVN Status" +msgstr "وضعیت CVS/SVN" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258 -msgid "&Update copyright" -msgstr "&بهروزرسانی حق رونوشت" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95 +msgid "Last Revision" +msgstr "آخرین بازبینی" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259 -msgid "Do ¬ change" -msgstr "تغییر داده &نشود" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458 +msgid "Log Window" +msgstr "پنجرۀ ثبت" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263 -msgid "Cop&yright" -msgstr "&حق رونوشت" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180 +msgid "C&lear" +msgstr "&پاک کردن" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183 msgid "" -"Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
بهروزرسانی سرآیند
\n" -"برای بهروزرسانی اطلاعات سرآیند پرونده در هر زمانی که ذخیره میشود، این دکمه " -"را علامت بزنید.
\n" -"معمولًا سرآیند، اطلاعات راجع به تاریخ و زمان آخرین پروندۀ بهروزشده\n" -"، آخرین مترجم و غیره را نگه میدارد.
\n" -"اطلاعاتی که میخواهید به روز شود را از جعبههای بررسی زیر میتوانید انتخاب " -"کنید.\n" -"حوزههایی که وجود ندارند به سرآیند اضافه میشوند.\n" -"اگر میخواهید حوزههای اضافی را به سرآیند بیفزایید، میتوانید با انتخاب " -"ویرایش-<ویرایش سرآیند در پنجرۀ ویرایشگر، سرآیند را به صورت دستی ویرایش " -"کنید.
پنجرۀ ثبت
\n" +"در این پنجره، خروجی فرمانهای اجراشده نمایش داده میشود.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
بهروزرسانی حوزهها
\n" -"انتخاب گزینههایی در سرآیند که هنگام ذخیره بهروزرسانیدهاید.\n" -"اگر حوزهای وجود ندارد، به سرآیند پیوست میشود.
\n" -"اگر میخواهید اطلاعات دیگری به سرآیند اضافه کنید، باید سرآیند را با انتخاب " -"ویرایش-<ویرایش سرآیند در پنجرۀ ویرایشگر،\n" -"به صورت دستی ویرایش کنید.
\n" -"اگر نمیخواهید سرآیند را هنگام ذخیره به روز کنید،\n" -"بهروزرسانی سرآیند را در بالا غیرفعال سازید.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"کدبندی
" -"انتخاب چگونگی کدبندی نویسهها هنگام ذخیره در پرونده. اگر مطمئن نیستید از چه " -"کدبندی استفاده کنید، لطفاً، از هماهنگکنندۀ ترجمۀ خود سؤال کنید.
" -"مدیر فهرست
\n" +"مدیر فهرست دو پوشه را در یک درخت ادغام کرده و همۀ\n" +"پروندههای PO و POT این پوشهها را نمایش میدهد. در این روش قالبهایی که \n" +"حذف یا اضافه شدهاند را به آسانی میتوانید ببینید. همچنین برخی اطلاعات در مورد " +"پروندهها\n" +"نیز نمایش داده میشود.
برای اطلاعات بیشتر، بخش مدیر فهرست را در " +"کمک برخط ببینید.
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
حفظ کدبندی پرونده
" -"اگر این گزینه فعال شود، پروندهها همیشه در همان کدبندی ذخیره میشوند که در " -"آن خوانده شدند. پروندهها بدون اطلاعات نویسهگان در سرآیند )مثلاً پروندههای " -"POT( در کدبندی تنظیمشده در بالا ذخیره میشوند.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
بررسی نحو پرونده هنگام ذخیره
\n" -"برای بررسی خودکار نحو پرونده هنگام ذخیره کردن یک پرونده توسط »msgfmt " -"--statistics«\n" -" این گزینه را علامت بزنید. اگر خطایی رخ داده باشد، فقط پیامی را دریافت " -"میکنید.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
ذخیرۀ مدخلهای منسوخ
\n" -"اگر این گزینه فعال شود، مدخلهای منسوخ یافتشده هنگام باز شدن پرونده در\n" -" پرونده ذخیره میشوند. مدخلهای منسوخ با #~ نشاندار شده و \n" -"وقتی که msgmerge دیگر به ترجمه نیاز ندارد، ایجاد میشوند.\n" -"اگر متن مجدداً ظاهر شود، مدخلهای منسوخ دوباه فعال میشوند.\n" -"اشکال اصلی اندازۀ پروندۀ ذخیرهشده میباشد.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
قالب تاریخ بازبینی
" -"انتخاب قالبی که تاریخ و زمان حوزۀ \n" -"تاریخ بازبینی PO سرآیند با آن ذخیره میشود: " -"
پیشنهاد میشود که برای جلوگیری از ایجاد پروندههای غیر استاندارد از قالب " -"پیشفرض استفاده کنید.
" -"برای اطلاعات بیشتر، بخش محاورۀ تنظیمات را در کمک برخط ببینید.
" -"Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
شناسه
\n" -"اطلاعات مربوط به خود و تیم ترجمهتان را وارد کنید.\n" -"این اطلاعات هنگام بهروزرسانی سرآیند یک پرونده استفاده میشود.
\n" -"میتوانید گزینههایی را بیابید که چه حوزههایی در سرآیند باید در صفحه\n" -"ذخیرهدر این محاوره به روز شود.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
تعداد شکلهای جمع
" -"نکته: این گزینه مخصوص TDE است. اگر یک کاربرد TDE را ترجمه نمیکنید، " -"به طور امن از این گزینه میتوانید چشمپوشی کنید.
" -"در اینجا انتخاب کنید که چند قالب مفرد و جمع در زبانتان استفاده میشود. این " -"تعداد باید با تنظیمات تیم زبانتان متناظر باشد.
" -"به طور متناوب، میتوانید این گزینه را با خودکار " -"تنظیم کنید، و KBabel سعی میکند این اطلاعات را به طور خودکار از TDE به دست " -"آورد. از دکمۀ آزمون برای آزمایش در صورتی که آن را بتواند پیدا کند " -"استفاده نمایید.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
نیاز به نشانوندهای شکل جمع در ترجمه
\n" -"نکته: این گزینۀ مخصوص TDE است. اگر یک کاربرد TDE را ترجمه نمیکنید، " -"از این گزینه به طور امن میتوانید چشمپوشی کنید.
\n" -"اگر این گزینه فعال شود، بررسی اعتبارسنجی به نشانوند %n نیاز دارد تا در پیام " -"نمایش داده شود.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
شکل جمع گنو از سرآیند
\n" -"یک مدخل سرآیند را برای گرداندن شکل جمع گنو در اینجا میتوانید وارد کنید، اگر " -"مدخل را خالی بگذارید، مدخل در پروندۀ PO تغییر نکرده یا اضافه نمیشود.
\n" -"KBabel به طور خودکار سعی میکند مقدار پیشنهادشده توسط ابزارهایی gettext گنو " -"که برای زبان جاری تنظیمشده را، فقط با فشار دکمۀ جستجو تعیین کند.
" -"Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
نشانگذاری برای شتابده صفحه کلید
" -"اینجا تعریف کنید چه نویسهای نویسههای زیر را به عنوان کلید شتابده " -"نشانگذاری کند. برای مثال در Qt، «&» و در Gtk «_» میباشد.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
عبارت منظم برای اطلاعات متن
" -"عبارت منظمی را اینجا وارد کنید که تعریف کند اطلاعات متن در پیام چیست و " -"نباید ترجمه شود.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
ظاهرشدن غلطیاب
" -"این گزینه را فعال سازید تا به KBabel اجازۀ بررسی متنی که تحریر میکنید را " -"بدهید. واژههایی که غلط املایی دارند با رنگ خطا تصحیح میشوند.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
یادآوری واژههای چشمپوشیشده
" -"برای اینکه به KBabel اجازۀ چشمپوشی از واژههایی که چشمپوشی از همه " -"را در محاورۀ غلطیاب، در هر غلطیاب انتخاب کردهاید را بدهید، این گزینه را فعال " -"سازید.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
پوشههای پایه
\n" -"پوشههایی که شامل همۀ پروندههای PO و POT شماست را وارد کنید.\n" -"پروندهها و پوشههای این پوشهها در یک درخت\n" -"ادغام میشوند.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
باز کردن پروندهها در پنجرۀ جدید
\n" -"اگر این فعال شود، همۀ پروندههایی که از فهرست پنجره باز میشوند در یک پنجرۀ " -"جدید \n" -"باز میشوند.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
کشتن فرآیندها هنگام خروج
\n" -"اگر این گزینه را علامت بزنید، KBabel سعی میکند فرآیندهایی که هنوز خارج " -"نشدهاند را هنگام خروج،\n" -"با ارسال یک نشانک به آنها بکشد.
\n" -"نکته: تضمینی نیست که فرآیندها کشته شوند.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"ایجاد نمایه برای محتویات پرونده
\n" -"اگر این را علامت بزنید، KBabel برای بالا بردن سرعت تابعهای یافتن/جایگزینی، " -"نمایهای را برای هر پروندۀ PO ایجاد میکند.
\n" -"نکته: این کار بهروزرسانی پروندۀ اطلاعات را به طور قابل توجهی کند میکند.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
اجرای msgfmt قبل از پردازش پرونده
" -"اگر این گزینه را فعال سازید، KBabel ابزار msgfmt از Gettext را قبل از پردازش " -"یک پرونده اجرا میکند.
" -"فعالسازی این تنظیم توصیه میشود، حتی اگر باعث کند شدن سرعت پردازش شود. این " -"تنظیم به طور پیشقرض فعال است.
" -"غیرفعالسازی آن برای رایانههای کند مفید است، و وقتی بخواهید پروندههای PO " -"را ترجمه کنید، که توسط نسخۀ جاری ابزارهای Gettext که بر روی سیستمتان هست " -"پشتیبانی نمیشود. اشکال غیرفعالسازی این است که هر بررسی نحوی توسط پردازش کد به " -"سختی انجام میشود، در نتیجه، پروندههای PO مانند نمونههای خوب نمایش داده " -"میشوند، حتی اگر ابزارهای Gettext این نوع پروندهها را رد کنند.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
فرمانهای پوشهها
" -"در اینجا فرمانهایی را درج کنید که میخواهید در پوشههای مدیر فهرست اجرا شود. " -"سپس فرمانها در زیرفهرست فرمانها در گزینگان متن مدیر فهرست نمایش داده " -"میشوند.
" -"رشتههای زیر در یک فرمان جایگزین میشوند:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
فرمانهای پروندهها
" -"فرمانهایی که میخواهید در پروندههای مدیر فهرست اجرا شوند را درج کنید. سپس " -"فرمانها در زیرفهرست فرمانها در گزینگان متن مدیر فهرست نمایش داده " -"میشوند.
" -"رشتههای زیر در یک فرمان جایگزین میشوند:" -"
گزینههای پرونده
در اینجا میتوانید به دقت محل یافتن را " +"تنظیم کنید:
Shown columns
\n" -"ستونهای نمایشدادهشده
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"به جادوگر پروژه خوش آمدید!\n" -"\n" -"جادوگر شما را در برپایی پروژۀ ترجمۀ جدید \n" -"برای KBabel کمک میکند.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"اول از همه، باید نام پروژه و پروندهای را \n" -"انتخاب کنید، که پیکربندی باید ذخیره شود.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"همچنین، باید زبانی را برای ترجمه به آن\n" -" و نیز نوع پروژۀ ترجمه را انتخاب نمایید.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" +msgstr "محلی ) %1 (" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124 +msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary" +msgstr "افزودن &خودکار پروندهها در صورت نیاز" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:141 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "بهروزرسانی" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "&تصدیق" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139 +msgid "&Get Status" +msgstr "&به دست آوردن وضعیت" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142 +msgid "&Get Diff" +msgstr "&به دست آوردن تفاوت" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:157 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:152 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:83 +msgid "C&ancel" +msgstr "&لغو" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160 +msgid "Command output:" +msgstr "خروجی فرمان:" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233 +msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "پیام ثبت تصدیق خالی است. میخواهید ادامه دهید؟" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:247 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot find encoding: %1" +msgstr "نمیتوان کدبندی را یافت: %1" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:253 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
نام پروندۀ پیکربندی"
-"
\n"
-"نام پروندهای برای ذخیره کردن پیکربندی\n"
-"پروژه.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"زبان"
-"
\n"
-"زبان مقصد پروژه، یعنی زبانی که\n"
-"به آن ترجمه میشود. باید از استاندارد نامگذاری زبان ISO 631 \n"
-"پیروی کند.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
نام پروژه"
-"
\n"
-"نام پروژه، شناسایی پروژه برای شماست.\n"
-"که در محاورۀ پیکربندی پروژه و نیز در عنوان\n"
-"پنجرههای بازشده برای پروژه، نمایش داده میشود. \n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"نکته:نام پروژه بعداً نمیتواند تغییر کند.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"نوع پروژه\n" -"نوع پروژه اجازۀ میزان کردن تنظیمات برای \n" -"نوع خاص پروژههای ترجمۀ خوب شناختهشده را میدهد.\n" -"برای مثال، ابزارهای اعتبارسنجی، \n" -"نشانهزن شتابده و قالببندی سرآیند را تنظیم میکند. \n" -"
\n" -"انواع اخیراً شناختهشده\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
پروندههای ترجمه
\n" -"پوشههایی که شامل همۀ پروندههای PO و POT شماست را وارد کنید.\n" -"سپس پوشهها و پروندههای این پوشهها در یک درخت ادغام میشوند.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
متن برای جستجوی تفاوت
\n" -"در اینجا میتوانید متنی که باید برای یافتن یک تفاوت استفاده شود\n" -" را برگزینید.
\n" -"میتوانید پرونده، دادگان ترجمه یا\n" -"msgstr متناظر را برگزینید
\n" -"اگر دادگان ترجمه را انتخاب کنید، پیامهای متفاوت از\n" -"دادگان ترجمه گرفته میشوند؛ این مفید است.\n" -"افزودن خودکار مدخل به دادگان را در\n" -"محاورۀ تنظیمات آن فعال ساختهاید.
\n" -"آخرین گزینه، برای آنها با استفاده از پروندههای PO برای نمونهخوانی مفید " -"است.
\n" -"میتوانید موقتاً از یک پرونده با انتخاب\n" -"ابزارها-<تفاوت-<باز کردن پرونده برای تفاوت-\n" -" در پنجرۀ اصلی KBabel، پیامهای متفاوت را پیدا کنید.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
پوشۀ پایه برای پروندههای متفاوت\n" -"
میتوانید پوشهای را تعریف کنید که پروندههای متفاوت \n" -"در آن ذخیره میشوند. اگر پروندهها در همان جا در زیر این پوشه به\n" -"عنوان پروندههای اصلی، زیر پوشۀ پایهشان ذخیره شوند\n" -"، KBabel به طور خودکار میتواند پروندۀ صحیح را \n" -"برای متفاوت باز کند.
\n" -"توجه کنید که اگر پیامها از\n" -" دادگان استفاده میشوند، این گزینه تأثیری ندارد.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
آغاز جستجو به صورت خودکار
\n" -"اگر این گزینه فعال شود، هرگاه به مدخل دیگری در ویرایشگر\n" -"سودهی کنید، جستجو به طور خودکار آغاز میشود. میتوانید\n" -"جایی که باید جستجو شود را توسط جعبه ترکیب واژهنامۀ پیشفرض " -"انتخاب کنید.\n" -"
" -"همچنین، میتوانید جستجوی دستی را با انتخاب مدخلی در\n" -"گزینگان بالاپر آغاز کنید، که یا هنگام فشار بر \n" -"واژهنامهها-<یافتن... یا با نگه داشتن دکمۀ \n" -" واژهنامه در میله ابزار که برای مدتی فشار داده شده، ظاهر میشود.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
واژهنامۀ پیشفرض
\n" -"محل جستجوی پیشفرض را اینجا انتخاب کنید.\n" -"این تنظیمات، وقتی که جستجو به صورت خودکار آغاز میشود\n" -"یا هنگام فشار دکمۀ واژهنامه در میله ابزار، استفاده میشود.
\n" -"میتوانید واژهنامههای متفاوت را با گزینش \n" -"واژهنامۀ مورد نظر از تنظیمات-<پیکربندی واژهنامه پیکربندی کنید.\n" -"
یافتن بعدی
در اینجا میتوانید متنی که میخواهید جستجو " +"کنید را وارد نمایید. اگر میخواهید یک عبارت منظم را جستجو کنید، استفاده از " +"عبارت منظم را در زیر فعال سازید.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
جایگزینی متن
متنی که میخواهید متن یافتشده با آن جایگزین " +"شود را در اینجا میتوانید وارد کنید. متن همانطور که هست استفاده میشود. اگر " +"عبارت منظمی را جستجو کرده باشید، ارجاع به عقب ممکن نیست.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
کجا جستجو شود
اجزایی از مدخل فهرستی را که میخواهید " +"جستجو کنید، اینجا برگزینید.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
عدم تنظیم خودکار وضعیت مبهم
\n" -"اگر این گزینه فعال شود و شما در حال ویرایش یک مدخل مبهم باشید، وضعیت مبهم\n" -"به صورت خودکار تنظیم نمیشود )یعنی رشتۀ مبهم، \n" -"از توضیح مدخل حذف میشود.
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
استفاده از ویرایش هوشمند
\n" -"برای اینکه تحریر متن را راحتتر کنید و به KBabel اجازه دهید که\n" -" مواظب نویسههای ویژه که نقل قول شدهاند باشد، این گزینه را علامت بزنید.\n" -"برای مثال، تحریر '\\\"' منجر به \n" -"'\\\\\\\"' میشود، فشار بازگشت به طور خودکار، فاصلۀ سفید را\n" -"در انتهای خط میافزاید، فشار تبدیل+بازگشت، '\\\\n' را در انتهای خط اضافه " -"مینماید.
\n" -"توجه کنید که این فقط یک راهنمایی است: هنوز \n" -"امکان تولید متنی که از نظر نحوی نادرست باشد، وجود دارد.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
گزینهها
در اینجا میتوانید جایگزینی را به دقت تنظیم کنید:" +"
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
بازشناخت خطا
\n" -"در اینجا میتوانید چگونگی نمایش خطای رخ داده را تنظیم کنید.\n" -"بوق هنگام خطا بوق زده و تغییر رنگ متن هنگام خطا \n" -"رنگ متن ترجمه را تغییر میدهد. اگر هیچ کدام فعال نشود،\n" -"پیامی را در میله وضعیت مشاهده میکنید.\n" -"
گزینهها
در اینجا میتوانید جستجو را به دقت تنظیم کنید:" +"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"دیودهای نوری وضعیت
\n" -"در اینجا انتخاب کنید که دیودهای نوری کجا نمایش داده شوند، و چه رنگی داشته " -"باشند.
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
بهروزرسانی سرآیند
\n" +"برای بهروزرسانی اطلاعات سرآیند پرونده در هر زمانی که ذخیره میشود، این " +"دکمه را علامت بزنید.
\n" +"معمولًا سرآیند، اطلاعات راجع به تاریخ و زمان آخرین پروندۀ بهروزشده\n" +"، آخرین مترجم و غیره را نگه میدارد.
\n" +"اطلاعاتی که میخواهید به روز شود را از جعبههای بررسی زیر میتوانید انتخاب " +"کنید.\n" +"حوزههایی که وجود ندارند به سرآیند اضافه میشوند.\n" +"اگر میخواهید حوزههای اضافی را به سرآیند بیفزایید، میتوانید با انتخاب " +"ویرایش-<ویرایش سرآیند در پنجرۀ ویرایشگر، سرآیند را به صورت دستی " +"ویرایش کنید.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
بهروزرسانی حوزهها
\n" +"انتخاب گزینههایی در سرآیند که هنگام ذخیره بهروزرسانیدهاید.\n" +"اگر حوزهای وجود ندارد، به سرآیند پیوست میشود.
\n" +"اگر میخواهید اطلاعات دیگری به سرآیند اضافه کنید، باید سرآیند را با انتخاب " +"ویرایش-<ویرایش سرآیند در پنجرۀ ویرایشگر،\n" +"به صورت دستی ویرایش کنید.
\n" +"اگر نمیخواهید سرآیند را هنگام ذخیره به روز کنید،\n" +"بهروزرسانی سرآیند را در بالا غیرفعال سازید.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
کدبندی
انتخاب چگونگی کدبندی نویسهها هنگام ذخیره در " +"پرونده. اگر مطمئن نیستید از چه کدبندی استفاده کنید، لطفاً، از هماهنگکنندۀ " +"ترجمۀ خود سؤال کنید.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
حفظ کدبندی پرونده
اگر این گزینه فعال شود، پروندهها همیشه " +"در همان کدبندی ذخیره میشوند که در آن خوانده شدند. پروندهها بدون اطلاعات " +"نویسهگان در سرآیند )مثلاً پروندههای POT( در کدبندی تنظیمشده در بالا ذخیره " +"میشوند.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"حذف فاصلههای سفید در ابتدا و انتهای عبارت.\n" -"همچنین گروههای بیش از یک نویسۀ فاصله را فقط با یک نویسۀ فاصله جانشین میکند." - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 142 -#: rc.cpp:672 rc.cpp:1003 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Remove context comment" -msgstr "حذف توضیح متن" - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 148 -#: rc.cpp:675 rc.cpp:1006 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Remove, if exists, the _:comment" -msgstr "حذف _:توضیح، در صورت وجود" +"بررسی نحو پرونده هنگام ذخیره
\n" +"برای بررسی خودکار نحو پرونده هنگام ذخیره کردن یک پرونده توسط »msgfmt --" +"statistics«\n" +" این گزینه را علامت بزنید. اگر خطایی رخ داده باشد، فقط پیامی را دریافت " +"میکنید.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
ذخیرۀ مدخلهای منسوخ
\n" +"اگر این گزینه فعال شود، مدخلهای منسوخ یافتشده هنگام باز شدن پرونده در\n" +" پرونده ذخیره میشوند. مدخلهای منسوخ با #~ نشاندار شده و \n" +"وقتی که msgmerge دیگر به ترجمه نیاز ندارد، ایجاد میشوند.\n" +"اگر متن مجدداً ظاهر شود، مدخلهای منسوخ دوباه فعال میشوند.\n" +"اشکال اصلی اندازۀ پروندۀ ذخیرهشده میباشد.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
قالب تاریخ بازبینی
انتخاب قالبی که تاریخ و زمان حوزۀ \n" +"تاریخ بازبینی PO سرآیند با آن ذخیره میشود:
پیشنهاد میشود که " +"برای جلوگیری از ایجاد پروندههای غیر استاندارد از قالب پیشفرض استفاده کنید." +"p>
برای اطلاعات بیشتر، بخش محاورۀ تنظیمات را در کمک برخط ببینید. " +"p>
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
شناسه
\n" +"اطلاعات مربوط به خود و تیم ترجمهتان را وارد کنید.\n" +"این اطلاعات هنگام بهروزرسانی سرآیند یک پرونده استفاده میشود.
\n" +"میتوانید گزینههایی را بیابید که چه حوزههایی در سرآیند باید در صفحه\n" +"ذخیرهدر این محاوره به روز شود.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"مثلاً:"
-" Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. تعداد شکلهای جمع نکته: این گزینه مخصوص TDE است. "
+"اگر یک کاربرد TDE را ترجمه نمیکنید، به طور امن از این گزینه میتوانید چشمپوشی "
+"کنید. در اینجا انتخاب کنید که چند قالب مفرد و جمع در زبانتان استفاده "
+"میشود. این تعداد باید با تنظیمات تیم زبانتان متناظر باشد. به طور "
+"متناوب، میتوانید این گزینه را با خودکار تنظیم کنید، و KBabel سعی "
+"میکند این اطلاعات را به طور خودکار از TDE به دست آورد. از دکمۀ آزمون "
+"برای آزمایش در صورتی که آن را بتواند پیدا کند استفاده نمایید. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. نیاز به نشانوندهای شکل جمع در ترجمه نکته: این گزینۀ مخصوص TDE است. اگر یک کاربرد TDE را ترجمه نمیکنید، "
+"از این گزینه به طور امن میتوانید چشمپوشی کنید. اگر این گزینه فعال شود، بررسی اعتبارسنجی به نشانوند %n نیاز دارد تا در "
+"پیام نمایش داده شود. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. شکل جمع گنو از سرآیند یک مدخل سرآیند را برای گرداندن شکل جمع گنو در اینجا میتوانید وارد کنید، "
+"اگر مدخل را خالی بگذارید، مدخل در پروندۀ PO تغییر نکرده یا اضافه نمیشود."
+"p>\n"
+" KBabel به طور خودکار سعی میکند مقدار پیشنهادشده توسط ابزارهایی gettext "
+"گنو که برای زبان جاری تنظیمشده را، فقط با فشار دکمۀ جستجو تعیین کند."
+" Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. نشانگذاری برای شتابده صفحه کلید اینجا تعریف کنید چه "
+"نویسهای نویسههای زیر را به عنوان کلید شتابده نشانگذاری کند. برای مثال در Qt، "
+"«&» و در Gtk «_» میباشد. "
+" Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. "
+" عبارت منظم برای اطلاعات متن عبارت منظمی را اینجا وارد "
+"کنید که تعریف کند اطلاعات متن در پیام چیست و نباید ترجمه شود. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. ظاهرشدن غلطیاب این گزینه را فعال سازید تا به KBabel "
+"اجازۀ بررسی متنی که تحریر میکنید را بدهید. واژههایی که غلط املایی دارند با "
+"رنگ خطا تصحیح میشوند. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. یادآوری واژههای چشمپوشیشده برای اینکه به KBabel اجازۀ "
+"چشمپوشی از واژههایی که چشمپوشی از همه را در محاورۀ غلطیاب، در هر "
+"غلطیاب انتخاب کردهاید را بدهید، این گزینه را فعال سازید. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. پوشههای پایه پوشههایی که شامل همۀ پروندههای PO و POT شماست را وارد کنید.\n"
+"پروندهها و پوشههای این پوشهها در یک درخت\n"
+"ادغام میشوند. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. \n"
-"میتوانید تعداد کمینۀ واژههای پرسوجو را که یک کلید باید در "
-"فهرست کلیدهای خوب درج شود را تنظیم کنید."
-" \n"
-"همچنین، میتوانید تعداد کمینۀ واژههای کلید را که پرسوجو باید کلید را در فهرست "
-"درج کند، تنظیم نمایید."
-" \n"
-"این دو عدد درصد کل تعداد واژههاست. اگر نتیجۀ این درصد کمتر از یک باشد، موتور "
-"آن را با یک تنظیم میکند."
-" \n"
-"سرانجام میتوانید تعداد بیشینۀ مدخلهای فهرست را تنظیم نمایید."
+" باز کردن پروندهها در پنجرۀ جدید اگر این فعال شود، همۀ پروندههایی که از فهرست پنجره باز میشوند در یک پنجرۀ "
+"جدید \n"
+"باز میشوند. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. کشتن فرآیندها هنگام خروج اگر این گزینه را علامت بزنید، KBabel سعی میکند فرآیندهایی که هنوز خارج "
+"نشدهاند را هنگام خروج،\n"
+"با ارسال یک نشانک به آنها بکشد. نکته: تضمینی نیست که فرآیندها کشته شوند. Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> ایجاد نمایه برای محتویات پرونده اگر این را علامت بزنید، KBabel برای بالا بردن سرعت تابعهای یافتن/"
+"جایگزینی، نمایهای را برای هر پروندۀ PO ایجاد میکند. نکته: این کار بهروزرسانی پروندۀ اطلاعات را به طور قابل توجهی کند میکند."
+"p> Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. اجرای msgfmt قبل از پردازش پرونده اگر این گزینه را فعال "
+"سازید، KBabel ابزار msgfmt از Gettext را قبل از پردازش یک پرونده اجرا میکند. "
+" فعالسازی این تنظیم توصیه میشود، حتی اگر باعث کند شدن سرعت پردازش "
+"شود. این تنظیم به طور پیشقرض فعال است. غیرفعالسازی آن برای رایانههای "
+"کند مفید است، و وقتی بخواهید پروندههای PO را ترجمه کنید، که توسط نسخۀ جاری "
+"ابزارهای Gettext که بر روی سیستمتان هست پشتیبانی نمیشود. اشکال غیرفعالسازی "
+"این است که هر بررسی نحوی توسط پردازش کد به سختی انجام میشود، در نتیجه، "
+"پروندههای PO مانند نمونههای خوب نمایش داده میشوند، حتی اگر ابزارهای Gettext "
+"این نوع پروندهها را رد کنند. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"اگرنام من اندره است را جستجو میکنید و یک جانشینی واژه "
-"را فعال کردهاید، ممکن است عبارتهایی نظیر نام من جو است یا "
-"نام شما اندره است را نیز بیابید."
+"
فرمانهای پوشهها
در اینجا فرمانهایی را درج کنید که " +"میخواهید در پوشههای مدیر فهرست اجرا شود. سپس فرمانها در زیرفهرست فرمانها" +"b> در گزینگان متن مدیر فهرست نمایش داده میشوند.
رشتههای زیر در یک " +"فرمان جایگزین میشوند:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
فرمانهای پروندهها
فرمانهایی که میخواهید در پروندههای " +"مدیر فهرست اجرا شوند را درج کنید. سپس فرمانها در زیرفهرست فرمانها در " +"گزینگان متن مدیر فهرست نمایش داده میشوند.
رشتههای زیر در یک فرمان " +"جایگزین میشوند:
Shown columns
\n" +"ستونهای نمایشدادهشده
\n" +"\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
\n" -"متغیرهای زیر، در صورت وجود در مسیر جایگزین میشوند:\n" -"
چه مدخلهایی ترجمه شود
مدخلهای پروندهای که KBabel سعی در " +"یافتن ترجمه میکند را در اینجا انتخاب کنید. مدخلهای تغییریافته همیشه به عنوان " +"مبهم نشاندار میشوند، مهم نیست کدام گزینه را انتخاب کنید.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
نامعتبر را به عنوان مبهم نشاندار کردن" -"
\n" -"
اگر این گزینه را انتخاب کنید، همۀ فقرهها،\n" -"که ابزار را به عنوان نامعتبر میشناسد،\n" -"به عنوان مبهم نشاندار شده، و پروندۀ حاصل\n" -"ذخیره میشود.
پیامها چگونه ترجمه شوند؟
در اینجا میتوانید تعریف کنید، " +"که پیام فقط بتواند کاملًا ترجمه شود، پیامهای مشابه قابل قبول هستند، یا KBabel " +"برای ترجمۀ واژههای تکی، یک پیام در نظر گرفته میشود، یا ترجمۀ پیام کامل یا " +"پیام مشابه یافت نشد.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
مبهم را اعتبارسنجی نکن" -"
\n" -"
اگر این گزینه را انتخاب کنید، فقرههای \n" -"نشاندارشده به عنوان مبهم، به هیچ وجه اعتبارسنجی نخواهند شد.
نشاندار کردن مدخلهای تغییریافته به عنوان مبهم
وقتی " +"ترجمهای برای پیامی یافت میشود، مدخل به طور پیشفرض مبهمنشاندار میشود. " +"به این دلیل که ترجمه فقط توسط KBabel حدس زده میشود، و همواره باید نتایج را " +"با دقت بررسی کنید. فقط در صورتی که میدانید چه کار میکنید، این گزینه را " +"غیرفعال سازید.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
مقدار دهی اولیۀ مدخلهای مشخص TDE
اگر ترجمهای یافت " +"نمیشود، مدخلهای »=Comment« و »=Name« را مقدار اولیه بدهید. همچنین، »NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS« و »EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS« با تنظیمات هویت پر میشوند.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
واژهنامهها
واژهنامههایی که باید برای یافتن یک ترجمه " +"استفاده شوند را در اینجا انتخاب کنید. اگر بیش از یک واژهنامه را برگزینید، " +"همه به یک منظور استفاده میشوند، همان طور که در فهرست نمایش داده میشوند." +"p>
دکمۀ پیکربندی اجازۀ پیکربندی موقت واژهنامۀ برگزیده را به شما " +"میدهد. تنظیمات اصلی پس از بستن محاوره بازنشانی میشود.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
وقتی ترجمهای برای یک پیام یافت میشود، مدخل به طور پیشفرض مبهم " +"نشاندار میشود. به این دلیل که ترجمه فقط توسط KBabel حدس زده شده، و باید " +"همیشه نتایج را با دقت بررسی کنید. فقط در صورتی این گزینه را غیرفعال کنید، که " +"بدانید چه کار میکنید.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
گزینندۀ نویسه
این ابزار، اجازۀ درج نویسههای ویژه را با " +"استفاده از دو بار فشار دادن میدهد.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
ویرایشگر توضیح
\n" +"این پنجرۀ توضیحات پیام اخیراً نمایش دادهشده را نشان میدهد.\n" +"
معمولاً، توضیحات شامل اطلاعاتی دربارۀ جایی که پیام در متن یافت میشود، \n" +"کد و اطلاعات وضعیت دربارۀ این پیام است )مبهم، قالب c(.\n" +" گاهی نکاتی از سایر مترجمان نیز در توضیحات قرار دارد.
\n" +"میتوانید ویرایشگر توضیح را با غیرفعالسازی\n" +"گزینهها-<نمایش توضیحات مخفی کنید.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
متن PO
این پنجره متن پیام جاری را در پروندۀ PO نمایش " +"میدهد. معمولاً چهار پیام پیش از پیام جاری و چهار پیام پس از آن نمایش داده " +"میشوند.
میتوانید پنجرۀ ابزارها را با غیرفعالسازی گزینهها-<نمایش " +"ابزارهامخفی کنید.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
گزینندۀ نویسه
" -"این ابزار، اجازۀ درج نویسههای ویژه را با استفاده از دو بار فشار دادن " -"میدهد.
فهرست خطا
این پنجره فهرست خطاهای یافتشده توسط ابزارهای " +"اعتبارسنج را نمایش میدهد، در نتیجه، میتوانید بفهمید چرا پیام جاری با یک خطا " +"نشاندار شده است.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
این دکمه با استفاده از تنظیمات جاری، سرآیند را به روز میرساند. سرآیند "
+" این دکمه با استفاده از تنظیمات جاری، سرآیند را به روز میرساند. سرآیند "
"نتیجه، هنگام ذخیره در پروندۀ PO نوشته میشود. This button will revert all changes made so far. این دکمه همۀ تغییراتی که تاکنون ایجاد شده را معکوس میکند. این دکمه همۀ تغییراتی که تاکنون ایجاد شده را معکوس میکند. This is not a valid header. This is not a valid header. Please edit the header before updating! این یک سرآیند معتبر نیست. این یک سرآیند معتبر نیست. لطفاً، قبل از به روز کردن، سرآیند را ویرایش کنید! This is not a valid header. This is not a valid header. Please edit the header before updating. این یک سرآیند معتبر نیست. این یک سرآیند معتبر نیست. لطفاً، قبل از به روز کردن، سرآیند را ویرایش کنید. Comment Editor \n"
-" The comments normally contain information about where the message is found "
-"in the source\n"
-"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
-"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
-"Options->Show Comments. ویرایشگر توضیح \n"
-" معمولاً، توضیحات شامل اطلاعاتی دربارۀ جایی که پیام در متن یافت میشود، \n"
-"کد و اطلاعات وضعیت دربارۀ این پیام است )مبهم، قالب c(.\n"
-" گاهی نکاتی از سایر مترجمان نیز در توضیحات قرار دارد. میتوانید ویرایشگر توضیح را با غیرفعالسازی\n"
-"گزینهها-<نمایش توضیحات مخفی کنید. Statusbar The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n"
+"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n"
+"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is "
+"shown. میله وضعیت میله وضعیت برخی اطلاعات در مورد پروندۀ بازشده را نمایش میدهد،\n"
+"مانند تعداد کل مدخلها و تعداد پیامهای مبهم و ترجمهنشده.\n"
+"همچنین، نمایه و موقعیت مدخل اخیراً نمایش دادهشده را نیز نشان میدهد. Search results This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries."
-" "
-" In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently "
-"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the "
-"search results. Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in "
-"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->"
-"Find.... The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section "
-"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with "
-"Settings->Configure Dictionary. نتایج جستجو این بخش از پنجره، نتایج جستجو در واژهنامهها را نمایش میدهد."
-" "
-" تعداد مدخلهای یافتشده و جایی که مدخل اخیراً نمایش دادهشده یافت میشود، در "
-"بالا نشان داده میشود. از دکمۀ پایین برای ناویدن در میان نتایج جستجو استفاده "
-"کنید. جستجو یا هنگام سودهی به مدخل دیگری در پنجرۀ ویرایشگر به طور خودکار آغاز "
-"میشود، یا با انتخاب واژهنامۀ مورد علاقه در واژهنامهها-<یافتن.... گزینههای مشترک در محاورۀ تنطیمات در بخش جستجو "
-"میتواند پیکربندی شود، و گزینههای واژهنامههای متفاوت توسط "
-"تنظیمات-<پیکربندی واژهنامهتغییر مییابد."
+" Search results This part of the window shows the results "
+"of searching in dictionaries. In the top is displayed the number of "
+"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the "
+"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results. Search "
+"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the "
+"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-"
+">Find.... The common options can be configured in the preferences "
+"dialog in section Search and the options for the different "
+"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary. نتایج جستجو این بخش از پنجره، نتایج جستجو در واژهنامهها "
+"را نمایش میدهد. تعداد مدخلهای یافتشده و جایی که مدخل اخیراً نمایش "
+"دادهشده یافت میشود، در بالا نشان داده میشود. از دکمۀ پایین برای ناویدن در "
+"میان نتایج جستجو استفاده کنید. جستجو یا هنگام سودهی به مدخل دیگری در "
+"پنجرۀ ویرایشگر به طور خودکار آغاز میشود، یا با انتخاب واژهنامۀ مورد علاقه در "
+"واژهنامهها-<یافتن.... گزینههای مشترک در محاورۀ تنطیمات در بخش "
+"جستجو میتواند پیکربندی شود، و گزینههای واژهنامههای متفاوت توسط "
+"تنظیمات-<پیکربندی واژهنامهتغییر مییابد."
#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258
msgid ""
@@ -3587,22 +3169,18 @@ msgstr "رشتۀ &اصلی )msgid(:"
#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:343
msgid ""
-" Original String Original String This part of the window shows the original message\n"
"of the currently displayed entry. رشتۀ اصلی رشتۀ اصلی این جزء پنجرۀ پیام اصلی مدخل\n"
" اخیراً نمایش دادهشده را نشان میدهد. Status LEDs Status LEDs These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n"
"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n"
"Editor on page Appearance دیودهای نوری وضعیت دیودهای نوری وضعیت این دیودهای نوری، وضعیت پیامهای نمایش دادهشده را نشان میدهد.\n"
"میتوانید رنگ آنها را در بخش محاورۀ تنظیمات\n"
"ویرایشگردرظاهرصفحه تغییر دهید Translation Editor Translation Editor This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently "
-"displayed message."
-" ویرایشگر ترجمه این ویرایشگر، ویرایش ترجمۀ پیام اخیراً نشان دادهشده را نمایش و اجازه "
-"میدهد."
+" ویرایشگر ترجمه این ویرایشگر، ویرایش ترجمۀ پیام اخیراً نشان دادهشده را نمایش و اجازه میدهد."
" Statusbar The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n"
-"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n"
-"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is "
-"shown. میله وضعیت میله وضعیت برخی اطلاعات در مورد پروندۀ بازشده را نمایش میدهد،\n"
-"مانند تعداد کل مدخلها و تعداد پیامهای مبهم و ترجمهنشده.\n"
-"همچنین، نمایه و موقعیت مدخل اخیراً نمایش دادهشده را نیز نشان میدهد. Error List This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can "
-"know why the current message has been marked with an error. فهرست خطا این پنجره فهرست خطاهای یافتشده توسط ابزارهای اعتبارسنج را نمایش میدهد، در "
-"نتیجه، میتوانید بفهمید چرا پیام جاری با یک خطا نشاندار شده است. PO Context This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. "
-"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after "
-"it. You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools. متن PO این پنجره متن پیام جاری را در پروندۀ PO نمایش میدهد. معمولاً چهار پیام پیش "
-"از پیام جاری و چهار پیام پس از آن نمایش داده میشوند. میتوانید پنجرۀ ابزارها را با غیرفعالسازی گزینهها-<نمایش ابزارها"
-"مخفی کنید. There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them. پروندههای دادگان پشتیبان از نسخههای قبلی KBabel وجود دارند. هر چند، "
+"نسخۀ دیگر KBabel )احتمالاً از۳.۱.۲ یا ۳.۱.۱ TDE( دادگان جدیدی را ایجاد میکند. "
+"در نتیجه، نصب KBabel شما شامل هر دو نسخۀ پروندههای دادگان میباشد. متأسفانه، "
+"نسخۀ قدیمی و جدید نمیتوانند ادغام شوند. مجبورید یکی از آنها را انتخاب کنید."
+" Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want "
-"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be "
-"ignored. پارامترها در اینجا میتوانید با دقت جستجو در پروندۀ PO را تنظیم کنید: برای مثال، اگر "
-"میخواهید یک جستجوی حساس به حالت انجام دهید، یا بخواهید پیامهای مبهم چشمپوشی "
-"شوند. Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching "
-"message. گزینههای مقایسه پیامهایی که میخواهید به عنوان یک پیام مطابق رفتار کنند را اینجا انتخاب "
-"نمایید. 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in "
-"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'. تطابق ۳ گرم یک پیام با دیگری تطبیق میکند، اگر بیشتر گروههای ۳ حرفی آن در پیام دیگر "
-"شامل شوند. مثلاً، 'abc123' با 'abcx123c12' تطبیق میکند. Location Configure here which file is to be used for searching. محل پروندهای که برای جستجو استفاده میشود را اینجا پیکربندی کنید. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if "
+"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored. پارامترها در اینجا میتوانید با دقت جستجو در پروندۀ PO را "
+"تنظیم کنید: برای مثال، اگر میخواهید یک جستجوی حساس به حالت انجام دهید، یا "
+"بخواهید پیامهای مبهم چشمپوشی شوند. Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want "
+"to have treated as a matching message. گزینههای مقایسه پیامهایی که میخواهید به عنوان یک پیام "
+"مطابق رفتار کنند را اینجا انتخاب نمایید. 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its "
+"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches "
+"'abcx123c12'. تطابق ۳ گرم یک پیام با دیگری تطبیق میکند، اگر بیشتر "
+"گروههای ۳ حرفی آن در پیام دیگر شامل شوند. مثلاً، 'abc123' با 'abcx123c12' "
+"تطبیق میکند. Location Configure here which file is to be used for "
+"searching. محل پروندهای که برای جستجو استفاده میشود را اینجا "
+"پیکربندی کنید. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you "
-"want to perform a case sensitive search. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search. پارامترها در اینجا به دقت میتوانید در پروندۀ PO جستجو کنید. برای مثال، اگر بخواهید یک "
-"جستجوی حساس به حالت را انجام دهید. پارامترها در اینجا به دقت میتوانید در پروندۀ PO جستجو "
+"کنید. برای مثال، اگر بخواهید یک جستجوی حساس به حالت را انجام دهید. Mark invalid as fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items,\n"
+"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n"
+"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n"
+"will be saved. نامعتبر را به عنوان مبهم نشاندار کردن \n"
+" اگر این گزینه را انتخاب کنید، همۀ فقرهها،\n"
+"که ابزار را به عنوان نامعتبر میشناسد،\n"
+"به عنوان مبهم نشاندار شده، و پروندۀ حاصل\n"
+"ذخیره میشود. Do not validate fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items\n"
+"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all. مبهم را اعتبارسنجی نکن \n"
+" اگر این گزینه را انتخاب کنید، فقرههای \n"
+"نشاندارشده به عنوان مبهم، به هیچ وجه اعتبارسنجی نخواهند شد. There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-" پروندههای دادگان پشتیبان از نسخههای قبلی KBabel وجود دارند. هر چند، نسخۀ "
-"دیگر KBabel )احتمالاً از۳.۱.۲ یا ۳.۱.۱ TDE( دادگان جدیدی را ایجاد میکند. در "
-"نتیجه، نصب KBabel شما شامل هر دو نسخۀ پروندههای دادگان میباشد. متأسفانه، نسخۀ "
-"قدیمی و جدید نمیتوانند ادغام شوند. مجبورید یکی از آنها را انتخاب کنید."
-" Source for difference lookup Here you can select a source, which should be used\n"
+"for finding a difference. You can select file, translation database or\n"
+"corresponding msgstr. If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n"
+"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n"
+"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n"
+"preferences dialog. The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n"
+"for proofreading. You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n"
+"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n"
+"in KBabel's main window. متن برای جستجوی تفاوت در اینجا میتوانید متنی که باید برای یافتن یک تفاوت استفاده شود\n"
+" را برگزینید. میتوانید پرونده، دادگان ترجمه یا\n"
+"msgstr متناظر را برگزینید اگر دادگان ترجمه را انتخاب کنید، پیامهای متفاوت از\n"
+"دادگان ترجمه گرفته میشوند؛ این مفید است.\n"
+"افزودن خودکار مدخل به دادگان را در\n"
+"محاورۀ تنظیمات آن فعال ساختهاید. آخرین گزینه، برای آنها با استفاده از پروندههای PO برای نمونهخوانی مفید "
+"است. میتوانید موقتاً از یک پرونده با انتخاب\n"
+"ابزارها-<تفاوت-<باز کردن پرونده برای تفاوت-\n"
+" در پنجرۀ اصلی KBabel، پیامهای متفاوت را پیدا کنید. Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n"
+"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n"
+"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n"
+"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n"
+"file to diff with. Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n"
+"the database are used for diffing. میتوانید پوشهای را تعریف کنید که پروندههای متفاوت \n"
+"در آن ذخیره میشوند. اگر پروندهها در همان جا در زیر این پوشه به\n"
+"عنوان پروندههای اصلی، زیر پوشۀ پایهشان ذخیره شوند\n"
+"، KBabel به طور خودکار میتواند پروندۀ صحیح را \n"
+"برای متفاوت باز کند. توجه کنید که اگر پیامها از\n"
+" دادگان استفاده میشوند، این گزینه تأثیری ندارد. \n"
+"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n"
+"project for KBabel.\n"
+" \n"
+"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n"
+"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n"
+" \n"
+"You should also choose a language to translate into\n"
+"and also a type of the translation project.\n"
+" \n"
+"جادوگر شما را در برپایی پروژۀ ترجمۀ جدید \n"
+"برای KBabel کمک میکند.\n"
+" \n"
+"اول از همه، باید نام پروژه و پروندهای را \n"
+"انتخاب کنید، که پیکربندی باید ذخیره شود.\n"
+" \n"
+"همچنین، باید زبانی را برای ترجمه به آن\n"
+" و نیز نوع پروژۀ ترجمه را انتخاب نمایید.\n"
+" Configuration File Name نام پروندۀ پیکربندی \n"
+"Language \n"
+"زبان Project name نام پروژه \n"
+"Project Type\n"
+"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n"
+"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n"
+"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n"
+"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n"
+" Currently known types:\n"
+" \n"
+"نوع پروژه\n"
+"نوع پروژه اجازۀ میزان کردن تنظیمات برای \n"
+"نوع خاص پروژههای ترجمۀ خوب شناختهشده را میدهد.\n"
+"برای مثال، ابزارهای اعتبارسنجی، \n"
+"نشانهزن شتابده و قالببندی سرآیند را تنظیم میکند. \n"
+" انواع اخیراً شناختهشده\n"
+" Translation Files Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree."
+" پروندههای ترجمه پوشههایی که شامل همۀ پروندههای PO و POT شماست را وارد کنید.\n"
+"سپس پوشهها و پروندههای این پوشهها در یک درخت ادغام میشوند. Automatically unset fuzzy status If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status "
+"is automatically\n"
+"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n"
+"is removed from the entry's comment). عدم تنظیم خودکار وضعیت مبهم اگر این گزینه فعال شود و شما در حال ویرایش یک مدخل مبهم باشید، وضعیت "
+"مبهم\n"
+"به صورت خودکار تنظیم نمیشود )یعنی رشتۀ مبهم، \n"
+"از توضیح مدخل حذف میشود. Use clever editing Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n"
+"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n"
+"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n"
+"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n"
+"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n"
+"'\\\\n' at the end of the line. Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n"
+"generate syntactically incorrect text. استفاده از ویرایش هوشمند برای اینکه تحریر متن را راحتتر کنید و به KBabel اجازه دهید که\n"
+" مواظب نویسههای ویژه که نقل قول شدهاند باشد، این گزینه را علامت بزنید.\n"
+"برای مثال، تحریر '\\\"' منجر به \n"
+"'\\\\\\\"' میشود، فشار بازگشت به طور خودکار، فاصلۀ سفید را\n"
+"در انتهای خط میافزاید، فشار تبدیل+بازگشت، '\\\\n' را در انتهای خط اضافه "
+"مینماید. توجه کنید که این فقط یک راهنمایی است: هنوز \n"
+"امکان تولید متنی که از نظر نحوی نادرست باشد، وجود دارد. Error recognition Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n"
+"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n"
+" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n"
+"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n"
+" بازشناخت خطا در اینجا میتوانید چگونگی نمایش خطای رخ داده را تنظیم کنید.\n"
+"بوق هنگام خطا بوق زده و تغییر رنگ متن هنگام خطا \n"
+"رنگ متن ترجمه را تغییر میدهد. اگر هیچ کدام فعال نشود،\n"
+"پیامی را در میله وضعیت مشاهده میکنید.\n"
+" Status LEDs Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have."
+" دیودهای نوری وضعیت در اینجا انتخاب کنید که دیودهای نوری کجا نمایش داده شوند، و چه رنگی داشته "
+"باشند. Automatically start search If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n"
+"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n"
+"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n"
+" You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n"
+"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n"
+"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n"
+"in the toolbar pressed for a while. آغاز جستجو به صورت خودکار اگر این گزینه فعال شود، هرگاه به مدخل دیگری در ویرایشگر\n"
+"سودهی کنید، جستجو به طور خودکار آغاز میشود. میتوانید\n"
+"جایی که باید جستجو شود را توسط جعبه ترکیب واژهنامۀ پیشفرض انتخاب "
+"کنید.\n"
+" همچنین، میتوانید جستجوی دستی را با انتخاب مدخلی در\n"
+"گزینگان بالاپر آغاز کنید، که یا هنگام فشار بر \n"
+"واژهنامهها-<یافتن... یا با نگه داشتن دکمۀ \n"
+" واژهنامه در میله ابزار که برای مدتی فشار داده شده، ظاهر میشود. Default Dictionary Choose here where to search as default. \n"
+"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n"
+"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar. You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n"
+"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n"
+" واژهنامۀ پیشفرض محل جستجوی پیشفرض را اینجا انتخاب کنید.\n"
+"این تنظیمات، وقتی که جستجو به صورت خودکار آغاز میشود\n"
+"یا هنگام فشار دکمۀ واژهنامه در میله ابزار، استفاده میشود. میتوانید واژهنامههای متفاوت را با گزینش \n"
+"واژهنامۀ مورد نظر از تنظیمات-<پیکربندی واژهنامه پیکربندی کنید.\n"
+" Statusbar The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or "
-"replace operation. The first number in Found: "
-"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet "
-"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files "
-"containing the searched text found so far. میله وضعیت میله وضعیت اطلاعاتی دربارۀ پیشرفت عمل یافتن یا جایگزینی جاری را نمایش "
-"میدهد. اولین عدد دریافت شده: تعداد پروندهها را، توسط رخداد متن "
-"جستجوشده، که تاکنون در پنجرۀ KBabel نمایش دادهنشده است را نشان میدهد. دومین "
-"عدد، تعداد کل پروندههای شامل متن جستجوشدۀ یافتشدۀ بعدی را نمایش میدهد. File Options Here you can finetune where to find:"
-" گزینههای پرونده در اینجا میتوانید به دقت محل یافتن را تنظیم کنید:"
-" \n"
+"Example: \n"
+"مثلاً: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "به دست آوردن وضعیت دور برای پروندههای زیر:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "پویش تک پروندۀ PO..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "به دست آوردن وضعیت محلی برای پروندههای زیر:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "پویش پوشه..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "به دست آوردن تفاوت برای پروندههای زیر:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "پویش پوشه و زیرپوشهها..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "به دست آوردن اطلاعات برای پروندههای زیر:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "پویش پرونده:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "پیامهای &قدیمی:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "مدخلهای اضافهشده:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "پیام &ثبت:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "کل پیشرفت:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "افزودن &خودکار پروندهها در صورت نیاز"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "پردازش پرونده:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&تصدیق"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "بارگذاری پرونده:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&به دست آوردن وضعیت"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "صادرات..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&به دست آوردن تفاوت"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "رشتههای تکراری"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&به دست آوردن اطلاعات"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "کلیدهای خوب"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "خروجی فرمان:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"میتوانید تعداد کمینۀ واژههای پرسوجو را که یک کلید باید در فهرست کلیدهای "
+"خوب درج شود را تنظیم کنید. \n"
+"همچنین، میتوانید تعداد کمینۀ واژههای کلید را که پرسوجو باید کلید را در فهرست "
+"درج کند، تنظیم نمایید. \n"
+"این دو عدد درصد کل تعداد واژههاست. اگر نتیجۀ این درصد کمتر از یک باشد، موتور "
+"آن را با یک تنظیم میکند. \n"
+"سرانجام میتوانید تعداد بیشینۀ مدخلهای فهرست را تنظیم نمایید."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "پیام ثبت تصدیق خالی است. میخواهید ادامه دهید؟"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "همچنین تعداد کمینۀ واژههای کلید در پرسوجو )٪(:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "نمیتوان پروندۀ موقت را برای نوشتن باز کرد. ساقط میشود."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "٪"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "نمیتوان در پروندۀ موقت نوشت. ساقط میشود."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "تعداد کمینۀ واژههای پرسوجو در کلید )٪(:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "فرآیند نتوانست آغاز شود."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "طول بیشینۀ فهرست:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "] با وضعیت %1 خارج شد ["
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "واژههای تکراری"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "] تمام شد ["
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "دور ریختن واژههای تکراریتر از:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "فهرست پیامها"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/۱۰۰۰۰"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "بدون کنترل نسخه"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "واژههای تکراری در هر کلید مورد توجه قرار میگیرند"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "وضعیت CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "عمومی"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "رفعشده"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "پوشۀ دادگان:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "برای نشاندارشده رفع شد"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "بهروزرسانی خودکار در kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "رجعت"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "مدخلهای جدید"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "رجعت برای نشاندارشده"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "از kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "پاکسازی"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "الگوریتم"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "پاکسازی برای نشاندارشده"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "امتیاز کمینه:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "مخزن وجود ندارد"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "الگوریتمهای مورد استفاده"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "پروندهها:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "امتیاز:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "نام"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "بایگانی جملۀ مبهم"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "نشان"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "واژهنامه"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "مبهم"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "دقیق"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "ترجمهنشده"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "جمله به جمله"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "کل"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "الفبایی- عددی"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "آخرین بازبینی"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "واژه به واژه"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "پنجرۀ ثبت"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "واژهنامۀ پویا"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&پاک کردن"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
+msgstr "تعداد نتایج ارجح:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. پنجرۀ ثبت در این پنجره، خروجی فرمانهای اجراشده نمایش داده میشود. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. مدیر فهرست مدیر فهرست دو پوشه را در یک درخت ادغام کرده و همۀ\n"
-"پروندههای PO و POT این پوشهها را نمایش میدهد. در این روش قالبهایی که \n"
-"حذف یا اضافه شدهاند را به آسانی میتوانید ببینید. همچنین برخی اطلاعات در مورد "
-"پروندهها\n"
-"نیز نمایش داده میشود. برای اطلاعات بیشتر، بخش مدیر فهرست را در کمک برخط ببینید. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+" \n"
+"متغیرهای زیر، در صورت وجود در مسیر جایگزین میشوند:\n"
+"
End of document reached."
-"
Continue from the beginning?
End of document reached."
-"
Continue from the beginning?
End of document reached.
Continue from "
+"the beginning?
End of document reached.
Continue from the "
+"beginning?
به انتهای سند رسید."
-"
از ابتدا ادامه دهد؟
به انتهای سند رسید.
از ابتدا ادامه دهد؟
Beginning of document reached."
-"
Continue from the end?
Beginning of document reached."
-"
Continue from the end?
Beginning of document reached.
Continue "
+"from the end?
Beginning of document reached.
Continue from "
+"the end?
به آغاز سند رسید."
-"
از انتها ادامه دهد؟
به آغاز سند رسید.
از انتها ادامه دهد؟
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
اگر نسخۀ قدیمی را انتخاب کنید، پروندههای قدیمی دادگان تنها مانده "
+"و باید آنها را به صورت دستی پاک کنید. در غیر این صورت، این پیام دوباره نمایش "
+"داده میشود )پروندههای قدیمی در $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/"
+"*,old( میباشند.Chunk by chunk
CHANGE THIS TEXT!!!!This translation isobtained "
"translating the sentences and using afuzzy sentence translation database."
-"
Do not rely on it. Translations may be fuzzy."
-"
"
+"
Do not rely on it. Translations may be fuzzy.
"
msgstr ""
"توده به توده
این متن را تغییر دهید!!!این ترجمه، از ترجمۀ جملهها و با "
-"استفاده از دادگان ترجمۀ یک جملۀ مبهم به دست میآید. "
-"
به آن اعتماد نکنید. ترجمه ممکن است مبهم باشد."
-"
"
+"استفاده از دادگان ترجمۀ یک جملۀ مبهم به دست میآید.
به آن اعتماد "
+"نکنید. ترجمه ممکن است مبهم باشد.
"
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:374
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:386
@@ -4820,37 +4223,45 @@ msgstr "واژهنامۀ پویا:"
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:387
msgid ""
"Dynamic Dictionary
This is a dynamic dictionary created looking for "
-"correlation of original and translated words."
-"
Do not rely on it. Translations may be fuzzy."
-"
"
+"correlation of original and translated words.
Do not rely on it. "
+"Translations may be fuzzy.
"
msgstr ""
"واژهنامۀ پویا
این یک واژهنامۀ پویاست که برای جستجوی همبستگی واژههای "
-"ترجمهشده و اصلی ایجاد شده است. "
-"
."
+"ترجمهشده و اصلی ایجاد شده است.
."
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
msgid "Create Database"
msgstr "ایجاد دادگان"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:258
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
-msgid "Create"
-msgstr "ایجاد"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.cpp:72
+msgid "Copyright 2000-2003 by Andrea Rizzi"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:127
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:258
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
-msgid "Do Not Create"
-msgstr "ایجاد نشود"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:95
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:147
+msgid "PO Auxiliary"
+msgstr "PO کمکی"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:95
-#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp:184
-msgid "PO Compendium"
-msgstr "خلاصۀ PO"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:97
+msgid "A simple module for exact searching in a PO file"
+msgstr "یک پیمانۀ ساده برای جستجوی دقیق در یک پروندۀ PO"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:97
-msgid "A module for searching in a PO file"
-msgstr "پیمانهای برای جستجو در پروندۀ PO"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:426
+msgid "Loading PO auxiliary"
+msgstr "بارگذاری PO کمکی"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:438
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Error while trying to open file for PO Auxiliary module:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+"خطا هنگام سعی در باز کردن پرونده برای پیمانۀ کمکی PO:\n"
+"%1"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:450
+msgid "Building index"
+msgstr "ساخت نمایه"
#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.cpp:79
#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp:1195
@@ -4872,82 +4283,53 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Building indices"
msgstr "ساخت شاخصها"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:88
-msgid ""
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
"
-"
اگر نسخۀ قدیمی را انتخاب کنید، پروندههای قدیمی دادگان تنها مانده و باید "
-"آنها را به صورت دستی پاک کنید. در غیر این صورت، این پیام دوباره نمایش داده "
-"میشود )پروندههای قدیمی در "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old( میباشند.Base folder for diff files
\n"
+"پوشۀ پایه برای پروندههای متفاوت
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"نام پروندهای برای ذخیره کردن پیکربندی\n"
+"پروژه.
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"زبان مقصد پروژه، یعنی زبانی که\n"
+"به آن ترجمه میشود. باید از استاندارد نامگذاری زبان ISO 631 \n"
+"پیروی کند.
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n"
+"نام پروژه، شناسایی پروژه برای شماست.\n"
+"که در محاورۀ پیکربندی پروژه و نیز در عنوان\n"
+"پنجرههای بازشده برای پروژه، نمایش داده میشود. \n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"نکته:نام پروژه بعداً نمیتواند تغییر کند.<\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"If the project contains more than one file to translate, it\n"
+"better to organize the files. \n"
+"\n"
+"KBabel distinguishes two kind of the translation files:\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose the folders to store the files. If you\n"
+"leave the entries empty, the Catalog Manager\n"
+"will not work."
msgstr ""
-"به نظر میرسد پیمانۀ »دادگان ترجمه« \n"
-"در سیستمتان نصب نیست."
-
-#: common/kbmailer.cpp:106
-#, c-format
-msgid "Error while trying to download file %1."
-msgstr "خطا هنگام سعی در بارگیری پروندۀ %1."
-
-#: common/kbmailer.cpp:145
-msgid "Enter the name of the archive without file extension"
-msgstr "وارد کردن نام بایگانی بدون پسوند پرونده"
+"پروندههای ترجمه\n"
+"
\n"
+"اگر پروژه شامل بیش از یک پرونده برای ترجمه باشد، \n"
+"بهتر است پروندهها سازماندهی شوند. \n"
+"\n"
+"KBabel دو نوع پروندههای ترجمه را تشخیص میدهد:\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"\n"
+"پوشهها را برای ذخیرۀ پروندهها انتخاب کنید. اگر\n"
+"مدخلها را خالی رها کنید، مدیر فهرست \n"
+"کار نمیکند."
-#: common/kbmailer.cpp:178
-msgid "Error while trying to create archive file."
-msgstr "خطا هنگام سعی در ایجاد پروندۀ بایگانی."
+#: commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:129
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:519
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:659
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "&افزودن"
-#: common/kbmailer.cpp:193
-#, c-format
-msgid "Error while trying to read file %1."
-msgstr "خطا هنگام سعی در خواندن پروندۀ %1."
+#: commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:140
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:643
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr "حذف نشان"
-#: common/kbmailer.cpp:208
-msgid "Error while trying to copy file %1 into archive."
-msgstr "خطا هنگام سعی در رونوشت پروندۀ %1 در بایگانی."
+#: commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:151
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Up"
+msgstr "بالا"
-#: common/kbproject.cpp:53
-msgid "unnamed"
-msgstr "بدون نام"
+#: commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:162
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Down"
+msgstr "پایین"
-#: common/catalog.cpp:592
-msgid ""
-"Free Software Foundation Copyright does not contain any year. It will not be "
-"updated."
-msgstr "حق رونوشت بنیاد نرمافزار آزاد شامل هر سال نمیشود. به روز نمیشود."
+#: kbabel/colorpreferences.ui:41
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&Background color:"
+msgstr "رنگ &زمینه:"
-#: common/catalog.cpp:1237
-msgid "validating file"
-msgstr "اعتبارسنجی پرونده"
+#: kbabel/colorpreferences.ui:52
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Color for "ed characters:"
+msgstr "رنگ نویسههای &نقل قول:"
-#: common/catalog.cpp:1276
-msgid "applying tool"
-msgstr "اعمال ابزار"
+#: kbabel/colorpreferences.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Color for &syntax errors:"
+msgstr "رنگ خطاهای &نحوی:"
-#: common/catalog.cpp:3128
-msgid "searching matching message"
-msgstr "جستجوی پیام مطابق"
+#: kbabel/colorpreferences.ui:82
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Color for s&pellcheck errors:"
+msgstr "رنگ خطاهای &غلطیاب:"
-#: common/catalog.cpp:3217
-msgid "preparing messages for diff"
-msgstr "آماده کردن پیام برای تفاوت"
+#: kbabel/colorpreferences.ui:96
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+""
-"
"
-"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"اگرنام من اندره است را جستجو میکنید و یک جانشینی واژه را "
+"فعال کردهاید، ممکن است عبارتهایی نظیر نام من جو است یا نام "
+"شما اندره است را نیز بیابید."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "مخزن SVN وجود ندارد"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "استفاده از جانشینی یک واژه"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "در SVN نیست"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "تعداد واژههای بیشینه در پرسوجو:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "اضافهشدۀ محلی"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "استفاده از جانشینی دو واژه"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "حذفشدۀ محلی"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "تغییریافتۀ محلی"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "روزآمد"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "نویسههای محلی برای عبارتهای منظم:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "ناسازگاری"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "دادگان"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "خطا در رونوشت کار"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "پوشۀ دادگان:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "ناشناخته"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "افزودن خودکار مدخل به دادگان"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "این مخزن SVN معتبری نیست. فرمانهای SVN نمیتوانند اجرا شوند."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "] آغاز فرمان ["
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "محاورۀ SVN"
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"افزودن یک مدخل به دادگان به طور خودکار، اگر ترجمۀ جدیدی توسط کسی )شاید "
+"kbabel( اعلام شود"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "بهروزرسانی پروندههای زیر:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "نویسندۀ مدخل افزودهشدۀ خودکار:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "تصدیق پروندههای زیر:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Mitä tietueita käännetään
" -"Valitse tässä, mille tietueille KBabel yrittää löytää käännöksen. Muutetut " -"tietueet merkitään aina sumeiksi riippumatta valitusta menetelmästä.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Kuinka viestit käännetään
" -"Tässä voit määritellä, käännetäänkö vain kokonaiset viestit, käännetäänkö " -"samankaltaiset viestit vai yrittääkö KBabel kääntää viestin sana kerrallaan, " -"mikäli koko viestin tai samankaltaisen viestin käännöstä ei löydetä.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Merkitse muuttuneet käännökset sumeiksi
" -"Kun viestin käännös löytyy, käännös merkitään sumeaksi " -"oletuksena. Tämä siksi, että KBabel on arvannut käännöksen ja tulos on joka " -"tapauksessa tarkistettava huolellisesti. Poista tämä valinta vain, jos tiedät, " -"mitä olet tekemässä.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Alusta TDE-kohtaiset tietueet
" -"Alusta \"Comment=\" ja \"Name=\" tietueet, jos käännöstä ei löytynyt. Myös " -"\"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" ja \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" täytetään " -"henkilöllisyysasetuksilla.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Sanakirjat
" -"Valitse tässä, mitä sanakirjoja käytetään käännösten etsimiseen. Jos " -"valitset enemmän kuin yhden sanakirjan, niitä käytetään samassa järjestyksessä " -"kuin ne esiintyvät luettelossa.
" -"Sanakirjan voi tilapäisesti määritellä Asetukset" -"-painikkeella. Alkuperäiset asetukset palautetaan valintaikkunan sulkemisen " -"jälkeen.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Kun viestin käännös löytyy, käännös merkitään sumeaksi " -"oletuksena. Tämä siksi, että KBabel on arvannut käännöksen ja tulos on joka " -"tapauksessa tarkistettava huolellisesti. Poista tämä valinta vain, jos tiedät, " -"mitä olet tekemässä.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Etsi tekstiä
" -"Tähän voit kirjoittaa tekstin, jota haluat etsiä. Jos haluat käyttää " -"säännönmukaisia lausekkeita, valitse Käytä säännöllisiä lausekkeita " -"alhaalta.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Korvaa teksti
" -"Tässä voit syötää tekstin, jolla haluat löydetyn tekstin korvattavaksi. " -"Teksti käytetään sellaisenaan. Etsittyyn tekstiin ei ole mahdollista viitata, " -"mikäli olet etsinyt säännöllisellä lausekkeella.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Mistä haetaan
" -"Voit asettaa tähän, mistä tietueen osista etsitään.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Asetukset
" -"Tässä voit hienosäätää korvaamista:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Asetukset
" -"Tässä voit hienosäätää korvaamista:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Tilarivi
\n" +"Tilarivi näyttää nykyisen etsimisen tai korvaamisen edistymisen. " +"Ensimmäinen luku kentässä Löydetty: näyttää tiedostojen lukumäärän, " +"jotka sisältävät etsityn tekstin ja joita ei ole vielä avattu KBabel-" +"ikkunassa. Toinen luku kertoo toistaiseksi löydettyjen tiedostojen " +"yhteismäärän, jotka sisältävät etsityn tekstin.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Päivitä otsikko
\n" -"Valitse tämä valinta, jos haluat päivittää otsikon tietoja joka kerta, kun " -"tiedosto tallennetaan.
\n" -"Otsikossa on yleensä tietoja päiväyksestä ja ajasta, koska tiedostoa " -"viimeksi päivitettiin,\n" -"viimeisimmästä kääntäjästä jne.
\n" -"Voit valita mitä tietoja päivitetään allaolevista vaihtoehdoista.\n" -"Kentät, joita ei ole otsikossa, lisätään siihen.\n" -"Jos haluat lisätä muita tietoja otsikkoon, sinun täytyy muokata otsikkoa\n" -"käsin valitsemalla Muokkaa->Muokkaa otsikkoa muokkausikkunassa.
Loki-ikkuna
\n" +"Tässä ikkunassa näytetään suoritettujen komentojen tulosteet.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Päivitettävät kentät
\n" -"Valitse, mitä kenttiä otsikosta päivitetään tiedostoa tallennettaessa.\n" -"Jos kenttää ei ole olemassa, se lisätään otsikkoon.
\n" -"Jos haluat lisätä muita tietoja otsikkoon, sinun täytyy muokata otsikkoa\n" -"käsin valitsemalla Muokkaa->Muokkaa Otsikkoa muokkausikkunassa.
\n" -"Poista Päivitä otsikkoa valinta ylhäältä, jos et halua päivittää " -"otsikkoa\n" -"tallennettaessa.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Koodaus
" -"Valitse, kuinka merkit koodataan tiedostoon tallennettaessa. Jos et ole " -"varma, mitä koodausta käytetään, kysy käännösryhmän vetäjältä.
" -"Käännöspakettien hallinta
\n" +"Käännöspakettien hallinta yhdistää kaksi kansiota yhdeksi puuksi ja\n" +"näyttää kaikki PO- ja POT-tiedostot näistä kansioista. Näin nähdään " +"helposti,\n" +"mikäli pohjia on lisätty tai poistettu. Lisäksi näytetään tietoja\n" +"näistä tiedostoista.
Saadaksesi lisätietoja katso lukua The Catalog " +"Manager käyttöohjeesta.
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Pidä tiedoston koodaus
" -"Valittaessa tämä asetus tiedosto tallennetaan aina samalla koodauksella kuin " -"sitä luettaessa käytettiin. Tiedostot, joiden otsikossa ei ole merkistötietoa " -"(esim. POT-tiedostot) tallennetaan yllä asetetulle koodauksella.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Tarkista lauserakenne tallennettaessa
\n" -"Valitse tämä tarkistaaksesi lauserakenteen komennolla \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"tallennettaessa tiedostoa. Saat viestin vain, jos löytyi virhe.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Tallenna vanhentuneet tietueet
\n" -"Tätä valintaa käytettäessä tiedoston vanhentuneet tietueet\n" -"tallennetaan takaisin tiedostoon. Vanhentuneet tietueet on merkitty merkeillä " -"#~ ja\n" -"ne syntyvät, kun msgmerge ei tarvitse enää käännöstä.\n" -"Jos teksti ilmestyy jälleen, vanhentuneet tietueet otetaan uudelleen käyttöön.\n" -"Pääasiallinen haitta on tiedoston koon kasvu.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Muutospäivän muoto
" -"Valitse, missä muodossapäivä ja aika ovat header-kentässä\n" -"PO-Revision-Date on tallennettu: " -"
On suositeltua, että käytät oletusmuotoa estääksesi ei-standardin " -"PO-tiedoston luonnin.
" -"Saadaksesi lisätietoja katso lukua Esiasetusikkuna " -"online-avusteessa.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Henkilöllisyys
\n" -"Täytä tähän tiedot itsestäsi ja käännösryhmästäsi.\n" -"Tätä tietoa käytetään päivitettäessä tiedoston otsikkoa.
\n" -"Löydät asetukset, mitä kenttiä otsikossa päivitetään sivulta\n" -"Tallennus tässä asetusikkunassa.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Yksikkö- ja monikkomuotojen lukumäärä
\n" -"Huomaa: Tämä asetus on käytössä tällä hetkellä vain TDE-käännöksissä. " -"Jos et ole kääntämässä TDE-sovellusta, voit jättää tämän asetuksen " -"turvallisesti huomiotta.
\n" -"Valitse tässä, kuinka monta yksikkö- ja monikkomuotoa kielessäsi käytetään. " -"Tämän asetuksen tulee vastata kieliryhmäsi asetusta.
" -"Vaihtoehtoisesti voit valita tälle valinnalle Automaattinen" -", jolloin KBabel yrittää hakea tämän tiedon suoraan TDE:ltä. Käytä Testaa" -"-painiketta kokeillaksesi tiedon löytämistä.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Vaadi monikkomuodon argumentit käännöksessä
\n" -"Huomaa: Tämä asetus on käytössä tällä hetkellä vain TDE-käännöksissä. " -"Jos et ole kääntämässä TDE-sovellusta, voit jättää tämän asetuksen " -"huomiotta.
\n" -"Mikäli tämä asetus on käytössä, oikeellisuustarkistus vaatii argumentin %n " -"viestissä.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU-monikon otsikko
\n" -"Tässä voit kertoa otsikkotietueen merkinnän GNU-monikkokäsittelylle. Jos " -"kenttä jätetään tyhjäksi, PO-tiedoston merkintää ei muuteta tai lisätä.
\n" -"Painamalla Hae-painiketta voi KBabel automaattisesti selvittää GNU " -"gettext-ohjelman suosituksen tällä hetkellä valitulle kielelle.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Pikanäppäinten merkki
" -"Määritä tässä, mitkä merkit asettavat seuraavan merkin pikanäppäimeksi. " -"Esimerkiksi Qt:ssä merkki on '&' ja Gtk:ssa '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Säännöllinen lauseke viitetiedoille
" -"Anna tähän säännöllinen lauseke, joka määrittelee, mikä on viestin " -"viitetietoa, jota ei tule kääntää.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Oikoluku lennossa
" -"Ota tämä valinta käyttöön asettaaksesi KBabelin oikolukemaan kirjoittamasi " -"tekstin sitä mukaa kun kirjoitat. Väärinkirjoitetut sanat väritetään " -"virhevärillä.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Muista ohitetut sanat
" -"Ottamalla tämän valinnan käyttöön KBabel muistaa ne sanat, jotka olet " -"ohittanut Ohita kaikki-painikkeella oikoluvussa.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Peruskansiot
\n" -"Anna tähän kansiot, joissa ovat kaikki PO- ja POT-tiedostot.\n" -"Tiedostot ja kansiot näissä kansioissa yhdistetään yhdeksi\n" -"puuksi.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Avaa tiedostot uudessa ikkunassa
\n" -"Mikäli tämä valinta on käytössä,. kaikki käännöspakettien hallinnasta avatut " -"tiedostot avataan uudessa ikkunassa.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Tapa prosessit poistuttaessa
\n" -"Mikäli tämä valinta on käytössä, KBabel yrittää tappaa kaikki vielä " -"käynnissä olevat prosessit lähettämällä kill-signaalin niille.
\n" -"HUOMAA: Tämä ei takaa, että kaikki prosessit kuolevat.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Tee hakemisto tiedoston sisällöstä
\n" -"Jos valitset tämän, KBabel luo hakemiston jokaisesta PO-tiedostosta " -"nopeuttaaksen etsi/korvaa-toimintoja.
\n" -"HUOMAA: Tämä hidastaa huomattavasti tiedoston päivittämistä.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Aja msgfmt ennen tiedoston prosessointia
" -"Jos sallit tämän, KBabel ajaa Gettext-ohjelman msgfmt-työkalun ennen " -"tiedoston prosessointia.
" -"Tämän asetuksen salliminen on suotavaa, vaikka se saa prosessin hidastumaan. " -"Tämä valinta on valittuna oletuksena.
" -"Asetuksen estäminen hitailla tietokoneilla ja kun haluat kääntää " -"PO-tiedostoja, joita ei tueta järjestelmässäsi olevalla nykyisellä " -"Gettext-työkalun versiolla. Estämisen huono vaikutus on se, että tuskin mitään " -"syntaksitarkistusta tehdään käsiteltävälle tekstille. Virheelliset PO-tiedostot " -"näytetään oikeina jopa silloin kun Gettext-työkalut hylkivät tiedostoa.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Komennot kansioille
" -"Lisää tähän komennot, jotka haluat suoritettaviksi käännöspakettien " -"hallinnasta. Komennot näytetään alivalikossa Komennot " -"käännöspakettien hallinnan sisältöriippuvaisessa valikossa.
" -"Seuraavat merkkijonot korvataan komennoissa:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Komennot kansioille
" -"Lisää tähän komennot, jotka haluat suoritettaviksi käännöspakettien " -"hallinnasta. Komennot näytetään alivalikossa Komennot " -"käännöspakettien hallinnan sisältöriippuvaisessa valikossa.
" -"Seuraavat merkkijonot korvataan komennoissa:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Näytettävät sarakkeet
\n" -"Tiedostovalinnat
Tässä voit hienosäätää, mistä etsitään:" +"
\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Tervetuloa projektivelhoon!\n" -"\n" -"Velho auttaa asettamaan uuden KBabel-käännösprojektin.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Ensiksi tulee valita projektin nimi ja tiedosto, johon\n" -"asetukset tallennetaan.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Myös käännöksen kohdekieli ja käännöksen tyyppi\n" -"tulee valita.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16 +msgid "No repository" +msgstr "Ei tietovarastoa" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Asetustiedoston nimi"
-"
\n"
-"Tiedoston nimi, johon projektin asetukset tallennetaan.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Kieli"
-"
\n"
-"Projektin käännöksen kohdekieli. Sen tulisi olla standardin ISO 631 mukainen "
-"arvo.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Projektin nimi"
-"
\n"
-"Projektin nimi on nimi, jolla tunnistat projektin.\n"
-"Se näytetään projektin asetusikkunassa kuten myös\n"
-"avatun projektin otsikkorivillä.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Huomaa: Projektin nimeä ei voi myöhemmin muuttaa.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Projektin tyyppi\n" -"Projektin tyyppi sallii säätää projektin asetukset\n" -"tiettyjen yleisten projektityyppien mukaisisiksi.\n" -"Sillä asetetaan esimerkiksi oikeellisuustarkistukset,\n" -"pikanäppäinten merkki ja otsikon muoto.\n" -"
\n" -"Tällä hetkellä tunnetut tyypit:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Käännöstiedostot
\n" -"Anna kansiot, joissa PO- and POT-tiedostot ovat.\n" -"Tiedostot ja kansiot näissä kansioissa yhdistetään yhdeksi puuksi.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Etsi tekstiä
Tähän voit kirjoittaa tekstin, jota haluat " +"etsiä. Jos haluat käyttää säännönmukaisia lausekkeita, valitse Käytä " +"säännöllisiä lausekkeita alhaalta.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Vertailun lähde
\n" -"Tässä valitaan lähde erojen etsimiselle.
\n" -"Voidaan valita tiedosto, käännöstietokanta tai\n" -"vastaava käännetty teksti.
\n" -"Jos valitset käännöstietokannan, vertailtavat viestit haetaan " -"käännöstietokannasta. Ollakseen hyödyllinen Lisää tietue " -"käännöstietokantaan pitää olla valittuna asetusikkunassa.
\n" -"Viimeinen valinta on kätevä PO-tiedostojen tarkistukseen.
\n" -"Voit väliaikaisesti vertailla viestejä komennolla\n" -"Työkalut->Vertailu->Avaa tiedosto vertailtavaksi\n" -"KBabelin pääikkunassa.
Korvaa teksti
Tässä voit syötää tekstin, jolla haluat " +"löydetyn tekstin korvattavaksi. Teksti käytetään sellaisenaan. Etsittyyn " +"tekstiin ei ole mahdollista viitata, mikäli olet etsinyt säännöllisellä " +"lausekkeella.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Mistä haetaan
Voit asettaa tähän, mistä tietueen osista " +"etsitään.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Peruskansio vertailutiedostoille\n" -"
Tässä määritetään kansio, mihin vertailtavat tiedostot\n" -"on tallennettu. Mikäli tiedostot on tallennettu samaan paikkaan\n" -"tämän kansion alle kuin alkuperäiset tiedostot peruskansiossaan,\n" -"KBabel voi automaattisesti avata oikean vertailtavan tiedoston.
\n" -"Huomaa, että tällä asetuksella ei ole merkistystä, mikäli\n" -"käännöstietokannan viestejä käytetään vertailuun.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Asetukset
Tässä voit hienosäätää korvaamista:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Asetukset
Tässä voit hienosäätää korvaamista:" +"
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Hae automaattisesti
\n" -"Mikäli tämä on valittuna, käynnistetään haku automaattisesti \n" -"aina, kun siirrytään muokkaimessa toiseen tietueeseen. Voit valita, \n" -"etsitäänkö Oletussanakirjasta.\n" -"
" -"Haku voidaan aloittaa myös käsin valitsemalla tietue \n" -"ponnahdusvalikossa, joka ilmestyy valittaessa\n" -"Sanakirjat->Etsi... tai pitämällä työkalurvin sanakirjapainiketta \n" -"painettuna hetken aikaa.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Oletussanakirja
\n" -"Tässä valitaan, mistä sanakirjasta etsitään oletuksena \n" -"Tätä asetusta käytetään, kun haku aloitetaan automaattisesti \n" -"tai painetaan sanakirjapainiketta työkalurivillä.
\n" -"Halutun sanakirjan asetukset voidaan tehdä komennolla\n" -"Asetukset->Sanakirjan asetukset.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Poista automaattisesti sumea tila
\n" -"Jos tämä valinta on käytössä, sumea tila poistetaan automaattisesti " -"tietuetta muokatessa\n" -"(käytännössä tämä tarkoittaa, että merkkijono , fuzzy \n" -"poistetaan tietueen kommentista).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Käytä älykästä muokkausta
\n" -"Valitse tämä tehdäksesi tekstin kirjoituksen vieläkin mukavammaksi ja anna " -"KBabelin hoitaa, miten eräät erikoismerkit kirjoitetaan. Esimerkiksi '\\\"' " -"tuottaa '\\\\\\\"', rivinsiirron painaminen lisää automaattisesti tyhjän tilan " -"rivin loppuun, vaihto+rivinsiiron painaminen lisää '\\\\n' rivin loppuun.
\n" -"Huomaa, että tämä on vain apukeino, ja voit silti tuottaa lauserakenteeltaan " -"virheellistä tekstiä.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Virheiden tunnistus
\n" -"Tässä asetetaan, miten virheistä ilmoitetaan. \n" -"Äämerkki virheestä antaa äänimerkin ja Vaihda tekstin väri " -"virheestä muuttaa käännetyn tekstin väriä. Vaikka ei mitään olisi käytössä, " -"tilarivillä näytetään silti virheilmoitus.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Tilavalot
\n" -"Valitse tilavalojen sijainti sekä niiden väri.
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Päivitä otsikko
\n" +"Valitse tämä valinta, jos haluat päivittää otsikon tietoja joka kerta, " +"kun tiedosto tallennetaan.
\n" +"Otsikossa on yleensä tietoja päiväyksestä ja ajasta, koska tiedostoa " +"viimeksi päivitettiin,\n" +"viimeisimmästä kääntäjästä jne.
\n" +"Voit valita mitä tietoja päivitetään allaolevista vaihtoehdoista.\n" +"Kentät, joita ei ole otsikossa, lisätään siihen.\n" +"Jos haluat lisätä muita tietoja otsikkoon, sinun täytyy muokata otsikkoa\n" +"käsin valitsemalla Muokkaa->Muokkaa otsikkoa muokkausikkunassa.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/kbabelui.rc line 100 -#: rc.cpp:467 rc.cpp:1213 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Main" -msgstr "Pää" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:278 +msgid "" +"Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Päivitettävät kentät
\n" +"Valitse, mitä kenttiä otsikosta päivitetään tiedostoa tallennettaessa.\n" +"Jos kenttää ei ole olemassa, se lisätään otsikkoon.
\n" +"Jos haluat lisätä muita tietoja otsikkoon, sinun täytyy muokata otsikkoa\n" +"käsin valitsemalla Muokkaa->Muokkaa Otsikkoa muokkausikkunassa.
\n" +"Poista Päivitä otsikkoa valinta ylhäältä, jos et halua päivittää " +"otsikkoa\n" +"tallennettaessa.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Koodaus
Valitse, kuinka merkit koodataan tiedostoon " +"tallennettaessa. Jos et ole varma, mitä koodausta käytetään, kysy " +"käännösryhmän vetäjältä.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Pidä tiedoston koodaus
Valittaessa tämä asetus tiedosto " +"tallennetaan aina samalla koodauksella kuin sitä luettaessa käytettiin. " +"Tiedostot, joiden otsikossa ei ole merkistötietoa (esim. POT-tiedostot) " +"tallennetaan yllä asetetulle koodauksella.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Tarkista lauserakenne tallennettaessa
\n" +"Valitse tämä tarkistaaksesi lauserakenteen komennolla \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"tallennettaessa tiedostoa. Saat viestin vain, jos löytyi virhe.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Tallenna vanhentuneet tietueet
\n" +"Tätä valintaa käytettäessä tiedoston vanhentuneet tietueet\n" +"tallennetaan takaisin tiedostoon. Vanhentuneet tietueet on merkitty " +"merkeillä #~ ja\n" +"ne syntyvät, kun msgmerge ei tarvitse enää käännöstä.\n" +"Jos teksti ilmestyy jälleen, vanhentuneet tietueet otetaan uudelleen " +"käyttöön.\n" +"Pääasiallinen haitta on tiedoston koon kasvu.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Muutospäivän muoto
Valitse, missä muodossapäivä ja aika " +"ovat header-kentässä\n" +"PO-Revision-Date on tallennettu:
On " +"suositeltua, että käytät oletusmuotoa estääksesi ei-standardin PO-tiedoston " +"luonnin.
Saadaksesi lisätietoja katso lukua Esiasetusikkuna " +"online-avusteessa.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Henkilöllisyys
\n" +"Täytä tähän tiedot itsestäsi ja käännösryhmästäsi.\n" +"Tätä tietoa käytetään päivitettäessä tiedoston otsikkoa.
\n" +"Löydät asetukset, mitä kenttiä otsikossa päivitetään sivulta\n" +"Tallennus tässä asetusikkunassa.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Yksikkö- ja monikkomuotojen lukumäärä
\n" +"Huomaa: Tämä asetus on käytössä tällä hetkellä vain TDE-" +"käännöksissä. Jos et ole kääntämässä TDE-sovellusta, voit jättää tämän " +"asetuksen turvallisesti huomiotta.
\n" +"Valitse tässä, kuinka monta yksikkö- ja monikkomuotoa kielessäsi " +"käytetään. Tämän asetuksen tulee vastata kieliryhmäsi asetusta.
" +"Vaihtoehtoisesti voit valita tälle valinnalle Automaattinen, " +"jolloin KBabel yrittää hakea tämän tiedon suoraan TDE:ltä. Käytä Testaa" +"i>-painiketta kokeillaksesi tiedon löytämistä.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Vaadi monikkomuodon argumentit käännöksessä
\n" +"Huomaa: Tämä asetus on käytössä tällä hetkellä vain TDE-" +"käännöksissä. Jos et ole kääntämässä TDE-sovellusta, voit jättää tämän " +"asetuksen huomiotta.
\n" +"Mikäli tämä asetus on käytössä, oikeellisuustarkistus vaatii argumentin " +"%n viestissä.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
GNU-monikon otsikko
\n" +"Tässä voit kertoa otsikkotietueen merkinnän GNU-monikkokäsittelylle. Jos " +"kenttä jätetään tyhjäksi, PO-tiedoston merkintää ei muuteta tai lisätä.
\n" +"Painamalla Hae-painiketta voi KBabel automaattisesti selvittää GNU " +"gettext-ohjelman suosituksen tällä hetkellä valitulle kielelle.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Pikanäppäinten merkki
Määritä tässä, mitkä merkit " +"asettavat seuraavan merkin pikanäppäimeksi. Esimerkiksi Qt:ssä merkki on " +"'&' ja Gtk:ssa '_'.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Säännöllinen lauseke viitetiedoille
Anna tähän " +"säännöllinen lauseke, joka määrittelee, mikä on viestin viitetietoa, jota ei " +"tule kääntää.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Oikoluku lennossa
Ota tämä valinta käyttöön asettaaksesi " +"KBabelin oikolukemaan kirjoittamasi tekstin sitä mukaa kun kirjoitat. " +"Väärinkirjoitetut sanat väritetään virhevärillä.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Muista ohitetut sanat
Ottamalla tämän valinnan käyttöön " +"KBabel muistaa ne sanat, jotka olet ohittanut Ohita kaikki-" +"painikkeella oikoluvussa.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Peruskansiot
\n" +"Anna tähän kansiot, joissa ovat kaikki PO- ja POT-tiedostot.\n" +"Tiedostot ja kansiot näissä kansioissa yhdistetään yhdeksi\n" +"puuksi.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Avaa tiedostot uudessa ikkunassa
\n" +"Mikäli tämä valinta on käytössä,. kaikki käännöspakettien hallinnasta " +"avatut tiedostot avataan uudessa ikkunassa.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Tapa prosessit poistuttaessa
\n" +"Mikäli tämä valinta on käytössä, KBabel yrittää tappaa kaikki vielä " +"käynnissä olevat prosessit lähettämällä kill-signaalin niille.
\n" +"HUOMAA: Tämä ei takaa, että kaikki prosessit kuolevat.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Tee hakemisto tiedoston sisällöstä
\n" +"Jos valitset tämän, KBabel luo hakemiston jokaisesta PO-tiedostosta " +"nopeuttaaksen etsi/korvaa-toimintoja.
\n" +"HUOMAA: Tämä hidastaa huomattavasti tiedoston päivittämistä.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Aja msgfmt ennen tiedoston prosessointia
Jos sallit " +"tämän, KBabel ajaa Gettext-ohjelman msgfmt-työkalun ennen tiedoston " +"prosessointia.
Tämän asetuksen salliminen on suotavaa, vaikka se saa " +"prosessin hidastumaan. Tämä valinta on valittuna oletuksena.
Asetuksen " +"estäminen hitailla tietokoneilla ja kun haluat kääntää PO-tiedostoja, joita " +"ei tueta järjestelmässäsi olevalla nykyisellä Gettext-työkalun versiolla. " +"Estämisen huono vaikutus on se, että tuskin mitään syntaksitarkistusta " +"tehdään käsiteltävälle tekstille. Virheelliset PO-tiedostot näytetään " +"oikeina jopa silloin kun Gettext-työkalut hylkivät tiedostoa.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Komennot kansioille
Lisää tähän komennot, jotka haluat " +"suoritettaviksi käännöspakettien hallinnasta. Komennot näytetään " +"alivalikossa Komennot käännöspakettien hallinnan " +"sisältöriippuvaisessa valikossa.
Seuraavat merkkijonot korvataan " +"komennoissa:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Komennot kansioille
Lisää tähän komennot, jotka haluat " +"suoritettaviksi käännöspakettien hallinnasta. Komennot näytetään " +"alivalikossa Komennot käännöspakettien hallinnan " +"sisältöriippuvaisessa valikossa.
Seuraavat merkkijonot korvataan " +"komennoissa:
Shown columns
\n" +"Näytettävät sarakkeet
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Mitä tietueita käännetään
Valitse tässä, mille " +"tietueille KBabel yrittää löytää käännöksen. Muutetut tietueet merkitään " +"aina sumeiksi riippumatta valitusta menetelmästä.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Kuinka viestit käännetään
Tässä voit määritellä, " +"käännetäänkö vain kokonaiset viestit, käännetäänkö samankaltaiset viestit " +"vai yrittääkö KBabel kääntää viestin sana kerrallaan, mikäli koko viestin " +"tai samankaltaisen viestin käännöstä ei löydetä.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Esimerkki:"
-" Mark changed entries as fuzzy When a translation for a "
+"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is "
+"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always "
+"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what "
+"you are doing. Merkitse muuttuneet käännökset sumeiksi Kun viestin "
+"käännös löytyy, käännös merkitään sumeaksi oletuksena. Tämä siksi, "
+"että KBabel on arvannut käännöksen ja tulos on joka tapauksessa "
+"tarkistettava huolellisesti. Poista tämä valinta vain, jos tiedät, mitä olet "
+"tekemässä. Initialize TDE-specific entries Initialize \"Comment=\" "
+"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF "
+"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings."
+" Alusta TDE-kohtaiset tietueet Alusta \"Comment=\" ja "
+"\"Name=\" tietueet, jos käännöstä ei löytynyt. Myös \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" "
+"ja \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" täytetään henkilöllisyysasetuksilla. Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be "
+"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they "
+"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list. The "
+"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
+"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog."
+" Sanakirjat Valitse tässä, mitä sanakirjoja käytetään "
+"käännösten etsimiseen. Jos valitset enemmän kuin yhden sanakirjan, niitä "
+"käytetään samassa järjestyksessä kuin ne esiintyvät luettelossa."
+"p> Sanakirjan voi tilapäisesti määritellä Asetukset-painikkeella. "
+"Alkuperäiset asetukset palautetaan valintaikkunan sulkemisen jälkeen. When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
+"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by "
+"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this "
+"option only if you know what you are doing. Kun viestin käännös löytyy, käännös merkitään sumeaksi "
+"oletuksena. Tämä siksi, että KBabel on arvannut käännöksen ja tulos on joka "
+"tapauksessa tarkistettava huolellisesti. Poista tämä valinta vain, jos "
+"tiedät, mitä olet tekemässä. "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"context info"
+msgstr "kontekstitiedot"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Etsi yhdestä PO-tiedostosta"
+#: datatools/equations/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"equations"
+msgstr "yhtälöt"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Etsi kansiosta"
+#: datatools/length/main.cc:61 datatools/regexp/main.cc:55
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"translation has inconsistent length"
+msgstr "käännöksellä on epäjohdonmukainen pituus"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Etsi kansiosta ja alikansioista"
+#: datatools/not-translated/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"English text in translation"
+msgstr "Englanninkielinen teksti käännettävänä"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Etsitään tiedostosta:"
+#: datatools/pluralforms/main.cc:59
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"plural forms"
+msgstr "monikkomuodot"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Lisätyt tietueet:"
+#: datatools/punctuation/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"punctuation"
+msgstr "välimerkkien käyttö"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Kokonaisedistyminen:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:58
+msgid "Error loading data (%1)"
+msgstr "Virhe ladattaessa tietoja (%1)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Käsitellään tiedostoa:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:118
+msgid "File not found"
+msgstr "Tiedostoa ei löytynyt"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Ladataan tiedostoa:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:123
+msgid "The file is not a XML"
+msgstr "Tiedosto ei ole XML-muodossa"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Vie..."
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:147
+msgid "Expected tag 'item'"
+msgstr "Odotettiin muotoilukoodia 'item'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Tilastot"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:153
+msgid "First child of 'item' is not a node"
+msgstr "'Item'-solmun ensimmäinen lapsi ei ole solmu"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "Toistetut merkkijonot"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:159
+msgid "Expected tag 'name'"
+msgstr "Odotettiin muotoilukoodia 'name'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "Hyvät avaimet"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:167
+msgid "Expected tag 'exp'"
+msgstr "Odotettiin muotoilukoodia 'exp'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
+#: datatools/whitespace/main.cc:60
msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"Voit asettaa kyselyn sanojen vähimmäismäärän, jotka avaimessa pitää olla, jotta "
-"avain lisättäisiin hyvien avainten luetteloon."
-" \n"
-"Voit asettaa myös avaimen sanojen vähimmäismäärän, jotka kyselyssä pitää olla, "
-"jotta avain lisättäisiin hyvien avainten luetteloon."
-" \n"
-"Nämä kaksi lukua ovat prosenttiosuuksia sanojen kokonaislukumäärästä. Mikäli "
-"tämä prosenttiosuus on pienempi kuin yksi, hakukone asettaa sen yhdkesi."
-" \n"
-"Lopuksi voit asettaa luettelon suurimman tietuemäärän."
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"whitespace only translation"
+msgstr "käännöksessä on vain tyhjää"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Avaimen sanojen vähimmäismäärä, jotka on oltava kyselyssä (%):"
+#: datatools/xml/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"XML tags"
+msgstr "XML-muotoilukoodit"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp:74
+msgid "saving file"
+msgstr "tiedostoa tallennetaan"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Kyselyn sanojen vähimmäismäärä, jotka on oltava avaimessa (%):"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp:83
+msgid "loading file"
+msgstr "tiedostoa ladataan"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Luettelon suurin koko:"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:64 kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp:52
+msgid "Table:"
+msgstr "Taulukko:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "Yleiset sanat"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:84
+msgid ""
+" Character Selector This tool allows to insert special "
+"characters using double click. Merkkivalitsin Tämä työkalu mahdollistaa erikoismerkkien "
+"lisäämisen kaksoisnapautuksella. Comment Editor \n"
+" The comments normally contain information about where the message is "
+"found in the source\n"
+"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
+"Options->Show Comments. Kommenttimuokkain \n"
+" Kommentit sisältävät yleensä tietoa, mistä viesti löytyy lähdekoodissa\n"
+"ja tilatietoja viestistä (sumea, c-muotoilu).\n"
+"Kommenteissa voi joskus myös olla vinkkejä muilta kääntäjiltä. Voit piilottaa kommenttimuokkaimen poistamalla valinnan\n"
+"Asetukset->Näytä kommentit. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools. PO-viitteet Tämä ikkuna näyttää nykyisen viestin "
+"asiayhteyden PO-tiedostossa. Tavallisesti ikkunassa näkyy neljä valittua "
+"viestiä edeltävää viestiä ja neljä seuraavaa viestiä. Voit piilottaa "
+"työkaluikkunan poistamalla valinnan Asetukset->Näytä työkalut. Error List This window shows the list of errors found by "
+"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with "
+"an error. Virheluettelo Tämä ikkuna näyttää luettelon "
+"oikeellisuustarkistuksen löytämistä virheistä, jotta näkisit, miksi valittu "
+"viesti on merkitty virheelliseksi. This button updates the header using the current settings. The "
+"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving."
+" Tämä painike päivittää otsikon käyttäen nykyisiä asetuksia. "
+"Muodostettava otsikko kirjoitettaisiin PO-tiedostoon tallennuksessa. This button will revert all changes made so far. Tämä painike palauttaa kaikki tähän asti tehdyt muutokset. This is not a valid header. Please edit the header before updating! Tämä ei ole kelvollinen otsikko. Korjaa otsikko ennen päivitystä! This is not a valid header. Please edit the header before updating. Tämä ei ole kelvollinen otsikko. Korjaa otsikko ennen päivitystä. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-"
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Jos etsitään Nimeni on Andrea ja käytössä on"
-"yhden sanan korvaus löydetään myös Nimeni on Joe tai "
-"Nimesi on Andrea."
+"\n"
-"
\n" -"Seuraavat muuttujat korvataan polussa, mikäli olemassa:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Merkitse epäkelvot tietueet sumeiksi" -"
\n" -"
Tällä valinnalla kaikki merkinnät, jotka työkalu tunnistaa epäkelvoiksi, " -"merkitään sumeiksi ja muodostuva tiedosto tallennetaan.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Älä tarkista sumeita" -"
\n" -"
Tällä valinnalla sumeita tietueita ei tarkisteta lainkaan.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Merkkivalitsin
" -"Tämä työkalu mahdollistaa erikoismerkkien lisäämisen " -"kaksoisnapautuksella.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Tämä painike päivittää otsikon käyttäen nykyisiä asetuksia. Muodostettava " -"otsikko kirjoitettaisiin PO-tiedostoon tallennuksessa.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Tämä painike palauttaa kaikki tähän asti tehdyt muutokset.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Tämä ei ole kelvollinen otsikko.
\n" -"Korjaa otsikko ennen päivitystä!
Tilarivi
\n" +"Tilarivi näyttää tietoja avatusta tiedostosta, kuten tietueiden " +"kokonaismäärän ja sumeiden ja kääntämättömien tietueiden lukumäärän. Myös " +"valitun tietueen järjestysnumero ja tila näytetään.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Tämä ei ole kelvollinen otsikko.
\n" -"Korjaa otsikko ennen päivitystä.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Kommenttimuokkain
\n" -"Tämä muokkausikkuna mahdollistaa näytetyn viestin kommentoimisen. " -"\n" -"
Kommentit sisältävät yleensä tietoa, mistä viesti löytyy lähdekoodissa\n" -"ja tilatietoja viestistä (sumea, c-muotoilu).\n" -"Kommenteissa voi joskus myös olla vinkkejä muilta kääntäjiltä.
\n" -"Voit piilottaa kommenttimuokkaimen poistamalla valinnan\n" -"Asetukset->Näytä kommentit.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Hakutulokset
" -"Tämä osa ikkunasta näyttää tulokset sanakirjahausta." -"
" -"
Ylhäällä näytetään löydettyjen tietueiden lukumäärä ja mistä valittu tietue " -"löytyi. Käytä alhaalla olevia painikkeita hakutuloksessa liikkumiseen.
" -"Haku käynnistetään automaattisesti, kun liikutaan toiseen tietueeseen " -"muokkainikkunassa tai valitsemalla haluttu sanakirja komennolla Sanakirjat->" -"Etsi....
" -"Yleisiä hakuasetuksia voidaan muuttaa Haku " -"asetusikkunassa, ja eri sanakirjojen hakuasetuksia voidaan muuttaa komennolla " -"Asetukset->Sanakirjan asetukset.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Hakutulokset
Tämä osa ikkunasta näyttää tulokset " +"sanakirjahausta.
Ylhäällä näytetään löydettyjen tietueiden lukumäärä ja " +"mistä valittu tietue löytyi. Käytä alhaalla olevia painikkeita " +"hakutuloksessa liikkumiseen.
Haku käynnistetään automaattisesti, kun " +"liikutaan toiseen tietueeseen muokkainikkunassa tai valitsemalla haluttu " +"sanakirja komennolla Sanakirjat->Etsi....
Yleisiä hakuasetuksia " +"voidaan muuttaa Haku asetusikkunassa, ja eri sanakirjojen " +"hakuasetuksia voidaan muuttaa komennolla Asetukset->Sanakirjan asetukset" +"b>.
Original String
\n" +"Original String
\n" "This part of the window shows the original message\n" "of the currently displayed entry.
Alkuperäinen teksti
\n" +"Alkuperäinen teksti
\n" "Tämä osa ikkunasta näyttää valitun tietueen alkuperäisen viestin.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Status LEDs
\n" "These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" "You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" "Editor on page Appearance
Tilaledit
\n" +"Tilaledit
\n" "Nämä ledit näyttävät tällä hetkellä näytetyn viestin tilan.\n" "Voit vaihtaa niiden väriä KBabelin asetuksien\n" "Muokkaus -osan Ulkonäkö-välilehdellä
Translation Editor
\n" +"Translation Editor
\n" "This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Käännösmuokkain
\n" +"Käännösmuokkain
\n" "Tämä muokkausalue mahdollistaa valitun viestin käännöksen muokkauksen. " "
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Tilarivi
\n" -"Tilarivi näyttää tietoja avatusta tiedostosta, kuten tietueiden " -"kokonaismäärän ja sumeiden ja kääntämättömien tietueiden lukumäärän. Myös " -"valitun tietueen järjestysnumero ja tila näytetään.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Virheluettelo
" -"Tämä ikkuna näyttää luettelon oikeellisuustarkistuksen löytämistä virheistä, " -"jotta näkisit, miksi valittu viesti on merkitty virheelliseksi.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO-viitteet
" -"Tämä ikkuna näyttää nykyisen viestin asiayhteyden PO-tiedostossa. " -"Tavallisesti ikkunassa näkyy neljä valittua viestiä edeltävää viestiä ja neljä " -"seuraavaa viestiä.
" -"Voit piilottaa työkaluikkunan poistamalla valinnan Asetukset->" -"Näytä työkalut.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Löytyi edellisen KBabel-versioiden varmistustietokantoja. Toinen KBabelin "
+"versio (todennäköisesti TDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) loi uuden tietokannan. Asennus "
+"ei voi sisältää kahdenlaisia tietokantoja. Valitettavasti tietokantoja ei "
+"voi yhdistää. Toinen niistä on valittava.
Jos valitaan vanha "
+"versio, uusi tietokanta poistetaan. Jos valitaan uusi, vanhat "
+"tietokantatiedostot jätetään ennalleen ja ne tulee poistaa käsin. Muussa "
+"tapauksessa tämä viesti näytetään uudelleen (vanhat tiedostot ovat kansiossa "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametrit
" -"Tässä voidaan hienosäätää etsintää PO-tiedostosta. Voidaan esimerkiksi " -"suorittaa kirjainkoosta riippumattoman haku, tai jättää sumeat viestit " -"huomiotta.
Parametrit
Tässä voidaan hienosäätää etsintää PO-" +"tiedostosta. Voidaan esimerkiksi suorittaa kirjainkoosta riippumattoman " +"haku, tai jättää sumeat viestit huomiotta.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Vertailuasetukset
" -"Valitse tässä, mitkä viestit haluat käsitellä täsmäävinä viesteinä.
Vertailuasetukset
Valitse tässä, mitkä viestit haluat " +"käsitellä täsmäävinä viesteinä.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-vertailu
" -"Viesti vastaa toista viestiä, jos useimmat sen kolmen kirjaimen ryhmistä " -"sisältyvät toiseen viestiin. Esimerkiksi 'abc123' vastaa 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-vertailu
Viesti vastaa toista viestiä, jos " +"useimmat sen kolmen kirjaimen ryhmistä sisältyvät toiseen viestiin. " +"Esimerkiksi 'abc123' vastaa 'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Sijainti
" -"Aseta tässä, missä etsittävä tiedosto on.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Sijainti
Aseta tässä, missä etsittävä tiedosto on.
" +"qt>" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.cpp:95 #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.cpp:175 @@ -4959,15 +4378,13 @@ msgstr "TMX-tiedostojen etsintämoduuli" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:88 msgid "" -"Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parametrit
" -"Tässä voit hienosäätää etsintää PO-tiedostosta. Voit esimerkiksi suorittaa " -"kirjainkoosta riippumattoman haun.
Parametrit
Tässä voit hienosäätää etsintää PO-" +"tiedostosta. Voit esimerkiksi suorittaa kirjainkoosta riippumattoman haun." +"p>
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Merkitse epäkelvot tietueet sumeiksi
\n" +"
Tällä valinnalla kaikki merkinnät, jotka työkalu tunnistaa epäkelvoiksi, " +"merkitään sumeiksi ja muodostuva tiedosto tallennetaan.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Älä tarkista sumeita
\n" +"
Tällä valinnalla sumeita tietueita ei tarkisteta lainkaan.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Löytyi edellisen KBabel-versioiden varmistustietokantoja. Toinen KBabelin "
-"versio (todennäköisesti TDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) loi uuden tietokannan. Asennus ei "
-"voi sisältää kahdenlaisia tietokantoja. Valitettavasti tietokantoja ei voi "
-"yhdistää. Toinen niistä on valittava."
-"
"
-"
Jos valitaan vanha versio, uusi tietokanta poistetaan. Jos valitaan uusi, "
-"vanhat tietokantatiedostot jätetään ennalleen ja ne tulee poistaa käsin. Muussa "
-"tapauksessa tämä viesti näytetään uudelleen (vanhat tiedostot ovat kansiossa "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Vertailun lähde
\n" +"Tässä valitaan lähde erojen etsimiselle.
\n" +"Voidaan valita tiedosto, käännöstietokanta tai\n" +"vastaava käännetty teksti.
\n" +"Jos valitset käännöstietokannan, vertailtavat viestit haetaan " +"käännöstietokannasta. Ollakseen hyödyllinen Lisää tietue " +"käännöstietokantaan pitää olla valittuna asetusikkunassa.
\n" +"Viimeinen valinta on kätevä PO-tiedostojen tarkistukseen.
\n" +"Voit väliaikaisesti vertailla viestejä komennolla\n" +"Työkalut->Vertailu->Avaa tiedosto vertailtavaksi\n" +"KBabelin pääikkunassa.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Peruskansio vertailutiedostoille\n" +"
Tässä määritetään kansio, mihin vertailtavat tiedostot\n" +"on tallennettu. Mikäli tiedostot on tallennettu samaan paikkaan\n" +"tämän kansion alle kuin alkuperäiset tiedostot peruskansiossaan,\n" +"KBabel voi automaattisesti avata oikean vertailtavan tiedoston.
\n" +"Huomaa, että tällä asetuksella ei ole merkistystä, mikäli\n" +"käännöstietokannan viestejä käytetään vertailuun.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Tervetuloa projektivelhoon!\n" +"\n" +"Velho auttaa asettamaan uuden KBabel-käännösprojektin.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Ensiksi tulee valita projektin nimi ja tiedosto, johon\n" +"asetukset tallennetaan.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Myös käännöksen kohdekieli ja käännöksen tyyppi\n" +"tulee valita.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "Tekijät:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Asetustiedoston nimi
\n"
+"Tiedoston nimi, johon projektin asetukset tallennetaan.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Kieli
\n"
+"Projektin käännöksen kohdekieli. Sen tulisi olla standardin ISO 631 mukainen "
+"arvo.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Projektin nimi
\n"
+"Projektin nimi on nimi, jolla tunnistat projektin.\n"
+"Se näytetään projektin asetusikkunassa kuten myös\n"
+"avatun projektin otsikkorivillä.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Huomaa: Projektin nimeä ei voi myöhemmin muuttaa.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Projektin tyyppi\n" +"Projektin tyyppi sallii säätää projektin asetukset\n" +"tiettyjen yleisten projektityyppien mukaisisiksi.\n" +"Sillä asetetaan esimerkiksi oikeellisuustarkistukset,\n" +"pikanäppäinten merkki ja otsikon muoto.\n" +"
\n" +"Tällä hetkellä tunnetut tyypit:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Käännöstiedostot
\n" +"Anna kansiot, joissa PO- and POT-tiedostot ovat.\n" +"Tiedostot ja kansiot näissä kansioissa yhdistetään yhdeksi puuksi.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Poista automaattisesti sumea tila
\n" +"Jos tämä valinta on käytössä, sumea tila poistetaan automaattisesti " +"tietuetta muokatessa\n" +"(käytännössä tämä tarkoittaa, että merkkijono , fuzzy \n" +"poistetaan tietueen kommentista).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Käytä älykästä muokkausta
\n" +"Valitse tämä tehdäksesi tekstin kirjoituksen vieläkin mukavammaksi ja " +"anna KBabelin hoitaa, miten eräät erikoismerkit kirjoitetaan. Esimerkiksi '\\" +"\"' tuottaa '\\\\\\\"', rivinsiirron painaminen lisää automaattisesti tyhjän " +"tilan rivin loppuun, vaihto+rivinsiiron painaminen lisää '\\\\n' rivin " +"loppuun.
\n" +"Huomaa, että tämä on vain apukeino, ja voit silti tuottaa " +"lauserakenteeltaan virheellistä tekstiä.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Virheiden tunnistus
\n" +"Tässä asetetaan, miten virheistä ilmoitetaan. \n" +"Äämerkki virheestä antaa äänimerkin ja Vaihda tekstin väri " +"virheestä muuttaa käännetyn tekstin väriä. Vaikka ei mitään olisi " +"käytössä, tilarivillä näytetään silti virheilmoitus.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Tilavalot
\n" +"Valitse tilavalojen sijainti sekä niiden väri.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Hae automaattisesti
\n" +"Mikäli tämä on valittuna, käynnistetään haku automaattisesti \n" +"aina, kun siirrytään muokkaimessa toiseen tietueeseen. Voit valita, \n" +"etsitäänkö Oletussanakirjasta.\n" +"
Haku voidaan aloittaa myös käsin valitsemalla tietue \n" +"ponnahdusvalikossa, joka ilmestyy valittaessa\n" +"Sanakirjat->Etsi... tai pitämällä työkalurvin sanakirjapainiketta \n" +"painettuna hetken aikaa.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Oletussanakirja
\n" +"Tässä valitaan, mistä sanakirjasta etsitään oletuksena \n" +"Tätä asetusta käytetään, kun haku aloitetaan automaattisesti \n" +"tai painetaan sanakirjapainiketta työkalurivillä.
\n" +"Halutun sanakirjan asetukset voidaan tehdä komennolla\n" +"Asetukset->Sanakirjan asetukset.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Tilarivi
\n" -"Tilarivi näyttää nykyisen etsimisen tai korvaamisen edistymisen. Ensimmäinen " -"luku kentässä Löydetty: näyttää tiedostojen lukumäärän, jotka sisältävät " -"etsityn tekstin ja joita ei ole vielä avattu KBabel-ikkunassa. Toinen luku " -"kertoo toistaiseksi löydettyjen tiedostojen yhteismäärän, jotka sisältävät " -"etsityn tekstin.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Tiedostovalinnat
" -"Tässä voit hienosäätää, mistä etsitään:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Esimerkki: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Päivitä seuraavat tiedostot:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Etsi yhdestä PO-tiedostosta..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Toimita seuraavat tiedostot:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Etsi kansiosta..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Hae seuraavien tiedostojen etätila:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Etsi kansiosta ja alikansioista..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Hae seuraavien tiedostojen paikallistila:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Etsitään tiedostosta:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Vertaa seuraavia tiedostoja:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Lisätyt tietueet:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Hae seuraavien tiedostojen tiedot:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Kokonaisedistyminen:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Vanhat viestit:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Käsitellään tiedostoa:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Lokiviesti:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Ladataan tiedostoa:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Lisää tiedostot auto&maattisesti jos tarpeen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Vie..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Toimita"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Toistetut merkkijonot"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Hae tila"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Hyvät avaimet"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Vertaa tiedostoja"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Voit asettaa kyselyn sanojen vähimmäismäärän, jotka avaimessa pitää olla, "
+"jotta avain lisättäisiin hyvien avainten luetteloon. \n"
+"Voit asettaa myös avaimen sanojen vähimmäismäärän, jotka kyselyssä pitää "
+"olla, jotta avain lisättäisiin hyvien avainten luetteloon. \n"
+"Nämä kaksi lukua ovat prosenttiosuuksia sanojen kokonaislukumäärästä. Mikäli "
+"tämä prosenttiosuus on pienempi kuin yksi, hakukone asettaa sen yhdkesi. \n"
+"Lopuksi voit asettaa luettelon suurimman tietuemäärän."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Hae tiedot"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Avaimen sanojen vähimmäismäärä, jotka on oltava kyselyssä (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Komennon tuloste:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Toimituslokissa ei ole viestejä. Haluatko jatkaa?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Kyselyn sanojen vähimmäismäärä, jotka on oltava avaimessa (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
-"Väliaikaisen tiedoston avaus kirjoittamiselle ei onnistunut. Keskeytetään."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Luettelon suurin koko:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Väliaikaiseen tiedostoon kirjoitus ei onnistunut. Keskeytetään."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Yleiset sanat"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Prosessia ei voitu käynnistää."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Älä huomioi sanoja, jotka esiintyvät useammin kuin:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Lopetettin paluuarvolla %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Valmis ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Yleisten sanojen tulkitaan esiintyvän jokaisessa avaimessa"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Käännöspaketit"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Yleiset"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Ei versiohallintaa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Tietokantakansio:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "KBabelin automaattinen päivitys"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN-tila"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Uudet tietueet"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Ratkaistu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "kbabelista"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Ratkaistu valituille"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritmi"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Käännä"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Vähimmäispisteet:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Käännä valituille"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Käytettävät algoritmit"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Puhdista"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Pisteet:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Puhdista valitut"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Sumeiden lauseiden arkisto"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Ei tietovarastoa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Sanasto"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Tiedostot:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Tarkka "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nimi"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Lause lauseelta"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "Valittu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Aakkosnumeerinen"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Sumeita"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Sana sanalta"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Kääntämättä"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Dynaaminen sanakirja"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Yhteensä"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
+msgstr "Tulosten haluttu määrä:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Viimeisin muutos"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:356
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Output"
+msgstr "Tuloste"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Loki-ikkuna"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:367
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Output Processing"
+msgstr "Tulosteenkäsittely"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Tyhjennä"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:395
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "First capital letter match"
+msgstr "Ensimmäinen suuraakkonen täsmää"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Loki-ikkuna Tässä ikkunassa näytetään suoritettujen komentojen tulosteet. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Käännöspakettien hallinta Käännöspakettien hallinta yhdistää kaksi kansiota yhdeksi puuksi ja\n"
-"näyttää kaikki PO- ja POT-tiedostot näistä kansioista. Näin nähdään helposti,\n"
-"mikäli pohjia on lisätty tai poistettu. Lisäksi näytetään tietoja\n"
-"näistä tiedostoista. Saadaksesi lisätietoja katso lukua The Catalog Manager "
-"käyttöohjeesta. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Jos etsitään Nimeni on Andrea ja käytössä onyhden sanan "
+"korvaus löydetään myös Nimeni on Joe tai Nimesi on Andrea"
+"em>."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Ei SVN-tietovarastoa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Käytä yhden sanan korvausta"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Ei SVN:ssä"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Suurin kyselyn sanojen lukumäärä:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Lisätty paikallisesti"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Käytä kahden sanan korvausta"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Poistettu paikallisesti"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Muokattu paikallisesti"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Ajan tasalla"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Säännöllisten lausekkeiden paikalliset merkit:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Ristiriita"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Tietokanta"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Virhe työkappaleessa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Tietokantakansio:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Tuntematon"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Lisää tietue automaattisesti tietokantaan"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-"Tämä ei ole kelvollinen SVN-tietokanta. SVN-komentoja ei voi suorittaa."
+"Lisää automaattisesti tietue tietokantaan, jos joku ilmoittaa uudesta "
+"käännöksestä (saattaa olla kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Käynnistetään komentoa ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Automaattisesti lisätyn tietueen tekijä:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN-ikkuna"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Seuraavat muuttujat korvataan polussa, mikäli olemassa:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Quelles entrées traduire
" -"Choisissez ici pour quelles entrées du fichier KBabel essaye de trouver une " -"traduction. Les entrées changées sont toujours marquées comme « fuzzy », sans " -"tenir compte de l'option que vous avez choisie.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Comment les messages sont traduits
" -"Vous pouvez choisir ici si un message peut être traduit complètement, si les " -"messages semblables sont acceptables ou si KBabel est supposé essayer de " -"traduire les mots isolés dans un message si aucune traduction complète du " -"message n'est trouvée.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Marquer les entrées changées comme fuzzy
" -"Quand une traduction pour un message est trouvée, l'entrée sera marquée " -"fuzzy par défaut. Ceci du fait que la traduction est simplement devinée par " -"KBabel et que vous devriez toujours vérifier le résultat soigneusement. Ne " -"désactivez cette option que si vous savez ce que vous faites.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Initialiser les entrées spécifiques à TDE
" -"Initialiser les entrées « Comment= » et « Name= » s'il n'est pas trouvé de " -"traduction. De plus, « NAME OF TRANSLATORS » et « EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS » est " -"rempli avec les valeurs d'identité préréglées.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Dictionnaires
" -"Choisissez ici quel dictionnaire doit être utilisé pour trouver une " -"traduction. Si vous sélectionnez plusieurs dictionnaires, ils sont utilisés " -"dans le même ordre qu'ils sont affichés dans la liste.
" -"Le bouton Configurer vous permet de configurer temporairement le " -"dictionnaire sélectionné. Les réglages originaux seront restaurés après avoir " -"fermé la boîte de dialogue.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Quand une traduction pour un message est trouvée, l'entrée sera marquée " -"fuzzy par défaut. Ceci du fait que la traduction est simplement devinée par " -"KBabel et vous devriez toujours vérifier soigneusement le résultat. Désactivez " -"ceci si vous savez ce que vous faites.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Chercher du texte
" -"Vous pouvez saisir ici le texte que vous voulez chercher. Si vous cherchez " -"une expression rationnelle, activez, Utiliser une expression rationnelle " -"ci-dessous.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Remplacer par
" -"Vous pouvez saisir ici le texte que vous voulez pour remplacer le texte " -"trouvé. Le texte est utilisé tel quel ; il n'est pas possible de faire une " -"référence arrière si vous avez cherché une expression rationnelle.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Où chercher
" -"Déterminez ici dans quelles parties d'une entrée de catalogue vous voulez " -"chercher.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Vous pouvez régler ici finement les remplacements de mots :" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Options
" -"Vous pouvez régler ici finement les recherches de mots :" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Barre d'état
\n" +"La barre d'état affiche des informations sur la progression de la " +"recherche courante ou l'opération de remplacement. Le premier nombre dans " +"Trouvés affiche le nombre de fichiers avec une occurrence du texte " +"recherché pas encore affiché dans la fenêtre de KBabel. Le second montre le " +"nombre total de fichiers contenant le texte trouvé à ce moment.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Mettre à jour l'en-tête
\n" -"Cochez ce bouton pour mettre à jour les informations d'en-tête du fichier à " -"chaque fois qu'il est enregistré.
\n" -"Normalement, l'en-tête conserve les informations sur la date et l'heure où " -"le fichier a été mis à jour la dernière fois,\n" -"le dernier traducteur, etc.
\n" -"Vous pouvez choisir quelles informations vous voulez mettre à jour dans les " -"cases à cocher ci-dessous.\n" -"Les champs qui n'existent pas sont ajoutés à l'en-tête.\n" -"Si vous voulez ajouter des champs supplémentaires à l'en-tête, vous pouvez " -"modifier l'en-tête manuellement en choisissant\n" -"Édition / Modifier l'en-tête dans la fenêtre d'édition.
Fenêtre de messages
\n" +"Dans cette fenêtre, on peut voir le résultat des commandes exécutées." +"p>
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Champs à mettre à jour
\n" -"Choisissez quels champs de l'en-tête vous voulez mettre à jour en\n" -"enregistrant. Si un champ n'existe pas, il est ajouté à la fin de l'en-tête.
" -"\n" -"Si vous voulez ajouter d'autres informations à l'en-tête, vous devez éditer\n" -"l'en-tête manuellement en choisissant Édition / Modifier l'en-tête " -"dans la fenêtre d'édition.
\n" -"Désactivez Mettre à jour l'en-tête au-dessus si vous ne voulez pas " -"mettre\n" -"à jour l'en-tête en enregistrant.
Gestionnaire de catalogue
\n" +"Le gestionnaire de catalogue fusionne deux dossiers en une arborescence \n" +"et affiche tous les fichiers PO et POT de ces dossiers. De cette manière, \n" +"vous pouvez facilement voir si un modèle a été nouvellement ajouté ou \n" +"enlevé. De plus, certaines informations sur ces fichiers sont \n" +"affichées.
Pour d'autres informations, voyez la section \n" +"Gestionnaire de catalogue de l'aide en ligne.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Encodage
" -"Choisissez comment encoder les caractères en enregistrant un fichier. Si " -"vous n'êtes pas sûr de l'encodage à utiliser, veuillez demander à votre " -"coordinateur des traductions.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Conserver l'encodage du fichier
" -"Si cette option est activée, les fichiers sont toujours enregistrés dans le " -"même encodage que lors de leur lecture. Les fichiers sans informations de table " -"de caractère dans leur en-tête (par exemple les fichiers POT) sont enregistrés " -"dans l'encodage fixé ci-dessus.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Vérifier la syntaxe en enregistrant
\n" -"Cocher ceci pour vérifier automatiquement la syntaxe du fichier avec la " -"commande « msgfmt --statistics »\n" -"en enregistrant un fichier. Vous n'aurez un message que si une erreur " -"survient.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Enregistrer les entrées périmées
\n" -"Si cette option est activée, les entrées obsolètes trouvées lors de " -"l'ouverture du fichier seront enregistrées dans le fichier. Les entrées sont " -"marquées par un « #~ » et sont créées quand le programme « msgmerge » n'a plus " -"besoin de cette traduction.\n" -"Si le texte apparaît à nouveau, les entrées obsolètes seront réactivées.\n" -"Le principal inconvénient est la taille du fichier enregistré.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Format de date de révision
" -"Choisissez dans quel format la date et l'heure de l'en-tête \n" -"PO-Revision-Date sont enregistrées : " -"
Il est recommandé d'utiliser le format par défaut afin d'éviter de créer des " -"fichiers PO non standards.
" -"Pour plus d'informations, voyez la section Le dialogue de préférences " -"de l'aide en ligne.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identité
\n" -"Renseignez les informations sur vous et votre équipe de traduction.\n" -"Ces informations sont utilisées lors de la mise à jour de l'en-tête du " -"fichier.
\n" -"Vous pouvez trouver les options sur les champs à mettre à jour\n" -"sur la page Enregistrement dans cette boîte de dialogue
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Nombre de formes singulier / pluriel
\n" -"Remarque : cette option est spécifique à TDE pour le moment. Si vous " -"traduisez une application non TDE, vous pouvez ignorer sans danger cette " -"option.
\n" -"Choisissez ici combien de formes singulier et pluriel sont utilisées dans " -"votre langue. Ce nombre doit correspondre aux réglages de votre équipe de " -"traduction.
" -"Vous pouvez également régler cette option sur Automatique " -"et KBabel essayera d'obtenir de TDE cette information automatiquement. Utilisez " -"le bouton Test s'il ne peut la trouver.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Arguments de forme plurielle obligatoires dans les traductions
\n" -"Note : cette option est spécifique à TDE pour le moment. Si vous ne " -"traduisez pas une application TDE, vous pouvez ignorer sans risque cette " -"option.
\n" -"Si cette option est activée, la validation demandera que l'argument %n soit " -"présent dans le message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
En-tête pour formes plurielles GNU
\n" -"Ici, vous pouvez remplir une entrée d'en-tête pour la gestion du pluriel. Si " -"vous laissez l'entrée vide, l'entrée du fichier PO ne sera ni modifiée ni " -"ajoutée.
\n" -"KBabel peut essayer de déterminer automatiquement la valeur suggérée par les " -"outils GNU gettext pour la langue en cours. Actionnez simplement le bouton " -"Recherche.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Marque pour les accélérateurs claviers
" -"Définissez ici quel caractère marque le caractère suivant comme accélérateur " -"clavier. Par exemple dans Qt, c'est « & » et dans Gtk, c'est « _ ».
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Expression rationnelle pour les informations de contexte
" -"Saisissez ici une expression rationnelle qui définit ce qu'est une " -"information de contexte dans le message et ne doit pas être traduit.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Vérification orthographique au vol
" -"Activez ceci pour permettre la vérification d'orthographe pendant que vous " -"écrivez. Les mots mal orthographiés seront colorés de la couleur d'erreur.
" -"Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Se souvenir des mots ignorés
" -"Activez ceci pour laisser KBabel ignorer les mots, si vous avez choisi " -"Tout ignorer dans la boîte de dialogue pour toutes les vérifications " -"orthographiques.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Dossier de base
\n" -"Saisissez le nom des dossiers qui contiennent tous vos fichiers PO et POT.\n" -"Les fichiers et dossiers de ces dossiers seront fusionnés en une\n" -"arborescence
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Ouvrir les fichiers dans une nouvelle fenêtre
\n" -"Si ceci est activé, tous les fichiers qui sont ouverts depuis le\n" -"Gestionnaire de Catalogue seront ouverts dans une nouvelle fenêtre.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Tuer les processus en quittant
\n" -"Si vous cochez ceci, KBabel essaye de tuer les processus qui ne sont pas " -"encore quittés en s'arrêtant,\n" -"en leur envoyant un signal « kill ».
\n" -"Remarque : il n'est pas garanti que les processus seront stoppés.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Créer l'index pour le contenu des fichiers
\n" -"Si vous cochez ceci, KBabel créera un index pour chaque fichier PO pour " -"accélérer les fonctions de Chercher / Remplacer.
\n" -"NOTE : Ceci ralentira considérablement la mise à jour des informations des " -"fichiers.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Lancer msgfmt avant de traiter un fichier
" -"Si vous cochez cette case, KBabel exécutera l'outil msgfmt de Gettext avant " -"de traiter un fichier.
" -"Il est recommandé d'activer cette option, même si elle ralentit le " -"traitement. Elle est activée par défaut.
" -"Il est utile de décocher cette case sur les ordinateurs lents, et lorsque " -"vous voulez traduire des fichiers PO qui ne sont pas pris en charge par la " -"version des outils Gettext installés sur votre système. L'inconvénient vient du " -"fait que le code de traitement ne fait pratiquement aucune vérification de " -"syntaxe. Ainsi, certains fichiers PO non valables peuvent êtres marqués comme " -"valables, même si les outils Gettext les rejetteraient.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commandes pour les dossiers
" -"Saisissez ici les commandes que voulez exécuter dans les dossiers du " -"gestionnaire de catalogue. Les commandes sont affichées dans le sous-menu " -"Commandes dans le menu contextuel du gestionnaire de catalogue.
" -"Les chaînes suivantes seront remplacées par une commande :" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Commandes pour les fichiers
" -"Écrivez ici les commandes que vous voulez exécuter sur les fichiers du " -"gestionnaire de catalogue. Les commandes sont alors affichées dans le sous-menu " -"Commandes dans le menu contextuel du gestionnaire de catalogue.
" -"Les chaînes suivantes seront remplacées par une commande :" -"
Options des fichiers
Ici, vous pouvez régler finement où " +"trouver :
Shown columns
\n" -"Afficher les colonnes
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Bienvenue dans l'assistant de projet !\n" -"\n" -"L'assistant vous aidera à configurer un nouveau projet de\n" -"traduction pour KBabel.
\n" -"\n" -"Premièrement, vous devez choisir le nom du projet et le fichier\n" -"où la configuration doit être stockée.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Vous devriez aussi choisir une langue dans laquelle traduire et aussi le\n" -"type de projet de traduction.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" +msgstr "Local (%1)" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124 +msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary" +msgstr "Ajouter les fichiers auto&matiquement si nécessaire" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:141 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "Mettre à jour" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "&Valider" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139 +msgid "&Get Status" +msgstr "Obtenir l'&état" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142 +msgid "&Get Diff" +msgstr "&Obtenir la différence" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:157 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:152 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:83 +msgid "C&ancel" +msgstr "Annu&ler" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160 +msgid "Command output:" +msgstr "Sortie de la commande :" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233 +msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "Le message du journal est vide. Voulez-vous continuer ?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:247 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot find encoding: %1" +msgstr "Encodage introuvable : %1" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:253 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Nom du fichier de configuration"
-"
\n"
-"Le nom d'un fichier pour stocker la configuration du projet.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Langue"
-"
\n"
-"La langue de destination du projet, c'est-à-dire la langue de\n"
-"traduction. Elle doit suivre les règles de nommage standard de l'ISO 631
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Nom du projet"
-"
\n"
-"Le nom du projet est une identification d'un projet.\n"
-"Il est affiché dans la boîte de dialogue du projet et dans le\n"
-"titre de la fenêtre ouverte.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Remarque : le nom du projet peut être changé plus tard.\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Type de projet\n" -"Le type de projet permet d'ajuster les réglages pour le type\n" -"particulier de projets de traduction connus.\n" -"Par exemple, il configure les outils de validation, le marqueur \n" -"d'accélérateurs et le formatage de l'en-tête.\n" -"
\n" -"Types actuellement connus :\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Fichiers de traduction
\n" -"Saisissez le nom des dossiers qui contiennent tous vos fichiers PO et POT.\n" -"Les fichiers et dossiers de ces dossiers seront fusionnés en une\n" -"arborescence
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Source pour les comparaisons
\n" -"Ici, vous pouvez sélectionner une source qui doit être utilisée pour\n" -"chercher les différences.
\n" -"Vous pouvez sélectionner un fichier, une base de données des\n" -"traductions ou le msgstr correspondant.
\n" -"Si vous choisissez la base de données des traductions, les messages pour " -"les\n" -"comparaisons sont pris dans la base de données. Pour que ça soit utile, vous " -"devez avoir\n" -"activé Ajouter automatiquement les entrées dans la base de\n" -"données dans son dialogue des préférences.
\n" -"La dernière option est utile pour ceux qui utilisent des fichiers PO pour " -"des lectures de vérifications.
\n" -"Vous pouvez temporairement comparer avec des messages d'un fichier en\n" -"choisissant Outils / Différences / Ouvrir un fichier pour comparaison " -"dans la\n" -"fenêtre principale de KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Dossier de base des fichiers à comparer\n" -"
Vous pouvez définir ici un dossier où les fichiers à comparer sont\n" -"stockés. Si les fichiers sont stockés à la même place relative dans ce dossier\n" -"que les fichiers originaux dans de leur dossier de base, KBabel peut\n" -"ouvrir automatiquement le bon fichier pour la recherche des différences.
\n" -"Notez que cette option n'a pas d'effet si les messages de la base de\n" -"données sont utilisés pour la comparaison.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Commencer la recherche automatiquement
\n" -"Si ceci est activé, la recherche démarre automatiquement lorsque vous\n" -"basculez vers une autre entrée dans l'éditeur. Vous pouvez choisir où\n" -"chercher avec la boîte déroulante Dictionnaire par défaut.\n" -"
" -"Vous pouvez aussi chercher manuellement en choisissant une entrée dans\n" -"le menu contextuel qui apparaît ou bien en cliquant sur\n" -"Dictionnaires / Chercher du texte... ou en cliquant le bouton\n" -"Chercher... de la barre d'outils.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Dictionnaire par défaut
\n" -"Choisissez ici où la recherche par défaut doit se faire. Ce réglage\n" -"est utilisé quand la recherche commence automatiquement ou en cliquant sur\n" -"le bouton Chercher de la barre d'outils.
\n" -"Vous pouvez configurer les différents dictionnaires en choisissant le\n" -"dictionnaire désiré avec Configuration / Configurer les\n" -"dictionnaires.
Chercher du texte
Vous pouvez saisir ici le texte que " +"vous voulez chercher. Si vous cherchez une expression rationnelle, activez, " +"Utiliser une expression rationnelle ci-dessous.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Remplacer par
Vous pouvez saisir ici le texte que vous " +"voulez pour remplacer le texte trouvé. Le texte est utilisé tel quel ; il " +"n'est pas possible de faire une référence arrière si vous avez cherché une " +"expression rationnelle.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Où chercher
Déterminez ici dans quelles parties d'une " +"entrée de catalogue vous voulez chercher.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Retirer automatiquement l'état de fuzzy
\n" -"Si ceci est activé et que vous éditez un message « fuzzy », l'état de\n" -"fuzzy est automatiquement retiré (cela signifie que la chaîne , fuzzy\n" -"est retirée du commentaire de l'entrée.
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Utiliser le mode d'édition intelligent
\n" -"Cochez ceci pour rendre la saisie du texte plus confortable et laisser\n" -"KBabel prendre soin de certains caractères spéciaux qui doivent être\n" -"protégés. Par exemple, écrire « \\\" » fera « \\\\\\\" », une action sur\n" -"Entrée ajoutera automatiquement une espace à la fin de la ligne, une\n" -"action sur Maj+Entrée ajoutera « \\\\n » à la fin de la ligne.
\n" -"Notez que c'est juste une aide et qu'il est toujours possible de générer\n" -"du texte syntaxiquement incorrect.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Vous pouvez régler ici finement les " +"remplacements de mots :
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Mise en évidence d'erreur
\n" -"Vous pouvez régler ici la manière de montrer qu'une erreur s'est\n" -"produite. Bip en cas d'erreur produit un bip sonore et Changer la\n" -"couleur du texte en cas d'erreur change la couleur du texte traduit. Si\n" -"rien n'est activé, vous verrez quand même un message dans la barre \n" -"d'état.
Options
Vous pouvez régler ici finement les recherches " +"de mots :
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Voyants d'état
\n" -"Choisissez ici à quel endroit les voyants d'état sont affichés et dansquelle " -"couleur.
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Mettre à jour l'en-tête
\n" +"Cochez ce bouton pour mettre à jour les informations d'en-tête du fichier " +"à chaque fois qu'il est enregistré.
\n" +"Normalement, l'en-tête conserve les informations sur la date et l'heure " +"où le fichier a été mis à jour la dernière fois,\n" +"le dernier traducteur, etc.
\n" +"Vous pouvez choisir quelles informations vous voulez mettre à jour dans " +"les cases à cocher ci-dessous.\n" +"Les champs qui n'existent pas sont ajoutés à l'en-tête.\n" +"Si vous voulez ajouter des champs supplémentaires à l'en-tête, vous pouvez " +"modifier l'en-tête manuellement en choisissant\n" +"Édition / Modifier l'en-tête dans la fenêtre d'édition.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Champs à mettre à jour
\n" +"Choisissez quels champs de l'en-tête vous voulez mettre à jour en\n" +"enregistrant. Si un champ n'existe pas, il est ajouté à la fin de l'en-tête." +"
\n" +"Si vous voulez ajouter d'autres informations à l'en-tête, vous devez " +"éditer\n" +"l'en-tête manuellement en choisissant Édition / Modifier l'en-tête " +"dans la fenêtre d'édition.
\n" +"Désactivez Mettre à jour l'en-tête au-dessus si vous ne voulez pas " +"mettre\n" +"à jour l'en-tête en enregistrant.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Encodage
Choisissez comment encoder les caractères en " +"enregistrant un fichier. Si vous n'êtes pas sûr de l'encodage à utiliser, " +"veuillez demander à votre coordinateur des traductions.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Conserver l'encodage du fichier
Si cette option est " +"activée, les fichiers sont toujours enregistrés dans le même encodage que " +"lors de leur lecture. Les fichiers sans informations de table de caractère " +"dans leur en-tête (par exemple les fichiers POT) sont enregistrés dans " +"l'encodage fixé ci-dessus.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Vérifier la syntaxe en enregistrant
\n" +"Cocher ceci pour vérifier automatiquement la syntaxe du fichier avec la " +"commande « msgfmt --statistics »\n" +"en enregistrant un fichier. Vous n'aurez un message que si une erreur " +"survient.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Enregistrer les entrées périmées
\n" +"Si cette option est activée, les entrées obsolètes trouvées lors de " +"l'ouverture du fichier seront enregistrées dans le fichier. Les entrées sont " +"marquées par un « #~ » et sont créées quand le programme « msgmerge » n'a " +"plus besoin de cette traduction.\n" +"Si le texte apparaît à nouveau, les entrées obsolètes seront réactivées.\n" +"Le principal inconvénient est la taille du fichier enregistré.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Format de date de révision
Choisissez dans quel format " +"la date et l'heure de l'en-tête \n" +"PO-Revision-Date sont enregistrées :
Il est recommandé d'utiliser le format par défaut afin d'éviter " +"de créer des fichiers PO non standards.
Pour plus d'informations, " +"voyez la section Le dialogue de préférences de l'aide en ligne.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 142 -#: rc.cpp:672 rc.cpp:1003 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Remove context comment" -msgstr "Enlever le commentaire de contexte" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:412 +msgid "Project: %1" +msgstr "Projet : %1" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 148 -#: rc.cpp:675 rc.cpp:1006 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Remove, if exists, the _:comment" -msgstr "Enlever, s'il existe, le commentaire _:" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:419 +msgid "&Name:" +msgstr "&Nom :" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 170 -#: rc.cpp:678 rc.cpp:1009 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Character to be ignored:" -msgstr "Caractères à ignorer :" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:423 +msgid "Localized na&me:" +msgstr "No&m localisé :" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 212 -#: rc.cpp:681 rc.cpp:1012 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Search" -msgstr "Recherche" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:427 +msgid "E&mail:" +msgstr "Ad&resse électronique :" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 229 -#: rc.cpp:684 rc.cpp:1015 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Matching Method" -msgstr "Méthode de correspondance" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:432 +msgid "&Full language name:" +msgstr "Nom &complet de la langue :" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 280 -#: rc.cpp:687 rc.cpp:1018 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Query is contained" -msgstr "La requête est contenue" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:438 +msgid "Lan&guage code:" +msgstr "Cod&e de langue :" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 283 -#: rc.cpp:690 rc.cpp:1021 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Match if query is contained in database string" -msgstr "" -"Correspondance si la requête est contenue dans la chaîne de la base de données" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:444 +msgid "&Language mailing list:" +msgstr "L&iste de diffusion de la langue :" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 291 -#: rc.cpp:693 rc.cpp:1024 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Query contains" -msgstr "La requête contient" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:449 +msgid "&Timezone:" +msgstr "Zone &horaire :" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 294 -#: rc.cpp:696 rc.cpp:1027 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Match if query contains the database string" -msgstr "Correspondance si la requête contient la chaîne de la base de données" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:455 +msgid "" +"Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Identité
\n" +"Renseignez les informations sur vous et votre équipe de traduction.\n" +"Ces informations sont utilisées lors de la mise à jour de l'en-tête du " +"fichier.
\n" +"Vous pouvez trouver les options sur les champs à mettre à jour\n" +"sur la page Enregistrement dans cette boîte de dialogue
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Nombre de formes singulier / pluriel
\n" +"Remarque : cette option est spécifique à TDE pour le moment. Si " +"vous traduisez une application non TDE, vous pouvez ignorer sans danger " +"cette option.
\n" +"Choisissez ici combien de formes singulier et pluriel sont utilisées dans " +"votre langue. Ce nombre doit correspondre aux réglages de votre équipe de " +"traduction.
Vous pouvez également régler cette option sur " +"Automatique et KBabel essayera d'obtenir de TDE cette information " +"automatiquement. Utilisez le bouton Test s'il ne peut la trouver." +"p>
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Exemple :"
-" Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Arguments de forme plurielle obligatoires dans les traductions"
+"b> Note : cette option est spécifique à TDE pour le moment. Si vous "
+"ne traduisez pas une application TDE, vous pouvez ignorer sans risque cette "
+"option. Si cette option est activée, la validation demandera que l'argument %n "
+"soit présent dans le message. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. En-tête pour formes plurielles GNU Ici, vous pouvez remplir une entrée d'en-tête pour la gestion du pluriel. "
+"Si vous laissez l'entrée vide, l'entrée du fichier PO ne sera ni modifiée ni "
+"ajoutée. KBabel peut essayer de déterminer automatiquement la valeur suggérée par "
+"les outils GNU gettext pour la langue en cours. Actionnez simplement le "
+"bouton Recherche. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Marque pour les accélérateurs claviers Définissez ici "
+"quel caractère marque le caractère suivant comme accélérateur clavier. Par "
+"exemple dans Qt, c'est « & » et dans Gtk, c'est « _ ». Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Expression rationnelle pour les informations de contexte"
+"p> Saisissez ici une expression rationnelle qui définit ce qu'est une "
+"information de contexte dans le message et ne doit pas être traduit. "
+" On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Examiner un seul fichier PO"
+" Vérification orthographique au vol Activez ceci pour "
+"permettre la vérification d'orthographe pendant que vous écrivez. Les mots "
+"mal orthographiés seront colorés de la couleur d'erreur. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Se souvenir des mots ignorés Activez ceci pour laisser "
+"KBabel ignorer les mots, si vous avez choisi Tout ignorer dans la "
+"boîte de dialogue pour toutes les vérifications orthographiques. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Dossier de base Saisissez le nom des dossiers qui contiennent tous vos fichiers PO et "
+"POT.\n"
+"Les fichiers et dossiers de ces dossiers seront fusionnés en une\n"
+"arborescence Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Ouvrir les fichiers dans une nouvelle fenêtre Si ceci est activé, tous les fichiers qui sont ouverts depuis le\n"
+"Gestionnaire de Catalogue seront ouverts dans une nouvelle fenêtre. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Tuer les processus en quittant Si vous cochez ceci, KBabel essaye de tuer les processus qui ne sont pas "
+"encore quittés en s'arrêtant,\n"
+"en leur envoyant un signal « kill ». Remarque : il n'est pas garanti que les processus seront stoppés. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> \n"
-"Vous pouvez régler le nombre minimum de mots de requête qu'une clef doit avoir "
-"pour être insérée dans la liste des bonnes clefs."
-" \n"
-"Vous pouvez aussi fixer le nombre minimum de mots de la clef que la requête "
-"doit avoir pour insérer la clef dans la liste."
-" \n"
-"Ces deux nombres sont un pourcentage du nombre total de mots. Si le résultat de "
-"ce pourcentage est inférieur à un, le moteur le réglera à un."
-" \n"
-"Enfin, vous pouvez fixer le nombre maximum d'entrées dans la liste."
+" Créer l'index pour le contenu des fichiers Si vous cochez ceci, KBabel créera un index pour chaque fichier PO pour "
+"accélérer les fonctions de Chercher / Remplacer. NOTE : Ceci ralentira considérablement la mise à jour des informations "
+"des fichiers. Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Lancer msgfmt avant de traiter un fichier Si vous "
+"cochez cette case, KBabel exécutera l'outil msgfmt de Gettext avant de "
+"traiter un fichier. Il est recommandé d'activer cette option, même si "
+"elle ralentit le traitement. Elle est activée par défaut. Il est "
+"utile de décocher cette case sur les ordinateurs lents, et lorsque vous "
+"voulez traduire des fichiers PO qui ne sont pas pris en charge par la "
+"version des outils Gettext installés sur votre système. L'inconvénient vient "
+"du fait que le code de traitement ne fait pratiquement aucune vérification "
+"de syntaxe. Ainsi, certains fichiers PO non valables peuvent êtres marqués "
+"comme valables, même si les outils Gettext les rejetteraient. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Si vous cherchez Mon nom est Andrea et que vous avez activé "
-"substitution d'un mot, vous pouvez trouver des phrases comme "
-"Mon nom est Joe ou Ton nom est Andrea."
+"
Commandes pour les dossiers
Saisissez ici les commandes " +"que voulez exécuter dans les dossiers du gestionnaire de catalogue. Les " +"commandes sont affichées dans le sous-menu Commandes dans le menu " +"contextuel du gestionnaire de catalogue.
Les chaînes suivantes seront " +"remplacées par une commande :
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commandes pour les fichiers
Écrivez ici les commandes " +"que vous voulez exécuter sur les fichiers du gestionnaire de catalogue. Les " +"commandes sont alors affichées dans le sous-menu Commandes dans le " +"menu contextuel du gestionnaire de catalogue.
Les chaînes suivantes " +"seront remplacées par une commande :
Shown columns
\n" +"Afficher les colonnes
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Quelles entrées traduire
Choisissez ici pour quelles " +"entrées du fichier KBabel essaye de trouver une traduction. Les entrées " +"changées sont toujours marquées comme « fuzzy », sans tenir compte de " +"l'option que vous avez choisie.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
\n" -"Les variables suivantes seront remplacées dans le chemin si disponibles :\n" -"
Comment les messages sont traduits
Vous pouvez choisir " +"ici si un message peut être traduit complètement, si les messages semblables " +"sont acceptables ou si KBabel est supposé essayer de traduire les mots " +"isolés dans un message si aucune traduction complète du message n'est " +"trouvée.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Marquer les entrées changées comme fuzzy
Quand une " +"traduction pour un message est trouvée, l'entrée sera marquée fuzzy " +"par défaut. Ceci du fait que la traduction est simplement devinée par KBabel " +"et que vous devriez toujours vérifier le résultat soigneusement. Ne " +"désactivez cette option que si vous savez ce que vous faites.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Marquer les entrées non valables en fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
Si vous sélectionnez cette option, tous les éléments qui sont identifiés par " -"l'outil comme non valables seront marqués en fuzzy et le fichier résultant sera " -"enregistré.
Initialiser les entrées spécifiques à TDE
Initialiser " +"les entrées « Comment= » et « Name= » s'il n'est pas trouvé de traduction. " +"De plus, « NAME OF TRANSLATORS » et « EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS » est rempli avec " +"les valeurs d'identité préréglées.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Ne pas valider les fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
Si vous sélectionnez cette option, tous les éléments marqués comme fuzzy ne " -"seront pas validés du tout.
Dictionnaires
Choisissez ici quel dictionnaire doit être " +"utilisé pour trouver une traduction. Si vous sélectionnez plusieurs " +"dictionnaires, ils sont utilisés dans le même ordre qu'ils sont affichés " +"dans la liste.
Le bouton Configurer vous permet de configurer " +"temporairement le dictionnaire sélectionné. Les réglages originaux seront " +"restaurés après avoir fermé la boîte de dialogue.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Quand une traduction pour un message est trouvée, l'entrée sera " +"marquée fuzzy par défaut. Ceci du fait que la traduction est " +"simplement devinée par KBabel et vous devriez toujours vérifier " +"soigneusement le résultat. Désactivez ceci si vous savez ce que vous faites." +"
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Sélecteur de caractères
Cet outil permet d'insérer des " +"caractères spéciaux en utilisant le double clic.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Éditeur de commentaires
\n" +"Cette fenêtre d'édition montre les commentaires du message en cours.\n" +"
Les commentaires contiennent normalement l'endroit où se trouve le " +"message\n" +"dans le code source et l'information sur l'état (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Quelquefois, des astuces d'autres traducteurs figurent dans les commentaires." +"
\n" +"Vous pouvez cacher l'éditeur de commentaires en désactivant\n" +"Configuration / Afficher les commentaires.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Contexte du PO
Cette fenêtre affiche le contexte du " +"message actuel dans le fichier PO. Normalement, il montre quatre messages " +"devant le message courant et quatre après.
Vous pouvez cacher la " +"fenêtre d'outils en désactivant Configuration / Afficher les outils." +"p>
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Liste d'erreurs
Cette fenêtre affiche la liste des " +"erreurs trouvées par les outils de validation, afin que vous puissiez savoir " +"pourquoi le message courant est considéré comme erroné.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Sélecteur de caractères
" -"Cet outil permet d'insérer des caractères spéciaux en utilisant le double " -"clic.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Ce bouton met à jour l'en-tête en utilisant les réglages courants. L'en-tête "
-"résultant est celui qui serait écrit dans le fichier PO lors de "
+" Ce bouton met à jour l'en-tête en utilisant les réglages courants. "
+"L'en-tête résultant est celui qui serait écrit dans le fichier PO lors de "
"l'enregistrement. This button will revert all changes made so far. Ce bouton inversera tous les changements faits jusqu'à maintenant. Ce bouton inversera tous les changements faits jusqu'à maintenant."
+"p> This is not a valid header. This is not a valid header. Please edit the header before updating! Ce n'est pas un en-tête valable. Ce n'est pas un en-tête valable. Veuillez modifier l'en-tête avant de mettre à jour. This is not a valid header. This is not a valid header. Please edit the header before updating. Ce n'est pas un en-tête valable. Ce n'est pas un en-tête valable. Veuillez modifier l'en-tête avant de mettre à jour. Comment Editor \n"
-" The comments normally contain information about where the message is found "
-"in the source\n"
-"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
-"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
-"Options->Show Comments. Éditeur de commentaires \n"
-" Les commentaires contiennent normalement l'endroit où se trouve le message\n"
-"dans le code source et l'information sur l'état (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
-"Quelquefois, des astuces d'autres traducteurs figurent dans les "
-"commentaires. Vous pouvez cacher l'éditeur de commentaires en désactivant\n"
-"Configuration / Afficher les commentaires. Search results This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries."
-" "
-" In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently "
-"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the "
-"search results. Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in "
-"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->"
-"Find.... The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section "
-"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with "
-"Settings->Configure Dictionary. Résultats de recherche Cette partie de la fenêtre montre les résultats des recherches dans les "
-"dictionnaires."
-" "
-" Le nombre d'entrées trouvées est affiché en haut ainsi que l'endroit où "
-"l'entrée trouvée se situe. Utilisez les boutons du bas pour naviguer dans les "
-"résultats de la recherche. La recherche est démarrée ou bien automatiquement en basculant vers une "
-"autre entrée ou bien en choisissant le mode de recherche voulu dans \n"
-"Dictionnaires / Chercher.... Les options habituelles peuvent être configurées dans le dialogue de "
-"préférences, dans la section Recherche et les options pour les "
-"différents dictionnaires peuvent être changées avec "
-"Configuration / Configurer les dictionnaires. Original String This part of the window shows the original message\n"
-"of the currently displayed entry. Message original Cette partie de la fenêtre montre le message original\n"
-"de l'entrée actuellement affichée. Status LEDs These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n"
-"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n"
-"Editor on page Appearance Voyants d'état Ces voyants affichent l'état du message actuellement affiché.\n"
-"Vous pouvez changer leur couleur dans la fenêtre de configuration, \n"
-"section « Édition », onglet « Aspect ». Translation Editor This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently "
-"displayed message."
-" Éditeur de traductions Cet éditeur affiche et permet de modifier la traduction du message "
-"actuellement affiché."
-" Statusbar The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n"
+"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n"
+"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is "
+"shown. Barre d'état La barre d'état affiche des informations sur le fichier ouvert,\n"
+"comme le nombre total d'entrées et le nombre de « fuzzy » et de messages\n"
+"non traduits. Le numéro et l'état de l'entrée courante sont également "
+"affichés. Search results This part of the window shows the results "
+"of searching in dictionaries. In the top is displayed the number of "
+"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the "
+"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results. Search "
+"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the "
+"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-"
+">Find.... The common options can be configured in the preferences "
+"dialog in section Search and the options for the different "
+"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary. Résultats de recherche Cette partie de la fenêtre montre "
+"les résultats des recherches dans les dictionnaires. Le nombre "
+"d'entrées trouvées est affiché en haut ainsi que l'endroit où l'entrée "
+"trouvée se situe. Utilisez les boutons du bas pour naviguer dans les "
+"résultats de la recherche. La recherche est démarrée ou bien "
+"automatiquement en basculant vers une autre entrée ou bien en choisissant le "
+"mode de recherche voulu dans \n"
+"Dictionnaires / Chercher.... Les options habituelles peuvent "
+"être configurées dans le dialogue de préférences, dans la section "
+"Recherche et les options pour les différents dictionnaires peuvent "
+"être changées avec Configuration / Configurer les dictionnaires. Original String This part of the window shows the original message\n"
+"of the currently displayed entry. Message original Cette partie de la fenêtre montre le message original\n"
+"de l'entrée actuellement affichée. Status LEDs These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n"
+"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n"
+"Editor on page Appearance Voyants d'état Ces voyants affichent l'état du message actuellement affiché.\n"
+"Vous pouvez changer leur couleur dans la fenêtre de configuration, \n"
+"section « Édition », onglet « Aspect ». Translation Editor This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently "
+"displayed message. Éditeur de traductions Cet éditeur affiche et permet de modifier la traduction du message "
+"actuellement affiché. Statusbar The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n"
-"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n"
-"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is "
-"shown. Barre d'état La barre d'état affiche des informations sur le fichier ouvert,\n"
-"comme le nombre total d'entrées et le nombre de « fuzzy » et de messages\n"
-"non traduits. Le numéro et l'état de l'entrée courante sont également "
-"affichés. Error List This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can "
-"know why the current message has been marked with an error. Liste d'erreurs Cette fenêtre affiche la liste des erreurs trouvées par les outils de "
-"validation, afin que vous puissiez savoir pourquoi le message courant est "
-"considéré comme erroné. PO Context This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. "
-"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after "
-"it. You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools. Contexte du PO Cette fenêtre affiche le contexte du message actuel dans le fichier PO. "
-"Normalement, il montre quatre messages devant le message courant et quatre "
-"après. Vous pouvez cacher la fenêtre d'outils en désactivant "
-"Configuration / Afficher les outils. There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them. Il y a des fichiers de sauvegarde de la base de données provenant d'une "
+"version précédente de KBabel. Cependant, une autre version de KBabel "
+"(probablement de TDE 3.1.1 ou 3.1.2) a créé une nouvelle base de données. Il "
+"en résulte que votre installation de KBabel contient deux versions des "
+"fichiers de base de données. Malheureusement, l'ancienne et la nouvelle ne "
+"peuvent être fusionnées. Vous aurez besoin d'en choisir une. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want "
-"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be "
-"ignored. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if "
+"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored. Paramètres Vous pouvez régler ici finement la recherche dans le fichier PO. Par "
-"exemple, si vous voulez chercher en tenant compte de la casse ou si les "
-"messages « fuzzy » doivent être ignorés. Paramètres Vous pouvez régler ici finement la recherche "
+"dans le fichier PO. Par exemple, si vous voulez chercher en tenant compte de "
+"la casse ou si les messages « fuzzy » doivent être ignorés. Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching "
-"message. Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want "
+"to have treated as a matching message. Options de comparaison Choisissez ici quels messages vous voulez traiter comme des messages qui "
-"correspondent. Options de comparaison Choisissez ici quels messages "
+"vous voulez traiter comme des messages qui correspondent. 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in "
-"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'. 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its "
+"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches "
+"'abcx123c12'. Correspondance de 3 Gram Un message correspond à un autre si la plupart de ses groupes de 3 lettres "
-"sont contenus dans l'autre message. Par exemple. « abc123 » correspond avec "
-"« abcx123c12 ». Correspondance de 3 Gram Un message correspond à un "
+"autre si la plupart de ses groupes de 3 lettres sont contenus dans l'autre "
+"message. Par exemple. « abc123 » correspond avec « abcx123c12 ». Location Configure here which file is to be used for searching. Emplacements Configurez ici quels fichiers on doit utiliser pour la recherche et où on "
-"peut trouver ces fichiers. Location Configure here which file is to be used for "
+"searching. Emplacements Configurez ici quels fichiers on doit "
+"utiliser pour la recherche et où on peut trouver ces fichiers. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you "
-"want to perform a case sensitive search. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search. Paramètres Vous pouvez régler ici finement la recherche dans le fichier PO. Par "
-"exemple, si vous voulez chercher en tenant compte de la casse. Paramètres Vous pouvez régler ici finement la recherche "
+"dans le fichier PO. Par exemple, si vous voulez chercher en tenant compte de "
+"la casse. Mark invalid as fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items,\n"
+"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n"
+"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n"
+"will be saved. Marquer les entrées non valables en fuzzy \n"
+" Si vous sélectionnez cette option, tous les éléments qui sont identifiés "
+"par l'outil comme non valables seront marqués en fuzzy et le fichier "
+"résultant sera enregistré. Do not validate fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items\n"
+"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all. Ne pas valider les fuzzy \n"
+" Si vous sélectionnez cette option, tous les éléments marqués comme fuzzy "
+"ne seront pas validés du tout. There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-" Il y a des fichiers de sauvegarde de la base de données provenant d'une "
-"version précédente de KBabel. Cependant, une autre version de KBabel "
-"(probablement de TDE 3.1.1 ou 3.1.2) a créé une nouvelle base de données. Il en "
-"résulte que votre installation de KBabel contient deux versions des fichiers de "
-"base de données. Malheureusement, l'ancienne et la nouvelle ne peuvent être "
-"fusionnées. Vous aurez besoin d'en choisir une."
-" Source for difference lookup Here you can select a source, which should be used\n"
+"for finding a difference. You can select file, translation database or\n"
+"corresponding msgstr. If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n"
+"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n"
+"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n"
+"preferences dialog. The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n"
+"for proofreading. You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n"
+"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n"
+"in KBabel's main window. Source pour les comparaisons Ici, vous pouvez sélectionner une source qui doit être utilisée pour\n"
+"chercher les différences. Vous pouvez sélectionner un fichier, une base de données des\n"
+"traductions ou le msgstr correspondant. Si vous choisissez la base de données des traductions, les messages pour "
+"les\n"
+"comparaisons sont pris dans la base de données. Pour que ça soit utile, vous "
+"devez avoir\n"
+"activé Ajouter automatiquement les entrées dans la base de\n"
+"données dans son dialogue des préférences. La dernière option est utile pour ceux qui utilisent des fichiers PO pour "
+"des lectures de vérifications. Vous pouvez temporairement comparer avec des messages d'un fichier en\n"
+"choisissant Outils / Différences / Ouvrir un fichier pour comparaison "
+"dans la\n"
+"fenêtre principale de KBabel. Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n"
+"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n"
+"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n"
+"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n"
+"file to diff with. Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n"
+"the database are used for diffing. Vous pouvez définir ici un dossier où les fichiers à comparer sont\n"
+"stockés. Si les fichiers sont stockés à la même place relative dans ce "
+"dossier\n"
+"que les fichiers originaux dans de leur dossier de base, KBabel peut\n"
+"ouvrir automatiquement le bon fichier pour la recherche des différences. "
+"p>\n"
+" Notez que cette option n'a pas d'effet si les messages de la base de\n"
+"données sont utilisés pour la comparaison. \n"
+"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n"
+"project for KBabel.\n"
+" \n"
+"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n"
+"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n"
+" \n"
+"You should also choose a language to translate into\n"
+"and also a type of the translation project.\n"
+" \n"
+"L'assistant vous aidera à configurer un nouveau projet de\n"
+"traduction pour KBabel. \n"
+"Premièrement, vous devez choisir le nom du projet et le fichier\n"
+"où la configuration doit être stockée.\n"
+" \n"
+"Vous devriez aussi choisir une langue dans laquelle traduire et aussi le\n"
+"type de projet de traduction.\n"
+" Configuration File Name Nom du fichier de configuration \n"
+"Language \n"
+"Langue Project name Nom du projet \n"
+"Project Type\n"
+"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n"
+"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n"
+"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n"
+"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n"
+" Currently known types:\n"
+"
End of document reached."
-"
Continue from the beginning?
End of document reached."
-"
Continue from the beginning?
Fin du document atteinte."
-"
Continuer à partir du début ?
Fin du document atteinte."
-"
Continuer à partir du début ?
Beginning of document reached."
-"
Continue from the end?
Beginning of document reached."
-"
Continue from the end?
Début du document atteint."
-"
Continuer à partir de la fin ?
Début du document atteint."
-"
Continuer à partir de la fin ?
End of document reached.
Continue from "
+"the beginning?
End of document reached.
Continue from the "
+"beginning?
Fin du document atteinte.
Continuer à partir "
+"du début ?
Fin du document atteinte.
Continuer à "
+"partir du début ?
Beginning of document reached.
Continue "
+"from the end?
Beginning of document reached.
Continue from "
+"the end?
Début du document atteint.
Continuer à "
+"partir de la fin ?
Début du document atteint.
Continuer à "
+"partir de la fin ?
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Si "
+"vous choisissez l'ancienne version, la nouvelle sera supprimée. Si vous "
+"choisissez la nouvelle, les anciens fichiers de base de données seront "
+"laissés, et vous devrez les supprimer à la main. Sinon, ce message "
+"s'affichera à nouveau (les anciens fichiers sont dans $TDEHOME/share/apps/"
+"kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).Chunk by chunk
CHANGE THIS TEXT!!!!This translation isobtained "
"translating the sentences and using afuzzy sentence translation database."
-"
Do not rely on it. Translations may be fuzzy."
-"
"
+"
Do not rely on it. Translations may be fuzzy.
"
msgstr ""
-"Morceau par morceau
CHANGEZ CE TEXTE !!! Cette traduction est obtenue "
-"en traduisant les phrases et en utilisant une base de données de traduction des "
-"phrases approximatives."
-"
Ne vous y fiez pas. Les traductions peuvent être bizarres."
-"
"
+"Morceau par morceau
CHANGEZ CE TEXTE !!! Cette traduction est "
+"obtenue en traduisant les phrases et en utilisant une base de données de "
+"traduction des phrases approximatives.
Ne vous y fiez pas. Les "
+"traductions peuvent être bizarres.
"
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:374
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:386
@@ -4908,39 +4351,46 @@ msgstr "DICO DYNAMIQUE :"
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:387
msgid ""
"Dynamic Dictionary
This is a dynamic dictionary created looking for "
-"correlation of original and translated words."
-"
Do not rely on it. Translations may be fuzzy."
-"
"
+"correlation of original and translated words.
Do not rely on it. "
+"Translations may be fuzzy.
"
msgstr ""
"Dictionnaire dynamique
C'est un dictionnaire dynamique créé en "
-"cherchant une corrélation entre l'original et les mots traduits."
-"
Ne vous reposez pas dessus. Les traductions peuvent être "
-"approximatives."
-"
"
+"cherchant une corrélation entre l'original et les mots traduits.
Ne "
+"vous reposez pas dessus. Les traductions peuvent être approximatives.
"
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
msgid "Create Database"
msgstr "Créer une base de données"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:258
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
-msgid "Create"
-msgstr "Créer"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.cpp:72
+msgid "Copyright 2000-2003 by Andrea Rizzi"
+msgstr "Copyright 2000-2003 par Andrea Rizzi"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:127
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:258
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
-msgid "Do Not Create"
-msgstr "Ne pas créer"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:95
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:147
+msgid "PO Auxiliary"
+msgstr "Auxiliaire PO"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:97
+msgid "A simple module for exact searching in a PO file"
+msgstr "Un module simple pour la recherche exacte dans un fichier PO."
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:426
+msgid "Loading PO auxiliary"
+msgstr "Chargement du PO auxiliaire"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:95
-#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp:184
-msgid "PO Compendium"
-msgstr "Fichier de référence des PO"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:438
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Error while trying to open file for PO Auxiliary module:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+"Problème lors de l'ouverture du fichier pour le module auxiliaire des PO :\n"
+" %1"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:97
-msgid "A module for searching in a PO file"
-msgstr "Un module pour chercher dans un fichier PO"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:450
+msgid "Building index"
+msgstr "Construction de l'index"
#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.cpp:79
#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp:1195
@@ -4962,84 +4412,53 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Building indices"
msgstr "Construction des index"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:95
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp:184
+msgid "PO Compendium"
+msgstr "Fichier de référence des PO"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:97
+msgid "A module for searching in a PO file"
+msgstr "Un module pour chercher dans un fichier PO"
+
#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:88
msgid ""
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
"
-"
Si vous choisissez l'ancienne version, la nouvelle sera supprimée. Si vous "
-"choisissez la nouvelle, les anciens fichiers de base de données seront laissés, "
-"et vous devrez les supprimer à la main. Sinon, ce message s'affichera à nouveau "
-"(les anciens fichiers sont dans "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).Base folder for diff files
\n"
+"Dossier de base des fichiers à comparer
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Le nom d'un fichier pour stocker la configuration du projet.
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"La langue de destination du projet, c'est-à-dire la langue de\n"
+"traduction. Elle doit suivre les règles de nommage standard de l'ISO 631"
+"p>\n"
+"
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n"
+"Le nom du projet est une identification d'un projet.\n"
+"Il est affiché dans la boîte de dialogue du projet et dans le\n"
+"titre de la fenêtre ouverte.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Remarque : le nom du projet peut être changé plus tard.\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n" +"Type de projet\n" +"Le type de projet permet d'ajuster les réglages pour le type\n" +"particulier de projets de traduction connus.\n" +"Par exemple, il configure les outils de validation, le marqueur \n" +"d'accélérateurs et le formatage de l'en-tête.\n" +"
\n" +"Types actuellement connus :\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Fichiers de traduction
\n" +"Saisissez le nom des dossiers qui contiennent tous vos fichiers PO et " +"POT.\n" +"Les fichiers et dossiers de ces dossiers seront fusionnés en une\n" +"arborescence
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Retirer automatiquement l'état de fuzzy
\n" +"Si ceci est activé et que vous éditez un message « fuzzy », l'état de\n" +"fuzzy est automatiquement retiré (cela signifie que la chaîne , fuzzy" +"i>\n" +"est retirée du commentaire de l'entrée.
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Utiliser le mode d'édition intelligent
\n" +"Cochez ceci pour rendre la saisie du texte plus confortable et laisser\n" +"KBabel prendre soin de certains caractères spéciaux qui doivent être\n" +"protégés. Par exemple, écrire « \\\" » fera « \\\\\\\" », une action sur\n" +"Entrée ajoutera automatiquement une espace à la fin de la ligne, une\n" +"action sur Maj+Entrée ajoutera « \\\\n » à la fin de la ligne.
\n" +"Notez que c'est juste une aide et qu'il est toujours possible de générer\n" +"du texte syntaxiquement incorrect.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Mise en évidence d'erreur
\n" +"Vous pouvez régler ici la manière de montrer qu'une erreur s'est\n" +"produite. Bip en cas d'erreur produit un bip sonore et Changer la\n" +"couleur du texte en cas d'erreur change la couleur du texte traduit. Si\n" +"rien n'est activé, vous verrez quand même un message dans la barre \n" +"d'état.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Voyants d'état
\n" +"Choisissez ici à quel endroit les voyants d'état sont affichés et " +"dansquelle couleur.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Commencer la recherche automatiquement
\n" +"Si ceci est activé, la recherche démarre automatiquement lorsque vous\n" +"basculez vers une autre entrée dans l'éditeur. Vous pouvez choisir où\n" +"chercher avec la boîte déroulante Dictionnaire par défaut.\n" +"
Vous pouvez aussi chercher manuellement en choisissant une entrée " +"dans\n" +"le menu contextuel qui apparaît ou bien en cliquant sur\n" +"Dictionnaires / Chercher du texte... ou en cliquant le bouton\n" +"Chercher... de la barre d'outils.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Dictionnaire par défaut
\n" +"Choisissez ici où la recherche par défaut doit se faire. Ce réglage\n" +"est utilisé quand la recherche commence automatiquement ou en cliquant sur\n" +"le bouton Chercher de la barre d'outils.
\n" +"Vous pouvez configurer les différents dictionnaires en choisissant le\n" +"dictionnaire désiré avec Configuration / Configurer les\n" +"dictionnaires.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Barre d'état
\n" -"La barre d'état affiche des informations sur la progression de la recherche " -"courante ou l'opération de remplacement. Le premier nombre dans Trouvés " -"affiche le nombre de fichiers avec une occurrence du texte recherché pas encore " -"affiché dans la fenêtre de KBabel. Le second montre le nombre total de fichiers " -"contenant le texte trouvé à ce moment.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Options des fichiers
" -"Ici, vous pouvez régler finement où trouver :" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Exemple : "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obtenir l'état local des fichiers suivants :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Examen d'un simple fichier PO..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obtenir les comparaisons pour les fichiers suivants :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Examen d'un dossier..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obtenir des informations sur les fichiers suivants :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Examen des dossiers et sous-dossiers..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Anciens messages :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Examen du fichier :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Journal des messages :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Entrées ajoutées :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Ajouter les fichiers auto&matiquement si nécessaire"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Progression totale :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Valider"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Traitement du fichier :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "Obtenir l'&état"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Chargement du fichier :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Obtenir la différence"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Exporter..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Obtenir des informations"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Chaînes répétées"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Sortie de la commande :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Bonnes clefs"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Le message du journal est vide. Voulez-vous continuer ?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Vous pouvez régler le nombre minimum de mots de requête qu'une clef doit "
+"avoir pour être insérée dans la liste des bonnes clefs. \n"
+"Vous pouvez aussi fixer le nombre minimum de mots de la clef que la requête "
+"doit avoir pour insérer la clef dans la liste. \n"
+"Ces deux nombres sont un pourcentage du nombre total de mots. Si le résultat "
+"de ce pourcentage est inférieur à un, le moteur le réglera à un. \n"
+"Enfin, vous pouvez fixer le nombre maximum d'entrées dans la liste."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Impossible d'ouvrir le fichier temporaire en écriture. Abandon."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Nombre minimal de mots de la clef aussi dans la requête(%) :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Impossible d'écrire dans le fichier temporaire. Abandon."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Impossible de démarrer le processus."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Nombre minimal de mots de la requête dans la clef (%) :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Sortie avec l'état %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Longueur maximale de la liste :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Terminé ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Mots fréquents"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Catalogues de messages"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Refuser les mots plus fréquents que :"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Pas de contrôle de version."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10 000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "État CVS / SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Les mots fréquents sont considérés comme étant dans toutes les clefs"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Résolu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Général"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Résolu pour les marqués"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Dossier de la base de données :"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Revenir"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Mise à jour automatique dans KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Revenir pour les marqués"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nouvelles entrées"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Nettoyer"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "De KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Nettoyer pour les marqués"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algorithme"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Pas de référentiel"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Score minimum :"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Fichiers :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algorithmes à utiliser"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nom"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Score :"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Archive des phrases fuzzy"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Fuzzy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glossaire"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Non traduits"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Exact "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Total"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Phrase par phrase"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Dernière révision"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alphanumérique"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Fenêtre de messages"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Mot à mot"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "Ne&ttoyer"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Dictionnaire dynamique"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Fenêtre de messages Dans cette fenêtre, on peut voir le résultat des commandes exécutées. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Gestionnaire de catalogue Le gestionnaire de catalogue fusionne deux dossiers en une arborescence \n"
-"et affiche tous les fichiers PO et POT de ces dossiers. De cette manière, \n"
-"vous pouvez facilement voir si un modèle a été nouvellement ajouté ou \n"
-"enlevé. De plus, certaines informations sur ces fichiers sont \n"
-"affichées. Pour d'autres informations, voyez la section \n"
-"Gestionnaire de catalogue de l'aide en ligne. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Si vous cherchez Mon nom est Andrea et que vous avez activé "
+"substitution d'un mot, vous pouvez trouver des phrases comme "
+"Mon nom est Joe ou Ton nom est Andrea."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Pas de référentiel SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Utiliser la substitution d'un mot"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Non présent dans le SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Nombre maximal de mots dans la requête :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Ajouté localement"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Utiliser une substitution de 2 mots"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Supprimé localement"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Modifié localement"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Synchronisé"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Caractères locaux pour les expressions rationnelles :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Conflit"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Base de données"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Erreur dans la copie de travail"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Dossier de la base de données :"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Inconnu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Ajouter automatiquement des entrées dans la base de données"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-"Ce n'est pas un référentiel SVN valable. Il est impossible d'exécuter les "
-"commandes SVN."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Commande de démarrage ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Fenêtre SVN"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Mettre à jour les fichiers suivants :"
+"Ajouter automatiquement une entrée dans la base de données si une nouvelle "
+"traduction est notifiée par quelqu'un (pouvant être KBabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Valider les fichiers suivants :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Ajouter automatiquement l'entrée auteur :"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obtenir l'état distant des fichiers suivants :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Les variables suivantes seront remplacées dans le chemin si disponibles :\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Fuinneog logála
\n" +"San fhuinneog seo taispeántar aschur na n-orduithe rite.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Colúin infheicthe
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +"KBabel cannot start a text editor component.\n" +"Please check your TDE installation." msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:62 +msgid "&Find:" +msgstr "&Aimsigh:" + +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:71 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/editorpreferences.ui line 89 -#: rc.cpp:386 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Automatic Checks" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:306 +msgid "" +"Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Shown columns
\n" +"Colúin infheicthe
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be "
+"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they "
+"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list. The "
+"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
+"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog."
+" When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
+"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by "
+"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this "
+"option only if you know what you are doing. "
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"plural forms"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr ""
+#: datatools/punctuation/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"punctuation"
+msgstr "poncaíocht"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr ""
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:58
+msgid "Error loading data (%1)"
+msgstr "Earráid agus sonraí á luchtú (%1)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr ""
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:118
+msgid "File not found"
+msgstr "Comhad gan aimsiú"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Comhad á scanadh:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:123
+msgid "The file is not a XML"
+msgstr "Ní comhad XML é seo"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:147
+msgid "Expected tag 'item'"
+msgstr "Bhíothas ag súil le clib 'item'"
+
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:153
+msgid "First child of 'item' is not a node"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:159
+msgid "Expected tag 'name'"
+msgstr "Bhíothas ag súil le clib 'name'"
+
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:167
+msgid "Expected tag 'exp'"
+msgstr "Bhíothas ag súil le clib 'exp'"
+
+#: datatools/whitespace/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"whitespace only translation"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Comhad á phróiseáil:"
+#: datatools/xml/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"XML tags"
+msgstr "Clibeanna XML"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "ag luchtú comhaid:"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp:74
+msgid "saving file"
+msgstr "comhad á shábháil"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Easpórtáil..."
+#: filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp:83
+msgid "loading file"
+msgstr "comhad á luchtú"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Staitisticí"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:64 kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp:52
+msgid "Table:"
+msgstr "Tábla:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:84
+msgid ""
+" Character Selector This tool allows to insert special "
+"characters using double click. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" Comment Editor \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" The comments normally contain information about where the message is "
+"found in the source\n"
+"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
+"Options->Show Comments. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+"
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" #: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 @@ -3031,18 +2835,15 @@ msgstr "Teagh&rán bunúsach (msgid):" #: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:343 msgid "" -"Original String
\n" +"Original String
\n" "This part of the window shows the original message\n" "of the currently displayed entry.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Status LEDs
\n" "These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" "You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" "Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" +"Translation Editor
\n" "This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80 @@ -4312,1201 +3919,1722 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Empty database." msgstr "Bunachar sonraí folamh." -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:71 -msgid "Copyright 2000-2001 by Andrea Rizzi" -msgstr "Cóipcheart 2000-2001 Andrea Rizzi" +#: kbabeldict/searchengine.h:339 +msgid "not implemented" +msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:84 -msgid "No error" -msgstr "Ní raibh aon earráid" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:11 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:29 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Go" +msgstr "&Téigh" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:125 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:30 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Markings" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:43 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:50 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Project" +msgstr "&Tionscadal" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:49 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:57 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Tools" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:60 catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:165 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:202 +#, no-c-format +msgid "CVS" +msgstr "CVS" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:112 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:87 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Settings" +msgstr "Socruithe:" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:117 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:95 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:122 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:100 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Main" +msgstr "Príomhchlár" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:128 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:113 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Navigationbar" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "To be set dynamically:" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:62 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Include templates" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:70 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &wildcards" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:59 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Overall:" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:80 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Current file:" +msgstr "Comhad reatha:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:88 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Validation:" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:96 commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:94 +#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:473 +#, no-c-format +msgid "New Item" +msgstr "Mír Nua" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:32 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Mark invalid as &fuzzy" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:35 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"Database folder does not exist:\n" -"%1\n" -"Do you want to create it now?" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1302 -msgid "No information available." -msgstr "Níl aon eolas ar fáil." +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: "
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Faigh eolas faoi na chomhaid seo a leanas:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Seanteachtaireachtaí:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Teachtaireacht &logála:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Comhad á scanadh:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Cuir comhaid leis go huathoibríoch, más gá"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Cuir i bhFeidhm"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Comhad á phróiseáil:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "Fai&gh Stádas"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "ag luchtú comhaid:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "Fai&gh Difríochtaí"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Easpórtáil..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Fai&gh Eolas"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Aschur an ordaithe:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
-"Is folamh í an teachtaireacht logála. Ar mhaith leat leanúint ar aghaidh?"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Níorbh fhéidir an próiseas a thosú."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Críochnaithe ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Catalóga na dTeachtaireachtaí"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Stádas CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Ginearálta"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Réitithe"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Fillteán DB:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Fill"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Glan"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algartam"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Gan stór"
-
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Comhaid:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Ainm"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Scór:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Doiléir"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Gluais"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Gan aistriú"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Beacht "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Iomlán"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Leasú is déanaí"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfa-Uimhriúil"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Fuinneog Logála"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Focal ar focal"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "G&lan"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Fuinneog logála San fhuinneog seo taispeántar aschur na n-orduithe rite. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Coinbhleacht"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Earráid sa Chóip Oibre"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Anaithnid"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Ordú tosaithe ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Bunachar Sonraí"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Dialóg SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Nuashonraigh na comhaid seo a leanas:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Cuir athruithe sna comhaid seo a leanas i bhfeidhm:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Faigh stádas cianda na gcomhad seo a leanas:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Faigh stádas logánta na gcomhad seo a leanas:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Que entradas traducir
" -"Indique aquí os tipos de cadeas para os que KBabel debe tentar atopar unha " -"tradución. As cadeas modificadas sempre serán sinaladas como dubidosas, escolla " -"a opción que escolla.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Como traducir as cadeas
" -"Aquí pode indicar se as mensaxes só poden ser traducidas por enteiro, se son " -"aceitábeis mensaxes similares ou se KBabel pode tentar traducir palabras soltas " -"dunha mensaxe se non atopa unha tradución completa igual nen semellante.
" -"Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Sinalar as entradas cambiadas coma dubidosas
" -"Cando se atopa unha tradución dunha mensaxe, a entrada será sinalada como " -"dudibosa por omisión. Isto é debido a que a tradución é unha aproximación " -"feita por KBabel e sempre debe verificar coidadosamente os resultados. " -"Desactive esta opción só se sabe o que está a facer.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Iniciar as entradas específicas de TDE
" -"Inicializa as entradas \"Comment=\" e \"Name=\" se non se atopa unha " -"tradución. Tamén preenche \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" e \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" " -"cos datos indicados na configuración da identidade.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Dicionarios
" -"Indique aquí que dicionarios deben ser usados para atopar unha tradución. Se " -"escolle máis dun, serán usados na mesma orden que están na lista.
" -"O botón Configurar permítelle configurar temporalmente o dicionario " -"que escolla. A configuración orixinal será restaurada tras pechar o diálogo.
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Cando se atopa unha tradución dunha mensaxe, a entrada será sinalada como " -"dubidosa por omisión. Isto é debido a que a tradución é unha aproximación " -"feita por KBabel e sempre debe verificar coidadosamente os resultados. " -"Desactive esta opción só se sabe o que está a facer.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Procurar texto
" -"Aquí pode indicar o texto que quer procurar. Se quer procurar unha expresión " -"regular, active Usar unha expresión regular.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Substituir o texto
" -"Aquí pode indicar o texto que queira pór no canto do texto procurado. Este " -"texto é usado tal como o escriba. Non é posíbel facer referencias cara tras, se " -"procurou unha expresión regular.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Onde procurar
" -"Indique aquí as parte das entradas do catálogo onde quere procurar.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Opcións
" -"Aquí pode axustar os detalles da substitución:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Opcións
" -"Aquí pode axustar os detalles da substitución: " -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Barra de estado
\n" +"A barra de estado mostra información acerca do progreso da operación de " +"procura ou substitución actual. O primeiro número en Atopado: mostra " +"o número de ficheiros contendo o texto procurado que aínda non foron " +"mostrados na fiestra de KBabel. O segundo mostra o número total de ficheiros " +"atopados que conteñen o texto que se está a procurar.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Actualizar cabezallo
\n" -"Sinale esta opción para actualizar a información do cabezallo do ficheiro " -"sempre que garde o ficheiro.
\n" -"O cabezallo normalmente guarda información acerca da data e hora da última\n" -"actualización do ficheiro, o último tradutor, etc.
\n" -"Pode escoller que información quer actualizar coas opcións en baixo.\n" -"Os campos que non existan serán engadidos á cabezallo.\n" -"Se quer engadir campos adicionais á cabezallo, pode editala á mao\n" -"escollendo\n" -"Editar->Editar cabezallo na fiestra do editor.
Fiestra de rexistro
\n" +"A saída dos comandos executados amosase nesta fiestra
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Campos a actualizar
\n" -"Escolla que campos do cabezallo quer actualizar ao guardar.\n" -"Os campos que non existan serán engadidos ao cabezallo.
\n" -"Se quer engadir outras informacións no cabezallo, deberá editalo á mao\n" -"escollendo Editar->Editar cabezallo na fiestra do editor.
\n" -"Desactive Actualizar cabezallo en riba se non quer que se\n" -"actualice cando guarde.
Xestor de Catálogos
\n" +"O xestor de catálogos fusiona dous cartafoles nunha árbore e mostra\n" +"todos os ficheiros PO e POT neses cartafoles. Deste xeito pode ver " +"facilmente\n" +"se un modelo foi engadido ou eliminado. Tamén mostra información acerca\n" +"dos ficheiros.
Para máis información consulte a sección O xestor " +"de catálogos da axuda.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Codificación
" -"Escolla a codificación dos caracteres para guardar o ficheiro. Se non está " -"seguro de cal escoller, pregúntelle ao coordinador da tradución.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Manter a codificación do ficheiro
" -"Se sinala esta opción, os ficheiros sempre serán guardados na mesma " -"codificación que foron lidos. Os ficheiros que non teñan información acerca da " -"codificación na cabezallo (p.ex. os modelos POT) serán guardados coa " -"codificación indicada acima.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Verificar a sintaxe do ficheiro ao guardar
\n" -"Sinale isto para verificar a sintaxe do ficheiro automaticamente\n" -"con «msgfmt --statistics» cando guarde o ficheiro. Só se lle notificarán\n" -"os erros que aparezan.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Guardar as entradas obsoletas
\n" -"Se sinala esta opción, as entradas obsoletas que se atopen ao abrir\n" -"o ficheiro serán guardadas outra vez no ficheiro. As entradas obsoletas\n" -"están marcadas cun #~ e son criadas cando o msgmerge non precisa\n" -"máis desa tradución. Se o texto volta a aparecer, estas entradas serán\n" -"activadas de novo. O reparo principal é o tamaño do ficheiro guardado.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Formato da data de revisión
" -"Escolla o formato co que guardar a data e hora no campo do\n" -"cabezallo PO-Revision-Date: " -"
Recoméndase que use o formato por omisión para evitar criar ficheiro PO non " -"estándares.
" -"Para máis información, consulte a sección O diálogo de preferencias " -"da axuda.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identidade
\n" -"Preencha a súa información e a do seu equipo de tradución.\n" -"Esta información é usada ao actualizar o cabezallo dun ficheiro.
\n" -"Pode atopar as opcións e que campos do cabezallo serán actualizados\n" -"na páxina Guardar deste diálogo.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Número de formas do singular/plural
" -"Nota: Esta opción é específica de TDE. Se non está a traducir unha " -"aplicación de TDE, pode ignorar esta opción.
" -"Indique aquí cantas formas do singular e plural son usadas no seu idioma. " -"Este número debe corresponderse coa configuración do seu equipo de " -"tradución.
" -"Opcionalmente, pode configurar a opción como Automático " -"e KBabel tentará obter esta información automaticamente de TDE. Use o botón " -"Probar para ver ser pode ser atopada.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Requerer argumentos de forma plural na tradución
\n" -"Nota: Esta opción é específica de TDE por agora. Se non está a " -"traducir un programa de TDE, pode ignorar esta opción.
\n" -"Se esta opción está habilitada, a comprobación da validación requererá que " -"haxa un argumento %n presente na mensaxe.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Cabezallo de forma plural de GNU
\n" -"Aquí pode indicar a entrada cabezallo que xestiona as formas plurais en GNU; " -"se o deixa en branco, a entrada no ficheiro PO non será engadida nen " -"modificada.
\n" -"KBabel pode tentar obter automaticamente unha suxestión dada polas " -"ferramentas gettext de GNU para a linguaxe configurada actualmente; " -"simplesmente prema no botón Procurar.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Marcador dos atallos de teclado
" -"Defina aquí o caracter que indica que o seguinte caracter é un atallo de " -"teclado. Por exempo en Qt é \"&\" en en Gtk é \"_\".
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Expresión regular para a información de contexto
" -"Indique aquí unha expresión regular que defina que é información de contexto " -"na mensaxe e non debe ser traducida.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Comprobación ortográfica simultánea
" -"Sinale isto para que KBabel comprobe a ortografía á medida que escrebe. As " -"palabras mal escrita serán coloridas coa cor de erro.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Lembrar as palabras ignoradas
" -"Sinale isto para que KBabel ignore sempre que comprobe a ortografía as " -"palabras para as que use o botón Ignorar todas " -"no diálogo de comprobación da ortografía.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Cartafoles base
\n" -"Indique os cartafoles que conteñen todos os seus ficheiros PO e POT.\n" -"Os ficheiros e os subcartafoles destes cartafoles serán xuntados nunha só " -"árbore.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Abrir os ficheiros nunha fiestra nova
\n" -"Se sinala esta opción todos os ficheiros que sexan abertos desde o\n" -"Xestor de Catálogos serán abertos nunha fiestra nova.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Matar procesos ao saír
\n" -"Se sinala esta opción, KBabel tentará matar os procesos que aínda non teñan " -"rematado cando KBabel saia,\n" -"enviándolle un sinal \"kill\".
\n" -"NOTA: Non se garante que os procesos sexan finalizados.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Crear índice para os contidos do ficheiro
\n" -"Se sinala esta opción, KBabel criará un índice para cada ficheiro PO co " -"gallo de acelerar as funcións de procurar/substituir.
\n" -"NOTA: Isto enlentecerá moito a actualización da información do ficheiro.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Executar msgfmt antes de procesar o ficheiro
" -"Se sinala esta opción, KBabel executará o comando msgfmt de gettext antes de " -"procesar un ficheiro.
" -"Recoméndase sinalar esta opción, aínda que enlenteza o procesamento. Está " -"sinalada por omisión.
" -"Desactivala é útil en ordenadores lentos e cando queira traducir ficheiros " -"PO que non estexan soportados pola versión actual das ferramentas Gettext que " -"teña instaladas no seu sistema. O mau é que non se fará caseque nengunha " -"comprobación da sintaxe, polo que é posíbel que ficheiros PO non válidos sexan " -"mostrados como bons, aínda que as ferramentas Gettext os rexeiten.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Comandos para os cartafoles
" -"Insira aquí os comandos que queira executar nos cartafoles desde o Xestor de " -"Catálogos. Estes comandos serán mostrados no submenú Comandos " -"do menú contextual do Xestor de Catálogos.
" -"As seguintes cadeas serán substituídas nos comandos: " -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Comandos para os ficheiros
" -"Insira aquí os comandos que queira executar nos ficheiros desde o Xestor de " -"Catálogos. Os comandos serán mostrados no submenú Comandos " -"do menú contextual do Xestor de Catálogos.
" -"As seguintes cadeas serán substituídas nos comandos: " -"
Opcións de ficheiros
Aquí pode indicar onde procurar:" +"
Shown columns
\n" -"Amosar columnas
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Benvido ao Asistente de Proxectos!\n" -"\n" -"O asistente axudarao a configurar un novo proxecto de tradución\n" -"con KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Antes de nada, debe escoller o nome do proxecto\n" -"e o ficheiro onde se guardará a configuración.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Tamén debe escoller unha lingua á que traducir\n" -"e un tipo de proxecto de tradución.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" +msgstr "Da localización (%1)" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124 +msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary" +msgstr "Engadir os ficheiros auto&maticamente se fose preciso" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:141 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "Actualizar" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "&Entregar" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139 +msgid "&Get Status" +msgstr "&Obter o estado" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142 +msgid "&Get Diff" +msgstr "&Obter as diferenzas" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:157 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:152 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:83 +msgid "C&ancel" +msgstr "C&ancelar" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160 +msgid "Command output:" +msgstr "Saída do comando:" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233 +msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "A mensaxe de rexisto da entrega está baleira. Desexa continuar?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:247 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot find encoding: %1" +msgstr "Non foi posíbel atopar a codificación: %1" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:253 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Nome do ficheiro de configuración "
-"
\n"
-"O nome dun ficheiro onde guardar a configuración do proxecto.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Lingua "
-"
\n"
-"A lingua obxectivo do proxecto, isto é, aquela á que se vai traducir.\n"
-"Debe seguir o estándar ISO 631 dos nomes dos idiomas.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Nome do proxecto "
-"
\n"
-"O nome do proxecto é unha identificación do proxecto para si.\n"
-"Móstrase no diálogo de configuración do proxecto e no título\n"
-"das fiestras abertas para este proxecto.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Nota: O nome do proxecto non pode ser mudado posteriormente.
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Tipo do proxecto\n" -"O tipo do proxecto permite axustar a configuración para\n" -"un tipo concreto de proxecto de tradución ben coñecido.\n" -"Por exemplo, configura as ferramentas de validación,\n" -"a marca dos atallo e o formato do cabezallo.\n" -"
\n" -"Os tipos coñecidos son:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Ficheiros da tradución
\n" -"Indique os cartafoles que conteñen os seus ficheiros PO e POT.\n" -"Os ficheiros e cartafoles nestes cartafoles serán xuntados nunha só árbore.
" -"Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Orixe para a pesquisa de diferenzas
\n" -"Aquí pode escoller unha fonte, que debe ser usada\n" -"para procurar as diferenzas.
\n" -"Pode escoller un ficheiro, base de datos de traducións ou a msgstr " -"correspondente.
\n" -"Se escolle a base de datos de traducións, as mensaxes coas\n" -"que obter as diferenzas serán tomadas da base de datos de\n" -"traducións; para ser útil, deberá activar a opción Engadir\n" -"automaticamente á base de datos no diálogo de preferencias.
\n" -"A última opción é útil para quen use os ficheiros PO nunha leitura á procura " -"de erros.
\n" -"Pode procurar temporalmente as diferenzas coas mensaxes dun\n" -"ficheiro escollendo Ferramentas->Diff->Abrir un ficheiro para diff\n" -"na fiestra principal de KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Cartafol base para os ficheiros antigos\n" -"
Aquí pode definir un cartafol no que guardar os ficheiros\n" -"diff. Se os ficheiros son guardados na mesma localización baixo\n" -"este cartafol que os ficheiros orixinais baixo o seu cartafol base,\n" -"KBabel poderá abrir automaticamente o ficheiro correcto co que\n" -"facer un diff.
\n" -"Lembre que esta opción non ten efeito se está a usar as mensaxes\n" -"da base de datos para calcular as diferenzas.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Comezar automaticamente a procura
\n" -"Se activa isto, a procura comezará automaticamente sempre\n" -"que vaia para outra entrada no editor. Pode escoller onde comezar\n" -"mediante a lista Dicionario por omisión.\n" -"
" -"Tamén pode comezar a procurar manualmente escollendo\n" -"unha entrada no menú contextual que aparece ou premendo\n" -"Dicionarios->Procurar... ou premendo un instante o botón do " -"dicionario.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Dicionario por omisión
\n" -"Escolla aquí onde procurar por omisión. \n" -"Este parámetro é usado se a procura é comezada automaticamente \n" -"ou cando se preme o botón do dicionario na barra de ferramentas.
\n" -"Pode configurar os diferentes dicionarios escollendo \n" -"o dicionario que desexe en Configuración->Configurar o dicionario.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Procurar texto
Aquí pode indicar o texto que quer " +"procurar. Se quer procurar unha expresión regular, active Usar unha " +"expresión regular.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Substituir o texto
Aquí pode indicar o texto que queira " +"pór no canto do texto procurado. Este texto é usado tal como o escriba. Non " +"é posíbel facer referencias cara tras, se procurou unha expresión regular." +"p>
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Onde procurar
Indique aquí as parte das entradas do " +"catálogo onde quere procurar.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Retirar automaticamente o sinal de dubida
\n" -"Se sinala esta opción e está a editar unha entrada dubidosa, o estado será " -"retirado automaticamente\n" -"(isto significa que a cadea ,fuzzy\n" -"será quitada do comentario da entrada).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Empregar edición intelixente
\n" -"Sinale isto para facer máis cómoda a escritura de texto e \n" -"permitirlle a KBabel encargarse dalgúns caracteres especiais que \n" -"deben ir entre aspas. Por exemplo se escrebe '\\\"' obterá \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', se preme Intro engadirá automaticamente un espazo no fin\n" -"da liña, se preme Maiúsc+Intro engadirá '\\\\n' no fin da liña.
\n" -"Lembre que isto é só unha axuda: aínda é posíbel xerar texto\n" -"sintacticamente incorrecto.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Recoñecimento de erros
\n" -"Aquí pode indicar como mostrar que aconteceu un erro. \n" -"Pitar cos error pita e Mudar a cor do texto cos \n" -"erros muda a cor do texto traducido. Se non activa nengunha, \n" -"aínda verá unha mensaxe na barra de estado.\n" -"
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Opcións
Aquí pode axustar os detalles da substitución:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Opcións
Aquí pode axustar os detalles da substitución: " +"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"LEDs de estado
\n" -"Escolla aquí onde mostrar os LEDs e a cor que teñen.
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Actualizar cabezallo
\n" +"Sinale esta opción para actualizar a información do cabezallo do ficheiro " +"sempre que garde o ficheiro.
\n" +"O cabezallo normalmente guarda información acerca da data e hora da " +"última\n" +"actualización do ficheiro, o último tradutor, etc.
\n" +"Pode escoller que información quer actualizar coas opcións en baixo.\n" +"Os campos que non existan serán engadidos á cabezallo.\n" +"Se quer engadir campos adicionais á cabezallo, pode editala á mao\n" +"escollendo\n" +"Editar->Editar cabezallo na fiestra do editor.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Campos a actualizar
\n" +"Escolla que campos do cabezallo quer actualizar ao guardar.\n" +"Os campos que non existan serán engadidos ao cabezallo.
\n" +"Se quer engadir outras informacións no cabezallo, deberá editalo á mao\n" +"escollendo Editar->Editar cabezallo na fiestra do editor.
\n" +"Desactive Actualizar cabezallo en riba se non quer que se\n" +"actualice cando guarde.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Codificación
Escolla a codificación dos caracteres " +"para guardar o ficheiro. Se non está seguro de cal escoller, pregúntelle ao " +"coordinador da tradución.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Manter a codificación do ficheiro
Se sinala esta " +"opción, os ficheiros sempre serán guardados na mesma codificación que foron " +"lidos. Os ficheiros que non teñan información acerca da codificación na " +"cabezallo (p.ex. os modelos POT) serán guardados coa codificación indicada " +"acima.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Verificar a sintaxe do ficheiro ao guardar
\n" +"Sinale isto para verificar a sintaxe do ficheiro automaticamente\n" +"con «msgfmt --statistics» cando guarde o ficheiro. Só se lle notificarán\n" +"os erros que aparezan.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Guardar as entradas obsoletas
\n" +"Se sinala esta opción, as entradas obsoletas que se atopen ao abrir\n" +"o ficheiro serán guardadas outra vez no ficheiro. As entradas obsoletas\n" +"están marcadas cun #~ e son criadas cando o msgmerge non precisa\n" +"máis desa tradución. Se o texto volta a aparecer, estas entradas serán\n" +"activadas de novo. O reparo principal é o tamaño do ficheiro guardado.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 142 -#: rc.cpp:672 rc.cpp:1003 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Remove context comment" -msgstr "Eliminar o comentario de contexto" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:314 +msgid "" +"Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Formato da data de revisión
Escolla o formato co que " +"guardar a data e hora no campo do\n" +"cabezallo PO-Revision-Date:
Recoméndase que use o formato por omisión para evitar criar " +"ficheiro PO non estándares.
Para máis información, consulte a sección " +"O diálogo de preferencias da axuda.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Identidade
\n" +"Preencha a súa información e a do seu equipo de tradución.\n" +"Esta información é usada ao actualizar o cabezallo dun ficheiro.
\n" +"Pode atopar as opcións e que campos do cabezallo serán actualizados\n" +"na páxina Guardar deste diálogo.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Número de formas do singular/plural
Nota: Esta " +"opción é específica de TDE. Se non está a traducir unha aplicación de TDE, " +"pode ignorar esta opción.
Indique aquí cantas formas do singular e " +"plural son usadas no seu idioma. Este número debe corresponderse coa " +"configuración do seu equipo de tradución.
Opcionalmente, pode " +"configurar a opción como Automático e KBabel tentará obter esta " +"información automaticamente de TDE. Use o botón Probar para ver ser " +"pode ser atopada.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Exemplo:\n"
-" Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Requerer argumentos de forma plural na tradución Nota: Esta opción é específica de TDE por agora. Se non está a "
+"traducir un programa de TDE, pode ignorar esta opción. Se esta opción está habilitada, a comprobación da validación requererá "
+"que haxa un argumento %n presente na mensaxe. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Cabezallo de forma plural de GNU Aquí pode indicar a entrada cabezallo que xestiona as formas plurais en "
+"GNU; se o deixa en branco, a entrada no ficheiro PO non será engadida nen "
+"modificada. KBabel pode tentar obter automaticamente unha suxestión dada polas "
+"ferramentas gettext de GNU para a linguaxe configurada actualmente; "
+"simplesmente prema no botón Procurar. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Marcador dos atallos de teclado Defina aquí o caracter "
+"que indica que o seguinte caracter é un atallo de teclado. Por exempo en Qt "
+"é \"&\" en en Gtk é \"_\". Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Expresión regular para a información de contexto Indique aquí unha expresión regular que defina que é información de "
+"contexto na mensaxe e non debe ser traducida. "
+" On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Examinar un só ficheiro PO"
+" Comprobación ortográfica simultánea Sinale isto para "
+"que KBabel comprobe a ortografía á medida que escrebe. As palabras mal "
+"escrita serán coloridas coa cor de erro. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Lembrar as palabras ignoradas Sinale isto para que "
+"KBabel ignore sempre que comprobe a ortografía as palabras para as que use o "
+"botón Ignorar todas no diálogo de comprobación da ortografía. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Cartafoles base Indique os cartafoles que conteñen todos os seus ficheiros PO e POT.\n"
+"Os ficheiros e os subcartafoles destes cartafoles serán xuntados nunha só "
+"árbore. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Abrir os ficheiros nunha fiestra nova Se sinala esta opción todos os ficheiros que sexan abertos desde o\n"
+"Xestor de Catálogos serán abertos nunha fiestra nova. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Matar procesos ao saír Se sinala esta opción, KBabel tentará matar os procesos que aínda non "
+"teñan rematado cando KBabel saia,\n"
+"enviándolle un sinal \"kill\". NOTA: Non se garante que os procesos sexan finalizados. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> \n"
-"Pode indicar o número mínimo de palabras da pesquisa que debe ter unha chave "
-"para ser inserida na lista de chaves boas. "
-" \n"
-"Tamén pode indicar o número mínimo de palabras da chave que debe ter unha "
-"pesquisa para inserir a chave na lista. "
-" \n"
-"Este dous número son o porcentaxe do número total de palabras. Se o resultado "
-"desta percentaxe é menor que un, o motor axustaráo a un. "
-" \n"
-"Finalmente pode indicar o número máximo de entradas na lista."
+" Crear índice para os contidos do ficheiro Se sinala esta opción, KBabel criará un índice para cada ficheiro PO co "
+"gallo de acelerar as funcións de procurar/substituir. NOTA: Isto enlentecerá moito a actualización da información do ficheiro."
+"p> Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Executar msgfmt antes de procesar o ficheiro Se sinala "
+"esta opción, KBabel executará o comando msgfmt de gettext antes de procesar "
+"un ficheiro. Recoméndase sinalar esta opción, aínda que enlenteza o "
+"procesamento. Está sinalada por omisión. Desactivala é útil en "
+"ordenadores lentos e cando queira traducir ficheiros PO que non estexan "
+"soportados pola versión actual das ferramentas Gettext que teña instaladas "
+"no seu sistema. O mau é que non se fará caseque nengunha comprobación da "
+"sintaxe, polo que é posíbel que ficheiros PO non válidos sexan mostrados "
+"como bons, aínda que as ferramentas Gettext os rexeiten. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Se procura Chámome Mónica e son mariñá e ten activada "
-"unha substitución de palabra tamén atopará frases como "
-"Chámome Mónica e son chairega ou Chámome Lucia e son mariñá."
+"
Comandos para os cartafoles
Insira aquí os comandos " +"que queira executar nos cartafoles desde o Xestor de Catálogos. Estes " +"comandos serán mostrados no submenú Comandos do menú contextual do " +"Xestor de Catálogos.
As seguintes cadeas serán substituídas nos " +"comandos:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Comandos para os ficheiros
Insira aquí os comandos que " +"queira executar nos ficheiros desde o Xestor de Catálogos. Os comandos serán " +"mostrados no submenú Comandos do menú contextual do Xestor de " +"Catálogos.
As seguintes cadeas serán substituídas nos comandos:
Shown columns
\n" +"Amosar columnas
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Que entradas traducir
Indique aquí os tipos de cadeas " +"para os que KBabel debe tentar atopar unha tradución. As cadeas modificadas " +"sempre serán sinaladas como dubidosas, escolla a opción que escolla.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
\n" -"As seguintes variábeis serán substituídas na rota se aparecen:\n" -"
Como traducir as cadeas
Aquí pode indicar se as mensaxes " +"só poden ser traducidas por enteiro, se son aceitábeis mensaxes similares ou " +"se KBabel pode tentar traducir palabras soltas dunha mensaxe se non atopa " +"unha tradución completa igual nen semellante.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Sinalar as entradas cambiadas coma dubidosas
Cando se " +"atopa unha tradución dunha mensaxe, a entrada será sinalada como " +"dudibosa por omisión. Isto é debido a que a tradución é unha " +"aproximación feita por KBabel e sempre debe verificar coidadosamente os " +"resultados. Desactive esta opción só se sabe o que está a facer.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Marcar as non válidas como dubidosas " -"
\n" -"
Se escolle esta opción, todas as entradas\n" -"que identifican o ficheiro como non válida, serán\n" -"sinaladas como dubidosas e o ficheiro resultante\n" -"será guardado.
Iniciar as entradas específicas de TDE
Inicializa as " +"entradas \"Comment=\" e \"Name=\" se non se atopa unha tradución. Tamén " +"preenche \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" e \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" cos datos " +"indicados na configuración da identidade.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Non validar as dubidosas " -"
\n" -"
Se escolle esta opción, as entradas\n" -"sinaladas como dubidosas non serán validadas.
Dicionarios
Indique aquí que dicionarios deben ser " +"usados para atopar unha tradución. Se escolle máis dun, serán usados na " +"mesma orden que están na lista.
O botón Configurar permítelle " +"configurar temporalmente o dicionario que escolla. A configuración orixinal " +"será restaurada tras pechar o diálogo.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Cando se atopa unha tradución dunha mensaxe, a entrada será sinalada " +"como dubidosa por omisión. Isto é debido a que a tradución é unha " +"aproximación feita por KBabel e sempre debe verificar coidadosamente os " +"resultados. Desactive esta opción só se sabe o que está a facer.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Escolla de caracteres
Esta ferramenta permite inserir " +"caracteres especiais cun duplo-click.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Editor do comentario
\n" +"Esta fiestra de edición móstralle os comentarios da mensaxe mostrada " +"actualmente.\n" +"
Os comentarios normalmente conteñen información acerca de onde se atopa a " +"mensaxe no código fonte\n" +"así como información acerca do estado da mensaxe (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Ás veces tamén aparecen axudas de outros tradutores.
\n" +"Pode agochar o editor do comentario desactivando\n" +"Configuración->Vistas->Agochar Comentarios.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Contexto de PO
Esta fiestra mostra o contexto da " +"mensaxe actual no ficheiro PO. Polo xeral mostra as catro mensaxes " +"anteriores á actual e as catro seguintes.
Pode acochar a fiestra das " +"ferramentas se desactiva Configuración-> Vistas->Agochar Contexto de PO" +"b>.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Escolla de caracteres
" -"Esta ferramenta permite inserir caracteres especiais cun duplo-click.
" -"Lista de erros
Esta fiestra mostra a lista dos erros " +"atopados polas ferramentas de validación para que poda saber por que foi " +"sinalada cun erro a mensaxe actual.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Este botón actualiza o cabezallo usando a configuración actual. O cabezallo " -"resultante é o que sería escrito no ficheiro PO ao guardar.
Este botón actualiza o cabezallo usando a configuración actual. O " +"cabezallo resultante é o que sería escrito no ficheiro PO ao guardar.
" +"qt>" #: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:65 msgid "&Reset" @@ -3336,198 +2687,447 @@ msgstr "Editor de cabezallos para %1" #: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:136 msgid "" -"This is not a valid header.
\n" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" "Please edit the header before updating!
Este non é un cabezallo válido.
\n" +"Este non é un cabezallo válido.
\n" "Edite o cabezallo antes de actualizalo!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" "Please edit the header before updating.
Este non é un cabezallo válido.
\n" +"Este non é un cabezallo válido.
\n" "Edite o cabezallo antes de actualizalo.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Editor do comentario
\n" -"Esta fiestra de edición móstralle os comentarios da mensaxe mostrada " -"actualmente." -"\n" -"
Os comentarios normalmente conteñen información acerca de onde se atopa a " -"mensaxe no código fonte\n" -"así como información acerca do estado da mensaxe (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Ás veces tamén aparecen axudas de outros tradutores.
\n" -"Pode agochar o editor do comentario desactivando\n" -"Configuración->Vistas->Agochar Comentarios.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Barra de estado
\n" +"A barra de estado mostra información acerca do ficheiro aberto,\n" +"como o número total de entradas e o número de mensaxes dubidosas ou non " +"traducidas. Tamén se mostran o índice e o estado da mensaxe que se está a " +"mostrar.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Resultados da procura
" -"Esta parte da fiestra mostra os resultados da pesquisa nos dicionarios. " -"
" -"
Arriba móstrase o número de entradas atopadas e onde se atopou a que se está " -"a mostra. Use os botóns no fondo para navegar através dos resultados da " -"procura.
" -"A procura é iniciada automaticamente ao ir para outra entrada na fiestra do " -"editor ou se escolle o dicionario desexado en Dicionarios->Procurar..." -".
" -"As opcións habituais poden ser configuradas no diálogo de preferencias na "
+" Search results This part of the window shows the results "
+"of searching in dictionaries. In the top is displayed the number of "
+"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the "
+"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results. Search "
+"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the "
+"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-"
+">Find.... The common options can be configured in the preferences "
+"dialog in section Search and the options for the different "
+"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary. Resultados da procura Esta parte da fiestra mostra os "
+"resultados da pesquisa nos dicionarios. Arriba móstrase o número de "
+"entradas atopadas e onde se atopou a que se está a mostra. Use os botóns no "
+"fondo para navegar através dos resultados da procura. A procura é "
+"iniciada automaticamente ao ir para outra entrada na fiestra do editor ou se "
+"escolle o dicionario desexado en Dicionarios->Procurar.... As "
+"opcións habituais poden ser configuradas no diálogo de preferencias na "
"sección Procurar e as opcións dos diferentes dicionarios poden ser "
"modificadas en Configuración->Configurar dicionario. Original String Original String This part of the window shows the original message\n"
"of the currently displayed entry. Cadea orixinal Cadea orixinal Esta parte da fiestra mostra a mensaxe orixinal\n"
"da entrada mostrada agora. Status LEDs Status LEDs These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n"
"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n"
"Editor on page Appearance LEDs de estado LEDs de estado Estes LEDs mostran o estado da mensaxe que se está a mostrar.\n"
"Pode mudar a súa cor no diálogo de preferencias, na sección\n"
"Editor na páxina Aparencia Translation Editor Translation Editor This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently "
-"displayed message."
-" Editor da tradución Editor da tradución Este editor mostra e permítelle editar a tradución da mensaxe agora "
-"mostrada."
-" Statusbar The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n"
-"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n"
-"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is "
-"shown. Barra de estado A barra de estado mostra información acerca do ficheiro aberto,\n"
-"como o número total de entradas e o número de mensaxes dubidosas ou non "
-"traducidas. Tamén se mostran o índice e o estado da mensaxe que se está a "
-"mostrar. Error List This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can "
-"know why the current message has been marked with an error. Lista de erros Esta fiestra mostra a lista dos erros atopados polas ferramentas de "
-"validación para que poda saber por que foi sinalada cun erro a mensaxe "
-"actual. PO Context This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. "
-"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after "
-"it. You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools. Contexto de PO Esta fiestra mostra o contexto da mensaxe actual no ficheiro PO. Polo xeral "
-"mostra as catro mensaxes anteriores á actual e as catro seguintes. Pode acochar a fiestra das ferramentas se desactiva Configuración-> "
-"Vistas->Agochar Contexto de PO. There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them. Hai ficheiros de copia de seguridade da base de datos de versións "
+"anteriores de KBabel. Porén outra versión de KBabel (probabelmente de TDE "
+"3.1.1 ou 3.1.2) creou unha base de datos nova. Como resultado, a súa "
+"instalación de KBabel contén dúas versións dos ficheiros da base de datos. "
+"Por desgraza, as versións vella e nova non poden ser fusionadas. Deberá "
+"escoller unha delas. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want "
-"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be "
-"ignored. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if "
+"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored. Parámetros Aquí pode axustar os detalles da procura no ficheiro PO. Por exemplo se quer "
-"facer unha procura sensíbel á capitalización, ou se quer ignorar as mensaxes "
-"dubidosas. Parámetros Aquí pode axustar os detalles da procura no "
+"ficheiro PO. Por exemplo se quer facer unha procura sensíbel á "
+"capitalización, ou se quer ignorar as mensaxes dubidosas. Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching "
-"message. Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want "
+"to have treated as a matching message. Opcións de comparación Escolla aquí as mensaxes que queira tratar como concordantes. Opcións de comparación Escolla aquí as mensaxes que "
+"queira tratar como concordantes. 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in "
-"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'. 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its "
+"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches "
+"'abcx123c12'. Concordancia 3-gram Unha mensaxe concorda con outra se varios dos seus grupos de tres letras "
-"están contidos na outra mensaxe, p.ex. \"abc123\" concorda con "
-"\"abcx123c12\". Concordancia 3-gram Unha mensaxe concorda con outra se "
+"varios dos seus grupos de tres letras están contidos na outra mensaxe, p.ex. "
+"\"abc123\" concorda con \"abcx123c12\". Location Configure here which file is to be used for searching. Localizacion Indique aquí o ficheiro que debe ser usado para as procuras. Location Configure here which file is to be used for "
+"searching. Localizacion Indique aquí o ficheiro que debe ser "
+"usado para as procuras. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you "
-"want to perform a case sensitive search. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search. Parámetros Aquí pode axustar os detalles miúdos da procura no ficheiro PO. Por exemplo, "
-"se quer facer unha procura sensíbel á capitalización. Parámetros Aquí pode axustar os detalles miúdos da "
+"procura no ficheiro PO. Por exemplo, se quer facer unha procura sensíbel á "
+"capitalización. Mark invalid as fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items,\n"
+"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n"
+"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n"
+"will be saved. Marcar as non válidas como dubidosas \n"
+" Se escolle esta opción, todas as entradas\n"
+"que identifican o ficheiro como non válida, serán\n"
+"sinaladas como dubidosas e o ficheiro resultante\n"
+"será guardado. Do not validate fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items\n"
+"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all. Non validar as dubidosas \n"
+" Se escolle esta opción, as entradas\n"
+"sinaladas como dubidosas non serán validadas. There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-" Hai ficheiros de copia de seguridade da base de datos de versións anteriores "
-"de KBabel. Porén outra versión de KBabel (probabelmente de TDE 3.1.1 ou 3.1.2) "
-"creou unha base de datos nova. Como resultado, a súa instalación de KBabel "
-"contén dúas versións dos ficheiros da base de datos. Por desgraza, as versións "
-"vella e nova non poden ser fusionadas. Deberá escoller unha delas. "
-" Source for difference lookup Here you can select a source, which should be used\n"
+"for finding a difference. You can select file, translation database or\n"
+"corresponding msgstr. If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n"
+"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n"
+"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n"
+"preferences dialog. The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n"
+"for proofreading. You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n"
+"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n"
+"in KBabel's main window. Orixe para a pesquisa de diferenzas Aquí pode escoller unha fonte, que debe ser usada\n"
+"para procurar as diferenzas. Pode escoller un ficheiro, base de datos de traducións ou a msgstr "
+"correspondente. Se escolle a base de datos de traducións, as mensaxes coas\n"
+"que obter as diferenzas serán tomadas da base de datos de\n"
+"traducións; para ser útil, deberá activar a opción Engadir\n"
+"automaticamente á base de datos no diálogo de preferencias. A última opción é útil para quen use os ficheiros PO nunha leitura á "
+"procura de erros. Pode procurar temporalmente as diferenzas coas mensaxes dun\n"
+"ficheiro escollendo Ferramentas->Diff->Abrir un ficheiro para diff\n"
+"na fiestra principal de KBabel. Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n"
+"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n"
+"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n"
+"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n"
+"file to diff with. Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n"
+"the database are used for diffing. Aquí pode definir un cartafol no que guardar os ficheiros\n"
+"diff. Se os ficheiros son guardados na mesma localización baixo\n"
+"este cartafol que os ficheiros orixinais baixo o seu cartafol base,\n"
+"KBabel poderá abrir automaticamente o ficheiro correcto co que\n"
+"facer un diff. Lembre que esta opción non ten efeito se está a usar as mensaxes\n"
+"da base de datos para calcular as diferenzas. \n"
+"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n"
+"project for KBabel.\n"
+" \n"
+"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n"
+"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n"
+" \n"
+"You should also choose a language to translate into\n"
+"and also a type of the translation project.\n"
+" \n"
+"O asistente axudarao a configurar un novo proxecto de tradución\n"
+"con KBabel.\n"
+" \n"
+"Antes de nada, debe escoller o nome do proxecto\n"
+"e o ficheiro onde se guardará a configuración.\n"
+" \n"
+"Tamén debe escoller unha lingua á que traducir\n"
+"e un tipo de proxecto de tradución.\n"
+" Configuration File Name Nome do ficheiro de configuración \n"
+"Language \n"
+"Lingua Project name Nome do proxecto \n"
+"Project Type\n"
+"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n"
+"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n"
+"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n"
+"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n"
+" Currently known types:\n"
+"
End of document reached."
-"
Continue from the beginning?
End of document reached."
-"
Continue from the beginning?
Acadouse a fin do documento."
-"
Continuar desde o comezo?
Acadouse a fin do documento."
-"
Continuar desde o comezo?
Beginning of document reached."
-"
Continue from the end?
Beginning of document reached."
-"
Continue from the end?
Acadouse o comezo do documento."
-"
Continuar desde o fin?
Acadouse o comezo do documento."
-"
Continuar desde o fin?
End of document reached.
Continue from "
+"the beginning?
End of document reached.
Continue from the "
+"beginning?
Acadouse a fin do documento.
Continuar "
+"desde o comezo?
Acadouse a fin do documento.
Continuar "
+"desde o comezo?
Beginning of document reached.
Continue "
+"from the end?
Beginning of document reached.
Continue from "
+"the end?
Acadouse o comezo do documento.
Continuar "
+"desde o fin?
Acadouse o comezo do documento."
+"
Continuar desde o fin?
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Se escolle a vella, a nova será eliminada. "
+"Se escolle a nova, os fichieros da vella serán deixados e deberá borralos "
+"manualmente. Se non o fai esta mensaxe será mostrada de novo (os ficheiros "
+"vellos están en $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).Chunk by chunk
CHANGE THIS TEXT!!!!This translation isobtained "
"translating the sentences and using afuzzy sentence translation database."
-"
Do not rely on it. Translations may be fuzzy."
-"
"
+"
Do not rely on it. Translations may be fuzzy.
"
msgstr ""
"Anaco por anaco
REVISE ESTE TEXTO!!!!! Esta tradución é obtida "
"traducindo as frases e usando unha base de datos se frases traducidas "
-"dubidodas. "
-"
Non se fíe del. As tradución poden ser dubidosas."
-"
"
+"dubidodas.
Non se fíe del. As tradución poden ser dubidosas.
"
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:374
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:386
@@ -4843,38 +4269,46 @@ msgstr "DICIONARIO DINÁMICO:"
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:387
msgid ""
"Dynamic Dictionary
This is a dynamic dictionary created looking for "
-"correlation of original and translated words."
-"
Do not rely on it. Translations may be fuzzy."
-"
"
+"correlation of original and translated words.
Do not rely on it. "
+"Translations may be fuzzy.
"
msgstr ""
"Dicionario dinámico
Este é un dicionario dinámico que é criado "
-"procurando correlacións entre palabras orixinais e traducidas. "
-"
Non se fíe del. As traducións poden ser dubidosas."
-"
"
+"procurando correlacións entre palabras orixinais e traducidas.
Non "
+"se fíe del. As traducións poden ser dubidosas.
"
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
msgid "Create Database"
msgstr "Crear base de datos"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:258
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
-msgid "Create"
-msgstr "Criar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.cpp:72
+msgid "Copyright 2000-2003 by Andrea Rizzi"
+msgstr "Copyright 2000-2003 por Andrea Rizzi"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:127
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:258
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
-msgid "Do Not Create"
-msgstr "Non criar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:95
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:147
+msgid "PO Auxiliary"
+msgstr "PO auxiliar"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:95
-#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp:184
-msgid "PO Compendium"
-msgstr "Compendio de PO"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:97
+msgid "A simple module for exact searching in a PO file"
+msgstr "Un módulo simples para procurar con exactitude nun ficheiro PO"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:426
+msgid "Loading PO auxiliary"
+msgstr "Cargando o ficheiro PO auxiliar"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:438
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Error while trying to open file for PO Auxiliary module:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+"Aconteceu un erro ao tentar abrir un ficheiro para o módulo PO auxiliar:\n"
+"%1"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:97
-msgid "A module for searching in a PO file"
-msgstr "Un módulo para procurar nun ficheiro PO"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:450
+msgid "Building index"
+msgstr "Construíndo o índice"
#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.cpp:79
#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp:1195
@@ -4896,82 +4330,53 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Building indices"
msgstr "Construíndo os índices"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:95
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp:184
+msgid "PO Compendium"
+msgstr "Compendio de PO"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:97
+msgid "A module for searching in a PO file"
+msgstr "Un módulo para procurar nun ficheiro PO"
+
#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:88
msgid ""
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
"
-"
Se escolle a vella, a nova será eliminada. Se escolle a nova, os fichieros "
-"da vella serán deixados e deberá borralos manualmente. Se non o fai esta "
-"mensaxe será mostrada de novo (os ficheiros vellos están en "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).Base folder for diff files
\n"
+"Cartafol base para os ficheiros antigos
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"O nome dun ficheiro onde guardar a configuración do proxecto.
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"A lingua obxectivo do proxecto, isto é, aquela á que se vai traducir.\n"
+"Debe seguir o estándar ISO 631 dos nomes dos idiomas.
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n"
+"O nome do proxecto é unha identificación do proxecto para si.\n"
+"Móstrase no diálogo de configuración do proxecto e no título\n"
+"das fiestras abertas para este proxecto.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Nota: O nome do proxecto non pode ser mudado posteriormente.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n" +"Tipo do proxecto\n" +"O tipo do proxecto permite axustar a configuración para\n" +"un tipo concreto de proxecto de tradución ben coñecido.\n" +"Por exemplo, configura as ferramentas de validación,\n" +"a marca dos atallo e o formato do cabezallo.\n" +"
\n" +"Os tipos coñecidos son:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Ficheiros da tradución
\n" +"Indique os cartafoles que conteñen os seus ficheiros PO e POT.\n" +"Os ficheiros e cartafoles nestes cartafoles serán xuntados nunha só árbore." +"p>
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Retirar automaticamente o sinal de dubida
\n" +"Se sinala esta opción e está a editar unha entrada dubidosa, o estado " +"será retirado automaticamente\n" +"(isto significa que a cadea ,fuzzy\n" +"será quitada do comentario da entrada).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Empregar edición intelixente
\n" +"Sinale isto para facer máis cómoda a escritura de texto e \n" +"permitirlle a KBabel encargarse dalgúns caracteres especiais que \n" +"deben ir entre aspas. Por exemplo se escrebe '\\\"' obterá \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', se preme Intro engadirá automaticamente un espazo no fin\n" +"da liña, se preme Maiúsc+Intro engadirá '\\\\n' no fin da liña.
\n" +"Lembre que isto é só unha axuda: aínda é posíbel xerar texto\n" +"sintacticamente incorrecto.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Recoñecimento de erros
\n" +"Aquí pode indicar como mostrar que aconteceu un erro. \n" +"Pitar cos error pita e Mudar a cor do texto cos \n" +"erros muda a cor do texto traducido. Se non activa nengunha, \n" +"aínda verá unha mensaxe na barra de estado.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
LEDs de estado
\n" +"Escolla aquí onde mostrar os LEDs e a cor que teñen.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Comezar automaticamente a procura
\n" +"Se activa isto, a procura comezará automaticamente sempre\n" +"que vaia para outra entrada no editor. Pode escoller onde comezar\n" +"mediante a lista Dicionario por omisión.\n" +"
Tamén pode comezar a procurar manualmente escollendo\n" +"unha entrada no menú contextual que aparece ou premendo\n" +"Dicionarios->Procurar... ou premendo un instante o botón do " +"dicionario.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Dicionario por omisión
\n" +"Escolla aquí onde procurar por omisión. \n" +"Este parámetro é usado se a procura é comezada automaticamente \n" +"ou cando se preme o botón do dicionario na barra de ferramentas.
\n" +"Pode configurar os diferentes dicionarios escollendo \n" +"o dicionario que desexe en Configuración->Configurar o dicionario.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Barra de estado
\n" -"A barra de estado mostra información acerca do progreso da operación de " -"procura ou substitución actual. O primeiro número en Atopado: " -"mostra o número de ficheiros contendo o texto procurado que aínda non foron " -"mostrados na fiestra de KBabel. O segundo mostra o número total de ficheiros " -"atopados que conteñen o texto que se está a procurar.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Opcións de ficheiros
" -"Aquí pode indicar onde procurar:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Exemplo:\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obter información dos seguintes ficheiros:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Examinar un só ficheiro PO..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "Mensaxes &vellas:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Examinar un cartafol..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Mensaxe de &rexistro:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Examinar un cartafol e os subcartafoles..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Engadir os ficheiros auto&maticamente se fose preciso"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "A examinar o ficheiro:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Entregar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Entradas engadidas:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Obter o estado"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Progreso total:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Obter as diferenzas"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Procesando o ficheiro:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Obter información"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Cargando o ficheiro:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Saída do comando:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Exportar..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "A mensaxe de rexisto da entrega está baleira. Desexa continuar?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Cadeas repetidas"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Non foi posíbel abrir un ficheiro temporal para escribir. Abortando."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Chaves boas"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Non foi posíbel escribir no ficheiro temporal. Abortando."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Pode indicar o número mínimo de palabras da pesquisa que debe ter unha chave "
+"para ser inserida na lista de chaves boas. \n"
+"Tamén pode indicar o número mínimo de palabras da chave que debe ter unha "
+"pesquisa para inserir a chave na lista. \n"
+"Este dous número son o porcentaxe do número total de palabras. Se o "
+"resultado desta percentaxe é menor que un, o motor axustaráo a un. \n"
+"Finalmente pode indicar o número máximo de entradas na lista."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Non foi posíbel iniciar o proceso."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Número mínimo de palabras da chave tamén na consulta (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Finalizado co estado %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Rematado ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Número mínimo de palabras da pesquisa na chave (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Catálogos de mensaxes"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Lonxitude máxima da lista:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Sen control de versión"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Palabras frecuentes"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Estado do CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Descartar as palabras máis frecuentes que:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Resolto"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Resolto para os marcados"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Considérase que as palabras frecuentes están en todas as chaves"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Reverter"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Xeral"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Reverter para os marcados"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Cartafol da base de datos:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Limpar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Actualización automática en Kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Limpar os marcados"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Novas entradas"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Sen repositorio"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Desde kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Ficheiros:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritmo"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nome"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Puntuación mínima:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmo a empregar"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Dubidosa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Puntuación:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Sen traducir"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Arquivo de frases dubidosas"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Total"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glosario"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Última revisión"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Exacto "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Fiestra de rexistro"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Frase por frase"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Limpar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumérico"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Fiestra de rexistro A saída dos comandos executados amosase nesta fiestra Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Xestor de Catálogos O xestor de catálogos fusiona dous cartafoles nunha árbore e mostra\n"
-"todos os ficheiros PO e POT neses cartafoles. Deste xeito pode ver facilmente\n"
-"se un modelo foi engadido ou eliminado. Tamén mostra información acerca\n"
-"dos ficheiros. Para máis información consulte a sección O xestor de catálogos "
-"da axuda. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Se procura Chámome Mónica e son mariñá e ten activada unha "
+"substitución de palabra tamén atopará frases como Chámome Mónica e "
+"son chairega ou Chámome Lucia e son mariñá."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Ao día"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Empregar unha substitución de palabra"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Conflito"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Número máximo de palabras na pesquisa:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Erro na copia de traballo"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Usar dúas substitucións de palabras"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Descoñecido"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Non é un repositorio SVN válido. Non se poderán executar comandos SVN."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Iniciando comando ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Caracteres locais para as expresións regulares:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Diálogo SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Base de datos"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Actualizar os seguintes ficheiros:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Cartafol de base de datos:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Entregar os seguintes ficheiros:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Engadir automaticamente a entrada á base de datos"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obter o estado remoto dos seguintes ficheiros:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Engade automaticamente unha entrada á base de datos se alguén notifica unha "
+"nova tradución (pode ser Kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obter o estado local dos seguintes ficheiros:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Autor da entrada engadida automaticamente:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obter as diferenzas dos seguintes ficheiros:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"As seguintes variábeis serán substituídas na rota se aparecen:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
אילו רשומות לתרגם
" -"בחר כאן, עבור אילו רשומות של הקובץ KBabel ינסה לחפש תרגום. רשומות ששונו תמיד " -"יסומנו כ־Fuzzy, לא משנה באיזה אפשרות תבחר.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
איך מחרוזות מתורגמות
" -"כאן אתה תוכל להגדיר אם הודעה תתורגם באופן מלא, אם הודעות דומות יתקבלו או אם " -"KBabal ינסה לתרגם מילה בודדת של הודעה אם לא נמצאה הודעה מלאה או דומה.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
אתחל רשומות מסוימות ל־TDE
" -"אתחל רשומות \"Comment=\" ו \"Name=\" אם התרגום לא נמצא. בנוסף מלא את \"NAME " -"OF TRANSLATORS\" ואת \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" לפי ההגדרות.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"מילונים
" -"בחר כאן, באיזה מילונים להשתמש עבור מציאת תרגום. אם תבחר יותר ממילון אחד, " -"יעשה בהם שימוש באותו סדר שהם מוצגים ברשימה.
" -"כפתור ההגדרמאפשר לך להגדיר באופן זמני מילון נבחר. האפשרות המקורית " -"תשוחזר אחרי סגירת חלון הדו־שיח.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
חפש טקסט
" -"כאן אתה יכול להכניס את הטקסט שאתה רוצה לחפש. אם אתה רוצה לחפש ביטוי רגולרי " -"אפשר את האפשרות השתמש בביטוי רגולרי למטה.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
החלף טקסט
" -"כאן אתה תוכל להכניס את הטקסט שאתה רוצה למצוא ולהחליף. הטקסט יוחלף כמו שהוא. " -"זה לא אפשרי לשמור קישור הפוך, אם בחרת לחפש ביטוי רגולרי.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
איפה לחפש
" -"בחר כאן באיזה חלקים של רשומת הקטלוג אתה רוצה לחפש.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
חלון יומן
\n" +"בחלון זה מוצגים הפלטים של הפקודות המבוצעות.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
מנהל הקטלוג
\n" +"מנהל הקטלוג ממזג שתי תיקיות לתוף עץ בודד ומראה את כל קבצי ה־PO וה־POT\n" +"בתיקיות האלו. בצורה זו אתה יכול לראות בקלות אם התבנית הוספה או הוסרה.\n" +"בנוסף מוצג מידע אודות הקבצים.\n" +"
למידע נוסף ראה חלקמנהל הקטלוג בעזרה המקוונת.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
בדוק את התחביר של הקובץ בזמן שמירה
\n" -"סמן אפשרות זאת בכדי לבדוק אוטומטית את התחביר של קובץ עם \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"בזמן שמירת קובץ. אתה תקבל רק הודעה אם אירעה שגיאה.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
זהות
\n" -"מלא מידע אודותיך ואודות צוות התרגום שלך.\n" -"במידע זה נעשה שימוש בזמן עדכון כותרת הקובץ.
\n" -"תוכל למצוא איזה שדות יעודכנו בכותרת הקובץ בעמוד שמירה " -"בחלון דו־שיח זה.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
הסימון עבור מקש קיצור
" -"הגדר כאן, איזה תו מסמן את מקש הקיצור. לדוגמה ב־Qt המקש הוא '&' וב־Gtk " -"הוא '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
ביטוי רגולרי עבור מידע הקשר
" -"הכנס כאן ביטוי רגולרי שמגדיר מה יחשב כמידע הקשר בהודעות ואסור לתרגם אותו.
" -"On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
בדיקת איות מידית
" -"הפעל את אפשרות זאת בכדי לאפשר ל־KBabel לבדוק איות בזמן שאתה מקליד. מילים " -"שמאויתות לא נכון יצבעו בצבע שיראה על שגיאה.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
תיקיות בסיס
\n" -"הקלד את התיקיות שמכילות את כל קבצי ה־PO וקבצי ה־POT שלך.\n" -"הקבצים והתיקיות בתיקיות האלו ימוזגו לתוך עץ אחד.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
פתח קבצים בחלון חדש
\n" -"אם אפשרות זו מופעלת, כל הקבצים שפתחת ממנהל הקטלוג יפתחו בחלון חדש.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
עמודות מוצגות
\n" -"אפשרויות קובץ
כאן אתה יכול להגדיר בצורה עדינה היכן לחפש:" +"
\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"ברוך הבא לאשף הפרויקט!\n" -"\n" -"האשף יעזור לך להגדיר את התצורה של פרויקט תרגום חדש עבור KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"ראשית, תצטרך לבחור שם לפרויקט.\n" -"ושם קובץ, שבו ההגדרות ישמרו.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"אתה צריך בנוסף לבחור שפה לתרגם אליה\n" -"וכמוכן את סוג פרויקט התרגום.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:68 +msgid "CVS Dialog" +msgstr "חלון דו־שיח CVS" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
שם קובץ ההגדרות"
-"
\n"
-"השם של הקובץ שבו ישמרו ההגדרות של הפרויקט.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"שפה"
-"
\n"
-"שפת היעד של הפרויקט, כלומר השפה שיש לתרגם אליה. השפה צריכה לעקוב אחרי נורמת "
-"נתינת השמות של ISO 631.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
שם הפרויקט"
-"
\n"
-"שם הפרויקט הוא המזהה של הפרויקט עבורך.\n"
-"הוא מוצג בחלון דו־שיח של ההגדרות כמו גם\n"
-"בכותרת החלון הנפתח עבור הפרויקט.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"הערה: אתה לא תוכל לשנות את שם הפרויקט לאחר מכן.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
קבצי תרגום
\n" -"הקלד את שמות התיקיות שמכילות את כל קבצי ה־PO וה-POT שלך.\n" -"הקבצים והתיקיות בתיקיות אלו יאוחדו לאחר מכן לעץ אחד.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
זיהוי שגיאות
\n" -"כאן אתה יכול לקבוע איך להציג שגיאה כאשר היא אירעה. \n" -"צפצף אם אירעה שגיאה מצפצף ו שנה צבע טקסט אם אירעה שגיאה\n" -" משנה את הצבע של הטקסט המתורגם. אם לא הפעלת אחד מהם \n" -", אתה עדיין תראה הודעה בסרגל המצב.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"נוריות מצב
\n" -"בחר כאן איפה יוצגו נוריות המצב ואם הצבעים שלהן.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
חפש טקסט
כאן אתה יכול להכניס את הטקסט שאתה רוצה לחפש. אם " +"אתה רוצה לחפש ביטוי רגולרי אפשר את האפשרות השתמש בביטוי רגולרי למטה." +"p>
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
החלף טקסט
כאן אתה תוכל להכניס את הטקסט שאתה רוצה למצוא " +"ולהחליף. הטקסט יוחלף כמו שהוא. זה לא אפשרי לשמור קישור הפוך, אם בחרת לחפש " +"ביטוי רגולרי.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
איפה לחפש
בחר כאן באיזה חלקים של רשומת הקטלוג אתה רוצה " +"לחפש.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "&ברירת מחדל של תבנית תאריך"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "סרוק קובץ PO בודד"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "תב&נית תאריך מקומית"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "סרוק תיקייה"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "תבנית תאריך מות&אמת אישית"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "סרוק תיקייה && תיקיות משנה"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "מחרוזת פרויקט"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "סורק קובץ:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "מזהה־פרויקט:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "רשומות שהתווספו:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&כותרת"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "סך כל ההתקדמות:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "עדכן את &זכויות היוצרים של המתרגם"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "מעבד קובץ:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "זכויות יוצרים של הקרן לתכנה חופשית"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "טוען קובץ:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "ה&סר זכויות יוצרים אם ריק"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "ייצא..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "&עדכן זכויות יוצרים"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "סטטיסטיקה"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "א&ל תשנה"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "מחרוזות חוזרות"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "&זכויות יוצרים"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "מילים טובות"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+msgid ""
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. בדוק את התחביר של הקובץ בזמן שמירה סמן אפשרות זאת בכדי לבדוק אוטומטית את התחביר של קובץ עם \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"בזמן שמירת קובץ. אתה תקבל רק הודעה אם אירעה שגיאה. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
+"_: Short for minutes\n"
+" min"
+msgstr " דקות"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "השתמש בהוספה של מילה אחת"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:184
+msgid "No autosave"
+msgstr "ללא שמירה אוטומטית"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:188 kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:29
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "מספר מרבי של מילים בשאילתה:"
+msgid "&General"
+msgstr "&כללי"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "השתמש בהוספה של שתי מילים"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:195
+msgid "Fields to Update"
+msgstr "שדות לעדכון"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199
+msgid "Re&vision-Date"
+msgstr "תאריך־&שינוי"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200
+msgid "Last-&Translator"
+msgstr "&מתרגם־אחרון"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "תווים מקומיים עבור הביטויים הרגולריים:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "ש&פה"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "תיקיית מסד הנתונים:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "&ערכת תווים"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "הוסף אוטומטית רשומה למסד הנתונים"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "&קידוד"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr ""
-"הוסף אוטומטית רשומה למסד הנתונים אם יש התראת תרגום חדש על ידי מישהו (עשוי להיות "
-"KBabal)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "פרויק&ט"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "מחבר רשומה שהתווספה אוטומטית:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "התבנית של תאריך השינוי"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"\n"
+"
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
זהות
\n" +"מלא מידע אודותיך ואודות צוות התרגום שלך.\n" +"במידע זה נעשה שימוש בזמן עדכון כותרת הקובץ.
\n" +"תוכל למצוא איזה שדות יעודכנו בכותרת הקובץ בעמוד שמירה בחלון דו־שיח " +"זה.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
הסימון עבור מקש קיצור
הגדר כאן, איזה תו מסמן את מקש " +"הקיצור. לדוגמה ב־Qt המקש הוא '&' וב־Gtk הוא '_'.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
ביטוי רגולרי עבור מידע הקשר
הכנס כאן ביטוי רגולרי שמגדיר " +"מה יחשב כמידע הקשר בהודעות ואסור לתרגם אותו.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
\n" -"המשתנים הבאים יוחלפו בתוך הנתיב אם הם זמינים:\n" -"
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
בדיקת איות מידית
הפעל את אפשרות זאת בכדי לאפשר ל־KBabel " +"לבדוק איות בזמן שאתה מקליד. מילים שמאויתות לא נכון יצבעו בצבע שיראה על " +"שגיאה.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
סמן לא תקינים כ־fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
אם תבחר את אפשרות זאת, כל הפריטים,\n" -"שמזוהים כלא תקינים על ידי כלי אימות, יסומנו\n" -"כ־fuzzy והקובץ הנדון ישמר.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
אל תבדוק אימות ל fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
תיקיות בסיס
\n" +"הקלד את התיקיות שמכילות את כל קבצי ה־PO וקבצי ה־POT שלך.\n" +"הקבצים והתיקיות בתיקיות האלו ימוזגו לתוך עץ אחד.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
פתח קבצים בחלון חדש
\n" +"אם אפשרות זו מופעלת, כל הקבצים שפתחת ממנהל הקטלוג יפתחו בחלון חדש.
" +"qt>" -#: _translatorinfo.cpp:3 kbabeldict/main.cpp:122 -msgid "" -"_: EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\n" -"Your emails" -msgstr "kde-il@yahoogroups.com, gillata@gmail.com" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:931 +msgid "&Kill processes on exit" +msgstr "&הרוג תהליכים ביציאה" -#: kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:538 -#, c-format +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:933 msgid "" -"An error occurred while trying to get the list of messages for this file from " -"the database:\n" -"%1" +"Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
בוחר תווים
" -"כלי זה מאפשר להכניס תווים מיוחדים תוך שימוש בלחיצה כפולה.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Shown columns
\n" +"כפתור זה מעדכן את הכותרת תוך שימוש בהגדרות הנוכחיות. הכותרת היא זאת שתכתב " -"לקובץ ה־PO בזמן שמירה.
עמודות מוצגות
\n" +"This button will revert all changes made so far.
כפתור זה יחזיר לקדמותם את כל השינויים שנעשו עד כה.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
זאת לא כותרת תקינה.
\n" -"אנא ערוך את הכותרת לפני העדכון.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
זאת לא כותרת תקינה.
\n" -"אנא ערוך את הכותרת לפני העדכון.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
אילו רשומות לתרגם
בחר כאן, עבור אילו רשומות של הקובץ " +"KBabel ינסה לחפש תרגום. רשומות ששונו תמיד יסומנו כ־Fuzzy, לא משנה באיזה " +"אפשרות תבחר.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
איך מחרוזות מתורגמות
כאן אתה תוכל להגדיר אם הודעה תתורגם " +"באופן מלא, אם הודעות דומות יתקבלו או אם KBabal ינסה לתרגם מילה בודדת של " +"הודעה אם לא נמצאה הודעה מלאה או דומה.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
אתחל רשומות מסוימות ל־TDE
אתחל רשומות \"Comment=\" ו " +"\"Name=\" אם התרגום לא נמצא. בנוסף מלא את \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" ואת " +"\"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" לפי ההגדרות.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
מילונים
בחר כאן, באיזה מילונים להשתמש עבור מציאת תרגום. " +"אם תבחר יותר ממילון אחד, יעשה בהם שימוש באותו סדר שהם מוצגים ברשימה.
" +"כפתור ההגדרמאפשר לך להגדיר באופן זמני מילון נבחר. האפשרות המקורית " +"תשוחזר אחרי סגירת חלון הדו־שיח.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
מחרוזת מקורית
\n" -"חלק זה של החלון מציג את ההודעה המקורית\n" -"של הרשומה הנוכחית המוצגת.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
נוריות מצב
\n" -"נוריות אלו מציגות את המצב של ההודעה הנוכחית המוצגת.\n" -"תוכל לשנות את צבען בחלון דו־שיח של \n" -"העריכה בעמוד מראה
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
עורך התרגום
\n" -"עורך זה מציג ונותן לך לערוך את התרגום של ההודעה הנוכחית המוצגת." -"
בוחר תווים
כלי זה מאפשר להכניס תווים מיוחדים תוך שימוש " +"בלחיצה כפולה.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
רשימת שגיאות
חלון זה מציג את רשימת השגיאות שנמצאו על ידי " +"כלי האימות בכדי שאתה תוכל לדעת למה ההודעה הנוכחית סומנה כשגיאה.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
כפתור זה מעדכן את הכותרת תוך שימוש בהגדרות הנוכחיות. הכותרת היא זאת " +"שתכתב לקובץ ה־PO בזמן שמירה.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
כפתור זה יחזיר לקדמותם את כל השינויים שנעשו עד כה.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
זאת לא כותרת תקינה.
\n" +"אנא ערוך את הכותרת לפני העדכון.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
זאת לא כותרת תקינה.
\n" +"אנא ערוך את הכותרת לפני העדכון.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
סרגל מצב
\n" +"סרגל המצב מציג קצת מידע אודות הקובץ הפתוח,\n" +"כגון סך הכל של הרשומות והמספר של הודעות fuzzy ומתורגמות.\n" +"בנוסף יש את האינדקס ואת המצב של הרשומה הנוכחית המוצגת.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:617 -msgid "&Check All..." -msgstr "בדוק ה&כל..." +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 +msgid "" +"_: Menu item\n" +"Open" +msgstr "פתח" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:620 -msgid "C&heck From Cursor Position..." -msgstr "בדוק ממיקום &סמן..." +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 +msgid "Open Template" +msgstr "פתח תבנית" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:623 -msgid "Ch&eck Current..." -msgstr "בדוק &נוכחי..." +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 +msgid "" +"KBabel Version %1\n" +"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" +" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
מחרוזת מקורית
\n" +"חלק זה של החלון מציג את ההודעה המקורית\n" +"של הרשומה הנוכחית המוצגת.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
נוריות מצב
\n" +"נוריות אלו מציגות את המצב של ההודעה הנוכחית המוצגת.\n" +"תוכל לשנות את צבען בחלון דו־שיח של \n" +"העריכה בעמוד מראה
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
עורך התרגום
\n" +"עורך זה מציג ונותן לך לערוך את התרגום של ההודעה הנוכחית המוצגת.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
סרגל מצב
\n" -"סרגל המצב מציג קצת מידע אודות הקובץ הפתוח,\n" -"כגון סך הכל של הרשומות והמספר של הודעות fuzzy ומתורגמות.\n" -"בנוסף יש את האינדקס ואת המצב של הרשומה הנוכחית המוצגת.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
רשימת שגיאות
" -"חלון זה מציג את רשימת השגיאות שנמצאו על ידי כלי האימות בכדי שאתה תוכל לדעת " -"למה ההודעה הנוכחית סומנה כשגיאה.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
פרמטרים
" -"כאן אתה יכול לעדן את החיפוש בתוך קבצי ה־PO. לדוגמה, אם אתה רוצה לבצע חיפוש " -"תלוי ראשיות, או אם אתה רוצה להתעלם מהודעות במצב fuzzy.
פרמטרים
כאן אתה יכול לעדן את החיפוש בתוך קבצי ה־PO. " +"לדוגמה, אם אתה רוצה לבצע חיפוש תלוי ראשיות, או אם אתה רוצה להתעלם מהודעות " +"במצב fuzzy.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
אפשרויות השוואה
" -"בחר כאן לאיזה הודעות אתה רוצה להתייחס כאל הודעות תואמות.
אפשרויות השוואה
בחר כאן לאיזה הודעות אתה רוצה להתייחס " +"כאל הודעות תואמות.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
התאמת 3 Gram
" -"הודעה תואמת לאחרת אם רוב הקבוצות בנות 3 אותיות שלה מוכלות בהודעה אחרת. " -"לדוגמה 'abc123' תואמת את 'abcx123c12'.
התאמת 3 Gram
הודעה תואמת לאחרת אם רוב הקבוצות בנות 3 " +"אותיות שלה מוכלות בהודעה אחרת. לדוגמה 'abc123' תואמת את 'abcx123c12'.
" +"qt>" #: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:109 #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:107 msgid "" -"Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
מיקום
" -"הגדר כאן באיזה קובץ יעשה שימוש בחיפוש.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
מיקום
הגדר כאן באיזה קובץ יעשה שימוש בחיפוש.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"ערכים
" -"כאן אתה יכול לעדן את החיפוש בתוך קובץ PO. לדוגמה, אם אתה רוצה לבצע חיפוש עם " -"הבחנה בין אותיות גדולות לקטנות.
ערכים
כאן אתה יכול לעדן את החיפוש בתוך קובץ PO. לדוגמה, " +"אם אתה רוצה לבצע חיפוש עם הבחנה בין אותיות גדולות לקטנות.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
סמן לא תקינים כ־fuzzy
\n" +"
אם תבחר את אפשרות זאת, כל הפריטים,\n" +"שמזוהים כלא תקינים על ידי כלי אימות, יסומנו\n" +"כ־fuzzy והקובץ הנדון ישמר.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
אל תבדוק אימות ל fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"ברוך הבא לאשף הפרויקט!\n" +"\n" +"האשף יעזור לך להגדיר את התצורה של פרויקט תרגום חדש עבור KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"ראשית, תצטרך לבחור שם לפרויקט.\n" +"ושם קובץ, שבו ההגדרות ישמרו.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"אתה צריך בנוסף לבחור שפה לתרגם אליה\n" +"וכמוכן את סוג פרויקט התרגום.\n" +"
" + +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
שם קובץ ההגדרות
\n"
+"השם של הקובץ שבו ישמרו ההגדרות של הפרויקט.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"שפה
\n"
+"שפת היעד של הפרויקט, כלומר השפה שיש לתרגם אליה. השפה צריכה לעקוב אחרי נורמת "
+"נתינת השמות של ISO 631.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
שם הפרויקט
\n"
+"שם הפרויקט הוא המזהה של הפרויקט עבורך.\n"
+"הוא מוצג בחלון דו־שיח של ההגדרות כמו גם\n"
+"בכותרת החלון הנפתח עבור הפרויקט.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"הערה: אתה לא תוכל לשנות את שם הפרויקט לאחר מכן.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
קבצי תרגום
\n" +"הקלד את שמות התיקיות שמכילות את כל קבצי ה־PO וה-POT שלך.\n" +"הקבצים והתיקיות בתיקיות אלו יאוחדו לאחר מכן לעץ אחד.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
זיהוי שגיאות
\n" +"כאן אתה יכול לקבוע איך להציג שגיאה כאשר היא אירעה. \n" +"צפצף אם אירעה שגיאה מצפצף ו שנה צבע טקסט אם אירעה שגיאה\n" +" משנה את הצבע של הטקסט המתורגם. אם לא הפעלת אחד מהם \n" +", אתה עדיין תראה הודעה בסרגל המצב.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
נוריות מצב
\n" +"בחר כאן איפה יוצגו נוריות המצב ואם הצבעים שלהן.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
אפשרויות קובץ
" -"כאן אתה יכול להגדיר בצורה עדינה היכן לחפש:" -"
\n"
+"Example: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "השג מצב מקומי עבור הקבצים הבאים:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "סרוק קובץ PO בודד..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "השג השוואה עבור הקבצים הבאים:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "סרוק תיקייה..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "השג מידע עבור הקבצים הבאים:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "סרוק תיקייה ותיקיות משנה..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "הודעות י&שנות:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "סורק קובץ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "הודעה מה&יומן:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "רשומות שהתווספו:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "הוסף קבצים &אוטומטית אם נדרש"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "סך כל ההתקדמות:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&בצע"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "מעבד קובץ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&השג מצב"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "טוען קובץ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "השג ה&שוואה"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "ייצא..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "ה&שג מידע"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "מחרוזות חוזרות"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "פלט הפקודה:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "מילים טובות"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "יומן ההודעות של הביצוע ריק. האם אתה רוצה להמשיך?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "לא יכול לפתוח קובץ זמני לכתיבה. נוטש."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "המספר המינימלי של המילים של המפתח הנמצאות בשאילתה (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב לקובץ זמני. נוטש."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "לא יכול להפעיל את התהליך."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "מספר מינימלי של מילים בשאילתה במפתח (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ יצא עם מצב %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "אורך רשימה מרבי:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ הסתיים ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "מילים תכופות"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "קטלוגי הודעות"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "זרוק מילים שמופיעות בתכיפות של יותר מ:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "ללא בקרת גרסאות"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "מצב CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "מילים תכופות נחשבות כבכל מפתח"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "נפתר"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "כללי"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "נפתר עבור המסומנים"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "תיקיית מסד נתונים:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "להחזיר לקדמותו"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "עדכון אוטומטי ב־KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "להחזיר לקדמותו עבור המסומנים"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "רשומות חדשות"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "ניקוי"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "מ־KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "ניקוי עבור המסומנים"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "אלגוריתם"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "אין מאגר"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "ניקוד מינימלי:"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "קבצים:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "אלגוריתם שיעשה בו שימוש"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "שם"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "ניקוד:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "ארכיב משפטים מסוג Fuzzy"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Fuzzy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "תוכן עניינים"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "לא מתורגם"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "בדיוק"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "סך הכל"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "משפט אחרי משפט"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "השינוי האחרון"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "מספרי"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "חלון יומן"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "מילה אחרי מילה"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "נ&קה"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "מילון דינמי"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. חלון יומן בחלון זה מוצגים הפלטים של הפקודות המבוצעות. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. מנהל הקטלוג מנהל הקטלוג ממזג שתי תיקיות לתוף עץ בודד ומראה את כל קבצי ה־PO וה־POT\n"
-"בתיקיות האלו. בצורה זו אתה יכול לראות בקלות אם התבנית הוספה או הוסרה.\n"
-"בנוסף מוצג מידע אודות הקבצים.\n"
-" למידע נוסף ראה חלקמנהל הקטלוג בעזרה המקוונת. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "אין מאגר SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "השתמש בהוספה של מילה אחת"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "לא נמצא ב־SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "מספר מרבי של מילים בשאילתה:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "התוסף מקומית"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "השתמש בהוספה של שתי מילים"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "הוסר מקומית"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "שונה מקומית"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "עדכני"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "תווים מקומיים עבור הביטויים הרגולריים:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "התנגשות"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "מסד נתונים"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "שגיאה בעותק עבודה"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "תיקיית מסד הנתונים:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "לא ידוע"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "הוסף אוטומטית רשומה למסד הנתונים"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "זה לא מאגר SVN תקין. פקודות ה־SVN לא יבוצעו."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ פקודת התחלה ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "חלון דו־שיח SVN"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "עדכן את הקבצים הבאים:"
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"הוסף אוטומטית רשומה למסד הנתונים אם יש התראת תרגום חדש על ידי מישהו (עשוי "
+"להיות KBabal)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "בצע את הקבצים הבאים:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "מחבר רשומה שהתווספה אוטומטית:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "השג מצב מרוחק עבור הקבצים הבאים:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"המשתנים הבאים יוחלפו בתוך הנתיב אם הם זמינים:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Statusna traka
\n" +"Statusna traka prikazuje informacije o napretku trenutne operacije " +"pronalaženja ili zamijenjivanja. Prvi broj u Nađeno: prikazuje broj " +"datoteka u kojima se javlja traženi tekst koji još uvijek nisu prikazani u " +"KBabel-ovom prozoru. Drugi prikazuje ukupan broj datoteka do sada koji " +"sadrže traženi tekst.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Dnevnički prozor
\n" +"U ovom prozoru se prikazuje izlaz izvršenih naredbi.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Snimi zastarjele unose
\n" -"Ako je ova opcija aktivirana, zastarjeli unosi pronađeni dok je datoteka " -"bila otvorena\n" -"biće snimljeni nazad u datoteku. Zastarjeli unosi su obilježeni sa #~ i\n" -"prave se kada msgmerge-u prijevod više nije potreban.\n" -"Ako se tekst opet pojavi, zastarjeli unosi će biti ponovo aktivirani.\n" -"Glavna mana je veličina snimljenedatoteke.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identitet
\n" -"Unesite informacije o vama i vašem prijevodilačkom timu.\n" -"Ove informacije se koriste prilikom ažuriranja zaglavlja datoteke.
\n" -"Možete pronaći opcije o tome da li i koja polja u zaglavlju bi trebala biti " -"ažurirana\n" -"na strani „Snimi“ u ovom prozoru.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Zahtjevaj argumente oblika množine u prijevodu
\n" -"Napomena: Ova opcija je trenutno specifična za TDE. Ako ne " -"prijevodite TDE program, možete slobodno ignorirati ovu opciju.
\n" -"Ako je ova opcija uključena, provjera ispravnosti će zahtjevati da se u " -"poruci nalazi argument %n.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Osnovni mapai
\n" -"Upišite mapae koji sadrže sve vaše PO i POT datoteke.\n" -"Datoteke i mape u ovim mapama će onda biti stopljeni u jedno\n" -"stablo.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Otvaraj datoteke u novom prozoru
\n" -"Ako je ovo aktivirano, sve datoteke koji se otvaraju iz upravitelja kataloga " -"otvaraju se\n" -"u novom prozoru.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Ubij procese pri izlasku
\n" -"Ako popunite ovo, KBabel će pokušati ubitiprocese koji još nisu završeni " -"kada se izađe iz KBabel-a,\n" -"šaljući im signal za ubijanje.
\n" -"Napomena: Nije sigurno da će procesi biti ubijeni.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Prikaži stupce
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Recommended ( %1 )" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:122 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Osnovni mapai
\n" -"Upišite mapae koji sadrže sve vaše PO i POT datoteke.\n" -"Datoteke i mape u ovim mapama će onda biti stopljeni u jedno\n" -"stablo.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" "
-msgstr ""
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "Format datuma revizije"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Skeniraj jednu PO datoteku"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "Podr&azumijevani format datuma"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Skeniraj mapu"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "Lokalni fo&rmat datuma"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Skeniraj mapu i podmape..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "Prilagođ&eni format datuma:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Skeniraj datoteku:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Znakovni niz projekta"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Dodanih poruka:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "Id. projekta:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Ukupno napredovanje:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Zaglavlje"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Analiziram datoteku:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Ažuriraj autorska prava &prijevodioca"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Učitavanje %d datoteke..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Autorska prava Fondacije za slobodan softver"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Izvezi..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "&Ukloni autorska prava ako su prazna"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Statistike"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "&Ažuriraj autorska prava"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "Ponovljeni nizovi"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&Ne mijenjaj"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "Dobri ključevi"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "&Autorsko pravo"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Snimi zastarjele unose Ako je ova opcija aktivirana, zastarjeli unosi pronađeni dok je datoteka "
+"bila otvorena\n"
+"biće snimljeni nazad u datoteku. Zastarjeli unosi su obilježeni sa #~ i\n"
+"prave se kada msgmerge-u prijevod više nije potreban.\n"
+"Ako se tekst opet pojavi, zastarjeli unosi će biti ponovo aktivirani.\n"
+"Glavna mana je veličina snimljenedatoteke. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:178
+msgid "Automatic Saving"
+msgstr "Automatsko spremanje"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Koristi zamijenu jedne riječi"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:183
+msgid ""
+"_: Short for minutes\n"
+" min"
+msgstr " min."
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Maksimalan broj riječi u upitu:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:184
+msgid "No autosave"
+msgstr "Nema vrijednost"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:188 kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:29
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Koristi zamijenu dvije riječi"
+msgid "&General"
+msgstr "&Općenito"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:195
+msgid "Fields to Update"
+msgstr "Polja za ažuriranje"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199
+msgid "Re&vision-Date"
+msgstr "Dat&um revizije"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Lokalni znakovi za regularne izraze:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200
+msgid "Last-&Translator"
+msgstr "Posljednji &prevodioc"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Mapa baze podataka:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Jezik"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Automatski dodaj unos u bazu podataka"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "&Skup znakova"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr ""
-"Automatski dodaj unos u bazu podataka ako je novi prijevod primjećen od strane "
-"nekoga (može biti kbabel)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "Kodiranje"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "Automatski dodat autor unosa:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "&Projekt"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"\n"
+"
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Identitet
\n" +"Unesite informacije o vama i vašem prijevodilačkom timu.\n" +"Ove informacije se koriste prilikom ažuriranja zaglavlja datoteke.
\n" +"Možete pronaći opcije o tome da li i koja polja u zaglavlju bi trebala " +"biti ažurirana\n" +"na strani „Snimi“ u ovom prozoru.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Zahtjevaj argumente oblika množine u prijevodu
\n" +"Napomena: Ova opcija je trenutno specifična za TDE. Ako ne " +"prijevodite TDE program, možete slobodno ignorirati ovu opciju.
\n" +"Ako je ova opcija uključena, provjera ispravnosti će zahtjevati da se u " +"poruci nalazi argument %n.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
\n" -"Sljedeće verijable će biti zamijenjene u stazi ako su dostupne:\n" -"
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Označi neispravne kao nejasne" -"
\n" -"
Ako izaberete ovu opciju, sve stavke koje alat\n" -"identificira kao neispravne biti će označene kao\n" -"nejasne i rezultujuća datoteka će biti \n" -"snimljena.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Ne ovjeravaj nejasne" -"
\n" -"
Ako izaberete ovu opciju, sve stavke\n" -"označene kao nejasne neće uopće bitiovjeravane.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Osnovni mapai
\n" +"Upišite mapae koji sadrže sve vaše PO i POT datoteke.\n" +"Datoteke i mape u ovim mapama će onda biti stopljeni u jedno\n" +"stablo.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Otvaraj datoteke u novom prozoru
\n" +"Ako je ovo aktivirano, sve datoteke koji se otvaraju iz upravitelja " +"kataloga otvaraju se\n" +"u novom prozoru.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Ubij procese pri izlasku
\n" +"Ako popunite ovo, KBabel će pokušati ubitiprocese koji još nisu završeni " +"kada se izađe iz KBabel-a,\n" +"šaljući im signal za ubijanje.
\n" +"Napomena: Nije sigurno da će procesi biti ubijeni.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Shown columns
\n" +"Prikaži stupce
\n" +"This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Originalni niz
\n" -"Ovaj dio prozora prikazuje originalnu poruku\n" -"trenutno prikazanog unosa.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Statusne lampice
\n" -"Ove lampice prikazuju status trenutno prikazane poruke.\n" -"Možete mijenjati njihove boje u odjeljkuprozora za podešavanja\n" -"Uređivač na strani Izgled
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Uređivač prijevoda
\n" -"Ovaj uređivač prikazuje i dopušta vam da mijenjate prijevod trenutno " -"prikazane poruke." -"
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Statusna traka
\n" +"Statusna traka prikazuje neke \n" +"informacije o otvorenoj datoteci, kao što je \n" +"ukupan broj unosa i broj nejasnih i neprevedenih poruka. Takođe je prikazan " +"indeks i status trenutno prikazanog unosa.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" + +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 +msgid "" +"_: Menu item\n" +"Open" +msgstr "" + +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 +msgid "Open Template" +msgstr "Otvori predlošku" + +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 +msgid "" +"KBabel Version %1\n" +"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" +" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Originalni niz
\n" +"Ovaj dio prozora prikazuje originalnu poruku\n" +"trenutno prikazanog unosa.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Statusne lampice
\n" +"Ove lampice prikazuju status trenutno prikazane poruke.\n" +"Možete mijenjati njihove boje u odjeljkuprozora za podešavanja\n" +"Uređivač na strani Izgled
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Uređivač prijevoda
\n" +"Ovaj uređivač prikazuje i dopušta vam da mijenjate prijevod trenutno " +"prikazane poruke.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Statusna traka
\n" -"Statusna traka prikazuje neke \n" -"informacije o otvorenoj datoteci, kao što je \n" -"ukupan broj unosa i broj nejasnih i neprevedenih poruka. Takođe je prikazan " -"indeks i status trenutno prikazanog unosa.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80 @@ -4587,1299 +4242,1761 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Empty database." msgstr "Uredi bazu podataka." -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:71 -msgid "Copyright 2000-2001 by Andrea Rizzi" -msgstr "Autorska prava 2000-2001, Andrea Rici (Andrea Rizzi)" +#: kbabeldict/searchengine.h:339 +msgid "not implemented" +msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:84 -msgid "No error" -msgstr "Nema greške" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:11 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:29 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Go" +msgstr "&Idi" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:125 -msgid "" -"Database folder does not exist:\n" -"%1\n" -"Do you want to create it now?" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:30 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Markings" +msgstr "&Markeri" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:43 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:50 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Project" +msgstr "&Projekt" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:49 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:57 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Tools" msgstr "" -"Mapa baze podataka ne postoji:\n" -"%1\n" -"želite li ju sada kreirati ?" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:127 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Create Folder" -msgstr "Skeniraj mapu" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:60 catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:165 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:202 +#, no-c-format +msgid "CVS" +msgstr "CVS" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:146 -#, c-format -msgid "It was not possible to create folder %1" -msgstr "Nije bilo moguće napraviti mapu %1" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:112 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:87 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Settings" +msgstr "Postavke:" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:176 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:117 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:95 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:122 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:100 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Main" +msgstr "Glavni" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:128 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:113 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Navigationbar" +msgstr "Navigaciona traka" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "To be set dynamically:" +msgstr "Da se postavi dinamično:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:62 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Include templates" +msgstr "&Uključi predloške" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:70 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &wildcards" +msgstr "&Koristi zamjenske znakove" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:59 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Overall:" +msgstr "Ukupno:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:80 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Current file:" +msgstr "Trenutna datoteka:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:88 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Validation:" +msgstr "Ovjera:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:96 commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:94 +#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:473 +#, no-c-format +msgid "New Item" +msgstr "Nova stavka" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:32 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Mark invalid as &fuzzy" +msgstr "Označi neispravne kao &nejasne" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:35 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Označi neispravne kao nejasne
\n" +"
Ako izaberete ovu opciju, sve stavke koje alat\n" +"identificira kao neispravne biti će označene kao\n" +"nejasne i rezultujuća datoteka će biti \n" +"snimljena.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Ne ovjeravaj nejasne
\n" +"
Ako izaberete ovu opciju, sve stavke\n" +"označene kao nejasne neće uopće bitiovjeravane.
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" msgstr "" -"Modul „Baza podataka prijevoda“\n" -"izgleda da nije instaliran na vašem sustavu." -#: common/kbmailer.cpp:106 -#, fuzzy, c-format -msgid "Error while trying to download file %1." -msgstr "Greška pri pokušaju otvaranja datoteke %1." +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Osnovni mapai
\n" +"Upišite mapae koji sadrže sve vaše PO i POT datoteke.\n" +"Datoteke i mape u ovim mapama će onda biti stopljeni u jedno\n" +"stablo.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Statusna traka
\n" -"Statusna traka prikazuje informacije o napretku trenutne operacije " -"pronalaženja ili zamijenjivanja. Prvi broj u Nađeno: " -"prikazuje broj datoteka u kojima se javlja traženi tekst koji još uvijek nisu " -"prikazani u KBabel-ovom prozoru. Drugi prikazuje ukupan broj datoteka do sada " -"koji sadrže traženi tekst.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: "
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Dobavi status za sljedeće datoteke:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Skeniraj jednu PO datoteku..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Dobavi status za sljedeće datoteke:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Skeniraj mapu..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Stare poruke:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Skeniraj mapu i podmape..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Poruke:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Skeniraj datoteku:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Auto&matski dodaj datoteke ako je neophodno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Dodanih poruka:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Pošalji"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Ukupno napredovanje:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Dobavi status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Analiziram datoteku:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Pokaži razliku"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Učitavanje %d datoteke..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Katalog informacija"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Izvezi..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Izlaz naredbe:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Ponovljeni nizovi"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Datoteka %1 već postoji. želite li ga prepisati?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Dobri ključevi"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Minimalan broj riječi ključa koji je takođe u upitu (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "KBabel ne može biti pokrenut."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Izašao sa statusom %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Minimalan broj riječi upita u ključu (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Završeno ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Maksimalna dužina liste:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Katalozi poruka"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Česte riječi"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Odbaci riječi koje su češće od:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr " (Stanje)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Prema čestim riječima se ophodi kao i u svakom ključu"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Općenito"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Status za označene"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Direktorij baze podataka:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "&Vrati"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Automatsko ažuriranje u kbabel-u"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Status za označene"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nove stavke"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "&Očisti"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Iz kbabel-a"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Status za označene"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritam"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Nema skladišta"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Najmanji rezultat:"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Datoteke:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmi koje treba koristiti"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Ime"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Rezultat:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Arhiva nejasnih rečenica"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Fuzzy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glosarij"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Neprevedeno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Točno "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Ukupno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Rečenica po rečenica"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Posljednja revizija"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumerički"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Prozor dnevnika"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Riječ po riječ"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Očisti"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Dinamički rječnik"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Dnevnički prozor U ovom prozoru se prikazuje izlaz izvršenih naredbi. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Nema skladišta"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Koristi zamijenu jedne riječi"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Nije u CVS-u"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Maksimalan broj riječi u upitu:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Lokalno dodano"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Koristi zamijenu dvije riječi"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Lokalno uklonjeno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Lokalno izmijenjeno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Ažurirano"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Lokalni znakovi za regularne izraze:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Konflikt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Baza podataka"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Mapa baze podataka:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Napoznato"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Automatski dodaj unos u bazu podataka"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-#, fuzzy
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Ovo nije ispravno CVS skladište. CVS naredbe se ne mogu izvršiti."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Pokrećem naredbu ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "CVS prozor"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Ažuriraj sljedeće datoteke:"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Predaj sljedeće datoteke:"
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Automatski dodaj unos u bazu podataka ako je novi prijevod primjećen od "
+"strane nekoga (može biti kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Dobavi status za sljedeće datoteke:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Automatski dodat autor unosa:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Dobavi status za sljedeće datoteke:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Sljedeće verijable će biti zamijenjene u stazi ako su dostupne:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
A lefordítandó bejegyzések
" -"Válassza ki, hogy mely bejegyzéseket próbálja lefordítani a KBabel. A " -"módosított bejegyzéseket mindig ellenőrzendőnek tekinti a program a " -"beállításoktól függetlenül.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Az üzenetek lefordítási módja
" -"Itt lehet megadni, hogy csak a teljes üzenetet próbálja lefordítani a KBabel " -"vagy megpróbálkozzon az üzenet szavainak egyenkénti fordításával is, ha a " -"teljes üzenet fordítása nem található.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
A módosított bejegyzések ellenőrzendőnek jelölése
" -"Ha sikerült lefordítani egy üzenetet, akkor alapértelmezés szerint " -"ellenőrzendő jelölést kap, ezzel mutatva, hogy a fordítást a KBabel " -"végezte, ezért utólag mindenképpen le kell ellenőrizni. Csak akkor kapcsolja ki " -"ezt az opciót, ha alapos indoka van rá.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
A TDE-specifikus bejegyzések inicializálása
" -"A \"Comment=\" és \"Name=\" bejegyzések inicializálása, ha hiányzik egy " -"fordítás. A \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" és \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" bejegyzéseket " -"is kitölti a program a beállított adatok alapján.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Szótárak
" -"Válassza ki, melyik szótárakat használja a program keresésnél. Ha egynél " -"több szótárt választ ki, akkor olyan sorrendben használja majd őket a program, " -"ahogy a listában megjelennek.
" -"A Beállítás gombbal átmenetileg meg lehet változtatni a szótárak " -"beállításait. A párbeszédablak bezárása után azonban visszaállnak az eredeti " -"beállítások.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Ha egy üzenetet sikerült (esetleg részlegesen) lefordítani, akkor " -"alapértelmezésként ellenőrzendő attribútumot kap. Ez jelzi, hogy a " -"fordítást a KBabel végezte el, és emiatt utólag mindenképpen ellenőrizni kell. " -"Csak akkor kapcsolja ki ezt az opciót, ha nyomós oka van rá.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Szöveg keresése
" -"Itt adhatja meg a keresendő szöveget. Ha reguláris kifejezésre szeretne " -"keresni, kapcsolja be a Reguláris kifejezések használata " -"beállítást lent.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Szöveg cseréje
" -"Itt azt adhatja meg, hogy a megtalált szöveg mivel helyettesítődjön. A " -"szöveg betű szerint értendő, nem lehet visszautalni a megtalált szövegre, ha " -"reguláris kifejezésre keresett.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
A keresés helye
" -"Itt választhatja ki, hogy a katalógusbejegyzések mely részében szeretne " -"keresni.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Beállítások
" -"Itt lehet a cserélés módját pontosan beállítani:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Beállítások
" -"Itt lehet a keresés módját pontosan megadni:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Állapotsor
\n" +"Az állapotsorban lehet nyomon követni a kiadott keresési vagy cserélési " +"művelet végrehajtását. A Találat: címke után először azoknak a " +"találatként kezelt fájloknak a száma látható, melyek még nem jelentek meg a " +"KBabel ablakban, utána az eddig találatot tartalmazó fájlok száma összesen." +"p>
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
A fejléc frissítése
\n" -"Jelölje be ezt az opciót, ha azt szeretné, hogy a fejléc adatai minden " -"mentésnél automatikusan frissüljenek.
\n" -"A fejlécben olyan információk találhatók mint például a fordítás dátuma és " -"ideje, az\n" -"utolsó fordító neve stb.
\n" -"Az alábbi opciók közül lehet kiválasztani a frissítendő mezőket.\n" -"A még nem létező mezőket a program hozzáadja a fejléchez.\n" -"Ha kívánja, egyéni mezőket is hozzáadhat a fejléchez: válassza a\n" -"Szerkesztés->A fejléc szerkesztése menüpontot a szerkesztőablakban.
" -"Naplóablak
\n" +"Ebben az ablakban lehet megnézni a végrehajtott parancsok kimenetét.
" +"qt>" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:278 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:194 msgid "" -"Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
A frissítendő mezők
\n" -"Válassza ki, hogy a fejléc mely mezői legyenek frissítve a fájl mentésekor.\n" -"Ha egy megadott mező hiányzik a fejlécből, azt a program automatikusan " -"hozzáfűzi.
\n" -"Ha más információt is hozzá szeretne adni a fejléchez, akkor azt kézzel kell " -"megtennie\n" -"a Szerkesztés->A fejléc szerkesztése menüpont választésa után.
\n" -"Kapcsolja ki A fejléc frissítése opciót, ha azt szeretné, hogy " -"mentéskor a fejléc\n" -"adatai ne frissüljenek.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Kódolás
" -"Válassza ki, hogy fájlok mentésénél milyen karakterkódolási módot szeretne " -"használni. Ha nem tudja biztosan, melyiket kell használni, kérdezze meg a " -"fordítócsapat koordinátorától.
" -"Üzenetfájl-kezelő
\n" +"Az üzenetfájl-kezelő egy logikai fastruktúrában jeleníti meg a két " +"megadott\n" +"könyvtárban található .po és .pot fájlokat. Így könnyen észre lehet\n" +"venni, ha új sablont hoztak létre vagy egy meglevőt töröltek. A\n" +"fájlok legfontosabb jellemzői is megjelennek.
További információ a " +"dokumentáció Az üzenetfájl-kezelő című részében található.
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
A fájl kódolásának megtartása
" -"Ha bejelöli ezt az opciót, akkor a fájlok mentésénél ugyanazt a kódolást " -"használja a program, mint a beolvasáskor. Ha a fájl fejléce nem tartalmazza a " -"kódolási információt (pl. a pot fájlok esetén), akkor a program a fent megadott " -"kódolást használja.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Szintaktikai ellenőrzés mentéskor
\n" -"ha ez az opció be van jelölve, akkor mentéskor automatikusan végrehajtódik\n" -"az \"msgfmt --statistics\" parancs. Visszajelzést csak hiba esetén fog " -"kapni.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Az elavult bejegyzések mentése
\n" -"Ha ez az opció be van jelölve, akkor a fájlok megnyitásakor talált\n" -"elavult bejegyzéseket nem törli ki a program. Az ilyen bejegyzések #~ " -"sztringgel\n" -"kezdődnek, és akkor jönnek létre, amikor az msgmerge futása során kiderül, hogy " -"melyekre\n" -"nincs többé szükség. Ha valamelyik sztring legközelebb mégis visszakerül, a " -"megfelelő bejegyzés újból aktiválódik.\n" -"Az opció egyik hátránya, hogy a fájlméretek megnőhetnek.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Az utolsó módosítás dátumának formátuma
" -"Válassza ki, milyen formátumban történjen a dátum és az idő\n" -"mentése a PO-Revision-Date mezőben: " -"
Célszerű az alapértelmezett formátumot használni, mert nem standard " -"PO-fájlok esetén problémák léphetnek fel.
" -"Részletes leírás található erről a témakörről " -"A beállítások párbeszédablaka részben, a dokumentációban.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Személyes információk
\n" -"Adja meg az Ön és a fordítócsapat személyes adatait.\n" -"Az információra a fejlécek frissítésénél lehet szükség.
\n" -"A fejlécben előforduló mezőkről további információt a\n" -"Mentés lapon találhat ebben az ablakban.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Az egyes és többes számú alakok száma
" -"Megjegyzés: Ez az opció egyelőre csak a TDE-ben érvényes. Ha nem TDE " -"alkalmazásokat fordít, nyugodtan figyelmen kívül hagyhatja.
\n" -"Adja meg, mennyi a fordítási nyelvben az egyes és többes számú alakok száma. " -"A nyelv összes fordítójának ezt kell használnia.
" -"Beállíthatja az értéket automatikus-ra: ekkor a KBabel megpróbálja az " -"értéket automatikusan lekérdezni a TDE-ből. A Próba " -"gomb lenyomásakor kiderül, hogy ez lehetséges-e.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
A többes szám szimbólumának megkövetelése a fordításokban
\n" -"Megjegyzés: ez az opció egyelőre TDE-specifikus. Ha nem TDE-s " -"alkalmazást fordít, kapcsolja ki.
\n" -"Ha be van jelölve, az ellenőrzés hibát jelez, ha a %n szimbólum nem szerepel " -"az üzenetben.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU többes számú alak a fejlécben
\n" -"Itt lehet megadni a többes számú alakok kezeléséhez szükséges " -"fejlécbejegyzés értékét. Ha üresen hagyja, akkor a .po fájlban található " -"bejegyzés nem fog megváltozni vagy létrejönni.
\n" -"A KBabel le tudja kérdezni, hogy a gettext eszközei milyen értéket " -"javasolnak a beállított nyelvhez: kattintson a Lekérdezés gombra.
" -"Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
A gyorsítóbillentyű jele
" -"Itt lehet megadni, hogy melyik karakter jelezze, hogy a következő karakter " -"gyorsítóbillentyű. Például a Qt-ben ez az '&', a GTK-ban az '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
A kontextusleíró reguláris kifejezése
" -"Itt lehet megadni azt a reguláris kifejezést, amely megadja, hogy az " -"üzenetnek melyik része a kontextusleíró (amelyet nem kell lefordítani).
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Automatikus helyesírás-ellenőrzés
" -"Jelölje be ezt az opciót, ha azt szeretné, hogy a program beírás közben " -"automatikusan ellenőrizze a szavakat. A hibás szavak más színnel jelennek " -"meg.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
A figyelmen kívül hagyott szavak megjegyzése
" -"Jelölje be ezt az opciót, ha azt szeretné, hogy a KBabel megjegyezze azokat " -"a szavakat, amelyeknél Az összes figyelmen kívül hagyása " -"menüpontot választotta valamelyik ellenőrzés során.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Alapkönyvtárak
\n" -"A .po ill. .pot fájlokat tartalmazó könyvtárak nevét itt kell megadni.\n" -"A program egyetlen logikai fastruktúrába olvasztja össze az ezekben a\n" -"könyvtárakban található fájlokat és alkönyvtárakat.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
A fájlok megnyitása új ablakban történjen
\n" -"Ezt az opciót bekapcsolva a listakezelőben megnyitott összes fájl új\n" -"ablakban jelenik meg.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
A folyamatok bezárása kilépéskor
\n" -"Ennek az opciónak kiválasztása esetén a program kilépés előtt bezárja az " -"összes még futó folyamatot\n" -"a \"kill\" szignál küldésével.
\n" -"FIGYELEM: Nem biztos, hogy a kill parancs minden folyamatnál sikeres " -"lesz.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Index létrehozása a fájlok tartalma alapján
\n" -"Ha bejelöli ezt az opciót, akkor a KBabel mindegyik .po fájlhoz létrehoz egy " -"indexet a keresés és a csere felgyorsítása érdekében.
\n" -"Megjegyzés: bekapcsolása esetén jelentősen lelassul a fájljellemzők " -"frissítése.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Az msgfmt futtatása fájl feldolgozása előtt
" -"Ha bejelöli ezt, a KBabel lefuttatja a Gettext msgfmt nevű programját fájl " -"feldolgozása előtt.
" -"Érdemes ezt bejelölni, akkor is, ha egy kicsit lelassítja a feldolgozást. " -"Alapértelmezés szerint be van jelölve.
" -"Lassú számítógép esetén érdemes kikapcsolni, illetve ha olyan PO-fájlokat " -"szeretne használni, amelyeket a Gettext telepített verziója nem tud kezelni. A " -"kikapcsolás hátránya, hogy alig történik szintaktikai ellenőrzés, ezért olyan " -"fájlok is helyesnek fognak látszani, amelyeket a Gettext hibásnak jelezne.
" -"Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Könyvtárparancsok
" -"Itt lehet megadni azokat a parancsokat, amelyek könyvtárakra vonatkozva " -"indíthatók a Listakezelőből. A parancsok a Parancsok " -"nevű almenüben jelennek meg a Listakezelő jobb egérgombos menüjében.
" -"A következő helyettesítések használhatók a parancsokban:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Fájlparancsok
" -"Itt lehet megadni azokat a parancsokat, amelyek a kijelölt fájlok nevét " -"paraméterként kapva indíthatók a Listakezelőből. A parancsok a Listakezelő jobb " -"egérgombos menüjének Parancsok nevű almenüből érhetők el.
" -"A következő változók használhatók a parancsokban:" -"
Fájlbeállítások
Itt lehet a keresés fájljellemzőit " +"megadni.
Shown columns
\n" -"Megjelenített oszlopok
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Üdvözöljük a projektvarázslóban!\n" -"\n" -"A varázsló végigvezeti Önt egy új fordítási\n" -"projekt kialakításához szükséges lépéseken.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Először meg kell adni a projekt nevét és annak a\n" -"fájlnak a nevét, amelybe a projekt beállításai kerülnek.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Ki kell választani a fordítás nyelvét\n" -"és a fordítási projekt típusát is.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" +msgstr "Helyi (%1)" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
A konfigurációs fájl neve"
-"
\n"
-"Ebbe a fájlba kerülnek a projekt\n"
-"beállításai.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Nyelv"
-"
\n"
-"A fordítási nyelv a projektben, tehát az a nyelv, amelyre\n"
-"a fordítás történik. A nyelvkódok az ISO 631 szabványban\n"
-"vannak felsorolva.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
A projekt neve"
-"
\n"
-"A projektnév a projekt azonosítására szolgál.\n"
-"Megjelenik a projektbeállító párbeszédablakban\n"
-"és a projekthez megnyitott ablakok címsorában.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Megjegyzés: a projektnév később már nem változtatható meg.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"A projekt típusa\n" -"A projekttípus ismeretében a program a beállításokat\n" -"jobban hozzá tudja igazítani a felhasználók igényeihez.\n" -"Ennek alapján történik az ellenőrzőeszközök,\n" -"a gyorsbillentyű-választás és a fejlécformázás kiválasztása.\n" -"
\n" -"A választható típusok:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Fordítási fájlok
\n" -"A .po ill. .pot fájlokat tartalmazó könyvtárak nevét itt kell megadni.\n" -"A program egyetlen logikai fastruktúrába olvasztja össze az ezekben a " -"könyvtárakban található fájlokat és alkönyvtárakat.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Az eltérések lekérdezésének forrása
\n" -"Itt kell kiválasztani, mely forrásból kell venni az eltérések\n" -"keresésekor az adatokat.
\n" -"Kiválasztható egy fájl, a fordítási adatbázis vagy a\n" -"megfelelő msgstr szöveg.
\n" -"Ha a fordítási adatbázist választja, az eltérések\n" -"előállításához az üzeneteket a fordítási adatbázisból veszi a\n" -"program. Érdemes bejelölni A bejegyzés hozzáadása az adatbázishoz\n" -"opciót is.
\n" -"Ez az utolsó opció azok számára lehet hasznos, akik szövegellenőrzést\n" -"végeznek.
\n" -"Átmenetileg át lehet váltani az eltérések fájlból történő\n" -"előállítására az Eszközök->Diff->Fájl megnyitása\n" -"menüponttal (a KBabel főablakában).
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Az összehasonlítandó fájlok alapkönyvtára\n" -"
Itt lehet megadni annak a könyvtárnak a nevét, ahol az\n" -"összehasonlítani kívánt fájlok találhatók. Ha a fájlok ezen a\n" -"könyvtáron belül ugyanott találhatók, mint az eredeti fájlok az\n" -"eredeti könyvtárhoz képest, akkor a KBabel automatikusan meg tudja\n" -"nyitni a megfelelő fájlokat az összehasonlításhoz.
\n" -"Ennek a beállításnak nincs hatása, ha az összehasonlítás a\n" -"fordítási adatbázissal történik.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
A keresés automatikus megkezdése
\n" -"Ha ez az opció be van jelölve, a keresés automatikusan megkezdődik,\n" -"amikor a szerkesztőben egy új üzenetre vált. A keresés helyét\n" -"Az alapértelmezett szótár kombinált listában lehet megadni.\n" -"
" -"A keresés kézzel is elindítható, ha a felbukkanó menüből, mely a\n" -"Szótárak->Keresés... menüpont kiválasztásakor vagy az\n" -"eszköztár keresés gombjának lenyomva tartásakor jelenik meg, kiválaszt " -"valamit.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Az alapértelmezett szótár
\n" -"Itt lehet megadni az alapértelmezett keresési helyet.\n" -"Ezt az értéket akkor használja a program, ha egy keresés automatikusan\n" -"indul el vagy ha megnyomja az eszköztár Szótár gombját.
\n" -"A szótárak jellemzőinek beállításához válassza ki a kívánt\n" -"szótárt a Beállítások->A szótár beállításai\n" -"menüpontban.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Szöveg keresése
Itt adhatja meg a keresendő szöveget. Ha " +"reguláris kifejezésre szeretne keresni, kapcsolja be a Reguláris " +"kifejezések használata beállítást lent.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Szöveg cseréje
Itt azt adhatja meg, hogy a megtalált " +"szöveg mivel helyettesítődjön. A szöveg betű szerint értendő, nem lehet " +"visszautalni a megtalált szövegre, ha reguláris kifejezésre keresett.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/headerwidget.ui line 24 -#: kbabel/commentview.cpp:78 rc.cpp:354 -#, no-c-format -msgid "&Comment:" -msgstr "Me&gjegyzés:" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:101 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "Keresés" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/headerwidget.ui line 43 -#: rc.cpp:357 -#, no-c-format -msgid "&Header:" -msgstr "Fe&jléc:" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:102 +msgid "&Find" +msgstr "&Keresés" + +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:108 +msgid "Where to Search" +msgstr "A keresés helye" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/editorpreferences.ui line 54 -#: rc.cpp:363 -#, no-c-format -msgid "A&utomatically unset fuzzy status" -msgstr "Az \"ellenőrzendő\" állapot &automatikus kezelése" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:112 +msgid "&Msgid" +msgstr "&Eredeti szöveg" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/editorpreferences.ui line 60 -#: rc.cpp:366 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Az ellenőrzendő állapot automatikus megszüntetése
\n" -"Ha bekapcsolja ezt az opciót és módosítani kezd egy ellenőrzendőnek jelölt " -"üzenetet, akkor az üzenet állapota automatikusan\n" -"normálra vált (tehát a , fuzzy szöveg\n" -"eltűnik az üzenet megjegyzéssorából).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Intelligens szerkesztés használata
\n" -"Jelölje be ezt az opciót, ha kényelmesebbé szeretné tenni\n" -"a gépelést a KBabelben és automatikusan le szeretné kezeltetni\n" -"az idézendő speciális karaktereket. Például '\\\"' beírása esetén\n" -"'\\\\\\\"' lesz az eredmény, az Enter megnyomásakor üres hely kerül a sor " -"végére,\n" -"a Shift+Return megnyomásakor '\\\\n' lesz hozzáadva a sor végéhez.
\n" -"Ezek a javítások csak tippként jelennek meg, és a program továbbra\n" -"sem akadályozza meg szintaktikailag hibás szöveg készítését.
A keresés helye
Itt választhatja ki, hogy a " +"katalógusbejegyzések mely részében szeretne keresni.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Hibafelismerés
\n" -"Itt lehet beállítani a hibajelzés módját.\n" -"A Hangjelzés hiba esetén és A szöveg színének\n" -"megváltoztatása hiba esetén opciók választhatóak.\n" -"Az állapotsorban akkor is megjelenik a hibaüzenet,\n" -"ha ezen opciók egyike sincs bejelölve.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Beállítások
Itt lehet a cserélés módját pontosan " +"beállítani:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Állapotjelzők
\n" -"Itt lehet megadni az állapotjelzők színét és a megjelenítésük helyét.
" -"Beállítások
Itt lehet a keresés módját pontosan megadni:" +"
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
A fejléc frissítése
\n" +"Jelölje be ezt az opciót, ha azt szeretné, hogy a fejléc adatai minden " +"mentésnél automatikusan frissüljenek.
\n" +"A fejlécben olyan információk találhatók mint például a fordítás dátuma " +"és ideje, az\n" +"utolsó fordító neve stb.
\n" +"Az alábbi opciók közül lehet kiválasztani a frissítendő mezőket.\n" +"A még nem létező mezőket a program hozzáadja a fejléchez.\n" +"Ha kívánja, egyéni mezőket is hozzáadhat a fejléchez: válassza a\n" +"Szerkesztés->A fejléc szerkesztése menüpontot a szerkesztőablakban." +"p>
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
A frissítendő mezők
\n" +"Válassza ki, hogy a fejléc mely mezői legyenek frissítve a fájl " +"mentésekor.\n" +"Ha egy megadott mező hiányzik a fejlécből, azt a program automatikusan " +"hozzáfűzi.
\n" +"Ha más információt is hozzá szeretne adni a fejléchez, akkor azt kézzel " +"kell megtennie\n" +"a Szerkesztés->A fejléc szerkesztése menüpont választésa után.
\n" +"Kapcsolja ki A fejléc frissítése opciót, ha azt szeretné, hogy " +"mentéskor a fejléc\n" +"adatai ne frissüljenek.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Kódolás
Válassza ki, hogy fájlok mentésénél milyen " +"karakterkódolási módot szeretne használni. Ha nem tudja biztosan, melyiket " +"kell használni, kérdezze meg a fordítócsapat koordinátorától.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
A fájl kódolásának megtartása
Ha bejelöli ezt az opciót, " +"akkor a fájlok mentésénél ugyanazt a kódolást használja a program, mint a " +"beolvasáskor. Ha a fájl fejléce nem tartalmazza a kódolási információt (pl. " +"a pot fájlok esetén), akkor a program a fent megadott kódolást használja." +"p>
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Szintaktikai ellenőrzés mentéskor
\n" +"ha ez az opció be van jelölve, akkor mentéskor automatikusan " +"végrehajtódik\n" +"az \"msgfmt --statistics\" parancs. Visszajelzést csak hiba esetén fog kapni." +"
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Az elavult bejegyzések mentése
\n" +"Ha ez az opció be van jelölve, akkor a fájlok megnyitásakor talált\n" +"elavult bejegyzéseket nem törli ki a program. Az ilyen bejegyzések #~ " +"sztringgel\n" +"kezdődnek, és akkor jönnek létre, amikor az msgmerge futása során kiderül, " +"hogy melyekre\n" +"nincs többé szükség. Ha valamelyik sztring legközelebb mégis visszakerül, a " +"megfelelő bejegyzés újból aktiválódik.\n" +"Az opció egyik hátránya, hogy a fájlméretek megnőhetnek.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Az utolsó módosítás dátumának formátuma
Válassza ki, " +"milyen formátumban történjen a dátum és az idő\n" +"mentése a PO-Revision-Date mezőben:
Célszerű az alapértelmezett formátumot használni, mert nem standard PO-" +"fájlok esetén problémák léphetnek fel.
Részletes leírás található " +"erről a témakörről A beállítások párbeszédablaka részben, a " +"dokumentációban.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Például:"
-" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Személyes információk Adja meg az Ön és a fordítócsapat személyes adatait.\n"
+"Az információra a fejlécek frissítésénél lehet szükség. A fejlécben előforduló mezőkről további információt a\n"
+"Mentés lapon találhat ebben az ablakban. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Az egyes és többes számú alakok száma Megjegyzés: "
+"Ez az opció egyelőre csak a TDE-ben érvényes. Ha nem TDE alkalmazásokat "
+"fordít, nyugodtan figyelmen kívül hagyhatja. Adja meg, mennyi a fordítási nyelvben az egyes és többes számú alakok "
+"száma. A nyelv összes fordítójának ezt kell használnia. Beállíthatja "
+"az értéket automatikus-ra: ekkor a KBabel megpróbálja az értéket "
+"automatikusan lekérdezni a TDE-ből. A Próba gomb lenyomásakor "
+"kiderül, hogy ez lehetséges-e. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. A többes szám szimbólumának megkövetelése a fordításokban Megjegyzés: ez az opció egyelőre TDE-specifikus. Ha nem TDE-s "
+"alkalmazást fordít, kapcsolja ki. Ha be van jelölve, az ellenőrzés hibát jelez, ha a %n szimbólum nem "
+"szerepel az üzenetben. "
+" GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Egyetlen .po fájl leellenőrzése"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "A könyvtár átnézése"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Könyvtár ellenőrzése (alkönyvtárakkal)"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Fájl ellenőrzése:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Hozzáadott bejegyzések:"
+" GNU többes számú alak a fejlécben Itt lehet megadni a többes számú alakok kezeléséhez szükséges "
+"fejlécbejegyzés értékét. Ha üresen hagyja, akkor a .po fájlban található "
+"bejegyzés nem fog megváltozni vagy létrejönni. A KBabel le tudja kérdezni, hogy a gettext eszközei milyen értéket "
+"javasolnak a beállított nyelvhez: kattintson a Lekérdezés gombra."
+"p> Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. A gyorsítóbillentyű jele Itt lehet megadni, hogy melyik "
+"karakter jelezze, hogy a következő karakter gyorsítóbillentyű. Például a Qt-"
+"ben ez az '&', a GTK-ban az '_'. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. \n"
-"Elő lehet írni, hogy minimálisan hány szó tartalmazása esetén kerülhet be a "
-"jó kulcsok listájába egy kifejezés."
-" \n"
-"Elő lehet írni azt is, hogy a kulcs minimálisan hány szót tartalmazzon, hogy "
-"egy lekérdezés beilleszthesse azt a listába."
-" \n"
-"Ez a két szám az összes szó számához viszonyított arányként értendő. Ha az "
-"arány kisebb, mint 1, akkor a keresőmotor 1-et fog használni."
-" \n"
-"Végül a lista bejegyzéseinek számára is lehet egy felső korlátot adni."
+" A kontextusleíró reguláris kifejezése Itt lehet megadni "
+"azt a reguláris kifejezést, amely megadja, hogy az üzenetnek melyik része a "
+"kontextusleíró (amelyet nem kell lefordítani). On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Automatikus helyesírás-ellenőrzés Jelölje be ezt az "
+"opciót, ha azt szeretné, hogy a program beírás közben automatikusan "
+"ellenőrizze a szavakat. A hibás szavak más színnel jelennek meg. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. A figyelmen kívül hagyott szavak megjegyzése Jelölje be "
+"ezt az opciót, ha azt szeretné, hogy a KBabel megjegyezze azokat a szavakat, "
+"amelyeknél Az összes figyelmen kívül hagyása menüpontot választotta "
+"valamelyik ellenőrzés során. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Alapkönyvtárak A .po ill. .pot fájlokat tartalmazó könyvtárak nevét itt kell megadni.\n"
+"A program egyetlen logikai fastruktúrába olvasztja össze az ezekben a\n"
+"könyvtárakban található fájlokat és alkönyvtárakat. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. A fájlok megnyitása új ablakban történjen Ezt az opciót bekapcsolva a listakezelőben megnyitott összes fájl új\n"
+"ablakban jelenik meg. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. A folyamatok bezárása kilépéskor Ennek az opciónak kiválasztása esetén a program kilépés előtt bezárja az "
+"összes még futó folyamatot\n"
+"a \"kill\" szignál küldésével. FIGYELEM: Nem biztos, hogy a kill parancs minden folyamatnál sikeres lesz."
+" Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> Index létrehozása a fájlok tartalma alapján Ha bejelöli ezt az opciót, akkor a KBabel mindegyik .po fájlhoz létrehoz "
+"egy indexet a keresés és a csere felgyorsítása érdekében. Megjegyzés: bekapcsolása esetén jelentősen lelassul a fájljellemzők "
+"frissítése. Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Az msgfmt futtatása fájl feldolgozása előtt Ha bejelöli "
+"ezt, a KBabel lefuttatja a Gettext msgfmt nevű programját fájl feldolgozása "
+"előtt. Érdemes ezt bejelölni, akkor is, ha egy kicsit lelassítja a "
+"feldolgozást. Alapértelmezés szerint be van jelölve. Lassú számítógép "
+"esetén érdemes kikapcsolni, illetve ha olyan PO-fájlokat szeretne használni, "
+"amelyeket a Gettext telepített verziója nem tud kezelni. A kikapcsolás "
+"hátránya, hogy alig történik szintaktikai ellenőrzés, ezért olyan fájlok is "
+"helyesnek fognak látszani, amelyeket a Gettext hibásnak jelezne. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Ha a keresett kifejezés A piros autó gyors és bekapcsolta az "
-"egyszavas helyettesítést, akkor találatnak fognak számítani ezek: "
-"A kék autó gyors vagy A piros repülő gyors."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Egyszavas helyettesítés használata"
+"
Könyvtárparancsok
Itt lehet megadni azokat a " +"parancsokat, amelyek könyvtárakra vonatkozva indíthatók a Listakezelőből. A " +"parancsok a Parancsok nevű almenüben jelennek meg a Listakezelő jobb " +"egérgombos menüjében.
A következő helyettesítések használhatók a " +"parancsokban:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Fájlparancsok
Itt lehet megadni azokat a parancsokat, " +"amelyek a kijelölt fájlok nevét paraméterként kapva indíthatók a " +"Listakezelőből. A parancsok a Listakezelő jobb egérgombos menüjének " +"Parancsok nevű almenüből érhetők el.
A következő változók " +"használhatók a parancsokban:
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Shown columns
\n" +"\n" -"A következő változókat lehet használni az elérési út megadásánál:\n" -"
Megjelenített oszlopok
\n" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Az érvénytelen bejegyzések megjelölése ellenőrzendőnek" -"
\n" -"
Ha bejelöli ezt az opciót, az összes elem,\n" -"melyet az eszközk érvénytelennek minősítenek, ellenőrzendő\n" -"attribútumot kap, és a kapott fájl\n" -"el lesz mentve.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Az ellenőrzendő üzenetek kihagyása" -"
\n" -"
Ha ez az opció be van jelölve, az ellenőrzendő bejegyzések\n" -"kimaradnak az ellenőrzési folyamatból.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
A lefordítandó bejegyzések
Válassza ki, hogy mely " +"bejegyzéseket próbálja lefordítani a KBabel. A módosított bejegyzéseket " +"mindig ellenőrzendőnek tekinti a program a beállításoktól függetlenül.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui line 59 -#: rc.cpp:1255 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Overall:" -msgstr "Összesen:" +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:113 +msgid "How to Translate" +msgstr "A fordítandó részek" -#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui line 80 -#: rc.cpp:1258 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Current file:" -msgstr "A jelenlegi fájl:" +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:118 +msgid "&Use dictionary settings" +msgstr "A fel&használt szótárak beállításai" -#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui line 88 -#: rc.cpp:1261 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Validation:" -msgstr "Ellenőrzés:" +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:121 +msgid "Fu&zzy translation (slow)" +msgstr "Intelligens for&dítás (lassú)" -#: _translatorinfo.cpp:1 kbabeldict/main.cpp:121 +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:123 +msgid "&Single word translation" +msgstr "Szavankénti &fordítás" + +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:126 msgid "" -"_: NAME OF TRANSLATORS\n" -"Your names" -msgstr "Szántó Tamás" +"How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Az üzenetek lefordítási módja
Itt lehet megadni, hogy " +"csak a teljes üzenetet próbálja lefordítani a KBabel vagy megpróbálkozzon az " +"üzenet szavainak egyenkénti fordításával is, ha a teljes üzenet fordítása " +"nem található.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
A módosított bejegyzések ellenőrzendőnek jelölése
Ha " +"sikerült lefordítani egy üzenetet, akkor alapértelmezés szerint " +"ellenőrzendő jelölést kap, ezzel mutatva, hogy a fordítást a KBabel " +"végezte, ezért utólag mindenképpen le kell ellenőrizni. Csak akkor kapcsolja " +"ki ezt az opciót, ha alapos indoka van rá.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
A TDE-specifikus bejegyzések inicializálása
A \"Comment=" +"\" és \"Name=\" bejegyzések inicializálása, ha hiányzik egy fordítás. A " +"\"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" és \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" bejegyzéseket is kitölti " +"a program a beállított adatok alapján.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Szótárak
Válassza ki, melyik szótárakat használja a " +"program keresésnél. Ha egynél több szótárt választ ki, akkor olyan " +"sorrendben használja majd őket a program, ahogy a listában megjelennek." +"p>
A Beállítás gombbal átmenetileg meg lehet változtatni a szótárak " +"beállításait. A párbeszédablak bezárása után azonban visszaállnak az eredeti " +"beállítások.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Ha egy üzenetet sikerült (esetleg részlegesen) lefordítani, akkor " +"alapértelmezésként ellenőrzendő attribútumot kap. Ez jelzi, hogy a " +"fordítást a KBabel végezte el, és emiatt utólag mindenképpen ellenőrizni " +"kell. Csak akkor kapcsolja ki ezt az opciót, ha nyomós oka van rá.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Karakterválasztó
" -"Ez az eszköz lehetővé teszi speciális karakterek dupla kattintással történő " -"beszúrását.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Ezzel a gombbal lehet a beállításoknak megfelelően frissíteni a fejlécet. A " -"kapott fejléc kerül be mentéskor a fájlba.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Ezzel a gombbal lehet visszaállni az utolsó mentés utáni állapothoz.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
A fejléc érvénytelen.
\n" -"Frissítés előtt javítsa ki a fejléc hibáit!
Karakterválasztó
Ez az eszköz lehetővé teszi speciális " +"karakterek dupla kattintással történő beszúrását.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
A fejléc érvénytelen.
\n" -"Frissítés előtt javítsa ki a fejléc hibáit!
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Megjegyzésszerkesztő
\n" -"Ebben az ablakban lehet az aktuális üzenethez fűzött megjegyzést szerkeszteni." -"\n" -"
A megjegyzés általában tartalmazza, hogy a forráskód melyik részén található "
-"az üzenet és\n"
+" Megjegyzésszerkesztő \n"
+" A megjegyzés általában tartalmazza, hogy a forráskód melyik részén "
+"található az üzenet és\n"
"milyen az üzenet állapota (ellenőrzendő, C-formátumú stb.).\n"
"A fordítók megjegyzései is ide kerülnek. A megjegyzésszerkesztő ablaka elrejthető a\n"
"Beállítások->A megjegyzések mutatása menüpontban. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Kontextus
Ebben az ablakban lehet az aktuális üzenet " +"kontextusát megtekinteni. Általában az üzenet előtti és utáni négy üzenet " +"látszik.
Az eszközablak elrejthető aBeállítások->Az eszközök " +"mutatása menüpontban.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Hibalista
Ebben az ablakban látszanak az ellenőrző " +"eszközök által felfedezett hibák, hogy kideríthető legyen, miért van egy " +"üzenet hibásnak jelezve.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
A keresés eredménye
" -"Az ablaknak ezen részében jelenik meg a keresés eredménye." -"
" -"
Felül látható a találatok száma és az aktuális bejegyzés helye. Az alul " -"látható gombokkal lehet lépkedni a találatok között.
" -"A keresés automatikusan elindul, ha az ablakban egy új bejegyzésre lép, vagy " -"a keresési könyvtárt átállítja a Szótárak->Keresés... menüpontban.
" -"Az általános opciók a beállítások Keresés részében, a szótárakra " -"vonatkozó opciók pedig a Beállítások->A szótár beállításai " -"menüpontban találhatók.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Ezzel a gombbal lehet a beállításoknak megfelelően frissíteni a " +"fejlécet. A kapott fejléc kerül be mentéskor a fájlba.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Ezzel a gombbal lehet visszaállni az utolsó mentés utáni állapothoz." +"p>
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
A fejléc érvénytelen.
\n" +"Frissítés előtt javítsa ki a fejléc hibáit!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
A fejléc érvénytelen.
\n" +"Frissítés előtt javítsa ki a fejléc hibáit!
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Az eredeti szöveg
\n" -"Az ablaknak ebben a részében lehet megnézni az aktuális üzenet\n" -"eredeti változatát.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Állapotjelzők
\n" -"Ezek a jelzők az aktuális üzenet állapotát mutatják.\n" -"A jelzők színét a beállításoknál lehet módosítani,\n" -"a Szerkesztő szekció Megjelenés lapján.
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Fordításszerkesztő
\n" -"Ebben a szerkesztőben lehet az aktuális üzenet fordítását elvégezni és " -"módosítani." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Állapotsor
\n" +"Az állapotsoron a megnyitott fájl különböző jellemzői láthatók, mint " +"például\n" +"az üzenetek száma összesen ill. az ellenőrzendő és nem lefordított üzenetek " +"száma\n" +"külön-külön. Látható még az aktuális üzenet sorszáma és állapotjellemzői is." +"
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"A keresés eredménye
Az ablaknak ezen részében jelenik " +"meg a keresés eredménye.
Felül látható a találatok száma és az aktuális " +"bejegyzés helye. Az alul látható gombokkal lehet lépkedni a találatok között." +"
A keresés automatikusan elindul, ha az ablakban egy új bejegyzésre " +"lép, vagy a keresési könyvtárt átállítja a Szótárak->Keresés... " +"menüpontban.
Az általános opciók a beállítások Keresés " +"részében, a szótárakra vonatkozó opciók pedig a Beállítások->A szótár " +"beállításai menüpontban találhatók.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Az eredeti szöveg
\n" +"Az ablaknak ebben a részében lehet megnézni az aktuális üzenet\n" +"eredeti változatát.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Állapotjelzők
\n" +"Ezek a jelzők az aktuális üzenet állapotát mutatják.\n" +"A jelzők színét a beállításoknál lehet módosítani,\n" +"a Szerkesztő szekció Megjelenés lapján.
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Fordításszerkesztő
\n" +"Ebben a szerkesztőben lehet az aktuális üzenet fordítását elvégezni és " +"módosítani.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Állapotsor
\n" -"Az állapotsoron a megnyitott fájl különböző jellemzői láthatók, mint " -"például\n" -"az üzenetek száma összesen ill. az ellenőrzendő és nem lefordított üzenetek " -"száma\n" -"külön-külön. Látható még az aktuális üzenet sorszáma és állapotjellemzői is.
" -"Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Hibalista
" -"Ebben az ablakban látszanak az ellenőrző eszközök által felfedezett hibák, " -"hogy kideríthető legyen, miért van egy üzenet hibásnak jelezve.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Kontextus
" -"Ebben az ablakban lehet az aktuális üzenet kontextusát megtekinteni. " -"Általában az üzenet előtti és utáni négy üzenet látszik.
" -"Az eszközablak elrejthető aBeállítások->Az eszközök mutatása " -"menüpontban.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
A rendszerben az előző KBabel verziók által készített biztonsági mentések "
+"fájljai találhatók. Azonban a KBabel egy másik verziója (valószínűleg a TDE "
+"3.1.1 vagy 3.1.2-höz tartozó) új adatbázist hozott létre, aminek "
+"következtében két adatbázis létezik. A két adatbázist technikai okok miatt "
+"nem lehet összeolvasztani, ezért választani kell közülük.
Ha a "
+"régebbi verziójút választja, a program törli az újabbat. Ha az újat "
+"választja, akkor a régi fájlok megmaradnak, kézzel kell őket törölni, "
+"máskülönben ez az üzenet mindig meg fog jelenni (a régi fájlok helye: "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Paraméterek
" -"Itt lehet testreszabni a po fájlok keresését, például hogy nagybetűérzékeny " -"legyen-e a keresés és figyelmen kívül kell-e hagyni az ellenőrzendő " -"bejegyzéseket.
Paraméterek
Itt lehet testreszabni a po fájlok " +"keresését, például hogy nagybetűérzékeny legyen-e a keresés és figyelmen " +"kívül kell-e hagyni az ellenőrzendő bejegyzéseket.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Összehasonlítási beállítások
" -"Itt lehet megadni, hogy kereséskor milyen feltételek esetén számítson egy " -"üzenet találatnak.
Összehasonlítási beállítások
Itt lehet megadni, hogy " +"kereséskor milyen feltételek esetén számítson egy üzenet találatnak.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Hármas illeszkedés
" -"Ezt a módszert használva az számít találatnak, ha az egyik üzenet hárombetűs " -"csoportjai közül a legtöbb a másikban is megtalálható. Pl.: 'abc123' " -"illeszkedik 'abcx123c12'-höz.
Hármas illeszkedés
Ezt a módszert használva az számít " +"találatnak, ha az egyik üzenet hárombetűs csoportjai közül a legtöbb a " +"másikban is megtalálható. Pl.: 'abc123' illeszkedik 'abcx123c12'-höz.
" +"qt>" #: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:109 #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:107 msgid "" -"Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Elérési utak
" -"Itt lehet megadni a kereséshez használt fájlok nevét.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Elérési utak
Itt lehet megadni a kereséshez használt " +"fájlok nevét.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Paraméterek
" -"Itt lehet beállítani a po fájlokban való keresés módját, például hogy " -"nagybetűérzékeny legyen-e a keresés.
Paraméterek
Itt lehet beállítani a po fájlokban való " +"keresés módját, például hogy nagybetűérzékeny legyen-e a keresés.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Az érvénytelen bejegyzések megjelölése ellenőrzendőnek
\n" +"
Ha bejelöli ezt az opciót, az összes elem,\n" +"melyet az eszközk érvénytelennek minősítenek, ellenőrzendő\n" +"attribútumot kap, és a kapott fájl\n" +"el lesz mentve.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Az ellenőrzendő üzenetek kihagyása
\n" +"
Ha ez az opció be van jelölve, az ellenőrzendő bejegyzések\n" +"kimaradnak az ellenőrzési folyamatból.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
A rendszerben az előző KBabel verziók által készített biztonsági mentések "
-"fájljai találhatók. Azonban a KBabel egy másik verziója (valószínűleg a TDE "
-"3.1.1 vagy 3.1.2-höz tartozó) új adatbázist hozott létre, aminek következtében "
-"két adatbázis létezik. A két adatbázist technikai okok miatt nem lehet "
-"összeolvasztani, ezért választani kell közülük."
-"
"
-"
Ha a régebbi verziójút választja, a program törli az újabbat. Ha az újat "
-"választja, akkor a régi fájlok megmaradnak, kézzel kell őket törölni, "
-"máskülönben ez az üzenet mindig meg fog jelenni (a régi fájlok helye: "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Az eltérések lekérdezésének forrása
\n" +"Itt kell kiválasztani, mely forrásból kell venni az eltérések\n" +"keresésekor az adatokat.
\n" +"Kiválasztható egy fájl, a fordítási adatbázis vagy a\n" +"megfelelő msgstr szöveg.
\n" +"Ha a fordítási adatbázist választja, az eltérések\n" +"előállításához az üzeneteket a fordítási adatbázisból veszi a\n" +"program. Érdemes bejelölni A bejegyzés hozzáadása az adatbázishoz\n" +"opciót is.
\n" +"Ez az utolsó opció azok számára lehet hasznos, akik szövegellenőrzést\n" +"végeznek.
\n" +"Átmenetileg át lehet váltani az eltérések fájlból történő\n" +"előállítására az Eszközök->Diff->Fájl megnyitása\n" +"menüponttal (a KBabel főablakában).
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Az összehasonlítandó fájlok alapkönyvtára\n" +"
Itt lehet megadni annak a könyvtárnak a nevét, ahol az\n" +"összehasonlítani kívánt fájlok találhatók. Ha a fájlok ezen a\n" +"könyvtáron belül ugyanott találhatók, mint az eredeti fájlok az\n" +"eredeti könyvtárhoz képest, akkor a KBabel automatikusan meg tudja\n" +"nyitni a megfelelő fájlokat az összehasonlításhoz.
\n" +"Ennek a beállításnak nincs hatása, ha az összehasonlítás a\n" +"fordítási adatbázissal történik.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Üdvözöljük a projektvarázslóban!\n" +"\n" +"A varázsló végigvezeti Önt egy új fordítási\n" +"projekt kialakításához szükséges lépéseken.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Először meg kell adni a projekt nevét és annak a\n" +"fájlnak a nevét, amelybe a projekt beállításai kerülnek.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Ki kell választani a fordítás nyelvét\n" +"és a fordítási projekt típusát is.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "A szerzők:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
A konfigurációs fájl neve
\n"
+"Ebbe a fájlba kerülnek a projekt\n"
+"beállításai.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Nyelv
\n"
+"A fordítási nyelv a projektben, tehát az a nyelv, amelyre\n"
+"a fordítás történik. A nyelvkódok az ISO 631 szabványban\n"
+"vannak felsorolva.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
A projekt neve
\n"
+"A projektnév a projekt azonosítására szolgál.\n"
+"Megjelenik a projektbeállító párbeszédablakban\n"
+"és a projekthez megnyitott ablakok címsorában.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Megjegyzés: a projektnév később már nem változtatható meg.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"A projekt típusa\n" +"A projekttípus ismeretében a program a beállításokat\n" +"jobban hozzá tudja igazítani a felhasználók igényeihez.\n" +"Ennek alapján történik az ellenőrzőeszközök,\n" +"a gyorsbillentyű-választás és a fejlécformázás kiválasztása.\n" +"
\n" +"A választható típusok:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Fordítási fájlok
\n" +"A .po ill. .pot fájlokat tartalmazó könyvtárak nevét itt kell megadni.\n" +"A program egyetlen logikai fastruktúrába olvasztja össze az ezekben a " +"könyvtárakban található fájlokat és alkönyvtárakat.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Az ellenőrzendő állapot automatikus megszüntetése
\n" +"Ha bekapcsolja ezt az opciót és módosítani kezd egy ellenőrzendőnek " +"jelölt üzenetet, akkor az üzenet állapota automatikusan\n" +"normálra vált (tehát a , fuzzy szöveg\n" +"eltűnik az üzenet megjegyzéssorából).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Intelligens szerkesztés használata
\n" +"Jelölje be ezt az opciót, ha kényelmesebbé szeretné tenni\n" +"a gépelést a KBabelben és automatikusan le szeretné kezeltetni\n" +"az idézendő speciális karaktereket. Például '\\\"' beírása esetén\n" +"'\\\\\\\"' lesz az eredmény, az Enter megnyomásakor üres hely kerül a sor " +"végére,\n" +"a Shift+Return megnyomásakor '\\\\n' lesz hozzáadva a sor végéhez.
\n" +"Ezek a javítások csak tippként jelennek meg, és a program továbbra\n" +"sem akadályozza meg szintaktikailag hibás szöveg készítését.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Hibafelismerés
\n" +"Itt lehet beállítani a hibajelzés módját.\n" +"A Hangjelzés hiba esetén és A szöveg színének\n" +"megváltoztatása hiba esetén opciók választhatóak.\n" +"Az állapotsorban akkor is megjelenik a hibaüzenet,\n" +"ha ezen opciók egyike sincs bejelölve.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Állapotjelzők
\n" +"Itt lehet megadni az állapotjelzők színét és a megjelenítésük helyét." +"p>
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
A keresés automatikus megkezdése
\n" +"Ha ez az opció be van jelölve, a keresés automatikusan megkezdődik,\n" +"amikor a szerkesztőben egy új üzenetre vált. A keresés helyét\n" +"Az alapértelmezett szótár kombinált listában lehet megadni.\n" +"
A keresés kézzel is elindítható, ha a felbukkanó menüből, mely a\n" +"Szótárak->Keresés... menüpont kiválasztásakor vagy az\n" +"eszköztár keresés gombjának lenyomva tartásakor jelenik meg, kiválaszt " +"valamit.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Az alapértelmezett szótár
\n" +"Itt lehet megadni az alapértelmezett keresési helyet.\n" +"Ezt az értéket akkor használja a program, ha egy keresés automatikusan\n" +"indul el vagy ha megnyomja az eszköztár Szótár gombját.
\n" +"A szótárak jellemzőinek beállításához válassza ki a kívánt\n" +"szótárt a Beállítások->A szótár beállításai\n" +"menüpontban.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Állapotsor
\n" -"Az állapotsorban lehet nyomon követni a kiadott keresési vagy cserélési " -"művelet végrehajtását. A Találat: címke után először azoknak a " -"találatként kezelt fájloknak a száma látható, melyek még nem jelentek meg a " -"KBabel ablakban, utána az eddig találatot tartalmazó fájlok száma összesen.
" -"File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Fájlbeállítások
" -"Itt lehet a keresés fájljellemzőit megadni." -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Például: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "A következő fájlok frissítése:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Egyetlen .po fájl leellenőrzése..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "A következő fájlok elmentése az adatraktárba (commit):"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Könyvtár ellenőrzése..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "A következő fájlok távoli állapota lesz lekérdezve:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Könyvtár ellenőrzése (alkönyvtárakkal)..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "A következő fájlok helyi állapota lesz lekérdezve:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Fájl ellenőrzése:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "A következő fájlok közötti eltéréseket kell előállítani:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Hozzáadott bejegyzések:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "A következő fájlok jellemzői lesznek lekérdezve:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Összesített állapot:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Régi üzenetek:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "A fájl feldolgozása:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "N&aplóbejegyzés:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Fájl betöltése:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "A fájlok a&utomatikus felvétele, ha szükséges"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Exportálás..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "Menté&s (commit)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Ismétlődő sztringek"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "Álla&potlekérdezés"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Jó kulcsok"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "Az &eltérések lekérdezése"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Elő lehet írni, hogy minimálisan hány szó tartalmazása esetén kerülhet be a "
+"jó kulcsok listájába egy kifejezés. \n"
+"Elő lehet írni azt is, hogy a kulcs minimálisan hány szót tartalmazzon, hogy "
+"egy lekérdezés beilleszthesse azt a listába. \n"
+"Ez a két szám az összes szó számához viszonyított arányként értendő. Ha az "
+"arány kisebb, mint 1, akkor a keresőmotor 1-et fog használni. \n"
+"Végül a lista bejegyzéseinek számára is lehet egy felső korlátot adni."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Információ &lekérdezése"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "A kulcs minimális szószáma a lekérdezésben is (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "A ¶ncs kimenete:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Az eltárolási naplóüzenet üres. Tovább szeretne lépni?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "A kulcsban szereplő lekérdezési szavak min. száma (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Nem nyitható meg írásra egy ideiglenes fájl. Kilépés."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Max. listahossz:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Nem lehet írni egy ideiglenes fájlba. Kilépés."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Gyakori szavak"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "A folyamatot nem sikerült elindítani."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Az ennél gyakrabban előforduló szavak eldobása:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Kilépett, a visszadott érték: %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Befejezve ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "A gyakori szavak használata minden kulcsnál"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Általános"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Üzenetlisták"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Az adatbázis könyvtára:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Nincs verziókövetés"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Automatikus frissítés a KBabelben"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN-állapot"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Új elemek"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Feloldva"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "A KBabelből"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "A megjelölteknél feloldva"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritmus"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Visszaállítás"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Minimális pontszám:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "A megjelöltek visszaállítása"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "A használandó algoritmus"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Tisztítás"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Pontszám:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "A megjelöltek tisztítása"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Az ellenőrzendő mondatok archívuma"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Nincs adatraktár"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Szómagyarázat"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Fájlok:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Pontos "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Név"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Mondatonként"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumerikus"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Ellenőrzendő"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Szavanként"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Nincs lefordítva"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Dinamikus szótár"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Összesen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
+msgstr "A találatok várt száma:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Utolsó módosítás"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:356
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Output"
+msgstr "Kimenet"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Naplóablak"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:367
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Output Processing"
+msgstr "A kimenet feldolgozása"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Törlés"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:395
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "First capital letter match"
+msgstr "Az első illeszkedő nagybetű"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Naplóablak Ebben az ablakban lehet megnézni a végrehajtott parancsok kimenetét. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Üzenetfájl-kezelő Az üzenetfájl-kezelő egy logikai fastruktúrában jeleníti meg a két megadott\n"
-"könyvtárban található .po és .pot fájlokat. Így könnyen észre lehet\n"
-"venni, ha új sablont hoztak létre vagy egy meglevőt töröltek. A\n"
-"fájlok legfontosabb jellemzői is megjelennek. További információ a dokumentáció Az üzenetfájl-kezelő "
-"című részében található. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Ha a keresett kifejezés A piros autó gyors és bekapcsolta az "
+"egyszavas helyettesítést, akkor találatnak fognak számítani ezek: "
+"A kék autó gyors vagy A piros repülő gyors."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Nincs SVN adattár"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Egyszavas helyettesítés használata"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "SVN-en kívüli"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "A lekérdezésben szereplő szavak max. száma:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Helyben felvett"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Kétszavas helyettesítés használata"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Helyben eltávolított"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Helyben módosított"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Friss"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Helyi karakterek reguláris kifejezésekben:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Ütközés"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Adatbázis"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Hiba a munkamásolatban"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Az adatbázis könyvtára:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Ismeretlen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Új bejegyzés automatikus hozzáadása az adatbázishoz"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-"Ez nem egy érvényes SVN adattár. Az SVN parancsokat nem lehet végrehajtani."
+"Az új fordítások automatikus hozzáadása az adatbázishoz, ha valamelyik "
+"alkalmazás (például a kbabel) kéri ezt."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Kezdőparancs ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Az automatikusan hozzáadott bejegyzések szerzője:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN párbeszédablak"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"A következő változókat lehet használni az elérési út megadásánál:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Hvaða færslur á að þýða
" -"Veldu hér hvaða hluta skráarinnar KBabel reynir að finna þýðingu fyrir. " -"Breyttar færslur eru alltaf merktar sem loðnar, óháð hvaða valmöguleika þú " -"velur.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Hvernig skilaboð eru þýdd
" -"Hér getur þú skilgreint hvort einungis sé hægt að þýða allt skilaboðið, " -"hvort lík skilaboð eru leyfileg eða hvort KBabel á að reyna að þýða stök orð ef " -"engin þýðing finnst fyrir allt skilaboðið, eða líkt skilaboð.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Merkja breyttar færslur sem loðnar
" -"Þegar þýðing finnst fyrir skilaboð, er færslan sjálfkrafa merkt sem " -"loðin. Ástæðan er að KBabel bara giskar á þýðinguna og þú ættir alltaf að " -"skoða niðurstöðuna vandlega. Aftengdu þennan valmöguleika aðeins ef þú veist " -"hvað þú ert að gera.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Frumstilla sértækar TDE færslur
" -"Frumstilla \"Athugasemd=\" og \"Nafn=\" færslur ef engin þýðing finnst. " -"Einnig verður \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" og \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" fyllt með " -"auðkennisstillingum.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Orðabækur
" -"Veldur hér hvaða orðabækur á að nota til að leita að þýðingu. Veljirðu " -"fleiri en eina orðabók, þá eru þær notaðar í sömu röð og þær standa á " -"listanum.
" -"Stillingar hnappurinn leyfir þér að breyta tímabundið stillingum " -"valinnar orðabókar. Upprunalegar stillingar verða enduræstar eftir að þessum " -"glugga er lokað.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Þegar þýðing finnst fyrir skilaboð, er færslan sjálfkrafa merkt sem " -"loðin. Ástæðan er að KBabel bara giskar á þýðinguna og þú ættir alltaf að " -"skoða niðurstöðuna vandlega. Aftengdu þennan valmöguleika aðeins ef þú veist " -"hvað þú ert að gera.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Finna texta
" -"Hér geturðu slegið inn texta þú vilt finna. Ef þú vilt leita að reglulegri " -"segð, virkjaðu þá Nota reglulega segð að neðan.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Skipta út texta
" -"Hér getur þú slegið inn þann texta sem þú vilt skipta fundna textanum út " -"með.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Hvar á að leita
" -"Veldu hér í hvaða hlutum á að leita.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Valkostir
" -"Hér getur þú fínstilt útskiptinguna:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Valkostir
" -"Hér getur þú fínstilt leitina:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Stöðuslá
\n" +"Stöðusláin sýnir upplýsingar um stöðu núverandi leitar, eða útskipti " +"aðgerðar. Fyrsta talan í Fann: sýnir fjölda fundinna skráa sem hafa " +"ekki verið sýndar ennþá í KBabel glugganum. Önnur talan sýnir heildarfjölda " +"fundinna skráa.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Uppfæra haus
\n" -"Hakaðu við hér til að uppfæra haus skráarinnar í hvert sinn sem hún er " -"vistuð.
\n" -"Hausinn inniheldur vanalega upplýsingar um dagsetningu og tíma seinustu " -"breytingar, seinasta þýðanda o.s.frv.
\n" -"Þú getur valið hvaða upplýsingar á að uppfæra hér að neðan.\n" -"Svið sem finnast ekki fyrir er bætt við hausinn.\n" -"Ef þú vilt bæta fleiri sviðum við, getur þú breytt honum handvirkt\n" -"með því að velja Sýsl->Breyta haus í ritil glugganum.
Upplýsingagluggi
\n" +"Úttak skipana sem eru keyrðar sjást hér.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Svið sem á að uppfæra
\n" -"Veldu hvaða svið á að uppfæra, þegar skrá er vistuð.\n" -"Ef ákveðið svið finnst ekki fyrir í skránni, er því bætt við hausinn.
\n" -"Viljirðu bæta öðrum upplýsingum við, verður þú að gera það handvirkt,\n" -"með því að velja Sýsl->Breyta haus í ritil glugganum.
\n" -"Afveldu Uppfæra haus að ofan ef þú vilt ekki að hausinn sé\n" -"uppfærður þegar vistað er.
Þýðingarstjóri
\n" +"Þýðingarstjórinn bræðir saman tvær möppur í eitt tré og sýnir allar\n" +"PO og POT skrárnar sem eru í möppunum. Þannig sérð þú á auðveldan hátt\n" +"ef nýju skráarsniði hefur verið bætt við, eða fjarlægt. Einnig sýnir\n" +"hann upplýsingar um skrárnar.
Fyrir nánari lýsingu, skoðaðu " +"Þýðingarstjóra hjálparskránna.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Stafatafla
" -"Veldu hvaða stafatöflu á að nota, þegar skrá er vistuð. Ef þú ert ekki viss " -"um hvaða stafatöflu þú átt að nota, hafðu þá samband við umsjónarmann " -"þýðingarhópsins þíns.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Varðveita kóðun skráar
" -"Ef þessi möguleiki er valinn, munu skrár alltaf vera vistaðar með sömu " -"stafatöflu og þær voru í við lestur. Skrár sem innihalda ekki " -"stafatöfluupplýsingar (þ.e. POT skrár) eru vistaðar með stafatöflunni sem þú " -"hefur valið.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Athuga setningarfræði skráar við vistun
\n" -"Hakaðu við þennan möguleika til að láta \"msgfmt --statistics\" \n" -"keyra sjálfkrafa þegar skrá er vistuð. Þú sérð bara skilaboð, \n" -"ef villa kemur upp.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Vista úreltar færslur
\n" -"Ef þessi valmöguleiki er valinn, verða úreltar færslur sem finnast\n" -"þegar skráin er opnuð, vistaðar til baka. Úreltar færslur eru merktar með\n" -"#~ og eru búnar til þegar msgmerge þarfnast þýðingana ekki meir.\n" -"Ef úrelti textinn birtist aftur seinna, eru færslurnar virkjaðar á ný.\n" -"Eini ókosturinn er stærð vistuðu skránnar.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Snið breytingardagsetningar
" -"Veldu hér sniðið sem dagsetning og tími í PO-Revision-Date\n" -"er vistað í: " -"
Ráðlagt er að nota sjálfgefna sniðið til að koma í veg fyrir að ógildar PO " -"skrár séu búnar til.
" -"Fyrir nánari upplýsingar, skoðaðu stillingarhlutann " -"í hjálparskránni.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Auðkenni
\n" -"Fylltu út upplýsingarnar um þig, og þýðingarhópinn þinn.\n" -"Þessar upplýsingar eru notaðar þegar haus skráar er uppfærður.
\n" -"Þú getur fínstillt hvaða upplýsingar eru vistaðar í hausnum, í Vista\n" -"hluta gluggans.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Fjöldi eintölu/fleirtölu forma
" -"Athugaðu: þetta er TDE sérhæfur eiginleiki. Ef þú ert ekki að þýðaTDE " -"forrit, geturðu hunsað þennan valmöguleika.
" -"Veldu hér hve mörg eintölu og fleirtölu form eru notuð í þínu tungumáli. " -"Þetta val verður að vera í samræmi við stillingar þýðingarhópsins þíns.
" -"Einnig getur þú valið Sjálfvirkt og mun þá KBabel reyna að fá " -"nauðsynlegar upplýsingar frá kerfinu. Notaðu Prófa " -"hnappinn til að athuga hvort það heppnaðist.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Krefjast fleirtöluforms viðfanga í þýðingum
\n" -"Athugaðu: Þetta er TDE tiltekinn valkostur í augnablikinu. Ef þú ert " -"ekki að þýða TDE forrit, getur þú hunsað þetta.
\n" -"Ef hakað er við hér, munu prófunartólin krefjast að %n viðföng séu til " -"staðar í þýðingunum.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU fleirtöluformshaus
\n" -"Hér getur þú sett inn hausfærslu fyrir GNU fleirtöluforms meðhöndlun; ef þú " -"lætur þetta vera tómt, verður færslunni í PO skránni ekki breytt eða bætt " -"við.
\n" -"KBabel getur reynt að finna sjálfkrafa út gildin sem GNU gettext tólin " -"stinga uppá fyrir núverandi tungumálið; smelltu bara á Athuga " -"hnappinn.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Stafur fyrir lyklaborðs hröðunartákn
" -"Veldu hér hvaða staf á að nota til að merkja lyklaborðs flýtilykla. Í Qt er " -"'&' notað, og í Gtk er það '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Regluleg segð fyrir samhengisupplýsingar
" -"Settu inn reglulega segð hér, sem skilgreinir hvað er samhengisupplýsingar " -"í skilaboðum, og þarf ekki þýða.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Stafsetningarleiðrétting á meðan þú skrifar
" -"Merktu við hér til að láta KBabel leiðrétta stafsetningu um leið og þú " -"skrifar. Misrituð orð verða lituð með villulitnum.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Muna hunsuð orð
" -"Virkjaðu þetta til að láta KBabel hunsa þau orð, þar sem þú hefur valið " -"Hunsa allt í stafsetningarleiðréttingunni.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Grunnmöppur
\n" -"Skrifaðu inn möppurnar sem innihalda allar PO og POT skrárnar.\n" -"Skrárnar og undirmöppurnar verða síðan sýndar í einu tré.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Opna skrár í nýjum glugga
\n" -"Ef þessi möguleiki er valinn, munu allar skrár sem eru opnaðar í " -"Þýðingarstjóranum verða opnaðar í nýjum glugga.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Drepa ferli þegar hætt er
\n" -"Ef valið, mun KBabel reyna að loka öllum sínum ferlum, sem hafa ekki þegar " -"hætt þegar forritið lokast,\n" -"með því að senda 'kill' merki til þeirra.
\n" -"Athugaðu: það er ekki fullvíst að ferlin verði drepin.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Búa til yfirlit yfir skráarinnihald
\n" -"Ef valið, mun KBabel útbúa yfirlit yfir hverja PO skrá til að flýta fyrir " -"leita/skipta út aðgerðunum.
\n" -"Athugið: Þetta hægir umtalsvert á uppfærslu skráarupplýsinga.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Keyra msgfmt áður en unnið er með skrá
" -"Ef þetta er valið keyrir KBabel Gettext msgfmt tólið áður en unnið er með " -"skrána.
" -"Ráðlagt er að velja þetta, jafnvel þó það hægi eithvað á ferlinu. Sjálfgefið " -"er að þetta sé valið.
" -"Afveldu þetta ef þú ert að vinna á hægfara tölvu eða þegar þú ert að þýða PO " -"skrár sem eru ekki studdar af Gettext tólunum sem eru á kerfinu þínu. Mínusinn " -"með að afvelja þetta er að nánast engar athuganir eru gerðar á skránni, og þar " -"af leiðandi geta ógildar PO skrár verið sýndar sem í lagi, jafnvel þó Gettext " -"tól mundu hafna þeim.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Möppuskipanir
" -"Skrifaðu inn hér skipanir sem þú vilt geta keyrt á möppur frá " -"Þýðingarstjóranum. Þær eru aðgengilegar frá undirmöppu Skipana " -"þegar þú hægrismellir í Þýðingarstjóranum.
" -"Eftirfarandi strengjum er skipt út í skipunum: " -"
Skráavalmöguleikar
Hér getur þú fínstilt leitina:" +"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Skráaskipanir
" -"Settu inn hér skipanir sem þú vilt geta keyrt á skrár frá Þýðingarstjóranum. " -"Þær eru aðgengilegar frá undirmöppu Skipana þegar þú hægrismellir í " -"Þýðingarstjóranum.
" -"Eftirfarandi strengjum er skipt út í skipunum: " -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Sýndir dálkar
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Velkomin(n) í verkefna álfinn!\n" -"\n" -"Álfurinn aðstoðar þig að útbúa nýtt þýðingarverkefni\n" -"fyrir KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Fyrsta sem þú þarft að gera er að velja nafn á verkefnið\n" -"og skrána sem á að vista stillingarnar í.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Einnig ættir þú að velja hvaða tungumál þú ætlar að þýða í\n" -"og tegund verkefnisins.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "S&etja inn" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Nafn á stillingarskrá"
-"
\n"
-"Nafnið á skránni sem á að vista stillingar verkefnisins í\n"
-"
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Tungumál"
-"
\n"
-"Tungumálið sem á að þýða í. Það ætti að fylgja\n"
-"ISO 631 tungumála nafnastaðlinum.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Nafn verkefnis"
-"
\n"
-"Nafnið er notað til að auðkenna verkefnið með.\n"
-"Það er sýnt í verkefna stillingarglugganum, ásamt\n"
-"í KBabel gluggunum sem eru opnaðir í því.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Athugaðu: Það er ekki hægt að breyta nafninu seinna.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Tegund verkefnis\n" -"Tegund verkefnis leyfir fínstillingu á þekktum verkefnum.\n" -"T.d. eru prófunartólin sett upp og hraðvalsmerkingar og snið\n" -"hausa stillt.\n" -"
\n" -"Þekktar verkefnategundir eru:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Grunnmöppur
\n" -"Skrifaðu inn möppurnar sem innihalda allar PO og POT skrárnar.\n" -"Skrárnar og undirmöppurnar verða síðan sýndar í einu tré.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Staðsetning samanburðaskráa
\n" -"Hér getur þú skilgreint uppruna sem á að bera saman við\n" -"til að finna mismun í skrám.
\n" -"Þú getur valið skrá, gagnagrunn eða\n" -"samsvarandi msgstr færslu.
\n" -"Ef þú velur að nota gagnagrunn, eru færslurnar sem á að bera saman við\n" -"teknar úr þýðingargagnagrunninum, og til að vera gagnlegt verður\n" -"þú að haka við Bæta sjálfkrafa við nýjum færslum\n" -"í stillingarglugga hans.
\n" -"Seinasti valkosturinn er gagnlegur fyrir þá sem nota PO skrár til að\n" -"lesa yfir með.
\n" -"Þú getur borið tímabundið saman við færslur í skrá\n" -"með að velja Tól->Samanburður->Opna skrá til samanburðar\n" -"í aðalglugga KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Grunnmappa fyrir samanburðarskrár\n" -"
Hér getur þú tilgreint möppuna sem inniheldur skrárnar\n" -"sem á að bera saman við. Ef skránum er raðað á sama máta\n" -"undir þessari möppu og upprunalegu skránum er raðað í sinni grunnmöppu, getur " -"KBabel sjálfvirkt opnað réttar skrár til að\n" -"bera saman við.
\n" -"Athugið að þessi valkostur hefur engin áhrif ef notast er\n" -"við færslur frá gagnagrunni til að bera saman við.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Hefja sjálfvirkt leit
\n" -"Ef þetta er valið, hefst leit sjálfkrafa í hvert sinn sem\n" -"þú skiptir á milli færsla í ritlinum. Þú getur valið hvar á að leita\n" -"með fellilistanum Sjálfgefin orðabók.\n" -"
" -"Einnig getur þú leitað handvirkt með því að velja færslu í\n" -"glugganum sem birtist annaðhvort þegar smellt er á Orðabækur->Finna... " -"eða þegar orðabókarhnappinum í aðaltækjaslánni er haldið niðri um stund.
" -"Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Sjálfgefin orðabók
\n" -"Veldu hér hvar á sjálfgefið að leita. Þessi stilling er notuð þegar leit " -"hefst sjálfkrafa, og þegar ýtt er á orðabókar táknmyndina í tækjaslánni.
" -"Þú getur sett upp orðabækurnar með því að velja Stillingar->" -"Stilla orðabók.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Finna texta
Hér geturðu slegið inn texta þú vilt finna. " +"Ef þú vilt leita að reglulegri segð, virkjaðu þá Nota reglulega segð " +"að neðan.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Skipta út texta
Hér getur þú slegið inn þann texta sem " +"þú vilt skipta fundna textanum út með.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Fjarlægja loðna stöðu sjálfkrafa
\n" -"Ef þetta er valið og þú breytir loðinni færslu, mun staða hennar verða\n" -"sjálfkrafa sett sem óloðin.
Hvar á að leita
Veldu hér í hvaða hlutum á að leita." +"p>
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Nota snjalla ritstýringu
\n" -"Veldu þennan möguleika til að láta KBabel sjá um að setja \n" -"gæsalappir þar sem það er nauðsynlegt. T.d. þegar þú \n" -"skrifar '\\\"' birtist '\\\\\\\"', þegar þú slærð á Enter er bili sjálfkrafa " -"bætt \n" -"við enda línunar, Shift+Return bætir '\\\\n' við enda línunar.
\n" -"Athugaðu að þetta er einungis hjálparfítus, það er ennþá mögulegt \n" -"að skrifa rangan texta.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Villusýning
" -"Hér getur þú valið um hvernig villuboð eru sýnd. Flauta við villu " -"gefur hljóðmerki og Breyta textalit við villu " -"breytir lit þýdda textans. Ef ekkert er valið, muntu eftir sem áður sjá " -"skilaboð í stöðuslánni.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Valkostir
Hér getur þú fínstilt útskiptinguna:" +"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Stöðuljós
\n" -"Veldu hér hvar á að sýna stöðuljós, og hvaða lit á að nota á þau.
Valkostir
Hér getur þú fínstilt leitina:
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Uppfæra haus
\n" +"Hakaðu við hér til að uppfæra haus skráarinnar í hvert sinn sem hún er " +"vistuð.
\n" +"Hausinn inniheldur vanalega upplýsingar um dagsetningu og tíma seinustu " +"breytingar, seinasta þýðanda o.s.frv.
\n" +"Þú getur valið hvaða upplýsingar á að uppfæra hér að neðan.\n" +"Svið sem finnast ekki fyrir er bætt við hausinn.\n" +"Ef þú vilt bæta fleiri sviðum við, getur þú breytt honum handvirkt\n" +"með því að velja Sýsl->Breyta haus í ritil glugganum.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Svið sem á að uppfæra
\n" +"Veldu hvaða svið á að uppfæra, þegar skrá er vistuð.\n" +"Ef ákveðið svið finnst ekki fyrir í skránni, er því bætt við hausinn.
\n" +"Viljirðu bæta öðrum upplýsingum við, verður þú að gera það handvirkt,\n" +"með því að velja Sýsl->Breyta haus í ritil glugganum.
\n" +"Afveldu Uppfæra haus að ofan ef þú vilt ekki að hausinn sé\n" +"uppfærður þegar vistað er.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Stafatafla
Veldu hvaða stafatöflu á að nota, þegar skrá " +"er vistuð. Ef þú ert ekki viss um hvaða stafatöflu þú átt að nota, hafðu þá " +"samband við umsjónarmann þýðingarhópsins þíns.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Varðveita kóðun skráar
Ef þessi möguleiki er valinn, " +"munu skrár alltaf vera vistaðar með sömu stafatöflu og þær voru í við " +"lestur. Skrár sem innihalda ekki stafatöfluupplýsingar (þ.e. POT skrár) eru " +"vistaðar með stafatöflunni sem þú hefur valið.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Athuga setningarfræði skráar við vistun
\n" +"Hakaðu við þennan möguleika til að láta \"msgfmt --statistics\" \n" +"keyra sjálfkrafa þegar skrá er vistuð. Þú sérð bara skilaboð, \n" +"ef villa kemur upp.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Vista úreltar færslur
\n" +"Ef þessi valmöguleiki er valinn, verða úreltar færslur sem finnast\n" +"þegar skráin er opnuð, vistaðar til baka. Úreltar færslur eru merktar með\n" +"#~ og eru búnar til þegar msgmerge þarfnast þýðingana ekki meir.\n" +"Ef úrelti textinn birtist aftur seinna, eru færslurnar virkjaðar á ný.\n" +"Eini ókosturinn er stærð vistuðu skránnar.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Snið breytingardagsetningar
Veldu hér sniðið sem " +"dagsetning og tími í PO-Revision-Date\n" +"er vistað í:
Ráðlagt er að nota sjálfgefna sniðið til að koma í veg fyrir að ógildar " +"PO skrár séu búnar til.
Fyrir nánari upplýsingar, skoðaðu " +"stillingarhlutann í hjálparskránni.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Dæmi:"
-" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Auðkenni Fylltu út upplýsingarnar um þig, og þýðingarhópinn þinn.\n"
+"Þessar upplýsingar eru notaðar þegar haus skráar er uppfærður. Þú getur fínstillt hvaða upplýsingar eru vistaðar í hausnum, í Vista"
+"b>\n"
+"hluta gluggans. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Fjöldi eintölu/fleirtölu forma Athugaðu: þetta er "
+"TDE sérhæfur eiginleiki. Ef þú ert ekki að þýðaTDE forrit, geturðu hunsað "
+"þennan valmöguleika. Veldu hér hve mörg eintölu og fleirtölu form eru "
+"notuð í þínu tungumáli. Þetta val verður að vera í samræmi við stillingar "
+"þýðingarhópsins þíns. Einnig getur þú valið Sjálfvirkt og mun "
+"þá KBabel reyna að fá nauðsynlegar upplýsingar frá kerfinu. Notaðu Prófa"
+"i> hnappinn til að athuga hvort það heppnaðist. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Krefjast fleirtöluforms viðfanga í þýðingum Athugaðu: Þetta er TDE tiltekinn valkostur í augnablikinu. Ef þú "
+"ert ekki að þýða TDE forrit, getur þú hunsað þetta. Ef hakað er við hér, munu prófunartólin krefjast að %n viðföng séu til "
+"staðar í þýðingunum. "
+" GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Leita í einni PO skrá"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Leita í möppu"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Leita í möppu og undirmöppum hennar"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Skoða skrá:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Reitir sem bætt hefur verið við:"
+" GNU fleirtöluformshaus Hér getur þú sett inn hausfærslu fyrir GNU fleirtöluforms meðhöndlun; ef "
+"þú lætur þetta vera tómt, verður færslunni í PO skránni ekki breytt eða bætt "
+"við. KBabel getur reynt að finna sjálfkrafa út gildin sem GNU gettext tólin "
+"stinga uppá fyrir núverandi tungumálið; smelltu bara á Athuga "
+"hnappinn. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Stafur fyrir lyklaborðs hröðunartákn Veldu hér hvaða "
+"staf á að nota til að merkja lyklaborðs flýtilykla. Í Qt er '&' notað, "
+"og í Gtk er það '_'. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. \n"
-"Þú getur sett inn lágmarksfjölda af orðum sem leitarstrengurinn verður að "
-"innihalda til að vera bætt í góðir lyklar listann."
-" \n"
-"Einnig getur þú sett inn lágmarksfjölda af orðum sem leitarstrengurinn verður "
-"að innihalda til að vera settur í listann."
-" \n"
-"Þessar tvær tölur eru prósentan af heildar orðafjöldanum. Ef niðurstaða "
-"prósentunar er minni en einn, verður vélin sett á einn. "
-" \n"
-"Að lokum getur þú sett inn hámarksfjölda af færslum í listann."
+" Regluleg segð fyrir samhengisupplýsingar Settu inn "
+"reglulega segð hér, sem skilgreinir hvað er samhengisupplýsingar í "
+"skilaboðum, og þarf ekki þýða. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Stafsetningarleiðrétting á meðan þú skrifar Merktu við "
+"hér til að láta KBabel leiðrétta stafsetningu um leið og þú skrifar. "
+"Misrituð orð verða lituð með villulitnum. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Muna hunsuð orð Virkjaðu þetta til að láta KBabel hunsa "
+"þau orð, þar sem þú hefur valið Hunsa allt í "
+"stafsetningarleiðréttingunni. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Grunnmöppur Skrifaðu inn möppurnar sem innihalda allar PO og POT skrárnar.\n"
+"Skrárnar og undirmöppurnar verða síðan sýndar í einu tré. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Opna skrár í nýjum glugga Ef þessi möguleiki er valinn, munu allar skrár sem eru opnaðar í "
+"Þýðingarstjóranum verða opnaðar í nýjum glugga. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Drepa ferli þegar hætt er Ef valið, mun KBabel reyna að loka öllum sínum ferlum, sem hafa ekki "
+"þegar hætt þegar forritið lokast,\n"
+"með því að senda 'kill' merki til þeirra. Athugaðu: það er ekki fullvíst að ferlin verði drepin. Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> Búa til yfirlit yfir skráarinnihald Ef valið, mun KBabel útbúa yfirlit yfir hverja PO skrá til að flýta fyrir "
+"leita/skipta út aðgerðunum. Athugið: Þetta hægir umtalsvert á uppfærslu skráarupplýsinga. Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Keyra msgfmt áður en unnið er með skrá Ef þetta er valið "
+"keyrir KBabel Gettext msgfmt tólið áður en unnið er með skrána."
+"p> Ráðlagt er að velja þetta, jafnvel þó það hægi eithvað á ferlinu. "
+"Sjálfgefið er að þetta sé valið. Afveldu þetta ef þú ert að vinna á "
+"hægfara tölvu eða þegar þú ert að þýða PO skrár sem eru ekki studdar af "
+"Gettext tólunum sem eru á kerfinu þínu. Mínusinn með að afvelja þetta er að "
+"nánast engar athuganir eru gerðar á skránni, og þar af leiðandi geta ógildar "
+"PO skrár verið sýndar sem í lagi, jafnvel þó Gettext tól mundu hafna þeim."
+"p> Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Ef að þú leitaðir eftir Ég heiti María með eins orðaskiptingu "
-"gæti leitarniðurstaðan einnig fundið Ég heiti Ásbjörn."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Nota eins orðaskiptingu"
+"
Möppuskipanir
Skrifaðu inn hér skipanir sem þú vilt geta " +"keyrt á möppur frá Þýðingarstjóranum. Þær eru aðgengilegar frá undirmöppu " +"Skipana þegar þú hægrismellir í Þýðingarstjóranum.
Eftirfarandi " +"strengjum er skipt út í skipunum:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Skráaskipanir
Settu inn hér skipanir sem þú vilt geta " +"keyrt á skrár frá Þýðingarstjóranum. Þær eru aðgengilegar frá undirmöppu " +"Skipana þegar þú hægrismellir í Þýðingarstjóranum.
Eftirfarandi " +"strengjum er skipt út í skipunum:
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Shown columns
\n" +"\n" -"Eftirfarandi færslum verður skipt út í slóðinni ef þær finnast:\n" -"
Sýndir dálkar
\n" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Merkja ógildar færslur sem loðnar" -"
\n" -"
Ef þú velur þennan valkost, verða allar\n" -"færslur sem eru ógildar merktar sem loðnar\n" -"og skráin verður vistuð.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Ekki staðfesta loðnar færslur" -"
\n" -"
Ef þú velur þennan valkost, verða færslur\n" -"sem eru merktar loðnar ekki staðfestar.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Hvaða færslur á að þýða
Veldu hér hvaða hluta " +"skráarinnar KBabel reynir að finna þýðingu fyrir. Breyttar færslur eru " +"alltaf merktar sem loðnar, óháð hvaða valmöguleika þú velur.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Hvernig skilaboð eru þýdd
Hér getur þú skilgreint hvort " +"einungis sé hægt að þýða allt skilaboðið, hvort lík skilaboð eru leyfileg " +"eða hvort KBabel á að reyna að þýða stök orð ef engin þýðing finnst fyrir " +"allt skilaboðið, eða líkt skilaboð.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Merkja breyttar færslur sem loðnar
Þegar þýðing finnst " +"fyrir skilaboð, er færslan sjálfkrafa merkt sem loðin. Ástæðan er að " +"KBabel bara giskar á þýðinguna og þú ættir alltaf að skoða niðurstöðuna " +"vandlega. Aftengdu þennan valmöguleika aðeins ef þú veist hvað þú ert að " +"gera.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Frumstilla sértækar TDE færslur
Frumstilla " +"\"Athugasemd=\" og \"Nafn=\" færslur ef engin þýðing finnst. Einnig verður " +"\"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" og \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" fyllt með " +"auðkennisstillingum.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Orðabækur
Veldur hér hvaða orðabækur á að nota til að " +"leita að þýðingu. Veljirðu fleiri en eina orðabók, þá eru þær notaðar í sömu " +"röð og þær standa á listanum.
Stillingar hnappurinn leyfir þér " +"að breyta tímabundið stillingum valinnar orðabókar. Upprunalegar stillingar " +"verða enduræstar eftir að þessum glugga er lokað.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Þegar þýðing finnst fyrir skilaboð, er færslan sjálfkrafa merkt sem " +"loðin. Ástæðan er að KBabel bara giskar á þýðinguna og þú ættir " +"alltaf að skoða niðurstöðuna vandlega. Aftengdu þennan valmöguleika aðeins " +"ef þú veist hvað þú ert að gera.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Stafaveljari
" -"Þetta tól leyfir þér að setja inn sérstaka stafi með því að tvísmella á " -"þá.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Þessi hnappur uppfærir hausinn með núverandi stillingum. Hann verður síðan " -"skrifaður í PO skránna við vistun.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
>Þessi hnappur tekur til baka allar breytingar sem hafa verið gerðar.
" -"This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Þetta er ekki gildur haus
\n" -"Vinsamlegast breyttu honum áður en þú uppfærir.
Stafaveljari
Þetta tól leyfir þér að setja inn sérstaka " +"stafi með því að tvísmella á þá.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Þetta er ekki gildur haus
\n" -"Vinsamlegast breyttu honum áður en þú uppfærir.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Athugasemdaritill
\n" -"Hér sérðu athugasemdir virku færslunar." -"\n"
+" Athugasemdaritill \n"
" Athugasemdirnar segja vanalega hvar skilaboðin er að finna í kóðanum,\n"
"og sýna stöðu færslunar (loðin, c-viðföng).\n"
"Einnig geta þýðendur sett sínar athugasemdir inn hér. Þú getur falið athugasemdaritilinn með því að afvelja\n"
"Stillingar->Sýna athugasemdir. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Samhengi
Þessi gluggi sýnir samhengið sem núverandi " +"skilaboð er í. Vanalega eru sýnd fjögur skilaboð, á undan því virka, og " +"fjögur á eftir.
Þú getur falið þennan glugga, með því að afvelja " +"Stillingar->Sýna tól.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Villulisti
Þetta er listi yfir villur sem " +"staðfestingartólin fundu þannig að þú vitir afhverju skilaboðið hefur verið " +"merkt með villu.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Þessi hnappur uppfærir hausinn með núverandi stillingum. Hann verður " +"síðan skrifaður í PO skránna við vistun.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
>Þessi hnappur tekur til baka allar breytingar sem hafa verið gerðar." +"
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Þetta er ekki gildur haus
\n" +"Vinsamlegast breyttu honum áður en þú uppfærir.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Þetta er ekki gildur haus
\n" +"Vinsamlegast breyttu honum áður en þú uppfærir.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Leitarniðurstöður
" -"Þessi hluti gluggans sýnir niðurstöðu orðabókarleitarinnar." -"
" -"
Efst er fjöldi færsla sem fannst, og hvar völdu færsluna er að finna. Notaðu " -"hnappana neðst til að skoða gegnum leitarniðurstöðurnar.
" -"Leitin hefst annarsvegar sjálfkrafa þegar skift er á milli færsla í " -"ritlinum, eða með því að velja Orðabækur->Finna....
" -"Almennu uppsetninguna má stilla í Leitar hluta stillingargluggans, og " -"valmöguleikum hverrar orðabókar má breyta í Stillingar->Stilla orðabók" -".
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Upphaflegur strengur
\n" -"Þessi hluti gluggans sýnir upphafleg skilaboð\n" -"núverandi færslu.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Stöðuljós
\n" -"Sýnir stöðu virku færslunar. Hægt er að breyta liti þeirra í\n" -"uppsetningarglugganum. Stillingar->Ritstjórn->Útlit
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Þýðingarritill
\n" -"Hér skrifar þú inn og/eða breytir þýðingu færslunar að ofan." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Stöðuslá
\n" +"Stöðusláin sýnir upplýsingar um skrána sem er opin, svo sem\n" +"heildarfjölda reita og fjölda loðinna og óþýddra skilaboða. Einnig er\n" +"staða og vísir núverandi reits sýnd.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Leitarniðurstöður
Þessi hluti gluggans sýnir niðurstöðu " +"orðabókarleitarinnar.
Efst er fjöldi færsla sem fannst, og hvar völdu " +"færsluna er að finna. Notaðu hnappana neðst til að skoða gegnum " +"leitarniðurstöðurnar.
Leitin hefst annarsvegar sjálfkrafa þegar skift " +"er á milli færsla í ritlinum, eða með því að velja Orðabækur->Finna..." +"b>.
Almennu uppsetninguna má stilla í Leitar hluta " +"stillingargluggans, og valmöguleikum hverrar orðabókar má breyta í " +"Stillingar->Stilla orðabók.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Upphaflegur strengur
\n" +"Þessi hluti gluggans sýnir upphafleg skilaboð\n" +"núverandi færslu.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Stöðuljós
\n" +"Sýnir stöðu virku færslunar. Hægt er að breyta liti þeirra í\n" +"uppsetningarglugganum. Stillingar->Ritstjórn->Útlit
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Þýðingarritill
\n" +"Hér skrifar þú inn og/eða breytir þýðingu færslunar að ofan.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Stöðuslá
\n" -"Stöðusláin sýnir upplýsingar um skrána sem er opin, svo sem\n" -"heildarfjölda reita og fjölda loðinna og óþýddra skilaboða. Einnig er\n" -"staða og vísir núverandi reits sýnd.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Villulisti
" -"Þetta er listi yfir villur sem staðfestingartólin fundu þannig að þú vitir " -"afhverju skilaboðið hefur verið merkt með villu.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Samhengi
" -"Þessi gluggi sýnir samhengið sem núverandi skilaboð er í. Vanalega eru sýnd " -"fjögur skilaboð, á undan því virka, og fjögur á eftir.
" -"Þú getur falið þennan glugga, með því að afvelja Stillingar->Sýna tól" -".
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Það fannst afrit af gagnagrunni sem er trúlega frá fyrri útgáfu af "
+"KBabel. Nýrri útgáfa (trúlega frá TDE 3.1.1 eða 3.1.2) hefur hinsvegar "
+"útbúið nýjan gagnagrunn, og þar af leiðandi inniheldur KBabel uppsetningin "
+"nú tvær gagnagrunnsskrár. Því miður er ekki hægt að sameina þær og þú verður "
+"að velja hverja þeirra þú vilt nota.
Kjósirðu eldri skránna mun sú "
+"nýja verða fjarlægð. Kjósirðu hinsvegar að nota nýja gagnagrunninn munu "
+"eldri skrárnar verða látnar óhreyfðar og þú verður þá sjálf(ur) að fjarlægja "
+"þær. Þessi viðvörunargluggi birtast aftur þar til þær hafa verið fjarlægðar. "
+"Gömlu skrárnar má finna á $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,"
+"old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Stærðir
" -"Hér geturðu fínstillt leit í po skrám.Til dæmis ef þú vilt leita eftir " -"há/lágstöfum eða ef sleppa á loðnum skilaboðum.
Stærðir
Hér geturðu fínstillt leit í po skrám.Til dæmis " +"ef þú vilt leita eftir há/lágstöfum eða ef sleppa á loðnum skilaboðum.
" +"qt>" #: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:96 #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:94 msgid "" -"Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Samanburðar valmöguleikar
" -"Veldu hér hvaða skilaboð á að velja sem skilaboðin sem passa.
Samanburðar valmöguleikar
Veldu hér hvaða skilaboð á að " +"velja sem skilaboðin sem passa.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-stafa-pössun
" -"Strengur passar við annan ef flestir 3-stafa hóparnir eru einnig í hinum " -"strengnum. t.d. abc123 passar við 'abcx123c12'.
3-stafa-pössun
Strengur passar við annan ef flestir 3-" +"stafa hóparnir eru einnig í hinum strengnum. t.d. abc123 passar við " +"'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Staðsetning
" -"Stilltu hér hvaða skrá á að nota við leit
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Staðsetning
Stilltu hér hvaða skrá á að nota við leit" +"p>
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Stærðir
" -"Hér geturðu fínstillt leit í PO skrám.Til dæmis ef þú vilt leita eftir " -"há/lágstöfum eða ef sleppa á loðnum skilaboðum.
Stærðir
Hér geturðu fínstillt leit í PO skrám.Til dæmis " +"ef þú vilt leita eftir há/lágstöfum eða ef sleppa á loðnum skilaboðum.
" +"qt>" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80 msgid "Loading TMX compendium" @@ -5002,1287 +4394,1895 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Empty database." msgstr "Tómur gagnagrunnur." -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:71 -msgid "Copyright 2000-2001 by Andrea Rizzi" -msgstr "Höfundarréttur 2000-2001, Andrea Rizzi" +#: kbabeldict/searchengine.h:339 +msgid "not implemented" +msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:84 -msgid "No error" -msgstr "Engin villa" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:11 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:29 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Go" +msgstr "&Fara" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:125 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:30 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Markings" +msgstr "&Merkingar" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:43 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:50 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Project" +msgstr "Verk&efni" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:49 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:57 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Tools" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:60 catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:165 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:202 +#, no-c-format +msgid "CVS" +msgstr "CVS" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:112 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:87 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Settings" +msgstr "Stillingar:" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:117 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:95 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:122 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:100 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Main" +msgstr "Aðal" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:128 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:113 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Navigationbar" +msgstr "Leiðarstýrislá" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "To be set dynamically:" +msgstr "Sett breytilega:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:62 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Include templates" +msgstr "Taka með sn&iðskrár" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:70 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &wildcards" +msgstr "Nota &algildisstafi" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:59 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Overall:" +msgstr "Allt:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:80 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Current file:" +msgstr "Núverandi skrá:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:88 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Validation:" +msgstr "Prófun:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:96 commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:94 +#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:473 +#, no-c-format +msgid "New Item" +msgstr "Nýr hlutur" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:32 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Mark invalid as &fuzzy" +msgstr "Merkja ógildar &færslur sem loðnar" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:35 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"Database folder does not exist:\n" -"%1\n" -"Do you want to create it now?" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Merkja ógildar færslur sem loðnar
\n" +"
Ef þú velur þennan valkost, verða allar\n" +"færslur sem eru ógildar merktar sem loðnar\n" +"og skráin verður vistuð.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Ekki staðfesta loðnar færslur
\n" +"
Ef þú velur þennan valkost, verða færslur\n" +"sem eru merktar loðnar ekki staðfestar.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Það fannst afrit af gagnagrunni sem er trúlega frá fyrri útgáfu af KBabel. "
-"Nýrri útgáfa (trúlega frá TDE 3.1.1 eða 3.1.2) hefur hinsvegar útbúið nýjan "
-"gagnagrunn, og þar af leiðandi inniheldur KBabel uppsetningin nú tvær "
-"gagnagrunnsskrár. Því miður er ekki hægt að sameina þær og þú verður að velja "
-"hverja þeirra þú vilt nota."
-"
"
-"
Kjósirðu eldri skránna mun sú nýja verða fjarlægð. Kjósirðu hinsvegar að "
-"nota nýja gagnagrunninn munu eldri skrárnar verða látnar óhreyfðar og þú verður "
-"þá sjálf(ur) að fjarlægja þær. Þessi viðvörunargluggi birtast aftur þar til þær "
-"hafa verið fjarlægðar. Gömlu skrárnar má finna á "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Staðsetning samanburðaskráa
\n" +"Hér getur þú skilgreint uppruna sem á að bera saman við\n" +"til að finna mismun í skrám.
\n" +"Þú getur valið skrá, gagnagrunn eða\n" +"samsvarandi msgstr færslu.
\n" +"Ef þú velur að nota gagnagrunn, eru færslurnar sem á að bera saman við\n" +"teknar úr þýðingargagnagrunninum, og til að vera gagnlegt verður\n" +"þú að haka við Bæta sjálfkrafa við nýjum færslum\n" +"í stillingarglugga hans.
\n" +"Seinasti valkosturinn er gagnlegur fyrir þá sem nota PO skrár til að\n" +"lesa yfir með.
\n" +"Þú getur borið tímabundið saman við færslur í skrá\n" +"með að velja Tól->Samanburður->Opna skrá til samanburðar\n" +"í aðalglugga KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Grunnmappa fyrir samanburðarskrár\n" +"
Hér getur þú tilgreint möppuna sem inniheldur skrárnar\n" +"sem á að bera saman við. Ef skránum er raðað á sama máta\n" +"undir þessari möppu og upprunalegu skránum er raðað í sinni grunnmöppu, " +"getur KBabel sjálfvirkt opnað réttar skrár til að\n" +"bera saman við.
\n" +"Athugið að þessi valkostur hefur engin áhrif ef notast er\n" +"við færslur frá gagnagrunni til að bera saman við.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Velkomin(n) í verkefna álfinn!\n" +"\n" +"Álfurinn aðstoðar þig að útbúa nýtt þýðingarverkefni\n" +"fyrir KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Fyrsta sem þú þarft að gera er að velja nafn á verkefnið\n" +"og skrána sem á að vista stillingarnar í.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Einnig ættir þú að velja hvaða tungumál þú ætlar að þýða í\n" +"og tegund verkefnisins.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "Höfundar:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Nafn á stillingarskrá
\n"
+"Nafnið á skránni sem á að vista stillingar verkefnisins í\n"
+"
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Tungumál
\n"
+"Tungumálið sem á að þýða í. Það ætti að fylgja\n"
+"ISO 631 tungumála nafnastaðlinum.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Nafn verkefnis
\n"
+"Nafnið er notað til að auðkenna verkefnið með.\n"
+"Það er sýnt í verkefna stillingarglugganum, ásamt\n"
+"í KBabel gluggunum sem eru opnaðir í því.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Athugaðu: Það er ekki hægt að breyta nafninu seinna.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Tegund verkefnis\n" +"Tegund verkefnis leyfir fínstillingu á þekktum verkefnum.\n" +"T.d. eru prófunartólin sett upp og hraðvalsmerkingar og snið\n" +"hausa stillt.\n" +"
\n" +"Þekktar verkefnategundir eru:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Grunnmöppur
\n" +"Skrifaðu inn möppurnar sem innihalda allar PO og POT skrárnar.\n" +"Skrárnar og undirmöppurnar verða síðan sýndar í einu tré.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Fjarlægja loðna stöðu sjálfkrafa
\n" +"Ef þetta er valið og þú breytir loðinni færslu, mun staða hennar verða\n" +"sjálfkrafa sett sem óloðin.
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Nota snjalla ritstýringu
\n" +"Veldu þennan möguleika til að láta KBabel sjá um að setja \n" +"gæsalappir þar sem það er nauðsynlegt. T.d. þegar þú \n" +"skrifar '\\\"' birtist '\\\\\\\"', þegar þú slærð á Enter er bili sjálfkrafa " +"bætt \n" +"við enda línunar, Shift+Return bætir '\\\\n' við enda línunar.
\n" +"Athugaðu að þetta er einungis hjálparfítus, það er ennþá mögulegt \n" +"að skrifa rangan texta.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Villusýning
Hér getur þú valið um hvernig villuboð eru " +"sýnd. Flauta við villu gefur hljóðmerki og Breyta textalit við " +"villu breytir lit þýdda textans. Ef ekkert er valið, muntu eftir sem " +"áður sjá skilaboð í stöðuslánni.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Stöðuljós
\n" +"Veldu hér hvar á að sýna stöðuljós, og hvaða lit á að nota á þau.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Hefja sjálfvirkt leit
\n" +"Ef þetta er valið, hefst leit sjálfkrafa í hvert sinn sem\n" +"þú skiptir á milli færsla í ritlinum. Þú getur valið hvar á að leita\n" +"með fellilistanum Sjálfgefin orðabók.\n" +"
Einnig getur þú leitað handvirkt með því að velja færslu í\n" +"glugganum sem birtist annaðhvort þegar smellt er á Orðabækur->Finna..." +"b> eða þegar orðabókarhnappinum í aðaltækjaslánni er haldið niðri um stund." +"p>
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Sjálfgefin orðabók
\n" +"Veldu hér hvar á sjálfgefið að leita. Þessi stilling er notuð þegar leit " +"hefst sjálfkrafa, og þegar ýtt er á orðabókar táknmyndina í tækjaslánni." +"p>
Þú getur sett upp orðabækurnar með því að velja Stillingar->Stilla " +"orðabók.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Stöðuslá
\n" -"Stöðusláin sýnir upplýsingar um stöðu núverandi leitar, eða útskipti " -"aðgerðar. Fyrsta talan í Fann: sýnir fjölda fundinna skráa sem hafa ekki " -"verið sýndar ennþá í KBabel glugganum. Önnur talan sýnir heildarfjölda fundinna " -"skráa.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Skráavalmöguleikar
" -"Hér getur þú fínstilt leitina:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Dæmi: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Sækja staðbundið stöðu yfir eftirfarandi skrár:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Leita í einni PO skrá..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Gera samanburð á eftirfarandi skrám:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Leita í möppu..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Ná í upplýsingar yfir eftirfarandi skrár:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Leita í möppu og undirmöppum hennar..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "Gömul skilab&oð:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Skoða skrá:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Anná&ll:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Reitir sem bætt hefur verið við:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Bæta skrá&m við sjálfkrafa ef þarfnast"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Heildarframför:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "S&etja inn"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Vinn með skrá:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "S&ækja stöðu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Hleð inn skrá:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Sýna mismun"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Flytja út..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Ná í upplýsingar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Endurteknir strengir"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Úttak skipunar:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Góðir lyklar"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Annállinn er tómur. Viltu halda áfram?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Þú getur sett inn lágmarksfjölda af orðum sem leitarstrengurinn verður að "
+"innihalda til að vera bætt í góðir lyklar listann. \n"
+"Einnig getur þú sett inn lágmarksfjölda af orðum sem leitarstrengurinn "
+"verður að innihalda til að vera settur í listann. \n"
+"Þessar tvær tölur eru prósentan af heildar orðafjöldanum. Ef niðurstaða "
+"prósentunar er minni en einn, verður vélin sett á einn. \n"
+"Að lokum getur þú sett inn hámarksfjölda af færslum í listann."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Get ekki opnað tímabundna skrá til skrifunar. Hætti við."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr ""
+"Lágmarksfjöldi af orðum í leitarstreng sem einnig finnast í færslu (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Get ekki skrifað í tímabundna skrá. Hætti við."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Tókst ekki að ræsa ferlið."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Lágmarskfjöldi af leitarorðum í lykli (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Lauk með stöðu %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Hámarkslengd lista:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Lokið ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Algeng orð"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Yfirlit yfir skilaboð"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Sleppa orðum sem eru algengari en:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Engin útgáfustjórnun"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN staða"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Algeng orð eru þau sem koma fyrir í öllum lyklum"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Leyst"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Almennt"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Leyst fyrir merktar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "DB mappa:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Afturkalla"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Sjálfvirk uppfærsla í kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Afturkalla fyrir merktar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nýjar færslur"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Hreinsa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Frá kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Hreinsa merktar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algrím"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Engin geymsla (repository)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Lágmarksstig:"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Skrár:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algrími sem á að nota"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nafn"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Stig:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Safn yfir loðnar setningar"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Loðið"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Orðasafn"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Óþýtt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Nákvæmt "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Heildar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Setningu fyrir setningu"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Síðast yfirfarið"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Tölur og bókstafir"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Upplýsingagluggi"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Orð fyrir orð"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Hreinsa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Breytileg orðabók"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Upplýsingagluggi Úttak skipana sem eru keyrðar sjást hér. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Þýðingarstjóri Þýðingarstjórinn bræðir saman tvær möppur í eitt tré og sýnir allar\n"
-"PO og POT skrárnar sem eru í möppunum. Þannig sérð þú á auðveldan hátt\n"
-"ef nýju skráarsniði hefur verið bætt við, eða fjarlægt. Einnig sýnir\n"
-"hann upplýsingar um skrárnar. Fyrir nánari lýsingu, skoðaðu Þýðingarstjóra hjálparskránna. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Ef að þú leitaðir eftir Ég heiti María með eins orðaskiptingu"
+"em> gæti leitarniðurstaðan einnig fundið Ég heiti Ásbjörn."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Fjarlægð hér"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Nota eins orðaskiptingu"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Breytt hér"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Hámarksfjöldi af orðum í fyrirspurninni:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "í lagi"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Nota tveggja orðaskiptingu"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Árekstrar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Villa í vinnuskrá"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Óþekkt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Staðbundin tákn fyrir reglulega segð:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Þetta er ekki gild SVN geymsla. Get ekki keyrt SVN skipanir."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Gagnagrunnur"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Ræsi skipun ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Mappa fyrir gagnagrunn:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN gluggi"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Bætja sjálfkrafa við nýjum færslum"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Uppfæra eftirarandi skrár:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bæta sjálfkrafa við færslum í gagnagrunn ef ný þýðing er tilkynnt af "
+"einhverjum (getur verið KBabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Setja inn eftirfarandi skrár:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Höfundur:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Sækja fjarlæga stöðu yfir eftirfarandi skrár:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Eftirfarandi færslum verður skipt út í slóðinni ef þær finnast:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Quali voci tradurre
" -"Scegli qui le voci del file che KBabel tenterà di tradurre. Le voci " -"modificate sono sempre marcate come fuzzy, a prescindere dalle opzioni " -"scelte.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Come devono essere tradotti i messaggi
" -"Qui puoi definire se un messaggio può essere tradotto completamente, se " -"messaggi simili sono accettati o se KBabel prova a tradurre le singole parole " -"di un messaggio se nessuna traduzione del messaggio completo o messaggi simili " -"sono stati trovati.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Marca come fuzzy le voci modificate
" -"Quando una traduzione per un messaggio è trovata, la voce sarà marcata come " -"fuzzy in maniera predefinita. Questo perché la traduzione è non chiara a " -"KBabel e dovresti sempre controllare il risultato con cura. Disattiva questa " -"opzione solamente se sai cosa stai facendo.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Inizializza voci specifiche per TDE
" -"Inizializza le voci \"Comment=\" e \"Name=\" se una traduzione non è stata " -"trovata. Inoltre, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" e \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" sono " -"riempite con le impostazioni sull'identità.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Dizionari
" -"Seleziona qui, quali dizionari devi utilizzare per trovare una traduzione. " -"Se selezioni più di un dizionario, saranno utilizzati nello stesso ordine in " -"cui sono presentati nella lista.
" -"Il pulsante Configura ti permette di configurare temporaneamente i " -"dizionari selezionati. Le impostazioni originali saranno memorizzate dopo la " -"chiusura della finestra di dialogo.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Quando una traduzione per un messaggio è stata trovata, la voce sarà marcata " -"come fuzzy in maniera predefinita. Questo perché la traduzione è gestita " -"da KBabel e dovresti sempre controllare il risultato con cura. Disabilita " -"questa opzione solo se sai cosa stai facendo.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Trova testo
" -"Qui puoi digitare il testo che vuoi cercare. Se desideri cercare con una " -"espressione regolare, attiva sotto Espressione regolare.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Sostituisci testo
" -"Qui puoi inserire il testo che intendi sostituire a quello trovato. Il " -"testo è utilizzato come è. Non è possibile fare un riferimento all'indietro, se " -"hai fatto una ricerca per un'espressione regolare.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Dove cercare
" -"Scegli qui in quali parti di ogni voce del catalogo vuoi cercare.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Opzioni
" -"Qui puoi perfezionare le sostituzioni: " -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Opzioni
" -"Qui puoi perfezionare la ricerca: " -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Barra di stato
\n" +"La barra di stato mostra informazioni sul progresso dell'operazione " +"corrente di ricerca o sostituzione. Il primo numero in Trovato: " +"mostra il numero di file con una occorrenza del testo cercato non ancora " +"mostrata nella finestra di KBabel. La seconda mostra il numero totale di " +"file contenenti il testo ricercato.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Aggiorna Intestazione
\n" -"Abilita questo pulsante per aggiornare le informazioni presenti " -"nell'intestazione ogni volta che si salva.
\n" -"L'intestazione contiene normalmente informazioni sulla data e l'ora " -"dell'ultimo\n" -"aggiornamento apportato al file, l'ultimo traduttore, ecc.
\n" -"È possibile scegliere quali informazioni vuoi aggiornare dalle caselle a " -"scelta multipla sottostante.\n" -"I campi che non esistono sono aggiunti all'intestazione.\n" -"Se vuoi aggiungere campi all'intestazione puoi modificarla manualmente con\n" -" Modifica->Modifica Intestazione nella finestra di modifica.
Finestra di log
\n" +"In questa finestra è mostrato l'output dei comandi eseguiti.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Campi da aggiornare
\n" -"Scegli quali campi nell'intestazione vuoi aggiornare quando salvi.\n" -"Se un campo non esiste, verrà accodato all'intestazione.
\n" -"Se vuoi aggiungere altre informazioni all'intestazione, devi modificare " -"l'intestazione manualmente\n" -"selezionando Modifica->Modifica intestazione nella finestra " -"dell'editor.
\n" -"Disabilita Aggiorna intestazione sopra se non vuoi aggiornare\n" -"l'intestazione quando salvi.
Gestione cataloghi
\n" +"Nella gestione dei cataloghi vengono unite due cartelle in un albero e\n" +"visualizzati tutti i file PO e POT presenti. In questo modo si può " +"facilmente\n" +"vedere se un modello è stato aggiunto o rimosso. Sono visualizzate anche\n" +"alcune informazioni sui file.
Per maggiori informazioni consulta la " +"sezione Gestione cataloghi nella guida in linea.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Codifica
" -"Scegli come codificare i caratteri quando salvi un file. Se sei insicuro su " -"che tipo di codifica utilizzare, per piacere chiedi al tuo coordinatore delle " -"traduzioni.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Mantieni la codifica del file
" -"Se questa opzione è abilitata, i file sono sempre salvati nella stessa " -"codifica rilevata in lettura. I file senza informazioni sul tipo di caratteri " -"nell'intestazione (es. i file POT) sono salvati nella codifica indicata " -"sopra.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Controlla la sintassi del file quando salvi
\n" -"Abilita questa opzione per controllare automaticamente la sintassi del file " -"con \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" -"quando salvi un file. Riceverai un solo messaggio, se si riscontra un " -"errore.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Salva elementi obsoleti
\n" -"Se questa opzione è abilitata, le voci obsolete trovate quando il file è " -"stato aperto\n" -"saranno salvate sul file. Queste ultime saranno marcate con #~ e sono\n" -"create quando msgmerge non necessita più della traduzione.\n" -"Se il testo apparirà ancora, le voci obsolete saranno attivate ancora.\n" -"Il limite principale è la dimensione del file salvato.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Formato della data di revisione
" -"Scegli in quale formato la data e l'ora sono salvati nel campo\n" -"PO-Revision-Date:" -"
Ti raccomandiamo di usare il formato predefinito per evitare di creare file " -"PO non standard.
" -"Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta la sezione " -"La finestra di dialogo delle preferenze nella guida in linea.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identità
\n" -"Riempi con le tue informazioni e il tuo gruppo di traduzioni.\n" -"Queste informazioni sono utilizzate quando aggiorni l'intestazione di un " -"file.
\n" -"Puoi trovare le opzioni su quali campi dell'intestazione dovrebbero essere " -"aggiornati\n" -"nella pagina Salva in questa finestra di dialogo.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Numero di forme singolari/plurali
\n" -"Nota: questa opzione è specifica per TDE. Se non stai traducendo " -"un'applicazione TDE, puoi tranquillamente ignorare questa opzione.
\n" -"Imposta qui il numero di forme singolari e plurali utilizzate nella tua " -"lingua. Questo numero deve corrispondere alle configurazioni del tuo gruppo di " -"traduzione. In alternativa, puoi impostare questa opzione ad Automatico " -"e KBabel tenterà di trarre queste informazioni automaticamente da TDE. Utilizza " -"il pulsante Prova per provare se può trovare queste informazioni.
" -"Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Richiesti argomenti con forma plurale nella traduzione
\n" -"Nota: questa opzione è specifica di TDE al momento. Se non stai " -"traducendo applicazioni TDE, puoi tranquillamente ignorare questa opzione.
\n" -"Se questa opzione è abilitata, il controllo di convalida richiederà " -"l'argomento %n presente nel messaggio.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Intestazione per le forme di plurale GNU
\n" -"Qui puoi riempire una voce dell'intestazione per gestire la forma di plurale " -"GNU; se la lasci vuota, la voce nel file PO non sarà cambiata o aggiunta.
\n" -"KBabel può automaticamente determinare il valore suggerito dagli strumenti " -"GNU gettext per la lingua corrente: premi il pulsante Cerca.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Marcatore per l'acceleratore da tastiera
" -"Definisci qui, quale carattere marca il seguente carattere come acceleratore " -"da tastiera. Per esempio in Qt è '&' e in Gtk '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Espressioni regolari per informazioni contestuali
" -"Digita una espressione regolare qui con il quale definisci quali sono le " -"informazioni contestuali del messaggio e non devono essere tradotte.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Controllo ortografico al volo
" -"Attivando questa opzione sarà possibile controllare l'ortografia sul testo " -"inserito. Le parole scritte male saranno colorate per segnalare gli errori.
" -"Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Ricorda parole ignorate
" -"Attiva questo per permettere a KBabel di ignorare le parole, dove hai scelto " -"Ignora sempre nella finestra di dialogo del correttore ortografico, per " -"ogni controllo.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Cartelle base
\n" -"Inserisci le cartelle che contengono tutti i file PO e POT.\n" -"I file e le cartelle in queste cartelle saranno uniti in un unico albero.
" -"Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Apri file in una nuova finestra
\n" -"Se abilitata, i file aperti nella Gestione cataloghi sono aperti in una\n" -"nuova finestra.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Termina i processi quando esci
\n" -"Se selezionata, KBabel proverà a terminare i processi che non sono già stati " -"terminati quando KBabel termina,\n" -"inviando loro un segnale di chiusura.
\n" -"NOTA: non è garantito che i processi saranno terminati.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Crea indice per il contenuto del file
\n" -"Se selezionato, KBabel creerà un indice per ogni file PO per velocizzare le " -"funzioni di ricerca e sostituzione.
\n" -"NOTA: questa opzione rallenta considerevolmente l'aggiornamento delle " -"informazioni relative ai file.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Esegui msgfmt prima di analizzare un file
" -"Se attivi questa opzione, KBabel eseguirà lo strumento msgfmt di Gettext " -"prima di analizzare un file.
" -"Si raccomanda di attivare questa opzione, anche se rallenta l'analisi dei " -"file. Questa opzione normalmente è attiva.
" -"Disattivare l'opzione è utile per computer lenti e quando vuoi tradurre file " -"PO che non sono supportati dalla versione corrente degli strumenti Gettext che " -"sono sul sistema. Lo svantaggio di disattivare l'opzione è che difficilmente il " -"codice di analisi dei file esegue un controllo, e per questo file PO non validi " -"potrebbero essere mostrati come validi, anche se gli strumenti Gettext non " -"riconoscerebbero come validi tali file.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Comandi per le cartelle
" -"Inserisci qui i comandi che vuoi eseguire nelle cartelle dalla Gestione " -"cataloghi. I comandi sono poi mostrati nel sotto-menu Comandi " -"nel menu contestuale della Gestione cataloghi.
" -"Le seguenti stringhe saranno sostituite in un comando: " -"
Opzioni file
Qui puoi migliorare le indicazioni su dove " +"cercare:
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Comandi per i file
" -"Inserisci qui i comandi che vuoi eseguire sui file da Gestione catalogo. I " -"comandi sono poi mostrati nel sotto-menu Comandi " -"nel menu contestuale di Gestione catalogo.
" -"Le seguenti stringhe saranno sostituite con un comando: " -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Colonne mostrate
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Benvenuto alla procedura guidata del progetto!\n" -"\n" -"La procedura guidata ti aiuterà ad impostare un nuovo progetto\n" -"di traduzione per KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Prima di tutto, devi scegliere il nome ed il file del progetto,\n" -"dove memorizzare la configurazione.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Devi anche scegliere una lingua in cui tradurre\n" -"e anche il tipo del progetto di traduzione.\n" -"
" - -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Nome del file della configurazione"
-"
\n"
-"Il nome di un file dove memorizzare la configurazione\n"
-"del progetto.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Lingua"
-"
\n"
-"La lingua di destinazione del progetto, cioè la lingua\n"
-"in cui tradurre. Dovrebbe seguire lo standard ISO 631\n"
-"di denominazione delle lingue.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Nome del progetto"
-"
\n"
-"Il nome del progetto è un identificativo tuo del progetto.\n"
-"È mostrato nella finestra di dialogo della configurazione del\n"
-"progetto e nel titolo delle finestre aperte del progetto."
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Nota: il nome del progetto non può più essere modificato.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Tipo di progetto\n" -"Il tipo di progetto permette di regolare le impostazioni per il tipo\n" -"particolare tra i progetti di traduzione ben conosciuti.\n" -"Per esempio, imposta gli strumenti di convalida, un marcatore\n" -"per l'acceleratore e il formato dell'intestazione.\n" -"
\n" -"Tipi conosciuti al momento:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
File di traduzione
\n" -"Inserisci le cartelle che contengono tutti i tuoi file PO e POT.\n" -"I file e le cartelle in queste cartelle saranno fusi in un albero.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Sorgente per la ricerca delle differenze
\n" -"Qui puoi selezionare una sorgente da utilizzare per cercare\n" -"le differenze.
\n" -"Puoi selezionare un file, un database delle traduzioni o\n" -"il corrispondente msgstr.
\n" -"Se scegli il database delle traduzioni, i messaggi con cui\n" -"fare il confronto sono prelevati dal database delle traduzioni;\n" -"per essere utile devi abilitare Aggiungi automaticamente le voci\n" -"al database nella finestra di dialogo delle sue preferenze.
\n" -"L'ultima opzione è utile per chi utilizza revisiona i file PO.
\n" -"Puoi effettuare il confronto con i messaggi da un file scegliendo\n" -"Strumenti->Confronto->Apri file per confronto nella finestra\n" -"principale di KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Cartella base per i file di confronto\n" -"
Qui è possibile definire una cartella in cui sono memorizzati\n" -"i file da confrontare. Se i file sono posizionati nel medesimo posto\n" -"in questa cartella come i file originali nella loro cartella base,\n" -"KBabel può aprire automaticamente i file corretti per il confronto.
\n" -"Nota che questa opzione non ha effetto se sono utilizzati per il\n" -"confronto i messaggi dal database.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Avvia automaticamente la ricerca
\n" -"Se questa opzione è attivata, la ricerca viene avviata automaticamente\n" -"ogni volta che passi ad una nuova voce nell'editor. Puoi scegliere dove\n" -"cercare con l'apposita casella a scelta multipla Dizionario predefinito" -".\n" -"
" -"Puoi anche avviare la ricerca manualmente scegliendo una voce nel menu\n" -"a comparsa che appare scegliendo Dizionari->Trova testo... o tendendo\n" -"premuto per un attimo il pulsante dizionario nella barra degli strumenti.
" -"Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Dizionario predefinito
\n" -"Scegli qui dove cercare in maniera predefinita.\n" -"Questa configurazione è utilizzata quando la ricerca è avviata automaticamente\n" -"o quando viene premuto il pulsante dizionario nella barra degli strumenti.
\n" -"Puoi configurare dizionari differenti selezionando il dizionario desiderato\n" -"da Impostazioni->Configura dizionario.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Elimina automaticamente lo stato fuzzy
\n" -"Se l'opzione è attivata e stai modificando una voce fuzzy, lo stato fuzzy\n" -"è automaticamente rimosso (questo significa che la stringa , fuzzy\n" -"è rimossa dai commenti della voce).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Utilizza modifica intelligente
\n" -"Abilita questo per rendere la digitazione del testo più confortevole e \n" -"lasciare che KBabel si prenda cura di alcuni caratteri speciali che devono \n" -"essere quotati. Per esempio digitando '\\\"' apparirà '\\\\\\\"', premendo \n" -"Invio verrà automaticamente aggiunto uno spazio bianco alla fine della \n" -"riga, premendo Shift+Invio verrà aggiunto '\\\\n' alla fine della linea.
\n" -"Nota che questo è giusto un aiuto ed è possibile generare testo " -"sintatticamente non corretto.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Riconoscimento errore
\n" -"Qui è possibile configurare come mostrare l'occorrenza di un errore.\n" -"Segnalazione acustica in caso di errore suona e\n" -"Cambia colore del testo in caso di errore cambia\n" -"il colore del testo tradotto. Se nulla è attivato, vedrai\n" -"lo stesso un messaggio nella barra di stato.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"LED di stato
\n" -"Scegli qui dove lo stato dei LED sono visualizzati e quali colori hanno.
" -"Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Trova testo
Qui puoi digitare il testo che vuoi cercare. " +"Se desideri cercare con una espressione regolare, attiva sotto " +"Espressione regolare.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Sostituisci testo
Qui puoi inserire il testo che " +"intendi sostituire a quello trovato. Il testo è utilizzato come è. Non è " +"possibile fare un riferimento all'indietro, se hai fatto una ricerca per " +"un'espressione regolare.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Dove cercare
Scegli qui in quali parti di ogni voce del " +"catalogo vuoi cercare.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Opzioni
Qui puoi perfezionare le sostituzioni: " +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Opzioni
Qui puoi perfezionare la ricerca:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Esempio:"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+"_: Short for minutes\n"
+" min"
+msgstr " min"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Scandisci singolo file PO"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:184
+msgid "No autosave"
+msgstr "Nessun salvataggio automatico"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:188 kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:29
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Scandisci cartella"
+msgid "&General"
+msgstr "&Generale"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Scandisci cartella e sottocartelle"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:195
+msgid "Fields to Update"
+msgstr "Campi da aggiornare"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Scansione del file:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199
+msgid "Re&vision-Date"
+msgstr "Data di &revisione"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Voci aggiunte:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200
+msgid "Last-&Translator"
+msgstr "Ultimo &traduttore"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Avanzamento totale:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Lingua"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Elaborazione del file:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "Insieme di &caratteri"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Caricamento del file:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "&Codifica"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Esporta..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "Pro&getto"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Statistiche"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "Formato della data di revisione"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "Stringhe ripetute"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "Formato data prede&finito"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "Chiavi buone"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "Fo&rmato data locale"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"Puoi impostare il numero minimo di parole dell'interrogazione che una chiave "
-"deve avere per essere inserita nella lista di chiavi buone."
-" \n"
-"Puoi anche impostare il numero minimo di parole della chiave che "
-"l'interrogazione deve avere per inserire la chiave nella lista."
-" \n"
-"Questi due numeri sono percentuali del numero totale di parole. Se il risultato "
-"di questa percentuale è meno di uno, verrà impostato a uno."
-" \n"
-"Infine, puoi impostare il numero massimo di voci nella lista."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "For&mato data personalizzato:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr ""
-"Numero minimo di parole della chiave presenti anche nell'interrogazione (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Stringa progetto"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "Identificativo progetto:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Numero minimo di parole di ricerca nella chiave (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Intestazione"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Lunghezza massima della lista:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Aggiorna copyright &traduttore"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "Parole frequenti"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Copyright della Free Software Foundation"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 962
-#: rc.cpp:828 rc.cpp:1159
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
-msgstr "Ignora parole più frequenti di:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "&Rimuovi il copyright se è vuoto"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 970
-#: rc.cpp:831 rc.cpp:1162
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "/10000"
-msgstr "/10000"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "&Aggiorna copyright"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 987
-#: rc.cpp:834 rc.cpp:1165
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
-msgstr "Le parole frequenti sono considerate come in ogni chiave"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&Non cambiare"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 16
-#: rc.cpp:837
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Edit Source"
-msgstr "Modifica sorgenti"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "Cop&yright"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 60
-#: rc.cpp:846
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Additional Informations"
-msgstr "Informazioni aggiuntive"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+msgid ""
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Aggiorna Intestazione Abilita questo pulsante per aggiornare le informazioni presenti "
+"nell'intestazione ogni volta che si salva. L'intestazione contiene normalmente informazioni sulla data e l'ora "
+"dell'ultimo\n"
+"aggiornamento apportato al file, l'ultimo traduttore, ecc. È possibile scegliere quali informazioni vuoi aggiornare dalle caselle a "
+"scelta multipla sottostante.\n"
+"I campi che non esistono sono aggiunti all'intestazione.\n"
+"Se vuoi aggiungere campi all'intestazione puoi modificarla manualmente con\n"
+" Modifica->Modifica Intestazione nella finestra di modifica. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Campi da aggiornare Scegli quali campi nell'intestazione vuoi aggiornare quando salvi.\n"
+"Se un campo non esiste, verrà accodato all'intestazione. Se vuoi aggiungere altre informazioni all'intestazione, devi modificare "
+"l'intestazione manualmente\n"
+"selezionando Modifica->Modifica intestazione nella finestra "
+"dell'editor. Disabilita Aggiorna intestazione sopra se non vuoi aggiornare\n"
+"l'intestazione quando salvi. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Codifica Scegli come codificare i caratteri quando "
+"salvi un file. Se sei insicuro su che tipo di codifica utilizzare, per "
+"piacere chiedi al tuo coordinatore delle traduzioni. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Mantieni la codifica del file Se questa opzione è "
+"abilitata, i file sono sempre salvati nella stessa codifica rilevata in "
+"lettura. I file senza informazioni sul tipo di caratteri nell'intestazione "
+"(es. i file POT) sono salvati nella codifica indicata sopra. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Controlla la sintassi del file quando salvi Abilita questa opzione per controllare automaticamente la sintassi del "
+"file con \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n"
+"quando salvi un file. Riceverai un solo messaggio, se si riscontra un errore."
+" Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Salva elementi obsoleti Se questa opzione è abilitata, le voci obsolete trovate quando il file è "
+"stato aperto\n"
+"saranno salvate sul file. Queste ultime saranno marcate con #~ e sono\n"
+"create quando msgmerge non necessita più della traduzione.\n"
+"Se il testo apparirà ancora, le voci obsolete saranno attivate ancora.\n"
+"Il limite principale è la dimensione del file salvato. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Se cerchi Il mio nome è Andrea e hai attivato la "
-"sostituzione di una parola potresti anche trovare frasi come "
-"Il mio nome è Mario o Il tuo nome è Andrea."
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Diff"
+msgstr "Confronto"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Usa sostituzione di una parola"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:127
+msgid "Searching for Differences"
+msgstr "Cerca differenze"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Numero massimo di parole nell'interrogazione:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:138
+msgid "&Update header when saving"
+msgstr "&Aggiorna intestazione quando salvi"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Usa sostituzione di due parole"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:139
+msgid "Update &description comment when saving"
+msgstr "Aggiorna commenti &descrittivi quando salvi"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:140
+msgid "Chec&k syntax of file when saving"
+msgstr "&Controlla la sintassi del file quando salvi"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:141
+msgid "Save &obsolete entries"
+msgstr "Salva voci &obsolete"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Caratteri locali per le espressioni regolari:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:143
+msgid "De&scription"
+msgstr "De&scrizione"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Cartella database:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:149
+msgid "Encoding"
+msgstr "Codifica"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Aggiungi automaticamente le voci al database"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:155
+msgid "Default:"
+msgstr "Predefinita:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr ""
-"Aggiungi automaticamente una voce nel database se una nuova traduzione è "
-"notificata da qualcuno (potrebbe essere KBabel)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:161
+msgid "(default)"
+msgstr "(predefinita)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "Autore aggiunto automaticamente:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:175
+msgid "Kee&p the encoding of the file"
+msgstr "&Mantieni la codifica del file"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:178
+msgid "Automatic Saving"
+msgstr "Salvataggio automatico"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:183
msgid ""
-"
\n"
+"
Formato della data di revisione
Scegli in quale formato " +"la data e l'ora sono salvati nel campo\n" +"PO-Revision-Date:
Ti raccomandiamo di usare il formato predefinito per evitare di " +"creare file PO non standard.
Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta la " +"sezione La finestra di dialogo delle preferenze nella guida in linea." +"
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Identità
\n" +"Riempi con le tue informazioni e il tuo gruppo di traduzioni.\n" +"Queste informazioni sono utilizzate quando aggiorni l'intestazione di un " +"file.
\n" +"Puoi trovare le opzioni su quali campi dell'intestazione dovrebbero " +"essere aggiornati\n" +"nella pagina Salva in questa finestra di dialogo.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Numero di forme singolari/plurali
\n" +"Nota: questa opzione è specifica per TDE. Se non stai traducendo " +"un'applicazione TDE, puoi tranquillamente ignorare questa opzione.
\n" +"Imposta qui il numero di forme singolari e plurali utilizzate nella tua " +"lingua. Questo numero deve corrispondere alle configurazioni del tuo gruppo " +"di traduzione. In alternativa, puoi impostare questa opzione ad " +"Automatico e KBabel tenterà di trarre queste informazioni " +"automaticamente da TDE. Utilizza il pulsante Prova per provare se può " +"trovare queste informazioni.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Richiesti argomenti con forma plurale nella traduzione
\n" +"Nota: questa opzione è specifica di TDE al momento. Se non stai " +"traducendo applicazioni TDE, puoi tranquillamente ignorare questa opzione." +"p>\n" +"
Se questa opzione è abilitata, il controllo di convalida richiederà " +"l'argomento %n presente nel messaggio.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Intestazione per le forme di plurale GNU
\n" +"Qui puoi riempire una voce dell'intestazione per gestire la forma di " +"plurale GNU; se la lasci vuota, la voce nel file PO non sarà cambiata o " +"aggiunta.
\n" +"KBabel può automaticamente determinare il valore suggerito dagli " +"strumenti GNU gettext per la lingua corrente: premi il pulsante Cerca." +"
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
\n" -"I seguenti segnaposti saranno sostituiti nel percorso se disponibili:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Segna voci non valide come fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
Se selezioni questa opzione, tutti gli elementi,\n" -"identificati dallo strumento come non validi, saranno\n" -"segnati come fuzzy e i file risultanti saranno salvati.
Marcatore per l'acceleratore da tastiera
Definisci " +"qui, quale carattere marca il seguente carattere come acceleratore da " +"tastiera. Per esempio in Qt è '&' e in Gtk '_'.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Non validare i fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
Se selezioni questa opzione, tutti i termini\n" -"segnati come fuzzy non saranno validati.
Espressioni regolari per informazioni contestuali
" +"Digita una espressione regolare qui con il quale definisci quali sono le " +"informazioni contestuali del messaggio e non devono essere tradotte.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Controllo ortografico al volo
Attivando questa opzione " +"sarà possibile controllare l'ortografia sul testo inserito. Le parole " +"scritte male saranno colorate per segnalare gli errori.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Ricorda parole ignorate
Attiva questo per permettere a " +"KBabel di ignorare le parole, dove hai scelto Ignora sempre nella " +"finestra di dialogo del correttore ortografico, per ogni controllo.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Cartelle base
\n" +"Inserisci le cartelle che contengono tutti i file PO e POT.\n" +"I file e le cartelle in queste cartelle saranno uniti in un unico albero." +"p>
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Apri file in una nuova finestra
\n" +"Se abilitata, i file aperti nella Gestione cataloghi sono aperti in una\n" +"nuova finestra.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Termina i processi quando esci
\n" +"Se selezionata, KBabel proverà a terminare i processi che non sono già " +"stati terminati quando KBabel termina,\n" +"inviando loro un segnale di chiusura.
\n" +"NOTA: non è garantito che i processi saranno terminati.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Crea indice per il contenuto del file
\n" +"Se selezionato, KBabel creerà un indice per ogni file PO per velocizzare " +"le funzioni di ricerca e sostituzione.
\n" +"NOTA: questa opzione rallenta considerevolmente l'aggiornamento delle " +"informazioni relative ai file.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Esegui msgfmt prima di analizzare un file
Se attivi " +"questa opzione, KBabel eseguirà lo strumento msgfmt di Gettext prima di " +"analizzare un file.
Si raccomanda di attivare questa opzione, anche se " +"rallenta l'analisi dei file. Questa opzione normalmente è attiva." +"p>
Disattivare l'opzione è utile per computer lenti e quando vuoi tradurre " +"file PO che non sono supportati dalla versione corrente degli strumenti " +"Gettext che sono sul sistema. Lo svantaggio di disattivare l'opzione è che " +"difficilmente il codice di analisi dei file esegue un controllo, e per " +"questo file PO non validi potrebbero essere mostrati come validi, anche se " +"gli strumenti Gettext non riconoscerebbero come validi tali file.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Comandi per le cartelle
Inserisci qui i comandi che " +"vuoi eseguire nelle cartelle dalla Gestione cataloghi. I comandi sono poi " +"mostrati nel sotto-menu Comandi nel menu contestuale della Gestione " +"cataloghi.
Le seguenti stringhe saranno sostituite in un comando: " +"
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Comandi per i file
Inserisci qui i comandi che vuoi " +"eseguire sui file da Gestione catalogo. I comandi sono poi mostrati nel " +"sotto-menu Comandi nel menu contestuale di Gestione catalogo.
" +"Le seguenti stringhe saranno sostituite con un comando: " +"
Shown columns
\n" +"Colonne mostrate
\n" +"Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Selettore carattere
" -"Questo strumento ti permette di inserire caratteri speciali utilizzando il " -"doppio clic.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Questo pulsante aggiorna l'intestazione usando le impostazioni correnti. " -"L'intestazione risultante sarà scritta nel file PO al salvataggio.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Questo pulsante annullerà tutte le modifiche fatte.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Questa non è un'intestazione valida.
\n" -"Modifica l'intestazione prima di aggiornare!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Questa non è un'intestazione valida.
\n" -"Modifica l'intestazione prima di aggiornare.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Editor commenti
\n" -"Questa finestra di modifica mostra i commenti del messaggio attualmente " -"visualizzato." -"\n" -"
I commenti contengono usualmente informazioni che indicano la posizione del " -"messaggio nel codice\n" -"sorgente e lo stato attuale (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Suggerimenti da altri traduttori sono spesso contenuti nei commenti.
\n" -"Si può disabilitare l'editor dei commenti con\n" -"Opzioni->Mostra commenti
Quali voci tradurre
Scegli qui le voci del file che " +"KBabel tenterà di tradurre. Le voci modificate sono sempre marcate come " +"fuzzy, a prescindere dalle opzioni scelte.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Come devono essere tradotti i messaggi
Qui puoi " +"definire se un messaggio può essere tradotto completamente, se messaggi " +"simili sono accettati o se KBabel prova a tradurre le singole parole di un " +"messaggio se nessuna traduzione del messaggio completo o messaggi simili " +"sono stati trovati.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Marca come fuzzy le voci modificate
Quando una " +"traduzione per un messaggio è trovata, la voce sarà marcata come fuzzy" +"b> in maniera predefinita. Questo perché la traduzione è non chiara a KBabel " +"e dovresti sempre controllare il risultato con cura. Disattiva questa " +"opzione solamente se sai cosa stai facendo.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Inizializza voci specifiche per TDE
Inizializza le " +"voci \"Comment=\" e \"Name=\" se una traduzione non è stata trovata. " +"Inoltre, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" e \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" sono riempite " +"con le impostazioni sull'identità.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Dizionari
Seleziona qui, quali dizionari devi " +"utilizzare per trovare una traduzione. Se selezioni più di un dizionario, " +"saranno utilizzati nello stesso ordine in cui sono presentati nella lista." +"p>
Il pulsante Configura ti permette di configurare " +"temporaneamente i dizionari selezionati. Le impostazioni originali saranno " +"memorizzate dopo la chiusura della finestra di dialogo.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Quando una traduzione per un messaggio è stata trovata, la voce sarà " +"marcata come fuzzy in maniera predefinita. Questo perché la " +"traduzione è gestita da KBabel e dovresti sempre controllare il risultato " +"con cura. Disabilita questa opzione solo se sai cosa stai facendo.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Risultati ricerca
" -"Questa parte della finestra mostra il risultato della ricerca nei dizionari." -"
" -"
Nella parte alta è mostrato il numero delle voci trovate e dove è stata " -"trovata la corrispondente voce. Usa questo pulsante in basso per navigare " -"attraverso i risultati della ricerca.
" -"La ricerca è ugualmente partita automaticamente quando si è passati ad " -"un'altra voce nella finestra editor o selezionando il dizionario desiderato in " -"Dizionari->Trova....
" -"Le opzioni comuni possono essere configurate nella finestra di dialogo delle " -"preferenze presente nella sezione Cerca e le opzioni per dizionari " -"differenti possono essere cambiate con Preferenze->Configura dizionario" -".
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Selettore carattere
Questo strumento ti permette di " +"inserire caratteri speciali utilizzando il doppio clic.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Editor commenti
\n" +"Questa finestra di modifica mostra i commenti del messaggio attualmente " +"visualizzato.\n" +"
I commenti contengono usualmente informazioni che indicano la posizione " +"del messaggio nel codice\n" +"sorgente e lo stato attuale (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Suggerimenti da altri traduttori sono spesso contenuti nei commenti.
\n" +"Si può disabilitare l'editor dei commenti con\n" +"Opzioni->Mostra commenti
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Stringa originale
\n" -"Questa parte della finestra mostra il messaggio originale\n" -"dell'attuale voce visualizzata.
Contesto PO
Questa finestra mostra il contesto del " +"corrente messaggio nel file PO. Normalmente sono mostrati quattro messaggi " +"antecedenti il messaggio e quattro successivi.
Puoi nascondere la " +"finestra strumenti deselezionando Opzioni->Mostra strumenti.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
LED di stato
\n" -"Questi LED visualizzano lo stato del messaggio attualmente mostrato.\n" -"Puoi cambiare il loro colore nella sezione Editor della finestra di\n" -"dialogo delle preferenze, nella pagina Aspetto
Lista degli errori
Questa finestra mostra la lista degli " +"errori trovati dagli strumenti di convalida, così sai perché il messaggio " +"corrente è stato segnato con un errore.
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Editor della traduzione
\n" -"Questo editor visualizza e permette di modificare le traduzioni dei messaggi " -"attualmente visualizzati." -"
Questo pulsante aggiorna l'intestazione usando le impostazioni " +"correnti. L'intestazione risultante sarà scritta nel file PO al salvataggio." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Questo pulsante annullerà tutte le modifiche fatte.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Questa non è un'intestazione valida.
\n" +"Modifica l'intestazione prima di aggiornare!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Questa non è un'intestazione valida.
\n" +"Modifica l'intestazione prima di aggiornare.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Barra di stato
\n" +"La barra di stato visualizza alcune informazione sui file aperti,\n" +"come il numero totale delle voci e il numero di messaggi fuzzy e da " +"tradurre.\n" +"Viene ulteriormente visualizzato lo stato e l'indice della voce mostrata." +"p>
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Risultati ricerca
Questa parte della finestra mostra il " +"risultato della ricerca nei dizionari.
Nella parte alta è mostrato il " +"numero delle voci trovate e dove è stata trovata la corrispondente voce. Usa " +"questo pulsante in basso per navigare attraverso i risultati della ricerca." +"p>
La ricerca è ugualmente partita automaticamente quando si è passati ad " +"un'altra voce nella finestra editor o selezionando il dizionario desiderato " +"in Dizionari->Trova....
Le opzioni comuni possono essere " +"configurate nella finestra di dialogo delle preferenze presente nella " +"sezione Cerca e le opzioni per dizionari differenti possono essere " +"cambiate con Preferenze->Configura dizionario.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Stringa originale
\n" +"Questa parte della finestra mostra il messaggio originale\n" +"dell'attuale voce visualizzata.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
LED di stato
\n" +"Questi LED visualizzano lo stato del messaggio attualmente mostrato.\n" +"Puoi cambiare il loro colore nella sezione Editor della finestra di\n" +"dialogo delle preferenze, nella pagina Aspetto
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Editor della traduzione
\n" +"Questo editor visualizza e permette di modificare le traduzioni dei " +"messaggi attualmente visualizzati.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Barra di stato
\n" -"La barra di stato visualizza alcune informazione sui file aperti,\n" -"come il numero totale delle voci e il numero di messaggi fuzzy e da tradurre.\n" -"Viene ulteriormente visualizzato lo stato e l'indice della voce mostrata.
" -"Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Lista degli errori
" -"Questa finestra mostra la lista degli errori trovati dagli strumenti di " -"convalida, così sai perché il messaggio corrente è stato segnato con un " -"errore.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Contesto PO
" -"Questa finestra mostra il contesto del corrente messaggio nel file PO. " -"Normalmente sono mostrati quattro messaggi antecedenti il messaggio e quattro " -"successivi.
" -"Puoi nascondere la finestra strumenti deselezionando Opzioni->" -"Mostra strumenti.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Ci sono file di backup di database delle versioni precedenti di KBabel. "
+"Tuttavia, un'altra versione di KBabel (probabilmente di TDE 3.1.1 o 3.1.2) "
+"ha creato un nuovo database. Come risultato, l'installazione di KBabel "
+"contiene due versioni dei file di database. Sfortunatamente, la vecchia e la "
+"nuova versione non possono essere fuse. Devi sceglierne una.
Se "
+"scegli la vecchia versione, la nuova sarà rimossa. Se scegli la nuova "
+"versione, i file del vecchio database saranno lasciati e dovrai rimuoverli "
+"manualmente. Altrimenti questo messaggio apparirà di nuovo (i vecchi file "
+"sono in $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametri
" -"Qui è possibile configurare la ricerca nel file PO. Per esempio potresti " -"volere una ricerca che distingua le maiuscole dalle minuscole o che ignori i " -"messaggi fuzzy.
Parametri
Qui è possibile configurare la ricerca nel " +"file PO. Per esempio potresti volere una ricerca che distingua le maiuscole " +"dalle minuscole o che ignori i messaggi fuzzy.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Opzioni di confronto
" -"Scegli qui quali messaggi vuoi che siano considerati combacianti.
Opzioni di confronto
Scegli qui quali messaggi vuoi che " +"siano considerati combacianti.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Corrispondenza a 3-grammi
" -"Un messaggio combacia con un altro se la maggior parte dei suoi gruppi di 3 " -"lettere sono contenuti nell'altro messaggio. Ad esempio \"abc123\" combacia con " -"\"abcx123c12\".
Corrispondenza a 3-grammi
Un messaggio combacia con un " +"altro se la maggior parte dei suoi gruppi di 3 lettere sono contenuti " +"nell'altro messaggio. Ad esempio \"abc123\" combacia con \"abcx123c12\"." +"p>
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Posizione
" -"Configura qui i file da usare per la ricerca.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Posizione
Configura qui i file da usare per la ricerca." +"p>
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parametri
" -"Qui è possibile configurare la ricerca nel file PO. Per esempio potresti " -"volere una ricerca che distingua le maiuscole dalle minuscole.
Parametri
Qui è possibile configurare la ricerca nel " +"file PO. Per esempio potresti volere una ricerca che distingua le maiuscole " +"dalle minuscole.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Segna voci non valide come fuzzy
\n" +"
Se selezioni questa opzione, tutti gli elementi,\n" +"identificati dallo strumento come non validi, saranno\n" +"segnati come fuzzy e i file risultanti saranno salvati.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Non validare i fuzzy
\n" +"
Se selezioni questa opzione, tutti i termini\n" +"segnati come fuzzy non saranno validati.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Ci sono file di backup di database delle versioni precedenti di KBabel. "
-"Tuttavia, un'altra versione di KBabel (probabilmente di TDE 3.1.1 o 3.1.2) ha "
-"creato un nuovo database. Come risultato, l'installazione di KBabel contiene "
-"due versioni dei file di database. Sfortunatamente, la vecchia e la nuova "
-"versione non possono essere fuse. Devi sceglierne una."
-"
"
-"
Se scegli la vecchia versione, la nuova sarà rimossa. Se scegli la nuova "
-"versione, i file del vecchio database saranno lasciati e dovrai rimuoverli "
-"manualmente. Altrimenti questo messaggio apparirà di nuovo (i vecchi file sono "
-"in $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Sorgente per la ricerca delle differenze
\n" +"Qui puoi selezionare una sorgente da utilizzare per cercare\n" +"le differenze.
\n" +"Puoi selezionare un file, un database delle traduzioni o\n" +"il corrispondente msgstr.
\n" +"Se scegli il database delle traduzioni, i messaggi con cui\n" +"fare il confronto sono prelevati dal database delle traduzioni;\n" +"per essere utile devi abilitare Aggiungi automaticamente le voci\n" +"al database nella finestra di dialogo delle sue preferenze.
\n" +"L'ultima opzione è utile per chi utilizza revisiona i file PO.
\n" +"Puoi effettuare il confronto con i messaggi da un file scegliendo\n" +"Strumenti->Confronto->Apri file per confronto nella finestra\n" +"principale di KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Cartella base per i file di confronto\n" +"
Qui è possibile definire una cartella in cui sono memorizzati\n" +"i file da confrontare. Se i file sono posizionati nel medesimo posto\n" +"in questa cartella come i file originali nella loro cartella base,\n" +"KBabel può aprire automaticamente i file corretti per il confronto.
\n" +"Nota che questa opzione non ha effetto se sono utilizzati per il\n" +"confronto i messaggi dal database.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Benvenuto alla procedura guidata del progetto!\n" +"\n" +"La procedura guidata ti aiuterà ad impostare un nuovo progetto\n" +"di traduzione per KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Prima di tutto, devi scegliere il nome ed il file del progetto,\n" +"dove memorizzare la configurazione.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Devi anche scegliere una lingua in cui tradurre\n" +"e anche il tipo del progetto di traduzione.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "Autori:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Nome del file della configurazione
\n"
+"Il nome di un file dove memorizzare la configurazione\n"
+"del progetto.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Lingua
\n"
+"La lingua di destinazione del progetto, cioè la lingua\n"
+"in cui tradurre. Dovrebbe seguire lo standard ISO 631\n"
+"di denominazione delle lingue.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Nome del progetto
\n"
+"Il nome del progetto è un identificativo tuo del progetto.\n"
+"È mostrato nella finestra di dialogo della configurazione del\n"
+"progetto e nel titolo delle finestre aperte del progetto.
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Nota: il nome del progetto non può più essere modificato.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Tipo di progetto\n" +"Il tipo di progetto permette di regolare le impostazioni per il tipo\n" +"particolare tra i progetti di traduzione ben conosciuti.\n" +"Per esempio, imposta gli strumenti di convalida, un marcatore\n" +"per l'acceleratore e il formato dell'intestazione.\n" +"
\n" +"Tipi conosciuti al momento:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
File di traduzione
\n" +"Inserisci le cartelle che contengono tutti i tuoi file PO e POT.\n" +"I file e le cartelle in queste cartelle saranno fusi in un albero.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Elimina automaticamente lo stato fuzzy
\n" +"Se l'opzione è attivata e stai modificando una voce fuzzy, lo stato " +"fuzzy\n" +"è automaticamente rimosso (questo significa che la stringa , fuzzy\n" +"è rimossa dai commenti della voce).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Utilizza modifica intelligente
\n" +"Abilita questo per rendere la digitazione del testo più confortevole e \n" +"lasciare che KBabel si prenda cura di alcuni caratteri speciali che devono \n" +"essere quotati. Per esempio digitando '\\\"' apparirà '\\\\\\\"', premendo \n" +"Invio verrà automaticamente aggiunto uno spazio bianco alla fine della \n" +"riga, premendo Shift+Invio verrà aggiunto '\\\\n' alla fine della linea." +"p>\n" +"
Nota che questo è giusto un aiuto ed è possibile generare testo " +"sintatticamente non corretto.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Riconoscimento errore
\n" +"Qui è possibile configurare come mostrare l'occorrenza di un errore.\n" +"Segnalazione acustica in caso di errore suona e\n" +"Cambia colore del testo in caso di errore cambia\n" +"il colore del testo tradotto. Se nulla è attivato, vedrai\n" +"lo stesso un messaggio nella barra di stato.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
LED di stato
\n" +"Scegli qui dove lo stato dei LED sono visualizzati e quali colori hanno." +"p>
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Avvia automaticamente la ricerca
\n" +"Se questa opzione è attivata, la ricerca viene avviata automaticamente\n" +"ogni volta che passi ad una nuova voce nell'editor. Puoi scegliere dove\n" +"cercare con l'apposita casella a scelta multipla Dizionario predefinito" +"b>.\n" +"
Puoi anche avviare la ricerca manualmente scegliendo una voce nel " +"menu\n" +"a comparsa che appare scegliendo Dizionari->Trova testo... o " +"tendendo\n" +"premuto per un attimo il pulsante dizionario nella barra degli strumenti." +"p>
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Dizionario predefinito
\n" +"Scegli qui dove cercare in maniera predefinita.\n" +"Questa configurazione è utilizzata quando la ricerca è avviata " +"automaticamente\n" +"o quando viene premuto il pulsante dizionario nella barra degli strumenti." +"p>\n" +"
Puoi configurare dizionari differenti selezionando il dizionario " +"desiderato\n" +"da Impostazioni->Configura dizionario.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Barra di stato
\n" -"La barra di stato mostra informazioni sul progresso dell'operazione corrente " -"di ricerca o sostituzione. Il primo numero in Trovato: " -"mostra il numero di file con una occorrenza del testo cercato non ancora " -"mostrata nella finestra di KBabel. La seconda mostra il numero totale di file " -"contenenti il testo ricercato.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Opzioni file
" -"Qui puoi migliorare le indicazioni su dove cercare: " -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Esempio: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Preleva lo stato locale dei seguenti file:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Scandisci singolo file PO..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Esegui confronto tra i seguenti file:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Scandisci cartella..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Ottieni le informazioni per i seguenti file:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Scandisci cartella e sottocartelle..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Vecchi messaggi:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Scansione del file:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Messaggio di &log:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Voci aggiunte:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Aggiungi au&tomaticamente i file se necessario"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Avanzamento totale:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Commit"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Elaborazione del file:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Recupera stato"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Caricamento del file:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "E&segui confronto"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Esporta..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Ottieni informazioni"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Stringhe ripetute"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Output del comando:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Chiavi buone"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Il messaggio di log per il deposito è vuoto. Vuoi continuare?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Puoi impostare il numero minimo di parole dell'interrogazione che una chiave "
+"deve avere per essere inserita nella lista di chiavi buone. \n"
+"Puoi anche impostare il numero minimo di parole della chiave che "
+"l'interrogazione deve avere per inserire la chiave nella lista. \n"
+"Questi due numeri sono percentuali del numero totale di parole. Se il "
+"risultato di questa percentuale è meno di uno, verrà impostato a uno. \n"
+"Infine, puoi impostare il numero massimo di voci nella lista."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Impossibile aprire un file temporaneo per la scrittura. Annullato."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr ""
+"Numero minimo di parole della chiave presenti anche nell'interrogazione (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Impossibile scrivere sul file temporaneo. Annullato."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Non è stato possibile avviare il processo."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Numero minimo di parole di ricerca nella chiave (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Terminato con stato %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Lunghezza massima della lista:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Finito ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Parole frequenti"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Cataloghi messaggi"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Ignora parole più frequenti di:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Nessun controllo di versione"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Stato in CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Le parole frequenti sono considerate come in ogni chiave"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Risolto"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Generale"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Risolto per i file segnati"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Cartella DB:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Annulla modifiche"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Aggiornamento automatico in kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Annulla modifiche sui file segnati"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nuove voci"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Pulizia"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Da KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Pulizia per i file segnati"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritmo"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Nessun repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Punteggio minimo:"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "File:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmo da usare"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nome"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Punteggio:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Archivio frasi fuzzy"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Fuzzy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glossario"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Da tradurre"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Esatto "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Totale"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Frase per frase"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Ultima revisione"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumerico"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Finestra di log"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Parola per parola"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "Pu&lisci"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Dizionario dinamico"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Finestra di log In questa finestra è mostrato l'output dei comandi eseguiti. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Gestione cataloghi Nella gestione dei cataloghi vengono unite due cartelle in un albero e\n"
-"visualizzati tutti i file PO e POT presenti. In questo modo si può facilmente\n"
-"vedere se un modello è stato aggiunto o rimosso. Sono visualizzate anche\n"
-"alcune informazioni sui file. Per maggiori informazioni consulta la sezione Gestione cataloghi "
-"nella guida in linea. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Se cerchi Il mio nome è Andrea e hai attivato la sostituzione "
+"di una parola potresti anche trovare frasi come Il mio nome è "
+"Mario o Il tuo nome è Andrea."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Nessun repository SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Usa sostituzione di una parola"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Non in SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Numero massimo di parole nell'interrogazione:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Aggiunto localmente"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Usa sostituzione di due parole"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Rimosso localmente"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Modificato localmente"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Aggiornato"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Caratteri locali per le espressioni regolari:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Conflitto"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Database"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Errore nella copia di lavoro"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Cartella database:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Sconosciuto"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Aggiungi automaticamente le voci al database"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-"Questo non è un repository SVN valido. Impossibile eseguire i comandi SVN."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Avvio comando ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Finestra di dialogo SVN"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Aggiorna i seguenti file:"
+"Aggiungi automaticamente una voce nel database se una nuova traduzione è "
+"notificata da qualcuno (potrebbe essere KBabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Fai commit dei seguenti file:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Autore aggiunto automaticamente:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Preleva lo stato remoto dei seguenti file:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"I seguenti segnaposti saranno sostituiti nel percorso se disponibili:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
翻訳するもの
" -"KBabel が翻訳を検索するエントリを指定します。選択されたオプションにかかわらず、変更されたエントリはすべてあいまいとしてマークされます。
" -"How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
メッセージの翻訳方法
" -"完全な翻訳が見つかった場合にのみ翻訳するか、類似したメッセージも含めるか、どちらも見つからなかった場合は逐語訳を試みるかをここで指定します。
" -"Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
変更されたエントリをあいまいとしてマーク
" -"メッセージの翻訳が見つかったエントリは、デフォルトで「あいまい」としてマークされます。これは翻訳があくまで KBabel " -"によって推測されたものであり、常にその結果を注意深く確認する必要があるからです。よく理解したうえでなければ、このオプションは無効にしないでください。
" -"Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
TDE 固有の項目を初期化
" -"翻訳が見つからなかった場合に、\"Comment=\" と \"Name=\" を初期化します。また \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" と " -"\"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" には個人情報設定の値が設定されます。
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"辞書
" -"翻訳の検索に使用する辞書を指定します。複数の辞書を指定した場合、リストに表示されている順に検索します。
" -"「設定」ボタンを押すと、選択した辞書の設定を一時的に変更することができます。ダイアログを閉じると元の設定に戻ります。
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
メッセージの翻訳が見つかったエントリは、デフォルトで「あいまい」としてマークされます。これは翻訳があくまで KBabel " -"によって推測されたものであり、常にその結果を注意深く確認する必要があるからです。よく理解したうえでなければ、このオプションは無効にしないでください。
" -"Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
検索するテキスト
" -"ここに検索するテキストを入力します。正規表現を使って検索する場合は、下の「正規表現を使う」を有効にしてください。
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
置換するテキスト
" -"見つかったテキストを置き換えるテキストを入力してください。このテキストは入力されたとおりに使用されます。正規表現で検索した場合でも、後方参照は使えません。" -"
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
検索場所
検索するファイルの場所を設定します。
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
オプション
" -"ここで置換の処理方法を細かく設定できます。" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
オプション
" -"ここで検索の処理方法を細かく設定できます。" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
ステータスバー
\n" +"ステータスバーは現在の検索/置換操作の進捗情報を表示します。「見つかった場" +"所:」に表示される最初の数字は、検索文字列が見つかったファイルのうちでまだ " +"KBabel のウィンドウに表示されていないファイルの数を示します。二番目の数字は、" +"これまでに検索文字列が見つかったファイルの総数を示します。
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
保存時にヘッダを更新する
\n" -"ファイルを保存するたびにヘッダ情報を更新するには、これをチェックします。
\n" -"ヘッダには通常、ファイルが最後に更新された日時や最後の翻訳者などの情報が含まれています。
\n" -"下のチェックボックスを使って更新する情報を選択できます。フィールドが存在しないときはヘッダに追加されます。更に他のフィールドをヘッダに追加する場合は、エデ" -"ィタのウィンドウで「編集」->「ヘッダを編集」を選択し、手動でヘッダを編集します。
ログウィンドウ
\n" +"このウィンドウに実行されたコマンドの出力が表示されます。
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
更新するフィールド
\n" -"ファイルを保存するときに更新するヘッダのフィールドを選択します。フィールドが存在しないときはヘッダに追加されます。
\n" -"更に他の情報をヘッダに追加する場合は、エディタのウィンドウで「編集」->「ヘッダを編集」を選択し、手動でヘッダを編集する必要があります。
\n" -"保存時にヘッダを更新しない場合は、「保存時にヘッダを更新する」を無効にしてください。
カタログマネージャ
\n" +"カタログマネージャは二つのフォルダを一つのツリーにマージし、これらのフォル" +"ダのすべての PO ファイルと POT ファイルを表示します。これによって、テンプレー" +"トが追加、削除された場合、すぐに分かります。またファイルに関する情報も表示さ" +"れます。
詳しくはオンラインヘルプの「カタログマネージャ」のセクションを" +"ご覧ください。
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"エンコーディング
" -"ファイルを保存するときに使用する文字エンコーディングを指定します。使用すべきエンコーディングが分からない場合は、翻訳コーディネータに尋ねてください。
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
ファイルのエンコーディングを保持する
" -"このオプションを有効にすると、読み込んだときと同じエンコーディングでファイルを保存します。ヘッダに文字情報がないファイル (例 POT ファイル) " -"を保存するときは、上で指定されたエンコーディングを使用します。
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
保存時に文法をチェックする
\n" -"ファイルを保存するときに自動的に \"msgfmt --statistics\" " -"を実行して文法チェックを行います。エラーがあった場合、メッセージが表示されるだけで、ファイルは保存されます。
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
古いエントリを残す
\n" -"このオプションを有効にすると、ファイルを開いたときに見つかった古いエントリがファイルの最後に保存されます。古いエントリは msgmerge " -"によって翻訳がもう必要なくなったときに作成され、#~ " -"でマークされます。古いエントリを残しておくと、それが再び使用されるようになったときに翻訳も有効になります。ただし、ファイルサイズが大きくなるという弊害があります" -"。
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
更新日時のフォーマット
" -"ヘッダの PO-Revision-Date フィールドの日時のフォーマットを選択します。" -"
規格外の PO ファイルを作らないために、デフォルトを使うことを推奨します。
" -"詳しくはオンラインヘルプの「設定ダイアログ」のセクションをご覧ください。
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
個人情報
\n" -"あなたとあなたの翻訳チームに関する情報を入力してください。この情報はファイルのヘッダを更新する際に使用されます。
\n" -"このダイアログの「保存」ページで、ヘッダを更新するかどうか、更新する場合どのフィールドを更新するかを指定できます。
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
単数形/複数形の数
" -"注意: このオプションは現時点では TDE 固有のものです。TDE のアプリケーションを翻訳しているのでなければ、このオプションは無視できます。
" -"あなたの言語で使われる単数形/複数形の数を指定してください。この数はあなたの翻訳チームの設定と一致していなければなりません。
" -"「自動」にセットすると、KBabel が TDE からこの情報の取得を試みます。「テスト」ボタンでこの情報が得られるか試してみてください。
" -"Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
翻訳には複数形が必要
\n" -"注意: このオプションは現時点では TDE 固有のものです。TDE のアプリケーションを翻訳しているのでなければ、このオプションは無視できます。
" -"このオプションを有効にすると、検証ツールがメッセージに %n 項目が存在するかチェックします。
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU 複数形ヘッダ
\n" -"ここに GNU 複数形ヘッダを入力します。ここを空のままにしておくと、PO ファイル中のエントリは変更も追加もされません。
\n" -"「参照」ボタンをクリックすると、KBabel が現在設定されている言語に対して GNU gettext ツールが推奨する値を自動的に取得します。
" -"Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
キーアクセラレータのマーカー
" -"後に続く文字をキーボードアクセラレータとしてマークするために使用する文字を指定します。Qt の場合はアンパサンド (&)、Gtk " -"の場合はアンダースコア (_) です。
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
文脈情報の正規表現
翻訳されるべきではない文脈情報を定義する正規表現を指定します。
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
自動スペルチェック
" -"これを有効にすると、入力されたテキストに対して逐次スペルチェックを行います。スペルに間違いのある語はエラー色で表示されます。
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
無視した単語を記憶する
" -"これを有効にすると、スペルチェックの際にスペルチェックダイアログで「すべて無視」に指定された語を無視します。
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
ベースフォルダ
\n" -"すべての PO ファイルと POT " -"ファイルが格納されているフォルダを指定してください。指定されたフォルダ内のファイルとサブディレクトリはマージされ一つのツリーとして扱われます。
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
新規ウィンドウで開く
\n" -"これを有効にすると、カタログマネージャから開いたファイルはすべて、新しいウィンドウで開かれます。\n" -"
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
終了時にプロセスを強制終了する
\n" -"これを有効にすると、KBabel の終了時に未完了プロセスに KILL シグナルを送って停止するよう試みます。
\n" -"注意: プロセスが停止するかどうかは保証されません。
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"ファイル内容のインデックスを作成する
\n" -"検索/置換を高速化するために、各 PO ファイルのインデックスを作成します。
" -"注意: これを有効にすると、ファイル情報の更新が著しく遅くなります。
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
ファイルを処理する前に msgfmt を実行する
" -"これを有効にすると、KBabel はファイルを処理する前に msgfmt を実行します。
" -"仮に処理が遅くなるとしても、このオプションを有効にしておくことを推奨します。デフォルトでは有効になっています。
" -"これは、お使いのコンピュータが遅い場合や、システムにインストールされている Gettext ツールがサポートしていない PO " -"ファイルを翻訳する場合に、無効にしてください。無効にすると文法チェックをしなくなるため、不正な PO " -"ファイルが有効なものとして表示されかねないという弊害があります。
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
フォルダ用コマンド
" -"カタログマネージャからフォルダに対して実行するコマンドを指定してください。指定されたコマンドはカタログマネージャのコンテクストメニューの「コマンド」サブメ" -"ニューに表示されます。
" -"以下の文字列はコマンド実行時に実際の値に置き換えられます。" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
ファイル用コマンド
" -"カタログマネージャからファイルに対して実行するコマンドを指定してください。指定されたコマンドはカタログマネージャのコンテクストメニューの「コマンド」サブメ" -"ニューに表示されます。
" -"以下の文字列はコマンド実行時に実際の値に置き換えられます。" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
ファイルのオプション
ここで検索対象を設定できます。
Shown columns
\n" -"表示する列
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"プロジェクトウィザードへようこそ!\n" -"\n" -"このウィザードを使って KBabel で翻訳する新しいプロジェクトの設定を行います。\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"最初に、プロジェクト名と設定を保存するファイルを指定してください。翻訳する言語と翻訳プロジェクトのタイプも指定する必要があります。
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86 +msgid "Get diff for the following files:" +msgstr "以下のファイルの差分を取得:" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
設定ファイル名
" -"プロジェクトの設定を保存するファイルの名前を指定します。
\n" -"\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
言語
" -"このプロジェクトの翻訳言語を ISO 631 の言語コードで指定します。
\n" -"Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
プロジェクト名
" -"このプロジェクトを識別する名前を指定します。この名前はプロジェクトの設定ダイアログだけでなく、プロジェクトのファイルを開いたときにウィンドウのタイトルバー" -"にも表示されます。
" -"注意: プロジェクト名は後で変更することはできません。\n" -"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
プロジェクトのタイプ
" -"よく知られている翻訳プロジェクトであれば、ここでタイプを指定することによって、そのプロジェクトに合った設定を行うことができます。これには、検証ツール、アク" -"セレータマーカー、ヘッダのフォーマットなどが含まれます。
\n" -"既知のタイプ:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
翻訳ファイル
\n" -"すべての PO ファイルと POT " -"ファイルが格納されているフォルダを指定してください。指定されたフォルダ内のファイルとサブフォルダはマージされ一つのツリーとして扱われます。
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Diff ソース (比較対象)
\n" -"ここで差異の検索に使用するソースを選択します。
" -"ファイル、翻訳データベース、同じファイル内の msgstr の三つの選択肢があります。
\n" -"翻訳データベースを選択した場合は、翻訳データベースのメッセージと比較します。これを有効に活用するためには、設定ダイアログで「データベースにエントリを自動追" -"加」を選択しておく必要があります。
\n" -"最後の選択肢は、PO ファイルを査読する場合に役立ちます。
\n" -"一時的にメッセージをファイルと比較するには、KBabel のメインウィンドウのメニューから「ツール」->「Diff」->" -"「比較するファイルを開く」を選択してください。
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
比較するファイルのベースフォルダ\n" -"
ここで比較するファイルが格納されているフォルダを指定します。このフォルダ以下のファイルの場所が、元のファイルのベースフォルダ以下の場所と同じであれば、KB" -"abel は自動的に対応するファイルを開くことができます。
\n" -"翻訳データベースのメッセージを使う場合、このオプションは効果がありません。
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
自動的に検索を開始する
\n" -"これを有効にすると、エディタ内で別のエントリに移動するたびに自動的に検索が開始されます。「デフォルトの辞書」コンボボックスで検索に使用する辞書を指定できま" -"す。
" -"メニューの「辞書」->「検索」またはツールバーの辞書ボタンを使って手動で検索を行うこともできます。
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
デフォルトの辞書
\n" -"デフォルトで検索に使用する辞書を指定します。この設定は自動的に検索が開始されたときと、ツールバーの辞書ボタンを押したときに使われます。
\n" -"「設定」->「辞書の設定」で別の辞書を使うように設定することもできます。
検索するテキスト
ここに検索するテキストを入力します。正規表現を" +"使って検索する場合は、下の「正規表現を使う」を有効にしてください。
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
置換するテキスト
見つかったテキストを置き換えるテキストを入力し" +"てください。このテキストは入力されたとおりに使用されます。正規表現で検索した" +"場合でも、後方参照は使えません。
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
自動的にあいまい状態を解除する
\n" -"これを有効にすると、あいまいなエントリを編集すると、自動的にあいまい状態が解除されます (すなわち、, fuzzy " -"という文字列がエントリのコメントから取り除かれます)。
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
自動補完編集を使う
\n" -"ここをチェックしておくと、テキストの入力がより楽になり、KBabel が特殊文字のエスケープを補完するようになります。例えば '\\\"' " -"と入力すると結果は '\\\\\\\"' になり、リターンキーを押すと行末には空白が付加され、Shift+リターンキーを押すと '\\\\n' " -"が行末に付加されます。
\n" -"これはあくまでも補助であって、これを利用していても文法的に不正なテキストを入力することは可能です。
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
検索場所
検索するファイルの場所を設定します。
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
エラーの通知
\n" -"エラー発生時にどのようにそれを知らせるかを指定します。「エラー時にビープ」はビープ音を発し、「エラー時にテキスト色を変更」は翻訳テキストの色を変えることで" -"知らせます。いずれも有効でない場合も、ステータスバーにメッセージが表示されます。\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
オプション
ここで置換の処理方法を細かく設定できます。
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
状態表示 LED
\n" -"状態表示 LED を表示する場所と、それに使用する色を指定します。
オプション
ここで検索の処理方法を細かく設定できます。
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
保存時にヘッダを更新する
\n" +"ファイルを保存するたびにヘッダ情報を更新するには、これをチェックします。" +"p>\n" +"
ヘッダには通常、ファイルが最後に更新された日時や最後の翻訳者などの情報が含" +"まれています。
\n" +"下のチェックボックスを使って更新する情報を選択できます。フィールドが存在し" +"ないときはヘッダに追加されます。更に他のフィールドをヘッダに追加する場合は、" +"エディタのウィンドウで「編集」->「ヘッダを編集」を選択し、手動でヘッダを編集" +"します。
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
更新するフィールド
\n" +"ファイルを保存するときに更新するヘッダのフィールドを選択します。フィールド" +"が存在しないときはヘッダに追加されます。
\n" +"更に他の情報をヘッダに追加する場合は、エディタのウィンドウで「編集」-" +">「ヘッダを編集」を選択し、手動でヘッダを編集する必要があります。
\n" +"保存時にヘッダを更新しない場合は、「保存時にヘッダを更新する」を無効にして" +"ください。
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
エンコーディング
ファイルを保存するときに使用する文字エンコー" +"ディングを指定します。使用すべきエンコーディングが分からない場合は、翻訳コー" +"ディネータに尋ねてください。
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
ファイルのエンコーディングを保持する
このオプションを有効にする" +"と、読み込んだときと同じエンコーディングでファイルを保存します。ヘッダに文字" +"情報がないファイル (例 POT ファイル) を保存するときは、上で指定されたエンコー" +"ディングを使用します。
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"保存時に文法をチェックする
\n" +"ファイルを保存するときに自動的に \"msgfmt --statistics\" を実行して文法" +"チェックを行います。エラーがあった場合、メッセージが表示されるだけで、ファイ" +"ルは保存されます。
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
古いエントリを残す
\n" +"このオプションを有効にすると、ファイルを開いたときに見つかった古いエントリ" +"がファイルの最後に保存されます。古いエントリは msgmerge によって翻訳がもう必" +"要なくなったときに作成され、#~ でマークされます。古いエントリを残しておくと、" +"それが再び使用されるようになったときに翻訳も有効になります。ただし、ファイル" +"サイズが大きくなるという弊害があります。
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
更新日時のフォーマット
ヘッダの PO-Revision-Date フィールドの日" +"時のフォーマットを選択します。
規格" +"外の PO ファイルを作らないために、デフォルトを使うことを推奨します。
詳" +"しくはオンラインヘルプの「設定ダイアログ」のセクションをご覧ください。
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 142 -#: rc.cpp:672 rc.cpp:1003 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Remove context comment" -msgstr "文脈コメントを削除" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:412 +msgid "Project: %1" +msgstr "プロジェクト: %1" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 148 -#: rc.cpp:675 rc.cpp:1006 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Remove, if exists, the _:comment" -msgstr "存在する場合 _: コメントを削除します。" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:419 +msgid "&Name:" +msgstr "名前(&N):" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 170 -#: rc.cpp:678 rc.cpp:1009 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Character to be ignored:" -msgstr "無視する文字:" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:423 +msgid "Localized na&me:" +msgstr "ローカライズされた名前(&M):" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 212 -#: rc.cpp:681 rc.cpp:1012 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Search" -msgstr "検索" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:427 +msgid "E&mail:" +msgstr "Eメール(&M):" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 229 -#: rc.cpp:684 rc.cpp:1015 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Matching Method" -msgstr "マッチングの条件" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:432 +msgid "&Full language name:" +msgstr "言語の正式名(&F):" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 280 -#: rc.cpp:687 rc.cpp:1018 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Query is contained" -msgstr "検索テキストが含まれる" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:438 +msgid "Lan&guage code:" +msgstr "言語コード(&G):" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 283 -#: rc.cpp:690 rc.cpp:1021 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Match if query is contained in database string" -msgstr "検索テキストがデータベースの文字列に含まれていればマッチ" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:444 +msgid "&Language mailing list:" +msgstr "翻訳チームのメーリングリスト(&L):" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 291 -#: rc.cpp:693 rc.cpp:1024 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Query contains" -msgstr "検索テキストが含む" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:449 +msgid "&Timezone:" +msgstr "タイムゾーン(&T):" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 294 -#: rc.cpp:696 rc.cpp:1027 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Match if query contains the database string" -msgstr "検索テキストがデータベースの文字列を含んでいればマッチ" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:455 +msgid "" +"Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
個人情報
\n" +"あなたとあなたの翻訳チームに関する情報を入力してください。この情報はファイ" +"ルのヘッダを更新する際に使用されます。
\n" +"このダイアログの「保存」ページで、ヘッダを更新するかどうか、更新する場合ど" +"のフィールドを更新するかを指定できます。
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
単数形/複数形の数
注意: このオプションは現時点では TDE 固有のも" +"のです。TDE のアプリケーションを翻訳しているのでなければ、このオプションは無" +"視できます。
あなたの言語で使われる単数形/複数形の数を指定してくださ" +"い。この数はあなたの翻訳チームの設定と一致していなければなりません。" +"p>
「自動」にセットすると、KBabel が TDE からこの情報の取得を試みます。「テ" +"スト」ボタンでこの情報が得られるか試してみてください。
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. \n"
-"例: My name is Andrea を一語置換を指定して検索すると、My name is Joe や "
-"Your name is Andrea も検索します。"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "一語置換"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "検索テキストの最大単語数:"
+" 翻訳には複数形が必要 注意: このオプションは現時点では TDE 固有のものです。TDE のアプリケーショ"
+"ンを翻訳しているのでなければ、このオプションは無視できます。 このオプ"
+"ションを有効にすると、検証ツールがメッセージに %n 項目が存在するかチェックし"
+"ます。 GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. GNU 複数形ヘッダ ここに GNU 複数形ヘッダを入力します。ここを空のままにしておくと、PO ファイ"
+"ル中のエントリは変更も追加もされません。 「参照」ボタンをクリックすると、KBabel が現在設定されている言語に対して "
+"GNU gettext ツールが推奨する値を自動的に取得します。 Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. キーアクセラレータのマーカー 後に続く文字をキーボードアクセラ"
+"レータとしてマークするために使用する文字を指定します。Qt の場合はアンパサン"
+"ド (&)、Gtk の場合はアンダースコア (_) です。 "
+" Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. 文脈情報の正規表現 翻訳されるべきではない文脈情報を定義する正規"
+"表現を指定します。 On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. 自動スペルチェック これを有効にすると、入力されたテキストに対し"
+"て逐次スペルチェックを行います。スペルに間違いのある語はエラー色で表示されま"
+"す。 Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. 無視した単語を記憶する これを有効にすると、スペルチェックの際に"
+"スペルチェックダイアログで「すべて無視」に指定された語を無視します。 \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. ベースフォルダ すべての PO ファイルと POT ファイルが格納されているフォルダを指定してくだ"
+"さい。指定されたフォルダ内のファイルとサブディレクトリはマージされ一つのツ"
+"リーとして扱われます。 Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. \n"
-"グッドキーリストに挿入されるべき検索要求の最小語数を指定できます。"
-" \n"
-"また、検索要求がリストに追加すべきキーの最小語数も指定できます。"
-" \n"
-"この二つの値は全語数のパーセントで指定します。このパーセントが 1 より小さい場合は、検索エンジンはそれを 1 とします。"
-" \n"
-"リストの最大エントリ数も指定できます。"
+" 新規ウィンドウで開く これを有効にすると、カタログマネージャから開いたファイルはすべて、新しい"
+"ウィンドウで開かれます。\n"
+" Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. 終了時にプロセスを強制終了する これを有効にすると、KBabel の終了時に未完了プロセスに KILL シグナルを送っ"
+"て停止するよう試みます。 注意: プロセスが停止するかどうかは保証されません。 Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> ファイル内容のインデックスを作成する 検索/置換を高速化するために、各 PO ファイルのインデックスを作成します。"
+"p> 注意: これを有効にすると、ファイル情報の更新が著しく遅くなります。 Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. ファイルを処理する前に msgfmt を実行する これを有効にすると、"
+"KBabel はファイルを処理する前に msgfmt を実行します。 仮に処理が遅くな"
+"るとしても、このオプションを有効にしておくことを推奨します。デフォルトでは有"
+"効になっています。 これは、お使いのコンピュータが遅い場合や、システムに"
+"インストールされている Gettext ツールがサポートしていない PO ファイルを翻訳す"
+"る場合に、無効にしてください。無効にすると文法チェックをしなくなるため、不正"
+"な PO ファイルが有効なものとして表示されかねないという弊害があります。 Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+"
フォルダ用コマンド
カタログマネージャからフォルダに対して実行す" +"るコマンドを指定してください。指定されたコマンドはカタログマネージャのコンテ" +"クストメニューの「コマンド」サブメニューに表示されます。
以下の文字列は" +"コマンド実行時に実際の値に置き換えられます。
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
ファイル用コマンド
カタログマネージャからファイルに対して実行す" +"るコマンドを指定してください。指定されたコマンドはカタログマネージャのコンテ" +"クストメニューの「コマンド」サブメニューに表示されます。
以下の文字列は" +"コマンド実行時に実際の値に置き換えられます。
Shown columns
\n" +"表示する列
\n" +"\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
\n" -"以下の変数は、可能であればパス指定の中で実際の値に置き換えられます。\n" -"
翻訳するもの
KBabel が翻訳を検索するエントリを指定します。選択さ" +"れたオプションにかかわらず、変更されたエントリはすべてあいまいとしてマークさ" +"れます。
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
メッセージの翻訳方法
完全な翻訳が見つかった場合にのみ翻訳する" +"か、類似したメッセージも含めるか、どちらも見つからなかった場合は逐語訳を試み" +"るかをここで指定します。
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
不正なエントリをあいまいとしてマーク" -"
\n" -"
このオプションを選択すると、不正と判定されたすべてのエントリがあいまいとしてマークされます。このため、そのままファイルを保存することができます。
" -"変更されたエントリをあいまいとしてマーク
メッセージの翻訳が見つ" +"かったエントリは、デフォルトで「あいまい」としてマークされます。これは翻訳が" +"あくまで KBabel によって推測されたものであり、常にその結果を注意深く確認する" +"必要があるからです。よく理解したうえでなければ、このオプションは無効にしない" +"でください。
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
あいまいなエントリは検証しない" -"
\n" -"
このオプションを選択すると、あいまいとマークされたエントリは検証の対象になりません。
TDE 固有の項目を初期化
翻訳が見つからなかった場合に、\"Comment=" +"\" と \"Name=\" を初期化します。また \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" と \"EMAIL OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" には個人情報設定の値が設定されます。
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
辞書
翻訳の検索に使用する辞書を指定します。複数の辞書を指定した" +"場合、リストに表示されている順に検索します。
「設定」ボタンを押すと、" +"選択した辞書の設定を一時的に変更することができます。ダイアログを閉じると元の" +"設定に戻ります。
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
メッセージの翻訳が見つかったエントリは、デフォルトで「あいまい」として" +"マークされます。これは翻訳があくまで KBabel によって推測されたものであり、常" +"にその結果を注意深く確認する必要があるからです。よく理解したうえでなければ、" +"このオプションは無効にしないでください。
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
文字選択
このツールは、ダブルクリックによって特殊文字を挿入する" +"ものです。
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
コメントエディタ
\n" +"この編集ウィンドウは現在表示されているメッセージのコメントを表示します。" +"p>\n" +"コメントには通常、メッセージのステータス (fuzzy, c-format) や、メッセージ" +"がソースコードのどこにあるかなどの情報が含まれています。\n" +"また他の翻訳者からのヒントが含まれていることもあります。
\n" +"「設定」->「表示」でコメントエディタを隠すことができます。
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
PO 文脈
このウィンドウは現在のメッセージの PO ファイル内での文脈" +"を表示します。通常は現在のメッセージの前後 4 つのメッセージを表示します。" +"p>
「設定」->「表示」でツールウィンドウを隠すことができます。
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
文字選択
このツールは、ダブルクリックによって特殊文字を挿入するものです。
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
エラー一覧
このウィンドウは、検証ツールが発見したエラーを一覧表" +"示します。エラーとなったメッセージの原因を知ることができます。
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
現在の設定に基づいてヘッダを更新します。更新されたヘッダは保存時に PO ファイルに書き込まれます。
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
現在の設定に基づいてヘッダを更新します。更新されたヘッダは保存時に PO " +"ファイルに書き込まれます。
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" "Please edit the header before updating!
これは有効なヘッダではありません。
\n" +"これは有効なヘッダではありません。
\n" "更新する前にヘッダを編集してください。
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" "Please edit the header before updating.
これは有効なヘッダではありません。
\n" +"これは有効なヘッダではありません。
\n" "更新する前にヘッダを編集してください。
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
コメントエディタ
\n" -"この編集ウィンドウは現在表示されているメッセージのコメントを表示します。\n" -"コメントには通常、メッセージのステータス (fuzzy, c-format) や、メッセージがソースコードのどこにあるかなどの情報が含まれています。\n" -"また他の翻訳者からのヒントが含まれていることもあります。
\n" -"「設定」->「表示」でコメントエディタを隠すことができます。
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
検索結果
" -"ここに辞書の検索結果が表示されます。
" -"一番上には、見つかったエントリの数と、今表示されているエントリが見つかった場所が表示されます。下のボタンを使って検索結果内を移動できます。
" -"「自動的に検索を開始する」オプションが有効になっていれば、エディタウィンドウで他のエントリに移動したときに自動的に検索が開始されます。メニューの「辞書」-" -">「検索」で開始することもできます。
" -"共通のオプションは設定ダイアログの「検索」セクションで設定します。辞書ごとのオプションは「設定」->「辞書の設定」で変更できます。
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
原文の文字列
\n" -"現在表示されているエントリの原文のメッセージがここに表示されます。
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
状態表示 LED
\n" -"これらの LED は現在表示されているメッセージの状態を表示します。これら色は設定ダイアログの「編集」->「外観」で変更できます。
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
翻訳エディタ
\n" -"ここには現在のメッセージの翻訳が表示されます。このエディタを使って翻訳を編集します。
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
ステータスバー
\n" +"ステータスバーは、開いているファイルのエントリ数やあいまい/未翻訳メッセー" +"ジの数などの情報を表示します。現在表示されているエントリのインデックス番号と" +"状態も表示します。
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"検索結果
ここに辞書の検索結果が表示されます。
一番上には、" +"見つかったエントリの数と、今表示されているエントリが見つかった場所が表示され" +"ます。下のボタンを使って検索結果内を移動できます。
「自動的に検索を開始" +"する」オプションが有効になっていれば、エディタウィンドウで他のエントリに移動" +"したときに自動的に検索が開始されます。メニューの「辞書」->「検索」で開始する" +"こともできます。
共通のオプションは設定ダイアログの「検索」セクションで" +"設定します。辞書ごとのオプションは「設定」->「辞書の設定」で変更できます。" +"p>
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
原文の文字列
\n" +"現在表示されているエントリの原文のメッセージがここに表示されます。
" +"qt>" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:479 -msgid "Show Tags Menu" -msgstr "タグメニューを表示" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:350 +msgid "Original Text" +msgstr "原文の文字列" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:486 -msgid "Move to Next Tag" -msgstr "次のタグに移動" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:366 +msgid "Comment" +msgstr "コメント" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:490 -msgid "Move to Previous Tag" -msgstr "前のタグに移動" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:396 +msgid "Trans&lated string (msgstr):" +msgstr "翻訳された文字列 (msgstr)(&L):" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:494 -msgid "Insert Next Argument" -msgstr "次の引数を挿入" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:437 +msgid "" +"Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
状態表示 LED
\n" +"これらの LED は現在表示されているメッセージの状態を表示します。これら色は" +"設定ダイアログの「編集」->「外観」で変更できます。
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
翻訳エディタ
\n" +"ここには現在のメッセージの翻訳が表示されます。このエディタを使って翻訳を編" +"集します。
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
ステータスバー
\n" -"ステータスバーは、開いているファイルのエントリ数やあいまい/未翻訳メッセージの数などの情報を表示します。現在表示されているエントリのインデックス番号と状態" -"も表示します。
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
エラー一覧
" -"このウィンドウは、検証ツールが発見したエラーを一覧表示します。エラーとなったメッセージの原因を知ることができます。
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO 文脈
" -"このウィンドウは現在のメッセージの PO ファイル内での文脈を表示します。通常は現在のメッセージの前後 4 つのメッセージを表示します。
" -"「設定」->「表示」でツールウィンドウを隠すことができます。
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
以前のバージョンの KBabel からのバックアップデータベースがあります。一方"
+"で、他のバージョン (おそらく TDE 3.1.1 または 3.1.2) の KBabel が新しいデータ"
+"ベースを作成しています。その結果あなたの KBabel のインストールには、二つの"
+"データベースファイルがあることになります。残念ながら、新旧のファイルはマージ"
+"できません。どちらか一つを選ばなければなりません。
古い方を選択した"
+"場合、新しい方は削除されます。新しい方を選択した場合には、古いデータベース"
+"ファイルは残りますが、手動で削除しなければなりません。削除しない限り、この"
+"メッセージが再び表示されます (古いファイルは $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/"
+"dbsearchengine/*,old にあります)。
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
オプション
" -"ここで PO ファイル検索を細かく設定できます。大文字小文字を区別する、あいまいなメッセージを無視する、などのオプションがあります。
オプション
ここで PO ファイル検索を細かく設定できます。大文字小" +"文字を区別する、あいまいなメッセージを無視する、などのオプションがあります。" +"
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
比較のオプション
どのメッセージをマッチするメッセージとして扱うかを選択します。
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
比較のオプション
どのメッセージをマッチするメッセージとして扱う" +"かを選択します。
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3 連文字マッチング
" -"メッセージの 3 文字グループの大部分が他のメッセージに含まれている場合、マッチすると見なします。例えば 'abc123' は 'abcx123c12' " -"にマッチします。
3 連文字マッチング
メッセージの 3 文字グループの大部分が他のメッ" +"セージに含まれている場合、マッチすると見なします。例えば 'abc123' は " +"'abcx123c12' にマッチします。
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
場所
検索するファイルの場所を設定します。
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"オプション
" -"ここで PO ファイル検索を細かく設定できます。大文字小文字を区別するかどうかなどのオプションがあります。
オプション
ここで PO ファイル検索を細かく設定できます。大文字小" +"文字を区別するかどうかなどのオプションがあります。
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
不正なエントリをあいまいとしてマーク
\n" +"
このオプションを選択すると、不正と判定されたすべてのエントリがあいまいとし" +"てマークされます。このため、そのままファイルを保存することができます。
" +"qt>" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:47 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Do not validate fuzzy" +msgstr "あいまいなエントリは検証しない(&D)" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:50 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
あいまいなエントリは検証しない
\n" +"
このオプションを選択すると、あいまいとマークされたエントリは検証の対象にな" +"りません。
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
以前のバージョンの KBabel からのバックアップデータベースがあります。一方で、他のバージョン (おそらく TDE 3.1.1 または 3.1.2) "
-"の KBabel が新しいデータベースを作成しています。その結果あなたの KBabel "
-"のインストールには、二つのデータベースファイルがあることになります。残念ながら、新旧のファイルはマージできません。どちらか一つを選ばなければなりません。"
-"
"
-"
古い方を選択した場合、新しい方は削除されます。新しい方を選択した場合には、古いデータベースファイルは残りますが、手動で削除しなければなりません。削除し"
-"ない限り、このメッセージが再び表示されます (古いファイルは "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old にあります)。
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Diff ソース (比較対象)
\n" +"ここで差異の検索に使用するソースを選択します。
ファイル、翻訳データ" +"ベース、同じファイル内の msgstr の三つの選択肢があります。
\n" +"翻訳データベースを選択した場合は、翻訳データベースのメッセージと比較しま" +"す。これを有効に活用するためには、設定ダイアログで「データベースにエントリを" +"自動追加」を選択しておく必要があります。
\n" +"最後の選択肢は、PO ファイルを査読する場合に役立ちます。
\n" +"一時的にメッセージをファイルと比較するには、KBabel のメインウィンドウのメ" +"ニューから「ツール」->「Diff」->「比較するファイルを開く」を選択してくださ" +"い。
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
比較するファイルのベースフォルダ\n" +"
ここで比較するファイルが格納されているフォルダを指定します。このフォルダ以" +"下のファイルの場所が、元のファイルのベースフォルダ以下の場所と同じであれば、" +"KBabel は自動的に対応するファイルを開くことができます。
\n" +"翻訳データベースのメッセージを使う場合、このオプションは効果がありません。" +"
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"プロジェクトウィザードへようこそ!\n" +"\n" +"このウィザードを使って KBabel で翻訳する新しいプロジェクトの設定を行いま" +"す。\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"最初に、プロジェクト名と設定を保存するファイルを指定してください。翻訳する言" +"語と翻訳プロジェクトのタイプも指定する必要があります。
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "作者:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
設定ファイル名
プロジェクトの設定を保存するファイルの名前を指定" +"します。
\n" +"\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
言語
このプロジェクトの翻訳言語を ISO 631 の言語コードで指定します。" +"
\n" +"Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
プロジェクト名
このプロジェクトを識別する名前を指定します。この" +"名前はプロジェクトの設定ダイアログだけでなく、プロジェクトのファイルを開いた" +"ときにウィンドウのタイトルバーにも表示されます。
注意: プロジェクト名は" +"後で変更することはできません。\n" +"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
プロジェクトのタイプ
よく知られている翻訳プロジェクトであれば、" +"ここでタイプを指定することによって、そのプロジェクトに合った設定を行うことが" +"できます。これには、検証ツール、アクセレータマーカー、ヘッダのフォーマットな" +"どが含まれます。
\n" +"既知のタイプ:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
翻訳ファイル
\n" +"すべての PO ファイルと POT ファイルが格納されているフォルダを指定してくだ" +"さい。指定されたフォルダ内のファイルとサブフォルダはマージされ一つのツリーと" +"して扱われます。
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
自動的にあいまい状態を解除する
\n" +"これを有効にすると、あいまいなエントリを編集すると、自動的にあいまい状態が" +"解除されます (すなわち、, fuzzy という文字列がエントリのコメントから取" +"り除かれます)。
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
自動補完編集を使う
\n" +"ここをチェックしておくと、テキストの入力がより楽になり、KBabel が特殊文字" +"のエスケープを補完するようになります。例えば '\\\"' と入力すると結果は '\\\\" +"\\\"' になり、リターンキーを押すと行末には空白が付加され、Shift+リターンキー" +"を押すと '\\\\n' が行末に付加されます。
\n" +"これはあくまでも補助であって、これを利用していても文法的に不正なテキストを" +"入力することは可能です。
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
エラーの通知
\n" +"エラー発生時にどのようにそれを知らせるかを指定します。「エラー時にビープ」" +"はビープ音を発し、「エラー時にテキスト色を変更」は翻訳テキストの色を変えるこ" +"とで知らせます。いずれも有効でない場合も、ステータスバーにメッセージが表示さ" +"れます。\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
状態表示 LED
\n" +"状態表示 LED を表示する場所と、それに使用する色を指定します。
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
自動的に検索を開始する
\n" +"これを有効にすると、エディタ内で別のエントリに移動するたびに自動的に検索が" +"開始されます。「デフォルトの辞書」コンボボックスで検索に使用する辞書を指定で" +"きます。
メニューの「辞書」->「検索」またはツールバーの辞書ボタンを使っ" +"て手動で検索を行うこともできます。
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
デフォルトの辞書
\n" +"デフォルトで検索に使用する辞書を指定します。この設定は自動的に検索が開始さ" +"れたときと、ツールバーの辞書ボタンを押したときに使われます。
\n" +"「設定」->「辞書の設定」で別の辞書を使うように設定することもできます。" +"p>
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
ステータスバー
\n" -"ステータスバーは現在の検索/置換操作の進捗情報を表示します。「見つかった場所:」に表示される最初の数字は、検索文字列が見つかったファイルのうちでまだ " -"KBabel のウィンドウに表示されていないファイルの数を示します。二番目の数字は、これまでに検索文字列が見つかったファイルの総数を示します。
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
ファイルのオプション
" -"ここで検索対象を設定できます。" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"例: My name is Andrea を一語置換を指定して検索すると、My name "
+"is Joe や Your name is Andrea も検索します。"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "競合"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "一語置換"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "作業コピーにエラー"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "検索テキストの最大単語数:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "不明"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "二語置換"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "これは有効な SVN リポジトリではありません。SVN コマンドは実行できません。"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ コマンド開始 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN ダイアログ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "正規表現のローカル文字:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "以下のファイルを更新:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "データベース"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "以下のファイルをコミット:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "データベースフォルダ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "以下のファイルのリモートでの状態を取得:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "データベースにエントリを自動追加"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "以下のファイルのローカルでの状態を取得:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"KBabel などによって新しい翻訳が通知されると、自動的にデータベースにエントリを"
+"追加します。"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "以下のファイルの差分を取得:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "自動追加エントリの翻訳者:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "以下のファイルの情報を取得:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" "
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"グッドキーリストに挿入されるべき検索要求の最小語数を指定できます。 \n"
+"また、検索要求がリストに追加すべきキーの最小語数も指定できます。 \n"
+"この二つの値は全語数のパーセントで指定します。このパーセントが 1 より小さい場"
+"合は、検索エンジンはそれを 1 とします。 \n"
+"リストの最大エントリ数も指定できます。"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ 状態コード %1 で終了 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "検索要求内のキーの最小語数 (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ 完了 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "メッセージカタログ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "キー内の検索語の最小語数 (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "バージョンコントロール なし"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "リストの最大エントリ数:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "頻出語"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN の状態"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "無視する頻度のしきい値:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "解決 (svn resolved)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "マークしたものを解決 (svn resolved)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "頻出語はすべてのキーに含まれていると見なす"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "復元 (svn revert)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "一般"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "マークしたものを復元 (svn revert)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "DB フォルダ:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "クリーンアップ (svn cleanup)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "kbabel 内で自動更新"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "マークしたものをクリーンアップ (svn cleanup)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "新規エントリ"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "リポジトリがありません"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "kbabel から"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "ファイル:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "アルゴリズム"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "名前"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "最小スコア:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "使用するアルゴリズム"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "あいまい"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "スコア:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "未翻訳"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "あいまい文のアーカイブ"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "合計"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "グロッサリ"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "最終更新"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "正確に "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "ログウィンドウ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "文ごと"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "クリア(&L)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "英数字"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. ログウィンドウ このウィンドウに実行されたコマンドの出力が表示されます。 Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. カタログマネージャ カタログマネージャは二つのフォルダを一つのツリーにマージし、これらのフォルダのすべての PO ファイルと POT "
-"ファイルを表示します。これによって、テンプレートが追加、削除された場合、すぐに分かります。またファイルに関する情報も表示されます。 詳しくはオンラインヘルプの「カタログマネージャ」のセクションをご覧ください。 \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"以下の変数は、可能であればパス指定の中で実際の値に置き換えられます。\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Қай жазуларды аудару
" -"Мұнда қай жазулар үшін KBabel аудармаларды іздеп көретінің таңдаңыз. " -"Өзгертілген жазулар, таңдағаныңызға қарамай, дүмбілез деп белгіленеді.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Жазуды қалай аудару
" -"Мұнда жазу толық аудармасы табылса ғана аударылатынын, әлде толық аудармасы " -"табылмаса, бөлек сөздерін аудару қажет екенін анықтай аласыз.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Өзгертілген жазу дүмбілез деп белгіленсін
" -"Әдетте, аудармасы табылған жазу дүмбілез деп белгіленеді. Себебі " -"KBabel нақты аудара алмайды, сондықтан барлық автоматты түрде аударылған " -"жазуларды мүкият тексеріп шығу қажет. Бұның керек жоқ екенін кәміл сенсеңіз " -"ғана құсбелгісін алып тастаңыз.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
TDE қызметті жазулары аударылсын
" -"Егер аударма табылмаса \"Comment=\" және \"Name=\" жазулары толтырылады. " -"Сонымен қатар, профиліңізден мәлімет алынып, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" және " -"\"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" өрістері толтырылады.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Сөздіктер
" -"Мұнда аударманы іздеу үшін қай сөздіктер қолданатынын таңдауға болады. " -"Біреуден артық сөздікті таңдағанда, олар тізіміндегі ретімен қолданылатын " -"болады.
" -"Баптау батырмасы сөздіктерді уақытша баптауға мүмкіндік береді. Осы " -"диалог жабылғанда бұрыңғы баптаулар күшіне қайтады.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Әдетте, аудармасы табылған жазу дүмбілез деп белгіленеді. Себебі " -"KBabel нақты аудара алмайды, сондықтан барлық автоматты түрде аударылған " -"жазуларды мүкият тексеріп шығу қажет. Бұның керек жоқ екенін кәміл сенсеңіз " -"ғана құсбелгісін алып тастаңыз.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Іздейтін мәтін
" -"Мұнда іздейтін мәтінді келтіріңіз. Егер үлгі өрнегі арқылы іздегіңіз келсе, " -"төмендегі Үлгі өрнегін қолдану құсбелгісін қойыңыз.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Мәтінді алмастыру
" -"Мұнда табылған мәтінді немен алмастыратының келтіріңіз. Мәтін дәл келтірген " -"түрде қолданылатын болады. Ескеріңіз, үлгі өрнегі арқылы іздеп " -"алмастырылғаныздан қайтуға болмайды.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Қайдан іздеу
" -"Файлдың қай бөлігінде іздеуді жүргізу керек екендігін таңдаңыз.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Параметрлер
" -"Мұнда алмастыруды дәлдеп баптауға болады:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Параметрлер
" -"Мұнда іздеуді дәлдеп баптауға болады:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Күй-жай жолағы
\n" +"Күй-жай жолағында орындалып жатқан іздеу немесе алмастыру әрекетінің " +"барысы туралы мәлімет көрсетіледі. Табылды: деген өрістегі сан " +"іздеген мәтін кездесетін, бірақ KBabel терезесінде әлі көрсетілмеген " +"файлдардың санын көрсетеді. Екінші сан іздеген мәтін кездесетін жалпы " +"файлдар санын көрсетеді.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Сақтағанда айдар жаңартылсын
\n" -"Әрбір сақтағанда айдары жаңартылсын десеңіз осы параметрді қосыңыз.
\n" -"Әдетте айдарда файлды соңғы рет жаңартқан кезі туралы,\n" -"соңғы аудармашысы туралы және т.б. мәліметтер сақталынады.
\n" -"Төмендегі құсбелгі көздерін белгілеп, қандай мәліметтерді жаңарту\n" -"керек екендігін таңдай аласыз. Өріс әлі жоқ болса ол айдарға қосылады.\n" -"Егер айдарға қосымша өрістерді қосқыңыз келсе, онда өңдегіш\n" -"терезесіндеӨңдеу->Айдарды өңдеу дегенді таңдап айдарды\n" -"қолмен өңдеңіз.
Журнал терезесі
\n" +"Бұл терезеде орындалған командалардың шығыс хабарламалары көрсетіледі." +"p>
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Жаңартылатын өрістер Мұнда сақтау кезінде жаңартылатын айдар өрістерін таңдауға болады.\n"
-"Өріс әлі жоқ болса ол айдарға қосылады. Егер айдарға қосымша өрістерді қосқыңыз келсе, онда өңдегіш\n"
-"терезесіндеӨңдеу->Айдарды өңдеу дегенді таңдап айдарды\n"
-"қолмен өңдеңіз. Егер сақтағанда айдарды жаңартқыңыз келмесе Айдары жаңартылсын "
-"дегеннің құсбелгісін алып тастаңыз. Каталог менеджері Каталог менеджері екі қапшықты бір бұтаққа біріктіріп, осы қапшықтардағы\n"
+"барлық PO және POT файлдарын көрсетеді. Осының нәтижесінде үлгілердің\n"
+"қосылғанын немесе алынып тасталғанын оңай байқауға болады. Сонымен\n"
+"қатар осы файлдар туралы кейбір мәліметтер көрсетіледі.\n"
+" Толығырақ мәліметтер үшін анықтамасындағы Каталог менеджері "
+"бөлімін қараңыз. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure "
-"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator. Кодтамасы Файлды сақтағанда қолданатын кодтамасын таңдаңыз. Қай кодтаманы "
-"пайдаланатынын білмесеңіз, аудармашылар тобының үйлестірушісінен сұраңыз. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as "
-"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT "
-"files) are saved in the encoding set above. Файл кодтамасы сақталсын Егер осы параметр қосылып тұрса, файлдың бастапқы кодтамасы сақталады. "
-"Айдарда кодтамасы туралы мәлімет көрсетілмесе (мысалы POT файлдарда), файлдар "
-"жоғарыда орнатылған кодтамада сақталынады. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt "
-"--statistics\"\n"
-"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Сақтағанда файл синтаксисі тексерілсін Бұл құсбелгісі қойылса, сақталғанда файл синтаксисі \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n"
-"командасымен тексеріледі. Егер қате табылса, Сіз ол туралы хабар аласыз. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n"
-"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
-"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
-"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n"
-"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Ескі жазулар да сақталсын Бұл құсбелгісі белгіленіп тұрса, файлды ашқанда табылған\n"
-"ескірген жазулар сақтанда қайта жазылады. Ескірген жазулар #~\n"
-"таңбасымен белгіленеді, оны msgmerge командасы жазу бұдан былай аударманы қажет "
-"етпейтін жағдайда құрады.\n"
-"Егер аударатын мәтін қайтадан пайда болса, ескірген жазулар қайта қолданылады.\n"
-"Бұның кемшілігі - сақталатын файлдың тым ұзын болып кетуі. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date is saved: "
-""
-"
"
-"
\n"
-"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Өзгертілген кезінің пішімі
" -"PO-Revision-Date айдар өрісі жазылатын күн мен уақыттың пішімін " -"таңдаңыз: " -"
Күн мен уақыттың пішімін, стандарттан тыс PO файлдарды құрмау үшін, әдеттегі " -"түрде қалдырған жөн.
" -"Бұл туралы толығырақ анықтамасының Баптау диалогы " -"бөлімінен қарауыңызға болады.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Профилі
\n" -"Мұнда Сіз және Сіздің аударма тобыңыз туралы мәліметті толтырыңыз.\n" -"Бұл мәлімет файл айдарын жаңартқанда қолданылады.
\n" -"Айдар өрістерінің толтыру параметрлерін осы диалогтың\n" -"Сақтау бетінен таба аласыз.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Көптік жалғаулар саны
" -"Ескертпе: бұл параметрді тек TDE қолданады. Егер Сіз TDE-ге тиісті " -"емес қолданбасын аударып жатсаңыз, онда бұл параметрді мүлдем елемеуіңізге " -"болады.
" -"Тіліңізде қанша көптік жалғаулар қолданылатынын таңдаңыз. Қазақ тілі үшін " -"бұл сан 1-ге тең болу керек.
" -"Егер Авто деп қойсаңыз, KBabel бұл мәліметті TDE баптауынан анықтауға " -"әрекет жасайды. Қолданыстағы тіл үшін көптік жалғаулар санын білу үшін " -"Сынақ батырмасын басыңыз.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Аудармада көптік жалғау аргументтері талап етілсін
\n" -"Ескертпе: бұл параметрді әзірше тек TDE қолданады. Егер Сіз TDE-ге " -"тиісті емес қолданбасын аударып жатсаңыз, онда бұл параметрді мүлдем " -"елемеуіңізге болады.
\n" -"Егер бұл параметр қосылған болса, тексеріс кезінде жазуда %n аргумент " -"болғаны тексеріледі.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU көптік жағаулардың айдары
\n" -"Мұнда GNU көптік жалғаулар параметрлер туралы айдардағы жазуын толтыруға " -"болады. Егер бұл өрісті бос қалдырсаңыз, PO-файлдағы жазу өзгертілмейді немесе " -"қосылмайды.
\n" -"Іздестіру батырмасын басыңыз, KBabel қолданыстағы тіл үшін GNU " -"Gettext ұсынған мәнді анықтауға әрекет жасайды.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Пернетақта акселераторының белгішесі
" -"Мұнда пернетақта акселераторының белгіше таңбасын анықтауға болады. Мысалы, " -"Qt дестесінде - бұл '&' таңбасы, ал Gtk дестесінде бұл - '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Контекстік мәліметі үшін үлгі өрнегі
" -"Жазудағы контекстік мәліметтерді анықтайтын, яғни аударылмайтын, үлгі " -"өрнегін келтіріңіз.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Емле іс барысында тексерілсін
" -"Бұл параметр қосылып тұрса, KBabel мәтін теріліп жатқанда емлесін тексере " -"береді. Тексерістен өтпей қалған сөздер арнаулы түспен боялады.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Елемей қалдырылған сөздер есте сақталсын
" -"Бұл параметрді қоссаңыз, емлесін тексерген сайын емлесін тексеру диалогында " -"Барлығын елемеу батырмасын басқанда KBabel таңдалған сөздерді тексермей " -"қалдырады.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Негізгі қапшықтар
\n" -"Бұнда PO және POT файлдарыңыз орналасатын қапшықтарды келтіріңіз.\n" -" Бұл қапшықтарда орналасқан файлдар мен қапшықтар бір\n" -"бұтаққа біріктірілетін болады.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Файлдар жаңа терезеде ашылсын
\n" -"Бұл параметр қосылса, каталог менеджерінде ашылатын барлық файлдар \n" -"жаңа терезеде ашылады.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Шыққанда процестер жойылсын
\n" -"Бұл параметр қосылса, KBabel-ден шыққан кезде, процестерді жою сигналын " -"жіберу арқылы,\n" -"барлық қалған еңшілес процестерді аяқтауға тырысады.
" -"ЕСКЕРТПЕ: бұл KBabel-дің барлық процестері жойылатынына кепілдік " -"бермейді.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Файл мазмұнының индексін құру
\n" -"Бұл параметр қосылса, KBabel әрбір PO файлдың іздеу/алмастыру процесін " -"жылдамдататын индексін құрады.
\n" -"ЕСКЕРТПЕ: бұл файлдар туралы мәліметтерді жаңарту процесін елеулі " -"баяулатады.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Файлмен айналысу алдында msgfmt командасы орындалсын
" -"Құсбелгісі қойылса, KBabel файлмен айналысу алдында Gettext msgfmt құралын " -"қолданады. Бұл параметрді, тіпті ол істі баяулататын болса да, қосылған күйінде " -"қалдырған жөн.
" -"Бұл параметр қосылмаса, файлдарда синтаксистік қателер жіберілуі мүмкін, " -"дегенмен егер компьютеріңіз баяу істейтін болса немесе қолданыстағы Gettext " -"құралдары қолдамайтын РО файлдарын аударғыңыз келсе бұл пайдалы.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Қапшықтардың командалары
" -"Каталог менеджерінен қапшықтарда орындауға қалайтын командаларыңызды осында " -"енгізіңіз. Бұл командалар контексті мәзірінің Командалар " -"ішкі мәзіріне кіреді.
" -"Командаларда келесі белгілер мынау мәліметтерімен алмастырылатын болады:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Файлдардың командалары
" -"Каталог менеджерінен файлдармен айналысуға қалайтыңн командаларыңызды осында " -"енгізіңіз. Бұл командалар контексті мәзірінің Командалар " -"ішкі мәзіріне кіреді.
" -"Командаларда келесі белгілер мынау мәліметтерімен алмастырылатын болады:" -"
Файл параметрлері
Мұнда іздеуді қалай өткізуді дәлдеп " +"баптауға болады:
Shown columns
\n" -"Көрсетілетін бағандар
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Жоба шеберіне қош келдіңіз!\n" -"\n" -"Шебер KBabel үшін жаңа жобасын орнатып беруге көмектеседі.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Алдымен жобаның атауын және оның баптауларын сақтайтын\n" -"файлды таңдаңыз.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Сосын аударатын тілді және аудару жобасының түрін таңдаңыз.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" +msgstr "Жергілікті стандарттар ( %1 )" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124 +msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary" +msgstr "Қажет болғанда файлдарды автоматты &түрде қосу" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:141 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "Жаңарту" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "&Тапсыру" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139 +msgid "&Get Status" +msgstr "&Күй-жайын білу" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142 +msgid "&Get Diff" +msgstr "&Айырмашылығын табу" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:157 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:152 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:83 +msgid "C&ancel" +msgstr "Қ&айту" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160 +msgid "Command output:" +msgstr "Команданың шығысы:" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233 +msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "Тапсырып жатқан жазу бос. Жалғастырғыңыз келе ме?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:247 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot find encoding: %1" +msgstr "Келесі кодтама табылмады: %1" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:253 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Баптаулар файлының атауы"
-"
\n"
-"Жобаның баптауларды сақтайтын файлдың\n"
-"атауы.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Тілі"
-"
\n"
-"Қай тілге аударуға арналған жоба.\n"
-"Тілдің коды ISO 631 стандарты бойынша келтіріледі.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Жобаның атауы"
-"
\n"
-"Жобаны баптау диалогында және жоба үшін\n"
-"ашылған терезелер айдарында жазылады.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Ескертпе:Жобаның атауын кейін өзгертуге\n"
-"болмайды.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Жобаның түрі\n" -"Жобаның түрі үлкен жобаның бір бөлігінің ерекше\n" -"параметрлерін өзгеше баптап қоюға мүмкіндік\n" -"береді. Мысал үшін, тексеру құралдары,\n" -"акселератор белгісі, айдарының пішімі секілді\n" -"параметрлері түрлер үшін бөлек бола алады.\n" -"
\n" -"Қазір бар түрлері:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Аударма файлдары
\n" -"Бұнда PO мен POT файлдарыңыз орналасатын\n" -"қапшықтарын келтіріңіз. Бұл қапшықтарда ішіндегі\n" -"файлдар мен қапшықтар бір бұтаққа біріктірілетін болады.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Айырмашылығын іздеу көзі
\n" -"Мұнда айырмашылығын іздеу көзін таңдауға болады.
\n" -"Көз ретінде файлды, аударма қорын немесе сәйкесті\n" -"msgstr жазуын таңдауға болады.
\n" -"Егер аударма деректер қорын таңдасаңыз, оның баптауындағы\n" -"Жазуды деректер қорына автоқосу параметрін қосып қою\n" -"пайдалы болады.
" -"Емлесін тексеру үшін PO-файлдарын қолданатындарға бұл\n" -"параметр пайдалы болады.
" -"Бір рет diff-айырмашлықты табу үшін файлды KBabel-дің\n" -"негізді терезесінің Құралдар->Айырмашылық->Файлды diff үшін ашу\n" -"мәзірі арқылы ашуға болады.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
diff файлдардың негізгі қапшығы\n" -"
Мұнда файлдар айырмашылығы сақталатын қапшықты\n" -"көрсетуге болады. Егер бұл файлдар түпнұсқа файлдар\n" -"сияқты өздерінің негізгі қапшығының ішкі қапшығында\n" -"сақталатын болса, онда KBabel салыстыру үшін керек\n" -"файлды автоматты түрде дұрыс аша алады.
\n" -"Егер жазу салыстыру үшін аударма деректер қорынан\n" -"алынатын болса бұл параметр істемейді.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Іздеу автоматты түрде басталсын
\n" -"Қосылып тұрса, өңдегіште жазуға ауысқан сайын\n" -"іздеу автоматты түрде басталады. Қайдан іздеуді\n" -"Әдеттегі сөздік деген ашылмалы тізімінен таңдауға\n" -"болады.
" -"Сонымен қатар, Сөздіктер->...табу\n" -"мәзірі немесе құралдар панелінде сөздіктің батырмасын\n" -"басып тұрып шығаратын қалқымалы мәзірден таңдап, іздеуді\n" -"қолмен бастауға болады.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Әдеттегі сөздік
\n" -"Мұнда іздеу әдетте қайдан жасалынатынын таңдауға\n" -"болады. Бұл таңдау іздеу автоматты түрде басталғанда\n" -"немесе құралдар панеліндегі сөздік батырмасын басқанда\n" -" қолданылады.
" -"Сөздіктерді Баптау->Сөздікті баптау\n" -"мәзірі арқылы шығарылатын тізімінен керегін таңдап\n" -"шақырылған диалогынан баптауға болады.
Іздейтін мәтін
Мұнда іздейтін мәтінді келтіріңіз. Егер " +"үлгі өрнегі арқылы іздегіңіз келсе, төмендегі Үлгі өрнегін қолдану " +"құсбелгісін қойыңыз.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Мәтінді алмастыру
Мұнда табылған мәтінді немен " +"алмастыратының келтіріңіз. Мәтін дәл келтірген түрде қолданылатын болады. " +"Ескеріңіз, үлгі өрнегі арқылы іздеп алмастырылғаныздан қайтуға болмайды." +"p>
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Қайдан іздеу
Файлдың қай бөлігінде іздеуді жүргізу керек " +"екендігін таңдаңыз.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Дүмбілездік күйі автоматты алынып тасталсын
\n" -"Бұл параметр қосылып тұрса, дүмбілез жазу өңдегенде дүмбілездік\n" -"күйі автоматты түрде алынып тасталады (яғни, жазудың fuzzy\n" -"деген түсініктеме жолы өшіріледі).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Парасатты өңдеу қолданылсын
\n" -"Осы параметір таңдалса, мәтінді теру сәл ыңғайлы\n" -"болады, өйткені KBabel кейбір жағдайларды өзі бақылап\n" -"отырады. Мысалы, '\\\"' дегенді тергенде '\\\\\\\"' деген\n" -"енгізіледі, Enter пернесін басқанда, жолдың соңында\n" -"автоматты түрде бос орын енгізіледі, Shift+Enter пернелерді\n" -"басқанда жолдың соңында '\\\\n' қосылады.
\n" -"Сонда да синтаксисі дұрыс емес мәтінді жазу мүмкіндігі\n" -"бар екенін ескерген жөн.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Параметрлер
Мұнда алмастыруды дәлдеп баптауға болады:" +"
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Қатені белгілеу
" -"Мұнда табылған қатеге қалай назар аударылатынын\n" -"баптауға болады. Қатеде сигнал беру қате табылғанда\n" -"дыбыс шығарады Қате мәтіннің түсін өзгерту аударылған\n" -"мәтіннің түсін өзгертеді. Егер бұларың бірде біреуі орнатылмаса да,\n" -"күй-жайы жолағында қате туралы хабар көрсетіледі.
Параметрлер
Мұнда іздеуді дәлдеп баптауға болады:" +"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Күй-жай индикаторлары
\n" -"Мұнда жазудың күй-жайы индикаторларының орналасуын және олардың түсін " -"таңдауға болады.
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Сақтағанда айдар жаңартылсын
\n" +"Әрбір сақтағанда айдары жаңартылсын десеңіз осы параметрді қосыңыз.
\n" +"Әдетте айдарда файлды соңғы рет жаңартқан кезі туралы,\n" +"соңғы аудармашысы туралы және т.б. мәліметтер сақталынады.
\n" +"Төмендегі құсбелгі көздерін белгілеп, қандай мәліметтерді жаңарту\n" +"керек екендігін таңдай аласыз. Өріс әлі жоқ болса ол айдарға қосылады.\n" +"Егер айдарға қосымша өрістерді қосқыңыз келсе, онда өңдегіш\n" +"терезесіндеӨңдеу->Айдарды өңдеу дегенді таңдап айдарды\n" +"қолмен өңдеңіз.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Жаңартылатын өрістер Мұнда сақтау кезінде жаңартылатын айдар өрістерін таңдауға болады.\n"
+"Өріс әлі жоқ болса ол айдарға қосылады. Егер айдарға қосымша өрістерді қосқыңыз келсе, онда өңдегіш\n"
+"терезесіндеӨңдеу->Айдарды өңдеу дегенді таңдап айдарды\n"
+"қолмен өңдеңіз. Егер сақтағанда айдарды жаңартқыңыз келмесе Айдары жаңартылсын "
+"дегеннің құсбелгісін алып тастаңыз. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Кодтамасы Файлды сақтағанда қолданатын кодтамасын "
+"таңдаңыз. Қай кодтаманы пайдаланатынын білмесеңіз, аудармашылар тобының "
+"үйлестірушісінен сұраңыз. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Файл кодтамасы сақталсын Егер осы параметр қосылып "
+"тұрса, файлдың бастапқы кодтамасы сақталады. Айдарда кодтамасы туралы "
+"мәлімет көрсетілмесе (мысалы POT файлдарда), файлдар жоғарыда орнатылған "
+"кодтамада сақталынады. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Сақтағанда файл синтаксисі тексерілсін Бұл құсбелгісі қойылса, сақталғанда файл синтаксисі \"msgfmt --statistics"
+"\"\n"
+"командасымен тексеріледі. Егер қате табылса, Сіз ол туралы хабар аласыз."
+"p> Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Ескі жазулар да сақталсын Бұл құсбелгісі белгіленіп тұрса, файлды ашқанда табылған\n"
+"ескірген жазулар сақтанда қайта жазылады. Ескірген жазулар #~\n"
+"таңбасымен белгіленеді, оны msgmerge командасы жазу бұдан былай аударманы "
+"қажет етпейтін жағдайда құрады.\n"
+"Егер аударатын мәтін қайтадан пайда болса, ескірген жазулар қайта "
+"қолданылады.\n"
+"Бұның кемшілігі - сақталатын файлдың тым ұзын болып кетуі. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
"
+"qt>"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 95
-#: rc.cpp:649 rc.cpp:980
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:296
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Өзгертілген кезінің пішімі
PO-Revision-Date айдар " +"өрісі жазылатын күн мен уақыттың пішімін таңдаңыз:
Күн мен уақыттың пішімін, стандарттан тыс PO файлдарды құрмау " +"үшін, әдеттегі түрде қалдырған жөн.
Бұл туралы толығырақ анықтамасының " +"Баптау диалогы бөлімінен қарауыңызға болады.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Профилі
\n" +"Мұнда Сіз және Сіздің аударма тобыңыз туралы мәліметті толтырыңыз.\n" +"Бұл мәлімет файл айдарын жаңартқанда қолданылады.
\n" +"Айдар өрістерінің толтыру параметрлерін осы диалогтың\n" +"Сақтау бетінен таба аласыз.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Көптік жалғаулар саны
Ескертпе: бұл параметрді " +"тек TDE қолданады. Егер Сіз TDE-ге тиісті емес қолданбасын аударып жатсаңыз, " +"онда бұл параметрді мүлдем елемеуіңізге болады.
Тіліңізде қанша көптік " +"жалғаулар қолданылатынын таңдаңыз. Қазақ тілі үшін бұл сан 1-ге тең болу " +"керек.
Егер Авто деп қойсаңыз, KBabel бұл мәліметті TDE " +"баптауынан анықтауға әрекет жасайды. Қолданыстағы тіл үшін көптік жалғаулар " +"санын білу үшін Сынақ батырмасын басыңыз.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. \n"
-"Мысалы:"
-" Аудармада көптік жалғау аргументтері талап етілсін Ескертпе: бұл параметрді әзірше тек TDE қолданады. Егер Сіз TDE-ге "
+"тиісті емес қолданбасын аударып жатсаңыз, онда бұл параметрді мүлдем "
+"елемеуіңізге болады. Егер бұл параметр қосылған болса, тексеріс кезінде жазуда %n аргумент "
+"болғаны тексеріледі. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. GNU көптік жағаулардың айдары Мұнда GNU көптік жалғаулар параметрлер туралы айдардағы жазуын толтыруға "
+"болады. Егер бұл өрісті бос қалдырсаңыз, PO-файлдағы жазу өзгертілмейді "
+"немесе қосылмайды. Іздестіру батырмасын басыңыз, KBabel қолданыстағы тіл үшін GNU "
+"Gettext ұсынған мәнді анықтауға әрекет жасайды. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Пернетақта акселераторының белгішесі Мұнда пернетақта "
+"акселераторының белгіше таңбасын анықтауға болады. Мысалы, Qt дестесінде - "
+"бұл '&' таңбасы, ал Gtk дестесінде бұл - '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Контекстік мәліметі үшін үлгі өрнегі Жазудағы контекстік "
+"мәліметтерді анықтайтын, яғни аударылмайтын, үлгі өрнегін келтіріңіз. "
+" On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Жалғыз PO файлды қарап-шығу"
+" Емле іс барысында тексерілсін Бұл параметр қосылып "
+"тұрса, KBabel мәтін теріліп жатқанда емлесін тексере береді. Тексерістен "
+"өтпей қалған сөздер арнаулы түспен боялады. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Елемей қалдырылған сөздер есте сақталсын Бұл параметрді "
+"қоссаңыз, емлесін тексерген сайын емлесін тексеру диалогында Барлығын "
+"елемеу батырмасын басқанда KBabel таңдалған сөздерді тексермей қалдырады."
+" Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Негізгі қапшықтар Бұнда PO және POT файлдарыңыз орналасатын қапшықтарды келтіріңіз.\n"
+" Бұл қапшықтарда орналасқан файлдар мен қапшықтар бір\n"
+"бұтаққа біріктірілетін болады. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Файлдар жаңа терезеде ашылсын Бұл параметр қосылса, каталог менеджерінде ашылатын барлық файлдар \n"
+"жаңа терезеде ашылады. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Шыққанда процестер жойылсын Бұл параметр қосылса, KBabel-ден шыққан кезде, процестерді жою сигналын "
+"жіберу арқылы,\n"
+"барлық қалған еңшілес процестерді аяқтауға тырысады. ЕСКЕРТПЕ: бұл "
+"KBabel-дің барлық процестері жойылатынына кепілдік бермейді. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> \n"
-"Жақсы кілттер тізімі дегенге жатқызылу үшін сұраныста кемінде қанша "
-"сөз болуы керегін көрсетіңіз."
-" \n"
-"Сонымен қатар, кілтті тізімге енгізілу үшін сұраныста кемінде қанша кілт сөздер "
-"болуы керегін көрсетіңіз."
-" \n"
-"Бұл екі сан жалпы сөздерден есептелген пайыз бөлігі. Егер пайызы бірден кем "
-"болса, іздеу тетігі бұл мәнді бір деп қояды."
-" \n"
-"Соңында, тізімдегі жазу санының жоғарғы шегін орнатуға болады."
+" Файл мазмұнының индексін құру Бұл параметр қосылса, KBabel әрбір PO файлдың іздеу/алмастыру процесін "
+"жылдамдататын индексін құрады. ЕСКЕРТПЕ: бұл файлдар туралы мәліметтерді жаңарту процесін елеулі "
+"баяулатады. Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Файлмен айналысу алдында msgfmt командасы орындалсын"
+"p> Құсбелгісі қойылса, KBabel файлмен айналысу алдында Gettext msgfmt "
+"құралын қолданады. Бұл параметрді, тіпті ол істі баяулататын болса да, "
+"қосылған күйінде қалдырған жөн. Бұл параметр қосылмаса, файлдарда "
+"синтаксистік қателер жіберілуі мүмкін, дегенмен егер компьютеріңіз баяу "
+"істейтін болса немесе қолданыстағы Gettext құралдары қолдамайтын РО "
+"файлдарын аударғыңыз келсе бұл пайдалы. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command: Қапшықтардың командалары Каталог менеджерінен "
+"қапшықтарда орындауға қалайтын командаларыңызды осында енгізіңіз. Бұл "
+"командалар контексті мәзірінің Командалар ішкі мәзіріне кіреді."
+"p> Командаларда келесі белгілер мынау мәліметтерімен алмастырылатын болады:"
+"
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+"
\n"
-"Бір сөзді алмастыру дегенді таңдап My name is Andrea "
-"деген жазудың аудармасын іздесеңіз, онда My name is Joe және "
-"His name is Andrea деген жазулардың аудармасын да табасыз."
+"
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Файлдардың командалары
Каталог менеджерінен файлдармен " +"айналысуға қалайтыңн командаларыңызды осында енгізіңіз. Бұл командалар " +"контексті мәзірінің Командалар ішкі мәзіріне кіреді." +"p>
Командаларда келесі белгілер мынау мәліметтерімен алмастырылатын болады:" +"
Shown columns
\n" +"Көрсетілетін бағандар
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Қай жазуларды аудару
Мұнда қай жазулар үшін KBabel " +"аудармаларды іздеп көретінің таңдаңыз. Өзгертілген жазулар, таңдағаныңызға " +"қарамай, дүмбілез деп белгіленеді.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
\n" -"Файлдардың жолдарында келесі айнымалылар мына мәліметтерімен алмастырылады, " -"соңғысы бар болса:\n" -"
Жазуды қалай аудару
Мұнда жазу толық аудармасы табылса " +"ғана аударылатынын, әлде толық аудармасы табылмаса, бөлек сөздерін аудару " +"қажет екенін анықтай аласыз.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Өзгертілген жазу дүмбілез деп белгіленсін
Әдетте, " +"аудармасы табылған жазу дүмбілез деп белгіленеді. Себебі KBabel нақты " +"аудара алмайды, сондықтан барлық автоматты түрде аударылған жазуларды мүкият " +"тексеріп шығу қажет. Бұның керек жоқ екенін кәміл сенсеңіз ғана құсбелгісін " +"алып тастаңыз.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Дұрыс еместер дүмбілез деп белгіленсін" -"
\n" -"
Бұны таңдасаңыз тексеру құралы дұрыс емес деп табылған\n" -"жазулар дүмбілез деп белгіленіп файлға сақталады.
TDE қызметті жазулары аударылсын
Егер аударма табылмаса " +"\"Comment=\" және \"Name=\" жазулары толтырылады. Сонымен қатар, " +"профиліңізден мәлімет алынып, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" және \"EMAIL OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" өрістері толтырылады.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Дүмбілез жазулар тексерілмесін" -"
\n" -"
Бұны таңдасаңыз дүмбілез деп белгіленген жазулар\n" -"мүлдем тексерілмейді.
Сөздіктер
Мұнда аударманы іздеу үшін қай сөздіктер " +"қолданатынын таңдауға болады. Біреуден артық сөздікті таңдағанда, олар " +"тізіміндегі ретімен қолданылатын болады.
Баптау батырмасы " +"сөздіктерді уақытша баптауға мүмкіндік береді. Осы диалог жабылғанда бұрыңғы " +"баптаулар күшіне қайтады.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Әдетте, аудармасы табылған жазу дүмбілез деп белгіленеді. " +"Себебі KBabel нақты аудара алмайды, сондықтан барлық автоматты түрде " +"аударылған жазуларды мүкият тексеріп шығу қажет. Бұның керек жоқ екенін " +"кәміл сенсеңіз ғана құсбелгісін алып тастаңыз.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Таңбаларды таңдау
Бұл құралмен қос түртім арқылы арнайы " +"таңбаларды енгізе аласыз.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Түсініктеме өңдегіші
\n" +"Бұл терезеде назардағы жазудың түсініктемесі көрсетіледі.\n" +"
Түсініктемелерде әдетте жазудың бағдарламаның бастапқы кодының қай " +"жолынан алынғаны туралы мәлімет\n" +"және код тілі мен күй-жайы туралы мәлімет көрсетіледі (C-тілінде, " +"дүмбілез).\n" +"Сонымен қатар бұнда кейбірде басқа аудармашылардың кеңестері жазылады.
\n" +"Баптау->Көріністері дегеннің бір ішкі мәзірі арқылы бұл терезені " +"жасыруға болады.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
PO контексті
Бұл терезеде назардағы жазудың PO " +"файлындағы контексті көрсетіледі. Әдетте назардағы жазудың төрт алдындағы " +"және төрт ілеспе жазулар көрсетіледі.
Баптау->Көріністері " +"дегеннің бір ішкі мәзірі арқылы бұл терезені жасыруға болады.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Қателер тізімі
Бұл терезеде тексеру құралдары арқылы " +"табылған қателер көрсетіледі және назардағы жазу неге қате деп белгіленгенін " +"көруге мүмкіндік береді.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Таңбаларды таңдау
" -"Бұл құралмен қос түртім арқылы арнайы таңбаларды енгізе аласыз.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Бұл батырма қолданыстағы баптауларын іске асырып айдарын жаңартады. "
+" Бұл батырма қолданыстағы баптауларын іске асырып айдарын жаңартады. "
"Нәтіжесінде айдары PO файлды сақтайтын кезіндегі түріне келеді. This is not a valid header. This is not a valid header. Please edit the header before updating! Жарамсыз айдар. Жарамсыз айдар. Жаңартудың алдында айдарды өңдеңіз! This is not a valid header. This is not a valid header. Please edit the header before updating. Жарамсыз айдар. Жарамсыз айдар. Жаңартудың алдында айдарды өңдеңіз. Comment Editor \n"
-" The comments normally contain information about where the message is found "
-"in the source\n"
-"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
-"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
-"Options->Show Comments. Түсініктеме өңдегіші \n"
-" Түсініктемелерде әдетте жазудың бағдарламаның бастапқы кодының қай жолынан "
-"алынғаны туралы мәлімет\n"
-"және код тілі мен күй-жайы туралы мәлімет көрсетіледі (C-тілінде, дүмбілез).\n"
-"Сонымен қатар бұнда кейбірде басқа аудармашылардың кеңестері жазылады. Баптау->Көріністері дегеннің бір ішкі мәзірі арқылы бұл терезені "
-"жасыруға болады. Search results This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries."
-" "
-" In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently "
-"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the "
-"search results. Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in "
-"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->"
-"Find.... The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section "
-"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with "
-"Settings->Configure Dictionary. Іздеу нәтижесі Бұл терезеде сөздіктердегі іздеу нәтижесі көрсетіледі."
-" "
-" Терезенің жоғарғы жағында неше рет кездескенің және назардағы жазу қайдан "
-"табылғаны көрсетіледі. Төмендегі батырмаларды іздеу нәтижелер бойынша шарлау "
-"үшін қолданыңыз. Іздеу автоматты түрде өңдегіш терезесінде жазудан жазуға ауысқанда немесе "
-"Сөздіктер -> Іздеу... командасынмен керек сөздікті таңдау кезінде іске "
-"қосылады. Жалпы параметрлерін KBabel-ді баптау диалогындағы Іздеу "
-"бөлімінде анықтауға болады, сонымен қатар әрбір сөзікті Баптау->"
-"Сөздікті баптау мәзірі арқылы өзгертуге болады. Original String This part of the window shows the original message\n"
-"of the currently displayed entry. Түпнұсқа жазуы (msgid) Терезенің бұл бөлігінде назардағы жазудың түпнұсқа мәтіні\n"
-" көрсетіледі. Status LEDs These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n"
-"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n"
-"Editor on page Appearance Күй-жайы Бұл индикаторлар назардағы жазудың күй-жайын көрсетеді.\n"
-"Баптау диалогындағы Өңдегіш бөліміндегі Көрінісі\n"
-"қойындысында олардың түсін өзгертуіңізге болады Translation Editor This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently "
-"displayed message."
-" Аударма өңдегіші Бұл өңдегіште назардағы жазудың аудармасын өңдеуіңізге болады"
-" Statusbar The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n"
+"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n"
+"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is "
+"shown. Күй-жай жолағы Күй-жай жолағында ашық файл туралы мәлімет көрсетіледі.\n"
+"Соның ішінде жазулардың жалпы саны, аударылмаған және дүмбілез\n"
+" аударылған жазулар саны. Сонымен қатар назардағы жазудың реттік нөмірі мен "
+"күй-жайы көрсетіледі. Search results This part of the window shows the results "
+"of searching in dictionaries. In the top is displayed the number of "
+"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the "
+"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results. Search "
+"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the "
+"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-"
+">Find.... The common options can be configured in the preferences "
+"dialog in section Search and the options for the different "
+"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary. Іздеу нәтижесі Бұл терезеде сөздіктердегі іздеу нәтижесі "
+"көрсетіледі. Терезенің жоғарғы жағында неше рет кездескенің және "
+"назардағы жазу қайдан табылғаны көрсетіледі. Төмендегі батырмаларды іздеу "
+"нәтижелер бойынша шарлау үшін қолданыңыз. Іздеу автоматты түрде "
+"өңдегіш терезесінде жазудан жазуға ауысқанда немесе Сөздіктер -> Іздеу..."
+" командасынмен керек сөздікті таңдау кезінде іске қосылады. Жалпы "
+"параметрлерін KBabel-ді баптау диалогындағы Іздеу бөлімінде анықтауға "
+"болады, сонымен қатар әрбір сөзікті Баптау->Сөздікті баптау мәзірі "
+"арқылы өзгертуге болады. Original String This part of the window shows the original message\n"
+"of the currently displayed entry. Түпнұсқа жазуы (msgid) Терезенің бұл бөлігінде назардағы жазудың түпнұсқа мәтіні\n"
+" көрсетіледі. Status LEDs These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n"
+"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n"
+"Editor on page Appearance Күй-жайы Бұл индикаторлар назардағы жазудың күй-жайын көрсетеді.\n"
+"Баптау диалогындағы Өңдегіш бөліміндегі Көрінісі\n"
+"қойындысында олардың түсін өзгертуіңізге болады Translation Editor This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently "
+"displayed message. Аударма өңдегіші Бұл өңдегіште назардағы жазудың аудармасын өңдеуіңізге болады Statusbar The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n"
-"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n"
-"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is "
-"shown. Күй-жай жолағы Күй-жай жолағында ашық файл туралы мәлімет көрсетіледі.\n"
-"Соның ішінде жазулардың жалпы саны, аударылмаған және дүмбілез\n"
-" аударылған жазулар саны. Сонымен қатар назардағы жазудың реттік нөмірі мен "
-"күй-жайы көрсетіледі. Error List This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can "
-"know why the current message has been marked with an error. Қателер тізімі Бұл терезеде тексеру құралдары арқылы табылған қателер көрсетіледі және "
-"назардағы жазу неге қате деп белгіленгенін көруге мүмкіндік береді. PO Context This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. "
-"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after "
-"it. You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools. PO контексті Бұл терезеде назардағы жазудың PO файлындағы контексті көрсетіледі. Әдетте "
-"назардағы жазудың төрт алдындағы және төрт ілеспе жазулар көрсетіледі. Баптау->Көріністері дегеннің бір ішкі мәзірі арқылы бұл терезені "
-"жасыруға болады. There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them. KBabel бұрынғы нұсқасында өзінің аударма деректер қорының сақтық көшірме "
+"файлдары бар. Babel-дің соңғы нұсқалары (шамамен, TDE 3.1.1 немесе 3.1.2 "
+"нұсқасынан бастап) деректер қорын басқаша құрады. Өкінішке орай, бұл екі "
+"деректер қорларын біріктіруге болмайды, сондықтан біреуін таңдауыңыз керек."
+" Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want "
-"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be "
-"ignored. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if "
+"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored. Параметрлері Мұнда PO файлындағы іздеуді дәлдеп баптауға болады. Мысалы, үлкен-кішілігін "
-"ескеріп іздеу деп немесе дүмбілез жазуларын елемеу деп. Параметрлері Мұнда PO файлындағы іздеуді дәлдеп баптауға "
+"болады. Мысалы, үлкен-кішілігін ескеріп іздеу деп немесе дүмбілез жазуларын "
+"елемеу деп. Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching "
-"message. Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want "
+"to have treated as a matching message. Салыстыру тәсілдері Мұнда жазулар ненің негізінде сәйкесті деп саналатынын таңдай аласыз. Салыстыру тәсілдері Мұнда жазулар ненің негізінде "
+"сәйкесті деп саналатынын таңдай аласыз. 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in "
-"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'. 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its "
+"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches "
+"'abcx123c12'. Үштік сәйкестігі Жазудың 3 таңбалық үзінділерінің көпшілігі басқа жазуда кездессе бұл жазулар "
-"сәйкесті деп табылады, мысалы, 'abc123' деген жазу 'abcx123c12' дегенмен "
-"сәйкес келеді. Үштік сәйкестігі Жазудың 3 таңбалық үзінділерінің "
+"көпшілігі басқа жазуда кездессе бұл жазулар сәйкесті деп табылады, мысалы, "
+"'abc123' деген жазу 'abcx123c12' дегенмен сәйкес келеді. Location Configure here which file is to be used for searching. Location Configure here which file is to be used for "
+"searching. Орналасуы Мұнда іздеу кезінде қолданылатын файлды тандаңыз. Орналасуы Мұнда іздеу кезінде қолданылатын файлды "
+"тандаңыз. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you "
-"want to perform a case sensitive search. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search. Параметрлері Мұнда PO файлындағы іздеуді дәлдеп баптауға болады. Мысалы, үлкен-кішілігін "
-"ескеріп іздеу деп. Параметрлері Мұнда PO файлындағы іздеуді дәлдеп баптауға "
+"болады. Мысалы, үлкен-кішілігін ескеріп іздеу деп. Mark invalid as fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items,\n"
+"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n"
+"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n"
+"will be saved. Дұрыс еместер дүмбілез деп белгіленсін \n"
+" Бұны таңдасаңыз тексеру құралы дұрыс емес деп табылған\n"
+"жазулар дүмбілез деп белгіленіп файлға сақталады. Do not validate fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items\n"
+"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all. Дүмбілез жазулар тексерілмесін \n"
+" Бұны таңдасаңыз дүмбілез деп белгіленген жазулар\n"
+"мүлдем тексерілмейді. There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-" KBabel бұрынғы нұсқасында өзінің аударма деректер қорының сақтық көшірме "
-"файлдары бар. Babel-дің соңғы нұсқалары (шамамен, TDE 3.1.1 немесе 3.1.2 "
-"нұсқасынан бастап) деректер қорын басқаша құрады. Өкінішке орай, бұл екі "
-"деректер қорларын біріктіруге болмайды, сондықтан біреуін таңдауыңыз керек."
-" Source for difference lookup Here you can select a source, which should be used\n"
+"for finding a difference. You can select file, translation database or\n"
+"corresponding msgstr. If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n"
+"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n"
+"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n"
+"preferences dialog. The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n"
+"for proofreading. You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n"
+"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n"
+"in KBabel's main window. Айырмашылығын іздеу көзі Мұнда айырмашылығын іздеу көзін таңдауға болады. Көз ретінде файлды, аударма қорын немесе сәйкесті\n"
+"msgstr жазуын таңдауға болады. Егер аударма деректер қорын таңдасаңыз, оның баптауындағы\n"
+"Жазуды деректер қорына автоқосу параметрін қосып қою\n"
+"пайдалы болады. Емлесін тексеру үшін PO-файлдарын қолданатындарға бұл\n"
+"параметр пайдалы болады. Бір рет diff-айырмашлықты табу үшін файлды "
+"KBabel-дің\n"
+"негізді терезесінің Құралдар->Айырмашылық->Файлды diff үшін ашу\n"
+"мәзірі арқылы ашуға болады. Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n"
+"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n"
+"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n"
+"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n"
+"file to diff with. Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n"
+"the database are used for diffing. Мұнда файлдар айырмашылығы сақталатын қапшықты\n"
+"көрсетуге болады. Егер бұл файлдар түпнұсқа файлдар\n"
+"сияқты өздерінің негізгі қапшығының ішкі қапшығында\n"
+"сақталатын болса, онда KBabel салыстыру үшін керек\n"
+"файлды автоматты түрде дұрыс аша алады. Егер жазу салыстыру үшін аударма деректер қорынан\n"
+"алынатын болса бұл параметр істемейді. \n"
+"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n"
+"project for KBabel.\n"
+" \n"
+"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n"
+"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n"
+" \n"
+"You should also choose a language to translate into\n"
+"and also a type of the translation project.\n"
+" \n"
+"Шебер KBabel үшін жаңа жобасын орнатып беруге көмектеседі.\n"
+" \n"
+"Алдымен жобаның атауын және оның баптауларын сақтайтын\n"
+"файлды таңдаңыз.\n"
+" \n"
+"Сосын аударатын тілді және аудару жобасының түрін таңдаңыз.\n"
+" Configuration File Name Баптаулар файлының атауы \n"
+"Language \n"
+"Тілі Project name Жобаның атауы \n"
+"Project Type\n"
+"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n"
+"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n"
+"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n"
+"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n"
+" Currently known types:\n"
+"
End of document reached."
-"
Continue from the beginning?
End of document reached."
-"
Continue from the beginning?
Құжаттың соңына жетті."
-"
Басынан бастап жалғастыру керек пе?
Beginning of document reached."
-"
Continue from the end?
Beginning of document reached."
-"
Continue from the end?
Құжаттың басына жетті."
-"
Соңынан жалғастыру керек пе?
End of document reached.
Continue from "
+"the beginning?
End of document reached.
Continue from the "
+"beginning?
Құжаттың соңына жетті.
Басынан бастап "
+"жалғастыру керек пе?
Beginning of document reached.
Continue "
+"from the end?
Beginning of document reached.
Continue from "
+"the end?
Құжаттың басына жетті.
Соңынан жалғастыру "
+"керек пе?
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Егер ескі нұсқасын таңдасаңыз, жаңа нұсқасы өшіріледі, керісінше "
+"таңдасаңыз ескі деректер қорын қолмен өшіру керек. Әйтпесе, бұл хабар "
+"қайтадан көрсетіледі (ескі файлдар $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/"
+"dbsearchengine/*,old).Chunk by chunk
CHANGE THIS TEXT!!!!This translation isobtained "
"translating the sentences and using afuzzy sentence translation database."
-"
Do not rely on it. Translations may be fuzzy."
-"
"
+"
Do not rely on it. Translations may be fuzzy.
"
msgstr ""
-"Ілеспейтін кесектер
БҰЛ МӘТІНДІ ЖӨНДЕУ КЕРЕК!!! Бұл сөйлемді болжалды "
-"түріне аударғанның нәтижесі."
-"
Бұған онша сенім артпаңыз. Аудармасы тым дүмбілез болуы мүмкін."
-"
"
+"Ілеспейтін кесектер
БҰЛ МӘТІНДІ ЖӨНДЕУ КЕРЕК!!! Бұл сөйлемді "
+"болжалды түріне аударғанның нәтижесі.
Бұған онша сенім артпаңыз. "
+"Аудармасы тым дүмбілез болуы мүмкін.
"
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:374
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:386
@@ -4807,38 +4237,46 @@ msgstr "ДИНАМИКАЛЫҚ СӨЗДІК:"
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:387
msgid ""
"Dynamic Dictionary
This is a dynamic dictionary created looking for "
-"correlation of original and translated words."
-"
Do not rely on it. Translations may be fuzzy."
-"
"
+"correlation of original and translated words.
Do not rely on it. "
+"Translations may be fuzzy.
"
msgstr ""
"Динамикалық сөздік
Ол түпнұсқа мен аударылған сөздердің арасындағы "
-"ұқсатығын қарастыру үшін құрылған. "
-"
Бұған онша сенім артпаңыз. Аудармасы тым дүмбілез болуы мүмкін."
-"
"
+"ұқсатығын қарастыру үшін құрылған.
Бұған онша сенім артпаңыз. "
+"Аудармасы тым дүмбілез болуы мүмкін.
"
#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
msgid "Create Database"
msgstr "Деректер қорын құру"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:258
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
-msgid "Create"
-msgstr "Құру"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.cpp:72
+msgid "Copyright 2000-2003 by Andrea Rizzi"
+msgstr "Copyright 2000-2003, Andrea Rizzi"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:127
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:258
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
-msgid "Do Not Create"
-msgstr "Құрмау"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:95
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:147
+msgid "PO Auxiliary"
+msgstr "Қосымша PO сөздік"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:95
-#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp:184
-msgid "PO Compendium"
-msgstr "PO аудармалар жиынтығы"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:97
+msgid "A simple module for exact searching in a PO file"
+msgstr "PO файлында нақты іздеу үшін қарапайым модуль"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:97
-msgid "A module for searching in a PO file"
-msgstr "PO файлында іздеу модулі"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:426
+msgid "Loading PO auxiliary"
+msgstr "Қосымша PO сөздікті жүктеу"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:438
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Error while trying to open file for PO Auxiliary module:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+"Қосымша PO модулінің файлын оқу кезінде қате пайда болды:\n"
+"%1"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:450
+msgid "Building index"
+msgstr "Индексті құру"
#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.cpp:79
#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp:1195
@@ -4860,82 +4298,53 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Building indices"
msgstr "Индекстерін құру"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:95
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp:184
+msgid "PO Compendium"
+msgstr "PO аудармалар жиынтығы"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:97
+msgid "A module for searching in a PO file"
+msgstr "PO файлында іздеу модулі"
+
#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:88
msgid ""
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
"
-"
Егер ескі нұсқасын таңдасаңыз, жаңа нұсқасы өшіріледі, керісінше "
-"таңдасаңыз ескі деректер қорын қолмен өшіру керек. Әйтпесе, бұл хабар қайтадан "
-"көрсетіледі (ескі файлдар "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).Base folder for diff files
\n"
+"diff файлдардың негізгі қапшығы
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Жобаның баптауларды сақтайтын файлдың\n"
+"атауы.
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Қай тілге аударуға арналған жоба.\n"
+"Тілдің коды ISO 631 стандарты бойынша келтіріледі.
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n"
+"Жобаны баптау диалогында және жоба үшін\n"
+"ашылған терезелер айдарында жазылады.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Ескертпе:Жобаның атауын кейін өзгертуге\n"
+"болмайды.<\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n" +"Жобаның түрі\n" +"Жобаның түрі үлкен жобаның бір бөлігінің ерекше\n" +"параметрлерін өзгеше баптап қоюға мүмкіндік\n" +"береді. Мысал үшін, тексеру құралдары,\n" +"акселератор белгісі, айдарының пішімі секілді\n" +"параметрлері түрлер үшін бөлек бола алады.\n" +"
\n" +"Қазір бар түрлері:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Аударма файлдары
\n" +"Бұнда PO мен POT файлдарыңыз орналасатын\n" +"қапшықтарын келтіріңіз. Бұл қапшықтарда ішіндегі\n" +"файлдар мен қапшықтар бір бұтаққа біріктірілетін болады.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Дүмбілездік күйі автоматты алынып тасталсын
\n" +"Бұл параметр қосылып тұрса, дүмбілез жазу өңдегенде дүмбілездік\n" +"күйі автоматты түрде алынып тасталады (яғни, жазудың fuzzy\n" +"деген түсініктеме жолы өшіріледі).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Парасатты өңдеу қолданылсын
\n" +"Осы параметір таңдалса, мәтінді теру сәл ыңғайлы\n" +"болады, өйткені KBabel кейбір жағдайларды өзі бақылап\n" +"отырады. Мысалы, '\\\"' дегенді тергенде '\\\\\\\"' деген\n" +"енгізіледі, Enter пернесін басқанда, жолдың соңында\n" +"автоматты түрде бос орын енгізіледі, Shift+Enter пернелерді\n" +"басқанда жолдың соңында '\\\\n' қосылады.
\n" +"Сонда да синтаксисі дұрыс емес мәтінді жазу мүмкіндігі\n" +"бар екенін ескерген жөн.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Қатені белгілеу
Мұнда табылған қатеге қалай назар " +"аударылатынын\n" +"баптауға болады. Қатеде сигнал беру қате табылғанда\n" +"дыбыс шығарады Қате мәтіннің түсін өзгерту аударылған\n" +"мәтіннің түсін өзгертеді. Егер бұларың бірде біреуі орнатылмаса да,\n" +"күй-жайы жолағында қате туралы хабар көрсетіледі.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Күй-жай индикаторлары
\n" +"Мұнда жазудың күй-жайы индикаторларының орналасуын және олардың түсін " +"таңдауға болады.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Іздеу автоматты түрде басталсын
\n" +"Қосылып тұрса, өңдегіште жазуға ауысқан сайын\n" +"іздеу автоматты түрде басталады. Қайдан іздеуді\n" +"Әдеттегі сөздік деген ашылмалы тізімінен таңдауға\n" +"болады.
Сонымен қатар, Сөздіктер->...табу\n" +"мәзірі немесе құралдар панелінде сөздіктің батырмасын\n" +"басып тұрып шығаратын қалқымалы мәзірден таңдап, іздеуді\n" +"қолмен бастауға болады.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Әдеттегі сөздік
\n" +"Мұнда іздеу әдетте қайдан жасалынатынын таңдауға\n" +"болады. Бұл таңдау іздеу автоматты түрде басталғанда\n" +"немесе құралдар панеліндегі сөздік батырмасын басқанда\n" +" қолданылады.
Сөздіктерді Баптау->Сөздікті баптау\n" +"мәзірі арқылы шығарылатын тізімінен керегін таңдап\n" +"шақырылған диалогынан баптауға болады.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Күй-жай жолағы
\n" -"Күй-жай жолағында орындалып жатқан іздеу немесе алмастыру әрекетінің барысы " -"туралы мәлімет көрсетіледі. Табылды: деген өрістегі сан іздеген мәтін " -"кездесетін, бірақ KBabel терезесінде әлі көрсетілмеген файлдардың санын " -"көрсетеді. Екінші сан іздеген мәтін кездесетін жалпы файлдар санын " -"көрсетеді.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Файл параметрлері
" -"Мұнда іздеуді қалай өткізуді дәлдеп баптауға болады:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Мысалы: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Күй-жайын білу"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Жалғыз PO файлын қарап-шығу..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Айырмашылығын табу"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Қапшықты қарап-шығу..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Мәліметті білу"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Қапшық және ішіндегілерді қарап-шығу..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Команданың шығысы:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Қарап-шығудағы файл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Тапсырып жатқан жазу бос. Жалғастырғыңыз келе ме?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Қосылған жазулар:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Уақытша файл жазуға ашылмады. Доғарылды."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Жалпы барысы:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Уақытша файл жазылмады. Доғарылды."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Өңдеудегі файл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Процесс жегілмеді."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Жүктеудегі файл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ %1 күйде доғарылды ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Экспорт..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Аяқталды ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Қайталанатын жолдар"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Жазулар каталогы"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Жақсы кілттер"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Нұсқалар басқаруы жоқ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Жақсы кілттер тізімі дегенге жатқызылу үшін сұраныста кемінде қанша "
+"сөз болуы керегін көрсетіңіз. \n"
+"Сонымен қатар, кілтті тізімге енгізілу үшін сұраныста кемінде қанша кілт "
+"сөздер болуы керегін көрсетіңіз. \n"
+"Бұл екі сан жалпы сөздерден есептелген пайыз бөлігі. Егер пайызы бірден кем "
+"болса, іздеу тетігі бұл мәнді бір деп қояды. \n"
+"Соңында, тізімдегі жазу санының жоғарғы шегін орнатуға болады."
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN күйі"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Сұраныстағы кілт сөздер санының төменгі шегі (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Шешілген"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Белгіленгені шешілген"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Кілттегі сұралатын сөздер санының төменгі шегі (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Қайтару"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Тізім ұзындығының жоғарғы шегі:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Белгіленгенді қайтару"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Жиі кездесетін сөздер"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Келесіден жиі кездесетін сөздерді есепке алмау:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Жиі кездесетін сөздерді кез келген кілттің құрамасы деп санау"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Тазалау"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Жалпы"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Белгіленгенді тазалау"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Деректер қорының қапшығы:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Қоймасы жоқ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Kbabel-де автоматты түрде жаңарту"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Файлдар:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Жаңа жазулар"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Атауы"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Kbabel-ден"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Алгоритмі"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Дүмбілез"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Төменгі ұпай шегі:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Аударылмаған"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Қолданатын алгоритмі"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Жалпы"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Ұпайы:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Соңғы өзгерісі"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Дүмбілез жазулардың архиві"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Журнал терезесі"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Сөздігі"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Тазалау"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Дәлме-дәл"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Журнал терезесі Бұл терезеде орындалған командалардың шығыс хабарламалары көрсетіледі. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Каталог менеджері Каталог менеджері екі қапшықты бір бұтаққа біріктіріп, осы қапшықтардағы\n"
-"барлық PO және POT файлдарын көрсетеді. Осының нәтижесінде үлгілердің\n"
-"қосылғанын немесе алынып тасталғанын оңай байқауға болады. Сонымен\n"
-"қатар осы файлдар туралы кейбір мәліметтер көрсетіледі.\n"
-" Толығырақ мәліметтер үшін анықтамасындағы Каталог менеджері "
-"бөлімін қараңыз. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Бір сөзді алмастыру дегенді таңдап My name is Andrea деген "
+"жазудың аудармасын іздесеңіз, онда My name is Joe және His name "
+"is Andrea деген жазулардың аудармасын да табасыз."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Команданы бастау ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Бір сөзді алмастыру"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN диалогы"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Сұраныстағы сөздер санының жоғарғы шегі:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Келесі файлдарды жаңарту:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Екі сөзді алмастыру"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Келесі файлдарды тапсыру:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Келесі файлдардың қашықтағы күй-жайын білу:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Келесі файлдардың жергілікті күй-жайын білу:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Үлгі өрнектері үшін жергілікті таңбалар:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Келесі файлдар үшін өзгерістерді алу:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Деректер қоры"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Келесі файлдардың мәліметтерін білу:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Деректер қорының қапшығы:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Ескі жазулар:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Жазуды деректер қорына автоқосу"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Журнал жазуы:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr "Өзгертілген жазуды аудармалар деректер қорына автоматты түрде қосу"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Қажет болғанда файлдарды автоматты &түрде қосу"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Авто қосылатын жазудың авторы:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Тапсыру"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Файлдардың жолдарында келесі айнымалылар мына мәліметтерімен алмастырылады, " +"соңғысы бар болса:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
번역할 항목
" -"K바벨에서 번역을 찾도록 파일의 항목을 여기서 선택하십시오. 변경된 항목은 항상 불분명한 항목으로 표시될 것이며, 옵션에 아무런 영향을 " -"미치지 않을 것입니다.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
번역된 메시지를 어떻게 얻는가
" -"완벽하게 번역된 것을 얻을지, 수용할 수 있는 동일한 메시지를 얻을지, K바벨이 제안한 단어 번역을 할 것인지, 완벽한 메시지의 번역이 " -"없던지, 동일 메시지를 찾던지 등의 설정을 여기서 할 수 있습니다.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
변경된 항목을 불분명함으로 표시
메시지에 대한 번역을 찾은 경우, 항목은 기본으로 불분명함으로 표시될 것입니다. 이것은 KBabel에 의해 생각된 번역이기 " -"때문입니다. 그 때문에 주의깊게 결과를 확인해야 합니다. 작업의 진행을 알고 있다면 이 옵션을 해제하시기 바랍니다.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
TDE 지정 항목 초기화
번역을 찾지 못하면 \"Comment=\"와 \"Name=\" 항목을 초기화 합니다. 또한 " -"\"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" 와 \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\"는 개인정보 설정으로 채워집니다.Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"사전
" -"번역파일을 찾기 위해 사용될 폴더를 선택합니다. 만약 하나 이상의 폴더를 선택하신다면, 목록에서 나타나는 순서대로 사용됩니다.
" -"설정버튼은 선택된 폴더에 임시로 설정하도록 허용합니다. 기본 설정은 대화상자를 닫은 후에 저장될 것입니다.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
메시지에 대한 번역을 찾은 경우, 항목은 기본적으로 fuzzy로 표시될 것입니다. 이것은 KBabel에서 고려하기 때문이며, " -"이 결과를 항상 주의깊게 확실하십시오. 이 옵션이 어떤 역할을 하는지 알고 있을 경우에만 이 옵션을 제거하십시오.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
텍스트 찾기
" -"여기에 찾고자하는 텍스트를 입력할 수 있습니다. 정규 표현식 검색을 원하시면, 아래에 있는 정규 표현식 사용" -"을 활성화하십시오.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
텍스트 교체
" -"찾아서 교체하고자 하는 단어를 여기에 입력할 수 있습니다. 정규 표현식 검색을 하였다면, 뒤로 참조하기를 만들 수 없습니다.
" -"Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
검색 위치
" -"어느 부분의 카탈로그 항목에서 검색할 것인지 여기에서 선택해주십시오.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
옵션
" -"여기서 바꾸기 명령을 세심하게 조정할 수 있습니다." -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
옵션
" -"여기서 검색 명령을 세심하게 조정할 수 있습니다." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
상태 표시줄
\n" +"상태 표시줄은 현재 검색이나 교체 작업의 진행 정보를 표시합니다. 발견된" +" 첫번째 항목: KBabel 창에서 아직 보여지지 않은 검색된 본문이 있을 경우 파" +"일의 수를 보여줍니다.두번째 항목은 검색된 본문에 포함된 파일의 전체 숫자를 보" +"여줍니다.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
로그 창
\n" +"이 창에서는 실행된 명령의 결과가 보여집니다.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
업데이트 헤더
\n" -"저장할 때마다 파일의 헤더 정보를 업데이트 하기 위해 버튼을 확인하십시오.
\n" -"헤더는 보통 파일의 지난 업데이트 날짜와 시간, 지난 번역가 등에 관한 정보를 유지합니다.
\n" -"다음 체크 상자들로부터 업데이트 하시길 원하는 정보를 선택하십시오.\n" -"존재하지 않는 영역은 헤더에 추가됩니다.\n" -"만약 추가적인 영역을 헤더에 추가하길 원한다면, 편집창의 편집->헤더 편집을 선택함으로써 수동적으로 헤더를 편집할 수 " -"있습니다.
카탈로그 매니저
\n" +"카탈로그 매니저는 두 폴더를 하나의 트리에 통합하고 이 폴더 안\n" +"의 PO와 POT 파일들을 보여줍니다. 만약 템플릿이 추가되거나 제거되면 이 방법" +"은 \n" +"그 변화를 쉽게 볼 수 있습니다.i또한 파일에 관한 몇몇 정보도 보여집니다.
" +"n>\n" +"더 많은 정보를 얻으려면 온라인 도움말 카탈로그 매니저항목을 보십시" +"오.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
업데이트를 위한 영역" -"
\n" -"
저장할 때 업데이트를 하고자 하는 헤더 영역을 선택하십시오.\n" -"만약 영역이 없을 경우, 헤더에 추가됩니다.
\n" -"만약 헤더에 다른 정보를 추가하길 원하신다면, 편집창에서 편집->헤더 편집을 선택하셔서 수동으로 편집하셔야 합니다.
\n" -"저장할 때 헤더를 업데이트 하지 않기를 원하신다면 헤더 업데이\n" -"트를 해제하십시오.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"인코딩
" -"파일을 저장할 때 문자 인코딩을 어떻게 할지 선택합니다. 만약 어떤 인코딩 방식을 사용할지 확실하지 않다면, 번역 진행자에게 " -"여쭤보십시오.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
파일의 인코딩 유지
" -"만약 이 옵션이 활성화되어 있으면, 파일은 항상 읽었을 때 사용했던 인코딩으로 저장됩니다. 헤더에 문자 정보가 없는 파일(예를 들어 " -"POT 파일)은 다음의 인코딩으로 저장됩니다.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
저장할 때 파일의 문법 검사
\n" -"파일을 저장할 때 \"msgfmt --statistics\"를 이용해 파일의 문법을 자동적으로 검사하기 위해 이곳을 체크하십시오.\n" -"에러가 발생하면 메시지만을 받으실 것입니다.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
오래된 항목 저장
\n" -"만약 이 옵션이 활성화되면, 피일이 열릴 때 오래된 항목을 찾아서 저장할\n" -" 때 다시 저장합니다. 오래된 항목은 #~ 로 표시되어 있으며 msgmerge가 필요\n" -"로 하지 않는 경우 생성됩니다.\n" -"주로 다시 저장되는 것은 저장된 파일의 크기입니다.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
수정 날짜 형식
" -"헤더 영역의 날짜와 시간 형식을 선택합니다.\n" -"PO 수정 날짜는 다음과 같은 방식으로 저장됩니다.\n" -"
더 많은 정보를 위해, 온라인 도움말에서 환경설정 대화상자 항목을 보십시오.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
개인정보
\n" -"번역자 혹은 번역팀에 관한 정보를 채우십시오. 이 정보는 파\n" -"일의 헤더를 업데이트 할 때 사용됩니다.
\n" -"대화상자 안의 저장페이지에서 업데이트 될 헤더의 영\n" -"역이나 옵션을 찾을 수 있습니다.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
단수/복수 형의 수
\n" -"주의: 이 옵션은 TDE 환경에 국한됩니다. 만약 TDE 응용프로그램 번역이 아니라면, 이 옵션을 무시할 수 있습니다.
" -"\n" -"언어에서 얼마나 많은 단수/복수형이 있는지 선택할 수 있습니다.이 수는 언어팀의 설정과 관련되어야 합니다. 번역 언어에 대해 지원하는 " -"TDE 2.2 이상의 환경에서 작업할 경우, K바벨이 이 정보를 자동적으로 가져갈 수 있도록 이 옵션을 자동" -"으로 설정하십시오. 이러한 내용을 찾을 수 있도록 테스트 버튼을 사용하십시오.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
번역에서 복수형 인자 요구
\n" -"주의: 이 옵션은 TDE 환경에 국한됩니다. 만약 TDE 응용프로그램을 번역하는 것이 아니라면, 이 옵션을 무시할 수 " -"있습니다.
\n" -"이 옵션이 사용 가능하도록 설정하면, 검증 확인 단계에서 메시지에 나타나는 %n 인자들을 요구할 것입니다.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU 복수형 헤더
\n" -"여기서 GNU 복수형 핸들링에 대한 헤더 항목을 채울 수 있습니다. 만약 항목을 비어두면, PO 파일에 있는 항목을 변경하거나 추가하지 " -"않을 것입니다." -"
\n" -"
KBabel은 현재 언어 설정에 대해 GNU gettext 툴에 의해 제안된 설정 값을 자동적으로 시도할 수 있습니다. 단순히 " -"검색 버튼을 누르십시오.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
단축키에 대해 표시
" -"단축키에 다음의 어떤 문자들을 표시할지 여기서 설정합니다. 예를 들어 QT에서 '&', GTK에선 '_' 입니다.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
문맥 정보를 위한 정규 표현식
" -"메시지에 문맥 정보가 어떻게 정의되어 있는지 정규표현식을 여기에 입력하십시오. 번역된 것을 얻지 않을 것입니다.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
신속한 맞춤법 검사
" -"KBabel이 당신이 텍스트를 입력할 때마다 검사하게 하려면 이것을 활성화하시기 바랍니다. 맞춤법이 틀린 단어들은 오류 색상으로 표시될 " -"것입니다.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
무시된 단어를 기억하기
" -"이 옵션을 활성화하면, KBabel은 맞춤법 검사 때마다 맞춤법 검사 대화상자에서 모두 무시" -"를 선택한 곳에선 단어를 무시합니다.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
기본 폴더
\n" -"모든 PO 파일과 POT 파일을 포함하는 폴더를 입력하십시오.\n" -"이 폴더들에 있는 파일과 폴더들은 하나의 트리로 병합될 것입니다.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
새 창에 파일열기
\n" -"이것이 활성화 되어있으면 카탈로그 매니져로부터 열리는 모든 파일은 새 창에서 열리게 됩니다.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
나가면서 모든 프로세스 종료
\n" -"이 옵션은 K바벨이 kill 신호를 프로세스에게 보냄으로써 K바벨이 종료하기\n" -"전에 존재하는 모든 프로세스를 종료하도록 시도하게합니다.
\n" -"주의: 프로세스가 꼭 종료되리라는 보장은 없습니다.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"파일 내용에 대한 인덱스 생성
\n" -"이 옵션을 설정하시면, K바벨이 각 PO 파일에 대한 검색과 바꾸기 기능의 속도를 높이기 위해 색인을 생성할 것입니다.
\n" -"주의: 이것은 꽤 많은 파일 정보에 대한 업데이트 속도를 느리게 합니다.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"It is recommended to enable this setting, even if it makes the processing " -"slower. Enabling this setting is the default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
폴더에 대한 명령
" -"카탈로그 메니저로부터 디렉토리에서 수행하기 원하는 명령어를 여기에서 삽입할 수 있습니다. 명령어들은 하위 메뉴인 카탈로그 메니저의 문맥 " -"메뉴에 있는 명령 하위 메뉴에 있습니다.
" -"명령에서 다음의 문자열은 교체될 것입니다." -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
파일 옵션
여기에서 검색할 장소를 미세 조정할 수 있습니다:" +"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
파일에 대한 명령어
" -"카탈로그 메니저로부터 파일에서 수행되길 원하는 명령어를 여기에 삽입하십시오. 카탈로그 메니저의 문맥 메뉴에서 명령 " -"하위 메뉴에 명령어가 있습니다.
" -"명령어에서 교체될 문자열은 다음과 같습니다." -"
Shown columns
\n" -"보여지는 칸
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" msgstr "" -"프로젝트 마법사에 오신 것을 환영합니다!\n" -"\n" -"이 마법사는 KBabel을 위한 새로운 번역 프로젝트를 \n" -" 준비하는 데 도움을 줄 것입니다.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"먼저 프로젝트 이름과 설정파일의\n" -"위치를 선택하여야 합니다.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"또한 번역하고자 하는 언어를 선택할 수 있고\n" -"번역 프로젝트의 형식을 선택할 수 있습니다.\n" -"
" - -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
설정 파일 이름"
-"
\n"
-"프로젝트 설정 파일을 저장할 파일의 이름.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"언어"
-"
\n"
-"프로젝트의 대상 언어, 즉 번역될 언어입니다.\n"
-"표준이라 불린 ISO 631\n"
-"을 따릅니다.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
프로젝트 이름"
-"
\n"
-"프로젝트 이름은 프로젝트를 구분하기 위해 쓰입니다.\n"
-"프로젝트 창의 제목 부분에서 볼 수 있는 것처럼\n"
-"프로젝트 설정 대화상자에서도 보실 수 있습니다.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"주의: 프로젝트 이름은 나중에 변겨할 수 없습니다.\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"프로젝트 형식\n" -"프로젝트 형식은 잘 알려진 번역 프로젝트의 특수한 형식\n" -"에 대해 세세하게 설정하도록 허용합니다.\n" -"예를 들어, 인증 도구, 가속시 표시기와 헤더의 형식을 설\n" -"정할 수 있습니다.\n" -"
\n" -"현재 알려진 형식:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
번역 파일
\n" -"모든 PO 파일과 POT 파일을 포함하는 폴더의 형식.\n" -"이 폴더 안에서 파일들과 폴더들이 한 트리로 병합될 것입니다.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
차이점 찾기에 대한 원본
\n" -"여기에 차이점 찾기에 쓰일 원본을 선택할 수\n" -"있습니다.
\n" -"파일, 번역 데이타베이스나 관련 msgstr을 선택\n" -"할 수 있습니다.
\n" -"만약 번역 데이타 베이스를 선택하면,\n" -"환경설정 대화상자에 자동으로 데이타베이스에 \n" -"항목 추가를 사용가능하도록 설정해야 합니다.
\n" -"마지막 옵션은 검증 읽기에 대해 PO파일들을 사용하는데 \n" -"유용합니다.
\n" -"K바벨의 주요 창에서 도구->Diff->Diff를 위한 파일 열기\n" -"를 선택함으로써 얻어지는 메시지로 임시 비교를 할 수 있습니다.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
diff 파일에 대한 기본 폴더\n" -"
여기에선 diff로 비교처리하여 저장할 파일들이 있는 디렉\n" -"터리를 저장할 수 있습니다. 만약 기본 폴더 밑에 원본 파\n" -"일로서 이 폴더 밑의 같은 장소에 파일을 저장한다면, K바\n" -"벨은 diff로 비교처리하기 위한 정확한 파일을 자동으로 열 \n" -"수 있습니다.
\n" -"만약 diff 처리에 사용되는 데이타베이스로부터 메시지를 \n" -"받는다면 이 옵션은 아무런 효과가 없다는 것을 주의하십시오.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
자동으로 찾기 시작
\n" -"만약 이것이 활성화되면, 편집기에서 다른 항목으로 전환할 때\n" -"마다 검색을 자동적으로 시작합니다. 콤보 상자 기본 사전\n" -"으로 어디서 검색할지 선택할 수 있습니다.
" -"사전->찾기.\n" -"..를 클릭할 때에 나타나는 팝업 메뉴에서 항목을 선택하거나\n" -" 도구 모음에 있는 사전 버튼을 잠시동안 눌러서 수동적으로 검색\n" -"을 시작할 수 있습니다.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
기본 사전
\n" -"기본으로 검색하기 위한 위치를 선택하십시오.\n" -"이 설정은 자동으로 검색이 시작될 때나 도구모음에서 사전버튼이 \n" -"눌려진 때에 사용됩니다.
\n" -"설정->사전 설정에서 필요한 사전을 선택함으로써\n" -"다른 사전을 설정할 수 있습니다.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
자동적으로 불분명함 상태를 해제
\\n\n" -"만약 이 옵션이 활성화되고 불분명한 항목을 편집중이라면 불분명함 상태는 자동으로\\n\n" -"자동으로 해제될 것입니다.(즉 fuzzy\\n\n" -"문자열이 항목의 주석에서 제거됩니다.)
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
똑똑한 편집 사용
\\n\n" -"본문 입력을 더 편하게 하고, K바벨이 인용될 특별한 문자에 \n" -"대해 보호하도록 합니다.\n" -"예를 들어 '\\\"'을 입력한다면 '\\\\\\\"'를 결과로 \n" -"출력하고, 리턴을 누르면 자동으로 줄의 끝에 공백을 추가하며, \n" -"쉬프트키와 리턴을 같이 누르면 '\\\n' 을 줄의 끝에 \n" -"추가합니다.
\\n\n" -"이것은 단지 힌트일 뿐이며, 문법적으로 올바르지 않은 본문\n" -"을 생성할 가능성도 있음을 주의하십시오.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
오류 인식
\n" -"발생한 오류를 어떻게 보여줄지 여기서 설정할 수 있습니다. \n" -"오류시 비프음은 비프음을 내며, 오류시 문장 색상 \n" -"변경은 번역된 문장의 색상을 변경합니다. 만약 아무것도 \n" -"활성화 되어 있지 않았다면, 상대막대에서 메시지를 보실 수 \n" -"있으실 겁니다.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"상태 LED
\n" -"여기서 상태 LED의 위치와 색상을 선택할 수 있습니다.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
텍스트 찾기
여기에 찾고자하는 텍스트를 입력할 수 있습니" +"다. 정규 표현식 검색을 원하시면, 아래에 있는 정규 표현식 사용을 활성화" +"하십시오.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
텍스트 교체
찾아서 교체하고자 하는 단어를 여기에 입력할 " +"수 있습니다. 정규 표현식 검색을 하였다면, 뒤로 참조하기를 만들 수 없습니다." +"p>
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
검색 위치
어느 부분의 카탈로그 항목에서 검색할 것인지 여" +"기에서 선택해주십시오.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
옵션
여기서 바꾸기 명령을 세심하게 조정할 수 있습니다." +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
옵션
여기서 검색 명령을 세심하게 조정할 수 있습니다." +"
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"예:"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"File Commands"
+msgstr "파일 명령"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "하나의 PO파일을 검색"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:115
+msgid "User-Defined Commands for File Items"
+msgstr "명령"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "폴더 검색"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:120
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Catalog Manager"
+msgstr "카탈로그 매니저"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "폴더와 하위 폴더 검색"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:122
+msgid "Catalog Manager View Settings"
+msgstr "카탈로그 매니저 보기 설정"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "파일 검색:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:125 kbabel/kbabelpref.cpp:85
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Diff"
+msgstr "Diff"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "추가된 항목:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:127
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Searching for Differences"
+msgstr "단어를 찾는중"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "총 진행상태:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:138
+msgid "&Update header when saving"
+msgstr "저장할 때 헤더 갱신(&U)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "파일을 처리하고 있습니다"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:139
+msgid "Update &description comment when saving"
+msgstr "저장할 때 설명을 갱신(&D)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "파일을 읽고 있습니다"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:140
+msgid "Chec&k syntax of file when saving"
+msgstr "저장할 때 파일의 문법을 검사(&K)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "내보내기..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:141
+msgid "Save &obsolete entries"
+msgstr "안쓰이는 항목을 저장(&O)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "통계"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:143
+msgid "De&scription"
+msgstr "설명(&S)"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:149
+msgid "Encoding"
+msgstr "인코딩"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "반복된 문자열"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:155
+msgid "Default:"
+msgstr "기본값:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "좋은 키"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:161
+msgid "(default)"
+msgstr "(기본값)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"좋은 키 목록에 추가될 키에 대한 질의에 대해 단어의 최소 수를 설정할 수 있습니다."
-" \n"
-"질의가 목록에 키를 꼭 추가해야 하는 키의 최소 단어 숫자를 설정할 수 있습니다."
-" \n"
-"이 두 숫자는 전체 단어 수의 백분율입니다. 만약 이 백분율이 1보다 작으면, 검색엔진은 1로 설정합니다."
-" \n"
-"결과적으로 목록에서 최대 항목의 수를 설정할 수 있습니다."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:175
+msgid "Kee&p the encoding of the file"
+msgstr "파일의 인코딩을 유지(&P)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "쿼리에 있는 키의 최소 단어 숫자 (%)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:178
+msgid "Automatic Saving"
+msgstr "자동 저장"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:183
+msgid ""
+"_: Short for minutes\n"
+" min"
+msgstr "분"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "키에 있는 질의 단어의 최소 갯수 (%): "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:184
+msgid "No autosave"
+msgstr "자동 저장 하지 않음"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:188 kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:29
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "최고 목록 길이:"
+msgid "&General"
+msgstr "일반적인(&G)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "빈번한 단어"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:195
+msgid "Fields to Update"
+msgstr "갱신할 필드"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 962
-#: rc.cpp:828 rc.cpp:1159
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
-msgstr "다음보다 더 빈번한 단어 버리기:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199
+msgid "Re&vision-Date"
+msgstr "갱신 날짜(&V)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 970
-#: rc.cpp:831 rc.cpp:1162
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "/10000"
-msgstr "/10000"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200
+msgid "Last-&Translator"
+msgstr "마지막 번역자(&T)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 987
-#: rc.cpp:834 rc.cpp:1165
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
-msgstr "자주 쓰이는 단어들은 모든 키에 있는 것처럼 고려함"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "언어(&L)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 16
-#: rc.cpp:837
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Edit Source"
-msgstr "원본 편집"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "문자셋(&S)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 60
-#: rc.cpp:846
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Additional Informations"
-msgstr "추가 정보"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "인코딩(&E)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 75
-#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:713 rc.cpp:849
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Status: "
-msgstr "상태: "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "프로젝트(&J)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 133
-#: rc.cpp:852
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Project name:"
-msgstr "프로젝트 이름:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "수정 날짜 형식"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 149
-#: rc.cpp:855
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Project keywords:"
-msgstr "프로젝트 키워드:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "기본 날짜 형식(&F)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 158
-#: rc.cpp:858
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "General Info"
-msgstr "일반적인 정보"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "로컬 날짜 형식(&R)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 172
-#: rc.cpp:861
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Single File"
-msgstr "하나의 파일"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "사용자 날짜 형식(&M):"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 177
-#: rc.cpp:864
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Single Folder"
-msgstr "하나의 폴더"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "프로젝트 문자열"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 182
-#: rc.cpp:867
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Recursive Folder"
-msgstr "재귀 폴더"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "프로젝트-ID: "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 194
-#: rc.cpp:870
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Source name:"
-msgstr "원본 이름: "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "헤더(&H)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 207
-#: rc.cpp:873
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Type:"
-msgstr "형식:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "번역자 저작권 갱신(&T)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 215
-#: rc.cpp:876
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Setup Filter..."
-msgstr "필터 설정... "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "자유 소프트웨어 재단 저작권 "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 223
-#: rc.cpp:879
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Location:"
-msgstr "위치:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "비어 있다면 저작권 제거(&R)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 231
-#: rc.cpp:882
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use filter"
-msgstr "필터 사용"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "저작권 갱신(&U) "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 40
-#: rc.cpp:885 rc.cpp:933
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&Path to Compendium File"
-msgstr "요약 파일에 대한 경로(&P)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "변경하지 않음(&N)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 102
-#: rc.cpp:891
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Ignore &fuzzy strings"
-msgstr "불분명한 문자열을 무시(&F)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "저작권(&Y)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui line 113
-#: rc.cpp:894 rc.cpp:939
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Onl&y whole words"
-msgstr "단어 단위로만(&Y)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+msgid ""
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. 업데이트 헤더 저장할 때마다 파일의 헤더 정보를 업데이트 하기 위해 버튼을 확인하십시오."
+"p>\n"
+" 헤더는 보통 파일의 지난 업데이트 날짜와 시간, 지난 번역가 등에 관한 정보"
+"를 유지합니다. 다음 체크 상자들로부터 업데이트 하시길 원하는 정보를 선택하십시오.\n"
+"존재하지 않는 영역은 헤더에 추가됩니다.\n"
+"만약 추가적인 영역을 헤더에 추가하길 원한다면, 편집창의 편집->헤더 편집"
+"b>을 선택함으로써 수동적으로 헤더를 편집할 수 있습니다. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. 업데이트를 위한 영역 \n"
+" 저장할 때 업데이트를 하고자 하는 헤더 영역을 선택하십시오.\n"
+"만약 영역이 없을 경우, 헤더에 추가됩니다. 만약 헤더에 다른 정보를 추가하길 원하신다면, 편집창에서 편집->헤더 편집"
+"을 선택하셔서 수동으로 편집하셔야 합니다. 저장할 때 헤더를 업데이트 하지 않기를 원하신다면 헤더 업데이\n"
+"트를 해제하십시오. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. 인코딩 파일을 저장할 때 문자 인코딩을 어떻게 할지 선택합"
+"니다. 만약 어떤 인코딩 방식을 사용할지 확실하지 않다면, 번역 진행자에게 여쭤"
+"보십시오. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. 파일의 인코딩 유지 만약 이 옵션이 활성화되어 있으면, 파일"
+"은 항상 읽었을 때 사용했던 인코딩으로 저장됩니다. 헤더에 문자 정보가 없는 파"
+"일(예를 들어 POT 파일)은 다음의 인코딩으로 저장됩니다. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. 저장할 때 파일의 문법 검사 파일을 저장할 때 \"msgfmt --statistics\"를 이용해 파일의 문법을 자동적으"
+"로 검사하기 위해 이곳을 체크하십시오.\n"
+"에러가 발생하면 메시지만을 받으실 것입니다. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. 오래된 항목 저장 만약 이 옵션이 활성화되면, 피일이 열릴 때 오래된 항목을 찾아서 저장할\n"
+" 때 다시 저장합니다. 오래된 항목은 #~ 로 표시되어 있으며 msgmerge가 필요\n"
+"로 하지 않는 경우 생성됩니다.\n"
+"주로 다시 저장되는 것은 저장된 파일의 크기입니다. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"만약 한 단어 교체를 활성화하고 My name is Andrea를 검색하면, "
-"My name is Joe나 Your name is Andrea와 같은 구문도 또한 찾을 것입니다."
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Save"
+msgstr "저장"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "한 단어 교체 사용"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:78 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1597
+msgid "Options for File Saving"
+msgstr "파일 저장을 위한 옵션"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "질의에서 단어의 최고 수"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:82
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Spelling"
+msgstr "맞춤법"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "두 단어 교체 사용"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:84
+msgid "Options for Spell Checking"
+msgstr "문법 검사를 위한 옵션"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:89
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Source"
+msgstr "원본"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:91
+msgid "Options for Showing Source Context"
+msgstr "원본 문맥을 보여주기 위한 옵션"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "정규 표현식을 위한 로컬 문자:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:96
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Miscellaneous"
+msgstr "기타 등등"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "데이타데이스 폴더:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:98
+msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
+msgstr "잡다한 설정"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "데이타베이스에 항목을 자동으로 추가"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:101
+msgid ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Folders"
+msgstr "폴더"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:103
+msgid "Paths to Message Catalogs & Catalog Templates"
+msgstr "메시지 카탈로그와 카탈로그 템플릿에 대한 경로"
+
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:106
msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr "누군가(아마도 K바벨)에 의해 새로운 번역이 알려지면 데이타베이스에 대한 항목을 자동으로 추가합니다."
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Folder Commands"
+msgstr "폴더 명령"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "자동 추가된 항목 저자:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:108
+msgid "User-Defined Commands for Folder Items"
+msgstr "명령"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:113
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"
수정 날짜 형식
헤더 영역의 날짜와 시간 형식을 선택합니" +"다.\n" +"PO 수정 날짜는 다음과 같은 방식으로 저장됩니다.\n" +"
더 많" +"은 정보를 위해, 온라인 도움말에서 환경설정 대화상자 항목을 보십시오." +"p>
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
\n" -"가능하다면 다음 변수가 경로로 변환됩니다.\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
유효하지 않은 것을 불분명한 번역으로 표시
\n" -"만약 이 옵션을 선택하셨다면, 도구가 유효하지 않다고 분별한 모든 항목은 fuzzy로 표시되거나, 결과 파일을 저장할 것입니다.
" -"개인정보
\n" +"번역자 혹은 번역팀에 관한 정보를 채우십시오. 이 정보는 파\n" +"일의 헤더를 업데이트 할 때 사용됩니다.
\n" +"대화상자 안의 저장페이지에서 업데이트 될 헤더의 영\n" +"역이나 옵션을 찾을 수 있습니다.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
불분명한 부분을 검사하지 않기" -"
\n" -"
만약 이 옵션을 선택한다면, 불분명함으로\n" -"표시된 것들이 검사되지 않을 것입니다.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
단수/복수 형의 수
\n" +"주의: 이 옵션은 TDE 환경에 국한됩니다. 만약 TDE 응용프로그램 번역" +"이 아니라면, 이 옵션을 무시할 수 있습니다.
\n" +"언어에서 얼마나 많은 단수/복수형이 있는지 선택할 수 있습니다.이 수는 언어" +"팀의 설정과 관련되어야 합니다. 번역 언어에 대해 지원하는 TDE 2.2 이상의 환경" +"에서 작업할 경우, K바벨이 이 정보를 자동적으로 가져갈 수 있도록 이 옵션을 " +"자동으로 설정하십시오. 이러한 내용을 찾을 수 있도록 테스트 버튼을 " +"사용하십시오.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
번역에서 복수형 인자 요구
\n" +"주의: 이 옵션은 TDE 환경에 국한됩니다. 만약 TDE 응용프로그램을 번역" +"하는 것이 아니라면, 이 옵션을 무시할 수 있습니다.
\n" +"이 옵션이 사용 가능하도록 설정하면, 검증 확인 단계에서 메시지에 나타나는 " +"%n 인자들을 요구할 것입니다.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
GNU 복수형 헤더
\n" +"여기서 GNU 복수형 핸들링에 대한 헤더 항목을 채울 수 있습니다. 만약 항목을 " +"비어두면, PO 파일에 있는 항목을 변경하거나 추가하지 않을 것입니다.
\n" +"
KBabel은 현재 언어 설정에 대해 GNU gettext 툴에 의해 제안된 설정 값을 자동" +"적으로 시도할 수 있습니다. 단순히 검색 버튼을 누르십시오.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
단축키에 대해 표시
단축키에 다음의 어떤 문자들을 표시할" +"지 여기서 설정합니다. 예를 들어 QT에서 '&', GTK에선 '_' 입니다.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
문맥 정보를 위한 정규 표현식
메시지에 문맥 정보가 어떻게 " +"정의되어 있는지 정규표현식을 여기에 입력하십시오. 번역된 것을 얻지 않을 것입" +"니다.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
신속한 맞춤법 검사
KBabel이 당신이 텍스트를 입력할 때마" +"다 검사하게 하려면 이것을 활성화하시기 바랍니다. 맞춤법이 틀린 단어들은 오류 " +"색상으로 표시될 것입니다.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
무시된 단어를 기억하기
이 옵션을 활성화하면, KBabel은 맞" +"춤법 검사 때마다 맞춤법 검사 대화상자에서 모두 무시를 선택한 곳에선 단" +"어를 무시합니다.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
기본 폴더
\n" +"모든 PO 파일과 POT 파일을 포함하는 폴더를 입력하십시오.\n" +"이 폴더들에 있는 파일과 폴더들은 하나의 트리로 병합될 것입니다.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
새 창에 파일열기
\n" +"이것이 활성화 되어있으면 카탈로그 매니져로부터 열리는 모든 파일은 새 창에" +"서 열리게 됩니다.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
나가면서 모든 프로세스 종료
\n" +"이 옵션은 K바벨이 kill 신호를 프로세스에게 보냄으로써 K바벨이 종료하기\n" +"전에 존재하는 모든 프로세스를 종료하도록 시도하게합니다.
\n" +"주의: 프로세스가 꼭 종료되리라는 보장은 없습니다.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
파일 내용에 대한 인덱스 생성
\n" +"이 옵션을 설정하시면, K바벨이 각 PO 파일에 대한 검색과 바꾸기 기능의 속도" +"를 높이기 위해 색인을 생성할 것입니다.
\n" +"주의: 이것은 꽤 많은 파일 정보에 대한 업데이트 속도를 느리게 합니다.
" +"qt>" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:448 -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:483 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1233 -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1349 kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:757 -#, c-format +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:945 +msgid "Run &msgfmt before processing a file" +msgstr "Run &msgfmt before processing a file" + +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:947 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Error while trying to open file:\n" -" %1" -msgstr "" -"파일 열기를 시도하는 중 오류발생:\n" -"%1" +"Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file.
It is " +"recommended to enable this setting, even if it makes the processing slower. " +"Enabling this setting is the default.
Disabling is useful for slow " +"computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not supported by " +"the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your system. The " +"drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done by the " +"processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, even if " +"Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
폴더에 대한 명령
카탈로그 메니저로부터 디렉토리에서 수행" +"하기 원하는 명령어를 여기에서 삽입할 수 있습니다. 명령어들은 하위 메뉴인 카탈" +"로그 메니저의 문맥 메뉴에 있는 명령 하위 메뉴에 있습니다.
명령에" +"서 다음의 문자열은 교체될 것입니다.
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
파일에 대한 명령어
카탈로그 메니저로부터 파일에서 수행되" +"길 원하는 명령어를 여기에 삽입하십시오. 카탈로그 메니저의 문맥 메뉴에서 명" +"령 하위 메뉴에 명령어가 있습니다.
명령어에서 교체될 문자열은 다음" +"과 같습니다.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
문자 선택기
" -"이 도구는 더블 클릭을 사용하여 특별한 문자를 삽입하도록 합니다.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Shown columns
\n" +"이 버튼은 현재의 설정을 사용하여 헤더를 갱신합니다. 결과의 헤더는 저장시에 PO파일에 기록됩니다.
보여지는 칸
\n" +"This button will revert all changes made so far.
이 버튼은 모든 변경 사항을 예전으로 돌립니다.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
유효한 헤더가 아닙니다.
\n" -"갱신 전에 헤더를 편집해 주시기 바랍니다!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
유효한 헤더가 아닙니다.
\n" -"갱신 전에 헤더를 편집해 주시기 바랍니다.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
주석 편집기
\n" -"이 편집창은 현재 표시된 메시지의 주석을 보여줍니다." -"\n" -"
주석은 보통 소스 코드의 어디에 메시지가 있는지에 대한 정보와 이 메시지\n" -"의 상태에 관한 정보(fuzzy, c-format)를 포함합니다.다른 번역자들로부터의 힌트도 주석에 포함되기도 합니다.
\n" -"옵션->주석 보이기를 비활성화하여 주석 편집기를 숨길 수 있습니다.
번역할 항목
K바벨에서 번역을 찾도록 파일의 항목을 여기서 " +"선택하십시오. 변경된 항목은 항상 불분명한 항목으로 표시될 것이며, 옵션에 아무" +"런 영향을 미치지 않을 것입니다.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
번역된 메시지를 어떻게 얻는가
완벽하게 번역된 것을 얻을" +"지, 수용할 수 있는 동일한 메시지를 얻을지, K바벨이 제안한 단어 번역을 할 것인" +"지, 완벽한 메시지의 번역이 없던지, 동일 메시지를 찾던지 등의 설정을 여기서 " +"할 수 있습니다.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
변경된 항목을 불분명함으로 표시
메시지에 대한 번역을 찾은 " +"경우, 항목은 기본으로 불분명함으로 표시될 것입니다. 이것은 KBabel에 의" +"해 생각된 번역이기 때문입니다. 그 때문에 주의깊게 결과를 확인해야 합니다. 작" +"업의 진행을 알고 있다면 이 옵션을 해제하시기 바랍니다.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
TDE 지정 항목 초기화
번역을 찾지 못하면 \"Comment=\"와 " +"\"Name=\" 항목을 초기화 합니다. 또한 \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" 와 \"EMAIL OF " +"TRANSLATORS\"는 개인정보 설정으로 채워집니다.Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
사전
번역파일을 찾기 위해 사용될 폴더를 선택합니다. 만약 " +"하나 이상의 폴더를 선택하신다면, 목록에서 나타나는 순서대로 사용됩니다." +"p>
설정버튼은 선택된 폴더에 임시로 설정하도록 허용합니다. 기본 설정" +"은 대화상자를 닫은 후에 저장될 것입니다.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
메시지에 대한 번역을 찾은 경우, 항목은 기본적으로 fuzzy로 표시" +"될 것입니다. 이것은 KBabel에서 고려하기 때문이며, 이 결과를 항상 주의깊게 확" +"실하십시오. 이 옵션이 어떤 역할을 하는지 알고 있을 경우에만 이 옵션을 제거하" +"십시오.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
검색 결과
" -"창의 이 부분은 사전에서 검색된 결과를 보여줍니다.
" -"상단에는 검색된 항목의 수가 표시되며, 최근 검색된 항목이 보여지는 곳을 타나냅니다.검색결과 전체를 이동하기 위해 창의 바닥에 있는 " -"버튼을 사용하십시오.
" -"검색은 편집창에서 다른 항목으로 이동할 때나 사전->검색...에서 요구되는 사전을 선택함으로써 자동적으로 시작됩니다.
" -"공통 옵션은 검색 항목 환경설정 대화상자에서 설정할 수 있습니다. 다른 사전에 대한 옵션은 설정->사전 설정" -"에서 변경할 수 있습니다.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
문자 선택기
이 도구는 더블 클릭을 사용하여 특별한 문자를 " +"삽입하도록 합니다.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
주석 편집기
\n" +"이 편집창은 현재 표시된 메시지의 주석을 보여줍니다.\n" +"
주석은 보통 소스 코드의 어디에 메시지가 있는지에 대한 정보와 이 메시지\n" +"의 상태에 관한 정보(fuzzy, c-format)를 포함합니다.다른 번역자들로부터의 힌트" +"도 주석에 포함되기도 합니다.
\n" +"옵션->주석 보이기를 비활성화하여 주석 편집기를 숨길 수 있습니다." +"b>
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
원래 문자열
\n" -"창의 이 부분은 현재 표시하고 있는 항목의\n" -"원래 문자열을 표시합니다.
PO 문맥
이 창은 PO파일에서 현재 메시지의 문맥을 보여줍니" +"다. 보통 현재 메시지의 앞에 4개의 메시지를 보여주고, 뒤에 4개의 메시지를 보여" +"줍니다.
옵션->도구 보기를 비활성화 함으로써 도구창을 숨길 수 있" +"습니다.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
상태 LED
\n" -"이 LED들은 현재 표시되는 메시지의 상태를 표시합니다.\n" -"K바벨 설정에서 편집 섹션의 외양에서 색상을 바꿀 수 있습니다.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
번역 편집기
\n" -"이 편집기는 현재 표시된 메시지의 번역을 편집할 수 있게하고 표시해 줍니다." -"
이 버튼은 현재의 설정을 사용하여 헤더를 갱신합니다. 결과의 헤더는 저장" +"시에 PO파일에 기록됩니다.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
이 버튼은 모든 변경 사항을 예전으로 돌립니다.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
유효한 헤더가 아닙니다.
\n" +"갱신 전에 헤더를 편집해 주시기 바랍니다!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
유효한 헤더가 아닙니다.
\n" +"갱신 전에 헤더를 편집해 주시기 바랍니다.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
상태 표시줄
\n" +"상태 표시줄은 열려있는 파일의 총 항목의 수, 번역이 불분명한 메시지의 수,\n" +"번역되지 않은 메시지의 수와 같은 몇가지 정보를 표시합니다. 또한 인덱스와 현\n" +"재 표시된 항목의 상태를 보여줍니다.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"검색 결과
창의 이 부분은 사전에서 검색된 결과를 보여줍니" +"다.
상단에는 검색된 항목의 수가 표시되며, 최근 검색된 항목이 보여지는 " +"곳을 타나냅니다.검색결과 전체를 이동하기 위해 창의 바닥에 있는 버튼을 사용하" +"십시오.
검색은 편집창에서 다른 항목으로 이동할 때나 사전->검색..." +"b>에서 요구되는 사전을 선택함으로써 자동적으로 시작됩니다.
공통 옵션은 " +"검색 항목 환경설정 대화상자에서 설정할 수 있습니다. 다른 사전에 대한 " +"옵션은 설정->사전 설정에서 변경할 수 있습니다.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
원래 문자열
\n" +"창의 이 부분은 현재 표시하고 있는 항목의\n" +"원래 문자열을 표시합니다.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
상태 LED
\n" +"이 LED들은 현재 표시되는 메시지의 상태를 표시합니다.\n" +"K바벨 설정에서 편집 섹션의 외양에서 색상을 바꿀 수 있습니다." +"p>
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
번역 편집기
\n" +"이 편집기는 현재 표시된 메시지의 번역을 편집할 수 있게하고 표시해 줍니다." +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
상태 표시줄
\n" -"상태 표시줄은 열려있는 파일의 총 항목의 수, 번역이 불분명한 메시지의 수,\n" -"번역되지 않은 메시지의 수와 같은 몇가지 정보를 표시합니다. 또한 인덱스와 현\n" -"재 표시된 항목의 상태를 보여줍니다.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO 문맥
" -"이 창은 PO파일에서 현재 메시지의 문맥을 보여줍니다. 보통 현재 메시지의 앞에 4개의 메시지를 보여주고, 뒤에 4개의 메시지를 " -"보여줍니다.
" -"옵션->도구 보기를 비활성화 함으로써 도구창을 숨길 수 있습니다.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
이전 버전의 K바벨 데이타베이스 벡업입니다.하지만, 다른 버전의 K바벨(아마"
+"도 TDE 3.1.1이나 3.1.2 부터)이 새 데이타베이스를 생성하였습니다. 결과적으로, "
+"당신의 K바벨 설치본은 두 버전의 데이타베이스 파일을 가지고 있습니다. 불행히"
+"도, 이전과 새 버전은 합쳐질 수 없습니다. 그들중의 하나를 선택하여야 합니다."
+"
만약 이전 버전을 선택한다면, 새 버젼의 데이타베이스는 제거될 것입니"
+"다. 만약 새 버전을 선택한다면, 이전 버전의 데이타베이스를 수동으로 제거하여"
+"야 합니다. 그렇지 않으면 이 메시지는 다시 나타날 것입니다.(이전 파일은 "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
파라메터
" -"PO 파일에서의 검색을 여기서 자세히 설정할 수 있습니다. 예를들어 대소문자 구별 검색을 원한다거나, 무시되는 메시지를 원한다는 "
+" 파라메터 PO 파일에서의 검색을 여기서 자세히 설정할 수 있"
+"습니다. 예를들어 대소문자 구별 검색을 원한다거나, 무시되는 메시지를 원한다는 "
"등입니다. Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching "
-"message. 비교 옵션 일치하는 메시지로 처리되길 원하는 메시지를 여기서 선택하십시오. Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want "
+"to have treated as a matching message. 비교 옵션 일치하는 메시지로 처리되길 원하는 메시지를 여기"
+"서 선택하십시오. 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in "
-"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'. 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its "
+"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches "
+"'abcx123c12'. 3-단어-일치 다른 메시지에 있는 3단어 그룹이 거의 일치하는 메시지를 말합니다. 예로 'abc123'은 'abcx123c12'와 일치합니다. 3-단어-일치 다른 메시지에 있는 3단어 그룹이 거의 일치하"
+"는 메시지를 말합니다. 예로 'abc123'은 'abcx123c12'와 일치합니다. Location Configure here which file is to be used for searching. 위치 검색에 사용될 파일을 이 곳에서 설정하십시오. Location Configure here which file is to be used for "
+"searching. 위치 검색에 사용될 파일을 이 곳에서 설정하십시오. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you "
-"want to perform a case sensitive search. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search. 파라메터 PO 파일에서 검색을 세밀히 조정할 수 있습니다.예를 들어, 대소문자를 구별해서 찾을 수 있습니다. 파라메터 PO 파일에서 검색을 세밀히 조정할 수 있습니다.예"
+"를 들어, 대소문자를 구별해서 찾을 수 있습니다. Mark invalid as fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items,\n"
+"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n"
+"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n"
+"will be saved. 유효하지 않은 것을 불분명한 번역으로 표시 만약 이 옵션을 선택하셨다면, 도구가 유효하지 않다고 분별한 모든 항목은 "
+"fuzzy로 표시되거나, 결과 파일을 저장할 것입니다. Do not validate fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items\n"
+"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all. 불분명한 부분을 검사하지 않기 \n"
+" 만약 이 옵션을 선택한다면, 불분명함으로\n"
+"표시된 것들이 검사되지 않을 것입니다. There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-" 이전 버전의 K바벨 데이타베이스 벡업입니다.하지만, 다른 버전의 K바벨(아마도 TDE 3.1.1이나 3.1.2 부터)이 새 데이타베이스를 "
-"생성하였습니다. 결과적으로, 당신의 K바벨 설치본은 두 버전의 데이타베이스 파일을 가지고 있습니다. 불행히도, 이전과 새 버전은 합쳐질 수 "
-"없습니다. 그들중의 하나를 선택하여야 합니다."
-" Source for difference lookup Here you can select a source, which should be used\n"
+"for finding a difference. You can select file, translation database or\n"
+"corresponding msgstr. If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n"
+"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n"
+"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n"
+"preferences dialog. The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n"
+"for proofreading. You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n"
+"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n"
+"in KBabel's main window. 차이점 찾기에 대한 원본 여기에 차이점 찾기에 쓰일 원본을 선택할 수\n"
+"있습니다. 파일, 번역 데이타베이스나 관련 msgstr을 선택\n"
+"할 수 있습니다. 만약 번역 데이타 베이스를 선택하면,\n"
+"환경설정 대화상자에 자동으로 데이타베이스에 \n"
+"항목 추가를 사용가능하도록 설정해야 합니다. 마지막 옵션은 검증 읽기에 대해 PO파일들을 사용하는데 \n"
+"유용합니다. K바벨의 주요 창에서 도구->Diff->Diff를 위한 파일 열기\n"
+"를 선택함으로써 얻어지는 메시지로 임시 비교를 할 수 있습니다. Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n"
+"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n"
+"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n"
+"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n"
+"file to diff with. Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n"
+"the database are used for diffing. 여기에선 diff로 비교처리하여 저장할 파일들이 있는 디렉\n"
+"터리를 저장할 수 있습니다. 만약 기본 폴더 밑에 원본 파\n"
+"일로서 이 폴더 밑의 같은 장소에 파일을 저장한다면, K바\n"
+"벨은 diff로 비교처리하기 위한 정확한 파일을 자동으로 열 \n"
+"수 있습니다. 만약 diff 처리에 사용되는 데이타베이스로부터 메시지를 \n"
+"받는다면 이 옵션은 아무런 효과가 없다는 것을 주의하십시오. \n"
+"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n"
+"project for KBabel.\n"
+" \n"
+"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n"
+"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n"
+" \n"
+"You should also choose a language to translate into\n"
+"and also a type of the translation project.\n"
+" \n"
+"이 마법사는 KBabel을 위한 새로운 번역 프로젝트를 \n"
+" 준비하는 데 도움을 줄 것입니다.\n"
+" \n"
+"먼저 프로젝트 이름과 설정파일의\n"
+"위치를 선택하여야 합니다.\n"
+" \n"
+"또한 번역하고자 하는 언어를 선택할 수 있고\n"
+"번역 프로젝트의 형식을 선택할 수 있습니다.\n"
+" Configuration File Name 설정 파일 이름 \n"
+"Language \n"
+"언어 Project name 프로젝트 이름 \n"
+"Project Type\n"
+"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n"
+"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n"
+"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n"
+"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n"
+" Currently known types:\n"
+"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
"
-"
만약 이전 버전을 선택한다면, 새 버젼의 데이타베이스는 제거될 것입니다. 만약 새 버전을 선택한다면, 이전 버전의 데이타베이스를 "
-"수동으로 제거하여야 합니다. 그렇지 않으면 이 메시지는 다시 나타날 것입니다.(이전 파일은 "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old). Base folder for diff files
\n"
+"diff 파일에 대한 기본 폴더
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"프로젝트 설정 파일을 저장할 파일의 이름.
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"프로젝트의 대상 언어, 즉 번역될 언어입니다.\n"
+"표준이라 불린 ISO 631\n"
+"을 따릅니다.
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n"
+"프로젝트 이름은 프로젝트를 구분하기 위해 쓰입니다.\n"
+"프로젝트 창의 제목 부분에서 볼 수 있는 것처럼\n"
+"프로젝트 설정 대화상자에서도 보실 수 있습니다.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"주의: 프로젝트 이름은 나중에 변겨할 수 없습니다.\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n" +"프로젝트 형식\n" +"프로젝트 형식은 잘 알려진 번역 프로젝트의 특수한 형식\n" +"에 대해 세세하게 설정하도록 허용합니다.\n" +"예를 들어, 인증 도구, 가속시 표시기와 헤더의 형식을 설\n" +"정할 수 있습니다.\n" +"
\n" +"현재 알려진 형식:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
번역 파일
\n" +"모든 PO 파일과 POT 파일을 포함하는 폴더의 형식.\n" +"이 폴더 안에서 파일들과 폴더들이 한 트리로 병합될 것입니다.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
자동적으로 불분명함 상태를 해제
\\n\n" +"만약 이 옵션이 활성화되고 불분명한 항목을 편집중이라면 불분명함 상태는 자" +"동으로\\n\n" +"자동으로 해제될 것입니다.(즉 fuzzy\\n\n" +"문자열이 항목의 주석에서 제거됩니다.)
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
똑똑한 편집 사용
\\n\n" +"본문 입력을 더 편하게 하고, K바벨이 인용될 특별한 문자에 \n" +"대해 보호하도록 합니다.\n" +"예를 들어 '\\\"'을 입력한다면 '\\\\\\\"'를 결과로 \n" +"출력하고, 리턴을 누르면 자동으로 줄의 끝에 공백을 추가하며, \n" +"쉬프트키와 리턴을 같이 누르면 '\\\n" +"' 을 줄의 끝에 \n" +"추가합니다.
\\n\n" +"이것은 단지 힌트일 뿐이며, 문법적으로 올바르지 않은 본문\n" +"을 생성할 가능성도 있음을 주의하십시오.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
오류 인식
\n" +"발생한 오류를 어떻게 보여줄지 여기서 설정할 수 있습니다. \n" +"오류시 비프음은 비프음을 내며, 오류시 문장 색상 \n" +"변경은 번역된 문장의 색상을 변경합니다. 만약 아무것도 \n" +"활성화 되어 있지 않았다면, 상대막대에서 메시지를 보실 수 \n" +"있으실 겁니다.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
상태 LED
\n" +"여기서 상태 LED의 위치와 색상을 선택할 수 있습니다.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
자동으로 찾기 시작
\n" +"만약 이것이 활성화되면, 편집기에서 다른 항목으로 전환할 때\n" +"마다 검색을 자동적으로 시작합니다. 콤보 상자 기본 사전\n" +"으로 어디서 검색할지 선택할 수 있습니다.
사전->찾기.\n" +"..를 클릭할 때에 나타나는 팝업 메뉴에서 항목을 선택하거나\n" +" 도구 모음에 있는 사전 버튼을 잠시동안 눌러서 수동적으로 검색\n" +"을 시작할 수 있습니다.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
기본 사전
\n" +"기본으로 검색하기 위한 위치를 선택하십시오.\n" +"이 설정은 자동으로 검색이 시작될 때나 도구모음에서 사전버튼이 \n" +"눌려진 때에 사용됩니다.
\n" +"설정->사전 설정에서 필요한 사전을 선택함으로써\n" +"다른 사전을 설정할 수 있습니다.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
상태 표시줄
\n" -"상태 표시줄은 현재 검색이나 교체 작업의 진행 정보를 표시합니다. 발견된 첫번째 항목: KBabel 창에서 아직 보여지지 " -"않은 검색된 본문이 있을 경우 파일의 수를 보여줍니다.두번째 항목은 검색된 본문에 포함된 파일의 전체 숫자를 보여줍니다.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
파일 옵션
" -"여기에서 검색할 장소를 미세 조정할 수 있습니다:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"예: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "다음 파일들의 diff 얻기:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "%1 파일에서 뒤지고 있습니다"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "오래된 메시지(&O):"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "폴더 검색..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "로그 메시지(L):"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "폴더 && 하위 폴더 검색..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "필요하다면 파일을 자동으로 추가(&M)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "파일 검색:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "보내기(&C) "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "추가된 항목:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "상태 얻기(&G)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "총 진행상태:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "Diff 얻기(&G)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "파일을 처리하고 있습니다"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "카테고리 정보"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "파일을 읽고 있습니다"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "명령 출력:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "내보내기..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "파일 %1이 이미 존재합니다. 덮어쓰시겠습니까? "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "반복된 문자열"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "좋은 키"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"좋은 키 목록에 추가될 키에 대한 질의에 대해 단어의 최소 수를 설정할 "
+"수 있습니다. \n"
+"질의가 목록에 키를 꼭 추가해야 하는 키의 최소 단어 숫자를 설정할 수 있습니다."
+" \n"
+"이 두 숫자는 전체 단어 수의 백분율입니다. 만약 이 백분율이 1보다 작으면, 검색"
+"엔진은 1로 설정합니다. \n"
+"결과적으로 목록에서 최대 항목의 수를 설정할 수 있습니다."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "KBabel이 시작될 수 없습니다."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "쿼리에 있는 키의 최소 단어 숫자 (%)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ 상태 %1로 종료 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ 완료됨 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "키에 있는 질의 단어의 최소 갯수 (%): "
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "메시지 카탈로그"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "최고 목록 길이:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "빈번한 단어"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS 상태"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "다음보다 더 빈번한 단어 버리기:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "자주 쓰이는 단어들은 모든 키에 있는 것처럼 고려함"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "표시된 것에 대한 상태"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "일반적인"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "되돌리기(&R)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "DB 폴더:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "표시된 것에 대한 상태"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "K바벨 자동 업데이트"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "비우기(&L)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "새 항목"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "표시된 것에 대한 상태"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "K바벨로부터"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "저장소 없음"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "알고리즘"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "파일:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "최소 점수:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "이름"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "사용할 알고리즘"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "점수: "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "불분명한 번역"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "불분명한 문장 모음"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "번역되지 않음"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "용어"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "모두"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "정확함 "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "마지막으로 고친 때"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "한 문장씩"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "로그 창"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "알파벳과 숫자"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "비우기(&L)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "한 단어씩 "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. 로그 창 이 창에서는 실행된 명령의 결과가 보여집니다. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. 카탈로그 매니저 카탈로그 매니저는 두 폴더를 하나의 트리에 통합하고 이 폴더 안\n"
-"의 PO와 POT 파일들을 보여줍니다. 만약 템플릿이 추가되거나 제거되면 이 방법은 \n"
-"그 변화를 쉽게 볼 수 있습니다.i또한 파일에 관한 몇몇 정보도 보여집니다. 더 많은 정보를 얻으려면 온라인 도움말 카탈로그 매니저항목을 보십시오. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"만약 한 단어 교체를 활성화하고 My name is Andrea를 검색하"
+"면, My name is Joe나 Your name is Andrea와 같은 구문도 또"
+"한 찾을 것입니다."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "날짜 업데이트"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "한 단어 교체 사용"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "충돌"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "질의에서 단어의 최고 수"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Error in Working Copy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "두 단어 교체 사용"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "알 수 없음"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "유효하지 않은 CVS 저장소입니다. CVS 명령이 실행될 수 없습니다."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ 명령 시작 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "정규 표현식을 위한 로컬 문자:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "CVS 대화상자"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "데이타베이스"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "다음의 파일들을 업데이트:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "데이타데이스 폴더:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "다음의 파일들을 보내기:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "데이타베이스에 항목을 자동으로 추가"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "다음 파일들의 상태 얻기: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"누군가(아마도 K바벨)에 의해 새로운 번역이 알려지면 데이타베이스에 대한 항목"
+"을 자동으로 추가합니다."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "다음 파일들의 상태 얻기: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "자동 추가된 항목 저자:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "다음 파일들의 diff 얻기:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"가능하다면 다음 변수가 경로로 변환됩니다.\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Ką išversti
" -"Čia nurodykite, kokioms bylos dalims KBabel bandys surasti vertimą. Pakeisti " -"įrašai visada yra pažymimi neaiškiais, nepriklausomai nuo Jūsų nurodytų " -"parinkčių.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Kaip versti pranešimus
" -"Čia galite nustatyti ar pranešimai gali būti verčiami tik pilnai, ar " -"priimtini panašūs pranešimai, ar KBabel bandyti išversti atskirus pranešimo " -"žodžius, jeigu nerasta pilno pranešimo vertimo, arba surastas panašus " -"vertimas.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Žymėti pakeistus įrašus neaiškiais/b>
" -"Kai yra randamas pranešimo vertimas, įrašas nutylint yra pažymimas " -"neaiškiu. Tai yra daroma todėl, kad KBabel vertimą bando nuspėti, bet Jūs " -"visada turite atidžiai patikrinti jo teisingumą. Deaktyvuokite šitą parinktį " -"tik, jeigu labai gerai žinote ką darote.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Žodynai
" -"Čia pasirinkite, kuriuos žodynus naudoti ieškant vertimo. Jeigu pažymėsite " -"kelis žodynus, juose bus ieškoma ta pačia tvarka, kuria jie yra įrašyti " -"sąraše.
" -"Klavišas Konfigūruoti leis Jums laikinai konfigūruoti pasirinktą " -"žodyną. Pradiniai nustatymai bus atstatyti išėjus iš dialogo.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Kai yra randamas pranešimo vertimas, įrašas nutylint yra pažymimas " -"neaiškiu. Tai yra todėl, kad KBabel vertimas yra tik spėjamas ir jums " -"būtina patikrinti jo teisingumą. Deaktyvuokite šitą parinktį tik tada, jeigu " -"gerai žinote ką darote.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Rasti tekstą
" -"Šioje vietoje galima įrašyti tekstą, kurį norite rasti. Jei norite surasti " -"įprastinį išsireiškimą, aktyvuokite Naudoti įprastą išraišką " -"apačioje.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Pakeisti tekstą
" -"Šioje vietoje galima įrašyti tekstą, kuriuo pakeisite surastą. Tekstas bus " -"panaudotas toks, koks yra. Nėra galimybės gražinti atgal, jeigu ieškoma " -"įprastinė išraiška.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Kur ieškoti
" -"Šioje vietoje nurodykite kokioje katalogo įrašų dalyje ieškoti.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Būsenos juosta
\n" +"Būsenos juosta pateikia informaciją apie dabartinės paieškos arba " +"pakeitimo operacijos eigą. Pirmasis Rasta: skaičius nurodo bylų " +"skaičių, kuriose yra ieškomo teksto atvejai, nerodomi KBabel lange. Antrasis " +"parodo bendrą bylų skaičių, kuriuose yra ieškomas tekstas.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Žurnalo langas/b>
\n" +"Šiame lange yra parodomas įvykdytų komandų išvedimas.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Katalogo tvarkyklė
\n" +"Katalogo tvarkyklė sujungia du katalogus į vieną medį ir parodo visas\n" +"šių aplankų PO ir POT bylas. Tokiu būdu galima nesunkiai pastebėti\n" +"kai naujas šablonas yra įdedamas arba pašalinamas. Yra pateikiama,\n" +"taip pat, kai kuri informacija apie bylas.
Daugiau informacijos " +"surasite The Catalog Manager pagalboje.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Atnaujinti antraštę
\n" -"Pažymėkite čia tam, kad bylos antraštės iformacija būtų atnaujinama kaskart, " -"kai jis išsaugojamas.
\n" -"Paprastai yra išsaugojama informacija apie bylos paskutinio atnaujinimo datą " -"ir laiką,\n" -"paskutinį vertėją ir t.t..
\n" -"Galite nurodyti kokią informaciją pageidaujate atnaujinti su 'varnelėmis' " -"apačioje.\n" -"Laukai, kurių nėra, yra pridedami į antraštę.\n" -"Jeigu norite įdėti į antraštę papildomus laukus, jums reikia antraštę redaguoti " -"rankomis, pasirenkant\n" -"Keisti->Redaguoti antraštę redaktoriaus lange.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Atnaujinami laukai
\n" -"Nurodykite kuriuos laukus norite atnaujinti išsaugojant.\n" -"Jeigu lauko nėra, jis bus įdėtas antraštėje.
\n" -"Jeigu antraštėje norite įdėti kitokią informaciją, jums teks redaguoti " -"antraštę rankomis,\n" -"pasirenkant Keisti->Redaguoti antraštę redaktoriaus lange.
\n" -"Deaktyvuokite Atnaujinti antraštę apačioje, jeigu nenorite, kad " -"antraštė\n" -"būtų atnaujinama išsaugojant.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Koduotė
" -"Nurodykite kaip reikia užkoduoti simbolius išsaugojant bylą. Jeigu nežinote " -"kokią koduotę naudoti, paklauskite savo vertimų koordinatoriaus.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Palikti bylos koduotę
" -"Jeigu ši parinktis yra aktyvi, bylos visada bus išsaugotos toje koduotėje, " -"kokią nuskaitė. Bylos, be koduotės informacijos antraštėje (pvz., POT bylos) " -"yra išsaugomos koduotėje, nurodytoje apčioje.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Išsaugojant, tikrinti bylos sintaksę
\n" -"Tai pažymėkite, kad, išsaugojant bylą, su \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" -"automatiškai būtų patikrinama sintaksė. Jeigu bus klaidų, jums pateiks " -"pranešimą.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Ištaisyto leidimo datos formatas
" -"Pasirinkite koks yra antraštės lauko datos ir laiko formatas\n" -"PO-Revision-Date išsaugota: " -"
Papildomai informacijai žiūrėkite skyrių The Preferences Dialog " -"pagalboje.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Tapatybė
\n" -"Užpildykite informaciją apie save ir Jūsų vertėjų komandą.\n" -"Šita informacija yra naudojama atnaujinant bylos antraštę.
\n" -"Šiame dialoge rasite kurie antraštės laukai bus atnaujinti\n" -"išsaugojant/b>.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Vienaskaitos-daugiskaitos formų skaičius
\n" -"Pastaba: Šita parinktis šiuo metu yra skirta tik TDE.Jeigu Jūs " -"neverčiate TDE programų, galite be pasekmių ignoruoti šią parinktį.
\n" -"Šioje vietoje nurodykite kiek Jūsų kalboje yra vartojama vienaskaitos ir " -"daugiskaitos formų. Šis skaičius turi sutapti su Jūsų kalbos vertėjų komandos " -"nustatymais. Jeigu dirbate su TDE >=2.2, kuri palaiko kalbą į kurią Jūs " -"verčiate, nustatykite šią parinktį Automatiškai" -", tada KBabel pamėgins pasiimti šitą informaciją tiesiog iš TDE. Paspauskite " -"„Test“ mygtuką tam išbandyti ir pamėginti jį surasti.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Jautrios raidės žymė
" -"Čia nurodykite, koks simbolis žymės kitą simbolį kaip klaviatūros jautrią " -"raidę. Pavyzdžiui, Qt tai yra '&', o Gtk tai yra '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Kontekstinės informacijos įprastinė išraiška
" -"Čia įrašykite kontekstinės informacijos įprastinę išraišką, kuri parodo, kad " -"tai yra kontekstinė informacija ir ji neturi būti verčiama.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Įsiminti ignoruotus žodžius
" -"Tai aktyvuokite, kad KBabel galėtų ignoruoti žodžius, kai Jūs nurodėte " -"Ignoruoti visus korektoriaus dialoge, kiekvieno rašybos tikrinimo metu.
" -"Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Baziniai aplankai
\n" -"Įrašykite aplankus, kuriuose yra visos Jūsų PO ir POT bylos.\n" -"Bylos ir šių aplankai šiuose aplankuose bus sujungti į vieną\n" -"medį.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Atverti bylas naujame lange
\n" -"Jeigu tai aktyvuota, visos bylos, kurios atveriamos iš Katalogo tvarkyklės, " -"bus atveriamos\n" -"naujame lange.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Išeinant nutraukti procesus
\n" -"Jei tai pažymėsite, KBabel bandys nutraukti procesus, kurie dar nebus " -"užsibaigę išeinant KBabel.\n" -"Jiems bus nusiųstas kill signalas.
\n" -"PASTABA: Nėra jokių garantijų, kad procesai bus nutraukti.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Bylos turiniui sudaryti rodyklę
\n" -"Jeigu tai pažymėsite, KBabel kiekvienai PO bylai sudarys rodyklę, " -"pagreitinančią paieškos/pakeitimo funkciją.
\n" -"PASTABA: Tai žymiai sulėtins bylos informacijos atnaujinimą.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124 +msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary" +msgstr "Auto&matiškai pradėti bylas jei būtina" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:141 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "Atnaujinti" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "Įkelti (&commit)" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139 +msgid "&Get Status" +msgstr "&Gauti būseną" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142 +msgid "&Get Diff" +msgstr "&Gauti Diff" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:157 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:152 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:83 +msgid "C&ancel" +msgstr "&Atšaukti" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160 +msgid "Command output:" +msgstr "Komandos išvestis:" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "Jūs ruošiatės atspausdinti testinį puslapį su %1. Ar norite tęsti?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:247 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot find encoding: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:253 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Baziniai aplankai
\n" -"Įrašykite aplankus, kuriuose yra visos Jūsų PO ir POT bylos.\n" -"Bylos ir šių aplankų paaplankiai bus sujungti į vieną\n" -"medį.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Naudoti Vertimų duomenų bazės pranešimus
" -"Kai tai pažymėta, pranešimai palyginimui bus paimami iš Vertimų duomenų " -"bazės Būtų naudinga, jeigu leistumėte Automatiškai įdėti įrašą į duomenų " -"bazę pasirinkimų dialoge.
" -"Galite laikinai palyginti su pranešimais iš bylos pasirinkdami Įrankiai ->" -"Diff->Atverti bylą dėl Diff KBabel pagrindiniame lange.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Diff bylų bazės aplankas\n" -"
Čia galite nurodyti aplanką, kuriame bus saugomos bylos palyginimui. Jeigu " -"bylos yra saugomos toje pačioje vietoje ir tame pačiame aplanke kaip ir " -"originalo bylos savo bazės aplanke, KBabel gali automatiškai atverti teisingą " -"bylą palyginimui.
" -"Atminkite, kad šita parinktis bus neefektyvi, if jeigu palyginimui naudojami " -"panešimai iš duomenų bazės.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automatiškai paleisti paiešką
" -"Kai tai yra aktyvu, paieška pasileis automatiškai, kai tik redaktoriuje " -"pereisite į kitą įrašą. Kur ieškoti, galite nurodyti pasirinkimo lauke " -"Pagrindinis žodynas.
" -"Taip pat galima paleisti paiešką rankomis nurodydami įrašą kentančiame " -"meniu, kuris pasirodo kai paspaudžiama Žodynai->Rasti ..." -", arba paspaudžiant parankinės žodyno mygtuką.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Pagrindinis žodynas
\n" -"Čia nurodykite kur ieškoti nutylint. Šis nustatymas yra naudojamas, jeigu " -"paieška yra paleidžiama automatiškai, arba paspaudus žodyno mygtuką " -"parankinėje.
" -"Galima konfigūruoti skirtingus žodynus, pasirenkant pageidaujamą žodyną iš " -"Nustatymai->Konfigūruoti žodyną.
Rasti tekstą
Šioje vietoje galima įrašyti tekstą, kurį " +"norite rasti. Jei norite surasti įprastinį išsireiškimą, aktyvuokite " +"Naudoti įprastą išraišką apačioje.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Pakeisti tekstą
Šioje vietoje galima įrašyti tekstą, " +"kuriuo pakeisite surastą. Tekstas bus panaudotas toks, koks yra. Nėra " +"galimybės gražinti atgal, jeigu ieškoma įprastinė išraiška.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Kur ieškoti
Šioje vietoje nurodykite kokioje katalogo " +"įrašų dalyje ieškoti.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automatiškai nuimti statusą „Neaiškus“
\n" -"Jeigu tai yra aktyvuota, o Jūs redaguojate neaiškų įrašą, statusas " -"„Neaiškus“ bus automatiškai\n" -"nuimtas (tai reiškia, kad eilutė , neaiškus\n" -"bus pašalinta iš įrašo komentaro).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Klaidų atpažinimas
" -"Šioje vietoje galite nustatyti kaip bus signalizuojama įvykus klaidai. " -"Esant klaidai signalizuoti garsu pyptelės, o " -"Esant klaidai keisti teksto spalvai, pakis verčiamo teksto spalva. Jeigu " -"nėra nieko aktyvuota, matysite pranešimą būsenos juostoje.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Būsenos indikatoriai
\n" -"Čia nurodykite kaip bus parodomi būsenos indikatoriai ir kokios bus jų " -"spalvos.
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Atnaujinti antraštę
\n" +"Pažymėkite čia tam, kad bylos antraštės iformacija būtų atnaujinama " +"kaskart, kai jis išsaugojamas.
\n" +"Paprastai yra išsaugojama informacija apie bylos paskutinio atnaujinimo " +"datą ir laiką,\n" +"paskutinį vertėją ir t.t..
\n" +"Galite nurodyti kokią informaciją pageidaujate atnaujinti su 'varnelėmis' " +"apačioje.\n" +"Laukai, kurių nėra, yra pridedami į antraštę.\n" +"Jeigu norite įdėti į antraštę papildomus laukus, jums reikia antraštę " +"redaguoti rankomis, pasirenkant\n" +"Keisti->Redaguoti antraštę redaktoriaus lange.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Atnaujinami laukai
\n" +"Nurodykite kuriuos laukus norite atnaujinti išsaugojant.\n" +"Jeigu lauko nėra, jis bus įdėtas antraštėje.
\n" +"Jeigu antraštėje norite įdėti kitokią informaciją, jums teks redaguoti " +"antraštę rankomis,\n" +"pasirenkant Keisti->Redaguoti antraštę redaktoriaus lange.
\n" +"Deaktyvuokite Atnaujinti antraštę apačioje, jeigu nenorite, kad " +"antraštė\n" +"būtų atnaujinama išsaugojant.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Koduotė
Nurodykite kaip reikia užkoduoti simbolius " +"išsaugojant bylą. Jeigu nežinote kokią koduotę naudoti, paklauskite savo " +"vertimų koordinatoriaus.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Palikti bylos koduotę
Jeigu ši parinktis yra aktyvi, " +"bylos visada bus išsaugotos toje koduotėje, kokią nuskaitė. Bylos, be " +"koduotės informacijos antraštėje (pvz., POT bylos) yra išsaugomos koduotėje, " +"nurodytoje apčioje.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Išsaugojant, tikrinti bylos sintaksę
\n" +"Tai pažymėkite, kad, išsaugojant bylą, su \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" +"automatiškai būtų patikrinama sintaksė. Jeigu bus klaidų, jums pateiks " +"pranešimą.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Ištaisyto leidimo datos formatas
Pasirinkite koks yra " +"antraštės lauko datos ir laiko formatas\n" +"PO-Revision-Date išsaugota:
Papildomai informacijai žiūrėkite skyrių The Preferences Dialog " +"pagalboje.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Tapatybė Užpildykite informaciją apie save ir Jūsų vertėjų komandą.\n"
+"Šita informacija yra naudojama atnaujinant bylos antraštę. Šiame dialoge rasite kurie antraštės laukai bus atnaujinti\n"
+"išsaugojant/b>. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Vienaskaitos-daugiskaitos formų skaičius Pastaba: Šita parinktis šiuo metu yra skirta tik TDE.Jeigu Jūs "
+"neverčiate TDE programų, galite be pasekmių ignoruoti šią parinktį. Šioje vietoje nurodykite kiek Jūsų kalboje yra vartojama vienaskaitos ir "
+"daugiskaitos formų. Šis skaičius turi sutapti su Jūsų kalbos vertėjų "
+"komandos nustatymais. Jeigu dirbate su TDE >=2.2, kuri palaiko kalbą į kurią "
+"Jūs verčiate, nustatykite šią parinktį Automatiškai, tada KBabel "
+"pamėgins pasiimti šitą informaciją tiesiog iš TDE. Paspauskite „Test“ "
+"mygtuką tam išbandyti ir pamėginti jį surasti. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. "
+"It is not possible to find out the number of singular/plural forms "
+"automatically for the language code \"%1\".\n"
+"Do you have tdelibs.po installed for this language?\n"
+"Please set the correct number manually."
msgstr ""
+"Šiam kalbos kodui \"%1\" nėra galimybės automatiškai surasti vienaskaitos/"
+"daugiskaitos formas.\n"
+"Ar šiai kalbai esate įdiegęs tdelibs.po?\n"
+"Nustatykite teisingą skaičių ranka."
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Apžvelgti vieną PO bylą"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:626
+msgid ""
+"The number of singular/plural forms found for the language code \"%1\" is %2."
msgstr ""
+"Kalbos kodui \"%1\" surastas vienaskaitos/daugiskaitos formų skaičius yra %2."
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Apžvelgti aplanką ir paaplankius"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:650
+msgid ""
+"It was not possible to determine GNU header for plural forms. Maybe your GNU "
+"gettext tools are too old or they do not contain a suggested value for your "
+"language."
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Skenuoju bylą:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:677
+msgid "&Marker for keyboard accelerator:"
+msgstr "Jautrios klaviatūros raidės &žymė:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Įdėta įrašų:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:682
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+" Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Jautrios raidės žymė Čia nurodykite, koks simbolis žymės "
+"kitą simbolį kaip klaviatūros jautrią raidę. Pavyzdžiui, Qt tai yra '&', "
+"o Gtk tai yra '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Kontekstinės informacijos įprastinė išraiška Čia "
+"įrašykite kontekstinės informacijos įprastinę išraišką, kuri parodo, kad tai "
+"yra kontekstinė informacija ir ji neturi būti verčiama. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Įsiminti ignoruotus žodžius Tai aktyvuokite, kad KBabel "
+"galėtų ignoruoti žodžius, kai Jūs nurodėte Ignoruoti visus "
+"korektoriaus dialoge, kiekvieno rašybos tikrinimo metu. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Baziniai aplankai Įrašykite aplankus, kuriuose yra visos Jūsų PO ir POT bylos.\n"
+"Bylos ir šių aplankai šiuose aplankuose bus sujungti į vieną\n"
+"medį. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Atverti bylas naujame lange Jeigu tai aktyvuota, visos bylos, kurios atveriamos iš Katalogo "
+"tvarkyklės, bus atveriamos\n"
+"naujame lange. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Išeinant nutraukti procesus Jei tai pažymėsite, KBabel bandys nutraukti procesus, kurie dar nebus "
+"užsibaigę išeinant KBabel.\n"
+"Jiems bus nusiųstas kill signalas. PASTABA: Nėra jokių garantijų, kad procesai bus nutraukti. Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> Bylos turiniui sudaryti rodyklę Jeigu tai pažymėsite, KBabel kiekvienai PO bylai sudarys rodyklę, "
+"pagreitinančią paieškos/pakeitimo funkciją. PASTABA: Tai žymiai sulėtins bylos informacijos atnaujinimą. Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+"
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Shown columns
\n" +"\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
\n" -"Šie kintamieji kelyje bus pakeisti:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Ką išversti
Čia nurodykite, kokioms bylos dalims KBabel " +"bandys surasti vertimą. Pakeisti įrašai visada yra pažymimi neaiškiais, " +"nepriklausomai nuo Jūsų nurodytų parinkčių.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Kaip versti pranešimus
Čia galite nustatyti ar " +"pranešimai gali būti verčiami tik pilnai, ar priimtini panašūs pranešimai, " +"ar KBabel bandyti išversti atskirus pranešimo žodžius, jeigu nerasta pilno " +"pranešimo vertimo, arba surastas panašus vertimas.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Žymėti pakeistus įrašus neaiškiais/b>
Kai yra randamas " +"pranešimo vertimas, įrašas nutylint yra pažymimas neaiškiu. Tai yra " +"daroma todėl, kad KBabel vertimą bando nuspėti, bet Jūs visada turite " +"atidžiai patikrinti jo teisingumą. Deaktyvuokite šitą parinktį tik, jeigu " +"labai gerai žinote ką darote.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Žodynai
Čia pasirinkite, kuriuos žodynus naudoti ieškant " +"vertimo. Jeigu pažymėsite kelis žodynus, juose bus ieškoma ta pačia tvarka, " +"kuria jie yra įrašyti sąraše.
Klavišas Konfigūruoti leis Jums " +"laikinai konfigūruoti pasirinktą žodyną. Pradiniai nustatymai bus atstatyti " +"išėjus iš dialogo.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Kai yra randamas pranešimo vertimas, įrašas nutylint yra pažymimas " +"neaiškiu. Tai yra todėl, kad KBabel vertimas yra tik spėjamas ir jums " +"būtina patikrinti jo teisingumą. Deaktyvuokite šitą parinktį tik tada, jeigu " +"gerai žinote ką darote.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Simbplių pasirinkiklis
Šis įrankis leidžia įterpti " +"specialius simbolius pasinaudojus dvigubu spragtelėjimu.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Komentarų redaktorius
\n" +"Šiame redagavimo lange matomi šiuo metu pateikto pranešimo komentarai.\n" +"
Komentaruose paprastai yra informacija apie tai, kokioje išeities kodo " +"vietoje sutinkamas šis pranešimas\n" +"ir informacija apie jo būseną (neaiškus, c-formato).\n" +"Kitų vertėjų pastabos taip pat dažnai yra įdedamos į komentarus.
\n" +"Galima paslėpti komentarų redaktorių deaktyvuojant\n" +"Nustatymai->Rodyti komentarus.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
PO kontekstas
Šis langas pateikia pranešimo kontekstą PO " +"byloje. Paprastai jis pateikia keturis pranešimus prieš dabartinį pranešimą " +"ir keturis po jo.
Jūs galite paslėpti priemonių langą deaktyvuodami " +"Parinktys->Rodyti įrankus.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Simbplių pasirinkiklis
" -"Šis įrankis leidžia įterpti specialius simbolius pasinaudojus dvigubu " -"spragtelėjimu.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" "Please edit the header before updating!
Ši antraštė neteisinga.
\n" +"Ši antraštė neteisinga.
\n" "Prieš atnaujindami, paredaguokite antraštę!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" "Please edit the header before updating.
Ši antraštė neteisinga.
\n" +"Ši antraštė neteisinga.
\n" "Prieš atnaujindami, paredaguokite antraštę.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Komentarų redaktorius
\n" -"Šiame redagavimo lange matomi šiuo metu pateikto pranešimo komentarai." -"\n" -"
Komentaruose paprastai yra informacija apie tai, kokioje išeities kodo " -"vietoje sutinkamas šis pranešimas\n" -"ir informacija apie jo būseną (neaiškus, c-formato).\n" -"Kitų vertėjų pastabos taip pat dažnai yra įdedamos į komentarus.
\n" -"Galima paslėpti komentarų redaktorių deaktyvuojant\n" -"Nustatymai->Rodyti komentarus.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Būsenos juosta
\n" +"Būsenos juosta parodo tam tikrą informaciją apie atvertą bylą,\n" +"bendrą įrašų skaičių, neaiškių arba neišverstų pranešimų skaičių.\n" +"Taip pat yra pateikiama šiuo metu rodomo įrašo būsena.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Paieškos rezultatai
" -"Šioje lango vietoje pateikiami paieškos žodynuose rezultatai." -"
" -"
Viršuje parodomas surastų įrašų skaičius ir kur šiuo metu rodomas įrašas yra " -"surastas. Pasinaudokite apačioje esančiais mygtukais valdyti paieškos " -"rezultatams.
" -"Paieška prasideda automatiškai perėjus redaktoriaus lange į kitą įrašą, arba " -"pasirinkus pageidaujamą žodyną Žodynai->Rasti....
" -"Bendrosios parinktys gali būti suderintos pasirinkimų dialogo Ieškoti " -"skyriuje, o skirtingų žodynų parinktys gali būti pakeistos su Nustatymai->" -"Konfigūruoti žodyną.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Paieškos rezultatai
Šioje lango vietoje pateikiami " +"paieškos žodynuose rezultatai.
Viršuje parodomas surastų įrašų skaičius " +"ir kur šiuo metu rodomas įrašas yra surastas. Pasinaudokite apačioje " +"esančiais mygtukais valdyti paieškos rezultatams.
Paieška prasideda " +"automatiškai perėjus redaktoriaus lange į kitą įrašą, arba pasirinkus " +"pageidaujamą žodyną Žodynai->Rasti....
Bendrosios parinktys " +"gali būti suderintos pasirinkimų dialogo Ieškoti skyriuje, o " +"skirtingų žodynų parinktys gali būti pakeistos su Nustatymai-" +">Konfigūruoti žodyną.
Original String
\n" +"Original String
\n" "This part of the window shows the original message\n" "of the currently displayed entry.
Originali eilutė
\n" +"Originali eilutė
\n" "Šita lango dalis pateiks šiuo metu rodomo įrašo\n" "originalų pranešimą.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Status LEDs
\n" "These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" "You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" "Editor on page Appearance
Būsenos indikatoriai
\n" +"Būsenos indikatoriai
\n" "Šie indikatoriai pateikia šiuo metu rodomo pranešimo būseną.\n" "Jų spalvą galima pakeisti pasirinkimų dialogo sekcijoje \n" "Taisa, puslapyje Išvaizda
Translation Editor
\n" +"Translation Editor
\n" "This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Vertimo redaktorius
\n" +"Vertimo redaktorius
\n" "Šis redaktorius parodo ir leidžia redaguoti šiuo metu rodomo pranešimo " -"vertimą." -"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Būsenos juosta
\n" -"Būsenos juosta parodo tam tikrą informaciją apie atvertą bylą,\n" -"bendrą įrašų skaičių, neaiškių arba neišverstų pranešimų skaičių.\n" -"Taip pat yra pateikiama šiuo metu rodomo įrašo būsena.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO kontekstas
" -"Šis langas pateikia pranešimo kontekstą PO byloje. Paprastai jis pateikia " -"keturis pranešimus prieš dabartinį pranešimą ir keturis po jo.
" -"Jūs galite paslėpti priemonių langą deaktyvuodami Parinktys->" -"Rodyti įrankus.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parameterai
" -"Čia galite pagerinti paiešką PO byloje. Pavyzdžiui, galima ieškoti skiriant " -"didžiąsias-mažąsias raides arba ignoruoti neaiškius vertimus.
Parameterai
Čia galite pagerinti paiešką PO byloje. " +"Pavyzdžiui, galima ieškoti skiriant didžiąsias-mažąsias raides arba " +"ignoruoti neaiškius vertimus.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Palyginimo parinktys
" -"Pasirinkite čia pranešimus, kuriuos norėtumėte kad būtų traktuojami kaip " -"sutampantys pranešimai.
Palyginimo parinktys
Pasirinkite čia pranešimus, kuriuos " +"norėtumėte kad būtų traktuojami kaip sutampantys pranešimai.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-sutapimas
" -"Pranešimas sutampa su kitu, jeigu mažiausiai trijų raidžių grupė yra kitame " -"pranešime. Pvz., 'abc123' tinka 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-sutapimas
Pranešimas sutampa su kitu, jeigu " +"mažiausiai trijų raidžių grupė yra kitame pranešime. Pvz., 'abc123' tinka " +"'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Vieta
" -"Čia konfigūruokite kuri byla bus naudojama paieškai.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Vieta
Čia konfigūruokite kuri byla bus naudojama " +"paieškai.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parameterai
" -"Čia galite paderinti paiešką PO byloje. Pavyzdžiui, galima ieškoti skiriant " -"didžiąsias-mažąsias raides arba ignoruoti neaiškius vertimus.
Parameterai
Čia galite paderinti paiešką PO byloje. " +"Pavyzdžiui, galima ieškoti skiriant didžiąsias-mažąsias raides arba " +"ignoruoti neaiškius vertimus.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Naudoti Vertimų duomenų bazės pranešimus
Kai tai " +"pažymėta, pranešimai palyginimui bus paimami iš Vertimų duomenų bazės Būtų " +"naudinga, jeigu leistumėte Automatiškai įdėti įrašą į duomenų bazę " +"pasirinkimų dialoge.
Galite laikinai palyginti su pranešimais iš bylos " +"pasirinkdami Įrankiai ->Diff->Atverti bylą dėl Diff KBabel " +"pagrindiniame lange.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Diff bylų bazės aplankas\n" +"
Čia galite nurodyti aplanką, kuriame bus saugomos bylos palyginimui. " +"Jeigu bylos yra saugomos toje pačioje vietoje ir tame pačiame aplanke kaip " +"ir originalo bylos savo bazės aplanke, KBabel gali automatiškai atverti " +"teisingą bylą palyginimui.
Atminkite, kad šita parinktis bus " +"neefektyvi, if jeigu palyginimui naudojami panešimai iš duomenų bazės.
" +"qt>" -#: common/catalog.cpp:1276 -msgid "applying tool" -msgstr "pritaikymo įrankis" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:25 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Welcome to Project Wizard!\n" +"\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" -#: common/catalog.cpp:3128 -msgid "searching matching message" -msgstr "Ieškoma sutampančio pranešimo" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Baziniai aplankai
\n" +"Įrašykite aplankus, kuriuose yra visos Jūsų PO ir POT bylos.\n" +"Bylos ir šių aplankų paaplankiai bus sujungti į vieną\n" +"medį.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automatiškai nuimti statusą „Neaiškus“
\n" +"Jeigu tai yra aktyvuota, o Jūs redaguojate neaiškų įrašą, statusas " +"„Neaiškus“ bus automatiškai\n" +"nuimtas (tai reiškia, kad eilutė , neaiškus\n" +"bus pašalinta iš įrašo komentaro).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Klaidų atpažinimas
Šioje vietoje galite nustatyti kaip " +"bus signalizuojama įvykus klaidai. Esant klaidai signalizuoti garsu " +"pyptelės, o Esant klaidai keisti teksto spalvai, pakis verčiamo " +"teksto spalva. Jeigu nėra nieko aktyvuota, matysite pranešimą būsenos " +"juostoje.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Būsenos indikatoriai
\n" +"Čia nurodykite kaip bus parodomi būsenos indikatoriai ir kokios bus jų " +"spalvos.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Būsenos juosta
\n" -"Būsenos juosta pateikia informaciją apie dabartinės paieškos arba pakeitimo " -"operacijos eigą. Pirmasis Rasta: skaičius nurodo bylų skaičių, kuriose " -"yra ieškomo teksto atvejai, nerodomi KBabel lange. Antrasis parodo bendrą bylų " -"skaičių, kuriuose yra ieškomas tekstas.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automatiškai paleisti paiešką
Kai tai yra aktyvu, " +"paieška pasileis automatiškai, kai tik redaktoriuje pereisite į kitą įrašą. " +"Kur ieškoti, galite nurodyti pasirinkimo lauke Pagrindinis žodynas." +"p>
Taip pat galima paleisti paiešką rankomis nurodydami įrašą kentančiame " +"meniu, kuris pasirodo kai paspaudžiama Žodynai->Rasti ..., arba " +"paspaudžiant parankinės žodyno mygtuką.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Pagrindinis žodynas
\n" +"Čia nurodykite kur ieškoti nutylint. Šis nustatymas yra naudojamas, jeigu " +"paieška yra paleidžiama automatiškai, arba paspaudus žodyno mygtuką " +"parankinėje.
Galima konfigūruoti skirtingus žodynus, pasirenkant " +"pageidaujamą žodyną iš Nustatymai->Konfigūruoti žodyną.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: "
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Baigta ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Apžvelgti vieną PO bylą..."
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Pranešimų katalogai"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Apžvelgti aplanką..."
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Energijos kontrolė"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Apžvelgti aplanką ir paaplankius..."
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS būsena"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Skenuoju bylą:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Siųsti vėl"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Įdėta įrašų:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Pažymėtųjų būsena"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Bendra eiga:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Apdoroju bylą:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Įkeliama byla:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Pažymėtųjų būsena"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Eksportuoti..."
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Valyti"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Pasikartojančios eilutės"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Išvalyti pažy&mėtus"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Geri raktai"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Nėra repozitorijos"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Bylos:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Minimalus rakto žodžių skaičius, taip pat užklausoje (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Vardas"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Minimalus užklausos žodžių skaičius rakte (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Neaiškus"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Maksimalus sąrašo ilgis:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Neišverstas"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Dažniausi žodžiai"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Viso"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Atsisakyti žodžių, pasikartojančių daugiau kaip:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Paskutinis pataisymas"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Žurnalo langas"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "dažniausi žodžiai kaip sprendžiamieji kiekviename rakte"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "Iš&valyti"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Bendra"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Žurnalo langas/b> Šiame lange yra parodomas įvykdytų komandų išvedimas. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Katalogo tvarkyklė Katalogo tvarkyklė sujungia du katalogus į vieną medį ir parodo visas\n"
-"šių aplankų PO ir POT bylas. Tokiu būdu galima nesunkiai pastebėti\n"
-"kai naujas šablonas yra įdedamas arba pašalinamas. Yra pateikiama,\n"
-"taip pat, kai kuri informacija apie bylas. Daugiau informacijos surasite The Catalog Manager pagalboje. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Žurnalo (&Log) pranešimas:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Taikyti vieno žodžio pakaitą"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Auto&matiškai pradėti bylas jei būtina"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Maksimalus užklausos žodžių skaičius:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "Įkelti (&commit)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Taikyti dviejų žodžių pakaitą"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Gauti būseną"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Gauti Diff"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Meta informacija"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Įprastos išraiškos vietiniai simboliai:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Komandos išvestis:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Duombazė"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Jūs ruošiatės atspausdinti testinį puslapį su %1. Ar norite tęsti?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Duomenų bazės aplankas:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "kol."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Automatiškai įdėti įrašą į duomenų bazę"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Nepavyko įrašyti į failą. Nutraukiama."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Automatiškai įdės įrašą į duomenų bazę, jeigu naujas vertimas yra kieno tai "
+"žymėtas (gal Kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Programos „%1“ niekaip nepavyko įvykdyti."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Autmatiškai įdėto įrašo autorius:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Baigimosi būsena %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Šie kintamieji kelyje bus pakeisti:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332 +msgid "[ Finished ]" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 363 -#: rc.cpp:717 rc.cpp:1048 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "Word Substitution" -msgstr "Vārdu aizstāšana" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:306 +msgid "" +"Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+"\n"
+"
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
"
-msgstr ""
+"_: automatic choose number of plural forms\n"
+"Automatic"
+msgstr "Automātisks"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Skanēt vienu .po failu"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:481
+msgid "Te&st"
+msgstr "Te&stēt"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:486
+msgid ""
+" Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+"The number of singular/plural forms found for the language code \"%1\" is %2."
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:650
+msgid ""
+"It was not possible to determine GNU header for plural forms. Maybe your GNU "
+"gettext tools are too old or they do not contain a suggested value for your "
+"language."
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:677
+msgid "&Marker for keyboard accelerator:"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:682
+msgid ""
+" Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Shown columns
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4300 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4326 -#, c-format +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 msgid "" -"_n: Spellcheck: %n word replaced\n" -"Spellcheck: %n words replaced" +"_: Menu item\n" +"Open" msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4305 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 +msgid "Open Template" +msgstr "Atvērt Šablonu" + +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 msgid "" -"Spellcheck successfully finished.\n" -"No misspelled words have been found." +"KBabel Version %1\n" +"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" +" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parametri
" -"Šeit jūs varat pieskaņot meklēšanu po failā. Piemērām, ja vēlaties " -"reģistrjūtīgu meklēšanu vai ja jāignorē kļūdainie ziņojumi.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parametri
" -"Šeit jūs varat pieskaņot meklēšanu po failā. Piemērām, ja vēlaties " -"reģistrjūtīgu meklēšanu vai ja jāignorē kļūdainie ziņojumi.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametri
Šeit jūs varat pieskaņot meklēšanu po failā. " +"Piemērām, ja vēlaties reģistrjūtīgu meklēšanu vai ja jāignorē kļūdainie " +"ziņojumi.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Parametri
Šeit jūs varat pieskaņot meklēšanu po failā. " +"Piemērām, ja vēlaties reģistrjūtīgu meklēšanu vai ja jāignorē kļūdainie " +"ziņojumi.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" + +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: "
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Statuss: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Skanēt vienu .po failu"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Skanēt direktoriju"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Skanēt direktoriju un apakšdirektorijus"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Skanēju failu:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Pievienoti ieraksti:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Statistika"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Kopējais progress"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "&Nomest"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Apstrādāju failu"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Statistika"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Ielādēju failu"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "T&īrīt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Eksportēt..."
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Statistika"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Meklēju atkārtojušos rindu"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Vārds"
-
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Nepareizs"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Netulkots"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Kopā"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Pēdējā Revīzija"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "T&īrīt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Izmantot viena vārda aizvietošanu"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Izmantot divu vārdu aizvietošanu"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Datubāze"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Datubāzes direktorijs:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Automātiski pievieno ierakstu datubāzē"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Ziņojumu Katalogs"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Auto pievienotā ieraksta autors:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Кои пораки да се преведуваат
" -"Изберете тука за кои пораки КБабел да се обиде да најде превод. Изменетите " -"пораки се секогаш маркирани како нејасни, независно од тоа која опција ќе ја " -"изберете.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Како да бидат преведувани пораките
" -"Тука може да дефинирате дали пораките да се преведуваат само целосно, дали " -"се прифатливи слични пораки и дали КБабел да се обиде да ги преведува " -"поединечните зборови од пораката ако не бил пронајден превод не пораката или " -"слична порака.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Маркирај ги променетите пораки како нејасни
" -"Кога е пронајден превод за порака, пораката ќе биде стандардно маркирана " -"како нејасна. Ова е поради тоа што КБабел само претпоставува дека тоа е " -"правилниот превод и треба секогаш внимателно да ги проверите резултатите. " -"Одактивирајте ја оваа опција само ако знаете што правите.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Иницијализирај пораки специфични за TDE
" -"Ги иницијализира пораките „Comment=“ и „Name=“ ако нема превод. Исто така " -"пораките „NAME OF TRANSLATORS“ и „EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS“ се пополнуваат според " -"поставувањата за идентитет.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Речници
" -"Изберете тука кои речници да се користат за барање на превод. Ако изберете " -"повеќе од еден речник, тие ќе се користат по истиот редослед по кој се " -"прикажани во листата.
" -"Копчето Конфигурирај Ви овозможува да го конфигурирате привремено " -"избраниот речник. Оригиналните поставувања ќе бидат вратени по затворањето на " -"овој дијалог.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Кога е пронајден превод за порака, пораката ќе биде стандардно маркирана " -"како нејасна. Ова е поради тоа што КБабел само претпоставува дека тоа е " -"правилниот превод и треба секогаш внимателно да ги проверите резултатите. " -"Одактивирајте ја оваа опција само ако знаете што правите.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Пронајди текст
" -"Тука може да го внесете текстот за кој сакате да пребарувате. Ако сакате да " -"пребарувате за регуларен израз, овозможете го подолу " -"Користи регуларен израз.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Замени текст
" -"Тука може да го внесете текстот со кој сакате да биде заменет пронајдениот " -"текст. Текстот ќе биде заменет како што е. Не е можно да се направи референца " -"ако сте пребарувале за регуларен израз.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Каде да се пребарува
" -"Изберете тука во кои делови од записите на каталогот сакате да " -"пребарувате.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Опции
" -"Тука може подетално да го конфигурирате заменувањето:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Опции
" -"Тука може подетално да го конфигурирате пребарувањето:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Статусна линија
\n" +"Статусната линија прикажува информација за напредувањето на тековната " +"операција за пронаоѓање или замена. Првиот број во Пронајдени: го " +"прикажува бројот на датотеки во кои што се појавува бараниот текст а сѐ уште " +"не се покажани во прозорец на КБабел. Вториот го покажува бројот на досега " +"пронајдени датотеки што го содржат текстот.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Ажурирај заглавие
\n" -"Обележете го ова поле ако сакате информациите во заглавието да се ажурираат " -"при секое зачуввање на датотеката.
\n" -"Заглавието обично чува информации за датумот и времето на последното " -"ажурирање\n" -"на датотеката, кој преведувач последен ја преведувал датотеката и сл..
\n" -"Може да изберете кои информации сакате да ги ажурирате со долните полиња за " -"избирање.\n" -"Полињата што не постојат ќе бидат додадени на заглавието.\n" -"Ако сакате да додадете дополнителни полиња во заглавието, може истото да го " -"уредите рачно\n" -"со избирање на Уредување->Уреди го заглавието " -"во прозорецот на уредувачот.
Прозорец со записи
\n" +"Во овој прозорец се прикажува излезот од извршените команди.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Полиња за ажурирање
\n" -"Изберете кои полиња во заглавието сакате да бидат ажурирани при зачувување.\n" -"Ако некое поле не постои, тоа ќе биде додадено на заглавието.
\n" -"Ако сакате да додадете други информации на заглавието, ќе треба истото да го " -"уредите рачно\n" -"со избирање на Уредување->Уреди го заглавието " -"од менито на главниот прозорец.
\n" -"Деактивирајте го Ажурирај заглавие погоре ако не сакате заглавието да " -"биде\n" -"ажурирано при зачувување.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Кодирање
" -"Изберете како да се кодираат знаците при зачувување на датотеката. Ако не " -"сте сигурни кое кодирање да го користите, прашајте го вашиот координатор за " -"преведување.
" -"Менаџер на каталози
\n" +"Менаџерот на каталози спојува две папки во едно стебло и ги прикажува\n" +"сите PO и POT-датотеки во овие папки. На овој начин може лесно да видите\n" +"дали некој шаблон бил додаден или отстранет. Исто така се прикажани и\n" +"информации за датотеките.
За повеќе информации видете го одделот " +"Менаџер на каталози во помошта.
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Задржи кодирање на датотеката
" -"Ако е активирана оваа опција, датотеките секогаш ќе се зачувуваат со истото " -"кодирање со кое биле вчитани. Датотеките што немаат информација за кодирањето " -"во заглавието (пр. POT-датотеки) се зачувуваат со кодирањето поставено " -"погоре.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Провери синтакса на датотеката при зачувување
\n" -"Изберете го ова за автоматска проверка на синтаксата на датотеката со " -"„msgfmt --statistics“\n" -"при зачувување. Ако настанала грешка, ќе добиете само порака.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Зачувај застарени пораки
\n" -"Ако е активирана оваа опција, застарените пораки што биле пронајдени\n" -"при отворањето на датотеката ќе бидат повторно зачувани во датотеката.\n" -"Застарените пораки се означуваат со #~ и се креираат кога „msgmerge“ повеќе\n" -"нема потреба од преводот.\n" -"Ако текстот повторно се појави, застарените пораки повторно се активираат.\n" -"Главниот недостаток е големината на зачуваната датотека.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Формат за датумот на ревизија
" -"Изберете во кој формат да се зачува датумот и времето на полето\n" -"PO-Revision-Date од заглавието: " -"
Препорачливо е да го употребувате стандардниот формат за да избегнете " -"креирање на нестандардни PO-датотеки.
" -"За повеќе информации, погледнете го одделот Дијалог за параметри " -"во помошта.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Идентитет
\n" -"Пополнете ги тука информациите за вас и вашиот тим за преведување.\n" -"Оваа информација се користи за ажурирање на заглавието на датотеката.
\n" -"Опциите за тоа дали и кои полиња од заглавието треба да се ажурираат\n" -"ќе ги најдете не страницата Зачувај во овој дијалог.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Број на форми за еднина/множина
" -"Забелешка: Оваа опција е специфична за TDE. Ако не преведувате " -"апликации од TDE, може да ја игнорирате оваа опција.
" -"Изберете тука колку форми на еднина и множина се користат во Вашиот јазик. " -"Овој број мора да одговара на поставувањата на Вашиот јазичен тим.
" -"Алтернативно, може да ја поставите оваа опција на Автоматски " -"и КБабел ќе се обиде автоматски да ја пронајде информацијата од TDE. Може да го " -"употребите копчето Тестирај за да тестирате дали е информацијата " -"пронајдена.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Побарувај аргументи за множински форми во преводот
\n" -"Забелешка: Во моментов оваа опција е специфична за TDE. Ако не " -"преведувате апликации од TDE, може да ја игнорирате оваа опција.
\n" -"Ако е овозможена оваа опција, проверката за валидација ќе побарува " -"аргументот %n да биде присутен во пораките.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Маркер за тастатурна кратенка
" -"Дефинирајте тука кој знак ќе го определи следниот знак како тастатурна " -"кратенка. На пример, во Qt тоа е„&“, а во Gtk е „_“.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Регуларен израз за контекстна информација
" -"Внесете тука регуларен израз кој дефинира што е контекстна информација во " -"пораката и не смее да се преведува.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Проверка на правописот во лет
" -"Активирајте го ова за КБабел да го проверува во лет правописот на тоа што го " -"пишувате. Неправилно напишаните зборови ќе бидат обоени со бојата за грешки.
" -"Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Базни патеки
\n" -"Внесете ги тука патеките што ги содржат сите ваши PO и POT-датотеки.\n" -"Датотеките и папките во овие патеки ќе бидат споени во едно стебло.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Отворај ги датотеките во нов прозорец
\n" -"Ако е ова активирано, сите датотеки што се отвораат од\n" -"менаџерот на каталози ќе бидат отворени во нов прозорец.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Прекини ги процесите на излегување
\n" -"Ако го обележите ова КБабел ќе се обиде да ги прекине процесите\n" -"што сѐ уште не завршиле на неговото завршување, така што ќе им \n" -"испрати сигнал за прекин (kill).
\n" -"ЗАБЕЛЕШКА: Не е гарантирано дека процесите ќе прекинат.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Опции за датотеки
Тука може детално да конфигурирате " +"каде да се пребарува:
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Прикажани колони
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Добредојдовте во волшебникот за проекти!\n" -"\n" -"Волшебникот ќе ви помогне да конфигурирате нов\n" -"проект за преведување во КБабел.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Пред сѐ треба да го изберете името на проектот и\n" -"датотеката каде што ќе се чува конфигурацијата.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Исто така би требало да изберете и јазик на кој што\n" -"ќе преведувате и типот на проектот за преведување.\n" -"
" - -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Име на датотеката со конфигурација"
-"
\n"
-"Името на датотеката каде што ќе се чува конфигурацијата на\n"
-"проектот.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Јазик"
-"
\n"
-"Јазикот на проектот т.е. јазикот на кој ќе се преведува\n"
-"Треба да одговара на стандардот за именување јазици ISO 631.\n"
-"
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Име на проект"
-"
\n"
-"Името на проектот е идентификација на проектот за вас\n"
-"Тоа ќе биде прикажано во дијалогот за конфигурација\n"
-"како и во насловот на отворените прозорци од проектот.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Забелешка: Името на проектот не може да се смени подоцна.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Тип на проект\n" -"Типот на проект овозможува фина конфигурација на параметрите\n" -"за одредените добро познати проекти за преведување.\n" -"На пример ги конфигурира алатките за валидација,\n" -"знакот за кратенки за тастатура и форматирањето на\n" -"заглавието.\n" -"
\n" -"Тековно познати типови:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Датотеки со преводи
\n" -"Внесете ги папките што ги содржат сите ваши PO и POT-датотеки.\n" -"Потоа датотеките и папките во овие патеки ќе бидат споени во едно стебло.
" -"Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Статусни LED-диоди
\n" -"Изберете тука каде ќе бидат прикажани диодите и која боја ќе ја имаат
" -"Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Пронајди текст
Тука може да го внесете текстот за кој " +"сакате да пребарувате. Ако сакате да пребарувате за регуларен израз, " +"овозможете го подолу Користи регуларен израз.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Замени текст
Тука може да го внесете текстот со кој " +"сакате да биде заменет пронајдениот текст. Текстот ќе биде заменет како што " +"е. Не е можно да се направи референца ако сте пребарувале за регуларен израз." +"
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Каде да се пребарува
Изберете тука во кои делови од " +"записите на каталогот сакате да пребарувате.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Опции
Тука може подетално да го конфигурирате " +"заменувањето:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Опции
Тука може подетално да го конфигурирате " +"пребарувањето:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" "
-msgstr ""
+"_: Short for minutes\n"
+" min"
+msgstr " мин"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Скенирај единечна PO-датотека"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:184
+msgid "No autosave"
+msgstr "Без автом. зачувување"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:188 kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:29
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Скенирај папка"
+msgid "&General"
+msgstr "&Општо"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Скенирај папка и потпапки"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:195
+msgid "Fields to Update"
+msgstr "Полиња за ажурирање"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Скенирам датотека:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199
+msgid "Re&vision-Date"
+msgstr "Датум на ре&визија"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Додадени елементи:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200
+msgid "Last-&Translator"
+msgstr "Последен преве&дувач"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Вкупен прогрес:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Јазик"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Обработувам дат.:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "Множество з&наци"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Вчитувам дат.:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "&Кодирање"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Изнеси..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "Про&ект"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Статистика"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "Формат за датумот на ревизија"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "Повторени пораки"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "Стандарден &формат на датум"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "Добри клучеви"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "Локален фо&рмат на датум"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "Сопствен фор&мат на датум:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Мин. број зборови од клучот што се и во прашањето (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Низа за проектот"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "Ид. на проект:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Мин. број зборови од прашањето во клучот (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Заглавие"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Макс. должина на листа:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Ажурирај ав&торско право на преведувачот"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "Чести зборови"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Авторски права на „Free Software Foundation“"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 962
-#: rc.cpp:828 rc.cpp:1159
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
-msgstr "Отфрли зборови почести од:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "Отст&рани авторски права ако е празно"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "Аж&урирај авторски права"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&Не менувај"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 970
-#: rc.cpp:831 rc.cpp:1162
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "/10000"
-msgstr "/10000"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "&Авторски права"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 987
-#: rc.cpp:834 rc.cpp:1165
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
-msgstr "Честите зборови се сметаат како во секој клуч"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+msgid ""
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Ажурирај заглавие Обележете го ова поле ако сакате информациите во заглавието да се "
+"ажурираат при секое зачуввање на датотеката. Заглавието обично чува информации за датумот и времето на последното "
+"ажурирање\n"
+"на датотеката, кој преведувач последен ја преведувал датотеката и сл.. Може да изберете кои информации сакате да ги ажурирате со долните полиња "
+"за избирање.\n"
+"Полињата што не постојат ќе бидат додадени на заглавието.\n"
+"Ако сакате да додадете дополнителни полиња во заглавието, може истото да го "
+"уредите рачно\n"
+"со избирање на Уредување->Уреди го заглавието во прозорецот на "
+"уредувачот. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Полиња за ажурирање Изберете кои полиња во заглавието сакате да бидат ажурирани при "
+"зачувување.\n"
+"Ако некое поле не постои, тоа ќе биде додадено на заглавието. Ако сакате да додадете други информации на заглавието, ќе треба истото да "
+"го уредите рачно\n"
+"со избирање на Уредување->Уреди го заглавието од менито на главниот "
+"прозорец. Деактивирајте го Ажурирај заглавие погоре ако не сакате заглавието "
+"да биде\n"
+"ажурирано при зачувување. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Кодирање Изберете како да се кодираат знаците при "
+"зачувување на датотеката. Ако не сте сигурни кое кодирање да го користите, "
+"прашајте го вашиот координатор за преведување. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Задржи кодирање на датотеката Ако е активирана оваа "
+"опција, датотеките секогаш ќе се зачувуваат со истото кодирање со кое биле "
+"вчитани. Датотеките што немаат информација за кодирањето во заглавието (пр. "
+"POT-датотеки) се зачувуваат со кодирањето поставено погоре. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Провери синтакса на датотеката при зачувување Изберете го ова за автоматска проверка на синтаксата на датотеката со "
+"„msgfmt --statistics“\n"
+"при зачувување. Ако настанала грешка, ќе добиете само порака. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Зачувај застарени пораки Ако е активирана оваа опција, застарените пораки што биле пронајдени\n"
+"при отворањето на датотеката ќе бидат повторно зачувани во датотеката.\n"
+"Застарените пораки се означуваат со #~ и се креираат кога „msgmerge“ повеќе\n"
+"нема потреба од преводот.\n"
+"Ако текстот повторно се појави, застарените пораки повторно се активираат.\n"
+"Главниот недостаток е големината на зачуваната датотека. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Diff"
+msgstr "Разлики"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Користи замена на еден збор"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:127
+msgid "Searching for Differences"
+msgstr "Пребарување за разлики"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Макс. број зборови во барањето:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:138
+msgid "&Update header when saving"
+msgstr "Аж&урирај заглавие при зачувување"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Користи замена на два збора"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:139
+msgid "Update &description comment when saving"
+msgstr "Ажурирај комен&тар со опис при зачувување"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr ""
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:140
+msgid "Chec&k syntax of file when saving"
+msgstr "Провери синта&кса на датотеката при зачувување"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:141
+msgid "Save &obsolete entries"
+msgstr "Зачувај застарени п&ораки"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Локални знаци за регуларни изрази:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:143
+msgid "De&scription"
+msgstr "Опи&с"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Папка со базата на податоци:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:149
+msgid "Encoding"
+msgstr "Кодирање"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Автом. додај елемент во базата"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:155
+msgid "Default:"
+msgstr "Стандардно:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr ""
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:161
+msgid "(default)"
+msgstr "(стандардно)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "Автор на автом. додадено:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:175
+msgid "Kee&p the encoding of the file"
+msgstr "Задржи &кодирање на датотеката"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:178
+msgid "Automatic Saving"
+msgstr "Автоматско зачувување"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:183
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"
Формат за датумот на ревизија
Изберете во кој формат да " +"се зачува датумот и времето на полето\n" +"PO-Revision-Date од заглавието:
Препорачливо е да го употребувате стандардниот формат за да избегнете " +"креирање на нестандардни PO-датотеки.
За повеќе информации, погледнете " +"го одделот Дијалог за параметри во помошта.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Идентитет
\n" +"Пополнете ги тука информациите за вас и вашиот тим за преведување.\n" +"Оваа информација се користи за ажурирање на заглавието на датотеката.
\n" +"Опциите за тоа дали и кои полиња од заглавието треба да се ажурираат\n" +"ќе ги најдете не страницата Зачувај во овој дијалог.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Број на форми за еднина/множина
Забелешка: Оваа " +"опција е специфична за TDE. Ако не преведувате апликации од TDE, може да ја " +"игнорирате оваа опција.
Изберете тука колку форми на еднина и множина " +"се користат во Вашиот јазик. Овој број мора да одговара на поставувањата на " +"Вашиот јазичен тим.
Алтернативно, може да ја поставите оваа опција на " +"Автоматски и КБабел ќе се обиде автоматски да ја пронајде " +"информацијата од TDE. Може да го употребите копчето Тестирај за да " +"тестирате дали е информацијата пронајдена.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Побарувај аргументи за множински форми во преводот
\n" +"Забелешка: Во моментов оваа опција е специфична за TDE. Ако не " +"преведувате апликации од TDE, може да ја игнорирате оваа опција.
\n" +"Ако е овозможена оваа опција, проверката за валидација ќе побарува " +"аргументот %n да биде присутен во пораките.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Маркер за тастатурна кратенка
Дефинирајте тука кој знак " +"ќе го определи следниот знак како тастатурна кратенка. На пример, во Qt тоа " +"е„&“, а во Gtk е „_“.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Регуларен израз за контекстна информација
Внесете тука " +"регуларен израз кој дефинира што е контекстна информација во пораката и не " +"смее да се преведува.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Проверка на правописот во лет
Активирајте го ова за " +"КБабел да го проверува во лет правописот на тоа што го пишувате. Неправилно " +"напишаните зборови ќе бидат обоени со бојата за грешки.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Базни патеки
\n" +"Внесете ги тука патеките што ги содржат сите ваши PO и POT-датотеки.\n" +"Датотеките и папките во овие патеки ќе бидат споени во едно стебло.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Отворај ги датотеките во нов прозорец
\n" +"Ако е ова активирано, сите датотеки што се отвораат од\n" +"менаџерот на каталози ќе бидат отворени во нов прозорец.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Прекини ги процесите на излегување
\n" +"Ако го обележите ова КБабел ќе се обиде да ги прекине процесите\n" +"што сѐ уште не завршиле на неговото завршување, така што ќе им \n" +"испрати сигнал за прекин (kill).
\n" +"ЗАБЕЛЕШКА: Не е гарантирано дека процесите ќе прекинат.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Shown columns
\n" +"Прикажани колони
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Кои пораки да се преведуваат
Изберете тука за кои пораки " +"КБабел да се обиде да најде превод. Изменетите пораки се секогаш маркирани " +"како нејасни, независно од тоа која опција ќе ја изберете.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Како да бидат преведувани пораките
Тука може да " +"дефинирате дали пораките да се преведуваат само целосно, дали се прифатливи " +"слични пораки и дали КБабел да се обиде да ги преведува поединечните зборови " +"од пораката ако не бил пронајден превод не пораката или слична порака.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:1021 +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:136 +msgid "&Mark changed entries as fuzzy" +msgstr "&Маркирај ги променетите пораки како нејасни" + +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:139 msgid "" -"Total words: %1\n" -"\n" -"Words in untranslated messages: %2\n" -"\n" -"Words in fuzzy messages: %3" +"Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Маркирај ги променетите пораки како нејасни
Кога е " +"пронајден превод за порака, пораката ќе биде стандардно маркирана како " +"нејасна. Ова е поради тоа што КБабел само претпоставува дека тоа е " +"правилниот превод и треба секогаш внимателно да ги проверите резултатите. " +"Одактивирајте ја оваа опција само ако знаете што правите.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Иницијализирај пораки специфични за TDE
Ги иницијализира " +"пораките „Comment=“ и „Name=“ ако нема превод. Исто така пораките „NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS“ и „EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS“ се пополнуваат според поставувањата за " +"идентитет.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Избирач на знаци
" -"Оваа алатка ви овозможува да вметнувате специјални знаци користејќи двоен " -"клик.
Речници
Изберете тука кои речници да се користат за " +"барање на превод. Ако изберете повеќе од еден речник, тие ќе се користат по " +"истиот редослед по кој се прикажани во листата.
Копчето " +"Конфигурирај Ви овозможува да го конфигурирате привремено избраниот " +"речник. Оригиналните поставувања ќе бидат вратени по затворањето на овој " +"дијалог.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Ова копче го ажурира заглавието со тековните поставувања. Добиеното заглавие " -"е тоа што би било запишано во PO-датотеката при зачувување.
Кога е пронајден превод за порака, пораката ќе биде стандардно " +"маркирана како нејасна. Ова е поради тоа што КБабел само " +"претпоставува дека тоа е правилниот превод и треба секогаш внимателно да ги " +"проверите резултатите. Одактивирајте ја оваа опција само ако знаете што " +"правите.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Ова копче ќа ги врати сите досега направени промени.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Ова не е валидно заглавие.
\n" -"Уредете го заглавието пред да ажурирате!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Ова не е валидно заглавие.
\n" -"Уредете го заглавието пред да ажурирате.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Избирач на знаци
Оваа алатка ви овозможува да вметнувате " +"специјални знаци користејќи двоен клик.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Листа на грешки
Овој прозорец ја прикажува листата на " +"грешки што се пронајдени од алатките за валидација, за да знаете зошто " +"тековната порака е маркирана како погрешна.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Ова копче го ажурира заглавието со тековните поставувања. Добиеното " +"заглавие е тоа што би било запишано во PO-датотеката при зачувување.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Ова копче ќа ги врати сите досега направени промени.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Ова не е валидно заглавие.
\n" +"Уредете го заглавието пред да ажурирате!
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Оригинална порака
\n" -"Овој дел од прозорецот ја прикажува оригиналната порака\n" -"на тековниот елемент.
Ова не е валидно заглавие.
\n" +"Уредете го заглавието пред да ажурирате.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Статусни LED-диоди
\n" -"Овие диоди го прикажуваат статусот на тековната порака.\n" -"Може да им ја измените бојата во дијалогот за конфигурација во делот\n" -"Уредување на ливчето Изглед
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Уредувач на преводот
\n" -"Овој уредувач го прикажува преводот на тековната порака и ви овозможува да " -"ја уредувате." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Статусна линија
\n" +"Статусната линија прикажува разни информации за отворената\n" +"датотека, како што се вкупниот број на пораки и бројот на нејасни\n" +"и непреведени пораки. Исто така е покажан и редниот број и статусот на " +"тековната порака.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:467 -msgid "Insert Next Tag From Msgid P&osition" -msgstr "" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 +msgid "" +"_: Menu item\n" +"Open" +msgstr "Отвори" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:472 -msgid "Inser&t Tag" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 +msgid "Open Template" +msgstr "Отвори образец" + +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 +msgid "" +"KBabel Version %1\n" +"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" +" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Оригинална порака
\n" +"Овој дел од прозорецот ја прикажува оригиналната порака\n" +"на тековниот елемент.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Статусни LED-диоди
\n" +"Овие диоди го прикажуваат статусот на тековната порака.\n" +"Може да им ја измените бојата во дијалогот за конфигурација во делот\n" +"Уредување на ливчето Изглед
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Уредувач на преводот
\n" +"Овој уредувач го прикажува преводот на тековната порака и ви овозможува " +"да ја уредувате.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Статусна линија
\n" -"Статусната линија прикажува разни информации за отворената\n" -"датотека, како што се вкупниот број на пораки и бројот на нејасни\n" -"и непреведени пораки. Исто така е покажан и редниот број и статусот на " -"тековната порака.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Листа на грешки
" -"Овој прозорец ја прикажува листата на грешки што се пронајдени од алатките " -"за валидација, за да знаете зошто тековната порака е маркирана како " -"погрешна.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80 @@ -4806,1283 +4348,1792 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Empty database." msgstr "Празна база на податоци." -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:71 -msgid "Copyright 2000-2001 by Andrea Rizzi" -msgstr "Авторски права 2000-2001 на Andrea Rizzi" +#: kbabeldict/searchengine.h:339 +msgid "not implemented" +msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:84 -msgid "No error" -msgstr "Нема грешка" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:11 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:29 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Go" +msgstr "&Оди" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:125 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:30 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Markings" +msgstr "&Маркери" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:43 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:50 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Project" +msgstr "&Проект" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:49 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:57 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Tools" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:60 catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:165 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:202 +#, no-c-format +msgid "CVS" +msgstr "CVS" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:112 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:87 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Settings" +msgstr "Пр&имени конф." + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:117 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:95 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:122 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:100 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Main" +msgstr "Главен" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:128 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:113 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Navigationbar" +msgstr "Лента за навигација" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "To be set dynamically:" +msgstr "Да се постави динамички:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:62 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Include templates" +msgstr "Вклуч&и образци" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:70 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &wildcards" +msgstr "Користи &џокер-знаци" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:59 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Overall:" +msgstr "Вкупно:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:80 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Current file:" +msgstr "Тековна датотека:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:88 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Validation:" +msgstr "Валидација:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:96 commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:94 +#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:473 +#, no-c-format +msgid "New Item" +msgstr "Нова ставка" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:32 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Mark invalid as &fuzzy" +msgstr "Маркирај невалидни како не&јасни" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:35 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"Database folder does not exist:\n" -"%1\n" -"Do you want to create it now?" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Добредојдовте во волшебникот за проекти!\n" +"\n" +"Волшебникот ќе ви помогне да конфигурирате нов\n" +"проект за преведување во КБабел.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Пред сѐ треба да го изберете името на проектот и\n" +"датотеката каде што ќе се чува конфигурацијата.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Исто така би требало да изберете и јазик на кој што\n" +"ќе преведувате и типот на проектот за преведување.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1257 -#, c-format -msgid "Send bugs to %1" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Име на датотеката со конфигурација
\n"
+"Името на датотеката каде што ќе се чува конфигурацијата на\n"
+"проектот.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Јазик
\n"
+"Јазикот на проектот т.е. јазикот на кој ќе се преведува\n"
+"Треба да одговара на стандардот за именување јазици ISO 631.\n"
+"
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Име на проект
\n"
+"Името на проектот е идентификација на проектот за вас\n"
+"Тоа ќе биде прикажано во дијалогот за конфигурација\n"
+"како и во насловот на отворените прозорци од проектот.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Забелешка: Името на проектот не може да се смени подоцна.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Тип на проект\n" +"Типот на проект овозможува фина конфигурација на параметрите\n" +"за одредените добро познати проекти за преведување.\n" +"На пример ги конфигурира алатките за валидација,\n" +"знакот за кратенки за тастатура и форматирањето на\n" +"заглавието.\n" +"
\n" +"Тековно познати типови:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Датотеки со преводи
\n" +"Внесете ги папките што ги содржат сите ваши PO и POT-датотеки.\n" +"Потоа датотеките и папките во овие патеки ќе бидат споени во едно стебло." +"p>
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Статусни LED-диоди
\n" +"Изберете тука каде ќе бидат прикажани диодите и која боја ќе ја имаат" +"p>
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Статусна линија
\n" -"Статусната линија прикажува информација за напредувањето на тековната " -"операција за пронаоѓање или замена. Првиот број во Пронајдени: " -"го прикажува бројот на датотеки во кои што се појавува бараниот текст а сѐ уште " -"не се покажани во прозорец на КБабел. Вториот го покажува бројот на досега " -"пронајдени датотеки што го содржат текстот.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Опции за датотеки
" -"Тука може детално да конфигурирате каде да се пребарува:" -"
\n"
+"Example: "
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "Стари п&ораки:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Скенирај единечна PO-датотека..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Порака од &дневник:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Скенирај папка..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Додај датотеки авто&матски ако е потребно"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Скенирај папка и потпапки..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Предај"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Скенирам датотека:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Земи статус"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Додадени елементи:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Земи разлика"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Вкупен прогрес:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Земи информација"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Обработувам дат.:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Излез од наредбата:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Вчитувам дат.:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Пораката за запис при предавање е празна. Дали сакате да продолжите?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Изнеси..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Не можам да отворам привремена датотека за запишување. Прекинувам."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Повторени пораки"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Не можам да запишам во привремена датотека. Прекинувам."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Добри клучеви"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Процесот не можеше да се стартува."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Излезе со статус %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Мин. број зборови од клучот што се и во прашањето (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Заврши ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Каталози со пораки"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Мин. број зборови од прашањето во клучот (%):"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Макс. должина на листа:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Нема контрола на верзии"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Чести зборови"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Статус во CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Отфрли зборови почести од:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Разрешено"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Разрешено за маркирани"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Честите зборови се сметаат како во секој клуч"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Општо"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Папка на БП:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Автоматско ажурирање во КБабел"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Нови записи"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Нема склад"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Од КБабел"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Датотеки:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Алгоритам"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Име"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "М"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Алгоритми за користење"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Нејасни"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Непреведени"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Вкупно"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Речник"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Последна ревизија"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Точно "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Прозорец со записи"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Реченица по реченица"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "И&счисти"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Алфанумерички"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Прозорец со записи Во овој прозорец се прикажува излезот од извршените команди. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Менаџер на каталози Менаџерот на каталози спојува две папки во едно стебло и ги прикажува\n"
-"сите PO и POT-датотеки во овие папки. На овој начин може лесно да видите\n"
-"дали некој шаблон бил додаден или отстранет. Исто така се прикажани и\n"
-"информации за датотеките. За повеќе информации видете го одделот Менаџер на каталози "
-"во помошта. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Конфликт"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Користи замена на еден збор"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Грешка во работната копија"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Макс. број зборови во барањето:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Непознато"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Користи замена на два збора"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Ова не е валиден SVN-склад. Наредбите на SVN не можат да се извршат."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Стартувам наредба ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Дијалог за SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Локални знаци за регуларни изрази:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Ажурирај ги следниве датотеки:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "База на податоци"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Предај ги следниве датотеки:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Папка со базата на податоци:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Земи оддалечен статус за следниве датотеки:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Автом. додај елемент во базата"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Земи локален статус за следниве датотеки:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Земи разлики за следниве датотеки:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Автор на автом. додадено:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Земи информации за следниве датотеки:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:360 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:339 +msgid "&Close" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:401 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/editorpreferences.ui line 89 -#: rc.cpp:386 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "Automatic Checks" -msgstr "Semakan Tatabahasa Automatik" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:306 +msgid "" +"Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Shown columns
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Initialize TDE-specific entries Initialize \"Comment=\" "
+"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF "
+"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings."
+" Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be "
+"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they "
+"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list. The "
+"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
+"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog."
+" When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
+"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by "
+"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this "
+"option only if you know what you are doing. "
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"context info"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
+#: datatools/equations/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"equations"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Folder Rumah"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Wizard Folder Rangkaian"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Extension &fail:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "(telah ditambah %s)"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Jumlah saiz: "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Extension &fail:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Extension &fail:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Eksport Fail"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Statistik:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "Rentetan dibandingkan adalah %s dan %s."
+#: datatools/length/main.cc:61 datatools/regexp/main.cc:55
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"translation has inconsistent length"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "Kekunci Multimedia"
+#: datatools/not-translated/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"English text in translation"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
+#: datatools/pluralforms/main.cc:59
msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"plural forms"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+#: datatools/punctuation/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"punctuation"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:58
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Error loading data (%1)"
+msgstr "Data Program Rosak"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr ""
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:118
+msgid "File not found"
+msgstr "Fail tidak dijumpai"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Label Senarai Semasa"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:123
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The file is not a XML"
+msgstr "Fail %s adalah jenis tidak disokong pada masa ini"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "Abaikan Perkataan"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:147
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Expected tag 'item'"
+msgstr "Nama item tidak boleh mengandungi '/'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 962
-#: rc.cpp:828 rc.cpp:1159
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:153
+msgid "First child of 'item' is not a node"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 970
-#: rc.cpp:831 rc.cpp:1162
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "/10000"
-msgstr "/10000"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:159
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Expected tag 'name'"
+msgstr "Tetap Nama Imej"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 987
-#: rc.cpp:834 rc.cpp:1165
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
-msgstr ""
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:167
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Expected tag 'exp'"
+msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis tag!"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 16
-#: rc.cpp:837
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Edit Source"
-msgstr "Fail Sumber C++"
+#: datatools/whitespace/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"whitespace only translation"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 60
-#: rc.cpp:846
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Additional Informations"
-msgstr "CD Tambahan"
+#: datatools/xml/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"XML tags"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 75
-#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:713 rc.cpp:849
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Status: "
-msgstr "Status: "
+#: filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp:74
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "saving file"
+msgstr "Extension &fail:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 133
-#: rc.cpp:852
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Project name:"
-msgstr "Nama Medan"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp:83
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "loading file"
+msgstr "Extension &fail:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 149
-#: rc.cpp:855
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Project keywords:"
-msgstr "Projek Fedora"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:64 kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp:52
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Table:"
+msgstr "&Jadual"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 158
-#: rc.cpp:858
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "General Info"
-msgstr "Pusat Maklumat"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:84
+msgid ""
+" Character Selector This tool allows to insert special "
+"characters using double click. Comment Editor \n"
+" The comments normally contain information about where the message is "
+"found in the source\n"
+"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
+"Options->Show Comments. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+"
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" #: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 @@ -3130,19 +3092,16 @@ msgstr "Rentetan IP tidak sah" #: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:343 msgid "" -"Original String
\n" +"Original String
\n" "This part of the window shows the original message\n" "of the currently displayed entry.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Status LEDs
\n" "These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" "You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" "Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" +"Translation Editor
\n" "This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80 @@ -4494,1335 +4241,1721 @@ msgid "" "Reason: %2" msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:229 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Empty database." -msgstr "Pangkalan Data MySQL" +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:229 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Empty database." +msgstr "Pangkalan Data MySQL" + +#: kbabeldict/searchengine.h:339 +msgid "not implemented" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:11 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:29 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Go" +msgstr "Per&gi" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:30 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Markings" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:43 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:50 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Project" +msgstr "Projek Fedora" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:49 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:57 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Tools" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:60 catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:165 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:202 +#, no-c-format +msgid "CVS" +msgstr "CVS" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:112 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:87 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Settings" +msgstr "Tempatan" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:117 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:95 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:122 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:100 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Main" +msgstr "Utama" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:128 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:113 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Navigationbar" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:24 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "To be set dynamically:" +msgstr "Tetap imej ini untuk dikedudukan" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:62 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Include templates" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:70 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Use &wildcards" +msgstr "Sedang Diguna" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:59 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Overall:" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:80 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Current file:" +msgstr "Extension &fail:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:88 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Validation:" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:96 commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:94 +#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:473 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "New Item" +msgstr "&Tetingkap Baru" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:32 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Mark invalid as &fuzzy" +msgstr "Tanda perubahan ketika menaip" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:35 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" msgstr "" -"Terdapat ralat RPM. Mesejnya ialah:\n" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1738 +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"The \"Translation Database\" module\n" -"appears not to be installed on your system." +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: "
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "Buang Mesej"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Mesej Emel"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Folder Rumah"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Wizard Folder Rangkaian"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "Laksana"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Extension &fail:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "Bar &status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "(telah ditambah %s)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "Bahagian Depan Beza/Tampal"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Jumlah saiz: "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Maklumat DMA"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Extension &fail:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Arahan pencetak: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Extension &fail:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Eksport Fail"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Rentetan dibandingkan adalah %s dan %s."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "gagal tulis kemasukan menu ke fail edit menu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Kekunci Multimedia"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Clip Art tidak boleh dimuatkan"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "Papar Bar &Status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "Pemasangan selesai"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Mesej Emel"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "&Kawalan balu/yatim"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Label Senarai Semasa"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Papar Bar &Status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Abaikan Perkataan"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "&Cari Bantuan"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "&Cari Bantuan"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Umum"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Membersihkan %s"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Folder Rumah"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "&Cari Bantuan"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Ulangbut automatik sedang dijalankan."
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Tiada Fail"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "&Tetingkap Baru"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "&Fail Terbaru"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Dari Fail"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nama"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "usia minimum"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Guna Susunan RTL"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Jumlah"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Arkib Tar diGzipkan"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Terim&a semakan"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "&Tetingkap Baru"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "Teks Je_rnih"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Case perkataan"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
msgstr ""
-"dibuang selepas 7.7.3\n"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "_Sambungan tempatan"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Tarikh/masa bolehubah"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Maju ke depan satu perkataan"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Konflik"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Kira jumlah perkataan didalam dokumen"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Ralat dalam %s pada baris %d: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Guna format fail Microsoft® Word"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Tidak Diketahui"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "Arahan pencetak: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr " -R\t\tGuna regular expressions untuk mencari\n"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "dialog tanya"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Pangkalan Data"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Semua Fail Imej"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Folder Rumah"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Semua Fail Imej"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Tambah masukan ke /etc/fstab"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Hva skal oversettes
" -"Velg her hva KBabel skal prøve å oversette. Endringer blir merket som uklare " -"samme hvilken innstilling du velger.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Hvordan meldingene blir oversatt
" -"Her kan du velge om en tekst bare skal kunne oversettes når den er helt lik, " -"om lignende tekster blir akseptert, eller om KBabel skal prøve å oversette ord " -"for ord der ingen helt lik eller lignende tekst blir funnet.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Marker endrede oversettelser som uklare
" -"Når det er funnet en oversettelse av en tekst, er standardvalget at teksten " -"merkes som uklar. Dette er fordi KBabel bare gjetter seg til en " -"oversettelse, og du bør alltid sjekke resultatet nøye. Ikke skru av dette " -"valget med mindre du er helt sikker på hva du gjør.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Tilpass oppføringer som er spesielle for TDE
" -"Tilpass «Comment=»- og «Name=»-oppføringer hvis det ikke er noen " -"oversettelse. Dessuten blir feltene «NAME OF TRANSLATORS» og«EMAIL OF " -"TRANSLATORS» fylt ut med opplysningene under «Identitet» i KBabel.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Ordbøker
" -"Velg hvilke ordbøker som skal brukes for å finne en oversettelse. Hvis du " -"velger mer enn en ordbok, så blir de brukt i samme rekkefølge som de har i " -"denne lista.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Når det er funnet en oversettelse av en tekst, er standardvalget at teksten " -"merkes som uklar. Dette er fordi KBabel bare gjetter seg til en " -"oversettelse, og du bør alltid sjekke resultatet nøye. Ikke skru av dette " -"valget med mindre du er helt sikker på hva du gjør.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Finn tekst
" -"Her kan du skrive inn teksten du vil lete etter. Hvis du vil bruke regulære " -"uttrykk i søketeksten, velg Bruk regulære uttrykk nedenfor.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Erstatte tekst
" -"Her kan du skrive inn det du vil at søketeksten skal erstattes med. Teksten " -"blir brukt som den er. Det er ikke mulig å referere bakover, altså til tekster " -"i søkefeltet, selv om du har brukt regulære uttrykk.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Søk i
" -"Velg her hvilke deler av katalogen du vil søke i.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Innstillinger
" -"Her kan du fininnstille erstatning:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Innstillinger
" -"Her kan du fininnstille søkefunksjonen" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Statuslinja
\n" +"Statuslinja viser informasjon om framgangen i den finn- eller erstatt- " +"operasjonen som pågår. Det første tallet i Funnet: viser antall filer " +"som inneholder en forekomst av søketeksten og som ikke ennå er vist i KBabel-" +"vinduet. Det andre tallet viser antall filer funnet hittil som inneholder " +"søketeksten..
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Oppdater filhodet
\n" -"Bruk denne knappen for å oppdatere informasjonen i filhodet hver gang fila " -"lagres.
\n" -"Filhodet inneholder vanligvis datoen og tidspunktet fila ble oppdatert på\n" -"sist, siste oversetter osv.
\n" -"Du kan velge hvilken informasjon du vil oppdatere ved hjelp av valgene " -"nedenfor. Felter som ikke finnes, blir lagt til i filhodet.\n" -"Hvis du vil legge til ekstra felter i filhodet, så kan du redigere filhodet " -"manuelt ved å velge «Rediger – Rediger filhodet» " -"i redigeringsvinduet.
Loggvindu
\n" +"I dette vinduet vises resultatet av kommandoer som kjøres.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Felter som skal oppdateres
\n" -"Velg hvilke felter i filhodet du vil skal oppdateres når du lagrer.\n" -"Hvis et felt ikke finnes, blir det lagt til i filhodet.
\n" -"Hvis du vil legge til annen informasjon i filhodet må du redigere filhodet\n" -"manuelt ved å velge Rediger – Rediger filhodet i redigeringsvinduet.
" -"\n" -"Skru av Oppdater filhodet hvis du ikke vil oppdatere filhodet\n" -"når du lagrer.
Katalogbehandler
Katalogbehandleren viser to katalogtrær " +"som ett tre, viser altså alle po- og pot-filer i disse mappene. På denne " +"måten kan du enkelt se om en ny mal har blitt lagt til eller fjernet. Det " +"blir også vist litt informasjon om filene.
For mer informasjon, se " +"avsnittet Katalogbehandler i hjelpefila.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Tegnsett
" -"Velg hvilket tegnsett du vil bruke når du lagrer en fil. Hvis du er usikker " -"på hvilket tegnsett du skal bruke, så spør dine oversetterkolleger.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Behold tegnsettet fra fila
" -"Hvis denne funksjonen er slått på, blir fila alltid lagret med det samme " -"tegnsettet som den ble lest i. Filer uten informasjon om tegnsettet i filhodet " -"(altså pot-filer) lagres med det tegnsettet som er valgt ovenfor.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Sjekk syntaksen i fila når du lagrer
\n" -"Kryss av her for automatisk å sjekke syntaksen i fila med «msgfmt " -"--statistics» når du lagrer en fil. Du vil bare få beskjed hvis det oppstår en " -"feil.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Lagre utdaterte oversettelser
\n" -"Hvis dette er krysset av, vil gamle oversettelsersom ble funnet da fila ble " -"åpnet\n" -"bli lagret tilbake i fila. Utdaterte oversettelser er merket med #~ og blir " -"laget når msgmerge ikke trenger disse oversettelsene lenger. Hvis teksten " -"skulle dukke opp igjen, vil disse oppføringene bli skrudd på igjen.\n" -"Den største ulempen med dette er at fila tar mer plass.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Format på revisjonsdatoen
" -"Velg dato- og tidsformat for filhodet\n" -"PO-Revision-Dateer lagret: " -"
For mer informasjon, se bolken Dialogvindu for innstillinger " -"i hjelpefila for KBabel.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identitet
\n" -"Fyll inn informasjon om deg selv og oversetterlaget.\n" -"Informasjonen vil bli brukt når filhodet i en fil oppdateres.
\n" -"Du finner ulike valg for filhodet og for hvilke felt som skal oppdateres\n" -"på siden Lagre i denne dialogboksen.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Antall entalls-/flertallsformer
\n" -"Merk: Denne funksjonen virker for øyeblikket bare i TDE. Hvis du ikke " -"oversetter et TDE-program, så kan du trygt overse denne funksjonen.
\n" -"Velg her hvor mange entalls-/flertallsformer som er i bruk på ditt språk. " -"Antallet må stemme overens med angivelsene fra ditt oversetterlag. " -"
Du kan også velge automatisk og Kbabel vil prøve å hente denne " -"informasjonen automatisk fra TDE. Bruk knappen Test " -"for å se om Kbabel klarer å finne det ut.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Krev at flertallsformer har argumenter
" -"\n" -"Merknad: Dette valget gjelder for øyeblikket bare for TDE. Hvis du ikke " -"oversetter et TDE-program, så kan du bare overse denne innstillinga
\n" -"Hvis innstillinga er skrudd på, så vil gyldighetstesten kreve at " -"flertallsformer har argumenter i meldinga. %n
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU-filhode for flertall
\n" -"Her kan du lage en filhodeoppføring for behandling av GNU flertallsformer. " -"Hvis du lar oppføringa stå tom, så vil ikke oppføringa i po-fila bli endret " -"eller lagt til.
\n" -"KBabel kan automatisk prøve å finne de rette verdiene ved å bruke GNU " -"gettexts innstillinger for ditt språk. Bare trykk på Slå opp
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Tegn for snarveistast
" -"Her kan du angi hvilket tegn som skal vise at den følgende bokstaven er en " -"snarveistast. For eksempel er det '&' i Qt, og i Gtk er det '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Regulære uttrykk for informasjon om sammenhengen
" -"Skriv inn et regulært uttrykk her som angir hva som er informasjon om " -"sammenhengen i meldinga og som ikke skal oversettes.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Fortløpende stavekontroll
" -"Skru på dette for å få KBabel til å sjekke stavingen mens du skriver. " -"Feilstavede ord vil få den fargen som er angitt som feilfarge.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Husk ignorerte ord
" -"Skru på dette hvis du vil at hver gang du kjører stavekontrollen skal KBabel " -"ignorere ord der du har valgt Ignorer Alle i stavekontrollvinduet.
" -"Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Toppmapper
\n" -"Skriv inn mappene som inneholder alle dine po- og pot-filer.\n" -"Filene og undermappene i disse mappene vil så bli slått sammen til ett\n" -"tre.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Åpne filer i et nytt vindu
\n" -"Hvis dette er valgt, så vil alle filer åpnet fra Katalogbehandleren bli\n" -"åpnet i et nytt vindu
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Stopp prosesser ved avslutning
\n" -"Hvis du krysser av her, vil KBabel prøve å avslutte de prosessene som ikke " -"alt er avsluttet\n" -"når Kbabel avsluttes ved å sende et stoppsignal til dem.
\n" -"Merk: Det er ikke helt sikkert at prosessene virkelig avsluttes.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Lag et indeks over filinnholdet
\n" -"Hvis du velger dette, vil KBabel lage et indeks for hver po-fil for å gjøre " -"søk/erstatt-funksjonen raskere.
\n" -"MERK: Dette vil gjøre oppdateringa av filinformasjonen betraktelig " -"tregere.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Kjør msgfmt før du behandler en fil
" -"Hvis du velger dette vil KBabel kjøre getteksts msgfmt-verktøy før den " -"behandler fila
" -"Det anbefales at du krysser av for dette, selv om det gjør behandlinga " -"tregere. Det er standardvalget at dette er på.
" -"Det kan være nyttig å fjerne krysset på trege datamaskiner og når du vil " -"oversette po-filer som ikke støttes av din versjon av gettext. Ulempen med å " -"fjerne krysset er at nesten ingen syntakssjekk foretas når fila behandles, slik " -"at ugyldige po-filer kan se helt greie ut, selv om gettext ville ha funnet feil " -"i dem.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Kommandoer for mapper
" -"Her kan du legge til kommandoer du vil utføre i mapper fra " -"katalogbehandleren. Kommandoene vises deretter i undermenyen Kommandoer " -"i katalogbehandlerens sprettoppmeny.
" -"Følgende tekster vil bli erstattet i en kommando:" -"
Filinnstillinger
Her kan du fininnstille hvor du vil " +"lete:
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Kommandoer for filer
" -"Her kan du legge til kommandoer du vil kjøre på filer fra " -"katalogbehandleren. Kommandoene vises deretter i undermenyen Kommandoer " -"i katalogbehandlerens sprettoppmeny.
" -"Følgende tekster vil bli erstattet i en kommando:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Viste kolonner
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Velkommen til veiviseren for prosjekter\n" -"\n" -"Veiviseren vil hjelpe deg med å sette opp et nytt oversettelsesprosjekt for " -"Kbabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Aller først må du gi prosjektet et navn\n" -"og oppgi fila der du vil lagre innstillingene.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Du må også velge hvilket språk du skal oversette til\n" -"og hva slags prosjekt det er.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "&Meld inn" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Navn på oppsettsfila"
-"
\n"
-"Navn på fila der du vil lagre oppsettet for prosjektet.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Språk"
-"
\n"
-"Målspråket for prosjektet, altså det språket du skal oversette til. Navnet på "
-"språket bør være i overenstemmelse med standarden\n"
-"ISO 631.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Prosjektnavn"
-"
\n"
-"Navnet på prosjektet er der for din egen del så du vet\n"
-"hvilket prosjekt dette er. Navnet vises i dialogvinduet for\n"
-"prosjektoppsettet og i tittelen på det vinduet du åpner for\n"
-"prosjektet.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Merk:Prosjektnavnet kan ikke endres i etterkant.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Prosjekttype\n" -"Ved hjelp av prosjekttype kan du fininnstille velkjente\n" -"oversettelsesprosjekter. For eksempel lagrer du da oppsettet\n" -"av verktøyene for gyldighetstest, markering av snarveistaster\n" -"og hva det skal stå i filhodet.\n" -"
\n" -"Kjente prosjekttyper:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Oversettelsesfiler
\n" -"Skriv inn mappene som inneholder alle dine po- og pot-filer.\n" -"Filene og undermappene i disse mappene vil så bli slått sammen til ett tre.
" -"Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Kilde for å lete etter forskjeller
" -"Her kan du velge en kilde du vil bruke når du ser etter forskjeller.
" -"Du kan velge en fil, en oversettelsesdatabase eller en tilsvarende oversatt " -"tekst (msgstr).
\n" -"Hvis du velger en oversettelsesdatabase, så hentes de strengene du " -"sammenligner med fra den. For at dette skal være til nytte, må du skru på " -"Legg oppføring automatisk til databasen i dialogboksen for " -"innstillinger.
" -"Det siste valget er nyttig for de som bruker po-filer til å språkvaske " -"oversettelsen.
" -"Du kan sammenligne to strenger fra ulike filer enkeltvis ved å velge " -"«Verktøy – Differanse – Åpne fil for differanse» i KBabel's hovedvindu.
" -"Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Toppmappe for diff-filer" -"
Her kan du angi en mappe der filene som skal sammenlignes ligger. Hvis både " -"diff-filene og originalfilene er lagret like mange nivåer under denne mappa, " -"kan KBabel automatisk finne den rette fila å sammenligne med.
" -"Vær klar over at dette valget ikke har noen virkning når du sammenligner med " -"tekster fra databasen.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Start søk automatisk
\n" -"Hvis dette er på, så vil søket automatisk starte når du bytter til en annen " -"tekst i redigeringsvinduet. Du kan velge hvor du skal søke ved hjelp av " -"kombinasjonsboksen Standardordbok.
\n" -"Du kan også starte søket manuelt ved å velge en tekst i\n" -"sprettoppmenyen som kommer når du velger «Ordbøker – Finn …» " -"eller holder ordboksknappen i verktøylinja nede en stund.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Standardordbok
" -"Her kan du velge hvilken ordbok det skal søkes i. Denne innstillinga brukes " -"når søket er startet automatisk, eller når du trykker ordboksknappen på " -"verktøylinja.
" -"Du kan stille inn de forskjellige ordbøkene ved å velge den ordboka du vil " -"ha fra «Innstillinger – Ordboksoppsett».
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Slå automatisk av uklar-statusen
" -"Hvis dette valget er på, og du redigerer en uklar oversettelse, så blir\n" -"uklar-statusen automatisk slått av (dette betyr at teksten ,\n" -"fuzzyfjernes fra kommentaren til teksten).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Bruk smart redigering
\\n\n" -"Kryss av for dette valget for å gjøre inntastningen av \n" -"tekst enklere og for å la KBabel ta hånd om spesialtegn \n" -"som må settes i hermetegn. Hvis du for eksempel skriver inn \n" -"«\\\"», vil det gi «\\\\\\\"». Trykker du på «Enter» vil det \n" -"automatisk bli lagt til et mellomrom på slutten av linja, \n" -"og trykker du «Shift + Enter» vil det bli lagt til «\\\\n» på \n" -"slutten av linja.
\n" -"Vær oppmerksom på at dette bare er en hjelp, og at \n" -"de fortsatt er mulig å lage tekster med syntaktiske feil.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Feilgjenkjennelse
" -"Her kan du velge hvordan feil vises. Gi lyd ved feil gir lyd, og " -"Endre tekstfarge ved feil endrer fargen på den oversatte teksten. Selv om " -"alt er valgt bort, vil du fortsatt se en feilmelding i statuslinja.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Statussignal
" -"Velg her hvor statussignalene skal vises og hvilke farger de skal ha.
" - -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/editorpreferences.ui line 224 -#: rc.cpp:425 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Display in stat&usbar" -msgstr "Vis i stat&uslinja" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/editorpreferences.ui line 232 -#: rc.cpp:428 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Display in edi&tor" -msgstr "Vis i &redigeringsruta" +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:145 +msgid "Enter the name of the archive without file extension" +msgstr "Skriv inn navnet på arkivet uten filetternavn" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/kbabelui.rc line 29 -#: rc.cpp:440 rc.cpp:1189 -#, no-c-format -msgid "&Go" -msgstr "&Gå" +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:178 +msgid "Error while trying to create archive file." +msgstr "Feil under forsøk på å lage en arkivfil." -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/kbabelui.rc line 50 -#: rc.cpp:443 rc.cpp:1195 -#, no-c-format -msgid "&Project" -msgstr "Pros&jekt" +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:193 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while trying to read file %1." +msgstr "Klarte ikke å lese fila %1." -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/kbabelui.rc line 58 -#: rc.cpp:449 -#, no-c-format -msgid "&Spelling" -msgstr "&Stavekontroll" +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:208 +msgid "Error while trying to copy file %1 into archive." +msgstr "Klarte ikke å kopiere fila %1 til arkivet." -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/kbabelui.rc line 68 -#: rc.cpp:452 -#, no-c-format -msgid "D&iff" -msgstr "&Differanse" +#: common/kbproject.cpp:53 +msgid "unnamed" +msgstr "uten navn" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/kbabelui.rc line 82 -#: rc.cpp:455 -#, no-c-format -msgid "&Dictionaries" -msgstr "Or&dbøker" +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:51 +msgid "Command &Label:" +msgstr "&Kommando-tittel:" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/kbabelui.rc line 100 -#: rc.cpp:467 rc.cpp:1213 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Main" -msgstr "Hoved" +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:52 +msgid "Co&mmand:" +msgstr "&Kommando:" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/kbabelui.rc line 113 -#: rc.cpp:470 rc.cpp:1216 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Navigationbar" -msgstr "Navigasjonslinje" +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:66 +msgid "&Add" +msgstr "&Legg til" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 28 -#: rc.cpp:473 -#, no-c-format -msgid "General" -msgstr "Generelt" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:4 catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:78 +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:70 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:10 +#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp:91 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "&Rediger …" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 39 -#: rc.cpp:476 rc.cpp:746 rc.cpp:1077 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Database" -msgstr "Database" +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:74 +msgid "&Remove" +msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 50 -#: rc.cpp:479 -#, no-c-format -msgid "DB folder:" -msgstr "Databasemappe:" +#: commonui/context.cpp:97 +msgid "Corresponding source file not found" +msgstr "Fant ikke tilsvarende kildefil" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 63 -#: rc.cpp:482 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Automatic update in kbabel" -msgstr "Automatisk oppdatering i KBabel" +#: commonui/context.cpp:265 commonui/context.cpp:275 commonui/context.cpp:285 +msgid "" +"KBabel cannot start a text editor component.\n" +"Please check your TDE installation." +msgstr "" +"KBabel klarer ikke å starte skrivekomponenten.\n" +"Du bør sjekke TDE-installasjonen din." -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 73 -#: rc.cpp:485 -#, no-c-format -msgid "New Entries" -msgstr "Nye oppføringer" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:62 +msgid "&Find:" +msgstr "&Finn:" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 84 -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1268 rc.cpp:488 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Author:" -msgstr "Forfatter:" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:71 +msgid "" +"Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Finn tekst
Her kan du skrive inn teksten du vil lete " +"etter. Hvis du vil bruke regulære uttrykk i søketeksten, velg Bruk " +"regulære uttrykk nedenfor.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Erstatte tekst
Her kan du skrive inn det du vil at " +"søketeksten skal erstattes med. Teksten blir brukt som den er. Det er ikke " +"mulig å referere bakover, altså til tekster i søkefeltet, selv om du har " +"brukt regulære uttrykk.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Søk i
Velg her hvilke deler av katalogen du vil søke i." +"p>
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Innstillinger
Her kan du fininnstille erstatning:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Innstillinger
Her kan du fininnstille " +"søkefunksjonen
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Eksempel:"
-" "
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Let igjennom en enkelt po-fil"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Let igjennom en mappe"
+" Oppdater filhodet Bruk denne knappen for å oppdatere informasjonen i filhodet hver gang "
+"fila lagres. Filhodet inneholder vanligvis datoen og tidspunktet fila ble oppdatert "
+"på\n"
+"sist, siste oversetter osv. Du kan velge hvilken informasjon du vil oppdatere ved hjelp av valgene "
+"nedenfor. Felter som ikke finnes, blir lagt til i filhodet.\n"
+"Hvis du vil legge til ekstra felter i filhodet, så kan du redigere filhodet "
+"manuelt ved å velge «Rediger – Rediger filhodet» i redigeringsvinduet."
+" Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Felter som skal oppdateres Velg hvilke felter i filhodet du vil skal oppdateres når du lagrer.\n"
+"Hvis et felt ikke finnes, blir det lagt til i filhodet. Hvis du vil legge til annen informasjon i filhodet må du redigere "
+"filhodet\n"
+"manuelt ved å velge Rediger – Rediger filhodet i redigeringsvinduet."
+"p>\n"
+" Skru av Oppdater filhodet hvis du ikke vil oppdatere filhodet\n"
+"når du lagrer. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Tegnsett Velg hvilket tegnsett du vil bruke når du "
+"lagrer en fil. Hvis du er usikker på hvilket tegnsett du skal bruke, så spør "
+"dine oversetterkolleger. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Behold tegnsettet fra fila Hvis denne funksjonen er "
+"slått på, blir fila alltid lagret med det samme tegnsettet som den ble lest "
+"i. Filer uten informasjon om tegnsettet i filhodet (altså pot-filer) lagres "
+"med det tegnsettet som er valgt ovenfor. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Sjekk syntaksen i fila når du lagrer Kryss av her for automatisk å sjekke syntaksen i fila med «msgfmt --"
+"statistics» når du lagrer en fil. Du vil bare få beskjed hvis det oppstår en "
+"feil. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Lagre utdaterte oversettelser Hvis dette er krysset av, vil gamle oversettelsersom ble funnet da fila "
+"ble åpnet\n"
+"bli lagret tilbake i fila. Utdaterte oversettelser er merket med #~ og blir "
+"laget når msgmerge ikke trenger disse oversettelsene lenger. Hvis teksten "
+"skulle dukke opp igjen, vil disse oppføringene bli skrudd på igjen.\n"
+"Den største ulempen med dette er at fila tar mer plass. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Hvis du søker etter Mitt navn er Andreas og du har skrudd på "
-"ett-ordserstatning, så vil du også finne tekster som "
-"Mitt navn er Jon eller Ditt navn er Andreas."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "Lokalt datofo&rmat"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Bruk ett-ordserstatning"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "Tilpasset datofor&mat:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Største antall ord i spørringa:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Prosjekttekst"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Bruk to-ordserstatning"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "Prosjekt-id:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-Z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Filhode"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Oppdater opp&havsretten til oversetteren"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Lokale tegn for regulære uttrykk:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Opphavsretten til «Free Software Foundation»"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Databasemappe:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "&Fjern opphavsrettsfeltet hvis det er tomt"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Legg oppføring automatisk til databasen"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "O&ppdater opphavsretten"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr ""
-"Legg en linje til i databasen automatisk hvis den nye oversettelsen er varslet "
-"av noen (kan være kbabel)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&Ikke endre"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "Den som utførte autooversettelsen"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "Opphavs&rett"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"
Format på revisjonsdatoen
Velg dato- og tidsformat for " +"filhodet\n" +"PO-Revision-Dateer lagret:
For mer " +"informasjon, se bolken Dialogvindu for innstillinger i hjelpefila for " +"KBabel.
\n" -"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be " -"inserted in the good keys list." -"
\n" -"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must " -"have to insert the key in the list." -"
\n" -"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the " -"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one." -"
\n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"Man kan velge det minste antallet ord i forespørselen en nøkkel må ha for å bli "
-"lagt til i lista over gode nøkler"
-" \n"
-"Man kan også velge det minste antallet ord i nøkkelen som en forespørsel må ha "
-"for å bli lagt til lista over gode nøkler"
-" \n"
-"Disse tallene er i prosent av det totale antallet ord. Hvis resultatet av denne "
-"prosenten er mindre enn én, vil maskinen sette den til én."
-" \n"
-"Til slutt kan du også velge det største antallet oppføringer i lista."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:432
+msgid "&Full language name:"
+msgstr "&Fullt språknavn:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Minste antall ord i nøkkelen som også er i spørringa (%)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:438
+msgid "Lan&guage code:"
+msgstr "Språk&kode:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:444
+msgid "&Language mailing list:"
+msgstr "Språkets e-post&liste:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Minste antall spørreord i nøkkelen (%)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:449
+msgid "&Timezone:"
+msgstr "&Tidssone:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Største listelengde:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:455
+msgid ""
+" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Identitet Fyll inn informasjon om deg selv og oversetterlaget.\n"
+"Informasjonen vil bli brukt når filhodet i en fil oppdateres. Du finner ulike valg for filhodet og for hvilke felt som skal oppdateres\n"
+"på siden Lagre i denne dialogboksen. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Antall entalls-/flertallsformer Merk: Denne funksjonen virker for øyeblikket bare i TDE. Hvis du "
+"ikke oversetter et TDE-program, så kan du trygt overse denne funksjonen."
+"p>\n"
+" Velg her hvor mange entalls-/flertallsformer som er i bruk på ditt språk. "
+"Antallet må stemme overens med angivelsene fra ditt oversetterlag. Du kan "
+"også velge automatisk og Kbabel vil prøve å hente denne informasjonen "
+"automatisk fra TDE. Bruk knappen Test for å se om Kbabel klarer å "
+"finne det ut. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Krev at flertallsformer har argumenter \n"
+"Merknad: Dette valget gjelder for øyeblikket bare for TDE. Hvis du "
+"ikke oversetter et TDE-program, så kan du bare overse denne innstillinga"
+"p>\n"
+" Hvis innstillinga er skrudd på, så vil gyldighetstesten kreve at "
+"flertallsformer har argumenter i meldinga. %n GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. GNU-filhode for flertall Her kan du lage en filhodeoppføring for behandling av GNU "
+"flertallsformer. Hvis du lar oppføringa stå tom, så vil ikke oppføringa i po-"
+"fila bli endret eller lagt til. KBabel kan automatisk prøve å finne de rette verdiene ved å bruke GNU "
+"gettexts innstillinger for ditt språk. Bare trykk på Slå opp Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Tegn for snarveistast Her kan du angi hvilket tegn som "
+"skal vise at den følgende bokstaven er en snarveistast. For eksempel er det "
+"'&' i Qt, og i Gtk er det '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Regulære uttrykk for informasjon om sammenhengen Skriv "
+"inn et regulært uttrykk her som angir hva som er informasjon om sammenhengen "
+"i meldinga og som ikke skal oversettes. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Fortløpende stavekontroll Skru på dette for å få KBabel "
+"til å sjekke stavingen mens du skriver. Feilstavede ord vil få den fargen "
+"som er angitt som feilfarge. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Husk ignorerte ord Skru på dette hvis du vil at hver "
+"gang du kjører stavekontrollen skal KBabel ignorere ord der du har valgt "
+"Ignorer Alle i stavekontrollvinduet. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Toppmapper Skriv inn mappene som inneholder alle dine po- og pot-filer.\n"
+"Filene og undermappene i disse mappene vil så bli slått sammen til ett\n"
+"tre. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-"\n"
-"
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
\n" -"De følgende variablene vil ble erstattet i stien hvis de er tilgjengelige:\n" -"
Åpne filer i et nytt vindu
\n" +"Hvis dette er valgt, så vil alle filer åpnet fra Katalogbehandleren bli\n" +"åpnet i et nytt vindu
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Stopp prosesser ved avslutning
\n" +"Hvis du krysser av her, vil KBabel prøve å avslutte de prosessene som " +"ikke alt er avsluttet\n" +"når Kbabel avsluttes ved å sende et stoppsignal til dem.
\n" +"Merk: Det er ikke helt sikkert at prosessene virkelig avsluttes.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Lag et indeks over filinnholdet
\n" +"Hvis du velger dette, vil KBabel lage et indeks for hver po-fil for å " +"gjøre søk/erstatt-funksjonen raskere.
\n" +"MERK: Dette vil gjøre oppdateringa av filinformasjonen betraktelig " +"tregere.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Kjør msgfmt før du behandler en fil
Hvis du velger dette " +"vil KBabel kjøre getteksts msgfmt-verktøy før den behandler fila
Det " +"anbefales at du krysser av for dette, selv om det gjør behandlinga tregere. " +"Det er standardvalget at dette er på.
Det kan være nyttig å fjerne " +"krysset på trege datamaskiner og når du vil oversette po-filer som ikke " +"støttes av din versjon av gettext. Ulempen med å fjerne krysset er at nesten " +"ingen syntakssjekk foretas når fila behandles, slik at ugyldige po-filer kan " +"se helt greie ut, selv om gettext ville ha funnet feil i dem.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Marker tekster med syntaksfeil som uklare" -"
\n" -"
Hvis du velger dette, så vil alle elementer\n" -"med syntaksfeil markeres\n" -"som uklar og fila\n" -"bli lagret.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Kommandoer for mapper
Her kan du legge til kommandoer du " +"vil utføre i mapper fra katalogbehandleren. Kommandoene vises deretter i " +"undermenyen Kommandoer i katalogbehandlerens sprettoppmeny." +"p>
Følgende tekster vil bli erstattet i en kommando:
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
&Ikke sjekk uklare" -"
\n" -"
Hvis du velger dette, så blir ikke \n" -"tekster som er uklare sjekket.
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Kommandoer for filer
Her kan du legge til kommandoer du " +"vil kjøre på filer fra katalogbehandleren. Kommandoene vises deretter i " +"undermenyen Kommandoer i katalogbehandlerens sprettoppmeny." +"p>
Følgende tekster vil bli erstattet i en kommando:
Shown columns
\n" +"Viste kolonner
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Hva skal oversettes
Velg her hva KBabel skal prøve å " +"oversette. Endringer blir merket som uklare samme hvilken innstilling du " +"velger.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Hvordan meldingene blir oversatt
Her kan du velge om en " +"tekst bare skal kunne oversettes når den er helt lik, om lignende tekster " +"blir akseptert, eller om KBabel skal prøve å oversette ord for ord der ingen " +"helt lik eller lignende tekst blir funnet.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Marker endrede oversettelser som uklare
Når det er " +"funnet en oversettelse av en tekst, er standardvalget at teksten merkes som " +"uklar. Dette er fordi KBabel bare gjetter seg til en oversettelse, og " +"du bør alltid sjekke resultatet nøye. Ikke skru av dette valget med mindre " +"du er helt sikker på hva du gjør.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Tilpass oppføringer som er spesielle for TDE
Tilpass " +"«Comment=»- og «Name=»-oppføringer hvis det ikke er noen oversettelse. " +"Dessuten blir feltene «NAME OF TRANSLATORS» og«EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS» fylt ut " +"med opplysningene under «Identitet» i KBabel.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Ordbøker
Velg hvilke ordbøker som skal brukes for å " +"finne en oversettelse. Hvis du velger mer enn en ordbok, så blir de brukt i " +"samme rekkefølge som de har i denne lista.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Når det er funnet en oversettelse av en tekst, er standardvalget at " +"teksten merkes som uklar. Dette er fordi KBabel bare gjetter seg til " +"en oversettelse, og du bør alltid sjekke resultatet nøye. Ikke skru av dette " +"valget med mindre du er helt sikker på hva du gjør.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Spesialtegn
" -"Dette verktøyet lar deg sette inn spesialtegn ved å dobbeltklikke.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Med denne knappen oppdaterer du toppteksten ved å bruke de gjeldende " -"innstillingene. Toppteksten som da oppstår vil bli skrevet inn i toppteksten " -"når fila blir lagret.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Med denne knappen omgjør du alle endringene som er gjort så langt
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Dette filhodet er ugyldig
\n" -"Rediger filhodet før du oppdaterer.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Dette filhodet er ugyldig
\n" -"Rediger filhodet før du oppdaterer.
Spesialtegn
Dette verktøyet lar deg sette inn " +"spesialtegn ved å dobbeltklikke.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Kommentarfelt
\n" -"Dette redigeringsvinduet viser deg kommentarer til teksten." -"\n"
+" Kommentarfelt \n"
" Kommentarene inneholder vanligvis informasjon om hvor meldinga finnes i\n"
"kildekoden og statusinformasjon om denne teksten (uklar, c-format).\n"
"Tips fra andre oversettere finnes iblant også i kommentarene. Du kan skjule kommentarfeltet ved å skru av\n"
"Innstillinger – Vis kommentarer. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Sammenheng
Dette vinduet viser sammenhengen til den " +"gjeldende teksten i fila. Normalt viser den fire tekster før og fire etter." +"p>
Du kan skjule verktøyvinduet ved å skru av Innstillinger – Vis " +"verktøy.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Liste over feil
Dette vinduet viser en liste over feil " +"som ble funnet av gyldighetstestene slik at du vet hvorfor denne beskjeden " +"er blitt markert som feil.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Med denne knappen oppdaterer du toppteksten ved å bruke de gjeldende " +"innstillingene. Toppteksten som da oppstår vil bli skrevet inn i toppteksten " +"når fila blir lagret.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Med denne knappen omgjør du alle endringene som er gjort så langt" +"p>
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Dette filhodet er ugyldig
\n" +"Rediger filhodet før du oppdaterer.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Dette filhodet er ugyldig
\n" +"Rediger filhodet før du oppdaterer.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Søkeresultater
" -"Denne delen av vinduet viser resultatene av søk i ordbøker." -"
" -"
På toppen står det hvor mange oppføringer som ble funnet, og hvor den " -"gjeldende oppføringa ble funnet. Bruk knappene nederst til å navigere gjennom " -"søkeresultatene.
" -"Et søk blir enten startet automatisk når du bytter til en annen oppføring i " -"redigeringsvinduet, eller ved at du velger ordbok i Ordbøker – Finn …" -".
" -"Fellesvalgene kan angis i dialogvinduet for innstillinger i bolken Søk" -"; valgene for de ulike ordbøkene kan endres under " -"Innstillinger – Ordboksoppsett.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Originaltekst:
\n" -"Denne delen av vinduet viser originalteksten\n" -"for den valgte oversettelsen.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Statussignal
\n" -"Disse statussignalene viser statusen på den viste teksten.\n" -"Du kan endre fargene på dem i oppsetts-dialogboksen, avsnittet\n" -"Redigerer på fanebladet Utseende
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Oversettelsesfelt
\n" -"Oversettelsesfeltet viser og lar deg redigere oversettelsen av den valgte " -"teksten." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Statuslinja
\n" +"Statuslinja viser informasjon om den åpnede fila,\n" +"f.eks. det samlede antall oppføringer og antall uklare og ikke oversatte\n" +"tekster. Også indeks og status for den gjeldende oppføringa er vist.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Klarte ikke å starte programmet for stavekontroll.\n" -"Sjekk at programmet er rett satt opp og i din søkesti (path)." - -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4397 -msgid "The spell checker program seems to have crashed." -msgstr "Det ser ut til at programmet for stavekontroll krasjet." - -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:940 -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1024 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4433 -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp:239 -msgid "Searching" -msgstr "Søker" +"Søkeresultater
Denne delen av vinduet viser resultatene " +"av søk i ordbøker.
På toppen står det hvor mange oppføringer som ble " +"funnet, og hvor den gjeldende oppføringa ble funnet. Bruk knappene nederst " +"til å navigere gjennom søkeresultatene.
Et søk blir enten startet " +"automatisk når du bytter til en annen oppføring i redigeringsvinduet, eller " +"ved at du velger ordbok i Ordbøker – Finn ….
Fellesvalgene kan " +"angis i dialogvinduet for innstillinger i bolken Søk; valgene for de " +"ulike ordbøkene kan endres under Innstillinger – Ordboksoppsett.
" +"qt>" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:129 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:132 -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:150 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1754 -#, c-format +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 msgid "" -"Cannot open project file\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" -"Kan ikke åpne prosjektfila\n" -"%1" +"_: Menu item\n" +"Open" +msgstr "Åpne" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:130 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:133 -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:151 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1755 -msgid "Project File Error" -msgstr "Feil med prosjektfil" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 +msgid "Open Template" +msgstr "Åpne mal" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:330 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 msgid "" -"You have not run KBabel before. To allow KBabel to work correctly you must " -"enter some information in the preferences dialog first.\n" -"The minimum requirement is to fill out the Identity page.\n" -"Also check the encoding on the Save page, which is currently set to %1. You may " -"want to change this setting according to the settings of your language team." +"KBabel Version %1\n" +"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" +" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Originaltekst:
\n" +"Denne delen av vinduet viser originalteksten\n" +"for den valgte oversettelsen.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Statussignal
\n" +"Disse statussignalene viser statusen på den viste teksten.\n" +"Du kan endre fargene på dem i oppsetts-dialogboksen, avsnittet\n" +"Redigerer på fanebladet Utseende
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Oversettelsesfelt
\n" +"Oversettelsesfeltet viser og lar deg redigere oversettelsen av den valgte " +"teksten.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Statuslinja
\n" -"Statuslinja viser informasjon om den åpnede fila,\n" -"f.eks. det samlede antall oppføringer og antall uklare og ikke oversatte\n" -"tekster. Også indeks og status for den gjeldende oppføringa er vist.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Liste over feil
" -"Dette vinduet viser en liste over feil som ble funnet av gyldighetstestene " -"slik at du vet hvorfor denne beskjeden er blitt markert som feil.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Sammenheng
" -"Dette vinduet viser sammenhengen til den gjeldende teksten i fila. Normalt " -"viser den fire tekster før og fire etter.
" -"Du kan skjule verktøyvinduet ved å skru av Innstillinger – Vis verktøy" -".
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Sikkerhetskopier av databasefiler fra tidligere versjoner av KBabel "
+"finnes. Men en annen versjon av KBabel (sannsynligvis fra TDE 3.1.1 eller "
+"3.1.2) lagde en ny database. Derfor har KBabel-installasjonen to versjoner "
+"av databasefilene. Dessverre kan ikke de gamle og de nye versjonene slås "
+"sammen, så du må velge en av dem.
Hvis du velger den eldste "
+"versjonen, så vil den nye bli fjernet; men hvis du velger den nye versjonen, "
+"så må du fjerne den gamle databasen selv. Hvis ikke du gjør dette, så vil du "
+"få se denne meldinga igjen. (De gamle filene er lagret som $TDEHOME/share/"
+"apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametere
" -"Her kan du fininnstille søket i po-fila. Du kan f.eks. starte et søk som " -"skiller mellom små og store bokstaver eller velge å overse uklare meldinger.
" -"Parametere
Her kan du fininnstille søket i po-fila. Du " +"kan f.eks. starte et søk som skiller mellom små og store bokstaver eller " +"velge å overse uklare meldinger.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Sammenligningsvalg
" -"Velg her hvilke meldinger du vil behandle som treff i søket.
" +"Sammenligningsvalg
Velg her hvilke meldinger du vil " +"behandle som treff i søket.
" #: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:104 #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:102 msgid "" -"3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-tegnstreff
" -"En melding passer med en annen hvis mesteparten av dens 3-tegnsgrupper er en " -"del av den andre meldinga. F.eks. passer 'abcx123c12' med 'abc123' .
3-tegnstreff
En melding passer med en annen hvis " +"mesteparten av dens 3-tegnsgrupper er en del av den andre meldinga. F.eks. " +"passer 'abcx123c12' med 'abc123' .
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Plassering
" -"Her kan du velge hvilken fil du vil søke i.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Plassering
Her kan du velge hvilken fil du vil søke i." +"p>
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parametere
" -"Her kan du fininnstille søket i po-fila. Du kan f.eks. starte et søk som " -"skiller mellom små og store bokstaver eller velge å overse uklare tekster.
" -"Parametere
Her kan du fininnstille søket i po-fila. Du " +"kan f.eks. starte et søk som skiller mellom små og store bokstaver eller " +"velge å overse uklare tekster.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Marker tekster med syntaksfeil som uklare
\n" +"
Hvis du velger dette, så vil alle elementer\n" +"med syntaksfeil markeres\n" +"som uklar og fila\n" +"bli lagret.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
&Ikke sjekk uklare
\n" +"
Hvis du velger dette, så blir ikke \n" +"tekster som er uklare sjekket.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Sikkerhetskopier av databasefiler fra tidligere versjoner av KBabel finnes. "
-"Men en annen versjon av KBabel (sannsynligvis fra TDE 3.1.1 eller 3.1.2) lagde "
-"en ny database. Derfor har KBabel-installasjonen to versjoner av "
-"databasefilene. Dessverre kan ikke de gamle og de nye versjonene slås sammen, "
-"så du må velge en av dem."
-"
"
-"
Hvis du velger den eldste versjonen, så vil den nye bli fjernet; men hvis "
-"du velger den nye versjonen, så må du fjerne den gamle databasen selv. Hvis "
-"ikke du gjør dette, så vil du få se denne meldinga igjen. (De gamle filene er "
-"lagret som $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Kilde for å lete etter forskjeller
Her kan du velge en " +"kilde du vil bruke når du ser etter forskjeller.
Du kan velge en fil, " +"en oversettelsesdatabase eller en tilsvarende oversatt tekst (msgstr).
\n" +"Hvis du velger en oversettelsesdatabase, så hentes de strengene du " +"sammenligner med fra den. For at dette skal være til nytte, må du skru på " +"Legg oppføring automatisk til databasen i dialogboksen for " +"innstillinger.
Det siste valget er nyttig for de som bruker po-filer " +"til å språkvaske oversettelsen.
Du kan sammenligne to strenger fra " +"ulike filer enkeltvis ved å velge «Verktøy – Differanse – Åpne fil for " +"differanse» i KBabel's hovedvindu.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Toppmappe for diff-filer
Her kan du angi en mappe der " +"filene som skal sammenlignes ligger. Hvis både diff-filene og originalfilene " +"er lagret like mange nivåer under denne mappa, kan KBabel automatisk finne " +"den rette fila å sammenligne med.
Vær klar over at dette valget ikke " +"har noen virkning når du sammenligner med tekster fra databasen.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Velkommen til veiviseren for prosjekter\n" +"\n" +"Veiviseren vil hjelpe deg med å sette opp et nytt oversettelsesprosjekt for " +"Kbabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Aller først må du gi prosjektet et navn\n" +"og oppgi fila der du vil lagre innstillingene.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Du må også velge hvilket språk du skal oversette til\n" +"og hva slags prosjekt det er.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1286 -msgid "Thanks to:" -msgstr "Takk til:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Navn på oppsettsfila
\n"
+"Navn på fila der du vil lagre oppsettet for prosjektet.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Språk
\n"
+"Målspråket for prosjektet, altså det språket du skal oversette til. Navnet "
+"på språket bør være i overenstemmelse med standarden\n"
+"ISO 631.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Prosjektnavn
\n"
+"Navnet på prosjektet er der for din egen del så du vet\n"
+"hvilket prosjekt dette er. Navnet vises i dialogvinduet for\n"
+"prosjektoppsettet og i tittelen på det vinduet du åpner for\n"
+"prosjektet.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Merk:Prosjektnavnet kan ikke endres i etterkant.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Prosjekttype\n" +"Ved hjelp av prosjekttype kan du fininnstille velkjente\n" +"oversettelsesprosjekter. For eksempel lagrer du da oppsettet\n" +"av verktøyene for gyldighetstest, markering av snarveistaster\n" +"og hva det skal stå i filhodet.\n" +"
\n" +"Kjente prosjekttyper:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Oversettelsesfiler
\n" +"Skriv inn mappene som inneholder alle dine po- og pot-filer.\n" +"Filene og undermappene i disse mappene vil så bli slått sammen til ett tre." +"p>
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Slå automatisk av uklar-statusen
Hvis dette valget er " +"på, og du redigerer en uklar oversettelse, så blir\n" +"uklar-statusen automatisk slått av (dette betyr at teksten ,\n" +"fuzzyfjernes fra kommentaren til teksten).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Bruk smart redigering
\\n\n" +"Kryss av for dette valget for å gjøre inntastningen av \n" +"tekst enklere og for å la KBabel ta hånd om spesialtegn \n" +"som må settes i hermetegn. Hvis du for eksempel skriver inn \n" +"«\\\"», vil det gi «\\\\\\\"». Trykker du på «Enter» vil det \n" +"automatisk bli lagt til et mellomrom på slutten av linja, \n" +"og trykker du «Shift + Enter» vil det bli lagt til «\\\\n» på \n" +"slutten av linja.
\n" +"Vær oppmerksom på at dette bare er en hjelp, og at \n" +"de fortsatt er mulig å lage tekster med syntaktiske feil.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Feilgjenkjennelse
Her kan du velge hvordan feil vises. " +"Gi lyd ved feil gir lyd, og Endre tekstfarge ved feil endrer " +"fargen på den oversatte teksten. Selv om alt er valgt bort, vil du fortsatt " +"se en feilmelding i statuslinja.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Statussignal
Velg her hvor statussignalene skal vises og " +"hvilke farger de skal ha.
" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:380 -msgid "Pack &Marked" -msgstr "Pakk mar&kerte" +#: kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:224 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Display in stat&usbar" +msgstr "Vis i stat&uslinja" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:412 -msgid "V&alidation Marked" -msgstr "Sjekk &syntaksen til markerte" +#: kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:232 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Display in edi&tor" +msgstr "Vis i &redigeringsruta" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:425 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:451 -msgid "Update" -msgstr "Oppdater" +#: kbabel/fontpreferences.ui:25 kbabel/kbabel.kcfg:111 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Font for Messages" +msgstr "Skrifttype på meldinger" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:427 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:453 -msgid "Update Marked" -msgstr "Oppdater de markerte" +#: kbabel/fontpreferences.ui:36 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Show only fixed font" +msgstr "Bare bruk &skrifter med fast bredde" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:429 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:455 -msgid "Commit" -msgstr "Meld inn" +#: kbabel/headerwidget.ui:43 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Header:" +msgstr "&Filhode:" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:431 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:457 -msgid "Commit Marked" -msgstr "Meld inn de markerte" +#: kbabel/kbabelui.rc:4 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&File" +msgstr "Filer:" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:433 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Status" +#: kbabel/kbabelui.rc:58 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Spelling" +msgstr "&Stavekontroll" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:435 -msgid "Status for Marked" -msgstr "Statistikk over de markerte" +#: kbabel/kbabelui.rc:68 +#, no-c-format +msgid "D&iff" +msgstr "&Differanse" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:437 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:467 -msgid "Show Diff" -msgstr "Vis differanse" +#: kbabel/kbabelui.rc:82 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Dictionaries" +msgstr "Or&dbøker" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:459 -msgid "Status (Local)" -msgstr "Status (lokalt)" +#: kbabel/kbabelui.rc:90 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Bookmarks" +msgstr "Slett bokmerker" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:461 -msgid "Status (Local) for Marked" -msgstr "Status (lokalt) over de markerte" +#: kbabel/searchpreferences.ui:39 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Au&tomatically start search" +msgstr "Start søk au&tomatisk" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:463 -msgid "Status (Remote)" -msgstr "Status (eksternt)" +#: kbabel/searchpreferences.ui:42 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Start søk automatisk
\n" +"Hvis dette er på, så vil søket automatisk starte når du bytter til en " +"annen tekst i redigeringsvinduet. Du kan velge hvor du skal søke ved hjelp " +"av kombinasjonsboksen Standardordbok.
\n" +"Du kan også starte søket manuelt ved å velge en tekst i\n" +"sprettoppmenyen som kommer når du velger «Ordbøker – Finn …» eller " +"holder ordboksknappen i verktøylinja nede en stund.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Standardordbok
Her kan du velge hvilken ordbok det skal " +"søkes i. Denne innstillinga brukes når søket er startet automatisk, eller " +"når du trykker ordboksknappen på verktøylinja.
Du kan stille inn de " +"forskjellige ordbøkene ved å velge den ordboka du vil ha fra " +"«Innstillinger – Ordboksoppsett».
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Statuslinja
\n" -"Statuslinja viser informasjon om framgangen i den finn- eller erstatt- " -"operasjonen som pågår. Det første tallet i Funnet: " -"viser antall filer som inneholder en forekomst av søketeksten og som ikke ennå " -"er vist i KBabel-vinduet. Det andre tallet viser antall filer funnet hittil som " -"inneholder søketeksten..
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Filinnstillinger
" -"Her kan du fininnstille hvor du vil lete:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Eksempel: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Vis ekstern status på de følgende filene:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Let igjennom en enkelt .po fil …"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Vis lokal status på de følgende filene:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Let igjennom mappe …"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Vis differansene for disse filene:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Let igjennom mapper med undermapper …"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Vis informasjon om de følgende filene:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Leter gjennom fila:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Gamle meldinger:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Nye tekster:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Loggmeldinger"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Total framgang:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Legg au&tomatisk til filer hvis nødvendig"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Behandler fila:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Meld inn"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Laster fila:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Hent status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Eksporterer …"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Hent differanse"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Gjentatte tekster"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Hent informasjon"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Gode nøkler"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Utdata fra kommando:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Man kan velge det minste antallet ord i forespørselen en nøkkel må ha for å "
+"bli lagt til i lista over gode nøkler \n"
+"Man kan også velge det minste antallet ord i nøkkelen som en forespørsel må "
+"ha for å bli lagt til lista over gode nøkler \n"
+"Disse tallene er i prosent av det totale antallet ord. Hvis resultatet av "
+"denne prosenten er mindre enn én, vil maskinen sette den til én. \n"
+"Til slutt kan du også velge det største antallet oppføringer i lista."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Innmeldinga har ingen loggmelding. Vil du fortsette?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Minste antall ord i nøkkelen som også er i spørringa (%)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Kan ikke åpne en foreløpig fil med skrivetilgang. Avbryter"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Kan ikke skrive til den foreløpige fila. Avslutter."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Minste antall spørreord i nøkkelen (%)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Klarte ikke å starte prosessen."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Største listelengde:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Avsluttet med status %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Hyppige ord"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Avsluttet ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Forkast ord som er hyppigere enn:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Meldingsmapper"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Ingen versjonskontroll"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Hyppige ord betraktes som til stede i hver nøkkel"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN Status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Generelt"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Løst"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Databasemappe:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Løst for de markerte"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Automatisk oppdatering i KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Tilbakestill"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nye oppføringer"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Tilbakestill for de markerte"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Fra KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Tøm"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritme"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Tøm for de markerte"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Minste antall poeng:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Intet lager"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmene du vil bruke"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Poeng:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Navn"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Arkiv over &uklare setninger"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Ordliste"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Uklar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Nøyaktig "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Ikke oversatt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Setning for setning"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Totalt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumerisk"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Siste endring"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Ord for ord"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Loggvindu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Dynamisk ordbok:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Tøm"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
+msgstr "Foretrukket antall resultater"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Loggvindu I dette vinduet vises resultatet av kommandoer som kjøres. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Katalogbehandler Katalogbehandleren viser to katalogtrær som ett tre, viser altså alle po- og "
-"pot-filer i disse mappene. På denne måten kan du enkelt se om en ny mal har "
-"blitt lagt til eller fjernet. Det blir også vist litt informasjon om filene. For mer informasjon, se avsnittet Katalogbehandler i hjelpefila. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Hvis du søker etter Mitt navn er Andreas og du har skrudd på "
+"ett-ordserstatning, så vil du også finne tekster som Mitt navn "
+"er Jon eller Ditt navn er Andreas."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Intet SVN-lager"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Bruk ett-ordserstatning"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Ikke i SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Største antall ord i spørringa:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Lagt til lokalt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Bruk to-ordserstatning"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Slettet lokalt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-Z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Endret lokalt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Uendret"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Lokale tegn for regulære uttrykk:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Konflikt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Database"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Feil i arbeidskopien"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Databasemappe:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Ukjent"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Legg oppføring automatisk til databasen"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Dette er ikke et gyldig SVN-lager. SVN-kommandoen kan ikke utføres."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Starter kommando ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN-dialogvindu"
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Legg en linje til i databasen automatisk hvis den nye oversettelsen er "
+"varslet av noen (kan være kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Oppdater følgende filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Den som utførte autooversettelsen"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Meld inn følgende filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"De følgende variablene vil ble erstattet i stien hvis de er tilgjengelige:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Welk Indrääg översett warrt
" -"Söök hier ut, för welk Dateiindrääg KBabel en Översetten finnen schall. " -"Ännerte Indrääg warrt jümmers as \"twiefelhaftig\" markeert, egaal, welk " -"Optschonen Du bruukst.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Woans översett warrn schall
" -"Hier kannst Du fastleggen, wat en Mellen bloots komplett översett warrn " -"dörv, wat lieke Mellen annahmen warrt, oder wat KBabel enkelte Wöör vun den " -"Text to översett, wenn sik keen Översetten för den kompletten Text oder en " -"lieke Text finnen lett.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Ännerte Indrääg as \"twiefelhaftig\" markeren
" -"Wenn sik en Översetten för en Mellen finnen lett, warrt de Indrag jümmers as " -"twiefelhaftig markeert. Dat warrt so maakt, wiel KBabel de Översetten " -"bloots raadt, un Du de Resultaten jümmers nau pröven schullst. Maak de " -"Optschoon bloots denn ut, wenn Du weetst, wat Du deist.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
TDE-egen Indrääg torechtmaken
" -"Maakt \"Comment=\"- un \"Name=\"-Indrääg torecht, wenn sik keen Översetten " -"finnen lett. Ok \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" un \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" warrt över " -"de Identiteet-Instellen vullmaakt.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Wöörböker
" -"Söök hier ut, welk Wöörböker för't Söken na en Översetten bruukt warrn " -"schöölt. Wenn Du mehr as een Wöörbook utsöchst, warrt se in de sülve Reeg " -"bruukt, as se in de List wiest warrt.
" -"Du kannst mit den Knoop Instellen för de utsöchten Wöörböker ok " -"temporeer anner Optschonen fastleggen. De Orginaalinstellen warrt na't Tomaken " -"vun den Dialoog wedderherstellt.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Wenn sik en Översetten för en Mellen finnen lett, warrt de Indrag " -"standardwies jümmers as twiefelhaftig markeert. Dat warrt so maakt, wiel " -"KBabel de Översetten bloots raadt, un Du de Resultaten jümmers nau pröven " -"schullst. Maak de Optschoon bloots denn ut, wenn Du weetst, wat Du deist.
" -"Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Textsöök
" -"Hier kannst Du den Text ingeven, den Du söken wullt. Wenn Du na en reguleer " -"Utdruck söken wullt, denn aktiveer nerrn Reguleer Utdruck bruken.
" -"Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Text utwesseln
" -"Hier kannst Du den Text ingeven, mit den Du den funnen Text utwesseln wullt. " -"De Text warrt so bruukt, as he is. Du kannst keen Betöög na baven bruken, wenn " -"Du na en reguleer Utdruck söcht hest.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Woneem söcht warrn schall
" -"Söök hier ut, in welk Delen vun en Kataloogindrag Du söken wullt.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Optschonen
" -"Hier kannst Du dat Utwesseln nau instellen:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Optschonen
" -"Hier kannst Du de Söök nau instellen:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Statusbalken
\n" +"De Statusbalken wiest Informatschonen över dat Vörankamen bi't Söken oder " +"Utwesseln. De eerste Tall in Funnen: wiest de Tall vun Dateien, de " +"dat Söökwoort bargt, man noch nich binnen dat KBabel-Finster wiest warrt. De " +"twete Tall wiest, binnen woveel Dateien tosamen de Sööktext betherto funnen " +"wöör.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Dateikopp opfrischen
\n" -"Maak dit an, wenn de Koppindrag-Informatschonen vun de Datei jümmers bi't " -"Sekern\n" -"opfrischt warrn schöölt.
\n" -"De Kopp bargt normaal Informatschonen över dat Datum un de Tiet vun't leste " -"Opfrischen,\n" -"den lesten Översetter, usw.
\n" -"Mit de Ankrüüzfeller nerrn kannst Du utsöken, welk Informatschonen Du " -"opfrischen wullt.\n" -"Wenn dat en Feld noch nich gifft, warrt dat de Koppindrääg anhangt.\n" -"Wenn Du noch mehr Feller na den Kopp tofögen wullt, kannst Du em vun Hand " -"bewerken,\n" -"wenn Du in't Editorfinster op Bewerken -> Kopp bewerken geihst.
Protokollfinster
\n" +"Binnen dit Finster warrt de Utgaav vun de utföhrt Befehlen wiest.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Feller opfrischen
\n" -"Söök ut, welk Feller binnen den Dateikopp bi't Sekern opfrischt warrn " -"schöölt.\n" -"Wenn dat en Feld noch nich gifft, warrt dat de Koppindrääg anhangt.
\n" -"Wenn Du anner Informatschonen na den Kopp tofögen wullt, muttst Du em vun " -"Hand bewerken:\n" -"Söök in't Editorfinster Bewerken -> Dateikopp bewerken ut.
\n" -"Maak Dateikopp opfrischen baven ut, wenn de Koppindrääg nich bi't " -"Sekern\n" -"automaatsch opfrischt warrn schöölt.
Kataloogpleger
\n" +"De Kataloogpleger föhrt twee Ornern na een Boom tosamen un wiest all\n" +"PO- un POT-Dateien dor binnen. So lett sik eenfach nakieken, wat en Vörlaag\n" +"ännert oder wegdaan wöör. Ok en poor Informatschonen över de Dateien warrt\n" +"wiest.
Wenn Du mehr weten wullt, kiek Di den Afsnitt De " +"Kataloogpleger vun de Hülp an.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Koderen
" -"Söök hier ut, woans Tekens bi't Sekern na en Datei kodeert warrn schöölt. " -"Wenn Du nich seker büst, welk Koderen bruukt warrn schall, fraag bitte Dien " -"Översetten-Koordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Dateikoderen wohren
" -"Wenn disse Optschoon aktiveert is, warrt de Dateien jümmers mit de sülve " -"Koderen sekert, as se inleest wöörn. Dateien ahn Tekensettinformatschonen " -"binnen ehr Koppindrääg, (as t. B. POT-Dateien), warrt mit de baven fastleggte " -"Koderen sekert.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Dateisyntax bi't Sekern pröven
\n" -"Aktiveer dit, wenn bi't Sekern vun de Datei de Syntax automaatsch mit " -"\"msgfmt --statistics\" pröövt warrn schall.\n" -"Dat gifft bloots denn en Mellen, wenn dat en Fehler geev.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Överhaalt Indrääg sekern
\n" -"Wenn disse Optschoon aktiveert is, warrt överhaalt Indrääg, de bi't Opmaken\n" -"vun de Datei funnen wöörn, wedder na de Datei torüchschreven.\n" -"Överhaalt Indrääg sünd mit \"#~\" markeert, un warrt opstellt, wenn " -"\"msmerge\"\n" -"de Översetten nich mehr bruukt.\n" -"Wenn de Text wedder opdukt, warrt de överhaalt Indrääg wedder aktiveert.\n" -"De Hööftnadeel is de Grött vun de sekerte Datei.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Formaat vun't Bewerkdatum
" -"Söök hier ut, in welk Formaat Datum un Tiet in't Dateikoppfeld " -"PO-Revision-Date sekert warrt:" -"
De Bruuk vun't Standardformaat is anraadt, wiel Du anners PO-Dateien " -"opstellst, de nich na den Standard sünd.
" -"Mehr Informatschonen laat sik in't Handbook in den Afsnitt " -"Instellen-Dialoog finnen.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identiteet
\n" -"Giff hier Informatschonen över Di un Dien Översetterkoppel in.\n" -"Disse Informatschonen warrt bi't Opfrischen vun den Dateikopp bruukt.
\n" -"Du kannst de Optschonen, wat un welk Feller opfrischt warrt, op de\n" -"Siet Sekern binnen dissen Dialoog finnen.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Tall vun Een- un Mehrtallformen
\n" -"Beacht bitte: Disse Optschoon is TDE-egen. Wenn Du keen TDE-Programm " -"översettst, kannst Du disse Optschoon eenfach övergahn.
\n" -"Söök hier ut, woveel Een- un Mehrtallformen in Dien Spraak bruukt warrt. " -"Disse Tall mutt to de Instellen vun Dien Spraakkoppel passen. Du kannst disse " -"Optschoon ok op Automaatsch instellen; KBabel warrt denn versöken, disse " -"Informatschonen automaatsch vun TDE to halen. Bruuk den Knoop Test" -", wenn Du dat Utproberen wullt.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Mehrtallform-Argumenten in Översetten nödig
\n" -"Beacht bitte: Disse Instellen is opstunns TDE-egen. Wenn Du keen " -"TDE-Programm översettst, kannst Du disse Optschoon eenfach övergahn.
\n" -"Wenn disse Optschoon aktiveert is, will de Gellenprööv dat Argument \"%n\" " -"binnen de Mellen hebben.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU-Mehrtallformkoppindrag
\n" -"Hier kannst Du en Dateikoppindrag för't Behanneln vun GNU-Mehrtallformen " -"angeven; wenn Du hier nix ingiffst, warrt de Indrag in de PO-Datei nich ännert " -"oder toföögt.
\n" -"KBabel kann ok versöken, den Weert för de opstunns instellte Spraak " -"automaatsch vun de GNU-Gettextwarktüüch to halen, wenn Du op den Knoop " -"Naslaan klickst.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Markeren för Tastkombinatschonen
" -"Legg hier fast, welk Teken dat nakamen Teken as Tastkombinatschoon markeert. " -"In Qt is dat t.B. \"&\", un in Gtk \"_\".
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Reguleer Utdruck för Kontextinformatschonen
" -"Giff hier en reguleer Utdruck in, de angifft, wat binnen de Mellen en " -"Kontextinformatschoon is un nich översett warrn mutt.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Schriefwies direktemang pröven
" -"Wenn dit aktiveert is, pröövt KBabel de Schriefwies al direktemang bi't " -"Ingeven. Lege Wöör warrt mit de Fehlerklöör markeert.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Övergahn Wöör wohren
" -"Maak dit an, wenn KBabel bi de Schriefwies-Prööv de Wöör jümmers övergahn " -"schall, för de Du Jümmers övergahn anklickt hest.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Basisornern
\n" -"Giff hier de Ornern mit de PO- un POT-Dateien an.\n" -"De Dateien un Ünnerornern binnen disse Ornern warrt denn na een\n" -"Boom tosamenföhrt.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Dateien in nieg Finster opmaken
\n" -"Wenn dit aktiveert is, maakt de Kataloogpleger all Dateien in en nieg " -"Finster op.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Perzessen bi't Beennen afscheten
\n" -"Wenn dit aktiveert is, sendt KBabel de Perzessen en \"Kill\"-Signaal, de " -"bi't Beennen vun KBabel noch loopt.
\n" -"Beacht bitte: Dat garanteert nich, dat de Perzessen redig afschaten " -"warrt.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Index för Datei-Inholden opstellen
\n" -"Wenn dit aktiveert is, stellt KBabel för elk PO-Datei en Index op, wat dat " -"Söken un Utwesseln gauer maakt.
\n" -"Beacht bitte: Dit maakt dat Inlesen vun Dateiinformatschonen bannig " -"langsamer.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Ehr't Verarbeiden vun en Datei \"msgfmt\" utföhren
" -"Wenn Du dit anmaakst, föhrt KBabel dat Gettext-Programm \"msgfmt\" ut, ehr " -"de Datei verarbeidt warrt.
" -"Dat is anraadt, dat Du disse Instellen anmaakst, ok wenn so de Verarbeiden " -"langsamer warrt. Disse Instellen is standardwies anmaakt.
" -"Dat Utmaken vun disse Optschoon kann op en langsam Reekner wat nütten, un " -"ok, wenn Du PO-Dateien översetten wullt, de nich vun Dien aktuell " -"Gettext-Verschoon ünnerstütt warrt. De Nadeel is, dat denn meist keen " -"Syntaxpröven vun den Verarbeidenkode utföhrt warrt, so dat ok lege PO-Dateien " -"as gellen wiest warrn kunnen, ok wenn Gettext de Dateien afwiesen wöör.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Ornerbefehlen
" -"Giff hier Befehlen in, welk de Kataloogpleger binnen Ornern utföhren schall. " -"Disse Befehlen warrt denn binnen dat Ünnermenü Befehlen " -"in't Rechtsklickmenü vun den Kataloogpleger wiest.
" -"För de nakamen Tekenkeden in en Befehl warrt de tohören Weerten insett:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Dateibefehlen
" -"Giff hier Befehlen in, welk de Kataloogpleger op Dateien anwennen schall. " -"Disse Befehlen warrt denn binnen dat Ünnermenü Befehlen " -"in't Rechtsklickmenü vun den Kataloogpleger wiest.
" -"För de nakamen Tekenkeden in en Befehl warrt de tohören Weerten insett:" -"
Datei-Optschonen
Hier kannst Du fastleggen, woneem söcht " +"warrt:
Shown columns
\n" -"Wieste Striepen
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Willkamen bi den Projekt-Inrichthölper!\n" -"\n" -"De Hölper warrt Di bi't Opstellen vun Dien nieg\n" -"KBabel-Översettenprojekt hölpen.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Toeerst muttst Du en Projektnaam un de Datei\n" -"för't Sekern vun de Projektinstellen utsöken.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Du schullst ok noch de Spraak, na de översett warrn\n" -"schall, und de Oort vun't Översettenprojekt utsöken.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Recommended ( %1 )" +msgstr "Anraadt ( %1 )" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:122 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Naam vun de Instellendatei"
-"
\n"
-"De Naam vun de Datei, binnen de\n"
-"de Projektinstellen sekert warrt.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Spraak"
-"
\n"
-"De Teelspraak vun dat Projekt, dat is de Spraak, na de\n"
-"Du översettst. De Spraak schull na den Standard vun\n"
-"ISO 631 nöömt wesen.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Projektnaam"
-"
\n"
-"De Projektnaam is de Beteken vun Dien Projekt. He\n"
-"warrt binnen den Projektinstellen-Dialoog un in de\n"
-"Titelregen vun de opmaakten Projektfinstern wiest.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Beacht bitte: De Projektnaam lett sik later nich mehr ännern.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Projekttyp\n" -"Mit den Projekttyp warrt de Instellen op een Typ vun de\n" -"bekannten Översettenprojekten topasst. He leggt t.B. de\n" -"Pröövwarktüüch, de Markeren för Tastkombinatschoon un\n" -"dat Dateikopp-Formaat fast.\n" -"
\n" -"Opstunns bekannte Typen:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Översettendateien
\n" -"Giff hier de Ornern mit Dien PO- un POT-Dateien an.\n" -"De Dateien un Ünnerornern binnen disse Ornern warrt denn na een Boom " -"tosamenföhrt.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Born för't Naslaan vun Verschelen
\n" -"Hier kannst Du den Born utsöken, de för't Finnen vun\n" -"Verschelen bruukt warrn schall.
\n" -"Dat kann en Datei, de Översettendatenbank, oder en\n" -"passen Översetten wesen.
\n" -"Wenn Du de Översettendatenbank utsöchst, muttst Du\n" -"binnen ehr Instellen den Punkt Indrääg automaatsch na\n" -"de Datenbank tofögen anmaken, dormit de Mellen för't\n" -"Verglieken bruukbor sünd.
\n" -"De leste Optschoon is goot, wenn Een PO-Dateien för't\n" -"Korrektuurlesen bruukt.
\n" -"Du kannst tietwies mit Mellen vun en Datei verglieken, wenn Du\n" -"Warktüüch -> Verscheel -> Datei för Verschelen opmaken in't\n" -"Hööftfinster vun KBabel bruukst.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Basisorner för Verscheeldateien\n" -"
Hier kannst Du en Orner utsöken, binnen den de Dateien\n" -"för't Verglieken sekert sünd. Wenn de Dateistruktuur binnen\n" -"dissen Orner de sülve is as bi den Basisorner, kann KBabel\n" -"automaatsch de richtige Datei opmaken.
" -"Beacht, dat disse Instellen keen Effekt hett, wenn Mellen\n" -"ut de Datenbank för't Verglieken bruukt warrt.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Söök automaatsch starten
\n" -"Wenn dit aktiveert is, warrt de Söök jümmers automaatsch start, wenn Du in " -"den Editor na en anner Indrag wesselst. Du kannst mit dat Utsöökfeld " -"Standard-Wöörbook fastleggen, welk Wöörbook bruukt warrn schall.\n" -"
" -"Du kannst de Söök ok vun Hand starten, wenn Du en Indrag ut dat Menü " -"utsöchst, dat Du ünner Wöörböker->Text söken finnst oder ok opropen " -"kannst, wenn Du den Wöörbook-Knoop op den Warktüüchbalken drückt höllst.
" -"Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Standard-Wöörbook
\n" -"Giff hier an, woneem standardwies söcht warrn schall.\n" -"Disse Instellen warrt bruukt, wenn de Söök automaatsch\n" -"oder na en Klick op den Wöörbook-Knoop op den\n" -"Warktüüchbalken start.
\n" -"Du kannst de verscheden Wöörböker instellen,\n" -"wenn Du ünner Instellen -> Wöörbook instellen\n" -"en Wöörbook utsöchst.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Textsöök
Hier kannst Du den Text ingeven, den Du söken " +"wullt. Wenn Du na en reguleer Utdruck söken wullt, denn aktiveer nerrn " +"Reguleer Utdruck bruken.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Text utwesseln
Hier kannst Du den Text ingeven, mit den " +"Du den funnen Text utwesseln wullt. De Text warrt so bruukt, as he is. Du " +"kannst keen Betöög na baven bruken, wenn Du na en reguleer Utdruck söcht " +"hest.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Status \"twiefelhaftig\" automaatsch wegmaken
\n" -"Wenn dit aktiveert is, un Du en twiefelhaftigen Indrag ännerst, warrt de " -"Status \"twiefelhaftig\" automaatsch wegmaakt.\n" -"(Dit bedüüdt, de Tekenkeed , fuzzy\n" -"warrt ut den Indrag sien Kommentar wegmaakt.)
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Plietsch Bewerken bruken
\n" -"Aktiveer dit, wenn Du Texten kommoder ingeven wullt, un\n" -"KBabel op en poor Sünnertekens oppassen schall, de schuult\n" -"warrn mööt. So warrt t.B. ut »\"« automaatsch »\\\"«, de\n" -"Ingaav-Tast hangt automaatsch en Leerteken na't Reegenn an,\n" -"un Ümschalt+Ingaav en »\\n«.
\n" -"Beacht, dat dit bloots en Hülpfunkschoon is: Een kann liekers\n" -"Texten mit Syntaxfehlers opstellen.
Woneem söcht warrn schall
Söök hier ut, in welk Delen " +"vun en Kataloogindrag Du söken wullt.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Fehlers finnen
" -"Hier kannst Du instellen, woans wiest warrn schall, dat\n" -"dat en Fehler geven hett.\n" -"Signaaltoon bi Fehler gifft en Signaaltoon ut, Textklöör\n" -"bi Fehler ännern ännert de Klöör vun den översett Text. Wenn\n" -"keen vun dissen Optschonen anmaakt is, warrt liekers en Mellen\n" -"op den Statusbalken wiest.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Optschonen
Hier kannst Du dat Utwesseln nau instellen:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Status-LEDs
\n" -"Söök hier ut, woneem de Status-LEDs wiest warrt un welk Klöör se hebbt.
" -"Optschonen
Hier kannst Du de Söök nau instellen:" +"
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Dateikopp opfrischen
\n" +"Maak dit an, wenn de Koppindrag-Informatschonen vun de Datei jümmers bi't " +"Sekern\n" +"opfrischt warrn schöölt.
\n" +"De Kopp bargt normaal Informatschonen över dat Datum un de Tiet vun't " +"leste Opfrischen,\n" +"den lesten Översetter, usw.
\n" +"Mit de Ankrüüzfeller nerrn kannst Du utsöken, welk Informatschonen Du " +"opfrischen wullt.\n" +"Wenn dat en Feld noch nich gifft, warrt dat de Koppindrääg anhangt.\n" +"Wenn Du noch mehr Feller na den Kopp tofögen wullt, kannst Du em vun Hand " +"bewerken,\n" +"wenn Du in't Editorfinster op Bewerken -> Kopp bewerken geihst.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 95 -#: rc.cpp:649 rc.cpp:980 -#, no-c-format +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:278 msgid "" -"Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Feller opfrischen
\n" +"Söök ut, welk Feller binnen den Dateikopp bi't Sekern opfrischt warrn " +"schöölt.\n" +"Wenn dat en Feld noch nich gifft, warrt dat de Koppindrääg anhangt.
\n" +"Wenn Du anner Informatschonen na den Kopp tofögen wullt, muttst Du em vun " +"Hand bewerken:\n" +"Söök in't Editorfinster Bewerken -> Dateikopp bewerken ut.
\n" +"Maak Dateikopp opfrischen baven ut, wenn de Koppindrääg nich bi't " +"Sekern\n" +"automaatsch opfrischt warrn schöölt.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Koderen
Söök hier ut, woans Tekens bi't Sekern na en " +"Datei kodeert warrn schöölt. Wenn Du nich seker büst, welk Koderen bruukt " +"warrn schall, fraag bitte Dien Översetten-Koordinator.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Dateikoderen wohren
Wenn disse Optschoon aktiveert is, " +"warrt de Dateien jümmers mit de sülve Koderen sekert, as se inleest wöörn. " +"Dateien ahn Tekensettinformatschonen binnen ehr Koppindrääg, (as t. B. POT-" +"Dateien), warrt mit de baven fastleggte Koderen sekert.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Maakt Leertekens an den Anfang un an't Enn vun den Söökutdruck weg.\n" -"Ok warrt en Reeg vun mehr Leertekens mit een enkel Leerteken utwesselt." - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 142 -#: rc.cpp:672 rc.cpp:1003 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Remove context comment" -msgstr "Kontextkommentar wegmaken" - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 148 -#: rc.cpp:675 rc.cpp:1006 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Remove, if exists, the _:comment" -msgstr "Maakt den \"_:\"-Kommentar weg, wenn dat em gifft" - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 170 -#: rc.cpp:678 rc.cpp:1009 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Character to be ignored:" -msgstr "Tekens, de övergahn warrn schöölt:" - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 212 -#: rc.cpp:681 rc.cpp:1012 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Search" -msgstr "Söök" - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 229 -#: rc.cpp:684 rc.cpp:1015 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Matching Method" -msgstr "Övereenstimmen-Metood" - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 280 -#: rc.cpp:687 rc.cpp:1018 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Query is contained" -msgstr "Bargt Sööktext" +"Dateisyntax bi't Sekern pröven
\n" +"Aktiveer dit, wenn bi't Sekern vun de Datei de Syntax automaatsch mit " +"\"msgfmt --statistics\" pröövt warrn schall.\n" +"Dat gifft bloots denn en Mellen, wenn dat en Fehler geev.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Överhaalt Indrääg sekern
\n" +"Wenn disse Optschoon aktiveert is, warrt överhaalt Indrääg, de bi't " +"Opmaken\n" +"vun de Datei funnen wöörn, wedder na de Datei torüchschreven.\n" +"Överhaalt Indrääg sünd mit \"#~\" markeert, un warrt opstellt, wenn \"msmerge" +"\"\n" +"de Översetten nich mehr bruukt.\n" +"Wenn de Text wedder opdukt, warrt de överhaalt Indrääg wedder aktiveert.\n" +"De Hööftnadeel is de Grött vun de sekerte Datei.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Formaat vun't Bewerkdatum
Söök hier ut, in welk Formaat " +"Datum un Tiet in't Dateikoppfeld PO-Revision-Date sekert warrt:
De " +"Bruuk vun't Standardformaat is anraadt, wiel Du anners PO-Dateien opstellst, " +"de nich na den Standard sünd.
Mehr Informatschonen laat sik in't " +"Handbook in den Afsnitt Instellen-Dialoog finnen.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Bispeel:"
-" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Identiteet Giff hier Informatschonen över Di un Dien Översetterkoppel in.\n"
+"Disse Informatschonen warrt bi't Opfrischen vun den Dateikopp bruukt. Du kannst de Optschonen, wat un welk Feller opfrischt warrt, op de\n"
+"Siet Sekern binnen dissen Dialoog finnen. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Tall vun Een- un Mehrtallformen Beacht bitte: Disse Optschoon is TDE-egen. Wenn Du keen TDE-"
+"Programm översettst, kannst Du disse Optschoon eenfach övergahn. Söök hier ut, woveel Een- un Mehrtallformen in Dien Spraak bruukt warrt. "
+"Disse Tall mutt to de Instellen vun Dien Spraakkoppel passen. Du kannst "
+"disse Optschoon ok op Automaatsch instellen; KBabel warrt denn "
+"versöken, disse Informatschonen automaatsch vun TDE to halen. Bruuk den "
+"Knoop Test, wenn Du dat Utproberen wullt. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Mehrtallform-Argumenten in Översetten nödig Beacht bitte: Disse Instellen is opstunns TDE-egen. Wenn Du keen "
+"TDE-Programm översettst, kannst Du disse Optschoon eenfach övergahn. Wenn disse Optschoon aktiveert is, will de Gellenprööv dat Argument \"%n"
+"\" binnen de Mellen hebben. "
+" GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Enkel PO-Datei inlesen"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Orner inlesen"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Orner mit Ünnerornern inlesen"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Datei warrt inleest:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Toföögte Indrääg:"
+" GNU-Mehrtallformkoppindrag Hier kannst Du en Dateikoppindrag för't Behanneln vun GNU-Mehrtallformen "
+"angeven; wenn Du hier nix ingiffst, warrt de Indrag in de PO-Datei nich "
+"ännert oder toföögt. KBabel kann ok versöken, den Weert för de opstunns instellte Spraak "
+"automaatsch vun de GNU-Gettextwarktüüch to halen, wenn Du op den Knoop "
+"Naslaan klickst. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Markeren för Tastkombinatschonen Legg hier fast, welk "
+"Teken dat nakamen Teken as Tastkombinatschoon markeert. In Qt is dat t.B. "
+"\"&\", un in Gtk \"_\". \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. \n"
-"Du kannst instellen, woveel Wöör ut den Sööktext en Datenbankindrag tominnst "
-"bargen mutt, dormit he op de List vun Gode Slötels kummt."
-" \n"
-"Du kannst ok instellen, woveel Wöör ut en Datenbankindrag tominnst binnen den "
-"Sööktext opduken mööt, ehr de Indrag op de List vun Gode Slötels\n"
-"Disse twee Tallen sünd Perzentweerten vun de Tall vun all Wöör tosamen. Wenn "
-"dat Resultaat vun dissen Perzentweert lütter as een is, sett de Söökmaschien "
-"dat op een."
-" \n"
-"Tolest kannst Du ok de Hööchsttall vun Indrääg op de List instellen."
+" Reguleer Utdruck för Kontextinformatschonen Giff hier en "
+"reguleer Utdruck in, de angifft, wat binnen de Mellen en "
+"Kontextinformatschoon is un nich översett warrn mutt. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Schriefwies direktemang pröven Wenn dit aktiveert is, "
+"pröövt KBabel de Schriefwies al direktemang bi't Ingeven. Lege Wöör warrt "
+"mit de Fehlerklöör markeert. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Övergahn Wöör wohren Maak dit an, wenn KBabel bi de "
+"Schriefwies-Prööv de Wöör jümmers övergahn schall, för de Du Jümmers "
+"övergahn anklickt hest. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Basisornern Giff hier de Ornern mit de PO- un POT-Dateien an.\n"
+"De Dateien un Ünnerornern binnen disse Ornern warrt denn na een\n"
+"Boom tosamenföhrt. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Dateien in nieg Finster opmaken Wenn dit aktiveert is, maakt de Kataloogpleger all Dateien in en nieg "
+"Finster op. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Perzessen bi't Beennen afscheten Wenn dit aktiveert is, sendt KBabel de Perzessen en \"Kill\"-Signaal, de "
+"bi't Beennen vun KBabel noch loopt. Beacht bitte: Dat garanteert nich, dat de Perzessen redig afschaten warrt."
+" Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> Index för Datei-Inholden opstellen Wenn dit aktiveert is, stellt KBabel för elk PO-Datei en Index op, wat "
+"dat Söken un Utwesseln gauer maakt. Beacht bitte: Dit maakt dat Inlesen vun Dateiinformatschonen bannig "
+"langsamer. Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Ehr't Verarbeiden vun en Datei \"msgfmt\" utföhren Wenn "
+"Du dit anmaakst, föhrt KBabel dat Gettext-Programm \"msgfmt\" ut, ehr de "
+"Datei verarbeidt warrt. Dat is anraadt, dat Du disse Instellen "
+"anmaakst, ok wenn so de Verarbeiden langsamer warrt. Disse Instellen is "
+"standardwies anmaakt. Dat Utmaken vun disse Optschoon kann op en "
+"langsam Reekner wat nütten, un ok, wenn Du PO-Dateien översetten wullt, de "
+"nich vun Dien aktuell Gettext-Verschoon ünnerstütt warrt. De Nadeel is, dat "
+"denn meist keen Syntaxpröven vun den Verarbeidenkode utföhrt warrt, so dat "
+"ok lege PO-Dateien as gellen wiest warrn kunnen, ok wenn Gettext de Dateien "
+"afwiesen wöör. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Wenn Du na Mien Naam is Fred söchst un de Enkelwoort-Utwesseln anmaakt "
-"is, warrst Du ok Texten as Mien Naam is Sönke oder "
-"Dien Naam is Fred finnen."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Enkelwoort-Utwesseln bruken"
+"
Ornerbefehlen
Giff hier Befehlen in, welk de " +"Kataloogpleger binnen Ornern utföhren schall. Disse Befehlen warrt denn " +"binnen dat Ünnermenü Befehlen in't Rechtsklickmenü vun den " +"Kataloogpleger wiest.
För de nakamen Tekenkeden in en Befehl warrt de " +"tohören Weerten insett:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Dateibefehlen
Giff hier Befehlen in, welk de " +"Kataloogpleger op Dateien anwennen schall. Disse Befehlen warrt denn binnen " +"dat Ünnermenü Befehlen in't Rechtsklickmenü vun den Kataloogpleger " +"wiest.
För de nakamen Tekenkeden in en Befehl warrt de tohören Weerten " +"insett:
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Shown columns
\n" +"\n" -"För de nakamen Variabeln binnen den Padd warrt, wenn mööglich, Weerten insett:\n" -"
Wieste Striepen
\n" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Leeg Indrääg as twiefelhaftig markeren.
\n" -"Wenn Du disse Optschoon anmaakst, warrt all\n" -"Indrääg, de dat Warktüüch as leeg estemeert, as\n" -"\"twiefelhaftig\" markeert, un de rutkamen Datei\n" -"sekert.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Twiefelhaftige nich pröven
\n" -"Wenn Du disse Optschoon anmaakst, warrt all\n" -"as \"twiefelhaftig\" markeerte Indrääg nich pröövt.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Welk Indrääg översett warrt
Söök hier ut, för welk " +"Dateiindrääg KBabel en Översetten finnen schall. Ännerte Indrääg warrt " +"jümmers as \"twiefelhaftig\" markeert, egaal, welk Optschonen Du bruukst." +"p>
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Woans översett warrn schall
Hier kannst Du fastleggen, " +"wat en Mellen bloots komplett översett warrn dörv, wat lieke Mellen annahmen " +"warrt, oder wat KBabel enkelte Wöör vun den Text to översett, wenn sik keen " +"Översetten för den kompletten Text oder en lieke Text finnen lett.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Ännerte Indrääg as \"twiefelhaftig\" markeren
Wenn sik " +"en Översetten för en Mellen finnen lett, warrt de Indrag jümmers as " +"twiefelhaftig markeert. Dat warrt so maakt, wiel KBabel de Översetten " +"bloots raadt, un Du de Resultaten jümmers nau pröven schullst. Maak de " +"Optschoon bloots denn ut, wenn Du weetst, wat Du deist.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
TDE-egen Indrääg torechtmaken
Maakt \"Comment=\"- un " +"\"Name=\"-Indrääg torecht, wenn sik keen Översetten finnen lett. Ok \"NAME " +"OF TRANSLATORS\" un \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" warrt över de Identiteet-" +"Instellen vullmaakt.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Wöörböker
Söök hier ut, welk Wöörböker för't Söken na en " +"Översetten bruukt warrn schöölt. Wenn Du mehr as een Wöörbook utsöchst, " +"warrt se in de sülve Reeg bruukt, as se in de List wiest warrt.
Du " +"kannst mit den Knoop Instellen för de utsöchten Wöörböker ok " +"temporeer anner Optschonen fastleggen. De Orginaalinstellen warrt na't " +"Tomaken vun den Dialoog wedderherstellt.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Wenn sik en Översetten för en Mellen finnen lett, warrt de Indrag " +"standardwies jümmers as twiefelhaftig markeert. Dat warrt so maakt, " +"wiel KBabel de Översetten bloots raadt, un Du de Resultaten jümmers nau " +"pröven schullst. Maak de Optschoon bloots denn ut, wenn Du weetst, wat Du " +"deist.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Tekenutwahl
" -"Mit dit Warktüüch laat sik Sünnertekens per Dubbelklick infögen.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Disse Knoop frischt den Dateikopp mit de aktuelle Instellen op. Dat " -"Resultaat is de Dateikopp, de bi't Sekern na de PO-Datei schreven wöör.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Disse Knoop dreiht all bet nu maakte Ännern torüch.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Leeg Dateikopp
\n" -"Bitte bewerk den Kopp ehr't Opfrischen!
Tekenutwahl
Mit dit Warktüüch laat sik Sünnertekens per " +"Dubbelklick infögen.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Leeg Dateikopp
\n" -"Bitte bewerk den Kopp ehr't Opfrischen.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Kommentar-Editor
\n" -"Dit Editorfinster wiest Di de Kommentaren to de opstunns wieste Mellen.
\n" +"Kommentar-Editor
\n" +"Dit Editorfinster wiest Di de Kommentaren to de opstunns wieste Mellen." +"p>\n" "
De Kommentaren bargt normaal Informatschonen, woneem sik de Mellen binnen " "den Bornkode\n" -"finnen lett, un Statusinformatschonen över de Mellen (\"fuzzy\", " -"\"c-format\").\n" +"finnen lett, un Statusinformatschonen över de Mellen (\"fuzzy\", \"c-format" +"\").\n" "Mennigmaal bargt de Kommentaren ok Tipps vun anner Översetters.
\n" "Du kannst den Kommentareditor versteken, wenn Du binnen Instellen -> " "Ansichten op Kommentar versteken klickst.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
PO-Kontext
Dit Fenster wiest den Kontext vun de aktuelle " +"Mellen binnen de PO-Datei. Normaal sünd dat je veer Mellen vör un achter den " +"aktuellen Indrag.
Du kannst de Warktüüchfinstern versteken, wenn Du " +"ünner Instellen -> Ansichten op Warktüüch versteken klickst." +"p>
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Fehlerlist
Dit Finster wiest de List vun Fehlers, welk " +"de Prööfwarktüüch funnen hebbt, so dat Du nakieken kannst, worüm de aktuelle " +"Mellen as \"fehlerhaftig\" markeert wöör.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Disse Knoop frischt den Dateikopp mit de aktuelle Instellen op. Dat " +"Resultaat is de Dateikopp, de bi't Sekern na de PO-Datei schreven wöör.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabel/main.cpp:560 -msgid "Bug fixes, KFilePlugin for PO files, CVS support, mailing files" -msgstr "" -"Fehlerrichten, KFile-Moduul för PO-Dateien, CVS-Ünnerstütten, Dateien sennen" +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:65 +msgid "&Reset" +msgstr "&Torüchsetten" -#: kbabel/main.cpp:562 -msgid "Translation List View" -msgstr "Översetten-Listansicht" +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:66 +msgid "This button will revert all changes made so far.
Disse Knoop dreiht all bet nu maakte Ännern torüch.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Leeg Dateikopp
\n" +"Bitte bewerk den Kopp ehr't Opfrischen!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Leeg Dateikopp
\n" +"Bitte bewerk den Kopp ehr't Opfrischen.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Söökresultaten
" -"Binnen dissen Deel vun't Finster warrt de Resultaten vun de Söök in de " -"Wöörböker wiest.
" -"" -"
Baven steiht de Tall vun funnen Indrääg, un woneem de aktuell wieste Indrag " -"funnen wöör. Bruuk de Knööp nerrn, wenn Du de Söökresultaten dörkieken " -"wullt.
" -"De Söök warrt automaatsch start, wenn Du binnen dat Editorfinster na en " -"anner Indrag wesselst, oder wenn Du en Wöörbook na Dien Pläseer ünner " -"Wöörböker -> Text söken utsöchst.
" -"De allgemeen Optschonen laat sik binnen den Instellen-Dialoog op de Siet " -"Söök ännern, de wöörbookegen Optschonen ünner Instellen -> " -"Wöörbook instellen.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Orginaaltext
\n" -"Disse Deel vun't Finster wiest den Orginaaltext\n" -"vun den opstunns wiesten Indrag.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Status-LEDs
\n" -"Disse Signalen wiest den Status vun den aktuellen Text.\n" -"Du kannst ehr Klöör in de Instellen op de Koort Utsehn\n" -"vun de Siet Bewerken ännern.
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Översetten-Editor
\n" -"Binnen dit Editorfinster lett sik de Översetten vun de aktuelle Mellen " -"ankieken un bewerken.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Statusbalken
\n" +"De Statusbalken wiest Informatschonen över de opmaakte Datei,\n" +"as t.B. de Tall vun Indrääg un de Tall vun twiefelhaftige un nich översett\n" +"Mellen. Ok de Blinkerpositschoon un de Status vun de opstunns opmaakte\n" +"Datei warrt wiest.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Söökresultaten
Binnen dissen Deel vun't Finster warrt de " +"Resultaten vun de Söök in de Wöörböker wiest.
Baven steiht de Tall " +"vun funnen Indrääg, un woneem de aktuell wieste Indrag funnen wöör. Bruuk de " +"Knööp nerrn, wenn Du de Söökresultaten dörkieken wullt.
De Söök warrt " +"automaatsch start, wenn Du binnen dat Editorfinster na en anner Indrag " +"wesselst, oder wenn Du en Wöörbook na Dien Pläseer ünner Wöörböker -> " +"Text söken utsöchst.
De allgemeen Optschonen laat sik binnen den " +"Instellen-Dialoog op de Siet Söök ännern, de wöörbookegen Optschonen " +"ünner Instellen -> Wöörbook instellen.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Orginaaltext
\n" +"Disse Deel vun't Finster wiest den Orginaaltext\n" +"vun den opstunns wiesten Indrag.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Status-LEDs
\n" +"Disse Signalen wiest den Status vun den aktuellen Text.\n" +"Du kannst ehr Klöör in de Instellen op de Koort Utsehn\n" +"vun de Siet Bewerken ännern.
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Översetten-Editor
\n" +"Binnen dit Editorfinster lett sik de Översetten vun de aktuelle Mellen " +"ankieken un bewerken.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Statusbalken
\n" -"De Statusbalken wiest Informatschonen över de opmaakte Datei,\n" -"as t.B. de Tall vun Indrääg un de Tall vun twiefelhaftige un nich översett\n" -"Mellen. Ok de Blinkerpositschoon un de Status vun de opstunns opmaakte\n" -"Datei warrt wiest.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Fehlerlist
" -"Dit Finster wiest de List vun Fehlers, welk de Prööfwarktüüch funnen hebbt, " -"so dat Du nakieken kannst, worüm de aktuelle Mellen as \"fehlerhaftig\" " -"markeert wöör.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO-Kontext
" -"Dit Fenster wiest den Kontext vun de aktuelle Mellen binnen de PO-Datei. " -"Normaal sünd dat je veer Mellen vör un achter den aktuellen Indrag.
" -"Du kannst de Warktüüchfinstern versteken, wenn Du ünner Instellen -> " -"Ansichten op Warktüüch versteken klickst.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Dat gifft vun öller KBabel-Verschonen Sekerheitkopien vun de Datenbank. "
+"En anner Verschon vun KBabel (wohrschienlich ut TDE 3.1.1 oder TDE 3.1.2) "
+"hett en niege Datenbank opstellt. As Resultaat bargt Dien KBabel-"
+"Installatschoon nu twee Verschonen vun de Datenbank. Man dat Malöör is nu, "
+"dat se nich tosamenföhrt warrn köönt. Du muttst Di nu een utsöken.
Wenn Du de ole Verschoon utsöchst, warrt de niege wegdaan. Wenn Du de niege "
+"Verschoon utsöchst, blifft de ole Verschoon stahn, un Du muttst ehr vun Hand "
+"wegdoon. Anners warrt disse Mellen wedder wiest (de olen Dateien laat sik "
+"ünner \"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old\" finnen).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parameters
" -"Hier kannst Du de Söök binnen de PO-Dateien nau instellen; t.B., wat de " -"Groot-/Lüttschrieven en Verscheel maakt, oder wat twiefelhaftige Mellen " -"övergahn warrn schöölt.
Parameters
Hier kannst Du de Söök binnen de PO-Dateien " +"nau instellen; t.B., wat de Groot-/Lüttschrieven en Verscheel maakt, oder " +"wat twiefelhaftige Mellen övergahn warrn schöölt.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Vergliekoptschonen
" -"Söök hier ut, welk Mellen as passen behannelt warrn schöölt.
Vergliekoptschonen
Söök hier ut, welk Mellen as passen " +"behannelt warrn schöölt.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-Övereenstimmen
" -"En Mellen passt, wenn de annere Mellen de mehrsten vun ehr " -"3-Bookstaav-Koppeln bargt, t.B. passt \"abc123\" to \"abcx123c12\".
3-Gram-Övereenstimmen
En Mellen passt, wenn de annere " +"Mellen de mehrsten vun ehr 3-Bookstaav-Koppeln bargt, t.B. passt \"abc123\" " +"to \"abcx123c12\".
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Adress
" -"Stell hier in, welk Datei för de Söök bruukt warrt.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Adress
Stell hier in, welk Datei för de Söök bruukt " +"warrt.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parameters
" -"Hier kannst Du de Söök binnen de PO-Datei nau instellen; t.B., wat de " -"Groot-/Lüttschrieven en Verscheel maakt.
Parameters
Hier kannst Du de Söök binnen de PO-Datei nau " +"instellen; t.B., wat de Groot-/Lüttschrieven en Verscheel maakt.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Leeg Indrääg as twiefelhaftig markeren.
\n" +"Wenn Du disse Optschoon anmaakst, warrt all\n" +"Indrääg, de dat Warktüüch as leeg estemeert, as\n" +"\"twiefelhaftig\" markeert, un de rutkamen Datei\n" +"sekert.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Twiefelhaftige nich pröven
\n" +"Wenn Du disse Optschoon anmaakst, warrt all\n" +"as \"twiefelhaftig\" markeerte Indrääg nich pröövt.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Dat gifft vun öller KBabel-Verschonen Sekerheitkopien vun de Datenbank. En "
-"anner Verschon vun KBabel (wohrschienlich ut TDE 3.1.1 oder TDE 3.1.2) hett en "
-"niege Datenbank opstellt. As Resultaat bargt Dien KBabel-Installatschoon nu "
-"twee Verschonen vun de Datenbank. Man dat Malöör is nu, dat se nich "
-"tosamenföhrt warrn köönt. Du muttst Di nu een utsöken."
-"
"
-"
Wenn Du de ole Verschoon utsöchst, warrt de niege wegdaan. Wenn Du de "
-"niege Verschoon utsöchst, blifft de ole Verschoon stahn, un Du muttst ehr vun "
-"Hand wegdoon. Anners warrt disse Mellen wedder wiest (de olen Dateien laat sik "
-"ünner \"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old\" finnen).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Born för't Naslaan vun Verschelen
\n" +"Hier kannst Du den Born utsöken, de för't Finnen vun\n" +"Verschelen bruukt warrn schall.
\n" +"Dat kann en Datei, de Översettendatenbank, oder en\n" +"passen Översetten wesen.
\n" +"Wenn Du de Översettendatenbank utsöchst, muttst Du\n" +"binnen ehr Instellen den Punkt Indrääg automaatsch na\n" +"de Datenbank tofögen anmaken, dormit de Mellen för't\n" +"Verglieken bruukbor sünd.
\n" +"De leste Optschoon is goot, wenn Een PO-Dateien för't\n" +"Korrektuurlesen bruukt.
\n" +"Du kannst tietwies mit Mellen vun en Datei verglieken, wenn Du\n" +"Warktüüch -> Verscheel -> Datei för Verschelen opmaken in't\n" +"Hööftfinster vun KBabel bruukst.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Basisorner för Verscheeldateien\n" +"
Hier kannst Du en Orner utsöken, binnen den de Dateien\n" +"för't Verglieken sekert sünd. Wenn de Dateistruktuur binnen\n" +"dissen Orner de sülve is as bi den Basisorner, kann KBabel\n" +"automaatsch de richtige Datei opmaken.
Beacht, dat disse Instellen " +"keen Effekt hett, wenn Mellen\n" +"ut de Datenbank för't Verglieken bruukt warrt.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Willkamen bi den Projekt-Inrichthölper!\n" +"\n" +"De Hölper warrt Di bi't Opstellen vun Dien nieg\n" +"KBabel-Översettenprojekt hölpen.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Toeerst muttst Du en Projektnaam un de Datei\n" +"för't Sekern vun de Projektinstellen utsöken.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Du schullst ok noch de Spraak, na de översett warrn\n" +"schall, und de Oort vun't Översettenprojekt utsöken.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1286 -msgid "Thanks to:" -msgstr "Dank an:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Naam vun de Instellendatei
\n"
+"De Naam vun de Datei, binnen de\n"
+"de Projektinstellen sekert warrt.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Spraak
\n"
+"De Teelspraak vun dat Projekt, dat is de Spraak, na de\n"
+"Du översettst. De Spraak schull na den Standard vun\n"
+"ISO 631 nöömt wesen.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Projektnaam
\n"
+"De Projektnaam is de Beteken vun Dien Projekt. He\n"
+"warrt binnen den Projektinstellen-Dialoog un in de\n"
+"Titelregen vun de opmaakten Projektfinstern wiest.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Beacht bitte: De Projektnaam lett sik later nich mehr ännern.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Projekttyp\n" +"Mit den Projekttyp warrt de Instellen op een Typ vun de\n" +"bekannten Översettenprojekten topasst. He leggt t.B. de\n" +"Pröövwarktüüch, de Markeren för Tastkombinatschoon un\n" +"dat Dateikopp-Formaat fast.\n" +"
\n" +"Opstunns bekannte Typen:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Översettendateien
\n" +"Giff hier de Ornern mit Dien PO- un POT-Dateien an.\n" +"De Dateien un Ünnerornern binnen disse Ornern warrt denn na een Boom " +"tosamenföhrt.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Status \"twiefelhaftig\" automaatsch wegmaken
\n" +"Wenn dit aktiveert is, un Du en twiefelhaftigen Indrag ännerst, warrt de " +"Status \"twiefelhaftig\" automaatsch wegmaakt.\n" +"(Dit bedüüdt, de Tekenkeed , fuzzy\n" +"warrt ut den Indrag sien Kommentar wegmaakt.)
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Plietsch Bewerken bruken
\n" +"Aktiveer dit, wenn Du Texten kommoder ingeven wullt, un\n" +"KBabel op en poor Sünnertekens oppassen schall, de schuult\n" +"warrn mööt. So warrt t.B. ut »\"« automaatsch »\\\"«, de\n" +"Ingaav-Tast hangt automaatsch en Leerteken na't Reegenn an,\n" +"un Ümschalt+Ingaav en »\\n«.
\n" +"Beacht, dat dit bloots en Hülpfunkschoon is: Een kann liekers\n" +"Texten mit Syntaxfehlers opstellen.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Fehlers finnen
Hier kannst Du instellen, woans wiest " +"warrn schall, dat\n" +"dat en Fehler geven hett.\n" +"Signaaltoon bi Fehler gifft en Signaaltoon ut, Textklöör\n" +"bi Fehler ännern ännert de Klöör vun den översett Text. Wenn\n" +"keen vun dissen Optschonen anmaakt is, warrt liekers en Mellen\n" +"op den Statusbalken wiest.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Status-LEDs
\n" +"Söök hier ut, woneem de Status-LEDs wiest warrt un welk Klöör se hebbt." +"p>
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Söök automaatsch starten
\n" +"Wenn dit aktiveert is, warrt de Söök jümmers automaatsch start, wenn Du " +"in den Editor na en anner Indrag wesselst. Du kannst mit dat Utsöökfeld " +"Standard-Wöörbook fastleggen, welk Wöörbook bruukt warrn schall.\n" +"
Du kannst de Söök ok vun Hand starten, wenn Du en Indrag ut dat Menü " +"utsöchst, dat Du ünner Wöörböker->Text söken finnst oder ok opropen " +"kannst, wenn Du den Wöörbook-Knoop op den Warktüüchbalken drückt höllst." +"p>
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Standard-Wöörbook
\n" +"Giff hier an, woneem standardwies söcht warrn schall.\n" +"Disse Instellen warrt bruukt, wenn de Söök automaatsch\n" +"oder na en Klick op den Wöörbook-Knoop op den\n" +"Warktüüchbalken start.
\n" +"Du kannst de verscheden Wöörböker instellen,\n" +"wenn Du ünner Instellen -> Wöörbook instellen\n" +"en Wöörbook utsöchst.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Statusbalken
\n" -"De Statusbalken wiest Informatschonen över dat Vörankamen bi't Söken oder " -"Utwesseln. De eerste Tall in Funnen: wiest de Tall vun Dateien, de dat " -"Söökwoort bargt, man noch nich binnen dat KBabel-Finster wiest warrt. De twete " -"Tall wiest, binnen woveel Dateien tosamen de Sööktext betherto funnen wöör.
" -"File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Datei-Optschonen
" -"Hier kannst Du fastleggen, woneem söcht warrt:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Bispeel: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Informatschonen över de nakamen Dateien halen:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Enkel Datei inlesen..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Ole Indrääg:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Orner inlesen..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Logbooknaricht:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Orner mit Ünnerornern inlesen..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Dateien auto&maatsch tofögen, wenn nödig"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Datei warrt inleest:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Inspelen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Toföögte Indrääg:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "Status &halen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Vörankamen tosamen:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Verscheel halen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Datei warrt verarbeidt:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Informatschonen halen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Datei warrt laadt:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Befehlutgaav:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Export..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "De Kommentar för dat Inspeel-Logbook is leddig. Wullt Du wiedermaken?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Wedderhaalt Texten"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
-"De Temporeerdatei lett sik nich för't Schrieven opmaken. Warrt afbraken."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Gode Slötels"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Temporeerdatei lett sik nich schrieven. Warrt afbraken."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Du kannst instellen, woveel Wöör ut den Sööktext en Datenbankindrag tominnst "
+"bargen mutt, dormit he op de List vun Gode Slötels kummt. \n"
+"Du kannst ok instellen, woveel Wöör ut en Datenbankindrag tominnst binnen "
+"den Sööktext opduken mööt, ehr de Indrag op de List vun Gode Slötels\n"
+"Disse twee Tallen sünd Perzentweerten vun de Tall vun all Wöör tosamen. Wenn "
+"dat Resultaat vun dissen Perzentweert lütter as een is, sett de Söökmaschien "
+"dat op een. \n"
+"Tolest kannst Du ok de Hööchsttall vun Indrääg op de List instellen."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "De Perzess lett sik nich starten."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Sietst Tall vun Datenbankindrag-Wöör binnen Sööktext (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Mit Status \"%1\" beendt ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Fardig ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Sietst Tall vun Sööktext-Wöör binnen Datenbankindrag (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Narichtenkatalogen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Hööchsttall Listindrääg:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Keen Verschoonkuntrull"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Faken bruukte Wöör"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN-Status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Wöör övergahn, de fakener sünd as:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Oplööst"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "För Markeerte oplööst"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Faken bruukte Wöör as in elk Slötel vörhannen behanneln"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Torüchdreihen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Allgemeen"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Markeerte torüchdreihen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Datenbankorner:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Oprümen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Automaatsch in KBabel opfrischen"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Oprümen för Markeerte"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nieg Indrääg"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Keen Archiv"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Vun KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Dateien:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritmus"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Naam"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Sietst Weert:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmen, de bruukt warrn schöölt"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Twiefelhaftig"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Weert:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Nich översett"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Archiv vun twiefelhaftige Sätz"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Tosamen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Begreeplist"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Lest Bewerken"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Nau "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Protokollfinster"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Satz för Satz"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Leddig maken"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Na Bookstaven un Tallen"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Protokollfinster Binnen dit Finster warrt de Utgaav vun de utföhrt Befehlen wiest. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Kataloogpleger De Kataloogpleger föhrt twee Ornern na een Boom tosamen un wiest all\n"
-"PO- un POT-Dateien dor binnen. So lett sik eenfach nakieken, wat en Vörlaag\n"
-"ännert oder wegdaan wöör. Ok en poor Informatschonen över de Dateien warrt\n"
-"wiest. Wenn Du mehr weten wullt, kiek Di den Afsnitt De Kataloogpleger "
-"vun de Hülp an. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Wenn Du na Mien Naam is Fred söchst un de Enkelwoort-Utwesseln "
+"anmaakt is, warrst Du ok Texten as Mien Naam is Sönke oder "
+"Dien Naam is Fred finnen."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Op Stand"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Enkelwoort-Utwesseln bruken"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Konflikt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Hööchsttall vun Wöör binnen Sööktext:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Fehler binnen de Arbeitkopie"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Tweewoort-Utwesseln bruken"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Nich bekannt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Dit is keen gellen SVN-Archiv. De SVN-Befehlen laat sik nich utföhren."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Befehl warrt utföhrt ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Lokaal Tekens för reguleer Utdrück:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN-Dialoog"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Datenbank"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "De nakamen Dateien opfrischen:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Datenbankorner:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "De nakamen Dateien inspelen:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Indrääg automaatsch na de Datenbank tofögen"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Feern Status för de nakamen Dateien halen:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Indrääg automaatsch na de Datenbank tofögen, wenn en Programm en nieg "
+"Översetten meldt (t.B. KBabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Lokaal Status för de nakamen Dateien halen:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Autor för automaatsch toföögte Indrääg:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Verscheel för de nakamen Dateien halen:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"För de nakamen Variabeln binnen den Padd warrt, wenn mööglich, Weerten " +"insett:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Welke tekenreeksen te vertalen
" -"Kies hier voor welke tekenreeksen in het bestand KBabel een vertaling " -"probeert te vinden. Gewijzigde tekenreeksen worden altijd als fuzzy gemarkeerd, " -"ongeacht welke instelling u kiest.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Hoe tekenreeksen worden vertaald
" -"Hier kunt u bepalen of een tekenreeks alleen compleet kan worden vertaald, " -"of vergelijkbare tekenreeksen acceptabel zijn, of dat KBabel mag proberen losse " -"woorden in een tekenreeks te vertalen als er geen vertaling voor het complete " -"tekenreeks of vergelijkbare tekenreeks gevonden is.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Gewijzigde tekenreeksen als fuzzy markeren
" -"Als een vertaling voor een tekenreeks gevonden is, dan wordt de tekenreeks " -"standaard gemarkeerd als fuzzy. Dit wordt gedaan omdat KBabel de " -"vertaling alleen kan gissen en dus niet foutloos werkt. Door de markering kunt " -"u naderhand op eenvoudige wijze het resultaat kunt controleren op fouten. Zet " -"deze optie alleen uit als u weet wat u doet.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
TDE-specifieke tekenreeksen initialiseren
" -"Initialiseer de teksten \"Comment=\" en \"Name=\" als er geen vertaling is " -"gevonden. Daarnaast worden de termen \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" en \"EMAIL OF " -"TRANSLATORS\" ingevuld met de identiteit die u in KBabel hebt ingesteld.
" -"Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Woordenboeken
" -"Kies hier welk woordenboek u wilt gebruiken voor het vinden van een " -"vertaling. Als u meer dan een woordenboek selecteert worden ze gebruikt in de " -"volgorde van deze lijst.
" -"De knop Instellen maakt het mogelijk tijdelijk een ander woordenboek " -"te selecteren. De oorspronkelijke instelling keert terug zodra het " -"dialoogvenster wordt gesloten.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Als een vertaling voor een tekenreeks gevonden is wordt de tekenreeks " -"standaard gemarkeerd als fuzzy. Dit wordt gedaan omdat KBabel de " -"vertaling alleen kan gissen en dus niet foutloos werkt. Door de markering kunt " -"u naderhand op eenvoudige wijze het resultaat kunt controleren op fouten. Zet " -"deze optie alleen uit als u weet wat u doet.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Tekst zoeken
" -"Hier kunt u de tekst invoeren waar u naar wilt zoeken. Als naar een " -"reguliere expressie wilt zoeken, activeer dan Reguliere expressie " -"gebruiken hieronder.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Tekst vervangen
" -"Hier kunt u de tekst invoeren waar u de gevonden tekst mee wilt vervangen. " -"De tekst wordt gebruikt zoals ze is, het is niet mogelijk om een " -"terugverwijzing te maken als u hebt gezocht naar een reguliere expressie.
" -"Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Waar te zoeken
" -"Selecteer hier in welke onderdelen van de catalogus u wilt zoeken.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Opties
" -"Hier kunt u het vervangen verfijnen:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Opties
" -"Hier kunt u het zoeken verfijnen:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Statusbalk
\n" +"De statusbalk toont informatie over de voortgang van de huidige zoek- of " +"vervangoperatie. Het eerste getal in Gevonden: toont het aantal " +"bestanden die de gezochte term bevatten, maar nog niet in het KBabel-venster " +"zijn getoond. Het tweede getal toont het aantal bestanden die tot dusver de " +"gezochte term bevatten.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Koptekst bijwerken
\n" -"Selecteer deze knop om de koptekstinformatie telkens bij te werken bij het " -"opslaan.
\n" -"De koptekst houdt normaal gesproken informatie bij over de datum en tijd van " -"het bewerken van het\n" -"bestand, de laatste vertaler, enzovoort.
\n" -"U kunt aangeven welke informatie er moet worden bijgewerkt via de " -"keuzevakjes hieronder.\n" -"Velden die (nog) niet bestaan worden toegevoegd aan het bestand.\n" -"Als u nog meer velden in het bestand wilt opnemen dan kunt u de koptekst met de " -"hand bewerken\n" -"door op Bewerken->Koptekst bewerken in het editorvenster te klikken.
" -"Logvenster
\n" +"In dit venster staat de uitvoer van de uitgevoerde commando's.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Bij te werken velden
\n" -"Kies welke velden in de koptekst u wilt laten bijwerken tijdens het " -"opslaan.\n" -"Als een veld niet bestaat wordt het toegevoegd.
\n" -"Als u andere informatie wilt toevoegen aan de koptekst, dan moet u deze zelf " -"met de hand toevoegen\n" -"door Bewerken->Koptekst bewerken te kiezen in het editorvenster.
\n" -"Zet Koptekst bijwerken hierboven uit als u niet wilt dat de koptekst " -"wordt bijgewerkt\n" -"tijdens het opslaan.
Catalogusbeheerder
\n" +"De Catalogusbeheerder voegt twee mappen samen in een boomstructuur en " +"toont alle\n" +"PO- en POT-bestanden in deze mappen. Op deze manier kunt u gemakkelijk\n" +"zien of er nieuwe sjablonen zijn toegevoegd of verwijderd. Tevens wordt er " +"informatie\n" +"over de bestanden getoond.
Zie voor meer informatie de sectie De " +"catalogusbeheerder in de online documentatie.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Codering
" -"Kies de manier waarop de tekens worden gecodeerd als een bestand wordt " -"opgeslagen. Als u niet zeker weet welke codering gebruikt wordt, vraag dit aan " -"uw vertalingcoördinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Bestaande codering in bestand behouden
" -"Als deze optie geactiveerd is,dan worden bestanden altijd opgeslagen in de " -"codering die ze hadden bij het inlezen. bestanden zonder tekensetinformatie in " -"de koptekst (b.v. pot-bestanden) worden opgeslagen in de codering zoals boven " -"ingesteld.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Controleer de syntaxis van het bestand tijdens het opslaan
\n" -"Activeer dit om automatisch de syntaxis van een bestand tijdens het opslaan " -"te controleren via \"msgfmt --statistics\".\n" -"U krijgt alleen een bericht als er een fout is opgetreden.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Vervallen tekenreeksen opslaan
\n" -"Als deze optie is geactiveerd zullen verouderde tekenreeksen die in het " -"bestand gevonden zijn\n" -"worden opgeslagen in het bestand. Verouderde tekenreeksen zijn gemarkeerd met " -"een #~, en worden aangemaakt als bij een msgmerge (samenvoeging met het " -"PO-sjabloonbestand) de tekenreeks is komen te vervallen.\n" -"Als de tekst opnieuw in het po-bestand wordt gebruikt, dan zal de verouderde " -"tekenreeks weer actief gemaakt worden.\n" -"Grootste nadeel hiervan is dat het bestand al maar groter wordt.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Opmaak van de revisiedatum
" -"Kies in welke opmaak de datum en tijd van het veld\n" -"PO-Revision-Date wordt opgeslagen:" -"
Het wordt aanbevolen om de standaard opmaak te gebruiken, om te voorkomen " -"dat u PO-bestanden aanmaakt die niet aan de standaard voldoen.
" -"Voor meer informatie kijkt u in de sectie Het voorkeurendialoog " -"in de online help
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identiteit
\n" -"Voer hier informatie in over u en uw vertaalteam.\n" -"Deze informatie wordt gebruikt bij het bijwerken van de koptekst van een " -"bestand.
\n" -"U kunt diverse opties over welke velden in de koptekst moeten worden " -"bijgewerkt vinden \n" -"bij de sectie Opslaan in dit dialoogvenster.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Het aantal enkel/meervoudsvormen
\n" -"Opmerking: Deze optie is TDE-specifiek op dit moment. Als u niet een " -"TDE-toepassing vertaalt, dan kunt u gerust deze instelling negeren.
\n" -"Kies hier hoeveel enkel- en meervoudsvormen er in uw taal worden gebruikt. " -"Dit nummer moet corresponderen met de instellingen van uw vertaalteam. De " -"Nederlandse taal kent 2 meervoudsvormen.
" -"U kunt deze optie ook op Automatisch zetten. KBabel probeert deze " -"informatie dan van TDE te verkrijgen. Gebruik de knop Testen " -"om te kijken of KBabel het kan uitvinden.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Meervoudsvormen vereisen in vertaling
\n" -"Let op: Deze optie is TDE-specifiek op dit moment. Als u niet een " -"TDE-toepassing vertaalt, dan kunt u gerust deze instelling negeren.
\n" -"Als deze optie geselecteerd is, dan zal de geldigheidscontrole de " -"aanwezigheid van het %n-argument in de vertaling vereisen.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU-header voor meervoudsvormen
\n" -"Hier kunt u een kopregel invoeren voor GNU-afhandeling van meervoudsvormen. " -"Als u de tekenreeks leeg laat, zal deze niet aan het PO-bestand worden " -"toegevoegd of gewijzigd.
\n" -"KBabel kan proberen de waarde die de GNU-gettext hulpprogramma's voorstellen " -"te vinden. Klik daarvoor op de knop Opzoeken.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Teken voor toetsenbordaccelerator
" -"Definieer hier welk teken aangeeft dat het volgende teken een sneltoets is. " -"In QT bijvoorbeeld is het '&' en in Gtk is het een '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Reguliere expressie voor contextinformatie
" -"Voer hier een reguliere expressie in die aangeeft wat de contextinformatie " -"in een tekenreeks is en dus niet moet worden vertaald.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Spellingcontrole tijdens typen
" -"Selecteer deze optie om KBabel de spelling te laten controleren tijdens het " -"typen. Onjuist gespelde woorden krijgen de fout-kleur.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Genegeerde woorden onthouden
" -"Selecteer dit om KBabel tijdens elke spellingcontrole de woorden te laten " -"negeren waarbij u Alles negeren hebt gekozen in de " -"spellingcontroledialoog.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Hoofdmappen
\n" -"Voer de namen in van de mappen die alle PO- en POT-bestanden\n" -"bevatten. De bestanden en mappen uit deze mappen zullen dan worden\n" -"samengevoegd in één boomstructuur.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Bestanden in een nieuw venster openen
\n" -"Als dit geactiveerd is dan worden alle bestanden die worden geopend vanuit " -"de Catalogusbeheerder\n" -"in een nieuw venster geopend.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Beëindig alle processen bij afsluiten
\n" -"Als dit is geactiveerd dan zal KBabel proberen alle processen te beëindigen " -"die nog niet zijn gestopt op het moment dat KBabel wordt afgesloten,\n" -"door een kill-signaal naar ze te sturen.
\n" -"Opmerking: het wordt niet gegarandeerd dat de processen worden beëindigd.
" -"Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Index voor bestandsinhoud aanmaken
\n" -"Als u dit selecteert, dan maakt KBabel een index aan voor elk PO-bestand om " -"de zoek-/vervang-functies te versnellen.
\n" -"Opmerking: dit vertraagt het actualiseren van de bestandsinformatie " -"aanzienlijk.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
msgfmt uitvoeren voordat een bestand verwerkt wordt
" -"Als u deze optie inschakelt, dan zal KBabel het programma msgfmt van Gettext " -"uitvoeren voordat een bestand wordt verwerkt.
\n" -"Het is aan te bevelen om deze instelling te activeren, zelfs als dit het het " -"verwerken vertraagd. Deze instelling is standaard ingeschakeld.
" -"Schakel deze optie uit als u een trage computer hebt of wanneer u " -"po-bestanden wilt vertalen die niet ondersteund worden door de huidige versie " -"van de Gettext-programma's op uw computer. Het nadeel van het uitschakelen is " -"dat er tijdens het verwerken van de code vrijwel geen enkele syntaxiscontrole " -"zal plaatsvinden, waardoor po-bestanden die fouten bevatten kunnen worden " -"aangeduid als correcte bestanden, zelfs als de Gettext-programma's deze " -"bestanden zouden weigeren.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commando's voor mappen
" -"Voer hier de commando's in die u wilt uitvoeren in de mappen in de " -"catalogusbeheerder. De commando's worden getoond in het submenu " -"Commando's in het contextmenu van de catalogusbeheerder.
" -"De volgende tekenreeksen zullen worden vervangen in een commando:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Commando's voor bestanden
" -"Voer hier de commando's in die u wilt uitvoeren op bestanden in de " -"catalogusbeheerder. De commando's worden dan getoond in het submenu " -"Commando's van contextmenu van de catalogusbeheerder.
" -"De volgende tekenreeksen zullen worden vervangen in een commando:" -"
Bestandsopties
Hier kunt de plaats waar gezocht moet worden " +"instellen:Shown columns
\n" -"Zichtbare kolommen
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" +msgstr "Lokaal (%1)" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124 +msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary" +msgstr "Bestanden auto&matisch toevoegen indien nodig" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:141 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "Bijwerken" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "Vastleggen (&commit)" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139 +msgid "&Get Status" +msgstr "Status o&pvragen" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142 +msgid "&Get Diff" +msgstr "Diff &ophalen" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:157 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:152 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:83 +msgid "C&ancel" +msgstr "&Annuleren" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160 +msgid "Command output:" +msgstr "Commandouitvoer:" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233 +msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "De tekst voor de log is leeg. Wilt u doorgaan?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:247 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot find encoding: %1" +msgstr "Kan codering %1 niet vinden" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:253 +msgid "" +"The commit log message cannot be encoded in the selected encoding: %1.\n" +"Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -"Welkom bij de Projectassistent!\n" -"\n" -"De assistent helpt u om een nieuw vertalingsproject te maken met KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"In de eerste plaats dient u een projectnaam te kiezen en het bestand waar de " -"configuratie in moet worden opgeslagen.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"U dient ook een taal te kiezen waarnaar u gaat vertalen en het type " -"vertalingsproject.\n" -"
" +"De opgegeven tekst kan niet worden gecodeerd in %1.\n" +"Wilt u doorgaan?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247 +msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting." +msgstr "" +"Kan het tijdelijke bestand niet wegschrijven. Deze actie wordt geannuleerd." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259 +msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting." +msgstr "" +"Kan het tijdelijke bestand niet wegschrijven. Deze actie wordt geannuleerd." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483 +msgid "[ Starting command ]" +msgstr "[ Commando wordt gestart ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301 +msgid "The process could not be started." +msgstr "Het proces kan niet worden gestart." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330 +msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]" +msgstr "[ Afgesloten met status %1 ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332 +msgid "[ Finished ]" +msgstr "[ Beëindigd ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:358 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:337 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:642 +msgid "&Show Diff" +msgstr "Verschil &tonen" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:360 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Close" +msgstr "S&luiten" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:401 +msgid "" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Last choice ( %1 )" +msgstr "Laatst gekozen (%1)" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:88 +msgid "No CVS repository" +msgstr "Geen CVS-repository" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:91 +msgid "Not in CVS" +msgstr "Niet in CVS" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96 +msgid "Locally added" +msgstr "Lokaal toegevoegd" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99 +msgid "Locally removed" +msgstr "Lokaal verwijderd" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102 +msgid "Locally modified" +msgstr "Lokaal gewijzigd" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105 +msgid "Up-to-date" +msgstr "Up-to-date" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108 +msgid "Conflict" +msgstr "Conflict" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Onbekend" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:189 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:228 +msgid "" +"This is not a valid CVS repository. The CVS commands cannot be executed." +msgstr "" +"Dit is geen geldige CVS-repository. De CVS-commando's kunnen niet worden " +"uitgevoerd." + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65 +msgid "SVN Dialog" +msgstr "SVN-dialoog" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80 +msgid "Get remote status for the following files:" +msgstr "Externe status opvragen voor de volgende bestanden:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83 +msgid "Get local status for the following files:" +msgstr "Lokale status opvragen voor de volgende bestanden:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89 +msgid "Get information for the following files:" +msgstr "Informatie voor de volgende bestanden opvragen:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145 +msgid "&Get Information" +msgstr "In&formatie ophalen" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90 +msgid "No SVN repository" +msgstr "Geen SVN-repository" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93 +msgid "Not in SVN" +msgstr "Niet in SVN" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111 +msgid "Error in Working Copy" +msgstr "Fout in de werkmap" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288 +msgid "" +"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed." +msgstr "" +"Dit is geen geldige SVN-repository. De SVN-commando's kunnen niet worden " +"uitgevoerd." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:178 kbabel/main.cpp:539 +msgid "File to load configuration from" +msgstr "Bestand om de configuratie uit te laden" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:186 +msgid "KBabel - Catalog Manager" +msgstr "KBabel - Catalogusbeheerder" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:187 +msgid "An advanced catalog manager for KBabel" +msgstr "Een geavanceerde catalogusbeheerder voor KBabel" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:188 kbabel/main.cpp:549 +msgid "(c) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006 The KBabel developers" +msgstr "(c) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006 De KBabel-ontwikkelaars" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:190 kbabel/main.cpp:551 kbabeldict/main.cpp:118 +msgid "Original author" +msgstr "Oorspronkelijke auteur" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:191 kbabel/main.cpp:558 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Current maintainer, porting to KDE3/Qt3." +msgstr "" +"Huidige onderhouder, zorgde voor de overdracht van KBabel naar TDE3/Qt3." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:193 kbabel/main.cpp:564 kbabeldict/main.cpp:119 +msgid "Current maintainer" +msgstr "Huidige onderhouder" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:195 kbabel/main.cpp:566 +msgid "" +"Wrote documentation and sent many bug reports and suggestions for " +"improvements." +msgstr "" +"Schreef documentatie en stuurde vele bugrapporten en suggesties voor " +"verbeteringen." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:198 kbabel/main.cpp:569 +msgid "" +"Gave many suggestions for the GUI and the behavior of KBabel. He also " +"contributed the beautiful splash screen." +msgstr "" +"Gaf vele suggesties met betrekking tot de GUI en het gedrag van KBabel en " +"maakte het mooie startscherm." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:202 kbabel/main.cpp:553 +msgid "Wrote diff algorithm, fixed KSpell and gave a lot of useful hints." +msgstr "" +"Schreef het diff-algoritme, verbeterde KSpell en gaf erg veel nuttige tips." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:204 kbabel/main.cpp:572 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Helped keep KBabel up to date with the KDE API and gave a lot of other help." +msgstr "Hielp KBabel actueel te houden met de TDE-API en gaf veel andere hulp." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:206 kbabel/main.cpp:576 +msgid "Various validation plugins." +msgstr "Verscheidene validatie-plugins." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:209 kbabel/main.cpp:579 +msgid "Sponsored development of KBabel for a while." +msgstr "Heeft de ontwikkeling van KBabel enige tijd gesponsord." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:211 +msgid "Support for making diffs and some minor improvements." +msgstr "Ondersteuning voor het maken van diffs en enkele kleine verbeteringen." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:214 kbabel/main.cpp:581 +#, fuzzy +msgid "KBabel contains code from TQt" +msgstr "KBabel bevat Qt-code" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:216 +msgid "KBabel contains code from GNU gettext" +msgstr "KBabel bevat code van GNU gettext" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:113 +msgid "Ma&rk files which match the following pattern:" +msgstr "Bestanden ma&rkeren die met het volgende patroon overeenkomen:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:114 +msgid "&Mark Files" +msgstr "Bestanden &markeren" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:116 +msgid "Unma&rk files which match the following pattern:" +msgstr "" +"Marke&ring weghalen voor bestanden die met het volgende patroon overeenkomen:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:117 +msgid "Un&mark Files" +msgstr "&Markering van bestanden weghalen" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56 +msgid "Files:" +msgstr "Bestanden:" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:84 +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:96 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1182 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1304 kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:724 +msgid "" +"Error while trying to read file:\n" +" %1\n" +"Maybe it is not a valid PO file." +msgstr "" +"Fout tijdens lezen van bestand:\n" +" %1\n" +"Mogelijk is het geen geldig PO-bestand." + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:129 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:671 +msgid "" +"Result of the translation:\n" +"Edited entries: %1\n" +"Exact translations: %2 (%3%)\n" +"Approximate translations: %4 (%5%)\n" +"Nothing found: %6 (%7%)" +msgstr "" +"Resultaat van de vertaling:\n" +"Bewerkte tekenreeksen: %1\n" +"Exacte vertalingen: %2 (%3%)\n" +"Niet-exacte vertalingen: %4 (%5%)\n" +"Niets gevonden: %6 (%7%)" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:143 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:685 +msgid "Rough Translation Statistics" +msgstr "Statistieken voor ruwe vertaling" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:56 +msgid "" +"_: Caption of dialog\n" +"Validation" +msgstr "Validatie" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:73 +msgid "&Ignore" +msgstr "&Negeren" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:186 +msgid "" +"Validation done.\n" +"\n" +"Checked files: %1\n" +"Number of errors: %2\n" +"Number of ignored errors: %3" +msgstr "" +"Validatie voltooid.\n" +"\n" +"Gecontroleerde bestanden: %1\n" +"Aantal fouten: %2\n" +"Aantal genegeerde fouten: %3" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:190 +msgid "Validation Done" +msgstr "Validatie voltooid" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: common/catalog.cpp:592 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Configuratiebestandsnaam"
-"
\n"
-"De naam van het bestand waarin de configuratie word opgeslagen.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Taal"
-"
\n"
-"De 'doeltaal' van het project, dat wil zeggen, de taal waarin u gaat vertalen. "
-"De indicatie van de doeltaal moet de ISO 631 taalnamenstandaard volgen.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Projectnaam"
-"
\n"
-"De projectnaam is een identificatie voor één van uw projecten.\n"
-"De projectnaam wordt in de projectconfiguratiedialoog en in de \n"
-"titel van het venster geopend voor het project getoond.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Opmerking: U kunt de projectnaam later niet wijzigen.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Projecttype\n" -"Het projecttype staat u toe om de instellingen voor het project\n" -"aan te passen aan welbekende vertalingsprojecten. Het type bepaald\n" -"bijvoorbeeld de validatieprogramma's, het sneltoets-teken en op \n" -"welke wijze de header word geformatteerd..\n" -"
\n" -"Beschikbare types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Vertalingsbestanden
\n" -"Voer de namen in van de mappen die alle PO- en POT-bestanden\n" -"bevatten. De bestanden en submappen in deze mappen zullen dan worden\n" -"samengevoegd in één boomstructuur.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Tekst zoeken
Hier kunt u de tekst invoeren waar u naar " +"wilt zoeken. Als naar een reguliere expressie wilt zoeken, activeer dan " +"Reguliere expressie gebruiken hieronder.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Bron voor opzoeken van verschillen
\n" -"Hier kunt u een bron kiezen die zal worden gebruikt voor het vinden van " -"verschillen.
" -"U kunt kiezen uit een bestand, een vertalingendatabase of de " -"corresponderende msgstr.
" -"Als u kiest voor de vertalingendatabase, worden de tekenreeksen om de " -"verschillen van te tonen gehaald uit de vertalingendatabase. Om deze database " -"nuttig te maken dient u de optie Automatisch toevoegen aan database " -"in te schakelen in de dialoog met voorkeuren.
" -"De laatste optie is handig voor mensen die PO-bestanden gebruiken om te " -"proeflezen.
" -"U kunt tijdelijk vergelijkingen maken met tekenreeksen uit een bestand door " -"menuoptie Hulpmiddelen/Verschil/Bestand voor vergelijking openen " -"te kiezen in het hoofdvenster van KBabel.
Tekst vervangen
Hier kunt u de tekst invoeren waar u de " +"gevonden tekst mee wilt vervangen. De tekst wordt gebruikt zoals ze is, het " +"is niet mogelijk om een terugverwijzing te maken als u hebt gezocht naar een " +"reguliere expressie.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Basismap voor bestanden om te vergelijken\n" -"
Hier kunt u een map definiëren waar de te vergelijken bestanden zijn " -"opgeslagen. Als de bestanden op dezelfde plaats onder deze hoofdmap zijn " -"opgeslagen als de originele bestanden onder hun hoofdmap, dan kan KBabel " -"automatisch het juiste bestand openen om mee te vergelijken.
" -"Merk op dat deze optie geen effect heeft als tekenreeksen uit de database " -"worden gebruikt om te vergelijken.
Waar te zoeken
Selecteer hier in welke onderdelen van de " +"catalogus u wilt zoeken.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Opties
Hier kunt u het vervangen verfijnen:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Opties
Hier kunt u het zoeken verfijnen:" +"
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Zoeken automatisch starten
" -"Als dit is geactiveerd, dan zal de zoekopdracht automatisch starten als u " -"naar een andere tekst in de editor gaat. U kunt kiezen waar gezocht zal worden " -"in het combinatieveld Standaardwoordenboek.
" -"U kunt het zoeken ook handmatig opstarten door het selecteren van een tekst " -"in het contextmenu dat verschijnt wanneer u klikt op Woordenboeken->" -"Zoeken... of door een tijdje de woordenboekknop in de werkbalk ingedrukt te " -"houden.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Standaard zoekactie
\n" -"Kies hier waar standaard in gezocht wordt.\n" -"Deze instelling wordt gebruikt wanneer zoeken automatisch wordt gestart of " -"wanneer er op de zoekknop wordt gedrukt in de werkbalk.
\n" -"U kunt aangeven waar de voor het zoeken benodigde bestanden zich bevinden " -"in Instellingen->Woordenboek instellen.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Fuzzy-status automatisch verwijderen
\n" -"Als deze optie in ingeschakeld en u bent bezig met het wijzigen van een " -"fuzzy-tekenreeks, dan wordt de fuzzy-status automatisch verwijderd\n" -"(dit betekent dat de term , fuzzy\n" -"wordt verwijderd uit de toelichting van de tekenreeks).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Intelligent bewerken gebruiken
\n" -"Deze optie inschakelen om gemakkelijker tekst in te kunnen voeren en\n" -"KBabel te laten zorgen voor speciale tekens die dienen te worden \n" -"aangehaald. Bijvoorbeeld het intypen van '\\\"' resulteert in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', de returntoets voegt automatisch witruimte toe \n" -"aan het einde van de regel en Shift+Return voegt een \n" -"'\\\\n' to aan het einde van de regel.
\n" -"Merk op dat dit alleen een hint is en dat het nog steeds mogelijk \n" -"is om syntactisch incorrecte tekst te maken.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Foutherkenning
\n" -"Hier kunt u bepalen hoe een foutbericht zal worden weergegeven. " -"Geluidssignaal bij fout geeft een piep en Tekstkleur wijzigen bij een " -"fout verandert de kleur van de vertaalde tekst. Als geen van beiden is " -"geselecteerd wordt er een bericht in de statusbalk getoond.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Status-LEDs
\n" -"Bepaal hier waar de status-LEDs worden weergegeven en welke kleur ze " -"hebben.
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Koptekst bijwerken
\n" +"Selecteer deze knop om de koptekstinformatie telkens bij te werken bij " +"het opslaan.
\n" +"De koptekst houdt normaal gesproken informatie bij over de datum en tijd " +"van het bewerken van het\n" +"bestand, de laatste vertaler, enzovoort.
\n" +"U kunt aangeven welke informatie er moet worden bijgewerkt via de " +"keuzevakjes hieronder.\n" +"Velden die (nog) niet bestaan worden toegevoegd aan het bestand.\n" +"Als u nog meer velden in het bestand wilt opnemen dan kunt u de koptekst met " +"de hand bewerken\n" +"door op Bewerken->Koptekst bewerken in het editorvenster te klikken." +"p>
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Bij te werken velden
\n" +"Kies welke velden in de koptekst u wilt laten bijwerken tijdens het " +"opslaan.\n" +"Als een veld niet bestaat wordt het toegevoegd.
\n" +"Als u andere informatie wilt toevoegen aan de koptekst, dan moet u deze " +"zelf met de hand toevoegen\n" +"door Bewerken->Koptekst bewerken te kiezen in het editorvenster.
\n" +"Zet Koptekst bijwerken hierboven uit als u niet wilt dat de " +"koptekst wordt bijgewerkt\n" +"tijdens het opslaan.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Codering
Kies de manier waarop de tekens worden " +"gecodeerd als een bestand wordt opgeslagen. Als u niet zeker weet welke " +"codering gebruikt wordt, vraag dit aan uw vertalingcoördinator." +"p>
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Bestaande codering in bestand behouden
Als deze optie " +"geactiveerd is,dan worden bestanden altijd opgeslagen in de codering die ze " +"hadden bij het inlezen. bestanden zonder tekensetinformatie in de koptekst " +"(b.v. pot-bestanden) worden opgeslagen in de codering zoals boven ingesteld." +"
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Controleer de syntaxis van het bestand tijdens het opslaan" +"p>\n" +"
Activeer dit om automatisch de syntaxis van een bestand tijdens het " +"opslaan te controleren via \"msgfmt --statistics\".\n" +"U krijgt alleen een bericht als er een fout is opgetreden.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Vervallen tekenreeksen opslaan
\n" +"Als deze optie is geactiveerd zullen verouderde tekenreeksen die in het " +"bestand gevonden zijn\n" +"worden opgeslagen in het bestand. Verouderde tekenreeksen zijn gemarkeerd " +"met een #~, en worden aangemaakt als bij een msgmerge (samenvoeging met het " +"PO-sjabloonbestand) de tekenreeks is komen te vervallen.\n" +"Als de tekst opnieuw in het po-bestand wordt gebruikt, dan zal de verouderde " +"tekenreeks weer actief gemaakt worden.\n" +"Grootste nadeel hiervan is dat het bestand al maar groter wordt.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Opmaak van de revisiedatum
Kies in welke opmaak de datum " +"en tijd van het veld\n" +"PO-Revision-Date wordt opgeslagen:
Het wordt aanbevolen om de standaard opmaak te gebruiken, om te voorkomen " +"dat u PO-bestanden aanmaakt die niet aan de standaard voldoen.
Voor " +"meer informatie kijkt u in de sectie Het voorkeurendialoog in de " +"online help
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Identiteit
\n" +"Voer hier informatie in over u en uw vertaalteam.\n" +"Deze informatie wordt gebruikt bij het bijwerken van de koptekst van een " +"bestand.
\n" +"U kunt diverse opties over welke velden in de koptekst moeten worden " +"bijgewerkt vinden \n" +"bij de sectie Opslaan in dit dialoogvenster.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Het aantal enkel/meervoudsvormen
\n" +"Opmerking: Deze optie is TDE-specifiek op dit moment. Als u niet " +"een TDE-toepassing vertaalt, dan kunt u gerust deze instelling negeren.
\n" +"Kies hier hoeveel enkel- en meervoudsvormen er in uw taal worden " +"gebruikt. Dit nummer moet corresponderen met de instellingen van uw " +"vertaalteam. De Nederlandse taal kent 2 meervoudsvormen.
U kunt deze " +"optie ook op Automatisch zetten. KBabel probeert deze informatie dan " +"van TDE te verkrijgen. Gebruik de knop Testen om te kijken of KBabel " +"het kan uitvinden.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Meervoudsvormen vereisen in vertaling
\n" +"Let op: Deze optie is TDE-specifiek op dit moment. Als u niet een " +"TDE-toepassing vertaalt, dan kunt u gerust deze instelling negeren.
\n" +"Als deze optie geselecteerd is, dan zal de geldigheidscontrole de " +"aanwezigheid van het %n-argument in de vertaling vereisen.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
GNU-header voor meervoudsvormen
\n" +"Hier kunt u een kopregel invoeren voor GNU-afhandeling van " +"meervoudsvormen. Als u de tekenreeks leeg laat, zal deze niet aan het PO-" +"bestand worden toegevoegd of gewijzigd.
\n" +"KBabel kan proberen de waarde die de GNU-gettext hulpprogramma's " +"voorstellen te vinden. Klik daarvoor op de knop Opzoeken.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Teken voor toetsenbordaccelerator
Definieer hier welk " +"teken aangeeft dat het volgende teken een sneltoets is. In QT bijvoorbeeld " +"is het '&' en in Gtk is het een '_'.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Reguliere expressie voor contextinformatie
Voer hier een " +"reguliere expressie in die aangeeft wat de contextinformatie in een " +"tekenreeks is en dus niet moet worden vertaald.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Spellingcontrole tijdens typen
Selecteer deze optie om " +"KBabel de spelling te laten controleren tijdens het typen. Onjuist gespelde " +"woorden krijgen de fout-kleur.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Genegeerde woorden onthouden
Selecteer dit om KBabel " +"tijdens elke spellingcontrole de woorden te laten negeren waarbij u Alles " +"negeren hebt gekozen in de spellingcontroledialoog.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Hoofdmappen
\n" +"Voer de namen in van de mappen die alle PO- en POT-bestanden\n" +"bevatten. De bestanden en mappen uit deze mappen zullen dan worden\n" +"samengevoegd in één boomstructuur.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Bestanden in een nieuw venster openen
\n" +"Als dit geactiveerd is dan worden alle bestanden die worden geopend " +"vanuit de Catalogusbeheerder\n" +"in een nieuw venster geopend.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Beëindig alle processen bij afsluiten
\n" +"Als dit is geactiveerd dan zal KBabel proberen alle processen te " +"beëindigen die nog niet zijn gestopt op het moment dat KBabel wordt " +"afgesloten,\n" +"door een kill-signaal naar ze te sturen.
\n" +"Opmerking: het wordt niet gegarandeerd dat de processen worden beëindigd." +"
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Index voor bestandsinhoud aanmaken
\n" +"Als u dit selecteert, dan maakt KBabel een index aan voor elk PO-bestand " +"om de zoek-/vervang-functies te versnellen.
\n" +"Opmerking: dit vertraagt het actualiseren van de bestandsinformatie " +"aanzienlijk.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
msgfmt uitvoeren voordat een bestand verwerkt wordt
" +"Als u deze optie inschakelt, dan zal KBabel het programma msgfmt van " +"Gettext uitvoeren voordat een bestand wordt verwerkt.
\n" +"Het is aan te bevelen om deze instelling te activeren, zelfs als dit het " +"het verwerken vertraagd. Deze instelling is standaard ingeschakeld.
" +"Schakel deze optie uit als u een trage computer hebt of wanneer u po-" +"bestanden wilt vertalen die niet ondersteund worden door de huidige versie " +"van de Gettext-programma's op uw computer. Het nadeel van het uitschakelen " +"is dat er tijdens het verwerken van de code vrijwel geen enkele " +"syntaxiscontrole zal plaatsvinden, waardoor po-bestanden die fouten bevatten " +"kunnen worden aangeduid als correcte bestanden, zelfs als de Gettext-" +"programma's deze bestanden zouden weigeren.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commando's voor mappen
Voer hier de commando's in die u " +"wilt uitvoeren in de mappen in de catalogusbeheerder. De commando's worden " +"getoond in het submenu Commando's in het contextmenu van de " +"catalogusbeheerder.
De volgende tekenreeksen zullen worden vervangen " +"in een commando:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commando's voor bestanden
Voer hier de commando's in die " +"u wilt uitvoeren op bestanden in de catalogusbeheerder. De commando's worden " +"dan getoond in het submenu Commando's van contextmenu van de " +"catalogusbeheerder.
De volgende tekenreeksen zullen worden vervangen " +"in een commando:
Shown columns
\n" +"Zichtbare kolommen
\n" +"\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Voorbeeld:"
-" What entries to translate Choose here, for which entries "
+"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always "
+"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose. Welke tekenreeksen te vertalen Kies hier voor welke "
+"tekenreeksen in het bestand KBabel een vertaling probeert te vinden. "
+"Gewijzigde tekenreeksen worden altijd als fuzzy gemarkeerd, ongeacht welke "
+"instelling u kiest. How messages get translated Here you can define if a "
+"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are "
+"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a "
+"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was "
+"found. Hoe tekenreeksen worden vertaald Hier kunt u bepalen of "
+"een tekenreeks alleen compleet kan worden vertaald, of vergelijkbare "
+"tekenreeksen acceptabel zijn, of dat KBabel mag proberen losse woorden in "
+"een tekenreeks te vertalen als er geen vertaling voor het complete "
+"tekenreeks of vergelijkbare tekenreeks gevonden is. Mark changed entries as fuzzy When a translation for a "
+"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is "
+"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always "
+"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what "
+"you are doing. Gewijzigde tekenreeksen als fuzzy markeren Als een "
+"vertaling voor een tekenreeks gevonden is, dan wordt de tekenreeks standaard "
+"gemarkeerd als fuzzy. Dit wordt gedaan omdat KBabel de vertaling "
+"alleen kan gissen en dus niet foutloos werkt. Door de markering kunt u "
+"naderhand op eenvoudige wijze het resultaat kunt controleren op fouten. Zet "
+"deze optie alleen uit als u weet wat u doet. Initialize TDE-specific entries Initialize \"Comment=\" "
+"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF "
+"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings."
+" TDE-specifieke tekenreeksen initialiseren Initialiseer "
+"de teksten \"Comment=\" en \"Name=\" als er geen vertaling is gevonden. "
+"Daarnaast worden de termen \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" en \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS"
+"\" ingevuld met de identiteit die u in KBabel hebt ingesteld. "
+" Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be "
+"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they "
+"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list. The "
+"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
+"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog."
+" "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Po-bestand doorzoeken"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Map doorzoeken"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Map && submappen doorzoeken"
+" Woordenboeken Kies hier welk woordenboek u wilt "
+"gebruiken voor het vinden van een vertaling. Als u meer dan een woordenboek "
+"selecteert worden ze gebruikt in de volgorde van deze lijst. De knop "
+"Instellen maakt het mogelijk tijdelijk een ander woordenboek te "
+"selecteren. De oorspronkelijke instelling keert terug zodra het "
+"dialoogvenster wordt gesloten. When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
+"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by "
+"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this "
+"option only if you know what you are doing. Als een vertaling voor een tekenreeks gevonden is wordt de "
+"tekenreeks standaard gemarkeerd als fuzzy. Dit wordt gedaan omdat "
+"KBabel de vertaling alleen kan gissen en dus niet foutloos werkt. Door de "
+"markering kunt u naderhand op eenvoudige wijze het resultaat kunt "
+"controleren op fouten. Zet deze optie alleen uit als u weet wat u doet. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"U kunt hier het minimum aantal woorden dat een zoekopdracht dient te bevatten "
-"om in de goedesleutellijst te worden opgenomen."
-" \n"
-"U kunt ook het minimum aantal woorden van de sleutel opgeven die de "
-"zoekopdracht dient te bevatten om de sleutel in de lijst op te nemen."
-" \n"
-"Deze twee getallen zijn percentages van het totale aantal woorden. Als deze "
-"waarde onder de nul komt dan wordt deze automatisch op 1 gezet door de "
-"zoekmachine."
-" \n"
-"Tot slot kunt u het maximum aantal tekenreeksen van de lijst opgeven."
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"English text in translation"
+msgstr "Engelse tekst in vertaling"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Minimum aantal woorden in de sleutel en ook in de zoekopdracht (%):"
+#: datatools/pluralforms/main.cc:59
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"plural forms"
+msgstr "meervoudsvormen"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: datatools/punctuation/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"punctuation"
+msgstr "interpunctie"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Minimum aantal zoekwoorden in de sleutel (%):"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:58
+msgid "Error loading data (%1)"
+msgstr "Fout bij het lezen van de gegevens (%1)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Max. lijstlengte:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:118
+msgid "File not found"
+msgstr "Bestand niet gevonden"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "Veel voorkomende woorden"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:123
+msgid "The file is not a XML"
+msgstr "Het bestand is geen XML"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 962
-#: rc.cpp:828 rc.cpp:1159
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
-msgstr "Woorden verwerpen die vaker voorkomen dan:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:147
+msgid "Expected tag 'item'"
+msgstr "Tag 'item' verwacht"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 970
-#: rc.cpp:831 rc.cpp:1162
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "/10000"
-msgstr "/10000"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:153
+msgid "First child of 'item' is not a node"
+msgstr "Eerste subonderdeel van 'item' is geen node"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 987
-#: rc.cpp:834 rc.cpp:1165
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
-msgstr "veelvoorkomende woorden worden beschouwd als in elke sleutel"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:159
+msgid "Expected tag 'name'"
+msgstr "Tag 'name' verwacht"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 16
-#: rc.cpp:837
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Edit Source"
-msgstr "Bron bewerken"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:167
+msgid "Expected tag 'exp'"
+msgstr "Tag 'exp' verwacht"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 60
-#: rc.cpp:846
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Additional Informations"
-msgstr "Andere informatie"
+#: datatools/whitespace/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"whitespace only translation"
+msgstr "alleen witruimte in vertaling"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 75
-#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:713 rc.cpp:849
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Status: "
-msgstr "Status: "
+#: datatools/xml/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"XML tags"
+msgstr "XML-tags"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 133
-#: rc.cpp:852
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Project name:"
-msgstr "Projectnaam:"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp:74
+msgid "saving file"
+msgstr "bezig bestand op te slaan"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 149
-#: rc.cpp:855
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Project keywords:"
-msgstr "Projecttrefwoorden:"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp:83
+msgid "loading file"
+msgstr "bezig bestand te laden"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 158
-#: rc.cpp:858
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "General Info"
-msgstr "Algemene info"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:64 kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp:52
+msgid "Table:"
+msgstr "Tabel:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 172
-#: rc.cpp:861
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Single File"
-msgstr "Enkel bestand"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:84
+msgid ""
+" Character Selector This tool allows to insert special "
+"characters using double click. Lettertekens selecteren Met dit gereedschap kunt u "
+"speciale tekens invoegen door erop te dubbelklikken. Comment Editor \n"
+" The comments normally contain information about where the message is "
+"found in the source\n"
+"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
+"Options->Show Comments. Toelichtingeneditor \n"
+" De toelichtingen bevatten normaliter informatie over waar de tekenreeks "
+"gevonden kan worden in de broncode\n"
+"en informatie over de status van de tekenreeks (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Soms staan er ook hints of aanwijzingen van andere vertalers in. U kunt de toelichtingeditor verbergen door \n"
+"Opties->Toelichting tonen te deactiveren. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools. PO-context Dit venster toont de context van de huidige "
+"tekenreeks in het PO-bestand. Normaliter toont het vier tekenreeksen "
+"voorafgaand aan de huidige tekenreeks, en vier tekenreeksen die erna komen."
+"p> U kunt het hulpmiddelenvenster verbergen door Instellingen-"
+">Hulpmiddelen tonen te deselecteren.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Als u zoekt naar Mijn naam is Andrea en u hebt "
-"een woord vervangen aanstaan dan vindt u ook zinnen als "
-"Mijn naam is Jan of Uw naam is Andrea."
+"
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Foutenoverzicht
Dit venster toont een overzicht van " +"fouten gevonden door de hulpmiddelen, zodat u kunt zien waarom de huide " +"tekenreeks als fout is gemarkeerd.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Deze knop werkt de koptekst bij aan de hand van de huidige " +"instellingen. Het resultaat is de koptekst die zal worden geplaatst in het " +"po-bestand tijdens het opslaan.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Deze knop zal alle wijzigingen die u tot nu toe hebt aangebracht " +"terugdraaien.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Dit is geen geldige koptekst.
\n" +"Wijzig de koptekst voordat u gaat met bijwerken.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Dit is geen geldige koptekst.
\n" +"Wijzig de koptekst voordat u gaat bijwerken.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
\n" -"De volgende variabelen zullen worden vervangen in het pad als ze aanwezig " -"zijn:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Ongeldige tekenreeksen als fuzzy markeren
\n" -"Als u deze optie selecteert zullen alle items die volgens KBabel ongeldig " -"zijn als fuzzy worden gemarkeerd alvorens het bestand wordt opgeslagen.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Fuzzy-tekenreeksen niet valideren
\n" -"Als u deze optie selecteert zullen alle als fuzzy aangemerkte items niet " -"worden gevalideerd.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Lettertekens selecteren
" -"Met dit gereedschap kunt u speciale tekens invoegen door erop te " -"dubbelklikken.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Deze knop werkt de koptekst bij aan de hand van de huidige instellingen. Het " -"resultaat is de koptekst die zal worden geplaatst in het po-bestand tijdens het " -"opslaan.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Deze knop zal alle wijzigingen die u tot nu toe hebt aangebracht " -"terugdraaien.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Dit is geen geldige koptekst.
\n" -"Wijzig de koptekst voordat u gaat met bijwerken.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Dit is geen geldige koptekst.
\n" -"Wijzig de koptekst voordat u gaat bijwerken.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Toelichtingeneditor
\n" -"Dit editorvenster toont de toelichting van de huidige tekenreeks." -"\n" -"
De toelichtingen bevatten normaliter informatie over waar de tekenreeks " -"gevonden kan worden in de broncode\n" -"en informatie over de status van de tekenreeks (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Soms staan er ook hints of aanwijzingen van andere vertalers in.
\n" -"U kunt de toelichtingeditor verbergen door \n" -"Opties->Toelichting tonen te deactiveren.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Statusbalk
\n" +"De statusbalk toont informatie over het geopende bestand,\n" +"zoals het totaal aantal tekenreeksen en het aantal fuzzy's en onvertaalde\n" +"tekenreeksen. Daarnaast wordt ook de index en de status van de huidige " +"tekenreeks getoond.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Zoekresultaten
" -"Dit deel van het venster toont u de resultaten van het zoeken in de " -"woordenboeken." -"
" -"
Aan de bovenzijde staat het aantal gevonden tekenreeksen en waar de " -"momenteel getoonde tekenreeks gevonden is. Gebruik de knoppen aan de onderzijde " -"om te navigeren door de zoekresultaten.
" -"Het zoeken wordt ofwel automatisch gestart bij het overschakelen naar een " -"andere tekenreeks in het tekstinvoervenster, ofwel door de gewenste woordenboek " -"te kiezen in Woordenboeken->Zoeken....
" -"De meest voorkomende opties kunnen worden ingesteld in de sectie " -"Zoeken
van KBabel's instellingendialoogvenster, en de opties voor de " -"verschillende woordenboeken kunnen worden gewijzigd in het menu " -"Instellingen->Woordenboek instellen.Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Zoekresultaten
Dit deel van het venster toont u de " +"resultaten van het zoeken in de woordenboeken.
Aan de bovenzijde staat " +"het aantal gevonden tekenreeksen en waar de momenteel getoonde tekenreeks " +"gevonden is. Gebruik de knoppen aan de onderzijde om te navigeren door de " +"zoekresultaten.
Het zoeken wordt ofwel automatisch gestart bij het " +"overschakelen naar een andere tekenreeks in het tekstinvoervenster, ofwel " +"door de gewenste woordenboek te kiezen in Woordenboeken->Zoeken...." +"p>
De meest voorkomende opties kunnen worden ingesteld in de sectie " +"Zoeken
van KBabel's instellingendialoogvenster, en de opties voor " +"de verschillende woordenboeken kunnen worden gewijzigd in het menu " +"Instellingen->Woordenboek instellen.Original String
\n" +"Original String
\n" "This part of the window shows the original message\n" "of the currently displayed entry.
Originele Vertaling
\n" +"Originele Vertaling
\n" "Dit gedeelte van het scherm toont de originele tekenreeks\n" "van het huidige item.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Status LEDs
\n" "These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" "You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" "Editor on page Appearance
Status-leds
\n" +"Status-leds
\n" "Deze twee leds tonen de status van de huidige tekenreeks.\n" "U kunt hun kleur veranderen onder het tabblad \n" -"Uiterlijk in de sectie Editor van KBabel's instellingendialoog. " -"
Translation Editor
\n" +"Translation Editor
\n" "This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Vertaaleditor
\n" +"Vertaaleditor
\n" "Deze editor toont u de vertaling van de huidige tekenreeks en staat het u " -"toe deze te bewerken." -"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Statusbalk
\n" -"De statusbalk toont informatie over het geopende bestand,\n" -"zoals het totaal aantal tekenreeksen en het aantal fuzzy's en onvertaalde\n" -"tekenreeksen. Daarnaast wordt ook de index en de status van de huidige " -"tekenreeks getoond.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Foutenoverzicht
" -"Dit venster toont een overzicht van fouten gevonden door de hulpmiddelen, " -"zodat u kunt zien waarom de huide tekenreeks als fout is gemarkeerd.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO-context
" -"Dit venster toont de context van de huidige tekenreeks in het PO-bestand. " -"Normaliter toont het vier tekenreeksen voorafgaand aan de huidige tekenreeks, " -"en vier tekenreeksen die erna komen.
" -"U kunt het hulpmiddelenvenster verbergen door Instellingen->" -"Hulpmiddelen tonen te deselecteren.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Er zijn reservedatabases gevonden van oudere versies van KBabel. Maar een "
+"andere versie van KBabel (waarschijnlijk uit TDE 3.1.1 of 3.1.2) heeft een "
+"nieuwe database aangemaakt. Hierdoor bevat uw KBabel-installatie nu twee "
+"databases. Helaas kunnen deze niet worden samengevoegd, en zult één van de "
+"twee moeten kiezen.
Als u de oude versie kiest, zal de nieuwe "
+"worden verwijderd. Als u de nieuwe versie kiest, blijft de oude achter, die "
+"kunt u eventueel handmatig verwijderen, anders verschijnt dit bericht "
+"telkens weer. U kunt de oude database vinden in ~/.trinity/share/apps/"
+"kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parameters
" -"Hier kunt het zoeken in het PO-bestand afstellen. Bijvoorbeeld als u " -"hoofdlettergevoelig wilt zoeken of als u \"fuzzy\" tekenreeksen wilt " -"negeren.
Parameters
Hier kunt het zoeken in het PO-bestand " +"afstellen. Bijvoorbeeld als u hoofdlettergevoelig wilt zoeken of als u " +"\"fuzzy\" tekenreeksen wilt negeren.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Vergelijkingsopties
" -"Kies hier welke tekenreeksen u wilt behandelen als een overeenkomende " -"tekenreeks
Vergelijkingsopties
Kies hier welke tekenreeksen u wilt " +"behandelen als een overeenkomende tekenreeks
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-overeenkomst
" -"Een tekenreeks komt overeen als de meeste van haar 3-lettergroepen in de " -"andere tekenreeks zitten. B.v. 'abc123' komt overeen met 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-overeenkomst
Een tekenreeks komt overeen als de " +"meeste van haar 3-lettergroepen in de andere tekenreeks zitten. B.v. " +"'abc123' komt overeen met 'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Locatie
" -"Bepaal hier welke bestand er zal worden gebruikt bij het zoeken.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Locatie
Bepaal hier welke bestand er zal worden gebruikt " +"bij het zoeken.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parameters
" -"Hier kunt het zoeken in het PO-bestand afstellen. Bijvoorbeeld als u " -"hoofdlettergevoelig wilt zoeken.
Parameters
Hier kunt het zoeken in het PO-bestand " +"afstellen. Bijvoorbeeld als u hoofdlettergevoelig wilt zoeken.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Ongeldige tekenreeksen als fuzzy markeren
\n" +"Als u deze optie selecteert zullen alle items die volgens KBabel ongeldig " +"zijn als fuzzy worden gemarkeerd alvorens het bestand wordt opgeslagen.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:127 -msgid "Create Folder" -msgstr "Map aanmaken" +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:47 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Do not validate fuzzy" +msgstr "Fuzzy-tekenreeksen niet vali&deren" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:146 -#, c-format -msgid "It was not possible to create folder %1" -msgstr "De map %1 kon niet worden aangemaakt" +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:50 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Fuzzy-tekenreeksen niet valideren
\n" +"Als u deze optie selecteert zullen alle als fuzzy aangemerkte items niet " +"worden gevalideerd.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Er zijn reservedatabases gevonden van oudere versies van KBabel. Maar een "
-"andere versie van KBabel (waarschijnlijk uit TDE 3.1.1 of 3.1.2) heeft een "
-"nieuwe database aangemaakt. Hierdoor bevat uw KBabel-installatie nu twee "
-"databases. Helaas kunnen deze niet worden samengevoegd, en zult één van de twee "
-"moeten kiezen."
-"
"
-"
Als u de oude versie kiest, zal de nieuwe worden verwijderd. Als u de "
-"nieuwe versie kiest, blijft de oude achter, die kunt u eventueel handmatig "
-"verwijderen, anders verschijnt dit bericht telkens weer. U kunt de oude "
-"database vinden in ~/.trinity/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old.
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Bron voor opzoeken van verschillen
\n" +"Hier kunt u een bron kiezen die zal worden gebruikt voor het vinden van " +"verschillen.
U kunt kiezen uit een bestand, een vertalingendatabase of " +"de corresponderende msgstr.
Als u kiest voor de vertalingendatabase, " +"worden de tekenreeksen om de verschillen van te tonen gehaald uit de " +"vertalingendatabase. Om deze database nuttig te maken dient u de optie " +"Automatisch toevoegen aan database in te schakelen in de dialoog met " +"voorkeuren.
De laatste optie is handig voor mensen die PO-bestanden " +"gebruiken om te proeflezen.
U kunt tijdelijk vergelijkingen maken met " +"tekenreeksen uit een bestand door menuoptie Hulpmiddelen/Verschil/Bestand " +"voor vergelijking openen te kiezen in het hoofdvenster van KBabel.
" +"qt>" + +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:52 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &file" +msgstr "&Bestand gebruiken" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:313 -msgid "< &Previous" -msgstr "< &Vorige" +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:60 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use messages from &translation database" +msgstr "Meldingen &uit de vertalingendatabase gebruiken" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:318 -msgid "&Next >" -msgstr "Volge&nde >" +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:68 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &msgstr from the same file" +msgstr "&Msgstr uit hetzelfde bestand gebruiken" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:957 kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1015 -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1027 kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1128 -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1190 kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1449 -msgid "Edit File" -msgstr "Bestand bewerken" +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:86 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Base folder for diff files:" +msgstr "Basismap voor bestanden om te vergelijken:" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1010 kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1185 -#, c-format -msgid "Edit File %1" -msgstr "Bestand %1 bewerken" +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:97 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Basismap voor bestanden om te vergelijken\n" +"
Hier kunt u een map definiëren waar de te vergelijken bestanden zijn " +"opgeslagen. Als de bestanden op dezelfde plaats onder deze hoofdmap zijn " +"opgeslagen als de originele bestanden onder hun hoofdmap, dan kan KBabel " +"automatisch het juiste bestand openen om mee te vergelijken.
Merk op " +"dat deze optie geen effect heeft als tekenreeksen uit de database worden " +"gebruikt om te vergelijken.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Welkom bij de Projectassistent!\n" +"\n" +"De assistent helpt u om een nieuw vertalingsproject te maken met KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"In de eerste plaats dient u een projectnaam te kiezen en het bestand waar de " +"configuratie in moet worden opgeslagen.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"U dient ook een taal te kiezen waarnaar u gaat vertalen en het type " +"vertalingsproject.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "Auteurs:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Configuratiebestandsnaam
\n"
+"De naam van het bestand waarin de configuratie word opgeslagen.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Taal
\n"
+"De 'doeltaal' van het project, dat wil zeggen, de taal waarin u gaat "
+"vertalen. De indicatie van de doeltaal moet de ISO 631 taalnamenstandaard "
+"volgen.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Projectnaam
\n"
+"De projectnaam is een identificatie voor één van uw projecten.\n"
+"De projectnaam wordt in de projectconfiguratiedialoog en in de \n"
+"titel van het venster geopend voor het project getoond.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Opmerking: U kunt de projectnaam later niet wijzigen.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Projecttype\n" +"Het projecttype staat u toe om de instellingen voor het project\n" +"aan te passen aan welbekende vertalingsprojecten. Het type bepaald\n" +"bijvoorbeeld de validatieprogramma's, het sneltoets-teken en op \n" +"welke wijze de header word geformatteerd..\n" +"
\n" +"Beschikbare types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Vertalingsbestanden
\n" +"Voer de namen in van de mappen die alle PO- en POT-bestanden\n" +"bevatten. De bestanden en submappen in deze mappen zullen dan worden\n" +"samengevoegd in één boomstructuur.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Fuzzy-status automatisch verwijderen
\n" +"Als deze optie in ingeschakeld en u bent bezig met het wijzigen van een " +"fuzzy-tekenreeks, dan wordt de fuzzy-status automatisch verwijderd\n" +"(dit betekent dat de term , fuzzy\n" +"wordt verwijderd uit de toelichting van de tekenreeks).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Intelligent bewerken gebruiken
\n" +"Deze optie inschakelen om gemakkelijker tekst in te kunnen voeren en\n" +"KBabel te laten zorgen voor speciale tekens die dienen te worden \n" +"aangehaald. Bijvoorbeeld het intypen van '\\\"' resulteert in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', de returntoets voegt automatisch witruimte toe \n" +"aan het einde van de regel en Shift+Return voegt een \n" +"'\\\\n' to aan het einde van de regel.
\n" +"Merk op dat dit alleen een hint is en dat het nog steeds mogelijk \n" +"is om syntactisch incorrecte tekst te maken.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Foutherkenning
\n" +"Hier kunt u bepalen hoe een foutbericht zal worden weergegeven. " +"Geluidssignaal bij fout geeft een piep en Tekstkleur wijzigen bij " +"een fout verandert de kleur van de vertaalde tekst. Als geen van beiden " +"is geselecteerd wordt er een bericht in de statusbalk getoond.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Status-LEDs
\n" +"Bepaal hier waar de status-LEDs worden weergegeven en welke kleur ze " +"hebben.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Zoeken automatisch starten
Als dit is geactiveerd, dan " +"zal de zoekopdracht automatisch starten als u naar een andere tekst in de " +"editor gaat. U kunt kiezen waar gezocht zal worden in het combinatieveld " +"Standaardwoordenboek.
U kunt het zoeken ook handmatig opstarten " +"door het selecteren van een tekst in het contextmenu dat verschijnt wanneer " +"u klikt op Woordenboeken->Zoeken... of door een tijdje de " +"woordenboekknop in de werkbalk ingedrukt te houden.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Standaard zoekactie
\n" +"Kies hier waar standaard in gezocht wordt.\n" +"Deze instelling wordt gebruikt wanneer zoeken automatisch wordt gestart of " +"wanneer er op de zoekknop wordt gedrukt in de werkbalk.
\n" +"U kunt aangeven waar de voor het zoeken benodigde bestanden zich " +"bevinden in Instellingen->Woordenboek instellen.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Statusbalk
\n" -"De statusbalk toont informatie over de voortgang van de huidige zoek- of " -"vervangoperatie. Het eerste getal in Gevonden: " -"toont het aantal bestanden die de gezochte term bevatten, maar nog niet in het " -"KBabel-venster zijn getoond. Het tweede getal toont het aantal bestanden die " -"tot dusver de gezochte term bevatten.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Bestandsopties
Hier kunt de plaats waar gezocht moet worden " -"instellen:" -"" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Voorbeeld: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Externe status opvragen voor de volgende bestanden:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Enkel po-bestand doorzoeken..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Lokale status opvragen voor de volgende bestanden:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Map doorzoeken..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Diff opvragen voor de volgende bestanden:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Map en submappen doorzoeken..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Informatie voor de volgende bestanden opvragen:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Bestand wordt doorzocht:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Oude tekenreeksen:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Toegevoegde tekenreeksen:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Logbericht:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Totale voortgang:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Bestanden auto&matisch toevoegen indien nodig"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Verwerkt bestand:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "Vastleggen (&commit)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Laadt bestand:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "Status o&pvragen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Exporteren..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "Diff &ophalen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Herhaalde tekenreeksen"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "In&formatie ophalen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Goede sleutels"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Commandouitvoer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"U kunt hier het minimum aantal woorden dat een zoekopdracht dient te "
+"bevatten om in de goedesleutellijst te worden opgenomen. \n"
+"U kunt ook het minimum aantal woorden van de sleutel opgeven die de "
+"zoekopdracht dient te bevatten om de sleutel in de lijst op te nemen. \n"
+"Deze twee getallen zijn percentages van het totale aantal woorden. Als deze "
+"waarde onder de nul komt dan wordt deze automatisch op 1 gezet door de "
+"zoekmachine. \n"
+"Tot slot kunt u het maximum aantal tekenreeksen van de lijst opgeven."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "De tekst voor de log is leeg. Wilt u doorgaan?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Minimum aantal woorden in de sleutel en ook in de zoekopdracht (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan het tijdelijke bestand niet wegschrijven. Deze actie wordt geannuleerd."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
-"Kan het tijdelijke bestand niet wegschrijven. Deze actie wordt geannuleerd."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Minimum aantal zoekwoorden in de sleutel (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Het proces kan niet worden gestart."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Max. lijstlengte:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Afgesloten met status %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Veel voorkomende woorden"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Beëindigd ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Woorden verwerpen die vaker voorkomen dan:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Meldingencatalogussen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Geen versiebeheer"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "veelvoorkomende woorden worden beschouwd als in elke sleutel"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN-status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Algemeen"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Verholpen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Databasemap:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Gemarkeerde bestanden verholpen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Automatisch bijwerken in KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Terugkeren"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nieuwe tekenreeksen"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Gemarkeerde bestanden terugkeren"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Uit KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Problemen oplossen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritme"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Problemen oplossen voor gemarkeerde bestanden"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Minimum score:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Geen repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Te gebruiken algoritmes"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Bestanden:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Score:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Naam"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Archief van fuzzy-tekenreeksen"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Woordenlijst"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Fuzzy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Precies "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Onvertaald"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Zin voor zin"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Totaal"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumeriek"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Laatste revisie"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Woord voor woord"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Logvenster"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Dynamisch woordenboek"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Wissen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
+msgstr "Gewenste aantal resultaten:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Logvenster In dit venster staat de uitvoer van de uitgevoerde commando's. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Catalogusbeheerder De Catalogusbeheerder voegt twee mappen samen in een boomstructuur en toont "
-"alle\n"
-"PO- en POT-bestanden in deze mappen. Op deze manier kunt u gemakkelijk\n"
-"zien of er nieuwe sjablonen zijn toegevoegd of verwijderd. Tevens wordt er "
-"informatie\n"
-"over de bestanden getoond. Zie voor meer informatie de sectie De catalogusbeheerder "
-"in de online documentatie. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Als u zoekt naar Mijn naam is Andrea en u hebt een woord "
+"vervangen aanstaan dan vindt u ook zinnen als Mijn naam is Jan "
+"of Uw naam is Andrea."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Geen SVN-repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Lossewoordenvervanging gebruiken"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Niet in SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Maximum aantal woorden in de zoekopdracht:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Lokaal toegevoegd"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "tweewoordenvervanging gebruiken"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Lokaal verwijderd"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Lokaal gewijzigd"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Up-to-date"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Lokale tekens voor reguliere expressies:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Conflict"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Database"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Fout in de werkmap"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Databasemap:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Onbekend"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Tekenreeksen automatisch aan database toevoegen"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-"Dit is geen geldige SVN-repository. De SVN-commando's kunnen niet worden "
-"uitgevoerd."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Commando wordt gestart ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN-dialoog"
+"Een tekenreeks automatisch toevoegen aan de database als er een nieuwe "
+"vertaling is opgemerkt (mogelijk door KBabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "De volgende bestanden bijwerken (update):"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Auteur voor automatisch ingevoegde tekenreeksen:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "De volgende bestanden vastleggen (commit):"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"De volgende variabelen zullen worden vervangen in het pad als ze aanwezig " +"zijn:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Korleis omsetjinga går føre seg
" -"Her kan du velja om ein tekststreng berre skal omsetjast komplett, om " -"liknande meldingar er akseptable eller om KBabel skal freista å omsetja orda i " -"ei melding enkeltvis om inga komplett omsetjing eller ei liknande melding vert " -"funnen.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Merk endra omsetjingar som uklare
" -"Når ei omsetjing for ei melding er funnen, vil meldinga som standard bli " -"merka som uklar. Dette er fordi omsetjinga er produsert av KBabel, så " -"difor må du alltid sjekka resultata nøye. Berre slå av dette dersom du er heilt " -"sikker på kva du gjer.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Ordbøker
" -"Her kan du velja kva for ordbøker som skal brukast ved omsetjing. Om du vel " -"meir enn éi ordbok, vert dei bruka i samme rekkefylgje som vist i lista.
" -"Med knappen Oppsett kan du mellombels setja opp den valde ordboka. " -"Dei opphavlege innstillingane vert gjenoppretta etter at dialogvindauget er " -"lukka.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Når ein tekst vert automatisk omsett, vert teksten i utgangspunktet markert " -"som uklar. Dette er fordi omsetjinga er berre ei gissing frå KBabel si " -"side – du bør alltid sjekka resultatet nøye. Slå av dette alternativet berre " -"dersom du veit kva du gjer.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Finn tekst
" -"Here kan du skrive inn tekst som du ynskjer å søke etter. Om du ynskjer å " -"søke med eit regulært uttrykk må du kryssa av for Bruk regulært uttrykk " -"nedanfor.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Bytt ut tekst
" -"Her kan du skrive inn tekst du ynskjer at den funne teksten skal byttast ut " -"med. Teksten vert bruka som han er. Det er ikkje mogleg å bruke referansar, " -"sjølv i søk med regulære uttrykk.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Søk i
" -"Vel her kva for delar av katalogen det skal søkast i.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Val
" -"Her kan du finjustera denne funksjonen: " -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Val
" -"Her kan du finjustera søket: " -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Oppdater filhovud ved lagring
\n" -"Vel denne knappen for å oppdatera informasjonen i filhovudet kvar gong fila " -"vert lagra.
\n" -"Filhovudet inneheld vanlegvis datoen og tidspunktet for når fila sist vart " -"endra, siste omsetjar osb.
\n" -"Du kan velja kva informasjon du vil oppdatera ved hjelp av vala nedanfor. " -"Felt som ikkje finst vert lagde til filhovudet. Dersom du vil leggja til ekstra " -"felt i filhovudet, kan du endra det manuelt ved å velja " -"Rediger – Rediger filhovud i redigeringsvindauget.
Loggvindauge
\n" +"I dette vindauget vert resultatet av kommandoar vist.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Oppdater felt
\n" -"Vel kva for felt i filhovudet du vil skal oppdaterast når du lagrar. Dersom " -"eit felt ikkje finst, vert det lagt til filhovudet.
\n" -"Dersom du vil leggja til anna informasjon til filhovudet, må du endra det " -"manuelt ved å velja Rediger – Rediger filhovud " -"i redigeringsvindauget.
\n" -"Slå av Oppdater filhovud ved lagring dersom du ikkje vil oppdatera " -"filhovudet når du lagrar.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Bevar fila si eksisterande teiknkoding
" -"Om dette menyvalet er aktivert, vert filene alltid lagra med samme " -"teiknkoding som dei vart lesne inn i. Filer utan teiknsettinformasjon i " -"filhovudet (f.eks. POT-filer) vert lagra i teiknkodinga spesifisert ovanfor.
" -"Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identitet
\n" -"Fyll inn informasjon om deg sjølv og omsetjingslaget.\n" -"Denne informasjonen vert nytta når ein oppdaterer filhovudet på ei fil.
\n" -"Du finn ulike val for filhovudet og om kva for felt som skal oppdaterast\n" -"på sida Lagring i denne dialogen.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Teikn for akseleratortast
" -"Definer kva teikn som markerer etterfylgjande teikn som akseleratortast. I " -"Qt er det '&', medan i Gtk er det '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Regulært uttrykk for samanhengsinformasjon
" -"Definer eit regulært uttrykk som spesifiserer kva i meldinga som er " -"samanhengsinformasjon og difor ikkje skal omsetjast.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Hugs ignorerte ord
" -"Ved å aktivere dette valget vil KBabel i alle stavekontrollar oversjå alle " -"ord der du har valgt Ignorer alle i stavekontrollvindauget.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Opna filer i nytt vindauge
" -"Om dette er valt vil alle filer som opnast via kataloghandsamaren bli opna i " -"eitt nytt vindauge.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Stopp prosessar ved avslutting
" -"Om du aktiverer dette, vil KBabel prøva å stoppa dei prosessane som ikkje er " -"avslutta før KBabel avsluttar ved å senda dei eit terminerings-signal.
" -"Merk: Det er likevel ikkje garantert at prosessane vert stoppa.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Katalogkommandoar
" -"Har kan du setje inn kommandoar som skal utførast i katalogar via " -"kataloghandsamaren. Kommandoane vert då vist i undermenyen Kommandoar " -"i hurtigmenyen til kataloghandsamaren.
" -"I ein kommando vert dei fylgjande strengane bytt ut: " -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Katalogkommandoar
" -"Har kan du setje inn kommandoar som skal utførast i katalogar via " -"kataloghandsamaren. Kommandoane vert då vist i undermenyen Kommandoar " -"i hurtigmenyen til kataloghandsamaren.
" -"I ein kommando vert dei fylgjande strengane bytt ut: " -"
Shown columns
\n" -"File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Viste kolonnar
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Velkommen til vegvisaren for prosjekt.\n" -"\n" -"Vegvisaren hjelper deg med å setja opp eit nytt omsetjingsprosjekt for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Du må først gje prosjektet eit namn og velja kvar du vil lagra " -"innstillingane.
\n" -"\n" -"Du må òg velja kva språk du skal omsetja til og kva slags prosjekt det er.
" +#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16 +msgid "No repository" +msgstr "Inkje depot" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Toppmappe for diff-filer" -"
Her kan du velja kvar dei filene det skal samanliknast med er lagra. Dersom " -"filene er lagra på same staden under denne mappa som dei originale filene under " -"deira toppmappe, kan KBabel automatisk opna fila som skal diffast.
" -"Merk at dette ikkje har nokon effekt om meldingane frå databasen vert nytta " -"til samanlikning.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Standard ordbok
" -"Vel kor søk skal utførast som standard. Denne innstillinga vert nytta når " -"søk vert starta automatisk, eller når ein trykkjer på ordbok-knappen på " -"verktøylinja.
" -"Du kan setja opp dei ulike ordbøkene ved å velja den ønskte ordboka i " -"Innstillingar – Set opp ordbok.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Slå automatisk av uklar-status
" -"Om dette er valt ved redigering av ein uklar tekst, vert uklar status fjerna " -"automatisk. (Dette tyder at ordet , fuzzy vert fjerna frå kommentaren " -"til teksten.)
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Bruk smart redigering
" -"Ved å velja dette vert redigering av tekst enklare, ettersom KBabel tek seg " -"av ein del spesialteikn som må vernast. Eksempelvis vil inntasting av «\\\"» " -"føra til «\\\\\\\"». Trykk på Enter vil automatisk leggja til luft, medan " -"tastekombinasjonen Shift + Enter vil leggja til «\\\\n» på slutten av linja.
" -"Merk at dette berre er meint som hjelp. Det er likevel fullt mogleg å skriva " -"tekst med syntaktiske feil.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Statussignal
\n" -"Vel her kor statussignala skal visast og kva fargar dei skal ha.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Finn tekst
Here kan du skrive inn tekst som du ynskjer " +"å søke etter. Om du ynskjer å søke med eit regulært uttrykk må du kryssa av " +"for Bruk regulært uttrykk nedanfor.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Bytt ut tekst
Her kan du skrive inn tekst du ynskjer at " +"den funne teksten skal byttast ut med. Teksten vert bruka som han er. Det er " +"ikkje mogleg å bruke referansar, sjølv i søk med regulære uttrykk.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Søk i
Vel her kva for delar av katalogen det skal " +"søkast i.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Val
Her kan du finjustera denne funksjonen:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Val
Her kan du finjustera søket:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Døme:"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:175
+msgid "Kee&p the encoding of the file"
+msgstr "&Bruk teiknsettet frå fila"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Leit gjennom ei enkel PO-fil"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:178
+msgid "Automatic Saving"
+msgstr "Automatisk lagring"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Leit gjennom ei mappe"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:183
+msgid ""
+"_: Short for minutes\n"
+" min"
+msgstr " min."
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Leit gjennom mappe med undermapper"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:184
+msgid "No autosave"
+msgstr "Inga autolagring"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:188 kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:29
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Leitar gjennom fil:"
+msgid "&General"
+msgstr "&Generelt"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Nye tekstar:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:195
+msgid "Fields to Update"
+msgstr "Felt som skal oppdaterast"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Total framdrift:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199
+msgid "Re&vision-Date"
+msgstr "Re&visjonsdato:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Handsamar fil:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200
+msgid "Last-&Translator"
+msgstr "Siste &omsetjar"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Lastar fil:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Språk"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Eksporter …"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "Teikn&sett"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Statistikk"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "&Teiknkoding"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "Gjentekne tekstar"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "Pros&jekt"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "Gode nøklar"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "Format for revisjonsdatoen"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "Standard dato&format"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Minste tal på ord i nøkkelen som skal vera med i spørjinga (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "Lokalt datofo&rmat"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "Tilpa&ssa datoformat:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Minste tal på spørjingsord i nøkkelen (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Prosjektstreng"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Høgste listelengd:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "Prosjekt-id:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "Ofte førekomande ord"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Filhovud"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 962
-#: rc.cpp:828 rc.cpp:1159
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
-msgstr "Forkast ord som førekjem oftare enn:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Oppdater opp&havsretten til omsetjaren"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 970
-#: rc.cpp:831 rc.cpp:1162
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "/10000"
-msgstr "/10000"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Opphavsretten til Free Software Foundation"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 987
-#: rc.cpp:834 rc.cpp:1165
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
-msgstr "Ofte førekomande ord vert handsama som om i alle nøklar"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "&Fjern opphavsrettfeltet dersom det er tomt"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 16
-#: rc.cpp:837
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Edit Source"
-msgstr "Rediger kjelde"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "O&ppdater opphavsrettfeltet"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 60
-#: rc.cpp:846
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Additional Informations"
-msgstr "Tilleggsinformasjon"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&Ikkje endra"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 75
-#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:713 rc.cpp:849
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Status: "
-msgstr "Status: "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "Opphavs&rett"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 133
-#: rc.cpp:852
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Project name:"
-msgstr "Prosjektnamn:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+msgid ""
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Oppdater filhovud ved lagring Vel denne knappen for å oppdatera informasjonen i filhovudet kvar gong "
+"fila vert lagra. Filhovudet inneheld vanlegvis datoen og tidspunktet for når fila sist "
+"vart endra, siste omsetjar osb. Du kan velja kva informasjon du vil oppdatera ved hjelp av vala nedanfor. "
+"Felt som ikkje finst vert lagde til filhovudet. Dersom du vil leggja til "
+"ekstra felt i filhovudet, kan du endra det manuelt ved å velja Rediger – "
+"Rediger filhovud i redigeringsvindauget. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Oppdater felt Vel kva for felt i filhovudet du vil skal oppdaterast når du lagrar. "
+"Dersom eit felt ikkje finst, vert det lagt til filhovudet. Dersom du vil leggja til anna informasjon til filhovudet, må du endra "
+"det manuelt ved å velja Rediger – Rediger filhovud i "
+"redigeringsvindauget. Slå av Oppdater filhovud ved lagring dersom du ikkje vil oppdatera "
+"filhovudet når du lagrar. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Bevar fila si eksisterande teiknkoding Om dette "
+"menyvalet er aktivert, vert filene alltid lagra med samme teiknkoding som "
+"dei vart lesne inn i. Filer utan teiknsettinformasjon i filhovudet (f.eks. "
+"POT-filer) vert lagra i teiknkodinga spesifisert ovanfor. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
Om du søkjer etter Namnet mitt er Arild "
-"samtidig som du har valt Bytt ut med eitt ord"
-", kan du òg finna setningar som Namnet mitt er Jakob eller "
-"Namnet ditt er Arild."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Bruk erstatting med eitt ord"
+"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n"
+"Diff"
+msgstr "Diff"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Høgste tal på ord i spørjinga:"
+#: commonui/projectpref.cpp:127
+msgid "Searching for Differences"
+msgstr "Søkjer etter skilnader"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Bruk erstatting med to ord"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:138
+msgid "&Update header when saving"
+msgstr "&Oppdater filhovud ved lagring"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:139
+msgid "Update &description comment when saving"
+msgstr "Oppdater &skildringskommentar ved lagring"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:140
+msgid "Chec&k syntax of file when saving"
+msgstr "Sje&kk syntaks i fil ved lagring"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Lokale teikn for regulære uttrykk:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:141
+msgid "Save &obsolete entries"
+msgstr "Ta vare på &utdaterte omsetjingar"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Databasemappe:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:143
+msgid "De&scription"
+msgstr "&Skildring"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Legg oppføring automatisk til database"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:149
+msgid "Encoding"
+msgstr "Teiknsett"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr ""
-"Legg oppføring automatisk til databasen dersom ei ny omsetjing vert signalert "
-"av nokon (kan vera KBabel)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:155
+msgid "Default:"
+msgstr "Standard:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "Forfattar av oppføring som vert automatisk lagd til:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:161
+msgid "(default)"
+msgstr "(standard)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"\n"
+"
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Identitet
\n" +"Fyll inn informasjon om deg sjølv og omsetjingslaget.\n" +"Denne informasjonen vert nytta når ein oppdaterer filhovudet på ei fil.
\n" +"Du finn ulike val for filhovudet og om kva for felt som skal oppdaterast\n" +"på sida Lagring i denne dialogen.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
\n" -"Dei følgjande variablane vert bytte ut i stigen dersom tilgjengelege:\n" -"
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Teikn for akseleratortast
Definer kva teikn som " +"markerer etterfylgjande teikn som akseleratortast. I Qt er det '&', medan " +"i Gtk er det '_'.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Regulært uttrykk for samanhengsinformasjon
Definer eit " +"regulært uttrykk som spesifiserer kva i meldinga som er " +"samanhengsinformasjon og difor ikkje skal omsetjast.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Hugs ignorerte ord
Ved å aktivere dette valget vil " +"KBabel i alle stavekontrollar oversjå alle ord der du har valgt Ignorer " +"alle i stavekontrollvindauget.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Opna filer i nytt vindauge
Om dette er valt vil alle " +"filer som opnast via kataloghandsamaren bli opna i eitt nytt vindauge.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1207 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1325 -#: kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:731 -#, c-format +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:931 +msgid "&Kill processes on exit" +msgstr "&Stopp prosessar ved avslutting" + +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:933 msgid "" -"You do not have permissions to read file:\n" -" %1" +"Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Stopp prosessar ved avslutting
Om du aktiverer dette, " +"vil KBabel prøva å stoppa dei prosessane som ikkje er avslutta før KBabel " +"avsluttar ved å senda dei eit terminerings-signal.
Merk: Det er " +"likevel ikkje garantert at prosessane vert stoppa.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Katalogkommandoar
Har kan du setje inn kommandoar som " +"skal utførast i katalogar via kataloghandsamaren. Kommandoane vert då vist i " +"undermenyen Kommandoar i hurtigmenyen til kataloghandsamaren.
" +"I ein kommando vert dei fylgjande strengane bytt ut:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Katalogkommandoar
Har kan du setje inn kommandoar som " +"skal utførast i katalogar via kataloghandsamaren. Kommandoane vert då vist i " +"undermenyen Kommandoar i hurtigmenyen til kataloghandsamaren.
" +"I ein kommando vert dei fylgjande strengane bytt ut:
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Shown columns
\n" +"Viste kolonnar
\n" +"This button will revert all changes made so far.
Med denne knappen kan du gjera om alle endringane som er gjorde så langt.
" -"This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Dette filhovudet er ugyldig.
" -"Rediger filhovudet før du oppdaterer.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Dette er ikkje eit gyldig filhovud.
" -"Rediger filhovudet før du oppdaterer.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Kommentarar
\n" -"Dette redigeringsfeltet viser deg kommentarane til teksten som blir vist no." -"\n" -"
Kommentarane inneheld vanlegvis informasjon om kor teksten er å finne i " -"kjeldekoden\n" -"kode og statusinformasjon om denne teksten (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Tips frå andre omsetterar kan stundom vere å finne i kommentarane.
" -"Du kan gøyme kommentarfeltet ved å slå av Innstillingar – Vis " -"kommentarar.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Korleis omsetjinga går føre seg
Her kan du velja om ein " +"tekststreng berre skal omsetjast komplett, om liknande meldingar er " +"akseptable eller om KBabel skal freista å omsetja orda i ei melding " +"enkeltvis om inga komplett omsetjing eller ei liknande melding vert funnen." +"p>
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Merk endra omsetjingar som uklare
Når ei omsetjing for " +"ei melding er funnen, vil meldinga som standard bli merka som uklar. " +"Dette er fordi omsetjinga er produsert av KBabel, så difor må du alltid " +"sjekka resultata nøye. Berre slå av dette dersom du er heilt sikker på kva " +"du gjer.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Ordbøker
Her kan du velja kva for ordbøker som skal " +"brukast ved omsetjing. Om du vel meir enn éi ordbok, vert dei bruka i samme " +"rekkefylgje som vist i lista.
Med knappen Oppsett kan du " +"mellombels setja opp den valde ordboka. Dei opphavlege innstillingane vert " +"gjenoppretta etter at dialogvindauget er lukka.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Når ein tekst vert automatisk omsett, vert teksten i utgangspunktet " +"markert som uklar. Dette er fordi omsetjinga er berre ei gissing frå " +"KBabel si side – du bør alltid sjekka resultatet nøye. Slå av dette " +"alternativet berre dersom du veit kva du gjer.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Opphavleg tekst
\n" -"Denne delen av vindauget viser den opphavlege teksten\n" -"til den valde omsetjinga.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Statussignal
\n" -"Desse statussignala viser statusen til den viste teksten.\n" -"Du kan endra fargane i innstillingane, under Redigering på sida " -"Utsjånad
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Omsetjingsfelt
\n" -"Dette feltet viser og let deg redigere den omsette teksten." -"
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Kommentarar
\n" +"Dette redigeringsfeltet viser deg kommentarane til teksten som blir vist no." +"\n" +"
Kommentarane inneheld vanlegvis informasjon om kor teksten er å finne i " +"kjeldekoden\n" +"kode og statusinformasjon om denne teksten (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Tips frå andre omsetterar kan stundom vere å finne i kommentarane.
Du " +"kan gøyme kommentarfeltet ved å slå av Innstillingar – Vis kommentarar" +"b>.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Med denne knappen kan du gjera om alle endringane som er gjorde så " +"langt.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Dette filhovudet er ugyldig.
Rediger filhovudet før du " +"oppdaterer.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Dette er ikkje eit gyldig filhovud.
Rediger filhovudet før du " +"oppdaterer.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Statuslinja
\n" +"Statuslinja viser ein del informasjon om den opna fila,\n" +"slik som det totale talet på oppføringar og talet på uklare og ikkje omsette " +"strengar. Også indeks og status for den gjeldande oppføringa vert vist.
" +"qt>" + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:767 +msgid "Perform &All Checks" +msgstr "Utfør &alle sjekkar" + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:774 +msgid "C&heck Syntax" +msgstr "K&ontroller syntaks" + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:814 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:851 +msgid "&Modify" +msgstr "" + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:942 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1803 +msgid "" +"The document contains unsaved changes.\n" +"Do you want to save your changes or discard them?" +msgstr "" +"Dokumentet har ulagra endringar.\n" +"Vil du lagra endringane eller forkasta dei?" + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1081 +msgid "There are no changes to save." +msgstr "Det er ingen endringar å lagra." + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1162 +msgid "OVR" +msgstr "OVR" + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1266 +msgid "" +"Unable to use TDELauncher to start Catalog Manager. You should check the " +"installation of TDE.\n" +"Please start Catalog Manager manually." +msgstr "" +"Klarte ikkje starta kataloghandsamaren med TDELauncher. Du bør kontrollera " +"TDE-installasjonen.\n" +"Kataloghandsamaren må startast manuelt." + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1364 +#, c-format +msgid "Current: %1" +msgstr "Denne: %1" + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1370 +#, c-format +msgid "Total: %1" +msgstr "Totalt: %1" + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1375 +#, c-format +msgid "Fuzzy: %1" +msgstr "Uklare: %1" + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1380 +#, c-format +msgid "Untranslated: %1" +msgstr "Ikkje omsette: %1" + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1537 +msgid "RO" +msgstr "L" + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1568 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"An error occurred while trying to open the gettext info page:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"Klarte ikkje opna gettext-info-sida:\n" +" %1" + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1663 +msgid "" +"_: MessageBox text\n" +"Spellchecking of multiple files is finished." +msgstr "Ferdig med stavekontroll av fleire filer." + +#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1664 +msgid "" +"_: MessageBox caption\n" +"Spellcheck Done" +msgstr "Stavekontroll ferdig" + +#: kbabel/kbabelpref.cpp:57 +msgid "" +"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n" +"Edit" +msgstr "Redigering" + +#: kbabel/kbabelpref.cpp:59 +msgid "Options for Editing" +msgstr "Val for redigering" + +#: kbabel/kbabelpref.cpp:70 +msgid "" +"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n" +"Search" +msgstr "Søkjing" + +#: kbabel/kbabelpref.cpp:72 +msgid "Options for Searching Similar Translations" +msgstr "Val for søk etter liknande omsetjingar" + +#: kbabel/kbabelpref.cpp:87 +msgid "Options for Showing Differences" +msgstr "Val for vising av skilnadar" + +#: kbabel/kbabelpref.cpp:90 +msgid "" +"_: name of page in preferences dialog icon list\n" +"Fonts" +msgstr "Skrifter" + +#: kbabel/kbabelpref.cpp:92 +msgid "" +"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n" +"Font Settings" +msgstr "Skriftoppsett" + +#: kbabel/kbabelpref.cpp:95 +msgid "" +"_: name of page in preferences dialog icon list\n" +"Colors" +msgstr "Fargar" + +#: kbabel/kbabelpref.cpp:97 +msgid "" +"_: title of page in preferences dialog\n" +"Color Settings" +msgstr "Fargeoppsett" + +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:185 +msgid "" +"Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" + +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 +msgid "" +"_: Menu item\n" +"Open" +msgstr "Opna" + +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 +msgid "Open Template" +msgstr "Opna mal" + +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 +msgid "" +"KBabel Version %1\n" +"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" +" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Opphavleg tekst
\n" +"Denne delen av vindauget viser den opphavlege teksten\n" +"til den valde omsetjinga.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Statussignal
\n" +"Desse statussignala viser statusen til den viste teksten.\n" +"Du kan endra fargane i innstillingane, under Redigering på sida " +"Utsjånad
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Omsetjingsfelt
\n" +"Dette feltet viser og let deg redigere den omsette teksten.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Statuslinja
\n" -"Statuslinja viser ein del informasjon om den opna fila,\n" -"slik som det totale talet på oppføringar og talet på uklare og ikkje omsette " -"strengar. Også indeks og status for den gjeldande oppføringa vert vist.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Det finst reservekopiar frå eldre versjonar av KBabel. Ein annan versjon "
+"av KBabel (truleg frå TDE 3.1.1 eller 3.2.2) har i tillegg laga ein ny "
+"database. Difor inneheld KBabel-installasjonen din to versjonar av "
+"databasefilene. Diverre kan ikkje den gamle og den nye databasen slåast "
+"saman. Du må velja éin av dei.
Dersom du vel den gamle versjonen, "
+"vert den nye fjerna. Dersom du vel den nye, vert den gamle databasen "
+"liggjande og du må fjerna han manuelt. Om du ikkje fjernar han, kjem denne "
+"meldinga til å koma opp att. (Dei gamle filene ligg i $TDEHOME/share/apps/"
+"kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old.)
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Samanlikningsval
\n" +"Samanlikningsval
\n" "Her vel du dei programtekstane du vil rekna som treff i søket.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Plassering
" -"Her vel du kva for fil som skal brukast i søk.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Plassering
Her vel du kva for fil som skal brukast i søk." +"
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80 +msgid "Loading TMX compendium" +msgstr "Lastar TMX-kompendium" + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:92 +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:102 +msgid "Cannot open the file." +msgstr "Klarte ikkje opna fila." + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:96 +msgid "Cannot parse XML data." +msgstr "Klarte ikkje tolka XML-data." + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:111 +msgid "Unsupported format." +msgstr "Formatet er ikkje støtta." + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:117 +msgid "" +"Error while trying to read file for TMX Compendium module:\n" +"%1\n" +"Reason: %2" +msgstr "" +"Klarte ikkje opna fil for TMX-kompendiemodulen:\n" +"%1\n" +"Grunn: %2" + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:229 +msgid "Empty database." +msgstr "Tom database." + +#: kbabeldict/searchengine.h:339 +msgid "not implemented" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:11 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:29 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Go" +msgstr "&Gå" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:30 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Markings" +msgstr "&Markeringar" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:43 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:50 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Project" +msgstr "&Prosjekt" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:49 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:57 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Tools" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:60 catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:165 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:202 +#, no-c-format +msgid "CVS" +msgstr "CVS" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:112 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:87 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Settings" +msgstr "Innstillingar:" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:117 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:95 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:122 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:100 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Main" +msgstr "Hovud" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:128 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:113 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Navigationbar" +msgstr "Navigasjonslinje" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "To be set dynamically:" +msgstr "Skal veljast ut frå samanhengen:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:62 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Include templates" +msgstr "&Ta med malar" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:70 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &wildcards" +msgstr "Bruk &jokerteikn" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:59 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Overall:" +msgstr "Alle:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:80 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Current file:" +msgstr "Denne fila:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:88 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Validation:" +msgstr "Sjekk:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:96 commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:94 +#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:473 +#, no-c-format +msgid "New Item" +msgstr "Nytt element" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:32 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Mark invalid as &fuzzy" +msgstr "&Marker ugyldige tekstar som uklare" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:35 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Det finst reservekopiar frå eldre versjonar av KBabel. Ein annan versjon av "
-"KBabel (truleg frå TDE 3.1.1 eller 3.2.2) har i tillegg laga ein ny database. "
-"Difor inneheld KBabel-installasjonen din to versjonar av databasefilene. "
-"Diverre kan ikkje den gamle og den nye databasen slåast saman. Du må velja éin "
-"av dei. "
-"
"
-"
Dersom du vel den gamle versjonen, vert den nye fjerna. Dersom du vel den "
-"nye, vert den gamle databasen liggjande og du må fjerna han manuelt. Om du "
-"ikkje fjernar han, kjem denne meldinga til å koma opp att. (Dei gamle filene "
-"ligg i $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old.)
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Toppmappe for diff-filer
Her kan du velja kvar dei " +"filene det skal samanliknast med er lagra. Dersom filene er lagra på same " +"staden under denne mappa som dei originale filene under deira toppmappe, kan " +"KBabel automatisk opna fila som skal diffast.
Merk at dette ikkje har " +"nokon effekt om meldingane frå databasen vert nytta til samanlikning.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:287 -msgid "Score" -msgstr "Poeng" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:25 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Welcome to Project Wizard!\n" +"\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Velkommen til vegvisaren for prosjekt.\n" +"\n" +"Vegvisaren hjelper deg med å setja opp eit nytt omsetjingsprosjekt for " +"KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Du må først gje prosjektet eit namn og velja kvar du vil lagra " +"innstillingane.
\n" +"\n"
+"Du må òg velja kva språk du skal omsetja til og kva slags prosjekt det er."
+"p>"
-#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:288
-msgid "Original"
-msgstr "Original"
+#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" Configuration File Name \n"
+"Language Project name \n"
+"Project Type\n"
+"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n"
+"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n"
+"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n"
+"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n"
+" Currently known types:\n"
+"
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Slå automatisk av uklar-status
Om dette er valt ved " +"redigering av ein uklar tekst, vert uklar status fjerna automatisk. (Dette " +"tyder at ordet , fuzzy vert fjerna frå kommentaren til teksten.)
" +"qt>" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:257 -msgid "Toggle All Markings" -msgstr "Slå av/på all merking" +#: kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:68 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use cle&ver editing" +msgstr "Bruk s&mart redigering" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:260 -msgid "Remove All Markings" -msgstr "Fjern all merking" +#: kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:71 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Bruk smart redigering
Ved å velja dette vert redigering " +"av tekst enklare, ettersom KBabel tek seg av ein del spesialteikn som må " +"vernast. Eksempelvis vil inntasting av «\\\"» føra til «\\\\\\\"». Trykk på " +"Enter vil automatisk leggja til luft, medan tastekombinasjonen Shift + Enter " +"vil leggja til «\\\\n» på slutten av linja.
Merk at dette berre er " +"meint som hjelp. Det er likevel fullt mogleg å skriva tekst med syntaktiske " +"feil.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Statussignal
\n" +"Vel her kor statussignala skal visast og kva fargar dei skal ha.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Standard ordbok
Vel kor søk skal utførast som standard. " +"Denne innstillinga vert nytta når søk vert starta automatisk, eller når ein " +"trykkjer på ordbok-knappen på verktøylinja.
Du kan setja opp dei " +"ulike ordbøkene ved å velja den ønskte ordboka i Innstillingar – Set opp " +"ordbok.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: Døme: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Vis ekstern status på dei følgjande filene:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Skann ei enkel PO-fil …"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Vis lokal status på dei følgjande filene:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Leit gjennom mappe …"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Vis skilnaden på dei følgjande filene:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Leit gjennom mappe med undermapper …"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Vis informasjon om dei følgjande filene:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Leitar gjennom fil:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Gamle meldingar:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Nye tekstar:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Loggmelding:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Total framdrift:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Legg au&tomatisk til filer om det trengst"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Handsamar fil:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Meld inn"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Lastar fil:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Vis status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Eksporter …"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Vis skilnad"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Gjentekne tekstar"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Hent informasjon"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Gode nøklar"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Resultat frå kommando:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Innmeldinga har inga loggmelding. Vil du halda fram?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Minste tal på ord i nøkkelen som skal vera med i spørjinga (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Klarte ikkje opna mellombels fil for skriving. Avbryt."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Klarte ikkje skriva til mellombels fil. Avbryt."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Minste tal på spørjingsord i nøkkelen (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Klarte ikkje starta prosessen."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Høgste listelengd:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Avslutta med status %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Ofte førekomande ord"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Ferdig ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Forkast ord som førekjem oftare enn:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Meldingskatalogar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Ingen versjonskontroll"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Ofte førekomande ord vert handsama som om i alle nøklar"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN-status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Generelt"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Løyst"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Databasemappe:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Løyst for dei markerte"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Automatisk oppdatering i KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Tilbakestill"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nye oppføringar"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Tilbakestill for dei markerte"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Frå KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Tøm"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritme"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Tøm for dei markerte"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Minste poeng:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Inkje depot"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmar som skal brukast"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Poeng:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Namn"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Arkiv over &uklare setningar"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Ordliste"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Uklar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Nøyaktig "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Ikkje omsett"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Setning for setning"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Totalt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumerisk"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Siste endring"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Ord for ord"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Logg-vindauge"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Dynamisk ordbok:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "T&øm"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
+msgstr "Føretrekt tal på resultat:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Loggvindauge I dette vindauget vert resultatet av kommandoar vist. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
msgstr ""
+"
Om du søkjer etter Namnet mitt er Arild"
+"em> samtidig som du har valt Bytt ut med eitt ord, kan du òg finna "
+"setningar som Namnet mitt er Jakob eller Namnet ditt er Arild"
+"em>."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Inkje SVN-lager"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Bruk erstatting med eitt ord"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Ikkje i SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Høgste tal på ord i spørjinga:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Lagd til lokalt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Bruk erstatting med to ord"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Sletta lokalt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Endra lokalt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Uendra"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Lokale teikn for regulære uttrykk:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Konflikt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Database"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Feil i arbeidskopien"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Databasemappe:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Ukjend"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Legg oppføring automatisk til database"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-"Dette er ikkje eit gyldig SVN-lager. SVN-kommandoane kan ikkje brukast."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Startar kommando ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN-dialogvindauge"
+"Legg oppføring automatisk til databasen dersom ei ny omsetjing vert "
+"signalert av nokon (kan vera KBabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Oppdater dei følgjande filene:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Forfattar av oppføring som vert automatisk lagd til:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Meld inn desse filene:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Dei følgjande variablane vert bytte ut i stigen dersom tilgjengelege:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
TDE-ਖਾਸ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ
" -"ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ \"Comment=\" ਅਤੇ \"Name=\" ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼, ਜੇਕਰ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਵਿੱਚ ਨਾ ਮਿਲਣ ਤਾਂ। " -"ਨਾਲ ਹੀ, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" ਅਤੇ \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" ਨੂੰ ਪਛਾਣ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ " -"ਨਾਲ ਭਰਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
ਲਾਗ ਝਰੋਖਾ
\n" +"ਇਸ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਚੱਲ ਰਹੀ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਦੀ ਆਉਟਪੁੱਟ ਵੇਖੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
ਫਾਇਲ਼-ਸੂਚੀ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ
\n" +"ਫਾਇਲ਼-ਸੂਚੀ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਦੋ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਿਲਾ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਲੜੀ ਵਿੱਚ\n" +"PO ਅਤੇ POT ਫਾਇਲ਼ਾਂ ਵੇਖਾ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਇਸ ਤਰਾਂ ਤੁਸੀ ਇਹ ਜਾਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਨਮੂਨਾ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ " +"ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ ਜਾਂ ਹਟਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ\n" +"ਅਤੇ ਇਹ ਫਾਇਲ਼ਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਵੀ ਜਾਣਾਕਰੀ \n" +"ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਕਰਵਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।
ਵਧੇਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ਭਾਗ ਫਾਇਲ਼-ਸੂਚੀ ਪਰਬੰਧਕਆਨ ਲਾਈਨ " +"ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਵੇਖੋ
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
ਪ੍ਰਸੰਗ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ਨਿਯਮਿਤ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ
" -"ਇਥੇ ਪ੍ਰਸੰਗ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦਿਓ ਜੋ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰੇ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿਹੜੀ ਪ੍ਰਸੰਗ " -"ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਦਾ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
ਤਰਦੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ-ਜੋੜ ਜਾਂਚ
" -"ਜਿਵੇਂ ਹੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲਿਖੋ ਤਾਂ ਕੇਬਬੇਲ ਸ਼ਬਦ-ਜੋੜ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਰੇ ਤਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕਰੋ, " -"ਗਲਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਦਾ ਰੰਗ ਗਲਤੀ ਰੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
ਅਣਡਿੱਠੇ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਯਾਦ ਰੱਖੋ
" -"ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਕੇਬਬੇਲ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਅਣਡਿੱਠਾ " -"ਕਰੇ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸ਼ਬਦ-ਜੋੜ ਜਾਂਚ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਰਾਹੀਂ , ਹਰੇਕ ਜਾਂਚ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਸਭ ਅਣਡਿੱਠੇ " -"ਕਰੇ,ਚੁਣੇ ਹਨ।
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
ਆਧਾਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ
\n" -"ਫੋਲਡਰ ਭਰੋ ਜੋ ਕਿ PO ਅਤੇ POT ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਰੱਖਦੇ ਹਨ\n" -"ਇਹਨਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਇੱਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਿਲੀਨ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤੇ\n" -" ਜਾਣਗੇ
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨਵੇਂ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ
\n" -"ਜੇਕਰ ਇਹ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕੀਤਾ ਤਾਂ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲ਼ਾਂ ਜੋ ਕਿ ਸੂਚੀ-ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਹਨ, ਨਵੇਂ ਝਰੋਖੇ " -"ਵਿੱਚ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੀਆਂ\n" -"ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
ਬਾਹਰ ਜਾਣ ਕੇ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਸਮਾਪਤ ਕਰੋ
\n" -"ਜੇਕਰ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣਿਆਂ ਤਾਂ, ਕੇਬਬੇਲ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਖਤਮ ਸੰਕੇਤ ਭੇਜ ਕੇ ਸਮਾਪਤ " -"ਕਰੇਗਾ, ਜੋ ਕਿਕੇਬਬੇਲ ਦੇ ਬੰਦ ਹੋਣ\n" -"ਉੱਤੇ ਸਮਾਪਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ।
\n" -"ਟਿੱਪਣੀ: ਇਸ ਗਲ ਦੀ ਕੋਈ ਜਿੰਮੇਵਾਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਸਮਾਪਤ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ।
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"ਫਾਇਲ਼ ਭਾਗਾਂ ਲਈ ਤਤਕਰਾ ਬਣਾਓ
\n" -"ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਤਾਂ, ਕੇਬਬੇਲ ਹਰੇਕ PO ਫਾਇਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੇਜ਼ੀ ਨਾਲ ਖੋਜ/ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ " -"ਤਤਕਰਾ ਬਣਾਏਗਾ
\n" -"ਟਿੱਪਣੀ: ਇਹ ਫਾਇਲ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਦੀ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਕਾਫੀ ਹੱਦ ਤੱਕ ਹੌਲੀ ਕਰ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ।
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
ਕਾਲਮ ਵੇਖਾਓ
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਤੇ ਜੀ ਆਇਆਂ ਨੂੰ!\n" -"\n" -"ਇਹ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਕੇਬਬੇਲ ਲਈ ਨਵਾਂ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ\n" -"ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਕਰੇਗਾ।\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਲਈ ਨਾਂ ਚੁਣਨਾ ਹੈ,\n" -"ਜਿੱਥੇ ਕਿ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੀਆਂ ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ।\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਕਰਨ ਲ਼ਈ ਇੱਕ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਚੁਣਨੀ ਚਾਹੀਦੀ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ\n" -"ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਵੀ।\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:68 +msgid "CVS Dialog" +msgstr "CVS ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲ ਨਾਂ"
-"
\n"
-"ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਵਾਲੀ ਫਾਇਲ\n"
-"ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਹੈ।
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"ਭਾਸ਼ਾ"
-"
\n"
-"ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਣੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾਂ, ਭਾਵ ਕਿ ਜਿਸ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਵਿੱਚ\n"
-"ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ISO 631 ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਨਾਂ ਮਿਆਰੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੋਣੀ\n"
-"ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਹੈ।
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਨਾਂ"
-"
\n"
-"ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਨਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਪਛਾਣ ਹੈ।\n"
-"ਇਹ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਨਾਲ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ\n"
-"ਲਈ ਖੁੱਲਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੇ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ।\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"ਸੂਚਨਾ: ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਨਾਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਵਿੱਚ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਕਿਸਮ\n" -"ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਕਿਸਮ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਜਾਣੇ-ਪਛਾਣੇ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਲਈ\n" -"ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।\n" -"ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ, ਇਹ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਲਈ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ, ਐਕਸਰਲੇਟਰ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਤੇ\n" -"ਜਾਇਜੀਕਰਨ ਸੰਦ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।\n" -"
\n" -"ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਪਛਾਣੀਆਂ ਕਿਸਮ:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ
\n" -"ਫੋਲਡਰ ਭਰੋ ਜੋ ਕਿ PO ਅਤੇ POT ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਰੱਖਦੇ ਹਨ\n" -"ਇਹਨਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਇੱਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਿਲੀਨ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤੇ\n" -" ਜਾਣਗੇ
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
ਮੂਲ ਸ਼ਬਦ-ਕੋਸ਼
\n" -"ਮੂਲ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਖੋਜ ਹੋਵੇ, ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ। \n" -"ਇਹ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਨੂੰ ਇਸਤੇਮਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਦੋਂ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਖੋਜ ਹੋਵੇ \n" -"ਜਾਂ ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਬਦ-ਕੋਸ਼ ਬਟਨ ਇਸਤੇਮਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇ।
\n" -"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ-ਸ਼ਬਦਕੋਸ਼ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਤੋਂ ਲੋੜੀਦਾ ਸ਼ਬਦ-ਕੋਸ਼\n" -"ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"ਹਾਲਤ ਲਾਟੂ
\n" -"ਇੱਥੇ ਚੁਣੋ ਕਿ ਹਾਲਤ ਲਾਟੂ ਕਿੱਥੇ ਵੇਖਾਏ ਜਾਣ ਅਤੇ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਰੰਗ ਕਿਹੋ ਜਿਹਾ ਹੋਵੇ।
" -"Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 116 -#: rc.cpp:659 rc.cpp:990 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Case sensitive" -msgstr "ਆਕਾਰ ਪ੍ਰਤੀ ਸੰਵੇਦਨਸ਼ੀਲ" - -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 119 -#: rc.cpp:662 rc.cpp:993 -#, no-c-format +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:306 msgid "" -"Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. "
+" Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. "
+" ਪ੍ਰਸੰਗ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ਨਿਯਮਿਤ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਇਥੇ ਪ੍ਰਸੰਗ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਦਿਓ ਜੋ ਕਿ "
+"ਇਹ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਸ਼ਿਤ ਕਰੇ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿਹੜੀ ਪ੍ਰਸੰਗ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਦਾ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. ਤਰਦੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ-ਜੋੜ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਹੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲਿਖੋ ਤਾਂ ਕੇਬਬੇਲ ਸ਼ਬਦ-ਜੋੜ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਰੇ "
+"ਤਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕਰੋ, ਗਲਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਦਾ ਰੰਗ ਗਲਤੀ ਰੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਵੇਖਾਇਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. ਅਣਡਿੱਠੇ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਯਾਦ ਰੱਖੋ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕਰੋ, ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਕੇਬਬੇਲ "
+"ਉਹਨਾਂ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਅਣਡਿੱਠਾ ਕਰੇ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸ਼ਬਦ-ਜੋੜ ਜਾਂਚ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਰਾਹੀਂ , ਹਰੇਕ ਜਾਂਚ ਦੌਰਾਨ "
+"ਸਭ ਅਣਡਿੱਠੇ ਕਰੇ,ਚੁਣੇ ਹਨ। Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. ਆਧਾਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਭਰੋ ਜੋ ਕਿ PO ਅਤੇ POT ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਰੱਖਦੇ ਹਨ\n"
+"ਇਹਨਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਇੱਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਿਲੀਨ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤੇ\n"
+" ਜਾਣਗੇ \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨਵੇਂ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ ਜੇਕਰ ਇਹ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਕੀਤਾ ਤਾਂ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲ਼ਾਂ ਜੋ ਕਿ ਸੂਚੀ-ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਹਨ, ਨਵੇਂ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੀਆਂ\n"
+"ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. ਬਾਹਰ ਜਾਣ ਕੇ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਸਮਾਪਤ ਕਰੋ ਜੇਕਰ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣਿਆਂ ਤਾਂ, ਕੇਬਬੇਲ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਖਤਮ ਸੰਕੇਤ ਭੇਜ ਕੇ ਸਮਾਪਤ ਕਰੇਗਾ, ਜੋ ਕਿਕੇਬਬੇਲ ਦੇ "
+"ਬੰਦ ਹੋਣ\n"
+"ਉੱਤੇ ਸਮਾਪਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ। ਟਿੱਪਣੀ: ਇਸ ਗਲ ਦੀ ਕੋਈ ਜਿੰਮੇਵਾਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਸਮਾਪਤ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ। Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> ਫਾਇਲ਼ ਭਾਗਾਂ ਲਈ ਤਤਕਰਾ ਬਣਾਓ ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਤਾਂ, ਕੇਬਬੇਲ ਹਰੇਕ PO ਫਾਇਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੇਜ਼ੀ ਨਾਲ ਖੋਜ/ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਤਤਕਰਾ "
+"ਬਣਾਏਗਾ ਟਿੱਪਣੀ: ਇਹ ਫਾਇਲ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਦੀ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਕਾਫੀ ਹੱਦ ਤੱਕ ਹੌਲੀ ਕਰ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ। Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+"
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Shown columns
\n" +"ਕਾਲਮ ਵੇਖਾਓ
\n" +"\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
\n" -"ਇਹ ਵੇਰੀਬਲ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ, ਜੇਕਰ ਮਾਰਗ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹੋਵੇ:\n" -"
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
TDE-ਖਾਸ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ
ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ \"Comment=\" ਅਤੇ \"Name=\" ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼, " +"ਜੇਕਰ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਵਿੱਚ ਨਾ ਮਿਲਣ ਤਾਂ। ਨਾਲ ਹੀ, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" ਅਤੇ \"EMAIL OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" ਨੂੰ ਪਛਾਣ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਭਰਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
ਅੱਖਰ ਚੋਣਕਾਰੀ
ਇਹ ਸੰਦ ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਦਬਾਉਣ ਤੇ ਖਾਸ ਅੱਖਰ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ " +"ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
ਟਿੱਪਣੀ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ
\n" +"ਇਹ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਬਾਰੇ ਟਿੱਪਣੀ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।\n" +"
ਟਿੱਪਣੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਕਸਰ ਇਹ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ (fuzzy, c-format) ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਸਰੋਤ ਕੋਡ ਵਿੱਚ " +"ਕਿੱਥੇ ਲੱਭਿਆ\n" +"ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਕੀ ਹੈ। ਕਈ ਵਾਰੀ ਹੋਰ ਅਨੁਵਾਦਕਾਂ ਵਲੋਂ\n" +"ਵੀ ਕੁਝ ਸੰਕੇਤ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।
\n" +"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਟਿੱਪਣੀ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਨੂੰ ਚੋਣ->ਟਿੱਪਣੀ ਵੇਖਾਉ ਰਾਹੀਂ\n" +"ਓਹਲੇ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
ਅੱਖਰ ਚੋਣਕਾਰੀ
" -"ਇਹ ਸੰਦ ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਦਬਾਉਣ ਤੇ ਖਾਸ ਅੱਖਰ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਨੂੰ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ ਨਵੀਨੀਕਰਨ ਕਰ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ। ਨਤੀਜਾ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਉਹ " -"ਬਣੇਗਾ ਜੋ ਕਿ PO ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਤੇ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।
ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਨੂੰ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ ਨਵੀਨੀਕਰਨ ਕਰ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ। ਨਤੀਜਾ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਉਹ ਬਣੇਗਾ " +"ਜੋ ਕਿ PO ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਤੇ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।
This button will revert all changes made so far.
ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਸਭ ਤਬਦੀਲ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਹੁਣ ਤੱਕ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਤਬਦੀਲੀਆਂ, ਨੂੰ ਖਤਮ ਕਰ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ।
ਇਹ ਬਟਨ ਸਭ ਤਬਦੀਲ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਹੁਣ ਤੱਕ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਤਬਦੀਲੀਆਂ, ਨੂੰ ਖਤਮ ਕਰ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ।
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" "Please edit the header before updating!
ਇਹ ਜਾਇਜ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।
\n" +"ਇਹ ਜਾਇਜ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।
\n" "ਕਿਰਪਾ ਕਰਕੇ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਲਈ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਦੀ ਸੋਧ ਕਰੋ!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" "Please edit the header before updating.
ਇਹ ਜਾਇਜ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।
\n" +"ਇਹ ਜਾਇਜ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।
\n" "ਕਿਰਪਾ ਕਰਕੇ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਲਈ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਦੀ ਸੋਧ ਕਰੋ।
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
ਟਿੱਪਣੀ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ
\n" -"ਇਹ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਬਾਰੇ ਟਿੱਪਣੀ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।" -"\n" -"
ਟਿੱਪਣੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਕਸਰ ਇਹ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ (fuzzy, c-format) ਸੁਨੇਹਾ " -"ਸਰੋਤ ਕੋਡ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿੱਥੇ ਲੱਭਿਆ\n" -"ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਇਸ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਕੀ ਹੈ। ਕਈ ਵਾਰੀ ਹੋਰ ਅਨੁਵਾਦਕਾਂ ਵਲੋਂ\n" -"ਵੀ ਕੁਝ ਸੰਕੇਤ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ।
\n" -"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਟਿੱਪਣੀ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਨੂੰ ਚੋਣ->ਟਿੱਪਣੀ ਵੇਖਾਉ ਰਾਹੀਂ\n" -"ਓਹਲੇ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
ਅਸਲੀ ਸਤਰ
\n" -"ਇਹ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਇਕਾਈ ਦਾ ਅਸਲੀ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ\n" -"ਦਾ ਹਿੱਸਾ ਹੈ।
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
LEDS ਹਾਲਤ
\n" -"ਇਹ LED ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਦੀ ਹਾਲਤ ਵੇਖਾਉਂਦੇ ਹਨ।\n" -"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਰੰਗ ਮੇਰੀ-ਪਸੰਦ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਚੋਣ ਦੇ\n" -"ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਸਫ਼ੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਦਿੱਖ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ
\n" -"ਇਹ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਦਿੱਸ ਰਹੇ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤ ਉਸ ਦਾ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਇਜ਼ਾਜਤ " -"ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
ਹਾਲਤ-ਪੱਟੀ
\n" +"ਹਾਲਤ ਪੱਟੀ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੀ ਫਾਇਲ ਬਾਰੇ ਕੁਝ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਕੁੱਲ ਕਿੰਨੀਆਂ\n" +"ਸਤਰਾਂ ਹਨ, ਅਸਪਸ਼ਟ ਦੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਨਾ-ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਸਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ। ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼ ਲਈ ਤਤਕਰਾ ਅਤੇ " +"ਸਥਿਤੀ ਵੀ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਜਾਦੀ ਹੈ।
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4397 -msgid "The spell checker program seems to have crashed." -msgstr "ਸਪੈਲ ਚੈਕਰ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਨਸ਼ਟ ਹੋ ਗਿਆ ਜਾਪਦਾ ਹੈ।" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 +msgid "" +"_: Menu item\n" +"Open" +msgstr "ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:940 -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1024 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4433 -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp:239 -msgid "Searching" -msgstr "ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 +msgid "Open Template" +msgstr "ਨਮੂਨਾ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:129 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:132 -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:150 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:1754 -#, c-format +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 msgid "" -"Cannot open project file\n" -"%1" +"KBabel Version %1\n" +"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" +" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
ਅਸਲੀ ਸਤਰ
\n" +"ਇਹ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਇਕਾਈ ਦਾ ਅਸਲੀ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਵੇਖਾਉਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ\n" +"ਦਾ ਹਿੱਸਾ ਹੈ।
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
LEDS ਹਾਲਤ
\n" +"ਇਹ LED ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਦੀ ਹਾਲਤ ਵੇਖਾਉਂਦੇ ਹਨ।\n" +"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਰੰਗ ਮੇਰੀ-ਪਸੰਦ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਚੋਣ ਦੇ\n" +"ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਸਫ਼ੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਦਿੱਖ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ
\n" +"ਇਹ ਸੰਪਾਦਕ ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਦਿੱਸ ਰਹੇ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤ ਉਸ ਦਾ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਇਜ਼ਾਜਤ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
ਹਾਲਤ-ਪੱਟੀ
\n" -"ਹਾਲਤ ਪੱਟੀ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੀ ਫਾਇਲ ਬਾਰੇ ਕੁਝ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਕੁੱਲ ਕਿੰਨੀਆਂ\n" -"ਸਤਰਾਂ ਹਨ, ਅਸਪਸ਼ਟ ਦੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਨਾ-ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਸਤਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ। ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼ ਲਈ ਤਤਕਰਾ " -"ਅਤੇ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਵੀ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਜਾਦੀ ਹੈ।
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
ਮੁੱਲ
" -"ਇੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ PO ਫਾਇਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਚੁਸਤ ਖੋਜ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ "
-"ਅੱਖਰ-ਆਕਾਰ ਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਖੋਜ ਕਰਨੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅਸਪਸ਼ਟ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਨੂੰ ਅਣਡਿੱਠਾ ਵੀ "
-"ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।"
+" ਮੁੱਲ ਇੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ PO ਫਾਇਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਚੁਸਤ ਖੋਜ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ "
+"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਅੱਖਰ-ਆਕਾਰ ਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਖੋਜ ਕਰਨੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜਾਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅਸਪਸ਼ਟ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਨੂੰ ਅਣਡਿੱਠਾ ਵੀ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ "
+"ਹੋ।"
#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:96
#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:94
msgid ""
-" Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching "
-"message. Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want "
+"to have treated as a matching message. ਤੁਲਨਾ ਚੋਣ ਸੁਨੇਹਿਆਂ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਮਿਲੇ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਵਾਂਗ ਇਸਤੇਮਾਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ "
-"ਹੋ। ਤੁਲਨਾ ਚੋਣ ਸੁਨੇਹਿਆਂ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ, ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਮਿਲੇ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਵਾਂਗ ਇਸਤੇਮਾਲ "
+"ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ। 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in "
-"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'. 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its "
+"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches "
+"'abcx123c12'. 3ਕੜੀ-ਮੇਲ ਇੱਕ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਤਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੇਲ ਖਾਵੇ, ਜੇਕਰ ਇਸ ਦੇ 3ਕੜੀ ਸਮੂਹ ਅੱਖਰ ਹੋਰ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੋਵੇ। "
-"ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ 'abc123' 'abcx123c12' ਨਾਲ ਮਿਲਦਾ ਹੈ। 3ਕੜੀ-ਮੇਲ ਇੱਕ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਤਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੇਲ ਖਾਵੇ, ਜੇਕਰ ਇਸ ਦੇ 3ਕੜੀ ਸਮੂਹ ਅੱਖਰ "
+"ਹੋਰ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੋਵੇ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ 'abc123' 'abcx123c12' ਨਾਲ ਮਿਲਦਾ ਹੈ। Location Configure here which file is to be used for searching. ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਖੋਜਣ ਲਈ ਇਸਤੇਮਾਲ ਹੋਣ ਵਾਲੀ ਫਾਇਲ ਇੱਥੇ ਦਿਓ Location Configure here which file is to be used for "
+"searching. ਟਿਕਾਣਾ ਖੋਜਣ ਲਈ ਇਸਤੇਮਾਲ ਹੋਣ ਵਾਲੀ ਫਾਇਲ ਇੱਥੇ ਦਿਓ Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you "
-"want to perform a case sensitive search. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search. ਮੁੱਲ ਇੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ PO ਫਾਇਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਖੋਜ ਲਈ ਅਨੁਕੂਲਤਾ ਨਿਰਭਰਤਾ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ, "
-"ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅੱਖਰ ਆਕਾਰ ਪ੍ਰਤੀ ਸੰਵੇਦਨਸ਼ੀਲ ਖੋਜ ਲਈ। ਮੁੱਲ ਇੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ PO ਫਾਇਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਖੋਜ ਲਈ ਅਨੁਕੂਲਤਾ ਨਿਰਭਰਤਾ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ "
+"ਹੋ। ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ, ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅੱਖਰ ਆਕਾਰ ਪ੍ਰਤੀ ਸੰਵੇਦਨਸ਼ੀਲ ਖੋਜ ਲਈ। Mark invalid as fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items,\n"
+"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n"
+"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n"
+"will be saved. Do not validate fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items\n"
+"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all. There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-" Source for difference lookup Here you can select a source, which should be used\n"
+"for finding a difference. You can select file, translation database or\n"
+"corresponding msgstr. If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n"
+"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n"
+"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n"
+"preferences dialog. The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n"
+"for proofreading. You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n"
+"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n"
+"in KBabel's main window. Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n"
+"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n"
+"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n"
+"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n"
+"file to diff with. Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n"
+"the database are used for diffing. \n"
+"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n"
+"project for KBabel.\n"
+" \n"
+"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n"
+"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n"
+" \n"
+"You should also choose a language to translate into\n"
+"and also a type of the translation project.\n"
+" \n"
+"ਇਹ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਕੇਬਬੇਲ ਲਈ ਨਵਾਂ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ\n"
+"ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਕਰੇਗਾ।\n"
+" \n"
+"ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਲਈ ਨਾਂ ਚੁਣਨਾ ਹੈ,\n"
+"ਜਿੱਥੇ ਕਿ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸੰਭਾਲੀਆਂ ਜਾਣਗੀਆਂ।\n"
+" \n"
+"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਕਰਨ ਲ਼ਈ ਇੱਕ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਚੁਣਨੀ ਚਾਹੀਦੀ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ\n"
+"ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਵੀ।\n"
+" Configuration File Name ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲ ਨਾਂ \n"
+"Language \n"
+"ਭਾਸ਼ਾ Project name ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਨਾਂ \n"
+"Project Type\n"
+"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n"
+"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n"
+"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n"
+"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n"
+" Currently known types:\n"
+" \n"
+"ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਕਿਸਮ\n"
+"ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਕਿਸਮ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਜਾਣੇ-ਪਛਾਣੇ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਦੀ ਕਿਸਮ ਲਈ\n"
+"ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਹੈ।\n"
+"ਉਦਾਹਰਨ ਲਈ, ਇਹ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਲਈ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ, ਐਕਸਰਲੇਟਰ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ ਤੇ\n"
+"ਜਾਇਜੀਕਰਨ ਸੰਦ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਿਤ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।\n"
+" ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਪਛਾਣੀਆਂ ਕਿਸਮ:\n"
+"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).Base folder for diff files
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਵਾਲੀ ਫਾਇਲ\n"
+"ਦਾ ਨਾਂ ਹੈ।
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਣੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾਂ, ਭਾਵ ਕਿ ਜਿਸ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਵਿੱਚ\n"
+"ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ISO 631 ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਨਾਂ ਮਿਆਰੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੋਣੀ\n"
+"ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਹੈ।
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n"
+"ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਨਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਪਛਾਣ ਹੈ।\n"
+"ਇਹ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਨਾਲ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ\n"
+"ਲਈ ਖੁੱਲਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਦੇ ਸਿਰਲੇਖ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖਾਈ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ।\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"ਸੂਚਨਾ: ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਨਾਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਵਿੱਚ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ
\n" +"ਫੋਲਡਰ ਭਰੋ ਜੋ ਕਿ PO ਅਤੇ POT ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਰੱਖਦੇ ਹਨ\n" +"ਇਹਨਾਂ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਦੀਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਤੇ ਫੋਲਡਰ ਇੱਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਿਲੀਨ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤੇ\n" +" ਜਾਣਗੇ
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
ਹਾਲਤ ਲਾਟੂ
\n" +"ਇੱਥੇ ਚੁਣੋ ਕਿ ਹਾਲਤ ਲਾਟੂ ਕਿੱਥੇ ਵੇਖਾਏ ਜਾਣ ਅਤੇ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਰੰਗ ਕਿਹੋ ਜਿਹਾ ਹੋਵੇ।
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
ਮੂਲ ਸ਼ਬਦ-ਕੋਸ਼
\n" +"ਮੂਲ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਖੋਜ ਹੋਵੇ, ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰੋ। \n" +"ਇਹ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਨੂੰ ਇਸਤੇਮਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ ਹੈ, ਜਦੋਂ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਖੋਜ ਹੋਵੇ \n" +"ਜਾਂ ਸੰਦ-ਪੱਟੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ਬਦ-ਕੋਸ਼ ਬਟਨ ਇਸਤੇਮਾਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇ।
\n" +"ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ-ਸ਼ਬਦਕੋਸ਼ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਤੋਂ ਲੋੜੀਦਾ ਸ਼ਬਦ-ਕੋਸ਼\n" +"ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਲਿਖਿਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਦੀ ਲੋਕਲ ਹਾਲਤ ਜਾਣੋ:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "ਇਕਹੇਰੀ PO ਫਾਇਲ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਲਿਖਿਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੰਤਰ(diff) ਕੱਢੋ:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਜਾਂਚ..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਲਿਖਿਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਵੋ:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "ਫੋਲਡਰ ਤੇ ਸਬ-ਫੋਲਡਰ ਜਾਂਚ..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "ਪੁਰਾਣੇ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ (&O):"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ਼ ਜਾਂਚ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ(&L):"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "ਜੇਕਰ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਹੋਵੇ ਤਾਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਸਵੈ ਹੀ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰੋ(&m)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "ਕੁੱਲ ਤਰੱਕੀ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "ਕਮਿਟ (&Commit)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਅਧੀਨ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ ਜਾਣੋ(&G)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਲੋਡ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "ਅੰਤਰ (diff) ਕੱਢੋ(&G)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "ਨਿਰਯਾਤ..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਵੋ(&G)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "ਦੁਹਰੀਆਂ ਸਤਰਾਂ"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "ਕਮਾਂਡ ਆਉਟਪੁੱਟ:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "ਉੱਤਮ ਕੁੰਜੀ"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "ਕਮਿਟ ਲਾਗ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਖਾਲੀ ਹੈ। ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "ਆਰਜ਼ੀ ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਲਿਖਣ ਲਈ ਖੋਲਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ ਹੈ। ਅਧੂਰਾ ਛੱਡਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "ਸਵਾਲ (%) ਵਿੱਚ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਦੇ ਨਿਊਨਤਮ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਂ ਦੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "ਆਰਜ਼ੀ ਫਾਇਲ ਲਿਖੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ। ਅਧੂਰਾ ਛੱਡਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "ਕਾਰਜ ਨੂੰ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ ਹੈ।"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "ਕੁੰਜੀ (%) ਵਿੱਚ ਖੋਜ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਂ ਦੀ ਨਿਊਨਤਮ ਗਿਣਤੀ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ ਹਾਲਤ %1 ਨਾਲ ਸਮਾਪਤੀ ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "ਅਧਿਕਤਮ ਸੂਚੀ ਲੰਬਾਈ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ ਸਮਾਪਤ ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "ਅਕਸਰ ਸ਼ਬਦ"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਸੂਚੀ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "ਸ਼ਬਦ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਇਸ ਨਾਲੋਂ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਹੋਣ ਨੂੰ ਨਿਕਾਰ ਦਿਓ:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਵਰਜਨ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਨਹੀਂ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN ਹਾਲਤ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "ਹਰ ਕੁੰਜੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਕਸਰ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਮੰਨੇ ਜਾਦੇ ਹਨ"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "ਹੱਲ਼"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "ਸਧਾਰਨ"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਬੱਧ ਲਈ ਹੱਲ਼"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "DB ਫੋਲਡਰ:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "ਰੀਵਰਟ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "ਕੇਬਬੇਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਬੱਧ ਲਈ ਮੁੜ-ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "ਨਵੀਆਂ ਇਕਾਈਆਂ"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "ਸਾਫ਼ ਕਰੋ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "ਕੇਬਬੇਲ ਤੋਂ"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਬੱਧ ਲਈ ਸਫ਼ਾਈ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "ਐਲੋਗਰਿਥਮ"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਰੇਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "ਨਿਊਨਤਮ ਅੰਕ:"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "ਫਾਇਲਾਂ:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "ਵਰਤਣ ਲ਼ਈ ਐਲਗੋਰਿਥਮ"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "ਨਾਂ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "ਅੰਕ:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "ਅਸਪਸ਼ਟ ਸਤਰ ਸਮੂਹ"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "ਅਸਪਸ਼ਟ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "ਨਾ-ਤਬਦੀਲ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "ਸਹੀ "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "ਕੁੱਲ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "ਸਤਰ ਸਤਰ"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "ਆਖ਼ਰੀ ਤਬਦੀਲੀ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "ਸ਼ਬਦ-ਅੰਕੀ"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "ਲਾਗ ਝਰੋਖਾ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "ਸ਼ਬਦ ਸ਼ਬਦ"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "ਸਾਫ਼(&l)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "ਸਫ਼ਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ-ਕੋਸ਼"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. ਲਾਗ ਝਰੋਖਾ ਇਸ ਝਰੋਖੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਚੱਲ ਰਹੀ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਦੀ ਆਉਟਪੁੱਟ ਵੇਖੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ। Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. ਫਾਇਲ਼-ਸੂਚੀ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਫਾਇਲ਼-ਸੂਚੀ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਦੋ ਫੋਲਡਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਿਲਾ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਲੜੀ ਵਿੱਚ\n"
-"PO ਅਤੇ POT ਫਾਇਲ਼ਾਂ ਵੇਖਾ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ, ਇਸ ਤਰਾਂ ਤੁਸੀ ਇਹ ਜਾਣ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਨਵਾਂ ਨਮੂਨਾ "
-"ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ ਜਾਂ ਹਟਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ\n"
-"ਅਤੇ ਇਹ ਫਾਇਲ਼ਾਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਵੀ ਜਾਣਾਕਰੀ \n"
-"ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਕਰਵਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ। ਵਧੇਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ਭਾਗ ਫਾਇਲ਼-ਸੂਚੀ ਪਰਬੰਧਕਆਨ ਲਾਈਨ ਸਹਾਇਤਾ ਵੇਖੋ \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "ਕੋਈ SVN ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਤਬਦੀਲੀ"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "SVN ਵਿੱਚ ਨਹੀਂ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "ਸਵਾਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਧਿਕਤਮ ਅੱਖਰ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "ਦੋ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਤਬਦੀਲੀ"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਹਟਾਈ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਸੋਧ ਕੀਤੀ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "ਨਿਯਮਿਤ ਸਮੀਕਰਨਾਂ ਲਈ ਲੋਕਲ ਅੱਖਰ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "ਅਪਵਾਦ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "ਵਰਕਿੰਗ ਨਕਲ 'ਚ ਗਲਤੀ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਫੋਲਡਰ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼ ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-"ਇਹ ਇੱਕ ਜਾਇਜ SVN ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ, SVN ਕਮਾਂਡਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਚਲਾਈਆਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ।"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਲਿਖਿਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਲਿਖਿਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਕਮਿਟ:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "ਆਟੋਮੈਟਿਕ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼ ਲੇਖਕ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "ਹੇਠ ਲਿਖਿਆਂ ਫਾਇਲਾਂ ਦੀ ਰਿਮੋਟ ਹਾਲਤ ਜਾਣੋ:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"ਇਹ ਵੇਰੀਬਲ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ, ਜੇਕਰ ਮਾਰਗ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹੋਵੇ:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Komunikaty do tłumaczenia
" -"Tu można wybrać, dla których komunikatów KBabel ma szukać " -"tłumaczeń.Niezależnie od wybranych opcji, nowo przetłumaczone komunikaty są " -"zawsze oznaczane jako wątpliwe.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Wybór metody tłumaczenia
" -"Tu można wybrać metodę tłumaczenia. Domyślnie tłumaczenie jest wybierane " -"tylko jeśli jest dokładne, możliwe jest jednak wykorzystanie podobnych " -"tłumaczeń, albo tłumaczenie słowo po słowie.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Zaznacz zmienione pozycje jako wątpliwe
" -"Jeśli tłumaczenie dla danej pozycji zostanie znalezione, zostanie ona " -"oznaczona jako wątpliwa. Ponieważ KBabel jedynie zgaduje, że tłumaczenie " -"jest poprawne, należy zawsze sprawdzać zmienione pozycje. W związku z tym " -"zalecane jest pozostawienie tej opcji włączonej.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Inicjalizacja pozycji specyficznych dla TDE
" -"Inicjalizacja \"Comment=\" i \"Name\", jeśli brak tłumaczenia. Teksty \"NAME " -"OF TRANSLATORS\" i \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" zostaną zastąpione danymi z " -"ustawień Identyfikacji.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Słowniki
" -"Wybierz, które słowniki mają być wykorzystane do wyszukiwania tłumaczeń. " -"Jeśli wybierzesz więcej niż jeden słownik, zostaną one użyte w kolejności z tej " -"listy.
" -"Przycisk Konfiguruj pozwala tymczasowo zmienić konfigurację " -"wybranego słownika. Po zamknięciu okna dialogowego przywrócone zostaną " -"oryginalne ustawienia
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Jeśli tłumaczenie dla danej pozycji zostanie znalezione, zostanie ona " -"oznaczona jako wątpliwa. Ponieważ KBabel jedynie zgaduje, że tłumaczenie " -"jest poprawne, należy zawsze sprawdzać zmienione pozycje. W związku z tym " -"zalecane jest pozostawienie tej opcji włączonej.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Znajdź tekst
" -"Tu można podać szukany tekst. Jeśli tekst ma być wyrażeniem regularnym, " -"należy włączyć opcję \"Użyj wyrażeń regularnych\".
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Zastąp tekst
" -"Tu można podać tekst, którym należy zastąpić znaleziony tekst.Tekst zostanie " -"wstawiony bez zmian - użycie referencji nie jest możliwe, nawet jeśli użyto " -"wyrażeń regularnych.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Miejsce wyszukiwania
" -"Wybierz przeszukiwane elementy pliku tłumaczenia.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Opcje
" -"Tu można doprecyzować zasady zastępowania:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Opcje
" -"Tu można doprecyzować zasady wyszukiwania:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Pasek stanu
\n" +"Pasek stanu zawiera informacje o postępie aktualnej operacji wyszukiwania " +"lub zastępowania. Pierwsza liczba w Znaleziono: oznacza liczbę plików " +"z szukanym tekstem, niewyświetlonych jeszcze w oknie programu KBabel. Druga " +"liczba oznacza liczbę wszystkich znalezionych do tej pory plików z szukanym " +"tekstem.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Uaktualnij nagłówek
\n" -"Wciśnij ten przycisk, żeby uaktualnić informacje w nagłówku pliku przy " -"każdym zapisaniu pliku.
\n" -"Nagłówek zazwyczaj zawiera informacje o dacie i godzinie ostatniej zmiany " -"pliku, ostatnim tłumaczu itd.
\n" -"Poniżej można wybrać informacje, które będą uaktualniane automatycznie.\n" -"Pola, których brak w pliku, zostaną automatycznie dodane do nagłówka.\n" -"by dodać inne pola, należy użyć polecenia Edycja->Edytuj nagłówek " -"w oknie edytora.
Okno poleceń
\n" +"W tym oknie wyświetlane jest wyjście wykonywanych poleceń.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Aktualizowane pola
\n" -"Tu można wybrać pola automatycznie aktualizowane przy zapisie.\n" -"Jeśli pole nie istnieje, zostanie automatycznie wstawione do nagłówka
\n" -"Żeby wstawić do nagłówka inne informacje, należy go wyedytować ręcznie " -"poleceniem Edycja->Edytuj nagłówek w oknie edytora.
\n" -"Wyłączenie opcji Aktualizuj nagłówek wyłączy wszelkie automatyczne " -"zmiany nagłówka.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Kodowanie
" -"Tu można wybrać kodowanie używane do zapisu pliku. Jeśli nie jesteś pewien, " -"co należy wybrać, skontaktuj się z koordynatorem tłumaczenia.
" -"Menedżer tłumaczeń
\n" +"Menedżer tłumaczeń łączy dwa katalogi w jedno drzewo i wyświetla " +"wszystkie pliki PO i POT w tych katalogach. Dzięki temu można łatwo zobaczyć " +"nowe szablony, a także pewne informacje o poszczególnych plikach." +"p>
Więcej informacji można znaleźć w rozdziale Menedżer tłumaczeń w " +"pliku pomocy.
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Zachowaj kodowanie pliku
" -"Jeśli ta opcja jest włączona, pliki będą zawsze zapisywane w ich własnym " -"kodowaniu. Pliki bez wybranego kodowania (np. szablony POT) będą używać " -"kodowania wybranego poniżej.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Sprawdź składnię przy zapisywaniu
\n" -"Włączenie tej opcji spowoduje wykonywanie polecenia \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" -" po zapisaniu pliku. Odpowiedni komunikat zostanie wyświetlony jedynie w " -"wypadku wykrycia błędów składniowych.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Zapisz zbędne komunikaty
\n" -"Jeśli włączono tę opcję, zbędne komunikaty wczytane z pliku będą w nim z " -"powrotem zapisane.\n" -"Zbędne komunikaty są oznaczane przez #~ i są tworzone przez msgmerge, gdy dany " -"komunikat przestaje być potrzebny.
" -"Zaletą jest automatyczne przetłumaczenie komunikatu, jeśli z powrotem pojawi " -"się on w oryginale, wadą - zwiększenie wielkości pliku.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Format daty zmiany
" -"Dostępne są następujące formaty zapisywania daty ostatniej zmiany pliku (" -"PO-Revision-Date): " -"
Zalecane jest użycie domyślnego formatu, żeby uniknąć tworzenia " -"niestandardowych plików PO.
" -"Więcej informacji można znaleźć w rozdziale Okno konfiguracji " -"w pliku pomocy.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identyfikacja
\n" -"Podaj podstawowe informacje o Tobie i zespole tłumaczy.\n" -"Informacje używane są do automatycznej aktualizacji nagłówka pliku
\n" -"Ustawienia dotyczące aktualizacje znajdują się w części Zapisywanie " -"w tym oknie dialogowym.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Liczba form liczby pojedynczej/mnogiej
\n" -"Uwaga: ta opcja jest właściwa jedynie dla TDE i można ją pominąć, " -"jeśli tłumaczone są programy spoza TDE.
\n" -"Należy wybrać liczbę różnych form liczby pojedynczej i mnogiej, właściwych " -"dla danego języka. Liczba ta musi odpowiadać ustawieniom Twojego zespołu " -"tłumaczy.
" -"Alternatywnie możesz użyć opcji Automatycznie " -"i KBabel spróbuje pobrać tę informację od TDE. Użyj przycisku Testuj" -", by sprawdzić, czy to się powiodło.
" -"Dla języka polskiego odpowiednia wartość to 3.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Wymagaj argumentów liczby mnogiej w tłumaczeniu
\n" -"Uwaga: W tej chwili ta opcja dotyczy jedynie TDE. Przy tłumaczeniu " -"programów spoza TDE można spokojnie zignorować tę opcję.
\n" -"Jeśli ta opcja jest włączona, sprawdzanie poprawności będzie wymagać " -"argumentu %n w tłumaczeniu.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Nagłówek form liczby mnogiej GNU
\n" -"Tu można uzupełnić pole nagłówka dla form liczby mnogiej GNU. Jeśli pole to " -"pozostanie puste, plik PO pozostanie niezmieniony.
\n" -"KBabel może spróbować automatycznie wykryć wartość proponowaną przez " -"narzędzia GNU gettext dla wybranego języka. Wystarczy użyć przycisku " -"Wyszukaj.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Znak skrótu klawiszowego
" -"Określa znak, oznaczający, że następny znak jest skrótem klawiszowym.Np. dla " -"Qt jest to '&', zaś dla GTK '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Wyrażenie regularne informacji kontekstowej" -"
Wyrażenie regularne, definiujące format tekstu, stanowiącego informację " -"kontekstową i nie podlegającego tłumaczeniu.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Sprawdzanie pisowni w trakcie pisania
" -"Włączenie tej opcji spowoduje, że KBabel będzie na bieżąco sprawdzał " -"wpisywany tekst. Słowa zapisane błędnie będą wyświetlane w kolorze błędu.
" -"Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Zapamiętaj ignorowane słowa
" -"Włączenie tej opcji spowoduje, że KBabel będzie zapamiętywał słowa, " -"pominięte poleceniem Ignoruj wszystkie w oknie dialogowym sprawdzania " -"pisowni.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Katalogi podstawowe
\n" -"Tu należy podać katalogi, zawierające wszystkie pliki PO i POT.\n" -"Zostaną one połączone i wyświetlone w jednym drzewie.\n" -"
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Otwieraj pliki w nowych oknach
\n" -"Jeżeli ta opcja jest włączona, pliki z menedżera tłumaczeń będą otwierane w " -"nowych oknach.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Zakończ procesy przy zamykaniu
\n" -"Jeśli ta opcja jest włączona, KBabel spróbuje zakończyć wszystkie " -"uruchomione przez siebie procesy przy zamykaniu, wysyłając do nich sygnał " -"zakończenia.
\n" -"Uwaga: nie ma gwarancji, że uda się zakończyć wszystkie procesy.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Utwórz indeks zawartości pliku
\n" -"Jeśli ta opcja jest włączona, KBabel będzie tworzył dla każdego pliku PO " -"indeks przyśpieszający działanie funkcji wyszukiwania i zastępowania.
\n" -"Uwaga: poważnie spowolni to uaktualnianie informacji o pliku
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Uruchom msgfmt przed przetworzeniem pliku
" -"Jeśli ta opcja jest włączona, KBabel uruchomi narzędzie Gettext msgfmt przed " -"przetworzeniem pliku.
" -"Zalecane jest włączenie tej opcji, nawet jeśli spowalnia to przetwarzanie. " -"To jest domyślna opcja.
" -"Wyłączenie tej opcji jest przydatne w wolnych komputerach oraz przy " -"tłumaczeniu plików PO nieobsługiwanych przez wersję narzędzi Gettext " -"zainstalowaną w systemie. Minusem jest to, że większość ewentualnych błędów " -"składniowych nie zostanie wykryta, w związku z czym błędne pliki PO będą " -"wyświetlane jako dobre, nawet jeśli Gettext by je odrzucił.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Polecenia dla katalogów
" -"Tu można wstawić polecenia, wykonywane w katalogach przez Menedżer " -"tłumaczeń. Polecenia będą dostępne z menu Polecenia " -"w menu kontekstowym Menedżera tłumaczeń.
" -"Następujące napisy zostaną zastąpione w poleceniach:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Polecenia dla katalogów
" -"Tu można wstawić polecenia, wykonywane na plikach przez Menedżer tłumaczeń. " -"Polecenia będą dostępne z menu Polecenia w menu kontekstowym Menedżera " -"tłumaczeń.
" -"Następujące napisy zostaną zastąpione w poleceniach:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Widoczne kolumny
\n" -"Opcje plików
Tu można wybrać miejsce wyszukiwania:" +"
\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Witamy w Asystencie tworzenia projektów!\n" -"\n" -"Asystent pomaga utworzyć nowy projekt tłumaczenia.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Najpierw musisz podać nazwę projektu i plik, w którym przechowywana będzie " -"konfiguracja.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Możesz także wybrać docelowy język i typ projektu.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:68 +msgid "CVS Dialog" +msgstr "Okno CVS" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Nazwa pliku konfiguracyjnego"
-"
\n"
-"Nazwa pliku, w którym przechowywana będzie konfiguracja projektu.\n"
-"
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Język"
-"
\n"
-"Docelowy język projektu, tj. język, na który tłumaczone będą komunikaty. Język "
-"powinien być podany zgodnie ze standardem ISO 631.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Nazwa projektu"
-"
\n"
-"Nazwa projektu służy do identyfikowania projektów przez Ciebie. Jest ona "
-"wyświetlana w oknie konfiguracji projektu i w tytułach okien otwartych dla tego "
-"projektu.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Uwaga: nazwy projektu nie można później zmienić.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Typ projektu\n" -"Typ projektu pozwala dopasować ustawienia do poszczególnych typów projektów " -"tłumaczeń. Umożliwia to m. in. wybór narzędzi sprawdzania, oznaczenia skrótu " -"klawiszowego oraz formatowania nagłówka.\n" -"
\n" -"Aktualnie obsługiwane typy to:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Katalogi podstawowe
\n" -"Tu należy podać katalogi, zawierające wszystkie pliki PO i POT.\n" -"Zostaną one połączone i wyświetlone w jednym drzewie.\n" -"
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Źródło wyszukiwania różnic
" -"Tu można wybrać źródło, które będzie używane do znajdowania różnic.
" -"Jeśli wybierzesz bazę tłumaczeń, komunikaty do porównania będą pobierane z " -"niej. Żeby było to użyteczne, należy wybrać opcję " -"Automatyczne dodawanie do bazy danych w oknie ustawień.
" -"Ostatnia opcja jest przydatna dla sprawdzających pliki PO.
" -"Można tymczasowo porównywać z komunikatami w pliku poleceniem Narzędzia->" -"Porównanie->Otwórz plik do porównania w głównym oknie KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Podstawowy katalog porównywanych plików\n" -"
Tu można wybrać katalog, zawierający pliki, z którymi porównywane będą " -"tłumaczenia. Jeśli pliki są przechowywane w tym samym miejscu w stosunku do " -"katalogu podstawowego, co oryginalne pliki w stosunku do ich katalogu " -"podstawowego, KBabel będzie mógł automatycznie otwierać odpowiedni plik do " -"porównania.
" -"Ta opcja nie ma żadnego efektu, jeśli do porównywania używane są komunikaty " -"z bazy danych.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Znajdź automatycznie
" -"Jeśli włączono tę opcję, przy każdym wybraniu innego komunikatu zostanie " -"automatycznie rozpoczęte wyszukiwanie w domyślnym słowniku.Domyślny słownik " -"można wybrać z listy rozwijanej Domyślny słownik.
" -"Wyszukiwanie można także uruchomić ręcznie, wybierając odpowiednią pozycję " -"podręcznego menu, wywoływanego poleceniem Słowniki->Znajdź... " -"lub dłuższym przyciśnięciem przycisku słownika na pasku narzędzi.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Domyślny słownik
\n" -"Wybiera domyślny słownik, używany do automatycznego wyszukiwania oraz po " -"naciśnięciu ikony słownika na pasku narzędzi.
" -"Słowniki można konfigurować, wybierając odpowiedni słownik z menu " -"Ustawienia->Konfiguracja słownika.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automatycznie wyłączaj oznaczenie \"wątpliwy\"
\n" -"Jeśli ta opcja jest włączona, oznaczenie \"wątpliwy\" jest automatycznie " -"usuwane (napis , fuzzy jest usuwany z komentarza komunikatu), kiedy " -"tłumaczenie zostanie zmienione.
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Inteligentna edycja
\n" -"Ta opcja ułatwia pisanie i powoduje, że KBabel automatycznie obsługuje znaki " -"specjalne. Na przykład wpisanie '\\\"' spowoduje wstawienie '\\\\\\', " -"wciśnięcie Enter wstawi automatycznie spację na końcu wiersza, zaś wciśniecie " -"Shift+Enter wstawi '\\\\n' na końcu wiersza.
\n" -"Uwaga: inteligentna edycja nie uniemożliwia wprowadzenia tekstu " -"niepoprawnego składniowo.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Powiadamianie o błędzie
" -"Tu można wybrać metody powiadamiania o błędzie. Sygnał dźwiękowy " -"oznacza dźwięk w wypadku błędu, zaś Zmiana koloru tekstu " -"- zmianę koloru tłumaczonego tekstu.Jeśli żadna z tych opcji nie jest wybrana, " -"pozostaje informacja o błędzie na pasku stanu.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Lampki stanu
\n" -"Tu można wybrać miejsce wyświetlania lampek stanu i ich kolor.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Znajdź tekst
Tu można podać szukany tekst. Jeśli tekst " +"ma być wyrażeniem regularnym, należy włączyć opcję \"Użyj wyrażeń regularnych" +"\".
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Zastąp tekst
Tu można podać tekst, którym należy " +"zastąpić znaleziony tekst.Tekst zostanie wstawiony bez zmian - użycie " +"referencji nie jest możliwe, nawet jeśli użyto wyrażeń regularnych.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Miejsce wyszukiwania
Wybierz przeszukiwane elementy " +"pliku tłumaczenia.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Opcje
Tu można doprecyzować zasady zastępowania:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Opcje
Tu można doprecyzować zasady wyszukiwania:" +"
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Przykład:"
-" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Uaktualnij nagłówek Wciśnij ten przycisk, żeby uaktualnić informacje w nagłówku pliku przy "
+"każdym zapisaniu pliku. Nagłówek zazwyczaj zawiera informacje o dacie i godzinie ostatniej zmiany "
+"pliku, ostatnim tłumaczu itd. Poniżej można wybrać informacje, które będą uaktualniane automatycznie.\n"
+"Pola, których brak w pliku, zostaną automatycznie dodane do nagłówka.\n"
+"by dodać inne pola, należy użyć polecenia Edycja->Edytuj nagłówek w "
+"oknie edytora. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Aktualizowane pola Tu można wybrać pola automatycznie aktualizowane przy zapisie.\n"
+"Jeśli pole nie istnieje, zostanie automatycznie wstawione do nagłówka Żeby wstawić do nagłówka inne informacje, należy go wyedytować ręcznie "
+"poleceniem Edycja->Edytuj nagłówek w oknie edytora. Wyłączenie opcji Aktualizuj nagłówek wyłączy wszelkie automatyczne "
+"zmiany nagłówka. "
+" Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. "
+" Kodowanie Tu można wybrać kodowanie używane do zapisu "
+"pliku. Jeśli nie jesteś pewien, co należy wybrać, skontaktuj się z "
+"koordynatorem tłumaczenia. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Zachowaj kodowanie pliku Jeśli ta opcja jest włączona, "
+"pliki będą zawsze zapisywane w ich własnym kodowaniu. Pliki bez wybranego "
+"kodowania (np. szablony POT) będą używać kodowania wybranego poniżej. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Sprawdź składnię przy zapisywaniu Włączenie tej opcji spowoduje wykonywanie polecenia \"msgfmt --statistics"
+"\"\n"
+" po zapisaniu pliku. Odpowiedni komunikat zostanie wyświetlony jedynie w "
+"wypadku wykrycia błędów składniowych. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Zapisz zbędne komunikaty Jeśli włączono tę opcję, zbędne komunikaty wczytane z pliku będą w nim z "
+"powrotem zapisane.\n"
+"Zbędne komunikaty są oznaczane przez #~ i są tworzone przez msgmerge, gdy "
+"dany komunikat przestaje być potrzebny. Zaletą jest automatyczne "
+"przetłumaczenie komunikatu, jeśli z powrotem pojawi się on w oryginale, wadą "
+"- zwiększenie wielkości pliku. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Wyszukiwanie Zmień kolor tła przy włączonej jednej "
-"zamianie słów może znaleźć np. frazy Ustaw kolor tła, czy "
-"Zmień kolor tekstu."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Użyj jednej zamiany słów"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Opis projektu"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Maksimum słów w szukanej frazie:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "Identyfikator projektu:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Użyj dwóch zamiany słów"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Nagłówek"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Aktualizuj ©right tłumacza"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Copyright Free Software Foundation "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Lokalne znaki dla wyrażeń regularnych:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "&Usuń pusty copyright"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Katalog bazy danych:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "&Aktualizuj copyright"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Automatycznie dodaj do bazy"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&Nie zmieniaj"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "&Copyright"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
+"\n"
+"
Format daty zmiany
Dostępne są następujące formaty " +"zapisywania daty ostatniej zmiany pliku (PO-Revision-Date):
Zalecane jest użycie domyślnego formatu, żeby uniknąć tworzenia " +"niestandardowych plików PO.
Więcej informacji można znaleźć w " +"rozdziale Okno konfiguracji w pliku pomocy.
\n" -"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be " -"inserted in the good keys list." -"
\n" -"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must " -"have to insert the key in the list." -"
\n" -"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the " -"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one." -"
\n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. \n"
-"Można ustawić minimalną liczbę słów w szukanej frazie, wymaganą, by klucz "
-"został dodany do listy dobrych kluczy."
-" \n"
-"Można także ustawić minimalną liczbę słów klucza, które fraza musi zawierać, by "
-"klucz został dodany do listy."
-" \n"
-"Obie liczby oznaczają procent całkowitej liczby słów. Jeśli wynik jest mniejszy "
-"niż 1 procent, zostaniu ustawiony na 1."
-" \n"
-"Możliwe jest ograniczenie maksymalnej liczby elementów na liście."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Minimum słów klucza, zawartych w szukanej frazie (%):"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Minimum słów szukanej frazy w kluczu (%):"
+" Identyfikacja Podaj podstawowe informacje o Tobie i zespole tłumaczy.\n"
+"Informacje używane są do automatycznej aktualizacji nagłówka pliku Ustawienia dotyczące aktualizacje znajdują się w części Zapisywanie"
+"b> w tym oknie dialogowym. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Liczba form liczby pojedynczej/mnogiej Uwaga: ta opcja jest właściwa jedynie dla TDE i można ją pominąć, "
+"jeśli tłumaczone są programy spoza TDE. Należy wybrać liczbę różnych form liczby pojedynczej i mnogiej, "
+"właściwych dla danego języka. Liczba ta musi odpowiadać ustawieniom Twojego "
+"zespołu tłumaczy. Alternatywnie możesz użyć opcji Automatycznie"
+"i> i KBabel spróbuje pobrać tę informację od TDE. Użyj przycisku Testuj"
+"i>, by sprawdzić, czy to się powiodło. Dla języka polskiego "
+"odpowiednia wartość to 3. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Wymagaj argumentów liczby mnogiej w tłumaczeniu Uwaga: W tej chwili ta opcja dotyczy jedynie TDE. Przy tłumaczeniu "
+"programów spoza TDE można spokojnie zignorować tę opcję. Jeśli ta opcja jest włączona, sprawdzanie poprawności będzie wymagać "
+"argumentu %n w tłumaczeniu. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Nagłówek form liczby mnogiej GNU Tu można uzupełnić pole nagłówka dla form liczby mnogiej GNU. Jeśli pole "
+"to pozostanie puste, plik PO pozostanie niezmieniony. KBabel może spróbować automatycznie wykryć wartość proponowaną przez "
+"narzędzia GNU gettext dla wybranego języka. Wystarczy użyć przycisku "
+"Wyszukaj. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Znak skrótu klawiszowego Określa znak, oznaczający, że "
+"następny znak jest skrótem klawiszowym.Np. dla Qt jest to '&', zaś dla "
+"GTK '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Wyrażenie regularne informacji kontekstowej Wyrażenie "
+"regularne, definiujące format tekstu, stanowiącego informację kontekstową i "
+"nie podlegającego tłumaczeniu. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Sprawdzanie pisowni w trakcie pisania Włączenie tej "
+"opcji spowoduje, że KBabel będzie na bieżąco sprawdzał wpisywany tekst. "
+"Słowa zapisane błędnie będą wyświetlane w kolorze błędu. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Zapamiętaj ignorowane słowa Włączenie tej opcji "
+"spowoduje, że KBabel będzie zapamiętywał słowa, pominięte poleceniem "
+"Ignoruj wszystkie w oknie dialogowym sprawdzania pisowni. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Katalogi podstawowe Tu należy podać katalogi, zawierające wszystkie pliki PO i POT.\n"
+"Zostaną one połączone i wyświetlone w jednym drzewie.\n"
+" Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Otwieraj pliki w nowych oknach Jeżeli ta opcja jest włączona, pliki z menedżera tłumaczeń będą otwierane "
+"w nowych oknach. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-"\n"
-"
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
\n" -"Następujące zmienne zostaną zastąpione w ścieżce:\n" -"
Zakończ procesy przy zamykaniu
\n" +"Jeśli ta opcja jest włączona, KBabel spróbuje zakończyć wszystkie " +"uruchomione przez siebie procesy przy zamykaniu, wysyłając do nich sygnał " +"zakończenia.
\n" +"Uwaga: nie ma gwarancji, że uda się zakończyć wszystkie procesy.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Utwórz indeks zawartości pliku
\n" +"Jeśli ta opcja jest włączona, KBabel będzie tworzył dla każdego pliku PO " +"indeks przyśpieszający działanie funkcji wyszukiwania i zastępowania.
\n" +"Uwaga: poważnie spowolni to uaktualnianie informacji o pliku
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Uruchom msgfmt przed przetworzeniem pliku
Jeśli ta opcja " +"jest włączona, KBabel uruchomi narzędzie Gettext msgfmt przed przetworzeniem " +"pliku.
Zalecane jest włączenie tej opcji, nawet jeśli spowalnia to " +"przetwarzanie. To jest domyślna opcja.
Wyłączenie tej opcji jest " +"przydatne w wolnych komputerach oraz przy tłumaczeniu plików PO " +"nieobsługiwanych przez wersję narzędzi Gettext zainstalowaną w systemie. " +"Minusem jest to, że większość ewentualnych błędów składniowych nie zostanie " +"wykryta, w związku z czym błędne pliki PO będą wyświetlane jako dobre, nawet " +"jeśli Gettext by je odrzucił.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Zaznacz błędne jako wątpliwe
\n" -"Jeśli wybrano tę opcję, wszystkie elementy, uznane przez narzędzie " -"sprawdzające za błędne, zostaną oznaczone jako wątpliwe, a plik wynikowy " -"zostanie zapisany.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Polecenia dla katalogów
Tu można wstawić polecenia, " +"wykonywane w katalogach przez Menedżer tłumaczeń. Polecenia będą dostępne z " +"menu Polecenia w menu kontekstowym Menedżera tłumaczeń." +"p>
Następujące napisy zostaną zastąpione w poleceniach:
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Nie sprawdzaj wątpliwych
\n" -"Jeśli wybrano tę opcję, pozycje oznaczone jako wątpliwe nie będą w ogóle " -"sprawdzane
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Polecenia dla katalogów
Tu można wstawić polecenia, " +"wykonywane na plikach przez Menedżer tłumaczeń. Polecenia będą dostępne z " +"menu Polecenia w menu kontekstowym Menedżera tłumaczeń." +"p>
Następujące napisy zostaną zastąpione w poleceniach:
Shown columns
\n" +"Widoczne kolumny
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Komunikaty do tłumaczenia
Tu można wybrać, dla których " +"komunikatów KBabel ma szukać tłumaczeń.Niezależnie od wybranych opcji, nowo " +"przetłumaczone komunikaty są zawsze oznaczane jako wątpliwe.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Wybór metody tłumaczenia
Tu można wybrać metodę " +"tłumaczenia. Domyślnie tłumaczenie jest wybierane tylko jeśli jest dokładne, " +"możliwe jest jednak wykorzystanie podobnych tłumaczeń, albo tłumaczenie " +"słowo po słowie.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Zaznacz zmienione pozycje jako wątpliwe
Jeśli " +"tłumaczenie dla danej pozycji zostanie znalezione, zostanie ona oznaczona " +"jako wątpliwa. Ponieważ KBabel jedynie zgaduje, że tłumaczenie jest " +"poprawne, należy zawsze sprawdzać zmienione pozycje. W związku z tym " +"zalecane jest pozostawienie tej opcji włączonej.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Inicjalizacja pozycji specyficznych dla TDE" +"p>
Inicjalizacja \"Comment=\" i \"Name\", jeśli brak tłumaczenia. Teksty " +"\"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" i \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" zostaną zastąpione danymi " +"z ustawień Identyfikacji.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Słowniki
Wybierz, które słowniki mają być wykorzystane " +"do wyszukiwania tłumaczeń. Jeśli wybierzesz więcej niż jeden słownik, " +"zostaną one użyte w kolejności z tej listy.
Przycisk Konfiguruj " +"b> pozwala tymczasowo zmienić konfigurację wybranego słownika. Po zamknięciu " +"okna dialogowego przywrócone zostaną oryginalne ustawienia
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Jeśli tłumaczenie dla danej pozycji zostanie znalezione, zostanie ona " +"oznaczona jako wątpliwa. Ponieważ KBabel jedynie zgaduje, że " +"tłumaczenie jest poprawne, należy zawsze sprawdzać zmienione pozycje. W " +"związku z tym zalecane jest pozostawienie tej opcji włączonej.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Wybór znaku
" -"Narzędzie pozwala na wybór znaków specjalnych podwójnym kliknięciem.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Ten przycisk spowoduje uaktualnienie nagłówka przy pomocy aktualnych " -"ustawień. Wynikowy nagłówek będzie zapisany do pliku PO przy zapisywaniu.
" -"This button will revert all changes made so far.
Ten przycisk anuluje wszystkie zmiany dokonane do tej pory.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Nagłówek nie jest poprawny.
\n" -"Proszę poprawić nagłówek przed uaktualnieniem!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Nagłówek nie jest poprawny.
\n" -"Proszę poprawić nagłówek przed uaktualnieniem.
Wybór znaku
Narzędzie pozwala na wybór znaków " +"specjalnych podwójnym kliknięciem.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Edytor komentarza
\n" +"Edytor komentarza
\n" "W tym oknie tekstowym wyświetlany jest komentarz do aktualnie wyświetlanego " -"komunikatu." -"\n" +"komunikatu.
\n" "
Komentarz zazwyczaj zawiera informację o pliku źródłowym, stanie i typie " "komunikatu (wątpliwy, format C).\n" "Czasami komentarz zawiera także uwagi innych tłumaczy.
\n" -"Komentarz można wyłączyć w oknie Ustawienia->Pokaż komentarze.
" -"Komentarz można wyłączyć w oknie Ustawienia->Pokaż komentarze." +"p>
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Kontekst PO
To okno zawiera kontekst aktualnego " +"komunikatu w pliku PO. Zazwyczaj wyświetlane są cztery komunikaty przed i po " +"aktualnym.
Można ukryć całe okno narzędzi, wyłączając opcję " +"Ustawienia->Pokaż narzędzia.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Lista błędów
To okno wyświetla listę błędów znalezionych " +"przez narzędzia sprawdzające. Można tu sprawdzić, dlaczego aktualna " +"wiadomość została zaznaczona jako błędna.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Ten przycisk spowoduje uaktualnienie nagłówka przy pomocy aktualnych " +"ustawień. Wynikowy nagłówek będzie zapisany do pliku PO przy zapisywaniu." +"p>
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Ten przycisk anuluje wszystkie zmiany dokonane do tej pory.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Nagłówek nie jest poprawny.
\n" +"Proszę poprawić nagłówek przed uaktualnieniem!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Nagłówek nie jest poprawny.
\n" +"Proszę poprawić nagłówek przed uaktualnieniem.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Wyniki wyszukiwania
" -"W tej części okna wyświetlane są wyniki wyszukiwania w słownikach." -"
" -"
Na górze wyświetlana jest liczba znalezionych pozycji oraz informacja o " -"aktualnie wybranej pozycji. Przyciski na dole pozwalają przeglądać kolejne " -"pozycje.
" -"Wyszukiwanie jest uruchamiane automatycznie przy zmianie pozycji w oknie " -"edycyjnym lub przez wybranie odpowiedniego słownika w menu Słowniki->" -"Znajdź....
" -"Wspólne opcje wyszukiwania można ustawić w oknie dialogowym, w części " -"Wyszukiwanie, zaś opcje dla poszczególnych słowników konfiguruje się " -"poleceniem Ustawienia->Konfiguracja słownika.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Oryginalny tekst
\n" -"Ta część okna pokazuje oryginalny komunikat\n" -"dla aktualnej pozycji.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Lampki stanu
\n" -"Lampki stanu sygnalizują stan aktualnie pokazywanego komunikatu.\n" -"Możesz ustawić ich kolory w sekcji Edycja, na karcie Wygląd.
" -"Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Oryginalne tłumaczenie
\n" -"Ta część okna pokazuje oryginalny komunikat\n" -"z bieżąco wyświetlanej pozycji.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Pasek stanu
\n" +"Pasek stanu wyświetla takie informacje o otwartym pliku, jak ogólna " +"liczba pozycji, czy liczba wątpliwych i nieprzetłumaczonych komunikatów. " +"Widoczny jest także stan i numer wyświetlanego komunikatu.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Wyniki wyszukiwania
W tej części okna wyświetlane są " +"wyniki wyszukiwania w słownikach.
Na górze wyświetlana jest liczba " +"znalezionych pozycji oraz informacja o aktualnie wybranej pozycji. Przyciski " +"na dole pozwalają przeglądać kolejne pozycje.
Wyszukiwanie jest " +"uruchamiane automatycznie przy zmianie pozycji w oknie edycyjnym lub przez " +"wybranie odpowiedniego słownika w menu Słowniki->Znajdź....
" +"Wspólne opcje wyszukiwania można ustawić w oknie dialogowym, w części " +"Wyszukiwanie, zaś opcje dla poszczególnych słowników konfiguruje się " +"poleceniem Ustawienia->Konfiguracja słownika.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Oryginalny tekst
\n" +"Ta część okna pokazuje oryginalny komunikat\n" +"dla aktualnej pozycji.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Lampki stanu
\n" +"Lampki stanu sygnalizują stan aktualnie pokazywanego komunikatu.\n" +"Możesz ustawić ich kolory w sekcji Edycja, na karcie Wygląd." +"p>
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Oryginalne tłumaczenie
\n" +"Ta część okna pokazuje oryginalny komunikat\n" +"z bieżąco wyświetlanej pozycji.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Pasek stanu
\n" -"Pasek stanu wyświetla takie informacje o otwartym pliku, jak ogólna liczba " -"pozycji, czy liczba wątpliwych i nieprzetłumaczonych komunikatów. Widoczny jest " -"także stan i numer wyświetlanego komunikatu.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Lista błędów
" -"To okno wyświetla listę błędów znalezionych przez narzędzia sprawdzające. " -"Można tu sprawdzić, dlaczego aktualna wiadomość została zaznaczona jako " -"błędna.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Kontekst PO
" -"To okno zawiera kontekst aktualnego komunikatu w pliku PO. Zazwyczaj " -"wyświetlane są cztery komunikaty przed i po aktualnym.
" -"Można ukryć całe okno narzędzi, wyłączając opcję Ustawienia->" -"Pokaż narzędzia.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Znaleziono kopię starej bazy z poprzednich wersji programu KBabel. "
+"Ponadto inna wersja programu KBabel (zapewne z KDE 3.1.1 lub KDE 3.1.2) "
+"utworzyła nową bazę. W związku z tym instalacja KBabel zawiera w tej chwili "
+"dwie wersje bazy. Niestety nie można ich połączyć, należy więc wybrać jedną "
+"z nich.
Jeśli wybierzesz starą wersję, nowa zostanie usunięta. "
+"Jeśli wybierzesz nową wersję, pliki starej bazy zostaną niezmienione i "
+"będziesz musiał usunąć je ręcznie. Dopóki tego nie zrobisz, ten komunikat "
+"będzie pojawiał się ponownie. Stare pliki znajdują się w katalogu $TDEHOME/"
+"share/app/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*.old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametry
" -"Tutaj można doprecyzować wyszukiwanie w pliku PO. Można np. włączyć " -"rozróżnianie wielkości liter, ignorowanie wątpliwych tłumaczeń itp.
Parametry
Tutaj można doprecyzować wyszukiwanie w pliku " +"PO. Można np. włączyć rozróżnianie wielkości liter, ignorowanie wątpliwych " +"tłumaczeń itp.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Opcje porównywania
" -"Proszę wybrać, które komunikaty traktować jako pasujące.
Opcje porównywania
Proszę wybrać, które komunikaty " +"traktować jako pasujące.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Dopasowanie trójznaków
" -"Komunikat pasuje do drugiego, jeśli zawiera większość jego trzyliterowych " -"grup. Na przykład 'abc123' pasuje do 'abcx123c12'.
Dopasowanie trójznaków
Komunikat pasuje do drugiego, " +"jeśli zawiera większość jego trzyliterowych grup. Na przykład 'abc123' " +"pasuje do 'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Miejsce wyszukiwania
" -"Wybierz plik, który ma być przeszukany.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Miejsce wyszukiwania
Wybierz plik, który ma być " +"przeszukany.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parametry
" -"Tutaj można doprecyzować wyszukiwanie w pliku PO. Można np. włączyć " -"rozróżnianie wielkości liter.
Parametry
Tutaj można doprecyzować wyszukiwanie w pliku " +"PO. Można np. włączyć rozróżnianie wielkości liter.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Zaznacz błędne jako wątpliwe
\n" +"Jeśli wybrano tę opcję, wszystkie elementy, uznane przez narzędzie " +"sprawdzające za błędne, zostaną oznaczone jako wątpliwe, a plik wynikowy " +"zostanie zapisany.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Nie sprawdzaj wątpliwych
\n" +"Jeśli wybrano tę opcję, pozycje oznaczone jako wątpliwe nie będą w ogóle " +"sprawdzane
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Znaleziono kopię starej bazy z poprzednich wersji programu KBabel. Ponadto "
-"inna wersja programu KBabel (zapewne z KDE 3.1.1 lub KDE 3.1.2) utworzyła nową "
-"bazę. W związku z tym instalacja KBabel zawiera w tej chwili dwie wersje bazy. "
-"Niestety nie można ich połączyć, należy więc wybrać jedną z nich. "
-"
"
-"
Jeśli wybierzesz starą wersję, nowa zostanie usunięta. Jeśli wybierzesz "
-"nową wersję, pliki starej bazy zostaną niezmienione i będziesz musiał usunąć je "
-"ręcznie. Dopóki tego nie zrobisz, ten komunikat będzie pojawiał się ponownie. "
-"Stare pliki znajdują się w katalogu "
-"$TDEHOME/share/app/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*.old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Źródło wyszukiwania różnic
Tu można wybrać źródło, które " +"będzie używane do znajdowania różnic.
Jeśli wybierzesz bazę " +"tłumaczeń, komunikaty do porównania będą pobierane z niej. Żeby było to " +"użyteczne, należy wybrać opcję Automatyczne dodawanie do bazy danych " +"w oknie ustawień.
Ostatnia opcja jest przydatna dla sprawdzających " +"pliki PO.
Można tymczasowo porównywać z komunikatami w pliku " +"poleceniem Narzędzia->Porównanie->Otwórz plik do porównania w głównym " +"oknie KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Podstawowy katalog porównywanych plików\n" +"
Tu można wybrać katalog, zawierający pliki, z którymi porównywane będą " +"tłumaczenia. Jeśli pliki są przechowywane w tym samym miejscu w stosunku do " +"katalogu podstawowego, co oryginalne pliki w stosunku do ich katalogu " +"podstawowego, KBabel będzie mógł automatycznie otwierać odpowiedni plik do " +"porównania.
Ta opcja nie ma żadnego efektu, jeśli do porównywania " +"używane są komunikaty z bazy danych.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Witamy w Asystencie tworzenia projektów!\n" +"\n" +"Asystent pomaga utworzyć nowy projekt tłumaczenia.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Najpierw musisz podać nazwę projektu i plik, w którym przechowywana będzie " +"konfiguracja.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Możesz także wybrać docelowy język i typ projektu.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "Autorzy:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Nazwa pliku konfiguracyjnego
\n"
+"Nazwa pliku, w którym przechowywana będzie konfiguracja projektu.\n"
+"
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Język
\n"
+"Docelowy język projektu, tj. język, na który tłumaczone będą komunikaty. "
+"Język powinien być podany zgodnie ze standardem ISO 631.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Nazwa projektu
\n"
+"Nazwa projektu służy do identyfikowania projektów przez Ciebie. Jest ona "
+"wyświetlana w oknie konfiguracji projektu i w tytułach okien otwartych dla "
+"tego projektu.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Uwaga: nazwy projektu nie można później zmienić.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Typ projektu\n" +"Typ projektu pozwala dopasować ustawienia do poszczególnych typów projektów " +"tłumaczeń. Umożliwia to m. in. wybór narzędzi sprawdzania, oznaczenia skrótu " +"klawiszowego oraz formatowania nagłówka.\n" +"
\n" +"Aktualnie obsługiwane typy to:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Katalogi podstawowe
\n" +"Tu należy podać katalogi, zawierające wszystkie pliki PO i POT.\n" +"Zostaną one połączone i wyświetlone w jednym drzewie.\n" +"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automatycznie wyłączaj oznaczenie \"wątpliwy\"
\n" +"Jeśli ta opcja jest włączona, oznaczenie \"wątpliwy\" jest automatycznie " +"usuwane (napis , fuzzy jest usuwany z komentarza komunikatu), kiedy " +"tłumaczenie zostanie zmienione.
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Inteligentna edycja
\n" +"Ta opcja ułatwia pisanie i powoduje, że KBabel automatycznie obsługuje " +"znaki specjalne. Na przykład wpisanie '\\\"' spowoduje wstawienie '\\\\\\', " +"wciśnięcie Enter wstawi automatycznie spację na końcu wiersza, zaś " +"wciśniecie Shift+Enter wstawi '\\\\n' na końcu wiersza.
\n" +"Uwaga: inteligentna edycja nie uniemożliwia wprowadzenia tekstu " +"niepoprawnego składniowo.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Powiadamianie o błędzie
Tu można wybrać metody " +"powiadamiania o błędzie. Sygnał dźwiękowy oznacza dźwięk w wypadku " +"błędu, zaś Zmiana koloru tekstu - zmianę koloru tłumaczonego tekstu." +"Jeśli żadna z tych opcji nie jest wybrana, pozostaje informacja o błędzie na " +"pasku stanu.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Lampki stanu
\n" +"Tu można wybrać miejsce wyświetlania lampek stanu i ich kolor.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Znajdź automatycznie
Jeśli włączono tę opcję, przy " +"każdym wybraniu innego komunikatu zostanie automatycznie rozpoczęte " +"wyszukiwanie w domyślnym słowniku.Domyślny słownik można wybrać z listy " +"rozwijanej Domyślny słownik.
Wyszukiwanie można także " +"uruchomić ręcznie, wybierając odpowiednią pozycję podręcznego menu, " +"wywoływanego poleceniem Słowniki->Znajdź... lub dłuższym " +"przyciśnięciem przycisku słownika na pasku narzędzi.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Domyślny słownik
\n" +"Wybiera domyślny słownik, używany do automatycznego wyszukiwania oraz po " +"naciśnięciu ikony słownika na pasku narzędzi.
Słowniki można " +"konfigurować, wybierając odpowiedni słownik z menu Ustawienia-" +">Konfiguracja słownika.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Pasek stanu
\n" -"Pasek stanu zawiera informacje o postępie aktualnej operacji wyszukiwania " -"lub zastępowania. Pierwsza liczba w Znaleziono: " -"oznacza liczbę plików z szukanym tekstem, niewyświetlonych jeszcze w oknie " -"programu KBabel. Druga liczba oznacza liczbę wszystkich znalezionych do tej " -"pory plików z szukanym tekstem.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Opcje plików
" -"Tu można wybrać miejsce wyszukiwania:" -"
\n"
+"Example: Przykład: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Opis do dziennika:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Skanuj plik PO..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "&Automatycznie dodaj pliki"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Przeszukaj katalog..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Wyślij"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Przeszukaj katalog z podkatalogami..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Pobierz stan"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Skanowanie pliku:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "Pokaż &diff"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Dodane pozycje:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Pobierz &informacje"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Wykonano:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Wynik polecenia:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Przetwarzanie pliku:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Nie podano komentarza do wysyłanych zmian. Na pewno kontynuować?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Wczytywanie pliku:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Nie można otworzyć pliku tymczasowego do pisania. Operacja przerwana."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Eksportuj..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Nie można pisać do pliku tymczasowego. Operacja przerwana."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Powtórzenia"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Nie można uruchomić procesu."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Dobre klucze"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Zakończone w stanie %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Można ustawić minimalną liczbę słów w szukanej frazie, wymaganą, by klucz "
+"został dodany do listy dobrych kluczy. \n"
+"Można także ustawić minimalną liczbę słów klucza, które fraza musi zawierać, "
+"by klucz został dodany do listy. \n"
+"Obie liczby oznaczają procent całkowitej liczby słów. Jeśli wynik jest "
+"mniejszy niż 1 procent, zostaniu ustawiony na 1. \n"
+"Możliwe jest ograniczenie maksymalnej liczby elementów na liście."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Zakończone ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Minimum słów klucza, zawartych w szukanej frazie (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Katalogi tłumaczeń"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Brak kontroli wersji"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Minimum słów szukanej frazy w kluczu (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Stan CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Maksymalna długość listy:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Rozwiązane"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Częste słowa"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Rozwiązane dla zaznaczonych"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Pomiń słowa częstsze niż:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Przywróć"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Przywróć zaznaczone"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Częste słowa są traktowane tak samo w każdym kluczu"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Uporządkuj"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Ogólne"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Uporządkuj zaznaczone"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Katalog bazy danych:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Brak repozytorium"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Automatyczne uaktualnianie w programie KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Pliki:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nowe pozycje"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nazwa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Z KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "Z"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algorytm"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Wątpliwe"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Minimalny wynik:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Nieprzetłumaczone"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Używane algorytmy"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Razem"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Wynik:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Ostatnia zmiana"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Archiwum wątpliwych zdań"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Okno poleceń"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Słowniczek"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "W&yczyść"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Dokładne "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Okno poleceń W tym oknie wyświetlane jest wyjście wykonywanych poleceń. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Menedżer tłumaczeń Menedżer tłumaczeń łączy dwa katalogi w jedno drzewo i wyświetla wszystkie "
-"pliki PO i POT w tych katalogach. Dzięki temu można łatwo zobaczyć nowe "
-"szablony, a także pewne informacje o poszczególnych plikach. Więcej informacji można znaleźć w rozdziale Menedżer tłumaczeń "
-"w pliku pomocy. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Wyszukiwanie Zmień kolor tła przy włączonej jednej zamianie "
+"słów może znaleźć np. frazy Ustaw kolor tła, czy Zmień "
+"kolor tekstu."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Błąd w kopii roboczej"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Użyj jednej zamiany słów"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Nieznane"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Maksimum słów w szukanej frazie:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid "This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "To nie jest poprawne repozytorium SVN. Nie można wykonać poleceń SVN."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Użyj dwóch zamiany słów"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Uruchamianie polecenia ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Okno SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Uaktualnij następujące pliki:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Lokalne znaki dla wyrażeń regularnych:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Wyślij następujące pliki:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Baza danych"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Sprawdź stan następujących plików na serwerze"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Katalog bazy danych:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Sprawdź stan następujących plików lokalnych:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Automatycznie dodaj do bazy"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Diff dla następujących plików:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Automatycznie dodaje pozycję do bazy danych, jeśli wykryte zostanie nowe "
+"tłumaczenie (np. w programie KBabel)."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Pobierz informację dla następujących plików:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Automatycznie dodaj autora:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Poprzednie opisy:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Następujące zmienne zostaną zastąpione w ścieżce:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Que itens a traduzir
" -"Escolha aqui os itens do ficheiro onde o KBabel tenta encontrar uma " -"tradução. Os itens alterados são sempre marcados como aproximados, não " -"interessando que opção você escolha.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Como as mensagens são traduzidas
" -"Aqui poderá definir se uma mensagem pode ser traduzida por completo, se são " -"aceitáveis mensagens semelhantes ou se o KBabel deve tentar traduzir as " -"palavras únicas de uma mensagem, se não for possível a tradução da mensagem " -"completa.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Marcar os itens alterados como aproximados
" -"Quando é encontrada uma tradução para uma mensagem, o item é marcado como " -"aproximado por omissão. Isto é porque a tradução é apenas adivinhada pelo " -"KBabel e você deverá sempre ver os resultados com cuidado. Desactive esta opção " -"apenas se souber o que está a fazer.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Inicializar os itens específicos do TDE
" -"Inicializa os itens \"Comment=\" e \"Name=\" se não for encontrada nenhuma " -"tradução. Para além disso, o \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" e o \"EMAIL OF " -"TRANSLATORS\" são preenchidos com as informações da identidade.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Dicionários
" -"Escolha aqui que dicionários devem ser usados ao procurar uma tradução. Se " -"seleccionar mais do que um dicionário, eles são usados na mesma ordem com que " -"são apresentados na lista.
" -"O botão Configurar permite-lhe configurar temporariamente o " -"dicionário seleccionado. A configuração original será reposta depois de fechar " -"a janela.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Quando é encontrada uma tradução para uma mensagem, o item é marcado como " -"aproximado por omissão. Isto é porque a tradução é apenas adivinhada pelo " -"KBabel, pelo que você deverá sempre ver os resultados com cuidado. Desactive " -"esta opção apenas se souber o que está a fazer.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Procurar texto
" -"Aqui poderá inserir o texto que deseja procurar. Se quiser procurar uma " -"expressão regular, active a opção Usar expressão regular abaixo.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Substituir texto
" -"Aqui o utilizador poderá inserir o texto que deseja substituir o que " -"procura. O texto é usado tal como está, não sendo possível fazer uma referência " -"para trás, no caso de você ter procurado uma expressão regular.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Onde procurar
" -"Escolha aqui em que partes de um item do catálogo deseja procurar.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Opções
" -"Aqui você poderá ajustar a substituição:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Opções
" -"Aqui o utilizador poderá ajustar a procura:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Barra de Estado
\n" +"A barra de estado mostra informações acerca do progresso da operação de " +"pesquisa ou de substituição actual. O primeiro número em Encontrado: " +"mostra o número de ficheiros com uma ocorrência do texto procurado por " +"mostrar na janela do KBabel. O segundo mostra o número total de ficheiros " +"que contêm o texto procurado até agora.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Actualizar o Cabeçalho
\n" -"Active este botão, para actualizar a informação do cabeçalho do ficheiro " -"sempre que este for gravado.
\n" -"O cabeçalho mantém normalmente informações sobre a data e a hora em que o " -"ficheiro foi actualizado pela\n" -"última vez, o seu último tradutor, etc.
\n" -"Você poderá escolher a informação que desejar actualizar nas opções abaixo.\n" -"Os campos que não existirem são adicionados ao cabeçalho.\n" -"Se desejar adicionar mais campos ao cabeçalho, poderá editá-lo manualmente " -"escolhendo\n" -"Editar->Editar o Cabeçalho na janela de edição.
Janela de registos
\n" +"Nesta janela, aparece o resultado dos comandos executados.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Campos a actualizar
\n" -"Escolha quais os campos no cabeçalho que quiser que sejam actualizados ao " -"gravar.\n" -"Se um campo não existir, será adicionado ao cabeçalho.
\n" -"Se quiser adicionar outras informações ao cabeçalho, terá que editar o " -"cabeçalho manualmente\n" -"escolhendo a opção Editar->Editar o Cabeçalho na janela de editor.
\n" -"Desactive o Actualizar o Cabeçalho em cima, se não quiser actualizar " -"o cabeçalho ao gravar.
Gestor do Catálogo
\n" +"
O Gestor do Catálogo junta duas pastas numa árvore e mostra todos\n" +"os ficheiros PO e POT nessas pastas. Assim, o utilizador pode ver " +"facilmente\n" +"se um novo modelo foi adicionado ou removido. Também é mostrada alguma\n" +"informação sobre os ficheiros.
Para mais informações veja a secção\n" +"O Gestor do Catálogo na ajuda on-line.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Codificação
" -"Escolha como codificar os caracteres quando um ficheiro for gravado. Se você " -"não tiver a certeza da codificação a usar, peça por favor ao seu coordenador de " -"traduções.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Manter a codificação do ficheiro
" -"Se esta opção estiver activa, os ficheiros são sempre gravados na mesma " -"codificação em que foram lidos. Os ficheiros sem informação de codificação no " -"cabeçalho (p.ex. os ficheiros POT) são gravados na codificação indicada " -"acima.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Verificar a sintaxe do ficheiro ao gravar
\n" -"Verifica automaticamente o ficheiro com o \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" -"ao gravar um ficheiro. Só irá receber uma mensagem, se ocorrer um erro.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Gravar os itens obsoletos
\n" -"Se esta opção estiver activada, os itens obsoletos encontrados quando o " -"ficheiro foi aberto serão gravados de novo para o ficheiro. Os itens obsoletos " -"estão marcados com um #~ e são criados quando o 'msgmerge' não precisa mais da " -"tradução. Se o texto aparecer de novo, os elementos obsoletos serão activados " -"de novo. A principal desvantagem é o tamanho do ficheiro gravado.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Formato da Data de Revisão
" -"Escolha em que formato a data e hora do campo do cabeçalho " -"PO-Revision-Date são gravadas:" -"
Para mais informações veja a secção A Janela de Preferências " -"na ajuda 'on-line'.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identidade
\n" -"Preencha a janela acerca de si e da sua equipa de tradução.\n" -"Esta informação é usada quando for actualizado o cabeçalho de um ficheiro.
\n" -"Poderá encontrar as opções se e quais os campos de cabeçalho a actualizar\n" -"na página Gravar nesta janela.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Número de formas singular/plural
" -"Nota: Esta opção é específica do TDE no momento. Se não estiver a " -"traduzir uma aplicação do TDE, poderá ignorar sem problemas esta opção.
" -"Escolha aqui quantas formas singular e plural são usadas na sua língua. Este " -"número tem de corresponder à configuração da sua equipa de traduções.
" -"Em alternativa, poderá mudar esta opção para Automático " -"e o KBabel tentará obter essa informação automaticamente do TDE. Use o botão " -"Testar para testar se o consegue determinar.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Obrigar os argumentos das formas plurais na tradução
\n" -"Nota: Esta opção é específica do TDE neste momento. Se não está a " -"traduzir uma aplicação do TDE, poderá ignorar esta opção sem problemas.
\n" -"Se esta opção estiver activa, a validação irá obrigar a que o argumento %n " -"esteja presente na mensagem.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Cabeçalho da forma plural da GNU
\n" -"Aqui, o utilizador poderá preencher um cabeçalho para o tratamento das " -"formas plurais. Se deixar este campo em branco, o item no ficheiro PO não será " -"alterado ou adicionado.
\n" -"O KBabel pode tentar automaticamente determinar o valor sugerido pelas " -"ferramentas do 'gettext' da GNU para a língua definida actualmente. Basta " -"carregar no botão Procurar.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Defina aqui qual o carácter que marca o seguinte como um atalho de teclado. " -"Por exemplo, no Qt é o '&', enquanto no Gtk é o '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Expressão regular para a informação de contexto
" -"Indique aqui a expressão regular que define qual é a informação de contexto " -"na mensagem e que não pode ser traduzida.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Verificação ortográfica 'na altura'
" -"Active isto para fazer com que o KBabel verifique ortograficamente o texto, " -"à medida que escreve. As palavras incorrectas serão coloridas com a cor do " -"erro.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Lembrar as palavras ignoradas
" -"Assinale isto para permitir ao KBabel ignorar as palavras onde escolheu a " -"opção Ignorar Tudo na janela de verificação ortográfica, em todas as " -"verificações ortográficas.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Pastas de base
\n" -"Indique as pastas que contêm todos os seus ficheiros PO e POT.\n" -"Os ficheiros e as pastas nestas pastas serão depois reunidos numa\n" -"árvore.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Abrir os ficheiros numa nova janela
\n" -"Se isto estiver activado, todos os ficheiros que forem abertos no Gestor de " -"Catálogos serão abertos\n" -"numa nova janela.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Terminar os processos ao sair
\n" -"Se activar isto, o KBabel tentará terminar os processos que ainda não " -"tiverem saído quando o KBabel saiu,\n" -"mandando um sinal de 'kill' para eles.
\n" -"NOTA: Não é garantido que os processos sejam terminados de facto.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Criar um índice para o conteúdo do ficheiro
\n" -"Se assinalar isto, o KBabel irá criar um índice para o conteúdo de cada " -"ficheiro PO para acelerar as funções de pesquisa e substituição.
\n" -"NOTA: Isto irá retardar consideravelmente a actualização da informação do " -"ficheiro.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Executar o 'msgfmt' antes de processar um ficheiro
" -"Se assinalar esta opção, o KBabel irá executar a ferramenta 'msgfmt' do " -"Gettext antes de processar um ficheiro.
" -"É recomendada esta opção, mesmo que torne o processamento mais lento. Esta " -"está ligada por omissão.
" -"A sua desactivação é útil para os computadores lentos e quando deseja " -"traduzir ficheiros PO que ainda não sejam suportados pela versão actual das " -"ferramentas do Gettext que estão no seu sistema. O problema de desligar esta " -"opção é que não feita praticamente qualquer verificação de sintaxe pelo código " -"de processamento, como tal os ficheiros PO inválidos poderão ser mostrados como " -"bons, mesmo que as ferramentas do Gettext os rejeitassem.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Comandos para pastas
" -"Introduza aqui os comandos que deseja executar nas pastas do Gestor do " -"Catálogo. Os comandos são então mostrados no sub-menu Comandos " -"no menu de contexto do Gestor do Catálogo.
" -"As seguintes sequências serão substituídas num comando:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Comandos para ficheiros
" -"Indique aqui os comandos que deseja executar nos ficheiros do Gestor de " -"Catálogo. Os comandos são então apresentados no sub-menu Comandos " -"no menu de contexto do Gestor de Catálogo.
" -"As seguintes sequências serão substituídas num comando:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Colunas mostradas
\n" -"Opções dos Ficheiros
Aqui, o utilizador poderá ajustar " +"onde procurar:
\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Bem-Vindo ao Assistente de Projectos!\n" -"\n" -"O assistente ajudá-lo-á a configurar um novo projecto\n" -"de traduções para o KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Primeiro que tudo, você terá de escolher o nome e o ficheiro\n" -"do projecto, no qual será gravada a configuração.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Você deverá também escolher uma língua para a qual traduzir,\n" -"bem como o tipo do projecto de tradução.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16 +msgid "No repository" +msgstr "Sem repositório" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Nome do Ficheiro de Configuração"
-"
\n"
-"O nome do ficheiro onde será gravada a configuração\n"
-"do projecto.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Língua"
-"
\n"
-"A língua de destino do projecto, i.e., a língua para a qual\n"
-"traduzir. Ela deverá seguir a nomenclatura de nomes de línguas\n"
-"da norma ISO 631.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Nome do projecto"
-"
\n"
-"O nome do projecto é uma identificação de um projecto para si.\n"
-"É mostrada na janela de configuração do projecto, assim como\n"
-"no título das janelas abertas para o projecto.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Nota: O nome do projecto não pode ser alterado posteriormente.\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Tipo de Projecto\n" -"O tipo de projecto permite-lhe ajustar em particular\n" -"a configuração do tipo de projecto para os projectos de traduções\n" -"conhecidos. Por exemplo, configura as ferramentas de validação,\n" -"o marcador de aceleradores e o formato do cabeçalho.\n" -"
\n" -"Os tipos conhecidos de momento são:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Ficheiros de Tradução
\n" -"Indique as pastas que contêm todos os seus ficheiros PO e POT.\n" -"Os ficheiros e as pastas nestas pastas serão depois reunidos numa\n" -"árvore.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Origem para verificação das diferenças
" -"Aqui, o utilizador poderá seleccionar a origem, a qual poderá ser usada para " -"encontrar as diferenças.
" -"Você poderá seleccionar um ficheiro, uma base de dados de traduções ou a " -"'msgstr' correspondente.
" -"Se escolher a base de dados de traduções, as mensagens com as quais comparar " -"serão extraídas da base de dados de traduções. Para isso ser útil, terá de " -"activar a opção Adicionar automaticamente o item à base de dados " -"na sua janela de preferências.
" -"A última opção é útil para aqueles que utilizam os ficheiros PO para a " -"verificação ortográfica e gramatical.
" -"O utilizador poderá comparar temporariamente com as mensagens de um ficheiro " -"se escolher Ferramentas->'Diff'->Abrir um ficheiro para diferenças " -"na janela principal do KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Pasta de base para os ficheiros do 'diff'\n" -"
Aqui o utilizador poderá definir uma pasta, na qual estão gravados os " -"ficheiros a comparar. Se os ficheiros estão gravados no mesmo sítio desta " -"pasta, onde estão os ficheiros originais na sua pasta de base, o KBabel pode " -"abrir automaticamente o ficheiro correcto com o qual comparar.
" -"Lembre-se que esta opção não tem efeito se forem usadas as mensagens da base " -"de dados para comparar.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Iniciar automaticamente a procura
" -"Se isto estiver activado, a procura é começada automaticamente sempre que " -"você mudar para outro item no editor. Pode escolher onde procurar na opção " -"Dicionário por Omissão.
" -"Pode também começar manualmente a procura, escolhendo um item no menu de " -"contexto que aparece quando carrega em Dicionários->Procurar... " -"ou quando mantém pressionado o botão de procura, na barra de ferramentas, " -"durante um bocado.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Dicionário por Omissão
\n" -"Escolha aqui onde procurar por omissão. Esta opção é usada quando a pesquisa " -"é iniciada automaticamente ou quando é carregado o botão de pesquisa na barra " -"de ferramentas.
" -"Poderá configurar os diferentes dicionários, seleccionando para tal o " -"dicionário desejado em Configuração->Configurar o Dicionário.
Procurar texto
Aqui poderá inserir o texto que deseja " +"procurar. Se quiser procurar uma expressão regular, active a opção Usar " +"expressão regular abaixo.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Substituir texto
Aqui o utilizador poderá inserir o " +"texto que deseja substituir o que procura. O texto é usado tal como está, " +"não sendo possível fazer uma referência para trás, no caso de você ter " +"procurado uma expressão regular.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Onde procurar
Escolha aqui em que partes de um item do " +"catálogo deseja procurar.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Retirar automaticamente o estado de 'aproximado'
\n" -"Se isto estiver activado e você estiver a editar um item aproximado, o " -"estado de 'aproximado' é automaticamente\n" -"desactivado (isto significa que a sequência , fuzzy\n" -"é removida do comentário do item).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Usar a edição inteligente
\n" -"Assinale isto para que a escrita de texto fique mais confortável\n" -"e permitir ao KBabel tomar conta de alguns caracteres especiais que tenham\n" -"de ser 'escapados'. Por exemplo, se escrever '\\\"' irá resultar num\n" -"'\\\\\\\"', enquanto que se carregar em Return irá adicionar um espaço em\n" -"branco automaticamente ao fim da linha, enquanto que, ao carregar em \n" -"Shift+Return, irá adicionar um '\\\\n' ao fim da linha.
\n" -"Repare que isto é apenas uma sugestão; é possível à mesma\n" -"gerar texto sintacticamente incorrecto.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Opções
Aqui você poderá ajustar a substituição:" +"
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Reconhecimento de erros
\n" -"Aqui pode definir como mostrar que ocorreu um erro.\n" -"Apitar em caso de erro dá um sinal sonoro e \n" -"Mudar a cor do texto em caso de erro muda a cor do texto traduzido.\n" -"Se nenhuma estiver activada, pode de qualquer modo ver uma mensagem na barra de " -"estado.\n" -"
Opções
Aqui o utilizador poderá ajustar a procura:" +"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"LEDs de Estado
\n" -"Escolha aqui onde serão mostrados os LEDs de estado, bem como as suas " -"cores.
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Actualizar o Cabeçalho
\n" +"Active este botão, para actualizar a informação do cabeçalho do ficheiro " +"sempre que este for gravado.
\n" +"O cabeçalho mantém normalmente informações sobre a data e a hora em que o " +"ficheiro foi actualizado pela\n" +"última vez, o seu último tradutor, etc.
\n" +"Você poderá escolher a informação que desejar actualizar nas opções " +"abaixo.\n" +"Os campos que não existirem são adicionados ao cabeçalho.\n" +"Se desejar adicionar mais campos ao cabeçalho, poderá editá-lo manualmente " +"escolhendo\n" +"Editar->Editar o Cabeçalho na janela de edição.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Campos a actualizar
\n" +"Escolha quais os campos no cabeçalho que quiser que sejam actualizados ao " +"gravar.\n" +"Se um campo não existir, será adicionado ao cabeçalho.
\n" +"Se quiser adicionar outras informações ao cabeçalho, terá que editar o " +"cabeçalho manualmente\n" +"escolhendo a opção Editar->Editar o Cabeçalho na janela de editor." +"p>\n" +"
Desactive o Actualizar o Cabeçalho em cima, se não quiser " +"actualizar o cabeçalho ao gravar.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Codificação
Escolha como codificar os caracteres quando " +"um ficheiro for gravado. Se você não tiver a certeza da codificação a usar, " +"peça por favor ao seu coordenador de traduções.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Manter a codificação do ficheiro
Se esta opção estiver " +"activa, os ficheiros são sempre gravados na mesma codificação em que foram " +"lidos. Os ficheiros sem informação de codificação no cabeçalho (p.ex. os " +"ficheiros POT) são gravados na codificação indicada acima.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Verificar a sintaxe do ficheiro ao gravar
\n" +"Verifica automaticamente o ficheiro com o \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" +"ao gravar um ficheiro. Só irá receber uma mensagem, se ocorrer um erro.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 119 -#: rc.cpp:662 rc.cpp:993 -#, no-c-format +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:306 msgid "" -"Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Gravar os itens obsoletos
\n" +"Se esta opção estiver activada, os itens obsoletos encontrados quando o " +"ficheiro foi aberto serão gravados de novo para o ficheiro. Os itens " +"obsoletos estão marcados com um #~ e são criados quando o 'msgmerge' não " +"precisa mais da tradução. Se o texto aparecer de novo, os elementos " +"obsoletos serão activados de novo. A principal desvantagem é o tamanho do " +"ficheiro gravado.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Formato da Data de Revisão
Escolha em que formato a data " +"e hora do campo do cabeçalho PO-Revision-Date são gravadas:
Para mais informações veja a secção A Janela de Preferências na " +"ajuda 'on-line'.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Exemplo:"
-" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Identidade Preencha a janela acerca de si e da sua equipa de tradução.\n"
+"Esta informação é usada quando for actualizado o cabeçalho de um ficheiro."
+"p>\n"
+" Poderá encontrar as opções se e quais os campos de cabeçalho a "
+"actualizar\n"
+"na página Gravar nesta janela. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Número de formas singular/plural Nota: Esta opção "
+"é específica do TDE no momento. Se não estiver a traduzir uma aplicação do "
+"TDE, poderá ignorar sem problemas esta opção. Escolha aqui quantas "
+"formas singular e plural são usadas na sua língua. Este número tem de "
+"corresponder à configuração da sua equipa de traduções. Em "
+"alternativa, poderá mudar esta opção para Automático e o KBabel "
+"tentará obter essa informação automaticamente do TDE. Use o botão Testar"
+"i> para testar se o consegue determinar. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Obrigar os argumentos das formas plurais na tradução Nota: Esta opção é específica do TDE neste momento. Se não está a "
+"traduzir uma aplicação do TDE, poderá ignorar esta opção sem problemas. Se esta opção estiver activa, a validação irá obrigar a que o argumento "
+"%n esteja presente na mensagem. "
+" GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Pesquisar num Único Ficheiro PO"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Pesquisar a Pasta"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Pesquisar a Pasta e as Sub-Pastas"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "A percorrer o ficheiro:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Itens adicionados:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Progresso total:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "A processar o ficheiro:"
+" Cabeçalho da forma plural da GNU Aqui, o utilizador poderá preencher um cabeçalho para o tratamento das "
+"formas plurais. Se deixar este campo em branco, o item no ficheiro PO não "
+"será alterado ou adicionado. O KBabel pode tentar automaticamente determinar o valor sugerido pelas "
+"ferramentas do 'gettext' da GNU para a língua definida actualmente. Basta "
+"carregar no botão Procurar. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. \n"
-"Poderá definir o número mínimo de palavras da chave que a pesquisa deverá ter "
-"para inserir a chave na lista."
-" \n"
-"Estes dois números são a percentagem do número total de palavras. Se o "
-"resultado desta percentagem é menor que um, o motor irá defini-lo como um."
-" \n"
-"Finalmente poderá indicar o número máximo de elementos na lista."
+"
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Se procurar por O meu nome é Andrea, e de seguida activar a "
-"substituição duma palavra, também poderá encontrar frases como "
-"O meu nome é Joe ou O seu nome é Andrea."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Usar a substituição de uma palavra"
+"
Defina aqui qual o carácter " +"que marca o seguinte como um atalho de teclado. Por exemplo, no Qt é o " +"'&', enquanto no Gtk é o '_'.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Expressão regular para a informação de contexto
Indique " +"aqui a expressão regular que define qual é a informação de contexto na " +"mensagem e que não pode ser traduzida.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Verificação ortográfica 'na altura'
Active isto para " +"fazer com que o KBabel verifique ortograficamente o texto, à medida que " +"escreve. As palavras incorrectas serão coloridas com a cor do erro.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Lembrar as palavras ignoradas
Assinale isto para " +"permitir ao KBabel ignorar as palavras onde escolheu a opção Ignorar " +"Tudo na janela de verificação ortográfica, em todas as verificações " +"ortográficas.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Pastas de base
\n" +"Indique as pastas que contêm todos os seus ficheiros PO e POT.\n" +"Os ficheiros e as pastas nestas pastas serão depois reunidos numa\n" +"árvore.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Abrir os ficheiros numa nova janela
\n" +"Se isto estiver activado, todos os ficheiros que forem abertos no Gestor " +"de Catálogos serão abertos\n" +"numa nova janela.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Terminar os processos ao sair
\n" +"Se activar isto, o KBabel tentará terminar os processos que ainda não " +"tiverem saído quando o KBabel saiu,\n" +"mandando um sinal de 'kill' para eles.
\n" +"NOTA: Não é garantido que os processos sejam terminados de facto.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Criar um índice para o conteúdo do ficheiro
\n" +"Se assinalar isto, o KBabel irá criar um índice para o conteúdo de cada " +"ficheiro PO para acelerar as funções de pesquisa e substituição.
\n" +"NOTA: Isto irá retardar consideravelmente a actualização da informação do " +"ficheiro.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Executar o 'msgfmt' antes de processar um ficheiro
Se " +"assinalar esta opção, o KBabel irá executar a ferramenta 'msgfmt' do Gettext " +"antes de processar um ficheiro.
É recomendada esta opção, mesmo que " +"torne o processamento mais lento. Esta está ligada por omissão.
A sua " +"desactivação é útil para os computadores lentos e quando deseja traduzir " +"ficheiros PO que ainda não sejam suportados pela versão actual das " +"ferramentas do Gettext que estão no seu sistema. O problema de desligar esta " +"opção é que não feita praticamente qualquer verificação de sintaxe pelo " +"código de processamento, como tal os ficheiros PO inválidos poderão ser " +"mostrados como bons, mesmo que as ferramentas do Gettext os rejeitassem." +"p>
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Comandos para pastas
Introduza aqui os comandos que " +"deseja executar nas pastas do Gestor do Catálogo. Os comandos são então " +"mostrados no sub-menu Comandos no menu de contexto do Gestor do " +"Catálogo.
As seguintes sequências serão substituídas num comando:" +"
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Comandos para ficheiros
Indique aqui os comandos que " +"deseja executar nos ficheiros do Gestor de Catálogo. Os comandos são então " +"apresentados no sub-menu Comandos no menu de contexto do Gestor de " +"Catálogo.
As seguintes sequências serão substituídas num comando:" +"
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Shown columns
\n" +"\n" -"As variáveis que se seguem são substituídas na pasta, se estiverem " -"disponíveis:\n" -"
Colunas mostradas
\n" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Marcar os inválidos como aproximados" -"
\n" -"
Se você seleccionar esta opção, todos os itens\n" -"identificados pela ferramenta como inválidos serão\n" -"marcados como aproximados, sendo o ficheiro resultante\n" -"gravado.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Não validar os aproximados" -"
\n" -"
Se seleccionar esta opção, todos os itens marcados\n" -"como aproximados não serão validados de todo.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Que itens a traduzir
Escolha aqui os itens do ficheiro " +"onde o KBabel tenta encontrar uma tradução. Os itens alterados são sempre " +"marcados como aproximados, não interessando que opção você escolha.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Como as mensagens são traduzidas
Aqui poderá definir se " +"uma mensagem pode ser traduzida por completo, se são aceitáveis mensagens " +"semelhantes ou se o KBabel deve tentar traduzir as palavras únicas de uma " +"mensagem, se não for possível a tradução da mensagem completa.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Marcar os itens alterados como aproximados
Quando é " +"encontrada uma tradução para uma mensagem, o item é marcado como " +"aproximado por omissão. Isto é porque a tradução é apenas adivinhada " +"pelo KBabel e você deverá sempre ver os resultados com cuidado. Desactive " +"esta opção apenas se souber o que está a fazer.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Inicializar os itens específicos do TDE
Inicializa os " +"itens \"Comment=\" e \"Name=\" se não for encontrada nenhuma tradução. Para " +"além disso, o \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" e o \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" são " +"preenchidos com as informações da identidade.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Dicionários
Escolha aqui que dicionários devem ser " +"usados ao procurar uma tradução. Se seleccionar mais do que um dicionário, " +"eles são usados na mesma ordem com que são apresentados na lista.
O " +"botão Configurar permite-lhe configurar temporariamente o dicionário " +"seleccionado. A configuração original será reposta depois de fechar a janela." +"
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Quando é encontrada uma tradução para uma mensagem, o item é marcado " +"como aproximado por omissão. Isto é porque a tradução é apenas " +"adivinhada pelo KBabel, pelo que você deverá sempre ver os resultados com " +"cuidado. Desactive esta opção apenas se souber o que está a fazer.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Selector de Caracteres
" -"Esta ferramenta permite-lhe inserir caracteres especiais através do " -"duplo-click.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Este botão actualiza o cabeçalho com a configuração actual. O cabeçalho " -"resultante é o que seria gravado no ficheiro PO ao gravar.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Este botão reverte todas as alterações feitas até agora.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Este não é um cabeçalho válido.
\n" -"Por favor, edite o cabeçalho antes de actualizar!
Selector de Caracteres
Esta ferramenta permite-lhe " +"inserir caracteres especiais através do duplo-click.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Este não é um cabeçalho válido.
\n" -"Por favor, edite o cabeçalho antes de actualizar.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Editor de Comentários
\n" -"Esta janela de edição mostra-lhe o comentário da mensagem mostrada actualmente." -"\n" -"
Os comentários normalmente contêm informação sobre a localização da mensagem "
-"no código-fonte\n"
+" Editor de Comentários \n"
+" Os comentários normalmente contêm informação sobre a localização da "
+"mensagem no código-fonte\n"
"e o estado da mensagem (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
"Em algumas ocasiões, existem certas informações de outros tradutores nos "
"comentários. Poderá esconder o editor de comentários, desactivando para tal a opção\n"
"Opções->Mostrar os Comentários. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Contexto do PO
Esta janela mostra-lhe o contexto da " +"mensagem actual no ficheiro. Normalmente, mostra quatro mensagens à frente " +"da mensagem actual e quatro a seguir a ela.Você poderá esconder a " +"janela de ferramentas, se desactivar a opção Opções->Mostrar as " +"Ferramentas.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Lista de Erros
Esta janela mostra a lista de erros " +"encontrados pelas ferramentas de validação, para que possa saber porque é " +"que a mensagem actual foi marcada como errada.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Este botão actualiza o cabeçalho com a configuração actual. O " +"cabeçalho resultante é o que seria gravado no ficheiro PO ao gravar.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Este botão reverte todas as alterações feitas até agora.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Este não é um cabeçalho válido.
\n" +"Por favor, edite o cabeçalho antes de actualizar!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Este não é um cabeçalho válido.
\n" +"Por favor, edite o cabeçalho antes de actualizar.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Resultados da pesquisa
" -"Esta parte da janela mostra os resultados da pesquisa nos dicionários." -"
" -"
No topo é mostrado o número de itens encontrados e a localização da actual. " -"Use os botões no fundo para navegar através dos resultados da procura.
" -"A procura é iniciada automaticamente quando muda para outro item na janela " -"de edição ou quando escolhe o dicionário desejado em Dicionários->" -"Procurar....
" -"Todas as opções podem ser configuradas na janela de preferências na secção " -"Procura e as opções para os diferentes dicionários podem ser alteradas " -"em Configuração->Configurar o Dicionário.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Tradução Original
\n" -"Esta parte da janela mostra a mensagem original\n" -"do item mostrado de momento.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
LEDS de estado
\n" -"Estes LEDS mostram o estado da mensagem actual.\n" -"Você poderá mudar as suas cores na janela de preferências,\n" -"na secção Editor e na página Aparência
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Editor de Tradução
\n" -"Este editor mostra e permite-lhe editar a tradução da mensagem mostrada " -"actualmente." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Barra de Estado
\n" +"A barra de estado mostra informações acerca do ficheiro aberto,\n" +"como o número total de itens e o número de mensagens aproximadas e não-" +"traduzidas.\n" +"Também é mostrado o índice e o estado do item actual.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Resultados da pesquisa
Esta parte da janela mostra os " +"resultados da pesquisa nos dicionários.
No topo é mostrado o número de " +"itens encontrados e a localização da actual. Use os botões no fundo para " +"navegar através dos resultados da procura.
A procura é iniciada " +"automaticamente quando muda para outro item na janela de edição ou quando " +"escolhe o dicionário desejado em Dicionários->Procurar...." +"p>
Todas as opções podem ser configuradas na janela de preferências na " +"secção Procura e as opções para os diferentes dicionários podem ser " +"alteradas em Configuração->Configurar o Dicionário.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Tradução Original
\n" +"Esta parte da janela mostra a mensagem original\n" +"do item mostrado de momento.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
LEDS de estado
\n" +"Estes LEDS mostram o estado da mensagem actual.\n" +"Você poderá mudar as suas cores na janela de preferências,\n" +"na secção Editor e na página Aparência
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Editor de Tradução
\n" +"Este editor mostra e permite-lhe editar a tradução da mensagem mostrada " +"actualmente.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Barra de Estado
\n" -"A barra de estado mostra informações acerca do ficheiro aberto,\n" -"como o número total de itens e o número de mensagens aproximadas e " -"não-traduzidas.\n" -"Também é mostrado o índice e o estado do item actual.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Lista de Erros
" -"Esta janela mostra a lista de erros encontrados pelas ferramentas de " -"validação, para que possa saber porque é que a mensagem actual foi marcada como " -"errada.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Contexto do PO
Esta janela mostra-lhe o contexto da mensagem " -"actual no ficheiro. Normalmente, mostra quatro mensagens à frente da mensagem " -"actual e quatro a seguir a ela." -"Você poderá esconder a janela de ferramentas, se desactivar a opção " -"Opções->Mostrar as Ferramentas.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Existem ficheiros de bases de dados de segurança das versões anteriores "
+"do KBabel. Contudo, outra versão do KBabel (provavelmente do TDE 3.1.1 ou "
+"3.1.2) criou uma nova base de dados. Em resultado disso, a sua instalação do "
+"KBabel contém duas versões dos ficheiros da base de dados. Infelizmente, a "
+"versão anterior e a nova não podem ser reunidas. Você terá de escolher uma "
+"delas.
Se escolher a versão antiga, a mais nova será removida. Se "
+"escolher a versão mais recente, os ficheiros da base de dados antiga serão "
+"colocados à parte e você terá de os remover manualmente. Caso contrário, "
+"esta mensagem será mostrada de novo (os ficheiros antigos estão em $TDEHOME/"
+"share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parâmetros
" -"Aqui poderá ajustar a procura no ficheiro PO. Por exemplo, se quiser " -"efectuar uma procura com distinção entre maiúsculas e minúsculas, ou se as " -"mensagens aproximadas deverão ser ignoradas.
Parâmetros
Aqui poderá ajustar a procura no ficheiro PO. " +"Por exemplo, se quiser efectuar uma procura com distinção entre maiúsculas e " +"minúsculas, ou se as mensagens aproximadas deverão ser ignoradas.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Opções de Comparação
" -"Escolha aqui que mensagens deseja tratar como correspondentes.
Opções de Comparação
Escolha aqui que mensagens deseja " +"tratar como correspondentes.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Correspondência de trigramas
" -"Uma mensagem corresponde a outra se a maioria dos seus grupos de 3 letras " -"está contido na outra mensagem. P. ex. o 'abc123' corresponde ao " -"'abcx123c12.
Correspondência de trigramas
Uma mensagem corresponde a " +"outra se a maioria dos seus grupos de 3 letras está contido na outra " +"mensagem. P. ex. o 'abc123' corresponde ao 'abcx123c12.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Localização
" -"Configure aqui o ficheiro que será usado para a procura.
" - -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:95 -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:147 -msgid "PO Auxiliary" -msgstr "Auxiliar PO" - -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:426 -msgid "Loading PO auxiliary" -msgstr "A ler o auxiliar PO" - -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:438 -#, c-format -msgid "" -"Error while trying to open file for PO Auxiliary module:\n" -"%1" +"Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Localização
Configure aqui o ficheiro que será usado para a " +"procura.
" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.cpp:95 #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.cpp:175 @@ -5020,15 +4440,13 @@ msgstr "Um módulo para pesquisar num ficheiro TMX" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:88 msgid "" -"Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parâmetros
" -"Aqui poderá ajustar a procura no ficheiro PO. Por exemplo, se quiser fazer " -"uma procura com distinção entre as maiúsculas e as minúsculas.
Parâmetros
Aqui poderá ajustar a procura no ficheiro PO. " +"Por exemplo, se quiser fazer uma procura com distinção entre as maiúsculas e " +"as minúsculas.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Marcar os inválidos como aproximados
\n" +"
Se você seleccionar esta opção, todos os itens\n" +"identificados pela ferramenta como inválidos serão\n" +"marcados como aproximados, sendo o ficheiro resultante\n" +"gravado.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Não validar os aproximados
\n" +"
Se seleccionar esta opção, todos os itens marcados\n" +"como aproximados não serão validados de todo.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Existem ficheiros de bases de dados de segurança das versões anteriores do "
-"KBabel. Contudo, outra versão do KBabel (provavelmente do TDE 3.1.1 ou 3.1.2) "
-"criou uma nova base de dados. Em resultado disso, a sua instalação do KBabel "
-"contém duas versões dos ficheiros da base de dados. Infelizmente, a versão "
-"anterior e a nova não podem ser reunidas. Você terá de escolher uma delas."
-"
"
-"
Se escolher a versão antiga, a mais nova será removida. Se escolher a "
-"versão mais recente, os ficheiros da base de dados antiga serão colocados à "
-"parte e você terá de os remover manualmente. Caso contrário, esta mensagem será "
-"mostrada de novo (os ficheiros antigos estão em "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Origem para verificação das diferenças
Aqui, o " +"utilizador poderá seleccionar a origem, a qual poderá ser usada para " +"encontrar as diferenças.
Você poderá seleccionar um ficheiro, uma base " +"de dados de traduções ou a 'msgstr' correspondente.
Se escolher a base " +"de dados de traduções, as mensagens com as quais comparar serão extraídas da " +"base de dados de traduções. Para isso ser útil, terá de activar a opção " +"Adicionar automaticamente o item à base de dados na sua janela de " +"preferências.
A última opção é útil para aqueles que utilizam os " +"ficheiros PO para a verificação ortográfica e gramatical.
O utilizador " +"poderá comparar temporariamente com as mensagens de um ficheiro se escolher " +"Ferramentas->'Diff'->Abrir um ficheiro para diferenças na janela " +"principal do KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Pasta de base para os ficheiros do 'diff'\n" +"
Aqui o utilizador poderá definir uma pasta, na qual estão gravados os " +"ficheiros a comparar. Se os ficheiros estão gravados no mesmo sítio desta " +"pasta, onde estão os ficheiros originais na sua pasta de base, o KBabel pode " +"abrir automaticamente o ficheiro correcto com o qual comparar.
Lembre-" +"se que esta opção não tem efeito se forem usadas as mensagens da base de " +"dados para comparar.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Bem-Vindo ao Assistente de Projectos!\n" +"\n" +"O assistente ajudá-lo-á a configurar um novo projecto\n" +"de traduções para o KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Primeiro que tudo, você terá de escolher o nome e o ficheiro\n" +"do projecto, no qual será gravada a configuração.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Você deverá também escolher uma língua para a qual traduzir,\n" +"bem como o tipo do projecto de tradução.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1286 -msgid "Thanks to:" -msgstr "Agradecimentos a:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Nome do Ficheiro de Configuração
\n"
+"O nome do ficheiro onde será gravada a configuração\n"
+"do projecto.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Língua
\n"
+"A língua de destino do projecto, i.e., a língua para a qual\n"
+"traduzir. Ela deverá seguir a nomenclatura de nomes de línguas\n"
+"da norma ISO 631.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Nome do projecto
\n"
+"O nome do projecto é uma identificação de um projecto para si.\n"
+"É mostrada na janela de configuração do projecto, assim como\n"
+"no título das janelas abertas para o projecto.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Nota: O nome do projecto não pode ser alterado posteriormente.\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Tipo de Projecto\n" +"O tipo de projecto permite-lhe ajustar em particular\n" +"a configuração do tipo de projecto para os projectos de traduções\n" +"conhecidos. Por exemplo, configura as ferramentas de validação,\n" +"o marcador de aceleradores e o formato do cabeçalho.\n" +"
\n" +"Os tipos conhecidos de momento são:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Ficheiros de Tradução
\n" +"Indique as pastas que contêm todos os seus ficheiros PO e POT.\n" +"Os ficheiros e as pastas nestas pastas serão depois reunidos numa\n" +"árvore.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Retirar automaticamente o estado de 'aproximado'
\n" +"Se isto estiver activado e você estiver a editar um item aproximado, o " +"estado de 'aproximado' é automaticamente\n" +"desactivado (isto significa que a sequência , fuzzy\n" +"é removida do comentário do item).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Usar a edição inteligente
\n" +"Assinale isto para que a escrita de texto fique mais confortável\n" +"e permitir ao KBabel tomar conta de alguns caracteres especiais que tenham\n" +"de ser 'escapados'. Por exemplo, se escrever '\\\"' irá resultar num\n" +"'\\\\\\\"', enquanto que se carregar em Return irá adicionar um espaço em\n" +"branco automaticamente ao fim da linha, enquanto que, ao carregar em \n" +"Shift+Return, irá adicionar um '\\\\n' ao fim da linha.
\n" +"Repare que isto é apenas uma sugestão; é possível à mesma\n" +"gerar texto sintacticamente incorrecto.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Reconhecimento de erros
\n" +"Aqui pode definir como mostrar que ocorreu um erro.\n" +"Apitar em caso de erro dá um sinal sonoro e \n" +"Mudar a cor do texto em caso de erro muda a cor do texto traduzido.\n" +"Se nenhuma estiver activada, pode de qualquer modo ver uma mensagem na barra " +"de estado.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
LEDs de Estado
\n" +"Escolha aqui onde serão mostrados os LEDs de estado, bem como as suas " +"cores.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Iniciar automaticamente a procura
Se isto estiver " +"activado, a procura é começada automaticamente sempre que você mudar para " +"outro item no editor. Pode escolher onde procurar na opção Dicionário por " +"Omissão.
Pode também começar manualmente a procura, escolhendo um " +"item no menu de contexto que aparece quando carrega em Dicionários-" +">Procurar... ou quando mantém pressionado o botão de procura, na barra " +"de ferramentas, durante um bocado.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Dicionário por Omissão
\n" +"Escolha aqui onde procurar por omissão. Esta opção é usada quando a " +"pesquisa é iniciada automaticamente ou quando é carregado o botão de " +"pesquisa na barra de ferramentas.
Poderá configurar os diferentes " +"dicionários, seleccionando para tal o dicionário desejado em Configuração-" +">Configurar o Dicionário.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Barra de Estado
\n" -"A barra de estado mostra informações acerca do progresso da operação de " -"pesquisa ou de substituição actual. O primeiro número em Encontrado: " -"mostra o número de ficheiros com uma ocorrência do texto procurado por mostrar " -"na janela do KBabel. O segundo mostra o número total de ficheiros que contêm o " -"texto procurado até agora.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Opções dos Ficheiros
" -"Aqui, o utilizador poderá ajustar onde procurar:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Exemplo: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obter o estado remoto dos seguintes ficheiros:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Pesquisar num Único Ficheiro PO..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obter o estado local dos seguintes ficheiros:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Pesquisar a Pasta..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obter as diferenças para os seguintes ficheiros:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Pesquisar a Pasta e as Sub-Pastas..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obter informações sobre os seguintes ficheiros:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "A percorrer o ficheiro:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "Mensagens a&ntigas:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Itens adicionados:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Mensagem de re&gisto:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Progresso total:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Adicionar auto&maticamente os ficheiros se necessário"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "A processar o ficheiro:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "En&viar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "A carregar o ficheiro:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "O&bter o Estado"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Exportar..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "O&bter as Diferenças"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Textos Repetidos"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "O&bter as Informações"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Boas Chaves"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Resultado do comando:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Poderá definir o número mínimo de palavras da chave que a pesquisa deverá "
+"ter para inserir a chave na lista. \n"
+"Estes dois números são a percentagem do número total de palavras. Se o "
+"resultado desta percentagem é menor que um, o motor irá defini-lo como um."
+" \n"
+"Finalmente poderá indicar o número máximo de elementos na lista."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "A mensagem de registo do envio está em branco. Deseja continuar?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Número mínimo das palavras da chave também na pesquisa (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
-"Não é possível aceder ao ficheiro temporário para escrita. A interromper."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Não é possível gravar no ficheiro temporário. A interromper."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Número mínimo de palavras da pesquisa na chave (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "O processo não pôde ser iniciado."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Tamanho máximo da lista:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Saiu com o estado %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Palavras Frequentes"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Terminado ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Descartar as palavras mais frequentes que:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Catálogos de Mensagens"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Sem controlo de versões"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "as palavras frequentes são consideradas em todas as chaves"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Estado do CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Geral"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Resolvido"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Pasta da base de dados:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Resolvido para os Marcados"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Actualização automática no KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Reverter"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Novos Itens"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Reverter os Marcados"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "A partir do KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Limpar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritmo"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Limpar os Marcados"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Relevância mínima:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Sem repositório"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmos a Usar"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Ficheiros:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Relevância:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nome"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Arquivo de frases aproximadas"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glossário"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Aproximadas"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Exacto "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Não Traduzidas"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Frase a frase"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Total"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumérico"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Última Revisão"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Palavra a palavra"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Janela de Registo"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Dicionário dinâmico"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Limpar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
+msgstr "Número preferido de resultados:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Janela de registos Nesta janela, aparece o resultado dos comandos executados. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Gestor do Catálogo"
-" \n"
-" O Gestor do Catálogo junta duas pastas numa árvore e mostra todos\n"
-"os ficheiros PO e POT nessas pastas. Assim, o utilizador pode ver facilmente\n"
-"se um novo modelo foi adicionado ou removido. Também é mostrada alguma\n"
-"informação sobre os ficheiros. Para mais informações veja a secção\n"
-"O Gestor do Catálogo na ajuda on-line. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Se procurar por O meu nome é Andrea, e de seguida activar a "
+"substituição duma palavra, também poderá encontrar frases como "
+"O meu nome é Joe ou O seu nome é Andrea."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Sem repositório de SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Usar a substituição de uma palavra"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Não está no SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Núm. máximo de palavras na pesquisa:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Adicionado localmente"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Usar a substituição de duas palavras"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Removido localmente"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Modificado localmente"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Actualizado"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Caracteres locais para as expressões regulares:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Conflito"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Base de Dados"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Erro na Cópia Local"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Pasta da base de dados:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Desconhecido"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Adicionar automaticamente o item à base de dados"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-"Este não é um repositório de SVN válido. Os comandos de SVN não podem ser "
-"executados."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ A iniciar o comando ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Janela de SVN"
+"Adiciona automaticamente um item à base de dados, se for indicada uma nova "
+"tradução por alguém (como o kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Actualizar os seguintes ficheiros:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Autor do item adicionado automaticamente:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Enviar os seguintes ficheiros:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"As variáveis que se seguem são substituídas na pasta, se estiverem " +"disponíveis:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Quais entradas traduzir
" -"Escolha aqui quais entradas do arquivo o KBabel tentará encontrar uma " -"tradução. Entradas modificadas serão sempremarcadas como aproximadas, " -"independente da opção que você escolher.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Como mensagens são traduzidas
" -"Aqui você pode definir se uma uma mensagem somente pode ser traduzida " -"completamente, se uma mensagem similar é aceitável ou se o KBabel pode tentar " -"traduzir as palavras simples de uma mensagem se nenhuma tradução completa ou " -"similar para mensagem for encontrada.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Marcar entradas modificadas como aproximadas
" -"Quando uma tradução para uma mensagem é encontrada, a entrada é marcada como " -"aproximada por padrão.Isto se deve ao fato que o KBabel apenas tenta " -"adivinhar a tradução, sendo que você sempre deve checar os resultados " -"cuidadosamente. Desative esta opção somente se você souber o que está " -"fazendo.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Inicializar entradas específicas do TDE
" -"Inicializar as entradas \"Comment=\" e \"Name=\" se uma tradução for " -"encontrada. Também, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" e \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" são " -"preenchidas com as configurações de identidade.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Dicionários
" -"Escolha aqui que dicionários devem ser usados ao procurar uma tradução. Se " -"selecionar mais do que um dicionário, eles são usados na mesma ordem com que " -"são apresentados na lista.
" -"O botão Configurar permite-lhe configurar temporariamente o " -"dicionário selecionado. As configurações originais serão restauradas após " -"fechar o diálogo.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Quando é encontrada uma tradução para uma mensagem, a entrada é marcada como " -"aproximada por padrão. Isto é porque a tradução é apenas adivinhada pelo " -"KBabel e deve sempre ver os resultados com cuidado. Desative esta opção só se " -"souber o que está fazendo.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Encontrar texto
" -"Aqui você pode inserir o texto que você deseja encontrar. Se você deseja " -"procurar por uma expressão regular, habilite Usar expressões regulares " -"abaixo.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Substituir texto
" -"Aqui você pode inserir o texto que você deseja encontrar e substituí-lo. O " -"texto é usado como ele aparece. Não é possível fazer uma referência reversa, se " -"você estiver procurando por uma expressão regular.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Onde procurar
" -"Selecione aqui em que parte do catálogo de entradas você deseja procurar.
" -"Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Opções
" -"Aqui você pode ajustar sua substituição:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Opções
" -"Aqui você pode fazer um ajuste fino da busca:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Barra de Estado
\n" +"A barra de estado mostra informações sobre o progresso da operação de " +"pesquisa ou de substituição atual. O primeiro número em Encontrado: " +"mostra o número de arquivos com uma ocorrência do texto procurado por " +"mostrar na janela do KBabel. O segundo mostra o número total de arquivos que " +"contém o texto procurado até agora.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Janela de registros
\n" +"Nesta janela são mostradas as saídas dos comandos executados.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Gerenciador de Catálogos
\n" +"
O Gerenciador do Catálogos mescla duas pastas numa árvore e mostra todos\n" +"os arquivos PO e POT nessas pastas. Assim você pode ver facilmente se um\n" +"novo modelo foi adicionado ou removido. Também é mostrada alguma informação\n" +"sobre os arquivos.
Para mais informações veja a seção O Gerenciador " +"de Catálogo na ajuda on-line.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Atualizar Cabeçalho
\n" -"Ative este botão, para atualizar a informação do cabeçalho do arquivo sempre " -"que este for gravado.
\n" -"O cabeçalho mantém normalmente informação sobre a data e hora em que o " -"arquivo foi atualizado pela\n" -"última vez, o seu último tradutor, etc.
\n" -"Você pode escolher a informação que desejar atualizar das opções abaixo.\n" -"Campos que não existam são adicionados ao cabeçalho.\n" -"Se desejar adicionar mais campos ao cabeçalho você pode editá-lo manualmente " -"escolhendo\n" -"Editar->Editar Cabeçalho na janela de edição.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Campos para atualizar
\n" -"Escolha quais os campos no cabeçalho que deseja que sejam atualizados ao " -"salvar.\n" -"Se um campo não existir, ele será adicionado ao cabeçalho.
\n" -"Se quiser adicionar outras informações ao cabeçalho, você deve editar o " -"cabeçalho manualmente\n" -"escolhendo Editar->Editar Cabeçalho na janela de editor.
\n" -"Desative Atualizar Cabeçalho acima se você não deseja que o cabeçalho " -"seja\n" -"atualizando durante o salvamento.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Codificação
" -"Escolha como codificar os caracteres quando um arquivo for salvo. Se você " -"não tiver certeza sobre que codificação usar, pergunte por favor ao seu " -"coordenador de traduções.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Mantém a codificação para o arquivo
" -"Se esta opção estáativada, arquivos serão sempre salvos na mesma codificação " -"em que foram lido.Arquivos sem informação de codificação (Ex: arquivos POT) são " -"salvos na codificação configurada acima.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Checar sintaxe do arquivo quando salvar
\n" -"Habilitar esta opção faz com que seja checado automaticamente com o \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"quando um arquivo for salvo. Você somente receberá uma mensagem se um erro " -"ocorrer.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Salvar entradas obsoletas
\n" -"Se esta opção estiver ativada, entradas obsoletas encontradas quando o " -"arquivo for aberto\n" -"serão salvas para o arquivo. Entradas obsoletas são marcados por #~ e são\n" -"criadas quando o msgmerge não necessita mais de tradução.\n" -"Se o texto aparecer novamente, as entradas obsoletas são ativadas novamente.\n" -"A principal desvantagem é o tamanho do arquivo salvo.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Formato da Data de Revisão
" -"Escolha em que formato a data e hora do campo do cabeçalho " -"PO-Revision-Date são gravadas:" -"
Para mais informações veja a seção A Janela de Preferências " -"na ajuda 'on-line'.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identidade
\n" -"Preencha o diálogo sobre você e sua equipe de tradução.\n" -"Esta informação é usada quando atualizado o cabeçalho de um arquivo.
\n" -"Você pode encontrar as opções se e quais os campos de cabeçalho a atualizar\n" -"na página Salvar neste diálogo.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Número de formas singular/plural
" -"Nota: Esta opção é específica do TDE atualmente. Se você não estiver " -"traduzindo uma aplicação do TDE, poderá ignorar sem problemas esta opção.
" -"Escolha aqui quantas formas singular e plural são usadas no seu idioma. Este " -"número tem de corresponder à configuração da sua equipe de traduções.
" -"Em alternativa, você poderá mudar esta opção para Automático " -"e o KBabel tentará obter essa informação automaticamente do TDE. Use o botão " -"Testar para testar se ele consegue determinar.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Argumentos de forma plural na tradução são obrigatórios
\n" -"Observe: Esta opção é específica do TDE atualmente. Se você não está " -"traduzindo um aplicativo do TDE, você pode ignorar com segurança esta opção.
" -"\n" -"Se esta opção estiver habilitada, a verificação de validação obrigará que o " -"argumento %n esteja presente na mensagem
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Cabeçalho de forma plural GNU
\n" -"Aqui você pode preencher uma entrada de cabeçalho para manipulação da forma " -"plural GNU. Se você deixar esta entrada vazia, a entrada no arquivo PO não será " -"mudada ou adicionada.
\n" -"O KBabel pode automaticamente tentar determinar valores sugeridos pelas " -"ferramentas GNU gettext para o idioma atualmente configurado. Apenas pressione " -"o botão Descobrir.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Marca para o acelerador de teclado
" -"Defina aqui qual caracter marca o caracter seguinte como um acelerador de " -"teclado. Por exemplo no Qt é o '&' e no Gtk é o '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Expressão regular para informação de contexto
" -"Insira uma expressão regular aqui que define que um texto é uma informação " -"de contexto na mensagem e não deve ser traduzido.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Verificação ortográfica online
" -"Ative isto para fazer com que o verificador ortográfico do KBabel funcione " -"enquanto digita. Palavras incorretas serão coloridas com a cor de erro.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Relembrar palavras ignoradas
" -"Ative isto para que as palavras ignoradas pelo KBabel, quando escolhido " -"Ignorar Todas no diálogo do corretor ortográfico,sejam sempre ignoradas nas " -"verificações ortográficas.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Pastas base
\n" -"Informa as pastas que contém todos os seus arquivos PO e POT.\n" -"Os arquivos e as pastas nestas pastas serão depois mesclados numa\n" -"árvore.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Abrir arquivos numa nova janela
\n" -"Se isto estiver ativado, todos os arquivos que forem abertos no Gerenciador " -"de Catálogos serão abertos\n" -"numa nova janela.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Terminar processos ao sair
\n" -"Se você ativar isto, o KBabel tentará terminar os processos que ainda não " -"tiverem saído quando o KBabel terminou,\n" -"mandando um sinal de 'kill' para eles.
\n" -"NOTA: Não é garantido que os processos sejam terminados de fato.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Criar índice para conteúdo dos arquivos
\n" -"Se você habilitar isto, o KBabel irá criar um índice para cada arquivo PO " -"para aumentar a velocidade das funções de busca/substituição.
\n" -"NOTA: Isto irá tornar consideravelmente mais lento a atualização das " -"informações dos arquivos.
Opções dos Arquivos
Aqui você pode ajustar onde procurar:" +"
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Executar o 'msgfmt' antes de processar um arquivo
" -"Se assinalar esta opção, o KBabel irá executar a ferramenta 'msgfmt' do " -"Gettext antes de processar um arquivo.
" -"É recomendada esta opção, mesmo que torne o processamento mais lento. Ela " -"está ligada por padrão.
" -"A sua desativação é útil para os computadores lentos e quando deseja " -"traduzir arquivos PO que ainda não sejam suportados pela versão atual das " -"ferramentas do Gettext que estão no seu sistema. O problema de desligar esta " -"opção é que não é feita praticamente qualquer verificação de sintaxe pelo " -"código de processamento, como tal os arquivos PO inválidos poderão ser " -"mostrados como bons, mesmo que as ferramentas do Gettext os rejeitassem.
" -"Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Comandos para pastas
" -"Insira aqui os comandos que deseja executar em diretórios do Gerenciador do " -"Catálogo. Os comandos são então mostrados no sub-menu Comandos " -"no menu de contexto do Administrador do Catálogo.
" -"As seguintes seqüências serão substituídas num comando:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Comandos para arquivos
" -"Insira aqui os comandos que deseja executar nos arquivos do Gerenciador de " -"Catálogo. Os comandos são então apresentados no sub-menu Comandos " -"no menu de contexto do Administrador de Catálogo.
" -"As seguintes seqüências serão substituídas num comando:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Mostrar colunas
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +"The commit log message cannot be encoded in the selected encoding: %1.\n" +"Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -"Bem vindo ao Assistente de Projeto!\n" -"\n" -"O assistente lhe auxiliará a configurar um novo projeto de\n" -"tradução para o KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Primeiramente, você precisa escolher o nome do projeto\n" -"e o arquivo onde a configuração deve ser armazenada.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Você deve também escolher o idioma para tradução e\n" -"também um tipo de projeto de tradução.\n" -"
" +"A mensagem de registro do envio não pode ser convertida para a codificação " +"selecionada: %1.\n" +"Deseja mesmo continuar?" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Nome do Arquivo de Configuração"
-"
\n"
-"O nome de um arquivo para armazenar a configuração do\n"
-"projeto.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Idioma"
-"
\n"
-"O idioma destino do projeto, ou seja, o idioma para tradução.\n"
-"Ele deve seguir o padrão de nomes de idioma ISO 631.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Nome do projeto"
-"
\n"
-"O nome do projeto é uma identificação de um projeto para\n"
-"você. Ele é mostrado no diálogo de configuração do projeto\n"
-"bem como no título da janela aberta para o projeto.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Observação: O nome do projeto não pode ser modificado\n"
-"mais tarde.
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Tipo de Projeto\n" -"O tipo de projeto permite ajustar as configurações para o\n" -"tipo particular de projetos de tradução bem conhecidos.\n" -"Por exemplo, ele configura as ferramentas de validação,\n" -"o marcador de acelerador e formatação do cabeçalho.\n" -"
\n" -"Atualmente os tipos conhecidos são:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Arquivos de Tradução
\n" -"Insira as pastas que contém todos seus arquivos PO e POT.\n" -"Os arquivos e as pastas nestas pastas serão depois mesclados numa\n" -"árvore.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Fonte para busca de diferenças
\n" -"Aqui você pode selecionar uma fonte, que deve ser usada para\n" -"encontrar uma diferença.
\n" -"Você pode selecionar arquivo, banco de dados de traduções ou o\n" -"msgstr correspondente.
\n" -"Se você escolher o banco de dados de traduções, as mensagens para\n" -"diferenciar serão obtidas do Banco de Dados de Traduções. Para ser útil\n" -"você deve habilitar Auto adicionar entrada ao banco de dados no\n" -"diálogo de preferências.
\n" -"A última opção é útil para aqueles que usam arquivos PO para leitura\n" -"profissional.
\n" -"Você pode temporarariamente diferenciar com mensagens do arquivo de sua\n" -"escolha através de Ferramentas->Diferenças->Abrir arquivo para diferenças" -"\n" -"na janela principal do KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Pasta base para arquivos de diferenças\n" -"
Aqui você pode definir uma pasta na qual os arquivos para diferenças \n" -"são armazenados. Se os arquivos são armazenados no mesmo local que os \n" -"arquivos originais, o KBabel pode automaticamente abrir para correção o \n" -"arquivo de diferença durante a abertura do original.
\n" -"Observe que esta opção não tem nenhum efeito se as mensagens do banco\n" -"de dados são usadas para diferenciar.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Iniciar pesquisa automaticamente
\n" -"Se isto estiver habilitado, a pesquisa será automaticamente iniciada \n" -"sempre que você mudar para outra entrada no editor. Você pode escolher \n" -"onde pesquisar com a caixa combinada Dicionário Padrão .\n" -"
" -"Você pode também iniciar a pesquisa manualmente escolhendo uma entrada \n" -"e no menu popup que aparece quando você clica em \n" -"Dicionários->Procurar... ou mantendo o botão do dicionário da \n" -"barra de ferramentas pressionado por um tempo.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Dicionário Padrão
\n" -"Escolha aqui onde pesquisar por padrão. Esta configuração é usada \n" -"quando a pesquisa é iniciada automaticamente ou quando pressionado o \n" -"botão de dicionário na barra de ferramentas.
\n" -"Você pode configurar diferentes dicionários através da seleção do \n" -"dicionário selecionado em Configurações->Configurar Dicionário.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Retirar automaticamente o estado de 'aproximado'
\n" -"Se isto estiver ativado e você estiver editando um item aproximado, o estado " -"de 'aproximado' é automaticamente\n" -"desativado (isto significa que a seqüência , fuzzy\n" -"é removida do comentário do item).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Usar edição inteligente
\n" -"Assinale isto para que a escrita de texto fique mais confortável\n" -"e permitir ao KBabel tomar conta de alguns caracteres especiais que tenham\n" -"de ser 'escapados'. Por exemplo, se escrever '\\\"' irá resultar num\n" -"'\\\\\\\"', enquanto que se clicar em Return irá adicionar um espaço em\n" -"branco automaticamente ao fim da linha, enquanto que ao clicar em \n" -"Shift+Return irá adicionar um '\\\\n' ao fim da linha.
\n" -"Repare que isto é apenas uma sugestão e ainda é possível\n" -"gerar texto sintaticamente incorreto.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Reconhecimento de erro
\n" -"Aqui você pode configurar como mostrar, quando um erro ocorre. Beep \n" -"ao errar beeps e Mudar cor do texto ao errar muda a cor do texto \n" -"traduzido. Se não estiver ativo, você ainda assim verá uma mensagem na \n" -"barra de estado.
Encontrar texto
Aqui você pode inserir o texto que você " +"deseja encontrar. Se você deseja procurar por uma expressão regular, " +"habilite Usar expressões regulares abaixo.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Substituir texto
Aqui você pode inserir o texto que você " +"deseja encontrar e substituí-lo. O texto é usado como ele aparece. Não é " +"possível fazer uma referência reversa, se você estiver procurando por uma " +"expressão regular.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
LEDs de Estado
\n" -"Escolha aqui onde os LEDs de estado são mostrados e quais cores eles " -"possuem.
Onde procurar
Selecione aqui em que parte do catálogo de " +"entradas você deseja procurar.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Opções
Aqui você pode ajustar sua substituição:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Opções
Aqui você pode fazer um ajuste fino da busca:" +"
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Atualizar Cabeçalho
\n" +"Ative este botão, para atualizar a informação do cabeçalho do arquivo " +"sempre que este for gravado.
\n" +"O cabeçalho mantém normalmente informação sobre a data e hora em que o " +"arquivo foi atualizado pela\n" +"última vez, o seu último tradutor, etc.
\n" +"Você pode escolher a informação que desejar atualizar das opções abaixo.\n" +"Campos que não existam são adicionados ao cabeçalho.\n" +"Se desejar adicionar mais campos ao cabeçalho você pode editá-lo manualmente " +"escolhendo\n" +"Editar->Editar Cabeçalho na janela de edição.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Campos para atualizar
\n" +"Escolha quais os campos no cabeçalho que deseja que sejam atualizados ao " +"salvar.\n" +"Se um campo não existir, ele será adicionado ao cabeçalho.
\n" +"Se quiser adicionar outras informações ao cabeçalho, você deve editar o " +"cabeçalho manualmente\n" +"escolhendo Editar->Editar Cabeçalho na janela de editor.
\n" +"Desative Atualizar Cabeçalho acima se você não deseja que o " +"cabeçalho seja\n" +"atualizando durante o salvamento.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Codificação
Escolha como codificar os caracteres quando " +"um arquivo for salvo. Se você não tiver certeza sobre que codificação usar, " +"pergunte por favor ao seu coordenador de traduções.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Mantém a codificação para o arquivo
Se esta opção " +"estáativada, arquivos serão sempre salvos na mesma codificação em que foram " +"lido.Arquivos sem informação de codificação (Ex: arquivos POT) são salvos na " +"codificação configurada acima.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Checar sintaxe do arquivo quando salvar
\n" +"Habilitar esta opção faz com que seja checado automaticamente com o " +"\"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" +"quando um arquivo for salvo. Você somente receberá uma mensagem se um erro " +"ocorrer.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Salvar entradas obsoletas
\n" +"Se esta opção estiver ativada, entradas obsoletas encontradas quando o " +"arquivo for aberto\n" +"serão salvas para o arquivo. Entradas obsoletas são marcados por #~ e são\n" +"criadas quando o msgmerge não necessita mais de tradução.\n" +"Se o texto aparecer novamente, as entradas obsoletas são ativadas " +"novamente.\n" +"A principal desvantagem é o tamanho do arquivo salvo.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Exemplo:"
-" Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Se procurar por O meu nome é Andrea e ativar "
-"substituição de uma palavra também poderá encontrar frases como "
-"O meu nome é Joe ou O seu nome é Andrea."
+"\n"
+"
Formato da Data de Revisão
Escolha em que formato a data " +"e hora do campo do cabeçalho PO-Revision-Date são gravadas:
Para mais informações veja a seção A Janela de Preferências na " +"ajuda 'on-line'.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Identidade
\n" +"Preencha o diálogo sobre você e sua equipe de tradução.\n" +"Esta informação é usada quando atualizado o cabeçalho de um arquivo.
\n" +"Você pode encontrar as opções se e quais os campos de cabeçalho a " +"atualizar\n" +"na página Salvar neste diálogo.
"
-msgstr ""
-" "
+"_: automatic choose number of plural forms\n"
+"Automatic"
+msgstr "Automático"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Pesquisar Arquivo PO Simples"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:481
+msgid "Te&st"
+msgstr "Te&star"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Pesquisar Pasta"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:486
+msgid ""
+" Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Número de formas singular/plural Nota: Esta opção "
+"é específica do TDE atualmente. Se você não estiver traduzindo uma aplicação "
+"do TDE, poderá ignorar sem problemas esta opção. Escolha aqui quantas "
+"formas singular e plural são usadas no seu idioma. Este número tem de "
+"corresponder à configuração da sua equipe de traduções. Em "
+"alternativa, você poderá mudar esta opção para Automático e o KBabel "
+"tentará obter essa informação automaticamente do TDE. Use o botão Testar"
+"i> para testar se ele consegue determinar. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Argumentos de forma plural na tradução são obrigatórios Observe: Esta opção é específica do TDE atualmente. Se você não "
+"está traduzindo um aplicativo do TDE, você pode ignorar com segurança esta "
+"opção. Se esta opção estiver habilitada, a verificação de validação obrigará que "
+"o argumento %n esteja presente na mensagem GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Cabeçalho de forma plural GNU Aqui você pode preencher uma entrada de cabeçalho para manipulação da "
+"forma plural GNU. Se você deixar esta entrada vazia, a entrada no arquivo PO "
+"não será mudada ou adicionada. O KBabel pode automaticamente tentar determinar valores sugeridos pelas "
+"ferramentas GNU gettext para o idioma atualmente configurado. Apenas "
+"pressione o botão Descobrir. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. \n"
-"Você pode definir o número mínimo de palavras da consulta que a chave deve ter "
-"para ser inserida na lista de boas chaves."
-" \n"
-"Você pode também configurar o número mínimo de palavras da chave que a consulta "
-"deve ter para inserir a chave na lista."
-" \n"
-"Estes dois números são a percentagem do número total de palavras. Se o "
-"resultado desta percentagem é menor que um, o mecanismo irá definí-lo como um."
-" \n"
-"Finalmente você pode indicar o número máximo de entradas na lista."
+" Marca para o acelerador de teclado Defina aqui qual "
+"caracter marca o caracter seguinte como um acelerador de teclado. Por "
+"exemplo no Qt é o '&' e no Gtk é o '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Expressão regular para informação de contexto Insira uma "
+"expressão regular aqui que define que um texto é uma informação de contexto "
+"na mensagem e não deve ser traduzido. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Verificação ortográfica online Ative isto para fazer com "
+"que o verificador ortográfico do KBabel funcione enquanto digita. Palavras "
+"incorretas serão coloridas com a cor de erro. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Relembrar palavras ignoradas Ative isto para que as "
+"palavras ignoradas pelo KBabel, quando escolhido Ignorar Todas no "
+"diálogo do corretor ortográfico,sejam sempre ignoradas nas verificações "
+"ortográficas. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Pastas base Informa as pastas que contém todos os seus arquivos PO e POT.\n"
+"Os arquivos e as pastas nestas pastas serão depois mesclados numa\n"
+"árvore. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Abrir arquivos numa nova janela Se isto estiver ativado, todos os arquivos que forem abertos no "
+"Gerenciador de Catálogos serão abertos\n"
+"numa nova janela. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Terminar processos ao sair Se você ativar isto, o KBabel tentará terminar os processos que ainda não "
+"tiverem saído quando o KBabel terminou,\n"
+"mandando um sinal de 'kill' para eles. NOTA: Não é garantido que os processos sejam terminados de fato. Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> Criar índice para conteúdo dos arquivos Se você habilitar isto, o KBabel irá criar um índice para cada arquivo PO "
+"para aumentar a velocidade das funções de busca/substituição. NOTA: Isto irá tornar consideravelmente mais lento a atualização das "
+"informações dos arquivos. Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Executar o 'msgfmt' antes de processar um arquivo Se "
+"assinalar esta opção, o KBabel irá executar a ferramenta 'msgfmt' do Gettext "
+"antes de processar um arquivo. É recomendada esta opção, mesmo que "
+"torne o processamento mais lento. Ela está ligada por padrão. A sua "
+"desativação é útil para os computadores lentos e quando deseja traduzir "
+"arquivos PO que ainda não sejam suportados pela versão atual das ferramentas "
+"do Gettext que estão no seu sistema. O problema de desligar esta opção é que "
+"não é feita praticamente qualquer verificação de sintaxe pelo código de "
+"processamento, como tal os arquivos PO inválidos poderão ser mostrados como "
+"bons, mesmo que as ferramentas do Gettext os rejeitassem. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Comandos para pastas
Insira aqui os comandos que deseja " +"executar em diretórios do Gerenciador do Catálogo. Os comandos são então " +"mostrados no sub-menu Comandos no menu de contexto do Administrador " +"do Catálogo.
As seguintes seqüências serão substituídas num comando:" +"
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Comandos para arquivos
Insira aqui os comandos que " +"deseja executar nos arquivos do Gerenciador de Catálogo. Os comandos são " +"então apresentados no sub-menu Comandos no menu de contexto do " +"Administrador de Catálogo.
As seguintes seqüências serão substituídas " +"num comando:
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Shown columns
\n" +"\n" -"As seguintes variáveis são substituídas no caminho se disponíveis:\n" -"
Mostrar colunas
\n" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Marcar inválida como aproximada" -"
\n" -"
Se você selecionar esta opção, todos os ítens,\n" -"que identificam a ferramenta como inválida, serão\n" -"marcados como aproximado e o arquivo resultante\n" -"será salvo.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Não validar aproximado" -"
\n" -"
Se você selecionar esta opção, todos os ítens\n" -"marcados como aproximado não serão validados.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Quais entradas traduzir
Escolha aqui quais entradas do " +"arquivo o KBabel tentará encontrar uma tradução. Entradas modificadas serão " +"sempremarcadas como aproximadas, independente da opção que você escolher." +"p>
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Como mensagens são traduzidas
Aqui você pode definir se " +"uma uma mensagem somente pode ser traduzida completamente, se uma mensagem " +"similar é aceitável ou se o KBabel pode tentar traduzir as palavras simples " +"de uma mensagem se nenhuma tradução completa ou similar para mensagem for " +"encontrada.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Marcar entradas modificadas como aproximadas
Quando uma " +"tradução para uma mensagem é encontrada, a entrada é marcada como " +"aproximada por padrão.Isto se deve ao fato que o KBabel apenas tenta " +"adivinhar a tradução, sendo que você sempre deve checar os resultados " +"cuidadosamente. Desative esta opção somente se você souber o que está " +"fazendo.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Inicializar entradas específicas do TDE
Inicializar as " +"entradas \"Comment=\" e \"Name=\" se uma tradução for encontrada. Também, " +"\"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" e \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" são preenchidas com as " +"configurações de identidade.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Dicionários
Escolha aqui que dicionários devem ser " +"usados ao procurar uma tradução. Se selecionar mais do que um dicionário, " +"eles são usados na mesma ordem com que são apresentados na lista.
O " +"botão Configurar permite-lhe configurar temporariamente o dicionário " +"selecionado. As configurações originais serão restauradas após fechar o " +"diálogo.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Quando é encontrada uma tradução para uma mensagem, a entrada é " +"marcada como aproximada por padrão. Isto é porque a tradução é apenas " +"adivinhada pelo KBabel e deve sempre ver os resultados com cuidado. Desative " +"esta opção só se souber o que está fazendo.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Seletor de Caracter
" -"Esta ferramenta permite inserir caracteres especiais usando o clique " -"duplo.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Este botão atualiza o cabeçalho usando as configurações atuais. O cabeçalho " -"resultante é o que será escrito no arquivo PO ao salvá-lo.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Este botão reverte todas as mudanças feitas anteriormente.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Este não é um cabeçalho válido.
\n" -"Por favor, edite o cabeçalho antes de atualizá-lo!
Seletor de Caracter
Esta ferramenta permite inserir " +"caracteres especiais usando o clique duplo.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Este não é um cabeçalho válido.
\n" -"Por favor, edite o cabeçalho antes de atualizá-lo!
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Editor de Comentário
\n" +"Editor de Comentário
\n" "Esta janela de edição lhe mostra os comentários da mensagem atual mostrada." "\n" "
Os comentários normalmente contém informação sobre onde as mensagens " @@ -3410,563 +2644,380 @@ msgstr "" "
Você pode ocultar o editor de comentário desativando em\n" "Configurações->Mostrar Comentário.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Resultados da pesquisa
" -"Esta parte da janela mostra os resultados da pesquisa nos dicionários." -"
" -"
Na parte superior é mostrado o número de entradas encontradas e onde a " -"entrada mostrada atualmente é encontrada. Use os botões na parte inferior do " -"navegador para navegar pelos resultados.
" -"A pesquisa é iniciada automaticamente quando é mudada a entrada na janela do " -"editor ou através da escolha do dicionário desejado em Dicionários->" -"Encontrar....
" -"As opções comuns podem ser configuradas na caixa de diálogo de preferências " -"na seção Pesquisa e as opções para diferentesdicionários podem ser " -"mudadas com Configurações->Configurar o Dicionário.
Contexto PO
Esta janela mostra o contexto da " +"mensagematual no arquivo PO. Normalmente ela mostra a quatro mensagens " +"anteriores à mensagem atual e as quatro seguintes.
Você pode ocultar a " +"janela de ferramentasdesativando-a em Configurações->Mostrar Ferramentas" +"b>.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Mensagem Original
\n" -"Esta parte da janela mostra a mensagem original\n" -"da entrada atualmente mostrada.
Lista de Erros
Esta janela mostra a lista de erros " +"encontrados pelas ferramentas de validação, para que possa saber porque é " +"que a mensagem atual foi marcada como errada.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Este botão atualiza o cabeçalho usando as configurações atuais. O " +"cabeçalho resultante é o que será escrito no arquivo PO ao salvá-lo.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Este botão reverte todas as mudanças feitas anteriormente.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
LEDS de estado
\n" -"Estes LEDS mostram o estado da mensagem atual.\n" -"Você pode mudar as suas cores na janela de preferências\n" -"da seção Editor na página Aparência
Este não é um cabeçalho válido.
\n" +"Por favor, edite o cabeçalho antes de atualizá-lo!
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Editor de Tradução
\n" -"Este editor mostra e deixa-te editar a tradução da mensagem mostrada " -"atualmente." -"
Este não é um cabeçalho válido.
\n" +"Por favor, edite o cabeçalho antes de atualizá-lo!
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Barra de Estado
\n" +"A barra de estado mostra informações sobre o arquivo aberto,\n" +"como o número total de entradas e o número de mensagens aproximadas e não " +"traduzidas.\n" +"Também o índice e o estado da entrada atual é mostrado.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Resultados da pesquisa
Esta parte da janela mostra os " +"resultados da pesquisa nos dicionários.
Na parte superior é mostrado o " +"número de entradas encontradas e onde a entrada mostrada atualmente é " +"encontrada. Use os botões na parte inferior do navegador para navegar pelos " +"resultados.
A pesquisa é iniciada automaticamente quando é mudada a " +"entrada na janela do editor ou através da escolha do dicionário desejado em " +"Dicionários->Encontrar....
As opções comuns podem ser " +"configuradas na caixa de diálogo de preferências na seção Pesquisa e " +"as opções para diferentesdicionários podem ser mudadas com Configurações-" +">Configurar o Dicionário.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Mensagem Original
\n" +"Esta parte da janela mostra a mensagem original\n" +"da entrada atualmente mostrada.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
LEDS de estado
\n" +"Estes LEDS mostram o estado da mensagem atual.\n" +"Você pode mudar as suas cores na janela de preferências\n" +"da seção Editor na página Aparência
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Editor de Tradução
\n" +"Este editor mostra e deixa-te editar a tradução da mensagem mostrada " +"atualmente.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Barra de Estado
\n" -"A barra de estado mostra informações sobre o arquivo aberto,\n" -"como o número total de entradas e o número de mensagens aproximadas e não " -"traduzidas.\n" -"Também o índice e o estado da entrada atual é mostrado.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Lista de Erros
" -"Esta janela mostra a lista de erros encontrados pelas ferramentas de " -"validação, para que possa saber porque é que a mensagem atual foi marcada como " -"errada.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Contexto PO
" -"Esta janela mostra o contexto da mensagematual no arquivo PO. Normalmente " -"ela mostra a quatro mensagens anteriores à mensagem atual e as quatro " -"seguintes.
" -"Você pode ocultar a janela de ferramentasdesativando-a em Configurações->" -"Mostrar Ferramentas.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Não existem arquivos de cópias de segurança dos bancos de dados de "
+"versões anteriores do KBabel. No entanto, outra versão do KBabel "
+"(provavelmente do TDE 3.1.1 ou 3.1.2) cria um novo banco de dados. Como "
+"resultado, sua instalação do KBabel contém duas versões dos arquivos de "
+"banco de dados. Infelizmente, a versão antiga e nova não podem ser "
+"mescladas. Você precisa escolher uma delas.
Se você escolher a "
+"versão antiga, a nova será removida. Se você escolher a versão nova, os "
+"arquivos antigos do banco de dados serão deixados sozinho e você precisa "
+"removê-los manualmente. Caso contrário, esta mensagem será exibida novamente "
+"(os arquivos antigos estão em $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/"
+"*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parâmetros
" -"Aqui você pode fazer um ajuste fino na busca no arquivo PO. Por exemplo, se " -"você deseja procurar sensível à caixa, ou se mensagens aproximadas devem ser " -"ignoradas.
Parâmetros
Aqui você pode fazer um ajuste fino na busca " +"no arquivo PO. Por exemplo, se você deseja procurar sensível à caixa, ou se " +"mensagens aproximadas devem ser ignoradas.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Opções de Comparação
" -"Escolha aqui que mensagens você deseja que sejam consideradas equivalentes à " -"mensagem original.
Opções de Comparação
Escolha aqui que mensagens você " +"deseja que sejam consideradas equivalentes à mensagem original.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Equivalência 3-Gram
" -"Uma mensagem equivale à outra se a maioria dos grupos de 3 letras estão " -"contidos na outra mensagem. Ex: 'abc123' equivale 'abcx123c12'.
Equivalência 3-Gram
Uma mensagem equivale à outra se a " +"maioria dos grupos de 3 letras estão contidos na outra mensagem. Ex: " +"'abc123' equivale 'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Localização
" -"Configure aqui que arquivos são usados para busca.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Localização
Configure aqui que arquivos são usados para " +"busca.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parâmetros
" -"Aqui você pode fazer um ajuste fino na busca no arquivo PO. Por exemplo, se " -"você deseja procurar sensível à caixa.
Parâmetros
Aqui você pode fazer um ajuste fino na busca " +"no arquivo PO. Por exemplo, se você deseja procurar sensível à caixa.
" +"qt>" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80 msgid "Loading TMX compendium" @@ -5061,1298 +4471,1912 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Empty database." msgstr "Banco de Dados vazio." -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:71 -msgid "Copyright 2000-2001 by Andrea Rizzi" -msgstr "Copyright 2000-2001 por Andrea Rizzi" +#: kbabeldict/searchengine.h:339 +msgid "not implemented" +msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:84 -msgid "No error" -msgstr "Sem erros" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:11 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:29 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Go" +msgstr "&Ir" -#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:125 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:30 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Markings" +msgstr "&Marcas" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:43 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:50 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Project" +msgstr "&Projeto" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:49 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:57 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Tools" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:60 catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:165 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:202 +#, no-c-format +msgid "CVS" +msgstr "CVS" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:112 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:87 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Settings" +msgstr "Definições:" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:117 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:95 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:122 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:100 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Main" +msgstr "Principal" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:128 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:113 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Navigationbar" +msgstr "Barra de Navegação" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "To be set dynamically:" +msgstr "A ser configurado dinamicamente:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:62 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Include templates" +msgstr "&Incluir modelos" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:70 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &wildcards" +msgstr "Usar &coringas" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:59 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Overall:" +msgstr "Total:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:80 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Current file:" +msgstr "Arquivo atual:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:88 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Validation:" +msgstr "Validação:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:96 commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:94 +#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:473 +#, no-c-format +msgid "New Item" +msgstr "Novo Item" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:32 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Mark invalid as &fuzzy" +msgstr "Marcar inválida como &aproximada" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:35 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"Database folder does not exist:\n" -"%1\n" -"Do you want to create it now?" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Marcar inválida como aproximada
\n" +"
Se você selecionar esta opção, todos os ítens,\n" +"que identificam a ferramenta como inválida, serão\n" +"marcados como aproximado e o arquivo resultante\n" +"será salvo.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Não validar aproximado
\n" +"
Se você selecionar esta opção, todos os ítens\n" +"marcados como aproximado não serão validados.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Não existem arquivos de cópias de segurança dos bancos de dados de versões "
-"anteriores do KBabel. No entanto, outra versão do KBabel (provavelmente do TDE "
-"3.1.1 ou 3.1.2) cria um novo banco de dados. Como resultado, sua instalação do "
-"KBabel contém duas versões dos arquivos de banco de dados. Infelizmente, a "
-"versão antiga e nova não podem ser mescladas. Você precisa escolher uma delas. "
-"
"
-"
Se você escolher a versão antiga, a nova será removida. Se você escolher a "
-"versão nova, os arquivos antigos do banco de dados serão deixados sozinho e "
-"você precisa removê-los manualmente. Caso contrário, esta mensagem será exibida "
-"novamente (os arquivos antigos estão em "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Fonte para busca de diferenças
\n" +"Aqui você pode selecionar uma fonte, que deve ser usada para\n" +"encontrar uma diferença.
\n" +"Você pode selecionar arquivo, banco de dados de traduções ou o\n" +"msgstr correspondente.
\n" +"Se você escolher o banco de dados de traduções, as mensagens para\n" +"diferenciar serão obtidas do Banco de Dados de Traduções. Para ser útil\n" +"você deve habilitar Auto adicionar entrada ao banco de dados no\n" +"diálogo de preferências.
\n" +"A última opção é útil para aqueles que usam arquivos PO para leitura\n" +"profissional.
\n" +"Você pode temporarariamente diferenciar com mensagens do arquivo de sua\n" +"escolha através de Ferramentas->Diferenças->Abrir arquivo para " +"diferenças\n" +"na janela principal do KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Pasta base para arquivos de diferenças\n" +"
Aqui você pode definir uma pasta na qual os arquivos para diferenças \n" +"são armazenados. Se os arquivos são armazenados no mesmo local que os \n" +"arquivos originais, o KBabel pode automaticamente abrir para correção o \n" +"arquivo de diferença durante a abertura do original.
\n" +"Observe que esta opção não tem nenhum efeito se as mensagens do banco\n" +"de dados são usadas para diferenciar.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Bem vindo ao Assistente de Projeto!\n" +"\n" +"O assistente lhe auxiliará a configurar um novo projeto de\n" +"tradução para o KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Primeiramente, você precisa escolher o nome do projeto\n" +"e o arquivo onde a configuração deve ser armazenada.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Você deve também escolher o idioma para tradução e\n" +"também um tipo de projeto de tradução.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "Autores:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Nome do Arquivo de Configuração
\n"
+"O nome de um arquivo para armazenar a configuração do\n"
+"projeto.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Idioma
\n"
+"O idioma destino do projeto, ou seja, o idioma para tradução.\n"
+"Ele deve seguir o padrão de nomes de idioma ISO 631.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Nome do projeto
\n"
+"O nome do projeto é uma identificação de um projeto para\n"
+"você. Ele é mostrado no diálogo de configuração do projeto\n"
+"bem como no título da janela aberta para o projeto.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Observação: O nome do projeto não pode ser modificado\n"
+"mais tarde.
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Tipo de Projeto\n" +"O tipo de projeto permite ajustar as configurações para o\n" +"tipo particular de projetos de tradução bem conhecidos.\n" +"Por exemplo, ele configura as ferramentas de validação,\n" +"o marcador de acelerador e formatação do cabeçalho.\n" +"
\n" +"Atualmente os tipos conhecidos são:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Arquivos de Tradução
\n" +"Insira as pastas que contém todos seus arquivos PO e POT.\n" +"Os arquivos e as pastas nestas pastas serão depois mesclados numa\n" +"árvore.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Retirar automaticamente o estado de 'aproximado'
\n" +"Se isto estiver ativado e você estiver editando um item aproximado, o " +"estado de 'aproximado' é automaticamente\n" +"desativado (isto significa que a seqüência , fuzzy\n" +"é removida do comentário do item).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Usar edição inteligente
\n" +"Assinale isto para que a escrita de texto fique mais confortável\n" +"e permitir ao KBabel tomar conta de alguns caracteres especiais que tenham\n" +"de ser 'escapados'. Por exemplo, se escrever '\\\"' irá resultar num\n" +"'\\\\\\\"', enquanto que se clicar em Return irá adicionar um espaço em\n" +"branco automaticamente ao fim da linha, enquanto que ao clicar em \n" +"Shift+Return irá adicionar um '\\\\n' ao fim da linha.
\n" +"Repare que isto é apenas uma sugestão e ainda é possível\n" +"gerar texto sintaticamente incorreto.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Reconhecimento de erro
\n" +"Aqui você pode configurar como mostrar, quando um erro ocorre. Beep \n" +"ao errar beeps e Mudar cor do texto ao errar muda a cor do " +"texto \n" +"traduzido. Se não estiver ativo, você ainda assim verá uma mensagem na \n" +"barra de estado.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
LEDs de Estado
\n" +"Escolha aqui onde os LEDs de estado são mostrados e quais cores eles " +"possuem.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Iniciar pesquisa automaticamente
\n" +"Se isto estiver habilitado, a pesquisa será automaticamente iniciada \n" +"sempre que você mudar para outra entrada no editor. Você pode escolher \n" +"onde pesquisar com a caixa combinada Dicionário Padrão .\n" +"
Você pode também iniciar a pesquisa manualmente escolhendo uma " +"entrada \n" +"e no menu popup que aparece quando você clica em \n" +"Dicionários->Procurar... ou mantendo o botão do dicionário da \n" +"barra de ferramentas pressionado por um tempo.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Dicionário Padrão
\n" +"Escolha aqui onde pesquisar por padrão. Esta configuração é usada \n" +"quando a pesquisa é iniciada automaticamente ou quando pressionado o \n" +"botão de dicionário na barra de ferramentas.
\n" +"Você pode configurar diferentes dicionários através da seleção do \n" +"dicionário selecionado em Configurações->Configurar Dicionário.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Barra de Estado
\n" -"A barra de estado mostra informações sobre o progresso da operação de " -"pesquisa ou de substituição atual. O primeiro número em Encontrado: " -"mostra o número de arquivos com uma ocorrência do texto procurado por mostrar " -"na janela do KBabel. O segundo mostra o número total de arquivos que contém o " -"texto procurado até agora.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Opções dos Arquivos
" -"Aqui você pode ajustar onde procurar:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Exemplo: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obter a diferença para os seguintes arquivos:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Pesquisar Arquivo PO Simples..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obter informações sobre os seguintes arquivos:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Pesquisar Pasta..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "Mensagens &antigas:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Pesquisar Pasta && Sub-pastas..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Mensagem de ®istro:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Procurando no arquivo:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Adicionar arquivos auto&maticamente se necessário"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Entradas adicionadas:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Enviar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Progresso total:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Obter Estado"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Processando arquivo:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Obter Diferenças"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Carregando arquivo:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "O&bter Informações"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Exportar..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Saída do comando:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Seqüências repetidas:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "A mensagem de registro do envio está em branco. Deseja continuar?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Chaves Boas"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
-"Não é possível acessar o arquivo temporário para escrita. Interrompendo."
+" \n"
+"Você pode definir o número mínimo de palavras da consulta que a chave deve "
+"ter para ser inserida na lista de boas chaves. \n"
+"Você pode também configurar o número mínimo de palavras da chave que a "
+"consulta deve ter para inserir a chave na lista. \n"
+"Estes dois números são a percentagem do número total de palavras. Se o "
+"resultado desta percentagem é menor que um, o mecanismo irá definí-lo como "
+"um. \n"
+"Finalmente você pode indicar o número máximo de entradas na lista."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Não é possível gravar no arquivo temporário. Interrompendo."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Número mínimo de palavras de chave contidas na pesquisa (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "O processo não pôde ser iniciado."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Saiu com estado %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Número mínimo de palavras da consulta na chave (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Terminado ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Tamanho máximo da lista:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Catálogos de Mensagens"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Palavras Freqüentes"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Sem controle de versões"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Descartar as palavras mais freqüentes que:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Estado do CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Palavras freqüentes são consideradas como em todas as chaves"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Resolvido"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Geral"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Resolvido dos Marcados"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Pasta da base de dados:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Reverter"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Atualizar automaticamente no kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Reverter os Marcados"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Novas Entradas"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Limpar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Do kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Limpar os Marcados"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritmo"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Nenhum repositório"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Pontuação mínima:"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Arquivos:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmo a Usar"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nome"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Pontuação:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Arquivo de sentenças aproximadas"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Aproximada"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glossário"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Não traduzida"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Exato "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Total"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Sentença por sentença"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Última Revisão"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumérico"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Janela de Registros"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Palavra por palavra"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Remover"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Dicionário dinâmico"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Janela de registros Nesta janela são mostradas as saídas dos comandos executados. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Gerenciador de Catálogos"
-" \n"
-" O Gerenciador do Catálogos mescla duas pastas numa árvore e mostra todos\n"
-"os arquivos PO e POT nessas pastas. Assim você pode ver facilmente se um\n"
-"novo modelo foi adicionado ou removido. Também é mostrada alguma informação\n"
-"sobre os arquivos. Para mais informações veja a seção O Gerenciador de Catálogo "
-"na ajuda on-line. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Se procurar por O meu nome é Andrea e ativar substituição de "
+"uma palavra também poderá encontrar frases como O meu nome é Joe"
+"em> ou O seu nome é Andrea."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Sem repositório de SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Usar a substituição de uma palavra"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Não está no SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Número máximo de palavras na pesquisa:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Adicionado localmente"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Usar a substituição de duas palavras"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Removido localmente"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Modificado localmente"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Atualizado"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Caracteres locais para as expressões regulares:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Conflito"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Base de Dados"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Erro na Cópia Local"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Pasta do banco de dados:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Desconhecido"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Auto-adicionar o registro à base de dados"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-"Este não é um repositório de SVN válido. Os comandos de SVN não podem ser "
-"executados."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Iniciando comando ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Janela de SVN"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Atualizar os seguintes arquivos:"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Enviar os seguintes arquivos:"
+"Adiciona automaticamente um registro à base de dados se for indicada uma "
+"nova tradução por alguém (como o kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obter o estado remoto dos seguintes arquivos:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Autor da entrada adicionada automaticamente:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Obter o estado local dos seguintes arquivos:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"As seguintes variáveis são substituídas no caminho se disponíveis:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Înregistrări de tradus
" -"Alegeţi aici ce înregistrări doriţi să încerce KBabel să traducă. Cele " -"modificate sînt întotdeauna marcate ca aproximative, indiferent de opţiunea " -"aleasă.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Cum sînt traduse mesajele
" -"Aici puteţi defini dacă un mesaj va fi tradus numai în întregime, dacă " -"mesajele similare sînt acceptabile sau dacă KBabel trebuie să încerce " -"traducerea de cuvinte singulare în mesaje în cazul în care nu găseşte o " -"traducere completă sau una similară.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Marchează intrările modificate ca fuzzy
" -"Cînd a fost găsită o traducere pentru un mesaj, înregistrarea va fi marcată " -"implicit ca fuzzy. Acest lucru este făcut deoarece traducerea este " -"aproximată de KBabel şi de aceea ar trebui să verificaţi întotdeauna cu atenţie " -"rezultatele. Dezactivaţi această opţiune numai dacă ştiţi într-adevăr ceea ce " -"faceţi.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Dicţionare
" -"Alegeţi aici ce dicţionare să utilizaţi la căutarea traducerilor. Dacă " -"selectaţi mai mult de un dicţionar, ele sînt utilizate în ordinea în care sînt " -"afişate în listă.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Cînd a fost găsită o traducere pentru un mesaj, înregistrarea va fi marcată " -"implicit ca fuzzy. Acest lucru este făcut deoarece traducerea este " -"aproximată de KBabel şi de aceea ar trebui să verificaţi întotdeauna cu atenţie " -"rezultatele. Dezactivaţi această opţiune numai dacă ştiţi într-adevăr ceea ce " -"faceţi.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Caută text
" -"Aici puteţi scrie textul pe care doriţi să îl căutaţi. Dacă doriţi să " -"căutaţi cu o expresie regulată, activaţi mai jos " -"Utilizează expresie regulată.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Înlocuieşte text
" -"Aici puteţi introduce textul pe care doriţi să îl găsiţi şi să îl înlocuiţi. " -"Textul este utilizat aşa cum e, adică nu puteţi să faceţi o referire înapoi " -"dacă aţi căutat folosind o expresie regulată.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Zona de căutare
" -"Selectaţi aici în care părţi ale intrării catalog doriţi să căutaţi.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Opţiuni
" -"Aici puteţi ajusta fin înlocuirea:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Opţiuni
" -"Aici puteţi ajusta fin înlocuirea:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Bara de stare
\n" +"Bara de stare afişează unele informaţii despre fişierul deschis, \n" +"ca numărul total de intrări şi numărul de mesaje fuzzy şi netraduse. \n" +"De asemenea, este afişat şi indexul şi starea mesajului curent de \n" +"tradus.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Fereastră jurnal
\n" +"În această fereastră este afişat rezultatul comenzilor executate.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Managerul de cataloage
\n" +"Managerul de cataloage combină două directoare într-un singur arbore\n" +"şi afişează toate fişierele PO şi POT din aceste foldere. În acest fel " +"puteţi vedea foarte uşor dacă a fost adăugat sau şters un model nou. De " +"asemenea sînt afişate şi informaţii despre fişiere.
Pentru mai multe " +"informaţii vedeţi secţiunea Managerul de Cataloage din manualul de " +"ajutor.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Actualizează antet
\n" -"Apăsaţi acest buton pentru a actualiza informaţiile despre antetul " -"fişierului de fiecare dată cînd este salvat.
\n" -"În mod normal antetul conţine informaţii despre data şi ora cînd fişierul a " -"fost actualizat ultima dată,\n" -"ultimul traducător etc.
\n" -"Puteţi alege ce informaţii să actualizaţi prin selectarea căsuţelor de " -"opţiune de mai jos.\n" -"Cîmpurile care nu există vor fi adăugate la antet.\n" -"Dacă vreţi să adăugaţi cîmpuri adiţionale la antet, puteti edita manual antetul " -"selectînd meniul\n" -"Editare->Editează antet din fereastra de editare.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Cîmpuri de actualizat
\n" -"Alegeţi ce cîmpuri din antet doriţi să fie actualizate la salvare.\n" -"Dacă un anumit cîmp nu există, el va fi adăugat la antet.
\n" -"Dacă doriţi să adăugaţi alte informaţii la antet, trebuie să editaţi manual " -"antetul\n" -"alegînd Editare->Editează antet din meniul ferestrei de editare.
\n" -"Dezactivaţi căsuţa Actualizează antet de deasupra dacă nu doriţi ca " -"antetul să fie actualizat la salvare.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Codare
" -"Alegeţi modul cum vor fi codificate caracterele atunci cînd fişierul este " -"salvat. Dacă nu sînteţi sigur ce codare să utilizaţi, întrebaţi coordonatorul " -"echipei dumneavoastră de traducători.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Păstrează codare fişierului
" -"Dacă această opţiune este activată, fişierele sînt întotdeauna salvate cu " -"aceeaşi codare cu care a fost citit. Fişierele fără informaţii despre setul de " -"caractere în antet (de exemplu fişierele POT) sînt salvate cu codarea setată " -"mai sus.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Verifică sintaxa fişierului la salvare
\n" -"Marcaţi această căsuţă pentru a verifica automat sintaxa fişierului cu " -"\"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" -"la salvarea fişierului. Veţi primi un mesaj dacă a apărut vreo eroare.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Format pentru \"Revision-Date\"
" -"Alegeţi în ce format va fi salvat timpul şi data pentru cîmpul\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: " -"
Pentru mai multe informaţii citiţi secţiunea Dialogul de opţiuni " -"în manualul de ajutor.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identitatea
\n" -"Completaţi informaţiile despre dumneavoastră \n" -"şi echipa de traducători. Aceste informaţii sînt \n" -"utilizate pentru a actualiza antetul fişierului.
\n" -"În pagina Salvare a acestui dialog puteţi \n" -"găsi opţiunile utilizate la actualizarea antetului.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Indicator pentru accelerator de tastatură
" -"Definiţi aici care este caracterul după care urmează acceleratorul de " -"tastatură. De exemplu, în Qt este \"&\" şi în Gtk este \"_\".
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Expresie regulată pentru informaţie contextuală
" -"Scrieţi aici expresia regulată care defineşte ce este informaţie contextuală " -"într-un mesaj şi care nu trebuie tradusă.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Memorează cuvintele ignorate
" -"Activaţi această opţiune pentru a forţa KBabel ca la fiecare verificare să " -"ignore cuvintele alese de dumneavoastră, acolo unde aţi ales Ignoră tot " -"în dialogul de verificare a ortografiei.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Directoare de bază
\n" -"Scrieţi directoarele ce conţin toate fişierele dumneavoastră PO şi POT.\n" -"Fişierele şi directoarele din directoare vor fi înglobate într-un singur " -"arbore.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Deschide fişiere în fereastră nouă
\n" -"Dacă această opţiune este activată toate fişierele care sînt deschise din " -"Managerul de cataloage vor fi deschise într-o fereastră de editare nouă.
" -"Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Termină procesele la ieşire
\n" -"Dacă activaţi această opţiune, KBabel va încerca să distrugă procesele care " -"încă nu s-au terminat atunci cînd închideţi programul, utilizînd semnalul " -"KILL.
\n" -"OBSERVAŢIE: Nu este garantat că procesele vor fi distruse.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Comenzi pentru directoare
" -"Inseraţi aici comenzi pe care doriţi să le executaţi în directoarele din " -"Managerul de cataloage. Comenzile vor fi afişate în submeniul Comenzi " -"din meniul contextual al Managerului de cataloage.
" -"Şirurile de text următoare sînt înlocuite în cadrul unei comenzi:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Comenzi pentru fişiere
" -"Inseraţi aici comenzile pe care doriţi să le executaţi pentru fişiere în " -"Managerul de Cataloage.Comenzile sînt afişate în submeniul Comenzi " -"în meniul contextual al Managerului de Cataloage.
" -"Şirurile de text următoare sînt înlocuite în cadrul unei comenzi:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "Fişierul %1 există deja. Doriţi să îl suprascriu?" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Directoare de bază
\n" -"Scrieţi directoarele ce conţin toate fişierele dumneavoastră PO şi POT.\n" -"Fişierele şi directoarele din directoare vor fi înglobate într-un singur " -"arbore.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Porneşte automat căutarea
" -"Dacă este activată, căutarea este automat pornită în momentul în care, în " -"editor, comutaţi la altă înregistrare. Puteţi alege cu ce să căutaţi selectînd " -"opţiunea dorită în căsuţa popup Dicţionar implicit.
" -"De asemenea, puteţi porni manual căutarea alegînd alegînd un item din " -"meniul popup ce apare cînd daţi clic pe Dicţionare->Caută... " -"sau ţinînd apăsat mai mult timp butonul de dicţiona din bara de unelte.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Dicţionar implicit
" -"Aici alegeţi unde se va căuta în mod implicit. Această setare este utilizată " -"cînd căutarea este pornită în mod automat sau cînd apăsaţi butonul de dicţionar " -"în bara de unelte.
" -"Puteţi configura dicţionarele selectîndu-l pe cel dorit din meniul " -"Opţiuni->Configurează dicţionar.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Elimină automat starea fuzzy
\n" -"Dacă aceasta este activată şi editaţi un mesaj fuzzy, atunci \n" -"starea fuzzy este automat resetată (acest lucru înseamnă că \n" -"textul fuzzy este eliminat din comentariul înregistrării).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Recunoaştere erori
" -"Aici puteţi configura modul în care va fi indicată apariţia unei erori. " -"Sunet la eroare determină emiterea unui \"bip\" în difuzor şi " -"Schimbă culoarea textului la eroare determină ca textul de tradus să fie " -"colorat diferit. Dacă nu este activată nici una dintre ele, totuşi veţi putea " -"vedea un mesaj în bara de stare.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"LED-uri de stare
\n" -"Alegeţi aici unde sînt afişate LED-urile de stare şi ce culoare vor avea.
" -"Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Caută text
Aici puteţi scrie textul pe care doriţi să îl " +"căutaţi. Dacă doriţi să căutaţi cu o expresie regulată, activaţi mai jos " +"Utilizează expresie regulată.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Înlocuieşte text
Aici puteţi introduce textul pe care " +"doriţi să îl găsiţi şi să îl înlocuiţi. Textul este utilizat aşa cum e, " +"adică nu puteţi să faceţi o referire înapoi dacă aţi căutat folosind o " +"expresie regulată.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Zona de căutare
Selectaţi aici în care părţi ale " +"intrării catalog doriţi să căutaţi.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Opţiuni
Aici puteţi ajusta fin înlocuirea:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Opţiuni
Aici puteţi ajusta fin înlocuirea:" +"
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Exemplu:"
-" "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
msgstr ""
-" "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Scanează fişier PO"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Scanează directoare şi subdirectoare"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Scanez fişierul:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Înregistrări adăugate:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Progres total"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Procesez fişierul"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Actualizează antet Apăsaţi acest buton pentru a actualiza informaţiile despre antetul "
+"fişierului de fiecare dată cînd este salvat. În mod normal antetul conţine informaţii despre data şi ora cînd fişierul "
+"a fost actualizat ultima dată,\n"
+"ultimul traducător etc. Puteţi alege ce informaţii să actualizaţi prin selectarea căsuţelor de "
+"opţiune de mai jos.\n"
+"Cîmpurile care nu există vor fi adăugate la antet.\n"
+"Dacă vreţi să adăugaţi cîmpuri adiţionale la antet, puteti edita manual "
+"antetul selectînd meniul\n"
+"Editare->Editează antet din fereastra de editare. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Cîmpuri de actualizat Alegeţi ce cîmpuri din antet doriţi să fie actualizate la salvare.\n"
+"Dacă un anumit cîmp nu există, el va fi adăugat la antet. Dacă doriţi să adăugaţi alte informaţii la antet, trebuie să editaţi "
+"manual antetul\n"
+"alegînd Editare->Editează antet din meniul ferestrei de editare. Dezactivaţi căsuţa Actualizează antet de deasupra dacă nu doriţi "
+"ca antetul să fie actualizat la salvare. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Codare Alegeţi modul cum vor fi codificate caracterele "
+"atunci cînd fişierul este salvat. Dacă nu sînteţi sigur ce codare să "
+"utilizaţi, întrebaţi coordonatorul echipei dumneavoastră de traducători."
+"p> Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Păstrează codare fişierului Dacă această opţiune este "
+"activată, fişierele sînt întotdeauna salvate cu aceeaşi codare cu care a "
+"fost citit. Fişierele fără informaţii despre setul de caractere în antet (de "
+"exemplu fişierele POT) sînt salvate cu codarea setată mai sus. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Verifică sintaxa fişierului la salvare Marcaţi această căsuţă pentru a verifica automat sintaxa fişierului cu "
+"\"msgfmt --statistics\"\n"
+"la salvarea fişierului. Veţi primi un mesaj dacă a apărut vreo eroare. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. \n"
-"Puteţi seta numărul minim de cuvinte din interogare pe care o cheie trebuie "
-"să-l aibă pentru a fi inserată în lista de chei bune."
-" \n"
-"De asemenea, puteţi seta numărul minim de cuvinte al cheii pe care o "
-"interogarea trebuie să-l aibă pentru a insera cheia în listă."
-" \n"
-"Aceste două numere reprezintă procentajul din numărul total de cuvinte. Dacă "
-"acest procentaj este mai mic decît unu, atunci motorul de căutare îl va seta la "
-"unu."
-" \n"
-"În sfîrşit, puteţi seta numărul maxim de înregistrări în listă."
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Numărul minim de cuvinte ai cheii existente în interogare (%)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:314
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+" Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help. Format pentru \"Revision-Date\" Alegeţi în ce format va "
+"fi salvat timpul şi data pentru cîmpul\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: Pentru mai multe informaţii citiţi secţiunea Dialogul de "
+"opţiuni în manualul de ajutor.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Căutaţi Numele meu este Andrei şi aţi activat "
-"substituţie de un cuvînt aţi putea găsi fraze precum "
-"Numele meu este Ion sau Numele tău este Andrei."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Language"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Utilizează substituţia de un cuvînt"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "&Charset"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Numărul maxim de cuvinte în interogare"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "&Encoding"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Utilizează substituţia de două cuvinte"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "Format pentru \"Revision-Date\":"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "Format de dată &implicit"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Caractere locale pentru expresii regulate:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "Format de dată &local"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Director bază de date:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "Format de dată &personalizat:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Adaugă automat înregistrări la baza de date"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
msgstr ""
-"Adaugă automat o înregistrare la baza de date dacă este semnalizată o nouă "
-"traducere (probabil de către KBabel)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "Adaugă automat autorul înregistrării:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Editează antet..."
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Identitatea
\n" +"Completaţi informaţiile despre dumneavoastră \n" +"şi echipa de traducători. Aceste informaţii sînt \n" +"utilizate pentru a actualiza antetul fişierului.
\n" +"În pagina Salvare a acestui dialog puteţi \n" +"găsi opţiunile utilizate la actualizarea antetului.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Indicator pentru accelerator de tastatură
Definiţi aici " +"care este caracterul după care urmează acceleratorul de tastatură. De " +"exemplu, în Qt este \"&\" şi în Gtk este \"_\".
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Expresie regulată pentru informaţie contextuală
Scrieţi " +"aici expresia regulată care defineşte ce este informaţie contextuală într-un " +"mesaj şi care nu trebuie tradusă.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
\n" -"Următoarele variabile vor fi înlocuite în cale dacă este disponibilă:\n" -"
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Memorează cuvintele ignorate
Activaţi această opţiune " +"pentru a forţa KBabel ca la fiecare verificare să ignore cuvintele alese de " +"dumneavoastră, acolo unde aţi ales Ignoră tot în dialogul de " +"verificare a ortografiei.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Directoare de bază
\n" +"Scrieţi directoarele ce conţin toate fişierele dumneavoastră PO şi POT.\n" +"Fişierele şi directoarele din directoare vor fi înglobate într-un singur " +"arbore.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Deschide fişiere în fereastră nouă
\n" +"Dacă această opţiune este activată toate fişierele care sînt deschise din " +"Managerul de cataloage vor fi deschise într-o fereastră de editare nouă." +"p>
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Termină procesele la ieşire
\n" +"Dacă activaţi această opţiune, KBabel va încerca să distrugă procesele " +"care încă nu s-au terminat atunci cînd închideţi programul, utilizînd " +"semnalul KILL.
\n" +"OBSERVAŢIE: Nu este garantat că procesele vor fi distruse.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Comenzi pentru directoare
Inseraţi aici comenzi pe care " +"doriţi să le executaţi în directoarele din Managerul de cataloage. Comenzile " +"vor fi afişate în submeniul Comenzi din meniul contextual al " +"Managerului de cataloage.
Şirurile de text următoare sînt înlocuite în " +"cadrul unei comenzi:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Comenzi pentru fişiere
Inseraţi aici comenzile pe care " +"doriţi să le executaţi pentru fişiere în Managerul de Cataloage.Comenzile " +"sînt afişate în submeniul Comenzi în meniul contextual al Managerului " +"de Cataloage.
Şirurile de text următoare sînt înlocuite în cadrul unei " +"comenzi:
Shown columns
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Înregistrări de tradus
Alegeţi aici ce înregistrări " +"doriţi să încerce KBabel să traducă. Cele modificate sînt întotdeauna " +"marcate ca aproximative, indiferent de opţiunea aleasă.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Cum sînt traduse mesajele
Aici puteţi defini dacă un " +"mesaj va fi tradus numai în întregime, dacă mesajele similare sînt " +"acceptabile sau dacă KBabel trebuie să încerce traducerea de cuvinte " +"singulare în mesaje în cazul în care nu găseşte o traducere completă sau una " +"similară.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Marchează intrările modificate ca fuzzy
Cînd a fost " +"găsită o traducere pentru un mesaj, înregistrarea va fi marcată implicit ca " +"fuzzy. Acest lucru este făcut deoarece traducerea este aproximată de " +"KBabel şi de aceea ar trebui să verificaţi întotdeauna cu atenţie " +"rezultatele. Dezactivaţi această opţiune numai dacă ştiţi într-adevăr ceea " +"ce faceţi.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Vă rog să editaţi antetul înainte de a-l actualiza!
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Dicţionare
Alegeţi aici ce dicţionare să utilizaţi la " +"căutarea traducerilor. Dacă selectaţi mai mult de un dicţionar, ele sînt " +"utilizate în ordinea în care sînt afişate în listă.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Vă rog să editaţi antetul înainte de a-l actualiza!
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Editor de comentarii
\n" -"Această fereastră de editare afişează comentariul\n" -"pentru mesajul afişat." -"\n" -"
În mod normal comentariile conţin informaţii despre poziţia\n" -"unde se găseşte mesajul în codul sursă\n" -"şi informaţii despre mesaj (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Uneori comentariile conţin şi sfaturi de la alţi traducări.
\n" -"Puteţi ascunde editorul de comentarii dezactivîndu-l din \n" -"meniul Opţiuni->Afişează comentarii.
Cînd a fost găsită o traducere pentru un mesaj, înregistrarea va fi " +"marcată implicit ca fuzzy. Acest lucru este făcut deoarece traducerea " +"este aproximată de KBabel şi de aceea ar trebui să verificaţi întotdeauna cu " +"atenţie rezultatele. Dezactivaţi această opţiune numai dacă ştiţi într-" +"adevăr ceea ce faceţi.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Rezultate căutare
" -"Această parte a ferestrei afişează rezultatele căutării în dicţionare." -"
" -"
În partea de sus este afişat numărul de intrări găsite şi unde se găseşte " -"înregistrarea curentă afişată. Utilizaţi butoanele din partea de jos pentru a " -"naviga prin rezultatele căutarii.
" -"Căutarea este pornită automat cînd comutaţi la altă înregistrare în " -"fereastra de editare sau alegînd un dicţionarul dorit în Dicţionare->" -"Caută....
" -"Opţiunile comune pot fi configurate în dialogul de opţiuni în secţiunea " -"Căutare şi cele pentru dicţionare pot fi modificare în Opţiuni->" -"Configurează dicţionar.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Editor de comentarii
\n" +"Această fereastră de editare afişează comentariul\n" +"pentru mesajul afişat.\n" +"
În mod normal comentariile conţin informaţii despre poziţia\n" +"unde se găseşte mesajul în codul sursă\n" +"şi informaţii despre mesaj (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Uneori comentariile conţin şi sfaturi de la alţi traducări.
\n" +"Puteţi ascunde editorul de comentarii dezactivîndu-l din \n" +"meniul Opţiuni->Afişează comentarii.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Traducerea original
\n" -"Această parte din fereastră afişează mesajul\n" -"original al intrării curente afişate.
Context
Această fereastră afişează contextul mesajului " +"curent în fişier. În mod normal ea prezintă patru mesaje înaintea mesajului " +"curent şi alte patru după el.
Puteţi ascunde fereastra de unelte " +"dezactivînd-o din Opţiuni->Afişează unelte.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
LED-uri de stare
\n" -"Aceste LED-uri afişează starea mesajului curent afişat.\n" -"Puteţi schimba culoarea lor în secţiunea\n" -"Editor, pagina Aspect\n" -"din dialogul de opţiuni
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Editor de traduceri
\n" -"Acest editor afişează şi vă lasă să editaţi traducerea pentru mesajul curent " -"afişat." -"
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Vă rog să editaţi antetul înainte de a-l actualiza!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Vă rog să editaţi antetul înainte de a-l actualiza!
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Bara de stare
\n" +"Bara de stare afişează unele informaţii despre fişierul deschis, \n" +"ca numărul total de intrări şi numărul de mesaje aproximative şi " +"netraduse. \n" +"De asemenea, este afişat şi indexul şi starea mesajului curent de \n" +"tradus.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Rezultate căutare
Această parte a ferestrei afişează " +"rezultatele căutării în dicţionare.
În partea de sus este afişat " +"numărul de intrări găsite şi unde se găseşte înregistrarea curentă afişată. " +"Utilizaţi butoanele din partea de jos pentru a naviga prin rezultatele " +"căutarii.
Căutarea este pornită automat cînd comutaţi la altă " +"înregistrare în fereastra de editare sau alegînd un dicţionarul dorit în " +"Dicţionare->Caută....
Opţiunile comune pot fi configurate în " +"dialogul de opţiuni în secţiunea Căutare şi cele pentru dicţionare " +"pot fi modificare în Opţiuni->Configurează dicţionar.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Traducerea original
\n" +"Această parte din fereastră afişează mesajul\n" +"original al intrării curente afişate.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
LED-uri de stare
\n" +"Aceste LED-uri afişează starea mesajului curent afişat.\n" +"Puteţi schimba culoarea lor în secţiunea\n" +"Editor, pagina Aspect\n" +"din dialogul de opţiuni
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Editor de traduceri
\n" +"Acest editor afişează şi vă lasă să editaţi traducerea pentru mesajul " +"curent afişat.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Bara de stare
\n" -"Bara de stare afişează unele informaţii despre fişierul deschis, \n" -"ca numărul total de intrări şi numărul de mesaje aproximative şi netraduse. \n" -"De asemenea, este afişat şi indexul şi starea mesajului curent de \n" -"tradus.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Context
" -"Această fereastră afişează contextul mesajului curent în fişier. În mod " -"normal ea prezintă patru mesaje înaintea mesajului curent şi alte patru după " -"el.
" -"Puteţi ascunde fereastra de unelte dezactivînd-o din Opţiuni->" -"Afişează unelte.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametri
" -"Aici puteţi ajusta căutarea în fişier PO. De exemplu, dacă doriţi să faceţi " -"o căutare senzitivă la majuscule sau dacă mesajele fuzzy " -"să fie ignorate.
Parametri
Aici puteţi ajusta căutarea în fişier PO. De " +"exemplu, dacă doriţi să faceţi o căutare senzitivă la majuscule sau dacă " +"mesajele fuzzy să fie ignorate.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Opţiuni de comparare
" -"Alegeţi ce mesaje doriţi să fie tratate ca mesaj de potrivire.
Opţiuni de comparare
Alegeţi ce mesaje doriţi să fie " +"tratate ca mesaj de potrivire.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
Potrivire 3-Gram
" -"Un mesaj se potriveşte cu altul dacă cel puţin un grup de 3 litere este "
-"conţinut în celălalt mesaj. De exemplu 'abc123' se potriveşte cu "
+" 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its "
+"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches "
"'abcx123c12'. Potrivire 3-Gram Un mesaj se potriveşte cu altul dacă "
+"cel puţin un grup de 3 litere este conţinut în celălalt mesaj. De exemplu "
+"'abc123' se potriveşte cu 'abcx123c12'. Location Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Locaţie
" -"Configuraţi aici ce fişier va fi utilizat la căutare.
" - -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:95 -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:147 -msgid "PO Auxiliary" -msgstr "PO auxiliar" - -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:426 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Loading PO auxiliary" -msgstr "Încarc PO auxiliar" - -#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:438 -#, fuzzy, c-format -msgid "" -"Error while trying to open file for PO Auxiliary module:\n" -"%1" +"Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Locaţie
Configuraţi aici ce fişier va fi utilizat la căutare." +"
" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.cpp:95 #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.cpp:175 @@ -4938,16 +4540,13 @@ msgstr "Un modul pentru căutarea în fişier PO" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:88 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parametri
" -"Aici puteţi ajusta căutarea în fişier PO. De exemplu, dacă doriţi să faceţi " -"o căutare senzitivă la majuscule sau dacă mesajele fuzzy " -"să fie ignorate.
Parametri
Aici puteţi ajusta căutarea în fişier PO. De " +"exemplu, dacă doriţi să faceţi o căutare senzitivă la majuscule sau dacă " +"mesajele fuzzy să fie ignorate.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:254 -msgid "Remove Marking" -msgstr "Elimină marcajul" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Directoare de bază
\n" +"Scrieţi directoarele ce conţin toate fişierele dumneavoastră PO şi POT.\n" +"Fişierele şi directoarele din directoare vor fi înglobate într-un singur " +"arbore.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Elimină automat starea fuzzy
\n" +"Dacă aceasta este activată şi editaţi un mesaj fuzzy, atunci \n" +"starea fuzzy este automat resetată (acest lucru înseamnă că \n" +"textul fuzzy este eliminat din comentariul înregistrării).
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Bara de stare
\n" -"Bara de stare afişează unele informaţii despre fişierul deschis, \n" -"ca numărul total de intrări şi numărul de mesaje fuzzy şi netraduse. \n" -"De asemenea, este afişat şi indexul şi starea mesajului curent de \n" -"tradus.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Recunoaştere erori
Aici puteţi configura modul în care " +"va fi indicată apariţia unei erori. Sunet la eroare determină " +"emiterea unui \"bip\" în difuzor şi Schimbă culoarea textului la eroare" +"b> determină ca textul de tradus să fie colorat diferit. Dacă nu este " +"activată nici una dintre ele, totuşi veţi putea vedea un mesaj în bara de " +"stare.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
LED-uri de stare
\n" +"Alegeţi aici unde sînt afişate LED-urile de stare şi ce culoare vor avea." +"
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Porneşte automat căutarea
Dacă este activată, căutarea " +"este automat pornită în momentul în care, în editor, comutaţi la altă " +"înregistrare. Puteţi alege cu ce să căutaţi selectînd opţiunea dorită în " +"căsuţa popup Dicţionar implicit.
De asemenea, puteţi porni " +"manual căutarea alegînd alegînd un item din meniul popup ce apare cînd daţi " +"clic pe Dicţionare->Caută... sau ţinînd apăsat mai mult timp butonul " +"de dicţiona din bara de unelte.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Dicţionar implicit
Aici alegeţi unde se va căuta în mod " +"implicit. Această setare este utilizată cînd căutarea este pornită în mod " +"automat sau cînd apăsaţi butonul de dicţionar în bara de unelte.
" +"Puteţi configura dicţionarele selectîndu-l pe cel dorit din meniul " +"Opţiuni->Configurează dicţionar.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Exemplu: "
msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ S-a terminat cu codul de stare %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Scanează fişier PO"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Terminat ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Scanează director"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Cataloage de mesaje"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Scanează directoare şi subdirectoare"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Scanez fişierul:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Stare CVS"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Înregistrări adăugate:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Progres total"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Statistici"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Procesez fişierul"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "&Resetează"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "încarc fişierul"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Statistici"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Raportează eroare..."
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Ş&terge"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Înlocuiesc acest şir?"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Statistici"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Cuvinte cheie bune"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Nici un depozit"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Puteţi seta numărul minim de cuvinte din interogare pe care o cheie trebuie "
+"să-l aibă pentru a fi inserată în lista de chei bune. \n"
+"De asemenea, puteţi seta numărul minim de cuvinte al cheii pe care o "
+"interogarea trebuie să-l aibă pentru a insera cheia în listă. \n"
+"Aceste două numere reprezintă procentajul din numărul total de cuvinte. Dacă "
+"acest procentaj este mai mic decît unu, atunci motorul de căutare îl va seta "
+"la unu. \n"
+"În sfîrşit, puteţi seta numărul maxim de înregistrări în listă."
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Fişiere:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Numărul minim de cuvinte ai cheii existente în interogare (%)"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Nume"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Numărul minim de cuvinte ai interogării în cheie (%)"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Aproximativ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Lungimea maximă a listei"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Netradus"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Cuvinte frecvente"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Total"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Elimină cuvintele mai frecvente decît:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Ultima revizie"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Fereastră jurnal"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "cuvinte frecvente care sînt considerate în fiecare cheie"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "Ş&terge"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "General"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Fereastră jurnal În această fereastră este afişat rezultatul comenzilor executate. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Managerul de cataloage Managerul de cataloage combină două directoare într-un singur arbore\n"
-"şi afişează toate fişierele PO şi POT din aceste foldere. În acest fel puteţi "
-"vedea foarte uşor dacă a fost adăugat sau şters un model nou. De asemenea sînt "
-"afişate şi informaţii despre fişiere. Pentru mai multe informaţii vedeţi secţiunea Managerul de Cataloage "
-"din manualul de ajutor. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Căutaţi Numele meu este Andrei şi aţi activat substituţie de un "
+"cuvînt aţi putea găsi fraze precum Numele meu este Ion sau "
+"Numele tău este Andrei."
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Utilizează substituţia de un cuvînt"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Mesaj j&urnal:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Numărul maxim de cuvinte în interogare"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Adaugă auto&mat fişierele dacă e necesar"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Utilizează substituţia de două cuvinte"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Comite"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Determină starea"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Determină diferenţele"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Caractere locale pentru expresii regulate:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Citesc informaţii despre fişier"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Baza de date"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Rezultat comandă:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Director bază de date:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Fişierul %1 există deja. Doriţi să îl suprascriu?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Adaugă automat înregistrări la baza de date"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
+"Adaugă automat o înregistrare la baza de date dacă este semnalizată o nouă "
+"traducere (probabil de către KBabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Adaugă automat autorul înregistrării:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Următoarele variabile vor fi înlocuite în cale dacă este disponibilă:\n" +"
Colors
\n" #~ "Define here which colors you want to be used in the Editor. \n" -#~ "Background color is used for highlighting the background of characters. \n" +#~ "Background color is used for highlighting the background of " +#~ "characters. \n" #~ "The other colors are used for syntax highlighting.
Culori
Aici definiţi ce culori doriţi să fie utilizate în editorul de mesaje. Culoare fundal este utilizată pentru evidenţierea fundalului caracterelor. Celelalte sînt utilizate pentru evidenţierea sintaxei.
Culori
Aici definiţi ce culori doriţi să fie " +#~ "utilizate în editorul de mesaje. Culoare fundal este utilizată " +#~ "pentru evidenţierea fundalului caracterelor. Celelalte sînt utilizate " +#~ "pentru evidenţierea sintaxei.
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Выбор записей для перевода
" -"В данном поле вы можете выбрать те записи, для которых будет осуществлена " -"попытка поиска перевода. Изменённые записи будут отмечены как черновые " -"независимо от того, какой параметр вы выберете
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Метод перевода сообщений
" -"В данном диалоге вы можете выбрать метод перевода сообщений - переводить " -"только те сообщения, которые поддаются полному переводу или переводить " -"отдельные слова, в случае отсутствия возможности полного перевода сообщения.
" -"Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Отметить изменённые записи как черновые
" -"При автоматическом переводе сообщение будет отмечено флагом черновой " -"по умолчанию. Причина заключается в том, что KBabel не может переводить точно, " -"и переводчик должен проверить все автоматически переведённые сообщения вручную. " -"Отключайте этот режим только в случае полной уверенности в том, зачем вам это " -"нужно.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Перевести служебные записи TDE
" -"Включить автозаполнение записей вида \"Comment=\" и \"Name=\", если перевод " -"невозможно найти. Также будут заполнены поля \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" и \"EMAIL " -"OF TRANSLATORS\" с использованием параметров вашего профиля.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Словари
" -"В данном диалоге вы можете выбрать словари, используемые при поиска " -"перевода. В случае выбора более чем одного словаря они будут использованы в том " -"же порядке, как и в списке словарей.
" -"Кнопка Настройка позволяет изменить настройки только временно, до " -"закрытия данного диалога.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
При автоматическом переводе сообщение будет отмечено флагом черновой " -"по умолчанию. Причина заключается в том, что KBabel не может переводить точно, " -"и переводчик должен проверить все автоматически переведённые сообщения вручную. " -"Отключайте этот режим только в случае полной уверенности в том, зачем вам это " -"нужно.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Поиск текста
" -"Здесь вы можете ввести текст для поиска. Если вы хотите найти регулярное " -"выражение, отметьте флажок Использовать регулярное выражение.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Заменить текст
" -"Введите текст, который будет заменять найденный текст. Текст будет " -"использован в таком же виде, как вы введёте. Учтите, что отмена изменений будет " -"невозможна при поиске регулярных выражений.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Где искать
" -"Выберите, в каких частях файла необходимо произвести поиск.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Параметры
" -"В данном окне настраиваются параметры замены:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Параметры
" -"В данном окне настраиваются параметры поиска:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Строка состояния
\n" +"В строке состояния отображается информация о процессе текущей операции " +"поиска или замены. Первое число в поле Найдено: показывает число " +"файлов, содержащих запрашиваемую строку, но не показываемых в окне KBabel. " +"Второе число содержит общее количество файлов, содержащих запрашиваемую " +"строку.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Обновить заголовок при сохранении
\n" -"Включите этот пункт для обновления заголовка файла при каждом сохранении.
" -"\n" -"Обычно в заголовке содержатся сведения о дате и времени последнего " -"обновления файла,\n" -"имя последнего переводчика и т.д..
\n" -"Вы можете выбрать, какую информацию обновлять, отметив соответствующие\n" -"переключатели, расположенных ниже.\n" -"Несуществующие до сохранения поля будут добавлены в заголовок.\n" -"Если вы хотите добавить дополнительные поля в заголовок, можете отредактировать " -"заголовок вручную, выбрав\n" -"Правка->Заголовок в окне редактора
Окно сообщений
\n" +"В данном окне отображается информация о процессе выполнения запущенных " +"команд.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Обновляемые поля
\n" -"Здесь вы можете выбрать поля заголовка, обновляемые при сохранения.\n" -"Несуществующее поле будет автоматически добавлено к заголовку.
\n" -"Если вы хотите добавить дополнительную информацию к заголовку, можете " -"отредактировать заголовок вручную,\n" -"выбрав Правка->Редактировать заголовок в окне редактора.
\n" -"Отключите переключатель Обновить заголовок при сохранении" -", если вы не хотите обновления заголовка при сохранении.
Менеджер каталогов
\n" +"Менеджер каталогов производит объединение двух папок в одно дерево\n" +"и показывает все файлы перевода и шаблоны, расположенные в этих папках.\n" +"Благодаря этому вам легче обнаружить добавление или удаление шаблонов. Также " +"показывается некоторая информация о файлах.\n" +"
Для подробностей см. раздел Менеджер каталогов в руководстве." +"p>
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Кодировка
" -"Здесь вы можете выбрать кодировку, в которой следует сохранять файл. Если вы " -"не уверены в том, какую кодировку использовать, уточните у координатора вашей " -"команды перевода.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Сохранять кодировку файла
" -"При включении этой опции файл будет сохранён в исходной кодировке. Файлы без " -"указания кодировки (например шаблоны), будут сохранены в кодировке, указанной " -"выше.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Проверять синтаксис файла при сохранении
\n" -"Установка этого параметра включает автоматическую проверку файла с командой " -"\"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" -"при сохранении. При возникновении ошибки вы получите соответствующее " -"сообщение.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Сохранять устаревшие записи
\n" -"Включение данного параметра позволяет сохранять значения, отмеченные как " -"устаревшие в открытом файле.\n" -"Устаревшие значения отмечены знаком #~ и создаются\n" -"в том случае, когда значения больше не требуют перевода.\n" -"Если текст значения появится вновь, устаревшие значения будут повторно " -"использованы для перевода.\n" -"Решающим моментом в данном случае является размер сохраняемого файла.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Формат даты обновления
" -"Выбор формата даты для сохранения в поле заголовка\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: " -"
Мы рекомендуем оставить формат даты по умолчанию, так как в противном случае " -"файлы .po будут иметь нестандартный формат.
" -"Подробнее об этом смотрите в разделе Диалог настройки руководства.
" -"Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Профиль
\n" -"Заполните здесь информацию о вас и вашей команде перевода.\n" -"Эта информация будет использована при обновлении заголовка файла.
\n" -"Вы можете найти параметры заполнения полей заголовка\n" -"на странице Сохранение в этом диалоге.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Количество множественных форм
" -"Примечание: этот параметр работает только для TDE. Если вы переводите " -"не приложение TDE, то можете игнорировать этот параметр.
" -"Выберите, сколько множественных форм используется в вашем языке. Для " -"русского языка этот параметр должен быть равен 3.
" -"Если вы выберите значение Автоматически, KBabel может определить эту " -"информацию из настроек TDE. Используйте кнопку Проверка " -"для показа количества множественных форм для текущего языка.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Требовать аргументы множественных форм в переводе
\n" -"Примечание: этот параметр работает только для TDE. Если вы переводите " -"не TDE-приложение, то можете пропустить этот параметр.
\n" -"Если эта опция включена, при проверке будет проверяться наличие аргумента " -"%n в сообщении.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Заголовок множественных форм от GNU:
\n" -"Здесь вы можете заполнить запись для множественных форм GNU. Если вы " -"оставите это поле пустым, запись в PO-файле не будет изменена или добавлена.
" -"\n" -"KBabel может автоматически попытаться определить значение, предложенное GNU " -"Gettext для текущего языка - нажмите кнопку Поиск.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Маркер для акселератора
" -"Здесь вы можете назначить символ для обозначения акселератора клавиатуры. К " -"примеру в Qt - это символ '&', а в Gtk это - '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Регулярное выражение для контекстной информации
" -"Введите регулярное выражение, обозначающее контекстную информацию в " -"сообщении, которая не должна быть переведена
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Проверка орфографии на лету
" -"Проверять вводимый вами текст на орфографические ошибки на лету.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Запоминать игнорируемые слова
" -"Включение этого параметра позволяет KBabel игнорировать слова, выбранные " -"вами нажатием кнопки Игнорировать все в диалоге проверки орфографии, " -"каждый раз при проверке орфографии.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Основные папки
\n" -"Занесите в этот список папки, в которых расположены файлы перевода и их " -"шаблоны.\n" -"Файлы и папки, расположенные в этих папках, будут объединены в одно дерево.
" -"Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Открывать файлы в новом окне
\n" -"При включении данного параметра все файлы, открываемые в Менеджере " -"каталогов,\n" -"будут открыты в новом окне.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Завершать процессы при выходе
\n" -"При включении данного параметра KBabel попытается завершить все процессы, " -"оставшиеся\n" -"после выхода из программы, посылая им сигнал завершения процесса.
\n" -"Примечание: это не гарантирует завершения всех процессов KBabel.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Создать индекс содержимого файла
\n" -"При включении данного параметра KBabel будет создавать индекс для каждого " -"файла перевода, что позволит ускорить процесс поиска/замены в файлах.
\n" -"Примечание: это может значительно замедлить процесс обновления информации о " -"файлах.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Запускать msgfmt перед анализом файла
" -"Этот параметр рекомендуется оставить включеным, даже если это влияет на " -"производительность.
" -"Отключение этого параметра может повлечь за собой пропуск синтаксических " -"ошибок в файлах, однако полезно если у вас очень медленный компьютер или вы " -"хотите переводить файлы PO, не поддерживаемые текущей версией Gettext.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Действия
" -"Добавьте в данный список команды, которые вы хотите выполнять в папках в " -"Менеджере каталогов. Команды будут показаны в подменюКоманды " -"в контекстном меню Менеджера каталогов.
" -"Данные строки будут заменены на значения в командах:" -"
Параметры файлов
Здесь вы можете произвести тонкую " +"настройку поиска в файлах:
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Команды для файлов
" -"Добавьте в данный список команды, которые вы хотите выполнять для файлов в " -"Менеджере каталогов. Команды будут показаны в подменюКоманды " -"контекстного меню Менеджера каталогов.
" -"Данные строки будут заменены на соответствующие значения:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Отображаемые столбцы
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Добро пожаловать в мастер проектов!\n" -"\n" -"Он поможет вам настроить новый проект перевода для KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Прежде всего, выберите го имя и файл, где хранить его настройки.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Также, выберите тип проекта.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:141 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "Обновить" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Имя конфигурационного файла"
-"
\n"
-"Имя конфигурационного файла проекта.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Язык"
-"
\n"
-"Код языка определяется стандартом ISO 631.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Название проекта"
-"
\n"
-"Используется в диалоге настроек и в заголовках окон, открытых в его рамках.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Примечание: Его нельзя будет изменить потом.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Тип проекта\n" -"Здесь вы можете указать тип проекта. От этого зависят такие настройки как " -"символ акселератора, форматирование заголовка, проверочных средств.\n" -"
\n" -"Поддерживаемые типы:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Файлы перевода
\n" -"Занесите в этот список папки, в которых расположены файлы перевода и их " -"шаблоны.\n" -"Файлы и папки, расположенные в этих папках, будут объединены в одно дерево.
" -"Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Источник для поиска различий
" -"Вы можете выбрать файл, базу перевода или просто отдельную строку " -"(msgstr).
" -"Если вы выберите базу данных перевода, полезно также будет включить параметр " -"Автодобавление записей в базу данных в настройках базы данных.
" -"Это может быть полезна для занимающихся вычиткой PO-файлов
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Основная папка для файлов различий\n" -"
Здесь вы можете указать папку, в которой будут храниться файлы различий. " -"Если файлы сохранены в том же месте в этой папке, также как оригинальные файлы " -"в основной папке, KBabel может автоматически открыть корректный файл для " -"сравнения.
" -"Примечание: данный параметр недействителен, если сообщения для сравнения " -"берутся из базы данных перевода.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Автоматически начинать поиск
\n" -"Поиск будет производиться при каждом переходе в другую запись в редакторе. " -"Вы можете выбрать, где искать, в выпадающем списке Словарь по умолчанию" -".
" -"Также вы можете запустить поиск вручную, выбрав значение в выпадающем меню, " -"появляющемся при нажатии Словари->Поиск... или удерживая нажатой кнопку " -"на панели инструментов.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Словарь по умолчанию
\n" -"Здесь вы можете выбрать, где искать по умолчанию. Данный параметр " -"используется при автоматическом поиске или при запуске словаря из панели " -"инструментов.
" -"Вы можете настроить различные словари, выбрав желаемый словарь в диалоге " -"Настройка->Настроить словарь.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Отключать статус черновых сообщений
\n" -"Включение этого параметра устанавливает автоматическое удаление флага " -"\"черновой\" при редактировании чернового сообщения\n" -"(т.е. строка , fuzzy\n" -"будет удалена из комментария к сообщению).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Использовать интеллектуальное редактирование
\\n\n" -"Включите это чтобы сделать набор текста более удобным (т.е. требующим " -"меньшее количество нажатий на клавиши). Например, ввод '\\\"' приведёт к " -"получению '\\\\\\\"', нажатие Enter автоматически добавит пробел в конце строки " -"(т.к. перевод строки нужен только для вас и на конечном результате не " -"отобразится), нажатие Shift+Enter добавит '\\\\n' в конце строки.
\n" -"Обратите внимание, что после вставки правильной последовательности символов " -"её можно изменить и получить синтаксически неверный текст.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Обнаружение ошибок
" -"Здесь вы можете настроить действие при выявлении ошибки. " -"Сигнал при ошибке извещает вас звуком, а Изменить цвет текста при " -"ошибке изменяет цвет переведённого текста. Если ни один из этих параметров " -"не включён, вы по-прежнему будете видеть сообщение об ошибке в строке " -"состояния.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Индикаторы статуса
\n" -"Здесь вы можете выбрать расположение индикаторов статуса сообщения и их " -"цвет.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Поиск текста
Здесь вы можете ввести текст для поиска. " +"Если вы хотите найти регулярное выражение, отметьте флажок Использовать " +"регулярное выражение.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Заменить текст
Введите текст, который будет заменять " +"найденный текст. Текст будет использован в таком же виде, как вы введёте. " +"Учтите, что отмена изменений будет невозможна при поиске регулярных " +"выражений.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Где искать
Выберите, в каких частях файла необходимо " +"произвести поиск.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Параметры
В данном окне настраиваются параметры замены:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Параметры
В данном окне настраиваются параметры поиска:" +"
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Например:"
-" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Обновить заголовок при сохранении Включите этот пункт для обновления заголовка файла при каждом сохранении."
+" Обычно в заголовке содержатся сведения о дате и времени последнего "
+"обновления файла,\n"
+"имя последнего переводчика и т.д.. Вы можете выбрать, какую информацию обновлять, отметив соответствующие\n"
+"переключатели, расположенных ниже.\n"
+"Несуществующие до сохранения поля будут добавлены в заголовок.\n"
+"Если вы хотите добавить дополнительные поля в заголовок, можете "
+"отредактировать заголовок вручную, выбрав\n"
+"Правка->Заголовок в окне редактора "
+" Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. "
+" Обновляемые поля Здесь вы можете выбрать поля заголовка, обновляемые при сохранения.\n"
+"Несуществующее поле будет автоматически добавлено к заголовку. Если вы хотите добавить дополнительную информацию к заголовку, можете "
+"отредактировать заголовок вручную,\n"
+"выбрав Правка->Редактировать заголовок в окне редактора. Отключите переключатель Обновить заголовок при сохранении, если вы "
+"не хотите обновления заголовка при сохранении. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Кодировка Здесь вы можете выбрать кодировку, в которой "
+"следует сохранять файл. Если вы не уверены в том, какую кодировку "
+"использовать, уточните у координатора вашей команды перевода. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Сохранять кодировку файла При включении этой опции файл "
+"будет сохранён в исходной кодировке. Файлы без указания кодировки (например "
+"шаблоны), будут сохранены в кодировке, указанной выше. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Проверять синтаксис файла при сохранении Установка этого параметра включает автоматическую проверку файла с "
+"командой \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n"
+"при сохранении. При возникновении ошибки вы получите соответствующее "
+"сообщение. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Сохранять устаревшие записи Включение данного параметра позволяет сохранять значения, отмеченные как "
+"устаревшие в открытом файле.\n"
+"Устаревшие значения отмечены знаком #~ и создаются\n"
+"в том случае, когда значения больше не требуют перевода.\n"
+"Если текст значения появится вновь, устаревшие значения будут повторно "
+"использованы для перевода.\n"
+"Решающим моментом в данном случае является размер сохраняемого файла. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help. Формат даты обновления Выбор формата даты для сохранения "
+"в поле заголовка\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: Мы рекомендуем оставить формат даты по умолчанию, так как в "
+"противном случае файлы .po будут иметь нестандартный формат. Подробнее "
+"об этом смотрите в разделе Диалог настройки руководства. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:449
+msgid "&Timezone:"
+msgstr "&Временная зона:"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:455
+msgid ""
+" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. \n"
-"Вы можете указать минимальное количество запрашиваемых слов, которые должны "
-"присутствовать в ключе, добавляемом в список хороших ключей."
-" \n"
-"Также вы можете указать минимальное количество запрашиваемых ключевых слов, "
-"которые должны присутствовать в запросе при добавлении ключа в список."
-" \n"
-"Данные числа устанавливаются в процентном соотношении от общего количества "
-"слов. Если результат процентного соотношения меньше единицы, система поиска "
-"установит эти значения равными единице."
-" \n"
-"Наконец, вы можете установить максимальное количество записей в списке."
+" Профиль Заполните здесь информацию о вас и вашей команде перевода.\n"
+"Эта информация будет использована при обновлении заголовка файла. Вы можете найти параметры заполнения полей заголовка\n"
+"на странице Сохранение в этом диалоге. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Количество множественных форм Примечание: этот "
+"параметр работает только для TDE. Если вы переводите не приложение TDE, то "
+"можете игнорировать этот параметр. Выберите, сколько множественных "
+"форм используется в вашем языке. Для русского языка этот параметр должен "
+"быть равен 3. Если вы выберите значение Автоматически, KBabel "
+"может определить эту информацию из настроек TDE. Используйте кнопку "
+"Проверка для показа количества множественных форм для текущего языка."
+" Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Требовать аргументы множественных форм в переводе Примечание: этот параметр работает только для TDE. Если вы "
+"переводите не TDE-приложение, то можете пропустить этот параметр. Если эта опция включена, при проверке будет проверяться наличие "
+"аргумента %n в сообщении. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Заголовок множественных форм от GNU: Здесь вы можете заполнить запись для множественных форм GNU. Если вы "
+"оставите это поле пустым, запись в PO-файле не будет изменена или добавлена."
+" KBabel может автоматически попытаться определить значение, предложенное "
+"GNU Gettext для текущего языка - нажмите кнопку Поиск. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Маркер для акселератора Здесь вы можете назначить символ "
+"для обозначения акселератора клавиатуры. К примеру в Qt - это символ "
+"'&', а в Gtk это - '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Регулярное выражение для контекстной информации Введите "
+"регулярное выражение, обозначающее контекстную информацию в сообщении, "
+"которая не должна быть переведена On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Проверка орфографии на лету Проверять вводимый вами "
+"текст на орфографические ошибки на лету. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Запоминать игнорируемые слова Включение этого параметра "
+"позволяет KBabel игнорировать слова, выбранные вами нажатием кнопки "
+"Игнорировать все в диалоге проверки орфографии, каждый раз при "
+"проверке орфографии. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Основные папки Занесите в этот список папки, в которых расположены файлы перевода и их "
+"шаблоны.\n"
+"Файлы и папки, расположенные в этих папках, будут объединены в одно дерево."
+"p> Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Открывать файлы в новом окне При включении данного параметра все файлы, открываемые в Менеджере "
+"каталогов,\n"
+"будут открыты в новом окне. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Завершать процессы при выходе При включении данного параметра KBabel попытается завершить все процессы, "
+"оставшиеся\n"
+"после выхода из программы, посылая им сигнал завершения процесса. Примечание: это не гарантирует завершения всех процессов KBabel. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-" Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> \n"
-"Данные шаблоны будут заменены на значения путей (если они доступны):\n"
-" Создать индекс содержимого файла При включении данного параметра KBabel будет создавать индекс для каждого "
+"файла перевода, что позволит ускорить процесс поиска/замены в файлах. Примечание: это может значительно замедлить процесс обновления информации "
+"о файлах. Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Запускать msgfmt перед анализом файла Этот параметр "
+"рекомендуется оставить включеным, даже если это влияет на производительность."
+" Отключение этого параметра может повлечь за собой пропуск "
+"синтаксических ошибок в файлах, однако полезно если у вас очень медленный "
+"компьютер или вы хотите переводить файлы PO, не поддерживаемые текущей "
+"версией Gettext. Mark invalid as fuzzy"
-" \n"
-" If you select this option, all items,\n"
-"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n"
-"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n"
-"will be saved. Отметить ошибочные записи как черновые"
-" \n"
-" Это предотвратит сбои в переводимом приложении, если вы забудете их "
-"исправить. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command: Действия Добавьте в данный список команды, которые вы "
+"хотите выполнять в папках в Менеджере каталогов. Команды будут показаны в "
+"подменюКоманды в контекстном меню Менеджера каталогов. Данные "
+"строки будут заменены на значения в командах:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Если вы будете искать словосочетание My name is Andrea "
-"и активируете однословную подстановку, то вы также можете найдёте "
-"словосочетания My name is Joe и His name is Andrea."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Название проекта"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Однословная подстановка"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "Идентификатор проекта (id):"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Если слов в запросе не больше:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Заголовок"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Двух-словная подстановка"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Обновить запись об &авторском праве переводчика"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Запись об авторском праве фонда свободного ПО"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "&Удалить запись об авторском праве, если она пуста"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Локальные символы для регулярных выражений:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "&Обновить запись об авторском праве"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Папка базы данных:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&Не изменять"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Автодобавление записей в базу данных"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "&Авторские права"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr "Автоматически добавлять запись в базу данных при изменении перевода."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "Автор добавляемых записей:"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"
"
-"n
-ную папку из пути к текущему файлу (справа налево, начиная с имени "
-"файла).
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Не проверять черновые" -"
\n" -"
Не проверять сообщения, отмеченные как черновые.
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Команды для файлов
Добавьте в данный список команды, " +"которые вы хотите выполнять для файлов в Менеджере каталогов. Команды будут " +"показаны в подменюКоманды контекстного меню Менеджера каталогов." +"p>
Данные строки будут заменены на соответствующие значения:" +"
Shown columns
\n" +"Отображаемые столбцы
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Выбор записей для перевода
В данном поле вы можете " +"выбрать те записи, для которых будет осуществлена попытка поиска перевода. " +"Изменённые записи будут отмечены как черновые независимо от того, какой " +"параметр вы выберете
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Метод перевода сообщений
В данном диалоге вы можете " +"выбрать метод перевода сообщений - переводить только те сообщения, которые " +"поддаются полному переводу или переводить отдельные слова, в случае " +"отсутствия возможности полного перевода сообщения.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Отметить изменённые записи как черновые
При " +"автоматическом переводе сообщение будет отмечено флагом черновой по " +"умолчанию. Причина заключается в том, что KBabel не может переводить точно, " +"и переводчик должен проверить все автоматически переведённые сообщения " +"вручную. Отключайте этот режим только в случае полной уверенности в том, " +"зачем вам это нужно.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Перевести служебные записи TDE
Включить автозаполнение " +"записей вида \"Comment=\" и \"Name=\", если перевод невозможно найти. Также " +"будут заполнены поля \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" и \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" с " +"использованием параметров вашего профиля.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Словари
В данном диалоге вы можете выбрать словари, " +"используемые при поиска перевода. В случае выбора более чем одного словаря " +"они будут использованы в том же порядке, как и в списке словарей.
" +"Кнопка Настройка позволяет изменить настройки только временно, до " +"закрытия данного диалога.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
При автоматическом переводе сообщение будет отмечено флагом " +"черновой по умолчанию. Причина заключается в том, что KBabel не может " +"переводить точно, и переводчик должен проверить все автоматически " +"переведённые сообщения вручную. Отключайте этот режим только в случае полной " +"уверенности в том, зачем вам это нужно.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Выбор символов
" -"С помощью этого инструмента вы можете вставить специальные символы, " -"используя двойной щелчок.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Обновить заголовок с параметрами по умолчанию.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Отменить все изменения.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Недопустимый заголовок!
\n" -"Исправьте заголовок перед обновлением!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Недопустимый заголовок!
\n" -"Исправьте заголовок перед обновлением!
Выбор символов
С помощью этого инструмента вы можете " +"вставить специальные символы, используя двойной щелчок.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Редактор комментариев
\n" -"В данном окне отображаются комментарии к текущему сообщению." -"\n"
+" Редактор комментариев \n"
" В этих комментариях обычно указывается информация о местонахождении "
"сообщения в исходном коде пакета\n"
"и информация о статусе сообщения (черновое, в с-формате).\n"
@@ -3359,550 +2625,376 @@ msgstr ""
" Вы можете скрыть окно редактора комментариев в диалоге конфигурации:\n"
"Параметры->Показывать комментарии PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Контекст перевода
В данном окне отображается контекст " +"текущего сообщения в файле перевода. В нормальном режиме отображаются четыре " +"предыдущих сообщения и четыре следующих.
Вы можете скрыть данное окно " +"в пункте Настройки -> Показать инструменты.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Список ошибок
В этом окне показываются ошибки, найденные " +"средствами проверки. Это позволяет быстро увидеть почему данное сообщение " +"отмечено как ошибочное.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Обновить заголовок с параметрами по умолчанию.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Отменить все изменения.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Недопустимый заголовок!
\n" +"Исправьте заголовок перед обновлением!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Недопустимый заголовок!
\n" +"Исправьте заголовок перед обновлением!
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Результаты поиска
" -"В данном окне отображаются результаты поиска в словарях." -"
" -"
В верхней части окна отображено количество и местонахождение найденных " -"значений. Используйте кнопки, расположенные внизу окна, для навигации по " -"результатам поиска
" -"Поиск запускается автоматически при переходе к другому значению в окне " -"редактора или при выборе желаемого словаря в Словари -> Поиск.....
" -"Вы можете определить основные параметры поиска в секции Поиск " -"в диалоге конфигурации, а также изменить настройки для каждого словаря в пункте " -"Параметры->Настроить словарь.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Текст записи (msgid)
\n" -"В данной части окна отображается\n" -"исходный текст текущей записи
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Индикаторы статуса
\n" -"Данные индикаторы отображают статус текущего сообщения.\n" -"Вы можете изменить цвет отображения на вкладке Внешний вид\n" -"страницы окна настроек Редактор
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Редактор перевода
\n" -"В данном редакторе вы можете отредактировать перевод текущего сообщения" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Строка состояния
\n" +"В строке состояния отображается информация об открытом файле, \n" +"в том числе полное количество записей, количество непереведённых и черновых\n" +"сообщений. Также отображается порядковый номер и статус текущего записи." +"p>
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Ошибка запуска программы проверки орфографии.\n" -"Убедитесь в том, что она правильно настроена и доступна в переменной PATH." +"Результаты поиска
В данном окне отображаются результаты " +"поиска в словарях.
В верхней части окна отображено количество и " +"местонахождение найденных значений. Используйте кнопки, расположенные внизу " +"окна, для навигации по результатам поиска
Поиск запускается " +"автоматически при переходе к другому значению в окне редактора или при " +"выборе желаемого словаря в Словари -> Поиск.....
Вы можете " +"определить основные параметры поиска в секции Поиск в диалоге " +"конфигурации, а также изменить настройки для каждого словаря в пункте " +"Параметры->Настроить словарь.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Текст записи (msgid)
\n" +"В данной части окна отображается\n" +"исходный текст текущей записи
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Индикаторы статуса
\n" +"Данные индикаторы отображают статус текущего сообщения.\n" +"Вы можете изменить цвет отображения на вкладке Внешний вид\n" +"страницы окна настроек Редактор
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Редактор перевода
\n" +"В данном редакторе вы можете отредактировать перевод текущего " +"сообщения
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Строка состояния
\n" -"В строке состояния отображается информация об открытом файле, \n" -"в том числе полное количество записей, количество непереведённых и черновых\n" -"сообщений. Также отображается порядковый номер и статус текущего записи.
" -"Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Список ошибок
" -"В этом окне показываются ошибки, найденные средствами проверки. Это " -"позволяет быстро увидеть почему данное сообщение отмечено как ошибочное.
" -"PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Контекст перевода
" -"В данном окне отображается контекст текущего сообщения в файле перевода. В " -"нормальном режиме отображаются четыре предыдущих сообщения и четыре " -"следующих.
" -"Вы можете скрыть данное окно в пункте Настройки -> " -"Показать инструменты.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Обнаружены резервные копии баз данных переводов прошлых версий KBabel. "
+"Однако другая версия KBabel (скорее всего из TDE 3.1.1 или 3.1.2) создала "
+"новую базу данных. К сожалению, эти две базы данных нельзя объединить и вам "
+"нужно выбрать одну из них.
Если вы выберете старую версию, новая "
+"будет удалена, если наоборот - вам нужно будет удалить старую базу данных "
+"вручную. Иначе это сообщение будет отображено снова. (старые файлы находятся "
+"в папке $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Параметры
" -"Здесь вы можете настроить параметры поиска в файле перевода, такие как поиск " -"с учётом регистра или игнорирование черновых сообщений
Параметры
Здесь вы можете настроить параметры поиска в " +"файле перевода, такие как поиск с учётом регистра или игнорирование черновых " +"сообщений
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Параметры сравнения
" -"Установка этих параметров позволяет задать режим вывода совпадающих " -"сообщений
Параметры сравнения
Установка этих параметров позволяет " +"задать режим вывода совпадающих сообщений
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Совпадение 3-х частей
" -"Вывод сообщения при совпадении 3-х частей текста, содержащихся в другом " -"сообщении,к примеру 'abc123' совпадает с 'abcx123c12'.
Совпадение 3-х частей
Вывод сообщения при совпадении 3-" +"х частей текста, содержащихся в другом сообщении,к примеру 'abc123' " +"совпадает с 'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Расположение
" -"Выбор файла, используемого при поиске
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Расположение
Выбор файла, используемого при поиске
" +"qt>" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pc_factory.cpp:95 #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.cpp:175 @@ -4958,15 +4387,13 @@ msgstr "Модуль для поиска в файле TMX" #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:88 msgid "" -"Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Параметры
" -"Здесь вы можете настроить параметры поиска в файле перевода, такие как поиск " -"с учётом регистра или игнорирование черновых сообщений.
Параметры
Здесь вы можете настроить параметры поиска в " +"файле перевода, такие как поиск с учётом регистра или игнорирование черновых " +"сообщений.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Отметить ошибочные записи как черновые
\n" +"
Это предотвратит сбои в переводимом приложении, если вы забудете их " +"исправить.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Не проверять черновые
\n" +"
Не проверять сообщения, отмеченные как черновые.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Обнаружены резервные копии баз данных переводов прошлых версий KBabel. "
-"Однако другая версия KBabel (скорее всего из TDE 3.1.1 или 3.1.2) создала новую "
-"базу данных. К сожалению, эти две базы данных нельзя объединить и вам нужно "
-"выбрать одну из них. "
-"
"
-"
Если вы выберете старую версию, новая будет удалена, если наоборот - вам "
-"нужно будет удалить старую базу данных вручную. Иначе это сообщение будет "
-"отображено снова. (старые файлы находятся в папке "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Источник для поиска различий
Вы можете выбрать файл, " +"базу перевода или просто отдельную строку (msgstr).
Если вы выберите " +"базу данных перевода, полезно также будет включить параметр " +"Автодобавление записей в базу данных в настройках базы данных." +"p>
Это может быть полезна для занимающихся вычиткой PO-файлов
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Основная папка для файлов различий\n" +"
Здесь вы можете указать папку, в которой будут храниться файлы различий. " +"Если файлы сохранены в том же месте в этой папке, также как оригинальные " +"файлы в основной папке, KBabel может автоматически открыть корректный файл " +"для сравнения.
Примечание: данный параметр недействителен, если " +"сообщения для сравнения берутся из базы данных перевода.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Добро пожаловать в мастер проектов!\n" +"\n" +"Он поможет вам настроить новый проект перевода для KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Прежде всего, выберите го имя и файл, где хранить его настройки.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Также, выберите тип проекта.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1505 -#, c-format -msgid "Configure Dictionary %1" -msgstr "Настроить словарь %1" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Имя конфигурационного файла
\n"
+"Имя конфигурационного файла проекта.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Язык
\n"
+"Код языка определяется стандартом ISO 631.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Название проекта
\n"
+"Используется в диалоге настроек и в заголовках окон, открытых в его рамках.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Примечание: Его нельзя будет изменить потом.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Тип проекта\n" +"Здесь вы можете указать тип проекта. От этого зависят такие настройки как " +"символ акселератора, форматирование заголовка, проверочных средств.\n" +"
\n" +"Поддерживаемые типы:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Файлы перевода
\n" +"Занесите в этот список папки, в которых расположены файлы перевода и их " +"шаблоны.\n" +"Файлы и папки, расположенные в этих папках, будут объединены в одно дерево." +"p>
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Отключать статус черновых сообщений
\n" +"Включение этого параметра устанавливает автоматическое удаление флага " +"\"черновой\" при редактировании чернового сообщения\n" +"(т.е. строка , fuzzy\n" +"будет удалена из комментария к сообщению).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Использовать интеллектуальное редактирование
\\n\n" +"Включите это чтобы сделать набор текста более удобным (т.е. требующим " +"меньшее количество нажатий на клавиши). Например, ввод '\\\"' приведёт к " +"получению '\\\\\\\"', нажатие Enter автоматически добавит пробел в конце " +"строки (т.к. перевод строки нужен только для вас и на конечном результате не " +"отобразится), нажатие Shift+Enter добавит '\\\\n' в конце строки.
\n" +"Обратите внимание, что после вставки правильной последовательности " +"символов её можно изменить и получить синтаксически неверный текст.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Обнаружение ошибок
Здесь вы можете настроить действие " +"при выявлении ошибки. Сигнал при ошибке извещает вас звуком, а " +"Изменить цвет текста при ошибке изменяет цвет переведённого текста. " +"Если ни один из этих параметров не включён, вы по-прежнему будете видеть " +"сообщение об ошибке в строке состояния.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Индикаторы статуса
\n" +"Здесь вы можете выбрать расположение индикаторов статуса сообщения и их " +"цвет.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Автоматически начинать поиск
\n" +"Поиск будет производиться при каждом переходе в другую запись в " +"редакторе. Вы можете выбрать, где искать, в выпадающем списке Словарь по " +"умолчанию.
Также вы можете запустить поиск вручную, выбрав " +"значение в выпадающем меню, появляющемся при нажатии Словари->Поиск..." +"b> или удерживая нажатой кнопку на панели инструментов.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Словарь по умолчанию
\n" +"Здесь вы можете выбрать, где искать по умолчанию. Данный параметр " +"используется при автоматическом поиске или при запуске словаря из панели " +"инструментов.
Вы можете настроить различные словари, выбрав желаемый " +"словарь в диалоге Настройка->Настроить словарь.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Строка состояния
\n" -"В строке состояния отображается информация о процессе текущей операции " -"поиска или замены. Первое число в поле Найдено: " -"показывает число файлов, содержащих запрашиваемую строку, но не показываемых в " -"окне KBabel. Второе число содержит общее количество файлов, содержащих " -"запрашиваемую строку.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Параметры файлов
" -"Здесь вы можете произвести тонкую настройку поиска в файлах:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Например: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Получить заплатку следующих файлов:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Добавить один файл перевода..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Получить сведения следующих файлов:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Добавить папку..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Старые сообщения:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Добавить папку рекурсивно..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Журнал:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Сканирование файла:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Автоматически &добавлять файлы при необходимости"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Добавлено записей:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Выложить"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Выполнено всего:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Статус"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Обрабатывается файл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Получить различия"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Загружается файл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Сведения"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Экспорт..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Вывод команды:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Повторяющиеся строки"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Комментарий к изменениям пустой. Продолжить?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Хорошие ключи"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Не удалось открыть временный файл на запись. Останов."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Вы можете указать минимальное количество запрашиваемых слов, которые должны "
+"присутствовать в ключе, добавляемом в список хороших ключей. \n"
+"Также вы можете указать минимальное количество запрашиваемых ключевых слов, "
+"которые должны присутствовать в запросе при добавлении ключа в список. \n"
+"Данные числа устанавливаются в процентном соотношении от общего количества "
+"слов. Если результат процентного соотношения меньше единицы, система поиска "
+"установит эти значения равными единице. \n"
+"Наконец, вы можете установить максимальное количество записей в списке."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Не удалось записать данные во временный файл. Останов."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Минимальное количество ключевых слов, присутствующих в запросе (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Не удалось запустить процесс."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Статус выхода - %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Минимальное количество запрашиваемых слов в ключе (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Готово ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Максимальная длина списка:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Каталоги сообщений"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Частые слова"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Без системы версий"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Не учитывать слова, встречающиеся чаще:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Статус CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Разрешено"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Учитывать частые слова как составляющие любого ключа"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Разрешено для отмеченных"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Общие"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Восстановить"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Папка базы данных:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Восстановить отмеченные"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Автоматическое обновление в kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Очистить"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Новые записи"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Очистить отмеченные"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Из kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Нет хранилища"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Алгоритм"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Файлы:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Минимальные баллы:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Имя"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Использовать алгоритмы"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Баллы:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Черновые"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Архив черновых записей"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Непереведённые"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Глоссарий"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Всего"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Точно "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Последнее обновление"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Предложение за предложением"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Окно сообщений"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Алфавитно-цифровой"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Очистить"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Слово за словом"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Окно сообщений В данном окне отображается информация о процессе выполнения запущенных "
-"команд. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Менеджер каталогов Менеджер каталогов производит объединение двух папок в одно дерево\n"
-"и показывает все файлы перевода и шаблоны, расположенные в этих папках.\n"
-"Благодаря этому вам легче обнаружить добавление или удаление шаблонов. Также "
-"показывается некоторая информация о файлах.\n"
-" Для подробностей см. раздел Менеджер каталогов в руководстве. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Если вы будете искать словосочетание My name is Andrea и "
+"активируете однословную подстановку, то вы также можете найдёте "
+"словосочетания My name is Joe и His name is Andrea."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Изменён"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Однословная подстановка"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "ОК"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Если слов в запросе не больше:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Конфликт"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Двух-словная подстановка"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Ошибка в рабочей копии"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Неизв."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Задано недопустимое хранилище SVN. Невозможно выполнить команды SVN."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Локальные символы для регулярных выражений:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Запуск команды ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "База данных"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Диалог SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Папка базы данных:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Обновить следующие файлы:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Автодобавление записей в базу данных"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Выложить на сервер файлы:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr "Автоматически добавлять запись в базу данных при изменении перевода."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Получить удалённый статус следующих файлов:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Автор добавляемых записей:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Получить локальный статус следующих файлов:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Данные шаблоны будут заменены на значения путей (если они доступны):\n" +"
n-ную папку из пути к текущему файлу (справа налево, начиная " +"с имени файла).
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Ibyinjijwe Kuri translate
" -", ya: Ibyinjijwe Bya i Idosiye Kuri Gushaka A Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi " -". Ibyinjijwe Buri gihe cy/byagarajwe Nka &Kidatunganye , Oya Ihitamo Hitamo... " -".
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Ubutumwa Kubona
" -"Kugaragaza... NIBA A &Ubutumwa Kubona , NIBA Ubutumwa Cyangwa NIBA ni Kuri " -"Kugerageza i UMWE Amagambo Bya A &Ubutumwa NIBA Oya Umwandiko wahinduwe " -"ururimi Bya i Byuzuye &Ubutumwa Cyangwa &Ubutumwa Byabonetse .
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Byahinduwe Ibyinjijwe Nka &Kidatunganye
" -"A Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi ya: A &Ubutumwa ni Byabonetse , i " -"Icyinjijwe cy/byagarajwe &Kidatunganye ku Mburabuzi . ni i Umwandiko " -"wahinduwe ururimi ni ku na Buri gihe Kugenzura i ibisubizo . iyi Ihitamo NIBA . " -"
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
MukusanyaTDE - Ibyinjijwe
" -"\" = \" na \" = \" Ibyinjijwe NIBA A Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi ni OYA " -"Byabonetse . , \" \" na \" \" ni Byuzuye Na: Ikiranga Igenamiterere .
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"" -"
, Inkoranyamagambo Kuri Byakoreshejwe ya: A Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi . " -"Guhitamo Birenzeho Rimwe Inkoranyamagambo , Byakoreshejwe in i Itondekanya Nka " -"in i Urutonde .
" -"Akabuto Kuri Kugena Imiterere Byahiswemo Inkoranyamagambo . " -"~Umwimerere Igenamiterere Nyuma i Ikiganiro .
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
A Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi ya: A &Ubutumwa ni Byabonetse , i " -"Icyinjijwe cy/byagarajwe &Kidatunganye ku Mburabuzi . ni i Umwandiko " -"wahinduwe ururimi ni ku na Buri gihe Kugenzura i ibisubizo . iyi Ihitamo NIBA . " -"
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Umwandiko
" -"Injiza i Umwandiko Kuri Shakisha ya: . Kuri Shakisha ya: A Ibisanzwe " -"imvugo , Gushoboza Ibisanzwe imvugo munsi .
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Umwandiko
" -"Injiza i Umwandiko i Byabonetse Umwandiko Kuri Kubona Na: . Umwandiko ni " -"Byakoreshejwe Nka ni . ni OYA Kuri Ubwoko A Inyuma Indango , NIBA ya: A " -"Ibisanzwe imvugo .
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Kuri Shakisha
" -"in Bya A Agatabo Icyinjijwe Kuri Shakisha .
" - -#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui line 54 -#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:124 rc.cpp:1237 -#, no-c-format -msgid "C&ase sensitive" -msgstr "myandikire y'inyuguti nkuru/nto" +msgid "&Pack" +msgstr "Ipaki" -#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:125 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:380 #, fuzzy -msgid "O&nly whole words" -msgstr "Amagambo " +msgid "Pack &Marked" +msgstr "cy/byagarajwe" -#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:126 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:399 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:765 #, fuzzy -msgid "I&gnore marker for keyboard accelerator" -msgstr "ya: Mwandikisho " +msgid "&Validation" +msgstr "Kwemeza" -#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:127 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:412 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ignore con&text information" -msgstr "Imvugiro Ibisobanuro: " +msgid "V&alidation Marked" +msgstr "Kwemeza" -#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:128 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:425 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:451 +msgid "Update" +msgstr "Kuvugurura" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:427 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:453 #, fuzzy -msgid "From c&ursor position" -msgstr "indanga Ibirindiro: " +msgid "Update Marked" +msgstr "Kuvugurura Bitakunze" -#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:129 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:429 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:455 #, fuzzy -msgid "F&ind backwards" -msgstr "Gushakishiriza Inyuma" +msgid "Commit" +msgstr "Icyo wongeraho" -#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui line 86 -#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:133 rc.cpp:1249 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "Use regu&lar expression" -msgstr "Ibisanzwe imvugo " +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:431 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:457 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Commit Marked" +msgstr "cy/byagarajwe" -#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:138 commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:708 -msgid "&Edit..." -msgstr "Kwandika..." +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:433 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Imimerere" -#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:146 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:435 #, fuzzy -msgid "As&k before replacing" -msgstr "Mbere Guhindura: %s " +msgid "Status for Marked" +msgstr "ya: " -#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:149 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:437 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:467 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
" -"
Guhindura: %s : " -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
" -"
i Shakisha : " -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
\n" +"
Umurongomiterere Ibisobanuro: Bigyanye Aho bigeze: Bya i KIGEZWEHO " +"Gushaka Cyangwa Gusimbuza Igikorwa . Itangira Umubare in : i " +"Umubare Bya Idosiye Na: ukugaragara Bya i Umwandiko OYA in i Idirishya . " +"ISEGONDA i Igiteranyo: %S Umubare Bya Idosiye i Umwandiko Byabonetse Far . " +"p>
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Idirishya
\n" +"iyi Idirishya i Ibisohoka Bya i Amabwiriza .
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
\n" +"
Kabiri Ububiko Rimwe &Igiti na na Idosiye in Ububiko . NIBA Kyongewe " +"Cyangwa Cyavanyweho . Ibisobanuro: Bigyanye i .
Birenzeho " +"Ibisobanuro: Icyiciro in i kiri kuri interineti Ifashayobora .
" +"Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"
iyi Akabuto Kuri Ihuzagihe i Umutwe Ibisobanuro: Bya i Idosiye buri Igihe " -"ni .
\n" -"Umutwe Ibisobanuro: Bigyanye i Itariki: na Igihe i Idosiye , i Iheruka " -"Umusemuzi .
\n" -"Hitamo... Ibisobanuro: Kuri Ihuzagihe Kuva: i munsi . \n" -"OYA Kyongewe Kuri i Umutwe . \n" -"Kuri &Ongera Amashami: Kuri i Umutwe , Kwandika i Umutwe N'intoki ku - > " -" in i Muhinduzi Idirishya .
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Kuri Ihuzagihe
\n" -"Amashami: in i Umutwe Kuri Ryari: Mu kubika . \n" -"A Umwanya OYA , ni Kuri i Umutwe .
\n" -"Kuri &Ongera Ikindi Ibisobanuro: Kuri i Umutwe , Kuri Kwandika i Umutwe " -"- > in i Muhinduzi Idirishya .
\n" -"hejuru NIBA OYA Kuri i Ryari: Mu kubika .
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"" -"
Kuri Inyuguti Ryari: Mu kubika Kuri A Idosiye . Imisobekere: Kuri Koresha , " -"ask Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi .
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
G."
+msgid "Statistics for %1:\n"
+msgstr "ya: %1 : \n"
-#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:302
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:773
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-" Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt "
-"--statistics\"\n"
-"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Bya Idosiye Ryari: Mu kubika iyi Kuri mu buryo bwikora: Kugenzura Bya Idosiye Na: \" - - Sitatisitiki \" "
-"\n"
-"Ryari: Mu kubika A Idosiye . Kubona A &Ubutumwa , NIBA Ikosa . Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n"
-"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
-"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
-"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n"
-"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Kubika Ibyinjijwe iyi Ihitamo ni , Ibyinjijwe Byabonetse Ryari: i Idosiye Inyuma Kuri i "
-"Idosiye . Ibyinjijwe cy/byagarajwe ku # ~ na Ryari: i OYA i Umwandiko "
-"wahinduwe ururimi . \n"
-"i Umwandiko Kugaragara Nanone , i Ibyinjijwe Nanone . \n"
-"ni i Ingano: Bya i Idosiye . Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date is saved: "
-"\n"
-"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Bya -
" -"in Imiterere i Itariki: na Igihe Bya i Umutwe - - ni : " -"
Birenzeho Ibisobanuro: , Icyiciro in i kiri kuri interineti " -"Ifashayobora .
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
\n" -"
in Ibisobanuro: Bigyanye na Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi . \n" -"Ibisobanuro: ni Byakoreshejwe Ryari: Ivugurura i Umutwe Bya A Idosiye .
\n" -"Gushaka i Amahitamo NIBA na Amashami: in i Umutwe Ipaji: Kubika " -"in iyi Ikiganiro .
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Bya /Amafishi
\n" -"icyitonderwa : Ihitamo ni MukusanyaTDE Ku i . OYA A MukusanyaTDE " -"Porogaramu , Kureka iyi Ihitamo .
\n" -"na Amafishi Byakoreshejwe in Ururimi: . Umubare Kuri i Igenamiterere Bya " -"Ururimi: . Na: MukusanyaTDE > = 2 . 2 Na: Gushigikira ya: i Ururimi: Kuri , " -"Gushyiraho iyi Ihitamo Kuri na Kuri Kubona iyi Ibisobanuro: mu buryo " -"bwikora: Kuva: MukusanyaTDE . i Akabuto Kuri Igerageza NIBA Gushaka " -"Inyuma .
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Ifishi %S: Inkoresha: in Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi
\n" -"icyitonderwa : Ihitamo ni MukusanyaTDE Ku i . OYA A MukusanyaTDE " -"Porogaramu , Kureka iyi Ihitamo .
\n" -"ni iyi Ihitamo Bikora , i Kwemeza Kugenzura i %n Kuri in i &Ubutumwa .
" -"GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Ifishi %S: Umutwe
\n" -"Kuzuza A Umutwe Icyinjijwe ya: Ifishi %S: ; NIBA i Icyinjijwe ubusa , i " -"Icyinjijwe in i Idosiye OYA Byahinduwe Cyangwa Kyongewe .
\n" -"mu buryo bwikora: Kugerageza Kuri Agaciro: ku i Ibikoresho ya: Gushyiraho " -"Ururimi: ; Kanda i Akabuto .
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
ya: Mwandikisho
" -", Inyuguti: i Inyuguti: Nka Mwandikisho . Urugero: in ni ' & ' na in ni " -"' _ ' .
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
imvugo ya: Imvugiro Ibisobanuro:
" -"A Ibisanzwe imvugo ni Imvugiro Ibisobanuro: in i &Ubutumwa na OYA Kubona . " -"
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
i
" -"iyi Kuri Genzuranyuguti Kugenzura i Umwandiko Nka Ubwoko: . Amagambo ku i " -"Ikosa Ibara: .
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Amagambo
" -"iyi , Kuri Kureka i Amagambo , in i Genzuranyuguti Kugenzura " -"Ikiganiro , in buri Genzuranyuguti Kugenzura .
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Base Ububiko
\n" -"in i Ububiko Byose na Idosiye . \n" -"Idosiye na i Ububiko in Ububiko Hanyuma .
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Gufungura Idosiye in Gishya Idirishya
\n" -"iyi ni Byose Idosiye Kuva: i A Gishya Idirishya .
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
ku &Kuvamo
\n" -"Kugenzura iyi , Kuri &Kwica i , OYA Ryari: , \n" -"ku A &Kwica Kuri .
\n" -": OYA i .
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Umubarendanga ya: Idosiye Ibigize
\n" -"Kugenzura iyi , Kurema Umubarendanga ya: Idosiye Kuri Umuvuduko Hejuru i " -"Gushaka /Gusimbuza Imimaro .
\n" -": Buhoro Hasi Ivugurura i Idosiye Ibisobanuro: .
Idosiye
Kuri Gushaka :
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
ya: Ububiko
" -"i Amabwiriza Kuri Gukora in Ububiko Kuva: i . Amabwiriza Hanyuma in i " -" in i Imvugiro Ibikubiyemo .
" -"Ikurikiranyanyuguti in A command : " -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
ya: Idosiye
" -"i Amabwiriza Kuri Gukora ku Idosiye Kuva: i . Amabwiriza Hanyuma in i " -" in i Imvugiro Ibikubiyemo .
" -"Ikurikiranyanyuguti in A command : " -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Inkingi:
\n" -"
\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142 +msgid "&Get Diff" msgstr "" -" Kuri ! \n" -"\n" -"Ifashayobora Kuri Imikorere A Gishya ya: . \n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Bya Byose , Kuri Hitamo... i Umushinga i Idosiye , i Iboneza . \n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Hitamo... A Ururimi: Kuri translate A Ubwoko: Bya i Umwandiko wahinduwe " -"ururimi Umushinga . \n" -"
" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Idosiye "
-"
\n"
-"Izina: Bya A Idosiye Kuri i Iboneza Bya .
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"e."
+#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
+#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
+msgstr "Urifuzagukomeza."
-#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 97
-#: rc.cpp:53
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Project &name:"
-msgstr "Izina: : "
+#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:247
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Cannot find encoding: %1"
+msgstr "Gushaka Imisobekere: : %1 "
-#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 110
-#: rc.cpp:56 rc.cpp:98
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:253
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-" Project name"
-" Izina: "
-" \n"
-"Project Type\n"
-"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n"
-"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n"
-"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n"
-"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n"
-" Currently known types:\n"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n"
-"Umushinga Izina: ni irangamimerere Bya A Umushinga . ni in i Umushinga Iboneza "
-"Nka in i Umutwe: Bya Windows ya: i Umushinga . \n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-" icyitonderwa : Umushinga Izina: Nyuma Byahinduwe . < \n"
-"\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n" -" \n" -"Umushinga Ubwoko: Kuri i Igenamiterere ya: Ubwoko: Bya i - Umwandiko " -"wahinduwe ururimi Imishinga . \n" -"Urugero: , Hejuru i Kwemeza Ibikoresho , \n" -"na Ihinduramiterere Bya i Umutwe . \n" -"
\n" -": \n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
\n" -"
in i Ububiko Byose na Idosiye . \n" -"Idosiye na i Ububiko in Ububiko Hanyuma Rimwe &Igiti .
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
ya: Ikinyuranyo/Itandukaniro Gushakisha
\n" -"Guhitamo A Inkomoko , A Ikinyuranyo/Itandukaniro .
\n" -"Guhitamo Idosiye , Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi Ububikoshingiro .
\n" -"Hitamo... i Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi Ububikoshingiro , i Ubutumwa Kuri " -"Na: Kuva: i ; Kuri , Gushoboza &Ongera Icyinjijwe Kuri Ububikoshingiro " -"in Ikiganiro .
\n" -"Iheruka Ihitamo ni ya: ikoresha - .
\n" -"Na: Ubutumwa Kuva: A - > - > Gufungura Idosiye ya: \n" -"in Idirishya .
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Kugaragaza... A Ububiko... in i Idosiye Na: . i Idosiye Ku i iyi Ububiko... " -"Nka i ~Umwimerere Idosiye SHINGIRO Ububiko... , mu buryo bwikora: Gufungura i " -"Kuri Na: .
\n" -"icyitonderwa iyi Ihitamo Oya INGARUKA NIBA Ubutumwa Ububikoshingiro " -"Byakoreshejwe ya: .
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Tangira &vendorShortName; Shakisha
\n" -"iyi ni , i Shakisha ni mu buryo bwikora: Yatangiye: \n" -"Hindura Kuri Icyinjijwe in i Muhinduzi . \n" -"Hitamo... Kuri Shakisha Na: i Agasanduku . \n" -"
" -"Tangira &vendorShortName; Gushakisha... N'intoki ku Icyinjijwe in \n" -"i Byirambuye Ibikubiyemo Ryari: \n" -" - > ... Cyangwa i Inkoranyamagambo Akabuto \n" -"in i Umwanyabikoresho ya: A .
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
\n" -"
Kuri Shakisha Nka Mburabuzi . \n" -"Igenamiterere ni Byakoreshejwe Ryari: Gushakisha... ni Yatangiye: mu buryo " -"bwikora: \n" -"Cyangwa Ryari: i Inkoranyamagambo Akabuto in i Umwanyabikoresho .
\n" -"Kugena Imiterere i Inkoranyamagambo ku \n" -"i Inkoranyamagambo Kuva: - > . \n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Gukuraho &Kidatunganye Imimerere
\n" -"iyi ni na Guhindura A &Kidatunganye Icyinjijwe , i &Kidatunganye Imimerere " -"ni ( iyi i Ikurikiranyanyuguti , &Kidatunganye \n" -"ni Cyavanyweho Kuva: i Icyo wongeraho ) .
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Guhindura
\n" -"iyi Kuri Ubwoko Kwandika :$1 Umwandiko Birenzeho na \n" -"Bya Bidasanzwe Inyuguti Kuri \n" -". Urugero: Kwandika :$1 ' \\\" ' Igisubizo in \n" -"' \\\\ \\\" ' , mu buryo bwikora: &Ongera \n" -"Ku i Impera Bya i Umurongo: , + &Ongera \n" -"' \\\\ Ku i Impera Bya i Umurongo: .
\n" -"icyitonderwa iyi ni A : ni Kuri \n" -"Umwandiko .
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Ikosa
\n" -"Gushyiraho Kuri Herekana %S Ikosa . \n" -" ku Ikosa na Umwandiko Ibara: ku Amahinduka i Ibara: Bya i " -"Umwandiko . Ntana kimwe ni \n" -", A &Ubutumwa in i Umurongomiterere . \n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"\n" -"
i Imimerere na Ibara: .
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Umwandiko
Injiza i Umwandiko Kuri Shakisha ya: . " +"Kuri Shakisha ya: A Ibisanzwe imvugo , Gushoboza Ibisanzwe imvugo " +"munsi .
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Umwandiko
Injiza i Umwandiko i Byabonetse " +"Umwandiko Kuri Kubona Na: . Umwandiko ni Byakoreshejwe Nka ni . ni OYA Kuri " +"Ubwoko A Inyuma Indango , NIBA ya: A Ibisanzwe imvugo .
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Kuri Shakisha
in Bya A Agatabo Icyinjijwe Kuri " +"Shakisha .
" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 252 -#: rc.cpp:518 +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:43 commonui/finddialog.cpp:121 +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:134 +#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:568 +#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui:68 +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pwidget.ui:54 #, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "Sentence by sentence" -msgstr "ku " +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Idosiye " -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 260 -#: rc.cpp:521 +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:54 commonui/finddialog.cpp:124 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alphanumeric" -msgstr "Gikurikije itondenyuguti" +msgid "C&ase sensitive" +msgstr "myandikire y'inyuguti nkuru/nto" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 313 -#: rc.cpp:539 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Word by word" -msgstr "Ijambo ju rindi" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:125 +#, fuzzy +msgid "O&nly whole words" +msgstr "Amagambo " -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 321 -#: rc.cpp:542 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "Dynamic dictionary" -msgstr "Inkoranyamagambo " +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:126 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I&gnore marker for keyboard accelerator" +msgstr "ya: Mwandikisho " -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 336 -#: rc.cpp:545 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "Preferred number of results:" -msgstr "Umubare Bya ibisubizo : " +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:127 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ignore con&text information" +msgstr "Imvugiro Ibisobanuro: " -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 356 -#: rc.cpp:548 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Output" -msgstr "Ibisohoka" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:128 +#, fuzzy +msgid "From c&ursor position" +msgstr "indanga Ibirindiro: " -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 367 -#: rc.cpp:551 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "Output Processing" -msgstr "Inonosora" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:129 +#, fuzzy +msgid "F&ind backwards" +msgstr "Gushakishiriza Inyuma" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 395 -#: rc.cpp:554 +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:86 commonui/finddialog.cpp:133 #, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "First capital letter match" -msgstr "Ibaruwa: BIHUYE " +msgid "Use regu&lar expression" +msgstr "Ibisanzwe imvugo " -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 403 -#: rc.cpp:557 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "All capital letter match" -msgstr "Ibaruwa: BIHUYE " +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:138 commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:708 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "Kwandika..." -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 411 -#: rc.cpp:560 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "Accelerator symbol (&&)" -msgstr "IKIMENYETSO ( & & ) " +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:146 +#, fuzzy +msgid "As&k before replacing" +msgstr "Mbere Guhindura: %s " -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 419 -#: rc.cpp:563 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "Try to use same letter" -msgstr "Kuri Koresha Ibaruwa: " +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:149 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Guhindura: %s :
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
i Shakisha :
\n"
-"Example:"
-"
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"< > Koresha Rimwe Cyangwa Kabiri ijambo Igihe Shakisha A Na: Birutwa "
-"i Umubare Bya Amagambo , i Shakisha Shakisha ya: Byose Kuva: i ~Umwimerere "
-"Rimwe in Rimwe Cyangwa Kabiri Amagambo . "
-"
\n"
-" Urugero : "
-" "
-msgstr " Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n"
-"Shakisha ya: Izina: ni na Rimwe ijambo "
-"Gicurasi Gushaka nka Izina: ni Cyangwa Izina: ni . "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Rimwe ijambo "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Re&vision-Date"
+msgstr "Itariki y'Isubiramo"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Umubare Bya Amagambo in i Ikibazo # : "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Last-&Translator"
+msgstr "Umuvunuzi-XML"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Kabiri ijambo "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Ururimi"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[ A - - - % "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "KubonezaInyuguti:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "Isobeka"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Inyuguti ya: Ibisanzwe : "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "Umushinga"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Ububiko... : "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "Bya - "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "&Ongera Icyinjijwe Kuri Ububikoshingiro "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "Itariki: Imiterere "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr ""
-"&Ongera Icyinjijwe Kuri i Ububikoshingiro NIBA A Gishya Umwandiko wahinduwe "
-"ururimi ni ku ( Gicurasi ) "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "Itariki: Imiterere "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "Kyongewe Icyinjijwe Umwanditsi: : "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "Kunozaidosiyeya Itariki: Imiterere : "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"
\n" +"
iyi Akabuto Kuri Ihuzagihe i Umutwe Ibisobanuro: Bya i Idosiye buri " +"Igihe ni .
\n" +"Umutwe Ibisobanuro: Bigyanye i Itariki: na Igihe i Idosiye , i Iheruka " +"Umusemuzi .
\n" +"Hitamo... Ibisobanuro: Kuri Ihuzagihe Kuva: i munsi . \n" +"OYA Kyongewe Kuri i Umutwe . \n" +"Kuri &Ongera Amashami: Kuri i Umutwe , Kwandika i Umutwe N'intoki ku - > " +" in i Muhinduzi Idirishya .
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Kuri Ihuzagihe
\n" +"Amashami: in i Umutwe Kuri Ryari: Mu kubika . \n" +"A Umwanya OYA , ni Kuri i Umutwe .
\n" +"Kuri &Ongera Ikindi Ibisobanuro: Kuri i Umutwe , Kuri Kwandika i Umutwe " +" - > in i Muhinduzi Idirishya .
\n" +"hejuru NIBA OYA Kuri i Ryari: Mu kubika .
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Kuri Inyuguti Ryari: Mu kubika Kuri A Idosiye . " +"Imisobekere: Kuri Koresha , ask Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi .
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
G."
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:302
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. \n"
-"Gushyiraho i Gito Umubare Bya Amagambo Bya i Ikibazo # A Urufunguzo Kuri "
-"Byinjijwemo in i Utubuto Urutonde . "
-" \n"
-"Gushyiraho i Gito Umubare Bya Amagambo Bya i Urufunguzo i Ikibazo # Kuri "
-"Ongeramo i Urufunguzo in i Urutonde . "
-" \n"
-"Kabiri Imibare i Ijanisha Bya i Igiteranyo: %S Umubare Bya Amagambo . i "
-"Igisubizo Bya iyi Ijanisha ni Birutwa Rimwe , i Gushyiraho Kuri Rimwe . "
-" \n"
-"Gushyiraho i Kinini Umubare Bya Ibyinjijwe in i Urutonde . "
+" Bya Idosiye Ryari: Mu kubika iyi Kuri mu buryo bwikora: Kugenzura Bya Idosiye Na: \" - - Sitatisitiki "
+"\" \n"
+"Ryari: Mu kubika A Idosiye . Kubona A &Ubutumwa , NIBA Ikosa . Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Kubika Ibyinjijwe iyi Ihitamo ni , Ibyinjijwe Byabonetse Ryari: i Idosiye Inyuma Kuri i "
+"Idosiye . Ibyinjijwe cy/byagarajwe ku # ~ na Ryari: i OYA i Umwandiko "
+"wahinduwe ururimi . \n"
+"i Umwandiko Kugaragara Nanone , i Ibyinjijwe Nanone . \n"
+"ni i Ingano: Bya i Idosiye . Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help. Bya - in Imiterere i Itariki: na Igihe Bya i "
+"Umutwe - - ni : "
+"Birenzeho Ibisobanuro: , Icyiciro in i kiri kuri interineti "
+"Ifashayobora . \n"
+"
\n"
+"
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
\n" +"
in Ibisobanuro: Bigyanye na Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi . \n" +"Ibisobanuro: ni Byakoreshejwe Ryari: Ivugurura i Umutwe Bya A Idosiye . " +"p> \n" +"
Gushaka i Amahitamo NIBA na Amashami: in i Umutwe Ipaji: Kubika " +"in iyi Ikiganiro .
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Bya /Amafishi
\n" +"icyitonderwa : Ihitamo ni MukusanyaTDE Ku i . OYA A " +"MukusanyaTDE Porogaramu , Kureka iyi Ihitamo .
\n" +"na Amafishi Byakoreshejwe in Ururimi: . Umubare Kuri i Igenamiterere Bya " +"Ururimi: . Na: MukusanyaTDE > = 2 . 2 Na: Gushigikira ya: i Ururimi: Kuri , " +"Gushyiraho iyi Ihitamo Kuri na Kuri Kubona iyi Ibisobanuro: mu " +"buryo bwikora: Kuva: MukusanyaTDE . i Akabuto Kuri Igerageza NIBA " +"Gushaka Inyuma .
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Ifishi %S: Inkoresha: in Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi " +"p> \n" +"
icyitonderwa : Ihitamo ni MukusanyaTDE Ku i . OYA A " +"MukusanyaTDE Porogaramu , Kureka iyi Ihitamo .
\n" +"ni iyi Ihitamo Bikora , i Kwemeza Kugenzura i %n Kuri in i &Ubutumwa . " +"p>
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Ifishi %S: Umutwe
\n" +"Kuzuza A Umutwe Icyinjijwe ya: Ifishi %S: ; NIBA i Icyinjijwe ubusa , i " +"Icyinjijwe in i Idosiye OYA Byahinduwe Cyangwa Kyongewe .
\n" +"mu buryo bwikora: Kugerageza Kuri Agaciro: ku i Ibikoresho ya: " +"Gushyiraho Ururimi: ; Kanda i Akabuto .
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
ya: Mwandikisho
, Inyuguti: i Inyuguti: Nka " +"Mwandikisho . Urugero: in ni ' & ' na in ni ' _ ' .
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
imvugo ya: Imvugiro Ibisobanuro:
A Ibisanzwe " +"imvugo ni Imvugiro Ibisobanuro: in i &Ubutumwa na OYA Kubona .
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
\n" -"Ibihinduka in i Inzira: NIBA Bihari : \n" -"
i
iyi Kuri Genzuranyuguti Kugenzura i Umwandiko " +"Nka Ubwoko: . Amagambo ku i Ikosa Ibara: .
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Bitemewe Nka &Kidatunganye " -"
\n" -"
Guhitamo iyi Ihitamo , Byose Ibigize , \n" -"i Nka Bitemewe , Nka &Kidatunganye na i .
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
OYA validate &Kidatunganye " -"
\n" -"
Guhitamo iyi Ihitamo , Byose Nka &Kidatunganye OYA Ku Byose .
Amagambo
iyi , Kuri Kureka i Amagambo , " +"in i Genzuranyuguti Kugenzura Ikiganiro , in buri Genzuranyuguti Kugenzura . " +"
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Base Ububiko
\n" +"in i Ububiko Byose na Idosiye . \n" +"Idosiye na i Ububiko in Ububiko Hanyuma .
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Gufungura Idosiye in Gishya Idirishya
\n" +"iyi ni Byose Idosiye Kuva: i A Gishya Idirishya .
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
ku &Kuvamo
\n" +"Kugenzura iyi , Kuri &Kwica i , OYA Ryari: , \n" +"ku A &Kwica Kuri .
\n" +": OYA i .
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Umubarendanga ya: Idosiye Ibigize
\n" +"Kugenzura iyi , Kurema Umubarendanga ya: Idosiye Kuri Umuvuduko Hejuru " +"i Gushaka /Gusimbuza Imimaro .
\n" +": Buhoro Hasi Ivugurura i Idosiye Ibisobanuro: .
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
ya: Ububiko
i Amabwiriza Kuri Gukora in Ububiko " +"Kuva: i . Amabwiriza Hanyuma in i in i Imvugiro Ibikubiyemo .
" +"Ikurikiranyanyuguti in A command :
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
ya: Idosiye
i Amabwiriza Kuri Gukora ku Idosiye " +"Kuva: i . Amabwiriza Hanyuma in i in i Imvugiro Ibikubiyemo .
" +"Ikurikiranyanyuguti in A command :
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
" -"
Kuri Ongeramo Bidasanzwe Inyuguti ikoresha MAHARAKUBIRI Kanda . "
+msgid "Last &revision"
+msgstr "Isubiramo "
-#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:60
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:1124
#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Apply Settings"
-msgstr "Gukoresha amagenamiterere"
+msgid "Last t&ranslator"
+msgstr "Umusemuzi "
-#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:61
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:1126
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-" This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting "
-"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving. Shown columns Akabuto Kuvugurura i Umutwe ikoresha i KIGEZWEHO Igenamiterere . Umutwe ni "
-"i Rimwe i Idosiye ku Mu kubika . Inkingi: This button will revert all changes made so far. Akabuto Kugaruza Byose Amahinduka Far . This is not a valid header. Please edit the header before updating! ni OYA A Byemewe Umutwe . Kwandika i Umutwe Mbere Ivugurura ! This is not a valid header. Please edit the header before updating. ni OYA A Byemewe Umutwe . Kwandika i Umutwe Mbere Ivugurura . Comment Editor \n"
-" The comments normally contain information about where the message is found "
-"in the source\n"
-"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
-"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
-"Options->Show Comments. \n"
-" Ibisobanuro Ibisobanuro: Bigyanye i &Ubutumwa ni Byabonetse in i na "
-"Imimerere Ibisobanuro: Bigyanye iyi &Ubutumwa ( &Kidatunganye , C - Imiterere ) "
-". \n"
-"Kuva: Ikindi Abavunuzi in Ibisobanuro . Gushisha i Icyo wongeraho Muhinduzi ku - > . What entries to translate Choose here, for which entries "
+"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always "
+"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose. Ibyinjijwe Kuri translate , ya: Ibyinjijwe Bya i "
+"Idosiye Kuri Gushaka A Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi . Ibyinjijwe Buri gihe "
+"cy/byagarajwe Nka &Kidatunganye , Oya Ihitamo Hitamo... . How messages get translated Here you can define if a "
+"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are "
+"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a "
+"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was "
+"found. Ubutumwa Kubona Kugaragaza... NIBA A &Ubutumwa "
+"Kubona , NIBA Ubutumwa Cyangwa NIBA ni Kuri Kugerageza i UMWE Amagambo Bya A "
+"&Ubutumwa NIBA Oya Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi Bya i Byuzuye &Ubutumwa "
+"Cyangwa &Ubutumwa Byabonetse . Mark changed entries as fuzzy When a translation for a "
+"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is "
+"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always "
+"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what "
+"you are doing. Byahinduwe Ibyinjijwe Nka &Kidatunganye A "
+"Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi ya: A &Ubutumwa ni Byabonetse , i Icyinjijwe "
+"cy/byagarajwe &Kidatunganye ku Mburabuzi . ni i Umwandiko "
+"wahinduwe ururimi ni ku na Buri gihe Kugenzura i ibisubizo . iyi Ihitamo "
+"NIBA . Initialize TDE-specific entries Initialize \"Comment=\" "
+"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF "
+"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings."
+" MukusanyaTDE - Ibyinjijwe \" = \" na \" = \" "
+"Ibyinjijwe NIBA A Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi ni OYA Byabonetse . , \" \" "
+"na \" \" ni Byuzuye Na: Ikiranga Igenamiterere . Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be "
+"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they "
+"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list. The "
+"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
+"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog."
+" , Inkoranyamagambo Kuri Byakoreshejwe ya: A "
+"Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi . Guhitamo Birenzeho Rimwe Inkoranyamagambo , "
+"Byakoreshejwe in i Itondekanya Nka in i Urutonde . Akabuto "
+"Kuri Kugena Imiterere Byahiswemo Inkoranyamagambo . ~Umwimerere "
+"Igenamiterere Nyuma i Ikiganiro . When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
+"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by "
+"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this "
+"option only if you know what you are doing. A Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi ya: A &Ubutumwa ni Byabonetse , i "
+"Icyinjijwe cy/byagarajwe &Kidatunganye ku Mburabuzi . ni i "
+"Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi ni ku na Buri gihe Kugenzura i ibisubizo . iyi "
+"Ihitamo NIBA . Search results This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries."
-" "
-" In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently "
-"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the "
-"search results. Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in "
-"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->"
-"Find.... The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section "
-"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with "
-"Settings->Configure Dictionary. ibisubizo Inzira %s Bya i Idirishya i ibisubizo Bya Gushakisha... in Inkoranyamagambo "
-". "
-" "
-" i Hejuru: ni i Umubare Bya Ibyinjijwe Byabonetse na i Icyinjijwe ni "
-"Byabonetse . i Utubuto Ku i Hasi: Kuri Kubuganya Gihinguranya i Shakisha "
-"ibisubizo . ni Yatangiye: mu buryo bwikora: Ryari: Kuri Icyinjijwe in i Muhinduzi "
-"Idirishya Cyangwa ku i Inkoranyamagambo in - > ... . Amahitamo in i Ibya&hiswemo Ikiganiro in Icyiciro "
-"na i Amahitamo ya: i Inkoranyamagambo Byahinduwe Na: - > . Original String This part of the window shows the original message\n"
-"of the currently displayed entry. Inzira %s Bya i Idirishya i ~Umwimerere i Icyinjijwe . Status LEDs These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n"
-"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n"
-"Editor on page Appearance Kugaragaza: i Imimerere Bya i &Ubutumwa . \n"
-"Guhindura... Ibara: in i Ibya&hiswemo Ikiganiro ku Ipaji: Translation Editor This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently "
-"displayed message."
-" Muhinduzi na Kwandika i Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi Bya i &Ubutumwa . "
-" Character Selector This tool allows to insert special "
+"characters using double click. Kuri Ongeramo Bidasanzwe Inyuguti ikoresha "
+"MAHARAKUBIRI Kanda . "
-#. i18n: translators: Dock window caption
-#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:480
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "PO Context"
-msgstr "urwego rw'imyumvire, rw'imivugirwe"
+#: kbabel/commentview.cpp:78 kbabel/headerwidget.ui:24
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&Comment:"
+msgstr "&Igisobanuro:"
-#. i18n: translators: Dock tab caption
-#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:482
+#: kbabel/commentview.cpp:88
#, fuzzy
-msgid "PO C&ontext"
-msgstr "urwego rw'imyumvire, rw'imivugirwe"
+msgid ""
+" Comment Editor \n"
+" The comments normally contain information about where the message is "
+"found in the source\n"
+"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
+"Options->Show Comments. \n"
+" Ibisobanuro Ibisobanuro: Bigyanye i &Ubutumwa ni Byabonetse in i na "
+"Imimerere Ibisobanuro: Bigyanye iyi &Ubutumwa ( &Kidatunganye , C - "
+"Imiterere ) . \n"
+"Kuva: Ikindi Abavunuzi in Ibisobanuro . Gushisha i Icyo wongeraho Muhinduzi ku - > . PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools. Idirishya i Imvugiro Bya i KIGEZWEHO &Ubutumwa in "
+"i Idosiye . Ubutumwa in Imbere Bya i KIGEZWEHO &Ubutumwa na Nyuma . "
+"Gushisha i Ibikoresho Idirishya ku - > .
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Ikosa
Idirishya i Urutonde Bya Amakosa Byabonetse " +"ku Ibikoresho i KIGEZWEHO &Ubutumwa cy/byagarajwe Na: Ikosa .
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Akabuto Kuvugurura i Umutwe ikoresha i KIGEZWEHO Igenamiterere . " +"Umutwe ni i Rimwe i Idosiye ku Mu kubika .
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Akabuto Kugaruza Byose Amahinduka Far .
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
ni OYA A Byemewe Umutwe .
\n" +"Kwandika i Umutwe Mbere Ivugurura !
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
ni OYA A Byemewe Umutwe .
\n" +"Kwandika i Umutwe Mbere Ivugurura .
Statusbar
\n" +"Statusbar
\n" "The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" "like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" "messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " "shown.
\n" +"
\n" "
Umurongomiterere Ibisobanuro: Bigyanye i Idosiye , \n" -"nka i Igiteranyo: %S Umubare Bya Ibyinjijwe na i Umubare Bya &Kidatunganye na . " -"i Umubarendanga na i Imimerere Bya i Icyinjijwe ni .
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Ikosa
" -"Idirishya i Urutonde Bya Amakosa Byabonetse ku Ibikoresho i KIGEZWEHO " -"&Ubutumwa cy/byagarajwe Na: Ikosa .
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"" -"
Idirishya i Imvugiro Bya i KIGEZWEHO &Ubutumwa in i Idosiye . Ubutumwa in " -"Imbere Bya i KIGEZWEHO &Ubutumwa na Nyuma .
" -"Gushisha i Ibikoresho Idirishya ku - > .
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"ibisubizo
Inzira %s Bya i Idirishya i ibisubizo " +"Bya Gushakisha... in Inkoranyamagambo .
i Hejuru: ni i Umubare Bya " +"Ibyinjijwe Byabonetse na i Icyinjijwe ni Byabonetse . i Utubuto Ku i Hasi: " +"Kuri Kubuganya Gihinguranya i Shakisha ibisubizo .
ni Yatangiye: mu " +"buryo bwikora: Ryari: Kuri Icyinjijwe in i Muhinduzi Idirishya Cyangwa ku i " +"Inkoranyamagambo in - > ... .
Amahitamo in i Ibya&hiswemo " +"Ikiganiro in Icyiciro na i Amahitamo ya: i Inkoranyamagambo " +"Byahinduwe Na: - > .
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
\n" +"
Inzira %s Bya i Idirishya i ~Umwimerere i Icyinjijwe .
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
\n" +"
Kugaragaza: i Imimerere Bya i &Ubutumwa . \n" +"Guhindura... Ibara: in i Ibya&hiswemo Ikiganiro ku Ipaji: " +"
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
\n" +"
Muhinduzi na Kwandika i Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi Bya i &Ubutumwa . " +"
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
" -"
- Gushakisha... muri i Idosiye . Urugero: NIBA Kuri A Shakisha , Cyangwa " -"NIBA &Kidatunganye Ubutumwa Kuri .
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Ubutumwa Kuri Nka A &Ubutumwa .
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
e. G."
+"KBabel has not finished the last operation yet.\n"
+"Please wait."
+msgstr "Rwosetegereza."
-#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:109
-#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:107
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1417 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1499
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-" Location Configure here which file is to be used for searching. Idosiye ni Kuri Byakoreshejwe ya: Gushakisha... . Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you "
-"want to perform a case sensitive search. - Gushakisha... muri i Idosiye . Urugero: , NIBA Kuri A Shakisha . "
+"Idosiye ni . \n"
+"\n"
+"Bya \" - - Sitatisitiki \" : \n"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1658
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Loading TMX compendium"
-msgstr "Inyandiko iri gutangizwa"
+msgid "msgfmt detected a syntax error.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"A Ikosa . \n"
+"\n"
+"Bya \" - - Sitatisitiki \" : \n"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:92
-#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:102
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1659
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot open the file."
+msgid "msgfmt detected a header syntax error.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Ntibishoboka gufungura idosiye:\n"
+"A Umutwe Ikosa . \n"
+"\n"
+"Bya \" - - Sitatisitiki \" : \n"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:96
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1663 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1703
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cannot parse XML data."
-msgstr "Ibyatanzwe . "
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Do you want to continue or cancel and edit the file again?"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Kuri Gukomeza Cyangwa Kureka na Kwandika i Idosiye Nanone ? "
-#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:111
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1665 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1682
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1685
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Unsupported format."
-msgstr "Imiterere . "
+msgid "Output of \"msgfmt --statistics\":\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Idosiye Amakosa . \n"
+"Bya \" - - Sitatisitiki \" : "
-#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:117
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1680 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1688
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1718 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1723
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Error while trying to read file for TMX Compendium module:\n"
-"%1\n"
-"Reason: %2"
+msgid "Please edit the file again."
msgstr ""
-"Ikosa Kuri Soma Idosiye ya: Modire : \n"
-"%1 \n"
-": %2 "
+"\n"
+"Kwandika i Idosiye Nanone . "
-#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:229
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1698
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Empty database."
-msgstr "Ububikoshingiro . "
+msgid ""
+"While trying to check syntax with msgfmt an error occurred.\n"
+"Please make sure that you have installed\n"
+"the GNU gettext package properly."
+msgstr ""
+"Kuri Kugenzura Na: Ikosa . \n"
+"Ubwoko Porogaramu . "
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:71
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1769 kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:948
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Copyright 2000-2001 by Andrea Rizzi"
-msgstr "- ku "
+msgid "No mismatch has been found."
+msgstr "Byabonetse . "
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:84
-msgid "No error"
-msgstr "Nta kosa"
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1770 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1787
+msgid ""
+"_: Title in Dialog: Perform all checks\n"
+"Perform All Checks"
+msgstr ""
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:125
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1784 kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:965
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Database folder does not exist:\n"
-"%1\n"
-"Do you want to create it now?"
+"Some mismatches have been found.\n"
+"Please check the questionable entries by using Go->Next error"
msgstr ""
-"Ububiko... OYA : \n"
-"%1 \n"
-"Kuri Kurema NONEAHA ? "
-
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:127
-msgid "Create Folder"
-msgstr "Kurema Ububiko"
+"Byabonetse . \n"
+"Kugenzura i Ibyinjijwe ku ikoresha - > Ikosa "
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:146
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2036
#, fuzzy, c-format
-msgid "It was not possible to create folder %1"
-msgstr "OYA Kuri Kurema Ububiko... %1 "
+msgid ""
+"_n: There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-" 1. 1."
+"End of document reached.\n"
+"Continue from the beginning?"
+msgstr ""
+"Tugeze ku mpera y'inyandiko.\n"
+"Dukomeze duhereye ku ntangiriro?"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:185
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Old Database Found"
-msgstr ": Umwanya w'ububikoshingiro"
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2069 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2111
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2191 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2259
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2323
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"_n: %n replacement made\n"
+"%n replacements made"
+msgstr ""
+"%n Isimbura ryakozwe. \n"
+"%n Amasimbura yakozwe."
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:186
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2072 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2113
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2262
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Use &Old Database"
-msgstr "ubushyinguro bushya"
+msgid "Search string not found."
+msgstr "Gushaka ikurikiranyanyuguti''bitabonetse!"
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:187
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2080
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Use &New Database"
-msgstr "ubushyinguro bushya"
+msgid ""
+"End of document reached.\n"
+"Continue in the next file?"
+msgstr "Tugezekumperay'inyandiko."
-#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:258
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2125
#, fuzzy
+msgid "DCOP communication with Catalog Manager failed."
+msgstr "Itumanaho Na: Byanze . "
+
+#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2221
+#, fuzzy, c-format
msgid ""
-"Database files not found.\n"
-"Do you want to create them now?"
+"_n: There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them. 1. 1."
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:185
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Old Database Found"
+msgstr ": Umwanya w'ububikoshingiro"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:186
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Use &Old Database"
+msgstr "ubushyinguro bushya"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:187
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Use &New Database"
+msgstr "ubushyinguro bushya"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:258
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Database files not found.\n"
+"Do you want to create them now?"
+msgstr ""
+"Idosiye OYA Byabonetse . \n"
+"Kuri Kurema NONEAHA ? "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:258
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
+msgid "Create"
+msgstr "Kurema"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:408
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cannot open the database"
+msgstr "Gufungura i Ububikoshingiro "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:431
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:640
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Another search has already been started"
+msgstr "Shakisha Yatangiye: "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:438
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:647
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unable to search now: a PO file scan is in progress"
+msgstr "Kuri Shakisha NONEAHA : A Idosiye Gusikana ni in Aho bigeze: "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:445
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unable to open the database"
+msgstr "Kuri Gufungura i Ububikoshingiro "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:451
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:658
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Database empty"
+msgstr "ubusa "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:462
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "No entry for this package in the database."
+msgstr "Icyinjijwe ya: iyi Porogaramu in i Ububikoshingiro . "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:469
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Searching for %1 in database"
+msgstr "ya: %1 in Ububikoshingiro "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:548
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Looking for repetitions"
+msgstr "ya: "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:548
+msgid "Stop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:562
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Minimum Repetition"
+msgstr "Iyinjizaporogaramu ryoroheje"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:564
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Insert the minimum number of repetitions for a string:"
+msgstr "i Gito Umubare Bya ya: A Ikurikiranyanyuguti : "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:572
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Searching repeated string"
+msgstr "byasubiyemo Ikurikiranyanyuguti "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1240
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select Folder to Scan Recursively"
+msgstr "Kuri "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1263
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1315
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Scanning folder %1"
+msgstr "Gusesengura ububiko %1:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1299
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select Folder to Scan"
+msgstr "Kuri "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1358
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select PO File to Scan"
+msgstr "Idosiye Kuri "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1372
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Scanning file %1"
+msgstr "Idosiye %1 "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1412
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:67
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.cpp:68
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Translation Database"
+msgstr "Iyinjizaporogaramu ububikoshingiro"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1608
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Searching words"
+msgstr "Amagambo "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/KDBSearchEngine.cpp:1850
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Process output"
+msgstr "Ibisohoka "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:69
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.cpp:70
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "A fast translation search engine based on databases"
+msgstr "A Byihuta Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi Shakisha ku Ububikoshingiro "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbse_factory.cpp:71
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Copyright 2000-2001 by Andrea Rizzi"
+msgstr "- ku "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/preferenceswidget.cpp:102
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Scanning file: %1"
+msgstr "Idosiye : %1 "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/preferenceswidget.cpp:107
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Entries added: %1"
+msgstr "Kyongewe : %1 "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp:562
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp:614
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The name you chose is already used.\n"
+"Please change the source name."
+msgstr ""
+"Izina: ni Byakoreshejwe . \n"
+"Guhindura... i Inkomoko Izina: . "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp:563
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.cpp:615
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Name is Not Unique"
+msgstr "ni "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/KDBSearchEngine2.h:89
+msgid "DB SearchEngine II"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:182
+msgid "CHUNK BY CHUNK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:183
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+" Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if "
+"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored. - Gushakisha... muri i Idosiye . Urugero: NIBA "
+"Kuri A Shakisha , Cyangwa NIBA &Kidatunganye Ubutumwa Kuri . Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want "
+"to have treated as a matching message. Ubutumwa Kuri Nka A &Ubutumwa . 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its "
+"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches "
+"'abcx123c12'. e. G."
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:109
+#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:107
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+" Location Configure here which file is to be used for "
+"searching. Idosiye ni Kuri Byakoreshejwe ya: "
+"Gushakisha... . Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search. - Gushakisha... muri i Idosiye . Urugero: , NIBA "
+"Kuri A Shakisha . "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Loading TMX compendium"
+msgstr "Inyandiko iri gutangizwa"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:92
+#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:102
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cannot open the file."
+msgstr "Ntibishoboka gufungura idosiye:\n"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:96
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Cannot parse XML data."
+msgstr "Ibyatanzwe . "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:111
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Unsupported format."
+msgstr "Imiterere . "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:117
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Error while trying to read file for TMX Compendium module:\n"
+"%1\n"
+"Reason: %2"
+msgstr ""
+"Ikosa Kuri Soma Idosiye ya: Modire : \n"
+"%1 \n"
+": %2 "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:229
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Empty database."
+msgstr "Ububikoshingiro . "
+
+#: kbabeldict/searchengine.h:339
+msgid "not implemented"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:11 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:29
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&Go"
+msgstr "Gyayo"
+
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:30
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "&Markings"
+msgstr "Kwamamaza"
+
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:43 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:50
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "&Project"
+msgstr "Umushinga"
+
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:49 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:57
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&Tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:60 catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:165
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:202
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "CVS"
+msgstr "COS"
+
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:112 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:87
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "&Settings"
+msgstr "Amagenamiterere:"
+
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:117 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:95
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:122 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:100
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Main"
+msgstr "Gito"
+
+#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:128 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:113
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Navigationbar"
+msgstr "UmwanyaMbuganya"
+
+#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:24
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "To be set dynamically:"
+msgstr "Gushyiraho : "
+
+#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:62
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "&Include templates"
+msgstr "Inyandikorugero "
+
+#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:70
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Use &wildcards"
+msgstr "Gukoresha Amakaritaposita"
+
+#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:59
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Overall:"
+msgstr "korosa"
+
+#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:80
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Current file:"
+msgstr "Idosiye : "
+
+#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:88
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Validation:"
+msgstr "Kwemeza"
+
+#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:96 commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:94
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:473
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "New Item"
+msgstr "Iwebu nshya"
+
+#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:32
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Mark invalid as &fuzzy"
+msgstr "Bitemewe Nka &Kidatunganye "
+
+#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:35
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" Mark invalid as fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items,\n"
+"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n"
+"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n"
+"will be saved. Bitemewe Nka &Kidatunganye \n"
+" Guhitamo iyi Ihitamo , Byose Ibigize , \n"
+"i Nka Bitemewe , Nka &Kidatunganye na i . Do not validate fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items\n"
+"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all. OYA validate &Kidatunganye \n"
+" Guhitamo iyi Ihitamo , Byose Nka &Kidatunganye OYA Ku Byose . Source for difference lookup Here you can select a source, which should be used\n"
+"for finding a difference. You can select file, translation database or\n"
+"corresponding msgstr. If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n"
+"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n"
+"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n"
+"preferences dialog. The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n"
+"for proofreading. You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n"
+"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n"
+"in KBabel's main window. ya: Ikinyuranyo/Itandukaniro Gushakisha Guhitamo A Inkomoko , A Ikinyuranyo/Itandukaniro . Guhitamo Idosiye , Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi Ububikoshingiro . Hitamo... i Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi Ububikoshingiro , i Ubutumwa "
+"Kuri Na: Kuva: i ; Kuri , Gushoboza &Ongera Icyinjijwe Kuri "
+"Ububikoshingiro in Ikiganiro . Iheruka Ihitamo ni ya: ikoresha - . Na: Ubutumwa Kuva: A - > - > Gufungura Idosiye ya: \n"
+"in Idirishya . Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n"
+"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n"
+"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n"
+"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n"
+"file to diff with. Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n"
+"the database are used for diffing. Kugaragaza... A Ububiko... in i Idosiye Na: . i Idosiye Ku i iyi "
+"Ububiko... Nka i ~Umwimerere Idosiye SHINGIRO Ububiko... , mu buryo bwikora: "
+"Gufungura i Kuri Na: . icyitonderwa iyi Ihitamo Oya INGARUKA NIBA Ubutumwa Ububikoshingiro "
+"Byakoreshejwe ya: . \n"
+"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n"
+"project for KBabel.\n"
+" \n"
+"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n"
+"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n"
+" \n"
+"You should also choose a language to translate into\n"
+"and also a type of the translation project.\n"
+" \n"
+"Ifashayobora Kuri Imikorere A Gishya ya: . \n"
+" \n"
+"Bya Byose , Kuri Hitamo... i Umushinga i Idosiye , i Iboneza . \n"
+" \n"
+"Hitamo... A Ururimi: Kuri translate A Ubwoko: Bya i Umwandiko wahinduwe "
+"ururimi Umushinga . \n"
+" Configuration File Name Idosiye \n"
+"Language \n"
+"e."
+
+#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:97
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Project &name:"
+msgstr "Izina: : "
+
+#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:103 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:169
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" Project name Izina: \n"
+"Project Type\n"
+"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n"
+"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n"
+"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n"
+"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n"
+" Currently known types:\n"
+" \n"
+" \n"
+"Umushinga Ubwoko: Kuri i Igenamiterere ya: Ubwoko: Bya i - Umwandiko "
+"wahinduwe ururimi Imishinga . \n"
+"Urugero: , Hejuru i Kwemeza Ibikoresho , \n"
+"na Ihinduramiterere Bya i Umutwe . \n"
+" : \n"
+" Translation Files Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree."
+" in i Ububiko Byose na Idosiye . \n"
+"Idosiye na i Ububiko in Ububiko Hanyuma Rimwe &Igiti . Automatically unset fuzzy status If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status "
+"is automatically\n"
+"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n"
+"is removed from the entry's comment). Gukuraho &Kidatunganye Imimerere iyi ni na Guhindura A &Kidatunganye Icyinjijwe , i &Kidatunganye "
+"Imimerere ni ( iyi i Ikurikiranyanyuguti , &Kidatunganye \n"
+"ni Cyavanyweho Kuva: i Icyo wongeraho ) . Use clever editing Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n"
+"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n"
+"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n"
+"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n"
+"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n"
+"'\\\\n' at the end of the line. Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n"
+"generate syntactically incorrect text. Guhindura iyi Kuri Ubwoko Kwandika :$1 Umwandiko Birenzeho na \n"
+"Bya Bidasanzwe Inyuguti Kuri \n"
+". Urugero: Kwandika :$1 ' \\\" ' Igisubizo in \n"
+"' \\\\ \\\" ' , mu buryo bwikora: &Ongera \n"
+"Ku i Impera Bya i Umurongo: , + &Ongera \n"
+"' \\\\ Ku i Impera Bya i Umurongo: . icyitonderwa iyi ni A : ni Kuri \n"
+"Umwandiko . Error recognition Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n"
+"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n"
+" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n"
+"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n"
+" Ikosa Gushyiraho Kuri Herekana %S Ikosa . \n"
+" ku Ikosa na Umwandiko Ibara: ku Amahinduka i Ibara: Bya i "
+"Umwandiko . Ntana kimwe ni \n"
+", A &Ubutumwa in i Umurongomiterere . \n"
+" Status LEDs Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have."
+" i Imimerere na Ibara: . Automatically start search If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n"
+"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n"
+"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n"
+" You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n"
+"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n"
+"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n"
+"in the toolbar pressed for a while. Tangira &vendorShortName; Shakisha iyi ni , i Shakisha ni mu buryo bwikora: Yatangiye: \n"
+"Hindura Kuri Icyinjijwe in i Muhinduzi . \n"
+"Hitamo... Kuri Shakisha Na: i Agasanduku . \n"
+" Tangira &vendorShortName; Gushakisha... N'intoki ku Icyinjijwe in \n"
+"i Byirambuye Ibikubiyemo Ryari: \n"
+" - > ... Cyangwa i Inkoranyamagambo Akabuto \n"
+"in i Umwanyabikoresho ya: A . Default Dictionary Choose here where to search as default. \n"
+"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n"
+"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar. You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n"
+"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n"
+" Kuri Shakisha Nka Mburabuzi . \n"
+"Igenamiterere ni Byakoreshejwe Ryari: Gushakisha... ni Yatangiye: mu buryo "
+"bwikora: \n"
+"Cyangwa Ryari: i Inkoranyamagambo Akabuto in i Umwanyabikoresho . Kugena Imiterere i Inkoranyamagambo ku \n"
+"i Inkoranyamagambo Kuva: - > . \n"
+" Statusbar The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or "
-"replace operation. The first number in Found: "
-"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet "
-"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files "
-"containing the searched text found so far. Umurongomiterere Ibisobanuro: Bigyanye Aho bigeze: Bya i KIGEZWEHO Gushaka "
-"Cyangwa Gusimbuza Igikorwa . Itangira Umubare in : "
-"i Umubare Bya Idosiye Na: ukugaragara Bya i Umwandiko OYA in i Idirishya . "
-"ISEGONDA i Igiteranyo: %S Umubare Bya Idosiye i Umwandiko Byabonetse Far . File Options Here you can finetune where to find:"
-" Idosiye Kuri Gushaka : "
-" \n"
+"Example: \n"
+" Urugero : "
+msgstr " \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+"< > Kugaragaza... Kuri Kuzuza i Utubuto Urutonde . \n"
+"Gushyiraho i Gito Umubare Bya Amagambo Bya i Ikibazo # A Urufunguzo Kuri "
+"Byinjijwemo in i Utubuto Urutonde . \n"
+"Gushyiraho i Gito Umubare Bya Amagambo Bya i Urufunguzo i Ikibazo # Kuri "
+"Ongeramo i Urufunguzo in i Urutonde . \n"
+"Kabiri Imibare i Ijanisha Bya i Igiteranyo: %S Umubare Bya Amagambo . i "
+"Igisubizo Bya iyi Ijanisha ni Birutwa Rimwe , i Gushyiraho Kuri Rimwe . "
+" \n"
+"Gushyiraho i Kinini Umubare Bya Ibyinjijwe in i Urutonde . "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "OYA Yatangiye: . "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Umubare Bya Amagambo Bya i Urufunguzo in i Ikibazo # ( % ) : "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Na: Imimerere %1 ] "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[Byarangiye>"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Umubare Bya Ikibazo # Amagambo in i Urufunguzo ( % ) : "
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Guhimba Ubutumwa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Urutonde Uburebure : "
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Verisiyo Igenzura "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Byisubiramo"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Nta ntego"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Amagambo Birenzeho Byisubiramo : "
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Cyavanyweho"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "1000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "ya: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Amagambo Nka in buri Urufunguzo "
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Kugaruza"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Rusange"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "ya: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Ububiko... : "
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Hanagura"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Ihuzagihe in "
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "ya: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nta Byinjizwa Bihari"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Nta Kyihutirwa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Bivuye mu bubikoshingiro"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Amadosiye:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Ifunguzo y'imenyekanisha:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Izina"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Ingano yo hasi"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Kuri "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Kidatunganye"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Inkomoko:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Bitizewe"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Igiteranyo"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Inkoranyamagambo"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Inyandiko iherutse kuvugururwa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "NYACYO"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Kumanura Idirishya"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "ku "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "Hanagura"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Gikurikije itondenyuguti"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Idirishya iyi Idirishya i Ibisohoka Bya i Amabwiriza . Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Kabiri Ububiko Rimwe &Igiti na na Idosiye in Ububiko . NIBA Kyongewe "
-"Cyangwa Cyavanyweho . Ibisobanuro: Bigyanye i . Birenzeho Ibisobanuro: Icyiciro in i kiri kuri interineti "
-"Ifashayobora . \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+" \n"
+"Ibihinduka in i Inzira: NIBA Bihari : \n"
+" What entries to translate Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a "
-"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option "
-"you choose. How messages get translated Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if "
-"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the "
-"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar "
-"message was found. Mark changed entries as fuzzy When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
-"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel "
-"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only "
-"if you know what you are doing. Initialize TDE-specific entries Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. "
-"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with "
-"identity settings. Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. "
-"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they "
-"are displayed in the list. The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
-"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog. When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
-"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel "
-"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only "
-"if you know what you are doing. Find text Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search "
-"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below. Replace text Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. "
-"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you "
-"have searched for a regular expression. Where to search Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search. Options Here you can finetune replacing:"
-" Options Here you can finetune the search:"
-"
End of document reached.
Continue from "
+"the beginning?
End of document reached.
Continue from the "
+"beginning?
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Beginning of document reached.
Continue "
+"from the end?
Beginning of document reached.
Continue from "
+"the end?
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).Chunk by chunk
CHANGE THIS TEXT!!!!This translation isobtained "
+"translating the sentences and using afuzzy sentence translation database."
+"
Do not rely on it. Translations may be fuzzy.
"
+msgstr ""
+" ku
! ! ! ! Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi i na ikoresha Umwandiko "
+"wahinduwe ururimi Ububikoshingiro .
OYA ku . Gicurasi "
+"&Kidatunganye .
"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:374
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:386
+msgid "DYNAMIC DICT:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:375
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/algorithms.cpp:387
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Dynamic Dictionary
This is a dynamic dictionary created looking for "
+"correlation of original and translated words.
Do not rely on it. "
+"Translations may be fuzzy.
"
+msgstr ""
+"
ni A Inkoranyamagambo Byaremwe ya: Bya ~Umwimerere na Amagambo . "
+"
OYA ku . Gicurasi &Kidatunganye .
"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/database.cpp:142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create Database"
+msgstr "Kurema ihuza ry'Ububikoshingiro"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2_factory.cpp:72
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Copyright 2000-2003 by Andrea Rizzi"
+msgstr "- ku "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:95
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:147
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "PO Auxiliary"
+msgstr "Ingaragirwa-Nyakamwe"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/pa_factory.cpp:97
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "A simple module for exact searching in a PO file"
+msgstr "A Byoroheje Modire ya: NYACYO Gushakisha... in A Idosiye "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:426
+msgid "Loading PO auxiliary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:438
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Error while trying to open file for PO Auxiliary module:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+"Ikosa Kuri Gufungura Idosiye ya: Modire : \n"
+"%1 "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/poauxiliary/poauxiliary.cpp:450
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Building index"
+msgstr "Umubarendanga "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.cpp:79
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp:1195
+#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendium.cpp:957
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Loading PO compendium"
+msgstr "Inyandiko iri gutangizwa"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.cpp:93
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Error while trying to read file for PO Compendium module:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+"Ikosa Kuri Soma Idosiye ya: Modire : \n"
+"%1 "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/compendiumdata.cpp:104
+#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:132
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Building indices"
+msgstr "ibimenyetso "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:95
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pocompendium.cpp:184
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "PO Compendium"
+msgstr "biringaniye"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pc_factory.cpp:97
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "A module for searching in a PO file"
+msgstr "A Modire ya: Gushakisha... in A Idosiye "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:88
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Base folder for diff files
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Izina: Bya A Idosiye Kuri i Iboneza Bya .
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n"
+"Umushinga Izina: ni irangamimerere Bya A Umushinga . ni in i Umushinga "
+"Iboneza Nka in i Umutwe: Bya Windows ya: i Umushinga . \n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+" icyitonderwa : Umushinga Izina: Nyuma Byahinduwe . < \n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+" \n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"If the project contains more than one file to translate, it\n"
+"better to organize the files. \n"
+"\n"
+"KBabel distinguishes two kind of the translation files:\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose the folders to store the files. If you\n"
+"leave the entries empty, the Catalog Manager\n"
+"will not work."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"
\n"
+"i Umushinga ifite Birenzeho Rimwe Idosiye Kuri translate , Kuri "
+"Gutunganya... i Idosiye . \n"
+"\n"
+"Kabiri Bya i Umwandiko wahinduwe ururimi Idosiye : \n"
+"\n"
+" \n"
+"
\n"
+"\n"
+"i Ububiko Kuri i Idosiye . i Ibyinjijwe ubusa , i OYA Akazi . "
-#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:53
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Total Messages"
-msgstr "Guteranya Inshuro Zakoreshejwe"
+#: commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:129
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:519
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:659
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "&Ongera"
-#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:54
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Fuzzy Messages"
-msgstr "ubutumwa"
+#: commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:140
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:643
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr "Gukuraho Makoro"
-#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:55
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Untranslated Messages"
-msgstr "Ubutumwa butariho akarango"
+#: commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:151
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Up"
+msgstr "Hejuru"
-#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:56
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:96
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Last Translator"
-msgstr "Umusemuzi"
+#: commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:162
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Down"
+msgstr "Hasi"
-#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:57
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Language Team"
-msgstr "Ururimi"
+#: kbabel/colorpreferences.ui:41
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "&Background color:"
+msgstr "Ibara rya mbuganyuma:"
-#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:58
-msgid "Revision"
-msgstr "Isubiramo"
+#: kbabel/colorpreferences.ui:52
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Color for "ed characters:"
+msgstr "ya: Inyuguti : "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:222
-#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:72
-msgid "&Open"
-msgstr "Gufungura"
+#: kbabel/colorpreferences.ui:63
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Color for &syntax errors:"
+msgstr "ya: Amakosa : "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:225
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Open Template"
-msgstr "Gufungura "
+#: kbabel/colorpreferences.ui:82
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Color for s&pellcheck errors:"
+msgstr "ya: Igenzuranyuguti Amakosa : "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:228
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open in &New Window"
-msgstr "Gufungurira mw'idirishya nshya"
+#: kbabel/colorpreferences.ui:96
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+""
-"
"
-"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"< > Koresha Rimwe Cyangwa Kabiri ijambo Igihe Shakisha A Na: "
+"Birutwa i Umubare Bya Amagambo , i Shakisha Shakisha ya: Byose Kuva: i "
+"~Umwimerere Rimwe in Rimwe Cyangwa Kabiri Amagambo .
\n"
+"Shakisha ya: Izina: ni na Rimwe ijambo Gicurasi "
+"Gushaka nka Izina: ni Cyangwa Izina: ni . "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ command ] "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Rimwe ijambo "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Umubare Bya Amagambo in i Ikibazo # : "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Kabiri ijambo "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[ A - - - % "
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Inyuguti ya: Ibisanzwe : "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Ikiganiro gishya"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Ububikoshingiro"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "i Idosiye : "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Ububiko... : "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "i Idosiye : "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "&Ongera Icyinjijwe Kuri Ububikoshingiro "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "&Bya kure: Imimerere ya: i Idosiye : "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"&Ongera Icyinjijwe Kuri i Ububikoshingiro NIBA A Gishya Umwandiko wahinduwe "
+"ururimi ni ku ( Gicurasi ) "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Bya hafi Imimerere ya: i Idosiye : "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Kyongewe Icyinjijwe Umwanditsi: : "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "ya: i Idosiye : "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
"
-"
"
-"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Shown columns
\n" -"Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:114 +msgid "Comm&ent" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:116 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/editorpreferences.ui line 213 -#: rc.cpp:421 -#, no-c-format +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:306 msgid "" -"Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Shown columns
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" "
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:118
+msgid "File not found"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:123
+msgid "The file is not a XML"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:147
+msgid "Expected tag 'item'"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:153
+msgid "First child of 'item' is not a node"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:159
+msgid "Expected tag 'name'"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:167
+msgid "Expected tag 'exp'"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
+#: datatools/whitespace/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"whitespace only translation"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Gieđaheamen fiilla:"
+#: datatools/xml/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"XML tags"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Viežžamin fiilla"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp:74
+msgid "saving file"
+msgstr "vurkemin fiilla"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Olggosfievrrit …"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp:83
+msgid "loading file"
+msgstr "viežžamin fiilla"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Statistihkka"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:64 kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp:52
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Table:"
+msgstr "Oktiibuot:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:84
+msgid ""
+" Character Selector This tool allows to insert special "
+"characters using double click. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" Comment Editor \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+" The comments normally contain information about where the message is "
+"found in the source\n"
+"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
+"Options->Show Comments. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"accelerator"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
+#: datatools/arguments/main.cc:57
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"arguments"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+#: datatools/context/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"context info"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
+#: datatools/equations/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"equations"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: datatools/length/main.cc:61 datatools/regexp/main.cc:55
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"translation has inconsistent length"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+#: datatools/not-translated/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"English text in translation"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Diehtovuođđu"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+#: datatools/pluralforms/main.cc:59
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"plural forms"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
+#: datatools/punctuation/main.cc:58
msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"punctuation"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:58
+msgid "Error loading data (%1)"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" #: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 @@ -3056,46 +2910,28 @@ msgstr "Álgo&vuolggalaš teaksta (msgid)" #: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:343 msgid "" -"Original String
\n" +"Original String
\n" "This part of the window shows the original message\n" "of the currently displayed entry.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Status LEDs
\n" "These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" "You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" "Editor on page Appearance
Translation Editor
\n" +"Translation Editor
\n" "This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80 +msgid "Loading TMX compendium" +msgstr "" + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:92 +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:102 +msgid "Cannot open the file." +msgstr "" + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:96 +msgid "Cannot parse XML data." +msgstr "" + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:111 +msgid "Unsupported format." +msgstr "" + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:117 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Error while trying to read file for TMX Compendium module:\n" +"%1\n" +"Reason: %2" +msgstr "Filtii logadettiin %1 fiila." + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:229 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Empty database." +msgstr "Diehtovuođđu" + +#: kbabeldict/searchengine.h:339 +msgid "not implemented" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:11 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:29 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Go" +msgstr "&Mana" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:30 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Markings" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:43 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:50 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Project" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:49 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:57 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Tools" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:60 catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:165 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:202 +#, no-c-format +msgid "CVS" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:112 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:87 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Settings" +msgstr "Heivehusat:" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:117 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:95 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:122 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:100 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Main" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:128 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:113 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Navigationbar" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "To be set dynamically:" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:62 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Include templates" +msgstr "&Málliin" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:70 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &wildcards" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:59 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Overall:" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:80 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Current file:" +msgstr "Dál:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:88 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Validation:" +msgstr "Jorgalus" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:96 commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:94 +#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:473 +#, no-c-format +msgid "New Item" +msgstr "Ođđa mearkkuš" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:32 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Mark invalid as &fuzzy" +msgstr "&Merke rievdaduvvon merkošiid eahpečielgan" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:35 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" + +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: "
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Gieđaheamen fiilla:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Viežžamin fiilla"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Olggosfievrrit …"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "Dieđut:"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Dieđut:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Kommeanta:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "Stáhtus: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Sátnegirji jorgaleddjiid várás"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Go&hccun:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "%1 fiila gávdno juo. Háliidatgo buhttet dan?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "&Oppalaš"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Ođđa mearkkuš"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Stáhtus: "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "&Eahpečielga merkošat"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "&Máhcat"
-
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "&Sálke"
-
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Fiillat:"
-
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Namma"
-
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "R"
-
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Eahpečielga"
-
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Jorgalkeahttá"
-
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Oktiibuot"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "&Standárdsátnegirji:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Máŋemuš rievdadus"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:336
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preferred number of results:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Loggeláse"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:356
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Output"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Sálke"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:367
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Output Processing"
+msgstr "Gieđaheamen fiilla:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Diehtovuođđu"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Diehtovuođđu"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
+"\n"
+"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Čo preložiť
" -"Tu vyberte, ktoré položky chcete približne preložiť. Zmenené položky sú vždy " -"označené ako nepresné pri ktorejkoľvek voľbe.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Ako budú správy preložené
" -"Tu je možné definovať, či má byť správa prekladaná ako celok, či sú " -"akceptovateľné podobné správy alebo či má KBabel prekladať po slovách v " -"prípade, že preklad celej alebo jej podobnej správy nebol nájdený.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Označiť zmenené položky ako nepresné
" -"Keď je nájdený preklad správy, položka bude označená štandardne ako " -"nepresná. To preto, že preklad bol len približný a mali by ste vždy " -"poriadne skontrolovať výsledok. Túto voľbu deaktivujte iba ak viete, čo " -"robíte.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Inicializovať špeciálne preklady pre TDE
" -"Inicializovať položky \"Comment=\" a \"Name=\" v prípade, že sa nepodarilo " -"nájsť žiadny iný preklad. Ďalej predvyplniť \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" a \"EMAIL " -"OF TRANSLATORS\".
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Slovníky
" -"Vyberte, ktoré slovníky chcete použiť pre hľadanie prekladu. Ak vyberiete " -"viac ako jeden, budú použité v poradí, v ktorom sú zobrazené v tomto " -"zozname.
" -"Tlačidlo Nastaviť umožňuje dočasne zmeniť nastavenie vybraného " -"slovníka. Po zatvorení tohto dialógu sa obnoví pôvodné nastavenie.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Keď je nájdený preklad pre správu, je táto položka štandardne označená ako " -"nepresná. To preto, že preklad bol len približný a mali by ste vždy " -"poriadne skontrolovať výsledok. Túto voľbu deaktivujte iba ak viete, čo " -"robíte.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Nájsť text
" -"Tu môžete zadať text, ktorý chcete nájsť. Ak chcete hľadať pomocou " -"regulárneho výrazu, povoľte Použiť regulárny výraz.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Nahradiť text
" -"Tu môžete zadať text, ktorým bude nájdený text nahradený.Text bude použitý " -"tak, ako je. Nie je možné robiť spätné referencie ak ste využili regulárne " -"výrazy.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Kde hľadať
" -"Vyberte v ktorých častiach katalógu sa má hľadať.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Možnosti
" -"Tu môžete doladiť nahradzovanie:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Možnosti
" -"Tu môžete doladiť hľadanie:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Stavový riadok
\n" +"Stavový riadok zobrazuje informácie o priebehu aktuálnej operácie " +"hľadania. Prvé číslo v okne Nájdené: zobrazuje počet súborov, ktoré " +"ešte neboli zobrazené v KBabel. Druhé číslo je celkový počet súborov, ktoré " +"obsahujú hľadaný text.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Obnoviť hlavičku
\n" -"Zaškrtnite túto voľbu, ak chcete obnoviť hlavičku vždy, keď je súbor " -"ukladaný.
\n" -"Hlavička normálne obsahuje informáciu o dátume a čase, kedy bol súbor " -"naposledy\n" -"upravený, o poslednom prekladateľovi atď.
\n" -"Dole môžete vybrať, ktoré časti hlavičky budú upravované.\n" -"Časti, ktoré neexistujú, budú do hlavičky pridané.\n" -"Ak chcete pridať ďalšie časti hlavičky, môžete ju ručne upraviť\n" -"v Upraviť->Upraviť hlavičku.
Okno so záznamom
\n" +"V tomto okne je zobrazený výstup vykonaných príkazov.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Opravované položky
\n" -"Vyberte, ktoré časti hlavičky chcete automaticky upravovať pri ukladaní " -"súboru.\n" -"Ak časť neexistuje, bude pridaná do hlavičky.
\n" -"Ak chcete pridať iné informácie do hlavičky, urobte to ručne pomocou\n" -" Upraviť->Upraviť hlavičku
\n" -"Nepovoľte Obnoviť hlavičku ak nechcete automatické zmeny\n" -"hlavičky pri ukladaní.
Správca katalógov
\n" +"Správca katalógov spojí dva priečinky do jedného stromu a zobrazí všetky\n" +"PO a POT súbory v týchto priečinkoch. Takto môžete jednoducho vidieť, či\n" +"boli pridané nové šablóny, alebo nejaké odobrané. Navyše sa zobrazujú aj " +"ďalšie \n" +"informácie o súboroch.
Pre ďalšie informácie konzultujte kapitolu " +"Správca katalógov v pomocníkovi.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Kódovanie
" -"Vyberte, ako sa majú kódovať znaky pri ukladaní súboru. Ak si nie ste " -"istý(á), opýtajte sa koordinátora prekladu.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Nechať pôvodné kódovanie súboru
" -"Ak je táto voľba aktívna, súbory sú vždy uložené v rovnakom kódovaní ako " -"boli načítané. Súbory bez informácie o kódovaní v hlavičke (napr. POT súbory) " -"sú uložené v kódovaní nastavenom vyššie.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Otestovať syntax pri ukladaní
\n" -"Automaticky otestuje syntax súboru pomocou \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" -"pri ukladaní. Informácie sa objavia iba v prípade, že bude nájdená chyba.
" -"Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Ukladať staré preklady
\n" -"Ak je táto voľba zapnutá, staré preklady, ktoré boli načítané z pôvodného " -"súboru,\n" -"sa znovu do súboru pri ukladaní vrátia. Staré preklady sú označené\n" -"komentárom #~ a vytvára ich nástroj msgmerge v prípade, že už sa\n" -"v zdrojovom kóde tieto texty nevyskytujú. V prípade, že by sa objavili\n" -"znovu, msgmerge ich aktivuje odstránením komentára a vy ich\n" -"nemusíte znovu prekladať.\n" -"Hlavnou nevýhodou je, že ukladaný súbor je väčší.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Formát dátumu revízie
" -"Vyberte, ktorý formát dátumu a času bude použitý v časti\n" -"PO-Revision-Date hlavičky: " -"
Odporúča sa použiť štandardný formát, aby sa zamedzilo vytváraniu " -"neštandardných PO súborov.
" -"Pre ďalšie informácie konzultujte kapitolu Dialóg nastavenia " -"v pomocníkovi.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identita
\n" -"Vyplňte informácie o vás a vašom prekladateľskom tíme.\n" -"Táto informácia bude použitá pri obnove hlavičky súboru.
\n" -"Čo a či vôbec sa má v hlavičke meniť môžete nastaviť na strane\n" -"Uložiť tohoto okna.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Počet tvarov jednotného/množného čísla
\n" -"Poznámka: Táto možnosť je momentálne len pre TDE. Ak neprekladáte TDE " -"aplikáciu, môžete ju v kľude ignorovať.
\n" -"Tu vyberte počet tvarov jednotného a množného čísla vo vašom jazyku. Toto " -"číslo musí odpovedať nastaveniu vášho prekladateľského tímu. Ak pracujete v TDE " -">= 2.2 s podporou pre jazyk, do ktorého prekladáte, použite nastavenie " -"Automaticky a KBabel sa pokúsi získať túto informáciu automaticky z TDE. " -"Pre testovanie, či sa to podarí, použite tlačidlo Otestovať.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Požadovať argument &množného čísla v preklade
\n" -"Poznámka: Táto voľba je momentálne platná iba pre TDE. Ak " -"neprekladáte aplikáciu pre TDE, môžete ju ignorovať.
\n" -"Ak je voľba zapnutá, kontrola argumentov bude v každom preklade vyžadovať " -"argument %n.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Hlavička množných čísiel podľa GNU
\n" -"Sem môžete zadať obsah hlavičky pre GNU podporu množných čísel. Ak pole " -"necháte prázdne, táto hlavička sa nebude meniť ani pridávať.
\n" -"KBabel sa môže pokúsiť automaticky určiť hodnotu pomocou nástrojov GNU " -"gettext pre momentálny jazyk. Stačí stlačiť tlačidlo Nájsť.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Označenie klávesovej skratky
" -"Definujte, aký znak označuje nasledujúci znak ako klávesovú skratku. " -"Napríklad v Qt to je '&' a v Gtk to je '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Regulárny výraz pre kontextovú informáciu
" -"Tu zadajte regulárny výraz, ktorý definuje čo v správe je kontextová " -"informácia a nesmie byť preložené.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Kontrola pravopisu počas písania
" -"Ak toto zapnete, KBabel bude kontrolovať pravopis textu počas jeho písania. " -"Neznáme slová budú zobrazené farbou chýb.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Pamätať si ignorované slová
" -"Po aktivácii tejto voľby bude KBabel ignorovať slová, pre ktoré ste vybrali " -"Ignorovať všetky pri kontrole pravopisu, pri každej kontrole.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Základné priečinky
\n" -"Zadajte priečinky, ktoré obsahujú všetky vaše PO a POT súbory.\n" -"Súbory a priečinky v týchto priečinkoch budú potom spojené do jedného\n" -"stromu.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Otvárať súbory v novom okne
\n" -"Ak je táto voľba aktívna, všetky otvárané súbory budú otvorené v novom " -"okne.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Ukončiť procesy pri vypínaní programu
\n" -"Pri tejto voľbe sa KBabel pokúsi ukončiť procesy, ktoré ešte neskončili v " -"dobe, keď KBabel končí,\n" -"poslaním signálu KILL.
\n" -"POZNÁMKA: Nie je isté, že procesy budú ukončené.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Vytvoriť index pre obsah súborov
\n" -"Ak zapnete túto voľbu, KBabel vytvorí index pre každý PO súbor, aby sa " -"urýchlilo hľadanie a nahradzovanie.
\n" -"POZNÁMKA: Významne to spomalí aktualizáciu informácií o súboroch.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Spustiť msgfmt pred spracovaním súboru
" -"Ak povolíte túto voľbu, KBabel spustí nástroj msgfmt pred spracovaním " -"súboru.
" -"Povolenie tejto voľby sa odporúča, i keď trochu spomaľuje spracovanie. Táto " -"voľba je štandardne povolená.
" -"Deaktivácia tejto voľby sa môže hodiť na pomalších počítačoch alebo ak " -"prekladáte súbory, ktoré nepodporuje súčasná verzia nástroja msgfmt. Nevýhodou " -"deaktivácie je takmer žiadna kontrola chýb pri spracovávaní.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Príkazy pre priečinky
" -"Tu vložte príkazy, ktoré chcete vykonávať v priečinkoch zo Správcu " -"katalógov, ktoré budú zobrazené v podmenu Príkazy " -"v kontextovom menu Správcu katalógov.
" -"Nasledujúce reťazce budú nahradené v príkaze:" -"
Možnosti pre súbory
Tu môžete vyladiť kde sa má hľadať:" +"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Príkazy pre súbory
" -"Tu vložte príkazy, ktoré chcete vykonávať na súboroch zo Správcu katalógov. " -"Príkazy sú potom zobrazené v podmenu Príkazy v kontextovom menu Správcu " -"katalógov.
" -"Nasledujúce reťazce budú nahradené v príkaze:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Zobraziť stĺpce
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Víta vás Sprievodca projektami!\n" -"\n" -"Pomôže vám nastaviť nový projekt prekladu pre KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Naprv musíte vybrať meno pre projekt a súbor,\n" -"v ktorom sa má uložiť nastavenie.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Mali by ste vybrať aj jazyk, do ktorého sa bude prekladať,\n" -"a typ projektu.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "&Poslať" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Meno súboru nastavenia"
-"
\n"
-"Meno súboru, ktorý bude obsahovať nastavenie\n"
-"pre projekt.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Jazyk"
-"
\n"
-"Cieľový jazyk projektu, čiže ten, do ktorého sa bude prekladať.\n"
-"Mal by odpovedať štandardnému názvu podľa ISO 631.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Meno projektu"
-"
\n"
-"Meno projektu je jeho identifikácia pre vás.\n"
-"Je zobrazené v dialógu pre nastavenie projektu,\n"
-"a aj v titulku okien, ktoré obsahujú súbory z projektu.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Poznámka: Meno projektu nemôže byť neskôr zmenené.\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Typ projektu\n" -"Typ projektu umožňuje prispôsobiť niektoré nastavenia pre známe lokalizačné " -"projekty.\n" -"Napríklad nastavuje rôzne kontroly, znak akcelerátorov\n" -"a formátovanie hlavičky.\n" -"
\n" -"Momentálne známe typy:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Súbory na preklad
\n" -"Zadajte priečinky, ktoré obsahujú všetky vaše PO a POT súbory.\n" -"Súbory a priečinky v týchto priečinkoch budú potom spojené do jedného\n" -"stromu.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Zdroj pre rozdiely
" -"Tu si môžete vybrať zdroj, ktorý sa má použiť pre nájdenie rozdielov.
" -"Môžete si vybrať súbor, databázu prekladov alebo porovnanie pôvodného textu " -"a prekladu.
" -"Ak použijete databázu prekladov, správy pre porovnanie (diff) budú z " -"Databáze prekladov. Aby to fungovalo, musíte povoliť " -"Automaticky pridávať pridávať položky do databáze " -"v dialógu nastavenia databáze.
" -"Posledná možnosť sa hodí pre PO súbory obsahujúce kontrolu pôvodných textov " -"(proofreading).
" -"Medzitým môžete porovnávať so správami zo súboru pomocou Nástroje->Diff->" -"Otvoriť súbore pre diff v hlavnom okne KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Základný priečinok pre diff súbory\n" -"
Tu je možné definovať priečinok, kde sú uložené súbory, s ktorými " -"porovnávať. Ak sú súbory uložené v rovnakej štruktúre priečinkov ako sú " -"originálne súbory, KBabel ich bude automaticky používať pre porovnávanie.
" -"Poznámka: táto možnosť nemá žiadny efekt ak sa používa porovnávanie s " -"databázou.Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automaticky začať hľadanie
" -"V tomto prípade začne hľadanie automaticky v momente, keď sa prepnete do " -"inej správy v editore. Môžete si vybrať, pomocou čoho sa bude hľadať v combo " -"boxe Štandardný slovník.
" -"Hľadanie môžete začať aj ručne výberom položky z podmenu Slovníky->" -"Nájsť... alebo držaním chvíľu tlačidla slovníku v nástrojovom pruhu.
" -"Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Štandardný slovník
\n" -"Tu vyberte, kde sa bude štandardne hľadať. Táto voľba je použitá keď je " -"hľadanie spustené automaticky alebo dlhým držaním tlačidla pre hľadanie.
" -"Súbory, v ktorých sa hľadá sú definované v časti Nastavenie->" -"Nastaviť slovník.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automaticky rušiť stav \"nepresný\"
\n" -"Ak je táto voľba aktívna a upravujete nepresnú položku, tak jej stav\n" -"bude automaticky zmenený na presný (to znamená, že reťazec , fuzzy\n" -"bude odstránený z komentára položky).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Použiť inteligentné editovanie\n" -"
" -"Toto použite v prípade, že chcete komfortnejší editor a chcete nechať " -"KBabel, aby sa staral o niektoré špeciálne znaky, ktoré musia začínať \\. " -"Napríklad, napísaním '\"' zadáte '\\\"', stlačenie Enter automaticky pridá na " -"koniec riadku medzeru, stlačením Shift+Enter pridáte '\\n' na koniec riadku.\n" -"
" -"Samozrejme je toto iba pomôcka a stále je možné napísať syntakticky " -"nesprávny text.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Rozoznávanie chýb
" -"Tu môžete nastaviť, ako bude zobrazená chyba. Pípnuť pri chybe " -"pípne a Zmeniť farbu textu pri chybe zmení farbu preloženého textu. Ak " -"nie je zapnutá žiadna, budete ďalej informovaný správou v stavovom riadku.
" -"Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Stavové LEDky
\n" -"Vyberte, či sa majú a v akej farbe zobrazovať stavové LEDky.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Nájsť text
Tu môžete zadať text, ktorý chcete nájsť. Ak " +"chcete hľadať pomocou regulárneho výrazu, povoľte Použiť regulárny výraz" +"b>.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Nahradiť text
Tu môžete zadať text, ktorým bude nájdený " +"text nahradený.Text bude použitý tak, ako je. Nie je možné robiť spätné " +"referencie ak ste využili regulárne výrazy.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Kde hľadať
Vyberte v ktorých častiach katalógu sa má " +"hľadať.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Možnosti
Tu môžete doladiť nahradzovanie:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Možnosti
Tu môžete doladiť hľadanie:" +"
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Napríklad:"
-" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Obnoviť hlavičku Zaškrtnite túto voľbu, ak chcete obnoviť hlavičku vždy, keď je súbor "
+"ukladaný. Hlavička normálne obsahuje informáciu o dátume a čase, kedy bol súbor "
+"naposledy\n"
+"upravený, o poslednom prekladateľovi atď. Dole môžete vybrať, ktoré časti hlavičky budú upravované.\n"
+"Časti, ktoré neexistujú, budú do hlavičky pridané.\n"
+"Ak chcete pridať ďalšie časti hlavičky, môžete ju ručne upraviť\n"
+"v Upraviť->Upraviť hlavičku. "
+" Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. "
+" Opravované položky Vyberte, ktoré časti hlavičky chcete automaticky upravovať pri ukladaní "
+"súboru.\n"
+"Ak časť neexistuje, bude pridaná do hlavičky. Ak chcete pridať iné informácie do hlavičky, urobte to ručne pomocou\n"
+" Upraviť->Upraviť hlavičku Nepovoľte Obnoviť hlavičku ak nechcete automatické zmeny\n"
+"hlavičky pri ukladaní. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Kódovanie Vyberte, ako sa majú kódovať znaky pri "
+"ukladaní súboru. Ak si nie ste istý(á), opýtajte sa koordinátora prekladu."
+"p> Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Nechať pôvodné kódovanie súboru Ak je táto voľba "
+"aktívna, súbory sú vždy uložené v rovnakom kódovaní ako boli načítané. "
+"Súbory bez informácie o kódovaní v hlavičke (napr. POT súbory) sú uložené v "
+"kódovaní nastavenom vyššie. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Otestovať syntax pri ukladaní Automaticky otestuje syntax súboru pomocou \"msgfmt --statistics\"\n"
+"pri ukladaní. Informácie sa objavia iba v prípade, že bude nájdená chyba."
+"p> Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Ukladať staré preklady Ak je táto voľba zapnutá, staré preklady, ktoré boli načítané z pôvodného "
+"súboru,\n"
+"sa znovu do súboru pri ukladaní vrátia. Staré preklady sú označené\n"
+"komentárom #~ a vytvára ich nástroj msgmerge v prípade, že už sa\n"
+"v zdrojovom kóde tieto texty nevyskytujú. V prípade, že by sa objavili\n"
+"znovu, msgmerge ich aktivuje odstránením komentára a vy ich\n"
+"nemusíte znovu prekladať.\n"
+"Hlavnou nevýhodou je, že ukladaný súbor je väčší. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Ak hľadáte Moje meno je Andrea a aktivovali ste "
-"jednoslovnú náhradu nájdete tiež správy ako Moje meno je Joe "
-"alebo Vaše meno je Andrea."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Reťazec projektu"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Použiť nahradzovanie jedného slova"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "Identifikácia projektu:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Maximálny počet slov v otázke:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Hlavička"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Použiť nahradzovanie dvoch slov"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Aktualizovať copyright &prekladateľa"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "&Odstrániť, ak je iba šablóna"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Znaky pre regulárne výrazy:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "&Aktualizovať"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Priečinok databáze:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&Nemeniť"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Automaticky pridávať položky do databáze"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "Cop&yright"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
+"
"
+"qt>"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Prehľadať priečinok"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:296
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
Formát dátumu revízie
Vyberte, ktorý formát dátumu a " +"času bude použitý v časti\n" +"PO-Revision-Date hlavičky:
Odporúča sa použiť štandardný formát, aby sa zamedzilo vytváraniu " +"neštandardných PO súborov.
Pre ďalšie informácie konzultujte kapitolu " +"Dialóg nastavenia v pomocníkovi.
\n" -"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be " -"inserted in the good keys list." -"
\n" -"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must " -"have to insert the key in the list." -"
\n" -"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the " -"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one." -"
\n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:449
+msgid "&Timezone:"
+msgstr "Ča&sová zóna:"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:455
+msgid ""
+" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. \n"
-"Môžete nastaviť minimálny počet slov v otázke, ktoré musí kľúč obsahovať, aby "
-"bol vložený do zoznamu dobrých kľúčov."
-" \n"
-"Tiež môžete nastaviť minimálny počet slov kľúča, ktoré musí obsahovať otázka, "
-"aby bol kľúč pridaný do zoznamu."
-" \n"
-"Tieto dve čísla sú percentá z celkového počtu slov. Ak je výsledok týchto "
-"percent menší ako jedna, bude sa predpokladať jedna. "
-" \n"
-"Nakoniec, môžete nastaviť maximálny počet položiek v zozname."
+" Identita Vyplňte informácie o vás a vašom prekladateľskom tíme.\n"
+"Táto informácia bude použitá pri obnove hlavičky súboru. Čo a či vôbec sa má v hlavičke meniť môžete nastaviť na strane\n"
+"Uložiť tohoto okna. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Počet tvarov jednotného/množného čísla Poznámka: Táto možnosť je momentálne len pre TDE. Ak neprekladáte "
+"TDE aplikáciu, môžete ju v kľude ignorovať. Tu vyberte počet tvarov jednotného a množného čísla vo vašom jazyku. Toto "
+"číslo musí odpovedať nastaveniu vášho prekladateľského tímu. Ak pracujete v "
+"TDE >= 2.2 s podporou pre jazyk, do ktorého prekladáte, použite nastavenie "
+"Automaticky a KBabel sa pokúsi získať túto informáciu automaticky z "
+"TDE. Pre testovanie, či sa to podarí, použite tlačidlo Otestovať."
+"p> Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Požadovať argument &množného čísla v preklade Poznámka: Táto voľba je momentálne platná iba pre TDE. Ak "
+"neprekladáte aplikáciu pre TDE, môžete ju ignorovať. Ak je voľba zapnutá, kontrola argumentov bude v každom preklade vyžadovať "
+"argument %n. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Hlavička množných čísiel podľa GNU Sem môžete zadať obsah hlavičky pre GNU podporu množných čísel. Ak pole "
+"necháte prázdne, táto hlavička sa nebude meniť ani pridávať. KBabel sa môže pokúsiť automaticky určiť hodnotu pomocou nástrojov GNU "
+"gettext pre momentálny jazyk. Stačí stlačiť tlačidlo Nájsť. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Označenie klávesovej skratky Definujte, aký znak "
+"označuje nasledujúci znak ako klávesovú skratku. Napríklad v Qt to je "
+"'&' a v Gtk to je '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Regulárny výraz pre kontextovú informáciu Tu zadajte "
+"regulárny výraz, ktorý definuje čo v správe je kontextová informácia a "
+"nesmie byť preložené. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Kontrola pravopisu počas písania Ak toto zapnete, KBabel "
+"bude kontrolovať pravopis textu počas jeho písania. Neznáme slová budú "
+"zobrazené farbou chýb. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Pamätať si ignorované slová Po aktivácii tejto voľby "
+"bude KBabel ignorovať slová, pre ktoré ste vybrali Ignorovať všetky "
+"pri kontrole pravopisu, pri každej kontrole. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Základné priečinky Zadajte priečinky, ktoré obsahujú všetky vaše PO a POT súbory.\n"
+"Súbory a priečinky v týchto priečinkoch budú potom spojené do jedného\n"
+"stromu. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Otvárať súbory v novom okne Ak je táto voľba aktívna, všetky otvárané súbory budú otvorené v novom "
+"okne. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Ukončiť procesy pri vypínaní programu Pri tejto voľbe sa KBabel pokúsi ukončiť procesy, ktoré ešte neskončili v "
+"dobe, keď KBabel končí,\n"
+"poslaním signálu KILL. POZNÁMKA: Nie je isté, že procesy budú ukončené. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-"\n"
-"
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
\n" -"Nasledujúce premenné budú v ceste nahradené:\n" -"
Vytvoriť index pre obsah súborov
\n" +"Ak zapnete túto voľbu, KBabel vytvorí index pre každý PO súbor, aby sa " +"urýchlilo hľadanie a nahradzovanie.
\n" +"POZNÁMKA: Významne to spomalí aktualizáciu informácií o súboroch.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Spustiť msgfmt pred spracovaním súboru
Ak povolíte túto " +"voľbu, KBabel spustí nástroj msgfmt pred spracovaním súboru.
Povolenie " +"tejto voľby sa odporúča, i keď trochu spomaľuje spracovanie. Táto voľba je " +"štandardne povolená.
Deaktivácia tejto voľby sa môže hodiť na " +"pomalších počítačoch alebo ak prekladáte súbory, ktoré nepodporuje súčasná " +"verzia nástroja msgfmt. Nevýhodou deaktivácie je takmer žiadna kontrola chýb " +"pri spracovávaní.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Označiť neplatné položky ako nepresné" -"
\n" -"
Ak zapnete túto voľbu, všetky položky,\n" -"ktoré nástroj označí ako neplatné, budú označené\n" -"ako nepresné. Výsledný súbor sa uložiť.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Príkazy pre priečinky
Tu vložte príkazy, ktoré chcete " +"vykonávať v priečinkoch zo Správcu katalógov, ktoré budú zobrazené v podmenu " +"Príkazy v kontextovom menu Správcu katalógov.
Nasledujúce " +"reťazce budú nahradené v príkaze:
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Nekontrolovať nepresné" -"
\n" -"
Ak zapnete túto voľbu, všetky\n" -"správy označené ako nepresné sa nebudú vôbec kontrolovať.
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Príkazy pre súbory
Tu vložte príkazy, ktoré chcete " +"vykonávať na súboroch zo Správcu katalógov. Príkazy sú potom zobrazené v " +"podmenu Príkazy v kontextovom menu Správcu katalógov." +"p>
Nasledujúce reťazce budú nahradené v príkaze:
Shown columns
\n" +"Zobraziť stĺpce
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Čo preložiť
Tu vyberte, ktoré položky chcete približne " +"preložiť. Zmenené položky sú vždy označené ako nepresné pri ktorejkoľvek " +"voľbe.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Ako budú správy preložené
Tu je možné definovať, či má " +"byť správa prekladaná ako celok, či sú akceptovateľné podobné správy alebo " +"či má KBabel prekladať po slovách v prípade, že preklad celej alebo jej " +"podobnej správy nebol nájdený.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Označiť zmenené položky ako nepresné
Keď je nájdený " +"preklad správy, položka bude označená štandardne ako nepresná. To " +"preto, že preklad bol len približný a mali by ste vždy poriadne skontrolovať " +"výsledok. Túto voľbu deaktivujte iba ak viete, čo robíte.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Inicializovať špeciálne preklady pre TDE
Inicializovať " +"položky \"Comment=\" a \"Name=\" v prípade, že sa nepodarilo nájsť žiadny " +"iný preklad. Ďalej predvyplniť \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" a \"EMAIL OF " +"TRANSLATORS\".
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Slovníky
Vyberte, ktoré slovníky chcete použiť pre " +"hľadanie prekladu. Ak vyberiete viac ako jeden, budú použité v poradí, v " +"ktorom sú zobrazené v tomto zozname.
Tlačidlo Nastaviť umožňuje " +"dočasne zmeniť nastavenie vybraného slovníka. Po zatvorení tohto dialógu sa " +"obnoví pôvodné nastavenie.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Keď je nájdený preklad pre správu, je táto položka štandardne " +"označená ako nepresná. To preto, že preklad bol len približný a mali " +"by ste vždy poriadne skontrolovať výsledok. Túto voľbu deaktivujte iba ak " +"viete, čo robíte.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Výber znakov
" -"Tento nástroj umožňuje vkladať špeciálne znaky pomocou dvojitého " -"kliknutia.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Toto tlačidlo aktualizuje hlavičku pomocou aktuálneho nastavenia. Výsledkom " -"je hlavička v tvare, ako sa uloží do súboru PO.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Toto tlačilo vráti späť všetky zmeny, ktoré ste zatiaľ urobili.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Toto nie je platná hlavička.
\n" -"Prosím, upravte hlavičku pred uložením.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Toto nie je platná hlavička.
\n" -"Prosím, upravte hlavičku pred uložením.
Výber znakov
Tento nástroj umožňuje vkladať špeciálne " +"znaky pomocou dvojitého kliknutia.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Editor komentárov
\n" -"Toto editačné okno ukazuje komentár k aktuálne zobrazenej správe. " -"\n"
+" Editor komentárov \n"
" Komentáre normálne obsahujú informáciu kde sa správa nachádza v zdrojovom "
"kóde\n"
"a stav informácie o tejto správe (fuzzy=nepresne, c-format=c-formát).\n"
@@ -3360,540 +2599,378 @@ msgstr ""
" Tento editor môžete skryť pomocou\n"
"Nastavenia->Zobraziť komentáre. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Kontext PO
Toto okno ukazuje kontext aktuálne zobrazenej " +"správy v PO súbore. Normálne zobrazuje 4 správy pred a 4 za aktuálnou " +"správou.
Toto okno môžete skryť pomocou Nastavenia->Zobraziť " +"nástroje.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Zoznam chýb
Toto okno ukazuje zoznam chýb nájdených " +"kontrolnými nástrojmi. Môžete vidieť, prečo bola správa označená ako chybná." +"
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Toto tlačidlo aktualizuje hlavičku pomocou aktuálneho nastavenia. " +"Výsledkom je hlavička v tvare, ako sa uloží do súboru PO.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Toto tlačilo vráti späť všetky zmeny, ktoré ste zatiaľ urobili.
" +"qt>" -#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:193 kbabel/main.cpp:564 kbabeldict/main.cpp:119 -msgid "Current maintainer" -msgstr "Aktuálny správca" +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:111 +#, c-format +msgid "Header Editor for %1" +msgstr "Editor hlavičky pre %1" -#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:195 kbabel/main.cpp:566 +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:136 msgid "" -"Wrote documentation and sent many bug reports and suggestions for improvements." +"This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Toto nie je platná hlavička.
\n" +"Prosím, upravte hlavičku pred uložením.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Toto nie je platná hlavička.
\n" +"Prosím, upravte hlavičku pred uložením.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Výsledky hľadania
" -"Táto časť okna zobrazuje výsledky hľadania." -"
" -"
V hornej časti je zobrazený počet nájdených položiek a kde sa momentálne " -"zobrazená položka nachádza. Použite tlačidlá dole pre prechod medzi " -"jednotlivými nájdenými položkami.
" -"Hľadanie môže byť buď spustené automaticky pri prepnutí na inú položku v " -"okne editora alebo vybraním hľadacieho módu v Slovníky->Nájsť....
" -"Obvyklé voľby je možné nastaviť v časti Hľadanie " -"a voľby pre ostatné slovníky je možné zmeniť pomocou Nastavenia->" -"Nastaviť slovník.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Originálny text
\n" -"Táto časť okna ukazuje originálnu správu\n" -"aktuálne zobrazenej položky.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Stavové LEDky
\n" -"Tieto ledky zobrazujú stav aktuálnej správy.\n" -"Ich farbu môžete zmeniť v nastavení, časti Editor na stránke\n" -"Vzhľad
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Prekladací editor
\n" -"Tento editor umožňuje upravovať aktuálne zobrazenú správu." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Stavový riadok
\n" +"Stavový riadok zobrazuje informácie o otvorenom súbore,\n" +"napr. celkový počet položiek a počet nepresných a nepreložených správ.\n" +"Okrem toho zobrazuje aj index momentálne upravovanej správy.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Výsledky hľadania
Táto časť okna zobrazuje výsledky " +"hľadania.
V hornej časti je zobrazený počet nájdených položiek a kde sa " +"momentálne zobrazená položka nachádza. Použite tlačidlá dole pre prechod " +"medzi jednotlivými nájdenými položkami.
Hľadanie môže byť buď spustené " +"automaticky pri prepnutí na inú položku v okne editora alebo vybraním " +"hľadacieho módu v Slovníky->Nájsť....
Obvyklé voľby je možné " +"nastaviť v časti Hľadanie a voľby pre ostatné slovníky je možné " +"zmeniť pomocou Nastavenia->Nastaviť slovník.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Originálny text
\n" +"Táto časť okna ukazuje originálnu správu\n" +"aktuálne zobrazenej položky.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Stavové LEDky
\n" +"Tieto ledky zobrazujú stav aktuálnej správy.\n" +"Ich farbu môžete zmeniť v nastavení, časti Editor na stránke\n" +"Vzhľad
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Prekladací editor
\n" +"Tento editor umožňuje upravovať aktuálne zobrazenú správu.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Stavový riadok
\n" -"Stavový riadok zobrazuje informácie o otvorenom súbore,\n" -"napr. celkový počet položiek a počet nepresných a nepreložených správ.\n" -"Okrem toho zobrazuje aj index momentálne upravovanej správy.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Zoznam chýb
" -"Toto okno ukazuje zoznam chýb nájdených kontrolnými nástrojmi. Môžete " -"vidieť, prečo bola správa označená ako chybná.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Kontext PO
" -"Toto okno ukazuje kontext aktuálne zobrazenej správy v PO súbore. Normálne " -"zobrazuje 4 správy pred a 4 za aktuálnou správou.
" -"Toto okno môžete skryť pomocou Nastavenia->Zobraziť nástroje.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Našli sa záložné databáze z predchádzajúcich verzií KBabel. Medzitým ale "
+"už iná verzia KBabel (asi z TDE 3.1.1 alebo 3.1.2) vytvorila novú databázu. "
+"Preto vaša inštalácia momentálne obsahuje dve verzie databáze. Bohužiaľ ich "
+"nie je možné spojiť. Budete si musieť vybrať jednu z nich.
Ak "
+"vyberiete staršiu verziu, nová bude odstránená. Ak vyberiete novšiu, stará "
+"databáza zostane na disku a budete ju musieť odstrániť ručne. Inak sa táto "
+"správa zobrazí znovu (Staré súbory sú $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/"
+"dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametre
" -"Tu je možné jemne vyladiť hľadanie v PO súbore. Napríklad, ak chcete hľadať " -"s rozlíšením veľkých a malých písmen alebo či majú byť ignorované nepresné " -"správy.
Parametre
Tu je možné jemne vyladiť hľadanie v PO " +"súbore. Napríklad, ak chcete hľadať s rozlíšením veľkých a malých písmen " +"alebo či majú byť ignorované nepresné správy.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Porovnávacie voľby
" -"Vyberte, ktoré správy chcete brať ako odpovedajúce správy.
Porovnávacie voľby
Vyberte, ktoré správy chcete brať ako " +"odpovedajúce správy.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Trojgramové porovnanie
" -"Správa odpovedá inej správy ak je väčšina jej trojpísmenových skupín aj v " -"druhej správe. Napr. 'abc123' odpovedá 'abcx123c12'.
Trojgramové porovnanie
Správa odpovedá inej správy ak je " +"väčšina jej trojpísmenových skupín aj v druhej správe. Napr. 'abc123' " +"odpovedá 'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Umiestnenia
" -"Tu nastavte, ktoré súbory majú byť použité pri hľadaní.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Umiestnenia
Tu nastavte, ktoré súbory majú byť použité " +"pri hľadaní.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parametre
" -"Tu je možné vyladiť hľadanie v súbore TMX. Napríklad, ak chcete hľadať s " -"rozlíšením veľkých a malých písmen alebo či majú byť ignorované nepresné " -"správy.
Parametre
Tu je možné vyladiť hľadanie v súbore TMX. " +"Napríklad, ak chcete hľadať s rozlíšením veľkých a malých písmen alebo či " +"majú byť ignorované nepresné správy.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Našli sa záložné databáze z predchádzajúcich verzií KBabel. Medzitým ale už "
-"iná verzia KBabel (asi z TDE 3.1.1 alebo 3.1.2) vytvorila novú databázu. Preto "
-"vaša inštalácia momentálne obsahuje dve verzie databáze. Bohužiaľ ich nie je "
-"možné spojiť. Budete si musieť vybrať jednu z nich."
-"
"
-"
Ak vyberiete staršiu verziu, nová bude odstránená. Ak vyberiete novšiu, "
-"stará databáza zostane na disku a budete ju musieť odstrániť ručne. Inak sa "
-"táto správa zobrazí znovu (Staré súbory sú "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Označiť neplatné položky ako nepresné
\n" +"
Ak zapnete túto voľbu, všetky položky,\n" +"ktoré nástroj označí ako neplatné, budú označené\n" +"ako nepresné. Výsledný súbor sa uložiť.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Nekontrolovať nepresné
\n" +"
Ak zapnete túto voľbu, všetky\n" +"správy označené ako nepresné sa nebudú vôbec kontrolovať.
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Zdroj pre rozdiely
Tu si môžete vybrať zdroj, ktorý sa " +"má použiť pre nájdenie rozdielov.
Môžete si vybrať súbor, databázu " +"prekladov alebo porovnanie pôvodného textu a prekladu.
Ak použijete " +"databázu prekladov, správy pre porovnanie (diff) budú z Databáze prekladov. " +"Aby to fungovalo, musíte povoliť Automaticky pridávať pridávať položky do " +"databáze v dialógu nastavenia databáze.
Posledná možnosť sa hodí " +"pre PO súbory obsahujúce kontrolu pôvodných textov (proofreading)." +"p>
Medzitým môžete porovnávať so správami zo súboru pomocou Nástroje-" +">Diff->Otvoriť súbore pre diff v hlavnom okne KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Základný priečinok pre diff súbory\n" +"
Tu je možné definovať priečinok, kde sú uložené súbory, s ktorými " +"porovnávať. Ak sú súbory uložené v rovnakej štruktúre priečinkov ako sú " +"originálne súbory, KBabel ich bude automaticky používať pre porovnávanie." +"p>Poznámka: táto možnosť nemá žiadny efekt ak sa používa porovnávanie s " +"databázou.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Víta vás Sprievodca projektami!\n" +"\n" +"Pomôže vám nastaviť nový projekt prekladu pre KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Naprv musíte vybrať meno pre projekt a súbor,\n" +"v ktorom sa má uložiť nastavenie.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Mali by ste vybrať aj jazyk, do ktorého sa bude prekladať,\n" +"a typ projektu.\n" +"
" + +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Meno súboru nastavenia
\n"
+"Meno súboru, ktorý bude obsahovať nastavenie\n"
+"pre projekt.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Jazyk
\n"
+"Cieľový jazyk projektu, čiže ten, do ktorého sa bude prekladať.\n"
+"Mal by odpovedať štandardnému názvu podľa ISO 631.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Meno projektu
\n"
+"Meno projektu je jeho identifikácia pre vás.\n"
+"Je zobrazené v dialógu pre nastavenie projektu,\n"
+"a aj v titulku okien, ktoré obsahujú súbory z projektu.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Poznámka: Meno projektu nemôže byť neskôr zmenené.\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Typ projektu\n" +"Typ projektu umožňuje prispôsobiť niektoré nastavenia pre známe lokalizačné " +"projekty.\n" +"Napríklad nastavuje rôzne kontroly, znak akcelerátorov\n" +"a formátovanie hlavičky.\n" +"
\n" +"Momentálne známe typy:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Súbory na preklad
\n" +"Zadajte priečinky, ktoré obsahujú všetky vaše PO a POT súbory.\n" +"Súbory a priečinky v týchto priečinkoch budú potom spojené do jedného\n" +"stromu.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automaticky rušiť stav \"nepresný\"
\n" +"Ak je táto voľba aktívna a upravujete nepresnú položku, tak jej stav\n" +"bude automaticky zmenený na presný (to znamená, že reťazec , fuzzy\n" +"bude odstránený z komentára položky).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Použiť inteligentné editovanie\n" +"
Toto použite v prípade, že chcete komfortnejší editor a chcete nechať " +"KBabel, aby sa staral o niektoré špeciálne znaky, ktoré musia začínať \\. " +"Napríklad, napísaním '\"' zadáte '\\\"', stlačenie Enter automaticky pridá " +"na koniec riadku medzeru, stlačením Shift+Enter pridáte '\\n' na koniec " +"riadku.\n" +"
Samozrejme je toto iba pomôcka a stále je možné napísať syntakticky " +"nesprávny text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Rozoznávanie chýb
Tu môžete nastaviť, ako bude zobrazená " +"chyba. Pípnuť pri chybe pípne a Zmeniť farbu textu pri chybe " +"zmení farbu preloženého textu. Ak nie je zapnutá žiadna, budete ďalej " +"informovaný správou v stavovom riadku.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Stavové LEDky
\n" +"Vyberte, či sa majú a v akej farbe zobrazovať stavové LEDky.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automaticky začať hľadanie
V tomto prípade začne " +"hľadanie automaticky v momente, keď sa prepnete do inej správy v editore. " +"Môžete si vybrať, pomocou čoho sa bude hľadať v combo boxe Štandardný " +"slovník.
Hľadanie môžete začať aj ručne výberom položky z podmenu " +"Slovníky->Nájsť... alebo držaním chvíľu tlačidla slovníku v " +"nástrojovom pruhu.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Štandardný slovník
\n" +"Tu vyberte, kde sa bude štandardne hľadať. Táto voľba je použitá keď je " +"hľadanie spustené automaticky alebo dlhým držaním tlačidla pre hľadanie." +"p>
Súbory, v ktorých sa hľadá sú definované v časti Nastavenie-" +">Nastaviť slovník.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Stavový riadok
\n" -"Stavový riadok zobrazuje informácie o priebehu aktuálnej operácie hľadania. " -"Prvé číslo v okne Nájdené: zobrazuje počet súborov, ktoré ešte neboli " -"zobrazené v KBabel. Druhé číslo je celkový počet súborov, ktoré obsahujú " -"hľadaný text.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Možnosti pre súbory
" -"Tu môžete vyladiť kde sa má hľadať:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Napríklad: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Získať informácie pre tieto súbory:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Kontrolovať jednej súbor PO..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Staré správy:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Prehľadať priečinok..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Záznam o zmenách:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Prehľadať priečinok a podpriečinky..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Au&tomaticky pridať chýbajúce súbory"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Kontrolujem súbor:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Poslať"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Pridané položky:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Získať stav"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Celkový postup:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Zobraziť rozdiel"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Spracovanie súboru:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Získať informácie"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Načítanie súboru:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Výstup príkazu:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Export..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Správa záznamu o poslaní je prázdna. chcete pokračovať?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Opakované reťazce"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Nepodarilo sa otvoriť dočasný súbor. Program skončil."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Dobré kľúče"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Nepodarilo sa zapisovať do dočasného súboru. Program skončil."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Môžete nastaviť minimálny počet slov v otázke, ktoré musí kľúč obsahovať, "
+"aby bol vložený do zoznamu dobrých kľúčov. \n"
+"Tiež môžete nastaviť minimálny počet slov kľúča, ktoré musí obsahovať "
+"otázka, aby bol kľúč pridaný do zoznamu. \n"
+"Tieto dve čísla sú percentá z celkového počtu slov. Ak je výsledok týchto "
+"percent menší ako jedna, bude sa predpokladať jedna. \n"
+"Nakoniec, môžete nastaviť maximálny počet položiek v zozname."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Proces nie je možné spustiť."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Minimálny počet slov kľúča aj v otázke (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Ukončené so stavom %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Dokončené ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Minimálny počet slov otázky v kľúči (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Katalógy správ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Maximálna dĺžka zoznamu:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Bez kontroly verzie"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Časté slová"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Stav CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Zahodiť slová častejšie ako:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Vyriešené"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Vyriešené pre označené"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Časté slová sú chápané ako v každom kľúči"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "&Vrátiť"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Všeobecné"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Vrátiť označené"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Priečinok databáze:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Vyčistiť"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Automatická aktualizácia z KBabelu"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Vyčistiť označené"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nové položky"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Žiadny sklad"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Z KBabelu"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Súbory:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritmus"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Meno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Minimálne skóre:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "Z"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Použité algoritmy"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Nepresných"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Skóre:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Nepreložených"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Archív nepresných viet"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Celkom"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glosár"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Posledná zmena"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Presne "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Okno so záznamom"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Vetu po vete"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Vymazať"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumerické"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Okno so záznamom V tomto okne je zobrazený výstup vykonaných príkazov. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Správca katalógov Správca katalógov spojí dva priečinky do jedného stromu a zobrazí všetky\n"
-"PO a POT súbory v týchto priečinkoch. Takto môžete jednoducho vidieť, či\n"
-"boli pridané nové šablóny, alebo nejaké odobrané. Navyše sa zobrazujú aj ďalšie "
-"\n"
-"informácie o súboroch. Pre ďalšie informácie konzultujte kapitolu Správca katalógov "
-"v pomocníkovi. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Ak hľadáte Moje meno je Andrea a aktivovali ste jednoslovnú "
+"náhradu nájdete tiež správy ako Moje meno je Joe alebo "
+"Vaše meno je Andrea."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Aktuálny"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Použiť nahradzovanie jedného slova"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Konflikt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Maximálny počet slov v otázke:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Chyba v pracovnej kópii"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Použiť nahradzovanie dvoch slov"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Neznámy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Toto nie je platný repozitár SVN. Príkazy SVN nie je možné spustiť."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Spúšťam príkaz ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Znaky pre regulárne výrazy:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Dialóg SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Databáza"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Aktualizovať tieto súbory:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Priečinok databáze:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Poslať tieto súbory:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Automaticky pridávať položky do databáze"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Získať vzdialený stav pre tieto súbory:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Automaticky pridá položky do databáze, ak je upozornený na zmeny prekladu "
+"(napr. od kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Získať lokálny stav pre tieto súbory:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Autor automaticky pridanej položky:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Získať rozdiel pre tieto súbory:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Nasledujúce premenné budú v ceste nahradené:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Katere vnose prevesti
" -"Tu izberite, za katere vnose v datoteki naj KBabel poskuša najti prevod. " -"Spremenjeni vnosi so vedno označeni s fuzzy; ni važno, katere možnosti ste " -"izbrali.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Kako se sporočila prevedejo
" -"Tu lahko določite, ali naj bo sporočilo popolnoma prevedeno, če so dovoljena " -"podobna sporočila in ali naj KBabel poskuša prevajati posamezne besede " -"sporočila, če ne najde prevoda celotnega sporočila.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Označi spremenjene vnose kot ohlapne
" -"Ko bo najden prevod sporočila, bo privzeto označen kot fuzzy " -"(ohlapno). To je zato, ker KBabel vedno le ugane prevod, zato bi morali vedno " -"skrbno preveriti rezultat. To možnost izključite le, če veste, kaj delate.
" -"Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Inicializiraj vnose, specifične za TDE
" -"Inicializira vnose »Comment=« in »Name=«, če prevod ni najden. Prav tako " -"zapolni polji »NAME OF TRANSLATORS« in »EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS« z nastavitvami " -"identitete.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Slovarji
" -"Tu izberite, kateri slovarji naj bodo uporabljeni za iskanje prevoda. Če " -"izberete več kot en slovar, potem so uporabljeni v istem vrstnem redu kot so " -"prikazani na seznamu.
" -"GumbNastavi vam omogoča začasne nastavitve izbranega slovarja. " -"Prvotne nastavitve bodo povrnjene po zaprtju pogovornega okna.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Ko je najden prevod za sporočilo, potem bo vnos privzeto označen kot " -"fuzzy (ohlapno). To je zato, ker KBabel vedno le ugane prevod, zato bi " -"morali vedno skrbno preveriti rezultat. To možnost izključite le, če veste, kaj " -"delate.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Najdi besedilo
" -"Vpišite besedilo, ki ga želite poiskati. Če želite iskati z regularnim " -"izrazom, spodaj vklopite Uporabi regularne izraze.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Zamenjaj besedilo
" -"Tu lahko vpišete besedilo, s katerim želite nadomestiti iskano besedilo. " -"Besedilo bo uporabljeno takšno kot je in ni mogoče uporabiti reference za " -"nazaj, če ste iskali z regularnim izrazom.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Kje iskati
" -"Vpišite, v katerem delu vnosa v katalog želite iskati.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Možnosti
" -"Tu lahko podrobneje nastavite zamenjevanje:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Možnosti
" -"Tu lahko podrobneje nastavite iskanje:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Vrstica stanja
\n" +"Vrstica stanja prikazuje podatke o napredku pri trenutnih operacijah " +"iskanja in zamenjave. Prva številka v Najdenih prikazuje število " +"datotek, ki vsebujejo iskano besedilo, ki še ni prikazano v oknu KBabla. " +"Druga številka prikazuje trenutno skupno število datotek, ki vsebujejo " +"iskano besedilo.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Obnovi glavo
\n" -"Izberite ta gumb, če želite obnoviti podatke v glavi vsakič, ko bo datoteka " -"shranjena.
\n" -"V glavi so običajno shranjene informacije o datumu in času, ko je bila " -"datoteka nazadnje obnovljena,\n" -"zadnjem prevajalcu ...
\n" -"V spodnjih poljih lahko izberete, kateri podatki se bodo samodejno " -"obnovili.\n" -"Polja, ki ne obstajajo, so dodana v glavo.\n" -"Če želite dodati polja, lahko popravite glavo sami z izbiro Urejanje -> " -"Uredi glavo v urejevalniku.
Dnevniško okno
\n" +"V tem oknu je prikazan rezultat izvedenih ukazov.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Obnovitev polj
\n" -"Izberite polja v glavi, ki jih želite obnoviti ob shranjevanju.\n" -"Če polje ne obstaja, bo dodano glavi.
\n" -"Če želite dodati v glavo druge podatke, lahko popravite glavo z izbiro " -"Urejanje -> Uredi glavo.\n" -"
Izklopite Obnovi glavo, če ne želite z vsako shranitvijo obnoviti " -"glave.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Kodiranje
" -"Izberite, kako naj se zapišejo znaki ob shranjevanju v datoteko. Če ne " -"veste, kakšno kodiranje bi uporabili, vprašajte svojega koordinatorja " -"prevajanja.
" -"Upravitelj katalogov
\n" +"Upravitelj katalogov zlije dve mapi v eno drevo in prikaže vse\n" +"datoteke PO in POT v teh mapah. Tako lažje vidite, ali je bila dodana\n" +"ali odvzeta nova predloga. Prav tako so prikazane nekatere informacije o\n" +"datotekah.
Za več informacij si oglejte razdelek Upravitelj " +"katalogov v pomoči.
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Ohrani kodiranje datoteke
" -"Če je omogočena ta možnost, se datoteke vedno shranijo v tistemu kodiranju, " -"kot so bile prebrane. Datoteke brez informacije o kodiranju v glavi (recimo " -"datoteke POT) so shranjene v kodiranju, ki je določeno zgoraj.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Preveri skladnjo ob shranjevanju
\n" -"Izberite to za samodejno preverjanje skladnje datoteke z »msgfmt " -"--statistics«\n" -"ob shranjevanju v datoteko. Sporočilo boste dobili le, če bo prišlo do " -"napake.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Shrani zastarele vnose
\n" -"Če je ta možnost omogočena, bodo zastareli vnosi, ki so bili\n" -"najdeni ob odpiranju datoteke, shranjeni nazaj v datoteko.\n" -"Zastareli vnosi so označeni z #~ in so ustvarjeni, ko jih msgmerge\n" -"ne potrebuje več.\n" -"Če se bo besedilo spet pojavilo, bodo zastareli vnosi znova aktivirani.\n" -"Glavna ovira pri tem je velikost datoteke.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Oblika dneva popravka
" -"Izberite, v kateri obliki bosta zapisana čas in datum polja glave\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: " -"
Priporočeno je, da uporabljate privzeto obliko in se s tem izognete " -"ustvarjanju ne-standardnih datotek PO.
" -"Za več informacij si oglejte razdelek Nastavitveno okno " -"v pomoči na zvezi.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identiteta
\n" -"Izpolnite podatke o sebi in prevajalski skupini.\n" -"Ti podatki se uporabljajo za obnavljanje glave datoteke.
\n" -"Katere izbire bodo obnovljene lahko vidite na strani Shrani " -"tega pogovornega okna.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Število oblik ednine/množine
" -"Vedite: Ta možnost je specifična za TDE. Če ne prevajate programa za " -"TDE, lahko mirno prezrete to možnost.
" -"Izberite, koliko oblik ednine in množine se uporablja v vašem jeziku. To " -"število mora ustrezati nastavitvam vaše prevajalske skupine.
" -"Lahko pa postavite to možnost na Samodejno " -"in KBabel bo poskušal pridobiti ta podatek samodejno od TDE. Uporabite gumb " -"Preizkus, da bi preizkusili, če to zna poiskati.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Potrebni argumenti množinske oblike v prevodu
\n" -"Vedite: Ta možnost je trenutno posebna za TDE. Če ne prevajate " -"programa za TDE, lahko to možnost prezrete.
\n" -"Če je ta možnost omogočena, potem preverjanje potrditve rabi argument »%n« v " -"sporočilu.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Glava GNU za množinske oblike
\n" -"Tu lahko zapolnete glavo z vnosom za množinske oblike GNU; če pustite polje " -"prazno, potem vnos v datoteki PO ne bo spremenjen ali dodan.
\n" -"KBabel lahko samodejno poskuša ugotoviti vrednost, ki so predlagajo orodja " -"GNU gettext za trenutno izbran jezik. Samo pritisnite gumb Vpogled.
" -"Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Znamenje za bližnjice s tipkami
" -"Tukaj določite, kakšen znak zaznamuje sledeči znak kot bližnjico s tipkami. " -"Npr. v Qt je to »&« in v Gtk je to »_«.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Regularni izrazi za kontekstne informacije
" -"Tu vnesite regularni izraz, ki določa, kakšna je kontekstna informacija v " -"sporočilu in ne sme biti prevedena.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Sprotno preverjanje črkovanja
" -"Aktivirajte to, da KBabel preverja črkovanje med tipkanjem. Nepravilno " -"črkovane besede bodo obarvane z barvo napake.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Zapomni si prezrte besede
" -"Omogočite to, da bo KBabel prezrl besede, kjer ste izbrali Prezri vse " -"v pogovornem oknu preverjanja črkovanja, v vsakem preverjanju črkovanja.
" -"Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Osnovne mape
\n" -"Vpišite mape, ki vsebujejo vse vaše datoteke PO in POT.\n" -"Datoteke in mape v teh mapah bodo potem zlite v eno drevo
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Odpri datoteke v novem oknu
\n" -"Če je izbrana ta možnost, bodo vse datoteke v Upraviteju katalogov odprte v " -"novem oknu.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Ubij procese ob izhodu
\n" -"Če izberete to možnost, bo KBabel poskusil ubiti procese, ki se še niso " -"končali ob izhodu iz KBabel, tako,\n" -"da jim pošlje signal kill.
\n" -"OPOZORILO: ni nujno, da bodo procesi dejansko pobiti.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Ustvari seznam za vsebino datotek
\n" -"Če izberete to možnost, bo KBabel ustvaril seznam datoteke za vsako datoteko " -"PO, da bi pospešil iskanje in nadomeščanje.
\n" -"VEDITE: to bo precej upočasnilo posodabljanje informacij o datotekah.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Pred obdelavo datoteke poženi msgfmt
" -"Če omogočite to možnost, bo KBabel pred obdelavo datoteke pognal orodje " -"msgfmt iz paketa Gettext.
" -"Priporočeno je, da to možnost omogočite, čeprav je zato obdelovanje " -"počasnejše. Ta možnost je privzeto omogočena.
" -"Onemogočenje je uporabno, če imate počasen računalnik in ko prevajate " -"datoteke PO, ki jih trenutna različica Gettext-a, ki jo imate na računalniku, " -"ne podpira. Pomanjkljivost tega je, da se potem ne opravlja skoraj nobeno " -"preverjanje skladnje. Neveljavne datoteke PO so lahko tako označene kot " -"pravilne, pa čeprav bi orodja iz Gettext take datoteke zavrnila.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Ukazi za mape
" -"Vnesite ukaze, ki jih želite izvesti v mapah Upravitelja katalogov. Ukazi so " -"potem prikazani v podmeniju Ukazi v kontekstnem meniju Upravitelja " -"katalogov.
" -"Naslednji nizi bodo nadomeščeni v ukazu: " -"
Možnosti datoteke
Tu lahko podrobno nastavite, kje se " +"naj išče:
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Datotečni ukazi
" -"Vnesite ukaze, ki jih želite izvesti na datotekah Upravitelja katalogov. " -"Ukazi so potem prikazani v podmeniju Ukazi v kontekstnem meniju " -"Upravitelja katalogov.
" -"Naslednji nizi bodo nadomeščeni v ukazu:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Prikazani stolpci
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Dobrodošli v Projektnega čarovnika!\n" -"\n" -"Čarovnik vam bo pomagal nastaviti nov prevajalski\n" -"projekt za KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Najprej morate izbrati ime projekta in datoteko,\n" -"kamor se bodo shranile nastavitve.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Prav tako izberite, v kateri jezik boste prevajali\n" -"in vnesite tudi vrsto prevajalskega projekta.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "&Udejani" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139 +msgid "&Get Status" +msgstr "&Dobi stanje" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142 +msgid "&Get Diff" +msgstr "&Dobi diff" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:157 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:152 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:83 +msgid "C&ancel" +msgstr "&Prekliči" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160 +msgid "Command output:" +msgstr "Izpis ukaza:" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233 +msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "Sporočilo za dnevnik je prazno. Želite nadaljevati?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:247 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot find encoding: %1" +msgstr "Ni moč najti kodnega nabora: %1" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:253 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Ime nastavitvene datoteke"
-"
\n"
-"Ime datoteke, kamor se shranijo nastavitve\n"
-"projekta.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Jezik"
-"
\n"
-"Cilnji jezik projekta, t.j. jezik, v katerega boste prevajali.\n"
-"Slediti mora standardu za imena jezikov ISO 631.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Ime projekta"
-"
\n"
-"Ime projekta je označba projekta za vas.\n"
-"Prikazano je v nastavitvenem oknu projekta\n"
-"in tudi v naslovih oken, ki so odprta za projekt.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Vedite: Ime projekta kasneje ne more biti več spremenjeno.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Vrsta projekta\n" -"Vrsta projekta vam omogoča popraviti nastavitve za\n" -"posebne vrste dobro znanih prevajalskih projektov.\n" -"Na primer, nastavi potrditvena orodja, pospeševalno\n" -"označbo in oblikovanje glave.\n" -"
\n" -"Trenutno znane vrste:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Datoteke s prevodi
\n" -"Vpišite mape, ki vsebujejo vse vaše datoteke PO in POT.\n" -"Datoteke in mape v teh mapah bodo potem zlite v eno drevo
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Vir za vpogled v razlike
\n" -"Tu lahko izberete vir, ki bo uporabljen za iskanje razlik.
\n" -"Izberete lahko datoteko, zbirko prevodov ali pripadajoč \n" -"msgstr.
\n" -"Če izberete zbirko prevodov, so sporočila za razliko vzeta iz zbirke \n" -"prevodov. Da je to uporabno, morate omogočiti možnost Samodejno \n" -"dodaj vnos v zbirko v oknu z lastnostmi.
\n" -"Zadnja možnost je uporabna za tiste, ki uporabljajo datoteke PO \n" -"za preverjanje.
\n" -"Začasno lahko poiščete razlike z izbiro možnosti\n" -"Orodja -> Diff -> Odpri datoteko za diff v glavnem oknu KBabla.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Osnovna mapa za datoteke diff:\n" -"
Tukaj lahko določite mapo, kjer so shranjene datoteke \n" -"za primerjavo. Če so datoteke v tej mapi shranjene na istem \n" -"mestu kot originalne datoteke v svoji mapi, jih lahko KBabel \n" -"samodejno odpre in prikaže razliko (diff).
\n" -"Upoštevajte, da ta možnost nima vpliva, če so za tvorbo razlik \n" -"uporabljena sporočila iz baze podatkov.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Samodejno začni z iskanjem
\n" -"Če je to omogočeno, se iskanje začne samodejno ob \n" -"vsakem premiku na drug vnos v urejevalniku. Kje program \n" -"išče, lahko izberete v okvirju Privzeti slovar.\n" -"
" -"Prav tako lahko z iskanjem začnete ročno z izbiro \n" -"vnosa in pojavnim menijem, ki se pojavi po izbiri \n" -"Slovarji -> Najdi ... ali če je gumb za iskanje nekaj \n" -"časa pritisnjen.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Privzeti slovar
\n" -"Izberite mesto, kje naj program privzeto išče. \n" -"Ta nastavitev se uporabi, kadar je iskanje zagnano samodejno \n" -"ali kadar je pritisnjen gumb za iskanje v orodjarni.
\n" -"Lahko nastavite različne slovarje z izbiranjem željenega \n" -"slovarja iz Nastavitve -> Nastavi slovar.
Najdi besedilo
Vpišite besedilo, ki ga želite poiskati. " +"Če želite iskati z regularnim izrazom, spodaj vklopite Uporabi regularne " +"izraze.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Zamenjaj besedilo
Tu lahko vpišete besedilo, s katerim " +"želite nadomestiti iskano besedilo. Besedilo bo uporabljeno takšno kot je in " +"ni mogoče uporabiti reference za nazaj, če ste iskali z regularnim izrazom." +"p>
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Kje iskati
Vpišite, v katerem delu vnosa v katalog " +"želite iskati.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Samodejno odstrani status ohlapno
\n" -"Če je možnost izbrana in popravite ohlapen vnos, bo stanje »ohlapno« " -"samodejno odstranjeno. To pomeni, da je niz #, fuzzy " -"odstranjen iz komentarja vnosa.
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Uporabi pametno urejanje
\n" -"Izberite to možnost, da bo tipkanje besedila bolj udobno, \n" -"zato naj KBabel poskrbi za nekatere posebne znake, ki morajo \n" -"biti navedeni. Npr. tipkanje »\\\"« bo povzročilo rezultat \n" -"»\\\\\\\"«, pritisk na Enter bo samodejno dodal presledek \n" -"na koncu vrstice, pritisk na Shift+Enter pa bo dodal \n" -"»\\\\n« na koncu vrstice.
\n" -"Vedite, da je to samo pomagalo, še vedno pa je \n" -"možno ustvariti skladenjsko nepravilno besedilo.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Možnosti
Tu lahko podrobneje nastavite zamenjevanje:" +"
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Prepoznavanje napak
\n" -"Tu lahko nastavite način, kako KBabel prikaže, da je \n" -"prišlo do napake. Zapiskaj ob napaki zapiska in \n" -"Spremeni barvo besedila ob napaki spremeni barvo \n" -"prevedenega besedila. Če ni označena nobena \n" -"možnost, boste še zmeraj videli sporočilo v vrstici stanja.
Možnosti
Tu lahko podrobneje nastavite iskanje:" +"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Stanje lučk
\n" -"Tu izberite, kje bodo prikazane lučke in kakšne barve bodo.
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Obnovi glavo
\n" +"Izberite ta gumb, če želite obnoviti podatke v glavi vsakič, ko bo " +"datoteka shranjena.
\n" +"V glavi so običajno shranjene informacije o datumu in času, ko je bila " +"datoteka nazadnje obnovljena,\n" +"zadnjem prevajalcu ...
\n" +"V spodnjih poljih lahko izberete, kateri podatki se bodo samodejno " +"obnovili.\n" +"Polja, ki ne obstajajo, so dodana v glavo.\n" +"Če želite dodati polja, lahko popravite glavo sami z izbiro Urejanje -> " +"Uredi glavo v urejevalniku.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Obnovitev polj
\n" +"Izberite polja v glavi, ki jih želite obnoviti ob shranjevanju.\n" +"Če polje ne obstaja, bo dodano glavi.
\n" +"Če želite dodati v glavo druge podatke, lahko popravite glavo z izbiro " +"Urejanje -> Uredi glavo.\n" +"
Izklopite Obnovi glavo, če ne želite z vsako shranitvijo obnoviti " +"glave.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Kodiranje
Izberite, kako naj se zapišejo znaki ob " +"shranjevanju v datoteko. Če ne veste, kakšno kodiranje bi uporabili, " +"vprašajte svojega koordinatorja prevajanja.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Ohrani kodiranje datoteke
Če je omogočena ta možnost, se " +"datoteke vedno shranijo v tistemu kodiranju, kot so bile prebrane. Datoteke " +"brez informacije o kodiranju v glavi (recimo datoteke POT) so shranjene v " +"kodiranju, ki je določeno zgoraj.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Preveri skladnjo ob shranjevanju
\n" +"Izberite to za samodejno preverjanje skladnje datoteke z »msgfmt --" +"statistics«\n" +"ob shranjevanju v datoteko. Sporočilo boste dobili le, če bo prišlo do " +"napake.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Shrani zastarele vnose
\n" +"Če je ta možnost omogočena, bodo zastareli vnosi, ki so bili\n" +"najdeni ob odpiranju datoteke, shranjeni nazaj v datoteko.\n" +"Zastareli vnosi so označeni z #~ in so ustvarjeni, ko jih msgmerge\n" +"ne potrebuje več.\n" +"Če se bo besedilo spet pojavilo, bodo zastareli vnosi znova aktivirani.\n" +"Glavna ovira pri tem je velikost datoteke.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Oblika dneva popravka
Izberite, v kateri obliki bosta " +"zapisana čas in datum polja glave\n" +"PO-Revision-Date:
Priporočeno je, da uporabljate privzeto obliko in se s tem izognete " +"ustvarjanju ne-standardnih datotek PO.
Za več informacij si oglejte " +"razdelek Nastavitveno okno v pomoči na zvezi.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Identiteta
\n" +"Izpolnite podatke o sebi in prevajalski skupini.\n" +"Ti podatki se uporabljajo za obnavljanje glave datoteke.
\n" +"Katere izbire bodo obnovljene lahko vidite na strani Shrani tega " +"pogovornega okna.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Število oblik ednine/množine
Vedite: Ta možnost " +"je specifična za TDE. Če ne prevajate programa za TDE, lahko mirno prezrete " +"to možnost.
Izberite, koliko oblik ednine in množine se uporablja v " +"vašem jeziku. To število mora ustrezati nastavitvam vaše prevajalske skupine." +"
Lahko pa postavite to možnost na Samodejno in KBabel bo " +"poskušal pridobiti ta podatek samodejno od TDE. Uporabite gumb Preizkus" +"i>, da bi preizkusili, če to zna poiskati.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. \n"
-"Primer:"
-" Potrebni argumenti množinske oblike v prevodu Vedite: Ta možnost je trenutno posebna za TDE. Če ne prevajate "
+"programa za TDE, lahko to možnost prezrete. Če je ta možnost omogočena, potem preverjanje potrditve rabi argument "
+"»%n« v sporočilu. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Glava GNU za množinske oblike Tu lahko zapolnete glavo z vnosom za množinske oblike GNU; če pustite "
+"polje prazno, potem vnos v datoteki PO ne bo spremenjen ali dodan. KBabel lahko samodejno poskuša ugotoviti vrednost, ki so predlagajo "
+"orodja GNU gettext za trenutno izbran jezik. Samo pritisnite gumb "
+"Vpogled. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Znamenje za bližnjice s tipkami Tukaj določite, kakšen "
+"znak zaznamuje sledeči znak kot bližnjico s tipkami. Npr. v Qt je to »&« "
+"in v Gtk je to »_«. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Regularni izrazi za kontekstne informacije Tu vnesite "
+"regularni izraz, ki določa, kakšna je kontekstna informacija v sporočilu in "
+"ne sme biti prevedena. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Sprotno preverjanje črkovanja Aktivirajte to, da KBabel "
+"preverja črkovanje med tipkanjem. Nepravilno črkovane besede bodo obarvane z "
+"barvo napake. "
+" Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. "
+" Zapomni si prezrte besede Omogočite to, da bo KBabel "
+"prezrl besede, kjer ste izbrali Prezri vse v pogovornem oknu "
+"preverjanja črkovanja, v vsakem preverjanju črkovanja. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Osnovne mape Vpišite mape, ki vsebujejo vse vaše datoteke PO in POT.\n"
+"Datoteke in mape v teh mapah bodo potem zlite v eno drevo Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Odpri datoteke v novem oknu Če je izbrana ta možnost, bodo vse datoteke v Upraviteju katalogov odprte "
+"v novem oknu. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Ubij procese ob izhodu Če izberete to možnost, bo KBabel poskusil ubiti procese, ki se še niso "
+"končali ob izhodu iz KBabel, tako,\n"
+"da jim pošlje signal kill. OPOZORILO: ni nujno, da bodo procesi dejansko pobiti. Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> Ustvari seznam za vsebino datotek Če izberete to možnost, bo KBabel ustvaril seznam datoteke za vsako "
+"datoteko PO, da bi pospešil iskanje in nadomeščanje. VEDITE: to bo precej upočasnilo posodabljanje informacij o datotekah. "
+"p> Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Pred obdelavo datoteke poženi msgfmt Če omogočite to "
+"možnost, bo KBabel pred obdelavo datoteke pognal orodje msgfmt iz paketa "
+"Gettext. Priporočeno je, da to možnost omogočite, čeprav je zato "
+"obdelovanje počasnejše. Ta možnost je privzeto omogočena. Onemogočenje je uporabno, če imate počasen računalnik in ko prevajate "
+"datoteke PO, ki jih trenutna različica Gettext-a, ki jo imate na "
+"računalniku, ne podpira. Pomanjkljivost tega je, da se potem ne opravlja "
+"skoraj nobeno preverjanje skladnje. Neveljavne datoteke PO so lahko tako "
+"označene kot pravilne, pa čeprav bi orodja iz Gettext take datoteke zavrnila."
+" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+"Replaceables:\n"
+"@PACKAGE@, @PODIR@, @POTDIR@\n"
+"@POFILES@, @MARKEDPOFILES@"
msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"Lahko tudi določite najmanjše število besed v poizvedbi, ki ga mora imeti "
-"ključ, da je vnešen v seznam dobrih ključev."
-" \n"
-"Lahko tudi določite najmanjše število besed v ključu, ki ga mora imeti "
-"poizvedba, da je ključ vnešen v seznam."
-" \n"
-"Ti dve števili sta odstotek od celotnega števila besed. Če je rezultat tega "
-"odstotka manjši od ena, potem bo nastavljen na ena."
-" \n"
-"Na koncu lahko določite največje število vnosov v seznamu."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Najmanjše število besed v ključu in v poizvedbi (%)"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Najmanjše število besed poizvedbe v ključu (%)"
+"Nadomestljive vrednosti:\n"
+"@PACKAGE@, @PODIR@, @POTDIR@\n"
+"@POFILES@, @MARKEDPOFILES@"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Največja dolžina seznama:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:998
+msgid ""
+" Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command: Ukazi za mape Vnesite ukaze, ki jih želite izvesti v "
+"mapah Upravitelja katalogov. Ukazi so potem prikazani v podmeniju Ukazi"
+"b> v kontekstnem meniju Upravitelja katalogov. Naslednji nizi bodo "
+"nadomeščeni v ukazu:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+"
\n"
-"Če iščete po Moje ime je Andrea in ste vključili "
-"nadomestitev ene besede, potem boste lahko našli tudi fraze, kot so "
-"Moje ime je Janez ali Moje ime je Andrea."
+"
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Datotečni ukazi
Vnesite ukaze, ki jih želite izvesti na " +"datotekah Upravitelja katalogov. Ukazi so potem prikazani v podmeniju " +"Ukazi v kontekstnem meniju Upravitelja katalogov.
Naslednji " +"nizi bodo nadomeščeni v ukazu:
Shown columns
\n" +"Prikazani stolpci
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Katere vnose prevesti
Tu izberite, za katere vnose v " +"datoteki naj KBabel poskuša najti prevod. Spremenjeni vnosi so vedno " +"označeni s fuzzy; ni važno, katere možnosti ste izbrali.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
\n" -"Naslednje spremenljivke bodo zamenjane v poti (če so na voljo):\n" -"
Kako se sporočila prevedejo
Tu lahko določite, ali naj " +"bo sporočilo popolnoma prevedeno, če so dovoljena podobna sporočila in ali " +"naj KBabel poskuša prevajati posamezne besede sporočila, če ne najde prevoda " +"celotnega sporočila.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Označi spremenjene vnose kot ohlapne
Ko bo najden prevod " +"sporočila, bo privzeto označen kot fuzzy (ohlapno). To je zato, ker " +"KBabel vedno le ugane prevod, zato bi morali vedno skrbno preveriti " +"rezultat. To možnost izključite le, če veste, kaj delate.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Označi neveljavne kot ohlapne" -"
\n" -"
Če izberete to možnost, se vsi vnosi,\n"
-"ki jih orodje oceni kot neveljavne, označijo\n"
-"ohlapne, nato pa je datoteka shranjena\n"
+" Initialize TDE-specific entries Initialize \"Comment=\" "
+"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF "
+"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings."
" Inicializiraj vnose, specifične za TDE Inicializira "
+"vnose »Comment=« in »Name=«, če prevod ni najden. Prav tako zapolni polji "
+"»NAME OF TRANSLATORS« in »EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS« z nastavitvami identitete."
+"p> Do not validate fuzzy"
-" \n"
-" If you select this option, all items\n"
-"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all. Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be "
+"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they "
+"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list. The "
+"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
+"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog."
+" Ne potrjuj ohlapnih"
-" \n"
-" Če izberete to možnost, se vsi vnosi,\n"
-"označeni kot ohlapni, ne potrjujejo. Slovarji Tu izberite, kateri slovarji naj bodo "
+"uporabljeni za iskanje prevoda. Če izberete več kot en slovar, potem so "
+"uporabljeni v istem vrstnem redu kot so prikazani na seznamu. GumbNastavi vam omogoča začasne nastavitve izbranega slovarja. "
+"Prvotne nastavitve bodo povrnjene po zaprtju pogovornega okna. When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
+"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by "
+"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this "
+"option only if you know what you are doing. Ko je najden prevod za sporočilo, potem bo vnos privzeto označen kot "
+"fuzzy (ohlapno). To je zato, ker KBabel vedno le ugane prevod, zato "
+"bi morali vedno skrbno preveriti rezultat. To možnost izključite le, če "
+"veste, kaj delate. Character Selector This tool allows to insert special "
+"characters using double click. Izbiralnik znakov To orodje vam omogoča vstavljanje "
+"posebnih znakov z uporabo dvojnega klika. Comment Editor \n"
+" The comments normally contain information about where the message is "
+"found in the source\n"
+"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
+"Options->Show Comments. Urejevalnik komentarjev \n"
+" Komentarji običajno vsebujejo informacije o tem, kje se sporočilo nahaja "
+"v izvorni kodi in\n"
+"statusne informacije o tem sporočilu (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Včasih vsebuje tudi namige drugih prevajalcev. Urejevalnik lahko skrijete tako da ga izklopite v\n"
+"Nastavitve -> Prikaži komentarje. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Kontekst PO
To okno prikazuje kontekst trenutnega " +"sporočila v datoteki PO. Običajno prikazuje štiri sporočila pred trenutnim " +"in štiri za trenutnim sporočilom.
Okno z orodji lahko skrijete z " +"deaktiviranjem Nastavitve -> Prikaži orodja.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Seznam napak
To okno prikazuje seznam napak, ki so jih " +"našla orodja za potrjevanje. Tako lahko vidite, zakaj je trenutno sporočilo " +"označeno kot napačno.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Izbiralnik znakov
" -"To orodje vam omogoča vstavljanje posebnih znakov z uporabo dvojnega " -"klika.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Ta gumb osveži glav z uporabo trenutnih nastavitev. Nastala glava je tista, " -"ki bo zapisana v datoteko PO ob shranjevanju.
Ta gumb osveži glav z uporabo trenutnih nastavitev. Nastala glava je " +"tista, ki bo zapisana v datoteko PO ob shranjevanju.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" "Please edit the header before updating!
To ni veljavna glava.
\n" +"To ni veljavna glava.
\n" "Prosim uredite glavo pred posodobitvijo!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" "Please edit the header before updating.
To ni veljavna glava.
\n" +"To ni veljavna glava.
\n" "Prosim uredite glavo pred posodobitvijo.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Urejevalnik komentarjev
\n" -"Okno prikazuje komentarje trenutno prikazanega sporočila." -"\n" -"
Komentarji običajno vsebujejo informacije o tem, kje se sporočilo nahaja v " -"izvorni kodi in\n" -"statusne informacije o tem sporočilu (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Včasih vsebuje tudi namige drugih prevajalcev.
\n" -"Urejevalnik lahko skrijete tako da ga izklopite v\n" -"Nastavitve -> Prikaži komentarje.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Rezultati iskanja
" -"Ta del okna prikazuje rezultate iskanja v slovarjih." -"
" -"
Na vrhu sta izpisana število zadetkov in kje se trenutno prikazovani vnos " -"nahaja. Za navigacijo med zadetki lahko uporabite gumbe na dnu okna.
" -"Iskanje se prične bodisi samodejno ob premiku na naslednji vnos v " -"urejevalniku, bodisi ob izbiri željenega slovarja v Slovarji -> Najdi" -".
" -"Skupne možnosti lahko nastavite v nastavitvenem oknu v razdelku Poišči" -", možnosti za različne slovarje pa v Nastavitve -> Nastavi slovar.
" -"Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Prvotni niz
\n" -"Ta del okna prikazuje osnovno sporočilo\n" -"trenutno prikazanega vnosa.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Statusne lučke
\n" -"Te lučke prikazujejo stanje trenutno prikazanega sporočila.\n" -"Njihovo barvo lahko spremenite v nastavitvenem oknu v razdelku\n" -"Urejanje na zavihku Videz
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Urejevalnik prevodov
\n" -"Urejevalnik prikazuje in omogoča popravljanje prevoda trenutno prikazanega " -"sporočila." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Vrstica stanja
\n" +"Vrstica stanja prikazuje nekatere podatke o odprtih datotekah,\n" +"npr. število vseh sporočil in števili ohlapno in neprevedenih. Prav\n" +"tako prikazuje indeks in stanje trenutno prikazanega vnosa.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Rezultati iskanja
Ta del okna prikazuje rezultate " +"iskanja v slovarjih.
Na vrhu sta izpisana število zadetkov in kje se " +"trenutno prikazovani vnos nahaja. Za navigacijo med zadetki lahko uporabite " +"gumbe na dnu okna.
Iskanje se prične bodisi samodejno ob premiku na " +"naslednji vnos v urejevalniku, bodisi ob izbiri željenega slovarja v " +"Slovarji -> Najdi.
Skupne možnosti lahko nastavite v " +"nastavitvenem oknu v razdelku Poišči, možnosti za različne slovarje " +"pa v Nastavitve -> Nastavi slovar.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Prvotni niz
\n" +"Ta del okna prikazuje osnovno sporočilo\n" +"trenutno prikazanega vnosa.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Statusne lučke
\n" +"Te lučke prikazujejo stanje trenutno prikazanega sporočila.\n" +"Njihovo barvo lahko spremenite v nastavitvenem oknu v razdelku\n" +"Urejanje na zavihku Videz
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Urejevalnik prevodov
\n" +"Urejevalnik prikazuje in omogoča popravljanje prevoda trenutno " +"prikazanega sporočila.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Vrstica stanja
\n" -"Vrstica stanja prikazuje nekatere podatke o odprtih datotekah,\n" -"npr. število vseh sporočil in števili ohlapno in neprevedenih. Prav\n" -"tako prikazuje indeks in stanje trenutno prikazanega vnosa.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Seznam napak
" -"To okno prikazuje seznam napak, ki so jih našla orodja za potrjevanje. Tako " -"lahko vidite, zakaj je trenutno sporočilo označeno kot napačno.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Kontekst PO
" -"To okno prikazuje kontekst trenutnega sporočila v datoteki PO. Običajno " -"prikazuje štiri sporočila pred trenutnim in štiri za trenutnim sporočilom.
" -"Okno z orodji lahko skrijete z deaktiviranjem Nastavitve -> " -"Prikaži orodja.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Obstajajo varnostne kopije datotek zbirk iz prejšnjih različic KBabla. "
+"Vendar pa je druga različica KBabla (verjetno iz TDE 3.1.1 ali 3.1.2) "
+"ustvarila novo zbirko. Zaradi tega KBabel vsebuje dve različici datotek "
+"zbirk. Žal stara in nova različica ne moreta biti zliti. Izbrati morate eno "
+"od njih.
Če izberete staro različico, bo nova odstranjena. Če "
+"izberete novo različico, bo stara puščena na miru in jo boste morali ročno "
+"odstraniti. Sicer bo to sporočilo spet prikazano (stare datoteke so na "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametri
" -"Tu lahko fino nastavite iskanje v datoteki PO. Na primer, če želite iskati z " -"ozirom na velike in male črke ali pa želite prezreti ohlapna sporočila.
Parametri
Tu lahko fino nastavite iskanje v datoteki PO. " +"Na primer, če želite iskati z ozirom na velike in male črke ali pa želite " +"prezreti ohlapna sporočila.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Možnosti primerjave
" -"Tu izberite, katera sporočila želite obravnavati kot ujemajoča se " -"sporočila.
Možnosti primerjave
Tu izberite, katera sporočila želite " +"obravnavati kot ujemajoča se sporočila.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Tričrkovno ujemanje
" -"Sporočilo se ujema z drugim, če je večina njegovih tričrkovnih skupin " -"vsebovana v drugem sporočilu. Npr. »abc123« se ujema z »abcx123c12«.
Tričrkovno ujemanje
Sporočilo se ujema z drugim, če je " +"večina njegovih tričrkovnih skupin vsebovana v drugem sporočilu. Npr. " +"»abc123« se ujema z »abcx123c12«.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Lokacija
" -"Nastavite, katera datoteka naj bo uporabljena za iskanje.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Lokacija
Nastavite, katera datoteka naj bo uporabljena " +"za iskanje.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parametri
" -"Tu lahko fino nastavite iskanje v datoteki PO. Na primer, če želite iskati z " -"ozirom na velike in male črke.
Parametri
Tu lahko fino nastavite iskanje v datoteki PO. " +"Na primer, če želite iskati z ozirom na velike in male črke.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Označi neveljavne kot ohlapne
\n" +"
Če izberete to možnost, se vsi vnosi,\n" +"ki jih orodje oceni kot neveljavne, označijo\n" +"ohlapne, nato pa je datoteka shranjena\n" +"
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Ne potrjuj ohlapnih
\n" +"
Če izberete to možnost, se vsi vnosi,\n" +"označeni kot ohlapni, ne potrjujejo.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Obstajajo varnostne kopije datotek zbirk iz prejšnjih različic KBabla. "
-"Vendar pa je druga različica KBabla (verjetno iz TDE 3.1.1 ali 3.1.2) ustvarila "
-"novo zbirko. Zaradi tega KBabel vsebuje dve različici datotek zbirk. Žal stara "
-"in nova različica ne moreta biti zliti. Izbrati morate eno od njih. "
-"
"
-"
Če izberete staro različico, bo nova odstranjena. Če izberete novo "
-"različico, bo stara puščena na miru in jo boste morali ročno odstraniti. Sicer "
-"bo to sporočilo spet prikazano (stare datoteke so na "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Vir za vpogled v razlike
\n" +"Tu lahko izberete vir, ki bo uporabljen za iskanje razlik.
\n" +"Izberete lahko datoteko, zbirko prevodov ali pripadajoč \n" +"msgstr.
\n" +"Če izberete zbirko prevodov, so sporočila za razliko vzeta iz zbirke \n" +"prevodov. Da je to uporabno, morate omogočiti možnost Samodejno \n" +"dodaj vnos v zbirko v oknu z lastnostmi.
\n" +"Zadnja možnost je uporabna za tiste, ki uporabljajo datoteke PO \n" +"za preverjanje.
\n" +"Začasno lahko poiščete razlike z izbiro možnosti\n" +"Orodja -> Diff -> Odpri datoteko za diff v glavnem oknu KBabla.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:313 -msgid "< &Previous" -msgstr "< Pre&jšnji" +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:52 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &file" +msgstr "Uporabi &datoteko" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:318 -msgid "&Next >" -msgstr "&Naslednji >" +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:60 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use messages from &translation database" +msgstr "Uporabi &sporočila iz zbirke prevodov" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:957 kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1015 -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1027 kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1128 -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1190 kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1449 -msgid "Edit File" -msgstr "Uredi datoteko" +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:68 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &msgstr from the same file" +msgstr "Uporabi &msgstr iz iste datoteke" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1010 kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1185 -#, c-format -msgid "Edit File %1" -msgstr "Uredi datoteko %1" +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:86 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Base folder for diff files:" +msgstr "Osnovna mapa za datoteke diff:" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1257 -#, c-format -msgid "Send bugs to %1" -msgstr "Poročila o hroščih pošljite %1" +#: commonui/diffpreferences.ui:97 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Osnovna mapa za datoteke diff:\n" +"
Tukaj lahko določite mapo, kjer so shranjene datoteke \n" +"za primerjavo. Če so datoteke v tej mapi shranjene na istem \n" +"mestu kot originalne datoteke v svoji mapi, jih lahko KBabel \n" +"samodejno odpre in prikaže razliko (diff).
\n" +"Upoštevajte, da ta možnost nima vpliva, če so za tvorbo razlik \n" +"uporabljena sporočila iz baze podatkov.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Dobrodošli v Projektnega čarovnika!\n" +"\n" +"Čarovnik vam bo pomagal nastaviti nov prevajalski\n" +"projekt za KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Najprej morate izbrati ime projekta in datoteko,\n" +"kamor se bodo shranile nastavitve.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Prav tako izberite, v kateri jezik boste prevajali\n" +"in vnesite tudi vrsto prevajalskega projekta.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1286 -msgid "Thanks to:" -msgstr "Zahvala gre:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Ime nastavitvene datoteke
\n"
+"Ime datoteke, kamor se shranijo nastavitve\n"
+"projekta.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Jezik
\n"
+"Cilnji jezik projekta, t.j. jezik, v katerega boste prevajali.\n"
+"Slediti mora standardu za imena jezikov ISO 631.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Ime projekta
\n"
+"Ime projekta je označba projekta za vas.\n"
+"Prikazano je v nastavitvenem oknu projekta\n"
+"in tudi v naslovih oken, ki so odprta za projekt.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Vedite: Ime projekta kasneje ne more biti več spremenjeno.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Vrsta projekta\n" +"Vrsta projekta vam omogoča popraviti nastavitve za\n" +"posebne vrste dobro znanih prevajalskih projektov.\n" +"Na primer, nastavi potrditvena orodja, pospeševalno\n" +"označbo in oblikovanje glave.\n" +"
\n" +"Trenutno znane vrste:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Datoteke s prevodi
\n" +"Vpišite mape, ki vsebujejo vse vaše datoteke PO in POT.\n" +"Datoteke in mape v teh mapah bodo potem zlite v eno drevo
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Samodejno odstrani status ohlapno
\n" +"Če je možnost izbrana in popravite ohlapen vnos, bo stanje »ohlapno« " +"samodejno odstranjeno. To pomeni, da je niz #, fuzzy odstranjen iz " +"komentarja vnosa.
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Uporabi pametno urejanje
\n" +"Izberite to možnost, da bo tipkanje besedila bolj udobno, \n" +"zato naj KBabel poskrbi za nekatere posebne znake, ki morajo \n" +"biti navedeni. Npr. tipkanje »\\\"« bo povzročilo rezultat \n" +"»\\\\\\\"«, pritisk na Enter bo samodejno dodal presledek \n" +"na koncu vrstice, pritisk na Shift+Enter pa bo dodal \n" +"»\\\\n« na koncu vrstice.
\n" +"Vedite, da je to samo pomagalo, še vedno pa je \n" +"možno ustvariti skladenjsko nepravilno besedilo.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Prepoznavanje napak
\n" +"Tu lahko nastavite način, kako KBabel prikaže, da je \n" +"prišlo do napake. Zapiskaj ob napaki zapiska in \n" +"Spremeni barvo besedila ob napaki spremeni barvo \n" +"prevedenega besedila. Če ni označena nobena \n" +"možnost, boste še zmeraj videli sporočilo v vrstici stanja.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Stanje lučk
\n" +"Tu izberite, kje bodo prikazane lučke in kakšne barve bodo.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Samodejno začni z iskanjem
\n" +"Če je to omogočeno, se iskanje začne samodejno ob \n" +"vsakem premiku na drug vnos v urejevalniku. Kje program \n" +"išče, lahko izberete v okvirju Privzeti slovar.\n" +"
Prav tako lahko z iskanjem začnete ročno z izbiro \n" +"vnosa in pojavnim menijem, ki se pojavi po izbiri \n" +"Slovarji -> Najdi ... ali če je gumb za iskanje nekaj \n" +"časa pritisnjen.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Privzeti slovar
\n" +"Izberite mesto, kje naj program privzeto išče. \n" +"Ta nastavitev se uporabi, kadar je iskanje zagnano samodejno \n" +"ali kadar je pritisnjen gumb za iskanje v orodjarni.
\n" +"Lahko nastavite različne slovarje z izbiranjem željenega \n" +"slovarja iz Nastavitve -> Nastavi slovar.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Vrstica stanja
\n" -"Vrstica stanja prikazuje podatke o napredku pri trenutnih operacijah " -"iskanja in zamenjave. Prva številka v Najdenih " -"prikazuje število datotek, ki vsebujejo iskano besedilo, ki še ni prikazano v " -"oknu KBabla. Druga številka prikazuje trenutno skupno število datotek, ki " -"vsebujejo iskano besedilo.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Možnosti datoteke
" -"Tu lahko podrobno nastavite, kje se naj išče: " -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Primer: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Dobi krajevno stanje naslednjih datotek:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Preglej eno datoteko .PO ..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Dobi diff za naslednje datoteke:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Preglej mapo ..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Dobi podatke za naslednje datoteke:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Preglej mapo in podmape ..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Stara sporočila:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Pregledovanje datoteke:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Dnevniško sporočilo:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Dodani vnosi:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Samo&dejno oddaj datoteke, če je potrebno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Skupni napredek:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Udejani"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Obdelovanje datoteke:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Dobi stanje"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Nalaganje datoteke:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Dobi diff"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Izvozi ..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Dobi podatke"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Ponavljajoči se nizi"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Izpis ukaza:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Dobri ključi"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Sporočilo za dnevnik je prazno. Želite nadaljevati?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Lahko tudi določite najmanjše število besed v poizvedbi, ki ga mora imeti "
+"ključ, da je vnešen v seznam dobrih ključev. \n"
+"Lahko tudi določite najmanjše število besed v ključu, ki ga mora imeti "
+"poizvedba, da je ključ vnešen v seznam. \n"
+"Ti dve števili sta odstotek od celotnega števila besed. Če je rezultat tega "
+"odstotka manjši od ena, potem bo nastavljen na ena. \n"
+"Na koncu lahko določite največje število vnosov v seznamu."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Ni moč odpreti začasne datoteke za pisanje. Prekinjam."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Najmanjše število besed v ključu in v poizvedbi (%)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Ni moč pisati v začasno datoteko. Prekinjam."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Procesa ni moč zagnati."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Najmanjše število besed poizvedbe v ključu (%)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Končano s stanjem %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Največja dolžina seznama:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Zaključeno ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Pogoste besede"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Katalogi sporočil"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Zavrzi besede, ki so bolj pogoste od:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Brez nadzora različic"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Stanje CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Pogoste besede so smatrane kot v vsakem ključu"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Razrešeno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Splošno"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Razrešeno za označene"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Mapa z zbirko:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Povrni"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Samodejno posodabljanje v kbablu"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Povrni označene"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Novi vnosi"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Počisti"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Iz kbabla"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Počisti označene"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritem"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Brez skladišča"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Minimalen rezultat:"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Datoteke:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmi za uporabo"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Ime"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Rezultat:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Arhiv ohlapnih stavkov"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Ohlapno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Slovar"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Neprevedeno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Točno"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Skupaj"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Stavek za stavkom"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Zadnji popravek"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumerično"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Dnevniško okno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Beseda za besedo"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "Po&čisti"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Dinamičen slovar"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Dnevniško okno V tem oknu je prikazan rezultat izvedenih ukazov. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Upravitelj katalogov Upravitelj katalogov zlije dve mapi v eno drevo in prikaže vse\n"
-"datoteke PO in POT v teh mapah. Tako lažje vidite, ali je bila dodana\n"
-"ali odvzeta nova predloga. Prav tako so prikazane nekatere informacije o\n"
-"datotekah. Za več informacij si oglejte razdelek Upravitelj katalogov "
-"v pomoči. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Če iščete po Moje ime je Andrea in ste vključili nadomestitev "
+"ene besede, potem boste lahko našli tudi fraze, kot so Moje ime je "
+"Janez ali Moje ime je Andrea."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "Brez skladišča SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Uporabi nadomestitev ene besede"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "Ni v SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Največje število besed v poizvedbi:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "Krajevno dodano"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Uporabi nadomestitev dveh besed"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "Krajevno odstranjeno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Krajevno spremenjeno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Osveženo"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Krajevni znaki za regularne izraze:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Spor"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Zbirka"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Napaka v delovni kopiji"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Mapa z zbirko:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Neznano"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Samodejno dodaj vnos v zbirko"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "To ni veljavno skladišče SVN. Ukazi SVN ne morejo biti izvedeni."
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Začetni ukaz ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Okno SVN"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Posodobi naslednje datoteke:"
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Samodejno dodaj vnos v zbirko, če je nov prevod potrjen od nekoga (lahko "
+"kbabel)."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Udejani naslednje datoteke:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Avtor samodejno dodanega vnosa:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Dobi oddaljeno stanje naslednjih datotek:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Naslednje spremenljivke bodo zamenjane v poti (če so na voljo):\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Које уносе да преводим
" -"Овде изаберите за које уносе у фајлу KBabel покушава да нађе превод. " -"Промењени уноси су увек обележени као нејасни, без обзира које опције " -"изаберете.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Како поруке бивају преведене
" -"Овде можете дефинисати да ли порука може бити преведена само комплетно, да " -"ли су сличне поруке прихватљиве или би KBabel требало да покуша да преводи " -"појединачне речи поруке ако није пронађен превод целе поруке или ако је нађена " -"слична порука.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Означи промењене уносе као нејасне
" -"Када се пронађе превод за поруку, подразумевано је да ће унос аутоматски " -"бити означен као нејасан. Ово је због тога што kbabel само нагађа превод " -"и увек би требало пажљиво да проверите резултате. Искључите ову опцију само ако " -"знате шта радите.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Покрени уносе специфичне за TDE
" -"Покрени уносе „Comment=“ и „Name=“ ако није нађен превод. Такође, уноси " -"„NAME OF TRANSLATORS“ и „EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS“ попуњавају се подешавањима " -"идентитета.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Речници
" -"Овде изаберите који речници морају бити коришћени за проналажење превода. " -"Ако изаберете више од једног речника, користе се истим редоследом којим су " -"приказани у листи.
" -"Дугме Подеси вам омогућава да привремено подесите изабрани речник. " -"Првобитне поставке ће бити враћене пошто затворите прозор.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Када се пронађе превод поруке, подразумевано је да ће унос бити обележен као " -"нејасан. Ово је због тога што KBabel само нагађа превод и увек би " -"требало пажљиво да проверите резултате. Искључите ову опцију само ако знате шта " -"радите.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Нађи текст
" -"Овде можете унети текст за којим желите да трагате. Ако желите да тражите " -"регуларни израз, укључите Користи регуларни израз испод.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Текст за замену
" -"Овде можете унети текст којим желите да пронађени текст буде замењен. Текст " -"се користи како је написан. Није могуће повратно референцирати ако сте тражили " -"регуларни израз.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Где да тражим
" -"Овде изаберите у којим деловима каталошког уноса желите да тражите.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Опције
" -"Овде можете фино подесити замењивање: " -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Опције
" -"Овде можете фино подесити претрагу: " -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Статусна трака
\n" +"Статусна трака приказује информације о напретку текуће операције " +"проналажења или замењивања. Први број у Нађено: приказује број " +"фајлова у којима се јавља тражени текст који још увек нису приказани у " +"KBabel-овом прозору. Други приказује укупан број фајлова до сада који садрже " +"тражени текст.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Ажурирај заглавље
\n" -"Обележите ово дугме да би се информације о заглављу фајла ажурирале сваки " -"пут када се фајл сними.
\n" -"Заглавље уобичајено садржи информације о датуму и времену када је фајл " -"последњи пут\n" -"ажуриран, последњем преводиоцу итд.
\n" -"Можете изабрати које информације желите да ажурирате преко кућица испод.\n" -"Поља која не постоје додају се заглављу.\n" -"Ако желите да додате додатна поља у заглавље, можете га ручно изменити избором\n" -"Измене->Измени заглавље у прозору уређивача.
Дневнички прозор
\n" +"У овом прозору се приказује излаз извршених наредби.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Поља која треба ажурирати
\n" -"Изаберите која поља у заглављу желите да буду ажурирана приликом снимања.\n" -"Ако поље не постоји, прикључује се заглављу.
\n" -"Ако желите да додате друге информације у заглавље, морате га изменити ручно\n" -"избором Измене->Измени заглавље у прозору уређивача.
\n" -"Искључите Ажурирај заглавље изнад ако не желите да се заглавље\n" -"ажурира приликом снимања.
Управник каталога
\n" +"Управник каталога стапа две фасцикле у једно стабло и приказује све\n" +"PO и POT фајлове у овим фасциклама. На овај начин лако можете видети да ли\n" +"је нови шаблон додат или уклоњен. Такође, се приказују и неке додатне " +"информације о фајловима.
За више информација погледајте одељак " +"Управник каталога у приручнику.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Кодирање
" -"Изаберите које кодирање знакова се користи приликом снимања у фајл. Ако " -"нисте сигурни које кодирање да користите, питајте својег координатора " -"превода.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Задржи кодирање фајла
" -"Ако је ова опција укључена, фајлови се увек снимају са истим кодирањем са " -"којим су били учитани. Фајлови без информације о скупу знакова у заглављу (нпр. " -"POT фајлови) снимају се са кодирањем постављеним изнад.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Провери синтаксу фајла приликом снимања
\n" -"Попуните ово да би се аутоматски проверавала синтакса фајла помоћу „msgfmt " -"--statistics“\n" -"приликом снимања фајла. Добићете поруку само ако је дошло до грешке.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Сними застареле уносе
\n" -"Ако је ова опција активирана, застарели уноси пронађени док је фајл био " -"отворен\n" -"биће снимљени назад у фајл. Застарели уноси су обележени са #~ и\n" -"праве се када msgmerge-у превод више није потребан.\n" -"Ако се текст опет појави, застарели уноси ће бити поново активирани.\n" -"Главна мана је величина снимљеног фајла.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Формат датума ревизије
" -"Изаберите у ком формату ће датум и време поља\n" -"PO-Revision-Date бити снимљени: " -"
Препоручљиво је да користите подразумевани формат, да бисте избегли стварање " -"нестандардних PO фајлова.
" -"За више информација погледајте секцију „Дијалог подешавања“ " -"у помоћи на вези.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Идентитет
\n" -"Унесите информације о вама и вашем преводилачком тиму.\n" -"Ове информације се користе приликом ажурирања заглавља фајла.
\n" -"Можете пронаћи опције о томе да ли и која поља у заглављу би требало да буду " -"ажурирана\n" -"на страни „Сними“ у овом прозору.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Број облика једнине/множине
\n" -"Напомена: Ова опција је тренутно специфична за TDE. Ако не преводите " -"TDE програм, слободно можете игнорисати ову опцију.
\n" -"Овде изаберите колико облика једнине и множине се користи у вашем језику. " -"Овај број се мора слагати са подешавањима вашег преводилачког тима.
" -"Алтернативно, поставите ову опцију на Аутоматски " -"и KBabel ће покушати да добије ову информацију аутоматски од TDE-а. Користите " -"дугме Проба да испробате да ли може да је нађе.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Захтевај аргументе облика множине у преводу
\n" -"Напомена: Ова опција је тренутно специфична за TDE. Ако не преводите " -"TDE програм, можете слободно игнорисати ову опцију.
\n" -"Ако је ова опција укључена, провера исправности ће захтевати да се у поруци " -"налази аргумент %n.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Заглавље GNU облика множине
\n" -"Овде можете попунити заглавни унос за руковање са GNU облицима множине. Ако " -"оставите овај унос празан, унос у PO фајлу неће бити измењен или додат.
\n" -"KBabel може аутоматски покушати да одреди вредност предложену од стране GNU " -"gettext алата за тренутно постављен језик. Само притисните дугме Потражи" -".
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Ознака за пречицу са тастатуре
" -"Овде дефинишите који знак означава следећи знак као пречицу са тастатуре. На " -"пример у Qt-у то је „&“, а у Gtk-у је то „_“
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Регуларни израз за контекстене информације
" -"Овде унесите регуларни израз који дефинише шта је контекстна информација у " -"поруци, која се не сме преводити.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Провера правописа у ходу
" -"Укључите ово да бисте допустили KBabel-у да проверава правопис док куцате. " -"Погрешно написане речи ће бити обојене бојом грешака.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Запамти игнорисане речи
" -"Укључите ово да бисте дозволили KBabel-у да игнорише речи, где сте изабрали " -"Игнориши све у дијалогу за проверу правописа, при свакој провери " -"правописа.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Основне фасцикле
\n" -"Упишите фасцикле које садрже све ваше PO и POT фајлове.\n" -"Фајлови и фасцикле у овим фасциклама ће онда бити стопљени у једно\n" -"стабло.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Отварај фајлове у новом прозору
\n" -"Ако је ово активирано, сви фајлови који се отварају из управника каталога " -"отварају се\n" -"у новом прозору.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Убиј процесе при изласку
\n" -"Ако попуните ово, KBabel покушава да убије процесе који већ нису завршени " -"када се изађе из KBabel-а,\n" -"шаљући им сигнал за убијање.
\n" -"Напомена: Није гарантовано да ће процеси бити убијени.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Направи индекс за садржај фајла
\n" -"Ако ово попуните, kbabel ће направити индекс за сваки PO фајл да би убрзао " -"нађи/замени функције.
\n" -"Напомена: Ово ће приметно успорити ажурирање информација о фајловима.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Покрени msgfmt пре обраде фајла
" -"Ако попуните ово, KBabel ће покренути Gettext-ов алат msgfmt пре даље обраде " -"фајла.
" -"Препоручљиво је да ово буде укључено, иако ће обрада бити спорија; " -"подразумевано је укључено.
" -"Искључивање може бити корисно за спорије рачунаре, као и када желите да " -"преводите PO фајлове који нису подржани верзијом Gettext-ових алата који се " -"налазе на вашем систему. Недостатак је у томе што се скоро ништа од синтаксе не " -"проверава при обради, па се неисправни PO фајлови могу приказати исправним, " -"иако би их Gettext-ови алати одбацили.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Наредбе за фасцикле
" -"Овде уметните наредбе које желите да буду извршене у фасциклама из управника " -"каталога. Наредбе су затим приказане у подменију Наредбе " -"у контекстном менију управника каталога.
" -"Следећи низови ће бити замењени у наредби: " -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Наредбе за фајлове
" -"Овде уметните наредбе које желите да буду извршене на фајловима из управника " -"каталога. Наредбе су затим приказане у подменију Наредбе " -"у контекстном менију управника каталога.
" -"Следећи низови ће бити замењени у наредби: " -"
Опције за фајлове
Овде можете фино подесити где " +"тражити:
Shown columns
\n" -"Приказане колоне
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Добродошли у чаробњак пројеката!\n" -"\n" -"Чаробњак ће вам помоћи да поставите нови преводилачки\n" -"пројекат за KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Пре свега, морате изабрати име пројекта и фајл у којем\n" -"ће бити чувана подешавања.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Такође би требало да изаберете језик на који ћете\n" -"преводити и тип преводилачког пројекта.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" +msgstr "Локално ( %1 )" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124 +msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary" +msgstr "Ауто&матски додај фајлове ако је неопходно" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:141 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "Ажурирај" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "&Предај" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139 +msgid "&Get Status" +msgstr "&Добави статус" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142 +msgid "&Get Diff" +msgstr "&Направи разлику" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:157 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:152 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:83 +msgid "C&ancel" +msgstr "&Откажи" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160 +msgid "Command output:" +msgstr "Излаз наредбе:" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233 +msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "Порука дневника предаје је празна. Желите ли да наставите?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:247 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot find encoding: %1" +msgstr "Не могу да нађем кодирање: %1" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:253 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Име фајла са подешавањима"
-"
\n"
-"Име фајла у који ће се складиштити подешавања\n"
-"пројекта.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Језик"
-"
\n"
-"Одредишни језик пројекта, тј. језик на који ће се\n"
-"преводити. Требало би да поштује стандард ISO 631 за\n"
-"именовање језика.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Име пројекта"
-"
\n"
-"Име пројекта је идентификација пројекта за вас.\n"
-"Приказано је у дијалогу за подешавање пројекта\n"
-"као и у наслову прозора отворених за пројекат.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Напомена: Име пројекта се не може касније променити.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Тип пројекта\n" -"Тип пројекта омогућава да се поставке наштелују за\n" -"неки од добро познатих типова преводилачких пројеката.\n" -"На пример, постављају се алати за оверу, ознака за\n" -"пречице и формат заглавља.\n" -"
\n" -"Тренутно познати типови:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Фајлови превода
\n" -"Упишите фасцикле који садрже све ваше PO и POT фајлове.\n" -"Фајлови и фасцикле у овим фасциклама ће онда бити стопљени у једно стабло.
" -"Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Извор за потрагу разлика
" -"Овде можете изабрати извор који треба да се употреби за тражење разлика.
" -"Можете изабрати фајл, базу података превода или одговарајући msgstr.
" -"Ако изаберете базу података превода, поруке које треба разликовати се " -"узимају из ње. Да би ово било корисно, морате укључити " -"Аутоматски додај унос у базу података у њеном прозору за подешавања.
" -"Последња опција је корисна за оне који користе PO-фајлове за проверно " -"читање.
" -"Можете и привремено разликовати са порукама из фајла избором Алати->" -"Разлике->Отвори фајл за разликовање у главном прозору KBabel-а.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Основна фасцикла за фајлове разлике\n" -"
Овде можете дефинисати фасциклу где ће се смештати фајлови са којима се врши " -"разликовање. Ако се фајлови смештају на исто место унутар ове фасцикле као " -"изворни фајлови унутар њихове основне фасцикле, KBabel може аутоматски отворити " -"прави фајл са којим ће се вршити разликовање.
" -"Обратите пажњу да ова опција нема ефекта ако се за разликовање користе " -"поруке из базе.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Аутоматски покрени претрагу
" -"Ако је ово активирано, претрага се аутоматски покреће сваки пут када пређете " -"на други унос у измењивачу. Можете изабрати где ће се претраживати помоћу комбо " -"опције Подразумевани речник.
" -"Такође можете покренути претрагу и ручно избором уноса у искачућем менију " -"који се појављује или када кликнете на Речници->Нађи... " -"или ако држите дугме речника у траци са алатима притиснуто неколико " -"тренутака.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Подразумевани речник
\n" -"Овде изаберите подразумевано место где ће се претраживати. Ово подешавање се " -"користи када се претрага покреће аутоматски или притискањем дугмета речника у " -"траци са алатима.
" -"Можете подешавати различите речнике избором жељеног речника из " -"Подешавања->Подеси речник.
Нађи текст
Овде можете унети текст за којим желите да " +"трагате. Ако желите да тражите регуларни израз, укључите Користи " +"регуларни израз испод.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Текст за замену
Овде можете унети текст којим желите " +"да пронађени текст буде замењен. Текст се користи како је написан. Није " +"могуће повратно референцирати ако сте тражили регуларни израз.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Где да тражим
Овде изаберите у којим деловима " +"каталошког уноса желите да тражите.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Аутоматски уклони статус „нејасно“
\n" -"Ако је ово активирано, приликом уређивања нејасног уноса статус „нејасно“ се " -"аутоматски\n" -"уклања (ово значи да се знаковни низ , fuzzy\n" -"уклања из коментара уноса).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Користи паметно уређивање
\\n\n" -"Попуните ово да би куцање текста било удобније, јер ће \n" -"KBabel водити рачуна о неким посебним знацима који морају да \n" -"се цитирају. На пример, откуцате ли „\\\"“ то ће резултовати \n" -"са „\\\\\\\"“, притисак на Return ће аутоматски додати бели размак \n" -"на крају линије, притисак на Shift+Return ће додати \n" -"„\\\\n“ на крај линије.
\\n\n" -"Пазите, ово је само наговештај, и даље је могуће генерисати \n" -"синтаксно неисправан текст.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Опције
Овде можете фино подесити замењивање:
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Препознавање грешака
" -"Овде можете подесити како да се приказује да је дошло до грешке. " -"Звучни сигнал приликом грешке се оглашава звуком, а " -"Промени боју текста приликом грешке мења боју преведеног текста. Ако " -"ниједно није активирано, још увек ћете видети поруку у статусној траци.
Опције
Овде можете фино подесити претрагу:
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Статусне лампице
\n" -"Овде изаберите где се статусне лампице приказују и које су боје.
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Ажурирај заглавље
\n" +"Обележите ово дугме да би се информације о заглављу фајла ажурирале сваки " +"пут када се фајл сними.
\n" +"Заглавље уобичајено садржи информације о датуму и времену када је фајл " +"последњи пут\n" +"ажуриран, последњем преводиоцу итд.
\n" +"Можете изабрати које информације желите да ажурирате преко кућица испод.\n" +"Поља која не постоје додају се заглављу.\n" +"Ако желите да додате додатна поља у заглавље, можете га ручно изменити " +"избором\n" +"Измене->Измени заглавље у прозору уређивача.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Поља која треба ажурирати
\n" +"Изаберите која поља у заглављу желите да буду ажурирана приликом " +"снимања.\n" +"Ако поље не постоји, прикључује се заглављу.
\n" +"Ако желите да додате друге информације у заглавље, морате га изменити " +"ручно\n" +"избором Измене->Измени заглавље у прозору уређивача.
\n" +"Искључите Ажурирај заглавље изнад ако не желите да се заглавље\n" +"ажурира приликом снимања.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Кодирање
Изаберите које кодирање знакова се користи " +"приликом снимања у фајл. Ако нисте сигурни које кодирање да користите, " +"питајте својег координатора превода.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Задржи кодирање фајла
Ако је ова опција укључена, " +"фајлови се увек снимају са истим кодирањем са којим су били учитани. Фајлови " +"без информације о скупу знакова у заглављу (нпр. POT фајлови) снимају се са " +"кодирањем постављеним изнад.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Провери синтаксу фајла приликом снимања
\n" +"Попуните ово да би се аутоматски проверавала синтакса фајла помоћу " +"„msgfmt --statistics“\n" +"приликом снимања фајла. Добићете поруку само ако је дошло до грешке.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Сними застареле уносе
\n" +"Ако је ова опција активирана, застарели уноси пронађени док је фајл био " +"отворен\n" +"биће снимљени назад у фајл. Застарели уноси су обележени са #~ и\n" +"праве се када msgmerge-у превод више није потребан.\n" +"Ако се текст опет појави, застарели уноси ће бити поново активирани.\n" +"Главна мана је величина снимљеног фајла.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Формат датума ревизије
Изаберите у ком формату ће " +"датум и време поља\n" +"PO-Revision-Date бити снимљени:
Препоручљиво је да користите подразумевани формат, да бисте " +"избегли стварање нестандардних PO фајлова.
За више информација " +"погледајте секцију „Дијалог подешавања“ у помоћи на вези.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Пример:"
-" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Идентитет Унесите информације о вама и вашем преводилачком тиму.\n"
+"Ове информације се користе приликом ажурирања заглавља фајла. Можете пронаћи опције о томе да ли и која поља у заглављу би требало да "
+"буду ажурирана\n"
+"на страни „Сними“ у овом прозору. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Број облика једнине/множине Напомена: Ова опција је тренутно специфична за TDE. Ако не "
+"преводите TDE програм, слободно можете игнорисати ову опцију. Овде изаберите колико облика једнине и множине се користи у вашем језику. "
+"Овај број се мора слагати са подешавањима вашег преводилачког тима. Алтернативно, поставите ову опцију на Аутоматски и KBabel ће "
+"покушати да добије ову информацију аутоматски од TDE-а. Користите дугме "
+"Проба да испробате да ли може да је нађе. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Захтевај аргументе облика множине у преводу Напомена: Ова опција је тренутно специфична за TDE. Ако не "
+"преводите TDE програм, можете слободно игнорисати ову опцију. Ако је ова опција укључена, провера исправности ће захтевати да се у "
+"поруци налази аргумент %n. "
-msgstr ""
-" "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Скенирај појединачни PO фајл"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Скенирај фасциклу"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Скенирај фасциклу и подфасцикле"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Скенирам фајл:"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Додато порука:"
+" GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Заглавље GNU облика множине Овде можете попунити заглавни унос за руковање са GNU облицима множине. "
+"Ако оставите овај унос празан, унос у PO фајлу неће бити измењен или додат."
+"p>\n"
+" KBabel може аутоматски покушати да одреди вредност предложену од стране "
+"GNU gettext алата за тренутно постављен језик. Само притисните дугме "
+"Потражи. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Ознака за пречицу са тастатуре Овде дефинишите који "
+"знак означава следећи знак као пречицу са тастатуре. На пример у Qt-у то је "
+"„&“, а у Gtk-у је то „_“ \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. \n"
-"Можете поставити минималан број речи које кључ мора садржати да би био убачен у "
-"листу добрих кључева."
-" \n"
-"Ова два броја представљају проценат тоталног броја речи. Ако је резултат "
-"процента мањи од један, мотор ће га поставити на један."
-" \n"
-"Коначно, можете поставити максималан број уноса у листи."
+" Регуларни израз за контекстене информације Овде "
+"унесите регуларни израз који дефинише шта је контекстна информација у "
+"поруци, која се не сме преводити. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Провера правописа у ходу Укључите ово да бисте допустили "
+"KBabel-у да проверава правопис док куцате. Погрешно написане речи ће бити "
+"обојене бојом грешака. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Запамти игнорисане речи Укључите ово да бисте "
+"дозволили KBabel-у да игнорише речи, где сте изабрали Игнориши све у "
+"дијалогу за проверу правописа, при свакој провери правописа. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Основне фасцикле Упишите фасцикле које садрже све ваше PO и POT фајлове.\n"
+"Фајлови и фасцикле у овим фасциклама ће онда бити стопљени у једно\n"
+"стабло. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Отварај фајлове у новом прозору Ако је ово активирано, сви фајлови који се отварају из управника каталога "
+"отварају се\n"
+"у новом прозору. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Убиј процесе при изласку Ако попуните ово, KBabel покушава да убије процесе који већ нису завршени "
+"када се изађе из KBabel-а,\n"
+"шаљући им сигнал за убијање. Напомена: Није гарантовано да ће процеси бити убијени. Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> Направи индекс за садржај фајла Ако ово попуните, kbabel ће направити индекс за сваки PO фајл да би "
+"убрзао нађи/замени функције. Напомена: Ово ће приметно успорити ажурирање информација о фајловима."
+"p> Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Покрени msgfmt пре обраде фајла Ако попуните ово, KBabel "
+"ће покренути Gettext-ов алат msgfmt пре даље обраде фајла."
+"p> Препоручљиво је да ово буде укључено, иако ће обрада бити спорија; "
+"подразумевано је укључено. Искључивање може бити корисно за спорије "
+"рачунаре, као и када желите да преводите PO фајлове који нису подржани "
+"верзијом Gettext-ових алата који се налазе на вашем систему. Недостатак је у "
+"томе што се скоро ништа од синтаксе не проверава при обради, па се "
+"неисправни PO фајлови могу приказати исправним, иако би их Gettext-ови алати "
+"одбацили. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Ако тражите Моје има је Јелена и активирали сте "
-"замена једне речи такође можете пронаћи изразе као што су "
-"Моје име је Ана или Твоје име је Јелена."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Користи замену једне речи"
+"
Наредбе за фасцикле
Овде уметните наредбе које желите да " +"буду извршене у фасциклама из управника каталога. Наредбе су затим приказане " +"у подменију Наредбе у контекстном менију управника каталога." +"p>
Следећи низови ће бити замењени у наредби:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Наредбе за фајлове
Овде уметните наредбе које желите " +"да буду извршене на фајловима из управника каталога. Наредбе су затим " +"приказане у подменију Наредбе у контекстном менију управника каталога." +"
Следећи низови ће бити замењени у наредби:
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Shown columns
\n" +"\n" -"Следеће промељиве ће бити замењене у путањи ако су доступне:\n" -"
Приказане колоне
\n" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Означи неисправне као нејасне" -"
\n" -"
Ако изаберете ову опцију, све ставке које алат\n" -"идентификује као неисправне биће означене као\n" -"нејасне и резултујући фајл ће бити снимљен.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Не оверавај нејасне" -"
\n" -"
Ако изаберете ову опцију, све ставке\n" -"означене као нејасне неће уопште бити\n" -"овераване.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Које уносе да преводим
Овде изаберите за које уносе у " +"фајлу KBabel покушава да нађе превод. Промењени уноси су увек обележени као " +"нејасни, без обзира које опције изаберете.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Како поруке бивају преведене
Овде можете дефинисати да " +"ли порука може бити преведена само комплетно, да ли су сличне поруке " +"прихватљиве или би KBabel требало да покуша да преводи појединачне речи " +"поруке ако није пронађен превод целе поруке или ако је нађена слична порука." +"
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Означи промењене уносе као нејасне
Када се пронађе " +"превод за поруку, подразумевано је да ће унос аутоматски бити означен као " +"нејасан. Ово је због тога што kbabel само нагађа превод и увек би " +"требало пажљиво да проверите резултате. Искључите ову опцију само ако знате " +"шта радите.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Покрени уносе специфичне за TDE
Покрени уносе " +"„Comment=“ и „Name=“ ако није нађен превод. Такође, уноси „NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS“ и „EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS“ попуњавају се подешавањима идентитета." +"
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Речници
Овде изаберите који речници морају бити " +"коришћени за проналажење превода. Ако изаберете више од једног речника, " +"користе се истим редоследом којим су приказани у листи.
Дугме " +"Подеси вам омогућава да привремено подесите изабрани речник. " +"Првобитне поставке ће бити враћене пошто затворите прозор.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Када се пронађе превод поруке, подразумевано је да ће унос бити " +"обележен као нејасан. Ово је због тога што KBabel само нагађа превод " +"и увек би требало пажљиво да проверите резултате. Искључите ову опцију само " +"ако знате шта радите.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Бирач знакова
" -"Овај алат омогућава да се убацују специјални знакови употребом двоклика.
" -"This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Ово дугме ажурира заглавље користећи текућа подешавања. Заглавље је исто као " -"и што би било да сте снимили PO фајл.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Ово дугме ће поништити све измене које сте до сада урадили.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Ово није исправно заглавље.
\n" -"Измените заглавље пре ажурирања.
Бирач знакова
Овај алат омогућава да се убацују " +"специјални знакови употребом двоклика.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Ово није исправно заглавље.
\n" -"Измените заглавље пре ажурирања.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Уређивач коментара
\n" +"Уређивач коментара
\n" "Овај прозор за уређивање приказује вам коментаре тренутно приказане поруке." "\n" "
Коментари обично садрже информације о томе где се порука може пронаћи у " @@ -3378,552 +2617,378 @@ msgstr "" "
Можете сакрити уређивач коментара искључивањем\n" "Опције->Прикажи коментаре.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
PO контекст
Овај прозор приказује контекст текуће " +"поруке у PO фајлу. Уобичајено, приказује четири поруке испред и четири " +"поруке иза текуће поруке.
Можете сакрити прозор „алати“ искључивањем " +"Опције->Прикажи алате.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Листа грешака
Овај прозор приказује листу грешака које " +"су пронашли алати за оверу, тако да можете видети зашто је текућа порука " +"означена као неисправна.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Ово дугме ажурира заглавље користећи текућа подешавања. Заглавље је " +"исто као и што би било да сте снимили PO фајл.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Ово дугме ће поништити све измене које сте до сада урадили.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Ово није исправно заглавље.
\n" +"Измените заглавље пре ажурирања.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Ово није исправно заглавље.
\n" +"Измените заглавље пре ажурирања.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Резултати претраге
" -"Овај део прозора приказује резултате претраге у речницима. " -"
" -"
У врху је приказан број пронађених уноса и где је тренутно приказани унос " -"нађен. Користите дугмад на дну за навигацију кроз резултате претраге.
" -"Претрага почиње или аутоматски када се пребаците на други унос у прозору " -"уређивача или избором жељеног речника у Речници—>Нађи....
" -"Уобичајене опције се могу подесити у прозору за подешавања у секцији " -"Тражи, а опције за различите речнике се могу променити помоћу " -"Подешавања->Подеси речник.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Изворни низ
\n" -"Овај део прозора приказује изворну поруку\n" -"тренутно приказаног уноса.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Статусне лампице
\n" -"Ове лампице приказују статус тренутно приказане поруке.\n" -"Можете мењати њихове боје у секцији прозора за подешавања\n" -"Уређивач на страни Изглед
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Уређивач превода
\n" -"Овај уређивач приказује и допушта вам да мењате превод тренутно приказане " -"поруке." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Статусна трака
\n" +"Статусна трака приказује неке информације о отвореном фајлу, као што је " +"укупан број уноса и број нејасних и непреведених порука. Такође је приказан " +"индекс и статус тренутно приказаног уноса.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Резултати претраге
Овај део прозора приказује резултате " +"претраге у речницима.
У врху је приказан број пронађених уноса и где " +"је тренутно приказани унос нађен. Користите дугмад на дну за навигацију кроз " +"резултате претраге.
Претрага почиње или аутоматски када се пребаците " +"на други унос у прозору уређивача или избором жељеног речника у Речници—" +">Нађи....
Уобичајене опције се могу подесити у прозору за " +"подешавања у секцији Тражи, а опције за различите речнике се могу " +"променити помоћу Подешавања->Подеси речник.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Изворни низ
\n" +"Овај део прозора приказује изворну поруку\n" +"тренутно приказаног уноса.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Статусне лампице
\n" +"Ове лампице приказују статус тренутно приказане поруке.\n" +"Можете мењати њихове боје у секцији прозора за подешавања\n" +"Уређивач на страни Изглед
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Уређивач превода
\n" +"Овај уређивач приказује и допушта вам да мењате превод тренутно приказане " +"поруке.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Статусна трака
\n" -"Статусна трака приказује неке информације о отвореном фајлу, као што је " -"укупан број уноса и број нејасних и непреведених порука. Такође је приказан " -"индекс и статус тренутно приказаног уноса.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Листа грешака
" -"Овај прозор приказује листу грешака које су пронашли алати за оверу, тако да " -"можете видети зашто је текућа порука означена као неисправна.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO контекст
" -"Овај прозор приказује контекст текуће поруке у PO фајлу. Уобичајено, " -"приказује четири поруке испред и четири поруке иза текуће поруке.
" -"Можете сакрити прозор „алати“ искључивањем Опције->Прикажи алате.
" -"There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Постоје резервни фајлови база података из претходних верзија KBabel-а. "
+"Међутим, друга верзија KBabel-а (вероватно из TDE-а 3.1.1 или 3.1.2) је "
+"направила нову базу података. Као резултат, ваша инсталација KBabel-а садржи "
+"две верзије фајлова базе података. Нажалост, стара и нова верзија не могу да "
+"се стопе; мораћете да изаберете једну од њих.
Ако изаберете стару "
+"верзију, нова ће бити уклоњена. Ако изаберете нову верзију, фајлови старе "
+"базе података ће бити остављени и морате их сами уклонити. У супротном, ова "
+"порука ће бити поново приказана (стари фајлови се налазе у $TDEHOME/share/"
+"apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Параметри
" -"Овде можете фино подешавати претрагу унутар PO фајла. На пример, ако желите " -"да спроведете претрагу у којој је битна величина слова, или ако желите да " -"нејасне поруке буду игнорисане.
Параметри
Овде можете фино подешавати претрагу унутар " +"PO фајла. На пример, ако желите да спроведете претрагу у којој је битна " +"величина слова, или ако желите да нејасне поруке буду игнорисане.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Опције упоређивања
" -"Овде изаберите које поруке сте желели да третирате као поклапајуће.
Опције упоређивања
Овде изаберите које поруке сте " +"желели да третирате као поклапајуће.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Трознаковно поклапање
" -"Порука се поклапа са другом ако је већина њених група од три слова садржана " -"у другој поруци. нпр. „абц123“ се поклапа са „абцџ123ц12“.
Трознаковно поклапање
Порука се поклапа са другом ако " +"је већина њених група од три слова садржана у другој поруци. нпр. „абц123“ " +"се поклапа са „абцџ123ц12“.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Локација
" -"Овде подесите који фајл ће бити коришћен за претрагу.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Локација
Овде подесите који фајл ће бити коришћен за " +"претрагу.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Параметри
" -"Овде можете фино подешавати претрагу унутар PO фајла. На пример, ако желите " -"да спроведете претрагу у којој је битна величина слова.
Параметри
Овде можете фино подешавати претрагу унутар PO " +"фајла. На пример, ако желите да спроведете претрагу у којој је битна " +"величина слова.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Означи неисправне као нејасне
\n" +"
Ако изаберете ову опцију, све ставке које алат\n" +"идентификује као неисправне биће означене као\n" +"нејасне и резултујући фајл ће бити снимљен.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Не оверавај нејасне
\n" +"
Ако изаберете ову опцију, све ставке\n" +"означене као нејасне неће уопште бити\n" +"овераване.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Постоје резервни фајлови база података из претходних верзија KBabel-а. "
-"Међутим, друга верзија KBabel-а (вероватно из TDE-а 3.1.1 или 3.1.2) је "
-"направила нову базу података. Као резултат, ваша инсталација KBabel-а садржи "
-"две верзије фајлова базе података. Нажалост, стара и нова верзија не могу да се "
-"стопе; мораћете да изаберете једну од њих."
-"
"
-"
Ако изаберете стару верзију, нова ће бити уклоњена. Ако изаберете нову "
-"верзију, фајлови старе базе података ће бити остављени и морате их сами "
-"уклонити. У супротном, ова порука ће бити поново приказана (стари фајлови се "
-"налазе у $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Извор за потрагу разлика
Овде можете изабрати извор који " +"треба да се употреби за тражење разлика.
Можете изабрати фајл, базу " +"података превода или одговарајући msgstr.
Ако изаберете базу података " +"превода, поруке које треба разликовати се узимају из ње. Да би ово било " +"корисно, морате укључити Аутоматски додај унос у базу података у " +"њеном прозору за подешавања.
Последња опција је корисна за оне који " +"користе PO-фајлове за проверно читање.
Можете и привремено разликовати " +"са порукама из фајла избором Алати->Разлике->Отвори фајл за разликовање" +"i> у главном прозору KBabel-а.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Основна фасцикла за фајлове разлике\n" +"
Овде можете дефинисати фасциклу где ће се смештати фајлови са којима се " +"врши разликовање. Ако се фајлови смештају на исто место унутар ове фасцикле " +"као изворни фајлови унутар њихове основне фасцикле, KBabel може аутоматски " +"отворити прави фајл са којим ће се вршити разликовање.
Обратите пажњу " +"да ова опција нема ефекта ако се за разликовање користе поруке из базе.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "Аутори:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:25 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Welcome to Project Wizard!\n" +"\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Добродошли у чаробњак пројеката!\n" +"\n" +"Чаробњак ће вам помоћи да поставите нови преводилачки\n" +"пројекат за KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Пре свега, морате изабрати име пројекта и фајл у којем\n" +"ће бити чувана подешавања.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Такође би требало да изаберете језик на који ћете\n" +"преводити и тип преводилачког пројекта.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1286 -msgid "Thanks to:" -msgstr "Захвалнице:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Име фајла са подешавањима
\n"
+"Име фајла у који ће се складиштити подешавања\n"
+"пројекта.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Језик
\n"
+"Одредишни језик пројекта, тј. језик на који ће се\n"
+"преводити. Требало би да поштује стандард ISO 631 за\n"
+"именовање језика.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Име пројекта
\n"
+"Име пројекта је идентификација пројекта за вас.\n"
+"Приказано је у дијалогу за подешавање пројекта\n"
+"као и у наслову прозора отворених за пројекат.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Напомена: Име пројекта се не може касније променити.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Тип пројекта\n" +"Тип пројекта омогућава да се поставке наштелују за\n" +"неки од добро познатих типова преводилачких пројеката.\n" +"На пример, постављају се алати за оверу, ознака за\n" +"пречице и формат заглавља.\n" +"
\n" +"Тренутно познати типови:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Фајлови превода
\n" +"Упишите фасцикле који садрже све ваше PO и POT фајлове.\n" +"Фајлови и фасцикле у овим фасциклама ће онда бити стопљени у једно стабло." +"p>
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Аутоматски уклони статус „нејасно“
\n" +"Ако је ово активирано, приликом уређивања нејасног уноса статус „нејасно“ " +"се аутоматски\n" +"уклања (ово значи да се знаковни низ , fuzzy\n" +"уклања из коментара уноса).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Користи паметно уређивање
\\n\n" +"Попуните ово да би куцање текста било удобније, јер ће \n" +"KBabel водити рачуна о неким посебним знацима који морају да \n" +"се цитирају. На пример, откуцате ли „\\\"“ то ће резултовати \n" +"са „\\\\\\\"“, притисак на Return ће аутоматски додати бели размак \n" +"на крају линије, притисак на Shift+Return ће додати \n" +"„\\\\n“ на крај линије.
\\n\n" +"Пазите, ово је само наговештај, и даље је могуће генерисати \n" +"синтаксно неисправан текст.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Препознавање грешака
Овде можете подесити како да се " +"приказује да је дошло до грешке. Звучни сигнал приликом грешке се " +"оглашава звуком, а Промени боју текста приликом грешке мења боју " +"преведеног текста. Ако ниједно није активирано, још увек ћете видети поруку " +"у статусној траци.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Статусне лампице
\n" +"Овде изаберите где се статусне лампице приказују и које су боје.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Аутоматски покрени претрагу
Ако је ово активирано, " +"претрага се аутоматски покреће сваки пут када пређете на други унос у " +"измењивачу. Можете изабрати где ће се претраживати помоћу комбо опције " +"Подразумевани речник.
Такође можете покренути претрагу и ручно " +"избором уноса у искачућем менију који се појављује или када кликнете на " +"Речници->Нађи... или ако држите дугме речника у траци са алатима " +"притиснуто неколико тренутака.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Подразумевани речник
\n" +"Овде изаберите подразумевано место где ће се претраживати. Ово подешавање " +"се користи када се претрага покреће аутоматски или притискањем дугмета " +"речника у траци са алатима.
Можете подешавати различите речнике " +"избором жељеног речника из Подешавања->Подеси речник.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Статусна трака
\n" -"Статусна трака приказује информације о напретку текуће операције проналажења " -"или замењивања. Први број у Нађено: приказује број фајлова у којима се " -"јавља тражени текст који још увек нису приказани у KBabel-овом прозору. Други " -"приказује укупан број фајлова до сада који садрже тражени текст.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Опције за фајлове
" -"Овде можете фино подесити где тражити: " -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Пример: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Добави податке за следеће фајлове:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Скенирај појединачни PO фајл..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Старе поруке:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Скенирај фасциклу..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Порука за &дневник:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Скенирај фасциклу и подфасцикле..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Ауто&матски додај фајлове ако је неопходно"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Скенирам фајл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Предај"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Додато порука:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Добави статус"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Укупни напредак:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Направи разлику"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Анализирам фајл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Добави податке"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Учитавам фајл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Излаз наредбе:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Извези..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Порука дневника предаје је празна. Желите ли да наставите?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Поновљени низови"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Не могу да отворим привремени фајл ради уписа. Прекидам."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Добри кључеви"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Не могу да пишем у привремени фајл. Прекидам."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Можете поставити минималан број речи које кључ мора садржати да би био "
+"убачен у листу добрих кључева. \n"
+"Ова два броја представљају проценат тоталног броја речи. Ако је резултат "
+"процента мањи од један, мотор ће га поставити на један. \n"
+"Коначно, можете поставити максималан број уноса у листи."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Процес не може бити покренут."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Минималан број речи кључа који је такође у упиту (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Изашло са статусом %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Завршено ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Минималан број речи упита у кључу (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Каталози порука"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Максимална дужина листе:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Без контроле верзије"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Честе речи"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN статус"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Одбаци речи које су чешће од:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Разрешено"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Разрешено за означене"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Према честим речима се опходи као и у сваком кључу"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Поврати"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Опште"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Поврати за означене"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Фасцикла базе података:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Очисти"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Аутоматско ажурирање у kbabel-у"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Очисти за означене"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Нове ставке"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Нема складишта"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Из kbabel-а"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Фајлови:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Алгоритам"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Име"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Најмањи резултат:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "М"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Алгоритми које треба користити"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Нејасно"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Резултат:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Непреведено"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Архива нејасних реченица"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Укупно"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Речник"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Последња ревизија"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Тачно "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Дневнички прозор"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Реченица по реченица"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "Оч&исти"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Алфанумерички"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Дневнички прозор У овом прозору се приказује излаз извршених наредби. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Управник каталога Управник каталога стапа две фасцикле у једно стабло и приказује све\n"
-"PO и POT фајлове у овим фасциклама. На овај начин лако можете видети да ли\n"
-"је нови шаблон додат или уклоњен. Такође, се приказују и неке додатне "
-"информације о фајловима. За више информација погледајте одељак Управник каталога "
-"у приручнику. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Ако тражите Моје има је Јелена и активирали сте замена једне "
+"речи такође можете пронаћи изразе као што су Моје име је Ана "
+"или Твоје име је Јелена."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Ажурирано"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Користи замену једне речи"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Конфликт"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Максималан број речи у упиту:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Грешка у радној копији"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Користи замену две речи"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Непознато"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[А-За-з0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Ово није исправно SVN складиште. SVN наредбе не могу да се изврше."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Покрећем наредбу ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Локални знакови за регуларне изразе:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN прозор"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "База података"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Ажурирај следеће фајлове:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Фасцикла базе података:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Предај следеће фајлове:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Аутоматски додај унос у базу података"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Добави удаљени статус за следеће фајлове:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Аутоматски додај унос у базу података ако је нови превод примећен од стране "
+"некога (може бити kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Добави локални статус за следеће фајлове:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Аутоматски додат аутор уноса:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Направи разлику за следеће фајлове:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Следеће промељиве ће бити замењене у путањи ако су доступне:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Koje unose da prevodim
" -"Ovde izaberite za koje unose u fajlu KBabel pokušava da nađe prevod. " -"Promenjeni unosi su uvek obeleženi kao nejasni, bez obzira koje opcije " -"izaberete.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Kako poruke bivaju prevedene
" -"Ovde možete definisati da li poruka može biti prevedena samo kompletno, da " -"li su slične poruke prihvatljive ili bi KBabel trebalo da pokuša da prevodi " -"pojedinačne reči poruke ako nije pronađen prevod cele poruke ili ako je nađena " -"slična poruka.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Označi promenjene unose kao nejasne
" -"Kada se pronađe prevod za poruku, podrazumevano je da će unos automatski " -"biti označen kao nejasan. Ovo je zbog toga što kbabel samo nagađa prevod " -"i uvek bi trebalo pažljivo da proverite rezultate. Isključite ovu opciju samo " -"ako znate šta radite.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Pokreni unose specifične za TDE
" -"Pokreni unose „Comment=“ i „Name=“ ako nije nađen prevod. Takođe, unosi " -"„NAME OF TRANSLATORS“ i „EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS“ popunjavaju se podešavanjima " -"identiteta.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Rečnici
" -"Ovde izaberite koji rečnici moraju biti korišćeni za pronalaženje prevoda. " -"Ako izaberete više od jednog rečnika, koriste se istim redosledom kojim su " -"prikazani u listi.
" -"Dugme Podesi vam omogućava da privremeno podesite izabrani rečnik. " -"Prvobitne postavke će biti vraćene pošto zatvorite prozor.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Kada se pronađe prevod poruke, podrazumevano je da će unos biti obeležen kao " -"nejasan. Ovo je zbog toga što KBabel samo nagađa prevod i uvek bi " -"trebalo pažljivo da proverite rezultate. Isključite ovu opciju samo ako znate " -"šta radite.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Nađi tekst
" -"Ovde možete uneti tekst za kojim želite da tragate. Ako želite da tražite " -"regularni izraz, uključite Koristi regularni izraz ispod.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Tekst za zamenu
" -"Ovde možete uneti tekst kojim želite da pronađeni tekst bude zamenjen. " -"Tekst se koristi kako je napisan. Nije moguće povratno referencirati ako ste " -"tražili regularni izraz.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Gde da tražim
" -"Ovde izaberite u kojim delovima kataloškog unosa želite da tražite.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Opcije
" -"Ovde možete fino podesiti zamenjivanje: " -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Opcije
" -"Ovde možete fino podesiti pretragu: " -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Statusna traka
\n" +"Statusna traka prikazuje informacije o napretku tekuće operacije " +"pronalaženja ili zamenjivanja. Prvi broj u Nađeno: prikazuje broj " +"fajlova u kojima se javlja traženi tekst koji još uvek nisu prikazani u " +"KBabel-ovom prozoru. Drugi prikazuje ukupan broj fajlova do sada koji sadrže " +"traženi tekst.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Ažuriraj zaglavlje
\n" -"Obeležite ovo dugme da bi se informacije o zaglavlju fajla ažurirale svaki " -"put kada se fajl snimi.
\n" -"Zaglavlje uobičajeno sadrži informacije o datumu i vremenu kada je fajl " -"poslednji put\n" -"ažuriran, poslednjem prevodiocu itd.
\n" -"Možete izabrati koje informacije želite da ažurirate preko kućica ispod.\n" -"Polja koja ne postoje dodaju se zaglavlju.\n" -"Ako želite da dodate dodatna polja u zaglavlje, možete ga ručno izmeniti " -"izborom\n" -"Izmene->Izmeni zaglavlje u prozoru uređivača.
Dnevnički prozor
\n" +"U ovom prozoru se prikazuje izlaz izvršenih naredbi.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Polja koja treba ažurirati
\n" -"Izaberite koja polja u zaglavlju želite da budu ažurirana prilikom " -"snimanja.\n" -"Ako polje ne postoji, priključuje se zaglavlju.
\n" -"Ako želite da dodate druge informacije u zaglavlje, morate ga izmeniti " -"ručno\n" -"izborom Izmene->Izmeni zaglavlje u prozoru uređivača.
\n" -"Isključite Ažuriraj zaglavlje iznad ako ne želite da se zaglavlje\n" -"ažurira prilikom snimanja.
Upravnik kataloga
\n" +"Upravnik kataloga stapa dve fascikle u jedno stablo i prikazuje sve\n" +"PO i POT fajlove u ovim fasciklama. Na ovaj način lako možete videti da li\n" +"je novi šablon dodat ili uklonjen. Takođe, se prikazuju i neke dodatne " +"informacije o fajlovima.
Za više informacija pogledajte odeljak " +"Upravnik kataloga u priručniku.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Kodiranje
" -"Izaberite koje kodiranje znakova se koristi prilikom snimanja u fajl. Ako " -"niste sigurni koje kodiranje da koristite, pitajte svojeg koordinatora " -"prevoda.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Zadrži kodiranje fajla
" -"Ako je ova opcija uključena, fajlovi se uvek snimaju sa istim kodiranjem sa " -"kojim su bili učitani. Fajlovi bez informacije o skupu znakova u zaglavlju " -"(npr. POT fajlovi) snimaju se sa kodiranjem postavljenim iznad.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Proveri sintaksu fajla prilikom snimanja
\n" -"Popunite ovo da bi se automatski proveravala sintaksa fajla pomoću „msgfmt " -"--statistics“\n" -"prilikom snimanja fajla. Dobićete poruku samo ako je došlo do greške.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Snimi zastarele unose
\n" -"Ako je ova opcija aktivirana, zastareli unosi pronađeni dok je fajl bio " -"otvoren\n" -"biće snimljeni nazad u fajl. Zastareli unosi su obeleženi sa #~ i\n" -"prave se kada msgmerge-u prevod više nije potreban.\n" -"Ako se tekst opet pojavi, zastareli unosi će biti ponovo aktivirani.\n" -"Glavna mana je veličina snimljenog fajla.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Format datuma revizije
" -"Izaberite u kom formatu će datum i vreme polja\n" -"PO-Revision-Date biti snimljeni: " -"
Preporučljivo je da koristite podrazumevani format, da biste izbegli " -"stvaranje nestandardnih PO fajlova.
" -"Za više informacija pogledajte sekciju „Dijalog podešavanja“ " -"u pomoći na vezi.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identitet
\n" -"Unesite informacije o vama i vašem prevodilačkom timu.\n" -"Ove informacije se koriste prilikom ažuriranja zaglavlja fajla.
\n" -"Možete pronaći opcije o tome da li i koja polja u zaglavlju bi trebalo da " -"budu ažurirana\n" -"na strani „Snimi“ u ovom prozoru.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Broj oblika jednine/množine
\n" -"Napomena: Ova opcija je trenutno specifična za TDE. Ako ne prevodite " -"TDE program, slobodno možete ignorisati ovu opciju.
\n" -"Ovde izaberite koliko oblika jednine i množine se koristi u vašem jeziku. " -"Ovaj broj se mora slagati sa podešavanjima vašeg prevodilačkog tima.
" -"Alternativno, postavite ovu opciju na Automatski " -"i KBabel će pokušati da dobije ovu informaciju automatski od TDE-a. Koristite " -"dugme Proba da isprobate da li može da je nađe.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Zahtevaj argumente oblika množine u prevodu
\n" -"Napomena: Ova opcija je trenutno specifična za TDE. Ako ne prevodite " -"TDE program, možete slobodno ignorisati ovu opciju.
\n" -"Ako je ova opcija uključena, provera ispravnosti će zahtevati da se u poruci " -"nalazi argument %n.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Zaglavlje GNU oblika množine
\n" -"Ovde možete popuniti zaglavni unos za rukovanje sa GNU oblicima množine. Ako " -"ostavite ovaj unos prazan, unos u PO fajlu neće biti izmenjen ili dodat.
\n" -"KBabel može automatski pokušati da odredi vrednost predloženu od strane GNU " -"gettext alata za trenutno postavljen jezik. Samo pritisnite dugme Potraži" -".
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Oznaka za prečicu sa tastature
" -"Ovde definišite koji znak označava sledeći znak kao prečicu sa tastature. Na " -"primer u Qt-u to je „&“, a u Gtk-u je to „_“
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Regularni izraz za kontekstene informacije
" -"Ovde unesite regularni izraz koji definiše šta je kontekstna informacija u " -"poruci, koja se ne sme prevoditi.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Provera pravopisa u hodu
" -"Uključite ovo da biste dopustili KBabel-u da proverava pravopis dok kucate. " -"Pogrešno napisane reči će biti obojene bojom grešaka.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Zapamti ignorisane reči
" -"Uključite ovo da biste dozvolili KBabel-u da ignoriše reči, gde ste izabrali " -"Ignoriši sve u dijalogu za proveru pravopisa, pri svakoj proveri " -"pravopisa.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Osnovne fascikle
\n" -"Upišite fascikle koje sadrže sve vaše PO i POT fajlove.\n" -"Fajlovi i fascikle u ovim fasciklama će onda biti stopljeni u jedno\n" -"stablo.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Otvaraj fajlove u novom prozoru
\n" -"Ako je ovo aktivirano, svi fajlovi koji se otvaraju iz upravnika kataloga " -"otvaraju se\n" -"u novom prozoru.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Ubij procese pri izlasku
\n" -"Ako popunite ovo, KBabel pokušava da ubije procese koji već nisu završeni " -"kada se izađe iz KBabel-a,\n" -"šaljući im signal za ubijanje.
\n" -"Napomena: Nije garantovano da će procesi biti ubijeni.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Napravi indeks za sadržaj fajla
\n" -"Ako ovo popunite, kbabel će napraviti indeks za svaki PO fajl da bi ubrzao " -"nađi/zameni funkcije.
\n" -"Napomena: Ovo će primetno usporiti ažuriranje informacija o fajlovima.
" -"Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Pokreni msgfmt pre obrade fajla
" -"Ako popunite ovo, KBabel će pokrenuti Gettext-ov alat msgfmt pre dalje " -"obrade fajla.
" -"Preporučljivo je da ovo bude uključeno, iako će obrada biti sporija; " -"podrazumevano je uključeno.
" -"Isključivanje može biti korisno za sporije računare, kao i kada želite da " -"prevodite PO fajlove koji nisu podržani verzijom Gettext-ovih alata koji se " -"nalaze na vašem sistemu. Nedostatak je u tome što se skoro ništa od sintakse ne " -"proverava pri obradi, pa se neispravni PO fajlovi mogu prikazati ispravnim, " -"iako bi ih Gettext-ovi alati odbacili.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Naredbe za fascikle
" -"Ovde umetnite naredbe koje želite da budu izvršene u fasciklama iz upravnika " -"kataloga. Naredbe su zatim prikazane u podmeniju Naredbe " -"u kontekstnom meniju upravnika kataloga.
" -"Sledeći nizovi će biti zamenjeni u naredbi: " -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Naredbe za fajlove
" -"Ovde umetnite naredbe koje želite da budu izvršene na fajlovima iz upravnika " -"kataloga. Naredbe su zatim prikazane u podmeniju Naredbe " -"u kontekstnom meniju upravnika kataloga.
" -"Sledeći nizovi će biti zamenjeni u naredbi: " -"
Opcije za fajlove
Ovde možete fino podesiti gde " +"tražiti:
Shown columns
\n" -"Prikazane kolone
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Dobrodošli u čarobnjak projekata!\n" -"\n" -"Čarobnjak će vam pomoći da postavite novi prevodilački\n" -"projekat za KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Pre svega, morate izabrati ime projekta i fajl u kojem\n" -"će biti čuvana podešavanja.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Takođe bi trebalo da izaberete jezik na koji ćete\n" -"prevoditi i tip prevodilačkog projekta.\n" -"
" - -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Ime fajla sa podešavanjima"
-"
\n"
-"Ime fajla u koji će se skladištiti podešavanja\n"
-"projekta.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Jezik"
-"
\n"
-"Odredišni jezik projekta, tj. jezik na koji će se\n"
-"prevoditi. Trebalo bi da poštuje standard ISO 631 za\n"
-"imenovanje jezika.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Ime projekta"
-"
\n"
-"Ime projekta je identifikacija projekta za vas.\n"
-"Prikazano je u dijalogu za podešavanje projekta\n"
-"kao i u naslovu prozora otvorenih za projekat.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Napomena: Ime projekta se ne može kasnije promeniti.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Tip projekta\n" -"Tip projekta omogućava da se postavke našteluju za\n" -"neki od dobro poznatih tipova prevodilačkih projekata.\n" -"Na primer, postavljaju se alati za overu, oznaka za\n" -"prečice i format zaglavlja.\n" -"
\n" -"Trenutno poznati tipovi:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Fajlovi prevoda
\n" -"Upišite fascikle koji sadrže sve vaše PO i POT fajlove.\n" -"Fajlovi i fascikle u ovim fasciklama će onda biti stopljeni u jedno stablo.
" -"Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Izvor za potragu razlika
" -"Ovde možete izabrati izvor koji treba da se upotrebi za traženje razlika.
" -"Možete izabrati fajl, bazu podataka prevoda ili odgovarajući msgstr.
" -"Ako izaberete bazu podataka prevoda, poruke koje treba razlikovati se " -"uzimaju iz nje. Da bi ovo bilo korisno, morate uključiti " -"Automatski dodaj unos u bazu podataka u njenom prozoru za podešavanja.
" -"Poslednja opcija je korisna za one koji koriste PO-fajlove za proverno " -"čitanje.
" -"Možete i privremeno razlikovati sa porukama iz fajla izborom Alati->" -"Razlike->Otvori fajl za razlikovanje u glavnom prozoru KBabel-a.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Osnovna fascikla za fajlove razlike\n" -"
Ovde možete definisati fasciklu gde će se smeštati fajlovi sa kojima se vrši " -"razlikovanje. Ako se fajlovi smeštaju na isto mesto unutar ove fascikle kao " -"izvorni fajlovi unutar njihove osnovne fascikle, KBabel može automatski " -"otvoriti pravi fajl sa kojim će se vršiti razlikovanje.
" -"Obratite pažnju da ova opcija nema efekta ako se za razlikovanje koriste " -"poruke iz baze.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automatski pokreni pretragu
" -"Ako je ovo aktivirano, pretraga se automatski pokreće svaki put kada pređete " -"na drugi unos u izmenjivaču. Možete izabrati gde će se pretraživati pomoću " -"kombo opcije Podrazumevani rečnik.
" -"Takođe možete pokrenuti pretragu i ručno izborom unosa u iskačućem meniju " -"koji se pojavljuje ili kada kliknete na Rečnici->Nađi... " -"ili ako držite dugme rečnika u traci sa alatima pritisnuto nekoliko " -"trenutaka.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Podrazumevani rečnik
\n" -"Ovde izaberite podrazumevano mesto gde će se pretraživati. Ovo podešavanje " -"se koristi kada se pretraga pokreće automatski ili pritiskanjem dugmeta rečnika " -"u traci sa alatima.
" -"Možete podešavati različite rečnike izborom željenog rečnika iz " -"Podešavanja->Podesi rečnik.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automatski ukloni status „nejasno“
\n" -"Ako je ovo aktivirano, prilikom uređivanja nejasnog unosa status „nejasno“ " -"se automatski\n" -"uklanja (ovo znači da se znakovni niz , fuzzy\n" -"uklanja iz komentara unosa).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Koristi pametno uređivanje
\\n\n" -"Popunite ovo da bi kucanje teksta bilo udobnije, jer će \n" -"KBabel voditi računa o nekim posebnim znacima koji moraju da \n" -"se citiraju. Na primer, otkucate li „\\\"“ to će rezultovati \n" -"sa „\\\\\\\"“, pritisak na Return će automatski dodati beli razmak \n" -"na kraju linije, pritisak na Shift+Return će dodati \n" -"„\\\\n“ na kraj linije.
\\n\n" -"Pazite, ovo je samo nagoveštaj, i dalje je moguće generisati \n" -"sintaksno neispravan tekst.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Prepoznavanje grešaka
" -"Ovde možete podesiti kako da se prikazuje da je došlo do greške. " -"Zvučni signal prilikom greške se oglašava zvukom, a " -"Promeni boju teksta prilikom greške menja boju prevedenog teksta. Ako " -"nijedno nije aktivirano, još uvek ćete videti poruku u statusnoj traci.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Statusne lampice
\n" -"Ovde izaberite gde se statusne lampice prikazuju i koje su boje.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Nađi tekst
Ovde možete uneti tekst za kojim želite da " +"tragate. Ako želite da tražite regularni izraz, uključite Koristi " +"regularni izraz ispod.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Tekst za zamenu
Ovde možete uneti tekst kojim želite " +"da pronađeni tekst bude zamenjen. Tekst se koristi kako je napisan. Nije " +"moguće povratno referencirati ako ste tražili regularni izraz.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Gde da tražim
Ovde izaberite u kojim delovima " +"kataloškog unosa želite da tražite.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Opcije
Ovde možete fino podesiti zamenjivanje:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Opcije
Ovde možete fino podesiti pretragu:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Primer:"
-" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Ažuriraj zaglavlje Obeležite ovo dugme da bi se informacije o zaglavlju fajla ažurirale "
+"svaki put kada se fajl snimi. Zaglavlje uobičajeno sadrži informacije o datumu i vremenu kada je fajl "
+"poslednji put\n"
+"ažuriran, poslednjem prevodiocu itd. Možete izabrati koje informacije želite da ažurirate preko kućica ispod.\n"
+"Polja koja ne postoje dodaju se zaglavlju.\n"
+"Ako želite da dodate dodatna polja u zaglavlje, možete ga ručno izmeniti "
+"izborom\n"
+"Izmene->Izmeni zaglavlje u prozoru uređivača. "
+" Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Skeniraj pojedinačni PO fajl"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Skeniraj fasciklu"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Skeniraj fasciklu i podfascikle"
+" Polja koja treba ažurirati Izaberite koja polja u zaglavlju želite da budu ažurirana prilikom "
+"snimanja.\n"
+"Ako polje ne postoji, priključuje se zaglavlju. Ako želite da dodate druge informacije u zaglavlje, morate ga izmeniti "
+"ručno\n"
+"izborom Izmene->Izmeni zaglavlje u prozoru uređivača. Isključite Ažuriraj zaglavlje iznad ako ne želite da se zaglavlje\n"
+"ažurira prilikom snimanja. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Kodiranje Izaberite koje kodiranje znakova se koristi "
+"prilikom snimanja u fajl. Ako niste sigurni koje kodiranje da koristite, "
+"pitajte svojeg koordinatora prevoda. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Zadrži kodiranje fajla Ako je ova opcija uključena, "
+"fajlovi se uvek snimaju sa istim kodiranjem sa kojim su bili učitani. "
+"Fajlovi bez informacije o skupu znakova u zaglavlju (npr. POT fajlovi) "
+"snimaju se sa kodiranjem postavljenim iznad. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Proveri sintaksu fajla prilikom snimanja Popunite ovo da bi se automatski proveravala sintaksa fajla pomoću "
+"„msgfmt --statistics“\n"
+"prilikom snimanja fajla. Dobićete poruku samo ako je došlo do greške. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Snimi zastarele unose Ako je ova opcija aktivirana, zastareli unosi pronađeni dok je fajl bio "
+"otvoren\n"
+"biće snimljeni nazad u fajl. Zastareli unosi su obeleženi sa #~ i\n"
+"prave se kada msgmerge-u prevod više nije potreban.\n"
+"Ako se tekst opet pojavi, zastareli unosi će biti ponovo aktivirani.\n"
+"Glavna mana je veličina snimljenog fajla. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Ako tražite Moje ima je Jelena i aktivirali ste "
-"zamena jedne reči takođe možete pronaći izraze kao što su "
-"Moje ime je Ana ili Tvoje ime je Jelena."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "Prilagođ&eni format datuma:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Koristi zamenu jedne reči"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Znakovni niz projekta"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Maksimalan broj reči u upitu:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "Id. projekta:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Koristi zamenu dve reči"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Zaglavlje"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Ažuriraj autorska prava &prevodioca"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Autorska prava Fondacije za slobodan softver"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Lokalni znakovi za regularne izraze:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "&Ukloni autorska prava ako su prazna"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Fascikla baze podataka:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "&Ažuriraj autorska prava"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Automatski dodaj unos u bazu podataka"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&Ne menjaj"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "Aut&orska prava"
+
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
+"\n"
+"
Format datuma revizije
Izaberite u kom formatu će " +"datum i vreme polja\n" +"PO-Revision-Date biti snimljeni:
Preporučljivo je da koristite podrazumevani format, da biste " +"izbegli stvaranje nestandardnih PO fajlova.
Za više informacija " +"pogledajte sekciju „Dijalog podešavanja“ u pomoći na vezi.
\n" -"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be " -"inserted in the good keys list." -"
\n" -"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must " -"have to insert the key in the list." -"
\n" -"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the " -"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one." -"
\n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"Možete postaviti minimalan broj reči koje ključ mora sadržati da bi bio ubačen "
-"u listu dobrih ključeva."
-" \n"
-"Ova dva broja predstavljaju procenat totalnog broja reči. Ako je rezultat "
-"procenta manji od jedan, motor će ga postaviti na jedan."
-" \n"
-"Konačno, možete postaviti maksimalan broj unosa u listi."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:432
+msgid "&Full language name:"
+msgstr "&Puno ime jezika:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Minimalan broj reči ključa koji je takođe u upitu (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:438
+msgid "Lan&guage code:"
+msgstr "Skrać&enica jezika:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:444
+msgid "&Language mailing list:"
+msgstr "&Diskusiona lista jezika:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Minimalan broj reči upita u ključu (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:449
+msgid "&Timezone:"
+msgstr "&Vremenska zona:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Maksimalna dužina liste:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:455
+msgid ""
+" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Identitet Unesite informacije o vama i vašem prevodilačkom timu.\n"
+"Ove informacije se koriste prilikom ažuriranja zaglavlja fajla. Možete pronaći opcije o tome da li i koja polja u zaglavlju bi trebalo da "
+"budu ažurirana\n"
+"na strani „Snimi“ u ovom prozoru. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Broj oblika jednine/množine Napomena: Ova opcija je trenutno specifična za TDE. Ako ne "
+"prevodite TDE program, slobodno možete ignorisati ovu opciju. Ovde izaberite koliko oblika jednine i množine se koristi u vašem jeziku. "
+"Ovaj broj se mora slagati sa podešavanjima vašeg prevodilačkog tima. Alternativno, postavite ovu opciju na Automatski i KBabel će "
+"pokušati da dobije ovu informaciju automatski od TDE-a. Koristite dugme "
+"Proba da isprobate da li može da je nađe. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Zahtevaj argumente oblika množine u prevodu Napomena: Ova opcija je trenutno specifična za TDE. Ako ne "
+"prevodite TDE program, možete slobodno ignorisati ovu opciju. Ako je ova opcija uključena, provera ispravnosti će zahtevati da se u "
+"poruci nalazi argument %n. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Zaglavlje GNU oblika množine Ovde možete popuniti zaglavni unos za rukovanje sa GNU oblicima množine. "
+"Ako ostavite ovaj unos prazan, unos u PO fajlu neće biti izmenjen ili dodat."
+" KBabel može automatski pokušati da odredi vrednost predloženu od strane "
+"GNU gettext alata za trenutno postavljen jezik. Samo pritisnite dugme "
+"Potraži. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Oznaka za prečicu sa tastature Ovde definišite koji "
+"znak označava sledeći znak kao prečicu sa tastature. Na primer u Qt-u to je "
+"„&“, a u Gtk-u je to „_“ Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Regularni izraz za kontekstene informacije Ovde "
+"unesite regularni izraz koji definiše šta je kontekstna informacija u "
+"poruci, koja se ne sme prevoditi. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Provera pravopisa u hodu Uključite ovo da biste "
+"dopustili KBabel-u da proverava pravopis dok kucate. Pogrešno napisane reči "
+"će biti obojene bojom grešaka. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Zapamti ignorisane reči Uključite ovo da biste "
+"dozvolili KBabel-u da ignoriše reči, gde ste izabrali Ignoriši sve u "
+"dijalogu za proveru pravopisa, pri svakoj proveri pravopisa. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Osnovne fascikle Upišite fascikle koje sadrže sve vaše PO i POT fajlove.\n"
+"Fajlovi i fascikle u ovim fasciklama će onda biti stopljeni u jedno\n"
+"stablo. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-"\n"
-"
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
\n" -"Sledeće promeljive će biti zamenjene u putanji ako su dostupne:\n" -"
Otvaraj fajlove u novom prozoru
\n" +"Ako je ovo aktivirano, svi fajlovi koji se otvaraju iz upravnika kataloga " +"otvaraju se\n" +"u novom prozoru.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Ubij procese pri izlasku
\n" +"Ako popunite ovo, KBabel pokušava da ubije procese koji već nisu završeni " +"kada se izađe iz KBabel-a,\n" +"šaljući im signal za ubijanje.
\n" +"Napomena: Nije garantovano da će procesi biti ubijeni.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Napravi indeks za sadržaj fajla
\n" +"Ako ovo popunite, kbabel će napraviti indeks za svaki PO fajl da bi " +"ubrzao nađi/zameni funkcije.
\n" +"Napomena: Ovo će primetno usporiti ažuriranje informacija o fajlovima." +"p>
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Pokreni msgfmt pre obrade fajla
Ako popunite ovo, KBabel " +"će pokrenuti Gettext-ov alat msgfmt pre dalje obrade fajla." +"p>
Preporučljivo je da ovo bude uključeno, iako će obrada biti sporija; " +"podrazumevano je uključeno.
Isključivanje može biti korisno za sporije " +"računare, kao i kada želite da prevodite PO fajlove koji nisu podržani " +"verzijom Gettext-ovih alata koji se nalaze na vašem sistemu. Nedostatak je u " +"tome što se skoro ništa od sintakse ne proverava pri obradi, pa se " +"neispravni PO fajlovi mogu prikazati ispravnim, iako bi ih Gettext-ovi alati " +"odbacili.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Označi neispravne kao nejasne" -"
\n" -"
Ako izaberete ovu opciju, sve stavke koje alat\n" -"identifikuje kao neispravne biće označene kao\n" -"nejasne i rezultujući fajl će biti snimljen.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Naredbe za fascikle
Ovde umetnite naredbe koje želite da " +"budu izvršene u fasciklama iz upravnika kataloga. Naredbe su zatim prikazane " +"u podmeniju Naredbe u kontekstnom meniju upravnika kataloga." +"p>
Sledeći nizovi će biti zamenjeni u naredbi:
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Ne overavaj nejasne" -"
\n" -"
Ako izaberete ovu opciju, sve stavke\n" -"označene kao nejasne neće uopšte biti\n" -"overavane.
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Naredbe za fajlove
Ovde umetnite naredbe koje želite " +"da budu izvršene na fajlovima iz upravnika kataloga. Naredbe su zatim " +"prikazane u podmeniju Naredbe u kontekstnom meniju upravnika kataloga." +"
Sledeći nizovi će biti zamenjeni u naredbi:
Shown columns
\n" +"Prikazane kolone
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Koje unose da prevodim
Ovde izaberite za koje unose u " +"fajlu KBabel pokušava da nađe prevod. Promenjeni unosi su uvek obeleženi kao " +"nejasni, bez obzira koje opcije izaberete.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Kako poruke bivaju prevedene
Ovde možete definisati da " +"li poruka može biti prevedena samo kompletno, da li su slične poruke " +"prihvatljive ili bi KBabel trebalo da pokuša da prevodi pojedinačne reči " +"poruke ako nije pronađen prevod cele poruke ili ako je nađena slična poruka." +"
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Označi promenjene unose kao nejasne
Kada se pronađe " +"prevod za poruku, podrazumevano je da će unos automatski biti označen kao " +"nejasan. Ovo je zbog toga što kbabel samo nagađa prevod i uvek bi " +"trebalo pažljivo da proverite rezultate. Isključite ovu opciju samo ako " +"znate šta radite.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Pokreni unose specifične za TDE
Pokreni unose " +"„Comment=“ i „Name=“ ako nije nađen prevod. Takođe, unosi „NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS“ i „EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS“ popunjavaju se podešavanjima " +"identiteta.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Rečnici
Ovde izaberite koji rečnici moraju biti " +"korišćeni za pronalaženje prevoda. Ako izaberete više od jednog rečnika, " +"koriste se istim redosledom kojim su prikazani u listi.
Dugme " +"Podesi vam omogućava da privremeno podesite izabrani rečnik. " +"Prvobitne postavke će biti vraćene pošto zatvorite prozor.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Kada se pronađe prevod poruke, podrazumevano je da će unos biti " +"obeležen kao nejasan. Ovo je zbog toga što KBabel samo nagađa prevod " +"i uvek bi trebalo pažljivo da proverite rezultate. Isključite ovu opciju " +"samo ako znate šta radite.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Birač znakova
" -"Ovaj alat omogućava da se ubacuju specijalni znakovi upotrebom dvoklika.
" -"This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Ovo dugme ažurira zaglavlje koristeći tekuća podešavanja. Zaglavlje je isto " -"kao i što bi bilo da ste snimili PO fajl.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Ovo dugme će poništiti sve izmene koje ste do sada uradili.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Ovo nije ispravno zaglavlje.
\n" -"Izmenite zaglavlje pre ažuriranja.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Ovo nije ispravno zaglavlje.
\n" -"Izmenite zaglavlje pre ažuriranja.
Birač znakova
Ovaj alat omogućava da se ubacuju " +"specijalni znakovi upotrebom dvoklika.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Uređivač komentara
\n" +"Uređivač komentara
\n" "Ovaj prozor za uređivanje prikazuje vam komentare trenutno prikazane poruke." "\n" "
Komentari obično sadrže informacije o tome gde se poruka može pronaći u " @@ -3381,553 +2618,378 @@ msgstr "" "
Možete sakriti uređivač komentara isključivanjem\n" "Opcije->Prikaži komentare.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
PO kontekst
Ovaj prozor prikazuje kontekst tekuće " +"poruke u PO fajlu. Uobičajeno, prikazuje četiri poruke ispred i četiri " +"poruke iza tekuće poruke.
Možete sakriti prozor „alati“ " +"isključivanjem Opcije->Prikaži alate.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Lista grešaka
Ovaj prozor prikazuje listu grešaka koje " +"su pronašli alati za overu, tako da možete videti zašto je tekuća poruka " +"označena kao neispravna.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Ovo dugme ažurira zaglavlje koristeći tekuća podešavanja. Zaglavlje " +"je isto kao i što bi bilo da ste snimili PO fajl.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Ovo dugme će poništiti sve izmene koje ste do sada uradili.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Ovo nije ispravno zaglavlje.
\n" +"Izmenite zaglavlje pre ažuriranja.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Ovo nije ispravno zaglavlje.
\n" +"Izmenite zaglavlje pre ažuriranja.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Rezultati pretrage
" -"Ovaj deo prozora prikazuje rezultate pretrage u rečnicima. " -"
" -"
U vrhu je prikazan broj pronađenih unosa i gde je trenutno prikazani unos " -"nađen. Koristite dugmad na dnu za navigaciju kroz rezultate pretrage.
" -"Pretraga počinje ili automatski kada se prebacite na drugi unos u prozoru " -"uređivača ili izborom željenog rečnika u Rečnici—>Nađi....
" -"Uobičajene opcije se mogu podesiti u prozoru za podešavanja u sekciji " -"Traži, a opcije za različite rečnike se mogu promeniti pomoću " -"Podešavanja->Podesi rečnik.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Izvorni niz
\n" -"Ovaj deo prozora prikazuje izvornu poruku\n" -"trenutno prikazanog unosa.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Statusne lampice
\n" -"Ove lampice prikazuju status trenutno prikazane poruke.\n" -"Možete menjati njihove boje u sekciji prozora za podešavanja\n" -"Uređivač na strani Izgled
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Uređivač prevoda
\n" -"Ovaj uređivač prikazuje i dopušta vam da menjate prevod trenutno prikazane " -"poruke." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Statusna traka
\n" +"Statusna traka prikazuje neke informacije o otvorenom fajlu, kao što je " +"ukupan broj unosa i broj nejasnih i neprevedenih poruka. Takođe je prikazan " +"indeks i status trenutno prikazanog unosa.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Rezultati pretrage
Ovaj deo prozora prikazuje rezultate " +"pretrage u rečnicima.
U vrhu je prikazan broj pronađenih unosa i gde " +"je trenutno prikazani unos nađen. Koristite dugmad na dnu za navigaciju kroz " +"rezultate pretrage.
Pretraga počinje ili automatski kada se prebacite " +"na drugi unos u prozoru uređivača ili izborom željenog rečnika u Rečnici—" +">Nađi....
Uobičajene opcije se mogu podesiti u prozoru za " +"podešavanja u sekciji Traži, a opcije za različite rečnike se mogu " +"promeniti pomoću Podešavanja->Podesi rečnik.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Izvorni niz
\n" +"Ovaj deo prozora prikazuje izvornu poruku\n" +"trenutno prikazanog unosa.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Statusne lampice
\n" +"Ove lampice prikazuju status trenutno prikazane poruke.\n" +"Možete menjati njihove boje u sekciji prozora za podešavanja\n" +"Uređivač na strani Izgled
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Uređivač prevoda
\n" +"Ovaj uređivač prikazuje i dopušta vam da menjate prevod trenutno " +"prikazane poruke.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Statusna traka
\n" -"Statusna traka prikazuje neke informacije o otvorenom fajlu, kao što je " -"ukupan broj unosa i broj nejasnih i neprevedenih poruka. Takođe je prikazan " -"indeks i status trenutno prikazanog unosa.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Lista grešaka
" -"Ovaj prozor prikazuje listu grešaka koje su pronašli alati za overu, tako da " -"možete videti zašto je tekuća poruka označena kao neispravna.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO kontekst
" -"Ovaj prozor prikazuje kontekst tekuće poruke u PO fajlu. Uobičajeno, " -"prikazuje četiri poruke ispred i četiri poruke iza tekuće poruke.
" -"Možete sakriti prozor „alati“ isključivanjem Opcije->Prikaži alate" -".
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Postoje rezervni fajlovi baza podataka iz prethodnih verzija KBabel-a. "
+"Međutim, druga verzija KBabel-a (verovatno iz TDE-a 3.1.1 ili 3.1.2) je "
+"napravila novu bazu podataka. Kao rezultat, vaša instalacija KBabel-a sadrži "
+"dve verzije fajlova baze podataka. Nažalost, stara i nova verzija ne mogu da "
+"se stope; moraćete da izaberete jednu od njih.
Ako izaberete staru "
+"verziju, nova će biti uklonjena. Ako izaberete novu verziju, fajlovi stare "
+"baze podataka će biti ostavljeni i morate ih sami ukloniti. U suprotnom, ova "
+"poruka će biti ponovo prikazana (stari fajlovi se nalaze u $TDEHOME/share/"
+"apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametri
" -"Ovde možete fino podešavati pretragu unutar PO fajla. Na primer, ako želite " -"da sprovedete pretragu u kojoj je bitna veličina slova, ili ako želite da " -"nejasne poruke budu ignorisane.
Parametri
Ovde možete fino podešavati pretragu unutar " +"PO fajla. Na primer, ako želite da sprovedete pretragu u kojoj je bitna " +"veličina slova, ili ako želite da nejasne poruke budu ignorisane.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Opcije upoređivanja
" -"Ovde izaberite koje poruke ste želeli da tretirate kao poklapajuće.
Opcije upoređivanja
Ovde izaberite koje poruke ste " +"želeli da tretirate kao poklapajuće.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Troznakovno poklapanje
" -"Poruka se poklapa sa drugom ako je većina njenih grupa od tri slova sadržana " -"u drugoj poruci. npr. „abc123“ se poklapa sa „abcdž123c12“.
Troznakovno poklapanje
Poruka se poklapa sa drugom ako " +"je većina njenih grupa od tri slova sadržana u drugoj poruci. npr. „abc123“ " +"se poklapa sa „abcdž123c12“.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Lokacija
" -"Ovde podesite koji fajl će biti korišćen za pretragu.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Lokacija
Ovde podesite koji fajl će biti korišćen za " +"pretragu.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parametri
" -"Ovde možete fino podešavati pretragu unutar PO fajla. Na primer, ako želite " -"da sprovedete pretragu u kojoj je bitna veličina slova.
Parametri
Ovde možete fino podešavati pretragu unutar PO " +"fajla. Na primer, ako želite da sprovedete pretragu u kojoj je bitna " +"veličina slova.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Označi neispravne kao nejasne
\n" +"
Ako izaberete ovu opciju, sve stavke koje alat\n" +"identifikuje kao neispravne biće označene kao\n" +"nejasne i rezultujući fajl će biti snimljen.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Ne overavaj nejasne
\n" +"
Ako izaberete ovu opciju, sve stavke\n" +"označene kao nejasne neće uopšte biti\n" +"overavane.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Postoje rezervni fajlovi baza podataka iz prethodnih verzija KBabel-a. "
-"Međutim, druga verzija KBabel-a (verovatno iz TDE-a 3.1.1 ili 3.1.2) je "
-"napravila novu bazu podataka. Kao rezultat, vaša instalacija KBabel-a sadrži "
-"dve verzije fajlova baze podataka. Nažalost, stara i nova verzija ne mogu da se "
-"stope; moraćete da izaberete jednu od njih."
-"
"
-"
Ako izaberete staru verziju, nova će biti uklonjena. Ako izaberete novu "
-"verziju, fajlovi stare baze podataka će biti ostavljeni i morate ih sami "
-"ukloniti. U suprotnom, ova poruka će biti ponovo prikazana (stari fajlovi se "
-"nalaze u $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Izvor za potragu razlika
Ovde možete izabrati izvor koji " +"treba da se upotrebi za traženje razlika.
Možete izabrati fajl, bazu " +"podataka prevoda ili odgovarajući msgstr.
Ako izaberete bazu podataka " +"prevoda, poruke koje treba razlikovati se uzimaju iz nje. Da bi ovo bilo " +"korisno, morate uključiti Automatski dodaj unos u bazu podataka u " +"njenom prozoru za podešavanja.
Poslednja opcija je korisna za one koji " +"koriste PO-fajlove za proverno čitanje.
Možete i privremeno " +"razlikovati sa porukama iz fajla izborom Alati->Razlike->Otvori fajl za " +"razlikovanje u glavnom prozoru KBabel-a.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Osnovna fascikla za fajlove razlike\n" +"
Ovde možete definisati fasciklu gde će se smeštati fajlovi sa kojima se " +"vrši razlikovanje. Ako se fajlovi smeštaju na isto mesto unutar ove fascikle " +"kao izvorni fajlovi unutar njihove osnovne fascikle, KBabel može automatski " +"otvoriti pravi fajl sa kojim će se vršiti razlikovanje.
Obratite " +"pažnju da ova opcija nema efekta ako se za razlikovanje koriste poruke iz " +"baze.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Dobrodošli u čarobnjak projekata!\n" +"\n" +"Čarobnjak će vam pomoći da postavite novi prevodilački\n" +"projekat za KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Pre svega, morate izabrati ime projekta i fajl u kojem\n" +"će biti čuvana podešavanja.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Takođe bi trebalo da izaberete jezik na koji ćete\n" +"prevoditi i tip prevodilačkog projekta.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "Autori:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Ime fajla sa podešavanjima
\n"
+"Ime fajla u koji će se skladištiti podešavanja\n"
+"projekta.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Jezik
\n"
+"Odredišni jezik projekta, tj. jezik na koji će se\n"
+"prevoditi. Trebalo bi da poštuje standard ISO 631 za\n"
+"imenovanje jezika.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Ime projekta
\n"
+"Ime projekta je identifikacija projekta za vas.\n"
+"Prikazano je u dijalogu za podešavanje projekta\n"
+"kao i u naslovu prozora otvorenih za projekat.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Napomena: Ime projekta se ne može kasnije promeniti.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Tip projekta\n" +"Tip projekta omogućava da se postavke našteluju za\n" +"neki od dobro poznatih tipova prevodilačkih projekata.\n" +"Na primer, postavljaju se alati za overu, oznaka za\n" +"prečice i format zaglavlja.\n" +"
\n" +"Trenutno poznati tipovi:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Fajlovi prevoda
\n" +"Upišite fascikle koji sadrže sve vaše PO i POT fajlove.\n" +"Fajlovi i fascikle u ovim fasciklama će onda biti stopljeni u jedno stablo." +"p>
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Automatski ukloni status „nejasno“
\n" +"Ako je ovo aktivirano, prilikom uređivanja nejasnog unosa status " +"„nejasno“ se automatski\n" +"uklanja (ovo znači da se znakovni niz , fuzzy\n" +"uklanja iz komentara unosa).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Koristi pametno uređivanje
\\n\n" +"Popunite ovo da bi kucanje teksta bilo udobnije, jer će \n" +"KBabel voditi računa o nekim posebnim znacima koji moraju da \n" +"se citiraju. Na primer, otkucate li „\\\"“ to će rezultovati \n" +"sa „\\\\\\\"“, pritisak na Return će automatski dodati beli razmak \n" +"na kraju linije, pritisak na Shift+Return će dodati \n" +"„\\\\n“ na kraj linije.
\\n\n" +"Pazite, ovo je samo nagoveštaj, i dalje je moguće generisati \n" +"sintaksno neispravan tekst.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Prepoznavanje grešaka
Ovde možete podesiti kako da se " +"prikazuje da je došlo do greške. Zvučni signal prilikom greške se " +"oglašava zvukom, a Promeni boju teksta prilikom greške menja boju " +"prevedenog teksta. Ako nijedno nije aktivirano, još uvek ćete videti poruku " +"u statusnoj traci.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Statusne lampice
\n" +"Ovde izaberite gde se statusne lampice prikazuju i koje su boje.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Automatski pokreni pretragu
Ako je ovo aktivirano, " +"pretraga se automatski pokreće svaki put kada pređete na drugi unos u " +"izmenjivaču. Možete izabrati gde će se pretraživati pomoću kombo opcije " +"Podrazumevani rečnik.
Takođe možete pokrenuti pretragu i ručno " +"izborom unosa u iskačućem meniju koji se pojavljuje ili kada kliknete na " +"Rečnici->Nađi... ili ako držite dugme rečnika u traci sa alatima " +"pritisnuto nekoliko trenutaka.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Podrazumevani rečnik
\n" +"Ovde izaberite podrazumevano mesto gde će se pretraživati. Ovo " +"podešavanje se koristi kada se pretraga pokreće automatski ili pritiskanjem " +"dugmeta rečnika u traci sa alatima.
Možete podešavati različite " +"rečnike izborom željenog rečnika iz Podešavanja->Podesi rečnik.
" +"qt>" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:469 -msgid "Show Information" -msgstr "Prikaži podatke" +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Choose What You Want to Spell Check" +msgstr "Odaberite za šta želite da proverite pravopis" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:471 -msgid "Show Information for Marked" -msgstr "Prikaži podatke za označene" +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:30 kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:58 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Spell check only the current message." +msgstr "Proveri pravopis samo tekuće poruke." -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:488 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:503 -msgid "Update Templates" -msgstr "Ažuriraj šablone" +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:41 +#, no-c-format +msgid "A&ll messages" +msgstr "S&ve poruke" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:490 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:505 -msgid "Update Marked Templates" -msgstr "Ažuriraj označene šablone" +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:44 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Spell check all translated messages of this file." +msgstr "Proveri pravopis za sve prevedene poruke ovog fajla." -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:492 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:507 -msgid "Commit Templates" -msgstr "Predaj šablone" +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:52 +#, no-c-format +msgid "C&urrent message only" +msgstr "Samo t&ekuća poruka" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:494 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:509 -msgid "Commit Marked Templates" -msgstr "Predaj označene šablone" +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:66 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Fro&m beginning of current message to end of file" +msgstr "&Od početka tekuće poruke do kraja fajla" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:525 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:529 -msgid "Commands" -msgstr "Naredbe" +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:74 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&From beginning of file to cursor position" +msgstr "O&d početka fajla do pozicije pokazivača" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:558 +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:77 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Statusna traka
\n" -"Statusna traka prikazuje informacije o napretku tekuće operacije " -"pronalaženja ili zamenjivanja. Prvi broj u Nađeno: " -"prikazuje broj fajlova u kojima se javlja traženi tekst koji još uvek nisu " -"prikazani u KBabel-ovom prozoru. Drugi prikazuje ukupan broj fajlova do sada " -"koji sadrže traženi tekst.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Opcije za fajlove
" -"Ovde možete fino podesiti gde tražiti: " -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Primer: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Dobavi podatke za sledeće fajlove:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Skeniraj pojedinačni PO fajl..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Stare poruke:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Skeniraj fasciklu..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "Poruka za &dnevnik:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Skeniraj fasciklu i podfascikle..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Auto&matski dodaj fajlove ako je neophodno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Skeniram fajl:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Predaj"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Dodato poruka:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Dobavi status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Ukupni napredak:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Napravi razliku"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Analiziram fajl:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Dobavi podatke"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Učitavam fajl:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Izlaz naredbe:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Izvezi..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Poruka dnevnika predaje je prazna. Želite li da nastavite?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Ponovljeni nizovi"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Ne mogu da otvorim privremeni fajl radi upisa. Prekidam."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Dobri ključevi"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Ne mogu da pišem u privremeni fajl. Prekidam."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Možete postaviti minimalan broj reči koje ključ mora sadržati da bi bio "
+"ubačen u listu dobrih ključeva. \n"
+"Ova dva broja predstavljaju procenat totalnog broja reči. Ako je rezultat "
+"procenta manji od jedan, motor će ga postaviti na jedan. \n"
+"Konačno, možete postaviti maksimalan broj unosa u listi."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Proces ne može biti pokrenut."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Minimalan broj reči ključa koji je takođe u upitu (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Izašlo sa statusom %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Završeno ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Minimalan broj reči upita u ključu (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Katalozi poruka"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Maksimalna dužina liste:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Bez kontrole verzije"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Česte reči"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Odbaci reči koje su češće od:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Razrešeno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Razrešeno za označene"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Prema čestim rečima se ophodi kao i u svakom ključu"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Povrati"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Opšte"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Povrati za označene"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Fascikla baze podataka:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Očisti"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Automatsko ažuriranje u kbabel-u"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Očisti za označene"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nove stavke"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Nema skladišta"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Iz kbabel-a"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Fajlovi:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritam"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Ime"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Najmanji rezultat:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmi koje treba koristiti"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Nejasno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Rezultat:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Neprevedeno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Arhiva nejasnih rečenica"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Ukupno"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Rečnik"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Poslednja revizija"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Tačno "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Dnevnički prozor"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Rečenica po rečenica"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "Oč&isti"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumerički"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Dnevnički prozor U ovom prozoru se prikazuje izlaz izvršenih naredbi. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Upravnik kataloga Upravnik kataloga stapa dve fascikle u jedno stablo i prikazuje sve\n"
-"PO i POT fajlove u ovim fasciklama. Na ovaj način lako možete videti da li\n"
-"je novi šablon dodat ili uklonjen. Takođe, se prikazuju i neke dodatne "
-"informacije o fajlovima. Za više informacija pogledajte odeljak Upravnik kataloga "
-"u priručniku. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Ako tražite Moje ima je Jelena i aktivirali ste zamena jedne "
+"reči takođe možete pronaći izraze kao što su Moje ime je Ana "
+"ili Tvoje ime je Jelena."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Ažurirano"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Koristi zamenu jedne reči"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Konflikt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Maksimalan broj reči u upitu:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Greška u radnoj kopiji"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Koristi zamenu dve reči"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Nepoznato"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Ovo nije ispravno SVN skladište. SVN naredbe ne mogu da se izvrše."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Pokrećem naredbu ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Lokalni znakovi za regularne izraze:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN prozor"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Baza podataka"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Ažuriraj sledeće fajlove:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Fascikla baze podataka:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Predaj sledeće fajlove:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Automatski dodaj unos u bazu podataka"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Dobavi udaljeni status za sledeće fajlove:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Automatski dodaj unos u bazu podataka ako je novi prevod primećen od strane "
+"nekoga (može biti kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Dobavi lokalni status za sledeće fajlove:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Automatski dodat autor unosa:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Napravi razliku za sledeće fajlove:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Sledeće promeljive će biti zamenjene u putanji ako su dostupne:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Poster att översätta
" -"Välj här för vilka poster i filen som Kbabel försöker hitta en översättning. " -"Ändrade poster markeras alltid som inexakta, oberoende av vilket alternativ du " -"väljer.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Hur meddelanden översätts
" -"Här kan du definiera om ett meddelande endast kan översättas i sin helhet, " -"om liknande meddelanden är acceptabla eller om Kbabel ska försöka översätta " -"enskilda ord i ett meddelande om ingen översättning av hela meddelandet eller " -"liknande meddelanden hittades.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Markera ändrade poster som inexakta
" -"När en översättning för ett meddelande hittas, markeras posten " -"standardmässigt som inexakt. Detta görs eftersom översättningen bara är " -"en gissning av Kbabel och du alltid måste kontrollera resultaten noga. " -"Inaktivera det här alternativet bara om du vet vad du gör.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Initiera TDE-specifika poster
" -"Initiera posterna \"Comment=\" och \"Name=\" om en översättning inte hittas. " -"Dessutom fylls \"NAME_OF_TRANSLATORS\" och \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" i med " -"identitetsinställningarna.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Ordlistor
" -"Välj här vilka ordlistor som ska användas för att hitta en översättning. Om " -"du väljer mer än en ordlista används de i samma ordning som de visas i " -"listan.
" -"Knappen Anpassa låter dig tillfälligt anpassa vald katalog. " -"Originalinställningarna återställs efter dialogrutan stängts.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
När en översättning för ett meddelande hittats, markeras posten " -"standardmässigt som inexakt. Detta görs eftersom översättningen bara är " -"en gissning av Kbabel och du alltid måste kontrollera resultaten noga. " -"Inaktivera det här alternativet bara om du vet vad du gör.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Sök text
" -"Här kan du ange texten du vill söka efter. Om du vill söka efter reguljära " -"uttryck, aktivera Använd reguljärt uttryck nedan.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Ersätt text
" -"Här kan du ange den text du vill att den funna texten ska ersättas med. " -"Texten används som den är. Det är inte möjligt att göra en bakåtreferens, om du " -"har valt att söka efter ett reguljärt uttryck.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Sökning i
" -"Här väljer du vilken del av en katalogpost som ska användas för " -"sökningar.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Inställningar
" -"Här kan du finjustera ersättning:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Inställningar
" -"Här kan du finjustera sökning:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Statusrad
\n" +"Statusraden visar information om hur den aktuella sök- eller " +"ersättningoperationen fortskrider. Det första värdet i Hittade: visar " +"antalet filer med en förekomst av söktexten som ännu inte visas i Kbabels " +"fönster och det andra värdet visar totala antalet filer där söktexten " +"hittills har hittats.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Uppdatera filhuvud
\n" -"Markera den här knappen för att uppdatera informationen i filhuvudet varje " -"gång det sparas.
\n" -"Huvudet innehåller normalt information om datum och tid filen sist\n" -"uppdaterades, senaste översättare etc.
\n" -"Du kan välja vilken information du vill uppdatera i rutorna nedan.\n" -"Fält som inte existerar läggs till i huvudet.\n" -"Om du vill lägga till ytterligare fält till huvudet kan du redigera huvudet " -"manuellt genom att välja\n" -"Redigera->Redigera filhuvud... i redigeringsfönstret.
Loggfönster
\n" +"I detta fönster visas utmatningen från utförda kommandon.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Fält att uppdatera
\n" -"Välj vilka fält i huvudet du vill ska uppdateras när du sparar.\n" -"Om ett fält inte existerar läggs det till i huvudet.
\n" -"Om du vill lägga till ytterligare information till huvudet, måste du " -"redigera huvudet manuellt\n" -"genom att välja Redigera->Redigera filhuvud i redigeringsfönstret.
\n" -"Inaktivera Uppdatera filhuvud ovan om du inte vill att huvudet\n" -"ska uppdateras när du sparar.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Kodning
" -"Välj hur tecken ska kodas när de sparas i en fil. Om du är osäker på vilken " -"kodning du ska använda, fråga din översättningsansvarige.
" -"Kataloghanteraren
\n" +"Kataloghanteraren förenar två kataloger till ett träd och visar alla\n" +"PO- och POT-filer i dessa kataloger. På detta sätt kan du enkelt se\n" +"om en mall lagts till eller tagits bort. Lite information om filerna\n" +"visas också.
För mer information se sektionen om kataloghanteraren" +"b> i manualen.
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Behåll filens kodning
" -"Om den här inställningen är aktiverad, sparas filer alltid med samma kodning " -"som de lästes med. Filer utan teckenkodningsinformation i huvudet (t ex " -"POT-filer) sparas med kodningen ovan.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Kontrollera filens syntax när den sparas
\n" -"Markera det här för att automatiskt kontrollera filens syntax med \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"när en fil sparas. Du får bara ett meddelande om ett fel uppstod.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Spara föråldrade poster
\n" -"Om det här alternativet är aktiverat sparas föråldrade\n" -"poster som hittades när filen öppnades. Föråldrade poster är\n" -"markerade med #~ och skapas när msgmerge inte behöver en\n" -"översättning längre. Om texten återkommer aktiveras de\n" -"föråldrade posterna igen.\n" -"Den huvudsakliga nackdelen är storleken på den sparade filen.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Datumformat för ändringar
" -"Väljer vilket format datum och tid av fältet\n" -"PO-Revision-Date sparas med: " -"
Du rekommenderas att använda det förvalda formatet för att undvika att skapa " -"PO-filer som inte följer standarden.
" -"För mer information se stycket Inställningar i handboken.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Identitet
\n" -"Fyll i information om dig och din översättningsgrupp.\n" -"Den här informationen används när filhuvuden uppdateras.
\n" -"Du kan hitta inställningarna om och vilka fält i huvudet som ska uppdateras\n" -"på sidan Spara i den här dialogrutan.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Antal singular/pluralformer
\n" -"Observera: För närvarande är den här inställningen TDE-specifik. Om " -"du inte översätter TDE-program, kan du ignorera inställningen.
\n" -"Välj här hur många singular- och pluralformer som används i ditt språk. " -"Detta antal måste stämma med inställningarna din språkgrupp använder. Om du " -"arbetar med TDE >= 2.2 med stöd för det språk du översätter till, välj " -"inställningen Automatisk och Kbabel försöker hämta informationen " -"automatiskt från TDE. Använd Testa för att kontrollera om den kan ta " -"reda på det.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Kräv argument med pluralform i översättning
\n" -"Observera: Det här alternativet är för närvarande specifikt för TDE. " -"Om du inte översätter ett TDE-program, kan du ignorera alternativet.
\n" -"Om alternativet är aktiverat, kräver valideringskontrollen att argumentet %n " -"finns i meddelandet.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Huvud för GNU-pluralform
\n" -"Här kan du fylla i en post i huvudet för hantering av GNU-pluralformer. Om " -"du lämnar posten tom, ändras inte posten eller läggs till i PO-filen.
\n" -"Kbabel kan automatiskt försöka avgöra värdet som föreslås av GNU:s " -"gettext-verktyg för språket som för närvarande är valt. Klicka bara på knappen " -"Slå upp.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Tecken för snabbtangent
" -"Ange här vilket tecken som gör att det följande tecknet behandlas som en " -"snabbtangent. I till exempel Qt är det \"&\" och i GTK är det \"_\".
" -"Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Reguljärt uttryck för sammanhangsinformation
" -"Ange här ett reguljärt uttryck som definierar vad som är " -"sammanhangsinformation i meddelandet och inte får översättas.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Rättstavning i farten
" -"Aktivera det här för att låta Kbabel kontrollera stavning på texten medan du " -"skriver den. Felstavade ord färgläggs med felfärgen.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Kom ihåg ord som ignoreras
" -"Aktivera det här för att låta Kbabel ignorera de ord där du har valt " -"Ignorera alla i dialogrutan stavningskontroll, för varje " -"stavningskontroll.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Baskataloger
\n" -"Ange katalogerna som innehåller alla PO- och POT-filer.\n" -"Filerna och katalogerna kommer sedan att sammanfogas till ett\n" -"träd.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Öppna filer i nytt fönster
\n" -"Om det här aktiveras öppnas alla filer som öppnas från kataloghanteraren\n" -"i ett nytt fönster
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Avbryt processer vid avslut
\n" -"Om du markerar det här försöker Kbabel avbryta de processer som inte redan " -"har avslutats när Kbabel avslutas,\n" -"genom att skicka signalen \"kill\" till dem.
\n" -"Observera: Det finns ingen garanti för att alla processer avbryts.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Skapa index för filinnehåll
\n" -"Om du markerar det här kommer Kbabel skapa ett index för varje PO-fil för " -"att snabba upp sök/ersätt-funktioner.
\n" -"Observera: Det här gör att uppdatering av filinformation blir väsentligt " -"långsammare.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Kör msgfmt innan en fil behandlas
" -"Om du markerar det här, kör Kbabel verktyget msgfmt från Gettext innan en " -"fil behandlas.
" -"Det rekommenderas att inställningen markeras, även om det gör behandlingen " -"långsammare. Normalvärdet är att inställningen är markerad.
" -"Att avmarkera inställningen är användbart för långsamma datorer och när du " -"vill översätta PO-filer som inte stöds av den nuvarande versionen av verktygen " -"i Gettext på ditt system. Nackdelen med att avmarkera den är att nästan ingen " -"syntaxkontroll alls görs av behandlingskoden, så att ogiltiga PO-filer skulle " -"kunna visas som riktiga, även om verktygen i Gettext skulle förkasta sådana " -"filer.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Kommandon för kataloger
" -"Här kan du lägga till de kommandon du vill köra i kataloger från " -"kataloghanteraren. Kommandona visas sedan i undermenyn Kommandon " -"i kataloghanterarens poppuppmeny.
" -"Följande strängar byts ut i ett kommando:" -"
Filinställningar
Här kan du finjustera vad som ska sökas:" +"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Kommandon för filer
" -"Här kan du lägga till de kommandon du vill köra för filer från " -"kataloghanteraren. Kommandona visas sedan i undermenyn Kommandon " -"i kataloghanterarens sammanhangsberoende meny.
" -"Följande strängar byts ut i ett kommando:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Visade kolumner
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +"The commit log message cannot be encoded in the selected encoding: %1.\n" +"Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -"Välkommen till projektguiden!\n" -"\n" -"Guiden hjälper dig att ställa in ett nytt\n" -"översättningsprojekt i Kbabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Det första du måste göra är att välja projektnamnet\n" -"och filen där inställningen ska lagras.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Du bör också välja ett språk att översätta till\n" -"och översättningsprojektets typ.\n" -"
" +"Loggmeddelandet för arkivering kan inte kodas med vald kodning: %1.\n" +"Vill du fortsätta?" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247 +msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting." +msgstr "Kan inte öppna tillfällig fil för skrivning. Avbryter." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259 +msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting." +msgstr "Kan inte skriva till tillfällig fil. Avbryter." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483 +msgid "[ Starting command ]" +msgstr "[Startkommando]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301 +msgid "The process could not be started." +msgstr "Processen kunde inte startas." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330 +msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]" +msgstr "[Avslutades med status %1]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332 +msgid "[ Finished ]" +msgstr "[Klar]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:358 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:337 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:642 +msgid "&Show Diff" +msgstr "&Visa jämförelse" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:360 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Close" +msgstr "Stän&g" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:401 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Inställningsfilnamn"
-"
\n"
-"Namnet på en fil där projektets\n"
-"inställning ska lagras.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Språk"
-"
\n"
-"Projektets målspråk, dvs. språket som översätts\n"
-"till. Det bör följa namngivningsstandarden\n"
-"i ISO 631.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Projektnamn"
-"
\n"
-"Projektets namn är en identifikation av ett projekt som\n"
-"du kan se. Den visas i projektets inställningsdialogruta\n"
-"samt i namnlisten på fönster öppnade i projektet.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Observera: Projektnamnet kan inte ändras senare.\n"
-"
Sök text
Här kan du ange texten du vill söka efter. Om " +"du vill söka efter reguljära uttryck, aktivera Använd reguljärt uttryck" +"b> nedan.
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
\n" -"Projekttyp\n" -"Projekttypen låter dig finjustera inställningarna för\n" -"en viss typ av välkänt översättningsprojekt.\n" -"Den anger till exempel valideringsverktygen,\n" -"en markering för snabbtangenter och huvudets formatering.\n" -"
\n" -"För närvarande kända typer:\n" -"
Ersätt text
Här kan du ange den text du vill att den " +"funna texten ska ersättas med. Texten används som den är. Det är inte " +"möjligt att göra en bakåtreferens, om du har valt att söka efter ett " +"reguljärt uttryck.
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Översättningsfiler
\n" -"Ange katalogerna som innehåller alla PO- och POT-filer.\n" -"Filerna och katalogerna kommer sedan att sammanfogas till ett\n" -"träd.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Sökning i
Här väljer du vilken del av en katalogpost som " +"ska användas för sökningar.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Inställningar
Här kan du finjustera ersättning:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Källa för uppslagning av jämförelse
\n" -"Här kan du välja en källa att använda för att\n" -"hitta en skillnad.
\n" -"Du kan välja fil, översättningsdatabas eller\n" -"motsvarande översatt text.
\n" -"Om du väljer översättningsdatabas, tas meddelanden att jämföra\n" -"med från översättningsdatabasen. För att vara användbart måste\n" -"du aktivera Lägg automatiskt posten till databasen i\n" -"inställningsdialogrutan.
\n" -"Det sista alternativet är användbart för de som använder\n" -"PO-filer för korrekturläsning.
\n" -"Du kan göra en tillfällig jämförelse med meddelanden från en fil\n" -"genom att välja Verktyg->Jämföra->Öppna fil för jämförelse\n" -"i Kbabels huvudfönster.
Inställningar
Här kan du finjustera sökning:" +"
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Baskatalog för jämförelsefiler\n" -"
Här kan du definiera en katalog där filer att\n" -"jämföra med lagras. Om filerna lagras på samma\n" -"plats under den här katalogen som originalfilerna\n" -"under sin baskatalog, kan Kbabel automatiskt öppna\n" -"rätt fil att jämföra med.
\n" -"Observera att den här inställningen har ingen verkan om\n" -"inte meddelanden från databasen används vid jämförelser.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Starta sökning automatiskt
\n" -"Om det här aktiveras startas en sökning automatiskt\n" -"så fort du byter till en annan post vid redigering. Du kan\n" -"välja var sökningen görs med rutan Förvald ordlista.\n" -"
" -"Du kan också börja söka manuellt genom att välja ett\n" -"alternativ i menyn som antingen visas när du klickar på\n" -" Ordlistor->Sök... eller håller inne ordlisteknappen\n" -"i verktygsraden en stund.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Förvald ordlista
\n" -"Här kan du välja var förvalt sökning sker.\n" -"Den här inställningen används när en sökning startas automatisk\n" -"eller när du klickar på ordlisteknappen i verktygsraden.
\n" -"Du kan anpassa de olika ordlistorna genom att välja önskad\n" -"ordlista från Inställningar->Anpassa ordlista.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Avmarkera inexakt status automatiskt
\n" -"Om det här aktiveras och du redigerar en inexakt post återställs inexakt " -"status\n" -"automatiskt (detta betyder att strängen , fuzzy\n" -"tas bort från postens kommentar).
Uppdatera filhuvud
\n" +"Markera den här knappen för att uppdatera informationen i filhuvudet " +"varje gång det sparas.
\n" +"Huvudet innehåller normalt information om datum och tid filen sist\n" +"uppdaterades, senaste översättare etc.
\n" +"Du kan välja vilken information du vill uppdatera i rutorna nedan.\n" +"Fält som inte existerar läggs till i huvudet.\n" +"Om du vill lägga till ytterligare fält till huvudet kan du redigera huvudet " +"manuellt genom att välja\n" +"Redigera->Redigera filhuvud... i redigeringsfönstret.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Fält att uppdatera
\n" +"Välj vilka fält i huvudet du vill ska uppdateras när du sparar.\n" +"Om ett fält inte existerar läggs det till i huvudet.
\n" +"Om du vill lägga till ytterligare information till huvudet, måste du " +"redigera huvudet manuellt\n" +"genom att välja Redigera->Redigera filhuvud i redigeringsfönstret." +"p>\n" +"
Inaktivera Uppdatera filhuvud ovan om du inte vill att huvudet\n" +"ska uppdateras när du sparar.
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Använd smart redigering
\n" -"Markera det här för att göra det bekvämare att skriva text\n" -"och låta Kbabel ta hand om vissa specialtecken som måste\n" -"citeras. Skrivs till exempel '\\\"' in resulterar det i '\\\\\\\"'.\n" -"Att trycka på returtangenten lägger automatiskt till ett blanktecken\n" -"sist på raden, att trycka på Skift+Retur lägger till '\\\\n' sist på\n" -"raden.
\n" -"Observera att det här är bara tips, och det är fortfarande\n" -"möjligt att skapa syntaktiskt felaktig text.
Kodning
Välj hur tecken ska kodas när de sparas i en " +"fil. Om du är osäker på vilken kodning du ska använda, fråga din " +"översättningsansvarige.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Behåll filens kodning
Om den här inställningen är " +"aktiverad, sparas filer alltid med samma kodning som de lästes med. Filer " +"utan teckenkodningsinformation i huvudet (t ex POT-filer) sparas med " +"kodningen ovan.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Feligenkänning
\n" -"Här kan du ställa in hur förekomsten av ett fel visas.\n" -"Ljudsignal vid fel piper och Ändra textfärg vid fel\n" -"ändrar färgen av den översatta texten. Om ingendera är vald\n" -"kommer du fortfarande att se ett meddelande på statusraden.\n" -"
Kontrollera filens syntax när den sparas
\n" +"Markera det här för att automatiskt kontrollera filens syntax med " +"\"msgfmt --statistics\"\n" +"när en fil sparas. Du får bara ett meddelande om ett fel uppstod.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Spara föråldrade poster
\n" +"Om det här alternativet är aktiverat sparas föråldrade\n" +"poster som hittades när filen öppnades. Föråldrade poster är\n" +"markerade med #~ och skapas när msgmerge inte behöver en\n" +"översättning längre. Om texten återkommer aktiveras de\n" +"föråldrade posterna igen.\n" +"Den huvudsakliga nackdelen är storleken på den sparade filen.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Datumformat för ändringar
Väljer vilket format datum och " +"tid av fältet\n" +"PO-Revision-Date sparas med:
Du rekommenderas att använda det förvalda formatet för att " +"undvika att skapa PO-filer som inte följer standarden.
För mer " +"information se stycket Inställningar i handboken.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Statuslysdioder
\n" -"Välj var statuslysdioder ska visas och vilken färg de har.
Identitet
\n" +"Fyll i information om dig och din översättningsgrupp.\n" +"Den här informationen används när filhuvuden uppdateras.
\n" +"Du kan hitta inställningarna om och vilka fält i huvudet som ska " +"uppdateras\n" +"på sidan Spara i den här dialogrutan.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Antal singular/pluralformer
\n" +"Observera: För närvarande är den här inställningen TDE-specifik. " +"Om du inte översätter TDE-program, kan du ignorera inställningen.
\n" +"Välj här hur många singular- och pluralformer som används i ditt språk. " +"Detta antal måste stämma med inställningarna din språkgrupp använder. Om du " +"arbetar med TDE >= 2.2 med stöd för det språk du översätter till, välj " +"inställningen Automatisk och Kbabel försöker hämta informationen " +"automatiskt från TDE. Använd Testa för att kontrollera om den kan ta " +"reda på det.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Kräv argument med pluralform i översättning
\n" +"Observera: Det här alternativet är för närvarande specifikt för " +"TDE. Om du inte översätter ett TDE-program, kan du ignorera alternativet." +"p>\n" +"
Om alternativet är aktiverat, kräver valideringskontrollen att argumentet " +"%n finns i meddelandet.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
Huvud för GNU-pluralform
\n" +"Här kan du fylla i en post i huvudet för hantering av GNU-pluralformer. " +"Om du lämnar posten tom, ändras inte posten eller läggs till i PO-filen." +"p>\n" +"
Kbabel kan automatiskt försöka avgöra värdet som föreslås av GNU:s " +"gettext-verktyg för språket som för närvarande är valt. Klicka bara på " +"knappen Slå upp.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Tecken för snabbtangent
Ange här vilket tecken som gör " +"att det följande tecknet behandlas som en snabbtangent. I till exempel Qt är " +"det \"&\" och i GTK är det \"_\".
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Reguljärt uttryck för sammanhangsinformation
Ange här " +"ett reguljärt uttryck som definierar vad som är sammanhangsinformation i " +"meddelandet och inte får översättas.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Rättstavning i farten
Aktivera det här för att låta " +"Kbabel kontrollera stavning på texten medan du skriver den. Felstavade ord " +"färgläggs med felfärgen.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Kom ihåg ord som ignoreras
Aktivera det här för att låta " +"Kbabel ignorera de ord där du har valt Ignorera alla i dialogrutan " +"stavningskontroll, för varje stavningskontroll.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Baskataloger
\n" +"Ange katalogerna som innehåller alla PO- och POT-filer.\n" +"Filerna och katalogerna kommer sedan att sammanfogas till ett\n" +"träd.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Öppna filer i nytt fönster
\n" +"Om det här aktiveras öppnas alla filer som öppnas från kataloghanteraren\n" +"i ett nytt fönster
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Avbryt processer vid avslut
\n" +"Om du markerar det här försöker Kbabel avbryta de processer som inte " +"redan har avslutats när Kbabel avslutas,\n" +"genom att skicka signalen \"kill\" till dem.
\n" +"Observera: Det finns ingen garanti för att alla processer avbryts.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 419 -#: rc.cpp:563 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Try to use same letter" -msgstr "Försök använda samma bokstav" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:939 +msgid "Create inde&x for file contents" +msgstr "Skapa inde&x för filinnehåll" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 429 -#: rc.cpp:566 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Custom Rules" -msgstr "Egna regler" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:941 +msgid "" +"Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Skapa index för filinnehåll
\n" +"Om du markerar det här kommer Kbabel skapa ett index för varje PO-fil för " +"att snabba upp sök/ersätt-funktioner.
\n" +"Observera: Det här gör att uppdatering av filinformation blir väsentligt " +"långsammare.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Kör msgfmt innan en fil behandlas
Om du markerar det " +"här, kör Kbabel verktyget msgfmt från Gettext innan en fil behandlas." +"p>
Det rekommenderas att inställningen markeras, även om det gör " +"behandlingen långsammare. Normalvärdet är att inställningen är markerad." +"p>
Att avmarkera inställningen är användbart för långsamma datorer och när " +"du vill översätta PO-filer som inte stöds av den nuvarande versionen av " +"verktygen i Gettext på ditt system. Nackdelen med att avmarkera den är att " +"nästan ingen syntaxkontroll alls görs av behandlingskoden, så att ogiltiga " +"PO-filer skulle kunna visas som riktiga, även om verktygen i Gettext skulle " +"förkasta sådana filer.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Kommandon för kataloger
Här kan du lägga till de " +"kommandon du vill köra i kataloger från kataloghanteraren. Kommandona visas " +"sedan i undermenyn Kommandon i kataloghanterarens poppuppmeny." +"p>
Följande strängar byts ut i ett kommando:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Kommandon för filer
Här kan du lägga till de kommandon " +"du vill köra för filer från kataloghanteraren. Kommandona visas sedan i " +"undermenyn Kommandon i kataloghanterarens sammanhangsberoende meny." +"p>
Följande strängar byts ut i ett kommando:
Shown columns
\n" +"Visade kolumner
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Poster att översätta
Välj här för vilka poster i filen " +"som Kbabel försöker hitta en översättning. Ändrade poster markeras alltid " +"som inexakta, oberoende av vilket alternativ du väljer.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Hur meddelanden översätts
Här kan du definiera om ett " +"meddelande endast kan översättas i sin helhet, om liknande meddelanden är " +"acceptabla eller om Kbabel ska försöka översätta enskilda ord i ett " +"meddelande om ingen översättning av hela meddelandet eller liknande " +"meddelanden hittades.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Exempel:"
-" Mark changed entries as fuzzy When a translation for a "
+"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is "
+"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always "
+"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what "
+"you are doing. Markera ändrade poster som inexakta När en översättning "
+"för ett meddelande hittas, markeras posten standardmässigt som inexakt"
+"b>. Detta görs eftersom översättningen bara är en gissning av Kbabel och du "
+"alltid måste kontrollera resultaten noga. Inaktivera det här alternativet "
+"bara om du vet vad du gör. Initialize TDE-specific entries Initialize \"Comment=\" "
+"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF "
+"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings."
+" Initiera TDE-specifika poster Initiera posterna "
+"\"Comment=\" och \"Name=\" om en översättning inte hittas. Dessutom fylls "
+"\"NAME_OF_TRANSLATORS\" och \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" i med "
+"identitetsinställningarna. Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be "
+"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they "
+"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list. The "
+"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
+"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog."
+" Ordlistor Välj här vilka ordlistor som ska användas för "
+"att hitta en översättning. Om du väljer mer än en ordlista används de i "
+"samma ordning som de visas i listan. Knappen Anpassa låter dig "
+"tillfälligt anpassa vald katalog. Originalinställningarna återställs efter "
+"dialogrutan stängts. When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
+"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by "
+"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this "
+"option only if you know what you are doing. När en översättning för ett meddelande hittats, markeras posten "
+"standardmässigt som inexakt. Detta görs eftersom översättningen bara "
+"är en gissning av Kbabel och du alltid måste kontrollera resultaten noga. "
+"Inaktivera det här alternativet bara om du vet vad du gör. "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"context info"
+msgstr "sammanhangsinformation"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Granska enstaka PO-fil"
+#: datatools/equations/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"equations"
+msgstr "ekvationer"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Granska katalog"
+#: datatools/length/main.cc:61 datatools/regexp/main.cc:55
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"translation has inconsistent length"
+msgstr "översättning med inkonsekvent längd"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Granska katalog och underkataloger"
+#: datatools/not-translated/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"English text in translation"
+msgstr "Engelsk text i översättning"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Granskar fil:"
+#: datatools/pluralforms/main.cc:59
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"plural forms"
+msgstr "pluralformer"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Poster tillagda:"
+#: datatools/punctuation/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"punctuation"
+msgstr "skiljetecken"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Totalförlopp:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:58
+msgid "Error loading data (%1)"
+msgstr "Fel vid laddning av data (%1)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Behandlar fil:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:118
+msgid "File not found"
+msgstr "Filen hittades inte"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Laddar fil:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:123
+msgid "The file is not a XML"
+msgstr "Filen är inte XML"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Exportera..."
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:147
+msgid "Expected tag 'item'"
+msgstr "Förväntade taggen 'item'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Statistik"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:153
+msgid "First child of 'item' is not a node"
+msgstr "Första underliggande objekt till 'item' är inte en nod"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "Upprepade strängar"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:159
+msgid "Expected tag 'name'"
+msgstr "Förväntade taggen 'name'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "Bra nycklar"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:167
+msgid "Expected tag 'exp'"
+msgstr "Förväntade taggen 'exp'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
+#: datatools/whitespace/main.cc:60
msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
-msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"Du kan ange minimala antalet ord i sökningen som en nyckel måste ha för att "
-"läggas till i listan över bra nycklar."
-" \n"
-"Du kan också ange minimala antalet ord av nyckeln som sökningen måste ha för "
-"att lägga till nyckeln i listan."
-" \n"
-"Dessa två tal är procentsatser av det totala antalet ord. Om resultatet av "
-"denna procentsats är mindre än ett, ändrar sökmotorn den till ett."
-" \n"
-"Slutligen kan du ange maximala antalet poster i listan."
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"whitespace only translation"
+msgstr "översättning med bara blanktecken"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Minsta antal ord i nyckeln som också finns i sökningen (%):"
+#: datatools/xml/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"XML tags"
+msgstr "XML-taggar"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp:74
+msgid "saving file"
+msgstr "sparar fil"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Minsta antal sökord i nyckeln (%):"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp:83
+msgid "loading file"
+msgstr "laddar fil"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "Maximal längd på listan:"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:64 kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp:52
+msgid "Table:"
+msgstr "Tabell:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "Vanliga ord"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:84
+msgid ""
+" Character Selector This tool allows to insert special "
+"characters using double click. Teckenväljare Det här verktyget låter dig infoga "
+"specialtecken med ett dubbelklick. Comment Editor \n"
+" The comments normally contain information about where the message is "
+"found in the source\n"
+"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
+"Options->Show Comments. Kommentarredigerare \n"
+" Kommentarerna innehåller normalt information om var meddelandet finns i "
+"källkoden\n"
+"och statusinformation om det här meddelandet (inexakt, c-format).\n"
+"Tips från andra översättare finns också ibland i kommentarerna. Du kan dölja kommentarredigeraren genom att inaktivera\n"
+"Inställningar->Visa kommentarer. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Om du letar efter Mitt namn är Andrea och du har aktiverat "
-"ett ords ordersättning kan du också hitta meningar som "
-"Mitt namn är Sven eller Ditt namn är Andrea."
+"
PO-sammanhang
Det här fönstret visar sammanhanget för " +"det aktuella meddelandet i PO-filen. Normalt visar det fyra meddelanden " +"innan det aktuella meddelandet och fyra efter det.
Du kan dölja " +"verktygsfönstret genom att inaktivera Inställningar->Visa verktyg." +"p>
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Fellista
Fönstret visar listan med fel som hittas av " +"valideringsverktygen, så att du vet varför aktuellt meddelande är markerat " +"med ett fel.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Den här knappen uppdaterar huvudet med aktuella inställningar. Det " +"resulterande huvudet är det som skulle skrivas till PO-filen när den sparas." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Den här knappen återställer alla ändringar som hittills gjorts.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 194 -#: rc.cpp:870 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Source name:" -msgstr "Källnamn:" +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:111 +#, c-format +msgid "Header Editor for %1" +msgstr "Filhuvudredigerare för %1" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/sourcedialog.ui line 207 -#: rc.cpp:873 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Type:" -msgstr "Typ:" +#: kbabel/headereditor.cpp:136 +msgid "" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Det här är inte ett giltigt huvud.
\n" +"Redigera filhuvudet innan du uppdaterar.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Det här är inte ett giltigt huvud.
\n" +"Redigera filhuvudet innan du uppdaterar.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
\n" -"Följande variabler ersätts i sökvägen om tillgängliga:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Markera ogiltiga som inexakta
\n" -"Om du väljer det här alternativet, kommer alla\n" -"poster som identifieras av verktyget som ogiltiga\n" -"att markeras som inexakta, och den resulterande\n" -"filen kommer att sparas.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Validera inte inexakta
\n" -"Om du väljer det här alternativet, kommer inga poster\n" -"som är markerade som inexakta att valideras.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Teckenväljare
" -"Det här verktyget låter dig infoga specialtecken med ett dubbelklick.
" -"This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Den här knappen uppdaterar huvudet med aktuella inställningar. Det " -"resulterande huvudet är det som skulle skrivas till PO-filen när den sparas.
" -"This button will revert all changes made so far.
Den här knappen återställer alla ändringar som hittills gjorts.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Det här är inte ett giltigt huvud.
\n" -"Redigera filhuvudet innan du uppdaterar.
Statusraden
\n" +"Statusraden visar information om den öppnade filen,\n" +"som det totala antalet poster och antalet inexakta och oöversatta\n" +"meddelanden. Indexet och statusen av den aktuella visade posten anges också." +"
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Det här är inte ett giltigt huvud.
\n" -"Redigera filhuvudet innan du uppdaterar.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Kommentarredigerare
\n" -"Detta redigeringsfönster visar dig kommentarerna i det aktuella visade " -"meddelandet." -"\n" -"
Kommentarerna innehåller normalt information om var meddelandet finns i " -"källkoden\n" -"och statusinformation om det här meddelandet (inexakt, c-format).\n" -"Tips från andra översättare finns också ibland i kommentarerna.
\n" -"Du kan dölja kommentarredigeraren genom att inaktivera\n" -"Inställningar->Visa kommentarer.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Sökresultat
" -"Den här delen av fönstret visar resultaten av sökning i ordlistor." -"
" -"
Längst upp visas antalet poster som hittats och var den aktuella visade " -"posten kan hittas. Använd knapparna vid botten för att leta igenom " -"sökresultaten.
" -"Sökning påbörjas antingen automatiskt när en annan post väljs i " -"redigeringsfönstret eller genom att välja önskad katalog i Ordlistor->" -"Sök....
" -"De gemensamma inställningarna kan anpassas i dialogrutan Inställningar under " -"fliken Sök och inställningarna för olika ordlistor kan ändras med " -"Inställningar->Anpassa ordlista.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Sökresultat
Den här delen av fönstret visar resultaten " +"av sökning i ordlistor.
Längst upp visas antalet poster som hittats och " +"var den aktuella visade posten kan hittas. Använd knapparna vid botten för " +"att leta igenom sökresultaten.
Sökning påbörjas antingen automatiskt " +"när en annan post väljs i redigeringsfönstret eller genom att välja önskad " +"katalog i Ordlistor->Sök....
De gemensamma inställningarna kan " +"anpassas i dialogrutan Inställningar under fliken Sök och " +"inställningarna för olika ordlistor kan ändras med Inställningar->Anpassa " +"ordlista.
Original String
\n" +"Original String
\n" "This part of the window shows the original message\n" "of the currently displayed entry.
Originaltext
\n" +"Originaltext
\n" "Denna del av fönstret visar originaltexten för\n" "aktuell visad post.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Status LEDs
\n" "These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" "You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" "Editor on page Appearance
Statuslysdioder
\n" +"Statuslysdioder
\n" "Dessa lysdioder visar status för det aktuella visade meddelandet.\n" "Du kan ändra deras färg i dialogrutan Inställningar under fliken\n" "Redigerare på sidan Utseende
Translation Editor
\n" +"Translation Editor
\n" "This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Översättningsredigerare
\n" -"Denna redigerare visar och låter dig redigera översättningen av det visade " -"aktuella meddelandet.
Översättningsredigerare
\n" +"Denna redigerare visar och låter dig redigera översättningen av det " +"visade aktuella meddelandet.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Statusraden
\n" -"Statusraden visar information om den öppnade filen,\n" -"som det totala antalet poster och antalet inexakta och oöversatta\n" -"meddelanden. Indexet och statusen av den aktuella visade posten anges också.
" -"Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Fellista
" -"Fönstret visar listan med fel som hittas av valideringsverktygen, så att du " -"vet varför aktuellt meddelande är markerat med ett fel.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO-sammanhang
" -"Det här fönstret visar sammanhanget för det aktuella meddelandet i PO-filen. " -"Normalt visar det fyra meddelanden innan det aktuella meddelandet och fyra " -"efter det.
" -"Du kan dölja verktygsfönstret genom att inaktivera Inställningar->" -"Visa verktyg.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Det finns säkerhetskopierade databasfiler från tidigare Kbabel-versioner. "
+"En annan version av Kbabel (troligen från TDE 3.1.1 eller 3.1.2) har dock "
+"skapat en ny databas. På grund av detta innehåller din Kbabel-installation "
+"två versioner av databasfiler. Tyvärr kan inte den gamla och nya versionen "
+"sammanfogas. Du måste välja en av dem.
Om du väljer den gamla "
+"versionen, kommer den nya att tas bort. Om du väljer den nya versionen, "
+"lämnas de gamla databasfilerna kvar. Du måste ta bort dem manuellt, annars "
+"visas det här meddelandet igen (de gamla filerna finns under $TDEHOME/share/"
+"apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametrar
" -"Här kan du finjustera hur sökningar i PO-filer ska utföras. Till exempel om " -"du vill ha en skiftlägeskänslig sökning eller om inexakta meddelanden ska " -"ignoreras.
Parametrar
Här kan du finjustera hur sökningar i PO-" +"filer ska utföras. Till exempel om du vill ha en skiftlägeskänslig sökning " +"eller om inexakta meddelanden ska ignoreras.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Jämförelsealternativ
" -"Här väljer du vilka meddelanden du vill ska anses passa ihop.
Jämförelsealternativ
Här väljer du vilka meddelanden du " +"vill ska anses passa ihop.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matchning
" -"Ett meddelande matchar ett annat om de flesta av dess 3-bokstavsgrupper " -"finns i det andra meddelandet. T ex \"abc123\" matchar \"abcx123c12\".
3-Gram-matchning
Ett meddelande matchar ett annat om de " +"flesta av dess 3-bokstavsgrupper finns i det andra meddelandet. T ex " +"\"abc123\" matchar \"abcx123c12\".
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Plats
" -"Här ställer du in vilken fil som ska användas för sökningar.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Plats
Här ställer du in vilken fil som ska användas för " +"sökningar.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parametrar
" -"Här kan du finjustera hur sökningar i PO-filer ska utföras. Om du till " -"exempel vill ha en skiftlägeskänslig sökning.
Parametrar
Här kan du finjustera hur sökningar i PO-" +"filer ska utföras. Om du till exempel vill ha en skiftlägeskänslig sökning." +"p>
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Markera ogiltiga som inexakta
\n" +"Om du väljer det här alternativet, kommer alla\n" +"poster som identifieras av verktyget som ogiltiga\n" +"att markeras som inexakta, och den resulterande\n" +"filen kommer att sparas.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Validera inte inexakta
\n" +"Om du väljer det här alternativet, kommer inga poster\n" +"som är markerade som inexakta att valideras.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Det finns säkerhetskopierade databasfiler från tidigare Kbabel-versioner. En "
-"annan version av Kbabel (troligen från TDE 3.1.1 eller 3.1.2) har dock skapat "
-"en ny databas. På grund av detta innehåller din Kbabel-installation två "
-"versioner av databasfiler. Tyvärr kan inte den gamla och nya versionen "
-"sammanfogas. Du måste välja en av dem."
-"
"
-"
Om du väljer den gamla versionen, kommer den nya att tas bort. Om du "
-"väljer den nya versionen, lämnas de gamla databasfilerna kvar. Du måste ta bort "
-"dem manuellt, annars visas det här meddelandet igen (de gamla filerna finns "
-"under $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Källa för uppslagning av jämförelse
\n" +"Här kan du välja en källa att använda för att\n" +"hitta en skillnad.
\n" +"Du kan välja fil, översättningsdatabas eller\n" +"motsvarande översatt text.
\n" +"Om du väljer översättningsdatabas, tas meddelanden att jämföra\n" +"med från översättningsdatabasen. För att vara användbart måste\n" +"du aktivera Lägg automatiskt posten till databasen i\n" +"inställningsdialogrutan.
\n" +"Det sista alternativet är användbart för de som använder\n" +"PO-filer för korrekturläsning.
\n" +"Du kan göra en tillfällig jämförelse med meddelanden från en fil\n" +"genom att välja Verktyg->Jämföra->Öppna fil för jämförelse\n" +"i Kbabels huvudfönster.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Baskatalog för jämförelsefiler\n" +"
Här kan du definiera en katalog där filer att\n" +"jämföra med lagras. Om filerna lagras på samma\n" +"plats under den här katalogen som originalfilerna\n" +"under sin baskatalog, kan Kbabel automatiskt öppna\n" +"rätt fil att jämföra med.
\n" +"Observera att den här inställningen har ingen verkan om\n" +"inte meddelanden från databasen används vid jämförelser.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Välkommen till projektguiden!\n" +"\n" +"Guiden hjälper dig att ställa in ett nytt\n" +"översättningsprojekt i Kbabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Det första du måste göra är att välja projektnamnet\n" +"och filen där inställningen ska lagras.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Du bör också välja ett språk att översätta till\n" +"och översättningsprojektets typ.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1286 -msgid "Thanks to:" -msgstr "Tack till:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Inställningsfilnamn
\n"
+"Namnet på en fil där projektets\n"
+"inställning ska lagras.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Språk
\n"
+"Projektets målspråk, dvs. språket som översätts\n"
+"till. Det bör följa namngivningsstandarden\n"
+"i ISO 631.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Projektnamn
\n"
+"Projektets namn är en identifikation av ett projekt som\n"
+"du kan se. Den visas i projektets inställningsdialogruta\n"
+"samt i namnlisten på fönster öppnade i projektet.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Observera: Projektnamnet kan inte ändras senare.\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Projekttyp\n" +"Projekttypen låter dig finjustera inställningarna för\n" +"en viss typ av välkänt översättningsprojekt.\n" +"Den anger till exempel valideringsverktygen,\n" +"en markering för snabbtangenter och huvudets formatering.\n" +"
\n" +"För närvarande kända typer:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Översättningsfiler
\n" +"Ange katalogerna som innehåller alla PO- och POT-filer.\n" +"Filerna och katalogerna kommer sedan att sammanfogas till ett\n" +"träd.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Avmarkera inexakt status automatiskt
\n" +"Om det här aktiveras och du redigerar en inexakt post återställs inexakt " +"status\n" +"automatiskt (detta betyder att strängen , fuzzy\n" +"tas bort från postens kommentar).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Använd smart redigering
\n" +"Markera det här för att göra det bekvämare att skriva text\n" +"och låta Kbabel ta hand om vissa specialtecken som måste\n" +"citeras. Skrivs till exempel '\\\"' in resulterar det i '\\\\\\\"'.\n" +"Att trycka på returtangenten lägger automatiskt till ett blanktecken\n" +"sist på raden, att trycka på Skift+Retur lägger till '\\\\n' sist på\n" +"raden.
\n" +"Observera att det här är bara tips, och det är fortfarande\n" +"möjligt att skapa syntaktiskt felaktig text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Feligenkänning
\n" +"Här kan du ställa in hur förekomsten av ett fel visas.\n" +"Ljudsignal vid fel piper och Ändra textfärg vid fel\n" +"ändrar färgen av den översatta texten. Om ingendera är vald\n" +"kommer du fortfarande att se ett meddelande på statusraden.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Statuslysdioder
\n" +"Välj var statuslysdioder ska visas och vilken färg de har.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Starta sökning automatiskt
\n" +"Om det här aktiveras startas en sökning automatiskt\n" +"så fort du byter till en annan post vid redigering. Du kan\n" +"välja var sökningen görs med rutan Förvald ordlista.\n" +"
Du kan också börja söka manuellt genom att välja ett\n" +"alternativ i menyn som antingen visas när du klickar på\n" +" Ordlistor->Sök... eller håller inne ordlisteknappen\n" +"i verktygsraden en stund.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Förvald ordlista
\n" +"Här kan du välja var förvalt sökning sker.\n" +"Den här inställningen används när en sökning startas automatisk\n" +"eller när du klickar på ordlisteknappen i verktygsraden.
\n" +"Du kan anpassa de olika ordlistorna genom att välja önskad\n" +"ordlista från Inställningar->Anpassa ordlista.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Statusrad
\n" -"Statusraden visar information om hur den aktuella sök- eller " -"ersättningoperationen fortskrider. Det första värdet i Hittade: " -"visar antalet filer med en förekomst av söktexten som ännu inte visas i Kbabels " -"fönster och det andra värdet visar totala antalet filer där söktexten hittills " -"har hittats.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Filinställningar
" -"Här kan du finjustera vad som ska sökas:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Exempel: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Hämta information för följande filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Granska enstaka PO-fil..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Gamla meddelanden:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Granska katalog..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Loggmeddelande:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Granska katalog och underkataloger..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Lägg auto&matiskt till filer om det behövs"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Granskar fil:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Arkivera"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Poster tillagda:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Hämta status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Totalförlopp:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "Skapa &jämförelse"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Behandlar fil:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Hämta information"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Laddar fil:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Kommandoutmatning:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Exportera..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Loggmeddelandet för arkivering är tomt. Vill du fortsätta?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Upprepade strängar"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Kan inte öppna tillfällig fil för skrivning. Avbryter."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Bra nycklar"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Kan inte skriva till tillfällig fil. Avbryter."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Du kan ange minimala antalet ord i sökningen som en nyckel måste ha för att "
+"läggas till i listan över bra nycklar. \n"
+"Du kan också ange minimala antalet ord av nyckeln som sökningen måste ha för "
+"att lägga till nyckeln i listan. \n"
+"Dessa två tal är procentsatser av det totala antalet ord. Om resultatet av "
+"denna procentsats är mindre än ett, ändrar sökmotorn den till ett. \n"
+"Slutligen kan du ange maximala antalet poster i listan."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Processen kunde inte startas."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Minsta antal ord i nyckeln som också finns i sökningen (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[Avslutades med status %1]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[Klar]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Minsta antal sökord i nyckeln (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Meddelandekataloger"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Maximal längd på listan:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Ingen versionskontroll"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Vanliga ord"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN-status"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Bortse från ord med högre frekvens än:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Upplöst"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Upplöst för markerade"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Vanliga ord anses finnas i varje nyckel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Återställ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Allmänt"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Återställ för markerade"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Databaskatalog:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Rensa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Automatisk uppdatering i Kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Rensa för markerade"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Nya poster"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Inget arkiv"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Från Kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritm"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Namn"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Minimal poäng:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Algoritmer att använda"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Inexakta"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Poäng:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Oöversatta"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Arkiv med inexakta poster"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Totalt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Ordförklaringar"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Senast ändrad"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Exakt "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Loggfönster"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Mening för mening"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Rensa"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfanumerisk"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Loggfönster I detta fönster visas utmatningen från utförda kommandon. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Kataloghanteraren Kataloghanteraren förenar två kataloger till ett träd och visar alla\n"
-"PO- och POT-filer i dessa kataloger. På detta sätt kan du enkelt se\n"
-"om en mall lagts till eller tagits bort. Lite information om filerna\n"
-"visas också. För mer information se sektionen om kataloghanteraren i manualen. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Om du letar efter Mitt namn är Andrea och du har aktiverat ett "
+"ords ordersättning kan du också hitta meningar som Mitt namn är "
+"Sven eller Ditt namn är Andrea."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Uppdaterad"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Använd ersättning av ett ord"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Konflikt"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Maximalt antal ord i sökningen:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Fel i arbetskopia"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Använd ersättning av två ord"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Okänd"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Det här är inte ett giltigt SVN-arkiv. SVN-kommandon kan inte köras."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[Startkommando]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Lokala tecken för reguljära uttryck:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN-dialogruta"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Databas"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Uppdatera följande filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Databaskatalog:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Arkivera följande filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Lägg automatiskt posten till databasen"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Hämta fjärrstatus för följande filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Lägg automatiskt till en post i databasen om en ny översättning läggs till "
+"av någon (kan vara Kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Hämta lokal status för följande filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Författare till automatiskt tillagda poster:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Skapa jämförelse för följande filer:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Följande variabler ersätts i sökvägen om tillgängliga:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
எந்த உள்ளீடுகளை மொழிப்பெயர்க்க
" -"கோப்பின் எந்த உள்ளீடுகளுக்கு KBabel மொழிப்பைக் கண்டுபிடிக்க முயற்சி செய்ய, " -"இங்கே தேர்வு செய்யவும். எந்த விருப்பத் தேர்வினைத் தேர்ந்தாலும் மாற்றப்பட்ட " -"உள்ளீடுகள் எப்போதும் இடைநிலையாக குறிக்கப்படும்.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
எப்படி செய்திகள் மொழிப்பெயர்க்கப்படுகின்றன
" -"செய்தி முழுதாக மொழிப்பெயர்க்கப்பட வேண்டுமா, அதே போன்ற ஏற்றுக்கொள்ளப்படுமா " -"அல்லது செய்தியின் முழு மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பாக்கம் அல்லது அதே போன்ற செய்திகள் " -"கிடைக்கவில்லையென்றால் தனித்தனி வார்த்தைகளை KBabel மொழிப்பெயர்க்க வேண்டுமா என்று " -"இங்கே குறிப்பிடலாம்.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
மாற்றப்பட்ட உள்ளீடுகளை இடைநிலையாக குறிக்கவும்
" -"செய்திக்கு மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பாக்கம் கண்டுபிடிக்கப்பட்டால் முன்னிருப்பாக " -"உள்ளீடுஇடைநிலையாக குறிக்கப்படும். இது ஏனென்றால் இந்த " -"மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பாக்கம் KBabel ஆல் தானகவே உணர்ந்தளித்தது மற்றும் எப்போதும் " -"முடிவுகளை சரிபார்க்க வேண்டும். நீங்கள் என்ன செய்கின்றீர் என்று அறிந்தால் " -"மட்டும் இந்த விருப்பத்தேர்வினை செயலிழக்கச் செய்யலாம்.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
TDE-குறிப்பிட்ட உள்ளீடுகளை துவக்கு
" -"மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பாக்கம் கண்டுபிடிக்கப்படவில்லையென்றால் \"குறிப்புரை=\" மற்றும் " -"\"பெயர்=\" உள்ளீடுகளைத் துவக்கு. மேலும், \"மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பாளர்களின் பெயர்\" " -"மற்றும் \"மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பாளர்களின் மின்னஞ்சல் முகவரியும்\" இன அமைப்புக்களால் " -"நிரப்பப்பட்டுள்ளது.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"அகராதிகள்
" -"மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பைக் கண்டுபிடிக்க எந்த அகராதிகளைப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டுமென்று " -"இங்கே தேர்வுசெய்யவும். ஒரு அகராதிக்கு மேல் தேர்வுசெய்தால், பட்டியலில் " -"காட்சியளிப்பதுபோல் அதே முறையில் பயன்படுத்தப்படும்.
" -"வடிவமை பட்டன் தேர்வுசெய்யப்பட்ட அகராதியை தற்காலிகமாக வடிவமைக்க " -"விடுகிறது. உரையாடலை மூடியப் பிறகு மூல அமைப்புக்கள் மீட்கப்படும்.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
ஒரு செய்திக்கு When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be " -"marked fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed " -"by KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " -"option only if you know what you are doing.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
உரை தேடு
" -"இங்கே தேட வேண்டிய உரையை உள்ளிடலாம், வழக்கமான தொடரைத் தேட வேண்டுமென்றால், " -"வழக்கமான தொடர் பயன்படுத்து கீழே செயல்படச்செய்.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
உரை மாற்று
" -"இங்கே கண்டுபிடிக்கப்பட்ட உரையை மாற்றமுடியும். உரை இருக்கின்றபடி " -"பயன்படுத்தலாம். வழக்கமான தொடர் தேடப்பட்டிருந்தால் பின் குறிப்பு செய்ய " -"இயலாது.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
எங்கே தேடுவது
" -"எந்த விவரப்பட்டி பகுதியில் தேட வேண்டுமென்று இங்கே தேர்வு செய்யவும்.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
விருப்பத்தேர்வுகள்
" -"இங்கே நீங்கள் finetune மாற்றுதல்கள் செய்யலாம்:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
விருப்பத்தேர்வுகள்
" -"இங்கே நீங்கள் தேடலை finetune செய்யலாம்:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
நிலைப்பட்டி
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
தலைப்பினை புதுப்பி
\n" -"ஒவ்வொரு தடவையும் சேமிக்கும் போது கோப்பின் தலைப்புத் தகவலைப் புதுப்பிக்க இந்த " -"பட்டனை சோதனையிடவும்.
\n" -"தலைப்பு இயல்பாக கோப்பு இறுதியாக புதுப்பிக்கப்பட்ட தேதி மற்றும் நேரம், இறுதி " -"மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பாளர் ஆகியவற்றை கொண்டிருக்கும்.
\n" -"கீழுள்ள சரி பார்ப்புப் பெட்டிகளிலிருந்து எந்தத் தகவலை புதுபிக்க வேண்டுமென்று " -"தேர்வு செய்யலாம்.\n" -"இல்லாத புலங்கள் தலைப்பிற்கு சேர்க்கப்படும்.\n" -"தலைப்பிற்கு இன்னும் புலங்களை சேர்க்க, தலைப்பினை கைமுறையாக தொகுக்கEdit->" -"Edit Header தொகுத்தாளர் சாளரத்திலிருந்து தேர்வு செய்யவும்.
பதிவு சாளரம்
\n" +"இந்த சாளரத்தில் கட்டளையை செய்த வெளியீடு காட்டப்படுகிறது.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
புதுப்பிக்க வேண்டிய புலங்கள்
\n" -"சேமிக்கும்போது தலைப்பிலுள்ள எந்தப் புலங்களை புதுப்பிக்க வேண்டும் என்று " -"தேர்வு செய்யலாம்.\n" -"ஒரு புலம் இல்லையென்றால், அது தலைப்பிற்கு சேர்க்கப்படும்.
\n" -"வேறு தகவலை தலைப்பிற்கு சேர்க்க வேண்டுமென்றால், தலைப்பை கைமுறையாக தொகுக்க " -"வேண்டும்\n" -"Edit->ட்கொகுப்பின் தலைப்பு ஐ தொகுக்கும் சாளரத்தில் பயன்படுத்தும் " -"வழியாக.
\n" -"செயல் இழக்கவைதலைப்புப் புதுப்பியைமேலே செயலிழக்கச்செய் சேமிக்கும் போது " -"தலைப்பைப் புதுப்பிக்க வேண்டாமென்றால்\n" -"புதுப்பித்தலை சேமி.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"குறிமுறையாக்கம்
" -"கோப்பிற்கு சேமிக்கும் போது எழுத்துக்களை எங்ஙனம் குறிமறையாக்குவது என்று " -"தேர்வுசெய்யவும். எந்த குறிமுறையை பயன்படுத்த வேண்டுமென்று சரியாக " -"தெரியவில்லையென்றால் மொழிபெயர்ப்பாக்க ஒருங்கிணைப்பாளரைக் கேட்கவும்.
" -"அட்டவணை மேலாளர்
\n" +"அட்டவணை மேலாளர் இரு ஆவணங்களையும் ஒரே மரமாக ஒருங்கிணைத்து மற்றும் இந்த ஆவணங்களில்\n" +"உள்ள அனைத்து PO மற்றும் POT கோப்புகளை காட்டுகிறது. இந்த வழியில் நீங்கள் சுலபமாக\n" +"ஒரு புதிய வார்ப்புரு சேர்ந்ததையோ அல்லது நீக்கப்பட்டதையோ காணலாம். கோப்புகளை பற்றிய " +"தகவல்களையும்\n" +"காட்டுகிறது.
மேலும் தகவல்களுக்கு பார்க்க பிரிவுஅட்டவணை மேலாளர்நிகழ்நிலை " +"உதவி.
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
கோப்பின் குறிமுறையை வைத்துக்கொள்
" -"இந்த விருப்பத் தேர்வு செயலாக்கப்பட்டால், கோப்புக்கள் எப்போதும் படிக்கப்பட்ட " -"அதே குறிமுறையில் சேமிக்கப்படும்.தலைப்பில் charset தகவல் இல்லாத கோப்புக்கள் " -"(எ.கா. POT கோப்புக்கள்) மேலுள்ள குறிமுறையிலேயே சேமிக்கப்படும்.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
சேமிக்கும் போது கோப்பின் தொடரமைப்பை சோதனையிடவும்
\n" -"சேமிக்கும் போது \"msgfmt --statistics\" கோப்பின் தொடரமைப்போடு தன்னியங்கு " -"சோதனையிட சோதனையிடு. பிழை நேர்ந்தால் மட்டுமே செய்தி கிடைக்கும்.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
வழக்கமற்ற உள்ளீடுகளை சேமி
\n" -"இந்த விருப்பத்தேர்வு செயல்லாக்கப்பட்டால், கோப்பு திறக்கப்படும் போது " -"கணடுபிடிக்கப்பட்ட வழக்கமற்ற உள்ளீடுகள் கோப்பிற்குத் திரும்ப சேமிக்கப்படும். " -"வழக்கமற்ற உள்ளீடுகள் #~ களால் குறிக்கப்படும் மற்றும் msgmergeன் " -"மொழிப்யர்ப்பாக்கம் இனி தேவைப்படாதபோது அவை உருவாக்கப்படும்.\n" -"உரை மீண்டும் காட்சி தந்தால், வழக்கமற்ற உள்ளீடுகள் மீண்டும் செயலாக்கப்படும்.\n" -"இதில் முக்கியமான குறைபாடு சேமிக்கப்பட்ட கோப்பின் அளவு.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
திருத்தி அமைக்கபட்ட தேதியின் வடிவம்
" -"தலைப்புப் புலத்தின் தேதியும் நேரமும் திருத்தி அமைக்கப்பட தேர்வு செய்யவும்\n" -"PO-மறுபார்ப்பு-தேதி சேமிக்கப்பட்டது: " -"
மேலும் தகவல்களுக்கு பிரிவினைப் பார்க்கவும்முன்னுரிமை உரையாடல் " -"நிகழ்நிலை உதவியில் உள்ளது.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
இனம்
\n" -"உங்களது தகவலையும் உங்கள் மொழிப்பெயர்ப்புக் குழுவின் தகவல்களையும் நிரப்பு.\n" -"கோப்பின் தலைப்பை புதுப்பிக்கும் போது இந்தத் தகவல் பயன்படும்.
\n" -"நீங்கள் விருப்பத்தேர்வை எந்த தலைப்பில் புலத்தை மேம்படுத்துவது என்பதை " -"கண்டுபிடிக்க \n" -"பக்கங்களில் இந்த உரையாடலில் சேமி.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
ஒருமை/பன்மை படிவங்களின் எண்ணிக்கை
\n" -"குறிப்பு: இந்த தேர்வு இப்போது TDE யில் குறிப்பிட்டுள்ளது. நீங்கள் TDE " -"பயன்பாட்டை மொழிப்பெயர்க்கப்படாவிட்டால், நீங்கள் பாதுகாப்பாக இந்த விருப்பத் " -"தேர்வை புறக்கணிக்கலாம்.
\n" -"உங்கள் மொழியில் எவ்வளவு ஒருமை மற்றும் பன்மை இங்கு பயன்பட்டது என்று " -"தேர்ந்தெடுக. உங்கள் மொழிக் குழுவிற்கேற்ப இந்த எண்ணிக்கை அமைப்புக்கேற்றாப் போல் " -"இருக்க வேண்டும். If you are working with TDE >= 2.2 with support for the " -"language you are translating to, set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel tries to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
மொழிமாற்றத்தின் அளபுருவிலிருந்து பன்மை தேவை
\n" -"குறிப்பு: இந்த விருப்பத்தேர்வு TDE குறிப்பிட்டது. நீங்கள் TDE " -"பயன்பாட்டை மொழி மாற்றினால், நீங்கள் இந்த விருப்பத்தேர்வை பாதுகாப்பாக " -"தவிர்க்கலாம்.
\n" -"இந்த விருப்பத்தேர்வு செயல்படுத்தப்பட்டிருந்தால், செல்லுபடி பரிசோதனை " -"செய்தியில் அமைந்துள்ள %n அளபுரு தேவை.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU பன்மை படிவ தலைப்பு
\n" -"இங்கு GNU பன்மை படிவ தலைப்பை கையாள முடியும். நீங்கள் உள்ளீட்டை காலியாக " -"விட்டால், PO கோப்பில் உள்ளீடு மாற்ற அல்லது சேர்க்கவில்லை.
\n" -"KBabel தற்போது அமைத்த மொழியின் GNU gettext கருவியில் பரிந்துரைக்கப்பட்டவற்றை " -"தன்னியக்கமாக வரையறுக்க முடியும்; பார் பொத்தானை அழுத்தவும்.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
விசைபலகை முடுக்கியின் உருவாக்கி
" -"இங்கு வரையுறுக்க முடியும், எந்த விசைபலகை எழுத்து விசைபலகை முடுக்கியாக " -"குறிக்கும். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக Qt யில் இது '&' Gtk வில் இது '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
சூழல் தொடர்ருடைய வழக்கமான தொடர்
" -"இங்கு வழக்கமான தொடரை உள்ளிடு அது எந்த தகவலில் உள்ள சூழல் தகவல் மற்றும் " -"கண்டிப்பாக மொழிமாற்ற வேண்டியவற்றை வறையுறுக்கும்.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
எழுத்துப்பிழை திருத்தத்தின் போது
" -"இதை செயல்படுத்தி நீங்கள் உள்ளிட்ட உரையை KBabel மூலமாக எழுத்து திருத்தம் " -"செய்யலாம். தவறான எழுத்து வண்ணப் பிழையால் காட்டப்படும்.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
புறக்கணிக்கப்பட்ட எழுத்துக்களை நினைவில் கொள்
" -"இதை செயல்படுத்தி, KBabel எழுத்துக்களை புறக்கணிக்கும், தேர்வு செய்யப்பட்ட " -"எழுத்துக்கள் எழுத்துப்பிழை உரையாடல் பெட்டியில் உள்ளஅனைத்தையும் புறக்கணி " -"ஒவ்வொரு எழுத்து பிழை திருத்தும் போதும்.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
அடிப்படை ஆவணங்கள்
\n" -"உங்களுடைய அனைத்து PO மற்றும் POT கோப்புகள் உள்ள ஆவணத்தில் உள்ளீடுக\n" -"இந்த ஆவணத்தில் உள்ள அனைத்து கோப்புகள் மற்றும் ஆவணங்கள் ஒரு மரமாக " -"ஒன்றிணைக்கப்படும்
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
புதிய சாளரத்தில் கோப்புகளை திற
\n" -"இதை செயல்படுத்தினால் அட்டவணை மேலாளரிடமிருந்து திறக்கப்பட்ட அனைத்து " -"கோப்புகளும் புதிய சாளரத்தில் திறக்கப்படும்
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
வெளியேறும் போது செயலாக்கங்களை நிறுத்து
\n" -"இதை சரிப்பார்த்தால், KBabel செயலாக்கங்களை நிறுத்தப் பார்க்கிறது, KBabel " -"வெளியேறும் போது எவையெல்லாம் வெளியேறவில்லையோ,\n" -"அவற்றிற்கு ஒரு நிறுத்து குறிகையை அனுப்பும் வழியாக.
\n" -"குறிப்பு: செயலாக்கங்கள் நிறுத்தப்படும் என்பது உறுதியில்லை.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"கோப்பின் உள் அடக்கத்திற்கு அடையாளத்தை உருவாக்குக
\n" -"நீங்கள் சரி பார்த்தால், KBabel தேடு/மாற்று செயலை விரைவுபடுத்த ஒவ்வொரு po " -"கோப்புக்கு ஒரு அடையாளத்தை உருவாக்கும்.." -"
\n" -"
குறிப்பு:இற்றைப்படுத்தும் கோப்பு தகவலின் வேகத்தைக் கட்டுப்படுத்தும்."
+#: catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.cpp:53
+msgid "&In all files"
+msgstr "அனைத்து கோப்புகளிலும்"
-#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:945
-msgid "Run &msgfmt before processing a file"
-msgstr ""
+#: catalogmanager/findinfilesdialog.cpp:54
+msgid "&Marked files"
+msgstr "கோப்புகளை குறி"
-#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:947
-msgid ""
-" Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing "
-"a file. Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be "
-"slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO "
-"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that "
-"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax "
-"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as "
-"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog "
-"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands "
-"in the Catalog Manager's context menu. The following strings will be replaced in a command:"
-""
-"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
ஆவணங்களுக்கான கட்டளைகள்
" -"விவரப்பட்டி மேலாளரிலிருந்து ஆவணங்களில் நிறைவேற்றப்பட வேண்டிய கட்டளைகளை இங்கே " -"நுழைக்கவும். கட்டளைகள் பிறகு உப பட்டியலில் காட்சியளிக்கப்படுகிறது" -"கட்டளைகள் விவரப்பட்டி மேலாளர் சூழல் பட்டியில் உள்ளது.
" -"காணப்பட்ட தொடர்கள் ஒரு கட்டளையில் மாற்றப்படும்:" -"
கோப்பு விருப்பத்தேர்வுகள்
இங்கே நீங்கள் எங்கே கண்டுபிடிப்பதென்று " +"finetune செய்யலாம்:
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
கோப்புகளுக்கான கட்டளைகள்
" -"விவரப்பட்டி மேலாளரிலிருந்து கோப்புகளில் நிறைவேற்றப்பட வேண்டிய கட்டளைகளை " -"இங்கே நுழைக்கவும். கட்டளைகள் பிறகு உப பட்டியலில் காட்சியளிக்கப்படுகிறது" -"கட்டளைகள் விவரப்பட்டி மேலாளர் சூழல் பட்டியில் உள்ளது.
" -"காணப்பட்ட தொடர்கள் ஒரு கட்டளையில் மாற்றப்படும்:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"நடு வரிசை
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" msgstr "" -"திட்ட பகுதிக்கு நல்வரவு!\n" -"\n" -"KBabelக்கான ஒரு புதிய மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பு திட்டத்தை\n" -"அமைக்க இந்த பகுதி உதவுகிறது.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"முதலி, வடிவமைப்பு சேகரிக்கவேண்டிய கோப்பையும், திட்ட பெயரையும்\n" -"குறிப்பிடவும்.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"அதில் மொழிப்பெயர்க்க ஒரு மொழியையும் நீங்கள் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவேண்டும்\n" -"மேலும் மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பு திட்டத்தின் ஒரு வகையையும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவேண்டும்.\n" -"
" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
வடிவமைப்பு கோப்பு பெயர்"
-"
\n"
-"திட்ட வடிவமைப்பை சேகரிப்பதற்கு ஒரு கோப்பின்\n"
-"பெயர்.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"மொழி"
-"
\n"
-"திட்டத்தின் மொழி, அதாவது, மொழியை அதில் மொழிப்\n"
-"பெயர்க்கவேண்டும். அது ISO 631 மொழி பெயரிடல்\n"
-"தரத்தை பின்பற்றவேண்டும்
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
திட்டப் பெயர்"
-"
\n"
-"திட்டப் பெயர் என்பது ஒரு திட்டத்தின்\n"
-"அடையாளம். இது திட்ட வடிவமைப்பு உரையாடலிலும் மேலும் திட்டத்திற்கான\n"
-"சாளரங்களின் தலைப்பு திறக்கப்படும்போதும் தெரியும்.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"குறிப்பு: திட்டப் பெயரை பிறகு மாற்றமுடியாது.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"திட்ட வகை\n" -"நன்கு தெரிந்த மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பு திட்டங்களின் குறிப்பிட்ட வகைக்கான\n" -"அமைப்புகளை அமைக்க திட்ட வகை அனுமதிக்கிறது.\n" -"உதாரணமாக, மதிப்பீடு கருவிகளை அமைக்கிறது,\n" -"ஒரு வேகமுடுக்கி குறிப்பானையும் தலைப்பின் வடிவமைத்தலையும் அமைக்கிறது.\n" -"
\n" -"நடப்பில் தெரியும் வகைகள்:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பு கோப்புகள்
\n" -"உங்களுடைய அனைத்து PO மற்றும் POT கோப்புகள் உள்ள ஆவணத்தில் உள்ளீடுக\n" -"இந்த ஆவணத்தில் உள்ள அனைத்து கோப்புகள் மற்றும் ஆவணங்கள் ஒரு மரமாக " -"ஒன்றிணைக்கபடும்
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
வெவ்வேறு பார்வைக்கான மூலம்
\n" -"மூலத்தை இங்கு தேர்வு செய்யலாம், பிரிவுகளை கண்டறிய \n" -"இது உபயோகப்பட வேண்டும்.
\n" -"உங்களால் குறிப்பிட்ட msgstr அல்லது \n" -"மாற்ற வேண்டிய தரவுத்தளத்தை தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்.
\n" -"நீங்கள் மாற்ற வேண்டிய தரவுத்தளத்தை தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், தரவுத்தளத்தில் இருந்து " -"\n" -"எடுக்கப்பட்ட செய்திகள் வேறுபடும்போது; பயன்படும், உங்களிடம் \n" -"தானாக தரவுத்தளத்தில் சேர்க்கும் உள்ளீட்டை செயல்படுத்தும் இதன் \n" -"பண்புகளின் உரையாடல்.
\n" -"கடைசி விருப்பம் PO-கோப்புகள் பயன்படுத்துபவருக்கு \n" -"மேற்பார்வை பார்க்க பயன்படும்.
\n" -"நீங்கள் கோப்புகள தற்காலிகமாக கோப்பிலிருந்து செய்தியை \n" -"கருவிகள்->வித்தியாசம்->வேறுப்பாட்டிற்காக கோப்பினை திற " -"யை தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும் \n" -"கேபேபலின் முக்கிய சாளரம்.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
வெவ்வேறு கோப்புக்கான அடிப்படை அடைவு\n" -"
இங்கு வேற்றுமை செய்யவேண்டிய கோப்புகளுக்கான கோப்புறையை \n" -"வரையறுக்க முடியும். கோப்புகள் அதே இடத்தில் சேமிக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால் அடிப்படை \n" -"கோப்புறையில் மூலகோப்புறையில் சேமித்திருக்கும் , KBabel ஆல் தன்னியக்கமாக \n" -"சரியான கோப்பினை diff உடன் திறக்க முடியும்.\n" -"
" -"இந்த விருப்பத்தேர்வு தரவுத்தளத்திலிருந்து எடுக்கப்பட்ட \n" -"தகவலாக இருந்தால் எந்த விளைவும் இருக்காது.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
தானாகவே தேடலை துவக்கு
\n" -"இது செயலாக்கப்பட்டால்,தேடல் தானாகவே துவக்கப்படும் \n" -"தொகுப்பில் எப்போதெல்லாம் நீங்கள் வேறொரு உள்ளிட்டுக்கு மாற்றுகிறிரோ. உங்களால் \n" -"விரிபெட்டியில் எங்கு தேட வேண்டும் என்று தேர்வு செய்யலாம் " -"முன்னிருப்பு அகராதி.\n" -"
" -"நீங்கள் கைமுறையாக கூட தேட தொடங்கலாம் எப்படியென்றால் சொடுக்கும் போது \n" -"தோன்றும் விரிபட்டியில் ஒரு உள்ளிட்டை தேர்வு செய்யலாம் \n" -"அகராதிகள்->தேடு... அல்லது கருவிப்பட்டியில் சிறிது நேரம் அகராதி பொத்தானை " -"\n" -"அழுத்தி கொண்டு இருந்தால் கூட தேடலாம்.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
முன்னிருப்பு அகராதி
\n" -"முன்னிருப்பாக தேட இங்கு தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்.\n" -"இந்த அமைப்பு தானாக தேடுதல் ஆரம்பிக்கும் போது பயன்படுகிறது \n" -"அல்லது கருவிப்பட்டியலில் உள்ள அகராதி பொத்தானை அழுத்தும் போதும்.
\n" -"அகாரதிகளை தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம் வெவ்வேறு அகராதியை உள்ளமைக்க முடியும் \n" -"விரும்பிய அகராதியில் அமைப்புகள்->அகராதியை உள்ளமையிலிருந்து. \n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
தானாகவே இடைநிலை நிலவரத்தை அமைக்கப்படாது
\n" -"\n" -"இது செயலாக்கப்பட்டால் மற்றும் நீங்கள் இடைநிலை உள்ளீடைத் தொகுத்தல், " -"இடைநிலையின் நிலவரம் தானாகவே அமைக்கப்படாது\n" -"\n" -"(அதாவது தொடரின் , இடைநிலை\n" -"\n" -"உள்ளீடு குறிப்புரையிலிருந்து நீக்கப்பட்டது).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
க்ளவர் திருத்துதலை பயன்படுத்து/
\\n\n" -"உரையை சுலபமாக உள்ளிட இதை தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்\n" -"KBabel சில குறிப்பிடப்பட வேண்டிய விசேஷ எழுத்துக்களை பார்த்துக்கொள்ளும். \n" -"உதாரணமாக '\\\"' உள்ளிட்டால் அது \n" -"'\\\\\\\"' இவ்வாறாக வரும், திரும்பு என்பதை அழுத்தினால் அது தானாகவே முடிவில்\n" -"வெற்றிடத்தை சேர்த்துக்கொள்ளும். Shift+Returnஐ அழுத்தினால் அது \n" -"'\\\\n' ஐ முடிவில் சேர்த்துக்கொள்ளும்.
\\n\n" -"இது ஒரு குறிப்புதான். இலக்கணபி பிழையாக உள்ள உரையை கூட \n" -"உருவாக்கமுடியும்.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
பிழை கண்டுபிடிப்பு
\n" -"இங்கு பிழையை எப்படி காட்ட வேண்டும் என்பதை அமைக்க முடியும். \n" -"பிழையில் பீப் செய் பீப் மற்றும்பிழையின் போது உரையின் வண்ணத்தை " -"மாற்று \n" -"மொழிமாற்றப்பட்ட உரையின் வண்ணத்தை மாற்றுகிறது. எதுவும் செயல்படுத்தவில்லை \n" -"என்றால், நீங்கள் இன்னும் தகவலை நிலைப்பட்டியலில் காணமுடியும்.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"நிலைமை LEDs
\n" -"நிலைமைLEDs காட்சி எங்கு உள்ளதோ அங்கு தேர்வு செய்யுங்கள் மற்றும் அதன் " -"நிறத்தையும் தேர்வு செய்யுங்கள்.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
உரை தேடு
இங்கே தேட வேண்டிய உரையை உள்ளிடலாம், வழக்கமான தொடரைத் " +"தேட வேண்டுமென்றால், வழக்கமான தொடர் பயன்படுத்து கீழே செயல்படச்செய்.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
உரை மாற்று
இங்கே கண்டுபிடிக்கப்பட்ட உரையை மாற்றமுடியும். உரை " +"இருக்கின்றபடி பயன்படுத்தலாம். வழக்கமான தொடர் தேடப்பட்டிருந்தால் பின் குறிப்பு செய்ய இயலாது." +"
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
எங்கே தேடுவது
எந்த விவரப்பட்டி பகுதியில் தேட வேண்டுமென்று இங்கே " +"தேர்வு செய்யவும்.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
விருப்பத்தேர்வுகள்
இங்கே நீங்கள் finetune மாற்றுதல்கள் செய்யலாம்:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
விருப்பத்தேர்வுகள்
இங்கே நீங்கள் தேடலை finetune செய்யலாம்:" +"
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"எடுத்துக்காட்டு:"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "திட்ட-Id:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "ஒரு பிஒ கோப்பினை வருடு"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "தலையங்கம்"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "ஆவணத்தை வருடுகிறது"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "இற்றைப்படுத்துதல்& பெயர்ப்பு பதிப்புரிமை "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "ஆவணம் மற்றும் உப ஆவணங்களை வருடு..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "இலவச மென்பொருள் அடிப்படை பதிப்புரிமை "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "கோப்பினை வருடுகிறது:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "காலியாக இருந்தால் உரிமைகளை எடு "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "உள்ளிடுகளை சேர்:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "பட்டியலைப் புதுப்பி"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "மொத்த முன்னேற்றம்:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "மாற்றாதே"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "கோப்பினை செயலாக்குகிறது:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "ஒரே மாதிரி"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "கோப்பினை உள்ளீடுகிறது:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+msgid ""
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. தலைப்பினை புதுப்பி ஒவ்வொரு தடவையும் சேமிக்கும் போது கோப்பின் தலைப்புத் தகவலைப் புதுப்பிக்க இந்த பட்டனை "
+"சோதனையிடவும். தலைப்பு இயல்பாக கோப்பு இறுதியாக புதுப்பிக்கப்பட்ட தேதி மற்றும் நேரம், இறுதி "
+"மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பாளர் ஆகியவற்றை கொண்டிருக்கும். கீழுள்ள சரி பார்ப்புப் பெட்டிகளிலிருந்து எந்தத் தகவலை புதுபிக்க வேண்டுமென்று தேர்வு "
+"செய்யலாம்.\n"
+"இல்லாத புலங்கள் தலைப்பிற்கு சேர்க்கப்படும்.\n"
+"தலைப்பிற்கு இன்னும் புலங்களை சேர்க்க, தலைப்பினை கைமுறையாக தொகுக்கEdit->Edit "
+"Header தொகுத்தாளர் சாளரத்திலிருந்து தேர்வு செய்யவும். Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. புதுப்பிக்க வேண்டிய புலங்கள் சேமிக்கும்போது தலைப்பிலுள்ள எந்தப் புலங்களை புதுப்பிக்க வேண்டும் என்று தேர்வு "
+"செய்யலாம்.\n"
+"ஒரு புலம் இல்லையென்றால், அது தலைப்பிற்கு சேர்க்கப்படும். வேறு தகவலை தலைப்பிற்கு சேர்க்க வேண்டுமென்றால், தலைப்பை கைமுறையாக தொகுக்க வேண்டும்\n"
+"Edit->ட்கொகுப்பின் தலைப்பு ஐ தொகுக்கும் சாளரத்தில் பயன்படுத்தும் வழியாக. செயல் இழக்கவைதலைப்புப் புதுப்பியைமேலே செயலிழக்கச்செய் சேமிக்கும் போது "
+"தலைப்பைப் புதுப்பிக்க வேண்டாமென்றால்\n"
+"புதுப்பித்தலை சேமி. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. குறிமுறையாக்கம் கோப்பிற்கு சேமிக்கும் போது எழுத்துக்களை எங்ஙனம் "
+"குறிமறையாக்குவது என்று தேர்வுசெய்யவும். எந்த குறிமுறையை பயன்படுத்த வேண்டுமென்று சரியாக "
+"தெரியவில்லையென்றால் மொழிபெயர்ப்பாக்க ஒருங்கிணைப்பாளரைக் கேட்கவும். Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. கோப்பின் குறிமுறையை வைத்துக்கொள் இந்த விருப்பத் தேர்வு "
+"செயலாக்கப்பட்டால், கோப்புக்கள் எப்போதும் படிக்கப்பட்ட அதே குறிமுறையில் சேமிக்கப்படும்."
+"தலைப்பில் charset தகவல் இல்லாத கோப்புக்கள் (எ.கா. POT கோப்புக்கள்) மேலுள்ள "
+"குறிமுறையிலேயே சேமிக்கப்படும். Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. சேமிக்கும் போது கோப்பின் தொடரமைப்பை சோதனையிடவும் சேமிக்கும் போது \"msgfmt --statistics\" கோப்பின் தொடரமைப்போடு தன்னியங்கு "
+"சோதனையிட சோதனையிடு. பிழை நேர்ந்தால் மட்டுமே செய்தி கிடைக்கும். \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. \n"
-"நீங்கள் நல்ல விசை பட்டியல் செருக வேண்டிய விசைகளில் குறைந்த எண்ணை "
-"அமைக்கலாம்."
-" \n"
-"நீங்கள் இங்கு செருக வேண்டிய விசைகளில் குறைந்த எண்ணை அமைக்கலாம்."
-" \n"
-"இந்த இரண்டு எண்ணும் மொத்த வார்த்தை எண்ணிக்கையுடைய சதவீதம். இயக்கியின் சதவீதம் "
-"ஒன்றைவிட சிறியதாக இருந்தால் ஒன்றாக அமைக்கும்."
-" \n"
-"கடைசியாக நீங்கள் அதிகபட்ச பட்டியலின் உள்ளீட்டு எண்ணை அமைக்க முடியும்."
+" வழக்கமற்ற உள்ளீடுகளை சேமி இந்த விருப்பத்தேர்வு செயல்லாக்கப்பட்டால், கோப்பு திறக்கப்படும் போது கணடுபிடிக்கப்பட்ட "
+"வழக்கமற்ற உள்ளீடுகள் கோப்பிற்குத் திரும்ப சேமிக்கப்படும். வழக்கமற்ற உள்ளீடுகள் #~ களால் "
+"குறிக்கப்படும் மற்றும் msgmergeன் மொழிப்யர்ப்பாக்கம் இனி தேவைப்படாதபோது அவை "
+"உருவாக்கப்படும்.\n"
+"உரை மீண்டும் காட்சி தந்தால், வழக்கமற்ற உள்ளீடுகள் மீண்டும் செயலாக்கப்படும்.\n"
+"இதில் முக்கியமான குறைபாடு சேமிக்கப்பட்ட கோப்பின் அளவு. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help. திருத்தி அமைக்கபட்ட தேதியின் வடிவம் தலைப்புப் புலத்தின் தேதியும் "
+"நேரமும் திருத்தி அமைக்கப்பட தேர்வு செய்யவும்\n"
+"PO-மறுபார்ப்பு-தேதி சேமிக்கப்பட்டது: மேலும் "
+"தகவல்களுக்கு பிரிவினைப் பார்க்கவும்முன்னுரிமை உரையாடல் நிகழ்நிலை உதவியில் உள்ளது."
+"
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"நீங்கள் எண் பெயர் அந்த்ரியா என்று தேடினால் மற்றும் நீங்கள் ஒரு சொல் "
-"மாற்றத்தை செயல்படுத்தி இருந்தால்என் பெயர் ஜோ அல்லது "
-"உங்கள் பெயர் அந்த்ரியா என்றும் கண்டுபிடிக்க முடியும்."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200
+msgid "Last-&Translator"
+msgstr "கடைசி மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "ஓர் வார்த்தை மாற்றத்தை பயன்படுத்து"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "மொழி"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "கேள்விக்கான அதிகப்படியான வார்த்தைகள்"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "எழுத்துகளின் வகை"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "இரு வார்த்தை மாற்றத்தை பயன்படுத்து"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "ரகசியமாக"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "திட்டம்"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "மீள்நோக்கு-தேதியின் வடிவமைப்பு."
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "வழக்கமான தொடருக்கான உள்ளிருப்பு எழுத்து:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "முன்னிருந்த தேதி வடிவம்"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "தகவல்தள அடைவு:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "பொதுவான தகவல் அமைப்பு"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "தகவல் தளத்திற்கு தானே பதிவை சேர்த்தல்"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr ""
-"புதிய மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பு யாராவது கண்டால்(kbabel ஆகக் கூட இருக்கலாம்) "
-"தரவுத்தளத்திற்கு தானாகவே ஒரு உள்ளீடை சேர்"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "பயன்படுத்துவரின் தகவல் அமைப்பு"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "தானே சேர்த்த பதிவு எழுதியவர்:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "திட்டத் தொடர்ச்சி"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
இனம்
\n" +"உங்களது தகவலையும் உங்கள் மொழிப்பெயர்ப்புக் குழுவின் தகவல்களையும் நிரப்பு.\n" +"கோப்பின் தலைப்பை புதுப்பிக்கும் போது இந்தத் தகவல் பயன்படும்.
\n" +"நீங்கள் விருப்பத்தேர்வை எந்த தலைப்பில் புலத்தை மேம்படுத்துவது என்பதை கண்டுபிடிக்க \n" +"பக்கங்களில் இந்த உரையாடலில் சேமி.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
ஒருமை/பன்மை படிவங்களின் எண்ணிக்கை
\n" +"குறிப்பு: இந்த தேர்வு இப்போது TDE யில் குறிப்பிட்டுள்ளது. நீங்கள் TDE " +"பயன்பாட்டை மொழிப்பெயர்க்கப்படாவிட்டால், நீங்கள் பாதுகாப்பாக இந்த விருப்பத் தேர்வை " +"புறக்கணிக்கலாம்.
\n" +"உங்கள் மொழியில் எவ்வளவு ஒருமை மற்றும் பன்மை இங்கு பயன்பட்டது என்று தேர்ந்தெடுக. உங்கள் " +"மொழிக் குழுவிற்கேற்ப இந்த எண்ணிக்கை அமைப்புக்கேற்றாப் போல் இருக்க வேண்டும். If you are " +"working with TDE >= 2.2 with support for the language you are translating " +"to, set this option to Automatic and KBabel tries to get this " +"information automatically from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it " +"can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
மொழிமாற்றத்தின் அளபுருவிலிருந்து பன்மை தேவை
\n" +"குறிப்பு: இந்த விருப்பத்தேர்வு TDE குறிப்பிட்டது. நீங்கள் TDE பயன்பாட்டை மொழி " +"மாற்றினால், நீங்கள் இந்த விருப்பத்தேர்வை பாதுகாப்பாக தவிர்க்கலாம்.
\n" +"இந்த விருப்பத்தேர்வு செயல்படுத்தப்பட்டிருந்தால், செல்லுபடி பரிசோதனை செய்தியில் " +"அமைந்துள்ள %n அளபுரு தேவை.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
GNU பன்மை படிவ தலைப்பு
\n" +"இங்கு GNU பன்மை படிவ தலைப்பை கையாள முடியும். நீங்கள் உள்ளீட்டை காலியாக விட்டால், PO " +"கோப்பில் உள்ளீடு மாற்ற அல்லது சேர்க்கவில்லை.
\n" +"KBabel தற்போது அமைத்த மொழியின் GNU gettext கருவியில் பரிந்துரைக்கப்பட்டவற்றை " +"தன்னியக்கமாக வரையறுக்க முடியும்; பார் பொத்தானை அழுத்தவும்.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
விசைபலகை முடுக்கியின் உருவாக்கி
இங்கு வரையுறுக்க முடியும், எந்த " +"விசைபலகை எழுத்து விசைபலகை முடுக்கியாக குறிக்கும். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக Qt யில் இது " +"'&' Gtk வில் இது '_'.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
சூழல் தொடர்ருடைய வழக்கமான தொடர்
இங்கு வழக்கமான தொடரை உள்ளிடு " +"அது எந்த தகவலில் உள்ள சூழல் தகவல் மற்றும் கண்டிப்பாக மொழிமாற்ற வேண்டியவற்றை வறையுறுக்கும்." +"
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
எழுத்துப்பிழை திருத்தத்தின் போது
இதை செயல்படுத்தி நீங்கள் உள்ளிட்ட " +"உரையை KBabel மூலமாக எழுத்து திருத்தம் செய்யலாம். தவறான எழுத்து வண்ணப் பிழையால் " +"காட்டப்படும்.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
\n" -"தொடரும் மாறிகள் பாதை கிடைத்தால் மாற்றப்படும்:\n" -"
புறக்கணிக்கப்பட்ட எழுத்துக்களை நினைவில் கொள்
இதை செயல்படுத்தி, " +"KBabel எழுத்துக்களை புறக்கணிக்கும், தேர்வு செய்யப்பட்ட எழுத்துக்கள் எழுத்துப்பிழை உரையாடல் " +"பெட்டியில் உள்ளஅனைத்தையும் புறக்கணி ஒவ்வொரு எழுத்து பிழை திருத்தும் போதும்.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui line 632 -#: rc.cpp:1095 +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:890 commonui/projectwizardwidget2.ui:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "Scan Single PO File..." -msgstr "ஒரு பிஒ கோப்பினை வருடு" +msgid "&Base folder of PO files:" +msgstr "poகோப்புகளின் மூலத் தொகுப்பு:" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui line 640 -#: rc.cpp:1098 +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:903 commonui/projectwizardwidget2.ui:110 #, no-c-format -msgid "Scan Folder..." -msgstr "ஆவணத்தை வருடு..." +msgid "Ba&se folder of POT files:" +msgstr "pot கோப்புகளின் மூலத் தொகுப்பு:" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui line 648 -#: rc.cpp:1101 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..." -msgstr "ஆவணம் மற்றும் உப ஆவணங்களை வருடு..." +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:914 +msgid "" +"Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
அடிப்படை ஆவணங்கள்
\n" +"உங்களுடைய அனைத்து PO மற்றும் POT கோப்புகள் உள்ள ஆவணத்தில் உள்ளீடுக\n" +"இந்த ஆவணத்தில் உள்ள அனைத்து கோப்புகள் மற்றும் ஆவணங்கள் ஒரு மரமாக ஒன்றிணைக்கப்படும்
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
செல்லாதவற்றை ஃபியுசியாக குறிக்கவும்" -"
\n" -"
இந்த விருப்பத்தேர்வை தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், அனைத்து உருப்படிகள்,\n" -"செல்லாத கருவியை அது கண்டுபிடிக்கும், கண்டிப்பாக\n" -"ஃபியுசியாக குறிக்கப்பட்டது கோப்பு விளைவுகள் கண்டிப்பாக\n" -"சேமிக்கப்படும்.
புதிய சாளரத்தில் கோப்புகளை திற
\n" +"இதை செயல்படுத்தினால் அட்டவணை மேலாளரிடமிருந்து திறக்கப்பட்ட அனைத்து கோப்புகளும் புதிய " +"சாளரத்தில் திறக்கப்படும்
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
ஃபியுசியை செல்லுபடி செய்யாதே" -"
\n" -"
நீங்கள் இந்த விருப்பம் தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், அனைத்து உருப்படியும்\n" -"ஃபியுசியாக குறியிட்டு செல்லுபடி ஆகாது.
வெளியேறும் போது செயலாக்கங்களை நிறுத்து
\n" +"இதை சரிப்பார்த்தால், KBabel செயலாக்கங்களை நிறுத்தப் பார்க்கிறது, KBabel வெளியேறும் " +"போது எவையெல்லாம் வெளியேறவில்லையோ,\n" +"அவற்றிற்கு ஒரு நிறுத்து குறிகையை அனுப்பும் வழியாக.
\n" +"குறிப்பு: செயலாக்கங்கள் நிறுத்தப்படும் என்பது உறுதியில்லை.
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
கோப்பின் உள் அடக்கத்திற்கு அடையாளத்தை உருவாக்குக
\n" +"நீங்கள் சரி பார்த்தால், KBabel தேடு/மாற்று செயலை விரைவுபடுத்த ஒவ்வொரு po " +"கோப்புக்கு ஒரு அடையாளத்தை உருவாக்கும்..
\n" +"
குறிப்பு:இற்றைப்படுத்தும் கோப்பு தகவலின் வேகத்தைக் கட்டுப்படுத்தும்."
-#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui line 24
-#: rc.cpp:1231
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "To be set dynamically:"
-msgstr "குணம் அமைக்க வேண்டும்:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:945
+msgid "Run &msgfmt before processing a file"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui line 62
-#: rc.cpp:1240
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "&Include templates"
-msgstr "&வார்ப்புருக்களை சேர்த்துக் கொள்"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:947
+msgid ""
+" Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
ஆவணங்களுக்கான கட்டளைகள்
விவரப்பட்டி மேலாளரிலிருந்து ஆவணங்களில் " +"நிறைவேற்றப்பட வேண்டிய கட்டளைகளை இங்கே நுழைக்கவும். கட்டளைகள் பிறகு உப பட்டியலில் " +"காட்சியளிக்கப்படுகிறதுகட்டளைகள் விவரப்பட்டி மேலாளர் சூழல் பட்டியில் உள்ளது." +"p>
காணப்பட்ட தொடர்கள் ஒரு கட்டளையில் மாற்றப்படும்:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
கோப்புகளுக்கான கட்டளைகள்
விவரப்பட்டி மேலாளரிலிருந்து கோப்புகளில் " +"நிறைவேற்றப்பட வேண்டிய கட்டளைகளை இங்கே நுழைக்கவும். கட்டளைகள் பிறகு உப பட்டியலில் " +"காட்சியளிக்கப்படுகிறதுகட்டளைகள் விவரப்பட்டி மேலாளர் சூழல் பட்டியில் உள்ளது." +"p>
காணப்பட்ட தொடர்கள் ஒரு கட்டளையில் மாற்றப்படும்:
Shown columns
\n" +"நடு வரிசை
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
எந்த உள்ளீடுகளை மொழிப்பெயர்க்க
கோப்பின் எந்த உள்ளீடுகளுக்கு KBabel " +"மொழிப்பைக் கண்டுபிடிக்க முயற்சி செய்ய, இங்கே தேர்வு செய்யவும். எந்த விருப்பத் தேர்வினைத் " +"தேர்ந்தாலும் மாற்றப்பட்ட உள்ளீடுகள் எப்போதும் இடைநிலையாக குறிக்கப்படும்.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
எழுத்து தேர்ந்தெடுப்பான்
" -"இந்த கருவி சிறப்பு எழுத்தை இரண்டுமுறை அழுத்தி நுழைய அனுமதிக்கும்.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
இந்த பொத்தான் நடப்பு அமைப்புகள் பயன்படுத்தும் தலைப்பை புதுப்பிக்கும். PO " -"கோப்பு சேமிக்கும் போது முடிவின் தலைப்பு எழுதப்படும்.
எப்படி செய்திகள் மொழிப்பெயர்க்கப்படுகின்றன
செய்தி முழுதாக " +"மொழிப்பெயர்க்கப்பட வேண்டுமா, அதே போன்ற ஏற்றுக்கொள்ளப்படுமா அல்லது செய்தியின் முழு " +"மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பாக்கம் அல்லது அதே போன்ற செய்திகள் கிடைக்கவில்லையென்றால் தனித்தனி வார்த்தைகளை " +"KBabel மொழிப்பெயர்க்க வேண்டுமா என்று இங்கே குறிப்பிடலாம்.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
இந்த பொத்தான் இதுவரை செய்த அனைத்து மற்றங்களையும் திரும்பப் பெறவும்
மாற்றப்பட்ட உள்ளீடுகளை இடைநிலையாக குறிக்கவும்
செய்திக்கு " +"மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பாக்கம் கண்டுபிடிக்கப்பட்டால் முன்னிருப்பாக உள்ளீடுஇடைநிலையாக " +"குறிக்கப்படும். இது ஏனென்றால் இந்த மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பாக்கம் KBabel ஆல் தானகவே உணர்ந்தளித்தது " +"மற்றும் எப்போதும் முடிவுகளை சரிபார்க்க வேண்டும். நீங்கள் என்ன செய்கின்றீர் என்று அறிந்தால் " +"மட்டும் இந்த விருப்பத்தேர்வினை செயலிழக்கச் செய்யலாம்.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
இது செல்லாத தலைப்பு ஆகும்.
\n" -"தயவுசெய்து ஏற்றுவதற்கு முன்பு தலைப்பை தொகு!
TDE-குறிப்பிட்ட உள்ளீடுகளை துவக்கு
மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பாக்கம் " +"கண்டுபிடிக்கப்படவில்லையென்றால் \"குறிப்புரை=\" மற்றும் \"பெயர்=\" உள்ளீடுகளைத் துவக்கு. " +"மேலும், \"மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பாளர்களின் பெயர்\" மற்றும் \"மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பாளர்களின் மின்னஞ்சல் " +"முகவரியும்\" இன அமைப்புக்களால் நிரப்பப்பட்டுள்ளது.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
இது செல்லாத தலைப்பு ஆகும்.
\n" -"தயவு செய்து ஏற்றுவதற்கு முன்பு தலைப்பை தொகு.
அகராதிகள்
மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பைக் கண்டுபிடிக்க எந்த அகராதிகளைப் " +"பயன்படுத்த வேண்டுமென்று இங்கே தேர்வுசெய்யவும். ஒரு அகராதிக்கு மேல் தேர்வுசெய்தால், " +"பட்டியலில் காட்சியளிப்பதுபோல் அதே முறையில் பயன்படுத்தப்படும்.
வடிவமை பட்டன் " +"தேர்வுசெய்யப்பட்ட அகராதியை தற்காலிகமாக வடிவமைக்க விடுகிறது. உரையாடலை மூடியப் பிறகு " +"மூல அமைப்புக்கள் மீட்கப்படும்.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
குறிப்புரை தொகுப்பான்
\n" -"தற்போது காட்டிய செய்தியின் குறிப்புரையை தொகுப்பான் சாளரம் காட்டும்." -"\n" -"
மூலக் குறியீட்டில் உள்ள செய்திகளின் இயல்பான தகவல் குறிப்புரையை " -"உள்ளடக்கியிருக்கும்\n" -"மற்றும் இந்த செய்தியைப் பற்றி நிலை தகவல் (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"குறிப்புரையில் சில நேரங்களில் மற்ற மொழி மாற்றியிலிருந்தும் குறிப்பையும் " -"அளிக்கும்.
\n" -"நீங்கள் Options->Show Comments மூலம் குறிப்புரையை\n" -"செயல்நீக்க முடியும்.
ஒரு செய்திக்கு When a translation for a message is found, the entry " +"will be marked fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is " +"just guessed by KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. " +"Deactivate this option only if you know what you are doing.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
எழுத்து தேர்ந்தெடுப்பான்
இந்த கருவி சிறப்பு எழுத்தை இரண்டுமுறை " +"அழுத்தி நுழைய அனுமதிக்கும்.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
குறிப்புரை தொகுப்பான்
\n" +"தற்போது காட்டிய செய்தியின் குறிப்புரையை தொகுப்பான் சாளரம் காட்டும்.\n" +"
மூலக் குறியீட்டில் உள்ள செய்திகளின் இயல்பான தகவல் குறிப்புரையை உள்ளடக்கியிருக்கும்\n" +"மற்றும் இந்த செய்தியைப் பற்றி நிலை தகவல் (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"குறிப்புரையில் சில நேரங்களில் மற்ற மொழி மாற்றியிலிருந்தும் குறிப்பையும் அளிக்கும்.
\n" +"நீங்கள் Options->Show Comments மூலம் குறிப்புரையை\n" +"செயல்நீக்க முடியும்.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
PO சூழல்
இந்த சாளரம் PO கோப்பிலுள்ள தற்போதைய தகவலின் சூழலை " +"காட்டும். இயல்பாக நான்கு தகவல்களை தற்போதைய தகவலில் காட்டும் மற்றும் நான்கு பின்னர் காட்டும்." +"
நீங்கள் இந்த சாளரத்தை விருப்பத்தேர்வுகள்->கருவிகளை காட்டு மூலம் செயல்நீக்க " +"முடியும்.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
தேடும் விளைவுகள்
" -"இந்த பகுதி சாளரம் காட்டும் அகராதியின் தேடுதல் விளைவு." -"
" -"
இது மேலே காட்டப்பட்டது மற்றும் தற்போதைய உள்ளீட்டை கிடைக்கிறது. பொத்தான " -"தேடுதல் விளைவை கீழே நகர்த்த பயன்படுத்து.
" -"தேடுதல் தானியக்கமாக சாளர தொகுப்பியில் ஆரம்பிக்கும் அல்லது அகராதி->" -"தேடு...என்றும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க முடியும்.
" -"பொதுவான விருப்பத்தேர்வுகள் தேடுதல் லில் உள்ளமைக்கப்ப்ட்டிருக்கும் " -"மற்றும் மற்ற அகராதிகளுக்கான மாற்றங்கள் அமைப்புகள்->அகராதியை உள்ளமை" -"யின் மூலம் மாற்ற முடியும்.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
இந்த பொத்தான் நடப்பு அமைப்புகள் பயன்படுத்தும் தலைப்பை புதுப்பிக்கும். PO கோப்பு " +"சேமிக்கும் போது முடிவின் தலைப்பு எழுதப்படும்.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
இந்த பொத்தான் இதுவரை செய்த அனைத்து மற்றங்களையும் திரும்பப் பெறவும்
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
இது செல்லாத தலைப்பு ஆகும்.
\n" +"தயவுசெய்து ஏற்றுவதற்கு முன்பு தலைப்பை தொகு!
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
மூலச் சரம்
\n" -"தற்போது உள்ளிடப்பட்ட மூல தகவலை இந்த சாளர பகுதி காட்டும்\n" -".
இது செல்லாத தலைப்பு ஆகும்.
\n" +"தயவு செய்து ஏற்றுவதற்கு முன்பு தலைப்பை தொகு.
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
LEDS ன் நிலை
\n" -"இந்த LEDS தற்போது காட்டப்பட்ட செய்தியின் நிலையை காட்டும்.\n" -"நீங்கள் உரையாடல் பிரிவின் விருப்பத்திலிருந்து வண்ணத்தை மாற்ற முடியும்\n" -"தொகுப்பி பக்கத்திலிருந்து தோற்றம்
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
மொழிமாற்றி தொகுப்பி
\n" -"இந்த தொகுப்பி காட்சி மற்றும் நீங்கள் மொழிமாற்றம் செய்யப்பட்ட தகவலை " -"தொகுக்கலாம்." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
நிலைப்பட்டி
\n" +"நிலைப்பட்டி திறந்த கோப்புகளை பற்றிய சில தகவல்களை காட்டும்,\n" +"உள்ளீட்டின் மொத்த எண் மற்றும் பிழையின் எண் மற்றும் மொழிமாற்றப்படாத தகவல்கள்\n" +"வரிசையும் மற்றும் தற்போது காட்டிய உள்ளீட்டு நிலை.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"தேடும் விளைவுகள்
இந்த பகுதி சாளரம் காட்டும் அகராதியின் தேடுதல் " +"விளைவு.
இது மேலே காட்டப்பட்டது மற்றும் தற்போதைய உள்ளீட்டை கிடைக்கிறது. பொத்தான " +"தேடுதல் விளைவை கீழே நகர்த்த பயன்படுத்து.
தேடுதல் தானியக்கமாக சாளர தொகுப்பியில் " +"ஆரம்பிக்கும் அல்லது அகராதி->தேடு...என்றும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க முடியும்." +"p>
பொதுவான விருப்பத்தேர்வுகள் தேடுதல் லில் உள்ளமைக்கப்ப்ட்டிருக்கும் மற்றும் மற்ற " +"அகராதிகளுக்கான மாற்றங்கள் அமைப்புகள்->அகராதியை உள்ளமையின் மூலம் மாற்ற முடியும்." +"p>
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
மூலச் சரம்
\n" +"தற்போது உள்ளிடப்பட்ட மூல தகவலை இந்த சாளர பகுதி காட்டும்\n" +".
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
LEDS ன் நிலை
\n" +"இந்த LEDS தற்போது காட்டப்பட்ட செய்தியின் நிலையை காட்டும்.\n" +"நீங்கள் உரையாடல் பிரிவின் விருப்பத்திலிருந்து வண்ணத்தை மாற்ற முடியும்\n" +"தொகுப்பி பக்கத்திலிருந்து தோற்றம்
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
மொழிமாற்றி தொகுப்பி
\n" +"இந்த தொகுப்பி காட்சி மற்றும் நீங்கள் மொழிமாற்றம் செய்யப்பட்ட தகவலை தொகுக்கலாம்.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
நிலைப்பட்டி
\n" -"நிலைப்பட்டி திறந்த கோப்புகளை பற்றிய சில தகவல்களை காட்டும்,\n" -"உள்ளீட்டின் மொத்த எண் மற்றும் பிழையின் எண் மற்றும் மொழிமாற்றப்படாத தகவல்கள்\n" -"வரிசையும் மற்றும் தற்போது காட்டிய உள்ளீட்டு நிலை.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO சூழல்
" -"இந்த சாளரம் PO கோப்பிலுள்ள தற்போதைய தகவலின் சூழலை காட்டும். இயல்பாக நான்கு " -"தகவல்களை தற்போதைய தகவலில் காட்டும் மற்றும் நான்கு பின்னர் காட்டும்.
" -"நீங்கள் இந்த சாளரத்தை விருப்பத்தேர்வுகள்->கருவிகளை காட்டு " -"மூலம் செயல்நீக்க முடியும்.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
முந்தைய கேபபேல் இருந்து தரவுத்தள காப்பு தரவுதளம் உள்ளது. அப்போது, கேபபேல் புதிய "
+"தரவுத்தளத்தை (probably from TDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) உருவாக்கும். விளைவாக, உங்கள் "
+"கேபபேல் நிறுவல் இரண்டு தரவுத்தள கோப்பு பதிப்பை கொண்டுள்ளது. துரதிஷ்டமாக, பழைய மற்றும் "
+"புதிய பதிப்புகளை இணைக்க முடியாது. நீங்கள் ஏதாவது ஒன்றை தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்.
நீங்கள் பழைய பதிப்பை தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், புதிய ஒன்று நீக்கப்படும். நீங்கள் புதிய ஒன்றை "
+"தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், பழைய தரவுத்தள கோப்புகள் அப்படியே விடப்படும் மற்றும் அவற்றை நீங்கள் "
+"கைமுறையாக நீக்க வேண்டும். அல்லது இந்த செய்தி திரும்பவும் காட்டப்படும் (பழைய கோப்புகள் "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*, பழைய இல் உள்ளது).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
அளவுருக்கள்" -"
இங்கு POகோப்பில் தேடுவதில் நீங்கள் கூர்மையாக்கலாம்.உதாரணத்திற்கு, நீங்கள் "
-"எழுத்துணர்வு தேடலை செயல்படுத்தும் அல்லது வேண்டுமானால் இடைநிலை செய்திகளையும் "
-"தவிர்க்கலாம்."
+" அளவுருக்கள் இங்கு POகோப்பில் தேடுவதில் நீங்கள் கூர்மையாக்கலாம்."
+"உதாரணத்திற்கு, நீங்கள் எழுத்துணர்வு தேடலை செயல்படுத்தும் அல்லது வேண்டுமானால் இடைநிலை "
+"செய்திகளையும் தவிர்க்கலாம்."
#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:96
#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:94
msgid ""
-" Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching "
-"message. Comparison Options Choose here which messages you want "
+"to have treated as a matching message. பொருத்தும் விருப்பத்தேர்வுகள் இனமான செய்தியாக எந்த செய்தியைப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும் என்று இங்கே தேர்வு "
-"செய்யவும். பொருத்தும் விருப்பத்தேர்வுகள் இனமான செய்தியாக எந்த செய்தியைப் "
+"பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும் என்று இங்கே தேர்வு செய்யவும். 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in "
-"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'. 3-Gram-matching A message matches another if most of its "
+"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches "
+"'abcx123c12'. 3-கிரம்-பொருத்தம் ஒரு தகவல் பொருத்தங்கள் மற்றொன்றுடன் பெரும்பாலான அதன் 3-கடித குழுக்கள் "
-"மற்றொரு தகவல் உள் கொண்டிருந்தது அதாவது 'abc123' பொருத்தம் 'abcx123c12'. 3-கிரம்-பொருத்தம் ஒரு தகவல் பொருத்தங்கள் மற்றொன்றுடன் பெரும்பாலான "
+"அதன் 3-கடித குழுக்கள் மற்றொரு தகவல் உள் கொண்டிருந்தது அதாவது 'abc123' பொருத்தம் "
+"'abcx123c12'. Location Configure here which file is to be used for searching. Location Configure here which file is to be used for "
+"searching. இடம் எந்தக் கோப்புகளை தேடுவதற்கு பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும் என்று இங்கே "
+" இடம் எந்தக் கோப்புகளை தேடுவதற்கு பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும் என்று இங்கே "
"வடிவமைக்கவும். Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you "
-"want to perform a case sensitive search. Parameters Here you can fine-tune searching within the "
+"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search. அளபுருக்கள் PO கோப்பிற்குள் fine-tune தேடல் இங்கே செய்யமுடியும். எடுத்துக்காட்டிற்கு, "
-"எழுத்து வடிவுணர்வு தேடலை செய்வது. அளபுருக்கள் PO கோப்பிற்குள் fine-tune தேடல் இங்கே செய்யமுடியும். "
+"எடுத்துக்காட்டிற்கு, எழுத்து வடிவுணர்வு தேடலை செய்வது. There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-" முந்தைய கேபபேல் இருந்து தரவுத்தள காப்பு தரவுதளம் உள்ளது. அப்போது, கேபபேல் "
-"புதிய தரவுத்தளத்தை (probably from TDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) உருவாக்கும். விளைவாக, "
-"உங்கள் கேபபேல் நிறுவல் இரண்டு தரவுத்தள கோப்பு பதிப்பை கொண்டுள்ளது. துரதிஷ்டமாக, "
-"பழைய மற்றும் புதிய பதிப்புகளை இணைக்க முடியாது. நீங்கள் ஏதாவது ஒன்றை "
-"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்."
-" Mark invalid as fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items,\n"
+"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n"
+"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n"
+"will be saved. செல்லாதவற்றை ஃபியுசியாக குறிக்கவும் \n"
+" இந்த விருப்பத்தேர்வை தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், அனைத்து உருப்படிகள்,\n"
+"செல்லாத கருவியை அது கண்டுபிடிக்கும், கண்டிப்பாக\n"
+"ஃபியுசியாக குறிக்கப்பட்டது கோப்பு விளைவுகள் கண்டிப்பாக\n"
+"சேமிக்கப்படும். Do not validate fuzzy \n"
+" If you select this option, all items\n"
+"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all. ஃபியுசியை செல்லுபடி செய்யாதே \n"
+" நீங்கள் இந்த விருப்பம் தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், அனைத்து உருப்படியும்\n"
+"ஃபியுசியாக குறியிட்டு செல்லுபடி ஆகாது. Source for difference lookup Here you can select a source, which should be used\n"
+"for finding a difference. You can select file, translation database or\n"
+"corresponding msgstr. If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n"
+"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n"
+"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n"
+"preferences dialog. The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n"
+"for proofreading. You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n"
+"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n"
+"in KBabel's main window. வெவ்வேறு பார்வைக்கான மூலம் மூலத்தை இங்கு தேர்வு செய்யலாம், பிரிவுகளை கண்டறிய \n"
+"இது உபயோகப்பட வேண்டும். உங்களால் குறிப்பிட்ட msgstr அல்லது \n"
+"மாற்ற வேண்டிய தரவுத்தளத்தை தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும். நீங்கள் மாற்ற வேண்டிய தரவுத்தளத்தை தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், தரவுத்தளத்தில் இருந்து \n"
+"எடுக்கப்பட்ட செய்திகள் வேறுபடும்போது; பயன்படும், உங்களிடம் \n"
+"தானாக தரவுத்தளத்தில் சேர்க்கும் உள்ளீட்டை செயல்படுத்தும் இதன் \n"
+"பண்புகளின் உரையாடல். கடைசி விருப்பம் PO-கோப்புகள் பயன்படுத்துபவருக்கு \n"
+"மேற்பார்வை பார்க்க பயன்படும். நீங்கள் கோப்புகள தற்காலிகமாக கோப்பிலிருந்து செய்தியை \n"
+"கருவிகள்->வித்தியாசம்->வேறுப்பாட்டிற்காக கோப்பினை திற யை தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும் \n"
+"கேபேபலின் முக்கிய சாளரம். Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n"
+"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n"
+"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n"
+"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n"
+"file to diff with. Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n"
+"the database are used for diffing. இங்கு வேற்றுமை செய்யவேண்டிய கோப்புகளுக்கான கோப்புறையை \n"
+"வரையறுக்க முடியும். கோப்புகள் அதே இடத்தில் சேமிக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால் அடிப்படை \n"
+"கோப்புறையில் மூலகோப்புறையில் சேமித்திருக்கும் , KBabel ஆல் தன்னியக்கமாக \n"
+"சரியான கோப்பினை diff உடன் திறக்க முடியும்.\n"
+" இந்த விருப்பத்தேர்வு தரவுத்தளத்திலிருந்து எடுக்கப்பட்ட \n"
+"தகவலாக இருந்தால் எந்த விளைவும் இருக்காது. \n"
+"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n"
+"project for KBabel.\n"
+" \n"
+"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n"
+"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n"
+" \n"
+"You should also choose a language to translate into\n"
+"and also a type of the translation project.\n"
+" \n"
+"KBabelக்கான ஒரு புதிய மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பு திட்டத்தை\n"
+"அமைக்க இந்த பகுதி உதவுகிறது.\n"
+" \n"
+"முதலி, வடிவமைப்பு சேகரிக்கவேண்டிய கோப்பையும், திட்ட பெயரையும்\n"
+"குறிப்பிடவும்.\n"
+" \n"
+"அதில் மொழிப்பெயர்க்க ஒரு மொழியையும் நீங்கள் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவேண்டும்\n"
+"மேலும் மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பு திட்டத்தின் ஒரு வகையையும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவேண்டும்.\n"
+" Configuration File Name வடிவமைப்பு கோப்பு பெயர் \n"
+"Language \n"
+"மொழி Project name திட்டப் பெயர் \n"
+"Project Type\n"
+"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n"
+"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n"
+"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n"
+"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n"
+" Currently known types:\n"
+" \n"
+"திட்ட வகை\n"
+"நன்கு தெரிந்த மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பு திட்டங்களின் குறிப்பிட்ட வகைக்கான\n"
+"அமைப்புகளை அமைக்க திட்ட வகை அனுமதிக்கிறது.\n"
+"உதாரணமாக, மதிப்பீடு கருவிகளை அமைக்கிறது,\n"
+"ஒரு வேகமுடுக்கி குறிப்பானையும் தலைப்பின் வடிவமைத்தலையும் அமைக்கிறது.\n"
+" நடப்பில் தெரியும் வகைகள்:\n"
+" Translation Files Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree."
+" மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பு கோப்புகள் உங்களுடைய அனைத்து PO மற்றும் POT கோப்புகள் உள்ள ஆவணத்தில் உள்ளீடுக\n"
+"இந்த ஆவணத்தில் உள்ள அனைத்து கோப்புகள் மற்றும் ஆவணங்கள் ஒரு மரமாக ஒன்றிணைக்கபடும்
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
"
-"
நீங்கள் பழைய பதிப்பை தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், புதிய ஒன்று நீக்கப்படும். நீங்கள் "
-"புதிய ஒன்றை தேர்ந்தெடுத்தால், பழைய தரவுத்தள கோப்புகள் அப்படியே விடப்படும் "
-"மற்றும் அவற்றை நீங்கள் கைமுறையாக நீக்க வேண்டும். அல்லது இந்த செய்தி திரும்பவும் "
-"காட்டப்படும் (பழைய கோப்புகள் $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*, "
-"பழைய இல் உள்ளது).Base folder for diff files
\n"
+"வெவ்வேறு கோப்புக்கான அடிப்படை அடைவு
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"திட்ட வடிவமைப்பை சேகரிப்பதற்கு ஒரு கோப்பின்\n"
+"பெயர்.
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"திட்டத்தின் மொழி, அதாவது, மொழியை அதில் மொழிப்\n"
+"பெயர்க்கவேண்டும். அது ISO 631 மொழி பெயரிடல்\n"
+"தரத்தை பின்பற்றவேண்டும்
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n"
+"திட்டப் பெயர் என்பது ஒரு திட்டத்தின்\n"
+"அடையாளம். இது திட்ட வடிவமைப்பு உரையாடலிலும் மேலும் திட்டத்திற்கான\n"
+"சாளரங்களின் தலைப்பு திறக்கப்படும்போதும் தெரியும்.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"குறிப்பு: திட்டப் பெயரை பிறகு மாற்றமுடியாது.<\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"If the project contains more than one file to translate, it\n"
+"better to organize the files. \n"
+"\n"
+"KBabel distinguishes two kind of the translation files:\n"
+"\n"
+"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
தானாகவே இடைநிலை நிலவரத்தை அமைக்கப்படாது
\n" +"\n" +"இது செயலாக்கப்பட்டால் மற்றும் நீங்கள் இடைநிலை உள்ளீடைத் தொகுத்தல், இடைநிலையின் நிலவரம் " +"தானாகவே அமைக்கப்படாது\n" +"\n" +"(அதாவது தொடரின் , இடைநிலை\n" +"\n" +"உள்ளீடு குறிப்புரையிலிருந்து நீக்கப்பட்டது).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
க்ளவர் திருத்துதலை பயன்படுத்து/
\\n\n" +"உரையை சுலபமாக உள்ளிட இதை தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்\n" +"KBabel சில குறிப்பிடப்பட வேண்டிய விசேஷ எழுத்துக்களை பார்த்துக்கொள்ளும். \n" +"உதாரணமாக '\\\"' உள்ளிட்டால் அது \n" +"'\\\\\\\"' இவ்வாறாக வரும், திரும்பு என்பதை அழுத்தினால் அது தானாகவே முடிவில்\n" +"வெற்றிடத்தை சேர்த்துக்கொள்ளும். Shift+Returnஐ அழுத்தினால் அது \n" +"'\\\\n' ஐ முடிவில் சேர்த்துக்கொள்ளும்.
\\n\n" +"இது ஒரு குறிப்புதான். இலக்கணபி பிழையாக உள்ள உரையை கூட \n" +"உருவாக்கமுடியும்.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
பிழை கண்டுபிடிப்பு
\n" +"இங்கு பிழையை எப்படி காட்ட வேண்டும் என்பதை அமைக்க முடியும். \n" +"பிழையில் பீப் செய் பீப் மற்றும்பிழையின் போது உரையின் வண்ணத்தை மாற்று \n" +"மொழிமாற்றப்பட்ட உரையின் வண்ணத்தை மாற்றுகிறது. எதுவும் செயல்படுத்தவில்லை \n" +"என்றால், நீங்கள் இன்னும் தகவலை நிலைப்பட்டியலில் காணமுடியும்.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
நிலைமை LEDs
\n" +"நிலைமைLEDs காட்சி எங்கு உள்ளதோ அங்கு தேர்வு செய்யுங்கள் மற்றும் அதன் நிறத்தையும் " +"தேர்வு செய்யுங்கள்.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
தானாகவே தேடலை துவக்கு
\n" +"இது செயலாக்கப்பட்டால்,தேடல் தானாகவே துவக்கப்படும் \n" +"தொகுப்பில் எப்போதெல்லாம் நீங்கள் வேறொரு உள்ளிட்டுக்கு மாற்றுகிறிரோ. உங்களால் \n" +"விரிபெட்டியில் எங்கு தேட வேண்டும் என்று தேர்வு செய்யலாம் முன்னிருப்பு அகராதி.\n" +"
நீங்கள் கைமுறையாக கூட தேட தொடங்கலாம் எப்படியென்றால் சொடுக்கும் போது \n" +"தோன்றும் விரிபட்டியில் ஒரு உள்ளிட்டை தேர்வு செய்யலாம் \n" +"அகராதிகள்->தேடு... அல்லது கருவிப்பட்டியில் சிறிது நேரம் அகராதி பொத்தானை \n" +"அழுத்தி கொண்டு இருந்தால் கூட தேடலாம்.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
முன்னிருப்பு அகராதி
\n" +"முன்னிருப்பாக தேட இங்கு தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்.\n" +"இந்த அமைப்பு தானாக தேடுதல் ஆரம்பிக்கும் போது பயன்படுகிறது \n" +"அல்லது கருவிப்பட்டியலில் உள்ள அகராதி பொத்தானை அழுத்தும் போதும்.
\n" +"அகாரதிகளை தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம் வெவ்வேறு அகராதியை உள்ளமைக்க முடியும் \n" +"விரும்பிய அகராதியில் அமைப்புகள்->அகராதியை உள்ளமையிலிருந்து. \n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
நிலைப்பட்டி
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
கோப்பு விருப்பத்தேர்வுகள்
" -"இங்கே நீங்கள் எங்கே கண்டுபிடிப்பதென்று finetune செய்யலாம்:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"எடுத்துக்காட்டு: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "தொடரும் கோப்புகளுக்கு diffஐ பெறு:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "ஒரு பிஒ கோப்பினை வருடு"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "தொடரும் கோப்புகளுக்கு diffஐ பெறு:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "ஆவணத்தை வருடு..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "பழைய செய்திகள்:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "ஆவணம் மற்றும் உப ஆவணங்களை வருடு..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "செய்திகளை உள்ளிடு:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "கோப்பினை வருடுகிறது:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "தேவையென்றால் கோப்புகளை தானாகவே சேர்"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "உள்ளிடுகளை சேர்:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "நிறைவேற்று"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "மொத்த முன்னேற்றம்:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "நிலையை கூறு"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "கோப்பினை செயலாக்குகிறது:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Diffஐ பெறு"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "கோப்பினை உள்ளீடுகிறது:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "அட்டவணை செய்தி"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "ஏற்றுமதி..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "கட்டளையை வெளியிடு:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "ஒரே மாதிரியான சொற்கள்"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "இந்த %1 ஆவணம் ஏற்கனவே உள்ளது. இதன் மேலெழுத வேண்டுமா?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "நல்ல விசைகள்"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"நீங்கள் நல்ல விசை பட்டியல் செருக வேண்டிய விசைகளில் குறைந்த எண்ணை அமைக்கலாம்."
+" \n"
+"நீங்கள் இங்கு செருக வேண்டிய விசைகளில் குறைந்த எண்ணை அமைக்கலாம். \n"
+"இந்த இரண்டு எண்ணும் மொத்த வார்த்தை எண்ணிக்கையுடைய சதவீதம். இயக்கியின் சதவீதம் ஒன்றைவிட "
+"சிறியதாக இருந்தால் ஒன்றாக அமைக்கும். \n"
+"கடைசியாக நீங்கள் அதிகபட்ச பட்டியலின் உள்ளீட்டு எண்ணை அமைக்க முடியும்."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "வினவலிலும் உள்ள விசையின் குறைந்தபட்ச சொற்களின் எண்ணிக்கை (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "KBabelயை துவக்க முடியாது"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[%1ஐ நிலையை வைத்து வெளியிடு]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "விசையில் உள்ள குறைந்தபட்ச வினவல் சொற்களின் எண்ணிக்கை (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[முடிதது]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "அதிகபட்ச பட்டியலின் நீளம் "
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "பட்டியல் செய்தி"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "அடிக்கடி வரும் வார்த்தைகள்"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "அடிக்கடி நிராகரிக்கும் வார்த்தைகளை விட:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "சிவிஎஸ் நிலை"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "அடிக்கடி உபயோகப்படுத்தும் வார்த்தைகள் சாவியாகக் கருதப்படும்."
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "பொது"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "குறியிடுகளின் நிலை"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "DB அடைவு:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "மீட்டமை"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "kபாபேல் தானே புதுப்பிக்கும் "
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "குறியிடுகளின் நிலை"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "புதிய உள்ளீடுகள்"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "காலி செய்"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "kbabel லிலிருந்து"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "குறியிடுகளின் நிலை"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "படிநிலை"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "தகவல் களஞ்சியம் இல்லை"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "குறைந்த மதிப்பெண்:"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "கோப்புகள்:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "பயன்படுத்தும் அல்கோரிதம்"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "பெயர்"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "மதிப்பெண்:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Fuzzy தொடர்க்கான காப்பகம்"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "பிழை"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "அகராதி"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "மொழிபெயர்க்கப்படாத"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "மிகச்சரி"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "மொத்தம்"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "ஒவ்வொரு வாக்கியமாக"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "கடைசி பயிற்சி"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "எண் எழுத்து"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "புதிய சாளரம்"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "ஒவ்வொரு வார்த்தையாக"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "காலி செய்"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "இயங்குநிலை அகராதி"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. பதிவு சாளரம் இந்த சாளரத்தில் கட்டளையை செய்த வெளியீடு காட்டப்படுகிறது. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. அட்டவணை மேலாளர் அட்டவணை மேலாளர் இரு ஆவணங்களையும் ஒரே மரமாக ஒருங்கிணைத்து மற்றும் இந்த "
-"ஆவணங்களில்\n"
-"உள்ள அனைத்து PO மற்றும் POT கோப்புகளை காட்டுகிறது. இந்த வழியில் நீங்கள் "
-"சுலபமாக\n"
-"ஒரு புதிய வார்ப்புரு சேர்ந்ததையோ அல்லது நீக்கப்பட்டதையோ காணலாம். கோப்புகளை "
-"பற்றிய தகவல்களையும்\n"
-"காட்டுகிறது. மேலும் தகவல்களுக்கு பார்க்க பிரிவுஅட்டவணை மேலாளர்நிகழ்நிலை உதவி. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"நீங்கள் எண் பெயர் அந்த்ரியா என்று தேடினால் மற்றும் நீங்கள் ஒரு சொல் மாற்றத்தை "
+"செயல்படுத்தி இருந்தால்என் பெயர் ஜோ அல்லது உங்கள் பெயர் அந்த்ரியா என்றும் "
+"கண்டுபிடிக்க முடியும்."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "பொதுவாக மாற்றப்பட்ட"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "ஓர் வார்த்தை மாற்றத்தை பயன்படுத்து"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "முழுமையாக"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "கேள்விக்கான அதிகப்படியான வார்த்தைகள்"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "குழப்பம்"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "இரு வார்த்தை மாற்றத்தை பயன்படுத்து"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "தெரியாத"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "இது ஒரு செல்லாத CVS repository. CVS கட்டளைகள் நிறைவேற்றப்பட முடியாது."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "வழக்கமான தொடருக்கான உள்ளிருப்பு எழுத்து:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[கட்டளையை துவங்கு]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "தரவு தளம்"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "CVS உரையாடல்"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "தகவல்தள அடைவு:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "தொடரும் கோப்புகளை புதுப்பித்தல் "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "தகவல் தளத்திற்கு தானே பதிவை சேர்த்தல்"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "தொடரும் கோப்புகளை ஒத்துக்கொள்:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"புதிய மொழிப்பெயர்ப்பு யாராவது கண்டால்(kbabel ஆகக் கூட இருக்கலாம்) தரவுத்தளத்திற்கு "
+"தானாகவே ஒரு உள்ளீடை சேர்"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "தொடரும் கோப்புகளுக்கு நிலைகளை சொல்"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "தானே சேர்த்த பதிவு எழுதியவர்:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "தொடரும் கோப்புகளுக்கு நிலைகளை சொல்"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"தொடரும் மாறிகள் பாதை கிடைத்தால் மாற்றப்படும்:\n" +"
Colors
\n" #~ "Define here which colors you want to be used in the Editor. \n" -#~ "Background color is used for highlighting the background of characters. \n" +#~ "Background color is used for highlighting the background of " +#~ "characters. \n" #~ "The other colors are used for syntax highlighting.
வண்ணங்கள்
\n" diff --git a/tde-i18n-tg/messages/tdesdk/kbabel.po b/tde-i18n-tg/messages/tdesdk/kbabel.po index 58aec2e84e7..4d561c19394 100644 --- a/tde-i18n-tg/messages/tdesdk/kbabel.po +++ b/tde-i18n-tg/messages/tdesdk/kbabel.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kbabel\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 12:05-0500\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-12-31 18:56+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 17:37+0500\n" "Last-Translator: Victor IbragimovWhat entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Кадом воридшудаҳо тарҷума карда шаванд
" -"Дар ин ҷо интихоб кунед, барои кадом файли KBabel, кӯшиш кунед,ки " -"тарҷумаашро ёбед. Воридшудаҳои ивазшуда ҳамеша ҳамчун норӯшан ишорат карда " -"мешаванд,муҳим нест кадом вариантро шумо интихоб мекунед.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Чӣ тавр мактубчаҳо тарҷума мешаванд
" -"Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед, муайян кунед, ки оё мактубча танҳо бо пуррагӣ " -"тарҷума карда мешавад, ё оё мактубчаҳои ба ҳам монанд дастрасанд ё оё KBabel " -"фарз карда шудааст, ки агар тарҷумаи пурраи мактубча ё ин ки мактубчаи монанд " -"набошад, кӯшиш кунад, ки тарҷума кунад
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Аломат воридшудаҳоро ҳамчун норӯшан иваз мекунад
" -"Вақте ки тарҷумаи мактубча ёфта мешавад, воридшуда аз тарафи пешфарз" -"норӯшанишорат карда мешавад. Ин барои он аст, ки тарҷума навакак аз тарафи " -"KBabel ёфта шудааст ва ба шумо лозим меояд, ки натиҷаҳоро бодиққат санҷед. Агар " -"шумо донед, ки чӣ кор карда истодаед ин вариантро камфаъол мекунед.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Ибтидоикунонии TDE-воридшудаҳои махсус
" -"Ибтидоикунонии \"Шарҳ=\" ва \"Ном=\" Агар тарҷума ёфт нашавад, ворид кунед. " -"Инчунин, \"НОМИ ТАРҶУМОНОН\" ва \"ЭМЕЙЛИ ТАРҶУМОНОН\" бо барпосозии шабоҳат пур " -"карда шудааст.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Луғатҳо
" -"Дар ин ҷо интихоб кунед,ки, кадом луғатҳо барои барои ёфтани тарҷума бояд " -"истифода бурда шаванд. Агар шумо зиёда аз як луғат интихоб кунед, онҳо бо " -"тартибе, ки дар луғат нишон дода шудаанд, истифода бурда мешаванд.
" -"Пайкар бастани тугма ба шумо иҷозат медиҳад, ки муваққатан луғати " -"интихобшударо пайкар бандед. Барпосозии ҳақиқи баъди пӯшидани муколама барқарор " -"карда мешавад.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Вақте ки тарҷума барои мактубча ёфта мешавад воридшуда ишорат карда мешавад. " -" норӯшан бо пешфарз. Ин аз он сабаб аст, ки тарҷума навакак аз тарафи " -"KBabel ёфта шуд ва шумо бояд ҳамеша натиҷаҳоро бодиққат тафтиш кунед.Агар шумо " -"донед, ки чӣ кор карда истодаед, фаъолияти ин вариант кам карда мешавад.
" -"Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Матнро ёбед
" -"Дар ин ҷо шумо матнеро, ки мехоҳед ҷустуҷӯ кунед, ворид карда метавонед. " -"Агар шумо хоҳед, ки ифодаҳои доимиро ҷустуҷӯ кунед ба " -"имконият диҳед Ифодаҳои доимии дар поён бударо истифода баред.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Ҷойгузор кардани матн
" -"Дар ин ҷо шумо матнеро, ки мехоҳед, матни ёфташуда бо вай иваз шавад, " -"метавонед ворид кунед.Матн чӣ хеле, ки ҳаст ҳамон хел истифода бурда мешавад. " -"Агар шумо ифодаи доимиро ҷустуҷӯ карда бошед, муҳим нест, ки ба қафо " -"баргардед.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Дар куҷо ҷустуҷӯ кунам
" -"Интихоб кунед, ки дар кадом қисмҳои файл, ҷустуҷӯиро иҷро намудан лозим " -"аст.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Интихобҳо
" -"Дар инҷо шумо метавонед ҷустуҷӯро мизон кунед:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Интихобҳо
" -"Дар инҷо шумо метавонед ҷустуҷӯро мизон кунед:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Сабботи сутун
\n" +"Сабботи сутун иттилоотро дар бораи тараққиёти бозёфти ҷорӣ ё ин ки иваз " +"кардани амалиёт намоиш медиҳад. Рақами якум дарЁфташуда: шумораи " +"файлҳоро бо ҳолати матни ҷустуҷӯшуда,ки ҳанӯз дар тирезаиKBabel нишон дода " +"нашудааст, намоиш медиҳад. Дуюмаш шумораи умумии файлҳоеро,ки матни " +"ҷустуҷӯшударо ҳанӯз дар бар мегирад, нишон медиҳад.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Тирезаи иттилоот
\n" +"Дар тирезаи ҷорӣ, иттилоот оиди амали иҷроиши дастурҳои оғозшуда тасвир " +"мешавад.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Мудири каталогҳо
\n" +"Мудири каталогҳо ду каталогро ба як дарахт\n" +"якҷоя мекунад ва тамоми файлҳои тарҷумаро ва қолибҳое, ки дар ин каталогҳо " +"ҷойгир шудаанд, намоиш медиҳад.\n" +"Дар натиҷаи ин шумо ба осонӣ метавонед илова ё инки ҳузфи қолибро зоҳир " +"намоед. Ҳамчунин якчанд иттилоот оиди файлҳо нишон дода мешавад.\n" +"
Барои ҷузъиёт қисмати Мудири каталогҳо-ро дар роҳнамо бубинед." +"
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Сарлавҳаро нав кунед
\n" -"Ҳар сари вақт ин тугмаро барои нав кардани ахбороти сарлавҳаи файл тафтиш " -"кунед вай нигоҳ дошта мешавад.
\n" -"Сарлавҳа ахборотро ба таври муқаррарӣ дар бораи таърихи рӯз ва вақти " -"давомоти файл нигоҳ медорад\n" -" навкардашуда,ғайраҳои, тарҷумаи охирин
\n" -"Метавонед ахборотеро, ки мехоҳед аз қуттиҳои дар поён буда нав кунед, " -"интихоб кунед.\n" -"Майдонҳое, ки вуҷуд надоранд ба сарлавҳа ворид карда мешаванд.\n" -"Агар хоҳед, ки ба сарлавҳа майдонҳои нав илова кунед, метавонед сарлавҳаро " -"дастӣ бо роҳи иитихоб таҳрир кунед\n" -"Таҳрир->Таҳрир Сарлавҳа дар тирезаи муҳаррир.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Нав кардани майдонҳо
\n" -"Интихоб кунед, ки кадом майдонҳоро шумо мехостед, ки дар вақти нигоҳ доштан " -"навшуда бошанд.\n" -" Агар майдон вуҷуд надошта бошад вай ба сарлавҳа ҳамроҳ карда мешавад.
\n" -"Агар шумо хоҳед, ки ба сарлавҳа ахбороти дигар илова кунед, ба шумо лозим " -"меояд, ки сарлавҳаро ба таври дастӣ таҳрир кунед.\n" -" бо интихоби Таҳрир->Таҳрир Сарлавҳа дар тирезаи муҳаррир.
\n" -"Кушодани фаъолият Нав кардани Сарлавҳа дар боло агар шумо нахоҳед, ки " -"сардавҳаро дошта бошед\n" -" навкардашуда дар вақти нигоҳ доштан.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Рамзкушоӣ
" -"Чӣ хел хусуиятҳоро дар вақти нигоҳ доштани файл рамзкушоӣ мекунанд,интихоб " -"кунед. Агар ба истифода бурдани кадом рамзкушо боварӣ надошта бошед " -"координатори тарҷумаро пурсед.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Рамзгузории файлро нигоҳ доред
" -"Агар ин вариант фаъол карда шуда бошад, файлҳо ҳамеша дар ҳамон якхел " -"рамзгузорӣ,чӣ хеле, ки хонда шуда буданд, нигоҳ дошта мешаванд. Файлҳо бе " -"иттилоот дар саромад (мисол файлҳои POT ) дар маҷмӯаи рамзгузории дар боло буда " -"нигоҳ дошта мешаванд.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Дар вақти нигоҳ доштан таркиби файлро тафтиш кунед
\n" -"Инро бо таркиби санҷиши автоматикиии файл бо \"msgfmt --додаҳои омор " -"санҷед\"\n" -"Вақте ки файлро нигоҳ медоред. Агар хатогӣ рӯй диҳад шумо танҳо мактубча " -"мегиред.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Воридшудаҳои кӯҳнаро нигоҳ доред
\n" -"Агар ин вариант фаъол карда шавад, вақте ки файл кушода шуд воридшудаҳои " -"кӯҳна ёфта шуданд\n" -"аз сари нав дар файл нигоҳ дошта мешаванд. Воридшудаҳои кӯҳна бо аломати #~ " -"ишорат карда\n" -"мешаванд ва вақте ки msgпайвастшавӣ дигар ба тарҷума эҳтиёҷ надорад, сохта " -"мешаванд.\n" -"Агар матн аз сари нав пайдо шавад, воридшудаҳои кӯҳна аз сари нав фаъол карда " -"мешаванд.\n" -"Бахшибаргашти асосӣ андозаи файли нигоҳдошташуда мебошад.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Шакли Аз назар гузаронидани-Таърих
" -"Вақти таърих ва вақти майдони сарлавҳаро интихоб кунед.\n" -"Таърихи-Такрори PO нигоҳ дошта мешавад: " -"
Барои ахбори зиёдтар бахши Диалоги Бартариятҳоро " -"дар Роҳнамоӣ Онлайн нигоҳ кунед .
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Шабоҳат
\n" -"Дар бораи худатон ва командаи тарҷумонҳоятон ахборот пур кунед.\n" -"Ин ахборот дар вақти ба ҳангом даровардани сарбанди файл истифода бурда " -"мешавад.
\n" -"Агар ва кадом ҳавзаҳо дар саромад бояд ҳангом карда шаванд, шумо метавонед " -"вариантҳоро ёбед\n" -"дар саҳифаи Нигоҳ доштан дар ҳамин муколама.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Рақами шаклҳои ҷамъ/танҳо
\n" -"Дар хотир нигоҳ доред: Ин вариант дар ин дақиқа хоси TDE мебошад. " -"Агар шумо барномаи TDE-ро тарҷума накардаистода бошед, метавонед боитминон ба " -"ин вариант аҳамият надиҳед.
\n" -"Чӣ қадар шаклҳои танҳо ва ҷамъро дар забонатон истифода мебаред дар ин ҷо " -"интихоб. кунед. Ин миқдор бояд ба барпои муҳити забонатон мувофиқат кунад. Агар " -"бо TDE >= 2.2 барои дастгирии забоне, ки бо он тарҷума мекунед, кор кардиистода " -"бошед, ин вариантро ба Автоматикӣ гузоред ва KBabel кӯшиш мекунад, ки ин " -"ахборотроаз TDE ба таври автоматикӣ гирад. Тугмаи Санҷиш" -"-ро барои санҷидан, ки оё вай онро ёфта метавонад,истифода баред..
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Дар тарҷума аргументҳои шакли ҷамъро талаб кунед
\n" -"Дар хотир нигоҳ доред: Ин вариант дар ин дақиқа хоси TDE мебошад. " -"Агар шумо барномаи TDE-ро тарҷума накардаистода бошед, метавонед бе осеб ба ин " -"вариант аҳамият надиҳед.
\n" -"Агар ба ин вариант имконият дода шавад,тасдиқи тафтиш аргументи %n-ро барои " -"дар мактубча иштирок кардан, талаб мекунад.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU шакли ҷамъи сарлавҳа
\n" -"Дар ин ҷо метавонед сарлавҳаи воридшударо барои шакли ҷамъи GNU аз коркард " -"пур кунед; агар воридшударо холӣ гузоред,воридшуда дар файли PO иваз ё илова " -"карда намешавад.
\n" -"KBabel метавонад ба тарзи автоматикӣ кушиш карда, арзише, ки абзорҳои матни " -"гирифташудаи GNU барои маҷмӯаи забони ҷорӣ пешниҳод кардаанд,муайян кунад;фақат " -"тугмаи Lookup -ро пахш кунед.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Нишонагузор барои шитобдиҳандаи саҳфаи калид
" -"Дар ин ҷомуайян кунед, ки кадом нависа нависаи зерринро ҳамчун саҳфаи калид " -"нишона мекунад. Барои мисол дар Qt ин '&'ҳаст ва дар Gtk ин ҳаст '_'.
" -"Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Ифодаи доимӣ барои мазмуни ахборот
" -"Дар ин ҷо ифодаи доимиеро ворид кунед,ки чӣ будани мазмуни ахборотро дар " -"мактубча муайян кунад ва тарҷума нагирад.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Тафтиши имлои зуд
" -"Озмоиши матни воридшаванда ба хатогиҳои имло.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Калимаҳои аҳамиятнадодашударо ба ёд оред
" -"Инро барои ба KBabel иҷозат додани он ки ба калимаҳо аҳамият надиҳад, фаъол " -"кунед дар он ҷое, ки шумо Ignore All-ро дар муколамаи санҷиши имло дар " -"ҳар як санҷиши имло, интихоб кардед
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Дар тирезаи нав файлҳоро кушоед
\n" -"Агар ин фаъол гардад ҳамаи файлҳое, ки аз Каталоги Менеҷер кушода мешаванд, " -"кушода мешаванд\n" -"дар тирезаи нав.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Нест кардани пардозишҳо дар дар вақти баромадан
\n" -"Агар инро санҷед, KBabel кӯшиш мекунад, ки пардозишҳоро барои он кидар вақти " -"баромадани KBabel набароянд, нест кунад, \n" -"бо фиристондани сигнали несткунӣ ба онҳо.
\n" -"Дар ёд гиред: Кафолат дода намешавад,ки пардозишҳо кушта мешаванд.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Барои мундариҷа зернавис эҷод кунед
\n" -"Агар инро тафтиш кунед KBabel барои тезондани функсияҳои ёфтан/иваз кардан " -"барои ҳар як файли PO зернавис эчд хоҳад кард
\n" -"Дар хотир нигоҳ доред: Ин баҳангомадарории ахбороти файлро анча суст " -"мекунад.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Фармонҳо барои феҳристҳо
" -"Дар инҷо фармонҳое, ки шумо мехоҳед дар феҳристҳо аз Идоракунандаи каталог " -"иҷро шавад. Фармонҳо баъд дар зерменюи Фармонҳо " -"дар Идоракунандаи Каталог дар матни меню нишон дода мешаванд.
" -"Банди ҷорӣ дар фармон ҷойгузор карда мешаванд:@PACKAGE@: Номи феҳрист бе " -"роҳча" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Дастур барои файлҳо
" -"Дар ин ҷо он дастурҳоеро, ки мехоҳедбо файлҳо иҷро кунед аз Каталоги Менеҷер " -"ворид кунед. Сипас ин дастурҳо дар зерменюи Дастурҳо/b> " -"дар заминаи менюи Каталоги Менеҷер нишон дода мешаванд.
" -"Қаторҳои зерин дар дастур иваз карда мешаванд:" -"
Интихоби файл
Дар инҷо метавонед танзимоти дақиқи " +"ҷустуҷӯиро дар файлҳои зерин ба ҷо оред:
Shown columns
\n" -"Сутунҳои тасвиршаванда
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Recommended ( %1 )" msgstr "" -"Хушомадед ба Лиҳаи Устод!\n" -"\n" -"Устод ба шумо барқарор кардани лоиҳаи тарҷумаи навро\n" -"барои KBabel ёрӣ медиҳад.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Пеш аз ҳама, ба интихоби номи лоиҳа даркор аст\n" -"ва файл, ки дар онҷо танзимот захира карда мешавад.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Шумо инчунин барои тарҷума, забонро интихоб кунед\n" -"ва шакли лоиҳаи тарҷума.\n" -"
" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:122 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Танзими номи файл"
-"
\n"
-"Номи файл барои захира кардани танзими\n"
-"лоиҳа.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Забон"
-"
\n"
-"Забони нишондодашудаи лоиҳа, яъне забонест, i.e., ки ба вай тарҷума карда\n"
-"мешавад. Вай бояд забони ISO 631-ро\n"
-"ки стандарт номида мешавад риоя кунад.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Номи лоиҳа"
-"
\n"
-"Номи лоиҳа ин барқароркунии лоиҳа барои шумост\n"
-"Вай дар муколамаи пайкарбандии лоиҳа нишон дода мешавад\n"
-"инчунин дар сарлавҳаи тирезае, ки барои лоиҳа кушода шудааст.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Дар хотир нигоҳ доред: Баъдтар номи лоиҳа наметавонад иваз шавад .<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Намуди лоиҳа\n" -"Намуди лоиҳа мизони танзимот барои\n" -"шакли муайян лоиҳаҳои тарҷумаи номӣ, имконият медиҳад.\n" -"Мисол, ин тасдиқи асбобҳоро танзим мекунад,\n" -"шитобдиҳандаи нишонагузор ва андоза кардани сарлаҳва.\n" -"
\n" -"Шаклҳои номии ҷарӣ:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Тарҷумаи файлҳо
\n" -"Намунаи пӯшае,ки дар худ ҳамаи файлҳои PO ва POT -и шуморо дар бар мегирад.\n" -"Файлҳо ва пӯшаҳо дар ин пӯшаҳо якҷоя мешаванд.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Сарчашма барои бозёфти гуногун
\n" -"Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед сарчашмаеро, ки барои\n" -"ёфтани фарқият истифода бурда мешавад, интихоб кунед.
\n" -"Метавонед файл,тарҷумаҳои пойгоҳи додаҳоро, ё\n" -"тааллуқи msgstr-ро интихоб кунед.
\n" -"Агар шумо тарҷумаҳои пойгоҳи додаҳоро интихоб кунед, мактубчаҳое, ки фарқ " -"мекунанд\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"Параметри охирон барои истифодаи файлҳои PO лозим аст\n" -"барои дурусткунӣ мебошад.
\n" -"Шумо метавонед мувақатан хабарҳоро аз файл фарқ кунед\n" -"бо интихоб кардани Асбобҳо->Фарқ->Кушодани файл барои фарқ\n" -"дар тирезаи асосии KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Базаи феҳрист барои файлҳои гуногун\n" -"
Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед феҳристеро, ки дар он файлҳо ба\n" -"намудҳо тақсим карда мешаванд, муайян кунед " -"
\n" -"Агар файлҳо дар ҳамон як ҷой ба намудҳо тақсим шаванд ин\n" -"феҳристро чӣ хеле, ки феҳристи ҳақиқӣ\n" -"феҳристи асосиашро поён кардааст, поён кунед.\n" -"KBabel метавонад ба тарзи автоматикӣ файли дурустро барои\n" -"ҷудо кушояд
\n" -"Дар ёд гиред, ки ин вариант фоида надорад, агар мактубчаҳо \n" -"аз таҳкурсии додаҳо барои ҷудосозӣ истифода бурда шаванд.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Ба таври автоматӣ кофтуковро оғоз менамояд
\n" -" " -"" -"
Агар фаъол карда шуда бошад, пас кофтуковро ба таври автоматӣ оғоз намоед \n" -"вале ҳамон вақте ки шумо ба дигар даромадгоҳи муҳаррирро дар мегиронед. Шӯмо " -"метавонед \n" -" интихоб намоед, дар куҷо бояд қуттии ташкилооти Луғат бо пешфарз .\n" -"
" -"Шумо боз метавонедкофтуковро бо таври дасти оғоз намоед, ҳангоми интихоби " -"даромадгоҳ ба менюи \n" -" popup меню, ки пайдо мешавад ва ё инки пахш намудани \n" -" Луғатҳо-> Ёфта мешавад дар ... ва ё инки ҳангоми нигоҳ дории тугмаи \n" -" луғат дат панели асбобҳои ҷафси якчанд вақт.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Луғати пешфарз
\n" -"Дар ҳамин ҷой муайян кунед, ки дар куҷо зикрнагашта ҷустуҷӯ карда шавад. \n" -"Вақте ки барпои муҳит ба таври автоматикӣ ҷустуҷӯ карда мешавад, ин барпои " -"муҳит истифода бурда мешавад \n" -"ё дар вақти пахшкунии тугмаи луғат дар сутуни абзор.
\n" -"Шумо метавонед луғатҳои гуногунро бо роҳи интихоби\n" -"луғати дилхоҳ аз Барпои муҳит->Луғат Ташаккул.\n" -"ташаккул диҳед.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Ба таври автоматикӣ партофтани вазъияти номаълум
\\n\n" -"Агар ин фаъол карда шуда бошад ва шумо хатои воридшударо таҳрир кардаистода " -"бошедхатои воридшуда ба таври автоматикӣ \\n\n" -"ба ҳолати пешина бармегардад (ин маънои қаторро дорад , хато\\n\n" -"аз шарҳи воридшуда ҷудо карда шудааст).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Таҳриркунии бомаъниро истифода баред
\\n\n" -"Инро барои он ки чопи матнро боқулай кунад тафтиш кунед ва ба \n" -"KBabel иҷозат диҳед, ки ба баъзе хусусиятҳои махсус, ки бояд ба \n" -"нохунак гирифта шаванд, ғамхорӣ кунад. Мисол чопкунӣ '\\\"' натиҷаи \n" -"'\\\\\\\"' мешавад, пахшкунии Return ба тарзи автоматикӣ \n" -"ҷои сафедро дар охири хат ҷой мекунад, пахшкунии Shift+Return \n" -"'\\\\n' -ро дар охири хат ҷой мекунад.
\\n\n" -"Дар хотир гиред, ки ин фақат ишора мебошад ва ҳанӯз мумкин аст, ки\n" -"матни таркибан нодуруст эҷод кунад.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Эътирофи хатогӣ
\n" -"Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед, маълум кунед, ки чӣ хел хатои рухдода нишон дода " -"шавад. \n" -"Хатогиро ва Ранги матни хатогиро тағйир диҳед\n" -" ранги матни тарҷумашударо тағйир диҳед . Агар ягонтааш\n" -"фаъол накарда шуда бошад, шумо матубчаро дар мавкъеи сутун мебинед.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Ҳолати LED-ҳо
\n" -"Дар ин ҷо интихоб кун, ки дар куҷо ҳолати LED-ҳо намоиш дода мешавад ва " -"кадом рангро доранд.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Матнро ёбед
Дар ин ҷо шумо матнеро, ки мехоҳед ҷустуҷӯ " +"кунед, ворид карда метавонед. Агар шумо хоҳед, ки ифодаҳои доимиро ҷустуҷӯ " +"кунед ба имконият диҳед Ифодаҳои доимии дар поён бударо истифода " +"баред.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Ҷойгузор кардани матн
Дар ин ҷо шумо матнеро, ки " +"мехоҳед, матни ёфташуда бо вай иваз шавад, метавонед ворид кунед.Матн чӣ " +"хеле, ки ҳаст ҳамон хел истифода бурда мешавад. Агар шумо ифодаи доимиро " +"ҷустуҷӯ карда бошед, муҳим нест, ки ба қафо баргардед.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Дар куҷо ҷустуҷӯ кунам
Интихоб кунед, ки дар кадом " +"қисмҳои файл, ҷустуҷӯиро иҷро намудан лозим аст.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Интихобҳо
Дар инҷо шумо метавонед ҷустуҷӯро мизон кунед:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Интихобҳо
Дар инҷо шумо метавонед ҷустуҷӯро мизон кунед:" +"
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Мисол:"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "Сана&и формати оддӣ:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Танҳо файли PO - ро мушоҳида намоед"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "Номи лоиҳа"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Баррасии феҳрист"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "Идентификатори лоиҳа (id):"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Мушоҳида намудани феҳрист && зер-феҳристҳо"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "&Сарлавҳа"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Сканеркунии файл:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "Бозсозии қайд оиди &ҳуқуқи муаллифии тарҷумагар"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Воридшудаҳо илова шуданд:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "Нармафзоӣ озоди ҳақи муаллифӣ"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Тараққиёти умумӣ:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "&Ҳузфи навиштаҷоти ҳуқуқи муаллифӣ, дур намудан, агар он холӣ бошад"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "Пардозиши файл:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "&Бозсозии қайди ҳуқуқи муаллифӣ"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Пурборкунии файл:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "&Тағйир надодан"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Содирот..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "Ҳуқу&қи муаллифӣ"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "Статистика"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+msgid ""
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Сарлавҳаро нав кунед Ҳар сари вақт ин тугмаро барои нав кардани ахбороти сарлавҳаи файл тафтиш "
+"кунед вай нигоҳ дошта мешавад. Сарлавҳа ахборотро ба таври муқаррарӣ дар бораи таърихи рӯз ва вақти "
+"давомоти файл нигоҳ медорад\n"
+" навкардашуда,ғайраҳои, тарҷумаи охирин Метавонед ахборотеро, ки мехоҳед аз қуттиҳои дар поён буда нав кунед, "
+"интихоб кунед.\n"
+"Майдонҳое, ки вуҷуд надоранд ба сарлавҳа ворид карда мешаванд.\n"
+"Агар хоҳед, ки ба сарлавҳа майдонҳои нав илова кунед, метавонед сарлавҳаро "
+"дастӣ бо роҳи иитихоб таҳрир кунед\n"
+"Таҳрир->Таҳрир Сарлавҳа дар тирезаи муҳаррир. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Нав кардани майдонҳо Интихоб кунед, ки кадом майдонҳоро шумо мехостед, ки дар вақти нигоҳ "
+"доштан навшуда бошанд.\n"
+" Агар майдон вуҷуд надошта бошад вай ба сарлавҳа ҳамроҳ карда мешавад. Агар шумо хоҳед, ки ба сарлавҳа ахбороти дигар илова кунед, ба шумо лозим "
+"меояд, ки сарлавҳаро ба таври дастӣ таҳрир кунед.\n"
+" бо интихоби Таҳрир->Таҳрир Сарлавҳа дар тирезаи муҳаррир. Кушодани фаъолият Нав кардани Сарлавҳа дар боло агар шумо нахоҳед, "
+"ки сардавҳаро дошта бошед\n"
+" навкардашуда дар вақти нигоҳ доштан. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Рамзкушоӣ Чӣ хел хусуиятҳоро дар вақти нигоҳ доштани "
+"файл рамзкушоӣ мекунанд,интихоб кунед. Агар ба истифода бурдани кадом "
+"рамзкушо боварӣ надошта бошед координатори тарҷумаро пурсед. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. \n"
-"Шумо метавонед минимум рақамҳои калимаҳои пурсишро танзим кунед, ки калид бояд "
-"ба рӯйхати калидҳои хуб ворид карда шавад."
-" \n"
-"Ин ду рақамҳо фоизи пурраи рақамҳои калима мебошанд. Агар натиҷаи ин фоиз аз як "
-"кам бошад, мошиш ба як барқарор карда мешавад. "
-" \n"
-"Дар охир шумо метавонед рақамҳои бисёро ба воридоти рӯйхат барқарор кунед."
+" Рамзгузории файлро нигоҳ доред Агар ин вариант фаъол "
+"карда шуда бошад, файлҳо ҳамеша дар ҳамон якхел рамзгузорӣ,чӣ хеле, ки хонда "
+"шуда буданд, нигоҳ дошта мешаванд. Файлҳо бе иттилоот дар саромад (мисол "
+"файлҳои POT ) дар маҷмӯаи рамзгузории дар боло буда нигоҳ дошта мешаванд."
+"p> Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Дар вақти нигоҳ доштан таркиби файлро тафтиш кунед Инро бо таркиби санҷиши автоматикиии файл бо \"msgfmt --додаҳои омор "
+"санҷед\"\n"
+"Вақте ки файлро нигоҳ медоред. Агар хатогӣ рӯй диҳад шумо танҳо мактубча "
+"мегиред. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Воридшудаҳои кӯҳнаро нигоҳ доред Агар ин вариант фаъол карда шавад, вақте ки файл кушода шуд воридшудаҳои "
+"кӯҳна ёфта шуданд\n"
+"аз сари нав дар файл нигоҳ дошта мешаванд. Воридшудаҳои кӯҳна бо аломати #~ "
+"ишорат карда\n"
+"мешаванд ва вақте ки msgпайвастшавӣ дигар ба тарҷума эҳтиёҷ надорад, сохта "
+"мешаванд.\n"
+"Агар матн аз сари нав пайдо шавад, воридшудаҳои кӯҳна аз сари нав фаъол "
+"карда мешаванд.\n"
+"Бахшибаргашти асосӣ андозаи файли нигоҳдошташуда мебошад. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Агар шумо Номи ман Акмал ҷустуҷӯ кунед ва шумо "
-"як калимаи ҷонишини фаъол кунед, шумо инчунин метавонед монанди "
-"Номи ман Джо em> ё Номи ман Акмал ибораҳо ёбед."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199
+msgid "Re&vision-Date"
+msgstr "Н&авсозии охирин"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Ивази як калимаро истифода баред"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200
+msgid "Last-&Translator"
+msgstr "Тарҷумагари-&охирин"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Шумораи ҳади аксари калимаҳо дар савол:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Забон"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "Ивази ду калимаро истифода баред"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "Саҳ&ифаи рамзӣ"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "Хусусиятҳои маҳалӣ барои ифодаҳои доимӣ:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "&Рамзгузорӣ"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "Феҳристи базаи маълумотҳо:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "Ло&иҳа"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "Худкор илова менамояд воридотро ба базаи маълумотҳо"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "Формати санаи бозсозӣ"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr ""
-"Агар тарҷумаи нав аз тарафи ягон кас гуфта шавад воридшударо ба тарзи "
-"автоматикӣ ба базаи маълумотҳо илова кунед. (мумкин kbabel бошад)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "Пеш&фарзӣ санаи формат"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "Муаллифи худкори иловаи воридшуда:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "Формати санаи ма&ҳалӣ"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"\n"
+"
Шакли Аз назар гузаронидани-Таърих
Вақти таърих ва вақти " +"майдони сарлавҳаро интихоб кунед.\n" +"Таърихи-Такрори PO нигоҳ дошта мешавад:
Барои ахбори " +"зиёдтар бахши Диалоги Бартариятҳоро дар Роҳнамоӣ Онлайн нигоҳ кунед ." +"
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Шабоҳат
\n" +"Дар бораи худатон ва командаи тарҷумонҳоятон ахборот пур кунед.\n" +"Ин ахборот дар вақти ба ҳангом даровардани сарбанди файл истифода бурда " +"мешавад.
\n" +"Агар ва кадом ҳавзаҳо дар саромад бояд ҳангом карда шаванд, шумо " +"метавонед вариантҳоро ёбед\n" +"дар саҳифаи Нигоҳ доштан дар ҳамин муколама.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Рақами шаклҳои ҷамъ/танҳо
\n" +"Дар хотир нигоҳ доред: Ин вариант дар ин дақиқа хоси TDE мебошад. " +"Агар шумо барномаи TDE-ро тарҷума накардаистода бошед, метавонед боитминон " +"ба ин вариант аҳамият надиҳед.
\n" +"Чӣ қадар шаклҳои танҳо ва ҷамъро дар забонатон истифода мебаред дар ин ҷо " +"интихоб. кунед. Ин миқдор бояд ба барпои муҳити забонатон мувофиқат кунад. " +"Агар бо TDE >= 2.2 барои дастгирии забоне, ки бо он тарҷума мекунед, кор " +"кардиистода бошед, ин вариантро ба Автоматикӣ гузоред ва KBabel кӯшиш " +"мекунад, ки ин ахборотроаз TDE ба таври автоматикӣ гирад. Тугмаи Санҷиш" +"i>-ро барои санҷидан, ки оё вай онро ёфта метавонад,истифода баред..
" +"qt>if it can find it out.Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Дар тарҷума аргументҳои шакли ҷамъро талаб кунед
\n" +"Дар хотир нигоҳ доред: Ин вариант дар ин дақиқа хоси TDE мебошад. " +"Агар шумо барномаи TDE-ро тарҷума накардаистода бошед, метавонед бе осеб ба " +"ин вариант аҳамият надиҳед.
\n" +"Агар ба ин вариант имконият дода шавад,тасдиқи тафтиш аргументи %n-ро " +"барои дар мактубча иштирок кардан, талаб мекунад.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
GNU шакли ҷамъи сарлавҳа
\n" +"Дар ин ҷо метавонед сарлавҳаи воридшударо барои шакли ҷамъи GNU аз " +"коркард пур кунед; агар воридшударо холӣ гузоред,воридшуда дар файли PO иваз " +"ё илова карда намешавад.
\n" +"KBabel метавонад ба тарзи автоматикӣ кушиш карда, арзише, ки абзорҳои " +"матни гирифташудаи GNU барои маҷмӯаи забони ҷорӣ пешниҳод кардаанд,муайян " +"кунад;фақат тугмаи Lookup -ро пахш кунед.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Нишонагузор барои шитобдиҳандаи саҳфаи калид
Дар ин " +"ҷомуайян кунед, ки кадом нависа нависаи зерринро ҳамчун саҳфаи калид нишона " +"мекунад. Барои мисол дар Qt ин '&'ҳаст ва дар Gtk ин ҳаст '_'.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Ифодаи доимӣ барои мазмуни ахборот
Дар ин ҷо ифодаи " +"доимиеро ворид кунед,ки чӣ будани мазмуни ахборотро дар мактубча муайян " +"кунад ва тарҷума нагирад.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
\n" -"Тағйирёбандаҳои зерин дар роҳ агар дастрас бошанд иваз карда мешаванд:\n" -"
Тафтиши имлои зуд
Озмоиши матни воридшаванда ба " +"хатогиҳои имло.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Калимаҳои аҳамиятнадодашударо ба ёд оред
Инро барои ба " +"KBabel иҷозат додани он ки ба калимаҳо аҳамият надиҳад, фаъол кунед дар он " +"ҷое, ки шумо Ignore All-ро дар муколамаи санҷиши имло дар ҳар як " +"санҷиши имло, интихоб кардед
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Беэътиборро ҳамчун номаълум ишорат кунед." -"
\n" -"
Агар шумо ин вариантро интихоб кунед ҳамаи параграфҳо,\n" -"ки абзорро беэътибор муайян мекунанд норӯшан ишорат карда мешаванд,\n" -"ва файли натиҷавӣ\n" -"нигоҳ дошта мешавад.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Хаторо тасдиқ накунед" -"
\n" -"
Агар шумо ин вариантро интихоб кунед, ҳамаи пунктҳо\n" -"ишорат мекнуанд, ки хато тамоман тасдиқ карда намешавад.
Дар тирезаи нав файлҳоро кушоед
\n" +"Агар ин фаъол гардад ҳамаи файлҳое, ки аз Каталоги Менеҷер кушода " +"мешаванд, кушода мешаванд\n" +"дар тирезаи нав.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Нест кардани пардозишҳо дар дар вақти баромадан
\n" +"Агар инро санҷед, KBabel кӯшиш мекунад, ки пардозишҳоро барои он кидар " +"вақти баромадани KBabel набароянд, нест кунад, \n" +"бо фиристондани сигнали несткунӣ ба онҳо.
\n" +"Дар ёд гиред: Кафолат дода намешавад,ки пардозишҳо кушта мешаванд.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui line 24 -#: rc.cpp:1231 -#, no-c-format -msgid "To be set dynamically:" -msgstr "Динамикро танзим созед:" - -#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui line 62 -#: rc.cpp:1240 -#, no-c-format -msgid "&Include templates" -msgstr "&Дохил кардани қолабҳо" - -#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui line 70 -#: rc.cpp:1243 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Use &wildcards" -msgstr "Истифода бурдани &кортҳоибегона" - -#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui line 38 -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:208 rc.cpp:1252 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Current:" -msgstr "Ҷорӣ:" - -#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui line 59 -#: rc.cpp:1255 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Overall:" -msgstr "Умумӣ (Ҳаддӣ аксар):" - -#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui line 80 -#: rc.cpp:1258 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Current file:" -msgstr "Файли ҷорӣ:" - -#. i18n: file ./catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui line 88 -#: rc.cpp:1261 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Validation:" -msgstr "Тасдиқ:" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:939 +msgid "Create inde&x for file contents" +msgstr "Эҷоди ин&декс барои файли дохилӣ" -#: _translatorinfo.cpp:1 kbabeldict/main.cpp:121 +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:941 msgid "" -"_: NAME OF TRANSLATORS\n" -"Your names" +"Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Барои мундариҷа зернавис эҷод кунед
\n" +"Агар инро тафтиш кунед KBabel барои тезондани функсияҳои ёфтан/иваз " +"кардан барои ҳар як файли PO зернавис эчд хоҳад кард
\n" +"Дар хотир нигоҳ доред: Ин баҳангомадарории ахбороти файлро анча суст " +"мекунад.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Фармонҳо барои феҳристҳо
Дар инҷо фармонҳое, ки шумо " +"мехоҳед дар феҳристҳо аз Идоракунандаи каталог иҷро шавад. Фармонҳо баъд дар " +"зерменюи Фармонҳо дар Идоракунандаи Каталог дар матни меню нишон дода " +"мешаванд.
Банди ҷорӣ дар фармон ҷойгузор карда мешаванд:@PACKAGE@: " +"Номи феҳрист бе роҳча
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Дастур барои файлҳо
Дар ин ҷо он дастурҳоеро, ки " +"мехоҳедбо файлҳо иҷро кунед аз Каталоги Менеҷер ворид кунед. Сипас ин " +"дастурҳо дар зерменюи Дастурҳо/b> дар заминаи менюи Каталоги Менеҷер " +"нишон дода мешаванд.
Қаторҳои зерин дар дастур иваз карда мешаванд:" +"
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Shown columns
\n" +"Хусусияти интихобгар
" -"Ин асбоб ба шумо имкон медиҳад, ки хусусиятҳои асосиро ҳангоми пахш кардани " -"дубора.
Сутунҳои тасвиршаванда
\n" +"This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Ин тугма сарлавҳаеро, ки барпои муҳити ҷориро истифода мебарад, нав мекунад. " -"Сарлавҳаи натиҷавӣ он аст, ки ба файли PO навишита шавад.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Ин тугма ҳанӯз ҳам ҳамаи тағйиротҳоро бамегардонад.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Ин сарлавҳаи нодуруст аст.
\n" -"Илтимос сарлавҳаро пеш аз нав созӣ таҳрир кунед!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Ин саромади ҳақиқӣ нест.
\n" -"Лутфан саромадро пеш аз навкунӣ таҳрир кунед.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Муҳарриро Шарҳ диҳед
\n" -"Ин таҳрир ба шумо шарҳҳои мактубчаи нишондодашудаи ҷориро нишон медиҳад. " -"\n" -"
Ин шарҳҳо одатан иттилоотеро, ки мактубча дар куҷои сарчашма ёфта шудааст, " -"дар бар мегиранд\n" -"рамз ва ҳолати иттилоот дар бораи мактубча (норӯшан, c-шакл).\n" -"Баъзе вақт кинояҳо аз дигар тарҷумонон низ дар шарҳҳо дар бар гирифта " -"мешаванд.
\n" -"Метавонед муҳаррири шарҳро бо корношоямкунӣ пинҳон кунед.\n" -"Вариантҳо->Нишон додан Шарҳҳо.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Кадом воридшудаҳо тарҷума карда шаванд
Дар ин ҷо интихоб " +"кунед, барои кадом файли KBabel, кӯшиш кунед,ки тарҷумаашро ёбед. " +"Воридшудаҳои ивазшуда ҳамеша ҳамчун норӯшан ишорат карда мешаванд,муҳим нест " +"кадом вариантро шумо интихоб мекунед.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Чӣ тавр мактубчаҳо тарҷума мешаванд
Дар ин ҷо шумо " +"метавонед, муайян кунед, ки оё мактубча танҳо бо пуррагӣ тарҷума карда " +"мешавад, ё оё мактубчаҳои ба ҳам монанд дастрасанд ё оё KBabel фарз карда " +"шудааст, ки агар тарҷумаи пурраи мактубча ё ин ки мактубчаи монанд набошад, " +"кӯшиш кунад, ки тарҷума кунад
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Аломат воридшудаҳоро ҳамчун норӯшан иваз мекунад
Вақте " +"ки тарҷумаи мактубча ёфта мешавад, воридшуда аз тарафи пешфарзнорӯшан" +"b>ишорат карда мешавад. Ин барои он аст, ки тарҷума навакак аз тарафи KBabel " +"ёфта шудааст ва ба шумо лозим меояд, ки натиҷаҳоро бодиққат санҷед. Агар " +"шумо донед, ки чӣ кор карда истодаед ин вариантро камфаъол мекунед.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Ибтидоикунонии TDE-воридшудаҳои махсус
Ибтидоикунонии " +"\"Шарҳ=\" ва \"Ном=\" Агар тарҷума ёфт нашавад, ворид кунед. Инчунин, \"НОМИ " +"ТАРҶУМОНОН\" ва \"ЭМЕЙЛИ ТАРҶУМОНОН\" бо барпосозии шабоҳат пур карда " +"шудааст.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Луғатҳо
Дар ин ҷо интихоб кунед,ки, кадом луғатҳо барои " +"барои ёфтани тарҷума бояд истифода бурда шаванд. Агар шумо зиёда аз як луғат " +"интихоб кунед, онҳо бо тартибе, ки дар луғат нишон дода шудаанд, истифода " +"бурда мешаванд.
Пайкар бастани тугма ба шумо иҷозат медиҳад, ки " +"муваққатан луғати интихобшударо пайкар бандед. Барпосозии ҳақиқи баъди " +"пӯшидани муколама барқарор карда мешавад.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Вақте ки тарҷума барои мактубча ёфта мешавад воридшуда ишорат карда " +"мешавад. норӯшан бо пешфарз. Ин аз он сабаб аст, ки тарҷума навакак " +"аз тарафи KBabel ёфта шуд ва шумо бояд ҳамеша натиҷаҳоро бодиққат тафтиш " +"кунед.Агар шумо донед, ки чӣ кор карда истодаед, фаъолияти ин вариант кам " +"карда мешавад.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Натиҷаҳоро ҷустуҷӯ кунед
" -"Ин қисми тиреза натиҷаҳои дар луғат ҷустуҷӯшудаистодаро нишон медиҳад." -"
" -"
Дар боло миқдори воридшудаҳои ёфташуда ва дар куҷо воридшудаи ҷории " -"намоишдодашуда ёфта мешавад, намоиш дода мешавад.
" -"Ҷустуҷӯ ё ба таври автоматикӣдар вақти гузаштан ба воридшудаи дигар дар " -"тирезаи муҳаррир, ё ин ки бо интихоби луғати дилхоҳ дар Луғатҳо->Ёфтан..." -".
" -"карда мешавад. Интихоби умумӣ метавонад дар диалоги дорои имтиёзҳо дар " -"бахши Ҷустуҷӯ ва интихоб барои луғатҳои гуногун бо Барпои Муҳит->" -"Ташаккул ёфтан пайкарбандӣ карда шавад.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Хусусияти интихобгар
Ин асбоб ба шумо имкон медиҳад, ки " +"хусусиятҳои асосиро ҳангоми пахш кардани дубора.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Сатри ҳақиқӣ
\n" -"Ин қисми тиреза хабари аслии\n" -"ҷараёни нишондоди воридро нишон медиҳад.
Муҳарриро Шарҳ диҳед
\n" +"Ин таҳрир ба шумо шарҳҳои мактубчаи нишондодашудаи ҷориро нишон медиҳад. " +"\n" +"
Ин шарҳҳо одатан иттилоотеро, ки мактубча дар куҷои сарчашма ёфта " +"шудааст, дар бар мегиранд\n" +"рамз ва ҳолати иттилоот дар бораи мактубча (норӯшан, c-шакл).\n" +"Баъзе вақт кинояҳо аз дигар тарҷумонон низ дар шарҳҳо дар бар гирифта " +"мешаванд.
\n" +"Метавонед муҳаррири шарҳро бо корношоямкунӣ пинҳон кунед.\n" +"Вариантҳо->Нишон додан Шарҳҳо.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
PO Матн
Ин тиреза матни мактубчаи ҷориро дар файли " +"POнишон медиҳад. Одатан вай чор мактубчаро пеш аз мактубчаи ҷорӣ ва чор " +"мактубчаро баъд аз вай нишон медиҳад.
Шумо метавонед абзорҳои тирезаро " +"бо корношоям кардани Вариантҳо->Нишон додани Абзорҳо пинҳон кунед." +"p>
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Ҳолати LEDS
\n" -"Ин LEDS ҳолати хабари нишондодаро нишон медиҳад.\n" -"Шумо метавонед рангро дар сутуни диалог, тағйир диҳед\n" -"Муҳаррир дар саҳифа Намуд
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Муҳаррири Тарҷумакунанда
\n" -"Ин муҳаррир нишон ва таҳрири тарҷумаи хабари нишондоди ҷараёнро, иҷро " -"медиҳад." -"
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Ин тугма сарлавҳаеро, ки барпои муҳити ҷориро истифода мебарад, нав " +"мекунад. Сарлавҳаи натиҷавӣ он аст, ки ба файли PO навишита шавад.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
Ин тугма ҳанӯз ҳам ҳамаи тағйиротҳоро бамегардонад.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Ин сарлавҳаи нодуруст аст.
\n" +"Илтимос сарлавҳаро пеш аз нав созӣ таҳрир кунед!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Ин саромади ҳақиқӣ нест.
\n" +"Лутфан саромадро пеш аз навкунӣ таҳрир кунед.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Ҳолати сутун
\n" +"Ҳолатисутун ахборотро дар бораи файли кушода нишон медиҳад,\n" +"ба монанди миқдори умумии воридшудаҳо ва миқдори мактубчаҳои норӯшан ва " +"тарҷуманашуда.\n" +"Инчунин индекс ва ҳолати воридшудаи нишондодашудаи ҷорӣ нишон дода мешавад." +"p>
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Ҳолати сутун
\n" -"Ҳолатисутун ахборотро дар бораи файли кушода нишон медиҳад,\n" -"ба монанди миқдори умумии воридшудаҳо ва миқдори мактубчаҳои норӯшан ва " -"тарҷуманашуда.\n" -"Инчунин индекс ва ҳолати воридшудаи нишондодашудаи ҷорӣ нишон дода мешавад.
" -"Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO Матн
" -"Ин тиреза матни мактубчаи ҷориро дар файли POнишон медиҳад. Одатан вай чор " -"мактубчаро пеш аз мактубчаи ҷорӣ ва чор мактубчаро баъд аз вай нишон " -"медиҳад.
" -"Шумо метавонед абзорҳои тирезаро бо корношоям кардани Вариантҳо->" -"Нишон додани Абзорҳо пинҳон кунед.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Натиҷаҳоро ҷустуҷӯ кунед
Ин қисми тиреза натиҷаҳои дар " +"луғат ҷустуҷӯшудаистодаро нишон медиҳад.
Дар боло миқдори воридшудаҳои " +"ёфташуда ва дар куҷо воридшудаи ҷории намоишдодашуда ёфта мешавад, намоиш " +"дода мешавад.
Ҷустуҷӯ ё ба таври автоматикӣдар вақти гузаштан ба " +"воридшудаи дигар дар тирезаи муҳаррир, ё ин ки бо интихоби луғати дилхоҳ дар " +"Луғатҳо->Ёфтан....
карда мешавад. Интихоби умумӣ метавонад дар " +"диалоги дорои имтиёзҳо дар бахши Ҷустуҷӯ ва интихоб барои луғатҳои " +"гуногун бо Барпои Муҳит->Ташаккул ёфтан пайкарбандӣ карда шавад.
" +"qt>" -#: kbabel/hidingmsgedit.cpp:182 -#, c-format -msgid "Plural %1" -msgstr "Ҷамъ%1" - -#: datatools/pluralforms/main.cc:59 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 msgid "" -"_: what check found errors\n" -"plural forms" -msgstr "Шаклҳои ҷамъ" +"_: Menu item\n" +"Open" +msgstr "" -#: datatools/punctuation/main.cc:58 -msgid "" -"_: what check found errors\n" -"punctuation" -msgstr "Гузоштани аломатҳои китобатӣ" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 +msgid "Open Template" +msgstr "Кушодани қолиб" -#: datatools/accelerators/main.cc:58 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 msgid "" -"_: what check found errors\n" -"accelerator" -msgstr "Акселератор" +"KBabel Version %1\n" +"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" +" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Сатри ҳақиқӣ
\n" +"Ин қисми тиреза хабари аслии\n" +"ҷараёни нишондоди воридро нишон медиҳад.
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Ҳолати LEDS
\n" +"Ин LEDS ҳолати хабари нишондодаро нишон медиҳад.\n" +"Шумо метавонед рангро дар сутуни диалог, тағйир диҳед\n" +"Муҳаррир дар саҳифа Намуд
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Муҳаррири Тарҷумакунанда
\n" +"Ин муҳаррир нишон ва таҳрири тарҷумаи хабари нишондоди ҷараёнро, иҷро " +"медиҳад.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Параметрҳо
" -"Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед бо файли PO ҷустуҷӯйро сабук-ҷур кунед. Барои мисол " -"агар хоҳед, ки ҳолати эҳсоси ҷустуҷӯ намоиш дода шавад,ёагар хоҳед, ки ба " -"мактубчаҳои хато аҳамият дода нашавад.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Муқоисаи Вариантҳо
" -"Дар ин ҷо интихоб кунед, ки кадом мактубчаҳоро мехоҳед ҳамчун мактубчаи " -"мувофиқ дурустшуда дошта бошед.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-мутобиқӣ
" -"Мактубча бо дигараш мутобикт мекунад, агараксарияти 3-гурӯҳи ҳарфҳо дар " -"дигар мактубча фаро гирифиа шаванд. мисол 'abc123' мутобикт мекунад ба " -"'abcx123c12'.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Ҷойгиршавӣ
" -"Дар ин ҷо кадом файл барои ҷустуҷӯ истифода бурда мешавад, мақом диҳед.
" -"Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Прамаетрҳо
" -"Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед бо файли PO ҷурсозии ҷустуҷӯ кунед. Мисол агар " -"хоҳед, ки ҷустуҷӯи ҳолати эҳсосро намоиш диҳед.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Дар тазкираҳои пештараи KBabel файлҳои пуштибонии базаи маълумотӣ вуҷуд "
-"ҳаст. Аммо, тазкираи дигари KBabel (мумкин аз TDE 3.1.1 ё 3.1.2) базаи "
-"маълумоти навро эҷод кардааст. Дар натиҷа, барқароркунии KBabel дуто тафсири "
-"файлҳои базаи маълумотӣ доранд. Лекин тазкираи кӯҳна ва нав пайваст карда "
-"намешаванд. Шумо бояд яктоашро интихоб кунед."
-"
"
-"
Агар шумо тазкираи кӯҳнаро интихоб кунед, тазкираи нав нест карда мешавад. "
-"Агар шумо тазкираи навро интихоб кунед, файли бахаи маълумотии кӯҳна якто "
-"мемонад ва ба шумо лозим ҳаст, ки онҳоро дастӣ нест кунед. Инчунин ин хабар "
-"бори дигар нишон дода мешавад (файлҳои кӯҳна дар "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,кӯҳна), ҷойгир ҳастанд.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Дар тазкираҳои пештараи KBabel файлҳои пуштибонии базаи маълумотӣ вуҷуд "
+"ҳаст. Аммо, тазкираи дигари KBabel (мумкин аз TDE 3.1.1 ё 3.1.2) базаи "
+"маълумоти навро эҷод кардааст. Дар натиҷа, барқароркунии KBabel дуто тафсири "
+"файлҳои базаи маълумотӣ доранд. Лекин тазкираи кӯҳна ва нав пайваст карда "
+"намешаванд. Шумо бояд яктоашро интихоб кунед.
Агар шумо тазкираи "
+"кӯҳнаро интихоб кунед, тазкираи нав нест карда мешавад. Агар шумо тазкираи "
+"навро интихоб кунед, файли бахаи маълумотии кӯҳна якто мемонад ва ба шумо "
+"лозим ҳаст, ки онҳоро дастӣ нест кунед. Инчунин ин хабар бори дигар нишон "
+"дода мешавад (файлҳои кӯҳна дар $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/"
+"dbsearchengine/*,кӯҳна), ҷойгир ҳастанд.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Параметрҳо
Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед бо файли PO " +"ҷустуҷӯйро сабук-ҷур кунед. Барои мисол агар хоҳед, ки ҳолати эҳсоси ҷустуҷӯ " +"намоиш дода шавад,ёагар хоҳед, ки ба мактубчаҳои хато аҳамият дода нашавад." +"p>
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Муқоисаи Вариантҳо
Дар ин ҷо интихоб кунед, ки кадом " +"мактубчаҳоро мехоҳед ҳамчун мактубчаи мувофиқ дурустшуда дошта бошед.
" +"qt>" + +#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:104 +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:102 +msgid "" +"3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-мутобиқӣ
Мактубча бо дигараш мутобикт мекунад, " +"агараксарияти 3-гурӯҳи ҳарфҳо дар дигар мактубча фаро гирифиа шаванд. мисол " +"'abc123' мутобикт мекунад ба 'abcx123c12'.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Ҷойгиршавӣ
Дар ин ҷо кадом файл барои ҷустуҷӯ истифода " +"бурда мешавад, мақом диҳед.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Прамаетрҳо
Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед бо файли PO ҷурсозии " +"ҷустуҷӯ кунед. Мисол агар хоҳед, ки ҷустуҷӯи ҳолати эҳсосро намоиш диҳед." +"p>
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Беэътиборро ҳамчун номаълум ишорат кунед.
\n" +"
Агар шумо ин вариантро интихоб кунед ҳамаи параграфҳо,\n" +"ки абзорро беэътибор муайян мекунанд норӯшан ишорат карда мешаванд,\n" +"ва файли натиҷавӣ\n" +"нигоҳ дошта мешавад.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Хаторо тасдиқ накунед
\n" +"
Агар шумо ин вариантро интихоб кунед, ҳамаи пунктҳо\n" +"ишорат мекнуанд, ки хато тамоман тасдиқ карда намешавад.
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Сарчашма барои бозёфти гуногун
\n" +"Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед сарчашмаеро, ки барои\n" +"ёфтани фарқият истифода бурда мешавад, интихоб кунед.
\n" +"Метавонед файл,тарҷумаҳои пойгоҳи додаҳоро, ё\n" +"тааллуқи msgstr-ро интихоб кунед.
\n" +"Агар шумо тарҷумаҳои пойгоҳи додаҳоро интихоб кунед, мактубчаҳое, ки фарқ " +"мекунанд\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"Параметри охирон барои истифодаи файлҳои PO лозим аст\n" +"барои дурусткунӣ мебошад.
\n" +"Шумо метавонед мувақатан хабарҳоро аз файл фарқ кунед\n" +"бо интихоб кардани Асбобҳо->Фарқ->Кушодани файл барои фарқ\n" +"дар тирезаи асосии KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Базаи феҳрист барои файлҳои гуногун\n" +"
Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед феҳристеро, ки дар он файлҳо ба\n" +"намудҳо тақсим карда мешаванд, муайян кунед
\n" +"Агар файлҳо дар ҳамон як ҷой ба намудҳо тақсим шаванд ин\n" +"феҳристро чӣ хеле, ки феҳристи ҳақиқӣ\n" +"феҳристи асосиашро поён кардааст, поён кунед.\n" +"KBabel метавонад ба тарзи автоматикӣ файли дурустро барои\n" +"ҷудо кушояд
\n" +"Дар ёд гиред, ки ин вариант фоида надорад, агар мактубчаҳо \n" +"аз таҳкурсии додаҳо барои ҷудосозӣ истифода бурда шаванд.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Хушомадед ба Лиҳаи Устод!\n" +"\n" +"Устод ба шумо барқарор кардани лоиҳаи тарҷумаи навро\n" +"барои KBabel ёрӣ медиҳад.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Пеш аз ҳама, ба интихоби номи лоиҳа даркор аст\n" +"ва файл, ки дар онҷо танзимот захира карда мешавад.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Шумо инчунин барои тарҷума, забонро интихоб кунед\n" +"ва шакли лоиҳаи тарҷума.\n" +"
" + +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Танзими номи файл
\n"
+"Номи файл барои захира кардани танзими\n"
+"лоиҳа.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Забон
\n"
+"Забони нишондодашудаи лоиҳа, яъне забонест, i.e., ки ба вай тарҷума карда\n"
+"мешавад. Вай бояд забони ISO 631-ро\n"
+"ки стандарт номида мешавад риоя кунад.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Номи лоиҳа
\n"
+"Номи лоиҳа ин барқароркунии лоиҳа барои шумост\n"
+"Вай дар муколамаи пайкарбандии лоиҳа нишон дода мешавад\n"
+"инчунин дар сарлавҳаи тирезае, ки барои лоиҳа кушода шудааст.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Дар хотир нигоҳ доред: Баъдтар номи лоиҳа наметавонад иваз шавад .<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Намуди лоиҳа\n" +"Намуди лоиҳа мизони танзимот барои\n" +"шакли муайян лоиҳаҳои тарҷумаи номӣ, имконият медиҳад.\n" +"Мисол, ин тасдиқи асбобҳоро танзим мекунад,\n" +"шитобдиҳандаи нишонагузор ва андоза кардани сарлаҳва.\n" +"
\n" +"Шаклҳои номии ҷарӣ:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Тарҷумаи файлҳо
\n" +"Намунаи пӯшае,ки дар худ ҳамаи файлҳои PO ва POT -и шуморо дар бар " +"мегирад.\n" +"Файлҳо ва пӯшаҳо дар ин пӯшаҳо якҷоя мешаванд.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Ба таври автоматикӣ партофтани вазъияти номаълум
\\n\n" +"Агар ин фаъол карда шуда бошад ва шумо хатои воридшударо таҳрир " +"кардаистода бошедхатои воридшуда ба таври автоматикӣ \\n\n" +"ба ҳолати пешина бармегардад (ин маънои қаторро дорад , хато\\n\n" +"аз шарҳи воридшуда ҷудо карда шудааст).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Таҳриркунии бомаъниро истифода баред
\\n\n" +"Инро барои он ки чопи матнро боқулай кунад тафтиш кунед ва ба \n" +"KBabel иҷозат диҳед, ки ба баъзе хусусиятҳои махсус, ки бояд ба \n" +"нохунак гирифта шаванд, ғамхорӣ кунад. Мисол чопкунӣ '\\\"' натиҷаи \n" +"'\\\\\\\"' мешавад, пахшкунии Return ба тарзи автоматикӣ \n" +"ҷои сафедро дар охири хат ҷой мекунад, пахшкунии Shift+Return \n" +"'\\\\n' -ро дар охири хат ҷой мекунад.
\\n\n" +"Дар хотир гиред, ки ин фақат ишора мебошад ва ҳанӯз мумкин аст, ки\n" +"матни таркибан нодуруст эҷод кунад.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Эътирофи хатогӣ
\n" +"Дар ин ҷо шумо метавонед, маълум кунед, ки чӣ хел хатои рухдода нишон " +"дода шавад. \n" +"Хатогиро ва Ранги матни хатогиро тағйир диҳед\n" +" ранги матни тарҷумашударо тағйир диҳед . Агар ягонтааш\n" +"фаъол накарда шуда бошад, шумо матубчаро дар мавкъеи сутун мебинед.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Ҳолати LED-ҳо
\n" +"Дар ин ҷо интихоб кун, ки дар куҷо ҳолати LED-ҳо намоиш дода мешавад ва " +"кадом рангро доранд.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Ба таври автоматӣ кофтуковро оғоз менамояд
\n" +"
Агар фаъол карда шуда бошад, пас кофтуковро ба таври автоматӣ оғоз " +"намоед \n" +"вале ҳамон вақте ки шумо ба дигар даромадгоҳи муҳаррирро дар мегиронед. Шӯмо " +"метавонед \n" +" интихоб намоед, дар куҷо бояд қуттии ташкилооти Луғат бо пешфарз " +"b> .\n" +"
Шумо боз метавонедкофтуковро бо таври дасти оғоз намоед, ҳангоми " +"интихоби даромадгоҳ ба менюи \n" +" popup меню, ки пайдо мешавад ва ё инки пахш намудани \n" +" Луғатҳо-> Ёфта мешавад дар ... ва ё инки ҳангоми нигоҳ дории " +"тугмаи \n" +" луғат дат панели асбобҳои ҷафси якчанд вақт.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Луғати пешфарз
\n" +"Дар ҳамин ҷой муайян кунед, ки дар куҷо зикрнагашта ҷустуҷӯ карда " +"шавад. \n" +"Вақте ки барпои муҳит ба таври автоматикӣ ҷустуҷӯ карда мешавад, ин барпои " +"муҳит истифода бурда мешавад \n" +"ё дар вақти пахшкунии тугмаи луғат дар сутуни абзор.
\n" +"Шумо метавонед луғатҳои гуногунро бо роҳи интихоби\n" +"луғати дилхоҳ аз Барпои муҳит->Луғат Ташаккул.\n" +"ташаккул диҳед.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Сабботи сутун
\n" -"Сабботи сутун иттилоотро дар бораи тараққиёти бозёфти ҷорӣ ё ин ки иваз " -"кардани амалиёт намоиш медиҳад. Рақами якум дарЁфташуда: " -"шумораи файлҳоро бо ҳолати матни ҷустуҷӯшуда,ки ҳанӯз дар тирезаиKBabel нишон " -"дода нашудааст, намоиш медиҳад. Дуюмаш шумораи умумии файлҳоеро,ки матни " -"ҷустуҷӯшударо ҳанӯз дар бар мегирад, нишон медиҳад.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Интихоби файл
" -"Дар инҷо метавонед танзимоти дақиқи ҷустуҷӯиро дар файлҳои зерин ба ҷо оред:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Мисол: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Замимаи файлҳои навбатиро қабул намоед:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Баррасии танҳо як PO файл..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Мактубҳои кӯҳна:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Баррасии феҳрист..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Паём дар бораи қайдкунӣ:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Сканеркунии феҳрист && зер-феҳристҳо..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Файлҳоро ҳангоми зар&урӣ ба таври автоматӣ илова намоед"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Сканеркунии файл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Додан"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Воридшудаҳо илова шуданд:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Вазъият"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Тараққиёти умумӣ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Гирифтани тафовут"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Пардозиши файл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Маълумот оиди каталог"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Пурборкунии файл:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Хурӯҷи фармон:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Содирот..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Файли %1 аллакай мавҷуд аст. Оё мехоҳед, ки онро кучонед?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Қаторҳои такроршуда"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Калидҳои хуб"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Шумо метавонед минимум рақамҳои калимаҳои пурсишро танзим кунед, ки калид "
+"бояд ба рӯйхати калидҳои хуб ворид карда шавад. \n"
+"Ин ду рақамҳо фоизи пурраи рақамҳои калима мебошанд. Агар натиҷаи ин фоиз аз "
+"як кам бошад, мошиш ба як барқарор карда мешавад. \n"
+"Дар охир шумо метавонед рақамҳои бисёро ба воридоти рӯйхат барқарор кунед."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Натавонистам KBabel-ро оғоз кунам."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Миқдори ками калимаҳои калидҳо низ дар савол (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Вазъияти хурӯҷ - %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Иҷро шуд ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Миқдори ками калимаҳои савол дар калид (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Каталогҳои мактуб"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Дарозии рӯйхати масималӣ:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Калимаҳои зуд-зуд"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Вазъияти CVS"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Рамзкушоӣ кардани калимаҳо тезтар назар ба:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Вазъияти интихоб карда шуда"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Калимаҳои зуд дар ҳар як калид ҳисоб карда мешаванд"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Умумӣ"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Феҳристи DB:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "&Баргардондан"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Дар kbabel автоматикӣ нав мешавад"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Вазъияти интихоб карда шуда"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Вурудҳои нав"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "&Пок кардан"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "Аз kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Вазъияти интихоб карда шуда"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Алгоритм"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Ҳеҷ хел захира нест"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Холи минималӣ:"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Файлҳо:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Алгоритмҳо барои истифода бурдан"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Ном"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Хол:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Бойгони ҷумлаи номаълум"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Номаълум"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Феҳристи вожаҳо"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Тарҷума нокарда"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Дуруст "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Ҳамагӣ"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Ҷумла ба ҷумла"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Раванди охирин"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Алифбои ададӣ"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Тирезаи иттилоот"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Калима ба калима"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Пок кардан"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Луғати динамикӣ"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Тирезаи иттилоот Дар тирезаи ҷорӣ, иттилоот оиди амали иҷроиши дастурҳои оғозшуда тасвир "
-"мешавад. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Мудири каталогҳо Мудири каталогҳо ду каталогро ба як дарахт\n"
-"якҷоя мекунад ва тамоми файлҳои тарҷумаро ва қолибҳое, ки дар ин каталогҳо "
-"ҷойгир шудаанд, намоиш медиҳад.\n"
-"Дар натиҷаи ин шумо ба осонӣ метавонед илова ё инки ҳузфи қолибро зоҳир намоед. "
-"Ҳамчунин якчанд иттилоот оиди файлҳо нишон дода мешавад.\n"
-" Барои ҷузъиёт қисмати Мудири каталогҳо-ро дар роҳнамо бубинед. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Агар шумо Номи ман Акмал ҷустуҷӯ кунед ва шумо як калимаи "
+"ҷонишини фаъол кунед, шумо инчунин метавонед монанди Номи ман Джо "
+"em> ё Номи ман Акмал ибораҳо ёбед."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Ҳамзамон "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Ивази як калимаро истифода баред"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Ихтилоф (хато)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Шумораи ҳади аксари калимаҳо дар савол:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Ивази ду калимаро истифода баред"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Номаълум"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr ""
-"Ин анбори додаҳои CVS, дастрас нест. Фармонҳои CVS-ро иҷро намудан имконпазир "
-"нест."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Оғози фармон ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Хусусиятҳои маҳалӣ барои ифодаҳои доимӣ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Гуфтугӯи CVS"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Базаи маълумотҳо"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Файлҳои ҳамзамони навбатӣ:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Феҳристи базаи маълумотҳо:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Додани файлҳои оянда:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Худкор илова менамояд воридотро ба базаи маълумотҳо"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Вазъияти файлҳои зеринро қабул намоед:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Агар тарҷумаи нав аз тарафи ягон кас гуфта шавад воридшударо ба тарзи "
+"автоматикӣ ба базаи маълумотҳо илова кунед. (мумкин kbabel бошад)"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Вазъияти файлҳои зеринро қабул намоед:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Муаллифи худкори иловаи воридшуда:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Замимаи файлҳои навбатиро қабул намоед:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Тағйирёбандаҳои зерин дар роҳ агар дастрас бошанд иваз карда мешаванд:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Ne çevrilecek
" -"Burada, KBabel'in dosyada hangi girdilerin çevirilerini arayacağını " -"belirtebilirsiniz. İlgili seçenek ile aksi belirtilmedikçe değiştirilen tüm " -"girdiler bulanık olarak işaretlenecektir.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Nasıl çevrilecek
" -"Burada, aynı iletiyi içeren eski çevirilerin aynen alınmasını " -"isteyebileceğiniz gibi tam çevirilerin bulunamadığı durumlarda karşılıkları " -"bulunabilen tek tek sözcük çevirilerinin yerleştirilmesini de isteyebilirsiniz. " -"(Türkçe için tek sözcük çevirileri tavsiye edilmez.)
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Değiştirilen girdileri bulanık olarak işaretle/b>
" -"Bir ileti çevirisi bulunduğunda öntanımlı olarak bu ileti bulanık " -"olarak işaretlenir. Bu KBabel'in bulduğu çevirinin sizin için doğru çeviri " -"olmayabileceği ve çevirileri daima denetlemek isteyebileceğiniz gözönüne " -"alınarak böyle yapılmıştır. KBabel'in daima doğru çevirileri bulduğuna emin " -"olduğunuzda bu özelliği iptal edebilirsiniz.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
TDE'ye özel girdileri ilklendir
" -"Çeviri bulunamazsa \"Comment=\" ve \"Name=\" girdileri ilklendirilir Ayrıca, " -"\"NAME_OF_TRANSLATORS\" ve \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" alanlarına kimlik bilgileri " -"yazılır.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Sözlükler
" -"Çevirilerin hangi sözlüklerde aranacağını burada belirtebilirsiniz. Birden " -"fazla sözlük kullanılması halinde sözlükler listede belirttiğiniz sırada " -"taranacaktır.
" -"Yapılandır düğmesi ile sözlüğü geçici olarak yapılandırabilirsiniz. " -"Pencereyi kapattığınızda eski ayarlara dönülecektir.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Bir ileti çevirisi bulunduğunda öntanımlı olarak bu ileti bulanık " -"olarak işaretlenir. Bu KBabel'in bulduğu çevirinin sizin için doğru çeviri " -"olmayabileceği ve çevirileri daima denetlemek isteyebileceğiniz gözönüne " -"alınarak böyle yapılmıştır. KBabel'in daima doğru çevirileri bulduğuna emin " -"olduğunuzda bu özelliği iptal edebilirsiniz.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Metin bulma
" -"Burada aranacak metni belirtebilirsiniz. Bir düzenli ifade için arama " -"yapmak istiyorsanız Düzenli ifade kullan seçeneğini " -"etkinleştirmelisiniz.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Metni değiştir
" -"Buraya iletide aradığınız ve değişecek metni yazabilirsiniz. Metin yazıldığı " -"gibi kullanılır, eğer bir düzenli ifade için arama yaptırıyorsanız, geriye " -"dönük bir başvuru yaptıramazsınız.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Nerde aranacak
" -"Burada katalog dosyası girdilerinden hangilerinde arama yapılacağını " -"belirtebilirsiniz.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Seçenekler
" -"Değiştirme işlemi ince ayarları:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Seçenekler
" -"Arama işlemi ince ayarları:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Durum Çubuğu
\n" +"Durum Çubuğu şu anki bul ve değiştir işlemi hakkında bigi verir." +"Bulunan:
daki ilk sayı dizgenin bulunduğu dosyaların sayısını, " +"ikincisi ise arama yapılacak toplam dosya sayısını gösterir.Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Başlık Güncelleme
\n" -"Dosyanın her kaydedilişinde başlık bilgisinin güncellenmesi için bu düğmeyi " -"seçin.
\n" -"Başlık normalde dosyanın oluşturulduğu tarih ve saati, son\n" -"güncellendiği tarih ve zamanı ve son çevirmen vb gibi bilgileri\n" -"içerir.
\n" -"Aşağıdaki kutucukları işaretleyerek hangi bilgilerin günceleneceğini " -"belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" -"Olmayan alanlar başlığa eklenir.\n" -"Eğer başlığa ilave alanlar eklemek isterseniz\n" -"Düzenle->Başlık Düzenle\n" -"seçeneğini seçerek elle yapabilirsiniz.
Günlük Penceresi
\n" +"Bu pencerede işlenen komutların sonuçları gösterilmektedir.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Güncellenecek alanlar
\n" -"Kaydederken başlıktaki hangi alanların güncelleneceğini belirleyin.\n" -"Eğer alan yoksa başlığa eklenecektir.
\n" -"Eğer başlığın ek bilgiler içermesini isterseniz Düzenle->Başlık Düzelt " -"menüsünü seçerek kendiniz ekleyebilirsiniz
\n" -"Kaydederken başlığın güncellenmesini istemiyorsanız\n" -"yukardaki Başlığı Güncelle'yi seçilmemiş bırakın.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Kodlama
" -"Kayıt sırasında karakterlerin nasıl kodlanacağı belirtilir. Hangi kodlamanın " -"kullanılacağından emin değilseniz ekip liderinize danışın.
" -"Katalog Yöneticisi/b>
\n" +"Katalog yöneticisi PO ve POT dosyalarının bulunduğu iki dizinin\n" +"içeriğini tek ağaçta toplayarak tümünü gösterir.\n" +"Bu şekilde yeni bir pot dosyası eklendiğinde ya da kaldırıldığında\n" +"kolayca farkedersiniz. Ayrıca dosyaların durumları hakkında ek bilgiler\n" +"gösterilir.
Çevrimiçi yardım içindeki Katalog Yöneticisi " +"bölümünde daha fazla\n" +"bilgi bulabilirsiniz.
Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Dosya kodlamasına sadık kal
" -"Bu seçenek etkinleştirildiğinde, daima dosyadan okunan kodlama ile " -"kaydedilir. Başlığ�nda karakter kümesi bilgisi bulunmayan dosyalar (örn: POT " -"dosyaları) yukarıdaki kodlama ile kaydedilecektir.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Kaydederken bağlamı denetle
\n" -"Dosyayı saklarken otomatik olarak bağlamsal karakterleri \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\" ile denetlemek içindir.\n" -"Eğer bir hata oluşursa sadece bir uyarı alacaksınız.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Eski girdileri de kaydet
\n" -"Bu seçenek etkinleştirildiğinde dosyanın sonundaki eski iletiler\n" -"dosya kaydedilirken kaldırılmaz. msgmerge po dosyasını yeniden oluştururken\n" -"artık kodda bulunmayan eski iletilerin başına #~ işareti koyarak dosyanın\n" -"sonuna ekler. Bu iletiler silinmeyip dosya sonunda bırakılırsa daha ileri\n" -"tarihli bir değişiklikte tekrar kullanılabilir.\n" -"Tek sakıncası kaydedilen dosyanın boyu biraz büyük olur.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Değişiklik Tarihinin Biçimi
" -"Başlık alanındaki tarih ve zaman biçimini belirlemekte kullanılır.\n" -"PO-Revision-Date için seçenekler: " -"
Bu bölümle ilgili daha fazla bilgi almak için çevrimiçi yardı�mda " -"The Preferences Dialog sayfasına bakın.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Kimlik
\n" -"Kendizin ve çeviri ekibinizle ilgili bilgileri doldurun.\n" -"Bu bilgiler dosyanın başlığını güncellerken kullanılır.
\n" -"Hangi alanların nasıl güncelleneceği ile ilgili seçenekleri\n" -"bu diyaloğun Kaydet sayfasında bulabilirsiniz.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Tekil/çoğul biçimlerin sayısı
\n" -"Bilgi: Bu seçenek şu anda çok sayıda çoğul biçemleri desteklememekle " -"birlikte, Türkçe'de çoğul ve tekil biçemler arasında fark olmadığından (1 tane " -"ile 2 tane arasında çoğul bildirimleri bakım�ndan Türkçe'de bir fark yoktur.) " -"Türkçe için kullanılabilir.\n" -"Çoğul biçemler içeren pot dosyalarında fazladan bulunan çoğul seçeneklerini " -"KBabel temizlemez. Bu bakımdan onları kendiniz temizleyeceksiniz. Bunun nasıl " -"birşey olduğunu anlayabilmek için gettext-0.10.38.pot dosyasını ve bu dosyanın " -"Türkçe çevirisini TP web sitesinden indirerek karşılaştırın.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Çeviride çoğul biçim argümanları gereklidir
\n" -"Bilgi: Bu seçenek şimdilik TDE'ye özeldir. Bir TDE uygulamasını " -"çevirmiyorsanız bu seçeneği gözardı edebilirsiniz.
\n" -"Bu seçenek etkinleştirildiğinde doğrulama denetimi bir ileti içinde %n " -"argümanın varlığını arayacaktır.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU çoğul biçim başlığı
\n" -"GNU çoğul biçimlerinin elde edilmesi için bu başlık girdisini " -"doldurabilirsiniz. Bu alanı boş bırakırsanız, Po dosyasına girdiler " -"eklenmeyecek ya da değiştirilmeyecektir.
\n" -"KBabel, GNU gettext araçlarıyla, dilinize uygun ayarı sizin yerinize " -"saptamaya çalışabilir. Bunun için Ara düğmesini kullanınız.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Komut imi karakteri
" -"Komutların tuş kısaltmalarını belirlemede kullanılacak karakter belirlenir. " -"Örneğin Qt için '&' ve Gtk için '_' karakteri kullanılır.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Önbilgiler için düzenli ifade
" -"Çevrilmeyecek olan ve iletide önbilginin atandığı yeri belirlemede " -"kullanılacak olan düzenli ifadeyi buraya yazın.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Anında sözdizimi denetimi
" -"KBabel'in yazdığınız anda sözdizimi denetimini yapmasını isterseniz bunu " -"etkinleştirin. Yanlış yazılan sözcükler hata rengiyle renklendirilecektir.
" -"Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Yoksayılan sözcükleri anımsa
" -"Bu seçeneği etkinleştirerek, her sözdizimi denetiminde Tümünü Yoksay " -"tıkland�ğında KBabel yoksayılan kelimeleri yoksaymak üzere kaydedecektir.
" -"Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Ana dizinler
\n" -"PO ve POT dosyalarınızın bulunduğu ana dizinleri yazacaksınız.\n" -"Bu dizinlerin içindeki dosyalar ve dizinler tek ağaç altında " -"değerlendirilecektir.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Dosyaları yeni pencerede aç
\n" -"Etkinleştirildiğinde katalog yöneticisinden açılan tüm dosyalar\n" -"yeni bir pencerede açılır.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Çıkışta süreçleri durdur
\n" -"Bunu etkinleştirdiğinizde, KBabel kapanırken halen devam etmekte olan " -"süreçler varsa, KBabel onlara \"Kill\" sinyali göndererek durdurmaya " -"çal�şacaktır.
\n" -"UYARI: Kill edilmiş sürecin durdurulup durdurulmayacağı garanti edilmez.
" -"Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Dosya içeriğinin indekslenmesi
\n" -"Bunu işaretlersiniz, KBabel, bul/yerleştir işlemlerini hızlandırmak için her " -"PO dosyası için bir indeks oluşturacak.
\n" -"BİLGİ: Bu işlemin araya girmesi, dosya bilgilerinin güncellenmesini " -"yavaşlatacaktır.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Dizin komutları
" -"Katalog yöneticisindeki dizinlerde icra edilecek komutları burada " -"verebilirsiniz. Komutlar Katalog Yöneticisinin bağlam menüsünde Komutlar " -"altmenüsünde gösterilmiştir.
" -"Aşağıdaki dizgeler bir komutta değişken olarak kullanılabilir:" -"
Dosya Seçenekleri
Bulunacağı yerle ilgili ayarlar:" +"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Dosya komutları
" -"" -"
Katalog yöneticisindeki dosyalarda icra edilecek komutları burada " -"verebilirsiniz. Komutlar Katalog Yöneticisinin bağlam menüsünde Komutlar " -"altmenüsünde gösterilmiştir.
" -"Aşağıdaki deyimler bir komutta değişken olarak kullanılabilir:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"Gösterilen Sütunlar
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +"The commit log message cannot be encoded in the selected encoding: %1.\n" +"Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -"Proje sihirbazına hoşgeldiniz!\n" -"\n" -"Bu sihirbaz Kbabel için yeni bir çeviri projesi hazırlamanıza \n" -"yardımcı olacaktır.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Öncelikle proje adını ve yapılandırma ayarlarının depolanacağı\n" -"dosya adını belirtmelisiniz.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Ayrıca çeviri yapacağınız dili belirleyerek çeviri projesinin \n" -"türünü de tanımlamalısınız.\n" -"
" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247 +msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting." +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259 +msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting." +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483 +msgid "[ Starting command ]" +msgstr "[ Başlatma konutu ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The process could not be started." +msgstr "KBabel başlatılamadı." + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330 +msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]" +msgstr "[ %1 durumu ile çıktı ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332 +msgid "[ Finished ]" +msgstr "[ Bitti ]" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:358 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:337 kbabel/kbabel.cpp:642 +msgid "&Show Diff" +msgstr "&Farkları Göster" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:360 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Close" +msgstr "&Kapat" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:401 +msgid "" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Last choice ( %1 )" +msgstr "" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:88 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No CVS repository" +msgstr "Depo yok" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:91 +msgid "Not in CVS" +msgstr "CVS'de yok" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96 +msgid "Locally added" +msgstr "Yerel olarak ekli" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99 +msgid "Locally removed" +msgstr "Yerel olarak silinmiş" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102 +msgid "Locally modified" +msgstr "Yerel olarak değiştirilmiş" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105 +msgid "Up-to-date" +msgstr "Güncelle" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108 +msgid "Conflict" +msgstr "Çakışma" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Bilinmeyen" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:189 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:228 +msgid "" +"This is not a valid CVS repository. The CVS commands cannot be executed." +msgstr "Bu geçerli bir CVS deposu değil. CVS komutları çalıştırılamaz." + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SVN Dialog" +msgstr "CVS Diyalog" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Get remote status for the following files:" +msgstr "Aşağıdaki dosyaların durumlarını öğren:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Get local status for the following files:" +msgstr "Aşağıdaki dosyaların durumlarını öğren:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Get information for the following files:" +msgstr "Aşağıdaki dosyaların farklılıklarını öğren:" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Get Information" +msgstr "Katalog Bilgileri" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No SVN repository" +msgstr "Depo yok" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93 +msgid "Not in SVN" +msgstr "SVN'de yok" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111 +msgid "Error in Working Copy" +msgstr "Çalışma Kopyasında Hata" + +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288 +msgid "" +"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed." +msgstr "Bu geçerli bir CVS deposu değil. CVS komutları çalıştırılamaz." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:178 kbabel/main.cpp:539 +msgid "File to load configuration from" +msgstr "Yapılandırmanın alınacağı dosya" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:186 +msgid "KBabel - Catalog Manager" +msgstr "KBabel - Katalog Yöneticisi" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:187 +#, fuzzy +msgid "An advanced catalog manager for KBabel" +msgstr "Kbabel için gelişmiş bir katalog yöneticisi" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:188 kbabel/main.cpp:549 +#, fuzzy +msgid "(c) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006 The KBabel developers" +msgstr "(c) 1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005 KBabel geliştiricileri" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:190 kbabel/main.cpp:551 kbabeldict/main.cpp:118 +msgid "Original author" +msgstr "Özgün yazar" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:191 kbabel/main.cpp:558 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Current maintainer, porting to KDE3/Qt3." +msgstr "Şimdiki sorumlu, TDE3/Qt3 ortamına taşıyan." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:193 kbabel/main.cpp:564 kbabeldict/main.cpp:119 +msgid "Current maintainer" +msgstr "Şu anki program yazarı" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:195 kbabel/main.cpp:566 +msgid "" +"Wrote documentation and sent many bug reports and suggestions for " +"improvements." +msgstr "" +"İyileştirme için pek çok hata raporu ve tavsiyeler gönderdi ve belgeleri " +"yazdı." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:198 kbabel/main.cpp:569 +msgid "" +"Gave many suggestions for the GUI and the behavior of KBabel. He also " +"contributed the beautiful splash screen." +msgstr "" +"GUI ve KBabel davranışları ile ilgili ipuçları verdi ve başlatma logomuzu " +"tasarladı." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:202 kbabel/main.cpp:553 +msgid "Wrote diff algorithm, fixed KSpell and gave a lot of useful hints." +msgstr "" +"Diff algoritmasını yazdı, Kspell düzeltmelerini yaptı ve bir çok kullanışlı " +"ipuçları verdi." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:204 kbabel/main.cpp:572 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Helped keep KBabel up to date with the KDE API and gave a lot of other help." +msgstr "KBabel'in TDE ile güncel kalmasını sağladı ve çeşitli yardımları oldu." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:206 kbabel/main.cpp:576 +msgid "Various validation plugins." +msgstr "Çeşitli doğrulama eklentileri" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:209 kbabel/main.cpp:579 +msgid "Sponsored development of KBabel for a while." +msgstr "KBabel'in sponsorlu gelişimi." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:211 +msgid "Support for making diffs and some minor improvements." +msgstr "Çeşitli kodlamalar." + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:214 kbabel/main.cpp:581 +#, fuzzy +msgid "KBabel contains code from TQt" +msgstr "Kbabel, Qt kodu içerir" + +#: catalogmanager/main.cpp:216 +msgid "KBabel contains code from GNU gettext" +msgstr "KBabel, GNU gettext kodu içerir" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:113 +msgid "Ma&rk files which match the following pattern:" +msgstr "Aşağıdaki kalıpla eşleşen dosyaları &imle:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:114 +msgid "&Mark Files" +msgstr "Dosyaları İ&mle" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:116 +msgid "Unma&rk files which match the following pattern:" +msgstr "Aşağıdaki kalıpla eşleşen dosyalardan imleri &kaldır:" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatterndialog.cpp:117 +msgid "Un&mark Files" +msgstr "Dosyalardan İmleri &Kaldır" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56 +msgid "Files:" +msgstr "Dosyalar:" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:84 +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:96 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1182 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1304 kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:724 +msgid "" +"Error while trying to read file:\n" +" %1\n" +"Maybe it is not a valid PO file." +msgstr "" +"Dosya okunmaya çalışılırken hata:\n" +"%1\n" +"Geçerli bir PO dosyası olmayabilir." + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:129 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:671 +msgid "" +"Result of the translation:\n" +"Edited entries: %1\n" +"Exact translations: %2 (%3%)\n" +"Approximate translations: %4 (%5%)\n" +"Nothing found: %6 (%7%)" +msgstr "" +"Çeviri sonuçları:\n" +"Düzenlenmiş girdiler: %1\n" +"Doğru çeviriler: %2 (% %3)\n" +"Belirsiz çeviriler: %4 (% %5)\n" +"Çevrilmeyenler: %6 (% %7)" + +#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:143 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:685 +msgid "Rough Translation Statistics" +msgstr "Ham Çeviri İstatistikleri" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:56 +msgid "" +"_: Caption of dialog\n" +"Validation" +msgstr "Doğrulama" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:73 +msgid "&Ignore" +msgstr "&Yoksay" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:186 +msgid "" +"Validation done.\n" +"\n" +"Checked files: %1\n" +"Number of errors: %2\n" +"Number of ignored errors: %3" +msgstr "" +"Doğrulama bitti.\n" +"\n" +"Denetlenen dosyalar: %1\n" +"Hata sayısı: %2\n" +"Yoksayılan hata sayısı: %3" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:190 +msgid "Validation Done" +msgstr "Doğrulama Tamamlandı" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:592 +msgid "" +"Free Software Foundation Copyright does not contain any year. It will not be " +"updated." +msgstr "" +"Free Software Foundation Telif Hakkı yıl içermiyor. Güncellenmeyecektir." + +#: common/catalog.cpp:1237 +msgid "validating file" +msgstr "dosya doğrulanıyor" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:1276 +msgid "applying tool" +msgstr "araç uygulanıyor" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:3128 +msgid "searching matching message" +msgstr "eşleşen ileti aranıyor" + +#: common/catalog.cpp:3217 +msgid "preparing messages for diff" +msgstr "iletiler farklar için hazırlanıyor" + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:106 +#, fuzzy, c-format +msgid "Error while trying to download file %1." +msgstr "" +"Dosya açılmaya çalışılırken hata:\n" +" %1" + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:144 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:145 +msgid "Enter the name of the archive without file extension" +msgstr "Dosya uzantısız arşiv dosyasının ismini verin" + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:178 +msgid "Error while trying to create archive file." +msgstr "Arşiv dosyasının oluşumunda hata." + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:193 +#, c-format +msgid "Error while trying to read file %1." +msgstr "Dosya okunmaya çalışılırken hata: %1" + +#: common/kbmailer.cpp:208 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Error while trying to copy file %1 into archive." +msgstr "" +"Dosya açılmaya çalışılırken hata:\n" +" %1" + +#: common/kbproject.cpp:53 +msgid "unnamed" +msgstr "isimsiz" + +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Command &Label:" +msgstr "Ko&mut:" + +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:52 +msgid "Co&mmand:" +msgstr "Ko&mut:" + +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:66 +msgid "&Add" +msgstr "&Ekle" + +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:4 catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:78 +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:70 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:10 +#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp:91 #, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "&Düzenle..." + +#: commonui/cmdedit.cpp:74 +msgid "&Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: commonui/context.cpp:97 +msgid "Corresponding source file not found" +msgstr "İlgili kaynak dosya bulunamadı" + +#: commonui/context.cpp:265 commonui/context.cpp:275 commonui/context.cpp:285 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Yapılandırma Dosya İsim"
-"
isim a dosya için
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
\n"
-"Dil"
-"
\n"
-"Projenin dili. Bu dil ISO 631 dil tanımlama standardına uygun \n"
-"olarak belirtilmelidir.\n"
-"
Metin bulma
Burada aranacak metni belirtebilirsiniz. " +"Bir düzenli ifade için arama yapmak istiyorsanız Düzenli ifade kullan" +"b> seçeneğini etkinleştirmelisiniz.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Proje isim"
-"
isim a için in in başlık için\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-" Not isim değiştirilmiş\n"
-"
Metni değiştir
Buraya iletide aradığınız ve değişecek " +"metni yazabilirsiniz. Metin yazıldığı gibi kullanılır, eğer bir düzenli " +"ifade için arama yaptırıyorsanız, geriye dönük bir başvuru yaptıramazsınız." +"p>
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
\n" -" Proje Tür tür için için tür araçlar ve\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"
Nerde aranacak
Burada katalog dosyası girdilerinden " +"hangilerinde arama yapılacağını belirtebilirsiniz.
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Ana dizinler
\n" -"PO ve POT dosyalarınızın bulunduğu ana dizinleri yazacaksınız.\n" -"Bu dizinlerin içindeki dosyalar ve dizinler tek ağaç altında " -"değerlendirilecektir.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Seçenekler
Değiştirme işlemi ince ayarları:" +"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Seçenekler
Arama işlemi ince ayarları:
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Kaynak için fark
\n" -"a kaynak a fark
\n" -"Sen dosya veya
\n" -"için Çeviri Veritabanı için Otomatik entry için in
\n" -"için
\n" -"Sen a dosya Araçlar Diff Aç dosya için KBabel s
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Fark dosyaları için Ana dizin\n" -"
Burada farkların denetleneceği dosyaların bulunduğu dizini " -"belirtebilirsiniz.
" -"Uyarı: Farklar için veritabanı kullanıldığ�nda bu seçenek etkisizdir.
" -"Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Aramayı otomatik başlat
" -"Bu seçenek etkinleştirildiğinde düzenleyicide yeni bir iletiye geçildiğinde " -"seçilen sözlükte arama otomatik olarak başlatılır. Aramanın yapılacağı yeri " -"Öntanımlı Sözlük listesinden seçebilirsiniz.
" -"İsterseniz aramayı menüden Sözlükler -> ... Bul " -"seçerek ya da sözlük butonunu araçlar çubuğuna yerleştirip ona tıklayarak elle " -"başlatabilirsiniz.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Öntanımlı Sözlük
" -"Burada öntanımlı arama sözlüğünün hangisi olacağını belirleyebilirsiniz.
" -"Farklı sözlükleri Ayarlar -> Sözlüğü Yapılandır " -"menüsünden seçerek yapılandırabilirsiniz.
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Başlık Güncelleme
\n" +"Dosyanın her kaydedilişinde başlık bilgisinin güncellenmesi için bu " +"düğmeyi seçin.
\n" +"Başlık normalde dosyanın oluşturulduğu tarih ve saati, son\n" +"güncellendiği tarih ve zamanı ve son çevirmen vb gibi bilgileri\n" +"içerir.
\n" +"Aşağıdaki kutucukları işaretleyerek hangi bilgilerin günceleneceğini " +"belirleyebilirsiniz.\n" +"Olmayan alanlar başlığa eklenir.\n" +"Eğer başlığa ilave alanlar eklemek isterseniz\n" +"Düzenle->Başlık Düzenle\n" +"seçeneğini seçerek elle yapabilirsiniz.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Otomotik olarak bulanık durumunu kaldır
\n" -"Bu etkinleştirilmişse ve bir bulanık iletiyi düzeltiyorsanız, bulanık durumu " -"otomatik olarak\n" -"kaldırılır (fuzzy kelimesi\n" -"kaydın açıklamalarından çıkarılır).
Güncellenecek alanlar
\n" +"Kaydederken başlıktaki hangi alanların güncelleneceğini belirleyin.\n" +"Eğer alan yoksa başlığa eklenecektir.
\n" +"Eğer başlığın ek bilgiler içermesini isterseniz Düzenle->Başlık " +"Düzelt menüsünü seçerek kendiniz ekleyebilirsiniz
\n" +"Kaydederken başlığın güncellenmesini istemiyorsanız\n" +"yukardaki Başlığı Güncelle'yi seçilmemiş bırakın.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Kodlama
Kayıt sırasında karakterlerin nasıl kodlanacağı " +"belirtilir. Hangi kodlamanın kullanılacağından emin değilseniz ekip " +"liderinize danışın.
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Akıllı düzenleme kullan
\n" -"Bu seçeneği etkinleştirerek KBabel'in bazı tuşlarda özel karakterler " -"üretmesi sağlanabilir. Örneğin '\"' yazdığınızda KBabel otomatik olarak '\\\"' " -"üretecek, Enter tuşuna bastığınızda otomatik olarak bir boşluk eklenecek ve " -"Shit+Enter tuşladığınızda ise otomatik olarak bir '\\n' eklenecektir.
" -"Bilgi: Bu yardımcı işlevi farkında olmadan kullanı�rsanız sözdizimsel olarak " -"yanlış metinler elde edebilirsiniz.
Dosya kodlamasına sadık kal
Bu seçenek " +"etkinleştirildiğinde, daima dosyadan okunan kodlama ile kaydedilir. " +"Başlığ�nda karakter kümesi bilgisi bulunmayan dosyalar (örn: POT dosyaları) " +"yukarıdaki kodlama ile kaydedilecektir.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Kaydederken bağlamı denetle
\n" +"Dosyayı saklarken otomatik olarak bağlamsal karakterleri \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\" ile denetlemek içindir.\n" +"Eğer bir hata oluşursa sadece bir uyarı alacaksınız.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Hata tanıma
" -"Burada, bir hata oluştuğunda nasıl gösterileceği belirtilir. " -"Hatada biple bipler ve Hatalı metnin rengini değiştir " -"çevrilen metnin rengini değiştirir. Hiçbiri belirtilmemişse durum çubuğunda bir " -"uyarı görülür.
Eski girdileri de kaydet
\n" +"Bu seçenek etkinleştirildiğinde dosyanın sonundaki eski iletiler\n" +"dosya kaydedilirken kaldırılmaz. msgmerge po dosyasını yeniden oluştururken\n" +"artık kodda bulunmayan eski iletilerin başına #~ işareti koyarak dosyanın\n" +"sonuna ekler. Bu iletiler silinmeyip dosya sonunda bırakılırsa daha ileri\n" +"tarihli bir değişiklikte tekrar kullanılabilir.\n" +"Tek sakıncası kaydedilen dosyanın boyu biraz büyük olur.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Değişiklik Tarihinin Biçimi
Başlık alanındaki tarih ve " +"zaman biçimini belirlemekte kullanılır.\n" +"PO-Revision-Date için seçenekler:
Bu bölümle ilgili daha fazla bilgi almak için çevrimiçi yardı�mda " +"The Preferences Dialog sayfasına bakın.
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Durum LEDleri
\n" -"Burada durum LEDlerinin nerede ve hangi renklerde görüneceğini seçin.
" -"Kimlik
\n" +"Kendizin ve çeviri ekibinizle ilgili bilgileri doldurun.\n" +"Bu bilgiler dosyanın başlığını güncellerken kullanılır.
\n" +"Hangi alanların nasıl güncelleneceği ile ilgili seçenekleri\n" +"bu diyaloğun Kaydet sayfasında bulabilirsiniz.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Tekil/çoğul biçimlerin sayısı
\n" +"Bilgi: Bu seçenek şu anda çok sayıda çoğul biçemleri " +"desteklememekle birlikte, Türkçe'de çoğul ve tekil biçemler arasında fark " +"olmadığından (1 tane ile 2 tane arasında çoğul bildirimleri bakım�ndan " +"Türkçe'de bir fark yoktur.) Türkçe için kullanılabilir.\n" +"Çoğul biçemler içeren pot dosyalarında fazladan bulunan çoğul seçeneklerini " +"KBabel temizlemez. Bu bakımdan onları kendiniz temizleyeceksiniz. Bunun " +"nasıl birşey olduğunu anlayabilmek için gettext-0.10.38.pot dosyasını ve bu " +"dosyanın Türkçe çevirisini TP web sitesinden indirerek karşılaştırın.
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/kbabelui.rc line 82 -#: rc.cpp:455 -#, no-c-format -msgid "&Dictionaries" -msgstr "&Sözlükler" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:504 +msgid "&GNU plural form header:" +msgstr "&GNU çoğul biçim başlığı:" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/kbabelui.rc line 100 -#: rc.cpp:467 rc.cpp:1213 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Main" -msgstr "Ana" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:514 +msgid "&Lookup" +msgstr "&Ara" -#. i18n: file ./kbabel/kbabelui.rc line 113 -#: rc.cpp:470 rc.cpp:1216 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Navigationbar" -msgstr "Gezinme çubuğu" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:518 +msgid "Re&quire plural form arguments in translation" +msgstr "Çeviride çoğul biçim argümanları gere&klidir" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 28 -#: rc.cpp:473 -#, no-c-format -msgid "General" -msgstr "Genel" +#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:521 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
Çeviride çoğul biçim argümanları gereklidir
\n" +"Bilgi: Bu seçenek şimdilik TDE'ye özeldir. Bir TDE uygulamasını " +"çevirmiyorsanız bu seçeneği gözardı edebilirsiniz.
\n" +"Bu seçenek etkinleştirildiğinde doğrulama denetimi bir ileti içinde %n " +"argümanın varlığını arayacaktır.
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
GNU çoğul biçim başlığı
\n" +"GNU çoğul biçimlerinin elde edilmesi için bu başlık girdisini " +"doldurabilirsiniz. Bu alanı boş bırakırsanız, Po dosyasına girdiler " +"eklenmeyecek ya da değiştirilmeyecektir.
\n" +"KBabel, GNU gettext araçlarıyla, dilinize uygun ayarı sizin yerinize " +"saptamaya çalışabilir. Bunun için Ara düğmesini kullanınız.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Komut imi karakteri
Komutların tuş kısaltmalarını " +"belirlemede kullanılacak karakter belirlenir. Örneğin Qt için '&' ve Gtk " +"için '_' karakteri kullanılır.
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
Önbilgiler için düzenli ifade
Çevrilmeyecek olan ve " +"iletide önbilginin atandığı yeri belirlemede kullanılacak olan düzenli " +"ifadeyi buraya yazın.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
Anında sözdizimi denetimi
KBabel'in yazdığınız anda " +"sözdizimi denetimini yapmasını isterseniz bunu etkinleştirin. Yanlış yazılan " +"sözcükler hata rengiyle renklendirilecektir.
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
Yoksayılan sözcükleri anımsa
Bu seçeneği " +"etkinleştirerek, her sözdizimi denetiminde Tümünü Yoksay " +"tıkland�ğında KBabel yoksayılan kelimeleri yoksaymak üzere kaydedecektir." +"p>
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
Ana dizinler
\n" +"PO ve POT dosyalarınızın bulunduğu ana dizinleri yazacaksınız.\n" +"Bu dizinlerin içindeki dosyalar ve dizinler tek ağaç altında " +"değerlendirilecektir.
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
Dosyaları yeni pencerede aç
\n" +"Etkinleştirildiğinde katalog yöneticisinden açılan tüm dosyalar\n" +"yeni bir pencerede açılır.
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Çıkışta süreçleri durdur
\n" +"Bunu etkinleştirdiğinizde, KBabel kapanırken halen devam etmekte olan " +"süreçler varsa, KBabel onlara \"Kill\" sinyali göndererek durdurmaya " +"çal�şacaktır.
\n" +"UYARI: Kill edilmiş sürecin durdurulup durdurulmayacağı garanti edilmez." +"p>
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
Dosya içeriğinin indekslenmesi
\n" +"Bunu işaretlersiniz, KBabel, bul/yerleştir işlemlerini hızlandırmak için " +"her PO dosyası için bir indeks oluşturacak.
\n" +"BİLGİ: Bu işlemin araya girmesi, dosya bilgilerinin güncellenmesini " +"yavaşlatacaktır.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Dizin komutları
Katalog yöneticisindeki dizinlerde icra " +"edilecek komutları burada verebilirsiniz. Komutlar Katalog Yöneticisinin " +"bağlam menüsünde Komutlar altmenüsünde gösterilmiştir." +"p>
Aşağıdaki dizgeler bir komutta değişken olarak kullanılabilir:" +"
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Dosya komutları
Katalog yöneticisindeki dosyalarda " +"icra edilecek komutları burada verebilirsiniz. Komutlar Katalog " +"Yöneticisinin bağlam menüsünde Komutlar altmenüsünde gösterilmiştir." +"p>
Aşağıdaki deyimler bir komutta değişken olarak kullanılabilir:" +"
Shown columns
\n" +"Gösterilen Sütunlar
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Ne çevrilecek
Burada, KBabel'in dosyada hangi " +"girdilerin çevirilerini arayacağını belirtebilirsiniz. İlgili seçenek ile " +"aksi belirtilmedikçe değiştirilen tüm girdiler bulanık olarak " +"işaretlenecektir.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Nasıl çevrilecek
Burada, aynı iletiyi içeren eski " +"çevirilerin aynen alınmasını isteyebileceğiniz gibi tam çevirilerin " +"bulunamadığı durumlarda karşılıkları bulunabilen tek tek sözcük " +"çevirilerinin yerleştirilmesini de isteyebilirsiniz. (Türkçe için tek sözcük " +"çevirileri tavsiye edilmez.)
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Değiştirilen girdileri bulanık olarak işaretle/b>
Bir ileti " +"çevirisi bulunduğunda öntanımlı olarak bu ileti bulanık olarak " +"işaretlenir. Bu KBabel'in bulduğu çevirinin sizin için doğru çeviri " +"olmayabileceği ve çevirileri daima denetlemek isteyebileceğiniz gözönüne " +"alınarak böyle yapılmıştır. KBabel'in daima doğru çevirileri bulduğuna emin " +"olduğunuzda bu özelliği iptal edebilirsiniz.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Initialize TDE-specific entries Initialize \"Comment=\" "
+"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF "
+"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings."
+" \n"
-"Örneğin:"
-" TDE'ye özel girdileri ilklendir Çeviri bulunamazsa "
+"\"Comment=\" ve \"Name=\" girdileri ilklendirilir Ayrıca, "
+"\"NAME_OF_TRANSLATORS\" ve \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" alanlarına kimlik "
+"bilgileri yazılır. Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be "
+"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they "
+"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list. The "
+"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
+"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog."
+" Sözlükler Çevirilerin hangi sözlüklerde aranacağını "
+"burada belirtebilirsiniz. Birden fazla sözlük kullanılması halinde sözlükler "
+"listede belirttiğiniz sırada taranacaktır. Yapılandır düğmesi "
+"ile sözlüğü geçici olarak yapılandırabilirsiniz. Pencereyi kapattığınızda "
+"eski ayarlara dönülecektir. When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
+"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by "
+"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this "
+"option only if you know what you are doing. Bir ileti çevirisi bulunduğunda öntanımlı olarak bu ileti bulanık"
+"b> olarak işaretlenir. Bu KBabel'in bulduğu çevirinin sizin için doğru "
+"çeviri olmayabileceği ve çevirileri daima denetlemek isteyebileceğiniz "
+"gözönüne alınarak böyle yapılmıştır. KBabel'in daima doğru çevirileri "
+"bulduğuna emin olduğunuzda bu özelliği iptal edebilirsiniz. "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"context info"
+msgstr "içerik bilgisi"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Tek PO Dosyasını Tara"
+#: datatools/equations/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"equations"
+msgstr "eşitlikler"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "Dizini Tara"
+#: datatools/length/main.cc:61 datatools/regexp/main.cc:55
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"translation has inconsistent length"
+msgstr "çevirinin boyu uygun değil"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "Dizindekileri ve Altdizinlerdekileri Tara"
+#: datatools/not-translated/main.cc:60
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"English text in translation"
+msgstr "çeviri içindeki ingilizce metin"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "Taranan dosya:"
+#: datatools/pluralforms/main.cc:59
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"plural forms"
+msgstr "çoğul iletisi"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "Girdi eklendi:"
+#: datatools/punctuation/main.cc:58
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"punctuation"
+msgstr "noktalama işaretleri"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "Toplam işlenen:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:58
+msgid "Error loading data (%1)"
+msgstr "Veri (%1) yükleme hatası"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "İşlenen dosya:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:118
+msgid "File not found"
+msgstr "Dosya bulunamadı"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "Yüklenen dosya:"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:123
+msgid "The file is not a XML"
+msgstr "XML dosysı değil"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "Al..."
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:147
+msgid "Expected tag 'item'"
+msgstr "Beklenen Etiket 'item'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "İstatistikler"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:153
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "First child of 'item' is not a node"
+msgstr "'item' ilk çocuk,-bir düğüm değil"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "Tekrarlanan dizgeler "
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:159
+msgid "Expected tag 'name'"
+msgstr "Beklenen Etiket 'name'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "Doğru Anahtarlar"
+#: datatools/regexp/main.cc:167
+msgid "Expected tag 'exp'"
+msgstr "Beklenen Etiket 'exp'"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
+#: datatools/whitespace/main.cc:60
msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+"_: which check found errors\n"
+"whitespace only translation"
msgstr ""
-" \n"
-"doğru anahtarlar listesine yerleştirilecek anahtar içindeki en az "
-"sorgu sözcüğü sayısını belirtebilirsiniz."
-" \n"
-"Ayrıca, listeye yerleştirilen sorgu anahtarının en az anahtar sözcük sayısını "
-"da belirtebilirsiniz."
-" \n"
-"Bu iki sayı sözcüklerin yoplam sayısına oranı olarak verilir. Eğer bu oranın "
-"sonucu birden küçükse arama motoru onu bire yuvarlar."
-" \n"
-"Son olarak listedeki en çok girdi sayısını da belirtebilirsiniz. "
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
-msgstr "Sorgu içindeki en az anahtar sözcük sayısı % "
+#: datatools/xml/main.cc:60
+msgid ""
+"_: what check found errors\n"
+"XML tags"
+msgstr "XML etiketleri"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
-msgstr "%"
+#: filters/gettext/gettextexport.cpp:74
+msgid "saving file"
+msgstr "Dosya kaydediliyor"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
-msgstr "Anahtar içindeki en az sorgu sözcüğü sayısı % "
+#: filters/gettext/gettextimport.cpp:83
+msgid "loading file"
+msgstr "dosya yükleniyor"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
-msgstr "En fazla liste uzunluğu:"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:64 kbabel/kbcharselect.cpp:52
+msgid "Table:"
+msgstr "Tablo:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 945
-#: rc.cpp:825 rc.cpp:1156
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Frequent Words"
-msgstr "Sık Rastlanan Sözcükler"
+#: kbabel/charselectview.cpp:84
+msgid ""
+" Character Selector This tool allows to insert special "
+"characters using double click. Karakter Seçici Bu araç sayesinde özel karakterleri çift "
+"tıklama ile kullanabilirsiniz. Comment Editor \n"
+" The comments normally contain information about where the message is "
+"found in the source\n"
+"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
+"Options->Show Comments. Açıklama Düzenleyici \n"
+" Normalde açıklamalarda düzenlenen iletinin kaynak kod içinde\n"
+"nerde bulunabileceği ve ileti hakkında durum bilgileri (bulanık, c-format)\n"
+"gösterilir.\n"
+"Ayrıca yazardan çevirmene bazı ipuçları ile diğer çevirmenlere bilgiler\n"
+"içerebilir. Bu pencereyi menüdeki Ayarlar -> Açıklamaları Göster"
+"b> seçeneğinin\n"
+"durumunu değiştirerek gizleyebilirsiniz. PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+"
\n"
-"My name is Andrea aramasında tek sözcük ikamesi kullanıldığında "
-"My name is Andrea veya My name is Joe dizgelerinden biri "
-"dönebilir."
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "Bir sözcük ikamesi kullan"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "Sorgudaki en çok sözcük sayısı:"
+"
PO İçeriği
Bu pencerede düzenlenen iletinin PO " +"dosyasındaki yeri gösterilir. Normalde düzenlenen iletiden önceki ve sonraki " +"dörder ileti ile birlikte gösterilir.
Ayarlar->Araçları Göster " +"menü öğesindeki imi kaldırarak araçlar pencerelerini gizleyebilirsiniz
" +"qt>Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Hata Listesi
Bu pencere Denetleyici araçlarınca bulunan " +"hataları listeler. Böylece şimdiki iletinin neden hatalı olarak " +"işaretlendiğini görebilirsiniz.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Bu düğme, güncel ayarlara göre başlığı günceller. Oluşturulan başlık " +"PO dosyası kaydedilirken yazılacak ilk şey olacaktır.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
hepsi
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Bu başlık geçersiz!
\n" +"Lütfen güncellemeden önce başlığı düzeltin!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Bu başlık geçersiz!
\n" +"Lütfen güncellemeden önce başlığı düzeltin!
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
\n" -"Dosya yolunda varsa, aşağıdaki değişkenler değiştirilecektir:\n" -"
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Geçersizi bulanık olarak işaretle" -"
\n" -"
Bu seçenekle, aracın geçersiz olarak\n" -"saptadığı tüm öğeler fuzy olarak işaretlenecek\n" -"ve sonuçlanan dosya kaydedilecektir.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Bulanıkları yoksay" -"
\n" -"
Bu seçenekle, bulanık olarak işaretlenmiş\n" -"öğeler doğrulama sırasında gözardı edilir.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Karakter Seçici
" -"Bu araç sayesinde özel karakterleri çift tıklama ile kullanabilirsiniz.
" -"This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
Bu düğme, güncel ayarlara göre başlığı günceller. Oluşturulan başlık PO " -"dosyası kaydedilirken yazılacak ilk şey olacaktır.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
hepsi
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Bu başlık geçersiz!
\n" -"Lütfen güncellemeden önce başlığı düzeltin!
Durum Çubuğu
\n" +"Durum Çubuğu açık dosya ile ilgili toplam kayıt sayısı, bulanık ve\n" +"çevrilmemiş iletilerin toplam sayıları gibi bazı bilgileri gösterir.\n" +"Ayrıca o anda gösterilen kaydın indeksi ve durumu da gösterilir.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Bu başlık geçersiz!
\n" -"Lütfen güncellemeden önce başlığı düzeltin!
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Açıklama Düzenleyici
\n" -"Bu pencerede düzenlenmekte olan iletiye ait açıklamalar gösterilir" -"\n" -"
Normalde açıklamalarda düzenlenen iletinin kaynak kod içinde\n" -"nerde bulunabileceği ve ileti hakkında durum bilgileri (bulanık, c-format)\n" -"gösterilir.\n" -"Ayrıca yazardan çevirmene bazı ipuçları ile diğer çevirmenlere bilgiler\n" -"içerebilir.
" -"Bu pencereyi menüdeki Ayarlar -> Açıklamaları Göster seçeneğinin\n" -"durumunu değiştirerek gizleyebilirsiniz.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Arama Sonuçları
" -"Bu sekmede çeviri veritabanında yapılan aramaların sonuçları gösterilir
" -"En üstte seçili sonucun nerede bulunduğu ve bulunan girdi sayısı gösterilir. " -"Alttaki düğmelerle arama sonuçları arasında gezinebilirsiniz.
" -"Arama, iletiye geçiş sırasında otomatik başlatılacağı gibi Sözlükler->" -"... Bul menüsünün seçenekleri kullanılarak da başlatılabilir.
" -"Ortak seçenekler Tercihler diyaloğundaki Arama bölümünde ya da" -"Ayarlar->Sözlüğü Yapılandır menüsünde ayarlanabilir.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Arama Sonuçları
Bu sekmede çeviri veritabanında yapılan " +"aramaların sonuçları gösterilir
En üstte seçili sonucun nerede " +"bulunduğu ve bulunan girdi sayısı gösterilir. Alttaki düğmelerle arama " +"sonuçları arasında gezinebilirsiniz.
Arama, iletiye geçiş sırasında " +"otomatik başlatılacağı gibi Sözlükler->... Bul menüsünün seçenekleri " +"kullanılarak da başlatılabilir.
Ortak seçenekler Tercihler " +"diyaloğundaki Arama bölümünde ya daAyarlar->Sözlüğü Yapılandır " +"menüsünde ayarlanabilir.
Original String
\n" +"Original String
\n" "This part of the window shows the original message\n" "of the currently displayed entry.
Özgün İleti
\n" +"Özgün İleti
\n" "Bu pencerede çevriye konu olacak özgün\n" "ileti gösterilir.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Status LEDs
\n" "These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" "You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" "Editor on page Appearance
Durum LEDleri
\n" +"Durum LEDleri
\n" "Bu LEDler üzerinde çalışılan iletinin durumunu gösterir.\n"
"Renklerini değiştirmek için Tercihler diyaloğunda\n"
"Düzen başlığı altındaki Görünüm sekmesindeki\n"
@@ -3630,72 +3280,58 @@ msgstr ""
#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:450
msgid ""
-" Translation Editor Translation Editor This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently "
-"displayed message."
-" Çevrilen İleti Burada üst bölümde gösterilen özgün iletinin çevirisini düzenleyebilirsiniz"
-" Çevrilen İleti Burada üst bölümde gösterilen özgün iletinin çevirisini "
+"düzenleyebilirsiniz Statusbar The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n"
-"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n"
-"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is "
-"shown. Durum Çubuğu Durum Çubuğu açık dosya ile ilgili toplam kayıt sayısı, bulanık ve\n"
-"çevrilmemiş iletilerin toplam sayıları gibi bazı bilgileri gösterir.\n"
-"Ayrıca o anda gösterilen kaydın indeksi ve durumu da gösterilir. Error List This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can "
-"know why the current message has been marked with an error. Hata Listesi Bu pencere Denetleyici araçlarınca bulunan hataları listeler. Böylece "
-"şimdiki iletinin neden hatalı olarak işaretlendiğini görebilirsiniz. PO Context This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. "
-"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after "
-"it. You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
End of document reached."
-"
Continue from the beginning?
End of document reached."
-"
Continue from the beginning?
Belgenin sonuna ulaşıldı"
-"
Başlangıçtan itibaren başlasın mı?
Beginning of document reached."
-"
Continue from the end?
Beginning of document reached."
-"
Continue from the end?
Belgenin başına ulaşıldı."
-"
Sondan itibaren devam edilsin mi?
End of document reached.
Continue from "
+"the beginning?
End of document reached.
Continue from the "
+"beginning?
Belgenin sonuna ulaşıldı
Başlangıçtan "
+"itibaren başlasın mı?
Beginning of document reached.
Continue "
+"from the end?
Beginning of document reached.
Continue from "
+"the end?
Belgenin başına ulaşıldı.
Sondan itibaren "
+"devam edilsin mi?
PO İçeriği
" -"Bu pencerede düzenlenen iletinin PO dosyasındaki yeri gösterilir. Normalde " -"düzenlenen iletiden önceki ve sonraki dörder ileti ile birlikte gösterilir.
" -"Ayarlar->Araçları Göster menü öğesindeki imi kaldırarak araçlar " -"pencerelerini gizleyebilirsiniz
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
KBabel'in önceki sürümlerinden kalan yedek veritabanı dosyaları var."
+"Bununla beraber KBabel'in başka bir sürümü ( olasılıkla TDE 3.1.1 veya "
+"3.1.2) yeni bir veritabanı oluşturdu. Sonuç olarak, KBabel kurulumunuz , "
+"veritabanı dosyalarının her iki sürümünü de içeriyor. Ne yazık ki, eski ve "
+"yeni sürümler eklemlenemez,-bir tanesini seçmek durumundasınız.
Eski sürümü seçerseniz, yenisi silinecek. Eğer yeni sürümü seçerseniz eski "
+"veritabanı dosyalarınıza dokunulmayacak. Kendi ellerinizle -ve muhakkak- "
+"silmelisiniz, diğer türlü,-okumakta olduğunuz bu ileti tekrar görüntülenecek."
+"(Eski dosyalar : $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Parametreler
" -"Bir po dosyasında arama için burada ince ayar yapabilirsiniz. Örneğin harf " -"büyüklüğüne bağlı bir arama yapabileceğiniz gibi bulanık iletileri arama " -"dışında tutabilirsiniz.
Parametreler
Bir po dosyasında arama için burada ince " +"ayar yapabilirsiniz. Örneğin harf büyüklüğüne bağlı bir arama " +"yapabileceğiniz gibi bulanık iletileri arama dışında tutabilirsiniz.
" +"qt> " #: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/preferenceswidget.cpp:96 #: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/preferenceswidget.cpp:94 msgid "" -"Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Karşılaştırma Seçenekleri/b>
" -"Burada hangi iletilerin eşleşen iletiler sayılacağını " -"belirleyebilirsiniz.
Karşılaştırma Seçenekleri/b>
Burada hangi iletilerin " +"eşleşen iletiler sayılacağını belirleyebilirsiniz.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Harf-uyumu
" -"İletiler içinde 3 harflik gruplar halinde eşleşmeler aranır. Örneğin " -"'abc123' ile 'abcx123c12' eşleştirilir.
3-Harf-uyumu
İletiler içinde 3 harflik gruplar halinde " +"eşleşmeler aranır. Örneğin 'abc123' ile 'abcx123c12' eşleştirilir.
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Konum
" -"Burada arama için kullanılacak dosyayı yapılandırabilirsiniz.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Konum
Burada arama için kullanılacak dosyayı " +"yapılandırabilirsiniz.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Parametreler
" -"Bir po dosyası içinde arama işlemi için ince ayarlarınızı burdan " -"yapabilirsiniz. Örneğin harf büyüklüğüne duyarlı arama yapma seçeneğine buradan " -"ulaşabilirsiniz.
Parametreler
Bir po dosyası içinde arama işlemi için " +"ince ayarlarınızı burdan yapabilirsiniz. Örneğin harf büyüklüğüne duyarlı " +"arama yapma seçeneğine buradan ulaşabilirsiniz.
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Geçersizi bulanık olarak işaretle
\n" +"
Bu seçenekle, aracın geçersiz olarak\n" +"saptadığı tüm öğeler fuzy olarak işaretlenecek\n" +"ve sonuçlanan dosya kaydedilecektir.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Bulanıkları yoksay
\n" +"
Bu seçenekle, bulanık olarak işaretlenmiş\n" +"öğeler doğrulama sırasında gözardı edilir.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
KBabel'in önceki sürümlerinden kalan yedek veritabanı dosyaları var.Bununla "
-"beraber KBabel'in başka bir sürümü ( olasılıkla TDE 3.1.1 veya 3.1.2) yeni bir "
-"veritabanı oluşturdu. Sonuç olarak, KBabel kurulumunuz , veritabanı "
-"dosyalarının her iki sürümünü de içeriyor. Ne yazık ki, eski ve yeni sürümler "
-"eklemlenemez,-bir tanesini seçmek durumundasınız."
-"
"
-"
Eski sürümü seçerseniz, yenisi silinecek. Eğer yeni sürümü seçerseniz "
-"eski veritabanı dosyalarınıza dokunulmayacak. Kendi ellerinizle -ve muhakkak- "
-"silmelisiniz, diğer türlü,-okumakta olduğunuz bu ileti tekrar "
-"görüntülenecek.(Eski dosyalar : "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Kaynak için fark
\n" +"a kaynak a fark
\n" +"Sen dosya veya
\n" +"için Çeviri Veritabanı için Otomatik entry için in
\n" +"için
\n" +"Sen a dosya Araçlar Diff Aç dosya için KBabel s
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Fark dosyaları için Ana dizin\n" +"
Burada farkların denetleneceği dosyaların bulunduğu dizini " +"belirtebilirsiniz.
Uyarı: Farklar için veritabanı kullanıldığ�nda bu " +"seçenek etkisizdir.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Proje sihirbazına hoşgeldiniz!\n" +"\n" +"Bu sihirbaz Kbabel için yeni bir çeviri projesi hazırlamanıza \n" +"yardımcı olacaktır.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Öncelikle proje adını ve yapılandırma ayarlarının depolanacağı\n" +"dosya adını belirtmelisiniz.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Ayrıca çeviri yapacağınız dili belirleyerek çeviri projesinin \n" +"türünü de tanımlamalısınız.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1302 -msgid "No information available." -msgstr "Bu konuda bilgi yok" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Yapılandırma Dosya İsim
isim a dosya için
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Dil
\n"
+"Projenin dili. Bu dil ISO 631 dil tanımlama standardına uygun \n"
+"olarak belirtilmelidir.\n"
+"
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Proje isim
isim a için in in başlık için\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+" Not isim değiştirilmiş\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +" Proje Tür tür için için tür araçlar ve\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Ana dizinler
\n" +"PO ve POT dosyalarınızın bulunduğu ana dizinleri yazacaksınız.\n" +"Bu dizinlerin içindeki dosyalar ve dizinler tek ağaç altında " +"değerlendirilecektir.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Otomotik olarak bulanık durumunu kaldır
\n" +"Bu etkinleştirilmişse ve bir bulanık iletiyi düzeltiyorsanız, bulanık " +"durumu otomatik olarak\n" +"kaldırılır (fuzzy kelimesi\n" +"kaydın açıklamalarından çıkarılır).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Akıllı düzenleme kullan
\n" +"Bu seçeneği etkinleştirerek KBabel'in bazı tuşlarda özel karakterler " +"üretmesi sağlanabilir. Örneğin '\"' yazdığınızda KBabel otomatik olarak '\\" +"\"' üretecek, Enter tuşuna bastığınızda otomatik olarak bir boşluk eklenecek " +"ve Shit+Enter tuşladığınızda ise otomatik olarak bir '\\n' eklenecektir." +"p>
Bilgi: Bu yardımcı işlevi farkında olmadan kullanı�rsanız sözdizimsel " +"olarak yanlış metinler elde edebilirsiniz.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Hata tanıma
Burada, bir hata oluştuğunda nasıl " +"gösterileceği belirtilir. Hatada biple bipler ve Hatalı metnin " +"rengini değiştir çevrilen metnin rengini değiştirir. Hiçbiri " +"belirtilmemişse durum çubuğunda bir uyarı görülür.
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Durum LEDleri
\n" +"Burada durum LEDlerinin nerede ve hangi renklerde görüneceğini seçin." +"p>
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Aramayı otomatik başlat
Bu seçenek etkinleştirildiğinde " +"düzenleyicide yeni bir iletiye geçildiğinde seçilen sözlükte arama otomatik " +"olarak başlatılır. Aramanın yapılacağı yeri Öntanımlı Sözlük " +"listesinden seçebilirsiniz.
İsterseniz aramayı menüden Sözlükler -" +"> ... Bul seçerek ya da sözlük butonunu araçlar çubuğuna yerleştirip ona " +"tıklayarak elle başlatabilirsiniz.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Öntanımlı Sözlük
Burada öntanımlı arama sözlüğünün " +"hangisi olacağını belirleyebilirsiniz.
Farklı sözlükleri Ayarlar -> " +"Sözlüğü Yapılandır menüsünden seçerek yapılandırabilirsiniz.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Durum Çubuğu
\n" -"Durum Çubuğu şu anki bul ve değiştir işlemi hakkında bigi verir." -"Bulunan:
daki ilk sayı dizgenin bulunduğu dosyaların sayısını, ikincisi ise " -"arama yapılacak toplam dosya sayısını gösterir.File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Dosya Seçenekleri
" -"Bulunacağı yerle ilgili ayarlar:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Örneğin: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Aşağıdaki dosyaların farklılıklarını öğren:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Tek PO dosyasını tara..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Aşağıdaki dosyaların farklılıklarını öğren:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Dizini Tara..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Eski iletiler:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Dizindekileri ve Altdizinlerdekileri tara..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Günlük İletileri:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Taranan dosya:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Gerekliyse dosyaları &otomatik ekle"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Girdi eklendi:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Teslim et"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Toplam işlenen:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Durumu Öğren "
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "İşlenen dosya:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Farkları Göster"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Yüklenen dosya:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Katalog Bilgileri"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Al..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Komut:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Tekrarlanan dizgeler "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "%1 dosyası zaten var. Üzerine yazmak ister misiniz?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Doğru Anahtarlar"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"doğru anahtarlar listesine yerleştirilecek anahtar içindeki en az "
+"sorgu sözcüğü sayısını belirtebilirsiniz. \n"
+"Ayrıca, listeye yerleştirilen sorgu anahtarının en az anahtar sözcük "
+"sayısını da belirtebilirsiniz. \n"
+"Bu iki sayı sözcüklerin yoplam sayısına oranı olarak verilir. Eğer bu oranın "
+"sonucu birden küçükse arama motoru onu bire yuvarlar. \n"
+"Son olarak listedeki en çok girdi sayısını da belirtebilirsiniz. "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Sorgu içindeki en az anahtar sözcük sayısı % "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "KBabel başlatılamadı."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ %1 durumu ile çıktı ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Anahtar içindeki en az sorgu sözcüğü sayısı % "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Bitti ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "En fazla liste uzunluğu:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "İleti Katalogları"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Sık Rastlanan Sözcükler"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Bundan daha sık rastlanan sözcükleri iptal et:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS Durumu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "her anahtarın içinde sık rastlanan sözcükler var kabul edilmiştir. "
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "İm Durumu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Genel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "&Geri al"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Veritabanı dizini:"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Otomatik güncelle"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "İm Durumu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Yeni Girdiler"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "&Temizle"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "KBabel'den"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "İm Durumu"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Algoritma"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Depo yok"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "En düşük derece:"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Dosyalar:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Kullanılacak Algoritma"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "İsim"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Derece:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Bulanık cümle arşivi"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Bulanık"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Sözcük Dağarcığı"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Çevirilmemiş"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Tam"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Toplam"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Cümle cümle"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Son Düzenleme"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Alfasayısal"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Günlük Penceresi"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "Sözcük sözcük"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Temizle"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "Özdevimli sözlük:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Günlük Penceresi Bu pencerede işlenen komutların sonuçları gösterilmektedir. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Katalog Yöneticisi/b> Katalog yöneticisi PO ve POT dosyalarının bulunduğu iki dizinin\n"
-"içeriğini tek ağaçta toplayarak tümünü gösterir.\n"
-"Bu şekilde yeni bir pot dosyası eklendiğinde ya da kaldırıldığında\n"
-"kolayca farkedersiniz. Ayrıca dosyaların durumları hakkında ek bilgiler\n"
-"gösterilir. Çevrimiçi yardım içindeki Katalog Yöneticisi bölümünde daha fazla\n"
-"bilgi bulabilirsiniz. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"My name is Andrea aramasında tek sözcük ikamesi kullanıldığında "
+"My name is Andrea veya My name is Joe dizgelerinden biri "
+"dönebilir."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "Yerel olarak değiştirilmiş"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Bir sözcük ikamesi kullan"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Güncelle"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Sorgudaki en çok sözcük sayısı:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Çakışma"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "İki sözcük ikamesi kullan"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Çalışma Kopyasında Hata"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Bilinmeyen"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Bu geçerli bir CVS deposu değil. CVS komutları çalıştırılamaz."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Düzenli ifadelerin içerdiği karakterler:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Başlatma konutu ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "Veritabanı"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "CVS Diyalog"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Veritabanı dizini:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Aşağıdaki dosyaları güncelle:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Veritabanına girdiyi otomatikman ekle"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Aşağıdaki dosyaları teslim et:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bir yeni çeviri bir şeyler tarafından (kbabel gibi) tetiklenmişse bir girdi "
+"veritabanına otomatik olarak eklenir."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Aşağıdaki dosyaların durumlarını öğren:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Otomatikman eklenen girdinin yazarı:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Aşağıdaki dosyaların durumlarını öğren:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Dosya yolunda varsa, aşağıdaki değişkenler değiştirilecektir:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
Вибір записів для перекладу
" -"Тут можна вибрати, для яких записів KBabel буде намагатись знайти переклад. " -"Змінені записи завжди позначаються як неточні, незалежно від вибраного " -"параметра.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Як перекладаються фрази
" -"Тут можна вказати чи перекладати фрази цілком, якщо допускаються подібні " -"фрази, чи програма KBabel повинна спробувати зробити послівний переклад фрази, " -"якщо не знайдено перекладу цілої або подібної фрази.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Позначати змінені записи як неточні
" -"Коли для повідомлення знайдено переклад, цей запис буде типово позначатись " -"як неточний. Причина в тому, що KBabel не завжди знаходить точні " -"переклади, і тому перекладачу слід уважно перевірити результат. Вимкніть цей " -"параметр тільки тоді, коли ви впевнені у тому, що робите.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Започаткувати службові записи TDE
" -"Започаткувати записи \"Comment=\" та \"Name=\", якщо не знайдено переклад. " -"Також, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" та \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" заповняється " -"параметрами з профілю.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"Словники
" -"Виберіть тут словники, які повинні використовуватись для пошуку перекладу. " -"Якщо ви виберете більше ніж один словник, то вони будуть використовуватись у " -"такому самому порядку як вини показані у списку.
" -"Кнопка Налаштувати дає можливість тимчасово налаштувати вибраний " -"словник. Після закриття вікна, оригінальні параметри будуть відновлені.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Коли для повідомлення знайдено переклад, цей запис буде типово позначатись " -"як неточний. Причина в тому, що KBabel не завжди знаходить точні " -"переклади, і тому перекладачу слід уважно перевірити результат. Вимкніть цей " -"параметр тільки тоді, коли ви впевнені у тому, що робите.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Знайти текст
" -"Тут можна ввести текст для пошуку. Якщо ви хочете шукати за формальним " -"виразом, увімкніть нижче Використовувати формальний вираз.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Замінити текст
" -"Тут можна ввести текст, на який необхідно замінити знайдений текст. Текст " -"використовуватиметься у такому самому вигляді як його введено. Якщо ви шукали з " -"формальним виразом, то повернутись назад буде неможливо.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Де шукати
" -"Виберіть тут, у яких частинах запису каталогу необхідно робити пошук.
" -"Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Параметри
" -"Тут можна налагодити параметри заміни:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Параметри
" -"Тут можна налагодити параметри пошуку:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Рядок стану
\n" +"Рядок стану показує інформацію про поступ поточної дії пошуку або заміни. " +"Перше число у Знайдено: означає кількість файлів, у яких знайдено " +"шуканий текст, але вони ще не показані у вікні KBabel. Друге число означає " +"загальну кількість файлів, в яких до цього часу знайдено шуканий текст.
" +"qt>" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:195 -msgid "Fields to Update" -msgstr "Поля для оновлення" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:663 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:696 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:727 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:757 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:787 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:807 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:827 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Cannot send a message to KBabel.\n" +"Please check your TDE installation." +msgstr "" +"Не вдається надіслати повідомлення до KBabel.\n" +"Будь ласка, перевірте вашу інсталяцію TDE." -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199 -msgid "Re&vision-Date" -msgstr "Дата &модифікації" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:858 +msgid "" +"Unable to use TDELauncher to start KBabel.\n" +"You should check the installation of TDE.\n" +"Please start KBabel manually." +msgstr "" +"Не вдається скористатись TDELauncher для запуску KBabel.\n" +"Перевірте інсталяцію TDE.\n" +"Будь ласка, запустіть KBabel вручну." -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200 -msgid "Last-&Translator" -msgstr "Останній перекл&адач" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:893 +msgid "Found: 0/0" +msgstr "Знайдено: 0/0" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201 -msgid "&Language" -msgstr "&Мова" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:915 +msgid "Found: %1/%2" +msgstr "Знайдено: %1/%2" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202 -msgid "Char&set" -msgstr "&Набір символів" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:940 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1024 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:4433 kbabeldict/kbabeldictview.cpp:239 +msgid "Searching" +msgstr "Пошук" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203 -msgid "&Encoding" -msgstr "&Кодування" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:986 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1073 +msgid "DCOP communication with KBabel failed." +msgstr "З'єднання DCOP з KBabel було невдалим." -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204 -msgid "Pro&ject" -msgstr "Про&ект" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:986 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1073 +msgid "DCOP Communication Error" +msgstr "Помилка з'єднання з DCOP" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206 -msgid "Format of Revision-Date" -msgstr "Формат дати модифікації" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1001 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1087 +msgid "KBabel cannot be started." +msgstr "Не вдалось запустити KBabel." -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211 -msgid "De&fault date format" -msgstr "Типови&й формат дати" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1001 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1087 +msgid "Cannot Start KBabel" +msgstr "Не вдається запустити KBabel" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213 -msgid "Local date fo&rmat" -msgstr "М&ісцевий формат дати" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1008 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1094 +msgid "Search string not found!" +msgstr "Шуканий рядок не знайдено!" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215 -msgid "Custo&m date format:" -msgstr "Інший &формат дати:" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:1235 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot open project file %1" +msgstr "Не вдається відкрити файл проекту %1" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225 -msgid "Project String" -msgstr "Рядок проекту" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Назва" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231 -msgid "Project-Id:" -msgstr "ІД проекту:" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90 +msgid "M" +msgstr "M" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239 -msgid "&Header" -msgstr "&Заголовок" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91 +msgid "Fuzzy" +msgstr "Неточні" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249 -msgid "Update &translator copyright" -msgstr "Оно&вити запис про авторські права перекладача" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92 +msgid "Untranslated" +msgstr "Неперекладені" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253 -msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright" -msgstr "Авторські права Фонду вільного ПЗ" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Всього" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257 -msgid "&Remove copyright if empty" -msgstr "&Видалити запис про авторські права, якщо порожній" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5 +msgid "CVS/SVN Status" +msgstr "Стан CVS/SVN" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258 -msgid "&Update copyright" -msgstr "&Оновити запис про авторські права" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95 +msgid "Last Revision" +msgstr "Остання модифікація" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259 -msgid "Do ¬ change" -msgstr "Н&е змінювати" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458 +msgid "Log Window" +msgstr "Вікно журналу" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263 -msgid "Cop&yright" -msgstr "&Авторські права" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180 +msgid "C&lear" +msgstr "&Очистити" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183 msgid "" -"Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Оновлення заголовка
\n" -"Увімкніть, щоб заголовок файла оновлявся при кожному збереженні.
\n" -"Зазвичай, заголовок містить інформацію про дату і час останнього\n" -"оновлення, останнього перекладача, тощо.
\n" -"Можете нижче вибрати, які інформацію необхідно оновляти.\n" -"Поля, які не існують -- будуть додані до заголовка.\n" -"Якщо ви хочете додати до заголовка додаткові поля, можна вручну відредагувати " -"заголовок через\n" -"Правка->Редагувати заголовок у вікні редактора.
Вікно журналу
\n" +"В цьому вікні відображається вивід виконаних команд.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Оновляти поля
\n" -"Виберіть, які поля необхідно оновляти при збереженні.\n" -"Якщо поле не існує, воно буде додане до заголовка.
\n" -"Якщо ви хочете додати до заголовка іншу інформацію, необхідно відредагувати " -"його вручну через\n" -"Правка->Редагувати заголовок у вікні редактора.
\n" -"Вимкніть Оновляти заголовок вище, якщо ви не хочете, щоб заголовок\n" -"при збереженні оновлявся.
Менеджер каталогів
\n" +"Менеджер каталогів поєднує дві теки в одне дерево і показує всі\n" +"файли PO та POT, які знаходяться в цих теках. Це наочно показує чи\n" +"чи шаблон було видано чи додано. Також показується деяка інформація\n" +" про файли.
Для подробиць див. Менеджер каталогів в довідці." +"p>
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Кодування
" -"Виберіть кодування файла при його збереженні. Якщо ви не впевнені в тому, " -"яке кодування використовувати, будь ласка, запитайте у координатора вашої " -"команди перекладу.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Зберігати кодування файла
" -"Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, то файли завжди будуть зберігатись з тим самим " -"кодуванням, у якому їх було прочитано. Файли без інформації про кодування в " -"заголовку (напр., POT-файли) зберігаються у кодуванні встановленому вище.
" -"Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Перевірка синтаксису файла під час зберігання
\n" -"Увімкніть, щоб автоматично перевіряти синтаксис файла з \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"під час збереження файла. Ви отримаєте повідомлення лише, якщо трапилась " -"помилка.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Зберігати застарілі записи
\n" -"Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, застарілі записи у відкритому файлі\n" -"будуть знов збережені у файлі. Застарілі фрази позначаються #~ й\n" -"створюються, коли msgmerge вже не потребує цього перекладу.\n" -"Якщо текст з'явиться знов, застарілі фрази будуть знов активовані.\n" -"Головний недолік -- розмір збереженого файла.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Формат останньої модифікації
" -"Виберіть формат збереження поля заголовка дати і часу\n" -"PO-Revision-Date збережено: " -"
Рекомендуємо використовувати типовий формат, щоб створені файли були " -"стандартними PO-файлами.
" -"Для подальшої інформації, дивіться в параграф довідки " -"Вікно налаштування.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Профіль
\n" -"Заповніть інформацію про себе і вашу команду перекладачів.\n" -"Ця інформація використовується під час оновлення заголовка файла.
\n" -"Ви можете знайти параметри заповнення полів заголовка\n" -"на сторінці Збереження в цьому вікні.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Кількість форм однини/множини
\n" -"Примітка: Цей параметр відноситься тільки до TDE. Якщо ви " -"перекладаєте програму не з TDE, то цей параметр можна пропустити.
\n" -"Виберіть тут скільки форм однини і множини існує у вашій мові. Кількість " -"мусить відповідати параметрам вашої команди перекладу. Якщо ви працюєте з TDE >" -"= 2.2 з підтримкою мови, для якої ви працюєте, поставте цей параметр на " -"Автоматично і KBabel спробує автоматично отримати цю інформацію з TDE. " -"Скористайтесь кнопкою Тест для перевірки параметра автоматичного " -"виявлення.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
Вимагати аргументи форми множини в перекладі
\n" -"Примітка: В даний час, цей параметр відноситься тільки до TDE. Якщо " -"ви перекладаєте програму не з TDE, його можна пропустити.
\n" -"Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, при перевірці вимагатиметься, щоб у фразі був " -"аргумент %n.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Заголовок форм множини від GNU
\n" -"Тут можна вказати запис заголовка для форм множини GNU. Якщо ви залишите " -"поле порожнім, запис у PO-файлі не буде додано або змінено.
\n" -"KBabel може спробувати автоматично визначити значення для поточної мови, яке " -"рекомендується засобами gettext GNU. Для цього натисніть кнопку Пошук" -".
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Позначка для акселератора клавіатури
" -"Вкажіть тут, який символ позначає наступний символ як акселератора " -"клавіатури. Наприклад, в Qt -- це \"&\", а в Gtk -- \"_\".
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
Формальний вираз для контекстної інформації
" -"Введіть формальний вираз, який визначає у фразі контекстну інформацію, котра " -"не повинна перекладатись.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Перевірка правопису на ходу
" -"Увімкніть, щоб KBabel перевіряв правопис під час того як ви вводите текст. " -"Неправильні слова будуть позначатись кольором помилок.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Пам'ятати зігноровані слова
" -"Увімкніть, щоб KBabel при кожній перевірці правопису міг ігнорувати слова, " -"вибрані через натискання Ігнорувати всі у вікні перевірки правопису.
" -"Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Базові теки
\n" -"Введіть сюди теки, які містять всі ваші PO-файли та POT-файли.\n" -"Потім файли і теки в цих теках будуть об'єднані в одне дерево.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Відкривати файли у новому вікні
\n" -"Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, то всі файли, які будуть відкриватись з " -"менеджера каталогів,\n" -"будуть відкриватись в новому вікні.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Знищувати процеси при виході
\n" -"Якщо ви увімкнете цей параметр, KBabel буде намагатись знищити процеси, які " -"ще не завершились, коли закривається KBabel.\n" -"Їм усім буде надіслано сигнал знищення.
\n" -"ПРИМІТКА: Це не гарантує, що всі процеси будуть знищені.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"Створювати індекс для вмісту файла
\n" -"Якщо ви увімкнули цей параметр, KBabel буде створювати індекси для кожного " -"PO-файла з метою пришвидшення функцій пошуку/заміни.
\n" -"ПРИМІТКА: Це значно сповільнить оновлення інформації про файли.
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Запускати msgfmt перед аналізом файла
" -"Якщо ви увімкнули цей параметр, KBabel буде запускати програму msgfmt з " -"пакунку Gettext перед аналізом файла.
" -"Рекомендується вмикати цей параметр по при те, що це сповільняє аналіз. " -"Типове значення цього параметра - увімкнено.
" -"Вимикайте цей параметр при роботі з повільним комп'ютером та, якщо " -"встановлена версія Gettext не підтримує ті PO-файли, які ви перекладаєте. " -"Негативний ефект при вимиканні - це майже повна відсутність перевірки " -"синтаксису, та фали перекладів з помилками будуть показані, як ті що не мають " -"помилок, навіть якщо Gettext буде відкидати ці файли.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Команди для файлів
" -"Вставте сюди команди, які ви хочете запускати для файлів в Менеджері " -"каталогів. Ці команди потім будуть показані в підменю Команди " -"в контекстному меню Менеджера каталогів.
" -"Наступні рядки в командах будуть замінені:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Команди для файлів
" -"Вставте сюди команди, які ви хочете запускати для файлів в Менеджері " -"каталогів. Ці команди потім будуть показані в підменю Команди " -"в контекстному меню Менеджера каталогів.
" -"Наступні рядки в командах будуть замінені:" -"
Параметри файлів
Тут можна детальніше вказати де " +"знаходити:
Shown columns
\n" -"Показані стовпчики
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"Ласкаво просимо до майстра проектів!\n" -"\n" -"Майстер допоможе вам налаштувати новий проект перекладу\n" -"для KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Перш за все, необхідно вказати назву проекту і\n" -"файл, в якому повинні зберігатись його параметри.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"Також, необхідно вибрати мову перекладу, а ще\n" -"тип проекту.\n" -"
" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Locale ( %1 )" +msgstr "Локаль ( %1 )" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124 +msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary" +msgstr "Авто&матично додавати файли при потребі" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:141 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "Оновити" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "&Передати" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139 +msgid "&Get Status" +msgstr "&Взнати стан" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142 +msgid "&Get Diff" +msgstr "&Отримати відмінності" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:157 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:152 commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:83 +msgid "C&ancel" +msgstr "Ск&асувати" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160 +msgid "Command output:" +msgstr "Вивід команди:" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233 +msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "Порожнє повідомлення журналу передання. Продовжити?" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:247 +#, c-format +msgid "Cannot find encoding: %1" +msgstr "Не вдається знайти кодування: %1" + +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:253 msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
Назва файла конфігурації"
-"
\n"
-"Назва файла для збереження конфігурації\n"
-"проекту.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
\n"
-"Мова"
-"
\n"
-"Мова, на яку ведеться переклад. В найменуванні\n"
-"мови необхідно дотримуватись стандарту\n"
-"ISO 631.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
Назва проекту"
-"
\n"
-"Назва проекту -- це для вас ідентифікація проекту.\n"
-"Вона використовується у вікні налаштування проекту,\n"
-"а також в заголовках вікон відкритих для проекту.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Примітка: Потім назву проекту вже не можна змінити.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
\n" -"Тип проекту\n" -"Тип проекту дозволяє налаштувати параметри для\n" -"певного типу одного з добре відомих проектів перекладу.\n" -"Наприклад, від цього залежить налаштування засобів,\n" -"перевірки, позначка акселератора та формат заголовка.\n" -"
\n" -"Відомі типи:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Файли перекладу
\n" -"Введіть теки, які містять всі ваші PO-файли та POT-файли.\n" -"Потім файли і теки в цих теках будуть об'єднані в одне дерево.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Джерело для пошуку відмінностей
\n" -"Тут можна вибрати джерело, яке повинне використовуватись\n" -"для пошуку відмінностей.
\n" -"Можна вибрати файл, базу даних перекладу або\n" -"відповідну фразу msgstr.
\n" -"Якщо ви виберете базу даних перекладу, то фрази для порівняння\n" -"будуть братись з бази даних перекладу; для придатності необхідно\n" -"увімкнути Автододавання записів до бази даних у\n" -"вікні параметрів бази даних перекладу.
\n" -"Останній параметр придатний для тих, хто займається\n" -"корекцією помилок в PO-файлах.
\n" -"Можна тимчасово знайти відмінність у файлі за допомогою меню\n" -"Інструменти->Відмінності->Відкрити файл для порівняння\n" -"в головному вікні програми KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Базова тека для файлів відмінностей\n" -"
Тут можна вказати теку для зберігання файлів, з якими\n" -"робитиметься порівняння. Якщо файли збережені в тому самому\n" -"місці під цією текою як оригінальні файли під їхньою базовою\n" -"текою, KBabel може автоматично відкривати необхідний файл,\n" -"до якого необхідно порівняти.
\n" -"Цей параметр не має впливу, якщо для порівняння\n" -"використовуються фрази із бази даних перекладу.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Починати пошук автоматично
\n" -"Якщо увімкнено, пошук починається автоматично \n" -"при переході до іншої фрази в редакторі. Можна вибрати де проводити пошук за " -"допомогою комбінованого списку Типовий словник.\n" -"
" -"Також можна почати пошук вручну з меню, яке \n" -"з'являється після клацання на \n" -"Словники->Знайти... або натиснувши і трохи потримати \n" -"кнопку словника в пеналі засобів.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Типовий словник
\n" -"Вкажіть, де робити пошук типово. \n" -"Цей параметр використовується при автоматичному пошуку \n" -"або при натисканні кнопки словника в пеналі.
\n" -"Різні словники можна налаштувати за допомогою вибору \n" -"бажаного словника з меню Параметри->Налаштувати словник.\n" -"
Знайти текст
Тут можна ввести текст для пошуку. Якщо ви " +"хочете шукати за формальним виразом, увімкніть нижче Використовувати " +"формальний вираз.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Замінити текст
Тут можна ввести текст, на який необхідно " +"замінити знайдений текст. Текст використовуватиметься у такому самому " +"вигляді як його введено. Якщо ви шукали з формальним виразом, то повернутись " +"назад буде неможливо.
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Де шукати
Виберіть тут, у яких частинах запису каталогу " +"необхідно робити пошук.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Автоматично відміняти стан неточних
\n" -"Якщо увімкнено і ви редагуєте неточну фразу, прапорець \"неточний\"\n" -"буде автоматично вимкнено (тобто слово , fuzzy\n" -"буде видалено з коментарю запису).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Використовувати кмітливе редагування
\n" -"Увімкніть, щоб полегшити введення тексту, і щоб \n" -"KBabel надавав допомогу для деяких спеціальних символів. \n" -"Наприклад, результатом введення '\\\"' буде \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', натискання Enter автоматично додаватиме пропуск \n" -"в кінці рядка, натискання Shift+Enter додасть \n" -"'\\\\n' в кінці рядка.
\n" -"Однак, пам'ятайте, що це всього лишень підказки і можуть \n" -"призвести до створення синтаксично неправильного тексту.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Параметри
Тут можна налагодити параметри заміни:" +"
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
Розпізнавання помилок
\n" -"Тут можна вказати дії при виявленні помилки. \n" -"Гудок при помилці подає сигнал, а При помилці міняти колір тексту\n" -" міняє колір перекладеного тексту. Однак, якщо жодний з параметрів не \n" -"вибрано, то ви будете бачити повідомлення про помилку в рядку стану.\n" -"
Параметри
Тут можна налагодити параметри пошуку:" +"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Індикатори стану
\n" -"Виберіть де мають бути показані індикатори стану та їх колір.
Update Header
\n" +"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time " +"it is saved.
\n" +"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file " +"was last\n" +"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" +"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " +"below.\n" +"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" +"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " +"manually by choosing\n" +"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Оновлення заголовка
\n" +"Увімкніть, щоб заголовок файла оновлявся при кожному збереженні.
\n" +"Зазвичай, заголовок містить інформацію про дату і час останнього\n" +"оновлення, останнього перекладача, тощо.
\n" +"Можете нижче вибрати, які інформацію необхідно оновляти.\n" +"Поля, які не існують -- будуть додані до заголовка.\n" +"Якщо ви хочете додати до заголовка додаткові поля, можна вручну " +"відредагувати заголовок через\n" +"Правка->Редагувати заголовок у вікні редактора.
Fields to update
\n" +"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" +"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" +"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " +"header manually\n" +"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" +"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the " +"header\n" +"updated when saving.
Оновляти поля
\n" +"Виберіть, які поля необхідно оновляти при збереженні.\n" +"Якщо поле не існує, воно буде додане до заголовка.
\n" +"Якщо ви хочете додати до заголовка іншу інформацію, необхідно " +"відредагувати його вручну через\n" +"Правка->Редагувати заголовок у вікні редактора.
\n" +"Вимкніть Оновляти заголовок вище, якщо ви не хочете, щоб " +"заголовок\n" +"при збереженні оновлявся.
Encoding
Choose how to encode characters when saving to " +"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation " +"coordinator.
Кодування
Виберіть кодування файла при його збереженні. " +"Якщо ви не впевнені в тому, яке кодування використовувати, будь ласка, " +"запитайте у координатора вашої команди перекладу.
Keep the encoding of the file
If this option is " +"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. " +"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved " +"in the encoding set above.
Зберігати кодування файла
Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, " +"то файли завжди будуть зберігатись з тим самим кодуванням, у якому їх було " +"прочитано. Файли без інформації про кодування в заголовку (напр., POT-файли) " +"зберігаються у кодуванні встановленому вище.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" +"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Перевірка синтаксису файла під час зберігання
\n" +"Увімкніть, щоб автоматично перевіряти синтаксис файла з \"msgfmt --" +"statistics\"\n" +"під час збереження файла. Ви отримаєте повідомлення лише, якщо трапилась " +"помилка.
Save obsolete entries
\n" +"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was " +"open\n" +"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" +"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" +"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated " +"again.\n" +"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Зберігати застарілі записи
\n" +"Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, застарілі записи у відкритому файлі\n" +"будуть знов збережені у файлі. Застарілі фрази позначаються #~ й\n" +"створюються, коли msgmerge вже не потребує цього перекладу.\n" +"Якщо текст з'явиться знов, застарілі фрази будуть знов активовані.\n" +"Головний недолік -- розмір збереженого файла.
Format of Revision-Date
Choose in which format the date " +"and time of the header field\n" +"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
Формат останньої модифікації
Виберіть формат збереження " +"поля заголовка дати і часу\n" +"PO-Revision-Date збережено:
Рекомендуємо використовувати типовий формат, щоб створені файли були " +"стандартними PO-файлами.
Для подальшої інформації, дивіться в параграф " +"довідки Вікно налаштування.
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
Профіль
\n" +"Заповніть інформацію про себе і вашу команду перекладачів.\n" +"Ця інформація використовується під час оновлення заголовка файла.
\n" +"Ви можете знайти параметри заповнення полів заголовка\n" +"на сторінці Збереження в цьому вікні.
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
Кількість форм однини/множини
\n" +"Примітка: Цей параметр відноситься тільки до TDE. Якщо ви " +"перекладаєте програму не з TDE, то цей параметр можна пропустити.
\n" +"Виберіть тут скільки форм однини і множини існує у вашій мові. Кількість " +"мусить відповідати параметрам вашої команди перекладу. Якщо ви працюєте з " +"TDE >= 2.2 з підтримкою мови, для якої ви працюєте, поставте цей параметр на " +"Автоматично і KBabel спробує автоматично отримати цю інформацію з " +"TDE. Скористайтесь кнопкою Тест для перевірки параметра автоматичного " +"виявлення.
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"Наприклад:"
-" Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. Вимагати аргументи форми множини в перекладі Примітка: В даний час, цей параметр відноситься тільки до TDE. "
+"Якщо ви перекладаєте програму не з TDE, його можна пропустити. Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, при перевірці вимагатиметься, щоб у фразі "
+"був аргумент %n. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. Заголовок форм множини від GNU Тут можна вказати запис заголовка для форм множини GNU. Якщо ви залишите "
+"поле порожнім, запис у PO-файлі не буде додано або змінено. KBabel може спробувати автоматично визначити значення для поточної мови, "
+"яке рекомендується засобами gettext GNU. Для цього натисніть кнопку "
+"Пошук. Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Позначка для акселератора клавіатури Вкажіть тут, який "
+"символ позначає наступний символ як акселератора клавіатури. Наприклад, в Qt "
+"-- це \"&\", а в Gtk -- \"_\". Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. Формальний вираз для контекстної інформації Введіть "
+"формальний вираз, який визначає у фразі контекстну інформацію, котра не "
+"повинна перекладатись. "
+" On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. "
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Сканувати один PO-файл"
+" Перевірка правопису на ходу Увімкніть, щоб KBabel "
+"перевіряв правопис під час того як ви вводите текст. Неправильні слова "
+"будуть позначатись кольором помилок. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Пам'ятати зігноровані слова Увімкніть, щоб KBabel при "
+"кожній перевірці правопису міг ігнорувати слова, вибрані через натискання "
+"Ігнорувати всі у вікні перевірки правопису. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Базові теки Введіть сюди теки, які містять всі ваші PO-файли та POT-файли.\n"
+"Потім файли і теки в цих теках будуть об'єднані в одне дерево. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Відкривати файли у новому вікні Якщо цей параметр увімкнено, то всі файли, які будуть відкриватись з "
+"менеджера каталогів,\n"
+"будуть відкриватись в новому вікні. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Знищувати процеси при виході Якщо ви увімкнете цей параметр, KBabel буде намагатись знищити процеси, "
+"які ще не завершились, коли закривається KBabel.\n"
+"Їм усім буде надіслано сигнал знищення. ПРИМІТКА: Це не гарантує, що всі процеси будуть знищені. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> \n"
-"Можна вказати мінімальну кількість слів запиту, які повинні міститись в ключі, "
-"для додавання до списку добрих ключів."
-" \n"
-"Можна вказати мінімальну кількість слів ключа, які повинні міститись в запиті, "
-"для додавання ключа у список."
-" \n"
-"Ці два числа відсоток від всієї кількості слів. Якщо результат відсотка менший "
-"ніж один, пошуковий рушій встановить це значення до одиниці."
-" \n"
-"Нарешті, можна встановити максимальну кількість записів у списку."
+" Створювати індекс для вмісту файла Якщо ви увімкнули цей параметр, KBabel буде створювати індекси для "
+"кожного PO-файла з метою пришвидшення функцій пошуку/заміни. ПРИМІТКА: Це значно сповільнить оновлення інформації про файли. Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. Запускати msgfmt перед аналізом файла Якщо ви увімкнули "
+"цей параметр, KBabel буде запускати програму msgfmt з пакунку Gettext перед "
+"аналізом файла. Рекомендується вмикати цей параметр по при те, що це "
+"сповільняє аналіз. Типове значення цього параметра - увімкнено."
+"p> Вимикайте цей параметр при роботі з повільним комп'ютером та, якщо "
+"встановлена версія Gettext не підтримує ті PO-файли, які ви перекладаєте. "
+"Негативний ефект при вимиканні - це майже повна відсутність перевірки "
+"синтаксису, та фали перекладів з помилками будуть показані, як ті що не "
+"мають помилок, навіть якщо Gettext буде відкидати ці файли. Commands for folders Insert here the commands you want "
+"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown "
+"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu."
+"p> The following strings will be replaced in a command:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"Якщо ви шукаєте за Мене звати Мирослава і ви увімкнули "
-"однослівну підстановку, то ви також, можливо, знайдете фрази, такі як "
-"Мене звати Іван або Вас звати Мирослава."
+"
Команди для файлів
Вставте сюди команди, які ви хочете " +"запускати для файлів в Менеджері каталогів. Ці команди потім будуть показані " +"в підменю Команди в контекстному меню Менеджера каталогів." +"p>
Наступні рядки в командах будуть замінені:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Команди для файлів
Вставте сюди команди, які ви хочете " +"запускати для файлів в Менеджері каталогів. Ці команди потім будуть показані " +"в підменю Команди в контекстному меню Менеджера каталогів." +"p>
Наступні рядки в командах будуть замінені:
Shown columns
\n" +"Показані стовпчики
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
Вибір записів для перекладу
Тут можна вибрати, для яких " +"записів KBabel буде намагатись знайти переклад. Змінені записи завжди " +"позначаються як неточні, незалежно від вибраного параметра.
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
\n" -"Наступні змінні буде замінено в шляху, якщо вони наявні:\n" -"
Як перекладаються фрази
Тут можна вказати чи перекладати " +"фрази цілком, якщо допускаються подібні фрази, чи програма KBabel повинна " +"спробувати зробити послівний переклад фрази, якщо не знайдено перекладу " +"цілої або подібної фрази.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Позначати змінені записи як неточні
Коли для " +"повідомлення знайдено переклад, цей запис буде типово позначатись як " +"неточний. Причина в тому, що KBabel не завжди знаходить точні " +"переклади, і тому перекладачу слід уважно перевірити результат. Вимкніть цей " +"параметр тільки тоді, коли ви впевнені у тому, що робите.
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Позначати помилкові як неточні" -"
\n" -"
Якщо ви виберете цей параметр,\n" -"всі елементи, які визнані помилковими,\n" -"будуть позначені як неточні і файл\n" -"результату буде збережено.
Започаткувати службові записи TDE
Започаткувати записи " +"\"Comment=\" та \"Name=\", якщо не знайдено переклад. Також, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" та \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" заповняється параметрами з профілю." +"
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
Не перевіряти неточні" -"
\n" -"
Якщо ви виберете цей параметр, всі елементи,\n" -"позначені як неточні, перевірятись не будуть.
Словники
Виберіть тут словники, які повинні " +"використовуватись для пошуку перекладу. Якщо ви виберете більше ніж один " +"словник, то вони будуть використовуватись у такому самому порядку як вини " +"показані у списку.
Кнопка Налаштувати дає можливість тимчасово " +"налаштувати вибраний словник. Після закриття вікна, оригінальні параметри " +"будуть відновлені.
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Коли для повідомлення знайдено переклад, цей запис буде типово " +"позначатись як неточний. Причина в тому, що KBabel не завжди " +"знаходить точні переклади, і тому перекладачу слід уважно перевірити " +"результат. Вимкніть цей параметр тільки тоді, коли ви впевнені у тому, що " +"робите.
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Вибір символів
Цей засіб дозволяє вставити спеціальний " +"символ за допомогою подвійного клацання.
Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
Редактор коментарів
\n" +"Цей редактор показує коментарі відображеної фрази.\n" +"
Коментарі містять інформацію про те, де знаходиться дана фраза у " +"джерельних текстах\n" +"та інформацію про стан цієї фрази (неточне, c-формат).\n" +"Часом в коментарях містяться підказки інших перекладачів.
\n" +"Редактор коментарів можна сховати за допомогою\n" +"Параметри->Сховати коментар.
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
PO Контекст
Це вікно показує контекст поточної фрази PO-" +"файла. Як правило, воно показує чотири фрази перед даною фразою і чотири " +"після неї.
Можна сховати вікно засобів через Параметри->Показати " +"засоби.
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
Список помилок
У цьому вікні показано список помилок, " +"знайдених засобами перевірки; таким чином ви будете знати чому фраза " +"позначена як помилкова.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
Вибір символів
" -"Цей засіб дозволяє вставити спеціальний символ за допомогою подвійного " -"клацання.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
Ця кнопка оновляє заголовок за допомогою поточних параметрів. Цей заголовок " -"буде записаний у PO-файл при збереженні.
Ця кнопка оновляє заголовок за допомогою поточних параметрів. Цей " +"заголовок буде записаний у PO-файл при збереженні.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" "Please edit the header before updating!
Це не чинний заголовок.
\n" +"Це не чинний заголовок.
\n" "Будь ласка, змініть заголовок перед оновленням!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"This is not a valid header.
\n" "Please edit the header before updating.
Це не чинний заголовок.
\n" +"Це не чинний заголовок.
\n" "Будь ласка, змініть заголовок перед оновленням.
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
Редактор коментарів
\n" -"Цей редактор показує коментарі відображеної фрази." -"\n" -"
Коментарі містять інформацію про те, де знаходиться дана фраза у джерельних " -"текстах\n" -"та інформацію про стан цієї фрази (неточне, c-формат).\n" -"Часом в коментарях містяться підказки інших перекладачів.
\n" -"Редактор коментарів можна сховати за допомогою\n" -"Параметри->Сховати коментар.
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Результати пошуків
" -"Ця частина вікна показує результати пошуку в словниках." -"
" -"
Вгорі показано кількість і місцезнаходження записів. Використовуйте кнопки " -"внизу для навігації по результатах пошуку.
" -"Пошук запускається або автоматично при переході до наступної фрази, або при " -"виборі іншого словника вСловники->Знайти....
" -"Загальні параметри можна налагодити у вікні налагодження в секціїПошук" -", а параметри для різних словників можна змінити за допомогою Параметри->" -"Налаштувати словник.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Фраза оригіналу
\n" -"Ця частина вікна показує фразу оригіналу\n" -"поточного запису
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Індикатори стану
\n" -"Ці індикатори показують стан відображеної фрази.\n" -"Можна змінити їх колір в секції вікна налаштування\n" -"Редактор на сторінці Вигляд
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Редактор перекладів
\n" -"Цей редактор відображає і дозволяє редагувати переклад поточної фрази." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Рядок стану
\n" +"Рядок стану показує деяку інформацію про відкритий файл:\n" +"загальну кількість записів та кількість нечітких або неперекладених\n" +"повідомлень. Також відображається індекс та стан показаного запису.
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Результати пошуків
Ця частина вікна показує результати " +"пошуку в словниках.
Вгорі показано кількість і місцезнаходження " +"записів. Використовуйте кнопки внизу для навігації по результатах пошуку." +"p>
Пошук запускається або автоматично при переході до наступної фрази, або " +"при виборі іншого словника вСловники->Знайти....
Загальні " +"параметри можна налагодити у вікні налагодження в секціїПошук, а " +"параметри для різних словників можна змінити за допомогою Параметри-" +">Налаштувати словник.
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Фраза оригіналу
\n" +"Ця частина вікна показує фразу оригіналу\n" +"поточного запису
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Індикатори стану
\n" +"Ці індикатори показують стан відображеної фрази.\n" +"Можна змінити їх колір в секції вікна налаштування\n" +"Редактор на сторінці Вигляд
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Редактор перекладів
\n" +"Цей редактор відображає і дозволяє редагувати переклад поточної фрази." +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Рядок стану
\n" -"Рядок стану показує деяку інформацію про відкритий файл:\n" -"загальну кількість записів та кількість нечітких або неперекладених\n" -"повідомлень. Також відображається індекс та стан показаного запису.
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
Список помилок
" -"У цьому вікні показано список помилок, знайдених засобами перевірки; таким " -"чином ви будете знати чому фраза позначена як помилкова.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO Контекст
" -"Це вікно показує контекст поточної фрази PO-файла. Як правило, воно показує " -"чотири фрази перед даною фразою і чотири після неї.
" -"Можна сховати вікно засобів через Параметри->Показати засоби.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Існують резервні файли баз даних попередніх версій KBabel. Однак, іншою "
+"версією програми KBabel (ймовірно, з TDE 3.1.1 або 3.1.2) створено нову базу "
+"даних. В результаті, ваша програма KBabel містить дві версії файлів бази "
+"даних. На жаль, неможливо об'єднати стару і нову версію. Необхідно, щоб ви "
+"вибрали одну з них.
Якщо ви виберете стару версію, нову буде "
+"видалено. Якщо ви виберете нову версію, старі файли бази даних залишаться і "
+"вам необхідно видалити їх вручну. Інакше, це повідомлення знов буде показано "
+"(старі файли знаходяться в $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,"
+"old).
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Параметри
" -"Тут можна налагодити параметри пошуку в PO-файлі. Наприклад, якщо ви хочете " -"зробити пошук з урахуванням регістру, або якщо ви хочете зробити пошук, " -"ігноруючи неточні фрази.
Параметри
Тут можна налагодити параметри пошуку в PO-" +"файлі. Наприклад, якщо ви хочете зробити пошук з урахуванням регістру, або " +"якщо ви хочете зробити пошук, ігноруючи неточні фрази.
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Параметри порівняння
" -"Виберіть, які фрази будуть розглядатись, як такі що співпадають.
Параметри порівняння
Виберіть, які фрази будуть " +"розглядатись, як такі що співпадають.
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
Співпадання 3-х частин
" -"Одна фраза співпадає з іншою, якщо більшість груп, що складаються з трьох " -"літер, першої фрази міститься в іншій фразі, напр., \"абв123\" співпадає з " -"\"абвx123в12\".
Співпадання 3-х частин
Одна фраза співпадає з іншою, " +"якщо більшість груп, що складаються з трьох літер, першої фрази міститься в " +"іншій фразі, напр., \"абв123\" співпадає з \"абвx123в12\".
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Адреса
" -"Тут можна вказати, який файл використовувати для пошуку.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Адреса
Тут можна вказати, який файл використовувати для " +"пошуку.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Параметри
" -"Тут можна налагодити пошук всередині PO-файлів. Наприклад, якщо ви хочете " -"виконати пошук з урахуванням регістру.
Параметри
Тут можна налагодити пошук всередині PO-" +"файлів. Наприклад, якщо ви хочете виконати пошук з урахуванням регістру." +"p>
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Позначати помилкові як неточні
\n" +"
Якщо ви виберете цей параметр,\n" +"всі елементи, які визнані помилковими,\n" +"будуть позначені як неточні і файл\n" +"результату буде збережено.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Не перевіряти неточні
\n" +"
Якщо ви виберете цей параметр, всі елементи,\n" +"позначені як неточні, перевірятись не будуть.
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Існують резервні файли баз даних попередніх версій KBabel. Однак, іншою "
-"версією програми KBabel (ймовірно, з TDE 3.1.1 або 3.1.2) створено нову базу "
-"даних. В результаті, ваша програма KBabel містить дві версії файлів бази даних. "
-"На жаль, неможливо об'єднати стару і нову версію. Необхідно, щоб ви вибрали "
-"одну з них."
-"
"
-"
Якщо ви виберете стару версію, нову буде видалено. Якщо ви виберете нову "
-"версію, старі файли бази даних залишаться і вам необхідно видалити їх вручну. "
-"Інакше, це повідомлення знов буде показано (старі файли знаходяться в "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Джерело для пошуку відмінностей
\n" +"Тут можна вибрати джерело, яке повинне використовуватись\n" +"для пошуку відмінностей.
\n" +"Можна вибрати файл, базу даних перекладу або\n" +"відповідну фразу msgstr.
\n" +"Якщо ви виберете базу даних перекладу, то фрази для порівняння\n" +"будуть братись з бази даних перекладу; для придатності необхідно\n" +"увімкнути Автододавання записів до бази даних у\n" +"вікні параметрів бази даних перекладу.
\n" +"Останній параметр придатний для тих, хто займається\n" +"корекцією помилок в PO-файлах.
\n" +"Можна тимчасово знайти відмінність у файлі за допомогою меню\n" +"Інструменти->Відмінності->Відкрити файл для порівняння\n" +"в головному вікні програми KBabel.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
Базова тека для файлів відмінностей\n" +"
Тут можна вказати теку для зберігання файлів, з якими\n" +"робитиметься порівняння. Якщо файли збережені в тому самому\n" +"місці під цією текою як оригінальні файли під їхньою базовою\n" +"текою, KBabel може автоматично відкривати необхідний файл,\n" +"до якого необхідно порівняти.
\n" +"Цей параметр не має впливу, якщо для порівняння\n" +"використовуються фрази із бази даних перекладу.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"Ласкаво просимо до майстра проектів!\n" +"\n" +"Майстер допоможе вам налаштувати новий проект перекладу\n" +"для KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Перш за все, необхідно вказати назву проекту і\n" +"файл, в якому повинні зберігатись його параметри.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"Також, необхідно вибрати мову перекладу, а ще\n" +"тип проекту.\n" +"
" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:1270 -msgid "Authors:" -msgstr "Автори:" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
Назва файла конфігурації
\n"
+"Назва файла для збереження конфігурації\n"
+"проекту.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
\n"
+"Мова
\n"
+"Мова, на яку ведеться переклад. В найменуванні\n"
+"мови необхідно дотримуватись стандарту\n"
+"ISO 631.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
Назва проекту
\n"
+"Назва проекту -- це для вас ідентифікація проекту.\n"
+"Вона використовується у вікні налаштування проекту,\n"
+"а також в заголовках вікон відкритих для проекту.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Примітка: Потім назву проекту вже не можна змінити.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
\n" +"Тип проекту\n" +"Тип проекту дозволяє налаштувати параметри для\n" +"певного типу одного з добре відомих проектів перекладу.\n" +"Наприклад, від цього залежить налаштування засобів,\n" +"перевірки, позначка акселератора та формат заголовка.\n" +"
\n" +"Відомі типи:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Файли перекладу
\n" +"Введіть теки, які містять всі ваші PO-файли та POT-файли.\n" +"Потім файли і теки в цих теках будуть об'єднані в одне дерево.
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Автоматично відміняти стан неточних
\n" +"Якщо увімкнено і ви редагуєте неточну фразу, прапорець \"неточний\"\n" +"буде автоматично вимкнено (тобто слово , fuzzy\n" +"буде видалено з коментарю запису).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Використовувати кмітливе редагування
\n" +"Увімкніть, щоб полегшити введення тексту, і щоб \n" +"KBabel надавав допомогу для деяких спеціальних символів. \n" +"Наприклад, результатом введення '\\\"' буде \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', натискання Enter автоматично додаватиме пропуск \n" +"в кінці рядка, натискання Shift+Enter додасть \n" +"'\\\\n' в кінці рядка.
\n" +"Однак, пам'ятайте, що це всього лишень підказки і можуть \n" +"призвести до створення синтаксично неправильного тексту.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Розпізнавання помилок
\n" +"Тут можна вказати дії при виявленні помилки. \n" +"Гудок при помилці подає сигнал, а При помилці міняти колір тексту\n" +" міняє колір перекладеного тексту. Однак, якщо жодний з параметрів не \n" +"вибрано, то ви будете бачити повідомлення про помилку в рядку стану.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Індикатори стану
\n" +"Виберіть де мають бути показані індикатори стану та їх колір.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Починати пошук автоматично
\n" +"Якщо увімкнено, пошук починається автоматично \n" +"при переході до іншої фрази в редакторі. Можна вибрати де проводити пошук за " +"допомогою комбінованого списку Типовий словник.\n" +"
Також можна почати пошук вручну з меню, яке \n" +"з'являється після клацання на \n" +"Словники->Знайти... або натиснувши і трохи потримати \n" +"кнопку словника в пеналі засобів.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
Типовий словник
\n" +"Вкажіть, де робити пошук типово. \n" +"Цей параметр використовується при автоматичному пошуку \n" +"або при натисканні кнопки словника в пеналі.
\n" +"Різні словники можна налаштувати за допомогою вибору \n" +"бажаного словника з меню Параметри->Налаштувати словник.\n" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Рядок стану
\n" -"Рядок стану показує інформацію про поступ поточної дії пошуку або заміни. " -"Перше число у Знайдено: означає кількість файлів, у яких знайдено " -"шуканий текст, але вони ще не показані у вікні KBabel. Друге число означає " -"загальну кількість файлів, в яких до цього часу знайдено шуканий текст.
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
Параметри файлів
" -"Тут можна детальніше вказати де знаходити:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"Наприклад: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "Отримати інформацію про наступні файли:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Сканувати один PO-файл..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Старі повідомлення:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Сканувати теку..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Повідомлення журналу:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "Сканувати теку та підтеки..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "Авто&матично додавати файли при потребі"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "Сканування файла:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Передати"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "Додано записів:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "&Взнати стан"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Загальний поступ:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Отримати відмінності"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Опрацювання файла:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "&Отримати інформацію"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Завантаження файла:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "Вивід команди:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "Експортувати..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Порожнє повідомлення журналу передання. Продовжити?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Рядки, які повторюються"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "Не вдається відкрити тимчасовий файл для запису. Переривається."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "Добрі ключі"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "Не вдається записати в тимчасовий файл. Переривається."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"Можна вказати мінімальну кількість слів запиту, які повинні міститись в "
+"ключі, для додавання до списку добрих ключів. \n"
+"Можна вказати мінімальну кількість слів ключа, які повинні міститись в "
+"запиті, для додавання ключа у список. \n"
+"Ці два числа відсоток від всієї кількості слів. Якщо результат відсотка "
+"менший ніж один, пошуковий рушій встановить це значення до одиниці. \n"
+"Нарешті, можна встановити максимальну кількість записів у списку."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "Не вдалось запустити процес."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "Мінімальна кількість слів ключа, присутніх у запиті (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ Завершено зі станом %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ Завершено ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "Мінімальна кількість слів запиту, присутніх у ключі (%):"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "Каталоги фраз"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "Макс. довжина списку:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "Керування версіями"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "Часті слова"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Стан CVS/SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "Відкидати слова, які зустрічаються частіше ніж:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "Розв'язано"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "Розв'язано для позначених"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "Часті слова розглядаються як наявні в кожному ключі"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "Відновити"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "Загальні"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Відновити позначені"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "Тека бази даних:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "Очистити"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "Автоматичне оновлення в kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "Очистити позначені"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "Нові записи"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "Немає сховища"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "З kbabel"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "Файли:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "Алгоритм"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Назва"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "Мінімальні бали:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "Використовувати алгоритм"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "Неточні"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Рахунок:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "Неперекладені"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "Архів неточних речень"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "Всього"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Глосарій"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "Остання модифікація"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "Точно "
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "Вікно журналу"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "Речення за реченням"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Очистити"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "Літери і цифри"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Вікно журналу В цьому вікні відображається вивід виконаних команд. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. Менеджер каталогів Менеджер каталогів поєднує дві теки в одне дерево і показує всі\n"
-"файли PO та POT, які знаходяться в цих теках. Це наочно показує чи\n"
-"чи шаблон було видано чи додано. Також показується деяка інформація\n"
-" про файли. Для подробиць див. Менеджер каталогів в довідці. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"Якщо ви шукаєте за Мене звати Мирослава і ви увімкнули "
+"однослівну підстановку, то ви також, можливо, знайдете фрази, такі "
+"як Мене звати Іван або Вас звати Мирослава."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "Гаразд"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "Заміна з одного слова"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "Конфлікт"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "Макс. кількість слів у запиті:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "Помилка в робочій копії"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "Заміна з двох слів"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Невідомо"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "Це не чинне сховище SVN. Неможливо виконати команди SVN."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ Запуск команди ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "Локальні символи для формальних виразів:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "Вікно SVN"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "База даних"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "Оновити наступні файли:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Тека бази даних:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "Передати наступні файли:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "Автододавання записів до бази даних"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Дізнатись про віддалений стан наступних файлів:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr ""
+"Автоматично додавати запис у базу даних, якщо переклад було змінено "
+"(можливо, програмою kbabel)"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "Дізнатись про локальний стан наступних файлів:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "Автор доданого запису:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "Отримати відмінності для наступних файлів:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"Наступні змінні буде замінено в шляху, якщо вони наявні:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
Shown columns
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311 +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290 +#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483 +msgid "[ Starting command ]" msgstr "" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved:
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
+"\n"
+"
It is " +"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard " +"PO files.
For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog" +"b> in the online help.
"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:438
+msgid "Lan&guage code:"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "Quét file %1"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:444
+msgid "&Language mailing list:"
+msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:449
+msgid "&Timezone:"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:455
+msgid ""
+" Identity Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n"
+"This information is used when updating the header of a file. You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be "
+"updated\n"
+"on page Save in this dialog. Number of singular/plural forms Note: This option "
+"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can "
+"safely ignore this option. Choose here how many singular and plural "
+"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings "
+"of your language team. Alternatively, you can set this option to "
+"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically "
+"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out. Require plural form arguments in translation Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not "
+"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option. If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n "
+"argument to be present in the message. GNU plural form header Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you "
+"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added."
+" KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU "
+"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup "
+"button. \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+"It is not possible to find out the number of singular/plural forms "
+"automatically for the language code \"%1\".\n"
+"Do you have tdelibs.po installed for this language?\n"
+"Please set the correct number manually."
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 849
-#: rc.cpp:810 rc.cpp:1141
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:626
+msgid ""
+"The number of singular/plural forms found for the language code \"%1\" is %2."
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 874
-#: rc.cpp:813 rc.cpp:819 rc.cpp:1144 rc.cpp:1150
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:650
+msgid ""
+"It was not possible to determine GNU header for plural forms. Maybe your GNU "
+"gettext tools are too old or they do not contain a suggested value for your "
+"language."
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 888
-#: rc.cpp:816 rc.cpp:1147
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:677
+msgid "&Marker for keyboard accelerator:"
msgstr ""
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 921
-#: rc.cpp:822 rc.cpp:1153
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max list length:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:682
+msgid ""
+" Marker for keyboard accelerator Define here, what "
+"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example "
+"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'. Regular expression for context information Enter a "
+"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the "
+"message and must not get translated. On the fly spellchecking Activate this to let KBabel "
+"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the "
+"error color. Remember ignored words Activate this, to let KBabel "
+"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check "
+"dialog, in every spell check. Base folders Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n"
+"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n"
+"tree. Open files in new window If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager "
+"are opened\n"
+"in a new window. Kill processes on exit If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not "
+"exited already when KBabel exits,\n"
+"by sending a kill signal to them. NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed. Create index for file contents If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed "
+"up the find/replace functions. NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably."
+"p> Run msgfmt before processing a file If you enable this, "
+"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file."
+"p> Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to "
+"be slower. This setting is enabled by default. Disabling is useful for "
+"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not "
+"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your "
+"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done "
+"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, "
+"even if Gettext tools would reject such files. \n"
-"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
-"\n"
-"
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
Shown columns
\n" +"What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
Xi n sửa header trước file cập nhật
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Xi n sửa header trước file cập nhật
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
Comment Editor
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" "This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." "\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" "code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" "You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" "Options->Show Comments.
Trình biên soạn lời bình
\n" +"Trình biên soạn lời bình
\n" "Cửa sổ biên soạn này hiển thị cho bạn lời bình về thông điệp đang hiển thị ." "\n" -"
Lời bình thường chứa các thông tin về nơi mà thông điệp được chứa trong mã " -"nguồn .\n" +"
Lời bình thường chứa các thông tin về nơi mà thông điệp được chứa trong " +"mã nguồn .\n" "và thông tin trạng thái về thông điệp này (fuzzy, c-format).\n" "Nhắc nhở từ từ những người dịch khác thỉnh thoảng cũng hiện ở đây
\n" "Bạn có thể ẩn hiển thị lời bình bằng việc bỏ kích hoạt \n" "Tùy chọn -> Hiện Lời Bình .
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
Trình biên soạn lời bình
\n" +"Cửa sổ biên soạn này hiển thị cho bạn lời bình về thông điệp đang hiển thị ." +"\n" +"
Lời bình thường chứa các thông tin về nơi mà thông điệp được chứa trong " +"mã nguồn .\n" +"và thông tin trạng thái về thông điệp này (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Nhắc nhở từ từ những người dịch khác thỉnh thoảng cũng hiện ở đây
\n" +"Bạn có thể ẩn hiển thị lời bình bằng việc bỏ kích hoạt \n" +"Tùy chọn -> Hiện Lời Bình .
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
Xi n sửa header trước file cập nhật
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
Xi n sửa header trước file cập nhật
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
Chuỗi gốc
\n" -"Phần này của cửa sổ hiển thị thông điệp gốc \n" -"của hạng mục được hiển thị gần đây .\n" -".
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
Trạng thái LEDS
\n" -"LEDS hiển thị trạng thái của thông điệp đang hiển thị .\n" -"Bạn có thể thay đổi mày trong hộp thoại tham khảo \n" -"Trình Biên Soạn trong trang Diện mạo
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
Trình Biên Soạn Dịch
\n" -"Trình biên soạn hiển thị này cho bạn sửa dịch của thông điệp đang được hiển " -"thị ." -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar hiển thị một số thông tin về file đã mở,\n" +"như tổng số các hạng mục, số fuzzy và chưa - dịch, \n" +"Nó cũng hiển thị mục lục về trạng thái của các hạng mục .
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" msgstr "" -"Đến cuối của tài liệu . \n" -"Tiếp tục từ đầu ?" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2069 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2111 -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2191 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2259 -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2323 -#, c-format +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:258 msgid "" -"_n: %n replacement made\n" -"%n replacements made" +"_: Menu item\n" +"Open" msgstr "" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2072 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2113 -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2262 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search string not found." -msgstr "Không tìm thấy string !" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:259 +msgid "Open Template" +msgstr "Mở mẫu" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:2080 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:318 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"End of document reached.\n" -"Continue in the next file?" +"KBabel Version %1\n" +"Copyright 1999-%2 by KBabel developers.\n" +" Matthias KieferOriginal String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
Chuỗi gốc
\n" +"Phần này của cửa sổ hiển thị thông điệp gốc \n" +"của hạng mục được hiển thị gần đây .\n" +".
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
Trạng thái LEDS
\n" +"LEDS hiển thị trạng thái của thông điệp đang hiển thị .\n" +"Bạn có thể thay đổi mày trong hộp thoại tham khảo \n" +"Trình Biên Soạn trong trang Diện mạo
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
Trình Biên Soạn Dịch
\n" +"Trình biên soạn hiển thị này cho bạn sửa dịch của thông điệp đang được " +"hiển thị .
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar hiển thị một số thông tin về file đã mở,\n" -"như tổng số các hạng mục, số fuzzy và chưa - dịch, \n" -"Nó cũng hiển thị mục lục về trạng thái của các hạng mục .
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"Trình biên soạn lời bình
\n" -"Cửa sổ biên soạn này hiển thị cho bạn lời bình về thông điệp đang hiển thị ." -"\n" -"
Lời bình thường chứa các thông tin về nơi mà thông điệp được chứa trong mã " -"nguồn .\n" -"và thông tin trạng thái về thông điệp này (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Nhắc nhở từ từ những người dịch khác thỉnh thoảng cũng hiện ở đây
\n" -"Bạn có thể ẩn hiển thị lời bình bằng việc bỏ kích hoạt \n" -"Tùy chọn -> Hiện Lời Bình .
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Tham số
" -"Bạn có thể cụ thể hóa việc tìm file po . Ví dụ, nếu bạn muốn tìm phân biệt " -"chữ hoa / thường hay fuzzy sẽ bị bỏ qua
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
Tùy chọn so sánh
" -"Chọn thông điệp nào sẽ được đối xử là thông điệp matching .
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
" -"Một thông điệp match cái khác nếu hầu hết các nhóm 3-chữ cuả nó được chứa " -"trong thông điệp khác . Vd: 'abc 123' match 'abcx123c3' .
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Vị trí
Cấu hình file sẽ được tìm kiếm.
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
Tham số
" -"Bạn có thể cụ thể hóa việc tìm file po . Ví dụ, nếu bạn muốn tìm phân biệt " -"chữ hoa / thường hay fuzzy sẽ bị bỏ qua
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
Tham số
Bạn có thể cụ thể hóa việc tìm file po . Ví dụ, " +"nếu bạn muốn tìm phân biệt chữ hoa / thường hay fuzzy sẽ bị bỏ qua
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
Tùy chọn so sánh
Chọn thông điệp nào sẽ được đối xử là " +"thông điệp matching .
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
Một thông điệp match cái khác nếu hầu " +"hết các nhóm 3-chữ cuả nó được chứa trong thông điệp khác . Vd: 'abc 123' " +"match 'abcx123c3' .
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
Vị trí
Cấu hình file sẽ được tìm kiếm.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"Tham số
Bạn có thể cụ thể hóa việc tìm file po . Ví dụ, " +"nếu bạn muốn tìm phân biệt chữ hoa / thường hay fuzzy sẽ bị bỏ qua
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" + +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
\n"
+"Example: "
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "Quét file %1"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "Trạng thái :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "Quét thư mục %1"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "&Lấy lại"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "Lỗi tiế&p"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "Thông điệp &hiện tại"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "&Xoá"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "Cất file"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "Tải file"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr ""
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "Tìm chuỗi lặp"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "&Xoá"
-
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "&Mọi thông điệp"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "&Mọi thông điệp"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "&Lời bình :"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "Trạng thái :"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "&Hiện diff"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "Từ điển cho người dịch"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "&Lệnh :"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "File %1 đã tồn tại . Bạn có muốn ghi đè không ?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "Cơ sở dữ liệu trống"
+
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
msgstr ""
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
This is not a valid header!
\n" #~ "A valid header has the format:\n" -#~ "
optional comment\n" +#~ "
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
optional lines surrounded by \"\"
optional comment\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
optional lines surrounded by \"\"
Dây không phải là header hợp lệ!
\n" #~ "Một header hợp lệ phải có format :\n" -#~ "
Lời bình phụ\n" +#~ "
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
Dùng phụ được ôm bởi \"\"
Lời bình phụ\n" -#~ msgid "
msgid \"\"
msgstr \"\"
Dùng phụ được ôm bởi \"\"
Do you want to discard your changes or edit the header again?
Do you want to discard your changes or edit the header again?
Bạn có muốn bỏ qua các thay đổi hay sửa lại header ?
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
要翻译的项目
" -"在此处选择 KBabel 要为文件中的哪些项目查找翻译。不管您选择哪个选项,改变的项目总是标记为 fuzzy(模糊翻译)。
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
如何翻译消息
" -"此处您可以定义:消息是否仅可以被完全翻译;是否可接受相似的消息;如果没有找到翻译完整的消息或相似的消息,KBabel " -"是否应该试图翻译某条消息中的单个单词。
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
把改变的项目标记为模糊翻译
" -"当找到一条消息的翻译时,该项目将会被默认标记为“模糊翻译”。这是因为译文仅仅是 KBabel " -"的猜测,您应该总是仔细检查结果。只有您知道您正在做什么时才取消该选项。
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
初始化 TDE 特有的项目
" -"如果没有找到翻译,初始化“Comment=”和“Name=”项目。此外,使用身份设置来填充“NAME OF TRANSLATORS”和“EMAIL OF " -"TRANSLATORS”。
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"字典
" -"在此处选择哪些字典会被用来查找翻译。如果您选择了多个字典,则按它们在列表中显示的顺序来使用它们。
配置 按钮允许你暂时配置选中的字典。最初的设置将在关闭对话框之后恢复。
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
当找到一条消息的翻译时,该项目将会被默认标记为“模糊翻译”。这是因为译文仅仅是 KBabel " -"的猜测,您应该总是仔细检查结果。只有在您知道您正在做什么时才取消该选项。
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
查找文本
" -"在此您可以输入您想要搜索的文本。如果您想要搜索一个正则表达式,启用下面的“使用正则表达式”。
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
替换文本
" -"此处您可以输入您想用来替换找到文本的文本。这些文本将会按原样使用。如果您搜索的是正则表达式,您不能做后向引用。
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
在哪里搜索
在此选择您想要在目录项的哪些部分中搜索。
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
选项
" -"此处您可以微调替换:" -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
选项
" -"此处您可以微调搜索:" -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
状态栏
\n" +"状态栏显示当前的查找替换操作的进度信息。“找到:”中的第一个数字显示" +"包含搜索文本的但还没有在 KBabel 窗口中打开的文件数量。第二个数字显示到目前为" +"止找到的包含搜索文本的文件总数。
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
更新文件头
\n" -"如果选择该按钮,每次文件被保存时其文件头信息都会被更新。
\n" -"文件头中通常保留关于文件最后被更新日期和时间、\n" -"最后翻译者之类的信息。
\n" -"您可以从下列复选框中选择您想要更新的信息。\n" -"不存在的字段会被添加到文件头中。\n" -"如果您想要在文件头中添加其它字段,您可以通过在编辑器窗口中选择\n" -"“编辑->编辑文件头”来手工编辑文件头。
日志窗口
\n" +"该窗口显示执行命令的输出结果。
Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
要更新的字段
\n" -"选择您在保存时想要更新的文件头字段。\n" -"如果字段不存在,它会被添加到文件头中。
\n" -"如果您想要在文件头中添加其它信息,\n" -"您必须在编辑器窗口中选择“编辑->编辑文件头”来手工编辑文件头。
\n" -"如果您不想在保存时更新文件头,请取消以上的“更新文件头”选项。
目录管理器
\n" +"目录管理器将两个目录合并成一个文件树,然后显示这些文件夹中的所有\n" +"PO 和 POT 文件。这样,您对新近添加或删除的模板文件就会一目了然。\n" +"此外还显示一些关于文件的信息。\n" +"
详情请参阅在线帮助中的“目录管理器”。
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"编码
" -"选择在保存文件时的字符编码方式。如果您不能肯定要使用何种编码,请询问您的翻译协调员。
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
保留文件的编码
" -"如果选中该选项,文件将总是使用其读入时的编码来保存。文件头中没有字符集信息的文件(如 POT 文件)将使用上面设置的编码保存。
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
在保存时检查文件的语法
\n" -"选择该选项会在保存文件时自动使用“msgfmt --statistics”来检查该文件的语法。\n" -"您只有在出现错误时才会看到消息。
Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
保存过时项目
\n" -"如果该选项被激活,在文件打开时发现的过时项目将会被存回文件。\n" -"过时项目将会用“#~”来标记,它们是在 msgmerge 不再需要这些翻译时\n" -"创建的。\n" -"如果这些文本重新出现,过时项目将重新被激活。\n" -"其主要弊端在于会增大被保存文件大小。
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
修订日期的格式
" -"选择在文件头的PO-Revision-Date\n" -"字段中的日期和时间格式:" -"
详细信息请参见在线帮助中的“首选项对话框”。
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
身份
\n" -"填入关于您和您的翻译小组的信息。\n" -"这些信息在更新文件头时被使用。
\n" -"您可以在本对话框中的“保存”页上找到在文件头中应该更新的字段\n" -"以及是否更新等选项。
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
单/复数形式的数量
\n" -"注意:目前该选项是 TDE 特定的。如果您不在翻译 TDE 应用程序,您可以放心地忽略该选项。
\n" -"在此处选择您的语言中使用了多少种单数和复数的形式。这个数字必须与您的语言小组设置对应。如果您使用的 TDE >" -"= 2.2,且支持您所要翻译到的语言,请将该选项设置为“自动”,KBabel 会试图从 TDE 中自动获取这些信息。使用“测试”" -"按钮来测试这些信息是否会被找出。
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
译文中需要使用复数形式的参数
\n" -"注意:这个选项目前是 TDE 特定的。如果您翻译的不是 TDE 应用程序,您可以放心地忽略此选项。
\n" -"如果启用此选项,校验检查将要求消息中有 %n 参数。
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU 复数形式头
\n" -"在此您可以填入一个用于 GNU 复数形式处理的头部条目。如果您将条目留空,PO 文件中的条目将不会被改变或者添加。
\n" -"KBabel 能按照当前设定的语种,自动尝试确定 GNU gettext 工具建议使用的值,点击查找按钮即可。
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
加速键标记符号
" -"此处定义用来指定哪个字符用于标记加速键。例如,在 Qt 中它是“&”,而在 Gtk 中它是“_”。
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
上下文信息的正则表达式
" -"在这里输入一个正则表达式,它定义在消息中什么是上下文信息并且必须不被翻译。
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
自动拼写检查
" -"启用此选项能让 KBabel 自动在您输入文本时进行拼写检查。拼错的单词将用错词颜色标出。
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
记住忽略的字词
" -"激活此项,KBabel 将会在每次拼写检查的时候都忽略您在拼写检查对话框中选择要“全部忽略”的那些字词。
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
基准文件夹
\n" -"输入包含所有 PO 和 POT 文件的文件夹。\n" -"这些文件夹中的文件和子文件夹将会被合并为一个文件树。
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
在新窗口中打开文件
\n" -"如果该选项被激活,所有从目录管理器中打开的文件\n" -"将会在新窗口中打开。
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
退出时杀死进程
\n" -"如果您选择该项,KBabel 会试图通过发送 kill 信号来杀死\n" -"KBabel 退出时还没有退出的进程。
\n" -"注意:不保证这些进程会被杀死。
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"创建文件内容索引
\n" -"如果您选择了该选项,KBabel 将会为每个 PO 文件创建索引来加快搜索/替换功能。
\n" -"注意:这会显著减慢文件信息的更新速度。
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
用于文件夹的命令
" -"在此处插入您想在文件夹里从目录管理器执行的命令。这些命令随后会显示在目录管理器的上下文菜单的“命令”子菜单中。
" -"下列字符串在命令中将会被替换:" -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
用于文件的命令
" -"在此处插入您想从目录管理器内对文件执行的命令。这些命令随后会显示在目录管理器的上下文菜单的“命令”子菜单中。
" -"下列字符串在命令中将会被替换:" -"
文件选项
此处您可以微调要在哪里查找:
Shown columns
\n" -"显示栏
\n" -"\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" +"_: Descriptive encoding name\n" +"Recommended ( %1 )" +msgstr "推荐(%1)" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
翻译文件
\n" -"输入包含所有 PO 和 POT 文件的文件夹。\n" -"这些文件夹中的文件和子文件夹将会被合并为一个文件树。
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
用作比较的来源
" -"在此您可以选择应该用来进行比较的来源。
" -"您可以选择文件、翻译数据库或者相应的译文。
" -"如果您选择翻译数据库,参与比较的消息将从翻译数据库中提取。要使它发挥作用,您还得在它的首选项对话框中启用 自动添加到数据库。
" -"最后一种选项在使用 PO 文件作校对时有用。
" -"您可以临时使用另一个文件中的消息来做比较,方法是在 KBabel 的主窗口中选择 工具->比较->用文件作比较。
Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
diff 文件的基准文件夹\n" -"
在此您可以定义一个文件夹,其中保存着要用来作比较的文件。如果这些文件在该文件夹下的存贮位置与原始文件在它们的基准文件夹下的存贮位置相同,KBabel " -"可以自动地打开正确的文件来进行比较。
" -"注意,如果使用数据库中的消息作比较,该选项将不起作用。
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
自动开始搜索
" -"如果该选项被激活,无论何时您在编辑器中切换到另一个条目,搜索都会自动开始。您可以使用组合框默认字典来选择要搜索的地方。
" -"您还可以手工开始搜索,方法是,点击字典->查找...,或者持续按住工具栏上的字典按钮,然后在弹出的菜单中选择一个项目。
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
默认字典
\n" -"在此处选择默认搜索的地方。当搜索是自动开始时或是在工具栏中按字典按钮时,该设置会被使用。
" -"您可以通过从设置->配置字典中选择希望使用的字典来配置不同的字典。
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
自动取消模糊项目状态
\n" -"如果它被激活,并且您正在编辑一个模糊翻译项目,模糊翻译状态会被自动\n" -"取消(这意味着字符串, fuzzy 已从项目的注释中删除)。
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
使用智能编辑
\n" -"选择该选项会更舒适地键入文本,并且让 KBabel 负责某些必须加引号的特殊字符。例如键入“\"”将会输入“\\\"”, 按 Return " -"会自动在行尾添加空白字符,按 Shift+Return 将自动在行尾添加“\\n”。
\n" -"注意,这只不过是一种协助功能,而且它仍可能生成语法不正确的文本。
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
错误识别
" -"在此处您可以设置出错时的显示方式。“错误时响铃”会响铃,“错误时改变文本颜色”" -"会改变翻译文本的颜色。如果没有激活任何一项,您会在状态栏中看到一条消息。
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"状态 LED
\n" -"在此处选择您要在何处显示状态 LED 以及要使用的颜色。
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
查找文本
在此您可以输入您想要搜索的文本。如果您想要搜索一" +"个正则表达式,启用下面的“使用正则表达式”。
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
替换文本
此处您可以输入您想用来替换找到文本的文本。这些文" +"本将会按原样使用。如果您搜索的是正则表达式,您不能做后向引用。
Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
在哪里搜索
在此选择您想要在目录项的哪些部分中搜索。
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 321 -#: rc.cpp:542 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Dynamic dictionary" -msgstr "动态字典" +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:43 commonui/finddialog.cpp:121 +#: commonui/roughtransdlg.cpp:134 +#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:568 +#: kbabeldict/modules/pocompendium/pwidget.ui:68 +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/pwidget.ui:54 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Options" +msgstr "文件选项" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 336 -#: rc.cpp:545 +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:54 commonui/finddialog.cpp:124 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preferred number of results:" -msgstr "想要的结果数目:" +msgid "C&ase sensitive" +msgstr "区分大小写(&A)" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 356 -#: rc.cpp:548 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Output" -msgstr "输出" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:125 +msgid "O&nly whole words" +msgstr "只找整个词(&N)" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 367 -#: rc.cpp:551 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Output Processing" -msgstr "输出处理" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:126 +msgid "I&gnore marker for keyboard accelerator" +msgstr "忽略加速键标记符号(&G)" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 395 -#: rc.cpp:554 -#, no-c-format -msgid "First capital letter match" -msgstr "匹配大写首字母" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:127 +msgid "Ignore con&text information" +msgstr "忽略上下文信息(&T)" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 403 -#: rc.cpp:557 -#, no-c-format -msgid "All capital letter match" -msgstr "匹配所有大写字母" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:128 +msgid "From c&ursor position" +msgstr "从光标处开始(&U)" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 411 -#: rc.cpp:560 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Accelerator symbol (&&)" -msgstr "快捷键标识(&&)" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:129 +msgid "F&ind backwards" +msgstr "向前查找(&I)" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 419 -#: rc.cpp:563 +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:86 commonui/finddialog.cpp:133 #, no-c-format -msgid "Try to use same letter" -msgstr "尝试使用相同字母" +msgid "Use regu&lar expression" +msgstr "使用正则表达式(&L)" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 429 -#: rc.cpp:566 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Custom Rules" -msgstr "自定义规则" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:138 commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:708 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "编辑(&E)..." -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 440 -#: rc.cpp:569 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Original string regexp:" -msgstr "原文正则表达式:" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:146 +msgid "As&k before replacing" +msgstr "替换前询问(&K)" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 451 -#: rc.cpp:572 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "已启用" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:149 +msgid "" +"Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
选项
此处您可以微调替换:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
选项
此处您可以微调搜索:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" \n"
-"例如:"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-" "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "修订日期的格式"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "扫描单个 PO 文件"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "默认日期格式(&F)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "扫描文件夹"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "本地日期格式(&R)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "扫描文件夹和所有子文件夹"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "自定义日期格式(&M):"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "正在扫描文件:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "工程字符串"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "新添项目:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "工程 ID:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "总进度:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "文件头(&H)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "正在处理文件:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "更新翻译者版权声明(&T)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "正在载入文件:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "自由软件基金会版权所有"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "导出..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "若版权声明空白则删除(&R)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "统计"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "更新版权声明(&U)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "重复的字符串"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "不要改变(&N)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "优选关键字"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "版权(&Y)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 832
-#: rc.cpp:803 rc.cpp:1134
-#, no-c-format
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
msgid ""
-" \n"
-"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be "
-"inserted in the good keys list."
-" \n"
-"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
-"have to insert the key in the list."
-" \n"
-"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
-"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
-" \n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. \n"
-"您可以设置,关键字要被插入到“优选关键字列表”中,它所必须拥有的最少查询词数。"
-" \n"
-"您还可以设置,关键字要被插入到“优选关键字列表”中, 查询必须拥有的最少关键字词数。"
-" \n"
-"这两个数字是相对总计字词数的百分比。如果百分比小于一,引擎会将其设为一。"
-" \n"
-"最后,您可以设置列表项目的最大数量。"
+" 更新文件头 如果选择该按钮,每次文件被保存时其文件头信息都会被更新。 文件头中通常保留关于文件最后被更新日期和时间、\n"
+"最后翻译者之类的信息。 您可以从下列复选框中选择您想要更新的信息。\n"
+"不存在的字段会被添加到文件头中。\n"
+"如果您想要在文件头中添加其它字段,您可以通过在编辑器窗口中选择\n"
+"“编辑->编辑文件头”来手工编辑文件头。 Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. 要更新的字段 选择您在保存时想要更新的文件头字段。\n"
+"如果字段不存在,它会被添加到文件头中。 如果您想要在文件头中添加其它信息,\n"
+"您必须在编辑器窗口中选择“编辑->编辑文件头”来手工编辑文件头。 如果您不想在保存时更新文件头,请取消以上的“更新文件头”选项。 Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. 编码 选择在保存文件时的字符编码方式。如果您不能肯定要使用"
+"何种编码,请询问您的翻译协调员。 Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. 保留文件的编码 如果选中该选项,文件将总是使用其读入时的编"
+"码来保存。文件头中没有字符集信息的文件(如 POT 文件)将使用上面设置的编码保存。"
+" Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. 在保存时检查文件的语法 选择该选项会在保存文件时自动使用“msgfmt --statistics”来检查该文件的语"
+"法。\n"
+"您只有在出现错误时才会看到消息。 Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. 保存过时项目 如果该选项被激活,在文件打开时发现的过时项目将会被存回文件。\n"
+"过时项目将会用“#~”来标记,它们是在 msgmerge 不再需要这些翻译时\n"
+"创建的。\n"
+"如果这些文本重新出现,过时项目将重新被激活。\n"
+"其主要弊端在于会增大被保存文件大小。 Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"如果您要搜索“My name is Andrea”,并且您已激活了“单个词替代”,您将还会找到"
-"“My name is Joe” 或者“Your name is Andrea”之类的匹配。"
-
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "使用单个词替代"
+"_: Short for minutes\n"
+" min"
+msgstr " 分钟"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "查询中的最多词数:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:184
+msgid "No autosave"
+msgstr "无自动保存"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:188 kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:29
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "使用两个词替代"
+msgid "&General"
+msgstr "常规(&G)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:195
+msgid "Fields to Update"
+msgstr "要更新的字段"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199
+msgid "Re&vision-Date"
+msgstr "修订日期(&V)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "用于正则表达式的局部字符:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200
+msgid "Last-&Translator"
+msgstr "最后翻译人员(&T)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "数据库文件夹:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "语言(&L)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "自动将项目添加到数据库中"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "字符集(&S)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr "如果某人(可能是 KBabel)通知了一个新翻译,则自动在数据库中添加一项"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "编码(&E)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "自动添加项目作者:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "工程(&J)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"\n"
+"
修订日期的格式
选择在文件头的PO-Revision-Date\n" +"字段中的日期和时间格式:
详细信息请参见在线帮助中" +"的“首选项对话框”。
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
身份
\n" +"填入关于您和您的翻译小组的信息。\n" +"这些信息在更新文件头时被使用。
\n" +"您可以在本对话框中的“保存”页上找到在文件头中应该更新的字段\n" +"以及是否更新等选项。
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
单/复数形式的数量
\n" +"注意:目前该选项是 TDE 特定的。如果您不在翻译 TDE 应用程序,您可以" +"放心地忽略该选项。
\n" +"在此处选择您的语言中使用了多少种单数和复数的形式。这个数字必须与您的语言小" +"组设置对应。如果您使用的 TDE >= 2.2,且支持您所要翻译到的语言,请将该选项设置" +"为“自动”,KBabel 会试图从 TDE 中自动获取这些信息。使用“测试”按" +"钮来测试这些信息是否会被找出。
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
译文中需要使用复数形式的参数
\n" +"注意:这个选项目前是 TDE 特定的。如果您翻译的不是 TDE 应用程序,您" +"可以放心地忽略此选项。
\n" +"如果启用此选项,校验检查将要求消息中有 %n 参数。
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
GNU 复数形式头
\n" +"在此您可以填入一个用于 GNU 复数形式处理的头部条目。如果您将条目留空,PO 文" +"件中的条目将不会被改变或者添加。
\n" +"KBabel 能按照当前设定的语种,自动尝试确定 GNU gettext 工具建议使用的值,点" +"击查找按钮即可。
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
加速键标记符号
此处定义用来指定哪个字符用于标记加速键。例" +"如,在 Qt 中它是“&”,而在 Gtk 中它是“_”。
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
\n" -"如果可能,以下的变量将被在路径中替换:\n" -"
上下文信息的正则表达式
在这里输入一个正则表达式,它定义在" +"消息中什么是上下文信息并且必须不被翻译。
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
无效条目标记为模糊项" -"
\n" -"
如果您选中此选项,所有被标识为无效的条目\n" -"都将被标记为模糊项,结果文件将被保存。
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
不校验模糊项" -"
\n" -"
如果您选中此选项,所有标记为模糊项的条目\n" -"将完全不进行校验。
自动拼写检查
启用此选项能让 KBabel 自动在您输入文本时进行" +"拼写检查。拼错的单词将用错词颜色标出。
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
记住忽略的字词
激活此项,KBabel 将会在每次拼写检查的时候" +"都忽略您在拼写检查对话框中选择要“全部忽略”的那些字词。
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
基准文件夹
\n" +"输入包含所有 PO 和 POT 文件的文件夹。\n" +"这些文件夹中的文件和子文件夹将会被合并为一个文件树。
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
在新窗口中打开文件
\n" +"如果该选项被激活,所有从目录管理器中打开的文件\n" +"将会在新窗口中打开。
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
退出时杀死进程
\n" +"如果您选择该项,KBabel 会试图通过发送 kill 信号来杀死\n" +"KBabel 退出时还没有退出的进程。
\n" +"注意:不保证这些进程会被杀死。
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
创建文件内容索引
\n" +"如果您选择了该选项,KBabel 将会为每个 PO 文件创建索引来加快搜索/替换功能。" +"
\n" +"注意:这会显著减慢文件信息的更新速度。
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
用于文件夹的命令
在此处插入您想在文件夹里从目录管理器执行" +"的命令。这些命令随后会显示在目录管理器的上下文菜单的“命令”子菜单中。" +"p>
下列字符串在命令中将会被替换:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
用于文件的命令
在此处插入您想从目录管理器内对文件执行的命" +"令。这些命令随后会显示在目录管理器的上下文菜单的“命令”子菜单中。" +"p>
下列字符串在命令中将会被替换:
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
字符选择器
这个工具能让您使用鼠标双击插入特殊字符。
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
这不是有效的文件头。
\n" -"请在更新前修改文件头!
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
Shown columns
\n" +"这不是有效的文件头。
\n" -"请在更新前修改文件头!
显示栏
\n" +"Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
注释编辑器
\n" -"该编辑窗口向您显示当前消息的注释。" -"\n" -"
这些注释通常包含当前消息在源码中的位置信息,\n" -"以及该消息的状态信息(fuzzy、c-format)。\n" -"其他翻译人员的建议有时也包含在注释中。
\n" -"您可以通过取消“选项->显示注释”\n" -"来隐藏注释编辑器。
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
要翻译的项目
在此处选择 KBabel 要为文件中的哪些项目查找翻" +"译。不管您选择哪个选项,改变的项目总是标记为 fuzzy(模糊翻译)。
How messages get translated
Here you can define if a " +"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are " +"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a " +"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was " +"found.
如何翻译消息
此处您可以定义:消息是否仅可以被完全翻译;是" +"否可接受相似的消息;如果没有找到翻译完整的消息或相似的消息,KBabel 是否应该试" +"图翻译某条消息中的单个单词。
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
When a translation for a " +"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is " +"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always " +"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what " +"you are doing.
把改变的项目标记为模糊翻译
当找到一条消息的翻译时,该项目" +"将会被默认标记为“模糊翻译”。这是因为译文仅仅是 KBabel 的猜测,您应该总" +"是仔细检查结果。只有您知道您正在做什么时才取消该选项。
Initialize TDE-specific entries
Initialize \"Comment=\" " +"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings." +"
初始化 TDE 特有的项目
如果没有找到翻译,初始" +"化“Comment=”和“Name=”项目。此外,使用身份设置来填充“NAME OF " +"TRANSLATORS”和“EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS”。
Dictionaries
Choose here, which dictionaries have to be " +"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they " +"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list.
The " +"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " +"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog." +"
字典
在此处选择哪些字典会被用来查找翻译。如果您选择了多个" +"字典,则按它们在列表中显示的顺序来使用它们。
配置 按钮允许" +"你暂时配置选中的字典。最初的设置将在关闭对话框之后恢复。
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " +"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by " +"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this " +"option only if you know what you are doing.
当找到一条消息的翻译时,该项目将会被默认标记为“模糊翻译”。这是" +"因为译文仅仅是 KBabel 的猜测,您应该总是仔细检查结果。只有在您知道您正在做什" +"么时才取消该选项。
Search results
" -"This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries." -"
" -"
In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently " -"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the " -"search results.
" -"Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in " -"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->" -"Find....
" -"The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section " -"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with " -"Settings->Configure Dictionary.
搜索结果
" -"窗口的这一部分显示在字典中的搜索结果。" -"
" -"
在顶部显示找到的项目数量,以及当前显示项目被发现的位置。使用底部的按钮来查看搜索结果。
" -"可以在编辑器窗口切换到另一个条目时自动启动搜索,也可以通过在“字典->查找...”中选择想要的字典来启动。
" -"公用选项可以在首选项对话框的“搜索”部分中配置,不同字典的选项可以使用“设置->配置字典”来改变。
Original String
\n" -"This part of the window shows the original message\n" -"of the currently displayed entry.
原始字符串
\n" -"这部分窗口显示当前项目的原始(翻译前)消息。
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
状态 LED
\n" -"这些 LED 显示当前消息的状态。\n" -"您可以在首选项对话框的“外观”页\n" -"中的“编辑器”部分改变它们的颜色
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
翻译编辑器
\n" -"此编辑器显示并且允许您编辑当前消息的翻译。" -"
Character Selector
This tool allows to insert special " +"characters using double click.
字符选择器
这个工具能让您使用鼠标双击插入特殊字符。
" +"qt>" -#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1189 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1311 -#, fuzzy +#: kbabel/commentview.cpp:78 kbabel/headerwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Comment:" +msgstr "注释(&C):" + +#: kbabel/commentview.cpp:88 msgid "" -"Error while reading the file:\n" -" %1\n" -"No entry found." +"Comment Editor
\n" +"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." +"\n" +"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is " +"found in the source\n" +"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" +"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" +"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" +"Options->Show Comments.
注释编辑器
\n" +"该编辑窗口向您显示当前消息的注释。\n" +"
这些注释通常包含当前消息在源码中的位置信息,\n" +"以及该消息的状态信息(fuzzy、c-format)。\n" +"其他翻译人员的建议有时也包含在注释中。
\n" +"您可以通过取消“选项->显示注释”\n" +"来隐藏注释编辑器。
PO Context
This window shows the context of the current " +"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the " +"current message and four after it.
You can hide the tools window by " +"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
PO 上下文
该窗口显示当前消息在 PO 文件中的上下文。通常," +"它显示当前消息的前面四条和后面四条。
您可以取消“选项->显示工具”" +"来隐藏工具窗口。
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
This button will revert all changes made so far.
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
这不是有效的文件头。
\n" +"请在更新前修改文件头!
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
这不是有效的文件头。
\n" +"请在更新前修改文件头!
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
状态栏
\n" +"状态栏显示打开文件的某些信息,如条目总数和模糊翻译以及未翻译消息的数目。它" +"还显示索引和当前显示项的状态。
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"搜索结果
窗口的这一部分显示在字典中的搜索结果。
在顶" +"部显示找到的项目数量,以及当前显示项目被发现的位置。使用底部的按钮来查看搜索" +"结果。
可以在编辑器窗口切换到另一个条目时自动启动搜索,也可以通过在" +"“字典->查找...”中选择想要的字典来启动。
公用选项可以在首选项对话" +"框的“搜索”部分中配置,不同字典的选项可以使用“设置->配置字典”来" +"改变。
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
原始字符串
\n" +"这部分窗口显示当前项目的原始(翻译前)消息。
Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
状态 LED
\n" +"这些 LED 显示当前消息的状态。\n" +"您可以在首选项对话框的“外观”页\n" +"中的“编辑器”部分改变它们的颜色
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
翻译编辑器
\n" +"此编辑器显示并且允许您编辑当前消息的翻译。
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
状态栏
\n" -"状态栏显示打开文件的某些信息,如条目总数和模糊翻译以及未翻译消息的数目。它还显示索引和当前显示项的状态。
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO 上下文
" -"该窗口显示当前消息在 PO 文件中的上下文。通常,它显示当前消息的前面四条和后面四条。
" -"您可以取消“选项->显示工具”来隐藏工具窗口。
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
存在有以前的 KBabel 版本保存的备份数据库文件,然而另一版本的 KBabel (可能"
+"是 TDE 3.1.1 或者 3.1.2 的)创建了新的数据库。这样,您安装的 KBabel 含有两个版"
+"本的数据库文件。不幸的是旧版和新版的文件无法合并。您需要选择两者之一。
如果您选择旧版本,新版文件将被删除。如果您选择新版本,旧版的数据库文件"
+"将保持不变,您将需要手工删除它们,不然这条消息以后还将再次出现(旧版的文件在 "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*.old)。
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
参数
" -"此处您可以微调在 PO 文件中的搜索。譬如,您是否想执行区分大小写的搜索,或者您是否要忽略模糊翻译的消息。
参数
此处您可以微调在 PO 文件中的搜索。譬如,您是否想执行" +"区分大小写的搜索,或者您是否要忽略模糊翻译的消息。
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
比较选项
在这里选择您要将之视为匹配消息的消息。
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
比较选项
在这里选择您要将之视为匹配消息的消息。
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-匹配
" -"如果某条消息的多数三字母分组包括在另一条消息中,则认为这两条消息彼此匹配。如:“abc123”匹配“abcx123c12”。
3-Gram-匹配
如果某条消息的多数三字母分组包括在另一条消息" +"中,则认为这两条消息彼此匹配。如:“abc123”匹配“abcx123c12”。
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
位置
在这里配置要进行搜索的文件。
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
参数
此处您可以微调在 PO 文件中的搜索。例如,您可以进行区分大小写的搜索。
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"参数
此处您可以微调在 PO 文件中的搜索。例如,您可以进行区" +"分大小写的搜索。
Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
无效条目标记为模糊项
\n" +"
如果您选中此选项,所有被标识为无效的条目\n" +"都将被标记为模糊项,结果文件将被保存。
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
不校验模糊项
\n" +"
如果您选中此选项,所有标记为模糊项的条目\n" +"将完全不进行校验。
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
存在有以前的 KBabel 版本保存的备份数据库文件,然而另一版本的 KBabel (可能是 TDE 3.1.1 或者 3.1.2 "
-"的)创建了新的数据库。这样,您安装的 KBabel 含有两个版本的数据库文件。不幸的是旧版和新版的文件无法合并。您需要选择两者之一。"
-"
"
-"
如果您选择旧版本,新版文件将被删除。如果您选择新版本,旧版的数据库文件将保持不变,您将需要手工删除它们,不然这条消息以后还将再次出现(旧版的文件在 "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*.old)。
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
用作比较的来源
在此您可以选择应该用来进行比较的来源。" +"p>
您可以选择文件、翻译数据库或者相应的译文。
如果您选择翻译数据库," +"参与比较的消息将从翻译数据库中提取。要使它发挥作用,您还得在它的首选项对话框" +"中启用 自动添加到数据库。
最后一种选项在使用 PO 文件作校对时有" +"用。
您可以临时使用另一个文件中的消息来做比较,方法是在 KBabel 的主窗口" +"中选择 工具->比较->用文件作比较。
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
diff 文件的基准文件夹\n" +"
在此您可以定义一个文件夹,其中保存着要用来作比较的文件。如果这些文件在该文" +"件夹下的存贮位置与原始文件在它们的基准文件夹下的存贮位置相同,KBabel 可以自动" +"地打开正确的文件来进行比较。
注意,如果使用数据库中的消息作比较,该选项" +"将不起作用。
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" -#: kbabeldict/kbabeldictbox.cpp:288 -msgid "Original" -msgstr "原始" +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
翻译文件
\n" +"输入包含所有 PO 和 POT 文件的文件夹。\n" +"这些文件夹中的文件和子文件夹将会被合并为一个文件树。
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
自动取消模糊项目状态
\n" +"如果它被激活,并且您正在编辑一个模糊翻译项目,模糊翻译状态会被自动\n" +"取消(这意味着字符串, fuzzy 已从项目的注释中删除)。
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
使用智能编辑
\n" +"选择该选项会更舒适地键入文本,并且让 KBabel 负责某些必须加引号的特殊字符。" +"例如键入“\"”将会输入“\\\"”, 按 Return 会自动在行尾添加空白字符,按 Shift" +"+Return 将自动在行尾添加“\\n”。
\n" +"注意,这只不过是一种协助功能,而且它仍可能生成语法不正确的文本。
Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
错误识别
在此处您可以设置出错时的显示方式。“错误时响" +"铃”会响铃,“错误时改变文本颜色”会改变翻译文本的颜色。如果没有激活" +"任何一项,您会在状态栏中看到一条消息。
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
状态 LED
\n" +"在此处选择您要在何处显示状态 LED 以及要使用的颜色。
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
自动开始搜索
如果该选项被激活,无论何时您在编辑器中切换到" +"另一个条目,搜索都会自动开始。您可以使用组合框默认字典来选择要搜索的地" +"方。
您还可以手工开始搜索,方法是,点击字典->查找...,或者持续按" +"住工具栏上的字典按钮,然后在弹出的菜单中选择一个项目。
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
默认字典
\n" +"在此处选择默认搜索的地方。当搜索是自动开始时或是在工具栏中按字典按钮时,该" +"设置会被使用。
您可以通过从设置->配置字典中选择希望使用的字典来" +"配置不同的字典。
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
状态栏
\n" -"状态栏显示当前的查找替换操作的进度信息。“找到:”中的第一个数字显示包含搜索文本的但还没有在 KBabel " -"窗口中打开的文件数量。第二个数字显示到目前为止找到的包含搜索文本的文件总数。
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
文件选项
" -"此处您可以微调要在哪里查找:" -"
\n"
+"Example: \n"
+"例如: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "获取以下文件的本地状态:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "扫描单个 PO 文件..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "获取以下文件的 diff:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "扫描文件夹..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "获取以下文件的信息:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "扫描文件夹和所有子文件夹..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "以前的消息(&O)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "正在扫描文件:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "日志消息(&L)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "新添项目:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "必要时自动添加文件(&M)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "总进度:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "提交(&C):"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "正在处理文件:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "获取状态(&G)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "正在载入文件:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "获取 Diff(&G)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "导出..."
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "获得信息(&G)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "重复的字符串"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "命令输出:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "优选关键字"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "提交日志消息为空。您是否想要继续?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"您可以设置,关键字要被插入到“优选关键字列表”中,它所必须拥有的最少查"
+"询词数。 \n"
+"您还可以设置,关键字要被插入到“优选关键字列表”中, 查询必须拥有的最"
+"少关键字词数。 \n"
+"这两个数字是相对总计字词数的百分比。如果百分比小于一,引擎会将其设为一。 \n"
+"最后,您可以设置列表项目的最大数量。"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "无法打开临时文件写入。中止。"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "在查询中的最少关键字词数(%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "无法写入临时文件。中止。"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "无法启动进程。"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "在关键字中的最少查询词数(%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "[ %1 状态下退出]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "最大列表长度:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "[ 完成 ]"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "高频度字词"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "消息目录"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "去掉超过这个出现次数的字词:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "无版本控制"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN 状态"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "高频度字词被认为是包含在每个关键字中"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "已解决"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "常规"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "已标记已解决"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "数据库文件夹:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "还原"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "自动在 KBabel 中更新"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "已标记为还原"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "新条目"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "清理"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "来自 KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "已标记为清理"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "算法"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "没有仓库"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "最低分:"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "文件:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "要使用的算法"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "名称"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "分数:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "M"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "模糊句子存档"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "模糊翻译"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "词汇表"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "未翻译"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "原样"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "总计"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "逐句"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "最后修订"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "文字和数字"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "日志窗口"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "逐词"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "清除(&L)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:321
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Dynamic dictionary"
+msgstr "动态字典"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. 日志窗口 该窗口显示执行命令的输出结果。 Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. 目录管理器 目录管理器将两个目录合并成一个文件树,然后显示这些文件夹中的所有\n"
-"PO 和 POT 文件。这样,您对新近添加或删除的模板文件就会一目了然。\n"
-"此外还显示一些关于文件的信息。\n"
-" 详情请参阅在线帮助中的“目录管理器”。 \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"如果您要搜索“My name is Andrea”,并且您已激活了“单个词替代”"
+"em>,您将还会找到“My name is Joe” 或者“Your name is Andrea”之类"
+"的匹配。"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:90
-msgid "No SVN repository"
-msgstr "无 SVN 仓库"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "使用单个词替代"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:93
-msgid "Not in SVN"
-msgstr "不在 SVN 中"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "查询中的最多词数:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:94
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:96
-msgid "Locally added"
-msgstr "已在本地添加"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "使用两个词替代"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:97
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:99
-msgid "Locally removed"
-msgstr "已在本地删除"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "已在本地修改"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "已更新"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "用于正则表达式的局部字符:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "冲突"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "数据库"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "工作副本出错"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "数据库文件夹:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "未知"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "自动将项目添加到数据库中"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "这不是一个有效的 SVN 仓库。无法执行 SVN 命令。"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "[ 开始命令 ]"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN 对话框"
-
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "更新以下文件:"
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr "如果某人(可能是 KBabel)通知了一个新翻译,则自动在数据库中添加一项"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "交付以下文件:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "自动添加项目作者:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "获取以下文件的远程状态:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
\n" +"如果可能,以下的变量将被在路径中替换:\n" +"
What entries to translate
" -"Choose here, for which entries of the file KBabel tries to find a " -"translation. Changed entries are always marked as fuzzy, no matter which option " -"you choose.
要翻譯哪些項目?
" -"選擇您要 KBabel 約略翻譯這個檔案中的哪些項目。不過翻譯的訊息一定會被標示成模糊翻譯,不管您怎麼選。
How messages get translated
" -"Here you can define if a message can only get translated completely, if " -"similar messages are acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the " -"single words of a message if no translation of the complete message or similar " -"message was found.
要怎麼翻譯?
" -"您可以定義一個訊息要做完全翻譯,還是尋找類似的翻譯,抑或是在找不到資訊時,讓 KBabel 針對每一個單字做翻譯。
Mark changed entries as fuzzy
" -"When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
將翻譯的訊息標示成模糊訊息
" -"當找到一個訊息的已翻譯訊息時,它預設會被標示成模糊(fuzzy)訊息。這是因為這些翻譯訊息只是 KBabel " -"猜測的,而您應該要對這些訊息做進一步的檢查與確認。除非您知道自己在做什麼,否則請不要關掉此選項。
Initialize TDE-specific entries
" -"Initialize \"Comment=\" and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. " -"Also, \"NAME OF TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with " -"identity settings.
初始化 TDE 相關的項目
" -"如果找不到翻譯訊息的話,初始化 Comment= 與 Name= 的項目。並且在 NAME OF TRANSLATORS 與 EMAIL OF " -"TRANSLATORS 填上適當的個人設定。
Dictionaries
" -"Choose here, which dictionaries have to be used for finding a translation. " -"If you select more than one dictionary, they are used in the same order as they " -"are displayed in the list.
" -"The Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected " -"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog.
" -"字典
" -"選擇翻譯時要使用哪個字典。如果您選擇一個以上的話,則會依清單的順序來尋找字典。
" -"設定鈕可以讓您暫時設定已選擇的字典。原始的設定會在關掉對話框後回復。
When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked " -"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by KBabel " -"and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only " -"if you know what you are doing.
當找到一個訊息的翻譯字串時,預設會標示為模糊(fuzzy)訊息。這是因為這些翻譯訊息只是 KBabel " -"猜測的,而您應該要對這些訊息做進一步的檢查與確認。除非您知道自己在做什麼,否則請不要關掉此選項。
Find text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want to search for. If you want to search " -"for a regular expression, enable Use regular expression below.
尋找文字
" -"您可以輸入您要尋找的文字。如果您要用正規表示式來表示,請打開使用正規表示式的選項。
Replace text
" -"Here you can enter the text you want the found text to get replaced with. " -"The text is used as is. It is not possible to make a back reference, if you " -"have searched for a regular expression.
取代文字
" -"您可以輸入您要找的文字,以及您希望將它取代為何。注意,如果您用正規表示式來搜尋,就無法做回溯參考(back reference)。
Where to search
" -"Select here in which parts of a catalog entry you want to search.
要搜尋哪裡?
設定您要搜尋檔案的哪一部份。
Options
" -"Here you can finetune replacing:" -"
選項
" -"您可以調整取代的選項: " -"
Options
" -"Here you can finetune the search:" -"
選項
" -"您可以調整搜尋的選項: " -"
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " +"replace operation. The first number in Found: displays the number of " +"files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet shown in the KBabel " +"window. The second shows the total number of files containing the searched " +"text found so far.
狀態列
狀態列顯示目前尋找或置換的進度資訊。在已找到:" +"中的第一個數字表示找到搜尋字串而尚未顯示在 KBabel 視窗的檔案數量。第二個" +"數字表示到目前為止找到搜尋字串的檔案總數。
Log window
\n" +"In this window the output of the executed commands are shown.
記錄視窗
本視窗顯示執行命令的輸出結果。
Update Header
\n" -"Check this button to update the header information of the file every time it " -"is saved.
\n" -"The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file was " -"last\n" -"updated, the last translator etc.
\n" -"You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes " -"below.\n" -"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n" -"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header " -"manually by choosing\n" -"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
Catalog Manager
\n" +"The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n" +"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n" +"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n" +"is displayed.
For more information see section The Catalog Manager" +"b> in the online help.
開啟這個選項的話,每次儲存時都會去更新標頭。
" -"您可以選擇您要更新哪些資訊。如果該標頭不存在的話,會將它附加上去。如果您要在標頭中加上額外的欄位,您可以在編輯視窗中用編輯 - 編輯標頭" -"來手動編輯標頭。
目錄管理員
目錄管理員會將 PO 與 POT 檔的目錄合併在一個樹" +"狀顯示圖裡。這樣您可以很方便地看到樣本檔案 (templates) 有沒有被翻譯並加入 PO " +"檔的目錄中,並且也會顯示這些檔案的一些狀態。
" -#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:278 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:448 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:483 kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1233 +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:1349 kbabel/kbabelview2.cpp:757 +#, c-format msgid "" -"Fields to update
\n" -"Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n" -"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header.
\n" -"If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the " -"header manually\n" -"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window.
\n" -"Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the header\n" -"updated when saving.
要更新的欄位
" -"請選擇您在儲存時要更新的標頭欄位。如果該欄位不存在,它會附在標頭的後面。
" -"如果您要在標頭中加上額外的欄位,您可以在編輯視窗中用編輯 - 編輯標頭來手動編輯標頭。
" -"關閉更新標頭選項的話,在儲存時就不會去更新標頭。
Encoding
" -"Choose how to encode characters when saving to a file. If you are unsure " -"what encoding to use, please ask your translation coordinator.
" -"編碼
" -"請選擇要儲存到檔案中時使用的編碼。如果您不確定要用哪一種編碼,請詢問您的翻譯團隊的成員。
" -"Keep the encoding of the file
" -"If this option is activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as " -"they were read in. Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT " -"files) are saved in the encoding set above.
保留檔案的編碼
" -"如果開啟此選項,檔案在儲存時會保留原來的編碼。如果沒有編碼的設定(例如樣本的 pot 檔)則會使用上面的編碼設定來儲存。
Check syntax of file when saving
\n" -"Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt " -"--statistics\"\n" -"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred.
儲存時檢查檔案語法
" -"開啟這個選項的話,儲存檔案時會自動使用 msgfmt --statistics 來檢查語法是否正確。但是如果發生錯誤的話,您只會得到一個錯誤訊息。
" -"Save obsolete entries
\n" -"If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was open\n" -"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n" -"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n" -"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated again.\n" -"The main drawback is the size of the saved file.
儲存已廢棄的訊息
" -"如果開啟此選項,原本檔案內已廢棄的訊息也會寫回檔案去。已廢棄的訊息是指 msgmerge 執行訊息合併時若發現已經用不著的訊息,會以 #~ " -"標記。如果它發現這些訊息又被使用了,則會將它放回去。主要的缺點是檔案可能變得很大。
Format of Revision-Date
" -"Choose in which format the date and time of the header field\n" -"PO-Revision-Date is saved: " -"
It is recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating " -"non-standard PO files.
" -"For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog " -"in the online help.
最新更新日期的格式
" -"選擇儲存在 PO-Revision-Date 欄位的日期與時間格式: " -"
通常建議使用預設的格式,避免產生不標準的 PO 檔。
" -"要取得更多資訊,請參考線上說明的設定對話框。
Identity
\n" -"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" -"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" -"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be updated\n" -"on page Save in this dialog.
個人資訊
" -"請填入您與您的翻譯團隊的資訊。這些資訊會用於更新檔案的標頭。
" -"您可以在儲存頁中找到關於您要更新的標頭欄位的選項。
Number of singular/plural forms
" -"Note: This option is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE " -"application, you can safely ignore this option.
" -"Choose here how many singular and plural forms are used in your language. " -"This number must correspond to the settings of your language team.
" -"Alternatively, you can set this option to Automatic " -"and KBabel will try to get this information automatically from TDE. Use the " -"Test button to test if it can find it out.
注意:這是 TDE 相關的選項。如果您不是在翻譯 TDE 應用程式,您可以忽略這個選項。
" -"請選擇在您的語言中有多少單數與複數型。這個數字與您的翻譯團隊的設定有關。
" -"此外,您也可以設定成自動,KBabel 會試著自動從 TDE 取得相關資訊。使用測試" -"來測試 KBabel 是否能找到這些資訊。
" -"譯者註:此選項對中文是不需要的,設定成 1 即可。您可以參考 " -"http://docs.kde.org/development/en/tdesdk/kbabel/kbabel-pluralforms.html " -"對單複數型的說明。
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" -"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " -"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" -"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n argument " -"to be present in the message.
翻譯時需要加入標記複數型參數
" -"注意:這是 TDE 相關的選項。如果您不是在翻譯 TDE 應用程式,您可以忽略這個選項。
" -"如果開啟此選項,在檔案檢查時會需要 %n 參數在訊息裡。
GNU plural form header
\n" -"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you leave " -"the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added.
\n" -"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU gettext " -"tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup button.
GNU 複數型標頭
" -"您可以填入一個標頭來表示 GNU 的複數型處理。如果留白的話,PO 檔內就不會改變或加入該標頭。
" -"按下「尋找」鍵,KBabel 可以自動用 GNU gettext 工具來試著決定目前語言所使用的建議值。
Marker for keyboard accelerator
" -"Define here, what character marks the following character as keyboard " -"accelerator. For example in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
快速鍵標示符號
" -"決定在哪一個字元之後的字元為快速鍵。例如,在 Qt 中是 & 而 GTK 中則是 _。
Regular expression for context information
" -"Enter a regular expression here which defines what is context information in " -"the message and must not get translated.
內容資訊的正規表示式
輸入正規表示式來表示訊息中哪些屬於不需要翻譯的內容資訊。
On the fly spellchecking
" -"Activate this to let KBabel spell check the text as you type. Mispelled " -"words will be colored by the error color.
直接檢查拼字
" -"開啟此選項,讓 KBabel 直接在您輸入文字時就做拼字檢查。拼錯的字會以標示錯誤的顏色顯示。
Remember ignored words
" -"Activate this, to let KBabel ignore the words, where you have chosen " -"Ignore All in the spell check dialog, in every spell check.
記住忽略的字詞
" -"開啟此選項的話,KBabel 會在每次做拼字檢查時,忽略您在拼字檢查對話框中全部忽略的字詞。
Base folders
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" -"tree.
基本資料夾
\n" -"輸入含有您的 PO 檔與 POT 檔的資料夾。KBabel 會將它們合併在一個樹狀圖之中。
Open files in new window
\n" -"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager are " -"opened\n" -"in a new window.
開啟檔案於新視窗
" -"如果開啟此選項,所有從目錄管理員開啟的檔案都會用新視窗來開啟。
Kill processes on exit
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not exited " -"already when KBabel exits,\n" -"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" -"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
離開時結束行程
" -"如果開啟此選項,KBabel 會在離開時試著對還沒離開的行程送出 SIGKILL 來刪除它們。
" -"注意:這不保證這些行程就會被刪除。
Create index for file contents
\n" -"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed up " -"the find/replace functions.
\n" -"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably.
" -"對檔案內容建立索引
" -"如果開啟此選項,KBabel 會對每個 PO 檔建索引,以加速搜尋/取代功能。
" -"注意:這會造成更新檔案資訊時速度變慢。
Run msgfmt before processing a file
" -"If you enable this, KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing " -"a file.
" -"Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to be " -"slower. This setting is enabled by default.
" -"Disabling is useful for slow computers and when you want to translate PO " -"files that are not supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that " -"are on your system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax " -"checking is done by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as " -"good ones, even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
在處理檔案前先執行 msgfmt
" -"如果開啟此選項,KBabel 在處理一個檔案前會先執行 Gettext 的 msgfmt 工具。
" -"通常建議開啟,即使會讓處理變慢。這個選項預設是開啟的。
" -"如果您的電腦速度很慢,或是您要翻譯不被目前版本的 Gettext 工具所支援的 PO 檔,可以關掉這個選項。缺點是無法做語法檢查,所以不合法的 PO " -"檔可能被當成合法的來顯示。
Commands for folders
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute in folders from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
資料夾命令
" -"請在此插入您在目錄管理員中要對資料夾所執行的命令。這些命令會在目錄管理員的選單中的命令子目錄中出現。
" -"以下的字串會在命令中被代換: " -"
Commands for files
" -"Insert here the commands you want to execute on files from the Catalog " -"Manager. The commands are then shown in the submenu Commands " -"in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
" -"The following strings will be replaced in a command:" -"
檔案命令
" -"請在此插入您在目錄管理員中要對檔案所執行的命令。這些命令會在目錄管理員的選單中的命令子目錄中出現。
" -"以下的字串會在命令中被代換: " -"
Shown columns
\n" -"顯示欄位
尚無說明
File Options
Here you can finetune where to find:" +"
檔案選項
您可以選擇要尋找:
\n" -"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" -"project for KBabel.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" -"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" -"
\n" -"\n" -"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" -"and also a type of the translation project.\n" -"
" -msgstr "" -"歡迎來的專案精靈! " -"這個精靈會協助您設定新的 KBabel 翻譯專案。
" -"首先,您要選擇專案名稱與儲存設定的檔案。
" -"然後設定要翻譯的語言,以及翻譯專案的型態
" +#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:68 +msgid "CVS Dialog" +msgstr "CVS 對話框" -#. i18n: file ./commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui line 66 -#: rc.cpp:34 rc.cpp:111 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Configuration File Name"
-"
\n"
-"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
-"project.
設定檔名
要儲存專案設定的檔案名稱。
\n"
-"Language"
-"
\n"
-"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
-"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
-"standard.
語言
這個專案是要翻譯成哪種語言。您應該遵循 ISO 631 語言命名標準。
Project name"
-"
\n"
-"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
-"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
-"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
-"
\n"
-"
\n"
-"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
-"
專案名稱 "
-"
專案名稱會顯示在至專案設定對話框中,以及開啟這個專案時的視窗標頭中。"
-"
"
-"
注意:專案名稱決定了就沒辦法再改變了。
\n" -"Project Type\n" -"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" -"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" -"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" -"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" -"
\n" -"Currently known types:\n" -"
專案型態 專案型態允許您針對一些已知的翻譯計畫的特殊型態設定做調整。例如,它可以設定檢查工具,加速鍵的符號,還有標頭格式等。
" -"目前已知的型態有: " -"
Translation Files
\n" -"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" -"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one " -"tree.
翻譯檔案
" -"請輸入您的 PO 與 POT 檔存放的資料夾名稱。它們會被合併到一個樹狀圖下。
Source for difference lookup
\n" -"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" -"for finding a difference.
\n" -"You can select file, translation database or\n" -"corresponding msgstr.
\n" -"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" -"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" -"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" -"preferences dialog.
\n" -"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" -"for proofreading.
\n" -"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" -"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" -"in KBabel's main window.
差異比較的來源
" -"您可以選擇用於差異比較 (diff) 的來源。
" -"您可以選擇檔案,翻譯資料庫,或是相關的翻譯訊息。
" -"如果您選的是翻譯資料庫,那麼會從資料庫中取出訊息來比較差異。您必須在設定中打開自動將訊息加入到資料庫。
" -"您可以在 KBabel 主視窗中的 工具 - 比較差異(Diff) - 開啟檔案並執行 Diff來暫時執行訊息與檔案的比較。
" -"Base folder for diff files\n" -"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" -"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" -"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" -"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" -"file to diff with.
\n" -"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" -"the database are used for diffing.
比較差異來源檔案的基本資料夾
" -"您可以定義您要用於比較的檔案所存放的資料夾。如果要比較的檔案分別放在個別基本資料夾中相對應的位置,KBabel 可以自動開啟正確的檔案來做比較。
" -"注意,如果您選擇的是從資料庫來做比較,那這個選項就不會有任何作用。
Automatically start search
\n" -"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" -"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" -"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" -"
" -"You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" -"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" -"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" -"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
自動開始搜尋
" -"如果開啟此選項,當您在編輯器內切換到其他項目時會自動開始搜尋。您可以在預設字典欄中選擇要搜尋哪裡。
" -"您也可以使用目錄中的字典 - 尋找文字,或是按住工具列中的字典按鈕一陣子來手動開始搜尋。
Default Dictionary
\n" -"Choose here where to search as default. \n" -"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" -"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" -"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" -"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" -"
預設字典
" -"請選擇當自動開始搜尋或是手動開始搜尋時,預設要搜尋哪個字典。
" -"您可以在設定 - 設定字典中選擇要用的字典。
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" -"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status is " -"automatically\n" -"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" -"is removed from the entry's comment).
自動取消模糊翻譯狀態
" -"如果開啟此選項,當您編輯一個訊息之後,模糊的狀態就會自動被關閉。(換言之,在此訊息的標頭中的 ,fuzzy 字串就會被拿掉。)
Use clever editing
\n" -"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" -"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" -"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" -"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" -"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" -"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" -"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" -"generate syntactically incorrect text.
使用聰明編輯
" -"這個選項可以讓輸入文字時更為便利,KBabel 會幫您處理一些特殊字元。例如輸入 '\\\"' 會自動幫您擴充成 '\\\\\\\"',還有按下 " -"Enter 鍵後會自動加入空白在一行的最後面,按 Shift-Enter 會在一行的最後面加入 '\\\\n'。
" -"注意,這只是個提示:您還是得注意語法上有沒有錯誤。
Error recognition
\n" -"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" -"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" -" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" -"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" -"
辨識錯誤
" -"您可以設定錯誤要發出嗶聲或是要改變文字顏色。如果都不選的話,您會在狀態列看到訊息。
Status LEDs
\n" -"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have.
" -"狀態燈號
請選擇要顯示哪些狀態燈號,還有它們的顏色。
Find text
Here you can enter the text you want to search " +"for. If you want to search for a regular expression, enable Use regular " +"expression below.
尋找文字
您可以輸入您要尋找的文字。如果您要用正規表示式" +"來表示,請打開使用正規表示式的選項。
Replace text
Here you can enter the text you want the " +"found text to get replaced with. The text is used as is. It is not possible " +"to make a back reference, if you have searched for a regular expression." +"p>
取代文字
您可以輸入您要找的文字,以及您希望將它取代為" +"何。注意,如果您用正規表示式來搜尋,就無法做回溯參考(back reference)。
" +"qt>" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 260 -#: rc.cpp:521 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Alphanumeric" -msgstr "字母與數字" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:101 +msgid "Find" +msgstr "尋找" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 313 -#: rc.cpp:539 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Word by word" -msgstr "一字字" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:102 +msgid "&Find" +msgstr "尋找(&F):" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 321 -#: rc.cpp:542 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Dynamic dictionary" -msgstr "動態字典" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:108 +msgid "Where to Search" +msgstr "要搜尋哪裡?" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 336 -#: rc.cpp:545 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Preferred number of results:" -msgstr "想要的結果數量:" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:112 +msgid "&Msgid" +msgstr "Msgid(&M)" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 356 -#: rc.cpp:548 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Output" -msgstr "輸出" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:113 +msgid "M&sgstr" +msgstr "Msgstr(&S)" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 367 -#: rc.cpp:551 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Output Processing" -msgstr "輸出處理中" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:114 +msgid "Comm&ent" +msgstr "註解(&E)" -#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui line 395 -#: rc.cpp:554 -#, no-c-format -msgid "First capital letter match" -msgstr "第一個大寫字母符合" +#: commonui/finddialog.cpp:116 +msgid "" +"Where to search
Select here in which parts of a catalog " +"entry you want to search.
要搜尋哪裡?
設定您要搜尋檔案的哪一部份。
Options
Here you can finetune replacing:
選項
您可以調整取代的選項:
Options
Here you can finetune the search:
選項
您可以調整搜尋的選項:
\n"
-"Example:"
-" 例如: "
-" "
-msgstr " "
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:211
+msgid "De&fault date format"
+msgstr "預設日期格式(&F)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 635
-#: rc.cpp:764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Single PO File"
-msgstr "掃描單一 PO 檔"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:213
+msgid "Local date fo&rmat"
+msgstr "本地日期格式(&R)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 643
-#: rc.cpp:767
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder"
-msgstr "掃描目錄"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:215
+msgid "Custo&m date format:"
+msgstr "自訂日期格式(&M):"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 651
-#: rc.cpp:770
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders"
-msgstr "掃瞄目錄及子目錄"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:225
+msgid "Project String"
+msgstr "專案字串"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 673
-#: rc.cpp:773 rc.cpp:1104
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Scanning file:"
-msgstr "掃描檔案:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:231
+msgid "Project-Id:"
+msgstr "專案 ID:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 681
-#: rc.cpp:776 rc.cpp:1107
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Entries added:"
-msgstr "新增項目:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:239
+msgid "&Header"
+msgstr "檔頭(&H)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 722
-#: rc.cpp:779 rc.cpp:1110
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Total progress:"
-msgstr "全部進度:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:249
+msgid "Update &translator copyright"
+msgstr "更新翻譯者授權聲明 (&T)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 730
-#: rc.cpp:782 rc.cpp:1113
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Processing file:"
-msgstr "處理檔案:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:253
+msgid "Free Software Foundation Copyright"
+msgstr "自由軟體基金會版權所有"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 766
-#: rc.cpp:785 rc.cpp:1116
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Loading file:"
-msgstr "載入檔案:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:257
+msgid "&Remove copyright if empty"
+msgstr "若版權聲明是空的,便將它移除(&R)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 779
-#: rc.cpp:788 rc.cpp:1119
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Export..."
-msgstr "匯出..."
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:258
+msgid "&Update copyright"
+msgstr "更新授權聲明(&U)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 790
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:795 rc.cpp:791 rc.cpp:1122
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Statistics"
-msgstr "統計"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:259
+msgid "Do ¬ change"
+msgstr "不改變 (&N)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 798
-#: rc.cpp:794 rc.cpp:1125
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Repeated Strings"
-msgstr "重複字串"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:263
+msgid "Cop&yright"
+msgstr "版權所有 (&Y)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 808
-#: rc.cpp:797 rc.cpp:1128
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Good Keys"
-msgstr "好的鍵值(Good keys)"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:266
+msgid ""
+" Update Header Check this button to update the header information of the file every time "
+"it is saved. The header normally keeps information about the date and time the file "
+"was last\n"
+"updated, the last translator etc. You can choose which information you want to update from the checkboxes "
+"below.\n"
+"Fields that do not exist are added to the header.\n"
+"If you want to add additional fields to the header, you can edit the header "
+"manually by choosing\n"
+"Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. 開啟這個選項的話,每次儲存時都會去更新標頭。 您"
+"可以選擇您要更新哪些資訊。如果該標頭不存在的話,會將它附加上去。如果您要在標"
+"頭中加上額外的欄位,您可以在編輯視窗中用編輯 - 編輯標頭來手動編輯標"
+"頭。
\n"
-"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated "
-"one word substitution you may also find phrases like "
-"My name is Joe or Your name is Andrea."
-msgstr ""
-"
\n"
-"如果您搜尋My name is Andrea,並打開替換一個單字功能,您也會查到像"
-"My name is Joe或是Your name is Andrea。"
+"_: Short for minutes\n"
+" min"
+msgstr "分鐘"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 402
-#: rc.cpp:725 rc.cpp:1056
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use one word substitution"
-msgstr "替換一個單字"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:184
+msgid "No autosave"
+msgstr "不自動儲存"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 433
-#: rc.cpp:728 rc.cpp:734 rc.cpp:1059 rc.cpp:1065
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:188 kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:29
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
-msgstr "查詢字串最大單字數量:"
+msgid "&General"
+msgstr "一般(&G)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 458
-#: rc.cpp:731 rc.cpp:1062
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Use two word substitution"
-msgstr "替換兩個單字"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:195
+msgid "Fields to Update"
+msgstr "要更新的欄位:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 491
-#: rc.cpp:737 rc.cpp:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:199
+msgid "Re&vision-Date"
+msgstr "更新日期(&V)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 509
-#: rc.cpp:740 rc.cpp:1071
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "]"
-msgstr "]"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:200
+msgid "Last-&Translator"
+msgstr "最新翻譯者(&T)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 519
-#: rc.cpp:743 rc.cpp:1074
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
-msgstr "本地字元的正規表示式:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:201
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "語言(&L)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 573
-#: rc.cpp:749 rc.cpp:1080
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Database folder:"
-msgstr "資料庫目錄:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:202
+msgid "Char&set"
+msgstr "字元集(&S)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 589
-#: rc.cpp:752 rc.cpp:1083
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto add entry to database"
-msgstr "自動將訊息加入到資料庫"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:203
+msgid "&Encoding"
+msgstr "編碼(&E)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 595
-#: rc.cpp:755 rc.cpp:1086
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified by "
-"someone (may be kbabel)"
-msgstr "如果 KBabel 找到新的翻譯則自動將訊息加入到資料庫。"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:204
+msgid "Pro&ject"
+msgstr "專案(&J)"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 617
-#: rc.cpp:758 rc.cpp:1089
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Auto added entry author:"
-msgstr "自動將訊息加入到資料庫的作者:"
+#: commonui/projectprefwidgets.cpp:206
+msgid "Format of Revision-Date"
+msgstr "更新日期格式:"
-#. i18n: file ./kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui line 625
-#: rc.cpp:761 rc.cpp:1092
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"
\n" -"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to be " -"inserted in the good keys list." -"
\n" -"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must " -"have to insert the key in the list." -"
\n" -"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the " -"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one." -"
\n"
-"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+" Fields to update Choose which fields in the header you want to have updated when saving.\n"
+"If a field does not exist, it is appended to the header. If you want to add other information to the header, you have to edit the "
+"header manually\n"
+"by choosing Edit->Edit Header in the editor window. Deactivate Update Header above if you do not want to have the "
+"header\n"
+"updated when saving. \n"
-"您可以設定在查詢字串中至少必須含有多少比例的好的鍵值清單中的單字。 "
-" \n"
-"您也可以設定查詢字串中至少必須含有多少比例的清單中的字,才能被放進清單中。"
-" \n"
-"這兩個數字是佔單字總數的百分比。如果這個數字小於一,則會被重設為一。 "
-" \n"
-"最後您要設定上列數值的最大值。"
+" 要更新的欄位 請選擇您在儲存時要更新的標頭欄位。如果該欄"
+"位不存在,它會附在標頭的後面。 如果您要在標頭中加上額外的欄位,您可以在"
+"編輯視窗中用編輯 - 編輯標頭來手動編輯標頭。 關閉更新標頭"
+"選項的話,在儲存時就不會去更新標頭。 Encoding Choose how to encode characters when saving to "
+"a file. If you are unsure what encoding to use, please ask your translation "
+"coordinator. 編碼 請選擇要儲存到檔案中時使用的編碼。如果您不確定要用"
+"哪一種編碼,請詢問您的翻譯團隊的成員。 Keep the encoding of the file If this option is "
+"activated, files are always saved in the same encoding as they were read in. "
+"Files without charset information in the header (e.g. POT files) are saved "
+"in the encoding set above. 保留檔案的編碼 如果開啟此選項,檔案在儲存時會保留原來的"
+"編碼。如果沒有編碼的設定(例如樣本的 pot 檔)則會使用上面的編碼設定來儲存。"
+"p> Check syntax of file when saving Check this to automatically check syntax of file with \"msgfmt --"
+"statistics\"\n"
+"when saving a file. You will only get a message, if an error occurred. 儲存時檢查檔案語法 開啟這個選項的話,儲存檔案時會自動使"
+"用 msgfmt --statistics 來檢查語法是否正確。但是如果發生錯誤的話,您只會得到一"
+"個錯誤訊息。 Save obsolete entries If this option is activated, obsolete entries found when the file was "
+"open\n"
+"will be saved back to the file. Obsolete entries are marked by #~ and are\n"
+"created when the msgmerge does not need the translation anymore.\n"
+"If the text will appear again, the obsolete entries will be activated "
+"again.\n"
+"The main drawback is the size of the saved file. 儲存已廢棄的訊息 如果開啟此選項,原本檔案內已廢棄的訊息"
+"也會寫回檔案去。已廢棄的訊息是指 msgmerge 執行訊息合併時若發現已經用不著的訊"
+"息,會以 #~ 標記。如果它發現這些訊息又被使用了,則會將它放回去。主要的缺點是"
+"檔案可能變得很大。 Format of Revision-Date Choose in which format the date "
+"and time of the header field\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date is saved: It is "
+"recommended that you use the default format to avoid creating non-standard "
+"PO files. For more information, see section The Preferences Dialog"
+"b> in the online help.
\n"
+"
最新更新日期的格式
選擇儲存在 PO-Revision-Date " +"欄位的日期與時間格式:
" +"通常建議使用預設的格式,避免產生不標準的 PO 檔。
要取得更多資訊,請參" +"考線上說明的設定對話框。
Identity
\n" +"Fill in information about you and your translation team.\n" +"This information is used when updating the header of a file.
\n" +"You can find the options if and what fields in the header should be " +"updated\n" +"on page Save in this dialog.
個人資訊
請填入您與您的翻譯團隊的資訊。這些資訊會用於更" +"新檔案的標頭。
您可以在儲存頁中找到關於您要更新的標頭欄位的選" +"項。
Number of singular/plural forms
Note: This option " +"is TDE specific. If you are not translating a TDE application, you can " +"safely ignore this option.
Choose here how many singular and plural " +"forms are used in your language. This number must correspond to the settings " +"of your language team.
Alternatively, you can set this option to " +"Automatic and KBabel will try to get this information automatically " +"from TDE. Use the Test button to test if it can find it out.
注意:這是 TDE 相關的選項。如果您不是" +"在翻譯 TDE 應用程式,您可以忽略這個選項。
請選擇在您的語言中有多少單數" +"與複數型。這個數字與您的翻譯團隊的設定有關。
此外,您也可以設定成自" +"動,KBabel 會試著自動從 TDE 取得相關資訊。使用測試來測試 KBabel 是" +"否能找到這些資訊。
譯者註:此選項對中文是不需要的,設定成 1 即可。您可" +"以參考 http://docs.kde.org/development/en/tdesdk/kbabel/kbabel-pluralforms." +"html 對單複數型的說明。
Require plural form arguments in translation
\n" +"Note: This option is TDE specific at the moment. If you are not " +"translating a TDE application, you can safely ignore this option.
\n" +"If is this option enabled, the validation check will require the %n " +"argument to be present in the message.
翻譯時需要加入標記複數型參數
注意:這是 TDE 相關" +"的選項。如果您不是在翻譯 TDE 應用程式,您可以忽略這個選項。
如果開啟此" +"選項,在檔案檢查時會需要 %n 參數在訊息裡。
GNU plural form header
\n" +"Here you can fill a header entry for GNU plural form handling; if you " +"leave the entry empty, the entry in the PO file will not be changed or added." +"
\n" +"KBabel can automatically try to determine value suggested by the GNU " +"gettext tools for currently set language; just press the Lookup " +"button.
GNU 複數型標頭
您可以填入一個標頭來表示 GNU 的複數型處" +"理。如果留白的話,PO 檔內就不會改變或加入該標頭。
按下「尋找」鍵," +"KBabel 可以自動用 GNU gettext 工具來試著決定目前語言所使用的建議值。
Marker for keyboard accelerator
Define here, what " +"character marks the following character as keyboard accelerator. For example " +"in TQt it is '&' and in Gtk it is '_'.
快速鍵標示符號
決定在哪一個字元之後的字元為快速鍵。例" +"如,在 Qt 中是 & 而 GTK 中則是 _。
\n" -"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n" -"
Regular expression for context information
Enter a " +"regular expression here which defines what is context information in the " +"message and must not get translated.
以下的符號會在路徑中被取代:\n" -"
內容資訊的正規表示式
輸入正規表示式來表示訊息中哪些屬於" +"不需要翻譯的內容資訊。
Mark invalid as fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items,\n" -"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" -"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" -"will be saved.
On the fly spellchecking
Activate this to let KBabel " +"spell check the text as you type. Mispelled words will be colored by the " +"error color.
將不合法的訊息標示為模糊訊息
" -"如果勾選此選項,被檢查工具認為不合法的會被標示為模糊訊息,並將結果儲存至檔案。
直接檢查拼字
開啟此選項,讓 KBabel 直接在您輸入文字時就" +"做拼字檢查。拼錯的字會以標示錯誤的顏色顯示。
Do not validate fuzzy" -"
\n" -"
If you select this option, all items\n" -"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
不要檢查標示為模糊的訊息
勾選此選項的話,模糊訊息將不會被檢查是否合語法。
Remember ignored words
Activate this, to let KBabel " +"ignore the words, where you have chosen Ignore All in the spell check " +"dialog, in every spell check.
記住忽略的字詞
開啟此選項的話,KBabel 會在每次做拼字檢" +"查時,忽略您在拼字檢查對話框中全部忽略的字詞。
Base folders
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one\n" +"tree.
基本資料夾
\n" +"輸入含有您的 PO 檔與 POT 檔的資料夾。KBabel 會將它們合併在一個樹狀圖之中。" +"
Open files in new window
\n" +"If this is activated all files that are opened from the Catalog Manager " +"are opened\n" +"in a new window.
開啟檔案於新視窗
如果開啟此選項,所有從目錄管理員開啟的" +"檔案都會用新視窗來開啟。
Kill processes on exit
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel tries to kill the processes, that have not " +"exited already when KBabel exits,\n" +"by sending a kill signal to them.
\n" +"NOTE: It is not guaranteed that the processes will be killed.
離開時結束行程
如果開啟此選項,KBabel 會在離開時試著對" +"還沒離開的行程送出 SIGKILL 來刪除它們。
注意:這不保證這些行程就會被刪" +"除。
Create index for file contents
\n" +"If you check this, KBabel will create an index for each PO file to speed " +"up the find/replace functions.
\n" +"NOTE: This will slow down updating the file information considerably." +"p>
對檔案內容建立索引
如果開啟此選項,KBabel 會對每個 PO " +"檔建索引,以加速搜尋/取代功能。
注意:這會造成更新檔案資訊時速度變慢。" +"
Run msgfmt before processing a file
If you enable this, " +"KBabel will run Gettext's msgfmt tool before processing a file." +"p>
Enabling this setting is recommended, even if it causes processing to " +"be slower. This setting is enabled by default.
Disabling is useful for " +"slow computers and when you want to translate PO files that are not " +"supported by the current version of the Gettext tools that are on your " +"system. The drawback of disabling is that hardly any syntax checking is done " +"by the processing code, so invalid PO files could be shown as good ones, " +"even if Gettext tools would reject such files.
在處理檔案前先執行 msgfmt
如果開啟此選項,KBabel 在處" +"理一個檔案前會先執行 Gettext 的 msgfmt 工具。
通常建議開啟,即使會讓處" +"理變慢。這個選項預設是開啟的。
如果您的電腦速度很慢,或是您要翻譯不被" +"目前版本的 Gettext 工具所支援的 PO 檔,可以關掉這個選項。缺點是無法做語法檢" +"查,所以不合法的 PO 檔可能被當成合法的來顯示。
Commands for folders
Insert here the commands you want " +"to execute in folders from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown " +"in the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu." +"p>
The following strings will be replaced in a command:
資料夾命令
請在此插入您在目錄管理員中要對資料夾所執行的" +"命令。這些命令會在目錄管理員的選單中的命令子目錄中出現。
以下的" +"字串會在命令中被代換:
Commands for files
Insert here the commands you want to " +"execute on files from the Catalog Manager. The commands are then shown in " +"the submenu Commands in the Catalog Manager's context menu.
The " +"following strings will be replaced in a command:
檔案命令
請在此插入您在目錄管理員中要對檔案所執行的命" +"令。這些命令會在目錄管理員的選單中的命令子目錄中出現。
以下的字" +"串會在命令中被代換:
Shown columns
\n" +"顯示欄位
尚無說明
Character Selector
" -"This tool allows to insert special characters using double click.
字元選擇器
這個工具可以讓您用雙擊滑鼠來插入特殊符號。
This button updates the header using the current settings. The resulting " -"header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving.
這個按鈕會依據目前的設定來更新標頭,並在儲存時寫入 PO 檔。
This button will revert all changes made so far.
這個按鈕會回復所有目前已被修改的設定。
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating!
這不是合法的標頭。
請在更新前修改該標頭資訊。
This is not a valid header.
\n" -"Please edit the header before updating.
這不是合法的標頭。
請在更新前修改該標頭資訊。
Comment Editor
\n" -"This edit window shows you the comments of the currently displayed message." -"\n" -"
The comments normally contain information about where the message is found " -"in the source\n" -"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n" -"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments.
\n" -"You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n" -"Options->Show Comments.
What entries to translate
Choose here, for which entries " +"of the file KBabel tries to find a translation. Changed entries are always " +"marked as fuzzy, no matter which option you choose.
註解編輯器
\n" -"這個編輯視窗顯示您對目前訊息的註解。 " -"註解通常包含這個訊息是放在哪些源碼檔裡面,還有它們的狀態(如 fuzzy, c-format 等)。"
+" 要翻譯哪些項目? 選擇您要 KBabel 約略翻譯這個檔案中的哪"
+"些項目。不過翻譯的訊息一定會被標示成模糊翻譯,不管您怎麼選。 How messages get translated Here you can define if a "
+"message can only get translated completely, if similar messages are "
+"acceptable or if KBabel is supposed to try translating the single words of a "
+"message if no translation of the complete message or similar message was "
+"found. 要怎麼翻譯? 您可以定義一個訊息要做完全翻譯,還是尋找類"
+"似的翻譯,抑或是在找不到資訊時,讓 KBabel 針對每一個單字做翻譯。 Mark changed entries as fuzzy When a translation for a "
+"message is found, the entry will be marked fuzzy by default. This is "
+"because the translation is just guessed by KBabel and you should always "
+"check the results carefully. Deactivate this option only if you know what "
+"you are doing. 將翻譯的訊息標示成模糊訊息 當找到一個訊息的已翻譯訊息"
+"時,它預設會被標示成模糊(fuzzy)訊息。這是因為這些翻譯訊息只是 KBabel "
+"猜測的,而您應該要對這些訊息做進一步的檢查與確認。除非您知道自己在做什麼,否"
+"則請不要關掉此選項。 Initialize TDE-specific entries Initialize \"Comment=\" "
+"and \"Name=\" entries if a translation is not found. Also, \"NAME OF "
+"TRANSLATORS\" and \"EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\" is filled with identity settings."
+" 初始化 TDE 相關的項目 如果找不到翻譯訊息的話,初始化 "
+"Comment= 與 Name= 的項目。並且在 NAME OF TRANSLATORS 與 EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS "
+"填上適當的個人設定。 Dictionaries Choose here, which dictionaries have to be "
+"used for finding a translation. If you select more than one dictionary, they "
+"are used in the same order as they are displayed in the list. The "
+"Configure button allows you to temporarily configure selected "
+"dictionary. The original settings will be restored after closing the dialog."
+" 字典 選擇翻譯時要使用哪個字典。如果您選擇一個以上的話,"
+"則會依清單的順序來尋找字典。 設定鈕可以讓您暫時設定已選擇的字"
+"典。原始的設定會在關掉對話框後回復。 When a translation for a message is found, the entry will be marked "
+"fuzzy by default. This is because the translation is just guessed by "
+"KBabel and you should always check the results carefully. Deactivate this "
+"option only if you know what you are doing. 當找到一個訊息的翻譯字串時,預設會標示為模糊(fuzzy)訊息。這是"
+"因為這些翻譯訊息只是 KBabel 猜測的,而您應該要對這些訊息做進一步的檢查與確"
+"認。除非您知道自己在做什麼,否則請不要關掉此選項。 Search results This part of the window shows the results of searching in dictionaries."
-" "
-" In the top is displayed the number of entries found and where the currently "
-"displayed entry is found. Use the buttons at the bottom to navigate through the "
-"search results. Search is either started automatically when switching to another entry in "
-"the editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries->"
-"Find.... The common options can be configured in the preferences dialog in section "
-"Search and the options for the different dictionaries can be changed with "
-"Settings->Configure Dictionary. 搜尋結果 這個視窗顯示在字典中搜尋的結果。 在最上面顯示的是搜尋到的數量,以及目前找到的是哪一個訊息。用下面的按鈕來瀏覽其他的結果。 當您在編輯視窗選擇其他的訊息,或是在字典 - 尋找中選擇其他的字典時,會自動開始搜尋。 共同的選項放在「設定 KBabel」中的搜尋頁中,此外您也可以在設定 - 設定字典中變更各字典的選項。 Character Selector This tool allows to insert special "
+"characters using double click. 字元選擇器 這個工具可以讓您用雙擊滑鼠來插入特殊符號。"
+"p> Original String This part of the window shows the original message\n"
-"of the currently displayed entry. 原始訊息 本視窗顯示目前這個訊息的原始(翻譯前)訊息。 Comment Editor \n"
+" The comments normally contain information about where the message is "
+"found in the source\n"
+"code and status information about this message (fuzzy, c-format).\n"
+"Hints from other translators are also sometimes contained in comments. You can hide the comment editor by deactivating\n"
+"Options->Show Comments. 註解編輯器
註解通常包含這個訊息是放在哪些源"
+"碼檔裡面,還有它們的狀態(如 fuzzy, c-format 等)。"
-#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:396
-msgid "Trans&lated string (msgstr):"
-msgstr "翻譯訊息(msgstr)(&L):"
+#: kbabel/contextview.cpp:63
+msgid ""
+" PO Context This window shows the context of the current "
+"message in the PO file. Normally it shows four messages in front of the "
+"current message and four after it. You can hide the tools window by "
+"deactivating Options->Show Tools.
PO 內容
這個視窗顯示目前 PO 檔中的內容。通常除了目前的" +"訊息外,還會顯示前後各四個訊息。
您可以在選項 - 顯示工具 目錄中" +"選擇隱藏這個視窗。
Status LEDs
\n" -"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" -"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" -"Editor on page Appearance
狀態燈號
" -"這些燈號顯示目前訊息的狀態。您可以在外觀頁中的編輯器內設定不同狀態的顏色。
Translation Editor
\n" -"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " -"displayed message." -"
翻譯訊息視窗
本視窗讓您觀看並編輯目前顯示的翻譯訊息。
Error List
This window shows the list of errors found by " +"validator tools so you can know why the current message has been marked with " +"an error.
錯誤列表
這個視窗顯示檢查工具所找到的錯誤的清單,您可以" +"瞭解為何目前的訊息被標示成錯誤。
This button updates the header using the current settings. The " +"resulting header is the one that would be written into the PO file on saving." +"
這個按鈕會依據目前的設定來更新標頭,並在儲存時寫入 PO 檔。
This button will revert all changes made so far.
這個按鈕會回復所有目前已被修改的設定。
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating!
這不是合法的標頭。
請在更新前修改該標頭資訊。
This is not a valid header.
\n" +"Please edit the header before updating.
這不是合法的標頭。
請在更新前修改該標頭資訊。
Statusbar
\n" +"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" +"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" +"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " +"shown.
狀態列
狀態列顯示關於目前檔案的資訊,像是訊息總數、模糊" +"與未翻譯訊息數量等。另外還有目前訊息的狀態。
Search results
This part of the window shows the results " +"of searching in dictionaries.
In the top is displayed the number of " +"entries found and where the currently displayed entry is found. Use the " +"buttons at the bottom to navigate through the search results.
Search " +"is either started automatically when switching to another entry in the " +"editor window or by choosing the desired dictionary in Dictionaries-" +">Find....
The common options can be configured in the preferences " +"dialog in section Search and the options for the different " +"dictionaries can be changed with Settings->Configure Dictionary.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"搜尋結果
這個視窗顯示在字典中搜尋的結果。
在最上" +"面顯示的是搜尋到的數量,以及目前找到的是哪一個訊息。用下面的按鈕來瀏覽其他的" +"結果。
當您在編輯視窗選擇其他的訊息,或是在字典 - 尋找中選擇其" +"他的字典時,會自動開始搜尋。
共同的選項放在「設定 KBabel」中的搜尋" +"頁中,此外您也可以在設定 - 設定字典中變更各字典的選項。
Original String
\n" +"This part of the window shows the original message\n" +"of the currently displayed entry.
原始訊息
本視窗顯示目前這個訊息的原始(翻譯前)訊息。
" +"qt>" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:554 -msgid "For&ward in History" -msgstr "下一個編輯的訊息(&B)" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:350 +msgid "Original Text" +msgstr "原始文字" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:558 -msgid "&Find Text" -msgstr "尋找文字(&F)" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:366 +msgid "Comment" +msgstr "註解" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:565 -msgid "F&ind Selected Text" -msgstr "尋找選擇的文字(&I)" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:396 +msgid "Trans&lated string (msgstr):" +msgstr "翻譯訊息(msgstr)(&L):" -#: kbabel/kbabel.cpp:572 -msgid "&Edit Dictionary" -msgstr "編輯字典(&E)" +#: kbabel/kbabelview.cpp:437 +msgid "" +"Status LEDs
\n" +"These LEDs display the status of the currently displayed message.\n" +"You can change their color in the preferences dialog section\n" +"Editor on page Appearance
狀態燈號
這些燈號顯示目前訊息的狀態。您可以在外觀" +"b>頁中的編輯器內設定不同狀態的顏色。
Translation Editor
\n" +"This editor displays and lets you edit the translation of the currently " +"displayed message.
翻譯訊息視窗
本視窗讓您觀看並編輯目前顯示的翻譯訊息。" +"
Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays some information about the opened file,\n" -"like the total number of entries and the number of fuzzy and untranslated\n" -"messages. Also the index and the status of the currently displayed entry is " -"shown.
狀態列
" -"狀態列顯示關於目前檔案的資訊,像是訊息總數、模糊與未翻譯訊息數量等。另外還有目前訊息的狀態。
Error List
" -"This window shows the list of errors found by validator tools so you can " -"know why the current message has been marked with an error.
錯誤列表
" -"這個視窗顯示檢查工具所找到的錯誤的清單,您可以瞭解為何目前的訊息被標示成錯誤。
PO Context
" -"This window shows the context of the current message in the PO file. " -"Normally it shows four messages in front of the current message and four after " -"it.
" -"You can hide the tools window by deactivating Options->Show Tools.
" -"PO 內容
" -"這個視窗顯示目前 PO 檔中的內容。通常除了目前的訊息外,還會顯示前後各四個訊息。
" -"您可以在選項 - 顯示工具 目錄中選擇隱藏這個視窗。
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example if you want " -"to perform a case sensitive search, or if you want fuzzy messages to be " -"ignored.
參數
" -"您可以微調 PO 檔的搜尋參數。例如如果您想要區分大小寫,或是要忽略模糊訊息等等。
Comparison Options
" -"Choose here which messages you want to have treated as a matching " -"message.
比較參數
從這裡設定用來搜尋的檔案。
3-Gram-matching
" -"A message matches another if most of its 3-letter groups are contained in " -"the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches 'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
" -"在此方法中,將訊息以三個字母為一組。如果其中一個訊息包含了另一個訊息大部份的三個字母的群組,則判定為符合。例如: abc123 與 abcx123c12 " -"相符。
Location
" -"Configure here which file is to be used for searching.
位置
從這裡設定用來搜尋的檔案。
Parameters
" -"Here you can fine-tune searching within the PO file. For example, if you " -"want to perform a case sensitive search.
參數
您可以微調 PO 檔的搜尋參數。例如區分大小寫。
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. However, "
-"another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) created a new "
-"database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two versions of "
-"database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not be merged. You "
-"need to choose one of them."
-"
"
-"
If you choose the old version, the new one will be removed. If you choose "
-"the new version, the old database files will be left alone and you need to "
-"remove them manually. Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old "
-"files are at $TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
KBabel 以前的版本有使用備份的資料庫。但是其他版本的 KBabel(可能是 TDE 3.1.1 或 TDE 3.1.2 "
-"中的)建了新的資料庫。因此,您的 KBabel 目前有兩個版本的資料庫檔案,但是兩者沒辦法合併。您必須選擇使用哪一個。"
-"
"
-"
如果您選擇舊的資料庫,新的會被移除,反之若您選擇新的資料庫,舊的會被保留,等您自行將它移除。若您未移除,則這個訊息會再被顯示出來。(舊的資料庫檔案在 "
-"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old)。
There are backup database files from previous versions of KBabel. "
+"However, another version of KBabel (probably from KDE 3.1.1 or 3.1.2) "
+"created a new database. As a result, your KBabel installation contains two "
+"versions of database files. Unfortunatelly, the old and new version can not "
+"be merged. You need to choose one of them.
If you choose the old "
+"version, the new one will be removed. If you choose the new version, the old "
+"database files will be left alone and you need to remove them manually. "
+"Otherwise this message will be displayed again (the old files are at "
+"$TDEHOME/share/apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old).
KBabel 以前的版本有使用備份的資料庫。但是其他版本的 KBabel(可能是 TDE "
+"3.1.1 或 TDE 3.1.2 中的)建了新的資料庫。因此,您的 KBabel 目前有兩個版本的資"
+"料庫檔案,但是兩者沒辦法合併。您必須選擇使用哪一個。
如果您選擇舊的"
+"資料庫,新的會被移除,反之若您選擇新的資料庫,舊的會被保留,等您自行將它移"
+"除。若您未移除,則這個訊息會再被顯示出來。(舊的資料庫檔案在 $TDEHOME/share/"
+"apps/kbabeldict/dbsearchengine/*,old)。
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example if you want to perform a case sensitive search, or if " +"you want fuzzy messages to be ignored.
參數
您可以微調 PO 檔的搜尋參數。例如如果您想要區分大小" +"寫,或是要忽略模糊訊息等等。
Comparison Options
Choose here which messages you want " +"to have treated as a matching message.
比較參數
從這裡設定用來搜尋的檔案。
3-Gram-matching
A message matches another if most of its " +"3-letter groups are contained in the other message. e.g. 'abc123' matches " +"'abcx123c12'.
3-Gram-matching
在此方法中,將訊息以三個字母為一組。如果" +"其中一個訊息包含了另一個訊息大部份的三個字母的群組,則判定為符合。例如: " +"abc123 與 abcx123c12 相符。
Location
Configure here which file is to be used for " +"searching.
位置
從這裡設定用來搜尋的檔案。
Parameters
Here you can fine-tune searching within the " +"PO file. For example, if you want to perform a case sensitive search.
" +"qt>" +msgstr "" +"參數
您可以微調 PO 檔的搜尋參數。例如區分大小寫。
" +"qt>" -#: common/catalog.cpp:592 +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:80 +msgid "Loading TMX compendium" +msgstr "載入 TMX 摘要模組中" + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:92 +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:102 +msgid "Cannot open the file." +msgstr "無法開啟檔案。" + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:96 +msgid "Cannot parse XML data." +msgstr "無法剖析 XML 資料。" + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:111 +msgid "Unsupported format." +msgstr "未支援的格式" + +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:117 msgid "" -"Free Software Foundation Copyright does not contain any year. It will not be " -"updated." -msgstr "自由軟體基金會授權聲明不包含年份。這將不會被更新。" +"Error while trying to read file for TMX Compendium module:\n" +"%1\n" +"Reason: %2" +msgstr "" +"讀取 TMX 摘要模組檔案時發生錯誤:\n" +"%1\n" +"錯誤原因:%2" -#: common/catalog.cpp:1237 -msgid "validating file" -msgstr "檢查檔案中" +#: kbabeldict/modules/tmx/tmxcompendiumdata.cpp:229 +msgid "Empty database." +msgstr "空的資料庫。" -#: common/catalog.cpp:1276 -msgid "applying tool" -msgstr "使用工具" +#: kbabeldict/searchengine.h:339 +msgid "not implemented" +msgstr "" -#: common/catalog.cpp:3128 -msgid "searching matching message" -msgstr "找尋對應訊息" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:11 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:29 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Go" +msgstr "跳至(&G)" -#: common/catalog.cpp:3217 -msgid "preparing messages for diff" -msgstr "準備要比較的訊息" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:30 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Markings" +msgstr "標示(&M)" -#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:50 -msgid "Catalog Information" -msgstr "目錄資訊" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:43 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:50 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Project" +msgstr "專案(&P)" -#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:53 -msgid "Total Messages" -msgstr "訊息總數" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:49 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:57 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Tools" +msgstr "" -#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:54 -msgid "Fuzzy Messages" -msgstr "模糊訊息" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:60 catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:165 +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:202 +#, no-c-format +msgid "CVS" +msgstr "CVS" -#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:55 -msgid "Untranslated Messages" -msgstr "未翻譯訊息" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:112 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:87 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "&Settings" +msgstr "設定:" -#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:56 -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:96 -msgid "Last Translator" -msgstr "最新翻譯者" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:117 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:95 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "" -#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:57 -msgid "Language Team" -msgstr "語言翻譯團隊" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:122 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:100 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Main" +msgstr "主工具列" -#: addons/tdefile-plugins/tdefile_po.cpp:58 -msgid "Revision" -msgstr "最後更新日期" +#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerui.rc:128 kbabel/kbabelui.rc:113 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Navigationbar" +msgstr "導覽工具列" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:222 -#: catalogmanager/validateprogress.cpp:72 -msgid "&Open" -msgstr "開啟(&O)" +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "To be set dynamically:" +msgstr "設定為動態:" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:225 -msgid "&Open Template" -msgstr "開啟樣本(&O)" +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:62 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&Include templates" +msgstr "包含樣本(&I)" + +#: catalogmanager/markpatternwidget.ui:70 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Use &wildcards" +msgstr "使用外卡符號(wildcards)(&W)" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:59 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Overall:" +msgstr "全部:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:80 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Current file:" +msgstr "目前檔案:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:88 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Validation:" +msgstr "檢查:" + +#: catalogmanager/validateprogresswidget.ui:96 commonui/tdelisteditor.ui:94 +#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:473 +#, no-c-format +msgid "New Item" +msgstr "新的項目" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:32 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Mark invalid as &fuzzy" +msgstr "將不合法的訊息標示為模糊訊息(&F)" + +#: catalogmanager/validationoptions.ui:35 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Mark invalid as fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items,\n" +"which identifies the tool as invalid, will be\n" +"marked as fuzzy and the resulting file\n" +"will be saved.
將不合法的訊息標示為模糊訊息
如果勾選此選項,被檢查工具" +"認為不合法的會被標示為模糊訊息,並將結果儲存至檔案。
Do not validate fuzzy
\n" +"
If you select this option, all items\n" +"marked as fuzzy will not be validated at all.
不要檢查標示為模糊的訊息
勾選此選項的話,模糊訊息將不會" +"被檢查是否合語法。
Source for difference lookup
\n" +"Here you can select a source, which should be used\n" +"for finding a difference.
\n" +"You can select file, translation database or\n" +"corresponding msgstr.
\n" +"If you choose the translation database, the messages to diff with are\n" +"taken from the Translation Database; to be useful, you have\n" +"to enable Auto add entry to database in its\n" +"preferences dialog.
\n" +"The last option is useful for those using PO-files\n" +"for proofreading.
\n" +"You can temporarily diff with messages from a file\n" +"by choosing Tools->Diff->Open file for diff\n" +"in KBabel's main window.
差異比較的來源
您可以選擇用於差異比較 (diff) 的來源。" +"p>
您可以選擇檔案,翻譯資料庫,或是相關的翻譯訊息。
如果您選的是翻" +"譯資料庫,那麼會從資料庫中取出訊息來比較差異。您必須在設定中打開自動將訊息" +"加入到資料庫。
您可以在 KBabel 主視窗中的 工具 - 比較差異" +"(Diff) - 開啟檔案並執行 Diff來暫時執行訊息與檔案的比較。
Base folder for diff files\n" +"
Here you can define a folder in which the files to\n" +"diff with are stored. If the files are stored at the same\n" +"place beneath this folder as the original files beneath\n" +"their base folder, KBabel can automatically open the correct\n" +"file to diff with.
\n" +"Note that this option has no effect if messages from\n" +"the database are used for diffing.
比較差異來源檔案的基本資料夾
您可以定義您要用於比較的檔" +"案所存放的資料夾。如果要比較的檔案分別放在個別基本資料夾中相對應的位置," +"KBabel 可以自動開啟正確的檔案來做比較。
注意,如果您選擇的是從資料庫來" +"做比較,那這個選項就不會有任何作用。
\n" +"The wizard will help you to setup a new translation\n" +"project for KBabel.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"First of all, you need to choose the project name\n" +"and the file, where the configuration should be stored.\n" +"
\n" +"\n" +"You should also choose a language to translate into\n" +"and also a type of the translation project.\n" +"
" +msgstr "" +"歡迎來的專案精靈!這個精靈會協助您設定新" +"的 KBabel 翻譯專案。
首先,您要選擇專案名稱與儲存設定的檔案。
" +"然後設定要翻譯的語言,以及翻譯專案的型態
" + +#: commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:62 commonui/projectwizardwidget.ui:190 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configuration File Name
\n"
+"The name of a file to store the configuration of the\n"
+"project.
設定檔名
要儲存專案設定的檔案名稱。
\n"
+"Language
\n"
+"The destination language of the project, i.e., the language\n"
+"to translate into. It should follow the ISO 631 language naming\n"
+"standard.
語言
這個專案是要翻譯成哪種語言。您應該遵循 ISO 631 語言"
+"命名標準。
Project name
\n"
+"The project name is an identification of a project for\n"
+"you. It is shown in the project configuration dialog\n"
+"as well as in the title of windows opened for the project.\n"
+"
\n"
+"
\n"
+"Note: The project name cannot be later changed.<\n"
+"
專案名稱
專案名稱會顯示在至專案設定對話框中,以及開啟這"
+"個專案時的視窗標頭中。
注意:專案名稱決定了就沒辦法再改變"
+"了。
\n" +"Project Type\n" +"The project type allows to tune the settings for the\n" +"particular type of the well-known translation projects.\n" +"For example, it sets up the validation tools,\n" +"an accelerator marker and formatting of the header.\n" +"
\n" +"Currently known types:\n" +"
專案型態 專案型態允許您針對一些已知的翻譯計畫的特殊型態設定做" +"調整。例如,它可以設定檢查工具,加速鍵的符號,還有標頭格式等。
目前已" +"知的型態有:
Translation Files
\n" +"Type in the folders which contain all your PO and POT files.\n" +"The files and the folders in these folders will then be merged into one tree." +"
翻譯檔案
請輸入您的 PO 與 POT 檔存放的資料夾名稱。它們" +"會被合併到一個樹狀圖下。
Automatically unset fuzzy status
\n" +"If this is activated and you are editing a fuzzy entry, the fuzzy status " +"is automatically\n" +"unset (this means the string , fuzzy\n" +"is removed from the entry's comment).
自動取消模糊翻譯狀態
如果開啟此選項,當您編輯一個訊息之" +"後,模糊的狀態就會自動被關閉。(換言之,在此訊息的標頭中的 ,fuzzy 字串就會被" +"拿掉。)
Use clever editing
\n" +"Check this to make typing text more comfortable and let \n" +"KBabel take care of some special characters that have to \n" +"be quoted. For example typing '\\\"' will result in \n" +"'\\\\\\\"', pressing Return will automatically add whitespace \n" +"at the end of the line, pressing Shift+Return will add \n" +"'\\\\n' at the end of the line.
\n" +"Note that this is just a hint: it is still possible to \n" +"generate syntactically incorrect text.
使用聰明編輯
這個選項可以讓輸入文字時更為便利,KBabel " +"會幫您處理一些特殊字元。例如輸入 '\\\"' 會自動幫您擴充成 '\\\\\\\"',還有按" +"下 Enter 鍵後會自動加入空白在一行的最後面,按 Shift-Enter 會在一行的最後面加" +"入 '\\\\n'。
注意,這只是個提示:您還是得注意語法上有沒有錯誤。
" +"qt>" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:322 -msgid "Previous Marke&d" -msgstr "上一個已標示檔案(&D)" +#: kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:89 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Automatic Checks" +msgstr "自動檢查" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:325 -msgid "Next &Marked" -msgstr "下一個已標示檔案(&M)" +#: kbabel/editorpreferences.ui:92 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Error recognition
\n" +"Here you can set how to show that an error occurred. \n" +"Beep on error beeps and Change text color on error\n" +" changes the color of the translated text. If none is \n" +"activated, you will still see a message in the statusbar.\n" +"
辨識錯誤
您可以設定錯誤要發出嗶聲或是要改變文" +"字顏色。如果都不選的話,您會在狀態列看到訊息。
Status LEDs
\n" +"Choose here where the status LEDs are displayed and what color they have." +"
狀態燈號
請選擇要顯示哪些狀態燈號,還有它們的顏色。" +"p>
Automatically start search
\n" +"If this is activated, the search is automatically started \n" +"whenever you switch to another entry in the editor. You can \n" +"choose where to search with the combo box Default Dictionary.\n" +"
You can also start searching manually by choosing an entry in \n" +"the popup menu that appears either when clicking \n" +"Dictionaries->Find... or keeping the dictionary button \n" +"in the toolbar pressed for a while.
自動開始搜尋
如果開啟此選項,當您在編輯器內切換到其他項" +"目時會自動開始搜尋。您可以在預設字典欄中選擇要搜尋哪裡。
您也可" +"以使用目錄中的字典 - 尋找文字,或是按住工具列中的字典按鈕一陣子來手動" +"開始搜尋。
Default Dictionary
\n" +"Choose here where to search as default. \n" +"This setting is used when searching is started automatically \n" +"or when pressing the dictionary button in the toolbar.
\n" +"You can configure the different dictionaries by selecting \n" +"the desired dictionary from Settings->Configure Dictionary.\n" +"
預設字典
請選擇當自動開始搜尋或是手動開始搜尋時,預設要" +"搜尋哪個字典。
您可以在設定 - 設定字典中選擇要用的字典。
" +"qt>" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:469 -msgid "Show Information" -msgstr "顯示資訊" +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:24 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Choose What You Want to Spell Check" +msgstr "選擇您要做拼字檢查的部份" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:471 -msgid "Show Information for Marked" -msgstr "顯示已標示檔案的資訊" +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:30 kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:58 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Spell check only the current message." +msgstr "對目前的訊息進行拼字檢查" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:488 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:503 -msgid "Update Templates" -msgstr "更新樣板" +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:41 +#, no-c-format +msgid "A&ll messages" +msgstr "全部訊息(&L)" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:490 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:505 -msgid "Update Marked Templates" -msgstr "更新已標示的樣板檔案" +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:44 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Spell check all translated messages of this file." +msgstr "檢查在本檔案中所有的翻譯訊息" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:492 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:507 -msgid "Commit Templates" -msgstr "提交樣板檔案" +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:52 +#, no-c-format +msgid "C&urrent message only" +msgstr "只對目前的訊息(&U)" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:494 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:509 -msgid "Commit Marked Templates" -msgstr "提交已標示的樣板檔案" +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:66 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Fro&m beginning of current message to end of file" +msgstr "從檔案開頭至目前的訊息(&M)" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:525 catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:529 -msgid "Commands" -msgstr "命令" +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:74 +#, no-c-format +msgid "&From beginning of file to cursor position" +msgstr "從檔案開頭至游標處(&F)" -#: catalogmanager/catalogmanager.cpp:558 +#: kbabel/spelldlgwidget.ui:77 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"Statusbar
\n" -"The statusbar displays information about progress of the current find or " -"replace operation. The first number in Found: " -"displays the number of files with an occurrence of the searched text not yet " -"shown in the KBabel window. The second shows the total number of files " -"containing the searched text found so far.
狀態列
" -"狀態列顯示目前尋找或置換的進度資訊。在已找到:中的第一個數字表示找到搜尋字串而尚未顯示在 KBabel " -"視窗的檔案數量。第二個數字表示到目前為止找到搜尋字串的檔案總數。
File Options
" -"Here you can finetune where to find:" -"
檔案選項
" -"您可以選擇要尋找: " -"
\n"
+"Example: 例如: "
+msgstr ""
+" "
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:86
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:86
-msgid "Get diff for the following files:"
-msgstr "對以下檔案做比較:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Single PO File..."
+msgstr "掃描單一 PO 檔"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:89
-msgid "Get information for the following files:"
-msgstr "取得以下檔案的資訊:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:640
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder..."
+msgstr "掃瞄目錄"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:103
-msgid "&Old messages:"
-msgstr "舊訊息(&O):"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:648
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan Folder && Subfolders..."
+msgstr "掃瞄目錄及子目錄"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:108
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:111
-msgid "&Log message:"
-msgstr "紀錄訊息(&L):"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:670
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning file:"
+msgstr "掃描檔案:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:133
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:124
-msgid "Auto&matically add files if necessary"
-msgstr "需要的話自動加入檔案(&M)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:678
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Entries added:"
+msgstr "新增項目:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:144
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:135
-msgid "&Commit"
-msgstr "提交(&C)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:719
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Total progress:"
+msgstr "全部進度:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:147
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:139
-msgid "&Get Status"
-msgstr "取得狀態(&G)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:727
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:730
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Processing file:"
+msgstr "處理檔案:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:150
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:142
-msgid "&Get Diff"
-msgstr "取得差異(&G)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:763
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Loading file:"
+msgstr "載入檔案:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:145
-msgid "&Get Information"
-msgstr "取得資訊(&G)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:776
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Export..."
+msgstr "匯出..."
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:165
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:160
-msgid "Command output:"
-msgstr "命令輸出:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:795
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Repeated Strings"
+msgstr "重複字串"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:237
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:233
-msgid "The commit log message is empty. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "沒有提交紀錄訊息。您要繼續嗎?"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:805
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Good Keys"
+msgstr "好的鍵值(Good keys)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:268
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:247
-msgid "Cannot open temporary file for writing. Aborting."
-msgstr "無法開啟寫入暫存檔。取消動作。"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:825
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+" \n"
+"You can set the minimum number of words of the query that a key must have to "
+"be inserted in the good keys list. \n"
+"You can also set the minimum number of words of the key that the query must "
+"have to insert the key in the list. \n"
+"These two numbers are the percentage of the total number of words. If the "
+"result of this percentage is less than one, the engine will set it to one."
+" \n"
+"Finally you can set the maximum number of entries in the list."
+msgstr ""
+" \n"
+"您可以設定在查詢字串中至少必須含有多少比例的好的鍵值清單中的單字。 "
+" \n"
+"您也可以設定查詢字串中至少必須含有多少比例的清單中的字,才能被放進清單中。"
+" \n"
+"這兩個數字是佔單字總數的百分比。如果這個數字小於一,則會被重設為一。 \n"
+"最後您要設定上列數值的最大值。"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:280
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:259
-msgid "Cannot write to temporary file. Aborting."
-msgstr "無法寫入暫存檔。取消動作。"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:846
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of words of the key also in the query (%):"
+msgstr "鍵值中的字含在查詢字中最小數量(%)"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:322
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:301
-msgid "The process could not be started."
-msgstr "無法開始行程。"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:871
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:904
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:874
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "%"
+msgstr "%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:351
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:330
-msgid "[ Exited with status %1 ]"
-msgstr "【結束狀態 %1】"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:885
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum number of query words in the key (%):"
+msgstr "此鍵值中的查詢單字最小數量(%):"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:353
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:332
-msgid "[ Finished ]"
-msgstr "【結束】"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:918
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:921
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max list length:"
+msgstr "最大清單長度:"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:80
-msgid "Message Catalogs"
-msgstr "訊息目錄"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:942
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent Words"
+msgstr "常用字"
-#: catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:450 catalogmanager/catmanlistitem.cpp:637
-msgid "No version control"
-msgstr "沒有版本控制"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:959
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:962
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Discard words more frequent than:"
+msgstr "不理會出現超過這個次數的字詞:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:94 catalogmanager/future.cpp:5
-msgid "CVS/SVN Status"
-msgstr "CVS/SVN 狀態"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:967
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:970
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "/10000"
+msgstr "/10000"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:8
-msgid "Resolved"
-msgstr "反解"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:984
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Frequent words are considered as in every key"
+msgstr "常用字被視為在每個關鍵字內"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:9
-msgid "Resolved for Marked"
-msgstr "反解已標示檔案"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:28
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "一般"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:10
-msgid "Revert"
-msgstr "回復源碼"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:50
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "DB folder:"
+msgstr "資料庫目錄:"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:11
-msgid "Revert for Marked"
-msgstr "回復已標記檔案的源碼"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatic update in kbabel"
+msgstr "在 KBabel 內自動更新"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:12
-msgid "Cleanup"
-msgstr "清除"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "New Entries"
+msgstr "新項目"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:13
-msgid "Cleanup for Marked"
-msgstr "清除已標記檔案"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:92
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "From kbabel"
+msgstr "從 KBabel"
-#: catalogmanager/future.cpp:16
-msgid "No repository"
-msgstr "沒有目錄"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithm"
+msgstr "演算法"
-#: catalogmanager/multiroughtransdlg.cpp:56
-msgid "Files:"
-msgstr "檔案:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimum score:"
+msgstr "最小分數:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:89
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "名稱"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Algorithms to Use"
+msgstr "使用的演算法"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:90
-msgid "M"
-msgstr "標示"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:187
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:205
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:268
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:276
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:284
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:297
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:305
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "分數:"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:91
-msgid "Fuzzy"
-msgstr "模糊翻譯"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Fuzzy sentence archive"
+msgstr "將模糊翻譯句子整理在一起"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:92
-msgid "Untranslated"
-msgstr "未翻譯"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:221
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "語彙"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:93
-msgid "Total"
-msgstr "全部"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exact "
+msgstr "精確的"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:95
-msgid "Last Revision"
-msgstr "最後更新日期"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:252
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sentence by sentence"
+msgstr "一句句"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:178
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2447
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:2458
-msgid "Log Window"
-msgstr "記錄視窗"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:260
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alphanumeric"
+msgstr "字母與數字"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:180
-msgid "C&lear"
-msgstr "清除(&L)"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:313
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Word by word"
+msgstr "一字字"
-#: catalogmanager/catalogmanagerview.cpp:183
-msgid ""
-" Log window In this window the output of the executed commands are shown. 記錄視窗 本視窗顯示執行命令的輸出結果。 Catalog Manager The Catalog Manager merges two folders into one tree and displays all\n"
-"PO and POT files in these folders. This way you can easily see if a\n"
-"template has been added or removed. Also some information about the files\n"
-"is displayed. For more information see section The Catalog Manager "
-"in the online help. 目錄管理員 目錄管理員會將 PO 與 POT 檔的目錄合併在一個樹狀顯示圖裡。這樣您可以很方便地看到樣本檔案 (templates) 有沒有被翻譯並加入 PO "
-"檔的目錄中,並且也會顯示這些檔案的一些狀態。 \n"
+"The following variables will be replaced in the path if available:\n"
+"
\n"
+"If you search for My name is Andrea and you have activated one "
+"word substitution you may also find phrases like My name is Joe"
+"em> or Your name is Andrea."
+msgstr ""
+"
\n"
+"如果您搜尋My name is Andrea,並打開替換一個單字功能,您也會"
+"查到像My name is Joe或是Your name is Andrea。"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:100
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:102
-msgid "Locally modified"
-msgstr "已在本地端更改"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:399
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:402
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use one word substitution"
+msgstr "替換一個單字"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:103
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:105
-msgid "Up-to-date"
-msgstr "最新版"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:430
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:466
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:433
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Max number of words in the query:"
+msgstr "查詢字串最大單字數量:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:106
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:108
-msgid "Conflict"
-msgstr "衝突"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:455
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use two word substitution"
+msgstr "替換兩個單字"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:111
-msgid "Error in Working Copy"
-msgstr "工作用複本發生錯誤"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:488
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
+msgstr "[A-Za-z0-9_%"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:109
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:113
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "未知檔案"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:506
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:509
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "]"
+msgstr "]"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:288
-msgid ""
-"This is not a valid SVN repository. The SVN commands cannot be executed."
-msgstr "這不是標準的 SVN 目錄。SVN 命令無法執行。"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:516
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Local characters for regular expressions:"
+msgstr "本地字元的正規表示式:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:311
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvshandler.cpp:375
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:290
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svnhandler.cpp:483
-msgid "[ Starting command ]"
-msgstr "【開始】"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:553
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbse2.ui:39
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database"
+msgstr "資料庫"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:65
-msgid "SVN Dialog"
-msgstr "SVN 對話框"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:570
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:573
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Database folder:"
+msgstr "資料庫目錄:"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:77
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:74
-msgid "Update the following files:"
-msgstr "更新以下檔案:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:586
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto add entry to database"
+msgstr "自動將訊息加入到資料庫"
-#: catalogmanager/libcvs/cvsdialog.cpp:80
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:77
-msgid "Commit the following files:"
-msgstr "提交以下檔案:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:592
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add an entry to the database if a new translation is notified "
+"by someone (may be kbabel)"
+msgstr "如果 KBabel 找到新的翻譯則自動將訊息加入到資料庫。"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:80
-msgid "Get remote status for the following files:"
-msgstr "取得以下檔案的遠端狀態:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:614
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto added entry author:"
+msgstr "自動將訊息加入到資料庫的作者:"
-#: catalogmanager/libsvn/svndialog.cpp:83
-msgid "Get local status for the following files:"
-msgstr "取得以下檔案的本地端狀態:"
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine/dbseprefwidget.ui:622
+#: kbabeldict/modules/dbsearchengine2/dbseprefwidget.ui:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"
以下的符號會在路徑中被取代:\n" +"